0 A.D. - en to en_GB translation catalogue (19659 entries)

en: Not authorized
en_GB: Not authorised

en: Initializing Markup backend module
en_GB: Initialising Markup backend module

en: Initializing XML backend module
en_GB: Initialising XML backend module

en: Error initializing module `%s': %s
en_GB: Error initialising module `%s': %s

en: Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may result in a notification weirdly reappearing): %s
en_GB: Failed to log removal of listener to logfile (most likely harmless, may result in a notification strangely reappearing): %s

en: Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections - put "ORBIIOPIPv4=1" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf
en_GB: Unable to store a value at key '%s', as the configuration server has no writable databases. There are some common causes of this problem: 1) your configuration path file %s/path doesn't contain any databases or wasn't found 2) somehow we mistakenly created two gconfd processes 3) your operating system is misconfigured so NFS file locking doesn't work in your home directory or 4) your NFS client machine crashed and didn't properly notify the server on reboot that file locks should be dropped. If you have two gconfd processes (or had two at the time the second was launched), logging out, killing all copies of gconfd, and logging back in may help. If you have stale locks, remove ~/.gconf*/*lock. Perhaps the problem is that you attempted to use GConf from two machines at once, and ORBit still has its default configuration that prevents remote CORBA connections — put "ORBIIOPIPv4=1" in /etc/orbitrc. As always, check the user.* syslog for details on problems gconfd encountered. There can only be one gconfd per home directory, and it must own a lockfile in ~/.gconfd and also lockfiles in individual storage locations such as ~/.gconf

en: Some client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added.
en_GB: A client removed itself from the GConf server when it hadn't been added.

en: [FILE...]|[KEY...]|[DIR...]
en_GB: [FILE…]|[KEY…]|[DIR…]

en: WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a <value> - ignoring
en_GB: WARNING: key specified (%s) for schema under a <value> — ignoring

en: Cache config version: %1
en_GB: Cache configuration version: %1

en: Factorization failed
en_GB: Factorisation failed

en: Failed because of roundoff error
en_GB: Failed because of round-off error

en: Lowest-order normalized hydrogenic bound state radial wavefunction
en_GB: Lowest-order normalised hydrogenic bound state radial wavefunction

en: n-th normalized hydrogenic bound state radial wavefunction
en_GB: n-th normalised hydrogenic bound state radial wavefunction

en: Unnormalized incomplete gamma function
en_GB: Denormalised incomplete gamma function

en: Normalized incomplete gamma function
en_GB: Normalised incomplete gamma function

en: Complementary normalized incomplete gamma function
en_GB: Complementary normalised incomplete gamma function

en: Normalized incomplete beta function
en_GB: Normalised incomplete beta function

en: Renormalized Gauss hypergeometric function 2F1
en_GB: Renormalised Gauss hypergeometric function 2F1

en: Renormalized Gauss hypergeometric function 2F1 with complex parameters
en_GB: Renormalised Gauss hypergeometric function 2F1 with complex parameters

en: generalized Laguerre polynomials L_1
en_GB: generalised Laguerre polynomials L_1

en: generalized Laguerre polynomials L_2
en_GB: generalised Laguerre polynomials L_2

en: generalized Laguerre polynomials L_3
en_GB: generalised Laguerre polynomials L_3

en: Normalized associated Legendre polynomial
en_GB: Normalised associated Legendre polynomial

en: Speed of 1 kilometer per hour
en_GB: Speed of 1 kilometre per hour

en: Volume of 1 liter
en_GB: Volume of 1 litre

en: Pressure of 1 meter of mercury
en_GB: Pressure of 1 metre of mercury

en: center (acausal)
en_GB: centre (acausal)

en: normalized amplitude in dB
en_GB: normalised amplitude in dB

en: %1: set label color
en_GB: %1: set label colour

en: %1: set label background color
en_GB: %1: set label background colour

en: %1: change geometry rect
en_GB: %1: change geometry rectangle

en: Not inside of the bounding rect
en_GB: Not inside of the bounding rectangle

en: %1: set font color
en_GB: %1: set font colour

en: %1: background color style changed
en_GB: %1: background colour style changed

en: %1: set background first color
en_GB: %1: set background first colour

en: %1: set background second color
en_GB: %1: set background second colour

en: %1: set values color
en_GB: %1: set values colour

en: %1: filling color style changed
en_GB: %1: filling colour style changed

en: %1: set filling first color
en_GB: %1: set filling first colour

en: %1: set filling second color
en_GB: %1: set filling second colour

en: Calculation of the histogram not possible. The max value must be bigger then the min value.
en_GB: Calculation of the histogram not possible. The maximum value must be bigger then the minimum value.

en: Error: Could not initialize the spline function.
en_GB: Error: Could not initialise the spline function.

en: Not sufficient weight data points provided.
en_GB: Insufficient weight data points provided.

en: %1: set background color
en_GB: %1: set background colour

en: Failed to initialize %1
en_GB: Failed to initialise %1

en: Analyze and Plot Data
en_GB: Analyse and Plot Data

en: Normalization of the column <i>%1</i> was not possible because of %2.
en_GB: Normalisation of the column <i>%1</i> was not possible because of %2.

en: %1: normalize columns
en_GB: %1: normalise columns

en: Normalization not possible
en_GB: Normalisation not possible

en: %1: insert empty row | %1: insert empty rows
en_GB[0]: &Insert Empty Row
en_GB[1]: %1: insert empty rows

en: Couldn't create the SQLite database %1.
en_GB: Could not create the SQLite database %1.

en: Two Axes, Centered
en_GB: Two Axes, Centred

en: Couldn't open the dataset collections file %1. Please check your installation.
en_GB: Could not open the dataset collections file %1. Please check your installation.

en: Close the dialog and import the data.
en_GB: Close the dialogue and import the data.

en: If this option is checked, only the link to the file is stored in the project file but not its content.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, only the link to the file is stored in the project file but not its content.

en: If this option is checked, the relative path of the file (relative to project's folder) will be saved.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the relative path of the file (relative to project's folder) will be saved.

en: Couldn't subscribe to all available topics.
en_GB: Could not subscribe to all available topics.

en: The client ID wasn't accepted
en_GB: The client ID was not accepted

en: The broker %1 couldn't be reached.
en_GB: The broker %1 could not be reached.

en: The client is not authorized to connect.
en_GB: The client is not authorised to connect.

en: Close the dialog and import the selected objects.
en_GB: Close the dialogue and import the selected objects.

en: Couldn't find the database file '%1'. Please check the connection settings.
en_GB: Could not find the database file '%1'. Please check the connection settings.

en: Bin Center
en_GB: Bin Centre

en: The axes lower limit has a non-positive value. Default minimal value will be used.
en_GB: The axes lower limit has a non-positive value. Default minimum value will be used.

en: The axes lower limit has a negative value. Default minimal value will be used.
en_GB: The axes lower limit has a negative value. Default minimum value will be used.

en: Single Color
en_GB: Single Colour

en: Center Tiled
en_GB: Centre Tiled

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lFillingFirstColor) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lBoxFillingFirstColor) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lBackgroundFirstColor)
en: First color:
en_GB: First colour:

en: %1 CustomPoints: filling color changed
en_GB: %1 CustomPoints: filling colour changed

en: %1 CustomPoints: border color changed
en_GB: %1 CustomPoints: border colour changed

en: Couldn't subscribe
en_GB: Could not subscribe

en: Couldn't subscribe to all available topics. Something went wrong
en_GB: Could not subscribe to all available topics. Something went wrong

en: If checked, rescale the content of the worksheet on size changes. Otherwise resize the canvas only.
en_GB: If ticked, rescale the content of the worksheet on size changes. Otherwise resize the canvas only.

en: %1 worksheets: background color style changed
en_GB: %1 worksheets: background colour style changed

en: The column "%1"
    is not available anymore. It will be automatically used once it is created again.
en_GB: The column "%1"
    is not available any more. It will be automatically used once it is created again.

en: If checked, connect neighbour points with lines even if there are gaps (invalid or masked values) between them
en_GB: If ticked, connect neighbour points with lines even if there are gaps (invalid or masked values) between them

en: If checked, connect data points only for strictly increasing values of X
en_GB: If ticked, connect data points only for strictly increasing values of X

en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

en: Couldn't open the temporary file for writing.
en_GB: Could not open the temporary file for writing.

en: Couldn't save the file '%1'.
en_GB: Could not save the file '%1'.

en: Couldn't open the file '%1' for writing.
en_GB: Could not open the file '%1' for writing.

en: Close the dialog and plot the data.
en_GB: Close the dialogue and plot the data.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lLabelsColor)
en: Font Color:
en_GB: Font Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lFillingSecondColor) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lBoxFillingSecondColor) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lBackgroundSecondColor)
en: Second color:
en_GB: Second colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, bgcolor) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lBackgroundColor) #-#-#-#-#  146  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorLabel) #-#-#-#-#  245  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLa
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textcolor) #-#-#-#-#  36  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2) #-#-#-#-#  146  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textColorLabel) #-#-#-#-#  856 (kscd)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: proper
en: Text color:
en_GB: Text colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Normalize:
en_GB: Normalise:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, pbOptions)
en: Opens a dialog to change advanced fit options
en_GB: Opens a dialogue to change advanced fit options

note: #-#-#-#-#  2  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lFontColor) #-#-#-#-#  245  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) #-#-#-#-#  1361  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/prefs_lyrics.ui:38 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lColorMap)
en: Color map:
en_GB: Colour map:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, bCreateColorMap)
en: Create new color map
en_GB: Create new colour map

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, bOpenColorMap)
en: Open existing color map
en_GB: Open existing colour map

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lLevelsLineColor)
en: Line color:
en_GB: Line colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chbLevelsMultiColoring)
en: Multicoloring
en_GB: Multi colouring

en: Select the range for the value, the degree of lightness of the color.
    Everything outside of this range will be set to white.
en_GB: Select the range for the value, the degree of lightness of the colour.
    Everything outside of this range will be set to white.

en: Select the range for the colors that are not part of the background color.
    Everything outside of this range will be set to white.
en_GB: Select the range for the colours that are not part of the background colour.
    Everything outside of this range will be set to white.

en: Close this dialog without exporting.
en_GB: Close this dialogue without exporting.

en: Export to file and close the dialog.
en_GB: Export to file and close the dialogue.

en: Export to clipboard and close the dialog.
en_GB: Export to clipboard and close the dialogue.

en: VPN disconnected
en_GB: Disconnected

note: #-#-#-#-#  193 (cinnamon-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: device status reason #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Modem initialization failed
en_GB: Modem initialisation failed

en: Failed to initialize the crypto engine.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the crypto engine.

en: Error initializing certificate data: %s
en_GB: Error initialising certificate data: %s

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#12 decoder: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#12 decoder: %s

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#8 decoder: %s
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#8 decoder: %s

en: Failed to initialize the crypto engine: %d.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the crypto engine: %d.

en: Failed to initialize the decryption cipher slot.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption cipher slot.

en: Failed to initialize the decryption context.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the decryption context.

en: Failed to finalize decryption of the private key: %d.
en_GB: Failed to finalise decryption of the private key: %d.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption cipher slot.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the encryption cipher slot.

en: Failed to initialize the encryption context.
en_GB: Failed to initialise the encryption context.

en: Couldn't initialize PKCS#12 decoder: %d
en_GB: Couldn't initialise PKCS#12 decoder: %d

en: Could not daemonize: %s [error %u]
en_GB: Could not daemonise: %s [error %u]

en: Note: MPPE encryption is only available with MSCHAP authentication methods. To enable this checkbox, select one or more of the MSCHAP authentication methods: MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2.
en_GB: Note: MPPE encryption is only available with MSCHAP authentication methods. To enable this tickbox, select one or more of the MSCHAP authentication methods: MSCHAP or MSCHAPv2.

en: TCP tunneling not supported
en_GB: TCP tunnelling not supported

en: The VPN settings file '%s' specifies that VPN traffic should be tunneled through TCP which is currently not supported in the vpnc software.
    
    The connection can still be created, with TCP tunneling disabled, however it may not work as expected.
en_GB: The VPN settings file '%s' specifies that VPN traffic should be tunnelled through TCP which is currently not supported in the vpnc software.
    
    The connection can still be created, with TCP tunnelling disabled, however it may not work as expected.

note: #-#-#-#-#  7 (NetworkManager-openconnect)  #-#-#-#-# http://git.infradead.org/users/dwmw2/openconnect.git/blob/ce975493fe:/auth.c#l1118
en: Warning: you are running insecure CSD code with root privileges
    	 Use command line option "--csd-user"
en_GB: Warning: you are running insecure CSD code with root privileges
    » Use command line option "--csd-user"

note: #-#-#-#-#  7 (NetworkManager-openconnect)  #-#-#-#-# http://git.infradead.org/users/dwmw2/openconnect.git/blob/ce975493fe:/ssl.c#l687
en: Keystore uninitialized
en_GB: Keystore uninitialised

en: Choose a Certificate Authority certificate...
en_GB: Choose a Certificate Authority certificate…

en: Choose your personal certificate...
en_GB: Choose your personal certificate…

en: Choose your private key...
en_GB: Choose your private key…

en: Rando_mize remote hosts
en_GB: Rando_mise remote hosts

en: Randomize the order of gateways list (remote) as a kind of basic load-balancing measure.
    config: remote-random
en_GB: Randomise the order of gateways list (remote) as a kind of basic load-balancing measure.
    config: remote-random

en: <i>Select this option if your organization requires the use of a proxy server to access the Internet.</i>
en_GB: <i>Select this option if your organisation requires the use of a proxy server to access the Internet.</i>

en: Ad_vanced...
en_GB: Ad_vanced…

en: Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)
en_GB: Point-to-Point Tunnelling Protocol (PPTP)

en: Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (SSTP)
en_GB: Point-to-Point Tunnelling Protocol (SSTP)

en: X11 driver unable to obtain color cube
      reverting to monochrome
en_GB: X11 driver unable to obtain colour cube
      reverting to monochrome

en: Error: X11 cannot allocate additional graphics colors.
    Consider using X11 with colortype="pseudo.cube" or "gray".
en_GB: Error: X11 cannot allocate additional graphics colours.
    Consider using X11 with colortype="pseudo.cube" or "gray".

en: unknown X11 color/colour model -- using monochrome
en_GB: unknown X11 colour model -- using monochrome

en: color intensity %g, not in [0,1]
en_GB: colour intensity %g, not in [0,1]

en: invalid hcl color
en_GB: invalid hcl colour

en: invalid hsv color
en_GB: invalid hsv colour

en: invalid foreground/background color (postscript)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (postscript)

en: invalid foreground/background color (xfig)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (xfig)

en: invalid foreground/background color (pdf)
en_GB: invalid foreground/background colour (pdf)

en: Open the bulk rename dialog
en_GB: Open the bulk rename dialogue

en: Moving files into the trash...
en_GB: Moving files into the Wastebasket...

en: Remove all files and folders from the Trash?
en_GB: Remove all files and folders from the Wastebasket?

en: If you choose to empty the Trash, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.
en_GB: If you choose to empty the Wastebasket, all items in it will be permanently lost. Please note that you can also delete them separately.

en: Emptying the Trash...
en_GB: Emptying the Wastebasket...

en: This will remove the application launcher that appears in the file context menu, but will not uninstall the application itself.
    
    You can only remove application launchers that were created using the custom command box in the "Open With" dialog of the file manager.
en_GB: This will remove the application launcher that appears in the file context menu, but will not uninstall the application itself.
    
    You can only remove application launchers that were created using the custom command box in the "Open With" dialogue of the file manager.

note: create the label that explains the column sizing option
en: By default columns will be automatically expanded if
    needed to ensure the text is fully visible. If you dis-
    able this behavior below the file manager will always
    use the user defined column widths.
en_GB: By default columns will be automatically expanded if
    needed to ensure the text is fully visible. If you dis-
    able this behaviour below the file manager will always
    use the user defined column widths.

en: Delete all files and folders in the Trash
en_GB: Delete all files and folders in the Wastebasket

en: Move the selected file to the Trash | Move the selected files to the Trash
en_GB[0]: Move the selected file to the Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: Move the selected files to the Wastebasket

en: Create a link to the selected file on the desktop | Create links to the selected files on the desktop
en_GB[0]: Create a link to the selected file on the desktop
en_GB[1]: Create a links to the selected files on the desktop

en: If you select this option your choice will be remembered and you won't be asked again. You can use the preferences dialog to alter your choice afterwards.
en_GB: If you select this option your choice will be remembered and you won't be asked again. You can use the preferences dialogue to alter your choice afterwards.

en: Select this option to display icon emblems in the shortcuts pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to display icon emblems in the shortcuts pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialogue.

en: Select this option to display icon emblems in the tree pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialog.
en_GB: Select this option to display icon emblems in the tree pane for all folders for which emblems have been defined in the folders properties dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  19 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# Behavior #-#-#-#-#  197 (linuxmint)  #-#-#-#-# menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->panel-behave->title menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->menu-behave->title grouped-window-list@cinnamon.org->settings- schema.json->generalSection->title window-lis
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: When single-click activation is enabled, pausing the mouse pointer over an item will automatically select that item after the chosen delay. You can disable this behavior by moving the slider to the left-most position. This behavior may be useful when single clicks activate items, and you want only to select the item without activating it.
en_GB: When single-click activation is enabled, pausing the mouse pointer over an item will automatically select that item after the chosen delay. You can disable this behaviour by moving the slider to the left-most position. This behaviour may be useful when single clicks activate items, and you want only to select the item without activating it.

en: When changing the permissions of a folder, you
    can also apply the changes to the contents of the
    folder. Select the default behavior below:
en_GB: When changing the permissions of a folder, you
    can also apply the changes to the contents of the
    folder. Select the default behaviour below:

note: TRANSLATORS: You can test this string by temporarily removing thunar-sbr.* from $libdir/thunarx-2/, *              and opening the multi rename dialog by selecting multiple files and pressing F2.
en: No renamer modules were found on your system. Please check your
    installation or contact your system administrator. If you install Thunar
    from source, be sure to enable the "Simple Builtin Renamers" plugin.
en_GB: No renamer modules were found on your system. Please check your
    installation or contact your system administrator. If you install Thunar
    from source, be sure to enable the "Simple Builtin Renamers" plug-in.

en: Trash contains %d file | Trash contains %d files
en_GB[0]: Wastebasket contains %d file
en_GB[1]: Wastebasket contains %d files

en: The folder "%s" does not exist anymore but is required to restore the file "%s" from the trash
en_GB: The folder "%s" does not exist anymore but is required to restore the file "%s" from the wastebasket

en: T_rash
en_GB: _Wastebasket

en: Display the contents of the trash can
en_GB: Display the contents of the Wastebasket

note: display an error to the user
en: Failed to display the contents of the trash can
en_GB: Failed to display the contents of the Wastebasket

en: Don't unload the plugin from memory
en_GB: Don't unload the plug-in from memory

en: When sending a file via email, you can either choose to send the file directly, as is, or compress the file before attaching it to an email. It is highly recommended to compress large files before sending them.
en_GB: When sending a file via e-mail, you can either choose to send the file directly, as is, or compress the file before attaching it to an e-mail. It is highly recommended to compress large files before sending them.

en: When sending multiple files via email, you can either choose to send the files directly, attaching multiple files to an email, or send all files compressed into a single archive file and attach the archive. It is highly recommended to send multiple large files as archive.
en_GB: When sending multiple files via e-mail, you can either choose to send the files directly, attaching multiple files to an e-mail, or send all files compressed into a single archive file and attach the archive. It is highly recommended to send multiple large files as archive.

note: tell the user that we failed
en: Failed to compose new email
en_GB: Failed to compose new e-mail

note: tell the user that we failed to connect to the trash
en: Failed to connect to the Trash
en_GB: Failed to connect to the Wastebasket

note: tell the user whether the trash is full or empty
en: Trash contains files
en_GB: Wastebasket contains files

en: Display the trash can
en_GB: Display the Wastebasket

note: description for dialog for editing external files
en: You are editing a file in an external application. You can close this dialog when you are done
en_GB: You are editing a file in an external application. You can close this dialogue when you are done

note: #-#-#-#-#  20 (zim)  #-#-#-#-# label to customize 'open with' menu
en: Customize...
en_GB: Customise...

note: detailed message, answers are Yes and No
en: Folder already exists and has content, exporting to this folder may overwrite existing files. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: Folder already exists and is not empty, exporting to this folder may overwrite existing files. Do you want to continue?

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Show the cursor also for pages that can not be edited
en_GB: Show the cursor even for pages that cannot be edited

note: option in preferences dialog
en: Automatically select the current word when you apply formatting
en_GB: Automatically select the current word when applying formatting

note: option in preferences dialog
en: (Un-)Indenting a list item also change any sub-items
en_GB: Changing indent level for a list item also changes any sub-items

note: text in error dialog when saving page failed
en: To continue you can save a copy of this page or discard
    any changes. If you save a copy changes will be also
    discarded, but you can restore the copy later.
en_GB: To continue, you can save a copy of this page or discard
    any changes. If you save a copy, changes will also be
    discarded, but you can restore the copy later.

note: input label in find & replace dialog
en: Find what
en_GB: Search for

note: Dialog title
en: Move Text to Other Page
en_GB: Move Text to Another Page

note: info text in the preferences dialog
en: This plugin also has properties,
    see the notebook properties dialog
en_GB: This plugin also has properties,
    see the notebook properties dialogue

note: Menu item
en: Edit _Source
en_GB: _Edit Source

note: Dialog text in 'new page' dialog
en: Please note that linking to a non-existing page
    also creates a new page automatically.
en_GB: Please note that linking to a nonexistant page
    also creates a new page automatically.

note: Text in 'delete page' dialog - %s is the page name
en: Page "%s" and all of it's
    sub-pages and attachments will be deleted
en_GB: Page ‘%s’ and all of its
    sub-pages and attachments will be deleted

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a diagram editor for zim based on GraphViz.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides a diagram editor for zim, based on GraphViz.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin preference
en: Text background color
en_GB: Text background colour

note: plugin preference
en: Text foreground color
en_GB: Text foreground colour

note: menu item
en: Ascii graph (Ditaa)
en_GB: ASCII graph (Ditaa)

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides an equation editor for zim based on latex.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides an equation editor for zim, based on latex.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a plot editor for zim based on GNU R.
en_GB: This plug-in provides a plot editor for Zim based on GNU R

note: error description
en: The inline calculator plugin was not able
    to evaluate the expression at the cursor.
en_GB: The in-line calculator plug-in was not able
    to evaluate the expression at the cursor.

note: plugin name
en: Inline Calculator
en_GB: In-line Calculator

note: plugin description
en: This plugin allows you to quickly evaluate simple
    mathematical expressions in zim.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in allows you to quickly evaluate simple
    mathematical expressions in Zim.
    
    This is a core plug-in and ships with Zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin adds the 'Insert Symbol' dialog and allows
    auto-formatting typographic characters.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in adds the 'Insert Symbol' dialogue and allows
    auto-formatting typographic characters.
    
    This is a core plug-in shipping with Zim.

note: plugin description
en: This plugin sorts selected lines in alphabetical order.
    If the list is already sorted the order will be reversed
    (A-Z to Z-A).
en_GB: This plug-in sorts selected lines into alphabetical order.
    If the list is already sorted, the order will be reversed
    (A-Z to Z-A).

note: menu item
en: _Sort lines
en_GB: _Sort Lines

note: plugin description
en: This plugin provides a dialog with a graphical
    representation of the linking structure of the
    notebook. It can be used as a kind of "mind map"
    showing how pages relate.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plugin provides a dialogue with a graphical
    representation of the linking structure of the
    notebook. It can be used as a kind of "mind map"
    showing how pages relate.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: Menu option for View->Pathbar
en: Recently _Changed pages
en_GB: Recently Changed Pages

note: Error message in "insert screenshot" dialog, %s will be replaced by application name
en: Some error occurred while running "%s"
en_GB: An error occured while running "%s"

note: plugin description
en: Adds spell checking support using gtkspell.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: Adds spellchecking support using gtkspell.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.

note: option for plugin preferences
en: Show ToC as floating widget instead of in sidepane
en_GB: Show ToC as floating widget instead of in the sidepane

note: plugin description
en: This plugin adds version control for notebooks.
    
    This plugin supports the Bazaar, Git and Mercurial version control systems.
    
    This is a core plugin shipping with zim.
en_GB: This plug-in adds version control for notebooks.
    
    This plug-in supports the Bazaar, Git and Mercurial version control systems.
    
    This is a core plug-in shipping with zim.

note: Label for plugin preference
en: Autosave version on regular intervals
en_GB: Autosave version at regular intervals

note: Help text in versions dialog
en: Select a version to see changes between that version and the current
    state. Or select multiple versions to see changes between those versions.
en_GB: Select a version to see changes between that version and the current
    state, or select multiple versions to see changes between those versions.

en:  With this option enabled ABRT always create bug ticket with restricted access if possibly sensitive data are detected.
en_GB:  With this option enabled ABRT always creates bug ticket with restricted access if possibly sensitive data are detected.

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, authorCombo) #-#-#-#-#  1406 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Not Authorized
en_GB: Not Authorised

en: Do not daemonize
en_GB: Do not daemonise

en: Red Hat Support user name
en_GB: Red Hat Support username

en: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyzes C/C++ backtrace, generates duplication hash, backtrace rating,
    and identifies crash function in problem directory DIR
en_GB: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyses C/C++ backtrace, generates duplication hash, backtrace rating,
    and identifies crash function in problem directory DIR

en: The backtrace does not contain enough meaningful function frames to be reported. It is annoying but it does not necessary signalize a problem with your computer. ABRT will not allow you to create a report in a bug tracking system but you can contact kernel maintainers via e-mail.
en_GB: The backtrace does not contain enough meaningful function frames to be reported. It is annoying, but it does not necessary signalise a problem with your computer. ABRT will not allow you to create a report in a bug tracking system, but you can contact kernel maintainers via e-mail.

en: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyzes coredump in problem directory DIR, generates and saves backtrace
en_GB: & [options] -d DIR
    
    Analyses coredump in problem directory DIR, generates and saves backtrace

en: Failed to initialize systemd-journal watch
en_GB: Failed to initialise systemd-journal watch

en: Cannot initialize systemd-journal in directory '%s'
en_GB: Cannot initialise systemd-journal in directory '%s'

en: Analyze VM core
en_GB: Analyse VM core

en: <application>Accerciser</application> has two modes for viewing plugins. The current view mode could be toggled with <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Single plugin view</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo>. When single mode is enabled, all plugins will be put in the top right plugin view and ordered alphabetically, this could be useful for screen reader users who have no use for <application>Accerciser</application>'s flexible plugin spacial layout scheme. When single view mode is disabled plugin tabs could be dragged and dropped in to different plugin views, or could be dragged to the desktop to put the given plugin in a new view. The placement of plugins could also be manipulated with the plugin context menu that could be brought up either from the plugin tab, or the plugin preferences dialog.
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application> has two modes for viewing plugins. The current view mode could be toggled with <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Single plugin view</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>t</keycap></keycombo>. When single mode is enabled, all plugins will be put in the top-right plugin view and ordered alphabetically; this could be useful for screen reader users who have no use for <application>Accerciser</application>'s flexible plugin spacial layout scheme. When single view mode is disabled plugin tabs could be dragged and dropped in to different plugin views, or could be dragged to the desktop to put the given plugin in a new view. The placement of plugins could also be manipulated with the plugin context menu that could be brought up either from the plugin tab, or the plugin preferences dialogue.

en: Accerciser allows bookmarking selected accessibles for later examining. This could be helpful if the target application must be restarted, for example after rebuilding it. To bookmark the currently selected accessible do <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>d</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Accerciser allows bookmarking selected accessibles for later examining. This could be helpful if the target application must be restarted, for example after rebuilding it. To bookmark the currently-selected accessible do <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add Bookmark...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press <keycombo><keycap>Control</keycap><keycap>d</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Bookmarks to accessibles in Accerciser are defined by an application name and a "path" in the application's internal accessible hierarchy to the bookmarked accessible. When the target application is in a different state (ie. multiple top level frames) the path might not be correct.
en_GB: Bookmarks to accessibles in Accerciser are defined by an application name and a "path" in the application's internal accessible hierarchy to the bookmarked accessible. When the target application is in a different state (i.e. multiple top level frames) the path might not be correct.

en: Bookmarks could be managed by accessing the bookmark editing dialog through <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: Bookmarks could be managed by accessing the bookmark editing dialogue through <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: <application>Accerciser</application> comes with several default plugins. These plugins allow you to view a variety of information about the currently selected accessible in the tree view and its neighbors. The default plugins available in 0.1.5 are the following:
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application> comes with several default plugins. These plugins allow you to view a variety of information about the currently-selected accessible in the tree view and its neighbours. The default plugins available in 0.1.5 are the following:

en: This plugin displays information about the available interfaces for the selected tree view accessible. Unsupported interfaces are grayed out. Various instruments for viewing and controlling an interface are available under each expander.
en_GB: This plugin displays information about the available interfaces for the selected tree view accessible. Unsupported interfaces are greyed out. Various instruments for viewing and controlling an interface are available under each expander.

en: This plugin is a fully-fledged <ulink url="http://ipython.scipy.org/moin/" type="http">IPython</ulink> console. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to show completions for the current command. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to execute any valid Python code. Commands at the console have access to the currently selected accessible in the accessible tree by way of the <varname>acc</varname> variable. In addition, all functions and constants from the pyatspi package are available as locals in the console. The most important of these are the functions for querying to other accessibility interfaces. For example, to query to the Text interface: <command>t = acc.queryText() </command>. Imports from the current working directory or Python path are also allowed.
en_GB: This plugin is a fully-fledged <ulink url="http://ipython.scipy.org/moin/" type="http">IPython</ulink> console. Press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to show completions for the current command. Press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to execute any valid Python code. Commands at the console have access to the currently-selected accessible in the accessible tree by way of the <varname>acc</varname> variable. In addition, all functions and constants from the pyatspi package are available as locals in the console. The most important of these are the functions for querying to other accessibility interfaces. For example, to query to the Text interface: <command>t = acc.queryText() </command>. Imports from the current working directory or Python path are also allowed.

en: <application>Accerciser</application>'s script recorder allows users to record keyboard interaction with other desktop applications for the purpose of authoring UI test scripts. Currently the plug-in supports the generation of scripts for three platforms: Dogtail, LDTP, and an Accerciser's built-in API. Once you press the "Record" button every keyboard interaction will be recorded in to a script that could be executed later as a stand alone script.
en_GB: <application>Accerciser</application>'s script recorder allows users to record keyboard interaction with other desktop applications for the purpose of authoring UI test scripts. Currently the plugin supports the generation of scripts for three platforms: Dogtail, LDTP, and an Accerciser's built-in API. Once you press the <guibutton>Record</guibutton> button every keyboard interaction will be recorded in to a script that could be executed later as a stand-alone script.

en: When the test completes, the report table shows the severity and description of all errors. Double click a row in the table to show the associated accessible in the tree. With an item selected, click the <guibutton>Help</guibutton> to get information about how to resolve the problem.
en_GB: When the test completes, the report table shows the severity and description of all errors. Double-click a row in the table to show the associated accessible in the tree. With an item selected, click the <guibutton>Help</guibutton> to get information about how to resolve the problem.

en: There are two methods for configuring plugin layout in <application>Accerciser</application>. First you may choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. This dialog contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available plugins. Right-click on any of the plugins listed to configure it's view.
en_GB: There are two methods for configuring plugin layout in <application>Accerciser</application>. First you may choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. This dialogue contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Plugins</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available plugins. Right-click on any of the plugins listed to configure its view.

en: You may bypass the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog by using drag and drop to move plugin tabs. Dragging a plugin tab to the bottom or right plugin area in the main window will move the plugin. Dragging a tab to the desktop will create a new plugin window and drop the plugin in it.
en_GB: You may bypass the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue by using drag and drop to move plugin tabs. Dragging a plugin tab to the bottom or right plugin area in the main window will move the plugin. Dragging a tab to the desktop will create a new plugin window and drop the plugin in it.

en: Some elements in <application>Accerciser</application> may enable certain functionality via hotkeys. The hotkey combination could be changed via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, to do so you may select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog. This dialog contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Global Hotkeys</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available hotkey features. Change the key bindings to you liking.
en_GB: Some elements in <application>Accerciser</application> may enable certain functionality via hotkeys. The hotkey combination could be changed via the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, to do so you may select <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to activate the <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. This dialogue contains tabs for each section, select the <guilabel>Global Hotkeys</guilabel> tab. Under this section you will find a list view of all the available hotkey features. Change the key bindings to your liking.

en: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted under the terms of the BSD License.
en_GB: Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted under the terms of the BSD Licence.

en: Accerciser has a simple plugin framework which you can use to create custom views of accessibility information.
en_GB: Accerciser has a simple plug-in framework which you can use to create custom views of accessibility information.

en: A list of plugins that are disabled by default
en_GB: A list of plug-ins that are disabled by default

en: A list of plugins that are disabled by default.
en_GB: A list of plug-ins that are disabled by default.

en: Highlight fill color
en_GB: Highlight fill colour

en: The color and opacity of the highlight fill.
en_GB: The colour and opacity of the highlight fill.

en: Highlight border color
en_GB: Highlight border colour

en: The color and opacity of the highlight border.
en_GB: The colour and opacity of the highlight border.

en: The layout for the bottom panel pluginview.
en_GB: The layout for the bottom panel plug-in view.

en: The layout for the top panel pluginview.
en_GB: The layout for the top panel plug-in view.

en: View plugins in a single layout.
en_GB: View plug-ins in a single layout.

en: Available new pluginviews
en_GB: Available new plug-in views

en: This list contains all the new available pluginviews
en_GB: This list contains all the new available plug-in views

en: The pluginview layout
en_GB: The plug-in view layout

en: The default plugin layout for the top panel.
en_GB: The default plug-in layout for the top panel.

en: Event monitor
en_GB: Event Monitor

en: Plugin with various methods of selecting accessibles quickly.
en_GB: Plug-in with various methods of selecting accessibles quickly.

en: Border color:
en_GB: Border colour:

en: The border color of the highlight box
en_GB: The border colour of the highlight box

en: Fill color:
en_GB: Fill colour:

en: The fill color of the highlight box
en_GB: The fill colour of the highlight box

en: The New BSD License. See the COPYING and NOTICE files for details.
en_GB: The New BSD Licence. See the COPYING and NOTICE files for details.

en: Plugin Errors
en_GB: Plug-in Errors

en: _Single plugins view
en_GB: _Single plug-ins view

en: Plugin View
en_GB: Plug-in View

en: Plugin View (%d)
en_GB: Plug-in View (%d)

en: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <placeholder-1/>

en: If a card can be moved to the foundation(s), you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move.
en_GB: If a card can be moved to the foundations, you do not need to drag it. You can double-click on it and it will move. If a sequence of cards can be moved to the foundations, you can generally move the sequence as one move.

en: Double clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game.
en_GB: Double-clicking a card will send it to a foundation, if that is possible. This is useful for cleaning up large numbers of cards at the end of a successful game.

en: In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of time. Watch for the <guilabel>Redeals Left</guilabel> message at the bottom of the window.
en_GB: In games which have a stock pile you can redeal it by clicking on the empty space where it was. Be warned that some games only let you do this a limited number of times. Watch for the <guilabel>Redeals Left</guilabel> message at the bottom of the window.

en: Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Klondike can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game - the menu will be inactive during the game.
en_GB: Some games have options to change the way the game is played. For example Canfield can be played with either single card deals or three-card deals. In these games there is a separate menu with the game's name. You can only change the rules of the game at the beginning of the game — the menu will be inactive during the game.

en: Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment, there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons.
en_GB: Statistics on how well you have done at a particular game are available by selecting <guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu. Only games where you actually start moving cards are counted. The statistics are here for your own enjoyment; there are numerous ways to cheat and it is unwise to make comparisons.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all the covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in same colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the next deal from the Stock.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Groups of cards in sequence and same color can be moved as a unit.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Groups of cards in sequence and same colour can be moved as a unit.

en: Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit in sequence, wrapping from King to Ace when necessary. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down, and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Klondike only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Four rows, the first row is face down, the second row is face up, the third row is face down and the fourth and final row is face up. Essentially Athena is the same as Canfield only the opening layout is different. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in the Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles, and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it.
en_GB: There are two types of Tableau piles: "Standard" piles and "Hole" piles. The first five piles of each row (the ones with three cards) are the Standard piles. An empty standard pile CANNOT have a new card placed on it. The last pile of each row (the ones with two cards) are the Hole piles. An empty Hole pile CAN have a new card placed on it.

en: Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens, and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this --
en_GB: Remove all cards but picture cards (Jacks, Queens and Kings). You have won if your Tableau looks like this --

note: #-#-#-#-#  27 (gnome-games aisleriot 2.30)  #-#-#-#-# <sect1info> <copyright> <year>1998</year> <holder>Rosanna Yuen</holder> </copyright> <author> <firstname>Rosanna</firstname> <surname>Yuen</surname> </author> <address><email>rwsy@mit.edu</email></address> </sect1info> #-#-#-#-#  28 (gnome-games)
en: Canfield
en_GB: Demon

en: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved.
en_GB: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty slot in the Tableau is filled automatically from the Reserve. If the Reserve is empty, an empty slot can be filled by any card or group of cards in sequence.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation) New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the first card placed during the dealing period are placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analog clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analog watch/clock, this is the pattern:
en_GB: Move the top card in the middle to the appropriate pile. The Tableau is in the shape of a clock, and so the numbered cards go where they would on an analogue clock. Aces go where the ones go, and the Jacks and Queens go where the elevens and twelves go respectively. For all the people who have never had an analogue watch/clock, this is the pattern:

en: Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double click on the appropriate receptor pile.
en_GB: Kings are kept in the middle pile. When a card is moved to a new pile (or made to stay in the same pile, as the case is with the King), the bottom card in the new pile is taken and placed on top of the middle pile face up. This new card is ready for play. To move a card to the appropriate pile, either drag the card over or double-click on the appropriate receptor pile.

en: Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points, and Kings as thirteen points.
en_GB: Each diamond placed on to the Foundation scores the face value of the card, with Ace as one point, Jacks as eleven points, Queens as twelve points and Kings as thirteen points.

en: Each Ace through King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points.
en_GB: Each Ace to King in sequence and in suit on the Tableau pile scores three points.

en: One pile, the center pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or color.
en_GB: One pile, the centre pile on the bottom row of the Reserve slots. To be built on from original card by doubling, regardless of suit or colour.

en: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat...
en_GB: A, 2, 4, 8, 3, 6, Q, J, 9, 5, 10, 7, repeat…

en: The Tableau is built down by alternate color. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating color can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King.
en_GB: The Tableau is built down by alternate colour. Builds of cards in sequence and alternating colour can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau piles can be filled by Kings or builds starting with a King.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Double-clicking on a foundation will autoplay cards. Double-clicking on a card in the Tableau or waste will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible, or to the tableau if possible.

en: Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens, and Kings are worth 11, 12, and 13 respectively.
en_GB: Cards can be removed in pairs that add up to fourteen. Aces are worth one and Jacks, Queens and Kings are worth 11, 12 and 13 respectively.

en: Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together.
en_GB: Eight piles. Deal all cards face up on to these eight piles, ending up with seven cards in each of the first four piles and six cards in the last four piles. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Cards can only be moved singly, but as a shortcut, if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow it, cards in sequence can be moved together.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved if there are enough Reserve piles free to allow the move if the cards were moved singly. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or group of cards.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are not in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled, and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed.
en_GB: If no moves are possible (i.e., all gaps follow Kings), double-clicking any card will cause a redeal. Any cards not in sequence will be removed, shuffled and redealt. Only two redeals are allowed.

en: Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Check this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unchecked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing.
en_GB: Randomly Placed Gaps on Redeal: Tick this to have randomly placed gaps after a redeal. If unticked, the gaps will always be placed directly to the right of any cards already in sequence after redealing.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colors. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating-colours. Cards are moved singly or in groups. An empty slot in the Tableau can be filled with any card. There is an option to restrict the movement to only cards of the same suit. See below.

en: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations.
en_GB: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Top cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible. Double-clicking on a Foundation will automatically move as many cards as possible to the Foundations.

en: Alternating colors
en_GB: Alternating colours

en: To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colors. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite color.
en_GB: To be moved as a gorup cards must be in a sequence of alternaing colours. The top card must be placed on a card of the opposite colour.

en: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating color. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau.
en_GB: Four piles below Foundations. Deal one card face up on to each pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colour. Top card can be played on to Foundation. Whole piles can be played on to another Tableau.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Whole piles of cards can be moved on to another Tableau pile. Empty slots in the Tableau can be filled by any available card in the Reserves or, if all the Reserves are empty, from the Waste.

en: Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of <placeholder-1/>. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card.
en_GB: Seven piles, all empty to start. Gold Mine is a variation of <placeholder-1/>. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card.

en: Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build.
en_GB: Eight piles. Deal two rows face down and one row face up to start. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can be filled with any card or build.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating color. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Builds of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with any card or build of cards.

en: Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven, and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly.
en_GB: Remove cards in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces being one, Jacks being eleven and Queens being twelve. Kings are removed singly.

en: Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile, and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three, and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter.
en_GB: Four piles on top, to the right of Stock. Place an Ace on the first pile, a two on the second pile, a three on the third pile and a four on the fourth pile. The first Foundation pile is built up by one, the second is built up by two, the third by three and the fourth by four, all of which wrap around to Ace when it reaches past thirteen. cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Suits do not matter.

en: Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes, and fours for piles one, two, three, and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged.
en_GB: Build on to Foundations by ones, twos, threes and fours for piles one, two, three and four respectively. Cards are dealt singly in to the Waste from the Stock. However, as the Waste pile can only hold one card, this card must immediately be played on to a Foundation pile or on to any of the four Reserve piles. Cards in the Reserve piles cannot be rearranged.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up from suit from Ace to King. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card (first card dealt to first Foundation). New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as this base card is placed on an empty Foundation pile. Aces are built on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second, and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up.
en_GB: Nine piles of cards, with nine cards in the first pile, eight in the second and so on to the one card in the last pile. These cards are dealt face down. The top card in every pile is then flipped up.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Empty Tableau slots can be filled by any card or build of cards.

en: Left slot in the center row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal.
en_GB: Left slot in the centre row. Cards are dealt one at a time to the Waste. There is no redeal.

en: Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner.
en_GB: Deal cards one at a time from Stock to Waste. Whenever a King and Queen of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a throne slot by either by dragging the King onto the Queen (or vice versa) or double-clicking either card. Whenever a Jack and Ace of the same suit are available, they can be moved into a foundation slot in the same manner.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: Double clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a foundation card will move all the cards that can be moved to the foundation to the foundation. This is useful for cleaning up at the end of the game.

en: Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional - depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way.
en_GB: Most likely you will consider one of the first two methods traditional — depending on where you live and who taught you. The no redeals option is the one normally found in older sets of rules, but the game is rarely played that way.

en: Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank.
en_GB: Seven piles below Stock and Foundation. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Groups of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by the card whose rank is one lower than the base card or group of cards starting with a card of this rank.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating color. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by alternating colour. Groups of cards can be moved. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a card whose rank is one lower than the base card or with a group of cards starting with a card with this rank.

en: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from the base card. New Foundations are started when a card of the same rank as the base card is placed on empty Foundation piles. Aces are placed on Kings, and twos on Aces. Cards in Foundations are still in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock.
en_GB: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces can be filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces by clicking on the Stock.

en: Center pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count.
en_GB: Centre pile of the grid is to be built down, corners to be built up. Suit doesn't count.

en: Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the center pile, 7 or greater to corner piles.
en_GB: Move all cards of 6 or smaller to the centre pile, 7 or greater to corner piles.

en: Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Center pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count.
en_GB: Click on the stock to flip over cards. Move one card at the time to the tableau. Once placed on a foundation pile, a card cannot be moved. Each corner pile is built up from 7 to king. Centre pile is built down from 6 to ace. After ace comes another 6, etc. Suit doesn't count.

note: #-#-#-#-#  27 (gnome-games aisleriot 2.30)  #-#-#-#-# <sect1info> <copyright> <year>1998</year> <holder>Rosanna Yuen</holder> </copyright> <author> <firstname>Rosanna</firstname> <surname>Yuen</surname> </author> <address><email>rwsy@mit.edu</email></address> </sect1info> #-#-#-#-#  28 (gnome-games)
en: Neighbor
en_GB: Neighbour

en: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space, and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces.
en_GB: Five by five grid, each capable of holding one card. One card dealt to each space at the beginning of game. Empty spaces automatically filled by moving cards from the right to the left, from the leftmost card of the row below to the rightmost space and from the Stock to all otherwise empty spaces.

en: Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards, and as few as none.
en_GB: Fifteen piles, arranged in rows of four. Deal cards four at a time, face up onto the first thirteen piles. Leave the last two spaces empty. A pile can hold as many as four cards and as few as none.

en: All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait, and from the waste.
en_GB: All eight Foundations have to be started with the same card value. At the beginning you can choose whether to build up or down. You can take cards from the plait in the middle of the tableau, from the eight free fields left and right of the plait, from the four edges around the plait and from the waste.

en: Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns, and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win.
en_GB: Score as many points as possible using poker hands. There are twelve hands in the board -- 5 rows, 5 columns and 2 diagonals. Scoring 75 points or higher is considered a win.

en: Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12, and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column.
en_GB: Cards can be removed in pairs if they add up to fourteen (with Jacks being 11, Queens 12 and Kings 13) and are in the same row or column.

en: Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Klondike only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Klondike. Tableau can be built down in alternating colors. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.
en_GB: Seven piles. Place one card face up on all piles. Next row skip the first pile and place cards on all the other piles. Continue this process skipping one place to the right each row until there are seven rows with seven cards in the last pile. Essentially Saratoga is the same as Canfield only the all cards are face up to begin with. Being able to see all cards reduces the element of risk and makes Saratoga slightly easier than Canfield. Tableau can be built down in alternating colours. Builds of cards can be moved. Empty piles can only be filled by Kings or group of cards starting with a King.

en: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points.
en_GB: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1). Each time a sequence of thirteen is created and is in its own slot, four extra points are awarded. Reaching a card that was face down gives three points.

en: Four piles at top in the center. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start.
en_GB: Four piles at top in the centre. Each reserve can only hold one card. Two of the reserves are each dealt one card to start.

en: Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7, and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit.
en_GB: Ten piles. Four piles (piles 1, 4, 7 and 10) get dealt 5 cards down and one card up while rest of the piles get dealt 4 cards down and one card up. Cards can be built down regardless of suit. Sequences of cards in the same suit can be moved as a unit. Empty piles can be filled with any card or movable unit.

en: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence - 1).
en_GB: For every sequence in suit, points given is (length of sequence − 1).

en: Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Foundations are built up in suit from twos to aces. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play. Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: Allow temporary spots use: If checked the temporary spots may be reused.
en_GB: Allow temporary spots use: If ticked the temporary spots may be reused.

en: Double clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.
en_GB: Double-clicking on a card will move it to the appropriate Foundation pile if such a move is possible.

en: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12.
en_GB: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to thirteen with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12.

en: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11, and Queens equal to 12.
en_GB: All exposed cards in the pyramid are available for play. Kings can be removed singly. All other cards can be removed in pairs that add up to treize with Aces equal to 1, Jacks equal to 11 and Queens equal to 12.

en: Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16, and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste.
en_GB: Multiplier Scoring: Points double for every card played in a run. A run of five cards will score 1, 2, 4, 16 and 32 points, for a total of 55 points. Bonuses are worth 25 points. No points are deducted for playing a card from the stock to the waste.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. The top card or the complete face up portion of each pile is available for play. Empty piles can be filled with any available card or group of cards.

en: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same color. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards.
en_GB: Cards in the Tableau are built down by same colour. Builds of cards that are the same suit and in sequence can be moved as a unit. Empty Tableau slots can be filled with any card or build of cards.

en: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite color.
en_GB: Seven piles. Deal card face up in first pile. Place one card face down on all other piles. Place one card face up on next pile followed by one card face down on all covered piles. Repeat until there are seven cards in last pile. Deal the rest of the cards face up on the second to seventh piles. To be built down in opposite colour.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite color. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down in opposite colour. Groups of cards can be moved regardless of sequence. A faced-down card is flipped when it is unburied. An empty pile in the Tableau can be filled with a King or a group of cards with a King on the bottom.

en: Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate color up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play.
en_GB: Eight piles on top right. Place the eight Aces on to these piles to begin the Foundations. The Foundations are to be built up in alternate colour up to Kings. Cards in Foundations are no longer in play.

en: Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock.
en_GB: Eight piles below Foundations. Deal a card to each Tableau pile to start. Tableau piles are to be built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is available for play. Empty spaces are immediately filled from the Waste, or if the Waste is empty, from the Stock.

en: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate color. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible.
en_GB: Cards in Tableau are built down by alternate colour. Only the top card of each pile is in play. However, to facilitate play, a whole pile can be moved to an appropriate Foundation with one drag. Double-clicking on a pile will move the top card to an appropriate Foundation pile if possible.

en: Foundations are built up by alternate color from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play.
en_GB: Foundations are built up by alternate colour from Aces to Kings. Cards in Foundation piles are no longer in play.

en: Build by alternate color
en_GB: Build by alternate colour

en: Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not.
en_GB: Building by placing a card on to another card of the opposite colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Spade is good, but placing a Diamond on a Heart is not.

en: Build by color
en_GB: Build by colour

en: Building by placing a card on to another card of the same color is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not.
en_GB: Building by placing a card on to another card of the same colour is permitted. Example: Placing a Diamond on a Heart is good, but Placing a Diamond on a Club is not.

en: The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/color, you can build by suit, build by color, build by alternate color, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list.
en_GB: The ability to place a card (or group of cards) on another card. In regards to rank, you can build up, build down, or build up/down by *. In regards to suit/colour, you can build by suit, build by colour, build by alternate colour, build by any suit but own, or build regardless of suit. Note that all games that build will follow two of these rules, one from each list.

en: The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 1. If low, aces are ranked as 14. J, Q, and K are usually ranked 11, 12, and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11.
en_GB: The value of the card. Numbered cards usually have the rank of the associated number. Aces can either be high or low. If high, aces are ranked 1. If low, aces are ranked as 14. J, Q and K are usually ranked 11, 12 and 13 respectively. However, some games may rank these cards as 10. In such a case, a high ace might be ranked as 11.

en: A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, 2 through 10, Jack, Queen, and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colors, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colors and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm.
en_GB: A 52 card poker deck. There are four suits of thirteen cards each. Each suit contains an Ace, from 2 to 10, Jack, Queen and King. These suits are usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds. These suits can be grouped into two colours, usually black and red. The Clubs and the Spaces are black while the Hearts and the Diamonds are red. AisleRiot allows the possibility of using different decks. In this case, the new colours and/or suits are substituted into this paradigm.

en: Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts, and Diamonds.
en_GB: Four different kinds in a Standard deck. Usually Clubs, Spades, Hearts and Diamonds.

en: solitaire;cards;klondike;spider;freecell;patience;
en_GB: solitaire;cards;canfield;spider;freecell;patience;

en: Whether or not to show the toolbar
en_GB: Whether to show the toolbar

en: Whether or not to show the status bar
en_GB: Whether to show the status bar

en: Whether or not to animate card moves.
en_GB: Whether to animate card moves.

note: %s is replaced with the name of the game in gnome-games.
en: %s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version %d of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: %s is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version %d of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: %s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: %s is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Whether the window is maximized
en_GB: Whether the window is maximised

en: _Don't report
en_GB: _Don’t report

en: Install new card themes from the distribution packages repositories
en_GB: Install new card themes from the package repositories of the distribution

en: Whether or not to play event sounds
en_GB: Whether to play event sounds

en: Aisleriot cannot find the last game you played.
en_GB: AisleRiot cannot find the last game you played.

en: This usually occurs when you run an older version of Aisleriot which does not have the game you last played. The default game, Klondike, is being started instead.
en_GB: This usually occurs when you run an older version of Aisleriot which does not have the game you last played. The default game, Canfield, is being started instead.

en: Unknown color
en_GB: Unknown colour

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: Just because a crosswalk looks like a hopscotch board doesn't mean it is one
en_GB: Just because a zebra crossing looks like a hopscotch board doesn't mean it is one

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: I could sure use a backrub right about now...
en_GB: I could really use a backrub right about now…

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: Monitors won't give you Vitamin D -- but sunlight will...
en_GB: Monitors won’t give you Vitamin D — but sunlight will…

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: If you're ever lost and alone in the woods, hug a tree
en_GB: If you’re ever lost and alone in the woods, hug a tree

note: Translators: This is one of the sentences that are used when the user wants to get a hint. Since the 'clock' game is a joke in itself, the sentence it nonsensical and/or a joke. So you can substitute anything you like here; you don't have to translate the original sentence!
en: Never blow in a dog's ear
en_GB: Never blow in a dog’s ear

en: I'm not sure
en_GB: I’m not sure

en: Checking for RECURRING-ID incidences with nonexistent master incidence...
en_GB: Checking for RECURRING-ID incidences with non-existent master incidence...

en: Comma-separated list of collection ids to scan
en_GB: Comma-separated list of collection IDs to scan

en: Importing of filters from "%1" was canceled.
en_GB: Importing of filters from "%1" was cancelled.

en: Ldap created
en_GB: LDAP created

en: Feed readers provide a convenient way to browse different kinds of content, including news, blogs, and other content from online sites. Instead of checking all your favorite web sites manually for updates, Akregator collects the content for you.
en_GB: Feed readers provide a convenient way to browse different kinds of content, including news, blogs, and other content from online sites. Instead of checking all your favourite web sites manually for updates, Akregator collects the content for you.

en: For more information about using Akregator, check the <a href='https://kontact.kde.org/components/akregator.html'>Akregator website</a>. If you do not want to see this page anymore, <a href='config:/disable_introduction'>click here</a>.
en_GB: For more information about using Akregator, check the <a href='https://kontact.kde.org/components/akregator.html'>Akregator website</a>. If you do not want to see this page any more, <a href='config:/disable_introduction'>click here</a>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Article List Colors
en_GB: Article List Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  32 (akregator)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseCustomColors) #-#-#-#-#  1368 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (useCustomColors), group (Color Options)
en: Use custom colors
en_GB: Use custom colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new feed.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new feed.

en: Check Phishing Url
en_GB: Check Phishing URL

en: The url %1 is not valid.
en_GB: The URL %1 is not valid.

en: Loading canceled
en_GB: Loading cancelled

en: Demangle c++ symbol names
en_GB: Demangle C++ symbol names

en: Fill malloc'd memory with:
en_GB: Fill malloc()d memory with:

en: Fill free'd memory with:
en_GB: Fill free()d memory with:

en: You can encrypt the diary to preserve your privacy. It has editing abilities, including text formatting and printing and shows you a lists of events which happened (on your computer) for each day (such as tasks and appointments from Evolution).
en_GB: You can encrypt the diary to preserve your privacy. It has editing abilities, including text formatting and printing and shows you a list of events which happened (on your computer) for each day (such as tasks and appointments from Evolution).

note: Translators: Use two popular URIs from your locale, preferably one on the Internet and one local file.
en: e.g. “http://google.com/” or “file:///home/me/Photos/photo.jpg”.
en_GB: e.g. “http://google.co.uk/” or “file:///home/me/Photos/photo.jpg”.

en: Almanah is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Almanah is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Almanah is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Almanah is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Almanah.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Almanah.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: Couldn't load the CSS resources. The interface might not be styled correctly: %s
en_GB: Couldn’t load the CSS resources. The interface might not be styled correctly: %s

en: Error deserializing imported entry into buffer: %s
en_GB: Error deserialising imported entry into buffer: %s

en: Error deserializing existing entry into buffer; overwriting with imported entry: %s
en_GB: Error deserialising existing entry into buffer; overwriting with imported entry: %s

en: Spelling checker could not be initialized
en_GB: Spelling checker could not be initialised

en: Search canceled.
en_GB: Search cancelled.

en: Error deserializing entry into buffer while searching.
en_GB: Error deserialising entry into buffer while searching.

en: Can't create a new GIOChannel for the encrypted database: %s
en_GB: Can’t create a new GIOChannel for the encrypted database: %s

en: Whether the main window should start maximized.
en_GB: Whether the main window should start maximised.

en: License: %1
en_GB: Licence: %1

en: <p>Each year in October the Amarok team organizes a funding drive called <b>Roktober</b>.</p><p>If you want your name mentioned on this list <a href="http://amarok.kde.org/donations"> donate during Roktober</a> and opt-in.</p>
en_GB: <p>Each year in October the Amarok team organises a funding drive called <b>Roktober</b>.</p><p>If you want your name mentioned on this list <a href="http://amarok.kde.org/donations"> donate during Roktober</a> and opt-in.</p>

en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General Options)
en: Which tracks or albums to favor in Random Mode
en_GB: Which tracks or albums to favour in Random Mode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will overwrite existing files.
en_GB: Whether organise files will overwrite existing files.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will overwrite any existing destination.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will overwrite any existing destination.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will move The in artist names to the end.
en_GB: Whether Organise files will move 'The' in artist names to the end.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will move The in artist names to the end as in "Beatles, The".
en_GB: If set, Organize files will move 'The' in artist names to the end as in "Beatles, The".

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.
en_GB: Whether organise files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace spaces in filenames with underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will use cover art as folder icons.
en_GB: Whether organise files will use cover art as folder icons.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will use cover art as folder icons.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will use cover art as folder icons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Collection folder path destination for Organize files.
en_GB: Collection folder path destination for Organise files.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: The path of the collection folder destination for Organize files.
en_GB: The path of the collection folder destination for Organise files.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will rename files in a manner compatible with vfat filesystems.
en_GB: Whether organise files will rename files in a manner compatible with vfat filesystems.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace characters that are not compatible with vfat filesystems (such as ':', '*' and '?').
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace characters that are not compatible with vfat filesystems (such as ':', '*' and '?').

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will rename files such that they only contain 7-bit ASCII characters.
en_GB: Whether organise files will rename files such that they only contain 7-bit ASCII characters.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will replace characters that are not compatible with the 7-bit ASCII character set.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will replace characters that are not compatible with the 7-bit ASCII character set.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Whether organize files will use a custom file naming scheme.
en_GB: Whether organise files will use a custom file naming scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If set, Organize files will rename files according to a custom format string.
en_GB: If set, Organise files will rename files according to a custom format string.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Format string for Organize files, if a custom naming scheme is used.
en_GB: Format string for Organise files, if a custom naming scheme is used.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: If the custom filename scheme is enabled, then Organize files will rename files according to this format string.
en_GB: If the custom filename scheme is enabled, then Organise files will rename files according to this format string.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Organize files will replace substrings matching this regular expression.
en_GB: Organise files will replace substrings matching this regular expression.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OrganizeCollectionDialog)
en: Organize files will replace matching substrings with this string.
en_GB: Organise files will replace matching substrings with this string.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: Equalizer mode - 0 = off, 1 to n = preset no
en_GB: Equaliser mode - 0 = off, 1 to n = preset no

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Playback)
en: When enabled, an equalizer plugin filters the audio stream.
en_GB: When enabled, an equaliser plugin filters the audio stream.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: 11 Equalizer gains include pre-amp, range -100..100, 0 is normal.
en_GB: 11 Equaliser gains include pre-amp, range -100..100, 0 is normal.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Playback)
en: List with user equalizer preset names
en_GB: List with user equaliser preset names

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Whether to use custom colors for the OSD
en_GB: Whether to use custom colours for the OSD

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: You can use custom colors for the OSD if you set this true.
en_GB: You can use custom colours for the OSD if you set this true.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Font color for OSD
en_GB: Font colour for OSD

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: The color of the OSD text. The color is specified in RGB, a comma-separated list containing three integers between 0 and 255.
en_GB: The colour of the OSD text. The colour is specified in RGB, a comma-separated list containing three integers between 0 and 255.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (OSD)
en: The relative position of the OSD. Possible choices are Left, Middle, Right and Center.
en_GB: The relative position of the OSD. Possible choices are Left, Middle, Right and Centre.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OsdHideOnFullscreen) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (OSD)
en: Don't show when a fullscreen application is active
en_GB: Do not show when a fullscreen application is active

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (MediaDevice)
en: Whether Amarok statistics should be synchronized with play count/ratings on device and whether tracks played should be submitted to Last.fm.
en_GB: Whether Amarok statistics should be synchronised with play count/ratings on device and whether tracks played should be submitted to Last.fm.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (MySQL)
en: Keeps a running count to know when run a CHECK.
en_GB: Keeps a running count to know when to run a CHECK.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (PlaylistGenerator)
en: A value between 0 and 10 that controls whether the Automated Playlist Generator tries to optimize for speed (0) or accuracy (10).
en_GB: A value between 0 and 10 that controls whether the Automated Playlist Generator tries to optimise for speed (0) or accuracy (10).

en: Disable colorization for debug output.
en_GB: Disable colourisation for debug output.

en: Move Tracks to Trash
en_GB: Move Tracks to Wastebin

[ctx: Organize Files]
en: Organize Files
en_GB: Organise Files

en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Confirm Move to Trash
en_GB: Confirm Move to Wastebin

en: Are you sure you want to move this item to trash? | Are you sure you want to move these %1 items to trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move this item to the wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: Generator Optimization
en_GB: Generator Optimisation

en: With a dynamic playlist, Amarok becomes your own personal dj, automatically selecting tracks for you, based on a number of parameters that you select.
en_GB: With a dynamic playlist, Amarok becomes your own personal DJ, automatically selecting tracks for you, based on a number of parameters that you select.

en: Create, edit, organize and load playlists. Amarok automatically adds any playlists found when scanning your collection, and any playlists that you save are also shown here.
en_GB: Create, edit, organise and load playlists. Amarok automatically adds any playlists found when scanning your collection, and any playlists that you save are also shown here.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseServer) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseServer)
en: Check to enable the use of an external database. By default there is already an embedded MySQL database running.
en_GB: Tick to enable the use of an external database. By default there is already an embedded MySQL database running.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel)
en: Selected labels won't be touched by statistics synchronization
en_GB: Selected labels will not be touched by statistics synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowTrayIcon) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowTrayIcon)
en: Check to enable the Amarok system tray icon.
en_GB: Tick to enable the Amarok system tray icon.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoGetCoverArt) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoGetCoverArt)
en: Check to enable the automatic retrieval of cover art from the Internet.
en_GB: Tick to enable the automatic retrieval of cover art from the Internet.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateAppletCollapse) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnimateAppletCollapse)
en: Check to enable animations when context applets collapse.
en_GB: Tick to enable animations when context applets collapse.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoScrollPlaylist)
en: Check to make the playlist scroll so the current track is always visible.
en_GB: Tick to make the playlist scroll so the current track is always visible.

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Ratings
en_GB: Synchronise Ratings

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize First Played Times
en_GB: Synchronise First Played Times

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Last Played Times
en_GB: Synchronise Last Played Times

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Playcounts
en_GB: Synchronise Playcounts

[ctx: Statistics sync checkbox label]
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: %1 is field name such as Play Count (this string is only used as a fallback)]
en: Synchronize %1
en_GB: Synchronise %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_statSyncingGroup)
en: Statistics Synchronization
en_GB: Statistics Synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_syncedCollectionsLabel)
en: <b>Check collections to keep them synchronized.</b> This includes scrobbling of tracks played on iPods if you have Last.fm plugin configured
en_GB: <b>Tick collections to keep them synchronised.</b> This includes scrobbling of tracks played on iPods if you have Last.fm plugin configured

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_synchronizeButton)
en: Synchronize…
en_GB: Synchronise…

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdEnabled) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdEnabled)
en: Check to enable the On-Screen-Display. The OSD briefly displays track data when a new track is played.
en_GB: Tick to enable the On-Screen-Display. The OSD briefly displays track data when a new track is played.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors)
en: Check to enable custom colors for the On-Screen-Display.
en_GB: Tick to enable custom colours for the On-Screen-Display.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OsdUseCustomColors)
en: Use &custom colors
en_GB: Use &custom colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_OsdTextColor)
en: The color of the OSD text.
en_GB: The colour of the OSD text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_OsdTextColor)
en: Click to select the color of the OSD text.
en_GB: Click to select the colour of the OSD text.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OsdUseTranslucency)
en: If checked, enables translucency if supported by your desktop system.
en_GB: If ticked, enables translucency if supported by your desktop system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_KNotifyEnabled)
en: Check to use the system notification.
en_GB: Tick to use the system notification.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResumePlayback) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResumePlayback)
en: If checked, Amarok will<br>resume playback from where you left it the previous session -- just like a tape-player.
en_GB: If ticked, Amarok will<br>resume playback from where you left it the previous session -- just like a tape-player.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Color for assigned labels:
en_GB: Colour for assigned labels:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Color for labels background:
en_GB: Colour for labels background:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, resetColorsPushButton)
en: Sets the label colors according to the current color scheme.
en_GB: Sets the label colours according to the current colour scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, resetColorsPushButton)
en: Reset colors
en_GB: Reset colours

[ctx: Center alignment]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, alignCenter)
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Favorite Venues
en_GB: Favourite Venues

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Favorite Venues
en_GB: Favourite Venues

[ctx: @label:textbox Title for a canceled upcoming event]
en: <s>%1</s> (Canceled)
en_GB: <s>%1</s> (Cancelled)

en: Error: Visualizations are not supported by your current Phonon backend.
en_GB: Error: Visualisations are not supported by your current Phonon backend.

en: FLAC is a lossless compressed audio format free of any patents or license fees. It maintains perfect CD audio quality while reducing file size by about 50%. Because the filesize is much larger than Ogg Vorbis or MP3 it is not recommended if you want to transfer your music to a mobile player.
en_GB: FLAC is a lossless compressed audio format free of any patents or licence fees. It maintains perfect CD audio quality while reducing file size by about 50%. Because the filesize is much larger than Ogg Vorbis or MP3 it is not recommended if you want to transfer your music to a mobile player.

en: Updating Amarok database schema. Please don't terminate Amarok now as it may result in database corruption.
en_GB: Updating Amarok database schema. Please do not terminate Amarok now as it may result in database corruption.

[ctx: iPod was successfully initialized]
en: Initialization successful.
en_GB: Initialisation successful.

en: One track was not copied because it wouldn't be playable - its  %2 format is unsupported.<br> | %1 tracks were not copied because they wouldn't be playable - they are in unsupported formats (%2).<br>
en_GB[0]: One track was not copied because it would not be playable - its  %2 format is unsupported.<br>
en_GB[1]: %1 tracks were not copied because they would not be playable - they are in unsupported formats (%2).<br>

[ctx: iPod model that is not (yet) recognized]
en: Unrecognized model
en_GB: Unrecognised model

en: iPod model was not recognized.
en_GB: iPod model was not recognised.

en: <b>%1</b><br><br>Above problem prevents Amarok from using your iPod. You can try to re-create critical iPod folders and files (including iTunes database) using the <b>%2</b> button below.<br><br> Initializing iPod <b>destroys iPod track and photo database</b>, however it should not delete any tracks. The tracks will become orphaned.
en_GB: <b>%1</b><br><br>Above problem prevents Amarok from using your iPod. You can try to re-create critical iPod folders and files (including iTunes database) using the <b>%2</b> button below.<br><br> Initialising iPod <b>destroys iPod track and photo database</b>, however it should not delete any tracks. The tracks will become orphaned.

en: Cannot initialize iPod due to an unreported error.
en_GB: Cannot initialise iPod due to an unreported error.

en: Couldn't initialize Nepomuk Collection. Check if 'Nepomuk Semantic Desktop' is enabled in System Settings -> Desktop Search. Nepomuk Plugin won't be loaded unless Nepomuk is enabled.
en_GB: Could not initialise Nepomuk Collection. Check if 'Nepomuk Semantic Desktop' is enabled in System Settings -> Desktop Search. Nepomuk Plugin will not be loaded unless Nepomuk is enabled.

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to move this track to the trash? It will be removed from %2. | Do you really want to move these %1 tracks to the trash? They will be removed from %2.
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this track to the wastebin? It will be removed from %2.
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 tracks to the wastebin? They will be removed from %2.

en: Moving to trash: %1
en_GB: Moving to wastebin: %1

en: When Amarok was last closed, this track was at %1, but Amarok cannot find this track on the filesystem or in any of your collections anymore. You may try plugging in the device this track might be on.
en_GB: When Amarok was last closed, this track was at %1, but Amarok cannot find this track on the filesystem or in any of your collections any more. You may try plugging in the device this track might be on.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoFetchCheck) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoFetchCheck)
en: When checked, Amarok will automatically scan the podcast for updates
en_GB: When ticked, Amarok will automatically scan the podcast for updates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_purgeCheck) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_purgeCheck)
en: If checked, Amarok will throw away old podcast episodes
en_GB: If ticked, Amarok will throw away old podcast episodes

en: Toggle the "keep" downloaded file status of this podcast episode. Downloaded files with this status wouldn't be deleted even if we apply a purge.
en_GB: Toggle the "keep" downloaded file status of this podcast episode. Downloaded files with this status would not be deleted even if we apply a purge.

en: Organize tracks
en_GB: Organise tracks

en: Transcode and organize tracks
en_GB: Transcode and organise tracks

en: Organizing one track | Organizing %1 tracks
en_GB[0]: Organising one track
en_GB[1]: Organising %1 tracks

en: Transcoding and organizing one track | Transcoding and organizing %1 tracks
en_GB[0]: Transcoding and organising one track
en_GB[1]: Transcoding and organising %1 tracks

[ctx: Track field name]
en: Unique Id
en_GB: Unique ID

en: The bitrate is a measure of the quantity of data used to represent a second of the audio track.<br>The encoder used by Amarok operates better with a constant bitrate.<br>VBR is experimental and likely to get even worse results than the CBR.<br>For this reason, the bitrate measure in this slider is a pretty accurate estimate of the bitrate of the encoded track.<br>The encoder is transparent at 128kbps for most samples tested with artifacts only appearing in extreme cases.
en_GB: The bitrate is a measure of the quantity of data used to represent a second of the audio track.<br>The encoder used by Amarok operates better with a constant bitrate.<br>VBR is experimental and likely to get even worse results than the CBR.<br>For this reason, the bitrate measure in this slider is a pretty accurate estimate of the bitrate of the encoded track.<br>The encoder is transparent at 128kbps for most samples tested with artefacts only appearing in extreme cases.

en: <qt>These items will be moved to the Trash Bin.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>These items will be moved to the Wastebin.</qt>

en: &Send to Trash
en_GB: &Send to Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete)
en: &Delete files instead of moving them to the trash
en_GB: &Delete files instead of moving them to the wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete)
en: If checked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Trash Bin
en_GB: If ticked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ddShouldDelete)
en: <qt><p>If this box is checked, files will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Trash Bin.</p>
    
    <p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: Most filesystems are unable to reliably undelete deleted files.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>If this box is ticked, files will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Wastebin.</p>
    
    <p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: Most filesystems are unable to reliably undelete deleted files.</p></qt>

en: Configure Equalizer
en_GB: Configure Equaliser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, eqPresets)
en: List of available equalizer presets.
en_GB: List of available equaliser presets.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, pushButton_saveAndClose)
en: Update tags for checked tracks and exit
en_GB: Update tags for ticked tracks and exit

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, OrganizeCollectionDialogBase)
en: Organize Files
en_GB: Organise Files

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, overwriteCheck)
en: If checked, overwrite files of the same name without asking.
en_GB: If ticked, overwrite files of the same name without asking.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, overwriteCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Check this to overwrite files of the same name automatically. <span style=" font-style:italic;">(Warning: Overwriting is not undoable)</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Tick this to overwrite files of the same name automatically. <span style=" font-style:italic;">(Warning: Overwriting is not undoable)</span></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, spaceCheck)
en: If checked, convert spaces to underscores.
en_GB: If ticked, convert spaces to underscores.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spaceCheck)
en: If checked all spaces will be replaced with underscores in the file names. If not, spaces will be left as they are.
en_GB: If ticked all spaces will be replaced with underscores in the file names. If not, spaces will be left as they are.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreTheCheck)
en: If checked, append ', The' to the artists' names starting with 'The'.
en_GB: If ticked, append ', The' to the artists' names starting with 'The'.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreTheCheck)
en: If checked all artists starting with "The" will have it moved to the end. Example, "The Beatles" would become "Beatles, The"
en_GB: If ticked all artists starting with "The" will have it moved to the end. Example, "The Beatles" would become "Beatles, The"

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, vfatCheck)
en: If checked, replace characters that are incompatible with MS-DOS/VFAT file systems with underscores. Incompatible characters include |?*<":>+[] and unicode control characters. 
    
    Most people can leave this option enabled as it ensures copying to media devices will function correctly.
en_GB: If ticked, replace characters that are incompatible with MS-DOS/VFAT file systems with underscores. Incompatible characters include |?*<":>+[] and unicode control characters. 
    
    Most people can leave this option enabled as it ensures copying to media devices will function correctly.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, asciiCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If checked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Do not check this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option unchecked.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If ticked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Do not tick this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option unticked.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, asciiCheck)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If checked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Do not check this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option <span style=" font-style:italic;">unchecked.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">If ticked, all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with underscores.<span style=" font-weight:600;"> Do not tick this option if you have non-English characters in your tags. </span></p>
    <p style="-qt-paragraph-type:empty; margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Most people can leave this option <span style=" font-style:italic;">unticked.</span></p></body></html>

en: Tag Guesser, Labels, Spectrum Analyzer
en_GB: Tag Guesser, Labels, Spectrum Analyser

en: Bug triaging and sanitizing
en_GB: Bug triaging and sanitising

en: Analyzers, patches, shoutcast
en_GB: Analysers, patches, shoutcast

en: Analyzers, Context Browser and systray eye-candy
en_GB: Analysers, Context Browser and systray eye-candy

en: Dialog to filter the collection titles
en_GB: Dialogue to filter the collection titles

en: Synchronize Statistics...
en_GB: Synchronise Statistics...

en: Favor
en_GB: Favour

en: url
en_GB: URL

en: Example 4: like my favorite radio station
en_GB: Example 4: like my favourite radio station

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, countrySelectionComboBox)
en: none of the above (store won't work)
en_GB: none of the above (store will not work)

en: Trying to synchronize statuses with gpodder.net
en_GB: Trying to synchronise statuses with gpodder.net

en: Trying to synchronize subscriptions with gpodder.net
en_GB: Trying to synchronise subscriptions with gpodder.net

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseFancyRatingTags)
en: Use Last.fm tags like <b>7 of 10 stars</b> to represent your Amarok ratings during statistics synchronization
en_GB: Use Last.fm tags like <b>7 of 10 stars</b> to represent your Amarok ratings during statistics synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AnnounceCorrections)
en: <html>When scrobbling tracks to Last.fm, it autocorrects common errors in track tags like artist, album and title. Check this to be notified when this happens and what the autocorrection was</html>
en_GB: <html>When scrobbling tracks to Last.fm, it autocorrects common errors in track tags like artist, album and title. Tick this to be notified when this happens and what the autocorrection was</html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FilterByLabel)
en: <html>Check if you want certain tracks neither to be scrobbled nor to be updated to Last.fm now playing</html>
en_GB: <html>Tick if you want certain tracks neither to be scrobbled nor to be updated to Last.fm now playing</html>

en: Last.fm is a popular online service that provides personal radio stations and music recommendations. A personal listening station is tailored based on your listening habits and provides you with recommendations for new music. It is also possible to play stations with music that is similar to a particular artist as well as listen to streams from people you have added as friends or that Last.fm considers your musical "neighbors"
en_GB: Last.fm is a popular online service that provides personal radio stations and music recommendations. A personal listening station is tailored based on your listening habits and provides you with recommendations for new music. It is also possible to play stations with music that is similar to a particular artist as well as listen to streams from people you have added as friends or that Last.fm considers your musical "neighbours"

[ctx: Last.fm: errorMessage]
en: Either the username was not recognized, or the password was incorrect.
en_GB: Either the username was not recognised, or the password was incorrect.

en: Neighbors' Loved Radio
en_GB: Neighbours' Loved Radio

en: Neighbors' Personal Radio
en_GB: Neighbours' Personal Radio

en: My Neighborhood
en_GB: My Neighbourhood

en: Neighbors
en_GB: Neighbours

en: %1's Neighbor Radio
en_GB: %1's Neighbour Radio

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: If you check this box, Amarok will periodically check for Magnatune database updates and download them automatically.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Amarok will periodically check for Magnatune database updates and download them automatically.

en: Loading your Magnatune.com favorites page...
en_GB: Loading your Magnatune.com favourites page...

en: Amarok's MP3tunes Harmony Daemon
en_GB: Amarok's MP3tunes Harmony Dæmon

en: The identifier the daemon should use.
en_GB: The identifier the dæmon should use.

en: Neither playable nor downloadable url specified.
en_GB: Neither playable nor downloadable URL specified.

[ctx: %1 is collection name]
en: %1 has an ability to synchronize track meta-data such as play count or rating with other collections. Do you want to keep %1 synchronized?
    
    You can always change the decision in Amarok configuration.
en_GB: %1 has an ability to synchronise track meta-data such as play count or rating with other collections. Do you want to keep %1 synchronised?
    
    You can always change the decision in Amarok configuration.

en: You only seem to have the Local Collection. Statistics synchronization only makes sense if there is more than one collection.
en_GB: You only seem to have the Local Collection. Statistics synchronisation only makes sense if there is more than one collection.

en: Can match tracks by: %1
    Can synchronize: %2
en_GB: Can match tracks by: %1
    Can synchronise: %2

en: Synchronize Statistics
en_GB: Synchronise Statistics

en: Matching Tracks for Statistics Synchronization
en_GB: Matching Tracks for Statistics Synchronisation

en: Synchronizing Track Statistics
en_GB: Synchronising Track Statistics

[ctx: %2 is a list of collection names]
en: Synchronization of %2 done. <b>One</b> track was updated. | Synchronization of %2 done. <b>%1</b> tracks were updated.
en_GB[0]: Synchronisation of %2 done. <b>One</b> track was updated.
en_GB[1]: Synchronisation of %2 done. <b>%1</b> tracks were updated.

en: Configure Synchronization...
en_GB: Configure Synchronisation...

[ctx: %1 is field name such as Rating]
en: No selected collection supports writing %1 - it doesn't make sense to synchronize it.
en_GB: No selected collection supports writing %1 - it doesn't make sense to synchronise it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, providersBox)
en: Select Collections to Synchronize
en_GB: Select Collections to Synchronise

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, fieldsBox)
en: Select Fields to Synchronize
en_GB: Select Fields to Synchronise

en: Configure Synchronization Target
en_GB: Configure Synchronisation Target

en: Add Synchronization Target
en_GB: Add Synchronisation Target

en: <span style="color:red; font-weight:bold;">Important:</span> before synchronizing tracks with a file-based target always make sure that the database file is not currently in use!
en_GB: <span style="color:red; font-weight:bold;">Important:</span> before synchronising tracks with a file-based target always make sure that the database file is not currently in use!

en: There are no tracks unique to one of the sources participating in the synchronization
en_GB: There are no tracks unique to one of the sources participating in the synchronisation

en: There are no tracks excluded from synchronization
en_GB: There are no tracks excluded from synchronisation

en: Reset All Labels to Undecided (Don't Synchronize Them)
en_GB: Reset All Labels to Undecided (Do not Synchronise Them)

en: Tracks that have been excluded from synchronization due to ambiguity
en_GB: Tracks that have been excluded from synchronisation due to ambiguity

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, encoderNotFoundLabel)
en: <b>Note:</b> No encoder is available. If you want to transcode tracks please install <i>ffmpeg</i> or <i>libav</i> package (with <i>ffmpeg</i> wrapper) with appropriate encoders. Otherwise you may check <i>Remember this choice for the next time</i> option in order to skip this dialog for future transfers.
en_GB: <b>Note:</b> No encoder is available. If you want to transcode tracks please install <i>ffmpeg</i> or <i>libav</i> package (with <i>ffmpeg</i> wrapper) with appropriate encoders. Otherwise you may tick <i>Remember this choice for the next time</i> option in order to skip this dialogue for future transfers.

en: Click for more analyzers
en_GB: Click for more analysers

en: &Visualizations
en_GB: &Visualisations

note: Translators: %s is the application name.
en: Open a file recently used with %s
en_GB: Open a recently used file with %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# Organizational fields #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbOrganization)
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: QCoreApplication|]
en: Function type '%1' not recognized
en_GB: Function type '%1' not recognised

[ctx: QCoreApplication|]
en: Function '%1' not recognized
en_GB: Function '%1' not recognised

en: Synchronization file
en_GB: Synchronisation file

en: File to syncronize the profile XML
en_GB: File to synchronise the profile XML

en: An email address or a link to a web page where the user can report bug. It is optional.
en_GB: An e-mail address or a link to a web page where the user can report bug. It is optional.

en: Package name, it can contains only alphanumerics and underscore characters.It is generated from the project name if not provided.
en_GB: Package name, it can contains only alphanumerics and underscore characters. It is generated from the project name if not provided.

en: Keep relative target path for installing it. By example if you have a program subdir/app installed in bin directory it will be installed in bin/subdir/app not in bin/app.
en_GB: Keep relative target path for installing it. For example if you have a program subdir/app installed in bin directory it will be installed in bin/subdir/app not in bin/app.

en: Section where are installed the man pages. Valid section names are the digits ‘0’ through ‘9’, and the letters ‘l’ and ‘n’.
en_GB: Section where are installed the man pages. Valid section names are the digits ‘0’ to ‘9’, and the letters ‘l’ and ‘n’.

en: Command canceled by user
en_GB: Command cancelled by user

en: Optimized
en_GB: Optimised

en: Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
en_GB: Lesser General Public Licence (LGPL)

en: Berkeley Software Distribution License (BSD)
en_GB: Berkeley Software Distribution Licence (BSD)

en: No License
en_GB: No Licence

en: Initializer Arguments:
en_GB: Initialiser Arguments:

en: Author Email Address:
en_GB: Author E-mail Address:

note: Display label short-cut
en: Syncronize your local copy with the CVS tree
en_GB: Syncronise your local copy with the CVS tree

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Are you sure you want to debug a program not using the Debug configuration?</span>
    
    When optimizations are enabled, the debugger cannot always identify the source code corresponding to the instructions, so some commands can perform in a strange way, especially steps.
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Are you sure you want to debug a program not using the Debug configuration?</span>
    
    When optimisations are enabled, the debugger cannot always identify the source code corresponding to the instructions, so some commands can perform in a strange way, especially steps.

en: Get Stack trace
en_GB: Get Stack Trace

en: _Auto-Complete
en_GB: _Autocomplete

en: Auto-complete the current word
en_GB: Autocomplete the current word

en: No recently used resource found with URI "%s"
en_GB: No recently-used resource found with URI '%s'

en: Add License Information:
en_GB: Add Licence Information:

en: BSD Public License
en_GB: BSD Public Licence

en: Unable to find: %s.
    Unable to initialize debugger.
    Make sure Anjuta is installed correctly.
en_GB: Unable to find: %s.
    Unable to initialise debugger.
    Make sure Anjuta is installed correctly.

en: Error whilst signaling the process.
en_GB: Error whilst signalling the process.

note: Translators: pretty printer file is a script containing functions allowing gdb * to display variable content in a simpler way, typically removing * implementation details. * The register function is an additional function in the script. It defines * which function is used for each type of variables.
en: The register function hasn't been found automatically in the following pretty printer files:
    %s
    You need to fill yourself the register function columns before enabling the rows. Most of the time the register function name contains the word "register".
en_GB: The register function hasn't been found automatically in the following pretty printer files:
    %s
    You need to fill the register function columns in yourself before enabling the rows. Most of the time the register function name contains the word "register".

en: Add signed off by line
en_GB: Add signed-off-by line

en: Push...
en_GB: Push…

en: Pull...
en_GB: Pull…

en: Line up parentheses
en_GB: Line up brackets

en: Use spaces for parenthesis indentation
en_GB: Use spaces for bracket indentation

en: Parenthesis indentation
en_GB: Bracket indentation

en: Error: cant bind port
en_GB: Error: cannot bind port

en: Gir repository's directory:
en_GB: Directory of Gir repository:

en: Gjs repository's directory:
en_GB: Directory of Gjs repository:

en: Either python path is wrong or python-rope (http://rope.sf.net) libraries
    aren't installed. Both are required for autocompletion in python files.
    Please install them and check the python path in the preferences.
en_GB: Either the Python path is wrong or the python-rope (http://rope.sf.net) libraries
    aren't installed. Both are required for autocompletion in Python files.
    Please install them and check the Python path in the preferences.

en: Message colors
en_GB: Message colours

en: Copy All Messages
en_GB: Copy All Message

en: Initializing Project…
en_GB: Initialising Project…

en: Some important programs or development packages required to build this project are missing. Please make sure they are installed properly before generating the project.
en_GB: Some important programs or development packages required to build this project are missing. Please make sure they are properly installed before generating the project.

en: Project name must not contain spaces, because it will be the name of the project build target (executable, library etc.)
en_GB: Project name must not contain spaces, because it will be the name of the project build target (executable, library, etc.)

en: Comma separated, other plugins that this plugin depends on. It could be either primary interface name or plugin location (library:class)
en_GB: Comma-separated, other plugins that this plugin depends on. It could be either primary interface name or plugin location (library:class)

en: Create Gtk Builder interface file
en_GB: Create GtkBuilder interface file

en: Create a template Gtk Builder interface file
en_GB: Create a template GtkBuilder interface file

en: Plugin has menus or/and toolbars
en_GB: Plugin has menus and/or toolbars

en: Add internationalization:
en_GB: Add internationalisation:

en: Adds support for internationalization so that your project can have translations in different languages
en_GB: Adds support for internationalisation so that your project can have translations in different languages

en: Python webproject using Django Web Framework
en_GB: Python web project using Django Web Framework

en: Generic gcj compiled java
en_GB: Generic gcj compiled Java

en: A generic natively compiled java project using the GNU Java Compiler (gcj)
en_GB: A generic natively compiled Java project using the GNU Java Compiler (gcj)

en: Uuid is a globally-unique identifier for your extension.
    This should be in the format of an email address (foo.bar@extensions.example.com), but
    need not be an actual email address, though it's a good idea to base the uuid on your
    email address.
en_GB: Uuid is a globally-unique identifier for your extension.
    This should be in the format of an e-mail address (foo.bar@extensions.example.com), but
    need not be an actual e-mail address, though it's a good idea to base the uuid on your
    e-mail address.

en: Full features Gtk+ Application with file handling
en_GB: Full featured Gtk+ Application with file handling

en: gtk-doc is used to compile API documentations for GObject based classes
en_GB: gtk-doc is used to compile API documentation for GObject-based classes

en: Generic java (automake)
en_GB: Generic Java (automake)

en: A generic java project using automake project management
en_GB: A generic Java project using automake project management

en: A shared or a static library project
en_GB: A shared or static library project

en: Select code license
en_GB: Select code licence

en: No license
en_GB: No licence

en: Project directory, output file etc.
en_GB: Project directory, output file, etc.

en: Generic python (automake)
en_GB: Generic Python (automake)

en: A generic python project using automake project management
en_GB: A generic Python project using automake project management

en: Wx Widgets
en_GB: wxWidgets

en: A generic wx Widgets project
en_GB: A generic wxWidgets project

en: Insert a snippet using the trigger-key
en_GB: Insert a snippet using the trigger key

note: Translator: In a similar matter, it also appears in Edit->Snippets. It's another method for inserting snippets. In this case, you call Auto complete insert, start typing in the editor a string, the database is searched for that string and the most relevant snippets are returned in a pop-up like the 
en: _Auto complete insert
en_GB: _Autocomplete insert

en: Insert a snippet using auto-completion
en_GB: Insert a snippet using autocompletion

en: _Import snippets …
en_GB: _Import snippets…

en: _Export snippets …
en_GB: _Export snippets…

en: Keywords are used for better searching of the snippets. They should be relevant to the snippet content. Type them separated by a single space.
en_GB: Keywords are used for better searching of the snippets. They should be relevant to the snippet content. Type them separated by spaces.

note: #-#-#-#-#  477 (gnome-commander)  #-#-#-#-# Color scheme
en: Color scheme:
en_GB: Colour scheme:

en: Could not save file because filename not yet specified
en_GB: Could not save file because filename has not yet been specified

en: GtkSourceView editor
en_GB: GtkSourceView Editor

en: Repository authorization
en_GB: Repository authorisation

note: Display label short-cut
en: Syncronize your local copy with the Subversion tree
en_GB: Syncronise your local copy with the Subversion tree

en: Authentication canceled
en_GB: Authentication cancelled

note: Translators: Checkbox if a dialog should be shown after some operation finishes, so translate as "to pop up a dialog"
en: Popup dialog
en_GB: Popup dialogue

en: Shut down Anjuta properly, releasing all resources (for debugging)
en_GB: Shut down Anjuta, properly releasing all resources (for debugging)

en: Text color, as string
en_GB: Text colour, as string

en: Text color, as a GdkColor
en_GB: Text colour, as a GdkColor

en: Text color, as an R/G/B/A combined integer
en_GB: Text colour, as an R/G/B/A combined integer

note: #-#-#-#-#  1446 (ksysguard)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Foreground color:
en_GB: Foreground colour:

en: Lazy mode doesn't normalize entered date and time values
en_GB: Lazy mode doesn't normalise entered date and time values

en: Pick a color
en_GB: Pick a colour

en: An error happened while trying to export:
    
    {err_msg}
en_GB: Unable to export:
    
    {err_msg}

en: Light mode isn’t available while using a dark global theme
en_GB: Light mode isn’t available while using a global dark theme

en: Save your File
en_GB: Save your file

en: Copyright (C) 2020, Wolf Vollprecht
en_GB: © Wolf Vollprecht 2020

en: Paypal
en_GB: PayPal

en: Help to translate:
en_GB: Help Translate:

en: Poeditor
en_GB: POEditor

en: Highlight style
en_GB: Highlight Style

en: Incremental bullets
en_GB: Incremental Bullets

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Save as
en_GB: Save As

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Close document
en_GB: Close Document

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Quit application
en_GB: Quit Application

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Focus mode
en_GB: Focus Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: List item
en_GB: List Item

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Copy and paste
en_GB: Copy and Paste

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Paste selected text from clipboard
en_GB: Paste Text

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Undo and redo
en_GB: Undo and Redo

en: Apostrophe is a GTK based distraction free Markdown editor, originally created by Wolf Vollprecht and maintained by Manuel Genovés. It uses pandoc as backend for markdown parsing and offers a very clean and sleek user interface.
en_GB: Apostrophe is a distraction-free Markdown editor, originally created by Wolf Vollprecht and maintained by Manuel Genovés. It uses pandoc as a backend for markdown parsing and offers a very clean and sleek user interface.

en: or from Gnome-Software
en_GB: or from Software

en: Apostrophe, a simple and distraction free Markdown Editor
en_GB: Apostrophe, a simple and distraction-free Markdown Editor

en: Use dark mode
en_GB: Use Dark Mode

en: Synchronize editor/preview scrolling
en_GB: Synchronise editor/preview scrolling

[ctx: Category of Education]
en: Math
en_GB: Maths

[ctx: Category of Addons]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

[ctx: Category of Science]
en: Math
en_GB: Maths

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Rape or other violent sexual behavior
en_GB: Rape or other violent sexual behaviour

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Graphic sexual behavior
en_GB: Graphic sexual behaviour

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Slapstick humor
en_GB: Slapstick humour

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Vulgar or bathroom humor
en_GB: Vulgar or bathroom humour

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Mature or sexual humor
en_GB: Mature or sexual humour

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: No sharing of social network usernames or email addresses
en_GB: No sharing of social network usernames or e-mail addresses

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Sharing social network usernames or email addresses
en_GB: Sharing social network usernames or e-mail addresses

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: No sexualized characters
en_GB: No sexualised characters

note: #-#-#-#-#  44 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description, see https://hughsie.github.io/oars/ #-#-#-#-#  1522 (appstream-glib)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: content rating description
en: Overtly sexualized human characters
en_GB: Overtly sexualised human characters

en: Many components have been recognized as invalid. See debug output for details.
en_GB: Many components have been recognised as invalid. See debug output for details.

en: The AppStream system cache was updated, but some components were ignored. Refer to the verbose log for more information.
en_GB: The AppStream system cache was updated, but some errors were detected, which might lead to missing metadata. Refer to the verbose log for more information.

en: The AppStream system cache was updated, but problems were found which resulted in metadata being ignored: %s
en_GB: AppStream system cache was updated, but problems were found: %s

en: A <description/> tag must not be localized in metainfo files (upstream metadata). Localize the individual paragraphs instead.
en_GB: A <description/> tag must not be localised in metainfo files (upstream metadata). Localise the individual paragraphs instead.

en: This element (paragraph, list, etc.) of a <description/> tag must not be localized individually in collection metadata. Localize the whole <description/> tag instead. The AppStream collection metadata generator (e.g. `appstream-generator`) will already do the right thing when compiling the data.
en_GB: This element (paragraph, list, etc.) of a <description/> tag must not be localised individually in collection metadata. Localise the whole <description/> tag instead. The AppStream collection metadata generator (e.g. `appstream-generator`) will already do the right thing when compiling the data.

en: AppStream descriptions support only a limited set of tags to format text: Paragraphs (<p/>) and lists (<ul/>, <ol/>). This description markup contains an invalid XML tag that would not be rendered correctly in applications supporting the metainfo specification.
en_GB: AppStream descriptions support only a limited set of tags to format text: Paragraphs (<p/>) and lists (<ul/>, <ol/>). This description mark-up contains an invalid XML tag that would not be rendered correctly in applications supporting the metainfo specification.

en: The first `description/p` paragraph of this component might be too short (< 80 characters). Please consider starting with a longer paragraph to improve how the description looks like in software centers and to provide more detailed information on this component immediately in the first paragraph.
en_GB: The first `description/p` paragraph of this component might be too short (< 80 characters). Please consider starting with a longer paragraph to improve how the description looks like in software centres and to provide more detailed information on this component immediately in the first paragraph.

en: The component ID should only contain lowercase letters.
en_GB: A Id. do componente deverá conter apenas letras minúsculas.

en: The SPDX license expression is invalid and could not be parsed.
en_GB: The SPDX licence expression is invalid and could not be parsed.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: The selected video codec is not supported by AppStream and software centers may not be able to play the video. Only the AV1 and VP9 codecs are currently supported, using `av1` and `vp9` as values for the `codec` property.
en_GB: The selected video codec is not supported by AppStream and software centres may not be able to play the video. Only the AV1 and VP9 codecs are currently supported, using `av1` and `vp9` as values for the `codec` property.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: The selected video container format is not supported by AppStream and software centers may not be able to play the video. Only the WebM and Matroska video containers are currently supported, using `webm` and `mkv` as values for the `container` property.
en_GB: The selected video container format is not supported by AppStream and software centres may not be able to play the video. Only the WebM and Matroska video containers are currently supported, using `webm` and `mkv` as values for the `container` property.

en: The set component type is not a recognized, valid AppStream component type.
en_GB: The set component type is not a recognised, valid AppStream component type.

en: The <developer_name/> can not contain a hyperlink.
en_GB: The <developer_name/> cannot contain a hyperlink.

en: This tag is a GNOME-specific extension to AppStream and not part of the official specification. Do not expect it to work in all implementations and in all software centers.
en_GB: This tag is a GNOME-specific extension to AppStream and not part of the official specification. Do not expect it to work in all implementations and in all software centres.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: This `web-application` component is missing categorizations. A `categories` block is likely missing.
en_GB: This `web-application` component is missing categorisations. A `categories` block is likely missing.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: This `localization` component is missing an `extends` tag, to specify the components it adds localization to.
en_GB: This `localization` component is missing an `extends` tag, to specify the components it adds localisation to.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please do not translate AppStream tag and property names (in backticks).
en: This `localization` component does not define any languages this localization is for.
en_GB: This `localization` component does not define any languages this localisation is for.

note: TRANSLATORS: An invalid XML tag was found, "Found" refers to the tag name found, "Allowed" to the permitted name.
en: Found: %s - Allowed: %s
en_GB: Found: %s – Allowed: %s

note: TRANSLATORS: ascli flag description for: --explain (used by the "validate" command)
en: Print detailed explanation for found issues.
en_GB: Print detailed output about found components.

note: TRANSLATORS: ascli flag description for: --no-color
en: Don't show colored output.
en_GB: Don't show coloured output.

en: Re-analyze data
en_GB: Re-analyse data

en: Video Export Dialog
en_GB: Video Export Dialogue

en: Color Theme
en_GB: Colour Theme

en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

note: #-#-#-#-#  615 (homebank)  #-#-#-#-# LST_CAR_DATE, LST_CAR_MEMO, LST_CAR_METER, LST_CAR_FUEL, LST_CAR_PRICE, LST_CAR_AMOUNT, LST_CAR_DIST, LST_CAR_100KM column: Memo column = gtk_tree_view_column_new(); gtk_tree_view_column_set_title(column, _("Memo")); gtk_tree_view_append_column (GTK_TREE_VIEW(vie
en: Meter
en_GB: Metre

en: Quantize...
en_GB: Quantise...

en: Center Playhead
en_GB: Centre Playhead

en: Center Edit Point
en_GB: Centre Edit Point

en: Zoom Focus Center
en_GB: Zoom Focus Centre

en: Quantize
en_GB: Quantise

en: Normalize...
en_GB: Normalise...

en: Group Tab Color
en_GB: Group Tab Colour

en: normalize
en_GB: normalise

en: Press OK to continue with this split operation
    or ask the Ferret dialog to tune the analysis
en_GB: Press OK to continue with this split operation
    or ask the Ferret dialogue to tune the analysis

en: Export initialization failed: %1
en_GB: Export initialisation failed: %1

en: Normalizing '%3' (timespan %1 of %2)
en_GB: Normalising '%3' (timespan %1 of %2)

en: Analyze Exported Audio
en_GB: Analyse Exported Audio

en: Normalize to EBU-R128 LUFS target loudness without exceeding the given true-peak limit. EBU-R128 normalization is only available for mono and stereo targets, true-peak works for any channel layout.
en_GB: Normalise to EBU-R128 LUFS target loudness without exceeding the given true-peak limit. EBU-R128 normalisation is only available for mono and stereo targets, true-peak works for any channel layout.

en: Meters
en_GB: Metres

en: could not initialize %1.
en_GB: could not initialise %1.

en: Whole
en_GB: Semibreve

en: Eighth
en_GB: Quaver

en: Sixteenth
en_GB: Semiquaver

en: Thirty-second
en_GB: Demisemiquaver

en: Sixty-fourth
en_GB: Hemidemisemiquaver

en: Meter Colors
en_GB: Meter Colours

en: Channel Colors
en_GB: Channel Colours

en: Track Color
en_GB: Track Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/crystallography/ui/ceviewoptionswidget.ui:217 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_changeColor)
en: Color...
en_GB: Colour...

en: Remove from favorites
en_GB: Remove from favourites

en: While recording instruments or vocals, you probably want to listen to the
    signal as well as record it. This is called "monitoring". There are
    different ways to do this depending on the equipment you have and the
    configuration of that equipment. The two most common are presented here.
    Please choose whichever one is right for your setup.
    
    <i>(You can change this preference at any time, via the Preferences dialog)</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>
en_GB: While recording instruments or vocals, you probably want to listen to the
    signal as well as record it. This is called "monitoring". There are
    different ways to do this depending on the equipment you have and the
    configuration of that equipment. The two most common are presented here.
    Please choose whichever one is right for your setup.
    
    <i>(You can change this preference at any time, via the Preferences dialogue)</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>

en: <i>You can change this preference at any time via the Preferences dialog.
    You can also add or remove the monitor section to/from any session.</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>
en_GB: <i>You can change this preference at any time via the Preferences dialogue.
    You can also add or remove the monitor section to/from any session.</i>
    
    <i>If you do not understand what this is about, just accept the default.</i>

en: Normalize regions
en_GB: Normalise regions

en: Normalize region
en_GB: Normalise region

en: Normalize to:
en_GB: Normalise to:

en: Normalize each region using its own peak value
en_GB: Normalise each region using its own peak value

en: Normalize each region using the peak value of all regions
en_GB: Normalise each region using the peak value of all regions

note: #-#-#-#-#  60 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/mainwindow.ui:577 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QToolBar, toolBar) #-#-#-#-#  62 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: mainwindow.ui:392 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QMenu, menuSelect)
en: Plugin Manager...
en_GB: Plug-in Manager...

en: Show Video Server Startup Dialog
en_GB: Show Video Server Startup Dialogue

en: <b>When enabled</b> an information window with details is displayed before the video-export dialog.
en_GB: <b>When enabled</b> an information window with details is displayed before the video-export dialogue.

en: If enabled, popup a dialog when a new marker is created to allow its name to be set as it is created.
    
    You can always rename markers by right-clicking on them
en_GB: If enabled, pop up a dialogue when a new marker is created to allow its name to be set as it is created.
    
    You can always rename markers by right-clicking on them

en: Editor Behavior
en_GB: Editor Behaviour

en: Configure meter-marks and color-knee point for dBFS scale DPM, set reference level for IEC1/Nordic, IEC2 PPM and VU meter.
en_GB: Configure meter-marks and colour-knee point for dBFS scale DPM, set reference level for IEC1/Nordic, IEC2 PPM and VU meter.

en: Waveforms color gradient depth
en_GB: Waveforms colour gradient depth

en: All floating windows are dialogs
en_GB: All floating windows are dialogues

en: Analyze
en_GB: Analyse

en: SoundFileBox: Could not tokenize string:
en_GB: SoundFileBox: Could not tokenise string:

en: SoundFileBrowser: Could not tokenize string:
en_GB: SoundFileBrowser: Could not tokenise string:

en: Set note length to a whole note
en_GB: Set note length to a semibreve

en: Set note length to a half note
en_GB: Set note length to a minim

en: Set note length to a quarter note
en_GB: Set note length to a crotchet

en: Set note length to a eighth note
en_GB: Set note length to a quaver

en: Set note length to a sixteenth note
en_GB: Set note length to a semiquaver

en: Set note length to a thirty-second note
en_GB: Set note length to a demisemiquaver

en: Set note length to a sixty-fourth note
en_GB: Set note length to a hemidemisemiquaver

en: Set Note Length to Whole
en_GB: Set Note Length to semibreve

en: Set Note Length to 1/2
en_GB: Set Note Length to minim

en: Set Note Length to 1/3
en_GB: Set Note Length to minim triplet

en: Set Note Length to 1/4
en_GB: Set Note Length to crotchet

en: Set Note Length to 1/8
en_GB: Set Note Length to quaver

en: Set Note Length to 1/16
en_GB: Set Note Length to semiquaver

en: Set Note Length to 1/32
en_GB: Set Note Length to demisemiquaver

en: Set Note Length to 1/64
en_GB: Set Note Length to hemidemisemiquaver

en: Analyzing
en_GB: Analysing

en: one-hundred-twenty-eighth
en_GB: semihemidemisemiquaver

en: whole
en_GB: semibreve

en: quarter
en_GB: crotchet

en: eighth
en_GB: quaver

en: sixteenth
en_GB: semiquaver

en: thirty-second
en_GB: demisemiquaver

en: sixty-fourth
en_GB: hemidemisemiquaver

en: Minimize time distortion
en_GB: Minimise time distortion

en: Loading color file %1
en_GB: Loading colour file %1

en: cannot read color file "%1"
en_GB: cannot read colour file "%1"

en: color file "%1" not loaded successfully.
en_GB: colour file "%1" not loaded successfully.

en: Color file for %1 not found along %2
en_GB: Colour file for %1 not found along %2

en: Color file %1 not saved
en_GB: Colour file %1 not saved

en: Color %1 not found
en_GB: Colour %1 not found

en: Don't show this dialog again. (Reset in Edit->Preferences).
en_GB: Don't show this dialogue again. (Reset in Edit->Preferences).

en: Normalize Audio
en_GB: Normalise Audio

en: Codec Optimizations:
en_GB: Codec Optimisations:

en: Normalizing audio
en_GB: Normalising audio

en: Do Not Show This Dialog Again (Reset in Edit > Preferences > Video).
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue again (Reset in Edit > Preferences > Video).

en: %1 does not include commercial licenses for encoding audio/video. Visit mpegla.com for information about licensing various audio/video codecs.
    
    Video encoding is a non-trivial task with many details.
    
    Please see the manual at %2/video-timeline/operations/#export.
    
    Open Manual in Browser?
en_GB: %1 does not include commercial licences for encoding audio/video. Visit mpegla.com for information about licensing various audio/video codecs.
    
    Video encoding is a non-trivial task with many details.
    
    Please see the manual at %2/video-timeline/operations/#export.
    
    Open Manual in Browser?

en: Analyzers
en_GB: Analysers

en: Color Selection
en_GB: Colour Selection

en: Failed to initialize audio backend
en_GB: Failed to initialise audio backend

en: Failed to deinitialize audio backend
en_GB: Failed to deinitialise audio backend

en: Failed to reinitialize audio backend
en_GB: Failed to reinitialise audio backend

en: You have requested an operation that requires audio analysis.
    
    You currently have "auto-analyse-audio" disabled, which means that transient data must be generated every time it is required.
    
    If you are doing work that will require transient data on a regular basis, you should probably enable "auto-analyse-audio" in Preferences > Audio > Regions, then quit %1 and restart.
    
    This dialog will not display again.  But you may notice a slight delay in this and future transient-detection operations.
en_GB: You have requested an operation that requires audio analysis.
    
    You currently have "auto-analyse-audio" disabled, which means that transient data must be generated every time it is required.
    
    If you are doing work that will require transient data on a regular basis, you should probably enable "auto-analyse-audio" in Preferences > Audio > Regions, then quit %1 and restart.
    
    This dialogue will not display again.  But you may notice a slight delay in this and future transient-detection operations.

en: control protocol name "%1" could not be initialized
en_GB: control protocol name "%1" could not be initialised

en: %1:%2 new capture file not initialized correctly
en_GB: %1:%2 new capture file not initialised correctly

en: normalize loudness
en_GB: normalise loudness

en: normalize peak
en_GB: normalise peak

en: Authorization required
en_GB: Authorisation required

en: CRC doesn't match, file is corrupted. It may be a temporary problem, please retry later.
en_GB: CRC doesn't match, file is corrupted. It may be a temporary problem, please try again later.

en: Could not read color theme settings.
    You'll need to reinstall Arduino.
en_GB: Could not read colour theme settings.
    You'll need to reinstall Arduino.

en: Enter a comma separated list of urls
en_GB: Enter a comma separated list of URLs

en: Initializing packages...
en_GB: Initialising packages...

en: No authorization data found
en_GB: No authorisation data found

en: The main file cannot use an extension
en_GB: The main file cannot be used as an extension

note: #-#-#-#-#  2706 (synapse-project)  #-#-#-#-# _labels.set (QueryFlags.FILES, _("Files"));
en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

en: "{0}" contains unrecognized characters. If this code was created with an older version of Arduino, you may need to use Tools -> Fix Encoding & Reload to update the sketch to use UTF-8 encoding. If not, you may need to delete the bad characters to get rid of this warning.
en_GB: "{0}" contains unrecognised characters. If this code was created with an older version of Arduino, you may need to use Tools -> Fix Encoding & Reload to update the sketch to use UTF-8 encoding. If not, you may need to delete the bad characters to get rid of this warning.

en: Show a dialog for specifying the options for the operation (extract/add)
en_GB: Show a dialogue for specifying the options for the operation (extract/add)

en: Use the batch interface instead of the usual dialog. This option is implied if more than one url is specified.
en_GB: Use the batch interface instead of the usual dialogue. This option is implied if more than one URL is specified.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ExtractionDialog)
en: Extraction Dialog
en_GB: Extraction Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_extractToSubfolder)
en: Whether to check by default the extraction into subfolder checkbox in the Extraction Dialog, when the archive has more than one top-level entry.
en_GB: Whether to check by default the extraction into subfolder tick box in the Extraction Dialogue, when the archive has more than one top-level entry.

en: Don't ask again.
en_GB: Do not ask again.

en: Click to open an extraction dialog, where you can choose how to extract all the files in the archive
en_GB: Click to open an extraction dialogue, where you can choose how to extract all the files in the archive

en: Click to open an extraction dialog, where you can choose to extract either all files or just the selected ones
en_GB: Click to open an extraction dialogue, where you can choose to extract either all files or just the selected ones

[ctx: @info]
en: The archive <filename>%1</filename> does not exist anymore, therefore it cannot be copied to the specified location.
en_GB: The archive <filename>%1</filename> does not exist any more, therefore it cannot be copied to the specified location.

en: Delete operation failed. Try upgrading p7zip or disabling the p7zip plugin in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Delete operation failed. Try upgrading p7zip or disabling the p7zip plugin in the configuration dialogue.

en: The archive reader could not be initialized.
en_GB: The archive reader could not be initialised.

en: The archive writer could not be initialized.
en_GB: The archive writer could not be initialised.

en: Localized Title:
en_GB: Localised Title:

en: Localized Unit:
en_GB: Localised Unit:

en: Localized Phrase:
en_GB: Localised Phrase:

en: enable Unicode normalization
en_GB: enable Unicode normalisation

en: Unicode normalization required for current lang
en_GB: Unicode normalisation required for current lang

note: TRANSLATORS: the values after the ':' are literal values and should not be translated.
en: Unicode normalization form: none, nfd, nfc, comp
en_GB: Unicode normalisation form: none, nfd, nfc, comp

en: avoid lossy conversions when normalization
en_GB: avoid lossy conversions when normalisation

en: Sorry "create/merge personal" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "create/merge personal" is currently not implemented.

en: Sorry "create/merge repl" is currently unimplemented.
en_GB: Sorry "create/merge repl" is currently not implemented.

en:     perform Unicode normalization
en_GB:     perform Unicode normalisation

note: TRANSLATORS: "none", "internal" and "strict" are literal values and should not be translated.
en:   <norm-form>      normalization form to use, either none, internal, or strict
en_GB:   <norm-form>      normalisation form to use, either none, internal, or strict

en: color chooser
en_GB: colour chooser

en: dialog
en_GB: dialogue

en: document email
en_GB: document e-mail

note: (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
en: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <_:orderedlist-1/>
en_GB: DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENCE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: <_:orderedlist-1/>

en: In the <guilabel>Open Document</guilabel> dialog, select the file you want to open.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Open Document</guilabel> dialogue, select the file you want to open.

en: The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog displays all information available
en_GB: The <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialogue displays all information available

en: The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialog has the following tabbed sections:
en_GB: The <guilabel>Print</guilabel> dialogue has the following tabbed sections:

en: Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialog where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Save As</guibutton> to display a dialogue where you specify the name and location of the PostScript file.

en: Type the new filename in the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> text box in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Type the new filename in the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> text box in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <_:ulink-1/> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <_:ulink-1/> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised desktop file Version '%s'

en: Unrecognized launch option: %d
en_GB: Unrecognised launch option: %d

en: Show a dialog to confirm that the user wants to activate the caret navigation.
en_GB: Show a dialogue to confirm that the user wants to activate the caret navigation.

en: Optimized:
en_GB: Optimised:

en: Auto Rotate and Center
en_GB: Auto Rotate and Centre

en: Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each document page. Document pages will be centered within the printer page.
en_GB: Rotate printer page orientation of each page to match orientation of each document page. Document pages will be centred within the printer page.

en: Document License
en_GB: Document Licence

en: Text License
en_GB: Text Licence

en: Show page contents with the colors inverted
en_GB: Show page contents with the colours inverted

en: File format not recognized
en_GB: File format not recognised

en: Equalizer Presets
en_GB: Equaliser Presets

en: Close _dialog on open
en_GB: Close _dialogue on open

en: Close _dialog on add
en_GB: Close _dialogue on add

note: #-#-#-#-#  1505  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

en: After applying equalization
en_GB: After applying equalisation

en: Output plugin:
en_GB: Output plug-in:

en: Show popup information
en_GB: Show pop-up information

en: Popup delay (tenths of a second):
en_GB: Pop-up delay (tenths of a second):

en: Time
      Alarm at:
        The time for the alarm to come on.
    
      Quiet after:
        Stop alarm after this amount of time.
           (if the wakeup dialog is not closed)
    
    
    Days
      Day:
        Select the days for the alarm to activate.
    
      Time:
        Choose the time for the alarm on each day,
        or select the toggle button to use the default
        time.
    
    
    Volume
      Fading:
        Fade the volume up to the chosen volume
        for this amount of time.
    
      Start at:
        Start fading from this volume.
    
      Final:
        The volume to stop fading at.  If the fading
        time is 0 then set volume to this and start
        playing.
    
    
    Options:
      Additional Command:
        Run this command at the alarm time.
    
      Playlist:
        Load this playlist. If no playlist
        is given, the current one will be used.
        The URL of an mp3/ogg stream
        can also be entered here.
    
      Reminder:
        Display a reminder when the alarm goes off.
        Type the reminder in the input field and enable
        the checkbox if you want it to be shown.
en_GB: Time
      Alarm at:
        The time for the alarm to come on.
    
      Quiet after:
        Stop alarm after this amount of time.
           (if the wakeup dialogue is not closed)
    
    
    Days
      Day:
        Select the days for the alarm to activate.
    
      Time:
        Choose the time for the alarm on each day,
        or select the toggle button to use the default
        time.
    
    
    Volume
      Fading:
        Fade the volume up to the chosen volume
        for this amount of time.
    
      Start at:
        Start fading from this volume.
    
      Final:
        The volume to stop fading at.  If the fading
        time is 0 then set volume to this and start
        playing.
    
    
    Options:
      Additional Command:
        Run this command at the alarm time.
    
      Playlist:
        Load this playlist. If no playlist
        is given, the current one will be used.
        The URL of an mp3/ogg stream
        can also be entered here.
    
      Reminder:
        Display a reminder when the alarm goes off.
        Type the reminder in the input field and enable
        the checkbox if you want it to be shown.

en: Ampache Browser for Audacious
    http://ampache-browser.org/
    
    Copyright (C) Róbert Čerňanský and John Lindgren
    License: GNU GPLv3
en_GB: Ampache Browser for Audacious
    http://ampache-browser.org/
    
    Copyright (C) Róbert Čerňanský and John Lindgren
    Licence: GNU GPLv3

en: Triggers OSD when the song title changes (for internet streams).
en_GB: Triggers OSD when the song title changes (for Internet streams).

en: Color %i:
en_GB: Colour %i:

en: Composite manager not detected;
    unless you know that you have one running, please activate a composite manager otherwise the OSD won't work properly
en_GB: Composite manager not detected;
    unless you know that you have one running, please activate a composite manager otherwise the OSD will not work properly

en: <b>Color</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour</b>

en: Spectrum Analyzer
en_GB: Spectrum Analyser

en: Failed to initialize cdio subsystem.
en_GB: Failed to initialise cdio subsystem.

en: Failed to finish initializing opened CD drive.
en_GB: Failed to finish initialising opened CD drive.

en: Center volume:
en_GB: Centre volume:

en: <b>Crystalizer</b>
en_GB: <b>Crystaliser</b>

en: Crystalizer
en_GB: Crystaliser

en: Do you want to move %s to the trash?
en_GB: Do you want to move %s to the rubbish bin?

en: _Equalizer ...
en_GB: _Equaliser ...

en: Show Info Bar Vis_ualization
en_GB: Show Info Bar Vis_ualisation

en: _Visualizations ...
en_GB: _Visualisations ...

en: Audacious Equalizer
en_GB: Audacious Equaliser

en: Balance: center
en_GB: Balance: centre

en: Visualizations
en_GB: Visualisations

en: Show Equalizer
en_GB: Show Equaliser

note: #-#-#-#-#  393 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# the color label
en: Coloring:
en_GB: Colouring:

en: Visualization type:
en_GB: Visualisation type:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (wikipediaLocale), group (general)
en: Wikipedia localization
en_GB: Wikipedia localisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, kpushbutton_cdno)
en: CD #
en_GB: CD No.

en: Do you really want to capitalize all artists and titles?
en_GB: Do you really want to capitalise all artists and titles?

en: Capitalize artists and titles
en_GB: Capitalise artists and titles

en: User canceled extracting.
en_GB: User cancelled extracting.

en: User canceled encoding.
en_GB: User cancelled encoding.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_wikipediaLocale)
en: Localization:
en_GB: Localisation:

en: Initializing...
en_GB: Initialising...

note: #-#-#-#-#  2271 (Pioneers 15.6)  #-#-#-#-# Canceled retrieving information * from the metaserver
en: Canceled.
en_GB: Cancelled.

note: #-#-#-#-#  60 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/mainwindow.ui:379 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QToolBar, toolBar) #-#-#-#-#  62 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: mainwindow.ui:194 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QMenu, menuSelect) #-#-#-#-#  1343 (kleopatra)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Set &Background Color...
en_GB: Set &Background Colour...

en: &Minimize
en_GB: &Minimise

note: #-#-#-#-#  60 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/enginecolorswidget.ui:24 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color by:
en_GB: Colour by:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, useCustomAssistantColor)
en: Custom Color
en_GB: Custom Colour

en: Custom Color:
en_GB: Custom Colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:1152 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, controlCCCombo)
en: LCCD: Linearized CC
en_GB: LCCD: Linearised CC

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2525 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mp2LocalizedCheck)
en: Use Localized Orbitals
en_GB: Use Localised Orbitals

en: Color by Index
en_GB: Colour by Index

en: Color by Element (carbon = grey, oxygen = red, ...).
en_GB: Colour by Element (carbon = grey, oxygen = red, ...).

en: Color by Element
en_GB: Colour by Element

en: Color by Residue
en_GB: Colour by Residue

en: Color by Index (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet).
en_GB: Colour by Index (red, orange, yellow, green, blue, violet).

en: GL widget was not correctly initialized in order to save video
en_GB: GL widget was not correctly initialised in order to save video

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:864 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, controlRunCombo) #-#-#-#-#  151 (kspreadsolver)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Optimization
en_GB: Optimisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2786 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_51)
en: Optimization Method:
en_GB: Optimisation Method:

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2868 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, statPointOptimizationCombo)
en: Rational Function Optimization
en_GB: Rational Function Optimisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/gamessinputdialog.ui:2883 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, statPointOptimizationCombo)
en: Constrained Optimization
en_GB: Constrained Optimisation

en: GL widget was not correctly initialized in order to make a video
en_GB: GL widget was not correctly initialised in order to make a video

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/surfaces/surfacedialog.ui:104 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Color By:
en_GB: Colour By:

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/povraydialog.ui:160 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, transparency)
en: Set the background color to be transparent
en_GB: Set the background colour to be transparent

en: Color by Partial Charge
en_GB: Colour by Partial Charge

en: Color by atomic partial charge (blue = positive, red = negative.
en_GB: Colour by atomic partial charge (blue = positive, red = negative.

en: Set custom colors for objects
en_GB: Set custom colours for objects

en: Color by Distance
en_GB: Colour by Distance

en: Color by distance from the first atom.
en_GB: Colour by distance from the first atom.

en: Color by Residue (amino acid type, hydrophobicity, ...
en_GB: Colour by Residue (amino acid type, hydrophobicity, ...

en: Color by SMARTS Pattern
en_GB: Colour by SMARTS Pattern

en: Cesium
en_GB: Caesium

en: Renders the x, y, and z axes at the origin
en_GB: Renders the x, y and z axes at the origin

en: Select Bond Labels Color
en_GB: Select Bond Labels Colour

en: Renders rings with colored planes
en_GB: Renders rings with coloured planes

en: Space&group
en_GB: Space &group

en: Spacegroup: %1
en_GB: Space group: %1

en: Niggli-reduction failed. The input structure's lattice that is confusing the Niggli-reduction algorithm. Try making a small perturbation (approx. 2 orders of magnitude smaller than the tolerance) to the input lattices and try again.
en_GB: Niggli-reduction failed. The input structure's lattice is confusing the Niggli-reduction algorithm. Try making a small perturbation (approx. 2 orders of magnitude smaller than the tolerance) to the input lattices and try again.

en: Perceive Space&group...
en_GB: Perceive Space &group...

en: Set &Spacegroup...
en_GB: Set &Space group...

en: Fill the unit cell using current spacegroup.
en_GB: Fill the unit cell using current space group.

en: Sy&mmetrize Crystal
en_GB: Sy&mmetrise Crystal

en: &Nanometer
en_GB: &Nanometre

en: &Picometer
en_GB: &Picometre

en: Spacegroup perception failed.
    
    Would you like to try again with a different tolerance?
en_GB: Space group perception failed.
    
    Would you like to try again with a different tolerance?

en: <p>Perceived spacegroup %1, Hall symbol %2, Hermann-Mauguin symbol %3.<p><p>Cell can be symmetrized into a conventional setting, do you wish to do so? Actions that make use of symmetry (e.g. supercell builder) require this.<p>
en_GB: <p>Perceived spacegroup %1, Hall symbol %2, Hermann-Mauguin symbol %3.<p><p>Cell can be symmetrised into a conventional setting, do you wish to do so? Actions that make use of symmetry (e.g. supercell builder) require this.<p>

en: Perceive Spacegroup
en_GB: Perceive Space group

en: Set Spacegroup
en_GB: Set Space group

en: There is not a spacegroup set for this document.
    
    Would you like to set a spacegroup now?
en_GB: There is not a space group set for this document.
    
    Would you like to set a space group now?

en: Spacegroup P1 detected -- cannot symmetrize to this spacegroup.
    
    Would you like to try again with a different tolerance?
en_GB: Space group P1 detected -- cannot symmetrise to this space group.
    
    Would you like to try again with a different tolerance?

en: Symmetrize Crystal
en_GB: Symmetrise Crystal

en: Construct and analyze periodic structures.
en_GB: Construct and analyse periodic structures.

en: Set Unit Cell Color
en_GB: Set Unit Cell Colour

en: &Optimize Geometry
en_GB: &Optimise Geometry

en: Optimize molecules and generate conformers using molecular mechanics force fields
en_GB: Optimise molecules and generate conformers using molecular mechanics force fields

en: Invert chiral centers
en_GB: Invert chiral centres

en: Selected displacement data don't fit to the actual molecule!
en_GB: Selected displacement data doesn't fit to the actual molecule!

en: Provides a dialog box with the words "H...".
en_GB: Provides a dialogue box with the words "H...".

en: Cannot Write to File.
en_GB: Cannot write to file.

en: Windows for displaying atom, bond, angle and torsion properties. It also includes a cartesian coordinate editor.
en_GB: Windows for displaying atom, bond, angle and torsion properties. It also includes a Cartesian coordinate editor.

en: The G03 executable, cannot be found.
en_GB: The G03 executable cannot be found.

en: Gaussian did not run correctly. Perhaps it is not installed correctly.
en_GB: Gaussian did not run correctly. Perhaps it is not correctly installed.

en: MOPAC is already running. Wait until the previous calculation is finished.
en_GB: MOPAC is already running. Wait until the previous calculation has finished.

en: The vibration data in the molecule you have loaded does not have any intensity data. Intensities have been set to an arbitrary value for visualization.
en_GB: The vibration data in the molecule you have loaded does not have any intensity data. Intensities have been set to an arbitrary value for visualisation.

en: Select Background Color
en_GB: Select Background Colour

en: Select Foreground Color
en_GB: Select Foreground Colour

en: Select Calculated Spectra Color
en_GB: Select Calculated Spectra Colour

en: Select Imported Spectra Color
en_GB: Select Imported Spectra Colour

en: Tab Separated Values
en_GB: Tab-Separated Values

en: Comma Separated Values
en_GB: Comma-Separated Values

en: Visualize spectral data from quantum chemistry calculations
en_GB: Visualise spectral data from quantum chemistry calculations

en: Visualize vibrational modes from quantum chemistry calculations
en_GB: Visualise vibrational modes from quantum chemistry calculations

en: Calculate and visualize molecular orbitals
en_GB: Calculate and visualise molecular orbitals

en: Align Molecules
    
    Left Mouse: 	Select up to two atoms.
    	The first atom is centered at the origin.
    	The second atom is aligned to the selected axis.
    Right Mouse: 	Reset alignment.
    Double-Click: 	Center the atom at the origin.
en_GB: Align Molecules
    
    Left Mouse: 	Select up to two atoms.
    	The first atom is centred at the origin.
    	The second atom is aligned to the selected axis.
    Right Mouse: 	Reset alignment.
    Double-Click: 	Centre the atom at the origin.

en: Auto Optimization Tool
    
    Navigation Functions when clicking in empty space.
    Left Mouse: 	Rotate Space
    Middle Mouse: Zoom Space
    Right Mouse: 	Move Space
    Double-Click: 	 Reset View
    
    When running:
    Left Mouse: 	Click and drag atoms to move them.
en_GB: Auto Optimisation Tool
    
    Navigation Functions when clicking in empty space.
    Left Mouse: 	Rotate Space
    Middle Mouse: Zoom Space
    Right Mouse: 	Move Space
    Double-Click: 	 Reset View
    
    When running:
    Left Mouse: 	Click and drag atoms to move them.

en: Automatic optimization of molecular geometry
en_GB: Automatic optimisation of molecular geometry

en: AutoOptimization Settings
en_GB: AutoOptimisation Settings

en: Add Center of Atoms
en_GB: Add Centre of Atoms

en: Add Center of Mass
en_GB: Add Centre of Mass

en: Change color of the atom
en_GB: Change colour of the atom

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:13 i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ResidueColorSettings)
en: Residue Color Settings
en_GB: Residue Colour Settings

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:19 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color residues by:
en_GB: Colour residues by:

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:27 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorStyleComboBox)
en: Amino Colors
en_GB: Amino Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/colors/residuecolorsettings.ui:32 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorStyleComboBox)
en: Shapely Colors
en_GB: Shapely Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:140 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorCombo)
en: Selected Colors
en_GB: Selected Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:145 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorCombo)
en: Mapped Colors
en_GB: Mapped Colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/engines/surfacesettingswidget.ui:153 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorLabel) #-#-#-#-#  166  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, labelColors)
en: Colors:
en_GB: Colours:

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/crystallography/ui/cetranslatewidget.ui:54 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, combo_translateMode)
en: selected atom to unit cell center
en_GB: selected atom to unit cell centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/abinitinputdialog.ui:614 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Geometry Optimization:
en_GB: Geometry Optimisation:

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/daltoninputdialog.ui:268 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, basisCombo)
en: Jensen's polarization consistent
en_GB: Jensen's polarisation consistent

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/daltoninputdialog.ui:477 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, basispolCheck)
en: Polarization functions
en_GB: Polarisation functions

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/daltoninputdialog.ui:1481 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, propCombo)
en: Polarizability
en_GB: Polarisability

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/lammpsinputdialog.ui:844 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, dimensionCombo)
en: 2d
en_GB: 2D

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/quantuminput/lammpsinputdialog.ui:849 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, dimensionCombo)
en: 3d
en_GB: 3D

note: i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:20 i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, SpectraDialog)
en: Spectra Visualization
en_GB: Spectra Visualisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:174 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_colorCalculated) i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:197 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, push_colorImported) i18
en: Set Color...
en_GB: Set Colour...

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/spectradialog.ui:628 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cb_imageFontAdjust)
en: Use an optimized value for the font size instead of the scheme-specified value (screen to image point sizes don't translate well!)
en_GB: Use an optimised value for the font size instead of the scheme-specified value (screen to image point sizes don't translate well!)

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/spectra/vibrationwidget.ui:229 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, normalizeDispCheckBox)
en: &Normalize displacements
en_GB: &Normalise displacements

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/swcntbuilder/swcntbuilderwidget.ui:142 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, combo_lengthUnit)
en: nanometers
en_GB: nanometres

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/swcntbuilder/swcntbuilderwidget.ui:147 i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, combo_lengthUnit)
en: picometers
en_GB: picometres

note: #-#-#-#-#  61 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: src/extensions/symmetry/symmetrydialog.ui:81 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, symmetrizeButton) #-#-#-#-#  63 (_avogadro-en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file: qtplugins/symmetry/symmetrywidget.ui:99 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (
en: Symmetrize
en_GB: Symmetrise

en: Space Group
en_GB: Space group

en: Profile "%s" already exists !
en_GB: Profile "%s" already exists!

en: You can't remove the last profile !
en_GB: You can't remove the last profile!

en: Snapshots folder is not valid !
en_GB: Snapshots folder is not valid!

en: You must select at least one folder to backup !
en_GB: You must select at least one folder to backup!

en: You can't include backup folder !
en_GB: You can't include the backup folder!

en: You can't include a backup sub-folder !
en_GB: You can't include a backup sub-folder!

en: %s is not a folder !
en_GB: %s is not a folder!

en: Can't write to: %s
    Are you sure you have write access ?
en_GB: Can't write to: %s
    Are you sure you have write access?

en: Can't find crontab.
    Are you sure cron is installed ?
    If not you should disable all automatic backups.
en_GB: Can't find crontab.
    Are you sure cron is installed?
    If not, you should disable all automatic backups.

en: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive please plug it.
en_GB: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive, please plug it in.

en: Finalizing
en_GB: Finalising

en: Saving config file...
en_GB: Save config file...

en: Saving permissions...
en_GB: Save permission...

en: Taking snapshot
en_GB: Take snapshot

en: Removing old snapshots
en_GB: Remove old snapshots

en: Trying to keep min free space
en_GB: Try to keep min free space

en: Trying to keep min %d%% free inodes
en_GB: Try to keep min %d%% free inodes

en: Restore to ...
en_GB: Restore to...

en: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive please plug it and then press OK
en_GB: Can't find snapshots folder.
    If it is on a removable drive, please plug it in and then press OK.

en: Are you sure you want to remove the snapshot:
    %s
en_GB: Are you sure you want to remove the snapshot:
    %s?

en: Restore '%s' to ...
en_GB: Restore '%s' to...

en: Informations
en_GB: Information

en: Change these options only if you really know what you are doing !
en_GB: Change these options only if you really know what you are doing!

en: Are you sure you want to delete the profile "%s" ?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete the profile "%s"?

en: Are you sure you want to change snapshots folder ?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to change snapshots folder?

en: Use balsa as default email client?
en_GB: Use balsa as default e-mail client?

en: The following settings are also needed (and you can find them later, if need be, in the Email application in the 'Preferences' and 'Identities' commands on the 'Tools' menu)
en_GB: The following settings are also needed (and you can find them later, if need be, in the E-mail application in the 'Preferences' and 'Identities' commands on the 'Tools' menu)

en:  Whoever provides your email account should be able to give you the following information (if you have a Network Administrator, they may already have set this up for you):
en_GB:  Whoever provides your e-mail account should be able to give you the following information (if you have a Network Administrator, they may already have set this up for you):

en: Your email _login name:
en_GB: Your e-mail _login name:

en: Your _Email Address, for this email account:
en_GB: Your _E-mail Address, for this e-mail account:

en: Before you can send or receive email:
    
    -- either you should already have Internet access and an email account, provided by an Internet Service Provider, and you should have made that Internet connection on your computer
    
    -- or your Network Administrator at your place of work/study/similar may have set up your computer to connect to the network.
en_GB: Before you can send or receive e-mail:
    
    -- either you should already have Internet access and an e-mail account, provided by an Internet Service Provider, and you should have made that Internet connection on your computer
    
    -- or your Network Administrator at your place of work/study/similar may have set up your computer to connect to the network.

en: The signature check and removal of the OpenPGP armor cannot be performed because this message is displayed more than once.
en_GB: The signature check and removal of the OpenPGP armour cannot be performed because this message is displayed more than once.

en: A filter run dialog is open.Close it before you can modify filters.
en_GB: A filter run dialogue is open.  Close it before you can modify filters.

en: There are opened filter run dialogs, close them before you can modify filters.
en_GB: There are opened filter run dialogues, close them before you can modify filters.

en: The filters dialog is opened, close it before you can run filters on any mailbox
en_GB: The filters dialogue is opened, close it before you can run filters on any mailbox

en: Customize toolbars
en_GB: Customise toolbars

en: The Balsa email client is part of the GNOME desktop environment.  Information on Balsa can be found at https://pawsa.fedorapeople.org/balsa/
    
    If you need to report bugs, please do so at: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/balsa/issues
en_GB: The Balsa e-mail client is part of the GNOME desktop environment.  Information on Balsa can be found at https://pawsa.fedorapeople.org/balsa/
    
    If you need to report bugs, please do so at: https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/balsa/issues

en: Compose a new email to EMAIL@ADDRESS
en_GB: Compose a new e-mail to EMAIL@ADDRESS

en: Display Progress Dialog
en_GB: Display Progress Dialogue

en: Message Colors
en_GB: Message Colours

en: Quote level %d color
en_GB: Quote level %d colour

en: Hyperlink color
en_GB: Hyperlink colour

en: Invalid or incomplete address label color
en_GB: Invalid or incomplete address label colour

en: Show dialog
en_GB: Show dialogue

en: The option not to recognize "format=flowed" text has been removed.
en_GB: The option not to recognise "format=flowed" text has been removed.

en: Save this address and close the dialog?
en_GB: Save this address and close the dialogue?

en: _Customize Toolbars...
en_GB: _Customise Toolbars...

en: Customize Toolbars
en_GB: Customise Toolbars

en: Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser

en: Disk Usage Analyzer can scan specific folders, storage devices and online accounts. It provides both a tree and a graphical representation showing the size of each folder, making it easy to identify where disk space is wasted.
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser can scan specific folders, storage devices and online accounts. It provides both a tree and a graphical representation showing the size of each folder, making it easy to identify where disk space is wasted.

en: _About Disk Usage Analyzer
en_GB: _About Disk Usage Analyser

en: Recursively analyze mount points
en_GB: Recursively analyse mount points

en: Could not analyze volume.
en_GB: Could not analyse volume.

en: A graphical tool to analyze disk usage.
en_GB: A graphical tool to analyse disk usage.

en: Could not analyze disk usage.
en_GB: Could not analyse disk usage.

en: _Analyzer
en_GB: _Analyser

en: Disk Usage Analyzer Preferences
en_GB: Disk Usage Analyser Preferences

en: Could not initialize monitoring
en_GB: Could not initialise monitoring

en: Without mount points disk usage cannot be analyzed.
en_GB: Without mount points disk usage cannot be analysed.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301, USA

en: S_can Remote Folder...
en_GB: S_can Remote Folder…

en: Scan F_older...
en_GB: Scan F_older…

en: A quick and easy way to make freeform notes or jot down simple lists. Store as many notes as you like and share them by email.
en_GB: A quick and easy way to make freeform notes or jot down simple lists. Store as many notes as you like and share them by e-mail.

en: New notes color.
en_GB: New notes colour.

en: The color name set here will be used as the color when creating new notes.
en_GB: The colour name set here will be used as the colour when creating new notes.

note: #-#-#-#-#  451 (gnome-2048 master)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/2048/window-maximized'
en: Window maximized
en_GB: Window maximised

en: Window maximized state.
en_GB: Window maximised state.

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Move note to trash
en_GB: Move note to wastebasket

en: Note color
en_GB: Note colour

en: View Trash
en_GB: View Wastebasket

en: Email this Note
en_GB: E-mail this Note

en: Default Color
en_GB: Default Colour

en: Note Color
en_GB: Note Colour

en: Blocklists will need update to work.
en_GB: Blocklists will need to be updated to work effectively.

en: Delete the torrents (just the metadata but not the files described)
en_GB: Delete the torrents (just the meta-data but not the files described)

en: GNU General Public License version 3 or later.
    See https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence version 3 or later.
    See https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt

note: #-#-#-#-#  69 (bleachbit)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: Localizations are files supporting specific languages, so applications appear in Spanish, etc. #-#-#-#-#  2265 (Pidgin)  #-#-#-#-# Installer Subsection Text
en: Localizations
en_GB: Localisations

[ctx: column_label]
en: Delete
en_GB: Permanently Delete

en: This function deletes all BleachBit settings and then quits the application. Use this to hide your use of BleachBit or to reset its settings. The next time you start BleachBit, the settings will initialize to default values.
en_GB: This function deletes all BleachBit settings and then quits the application. Use this to hide your use of BleachBit or to reset its settings. The next time you start BleachBit, the settings will initialise to default values.

en: All languages will be deleted except those checked.
en_GB: All languages will be deleted except those ticked.

note: TRANSLATORS: The variable is a device like /dev/sda2
en: Reinitializing the swap device %s.
en_GB: Reinitialising the swap device %s.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_urlCachingEnabled)
en: Enable URL caching in the "Add Link" dialog
en_GB: Enable URL caching in the "Add Link" dialogue

en: Operation canceled.
en_GB: Operation cancelled.

[ctx: @action]
en: Align &Center
en_GB: Align &Centre

[ctx: @label center justify]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @action]
en: Text &Color...
en_GB: Text &Colour...

[ctx: @label stroke color]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Page Color and Background...
en_GB: Page Colour and Background...

note: #-#-#-#-#  190  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8) #-#-#-#-#  1367 (kmplot)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

en: Use Default Colors
en_GB: Use Default Colours

en: Permission issues can be solved with a udev rule for rfkill or membership in the 'rfkill' group.
en_GB: Permission issues can be solved with a udev rule for rfkill or membership in the >>rfkill<< group.

[ctx: Button to trust a bluetooth remote device and authorize it to connect]
en: Trust && Authorize
en_GB: Trust && Authorise

[ctx: Button to authorize a bluetooth remote device to connect]
en: Authorize Only
en_GB: Authorise Only

en: _Adapter
en_GB: _Adaptor

en: Pair Device
en_GB: Pair device

en: Configure selected plugin's preferences
en_GB: Configure selected plug-in's preferences

en: <b>Plugin description:</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-in description:</b>

en: Bluetooth Adapters
en_GB: Bluetooth Adaptors

en: Bluetooth needs to be turned on for the adapter manager to work
en_GB: Bluetooth needs to be turned on for the adaptor manager to work

en: Authorization request for:
en_GB: Authorisation request for:

en: <b>An error has occured while loading a plugin. Please notify the developers with the content of this message to our </b>
    <a href="http://github.com/blueman-project/blueman/issues">website.</a>
en_GB: <b>An error has occured whilst loading a plug-in. Please notify the developers with the content of this message to our </b>
    <a href="http://github.com/blueman-project/blueman/issues">website.</a>

en: S_ort By
en_GB: S_ort by

en: <b>Trusted and Paired</b>
en_GB: <b>Trusted and paired</b>

en: Disconnection Failed:
en_GB: Disconnection failed:

en: Plugin <b>"%(0)s"</b> depends on <b>%(1)s</b>. Unloading <b>%(1)s</b> will also unload <b>"%(0)s"</b>.
    Proceed?
en_GB: Plug-in <b>"%(0)s"</b> depends on <b>%(1)s</b>. Unloading <b>%(1)s</b> will also unload <b>"%(0)s"</b>.
    Proceed?

en: Plugin <b>%(0)s</b> conflicts with <b>%(1)s</b>. Loading <b>%(1)s</b> will unload <b>%(0)s</b>.
    Proceed?
en_GB: Plug-in <b>%(0)s</b> conflicts with <b>%(1)s</b>. Loading <b>%(1)s</b> will unload <b>%(0)s</b>.
    Proceed?

en: Adapter selection
en_GB: Adaptor selection

note: translators: device class
en: uncategorized
en_GB: uncategorised

note: translators: device class
en: cellular
en_GB: mobile

en: Allows you to monitor your (mobile broadband) network traffic usage. Useful for limited data access plans. This plugin tracks every device seperately.
en_GB: Allows you to monitor your (mobile broadband) network traffic usage. Useful for limited data access plans. This plug-in tracks every device separately.

en: Adapter for this connection is not available
en_GB: Adaptor for this connection is not available

en: Please make sure that directory "<b>%s</b>" exists or configure it with blueman-services. Until then the default "%s" will be used
en_GB: Please make sure that directory ‘<b>%s</b>’ exists or configure it with blueman-services. Until then the default ‘%s’ will be used

en: Adap_ters
en_GB: Adap_tors

en: Uses libappindicator to show a statusicon
en_GB: Uses libappindicator to show a status icon

en: Provides a menu item for making the default adapter temporarily visible when it is set to hidden by default
en_GB: Provides a menu item for making the default adaptor temporarily visible when it is set to hidden by default

en: Make the default adapter temporarily visible
en_GB: Make the default adaptor temporarily visible

en: Provides a menu for the applet and an API for other plugins to manipulate it
en_GB: Provides a menu for the applet and an API for other plug-ins to manipulate it

en: Turn off all adapters
en_GB: Turn off all adaptors

en: Turn on all adapters
en_GB: Turn on all adaptors

en: IP address overlaps with subnet of interface %s, which has the following configuration  %s/%s
    This may cause incorrect network behavior
en_GB: IP address overlaps with subnet of interface %s, which has the following configuration  %s/%s
    This may cause incorrect network behaviour

en: Not currently supported with this setup
en_GB: Not currently supported with this set-up

en: Applet's transfer service plugin is disabled
en_GB: Applet's transfer service plug-in is disabled

en: No adapters found
en_GB: No adaptors found

en: Content #
en_GB: Content

en: <application>Brasero</application> is an application for burning CD-R/Ws and DVD-R/Ws, designed to be easy to use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.
en_GB: <application>Brasero</application> is an application for burning CD-R/Ws and DVD-R/Ws, designed to be easy-to-use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.

en: Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as ogg, flac and mp3)
en_GB: Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as OGG, FLAC and MP3)

en: Create video DVD or SVCD
en_GB: Create video DVDs or SVCDs

en: Select the files you want by double-clicking on them or by selecting them and clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button at the top left of the toolbar.
en_GB: Select the files you want by double-clicking on them or by selecting them and clicking the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button at the top-left of the toolbar.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-audio-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-audio-project-options"/>).

en: After you have added a track, you can insert a 2 seconds pause after it. To insert a pause, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: After you have added a track, you can insert a two-second pause after it. To insert a pause, proceed as follows: <placeholder-1/>

en: Select the track you want to divide and click on <guibutton>Split</guibutton> in the toolbar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Track...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Split Track</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: Select the track you want to divide and click on <guibutton>Split</guibutton> in the toolbar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Split Track...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Split Track</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the properties dialog for the burning device. See <xref linkend="brasero-burning-device-properties"/> for more information.
en_GB: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the properties dialogue for the burning device. See <xref linkend="brasero-burning-device-properties"/> for more information.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-data-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-data-project-options"/>).

en: This project lets you take video files (files with extension like <filename class="extension">.mpg</filename>, <filename class="extension">.mpeg</filename> or <filename class="extension">.avi</filename> to name a few) and burn them to disc to create video <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <acronym>SVCD</acronym>s or <acronym>VCD</acronym>s that you can watch with normal DVD/CD players.
en_GB: This project lets you take video files (files with extensions like <filename class="extension">.mpg</filename>, <filename class="extension">.mpeg</filename> or <filename class="extension">.avi</filename> to name a few) and burn them to disc to create video <acronym>DVD</acronym>s, <acronym>SVCD</acronym>s or <acronym>VCD</acronym>s that you can watch with normal DVD/CD players.

en: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-video-project-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Disc burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make any desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-video-project-options"/>).

en: <guilabel>NTSC</guilabel>: format mainly used in Americans, Canadians and Japanese televisions.
en_GB: <guilabel>NTSC</guilabel>: format mainly used in American, Canadian and Japanese televisions.

en: One of the main difference between a <acronym>SVCD</acronym> and a <acronym>VCD</acronym> is that the former uses the <acronym>MPEG-2</acronym> video codec while the latter <acronym>MPEG-1</acronym>. For more information, see the Wikipedia pages for <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SVCD">SVCD</ulink> and <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_CD">VCD</ulink>.
en_GB: One of the main differences between a <acronym>SVCD</acronym> and a <acronym>VCD</acronym> is that the former uses the <acronym>MPEG-2</acronym> video codec while the latter <acronym>MPEG-1</acronym>. For more information, see the Wikipedia pages for <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SVCD">SVCD</ulink> and <ulink type="http" url="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Video_CD">VCD</ulink>.

en: The <guilabel>CD/DVD copy options</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-disc-copy-options"/> for more information).
en_GB: The <guilabel>CD/DVD copy options</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-disc-copy-options"/> for more information).

en: The <guilabel>Image burning setup</guilabel> dialog will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-burn-image-options"/>).
en_GB: The <guilabel>Image burning setup</guilabel> dialogue will be shown; make the desired modifications (see <xref linkend="brasero-burn-image-options"/>).

en: Click on the button to open the <guilabel>Select Image File</guilabel> dialog and select the image file to burn. From the drop-down list at the bottom, you can select the type of the image to burn. If unsure, select <guilabel>Let brasero choose (safest)</guilabel>.
en_GB: Click on the button to open the <guilabel>Select Image File</guilabel> dialogue and select the image file to burn. From the drop-down list at the bottom, you can select the type of the image to burn. If unsure, select <guilabel>Let Brasero choose (safest)</guilabel>.

en: Select this option to prevent the <emphasis>buffer underrun</emphasis> effect (or <emphasis>buffer underflow</emphasis>). This is when the computer is not fast enough delivering data to the burning device at the selected burning speed.
en_GB: Select this option to prevent the <emphasis>buffer underrun</emphasis> (or <emphasis>buffer underflow</emphasis>) effect. This is when the computer is not fast enough delivering data to the burning device for the selected burning speed.

en: Select this option to simulate the burning process; no real burn is performed. If this operation is successful, brasero will actually burn the disc after pausing for 10 seconds. During this pause it will show a dialog in which you can cancel the actual burning. This is useful for testing, if you are having problems burning discs.
en_GB: Select this option to simulate the burning process; no real burn is performed. If this operation is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will actually burn the disc after pausing for 10 seconds. During this pause it will show a dialogue in which you can cancel the actual burning. This is useful for testing, if you are having problems burning discs.

en: If you start the burning process without a CD or DVD in the burning device, <application>Brasero</application> will create a image file on the hard disk that you can lately burn.
en_GB: If you start the burning process without a CD or DVD in the burning device, <application>Brasero</application> will create a image file on the hard disk that you can later burn.

en: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the <guilabel>Disc image file properties</guilabel> dialog. In the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box, type the name of the image file, from the <guilabel>Image type</guilabel> drop-down list select the type of image to use.
en_GB: Click on <guibutton>Properties</guibutton> to open the <guilabel>Disc image file properties</guilabel> dialogue. In the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> text box, type the name of the image file, from the <guilabel>Image type</guilabel> drop-down list select the type of image to use.

en: Erasing or blanking a CD or DVD means to delete all the data that the CD or the DVD contains. <application>Brasero</application> is able to erase the following CD and DVD formats: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: Erasing or blanking a CD or DVD mean deleting all the data that the CD or the DVD contains. <application>Brasero</application> is able to erase the following CD and DVD formats: <placeholder-1/>

en: In general, <application>Brasero</application> can support all of the media formats supported by your own CD/DVD recorder.
en_GB: In general, <application>Brasero</application> can support all of the media formats supported by your CD/DVD recorder.

en: From the menu bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Erase...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Disc blanking</guilabel> dialog will be shown.
en_GB: From the menu bar, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Erase...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>Disc blanking</guilabel> dialogue will be shown.

en: Click on the <guilabel>None</guilabel> button under the previously mentioned option and select an MD5 file, usually ending with the <filename>.md5</filename> extension.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>None</guilabel> button under the previously-mentioned option and select an MD5 file, usually ending with the <filename>.md5</filename> extension.

en: If the integrity check is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will notify you with a <guilabel>File integrity check success</guilabel> dialog; otherwise, the <guilabel>File integrity check error</guilabel> dialog will be displayed.
en_GB: If the integrity check is successful, <application>Brasero</application> will notify you with a <guilabel>File integrity check success</guilabel> dialogue; otherwise, the <guilabel>File integrity check error</guilabel> dialogue will be displayed.

en: The cover editor lets you select the font, the alignment and the colors for all the texts and the background properties of front and the back cover.
en_GB: The cover editor lets you select the font, the alignment and the colours for all the text and the background properties of the front and the back cover.

en: To set the properties of the covers, right-click on one of the covers and choose <guimenuitem>Set background properties</guimenuitem> to open the <guilabel>Background Properties</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: To set the properties of the covers, right-click on one of the covers and choose <guimenuitem>Set background properties</guimenuitem> to open the <guilabel>Background Properties</guilabel> dialogue.

en: It is possible to fill the background with an image or with a color or gradient.
en_GB: It is possible to fill the background with an image, or with a solid colour or gradient.

en: From <guilabel>Image path</guilabel> select the image from you hard disk.
en_GB: From <guilabel>Image path</guilabel> select the image from your hard disk.

en: From the <guilabel>Color</guilabel> drop-down list select the kind of fill you want to use for the background.
en_GB: From the <guilabel>Colour</guilabel> drop-down list select the kind of fill you want to use for the background.

en: Use the button on the right to open the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog to select the color.
en_GB: Use the button on the right to open the <guilabel>Pick a Colour</guilabel> dialogue to select the colour.

en: If you select a gradient, there will be two buttons for the color chooser. The one on the left is the starting point of the gradient, the one on the right the end point.
en_GB: If you select a gradient, there will be two buttons for the colour chooser. The one on the left is the starting point of the gradient, the one on the right the end point.

en: To fill the background with a color or gradient: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>
en_GB: To fill the background with a colour or gradient: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>

en: Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 and 2 for SHA256
en_GB: Set to 0 for MD5, 1 for SHA1 or 2 for SHA256

en: Contains the path to the directory where brasero should store temporary files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for glib will be used.
en_GB: Contains the path to the directory where Brasero should store temporary files. If that value is empty, the default directory set for GLib will be used.

en: Whether to use the "-immed" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to true) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "-immed" flag with cdrecord. Use with caution (set to True) as it's only a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Whether to use the "-use-the-force-luke=dao" flag with growisofs. Set to false, brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "-use-the-force-luke=dao" flag with growisofs. Set to False, Brasero won't use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Used in conjunction with the "-immed" flag with cdrecord.
en_GB: Used in conjunction with the "-immed" flag with cdrecord

en: Whether to use the "--driver generic-mmc-raw" flag with cdrdao. Set to True, brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.
en_GB: Whether to use the "--driver generic-mmc-raw" flag with cdrdao. Set to True, Brasero will use it; it may be a workaround for some drives/setups.

en: Audio CD successfully burned
en_GB: Audio CD successfully burnt

en: Image successfully burned to DVD
en_GB: Image successfully burnt to DVD

en: Image successfully burned to CD
en_GB: Image successfully burnt to CD

en: Data DVD successfully burned
en_GB: Data DVD successfully burnt

en: Data CD successfully burned
en_GB: Data CD successfully burnt

en: No track information (artist, title, ...) will be written to the disc.
en_GB: No track information (artist, title, etc.) will be written to the disc.

note: Translators: %s is the name of the image
en: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burned.
en_GB: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burnt.

en: The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (size over 2 GiB).
    This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images.
en_GB: The filesystem on this volume does not support large files (over 2 GiB).
    This can be a problem when writing DVDs or large images.

en: If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognize the file type properly.
en_GB: If you choose to keep it, programs may not be able to recognise the file type properly.

en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

en: Solid color
en_GB: Solid colour

en: _Text Color
en_GB: _Text Colour

en: Pick a Color
en_GB: Pick a Colour

en: libburn library could not be initialized
en_GB: libburn library could not be initialised

en: libisofs could not be initialized.
en_GB: libisofs could not be initialised.

en: Normalizing tracks
en_GB: Normalising tracks

en: Normalization
en_GB: Normalisation

en: Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Brasero is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Brasero is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Brasero; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA

en: Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.
    This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only be played by specific digital players.
    Note: if you agree, normalization will not be applied to these tracks.
en_GB: Some of the selected songs are suitable for creating DTS tracks.
    This type of audio CD track provides a higher quality of sound but can only be played by specific digital players.
    Note: if you agree, normalisation will not be applied to these tracks.

en: Open the blank disc dialog
en_GB: Open the blank disc dialogue

en: Open the check disc dialog
en_GB: Open the check disc dialogue

en: Discard the current modified project ?
en_GB: Discard the current modified project?

note: Translators: %s is the name of the image
en: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burned
en_GB: There is only one selected file ("%s"). It is the image of a disc and its contents can be burnt

en: The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.
    You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which cannot be properly recognized and therefore needs the overburn option.
    Note: This option might cause failure.
en_GB: The project is too large for the disc and you must remove files from it.
    You may want to use this option if you're using 90 or 100 min CD-R(W) which cannot be properly recognised and therefore needs the overburn option.
    Note: This option might cause failure.

en: Load the last project that was not burned and not saved
en_GB: Load the last project that was not burnt and not saved

note: #-#-#-#-#  513 (gnome-packagekit)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: The role of the transaction, in past tense
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

en: Could not read '%s'
en_GB: Could not read ‘%s’

en: Couldn't export log as PDF:
en_GB: Couldn’t export log as PDF: OH NO

en: Couldn't parse '%s': %s
en_GB: Couldn’t parse ‘%s’: %s

en: Couldn't save log:
en_GB: Couldn’t save log:

en: If you don't save, this log will be lost forever.
en_GB: If you don’t save, this log will be lost forever.

en: Someone's favourite D-Bus profiler
en_GB: Someone’s favourite D-Bus profiler

en: You can now explore messages while they're being recorded. (Filtering, statistics and exporting are still only available once you stop recording.)
en_GB: You can now explore messages while they’re being recorded. (Filtering, statistics and exporting are still only available once you stop recording.)

en: It's now possible to monitor the system bus (from the user interface and with the bustle-pcap command-line tool), with no need to reconfigure the system bus. It's also possible to monitor an arbitrary bus by address.
en_GB: It’s now possible to monitor the system bus (from the user interface and with the bustle-pcap command-line tool), with no need to reconfigure the system bus. It’s also possible to monitor an arbitrary bus by address.

en: Select a color:
en_GB: Select a colour:

en: Change Byobu's colors
en_GB: Change Byobu's colours

en: X coordinate of rectangle to record
en_GB: X co-ordinate of rectangle to record

en: Y coordinate of rectangle to record
en_GB: Y co-ordinate of rectangle to record

en: a super fine analog clock
en_GB: a super fine analogue clock

en: an analog clock based on vector-graphics
en_GB: an analogue clock based on vector-graphics

en: close this settings-dialog
en_GB: close this settings-dialogue

en: if enabled the workspace pager will show the window of the clock
en_GB: if enabled, the workspace pager will show the window of the clock

en: if enabled, the current date will be displayed inside the clocks face
en_GB: if enabled, the current date will be displayed inside the clock's face

note: setup and process command-line options
en: - analog clock drawn with vector-graphics
en_GB: - analogue clock drawn with vector-graphics

en: Configure docks appearance.
en_GB: Configure dock's appearance.

en: Dialog boxes and Menus
en_GB: Dialogue boxes and Menus

en: The new dock has been created.
    Now move some launchers or applets into it by right-clicking on the icon -> move to another dock
en_GB: The new dock has been created.
    Now move some launchers or applets to it by right-clicking on the icon -> move to another dock

en: The new dock has been created.
    You can customize it by right-clicking on it -> cairo-dock -> configure this dock.
en_GB: The new dock has been created.
    You can customise it by right-clicking on it -> cairo-dock -> configure this dock.

en: Customize the position, visibility and appearance of this main dock.
en_GB: Customise the position, visibility and appearance of this main dock.

en: Lock icons position
en_GB: Lock icon's position

en: Launch a new (Shift+clic)
en_GB: Launch new window (shift click)

en: Theme has been saved
en_GB: The Theme has been saved

en: Allow to edit the config before the dock is started and show the config panel on start.
en_GB: Allow editing of the configuration before the dock is started and show the config panel on start.

en: Work around some bugs in Metacity Window-Manager (invisible dialogs or sub-docks)
en_GB: Work around some bugs in Metacity Window-Manager (invisible dialogues or sub-docks)

en: Force to display some output messages with colors.
en_GB: Force to display some output messages with colours.

en: Lock the dock so that any modification is impossible for users.
en_GB: Lock the dock so that any user modification is impossible.

en: Ask the dock to load additionnal modules contained in this directory (though it is unsafe for your dock to load unnofficial modules).
en_GB: Ask the dock to load additional modules contained in this directory (though it is unsafe for your dock to load unofficial modules).

en: OpenGL allows you to use the hardware acceleration, reducing the CPU load to the minimum.
    It also allows some pretty visual effects similar to Compiz.
    However, some cards and/or their drivers don't fully support it, which may prevent the dock from running correctly.
    Do you want to activate OpenGL ?
     (To not show this dialog, launch the dock from the Application menu,
      or with the -o option to force OpenGL and -c to force cairo.)
en_GB: OpenGL allows you to use hardware acceleration, reducing CPU load to a minimum.
    It also allows some pretty visual effects similar to Compiz.
    However, some cards and/or their drivers do not fully support it, which may prevent the dock from running correctly.
    Do you want to activate OpenGL?
    (To not show this dialogue, launch the dock from the Applications menu,
    or with the -o flag to force OpenGL or -c to force cairo.)

en: No plug-in were found.
    Plug-ins provide most of the functionalities (animations, applets, views, etc).
    See http://glx-dock.org for more information.
    There is almost no meaning in running the dock without them and it's probably due to a problem with the installation of these plug-ins.
    But if you really want to use the dock without these plug-ins, you can launch the dock with the '-f' option to no longer have this message.
en_GB: No plug-ins were found.
    Plug-ins provide most of the functionalities (animations, applets, views, etc).
    See http://glx-dock.org for more information.
    There is almost no meaning in running the dock without them and it's probably due to a problem with the installation of these plug-ins.
    But if you really want to use the dock without these plug-ins, you can launch the dock with the '-f' option to no longer have this message.

en: Welcome in Cairo-Dock !
    This applet is here to help you start using the dock; just click on it.
    If you have any question/request/remark, please pay us a visit at http://glx-dock.org.
    Hope you will enjoy this soft !
      (you can now click on this dialog to close it)
en_GB: Welcome in Cairo-Dock !
    This applet is here to help you start using the dock; just click on it.
    If you have any question/request/remark, please pay us a visit at http://glx-dock.org.
    Hope you will enjoy this soft !
      (you can now click on this dialogue to close it)

en: This applet is made to help you.
    Click on its icon to pop up useful tips about the possibilities of Cairo-Dock.
    Middle-click to open the configuration window.
    Right-click to access some troubleshooting actions.
en_GB: This applet was created to help you.
    Click on its icon to pop up useful tips about the possibilities of Cairo-Dock.
    Middle-click to open the configuration window.
    Right-click to access some troubleshooting actions.

en: Most icons in the dock have several actions: the primary action on left-click, a secondary action on middle-click, and additionnal actions on right-click (in the menu).
    Some applets let you bind a shortkey to an action, and decide which action sould be on middle-click.
en_GB: Most icons in the dock have several actions: the primary action on left-click, a secondary action on middle-click, and additional actions on right-click (in the menu).
    Some applets let you bind a short key to an action, and decide which action should be on middle-click.

en: For a launcher or an applet:
    Open the settings of the icon, and set a path to an image.
    - For an aplication icon:
    Right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "set a custom icon", and choose an image. To remove the custom image, right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "remove the custom icon".
    
    If you have installed some icons themes on your PC, you can also select one of them to be used instead of the default icon theme, in the global config window.
en_GB: For a launcher or an applet:
    Open the settings of the icon, and set a path to an image.
    - For an application icon:
    Right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "set a custom icon", and choose an image. To remove the custom image, right-click on the icon -> "Other actions" -> "remove the custom icon".
    
    If you have installed some icons themes on your PC, you can also select one of them to be used instead of the default icon theme, in the global configuration window.

en: Minimizing / restauring a window
en_GB: Minimising / restoring a window

en: Clicking on its icon will bring the window on top.
    When the window has the focus, clicking on its icon will minimize the window.
en_GB: Clicking on its icon will bring the window on top.
    When the window has the focus, clicking on its icon will minimise the window.

en: When an application has several windows, one icon for each window will appear in the dock; they will be grouped togather into a sub-dock.
    Clicking on the main icon will display all the windows of the application side-by-side (if your Window Manager is able to do that).
en_GB: When an application has several windows, one icon for each window will appear in the dock; they will be grouped together into a sub-dock.
    Clicking on the main icon will display all the windows of the application side-by-side (if your Window Manager is able to do that).

en: Tip: If this line is grayed, it's because this tip is not for you.)
en_GB: Tip: If this line is greyed, it's because this tip is not for you.

en: The dock can hide itself to let all the screen for applications. But it can also be always visible like a panel.
    To change that, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> configure, and then select the visibility you want.
    In the case of a 2nd or 3rd dock, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> set up this dock, and then select the visibility you want.
en_GB: The dock can hide itself to free all the screen for applications. But it can also be always visible like a panel.
    To change that, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> configure, and then select the visibility you want.
    In the case of a 2nd or 3rd dock, right-click -> Cairo-Dock -> set up this dock, and then select the visibility you want.

en: Desklets can be moved anywhere simply with the mouse.
    They can also be rotated by dragging the small arrows on the top and left sides.
    If you don't want to move it any more, you can lock its position by right-clicking on it -> "lock position". To unlock it, de-select this option.
en_GB: Desklets can be moved anywhere simply with the mouse.
    They can also be rotated by dragging the small arrows on the top and left sides.
    If you don't want to move it any more, you can lock its position by right-clicking on it -> "lock position". To unlock it, deselect this option.

en: Activate the Clock applet.
    Clicking on it will display a calendar.
    Double-clicking on a day will pop-up a task-editor. Here you can add/remove taks.
    When a task has been or is going to be scheduled, the applet will warn you (15mn before the event, and also 1 day before in the case of an anniversary).
en_GB: Activate the Clock applet.
    Clicking on it will display a calendar.
    Double-clicking on a day will pop-up a task-editor. Here you can add/remove tasks.
    When a task has been or is going to be scheduled, the applet will warn you (15mn before the event, and also 1 day before in the case of an anniversary or birthday).

en: Activate the Applications Menu applet.
    Middle-click on it, or right-click -> "quick-launch".
    You can bin a shortkey for this action.
    The text is automatically completed (for instance, typing "fir" will be completed into "firefox").
en_GB: Activate the Applications Menu applet.
    Middle-click on it, or right-click -> "quick-launch".
    You can bind a short key for this action.
    The text is automatically completed (for instance, typing "fir" will be completed into "firefox").

en: Activate the Composite Manager applet.
    Clicking on it will disable the Composite, which often makes games more smooth.
    Clicking again on it will enable the Composite.
en_GB: Activate the Composite Manager applet.
    Clicking on it will disable the Composite, which often makes game run smoother.
    Clicking again on it will enable the Composite.

en: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon to be running. Install it if it's not present.
    The applet can then display all the files, folders, web pages, songs, videos and documents you have accessed recently, so that you can access them quickly.
en_GB: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon running. Install it if it's not present.
    The applet can then display all the files, folders, web pages, songs, videos and documents you have accessed recently, so that you can access them quickly.

en: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon to be running. Install it if it's not present.
    Now when you right-click on a launcher, all the recent files that can be opened with this launcher will appear in its menu.
en_GB: Activate the Recent-Events applet.
    You need to have the Zeitgeist daemon running. Install it if it's not present.
    Now when you right-click on a launcher, all the recent files that can be opened with this launcher will appear in its menu.

en: Some applets can have several instances running at the same time: Clock, Stack, Weather, ...
    Right click on the applet's icon -> "launch another instance".
    You can configure each instance independantely. This allows you, for example, to have the current time for different countries in your dock or the weather in different cities.
en_GB: Some applets can have several instances running at the same time: Clock, Stack, Weather, ...
    Right click on the applet's icon -> "launch another instance".
    You can configure each instance independently. This allows you, for example, to have the current time for different countries in your dock or the weather in different cities.

en: Controling the sound volume
en_GB: Controlling the sound volume

en: Controling the screen brightness
en_GB: Controlling the screen brightness

en: Hint : If you have an ATI or an Intel card, you should try without OpenGL first, because their drivers are not yet perfect.
en_GB: Hint: If you have an ATI or an Intel card, you should try without OpenGL first, because their drivers are not yet perfect.

en: You need to turn on compositing. For instance, you can run Compiz or xcompmgr. 
    If you're using XFCE or KDE, you can just enable compositing in the window manager options.
    If you're using Gnome, you can enable it in Metacity in this way :
     Open gconf-editor, edit the key '/apps/metacity/general/compositing_manager' and set it to 'true'.
en_GB: You need to turn on compositing. For instance, you can run Compiz or xcompmgr. 
    If you're using XFCE or KDE, you can just enable compositing in the window manager options.
    If you're using Gnome, you can enable it in Metacity in this way:
     Open gconf-editor, edit the key '/apps/metacity/general/compositing_manager' and set it to 'true'.

en: Hint : Up to version 2.1.1-2, wget was used.
en_GB: Hint: Up to version 2.1.1-2, wget was used.

en: Be sure that you are connected to the Net.
     If your connection is very slow, you can increase the connection timeout in the "System" module.
     If you're under a proxy, you'll have to configure "curl" to use it; search on the web how to do it (basically, you have to set up the "http_proxy" environment variable).
en_GB: Make sure that you are connected to the Net.
     If your connection is very slow, you can increase the connection timeout in the "System" module.
     If you're behind a proxy, you will need to configure "curl" to use it; search on the web how to do it (basically, you have to set up the "http_proxy" environment variable).

en: There is no icon in the Applications Menu even though I enable the option.
en_GB: There is no icon in the Applications Menu even though I enabled the option.

en: More applets available online!
en_GB: More applets are available online!

en: We maintain two repositories for Debian, Ubuntu and other Debian-forked:
     One for stable releases and another which is updated weekly (unstable version)
en_GB: We maintain two repositories for Debian, Ubuntu and other Debian-forked distributions:
     one for stable releases and another which is updated weekly (unstable version).

en: If you're on Ubuntu, you can add our 'stable' repository by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can launch your update manager in order to install the latest stable version.
en_GB: If you're on Ubuntu, you can add our 'stable' repository by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can launch your update manager to install the latest stable version.

en: If you're on Ubuntu, you can also add our 'weekly' ppa (can be unstable) by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can launch your update manager in order to install the latest weekly version.
en_GB: If you're on Ubuntu, you can also add our 'weekly' ppa (can be unstable) by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can launch your update manager to install the latest weekly version.

en: If you're on Debian Stable, you can add our 'stable' repository by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can purge all 'cairo-dock*' packages, update the your system and reinstall 'cairo-dock' package.
en_GB: If you're on Debian Stable, you can add our 'stable' repository by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can purge all 'cairo-dock*' packages, update the system and reinstall 'cairo-dock' package.

en: If you're on Debian Unstable, you can add our 'stable' repository by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can purge all 'cairo-dock*' packages, update the your system and reinstall 'cairo-dock' package.
en_GB: If you're on Debian Unstable, you can add our 'stable' repository by clicking on this button:
     After that, you can purge all 'cairo-dock*' packages, update the system and reinstall 'cairo-dock' package.

en: Depending on your WindowManager, you may be able to move this with ALT + left-click.. Negative values are counted from the right/bottom of the screen
en_GB: Depending on your WindowManager, you may be able to move this with ALT + left-click. Negative values are calculated from the right/bottom of the screen

en: Hide the dock whenever it overlaps any window
en_GB: Hide the dock whenever it overlaps any windows

en: None       : Don't show opened windows in the dock.
    Minimalistic: Mix applications with its launcher, show other windows only if they are minimized (like in MacOSX).
    Integrated  : Mix applications with its launcher, show all others windows and group windows togather in sub-dock (default).
    Separated   : Separate the taskbar from the launchers and only show windows that are on the current desktop.
en_GB: None : Don't show opened windows in the dock.
    Minimalistic: Mix applications with its launcher, show other windows only if they are minimised (like in MacOSX).
    Integrated : Mix applications with its launcher, show all others windows and group windows together in sub-dock (default).
    Separated : Separate the taskbar from the launchers and only show windows that are on the current desktop.

en: Choose a theme of icons :
en_GB: Choose a theme of icons:

en: Choose the default view for main docks :
en_GB: Choose the default view for main docks:

en: Choose the default view for sub-docks :
en_GB: Choose the default view for sub-docks:

en: Size of the zone :
en_GB: Size of the zone:

en: Image to display on the zone :
en_GB: Image to display in the zone:

en: TaskBar
en_GB: Taskbar

note: #-#-#-#-#  151 (kspreadsolver)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, minimizeButton) #-#-#-#-#  1500 (kcmkwm)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: @item:inlistbox behavior on double click i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property 
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

en: Minimise the window when its icon is clicked, if it was already the active window ?
en_GB: Minimise the window when its icon is clicked if it was already the active window

en: Present windows preview on click when several windows are grouped togather
en_GB: Present windows preview on click when several windows are grouped together

en: Duration of the dialog:
en_GB: Duration of the dialogue:

en: Maximum time in seconds that you allow the connection to the server to take. This only limits the connection phase,  once the dock has connected this option is of no more use.
en_GB: Maximum time in seconds that you allow to establish connection to the server. This only limits the connection phase,  once the dock has connected this option becomes obsolete.

en: Use this option if you experience problems to connect.
en_GB: Use this option if you have problems connecting.

en: Are you behind a proxy ?
en_GB: Are you behind a proxy?

en: Proxy name :
en_GB: Proxy name:

en: Let empty if you don't need to log-in to the proxy with a user/password.
en_GB: Leave empty if you don't need to log-in to the proxy with a user/password.

en: Image's transparency :
en_GB: Image's transparency:

en: Angle of the gradation :
en_GB: Angle of the gradation:

en: Default background color when the dock is hidden
en_GB: Default background colour when the dock is hidden

en: Ratio for the size of the sub-docks' icons :
en_GB: Ratio for the size of the sub-docks' icons:

en: Size of buttons in the info-bubbles (width x height) :
en_GB: Size of buttons in the info-bubbles (width x height):

en: Name of an image to use for the yes/ok button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the yes/ok button:

en: Name of an image to use for the no/cancel button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the no/cancel button:

en: Size of the icon displayed next to the text :
en_GB: Size of the icon displayed next to the text:

en: This can be customized for each desklet separately.
    Choose 'Custom decoration' to define your own decorations below
en_GB: This can be customised for each desklet separately.
    Choose 'Custom decoration' to define your own decorations below

en: Choose a default decoration for all desklets :
en_GB: Choose a default decoration for all desklets:

en: Background image :
en_GB: Background image:

en: Background transparency :
en_GB: Background transparency:

en: Left offset :
en_GB: Left offset:

en: Top offset :
en_GB: Top offset:

en: Right offset :
en_GB: Right offset:

en: Bottom offset :
en_GB: Bottom offset:

en: Foreground image :
en_GB: Foreground image:

en: Foreground tansparency :
en_GB: Foreground tansparency:

en: Buttons size :
en_GB: Buttons size:

en: Name of an image to use for the 'rotate' button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the 'rotate' button:

en: Name of an image to use for the 'reattach' button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the 'reattach' button:

en: Name of an image to use for the 'depth rotate' button :
en_GB: Name of an image to use for the 'depth rotate' button:

en: Choose an icon theme :
en_GB: Choose an icon theme:

en: Image filename to use as a background for icons :
en_GB: Image filename to use as a background for icons:

en: Space between icons :
en_GB: Space between icons:

en: Maximum zoom of the icons :
en_GB: Maximum zoom of the icons:

en: Width of the space in which the zoom will be effective :
en_GB: Width of the space in which the zoom will be effective:

en: Colour of flat separators :
en_GB: Colour of flat separators:

en: It is their transparency when the dock is at rest; they will "materialize" progressively as the dock grows up. The closer to 0, the more transparent they will be.
en_GB: Their transparency when the dock is at rest; they will "materialise" progressively as the dock grows up. The closer to 0, the more transparent they will be.

en: Icons' transparency at rest :
en_GB: Icons' transparency at rest:

en: Linewidth of the string, in pixels (0 to not use string) :
en_GB: Linewidth of the string, in pixels (0 to not use string):

en: Display an indicator on application icons too ?
en_GB: Display an indicator on application icons too?

en: Vertical offset :
en_GB: Vertical offset:

en: Indicator size ratio :
en_GB: Indicator size ratio:

en: Start color
en_GB: Start colour

en: End color
en_GB: End colour

en: Neighbouring labels visibility:
en_GB: Visibility of neighbouring labels:

en: Margin around the text (in pixels) :
en_GB: Margin around the text (in pixels):

en: Choose the view for this dock :/
en_GB: Choose the view for this dock:/

en: Image filename to use as a background :
en_GB: Image filename to use as a background:

en: ...or drag and drop a theme package here :
en_GB: ...or drag and drop a theme package here:

en: A light and eye-candy dock and desklets for your desktop.
en_GB: Light and eye-candy filled dock and desklets for your desktop.

en: Add a lively Penguin in your dock !
    Left click to change the animation,
    Middle-click to disturb him ^_^
    Tux images are taken from Pingus, some other characters are available or can be added easily.
en_GB: Add a lively Penguin in your dock!
    Left click to change the animation,
    Middle-click to annoy him ^_^
    Tux images are taken from Pingus, some other characters are available or can be added easily.

en: - Gee, Brain, what do you want to do tonight?
    - The same thing we do every night, Pinky : try to take over the Dock!
en_GB: - What will we do tonight Cortex?
    - The same thing as every other nights, Minus. Try to take over the Dock!

en: This applet keeps a trace of the clipboard and mouse selection,
    so that you can recall them quickly. It's a clone of the well-know Klipper.
    It supports clipboard and mouse selection, predefined actions, and persistent items.
    Left-click to popup the clipboard and mouse selection history,
    Drop text on the icon to create persistent items, and middle-clck to recall them.
en_GB: This applet keeps a trace of the clipboard and mouse selection,
    so that you can recall them quickly. It's a clone of the well-known Klipper.
    It supports clipboard and mouse selection, predefined actions, and persistent items.
    Left-click to popup the clipboard and mouse selection history,
    Drop text on the icon to create persistent items, and middle-click to recall them.

en: This plug-in lets extern applications interact on the dock.
    The communication between both sides is based on Dbus
en_GB: This plug-in lets external applications interact with the dock.
    The communication between both sides is based on Dbus

en: The applet '%s' has been succefully updated and automatically reloaded
en_GB: The applet '%s' has been successfully updated and automatically reloaded

en: The applet '%s' has been succefully installed and automatically launched
en_GB: The applet '%s' has been successfully installed and automatically launched

en: <b><i>Monitors disks speed and space</i></b>.
    
    This applet show your disks informations. You can activate both options at once, but they're better separated in 2 or more instances of the applet.
    Using both in the same applet can cause problems with the speed display not scaling down.
    
    <b>Disk space</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 10 partitions
      You need to configure the mount point of each monitored partition like / or /home
      Better seen in a gauge, with 30 or 60s refresh rate and really short or no transition delay.
    
    <b>Disk speed</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 5 disks
      You need to configure the name of each monitored disk with his device name like sda or sdb
      Better seen in a graph, with 2 or 3s refresh rate and no delay between transitions.
    
    Second release, a lot more need to be done :
     <u>Free space :</u>
     - Popup with detailed informations.
     - Editable labels ?
     <u>Speed :</u>
     - All disks option.
     - Pop up showing disks info to know what to add in the list.
     - Editable labels ?
     - Get real block size for disks
     <u>Global</u>
     - Find actions : left, middle click, drop and wheel.
     - Fill menu with actions.
en_GB: <b><i>Monitor disk speed and space</i></b>.
    
    This applet show your disk information. You can activate both options at once, but they're better separated in 2 or more instances of the applet.
    Using both in the same applet can cause problems with the speed display not scaling down.
    
    <b>Disk space</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 10 partitions
      You need to configure the mount point of each monitored partition like / or /home
      Better seen in a gauge, with 30 or 60s refresh rate and really short or no transition delay.
    
    <b>Disk speed</b> :  Show disk transfer rates. Up to 5 disks
      You need to configure the name of each monitored disk with his device name like sda or sdb
      Better seen in a graph, with 2 or 3s refresh rate and no delay between transitions.
    
    Second release, a lot more needs to be done :
     <u>Free space :</u>
     - Popup with detailed information.
     - Editable labels ?
     <u>Speed :</u>
     - All disk options.
     - Pop up showing disk info to know what to add in the list.
     - Editable labels ?
     - Get real block size for disks
     <u>Global</u>
     - Find actions : left, middle click, drop and wheel.
     - Fill menu with actions.

en: This applet imports folders inside the Dock
    You can have as many instances of this applet as you want, each one with a different folder.
    To add a folder in your dock:
     - activate the applet, open its configuration panel, and select a folder
     - or just drop a folder into the dock
    Middle-click on the main icon opens the folder.
en_GB: This applet imports folders inside the Dock
    You can have as many instances of this applet as you want, each one with a different folder.
    To add a folder in your dock:
     - activate the applet, open its configuration panel, and select a folder
     - or just drop a folder into the dock
    Middle-click on the main icon will open the folder.

en: Warning: could not delete this file.
    Please check file permissions.
en_GB: Warning: could not delete the file.
    Please check  file permissions.

en: You're about deleting this file
      (%s)
    from your hard-disk. Sure ?
en_GB: You're about to delete this file
      (%s)
    from your hard-disk. Are you sure?

en: Warning: could not rename %s.
    Check file permissions 
    and that the new name does not already exist.
en_GB: Warning: could not rename %s.
    Check file permissions 
    and make sure that the new name does not already exist.

en: Displays the common Applications menu and the Recently used files.
    It is compatible with any XDG compliant menu (Gnome, XFCE, KDE, ...)
    Middle-click to open a dialog to quickly launch any command (you can set up a shortkey for it, like ALT+F2)
    You can also set up a shortkey to pop up the menu (like ALT+F1)
en_GB: Displays the common Applications menu and the Recently used files.
    It is compatible with any XDG compliant menu (Gnome, XFCE, KDE, ...)
    Middle-click to open a dialogue to quickly launch any command (you can set up a shortkey for it, like ALT+F2)
    You can also set up a shortkey to pop up the menu (like ALT+F1)

en: Show/hide the quick-launch dialog
en_GB: Show/hide the quick-launch dialogue

en: This applet allows you to control the current active window:
      close, minimize, maximize, and display the application menu.To display the menu, applications have to support this feature, which is the case on Ubuntu by default.
    You can bind a shortkey to this action.
en_GB: This applet allows you to control the current active window:
      close, minimise, maximise, and display the application menu. To display the menu, applications have to support this feature (they do on Ubuntu, by default).
    You can bind a shortkey to this action.

en: Did you know that your dock can dance? :)
    If you click on this icon, the dock will dance!
    In fact, you will have a graphical equalizer into the dock
    It will analyse the signal given by PulseAudio.
en_GB: Did you know that your dock can dance? :)
    If you click on this icon, the dock will dance!
    In fact, you will have a graphical equaliser into the dock
    It will analyse the signal given by PulseAudio.

en: This plug-in can display all the available Indicators into your dock.
    Indicators provide information about something, and a menu to act on it:
      for instance, an indicator to control the printer jobs.Idle Indicators are automatically hidden.
    You can also blacklist indicators you don't want to see.
en_GB: This plug-in can display all the available Indicators in your dock.
    Indicators provide information about something, and a menu to act on it:
      for instance, an indicator to control the printer jobs. Idle Indicators are automatically hidden.
    You can also blacklist indicators you don't want to see.

en: A menu that lets you access quickly to your information, your online status, your friends.
en_GB: A menu that lets you quickly access your information, your online status, your friends.

en: A menu that notices you about new messages from Mail or Chat applications.
    It handles Evolution, Pidgin, Empathy, etc
    It requires the Messaging service, which is available on Ubuntu by default.
en_GB: A menu that notifies you about new messages from Mail or Chat applications.
    It handles Evolution, Pidgin, Empathy, etc
    It requires the Messaging service, which is available on Ubuntu by default.

en: This applet allows you to monitor your network connection(s).
    It can display the download/upload speeds and the wifi signal quality.
    If you have network-manager running, it can also let you choose the current wifi network.
    Left-click to pop-up some info,Scroll on the icon to switch the display between net speed and wifi.
en_GB: This applet allows you to monitor your network connection(s).
    It can display the download/upload speeds as well as the wifi signal quality.
    If you have network-manager running, it can also let you choose the current wifi network.
    Left-click to display some info,Scroll on the icon to switch the display between net speed and wifi.

en: This applet is an RSS/Atom feed reader.
    You can instanciate it as many times as you want.
    USAGE:
     - Left-click : display the complete feed lines in a dialog.
     - Middle-click : refresh the feed.
     - Scroll on the desklet : make the feed lines scroll.
     - Drag and drop a valid URL on the icon to use it,
        or copy it and use "Paste a new RSS Url" in the menu.
        or edit the Configuration Panel.
en_GB: This applet is an RSS/Atom feed reader.
    You can instantiate it as many times as you want.
    USAGE:
     - Left-click: display the complete feed lines in a dialogue.
     - Middle-click: refresh the feed.
     - Scroll on the desklet: make the feed lines scroll.
     - Drag and drop a valid URL on the icon to use it,
        or copy it and use "Paste a new RSS Url" in the menu.
        or edit the Configuration Panel.

en: No URL is defined
    You can define one by copying the URL in the clipboard,
     and selecting "Paste the URL" in the menu.
en_GB: No URL is defined
    You can define one by copying the URL in the clipboard,
     and selecting "Paste the URL"
     in the menu.

en: The default boolean operator is AND. Thus the query foo bar will be interpreted as foo AND bar. To exclude a term from the result set prepend it with a minus sign - eg foo -bar. Phrase queries can be done by double quoting the string "foo is a bar". You can truncate terms by appending a *.
en_GB: The default boolean operator is AND. Thus the query foo bar will be interpreted as foo AND bar. To exclude a term from the result set, prepend it with a minus sign: e.g. foo -bar. Phrase queries can be done by double quoting the string "foo is a bar". You can truncate terms by appending a *.

en: Grab the current window instead of the all screen
en_GB: Grab the current window instead of all the screen

en: Let empty to use the default one.
en_GB: Leave empty to use the default one.

en: This applet shows you the CPU load, RAM usage, graphic card temperature, etc.
    Middle click on the icon to get some valuable info.
    Left click on the icon to get a list of the most ressources using programs.
    You can instanciate this applet several times to show different values each time.
en_GB: This applet shows you the CPU load, RAM usage, graphic card temperature, etc.
    Middle click on the icon to get some valuable info.
    Left click on the icon to get a list of the most resources using programs.
    You can instantiate this applet several times to show different values each time.

en: Setup the luminosity of your screen directly from your dock.
    Scroll up/down to increase/decrease the luminosity
    Left-click to open a dialog to setup the luminosity
    Middle-click to set it up for each color.
    You can also define a luminosity value that will be applied automatically on startup.
en_GB: Setup the luminosity of your screen directly from your dock.
    Scroll up/down to increase/decrease the luminosity
    Left-click to open a dialogue to setup the luminosity
    Middle-click to set it up for each color.
    You can also define a luminosity value that will be applied automatically on startup.

en: Time you want to be notified:
en_GB: Time that you want to be notified:

en: Search for your location :
en_GB: Search for your location:

en: This applet displays time, date and a calandar.
    2 view are available : <b>numeric</b> and <b>analogic</b>.
     Analogic view is compatible with the Cairo-Clock's themes, and you can detach the applet to be a perfect clone of Cairo-Clock.
    It displays a <b>calendar</b> on left-click, which lets you <b>manage tasks</b>.
    It also supports alarms, and allows you to setup time and date.
    Left-click to show/hide the calendar, Middle-click to stop a notification,
    Double-click on a day to edit the tasks for this day.
en_GB: This applet displays time, date and a calendar.
    2 views are available : <b>numeric</b> and <b>analogue</b>.
     Analogue view is compatible with the Cairo-Clock's themes, and you can detach the applet to be a perfect clone of Cairo-Clock.
    It displays a <b>calendar</b> on left-click, which lets you <b>manage tasks</b>.
    It also supports alarms, and allows you to setup time and date.
    Left-click to show/hide the calendar, Middle-click to stop a notification,
    Double-click on a day to edit the tasks for this day.

en: No task is sheduled for today.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.
en_GB: No task is scheduled for today.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.

en: No task is sheduled for the next 7 days.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.
en_GB: No task is scheduled for the next 7 days.
    
    You can add tasks by clicking on the applet to open the calendar, and then double-clicking on a day.

en: The following task has felt due:
en_GB: The following task is due:

en: 3Dplane
en_GB: 3DPlan

en: comics
en_GB: Comics

en: curly
en_GB: Curly

en: modern
en_GB: Modern

en: This directory seems not valid:
en_GB: This directory seems invalid:

en: This applet lets you share files easily:
    Drag-and-drop a file on the icon to upload it to one of the available hosting sites.
    You can upload text, image, video, files, and even the current clipboard
     and you can choose amongst many sites, like DropBox, Imageshack, pastebin, etc
    The resulting URL is automatically stored in the clipboard to be directly copied by CTRL+v.
    It can keep an history of your last uploads to retrieve them without registering on the sites.
    Press left-click to copy the latest URL into the clipboard, middle-click to copy it into the mouse selection.
    You'll need to install 'curl' and 'wget' to upload the data.
en_GB: This applet lets you share files easily:
    Drag-and-drop a file on the icon to upload it to one of the available hosting sites.
    You can upload text, image, video, files, and even the current clipboard
     and you can choose amongst many sites, like DropBox, Imageshack, pastebin, etc
    The resulting URL is automatically stored in the clipboard to be directly copied by CTRL+v.
    It can keep a history of your last uploads to retrieve them without registering on the sites.
    Press left-click to copy the latest URL into the clipboard, middle-click to copy it into the mouse selection.
    You'll need to install 'curl' and 'wget' to upload the data.

en: Use only a files hosting site
en_GB: Use only a file hosting site

en: drop indicator
en_GB: Drop Indicator

en: dustbin
en_GB: Bin

en: This applet manages the dustbin
    You can threw files and unmount disks by drag-and-dropping them on the icon.
    Middle-click on the icon will empty the dustbin.
en_GB: This applet controls the dustbin
    You can threw files and unmount disks by drag-and-dropping them on the icon.
    Middle-click on the icon will empty the dustbin.

en: You're about to delete all files in all dustbins. Sure ?
en_GB: You are about to delete all files in all dustbins. Continue?

en: The trash contains
en_GB: The Bin contains

en: Show Trash (click)
en_GB: Show Bin (click)

en:  trashe(s)
en_GB:  bin(s)

en: icon effects
en_GB: Icon Effects

en: illusion
en_GB: Illusion

en: keyboard indicator
en_GB: Keyboard Indicator

en: This applet lets you control the keyboard layout.
    	It can also display the current num and caps lock.
    	Left-click to switch to the next layout
    	Scroll up/down to select the previous/next layout
    	Right-click gives you access to the list of available layouts.
en_GB: This applet lets you control the keyboard layout.
    	It can also display the current num and caps lock status.
    	Left-click to switch to the next layout
    	Scroll up/down to select the previous/next layout
    	Right-click gives you access to the list of available layouts.

en: This applet lets you manage the current session. You can either:
    shut down, restart, hibernate, suspend, log out, lock the screen, switch to another user, or program an automatic shutdown
    It will also tell you if your system needs to be restarted.
    <b>Click</b> on the icon to pop the menu up.
    You can bind a <b>shortcut</b> to it, and also to lock the screen.
en_GB: This applet lets you manage the current session. You can either:
    shut down, restart, hibernate, suspend, log out, lock the screen, switch to another user, or program an automatic shutdown.
    It will also tell you if your system needs to be restarted.
    <b>Click</b> on the icon to pop the menu up.
    You can bind a <b>shortcut</b> to it, and also to lock the screen.

en: Show the log-out menu
en_GB: Show the logout menu

en: Your computer will still consume a small amount of energy but after some time, the computer will suspend to disk and not consume any energy.
en_GB: Your computer will still consume a small amount of energy, but after some time, the computer will suspend to disk and not consume any energy.

en: It will automatically shut-down in %ds
en_GB: It will automatically shut down in %ds

en: The password will be crypted.
en_GB: The password will be encrypted.

en: Don't forget to enable IMAP (or POP) service from settings of your mail account.
en_GB: Don't forget to enable IMAP (or POP) service in your mail account's settings, if not already done.

en: mail
en_GB: Mail

en: This applet is very useful to warn you when you get new e-mails
    It can check in any kind of mailbox (yahoo, gmail, etc)
    Left-click to launch the prefered mail application,
    Middle-click to refresh all the mailboxes.
en_GB: This applet is very useful to inform you about new e-mails
    It can check any kind of mailbox (Yahoo!, GMail, etc)
    Left-click to launch the prefered mail application,
    Middle-click to refresh all the mailboxes.

en: motion blur
en_GB: Motion Blur

en: scroll-up
en_GB: scroll up

en: scroll-down
en_GB: scroll down

en: This applet shows you the bit rate of your internet connection and some stats about it.
    Left-click on the icon to have the total amount of data transfered
    Middle-click to (de)activate the network (needs NetworManager)
en_GB: This applet shows you the bit rate of your internet connection and some stats about it.
    Left-click on the icon to have the total amount of data transfered
    Middle-click to (de)activate the network (needs Network Manager)

en: No interface found.
    Please be sure that at least one interface is available
     and that you have the right to monitor it
en_GB: No interface found.
    Please be sure that at least one interface is available
     and that you have permission to monitor it

en: PowerManager
en_GB: Power Manager

en: This applet lets you browse a folder and its sub-folders very quickly.
    You can set up a shortkey to pop up the menu.
    Midlle-click will open the main folder.
    This applet can be instanciated several times, if you want to browse different folders.
en_GB: This applet lets you browse a folder and its sub-folders very quickly.
    You can set up a shortkey to pop up the menu.
    Midlle-click will open the main folder.
    This applet supports multiple instances, so you can browse several folders.

en: %s is now unmounted
en_GB: %s successfully unmounted

en: shortcuts
en_GB: Shortcuts

en: An applet that let you access quickly to all of your shortcuts.
    It can manage disks, network points, and Nautilus bookmarks (even if you don't have Nautilus).
    Drag and drop a folder on the main icon or the sub-dock to add a bookmark.
    Middle-click on the main icon to show your home folder.
    Middle-click on a mounting point icon to (un)mount is quickly.
    The applet can also display valuable information about your disks, like free space, type, etc.
en_GB: An applet that let you quickly access all of your short-cuts.
    It can manage disks, network points, and Nautilus bookmarks (even if you don't have Nautilus).
    Drag and drop a folder on the main icon or the sub-dock to add a bookmark.
    Middle-click on the main icon to show your home folder.
    Middle-click on a mounting point icon to (un)mount it quickly.
    The applet can also display valuable information about your disks, like free space, type, etc.

en: Rename this bookmark
en_GB: Rename this bookmark:

en: show mouse
en_GB: Show Mouse

en: showDesktop
en_GB: Show Desktop

en: This applet adds an icon to show your desktop,
     and also : the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the desktops at once.
    It can also be used to quickly change the screen's resolution from the right-click menu.
    Left-click to show/hide the desktop,
    Middle-click to show/hide either the desktop, the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the desktops at once.
en_GB: This applet adds an icon to show your desktop,
     and also : the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the Desktops at once.
    It can also be used to quickly change the screen's resolution from the right-click menu.
    Left-click to show/hide the desktop,
    Middle-click to show/hide either the desktop, the desklets, the Widget Layer, or all the desktops at once.

en: This applet is a basic image slider
     You just have to select a directory and a display effect and you're done
    Click to play/pause or to edit the current image.
    Middle-click to open the images folder.
en_GB: This applet is a basic image slider
     Simply select a directory and a display effect and you're done
    Click to play/pause or to edit the current image.
    Middle-click to open the images folder.

en: This applet allows you to build a stack of files, just like the Stacks applet of MacOS X.
    To add file into your stacks, you just have to drag and drop it on the Stacks icon and you're done.
    You can drop any file, or web URL, or even some piece of text
    You can quickly copy the path/url/text to the clipboard, or open it.
en_GB: This applet allows you to build a stack of files, just like the Stacks applet of MacOS X.
    To add files into your stacks, simply drag and drop them on the Stacks icon and you're done.
    You can drop any file or web URL or even some piece of text
    You can quickly copy the path/url/text to the clipboard, or open it.

en: This applet allows you to interact with your workspaces :
     - switch between your workspaces (scroll up/down with the mouse),
     - name them (in the config),
     - quickly add/remove a workspace (in the menu),
     - show the desktop (middle-click or in the menu),
     - list all windows on each workspace ((middle-click or in the menu)
    It has 2 modes : compact (on 1 icon) and expanded (with a sub-dock).
en_GB: This applet allows you to interact with your workspaces:
     - switch between your workspaces (scroll up/down with the mouse),
     - name them (in the configuration panel),
     - quickly add/remove a workspace (from the menu),
     - show the desktop (from the menu),
     - list all windows on each workspace (middle-click or from the menu)
    It has 2 modes : compact (on 1 icon) and expanded (with a sub-dock).

en: Add a systray to your dock.
    Left-click to show/hide the systray in a dialog (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it.)
    But the best way to use it is to detach it from the dock, and place it somewhere, above other windows.
en_GB: Add a systray to your dock.
    Left-click to show/hide the systray in a dialogue (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it.)
    But the best way to use it is to detach it from the dock, and place it somewhere, above other windows.

en: Add a terminal to your dock !
    Left-click to show/hide terminal (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it.)
    You can drag'n'drop files or text and select an action.
    You can open many tabs, rename them, change their color (right-click on a tab to interact on it)
    To open a new tab : type 'CTRL+t' or double-click next to the last tab
    To close a tab : type 'CTRL+w' or middle-click on it.
en_GB: Add a terminal to your dock !
    Left-click to show/hide terminal (you can bind a keyboard shortcut for it.)
    You can drag'n'drop files or text and select an action.
    You can open many tabs, rename them, change their colour (right-click on a tab to interact with it)
    To open a new tab : type 'CTRL+t' or double-click next to the last tab
    To close a tab : type 'CTRL+w' or middle-click on it.

en: Control your Gnote or TomBoy's notes directly in the dock !
    Click on a note to open it, Escape to close it.
    Middle-click to instantly create a new note.
    You can search inside notes and display their content on the icons.
en_GB: Control your Gnote or TomBoy's notes directly from the dock!
    Click on a note to open it, Escape to close it.
    Middle-click to instantly create a new note.
    You can search inside notes and display their content on the icons.

en: Note name :
en_GB: Note name:

en: I couldn't get the info
     Is connexion alive ?
en_GB: Could not retrieve information
     Is your connection alive?

en: Enter the name of your location and press Enter to choose amongst results.
en_GB: Enter the name of your location and press Enter to select amongst results.

en: This applet displays weather into your dock.
    Data are provided by www.weather.com, you can find your location in the config panel.
    It can detach itself to be a totally eye-candy 3D deskelt.
    Middle-click on the main icon to have current conditions information, left-click on a sub-icon to have forcast information.
en_GB: This applet displays weather information in your dock.
    Data is provided by www.weather.com. You can find your location in the config panel.
    It can be detached to be a total eye-candy 3D desklet.
    Middle-click on the main icon to show current condition information, left-click on a sub-icon to show forecast information.

en: This applet shows you the signal strength of the first active wifi connection
    Left-click to pop-up some info,Middle-click to re-check immediately.
en_GB: This applet shows you the signal strength of the first active WiFi connection
    Left-click to pop-up some info, middle-click to re-check immediately.

en: 1st color of gradation :
en_GB: First colour of gradient:

en: 2nd color of gradation :
en_GB: Second colour of gradient:

en: Delay between animation changes :
en_GB: Delay between animation changes:

en: Let external applications pop up dialogs in the dock?
en_GB: Let external applications pop up dialogues in the dock?

en: Let extern applications add launchers to the docks?
en_GB: Let external applications add launchers to the docks?

en: Let extern applications modify the quick-infos on icons?
en_GB: Let external applications modify the quick-infos on icons?

en: Let extern applications modify the icons' image?
en_GB: Let external applications modify the icons' image?

en: Let extern applications animate icons?
en_GB: Let external applications animate icons?

en: Color to be used by default if none is specify in the .xml
en_GB: Colour to be used by default if none is specify in the .xml

en: Border colour :
en_GB: Border colour:

en: Let empty to use the name of the folder.
en_GB: Leave empty to use the name of the folder.

en: Shortkey to show/hide the quick-launch dialog:
en_GB: Shortkey to show/hide the quick-launch dialogue:

en: The settings menu file is sometimes available in a settings.menu file but its content can also be available in the main .menu file used by the dock
en_GB: The settings menu file is sometimes available in a settings .menu file but its content can also be available in the main .menu file used by the dock

en: The applet can steal the top border of maximized windows, in which case it will display the window control buttons.
     The applet can steal the menu from the windows, in which case it will display a button to pop up the menu of the current window.
en_GB: The applet can steal the top border of maximised windows, in which case it will display the window control buttons.
    The applet can steal the menu from the windows, in which case it will display a button to pop-up the menu of the current window.

en: Image for the 'minimize' button
en_GB: Image for the 'minimise' button

en: Image for the 'maximize' button
en_GB: Image for the 'maximise' button

en: Background color to add in this case
en_GB: Background colour to add in this case

en: Animation of the icon when one of the application demands your attention :
en_GB: Animation of the icon when one of the application demands your attention:

en: in seconds. if you don't have Network-Manager.
en_GB: in seconds, if you don't have Network-Manager.

en: Dialog bubble
en_GB: Dialogue bubble

en: Icon animation + Dialog bubble
en_GB: Icon animation + Dialogue bubble

en: Let empty to use the default notification animation.
en_GB: Leave empty to use the default notification animation.

en: In seconds. Set to 0 for infinite time (need to click on dialog to close it).
en_GB: In seconds. Set to 0 for infinite time (need to click on dialogue to close it).

en: Shortkey to show/hide the search dialog
en_GB: Shortkey to show/hide the search dialogue

en: Shortkey to trigger the applet:
en_GB: Shortcut key to trigger the applet:

en: Color of the text's frame  :
en_GB: Text frame colour:

en: Propose some web search engines ?
en_GB: Propose some web search engines?

en: Image's filename :
en_GB: Image filename:

en: Notification limit of graphic card temperature:
en_GB: Lower limit of graphic card temperature:

en: Shortkey to show/hide the sound control dialog:
en_GB: Shortkey to show/hide the sound control dialogue:

en: Use files hosting site for any kind of files?
en_GB: Use file hosting site for any kind of files?

en: Custom script for text upload :
en_GB: Custom script for text upload:

en: Custom script for image upload :
en_GB: Custom script for image upload:

en: Post text as Anonymous ?
en_GB: Post text as Anonymous?

en: Inclinated Plane
en_GB: Inclined Plane

en: Ratio to apply on icons' size :
en_GB: Ratio to apply on icons' size:

en: <b>Curved view</b>
    Allow you to curve your dock !
    You can choose to display separators as a line
     or a physical hole on the plane.
en_GB: <b>Curved view</b>
    Allows you to curve your dock !
    You can choose to display separators as a line
     or a physical hole on the plane.

en: <b>Panel view</b>
    This view will display your dock like a gnome-panel or a KDE-panel.
    Icons are not zoomed on mouse over.
    Separators are rendered as spaces between the different groups of icons.
en_GB: <b>Panel view</b>
    This view will display your dock like a gnome-panel or a KDE-panel.
    Icons are not zoomed on mouse-over.
    Separators are rendered as spaces between the different groups of icons.

en: If checked, the number of mails will be shown even if there is no mail.
en_GB: If checked, the number of messages will be shown even if there is no mail.

en: Add a mail account (you've to launch the applet)
en_GB: Add a mail account (you must launch the applet)

en: By default all interfaces will be monitored.
en_GB: By default, all interfaces will be monitored.

en: Timelength
en_GB: Duration

en: Notification when battery charged ?
en_GB: Notification when battery charged?

en: Notification when low battery ?
en_GB: Notification when low battery?

en: Notification when battery charge is critical ?
en_GB: Notification when battery charged is critical?

en: Read all images properties on startup?
en_GB: Read all image properties on startup?

en: Desktops layout
en_GB: Desktop layout

en: This is a boolean parameter. Y/N ?
en_GB: This is a boolean parameter. Y/N?

en: This integer can go from 0 to 10 :
en_GB: This integer can go from 0 to 10:

en: Enter some text here :
en_GB: Enter some text here:

en: Automatically scroll to the bottom when new data are received
en_GB: Automatically scroll to the bottom when receiving new data

en: When the terminal is in a dialog. When it is in a desklet, you can just resize the desklet as usual.
en_GB: When the terminal is in a dialogue. When it is in a desklet, you can just resize the desklet as usual.

en: Display note's content with a dialog?
en_GB: Display note's content with a dialogue?

en: in seconds. Set 0 to have never-ending dialogs.
en_GB: in seconds. Set 0 to have never-ending dialogues.

en: Dialog duration:
en_GB: Dialogue duration:

en: Position of vertical scrollbar in pixel
en_GB: Position of vertical scrollbar in pixels

en: Time between two page refreshes
en_GB: Time between page refreshes

en: Countertop
en_GB: Worktop

en: Fibers
en_GB: Fibres

en: C_olors
en_GB: C_olours

en: Drag a color to an object to change it to that color
en_GB: Drag a colour to an object to change it to that colour

en: Open with other Application...
en_GB: Open with Other Application…

en: today at 00:00:00 PM
en_GB: today at 00:00:00

en: today at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: today at %-H:%M:%S

en: today at 00:00 PM
en_GB: today at 00:00

note: #-#-#-#-#  525 (gnome-utils)  #-#-#-#-# Translators:  Below are the strings displayed in the 'Date Modified' column of the list view.  The format of this string can vary depending on age of a file.  Please modify the format of the timestamp to match your locale.  For example, to display 24 hour time
en: today at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: today at %-H:%M

en: today, 00:00 PM
en_GB: today, 00:00

en: today, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: today, %-H:%M

en: yesterday at 00:00:00 PM
en_GB: yesterday at 00:00:00

en: yesterday at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: yesterday at %-H:%M:%S

en: yesterday at 00:00 PM
en_GB: yesterday at 00:00

en: yesterday at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: yesterday at %-H:%M

en: yesterday, 00:00 PM
en_GB: yesterday, 00:00

en: yesterday, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: yesterday, %-G=H:%M

en: Wednesday, September 00 0000 at 00:00:00 PM
en_GB: Wednesday, 00 September 0000 at 00:00:00

en: %A, %B %-d %Y at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %-d %B %Y at %-H:%M:%S

en: Mon, Oct 00 0000 at 00:00:00 PM
en_GB: Mon, 00 Oct 0000 at 00:00:00

en: %a, %b %-d %Y at %-I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a, %-d %b %Y at %-H:%M:%S

en: Mon, Oct 00 0000 at 00:00 PM
en_GB: Mon, 00 Oct 0000 at 00:00

en: %a, %b %-d %Y at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %a, %-d %b %Y at %-H:%M

en: Oct 00 0000 at 00:00 PM
en_GB: 00 Oct 0000 at 00:00

en: %b %-d %Y at %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %-d %-b %Y at %-H:%M

en: Oct 00 0000, 00:00 PM
en_GB: 00 Oct 0000, 00:00

en: %b %-d %Y, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %-d %b %Y, %-H:%M

en: 00/00/00, 00:00 PM
en_GB: 00/00/00, 00:00

en: %m/%-d/%y, %-I:%M %p
en_GB: %-d/%m/%y, %-H:%M

en: Are you sure you want to trash "%B"?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to bin "%B"?

en: Items moved to the trash may be recovered until the trash is emptied.
en_GB: Items moved to the bin may be recovered until the bin is emptied.

en: Where to position newly open tabs in browser windows.
en_GB: Where to position newly-opened tabs in browser windows.

en: Enables the classic Caja behavior, where all windows are browsers
en_GB: Enables the classic Caja behaviour, where all windows are browsers

en: If set to true, then all Caja windows will be browser windows. This is how Nautilus used to behave before version 2.6, and some people prefer this behavior.
en_GB: If set to true, then all Caja windows will be browser windows. This is how Nautilus used to behave before version 2.6, and some people prefer this behaviour.

en: Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Trash
en_GB: Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting files, or emptying Bin

en: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Trash.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to delete files, or empty the Bin.

en: Whether to ask for confirmation when moving files to the Trash
en_GB: Whether to ask for confirmation when moving files to the Bin

en: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to move files to the Trash.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will ask for confirmation when you attempt to move files to the Bin.

en: If set to true, then Caja will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the trash. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will have a feature allowing you to delete a file immediately and in-place, instead of moving it to the bin. This feature can be dangerous, so use caution.

en: What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or double clicked). Possible values are "launch" to launch them as programs, "ask" to ask what to do via a dialog, and "display" to display them as text files.
en_GB: What to do with executable text files when they are activated (single or double clicked). Possible values are "launch" to launch them as programs, "ask" to ask what to do via a dialogue, and "display" to display them as text files.

en: Show advanced permissions in the file property dialog
en_GB: Show advanced permissions in the file property dialogue

en: Default Background Color
en_GB: Default Background Colour

en: Color for the default folder background. Only used if background_set is true.
en_GB: Colour for the default folder background. Only used if background_set is true.

en: Default Side Pane Background Color
en_GB: Default Side Pane Background Colour

en: If this preference is set, all columns in the compact view have the same width. Otherwise, the width of each column is determined seperately.
en_GB: If this preference is set, all columns in the compact view have the same width. Otherwise, the width of each column is determined separately.

en: If this is set to true, an icon linking to the trash will be put on the desktop.
en_GB: If this is set to true, an icon linking to the bin will be put on the desktop.

en: Desktop trash icon name
en_GB: Desktop bin icon name

en: This name can be set if you want a custom name for the trash icon on the desktop.
en_GB: This name can be set if you want a custom name for the bin icon on the desktop.

en: Whether the navigation window should be maximized.
en_GB: Whether the navigation window should be maximised.

en: Whether the navigation window should be maximized by default.
en_GB: Whether the navigation window should be maximised by default.

en: If set to true, then Caja will automatically open a folder when media is automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user configurable action will be taken instead.
en_GB: If set to true, then Caja will automatically open a folder when media is automounted. This only applies to media where no known x-content/* type was detected; for media where a known x-content type is detected, the user-configurable action will be taken instead.

en: List of x-content/* types for which the user have chosen "Do Nothing" in the preference capplet. No prompt will be shown nor will any matching application be started on insertion of media matching these types.
en_GB: List of x-content/* types for which the user has chosen "Do Nothing" in the preference capplet. No prompt will be shown nor will any matching application be started on insertion of media matching these types.

en: List of x-content/* types for which the user have chosen "Open Folder" in the preferences capplet. A folder window will be opened on insertion of media matching these types.
en_GB: List of x-content/* types for which the user has chosen "Open Folder" in the preferences capplet. A folder window will be opened on insertion of media matching these types.

en: Do not manage the desktop (ignore the preference set in the preferences dialog).
en_GB: Do not manage the desktop (ignore the preference set in the preferences dialogue).

en: Add Emblems...
en_GB: Add Emblems…

en: Ask before moving files to the _Trash
en_GB: Ask before moving files to the _Bin

en: Date Digitized
en_GB: Date Digitised

en: Add new...
en_GB: Add new…

en: Create a New Color:
en_GB: Create a New Colour:

en: Color _name:
en_GB: Colour _name:

en: Color _value:
en_GB: Colour _value:

en: Select an Image File to Add as a Pattern
en_GB: Select an image file to Add as a Pattern

en: The color cannot be installed.
en_GB: The colour cannot be installed.

en: Sorry, but you must specify an unused color name for the new color.
en_GB: Sorry, but you must specify an unused colour name for the new colour.

en: Sorry, but you must specify a non-blank name for the new color.
en_GB: Sorry, but you must specify a non-blank name for the new colour.

en: Select a Color to Add
en_GB: Select a Colour to add

en: _Add a New Pattern...
en_GB: _Add a New Pattern…

en: _Add a New Color...
en_GB: _Add a New Colour…

en: _Add a New Emblem...
en_GB: _Add a New Emblem…

en: Click on a color to remove it
en_GB: Click on a colour to remove it

en: _Remove a Pattern...
en_GB: _Remove a Pattern…

en: _Remove a Color...
en_GB: _Remove a Colour…

en: _Remove an Emblem...
en_GB: _Remove an Emblem…

en: Other Type...
en_GB: Other Type…

en: Caja is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Caja is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Caja is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Caja is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Caja; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Caja; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA

en: Caja lets you organize files and folders, both on your computer and online.
en_GB: Caja lets you organise files and folders, both on your computer and online.

en: _Backgrounds and Emblems...
en_GB: _Backgrounds and Emblems…

en: Display patterns, colors, and emblems that can be used to customize appearance
en_GB: Display patterns, colours, and emblems that can be used to customise appearance

en: Create L_auncher...
en_GB: Create L_auncher…

en: Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or color
en_GB: Show a window that lets you set your desktop background's pattern or colour

en: Move the selected folder out of the trash to "%s" | Move the selected folders out of the trash to "%s"
en_GB[0]: Move the selected folder out of the Rubbish Bin to "%s"
en_GB[1]: Move the selected folders out of the Rubbish Bin to "%s"

en: Move the selected file out of the trash to "%s" | Move the selected files out of the trash to "%s"
en_GB[0]: Move the selected file out of the Rubbish Bin to "%s"
en_GB[1]: Move the selected files out of the Rubbish Bin to "%s"

en: Move the selected item out of the trash to "%s" | Move the selected items out of the trash to "%s"
en_GB[0]: Move the selected item out of the Rubbish Bin to "%s"
en_GB[1]: Move the selected items out of the Rubbish Bin to "%s"

note: #-#-#-#-#  213 (linuxmint)  #-#-#-#-# name, stock id label, accelerator
en: _Organize by Name
en_GB: _Organise by Name

en: Visible _Columns...
en_GB: Visible _Columns…

en: Click to choose a command from the file chooser dialog.
en_GB: Click to choose a command from the file chooser dialogue.

en: Export existing configs
en_GB: Export existing configurations

note: TRANSLATORS: Replace this string with your names, one name per line.
en: The GNOME Translation Project <gnome-i18n@gnome.org>
en_GB: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>
    Philip Withnall <pwithnall@svn.gnome.org>

en: This software is licensed under the GNU Genaral Public License (GPL)
en_GB: This software is licensed under the GNU Genaral Public Licence (GPL)

en: The field is here to give the user a human readable name for a profile in the Cact interface. If not set there will be a default auto generated string set by default
en_GB: The field is here to give the user a human readable name for a profile in the Cact interface. If not set there will be a default auto-generated string set by default

en: 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: 90° anticlockwise

en: Catalog generator
en_GB: Catalogue generator

en: Create a PMLZ archive containing the PML file and all images in the directory pmlname_img or images. This plugin is run every time you add a PML file to the library.
en_GB: Create a PMLZ archive containing the PML file and all images in the directory pmlname_img or images. This plug-in is run every time you add a PML file to the library.

en: Create a TXTZ archive when a TXT file is imported containing Markdown or Textile references to images. The referenced images as well as the TXT file are added to the archive.
en_GB: Create a TXTZ archive when a TXT file is imported that contains Markdown or Textile references to images. The referenced images as well as the TXT file are added to the archive.

en: Add books to calibre or the connected device
en_GB: Add books to Calibre or the connected device

en: Generate a catalog of the books in your calibre library
en_GB: Generate a catalogue of the books in your Calibre library

en: Delete books from your calibre library or connected device
en_GB: Delete books from your Calibre library or connected device

en: Edit the metadata of books in your calibre library
en_GB: Edit the metadata of books in your Calibre library

en: Read books in your calibre library
en_GB: Read books in your Calibre library

en: Export books from your calibre library to the hard disk
en_GB: Export books from your Calibre library to the hard disk

en: Restart calibre
en_GB: Restart Calibre

en: Open the folder that contains the book files in your calibre library
en_GB: Open the folder that contains the book files in your Calibre library

en: Customize calibre
en_GB: Customise Calibre

en: Switch between different calibre libraries and perform maintenance on them
en_GB: Switch between different Calibre libraries and perform maintenance on them

en: Copy a book from one calibre library to another
en_GB: Copy a book from one Calibre library to another

en: Find the next or previous match when searching in your calibre library in highlight mode
en_GB: Find the next or previous match when searching in your Calibre library in highlight mode

en: Choose a random book from your calibre library
en_GB: Choose a random book from your Calibre library

en: Get new calibre plugins or update your existing ones
en_GB: Get new Calibre plug-ins or update your existing ones

en: Customize the toolbars and context menus, changing which actions are available in each
en_GB: Customise the toolbars and context menus, changing which actions are available in each

en: Customize the way searching for books works in calibre
en_GB: Customise the way searching for books works in calibre

en: Saving books to disk
en_GB: Saving books to disc

en: Control how calibre exports files from its database to disk when using Save to disk
en_GB: Control how calibre exports files from its database to disc when using Save to disc

en: Setup the calibre Content server which will give you access to your calibre library from anywhere, on any device, over the internet
en_GB: Setup the calibre Content server which will give you access to your calibre library from anywhere, on any device, over the Internet

en: Add/remove/customize various bits of calibre functionality
en_GB: Add/remove/customise various bits of calibre functionality

en: Customize the keyboard shortcuts used by calibre
en_GB: Customise the keyboard shortcuts used by Calibre

en: Specify the character encoding of the input document. If set this option will override any encoding declared by the document itself. Particularly useful for documents that do not declare an encoding or that have erroneous encoding declarations.
en_GB: Specify the character encoding of the input document. If set this option will override any encoding declared by the document itself. This is particularly useful for documents that do not declare any encoding or that have erroneous encoding declarations.

en: If specified, the output plugin will try to create output that is as human readable as possible. May not have any effect for some output plugins.
en_GB: If specified, the output plug-in will try to create output that is as human-readable as possible. May not have any effect for some output plug-ins.

en: This profile tries to provide sane defaults and is useful if you know nothing about the input document.
en_GB: This profile tries to provide reasonable defaults and is useful if you have no information about the input document.

en: This profile is intended for the Microsoft Reader.
en_GB: This profile is intended for Microsoft's Reader format.

en: This profile tries to provide sane defaults and is useful if you want to produce a document intended to be read at a computer or on a range of devices.
en_GB: This profile tries to produce logical defaults and proves useful for when you want to produce a document intended to be read on a computer, or on a range of different devices.

en: This profile is intended for the SONY PRS line. The 500/505/700 etc, in landscape mode. Mainly useful for comics.
en_GB: This profile is intended for the SONY PRS line. The 500, 505, 700 e.t.c., in landscape mode. Mainly useful for reading comics and similar print layouts.

en: Mapping for filetype plugins
en_GB: Mapping for filetype plug-ins

en: Local plugin customization
en_GB: Local plug-in customisation

en: Disabled plugins
en_GB: Disabled plug-ins

en: Initialization of plugin %s failed with traceback:
en_GB: Initialisation of plug-in %s failed with traceback:

en:     %prog options
    
        Customize calibre by loading external plugins.
en_GB:     %prog options
    
        Customise calibre by loading external plug-ins.

en: Remove a custom plugin by name. Has no effect on builtin plugins
en_GB: Remove a custom plug-in by name. (Has no effect on built-in plug-ins.)

en: Customize plugin. Specify name of plugin and customization string separated by a comma.
en_GB: Customise plug-in. Specify name of plug-in and customisation string, separated by a comma.

en: List all installed plugins
en_GB: List all installed plug-ins

en: Enable the named plugin
en_GB: Enable the named plug-in

en: Disable the named plugin
en_GB: Disable the named plug-in

en: Catalog
en_GB: Catalogue

en: Comma-separated list of database IDs to catalog.
    If declared, --search is ignored.
    Default: all
en_GB: Comma-separated list of database IDs to catalogue.
    If declared, --search is ignored.
    Default: all

en: Error: Action %s not recognized, must be one of: (add|remove|list)
en_GB: Error: Action %s not recognised, must be one of: (add|remove|list)

en: Communicate with Android phones.
en_GB: Communicate with Android devices.

en: Communicate with the Blackberry smart phone.
en_GB: Communicate with BlackBerry Smartphones.

en: Send page number information when sending books
en_GB: Send page number information when sending books.

en: The Kindle 3 and newer versions can use page number information in MOBI files. With this option, calibre will calculate and send this information to the Kindle when uploading MOBI files by USB. Note that the page numbers do not correspond to any paper book.
en_GB: The Kindle 3 and newer versions can use page number information in MOBI files. With this option, Calibre will calculate and send this information to the Kindle when uploading MOBI files by USB. Note that the page numbers do not correspond to any paper book.

en: The Kobo supports several collections including
en_GB: The Kobo supports several collections including:

en: Your Kobo is running an updated firmware/database version. As calibre does not know about this updated firmware, database editing is disabled, to prevent corruption. You can still send books to your Kobo with calibre,  but deleting books and managing collections is disabled. If you are willing to experiment and know how to reset your Kobo to Factory defaults, you can override this check by right clicking the device icon in calibre and selecting "Configure this device" and then the  "Attempt to support newer firmware" option. Doing so may require you to perform a factory reset of your Kobo.
en_GB: Your Kobo is running an updated firmware/database version. As calibre does not know about this updated firmware, database editing is disabled, to prevent corruption. You can still send books to your Kobo with calibre, but deleting books and managing collections is disabled. If you are willing to experiment and know how to reset your Kobo to Factory defaults, you can override this check by right clicking the device icon in calibre and selecting "Configure this device" and then the "Attempt to support newer firmware" option. Doing so may require you to perform a factory reset of your Kobo.

en: Communicate with the Sweex/Kogan/Q600/Wink
en_GB: Communicate with the Sweex/Kogan/Q600/Wink.

en: Communicate with the Adam tablet
en_GB: Communicate with the Adam tablet.

en: Communicate with the Moovybook Reader
en_GB: Communicate with the Moovybook Reader.

en: Communicate with the COBY
en_GB: Communicate with the COBY.

en: Setting this option tells calibre to look for books in all folders on the device and its cards. This permits calibre to find books put on the device by other software and by wireless download.
en_GB: Setting this option tells Calibre to look for books in all folders on the device and its cards. This permits Calibre to find books put on the device by other software and by wireless download.

en: Use this option if you want to force the driver to listen on a particular IP address. The driver will listen only on the entered address, and this address will be the one advertized over mDNS (bonjour).
en_GB: Use this option if you want to force the driver to listen on a particular IP address. The driver will listen only on the entered address, and this address will be the one advertised over mDNS (bonjour).

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive.

en: Unable to detect the %s disk drive. Either the device has already been ejected, or your kernel is exporting a deprecated version of SYSFS.
en_GB: Unable to detect the %s disc drive. Either the device has already been ejected, or your kernel is exporting a deprecated version of SYSFS.

en: Extra customization
en_GB: Extra customisation

en: Failed to access files on the SD card in your device. This can happen for many reasons. The SD card may be corrupted, it may be too large for your device, it may be write-protected, etc. Try a different SD card, or reformat your SD card using the FAT32 filesystem. Also make sure there are not too many files in the root of your SD card. Underlying error: %s
en_GB: Failed to access files on the SD card in your device. This can happen for many reasons: The SD card may be corrupted; it may be too large for your device; it may be write-protected, etc. Try a different SD card, or reformat your SD card using the FAT32 filesystem. Also make sure there aren't too many files in the root of your SD card. Underlying error: %s

en: Enter the folder where the books are to be stored. This folder is prepended to any send_to_device template
en_GB: Enter the folder where the books are to be stored. This folder is prepended to any send_to_device template.

en: Modify the document text and structure using common patterns. Disabled by default. Use %(en)s to enable.  Individual actions can be disabled with the %(dis)s options.
en_GB: Modify the document text and structure using common patterns. Disabled by default. Use %(en)s to enable. Individual actions can be disabled with the %(dis)s options.

en: Reduce the number of colors used in the image. This works only if you choose the PNG output format. It is useful to reduce file sizes. Set to zero to turn off. Maximum value is 256. It is off by default.
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours used in the image. This works only if you choose the PNG output format. It is useful to reduce file sizes. Set to zero to turn off. Maximum value is 256. It is off by default.

en: Disable normalize (improve contrast) color range for pictures. Default: False
en_GB: Disable normalise (improve contrast) colour range for pictures. Default: False

en: Do not convert the image to grayscale (black and white)
en_GB: Do not convert the image to greyscale (black and white)

en: When converting a CBC do not add links to each page to the TOC. Note this only applies if the TOC has more than one section
en_GB: When converting a CBC do not add links to each page to the TOC. Note this only applies if the TOC has more than one section.

en: Normally this input plugin re-arranges all the input files into a standard folder hierarchy. Only use this option if you know what you are doing as it can result in various nasty side effects in the rest of the conversion pipeline.
en_GB: Normally this input plug-in rearranges all the input files into a standard folder hierarchy. Only use this option if you know what you are doing, as it can result in various nasty side effects in the rest of the conversion pipeline.

en: Top level HTML file %s is empty
en_GB: Top level HTML file %s is empty.

en: Don't add Table of Contents to the book. Useful if the book has its own table of contents.
en_GB: Don't add Table of Contents to the book. (Useful if the book has its own table of contents.)

en: Ignore margins in the input document. If False, then the MOBI output plugin will try to convert margins specified in the input document, otherwise it will ignore them.
en_GB: Ignore margins in the input document. If False, then the MOBI output plug-in will try to convert margins specified in the input document, otherwise it will ignore them.

en: When adding the Table of Contents to the book, add it at the start of the book instead of the end. Not recommended.
en_GB: When adding the Table of Contents to the book, add it at the start of the book instead of the end. (Not recommended)

en: By default calibre converts all images to JPEG format in the output MOBI file. This is for maximum compatibility as some older MOBI viewers have problems with other image formats. This option tells calibre not to do this. Useful if your document contains lots of GIF/PNG images that become very large when converted to JPEG.
en_GB: By default, calibre converts all images to JPEG format in the output MOBI file. This is for maximum compatibility as some older MOBI viewers have problems with other image formats. This option tells calibre not to do this. Useful if your document contains lots of GIF/PNG images that become very large when converted to JPEG.

en: Specify the character encoding of the output document. The default is cp1252. Note: This option is not honored by all formats.
en_GB: Specify the character encoding of the output document. The default is cp1252. Note: This option is not honoured by all formats.

en: Specify the output profile. The output profile tells the conversion system how to optimize the created document for the specified device (such as by resizing images for the device screen size). In some cases, an output profile can be used to optimize the output for a particular device, but this is rarely necessary. Choices are:
en_GB: Specify the output profile. The output profile tells the conversion system how to optimise the created document for the specified device (such as by resizing images for the device screen size). In some cases, an output profile can be used to optimise the output for a particular device, but this is rarely necessary. Choices are:

en: Some badly designed documents use tables to control the layout of text on the page. When converted these documents often have text that runs off the page and other artifacts. This option will extract the content from the tables and present it in a linear fashion.
en_GB: Some badly designed documents use tables to control the layout of text on the page. When converted, these documents often have text that runs off the page and other artefacts. This option will extract the content from the tables and present it in a linear fashion.

en: Some documents specify page margins by specifying a left and right margin on each individual paragraph. calibre will try to detect and remove these margins. Sometimes, this can cause the removal of margins that should not have been removed. In this case you can disable the removal.
en_GB: Some documents specify page margins by specifying a left and right margin on each individual paragraph. Calibre will try to detect and remove these margins. Sometimes, this can cause the removal of margins that should not have been removed. In this case, you can disable the removal.

en: Transliterate unicode characters to an ASCII representation. Use with care because this will replace unicode characters with ASCII. For instance it will replace "%s" with "Mikhail Gorbachiov". Also, note that in cases where there are multiple representations of a character (characters shared by Chinese and Japanese for instance) the representation based on the current calibre interface language will be used.
en_GB: Transliterate unicode characters to an ASCII representation. Use with care because this will replace unicode characters with ASCII. For instance it will replace "%s" with "Mikhail Gorbachiov". Also, note that in cases where there are multiple representations of a character (characters shared by Chinese and Japanese for instance) the representation based on the current Calibre interface language will be used.

en: Preserve ligatures present in the input document. A ligature is a special rendering of a pair of characters like ff, fi, fl et cetera. Most readers do not have support for ligatures in their default fonts, so they are unlikely to render correctly. By default, calibre will turn a ligature into the corresponding pair of normal characters. This option will preserve them instead.
en_GB: Preserve ligatures present in the input document. A ligature is a special rendering of a pair of characters like ff, fi, fl, etc. Most readers do not have support for ligatures in their default fonts, so they are unlikely to render correctly. By default, calibre will turn a ligature into the corresponding pair of normal characters. This option will preserve them instead.

en: Look for common words and patterns that denote italics and italicize them.
en_GB: Look for common words and patterns that denote italics and italicise them.

en: Left aligned scene break markers are center aligned. Replace soft scene breaks that use multiple blank lines with horizontal rules.
en_GB: Left-aligned scene break markers are centre-aligned. Replace soft scene breaks that use multiple blank lines with horizontal rules.

en: Analyze hyphenated words throughout the document.  The document itself is used as a dictionary to determine whether hyphens should be retained or removed.
en_GB: Analyse hyphenated words throughout the document. The document itself is used as a dictionary to determine whether hyphens should be retained or removed.

en: Follow all local links in an HTML file and create a ZIP file containing all linked files. This plugin is run every time you add an HTML file to the library.
en_GB: Follow all local links in an HTML file and create a ZIP file containing all linked files. This plug-in is run every time you add an HTML file to the library.

en: Character encoding for the input HTML files. Common choices include: cp1252, cp1251, latin1 and utf-8.
en_GB: Character encoding for the input HTML files. Common choices include: cp1252, cp1251, latin1 and UTF-8.

en: Normally, when following links in HTML files calibre does it depth first, i.e. if file A links to B and  C, but B links to D, the files are added in the order A, B, D, C.  With this option, they will instead be added as A, B, C, D
en_GB: Normally, when following links in HTML files, Calibre does it depth first i.e. if file A links to B and C, but B links to D, the files are added in the order A, B, D, C. With this option, they will instead be added as A, B, C, D.

en: Do not save embedded image and font files to disk
en_GB: Do not save embedded image and font files to disc

en: Image is in the CMYK colorspace
en_GB: Image is in the CMYK colourspace

en: Images are already fully optimized
en_GB: Images are fully optimised

en: OPF/NCX/etc. generation options.
en_GB: OPF/NCX/etc generation options.

en: Create catalog
en_GB: Create catalogue

en: No books selected for catalog generation
en_GB: No books selected for catalogue generation

en: Generating %s catalog...
en_GB: Generating %s catalogue...

en: Catalog generated.
en_GB: Catalogue generated.

en: Export Catalog Directory
en_GB: Export Catalogue Directory

en: No existing calibre library was found at %s. If the library was moved, select its new location below. Otherwise calibre will forget this library.
en_GB: No existing Calibre library was found at %s. If the library was moved, select its new location below. Otherwise Calibre will forget this library.

en: No existing calibre library found at %s
en_GB: No existing Calibre library found at %s

en: The library %s has been removed from calibre. The files remain on your computer, if you want to delete them, you will have to do so manually.
en_GB: The library %s has been removed from Calibre. The files remain on your computer. If you want to delete them, you will have to do so manually.

en: Path to library too long. Must be less than %d characters. Move your library to a location with a shorter path using Windows Explorer, then point calibre to the new location and try again.
en_GB: Path to library is too long: it must be less than %d characters. Move your library to a location with a shorter path using Windows Explorer, then point Calibre to the new location and try again.

en: Create a catalog of the books in your calibre library
en_GB: Create a catalogue of the books in your calibre library

en: You are trying to delete %d books. Sending so many files to the Recycle Bin <b>can be slow</b>. Should calibre skip the Recycle Bin? If you click Yes the files will be <b>permanently deleted</b>.
en_GB: You are trying to delete %d books. Sending so many files to the Recycle Bin <b>can be slow</b>. Should Calibre skip the Recycle Bin? If you click Yes the files will be <b>permanently deleted</b>.

en: Change calibre behavior
en_GB: Change Calibre behaviour

en: Get plugins to enhance calibre
en_GB: Get plug-ins to enhance Calibre

en: Save to disk
en_GB: Save to disc

en: Save to disk in a single directory
en_GB: Save to disc in a single directory

en: Save only %s format to disk
en_GB: Save only %s format to disc

en: Save only %s format to disk in a single directory
en_GB: Save only %s format to disc in a single directory

en: Save single format to disk...
en_GB: Save single format to disc...

en: Cannot save to disk
en_GB: Cannot save to disc

en: You are trying to save files into the calibre library. This can cause corruption of your library. Save to disk is meant to export files from your calibre library elsewhere.
en_GB: You are trying to save files into the calibre library. This can cause corruption of your library. Save to disc is meant to export files from your calibre library elsewhere.

en: Using the integrated search you can easily find which store has the book you are looking for, at the best price. You also get DRM status and other useful information.
en_GB: Using the integrated search, you can easily find which store has the book you are looking for, at the best price. You also get DRM status and other useful information.

en: Align center
en_GB: Align centre

en: Choose foreground color
en_GB: Choose foreground colour

en: Choose background color
en_GB: Choose background colour

en: Put generated Table of Contents at &start of book instead of end
en_GB: Put generated Table of Contents at &start of book instead of end.

en: For settings that cannot be specified in this dialog, use the values saved in a previous conversion (if they exist) instead of using the defaults specified in the Preferences
en_GB: For settings that cannot be specified in this dialogue, use the values saved in a previous conversion (if they exist) instead of using the defaults specified in the Preferences

en: Disable &normalize
en_GB: Disable &normalise

en: Italicize common words and patterns
en_GB: Italicise common words and patterns

en: <p>When calibre removes inter paragraph spacing, it automatically sets a paragraph indent, to ensure that paragraphs can be easily distinguished. This option controls the width of that indent.
en_GB: <p>When calibre removes inter-paragraph spacing, it automatically sets a paragraph indent, to ensure that paragraphs can be easily distinguished. This option controls the width of that indent.

en: &Linearize tables
en_GB: &Linearise tables

en: Removes foreground and background colors
en_GB: Removes foreground and background colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab) #-#-#-#-#  1379 (kolourpaint4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (colors) #-#-#-#-#  1406 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: &Colors
en_GB: &Colours

en: Comma separated list of CSS properties to remove. For example: display, color, font-family
en_GB: Comma separated list of CSS properties to remove. For example: display, colour, font-family

en: Tags categorize the book. This is particularly useful while searching. <br><br>They can be any words or phrases, separated by commas.
en_GB: Tags categorise the book. This is particularly useful while searching. <br><br>They can be any words or phrases, separated by commas.

en: Goto:
en_GB: Go to:

note: #-#-#-#-#  2571 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: (Choose color) <dialog label="...">
en: Choose color
en_GB: Choose colour

en: Color &1:
en_GB: Colour &1:

en: Color &2:
en_GB: Colour &2:

en: Contrast color &1 (mainly for text):
en_GB: Contrast colour &1 (mainly for text):

en: Contrast color &2 (mainly for text):
en_GB: Contrast colour &2 (mainly for text):

en: The color scheme name "%s" is invalid. It must start with a # and be at least two characters long.
en_GB: The colour scheme name "%s" is invalid. It must start with a # and be at least two characters long.

en: A color scheme with the name "%s" already exists.
en_GB: A colour scheme with the name "%s" already exists.

en: When generating covers, a color scheme for the cover is chosen at random from the color schemes below. You can prevent an individual scheme from being selected by unchecking it. The preview on the right shows the currently selected color scheme.
en_GB: When generating covers, a colour scheme for the cover is chosen at random from the colour schemes below. You can prevent an individual scheme from being selected by unchecking it. The preview on the right shows the currently selected colour scheme.

en: Choose a color scheme to be used for this generated cover.
en_GB: Choose a colour scheme to be used for this generated cover.

en: In normal cover generation, the color scheme is chosen at random from the list of color schemes below. You can prevent an individual color scheme from being chosen by unchecking it here.
en_GB: In normal cover generation, the colour scheme is chosen at random from the list of colour schemes below. You can prevent an individual colour scheme from being chosen by unchecking it here.

en: &New color scheme
en_GB: &New colour scheme

en: &Edit color scheme
en_GB: &Edit colour scheme

en: &Remove color scheme
en_GB: &Remove colour scheme

en: My Color Scheme
en_GB: My Colour Scheme

en: Cannot edit a builtin color scheme. Create a new color scheme instead.
en_GB: Cannot edit a built-in colour scheme. Create a new colour scheme instead.

en: Cannot remove a builtin color scheme.
en_GB: Cannot remove a built-in colour scheme.

en: Save the current settings as the settings to use always instead of just this time. Remember that for styles and colors the actual style or color used is chosen at random from the list of checked styles/colors.
en_GB: Save the current settings as the settings to use always instead of just this time. Remember that for styles and colours the actual style or colour used is chosen at random from the list of checked styles/colours.

en: Sending catalogs to device.
en_GB: Sending catalogues to device.

en: Extra driver customization options
en_GB: Extra driver customisation options

en: Generate catalog
en_GB: Generate catalogue

en: Generate catalog for {0} books
en_GB: Generate catalogue for {0} books

en: Catalo&g format:
en_GB: Catalo&gue format:

en: Catalog &title (existing catalog with the same title will be replaced):
en_GB: Catalogue &title (existing catalogue with the same title will be replaced):

en: &Send catalog to device automatically
en_GB: &Send catalogue to device automatically

en: Add the catalog to your calibre library after it is generated.
    Note that if you disable adding of the catalog to the library
    automatic sending of the catalog to the device will not work.
en_GB: Add the catalogue to your calibre library after it is generated.
    Note that if you disable adding of the catalogue to the library
    automatic sending of the catalogue to the device will not work.

en: &Add catalog to library
en_GB: &Add catalogue to library

en: Catalog options
en_GB: Catalogue options

en: Vacuuming database to improve performance.
en_GB: Cleaning up database to improve performance.

en:         <h1>Help</h1>
    
            <p>calibre stores the list of your books and their metadata in a
            database. The actual book files and covers are stored as normal
            files in the calibre library folder. The database contains a list of the files
            and covers belonging to each book entry. This tool checks that the
            actual files in the library folder on your computer match the
            information in the database.</p>
    
            <p>The result of each type of check is shown to the left. The various
            checks are:
            </p>
            <ul>
            <li><b>Invalid titles</b>: These are files and folders appearing
            in the library where books titles should, but that do not have the
            correct form to be a book title.</li>
            <li><b>Extra titles</b>: These are extra files in your calibre
            library that appear to be correctly-formed titles, but have no corresponding
            entries in the database</li>
            <li><b>Invalid authors</b>: These are files appearing
            in the library where only author folders should be.</li>
            <li><b>Extra authors</b>: These are folders in the
            calibre library that appear to be authors but that do not have entries
            in the database</li>
            <li><b>Missing book formats</b>: These are book formats that are in
            the database but have no corresponding format file in the book's folder.
            <li><b>Extra book formats</b>: These are book format files found in
            the book's folder but not in the database.
            <li><b>Unknown files in books</b>: These are extra files in the
            folder of each book that do not correspond to a known format or cover
            file.</li>
            <li><b>Missing cover files</b>: These represent books that are marked
            in the database as having covers but the actual cover files are
            missing.</li>
            <li><b>Cover files not in database</b>: These are books that have
            cover files but are marked as not having covers in the database.</li>
            <li><b>Folder raising exception</b>: These represent folders in the
            calibre library that could not be processed/understood by this
            tool.</li>
            </ul>
    
            <p>There are two kinds of automatic fixes possible: <i>Delete
            marked</i> and <i>Fix marked</i>.</p>
            <p><i>Delete marked</i> is used to remove extra files/folders/covers that
            have no entries in the database. Check the box next to the item you want
            to delete. Use with caution.</p>
    
            <p><i>Fix marked</i> is applicable only to covers and missing formats
            (the three lines marked 'fixable'). In the case of missing cover files,
            checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell calibre that
            there is no cover for all of the books listed. Use this option if you
            are not going to restore the covers from a backup. In the case of extra
            cover files, checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell
            calibre that the cover files it found are correct for all the books
            listed. Use this when you are not going to delete the file(s). In the
            case of missing formats, checking the fixable box and pushing this
            button will tell calibre that the formats are really gone. Use this if
            you are not going to restore the formats from a backup.</p>
en_GB:         <h1>Help</h1>
    
            <p>calibre stores the list of your books and their metadata in a
            database. The actual book files and covers are stored as normal
            files in the calibre library folder. The database contains a list of the files
            and covers belonging to each book entry. This tool checks that the
            actual files in the library folder on your computer match the
            information in the database.</p>
    
            <p>The result of each type of check is shown to the left. The various
            checks are:
            </p>
            <ul>
            <li><b>Invalid titles</b>: These are files and folders appearing
            in the library where books titles should, but that do not have the
            correct form to be a book title.</li>
            <li><b>Extra titles</b>: These are extra files in your Calibre
            library that appear to be correctly-formed titles, but have no corresponding
            entries in the database</li>
            <li><b>Invalid authors</b>: These are files appearing
            in the library where only author folders should be.</li>
            <li><b>Extra authors</b>: These are folders in the
            Calibre library that appear to be authors but that do not have entries
            in the database</li>
            <li><b>Missing book formats</b>: These are book formats that are in
            the database but have no corresponding format file in the book's folder.
            <li><b>Extra book formats</b>: These are book format files found in
            the book's folder but not in the database.
            <li><b>Unknown files in books</b>: These are extra files in the
            folder of each book that do not correspond to a known format or cover
            file.</li>
            <li><b>Missing cover files</b>: These represent books that are marked
            in the database as having covers but the actual cover files are
            missing.</li>
            <li><b>Cover files not in database</b>: These are books that have
            cover files but are marked as not having covers in the database.</li>
            <li><b>Folder raising exception</b>: These represent folders in the
            Calibre library that could not be processed/understood by this
            tool.</li>
            </ul>
    
            <p>There are two kinds of automatic fixes possible: <i>Delete
            marked</i> and <i>Fix marked</i>.</p>
            <p><i>Delete marked</i> is used to remove extra files/folders/covers that
            have no entries in the database. Check the box next to the item you want
            to delete. Use with caution.</p>
    
            <p><i>Fix marked</i> is applicable only to covers and missing formats
            (the three lines marked 'fixable'). In the case of missing cover files,
            checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell calibre that
            there is no cover for all of the books listed. Use this option if you
            are not going to restore the covers from a backup. In the case of extra
            cover files, checking the fixable box and pushing this button will tell
            Calibre that the cover files it found are correct for all the books
            listed. Use this when you are not going to delete the file(s). In the
            case of missing formats, checking the fixable box and pushing this
            button will tell calibre that the formats are really gone. Use this if
            you are not going to restore the formats from a backup.</p>

en: Customize &builtin recipe
en_GB: Customise &builtin recipe

en: Immediately make all changes without closing the dialog. This operation cannot be canceled or undone
en_GB: Immediately make all changes without closing the dialogue. This operation cannot be cancelled or undone.

en: Choose which identifier type to operate upon
en_GB: Choose which identifier type to operate upon.

en: This plugin is FREE but you can reward the developer for their effort
    by donating to them via PayPal.
    
    Right-click and choose Donate to reward:
en_GB: This plug-in is FREE but you can reward the developer for their effort
    by donating to them via PayPal.
    
    Right-click and choose Donate to reward:

en: Plugin deprecated
en_GB: Plug-in deprecated

en: This plugin has been deprecated and should be uninstalled
en_GB: This plug-in has been deprecated and should be uninstalled

en: This plugin can only be installed on: %s
en_GB: This plug-in can only be installed on: %s

en: You can install this plugin
en_GB: You can install this plug-in

en: A new version of this plugin is available
en_GB: A newer version of this plug-in is available

en: This plugin is installed and up-to-date
en_GB: This plug-in is installed and up-to-date

en: User plugins
en_GB: User Plug-ins

en: Install the selected plugin
en_GB: Install the selected plug-in

en: &Customize plugin
en_GB: &Customise plug-in

en: Customize the options for this plugin
en_GB: Customise the options for this plug-in

en: Show history of changes to this plugin
en_GB: Show history of changes to this plug-in

en: Enable or disable this plugin
en_GB: Enable or disable this plug-in

en: &Remove plugin
en_GB: &Remove plug-in

en: Uninstall the selected plugin
en_GB: Uninstall the selected plug-in

en: Donate to the developer of this plugin
en_GB: Donate to the developer of this plug-in

en: &Customize plugin
en_GB: &Customise plug-in

en: Are you sure you want to uninstall the <b>%s</b> plugin?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to uninstall the <b>%s</b> plug-in?

en: Installing plugins is a <b>security risk</b>. Plugins can contain a virus/malware. Only install it if you got it from a trusted source. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Installing plug-ins is a <b>security risk</b>. Plug-ins can contain a virus/malware. Only install it if you got it from a trusted source. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Installing plugin: %s
en_GB: Unable to locate a plug-in zip file for <b>%s</b>

en: Plugin installed: %s
en_GB: Plug-in installed: %s

en: Plugin <b>{0}</b> successfully installed under <b> {1} plugins</b>. You may have to restart calibre for the plugin to take effect.
en_GB: Plug-in <b>{0}</b> successfully installed under <b> {1} plug-ins</b>. You may have to restart calibre for the plug-in to take effect.

en: Plugin not customizable
en_GB: Plug-in isn't customisable

en: Plugin: %s does not need customization
en_GB: Plug-in: %s does not need customisation

en: You must restart calibre before you can configure the <b>%s</b> plugin
en_GB: You must restart calibre before you can configure the <b>%s</b> plug-in

en: Plugin cannot be disabled
en_GB: Plug-in cannot be disabled

en: The plugin: %s cannot be disabled
en_GB: The plug-in: %s cannot be disabled

en: Click in a column  in the library view to see the information for that book
en_GB: Click in a column in the library view to see the information for that book.

en: Restoring the database succeeded with some warnings click Show details to see the details. %s
en_GB: Restoring the database succeeded with some warnings. Click "Show details" to see the details. %s

en: Rename the current search to what is in the box
en_GB: Rename the current search to what is in the box.

en:                 Download this periodical every week on the specified days after
                    the specified time. For example, if you choose: Monday after
                    9:00 AM, then the periodical will be download every Monday as
                    soon after 9:00 AM as possible.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every week on the specified days after
                    the specified time. For example, if you choose: Monday after
                    9:00 AM, then the periodical will be downloaded every Monday as
                    soon after 9:00 AM as possible.

en:                 Download this periodical every month, on the specified days.
                    The download will happen as soon after the specified time as
                    possible on the specified days of each month. For example,
                    if you choose the 1st and the 15th after 9:00 AM, the
                    periodical will be downloaded on the 1st and 15th of every
                    month, as soon after 9:00 AM as possible.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every month, on the specified days.
                    The download will happen as soon after the specified time as
                    possible, on the specified days of each month. For example:
                    if you choose the 1st and the 15th after 9:00 AM, the
                    periodical will be downloaded on the 1st and 15th of every
                    month, as soon after 9:00 AM as possible.

en:                 Download this periodical every x days. For example, if you
                    choose 30 days, the periodical will be downloaded every 30
                    days. Note that you can set periods of less than a day, like
                    0.1 days to download a periodical more than once a day.
en_GB:                 Download this periodical every x days. For example, if you
                    choose 30 days, the periodical will be downloaded every 30
                    days. Note that you can set periods of less than a day, like
                    0.1 days, to download a periodical more than once a day.

en: Maximum number of copies (issues) of this recipe to keep.  Set to 0 to keep all (disable).
en_GB: Maximum number of copies (issues) of this recipe to keep. Set to 0 to keep all (disable).

en: <p>When set, this option will cause calibre to keep, at most, the specified number of issues of this periodical. Every time a new issue is downloaded, the oldest one is deleted, if the total is larger than this number.
    <p>Note that this feature only works if you have the option to add the title as tag checked, above.
    <p>Also, the setting for deleting periodicals older than a number of days, below, takes priority over this setting.
en_GB: <p>When set, this option will cause Calibre to keep, at most, the specified number of issues of this periodical. Every time a new issue is downloaded, the oldest one is deleted, if the total is larger than this number.
    <p>Note that this feature only works if you have the option to add the title as tag checked, above.
    <p>Also, the setting for deleting periodicals older than a number of days, below, takes priority over this setting.

en:  issues
en_GB:  Issues

en: all issues
en_GB: All issues

en: <p>Delete downloaded news older than the specified number of days. Set to zero to disable.
    <p>You can also control the maximum number of issues of a specific periodical that are kept by clicking the Advanced tab for that periodical above.
en_GB: <p>Delete downloaded news older than the specified number of days. (Set to zero to disable)
    <p>You can also control the maximum number of issues of a specific periodical that are kept, by clicking the Advanced tab for that periodical above.

en: No column chosen
en_GB: No column chosen.

en: You must specify a column to be colored
en_GB: You must specify a column to be coloured.

en: The template box cannot be empty
en_GB: The template box cannot be empty.

en: Set the color of the column:
en_GB: Set the colour of the column:

en: Copy a color name to the clipboard:
en_GB: Copy a colour name to the clipboard:

en: Copy the selected color name to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected colour name to the clipboard

en: No file specified to download.
en_GB: No file specified to be downloaded.

en: Losslessly optimizing images, please wait...
en_GB: Losslessly optimising images, please wait...

en: Optimizing images failed, click "Show details" for more information
en_GB: Optimising images failed, click "Show details" for more information

en: Optimizing %s
en_GB: Optimising %s

en: This job cannot be stopped
en_GB: This job cannot be stopped.

en: Double click on any entry to change the keyboard shortcuts associated with it
en_GB: Double click on any entry to change the keyboard shortcuts associated with it.

en: Show books in storage card A
en_GB: Show books on storage card A

en: Show books in storage card B
en_GB: Show books on storage card B

en: Start minimized to system tray.
en_GB: Start minimised to system tray.

en: Ignore custom plugins, useful if you installed a plugin that is preventing calibre from starting
en_GB: Ignore custom plug-ins (useful if you installed a plug-in that is preventing calibre from starting.)

en: Initializing user interface...
en_GB: Initialising user interface...

en:  The green color indicates that the current title sort matches the current title
en_GB:  The green colour indicates that the current title sort matches the current title

en:  The red color warns that the current title sort does not match the current title. No action is required if this is what you want.
en_GB:  The red colour warns that the current title sort does not match the current title. No action is required if this is what you want.

en: Specify how the author(s) of this book should be sorted. For example Charles Dickens should be sorted as Dickens, Charles.
    If the box is colored green, then text matches the individual author's sort strings. If it is colored red, then the authors and this text do not match.
en_GB: Specify how the author(s) of this book should be sorted. For example Charles Dickens should be sorted as Dickens, Charles.
    If the box is coloured green, then text matches the individual author's sort strings. If it is coloured red, then the authors and this text do not match.

en:  The green color indicates that the current author sort matches the current author
en_GB:  The green colour indicates that the current author sort matches the current author

en:  The red color indicates that the current author sort does not match the current author. No action is required if this is what you want.
en_GB:  The red colour indicates that the current author sort does not match the current author. No action is required if this is what you want.

en: Customize the styles and colors of the generated cover
en_GB: Customize the styles and colours of the generated cover

en: The language %s is not recognized | The languages %s are not recognized
en_GB[0]: The language %s is not recognised.
en_GB[1]: The languages %s are not recognised.

en: When the download completes you will be asked for confirmation before calibre applies the downloaded metadata.
en_GB: When the download completes, you will be asked for confirmation before Calibre applies the downloaded metadata.

en: Automatically create the author sort entry based on the current author entry. Using this button to create author sort will change author sort from red to green.  There is a menu of functions available under this button. Click and hold on the button to see it.
en_GB: Automatically create the author sort entry based on the current author entry. Using this button to create author sort will change author sort from red to green. There is a menu of functions available under this button. Click and hold on the button to see it.

en: Manage authors. Use to rename authors and correct individual author's sort values
en_GB: Manage authors. Use to rename authors and correct individual author's sort values.

en: Change how calibre downloads metadata
en_GB: Change how Calibre downloads metadata

en: calibre is downloading metadata from:
en_GB: Calibre is downloading metadata from:

en: Failed to download metadata. Click Show Details to see details
en_GB: Failed to download metadata. Click "Show Details" to see details.

en: When using the  "&Copy to library" action to copy books between libraries, preserve the date
en_GB: Preserve the date when using the "&Copy to library" action to copy books between libraries

en: Confirmation dialogs have all been reset
en_GB: Confirmation dialogues have all been reset

en: If checked, Yes/No custom columns values can be Yes, No, or Unknown.
    If not checked, the values can be Yes or No.
en_GB: If checked, Yes/No custom column values can be Yes, No, or Unknown.
    If not checked, the values can be Yes or No.

en: Reset all disabled &confirmation dialogs
en_GB: Reset all disabled &confirmation dialogues

en: has id
en_GB: has ID

en: does not have id
en_GB: does not have ID

en: Enter a regular expression
en_GB: Enter a regular expression.

en: column coloring
en_GB: column colouring

note: #-#-#-#-#  2919 (Xfce Apps)  #-#-#-#-# parameter of --color-text parameter of --color-bg
en: color
en_GB: colour

en: You must specify at least one non-empty condition for this rule
en_GB: You must specify at least one non-empty condition for this rule.

en: No rule selected
en_GB: No rule selected.

en: Column built from other columns, behaves like tags
en_GB: Column built from other columns, behaves like tags.

en: A list of color names to use when displaying an item. The
    list must be empty or contain a color for each value.
en_GB: A list of colour names to use when displaying an item. The
    list must be empty or contain a colour for each value.

en: How this column should handled in the GUI when sorting and searching
en_GB: How this column should be handled in the GUI when sorting and searching

en: Examples: The format <code>{0:0>4d}</code> gives a 4-digit number with leading zeros. The format <code>{0:d}&nbsp;days</code> prints the number then the word "days"
en_GB: Examples: The format <code>{0:0>4d}</code> gives a 4-digit number with leading zeros. The format <code>{0:d}&nbsp;days</code> prints the number then the word "days".

en: The colors box must be empty or contain the same number of items as the value box
en_GB: The colours box must be empty or contain the same number of items as the value box.

en: The color {0} is unknown
en_GB: The colour {0} is unknown

en: Ensure your device is disconnected, then press OK
en_GB: Ensure your device is disconnected, then press OK.

en: Ensure your device is connected, then press OK
en_GB: Ensure your device is connected, then press OK.

en: Subject of the email to use when sending. When left blank the title will be used for the subject. Also, the same templates used for "Save to disk" such as {title} and {author_sort} can be used here.
en_GB: Subject of the email to use when sending. When left blank, the title will be used for the subject. Also, the same templates used for "Save to disk" such as {title} and {author_sort} can be used here.

en: Change &color
en_GB: Change &colour

en: There is currently a background image set, so the color you have chosen will not be visible. Remove the background image?
en_GB: There is currently a background image set, so the colour you have chosen will not be visible. Remove the background image?

en: A comma-separated list of categories that are not to
    be partitioned even if the number of items is larger than
    the value shown above. This option can be used to
    avoid collapsing hierarchical categories that have only
    a few top-level elements.
en_GB: A comma-separated list of categories that are not to
    be partitioned, even if the number of items is larger than
    the value shown above. This option can be used to
    avoid collapsing hierarchical categories that only have 
    a few top-level elements.

en: This source is configured and ready to go
en_GB: This source is configured and ready to go.

en: This plugin is useful only for <b>Chinese</b> language books. It can return incorrect results for books in English. Are you sure you want to enable it?
en_GB: This plug-in is useful only for <b>Chinese</b> language books. It can return incorrect results for books in English. Are you sure you want to enable it?

en: Sources with a red X next to their names must be configured before they will be used.
en_GB: Sources with a red X next to their names must be configured before they're used.

en: If you uncheck any fields, metadata for those fields will not be downloaded
en_GB: If you uncheck any fields, metadata for those fields will not be downloaded.

en: Restore your own subset of checked fields that you define using the 'Set as default' button
en_GB: Restore your own subset of checked fields that you define using the 'Set as default' button.

en: <p>Different metadata sources have different sets of tags for the same book. If this option is checked, then calibre will use the smaller tag sets. These tend to be more like genres, while the larger tag sets tend to describe the books content.
    <p>Note that this option will only make a practical difference if one of the metadata sources has a genre like tag set for the book you are searching for. Most often, they all have large tag sets.
en_GB: <p>Different metadata sources have different sets of tags for the same book. If this option is checked, then Calibre will use the smaller tag sets. These tend to be more like genres, while the larger tag sets tend to describe the book's content.
    <p>Note that this option will only make a practical difference if one of the metadata sources has a genre-like tag set for the book you are searching for. Most often, they all have large tag sets.

en: Here you can change the metadata calibre uses to update a book when saving to disk or sending to device.
    
    Use this dialog to define a 'plugboard' for a format (or all formats) and a device (or all devices). The plugboard specifies what template is connected to what field. The template is used to compute a value, and that value is assigned to the connected field.
    
    Often templates will contain simple references to composite columns, but this is not necessary. You can use any template in a source box that you can use elsewhere in calibre.
    
    One possible use for a plugboard is to alter the title to contain series information. Another would be to change the author sort, something that mobi users might do to force it to use the ';' that the kindle requires. A third would be to specify the language.
en_GB: Here you can change the metadata calibre uses to update a book when saving to disc or sending to device.
    
    Use this dialog to define a 'plugboard' for a format (or all formats) and a device (or all devices). The plugboard specifies what template is connected to what field. The template is used to compute a value, and that value is assigned to the connected field.
    
    Often templates will contain simple references to composite columns, but this is not necessary. You can use any template in a source box that you can use elsewhere in calibre.
    
    One possible use for a plugboard is to alter the title to contain series information. Another would be to change the author sort, something that mobi users might do to force it to use the ';' that the kindle requires. A third would be to specify the language.

en: 
    Customization:
en_GB: 
    Customisation:

en: Search for plugin
en_GB: Search for plug-in

en: Could not find any matching plugins
en_GB: Could not find any matching plug-ins

en: No valid plugin path
en_GB: No valid plug-in path

en: %s is not a valid plugin path
en_GB: %s is not a valid plug-in path

en: Select an actual plugin under <b>%s</b> to customize
en_GB: Select an actual plug-in under <b>%s</b> to customise

en: Cannot remove builtin plugin
en_GB: Cannot remove built-in plug-in

en:  cannot be removed. It is a builtin plugin. Try disabling it instead.
en_GB:  cannot be removed. It is a built-in plug-in. Try disabling it instead.

en: Show only those plugins that have been installed by you
en_GB: Show only those plug-ins that have been installed by you

en: Show only &user installed plugins
en_GB: Show only &user installed plug-ins

en: Get &new plugins
en_GB: Get &new plug-ins

en: Check for &updated plugins
en_GB: Check for &updated plug-ins

en: &Load plugin from file
en_GB: &Load plug-in from file

en: The search term cannot be blank
en_GB: The search term cannot be blank!

en: That name is already used for a column or grouped search term
en_GB: That name is already used for a column or grouped search term.

en: The value box cannot be empty
en_GB: The value box cannot be empty!

en: The empty grouped search term cannot be deleted
en_GB: The empty grouped search term cannot be deleted!

en: Click to choose toolbar or menu to customize
en_GB: Click to choose toolbar or menu to customise

en: <p>The toolbar in calibre is different depending on whether a device is connected or not. Choose <b>which toolbar</b> you would like to customize:
en_GB: <p>The toolbar in calibre is different, depending on whether a device is connected or not. Choose <b>which toolbar</b> you would like to customise:

en: Choose the toolbar to customize
en_GB: Choose the toolbar to customise

en: This tweak has been customized
en_GB: This tweak has been customised

en: Add/edit tweaks for any custom plugins you have installed. Documentation for these tweaks should be available on the website from where you downloaded the plugins.
en_GB: Add/edit tweaks for any custom plug-ins you have installed. Documentation for these tweaks should be available on the website from where you downloaded the plug-ins.

en: Edit tweaks for any custom plugins you have installed
en_GB: Edit tweaks for any custom plug-ins you have installed

en: &Plugin tweaks
en_GB: &Plug-in tweaks

en: Customize shortcuts for
en_GB: Customise shortcuts for

en: This store is currently disabled and cannot be used in other parts of calibre.
en_GB: This store is currently disabled and cannot be used in other parts of Calibre.

en: This store is currently enabled and can be used in other parts of calibre.
en_GB: This store is currently enabled and can be used in other parts of Calibre.

en: Buying from this store supports the calibre developer: %s.
en_GB: Buying from this store supports the Calibre developer: %s.

en: This book as been detected as having DRM restrictions. This book may not work with your reader and you will have limitations placed upon you as to what you can do with this book. Check with the store before making any purchases to ensure you can actually read this book.
en_GB: This book has been detected as having DRM restrictions. This book may not work with your reader and you will have limitations placed upon you as to what you can do with this book. Check with the store before making any purchases, to ensure you can actually read this book.

en: This book has been detected as being DRM Free. You should be able to use this book on any device provided it is in a format calibre supports for conversion. However, before making a purchase double check the DRM status with the store. The store may not be disclosing the use of DRM.
en_GB: This book has been detected as being DRM Free. You should be able to use this book on any device provided it is in a format Calibre supports for conversion. However, before making a purchase double check the DRM status with the store. The store may not be disclosing the use of DRM.

en: Goto in store...
en_GB: Going to Store...

en: Buying from this store supports the calibre developer: %s</p>
en_GB: Buying from this store supports the Calibre developer: %s</p>

en: The name %s is already used
en_GB: The name %s is already used.

en: First letter is usable only when sorting by name
en_GB: First letter is usable only when sorting by name.

en: Normalize image
en_GB: Normalise image

en: Improve contrast (normalize image)
en_GB: Improve contrast (normalise image)

en: No color
en_GB: No colour

en: Remove color
en_GB: Remove colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  245  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (Color) #-#-#-#-#  1346  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_RadioColor)
en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

en: Change text color
en_GB: Change text colour

en: <h3>Color</h3>Change the color of the selected text
en_GB: <h3>Colour</h3>Change the colour of the selected text

en: Change background color of text
en_GB: Change background colour of text

en: Create/edit &custom color schemes
en_GB: Create/edit &custom colour schemes

en: &Color scheme:
en_GB: &Colour scheme:

en: A dictionary with the nick name "%s" already exists.
en_GB: A dictionary with the nickname "%s" already exists.

en: Quit calibre
en_GB: Quit Calibre

en: Minimize the calibre window
en_GB: Minimise the calibre window

en: Update &plugins
en_GB: Update &plug-ins

en: Install and configure user plugins
en_GB: Install and configure user plug-ins

en: Choose &color
en_GB: Choose &colour

en: Choose a color
en_GB: Choose a colour

en: No username and password set for mailserver. Most  mailservers need a username and password. Are you sure?
en_GB: No username and password set for mailserver. Most mailservers need a username and password. Are you sure?

en: The fields to output when cataloging books in the database.  Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s.
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format
en_GB: The fields to output when cataloguing books in the database. Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s.
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format

en: Entry type for BibTeX catalog.
    Available types: book, misc, mixed.
    Default: '%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format
en_GB: Entry type for BibTeX catalogue.
    Available types: book, misc, mixed.
    Default: '%default'
    Applies to: BIBTEX output format

en: The fields to output when cataloging books in the database.  Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s,
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: CSV, XML output formats
en_GB: The fields to output when cataloguing books in the database. Should be a comma-separated list of fields.
    Available fields: %(fields)s,
    plus user-created custom fields.
    Example: %(opt)s=title,authors,tags
    Default: '%%default'
    Applies to: CSV, XML output formats

en: No books available to catalog
en_GB: No books available to catalogue

en: No books available to include in catalog
en_GB: No books available to include in catalogue

en: The date when the metadata for this book record was last modified
en_GB: The date when the metadata for this book record was last modified.

en: Options to control saving to disk
en_GB: Options to control saving to disc

en: Normally, calibre will update the metadata in the saved files from what is in the calibre library. Makes saving to disk slower.
en_GB: Normally, calibre will update the metadata in the saved files from what is in the calibre library. Makes saving to disc slower.

en: The template to control the filename and directory structure of the saved files. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author subdirectory with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}
en_GB: The template to control the filename and directory structure of the saved files. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author subdirectory, with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}

en: The template to control the filename and directory structure of files sent to the device. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author directory with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}
en_GB: The template to control the filename and directory structure of files sent to the device. Default is "%(templ)s" which will save books into a per-author directory, with filenames containing title and author. Available controls are: {%(controls)s}

en: Normally, calibre will convert all non English characters into English equivalents for the file names. WARNING: If you turn this off, you may experience errors when saving, depending on how well the filesystem you are saving to supports unicode.
en_GB: Normally, calibre will convert all non English characters into English equivalents for the file names. WARNING: If you turn this off, you may experience errors when saving, depending on how well the filesystem you are saving to supports Unicode.

en: Save into a single directory, ignoring the template directory structure
en_GB: Save into a single directory, ignoring the template directory structure.

en: The full interface gives you many more features, but it may not work well on a small screen
en_GB: The full interface gives you many more features, but it may not work well on a small screen.

en: strcat_max(max, string1, prefix2, string2, ...) -- Returns a string formed by concatenating the arguments. The returned value is initialized to string1. `Prefix, string` pairs are added to the end of the value as long as the resulting string length is less than `max`. String1 is returned even if string1 is longer than max. You can pass as many `prefix, string` pairs as you wish.
en_GB: strcat_max(max, string1, prefix2, string2, ...) -- Returns a string formed by concatenating the arguments. The returned value is initialized to string1. `Prefix, string` pairs are added to the end of the value, as long as the resulting string length is less than `max`. String1 is returned even if string1 is longer than max. You can pass as many `prefix, string` pairs as you wish.

en: swap_around_comma(val) -- given a value of the form "B, A", return "A B". This is most useful for converting names in LN, FN format to FN LN. If there is no comma, the function returns val unchanged
en_GB: swap_around_comma(val) -- given a value of the form "B, A", return "A B". This is most useful for converting names in LN, FN format to FN LN. If there is no comma, the function returns val unchanged.

en: format_date(val, format_string) -- format the value, which must be a date, using the format_string, returning a string. The formatting codes are: d    : the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31) dd   : the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31) ddd  : the abbreviated localized day name (e.g. "Mon" to "Sun"). dddd : the long localized day name (e.g. "Monday" to "Sunday"). M    : the month as number without a leading zero (1 to 12). MM   : the month as number with a leading zero (01 to 12) MMM  : the abbreviated localized month name (e.g. "Jan" to "Dec"). MMMM : the long localized month name (e.g. "January" to "December"). yy   : the year as two digit number (00 to 99). yyyy : the year as four digit number. h    : the hours without a leading 0 (0 to 11 or 0 to 23, depending on am/pm) hh   : the hours with a leading 0 (00 to 11 or 00 to 23, depending on am/pm) m    : the minutes without a leading 0 (0 to 59) mm   : the minutes with a leading 0 (00 to 59) s    : the seconds without a leading 0 (0 to 59) ss   : the seconds with a leading 0 (00 to 59) ap   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "ap" replaced by the localized string for am or pm AP   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "AP" replaced by the localized string for AM or PM iso  : the date with time and timezone. Must be the only format present
en_GB: format_date(val, format_string) -- format the value, which must be a date, using the format_string, returning a string. The formatting codes are: d    : the day as number without a leading zero (1 to 31) dd   : the day as number with a leading zero (01 to 31) ddd  : the abbreviated localised day name (e.g. "Mon" to "Sun"). dddd : the long localised day name (e.g. "Monday" to "Sunday"). M    : the month as number without a leading zero (1 to 12). MM   : the month as number with a leading zero (01 to 12) MMM  : the abbreviated localised month name (e.g. "Jan" to "Dec"). MMMM : the long localised month name (e.g. "January" to "December"). yy   : the year as two digit number (00 to 99). yyyy : the year as four digit number. h    : the hours without a leading 0 (0 to 11 or 0 to 23, depending on am/pm) hh   : the hours with a leading 0 (00 to 11 or 00 to 23, depending on am/pm) m    : the minutes without a leading 0 (0 to 59) mm   : the minutes with a leading 0 (00 to 59) s    : the seconds without a leading 0 (0 to 59) ss   : the seconds with a leading 0 (00 to 59) ap   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "ap" replaced by the localised string for am or pm AP   : use a 12-hour clock instead of a 24-hour clock, with "AP" replaced by the localised string for AM or PM iso  : the date with time and timezone. Must be the only format present.

en: has_cover() -- return Yes if the book has a cover, otherwise return the empty string
en_GB: has_cover() -- return Yes if the book has a cover, otherwise return the empty string.

en: Aborted, taking too long
en_GB: Aborted, taking too long.

en: Select Color
en_GB: Select Colour

en: &Basic colors
en_GB: &Basic colours

en: &Custom colors
en_GB: &Custom colours

en: &Add to Custom Colors
en_GB: &Add to Custom Colours

en: &Pick Screen Color
en_GB: &Pick Screen Colour

en: Should the completion separator be append
    to the end of the completed text to
    automatically begin a new completion operation
    for authors.
    Can be either True or False
en_GB: Should the completion separator be appended
    to the end of the completed text to
    automatically begin a new completion operation
    for authors.
    Can be either True or False

en: Specify columns to sort the booklist by on startup
en_GB: Specify columns by which to sort the booklist on startup

en: Control how title and series names are formatted when saving to disk/sending
    to device. The behavior depends on the field being processed. If processing
    title, then if this tweak is set to 'library_order', the title will be
    replaced with title_sort. If it is set to 'strictly_alphabetic', then the
    title will not be changed. If processing series, then if set to
    'library_order', articles such as 'The' and 'An' will be moved to the end. If
    set to 'strictly_alphabetic', the series will be sent without change.
    For example, if the tweak is set to library_order, "The Lord of the Rings"
    will become "Lord of the Rings, The". If the tweak is set to
    strictly_alphabetic, it would remain "The Lord of the Rings". Note that the
    formatter function raw_field will return the base value for title and
    series regardless of the setting of this tweak.
en_GB: Control how title and series names are formatted when saving to disk/sending
    to device. The behaviour depends on the field being processed. If processing
    title, then if this tweak is set to 'library_order', the title will be
    replaced with title_sort. If it is set to 'strictly_alphabetic', then the
    title will not be changed. If processing series, then if set to
    'library_order', articles such as 'The' and 'An' will be moved to the end. If
    set to 'strictly_alphabetic', the series will be sent without change.
    For example, if the tweak is set to library_order, "The Lord of the Rings"
    will become "Lord of the Rings, The". If the tweak is set to
    strictly_alphabetic, it would remain "The Lord of the Rings". Note that the
    formatter function raw_field will return the base value for title and
    series regardless of the setting of this tweak.

en: Specify a folder calibre should connect to at startup
en_GB: Specify a folder Calibre should connect to at startup

en: Set this to True to ensure that tags in 'Tags to add when adding
    a book' are added when copying books to another library
en_GB: Set this to True to ensure that tags in 'Tags to add when adding
    a book' are added when copying books to another library.

en: Set the maximum number of sort 'levels' that calibre will use to resort the
    library after certain operations such as searches or device insertion. Each
    sort level adds a performance penalty. If the database is large (thousands of
    books) the penalty might be noticeable. If you are not concerned about multi-
    level sorts, and if you are seeing a slowdown, reduce the value of this tweak.
en_GB: Set the maximum number of sort 'levels' that Calibre will use to resort the
    library after certain operations such as searches or device insertion. Each
    sort level adds a performance penalty. If the database is large (thousands of
    books) the penalty might be noticeable. If you are not concerned about multi-
    level sorts, and if you are seeing a slowdown, reduce the value of this tweak.

en: The value used for the fuzz distance when trimming a cover.
    Colors within this distance are considered equal.
    The distance is in absolute intensity units.
en_GB: The value used for the fuzz distance when trimming a cover.
    Colours within this distance are considered equal.
    The distance is in absolute intensity units.

en: Number of columns for custom metadata in the edit metadata dialog
en_GB: Number of columns for custom metadata in the edit metadata dialogue.

en: Set whether to use one or two columns for custom metadata when editing
    metadata  one book at a time. If True, then the fields are laid out using two
    columns. If False, one column is used.
en_GB: Set whether to use one or two columns for custom metadata, when editing
    metadata one book at a time. If True, then the fields are laid out using two
    columns. If False, one column is used.

en: The maximum width and height for covers saved in the calibre library
en_GB: The maximum width and height for covers saved in the Calibre library

en: All covers in the calibre library will be resized, preserving aspect ratio,
    to fit within this size. This is to prevent slowdowns caused by extremely
    large covers
en_GB: All covers in the Calibre library will be resized, preserving aspect ratio,
    to fit within this size. This is to prevent slowdowns caused by extremely
    large covers.

en: When automatically sending downloaded news to a connected device, calibre
    will by default send it to the main memory. By changing this tweak, you can
    control where it is sent. Valid values are "main", "carda", "cardb". Note
    that if there isn't enough free space available on the location you choose,
    the files will be sent to the location with the most free space.
en_GB: When automatically sending downloaded news to a connected device, Calibre
    will by default send it to the main memory. By changing this tweak, you can
    control where it is sent. Valid values are "main", "carda", "cardb". Note
    that if there isn't enough free space available on the location you choose,
    the files will be sent to the location with the most free space.

en: Change the font size at which book details are rendered in the side panel and
    comments are rendered in the metadata edit dialog. Set it to a positive or
    negative number to increase or decrease the font size.
en_GB: Change the font size at which book details are rendered in the side panel and
    comments are rendered in the metadata edit dialogue. Set it to a positive or
    negative number to increase or decrease the font size.

en: Customizing calibre
en_GB: Customising calibre

en: Adding your favorite news website to calibre
en_GB: Adding your favourite news website to calibre

en: Customizing calibre's e-book conversion
en_GB: Customising calibre's e-book conversion

en: In addition to the column based fields, you also can use::
en_GB: In addition to the column based fields, you can also use::

en: calibre includes a built-in E-book viewer that can view all the major e-book formats. The E-book viewer is highly customizable and has many advanced features.
en_GB: calibre includes a built-in E-book viewer that can view all the major e-book formats. The E-book viewer is highly customisable and has many advanced features.

en: Customizing the look and feel of your reading experience
en_GB: Customising the look and feel of your reading experience

note: #-#-#-#-#  1446 (ksysguard)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2) #-#-#-#-#  2600  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label6)
en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

en: Format not recognized
en_GB: Format not recognised

en: Millimeters (mm)
en_GB: Millimetres (mm)

en: Centimeters (cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (cm)

en: Decimeters (dm)
en_GB: Decimetres (dm)

en: Undefined operation in the alpha color space
en_GB: Undefined operation in the alpha colour space

en: Undefined operation in the %1 color space
en_GB: Undefined operation in the %1 colour space

en: Simple Color Conversion Engine
en_GB: Simple Colour Conversion Engine

en: Color Dodge
en_GB: Colour Dodge

en: Color Burn
en_GB: Colour Burn

en: Darker Color
en_GB: Darker Colour

en: Lighter Color
en_GB: Lighter Colour

en: Color HSI
en_GB: Colour HSI

en: Color HSL
en_GB: Colour HSL

en: Color HSV
en_GB: Colour HSV

en: Grayscale (without transparency)
en_GB: Greyscale (without transparency)

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Background Color
en_GB: Set Background Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Text Color
en_GB: Set Text Colour

en: Add / Remove Colors...
en_GB: Add / Remove Colours...

en: Add Color To Palette
en_GB: Add Colour To Palette

note: #-#-#-#-#  1444 (kstars)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Color name:
en_GB: Colour name:

en: Gimp Color Palette (*.gpl)
en_GB: Gimp Colour Palette (*.gpl)

en: Add/Remove Colors
en_GB: Add/Remove Colours

en: Change the filling color
en_GB: Change the filling colour

en: Color stop:
en_GB: Colour stop:

en: Stop color.
en_GB: Stop colour.

en: Change the color of the shadow
en_GB: Change the colour of the shadow

en: Change the color of the line/border
en_GB: Change the colour of the line/border

en: Toggles organizing the options in tabs or not
en_GB: Toggles organising the options in tabs or not

[ctx: @action:button Go forward to the next word in history]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

note: #-#-#-#-#  133 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDefaultButton) #-#-#-#-#  1376 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kspread/html/exportwidget.ui line 171
en: Select this option to use the default fonts and colors for the HTML page.
en_GB: Select this option to use the default fonts and colours for the HTML page.

note: #-#-#-#-#  133 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, mPixelsBetweenCells) #-#-#-#-#  1376 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kspread/html/exportwidget.ui line 242
en: Use this option to define how many pixels there should be between the cells. This effect is better visible if you check <b>Use borders</b> too.
en_GB: Use this option to define how many pixels there should be between the cells. This effect is better visible if you tick <b>Use borders</b> too.

en: This document was created with OpenOffice.org version '%1'. This filter was written for version 1.0. Reading this file could cause strange behavior, crashes or incorrect display of the data. Do you want to continue converting the document?
en_GB: This document was created with OpenOffice.org version '%1'. This filter was written for version 1.0. Reading this file could cause strange behaviour, crashes or incorrect display of the data. Do you want to continue converting the document?

note: #-#-#-#-#  133 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ImportDialogUI) #-#-#-#-#  1376 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kword/ascii/ImportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: Plain Text Import Dialog
en_GB: Plain Text Import Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: ToolBar (colorAndBorderToolBar)
en: Color/Border
en_GB: Colour/Border

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Border Color
en_GB: Change Border Colour

en: Cyprus Pound
en_GB: Cypriot Pound

en: Fiji Dollar
en_GB: Fijian Dollar

en: Iceland Krona
en_GB: Icelandic Krona

en: Rwanda Franc
en_GB: Rwandan Franc

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, FontWidget)
en: You can select here the font style, size and color, including some additional options like underlined or stroke out text for the current cell text. The lower part of the page gives a preview of the selected text format.
    The default font is set for all cells in the Format -> Style Manager menu with the currently used style.
en_GB: You can select here the font style, size and colour, including some additional options like underlined or stroke out text for the current cell text. The lower part of the page gives a preview of the selected text format.
    The default font is set for all cells in the Format -> Style Manager menu with the currently used style.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, style_combo) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, size_combo)
en: Choose the style for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different styles, the displayed style is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current style settings for each cell. Changing to Roman for example will change all the selected cells style text to Roman.
en_GB: Choose the style for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different styles, the displayed style is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current style settings for each cell. Changing to Roman for example will change all the selected cells' font style to Roman.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, weight_combo)
en: Choose the weight for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different font weight, the displayed weight is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current weight settings for each cell. Changing to Bold for example will change all the selected cells font weight to Bold.
en_GB: Choose the weight for your font for the currently selected cells. When you select several cells with different font weight, the displayed weight is set to Varying (No Change) and leaving it that way will keep all your current weight settings for each cell. Changing to Bold for example will change all the selected cells' font weight to Bold.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, underline)
en: If this is checked, the current cell text will be underlined.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the current cell text will be underlined.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, textColorButton)
en: Choose the color for the current cell text. Clicking on the color bar will bring you the standard KDE Select Color dialog where you will be able to choose the new color.
en_GB: Choose the colour for the current cell text. Clicking on the colour bar will bring you the standard KDE Select Colour dialogue where you will be able to choose the new colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, strike)
en: This will strike out the current cell text if this is checked.
en_GB: This will strike out the current cell text if this is ticked.

en: Goto Cell
en_GB: Go to Cell

en: The style name can not be empty.
en_GB: The style name cannot be empty.

en: The number notation uses the notation you globally choose in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Numbers tab. Numbers are right justified by default.
en_GB: The number notation uses the notation you globally choose in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Numbers tab. Numbers are right justified by default.

en: When you have a number in the current cell and you switch from the dcell format from Generic to Percent, the current cell number will be multiplied by 100%.
    For example if you enter 12 and set the cell format to Percent, the number will then be 1,200 %. Switching back to Generic cell format will bring it back to 12.
    You can also use the Percent icon in the Format Toolbar.
en_GB: When you have a number in the current cell and you switch the cell format from Generic to Percent, the current cell number will be multiplied by 100%.
    For example if you enter 12 and set the cell format to Percent, the number will then be 1,200 %. Switching back to Generic cell format will bring it back to 12.
    You can also use the Percent icon in the Format Toolbar.

en: The Money format converts your number into money notation using the settings globally fixed in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Money. The currency symbol will be displayed and the precision will be the one set in System Settings.
    You can also use the Currency icon in the Format Toolbar to set the cell formatting to look like your current currency.
en_GB: The Money format converts your number into money notation using the settings globally fixed in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Money. The currency symbol will be displayed and the precision will be the one set in System Settings.
    You can also use the Currency icon in the Format Toolbar to set the cell formatting to look like your current currency.

en: The scientific format changes your number using the scientific notation. For example, 0.0012 will be changed to 1.2E-03. Going back using Generic cell format will display 0.0012 again.
en_GB: The scientific format changes your number using the scientific notation. For example, 0.0012 will be changed to 1.2E-03. Going back to using Generic cell format will display 0.0012 again.

en: The fraction format changes your number into a fraction. For example, 0.1 can be changed to 1/8, 2/16, 1/10, etc. You define the type of fraction by choosing it in the field on the right. If the exact fraction is not possible in the fraction mode you choose, the nearest closest match is chosen.
     For example: when we have 1.5 as number, we choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 the text displayed into cell is "1 8/16" which is an exact fraction. If you have 1.4 as number in your cell and you choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 then the cell will display "1 6/16" which is the nearest closest Sixteenth fraction.
en_GB: The fraction format changes your number into a fraction. For example, 0.1 can be changed to 1/8, 2/16, 1/10, etc. You define the type of fraction by choosing it in the field on the right. If the exact fraction is not possible in the fraction mode you choose, the nearest closest match is chosen.
     For example: when we have 1.5 as number, we choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 the text displayed in the cell is "1 8/16" which is an exact fraction. If you have 1.4 as number in your cell and you choose Fraction and Sixteenths 1/16 then the cell will display "1 6/16" which is the nearest closest sixteenth fraction.

en: To enter a date, you should enter it in one of the formats set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. There are two formats set here: the date format and the short date format.
    Just like you can drag down numbers you can also drag down dates and the next cells will also get dates.
en_GB: To enter a date, you should enter it in one of the formats set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. There are two formats set here: the date format and the short date format.
    Just like you can drag down numbers you can also drag down dates and the next cells will also get dates.

en: This formats your cell content as a time. To enter a time, you should enter it in the Time format set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Date & Time. In the Cell Format dialog box you can set how the time should be displayed by choosing one of the available time format options. The default format is the system format set in System Settings. When the number in the cell does not make sense as a time, Calligra Sheets will display 00:00 in the global format you have in System Settings.
en_GB: This formats your cell content as a time. To enter a time, you should enter it in the Time format set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Date & Time. In the Cell Format dialogue box you can set how the time should be displayed by choosing one of the available time format options. The default format is the system format set in System Settings. When the number in the cell does not make sense as a time, Calligra Sheets will display 00:00 in the global format you have in System Settings.

en: This formats your cell content as date and time. To enter a date and a time, you should enter it in the Time format set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behavior -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. In the Cell Format dialog box you can set how the time should be displayed by choosing one of the available date format options. The default format is the system format set in System Settings. When the number in the cell does not make sense as a date and time, Calligra Sheets will display 00:00 in the global format you have in System Settings.
en_GB: This formats your cell content as date and time. To enter a date and a time, you should enter it in the Time format set in System Settings -> Common Appearance and Behaviour -> Locale -> Country/Region & Language -> Time & Dates. In the Cell Format dialogue box you can set how the time should be displayed by choosing one of the available date format options. The default format is the system format set in System Settings. When the number in the cell does not make sense as a date and time, Calligra Sheets will display 00:00 in the global format you have in System Settings.

en: This formats your cell content as text. This can be useful if you want a number treated as text instead as a number, for example for a ZIP code. Setting a number as text format will left justify it. When numbers are formatted as text, they cannot be used in calculations or formulas. It also change the way the cell is justified.
en_GB: This formats your cell content as text. This can be useful if you want a number treated as text instead as a number, for example for a ZIP code. Setting a number as text format will left justify it. When numbers are formatted as text, they cannot be used in calculations or formulae. It also change the way the cell is justified.

en: You can add here a Postfix such as a $HK symbol to the end of each cell content in the checked format.
en_GB: You can add here a postfix such as a $HK symbol to the end of each cell content in the ticked format.

en: You can control how many digits are displayed after the decimal point for numeric values. This can also be changed using the Increase precision or Decrease precision icons in the Format toolbar.
en_GB: You can control how many digits are displayed after the decimal point for numeric values. This can also be changed using the Increase precision or decrease precision icons in the Format toolbar.

en: You can add here a Prefix such as a $ symbol at the start of each cell content in the checked format.
en_GB: You can add here a prefix such as a $ symbol at the start of each cell content in the ticked format.

en: No Color
en_GB: No Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, horizontalGroup)
en: <qt>Set the content position horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Standard</b> is default and is set from the format you choose.
    <b>Left</b> means the content will be displayed on the left of the cell.
    <b>Center</b> means the content will be in the center horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Right</b> means the content of the cell will be displayed on the right of the cell.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Set the content position horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Standard</b> is default and is set from the format you choose.
    <b>Left</b> means the content will be displayed on the left of the cell.
    <b>Centre</b> means the content will be in the centre horizontally in the cell.
    <b>Right</b> means the content of the cell will be displayed on the right of the cell.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox5)
en: When checked, this has the same effect as Format ->Merge Cells. You need to have at least two consecutive cells selected. Those consecutive cells are then merged into a bigger one.
    When a merged cell is selected and when you uncheck this, then all cells come back to their original size as before the merging. It has the same effect as Format -> Dissociate Cells.
en_GB: When ticked, this has the same effect as Format ->Merge Cells. You need to have at least two consecutive cells selected. Those consecutive cells are then merged into a bigger one.
    When a merged cell is selected and when you untick this, then all cells come back to their original size as before the merging. It has the same effect as Format -> Dissociate Cells.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, sizeCellGroup)
en: The unit used here is the one set in Format -> Page Layout.. dialog.
en_GB: The unit used here is the one set in Format -> Page Layout.. dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, defaultHeight)
en: If checked, the default height will be used for the cell instead of the value above.
en_GB: If ticked, the default height will be used for the cell instead of the value above.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, defaultWidth)
en: If checked, the default width will be used for the cell instead of the value above.
en_GB: If ticked, the default width will be used for the cell instead of the value above.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: This is only available when the rotation is 0°.
    Wrap text wraps the text so it fits in the previous cell size. If this is not checked, the text will stay on one line and the cell size will be adjusted to contain the text.
    Vertical text puts your text vertically.
en_GB: This is only available when the rotation is 0°.
    Wrap text wraps the text so it fits in the previous cell size. If this is not ticked, the text will stay on one line and the cell size will be adjusted to contain the text.
    Vertical text puts your text vertically.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_bDontPrint)
en: If checked, the content of the cell will not be printed. If this is not checked (default), the cell content will be printed.
    Note that you can print it even if the cell is protected
en_GB: If ticked, the content of the cell will not be printed. If this is not ticked (default), the cell content will be printed.
    Note that you can print it even if the cell is protected

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_bIsProtected)
en: If checked, the cell content will be protected. This is the default behavior. You need to protect the whole sheet using the Tools -> Protect Sheet... menu option for this individual cell protection to work. See the manual for more details in the Advanced Calligra Sheets chapter. When a cell is protected, its content cannot be changed.
en_GB: If ticked, the cell content will be protected. This is the default behaviour. You need to protect the whole sheet using the Tools -> Protect Sheet... menu option for this individual cell protection to work. See the manual for more details in the Advanced Calligra Sheets chapter. When a cell is protected, its content cannot be changed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_bHideFormula)
en: When this is checked, the cell is still visible. However, its contents do not appear in the Formula bar. Hiding formula is only working for cells that contain formulae so the user cannot view the formula. And the sheet must be protected for this to work.
en_GB: When this is ticked, the cell is still visible. However, its contents do not appear in the Formula bar. Hiding formula is only working for cells that contain formulae so the user cannot view the formula. And the sheet must be protected for this to work.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_copyLayout)
en: Copy cell formatting (Borders, Colors, Text Style)
en_GB: Copy cell formatting (Borders, Colours, Text Style)

en: The POLR() function returns the radius corresponding to the position of a point in a cartesian landmark.
en_GB: The POLR() function returns the radius corresponding to the position of a point in a Cartesian landmark.

en: The POLA() function returns the angle (in radians) corresponding to the position of a point in a cartesian landmark.
en_GB: The POLA() function returns the angle (in radians) corresponding to the position of a point in a Cartesian landmark.

en: The WEEKDAY() function returns the weekday of given date. If the method is 1 (default) WEEKDAY() returns 1 for sunday, 2 for monday,.. If the method is 2, monday is 1, tuesday 2, ... and if the method is 3 WEEKDAY() returns 0 for monday, 1 for tuesday,...
en_GB: The WEEKDAY() function returns the weekday of given date. If the method is 1 (default) WEEKDAY() returns 1 for Sunday, 2 for Monday, ... If the method is 2, Monday is 1, Tuesday 2, ... and if the method is 3 WEEKDAY() returns 0 for Monday, 1 for Tuesday,...

en: WEEKS("2002-19-02"; "2002-19-02"; 1) returns 0, because there is not a whole week in between, starting at the first day of the week (monday or sunday, depending on your local settings)
en_GB: WEEKS("2002-19-02"; "2002-19-02"; 1) returns 0, because there is not a whole week in between, starting at the first day of the week (Monday or Sunday, depending on your local settings)

en: WEEKNUM(A1; 1) returns 11 when A1 is "9th of March 2008". Number of the week in the year, with a week beginning on Sunday (1, this is the default if Method is omitted.)
en_GB: WEEKNUM(A1; 1) returns 11 when A1 is "9th of March 2008". Number of the week in the year, with a week beginning on Sunday (1, this is the default if Method is omitted).

en: Supported distance units: m (meter), in (inch), ft (feet), mi (mile), Nmi (nautical mile), ang (Angstrom), parsec, lightyear.
en_GB: Supported distance units: m (metre), in (inch), ft (feet), mi (mile), Nmi (nautical mile), ang (Angstrom), parsec, lightyear.

en: Supported power units: W (Watt), HP (horsepower), PS (Pferdestaerke).
en_GB: Supported power units: W (Watt), HP (horsepower), PS (Pferdestärke).

en: Supported volume units: l (liter), tsp (teaspoon), tbs (tablespoon), oz (ounce liquid), cup, pt (pint), qt (quart), gal (gallon), barrel, m3 (cubic meter), mi3 (cubic mile), Nmi3 (cubic Nautical mile), in3 (cubic inch), ft3 (cubic foot), yd3 (cubic yard), GRT or regton (gross register ton).
en_GB: Supported volume units: l (litre), tsp (teaspoon), tbs (tablespoon), oz (ounce liquid), cup, pt (pint), qt (quart), gal (gallon), barrel, m3 (cubic metre), mi3 (cubic mile), Nmi3 (cubic Nautical mile), in3 (cubic inch), ft3 (cubic foot), yd3 (cubic yard), GRT or regton (gross register ton).

en: Supported area units: m2 (square meter), mi2 (square mile), Nmi2 (square Nautical mile), in2 (square inch), ft2 (square foot), yd2 (square yard), acre, ha (hectare).
en_GB: Supported area units: m2 (square metre), mi2 (square mile), Nmi2 (square Nautical mile), in2 (square inch), ft2 (square foot), yd2 (square yard), acre, ha (hectare).

en: Supported speed units: m/s (meters per second), m/h (meters per hour), mph (miles per hour), kn (knot).
en_GB: Supported speed units: m/s (metres per second), m/h (metres per hour), mph (miles per hour), kn (knot).

en: The AMORDEGRC function calculates the amortization value for the French accounting system using degressive depreciation.
en_GB: The AMORDEGRC function calculates the amortisation value for the French accounting system using degressive depreciation.

en: The AMORLINC function calculates the amortization value for the French accounting system using linear depreciation.
en_GB: The AMORLINC function calculates the amortisation value for the French accounting system using linear depreciation.

en: The COMPOUND() function returns the value of an investment, given the principal, nominal interest rate, compounding frequency and time. For example: $5000 at 12% interest compounded quarterly for 5 years will become COMPOUND(5000;0.12;4;5) or $9030.56.
en_GB: The COMPOUND() function returns the value of an investment, given the principal, nominal interest rate, compounding frequency and time. For example: £5000 at 12% interest compounded quarterly for 5 years will become COMPOUND(5000;0.12;4;5) or £9030.56.

en: The CONTINUOUS() function calculates the return on continuously compounded interest, given the principal, nominal rate and time in years. For example: $1000 earning 10% for 1 year becomes CONTINUOUS(1000;.1;1) or $1105.17.
en_GB: The CONTINUOUS() function calculates the return on continuously compounded interest, given the principal, nominal rate and time in years. For example: £1000 earning 10% for 1 year becomes CONTINUOUS(1000;.1;1) or £1105.17.

en: The FV() function returns the future value of an investment, given the yield and the time elapsed. If you have $1000 in a bank account earning 8% interest, after two years you will have FV(1000;0.08;2) or $1166.40.
en_GB: The FV() function returns the future value of an investment, given the yield and the time elapsed. If you have £1000 in a bank account earning 8% interest, after two years you will have FV(1000;0.08;2) or £1166.40.

en: The FV_ANNUITY() function returns the future value of a stream of payments given the amount of the payment, the interest rate and the number of periods. For example: If you receive $500 per year for 20 years, and invest it at 8%, the total after 20 years will be FV_annuity(500;0.08;20) or $22,880.98. This function assumes that payments are made at the end of each period.
en_GB: The FV_ANNUITY() function returns the future value of a stream of payments given the amount of the payment, the interest rate and the number of periods. For example: If you receive $500 per year for 20 years, and invest it at 8%, the total after 20 years will be FV_ANNUITY(500;0.08;20) or $22,880.98. This function assumes that payments are made at the end of each period.

en: Period is the amortizement period. 1 for the first and NPER for the last period.
en_GB: Period is the amortisement period. 1 for the first and NPER for the last period.

en: Period is the amortizement period. 1 for the first and NPer for the last period.
en_GB: Period is the amortisement period. 1 for the first and NPer for the last period.

en: The LEVEL_COUPON() function calculates the value of a level-coupon bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a $1000 bond with semi-annual coupons at a rate of 13% that matures in 4 years is worth LEVEL_COUPON(1000;.13;2;4;.1) or $1096.95.
en_GB: The LEVEL_COUPON() function calculates the value of a level-coupon bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a £1000 bond with semi-annual coupons at a rate of 13% that matures in 4 years is worth LEVEL_COUPON(1000;.13;2;4;.1) or £1096.95.

en: The NOMINAL() function calculates the nominal (stated) interest rate for an effective (annualized) interest rate compounded at given intervals. For example: to earn 8% on an account compounded monthly, you need a return of NOMINAL(.08;12) or 7.72%.
en_GB: The NOMINAL() function calculates the nominal (stated) interest rate for an effective (annualised) interest rate compounded at given intervals. For example: to earn 8% on an account compounded monthly, you need a return of NOMINAL(.08;12) or 7.72%.

en: The PV() function returns the present value of an investment -- the value today of a sum of money in the future, given the rate of interest or inflation. For example if you need $1166.40 for your new computer and you want to buy it in two years while earning 8% interest, you need to start with PV(1166.4;0.08;2) or $1000.
en_GB: The PV() function returns the present value of an investment -- the value today of a sum of money in the future, given the rate of interest or inflation. For example if you need £1166.40 for your new computer and you want to buy it in two years while earning 8% interest, you need to start with PV(1166.4;0.08;2) or £1000.

en: The SYD() function will calculate the sum-of-years digits depreciation for an asset based on its cost, salvage value, anticipated life, and a particular period. This method accelerates the rate of the depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The depreciable cost is the actual cost minus the salvage value. The useful life is the number of periods (typically years) over which the asset is depreciated.
en_GB: The SYD() function will calculate the sum-of-years digits depreciation for an asset based on its cost, salvage value, anticipated life, and a particular period. This method accelerates the rate of the depreciation, so that more depreciation expense occurs in earlier periods than in later ones. The deprecable cost is the actual cost minus the salvage value. The useful life is the number of periods (typically years) over which the asset is depreciated.

en: The ZERO_COUPON() function calculates the value of a zero-coupon (pure discount) bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a $1000 bond that matures in 20 years is worth ZERO_COUPON(1000;.1;20) or $148.64.
en_GB: The ZERO_COUPON() function calculates the value of a zero-coupon (pure discount) bond. For example: if the interest rate is 10%, a £1000 bond that matures in 20 years is worth ZERO_COUPON(1000;.1;20) or £148.64.

en: Denumerator
en_GB: Denominator

en: Function QUOTIENT returns the integer portion of numerator/denumerator.
en_GB: Function QUOTIENT returns the integer portion of numerator/denominator

en: QUOTIENT(numerator;denumerator)
en_GB: QUOTIENT(numerator;denominator)

en: Returns the number of areas in the reference string. An area can be asingle cell or a set of cells.
en_GB: Returns the number of areas in the reference string. An area can be a single cell or a set of cells.

en: The LOOKUP function looks up the first parameter in the lookup vector. It returns a value in the result Vector with the same index as the matching value in the lookup vector. If value is not in the lookup vector it takes the next lower one. If no value in the lookup vector matches an error is returned. The lookup vector must be in ascending order and lookup and result vector must have the same size. Numeric values, string and boolean values are recognized. Comparison between strings is case-insensitive.
en_GB: The LOOKUP function looks up the first parameter in the lookup vector. It returns a value in the result Vector with the same index as the matching value in the lookup vector. If value is not in the lookup vector it takes the next lower one. If no value in the lookup vector matches an error is returned. The lookup vector must be in ascending order and the lookup and result vector must have the same size. Numeric values, string and boolean values are recognised. Comparison between strings is case-insensitive.

en: Number to be normalized
en_GB: Number to be normalised

en: The STANDARDIZE() function calculates a normalized value.
en_GB: The STANDARDIZE() function calculates a normalised value.

en: DOLLAR(1403.77) returns "$ 1,403.77"
en_GB: DOLLAR(1403.77) returns "£ 1,403.77"

en: DOLLAR(-0.123;4) returns "$-0.1230"
en_GB: DOLLAR(-0.123;4) returns "£-0.1230"

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_createBackupFile)
en: Check this box if you want some backup files created. This is checked per default.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want some backup files created. This is ticked per default.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_statusBarFunction)
en: This drop down selection box can be used to choose the calculation performed by the Statusbar Summary  function.
en_GB: This drop down selection box can be used to choose the calculation performed by the Statusbar Summary function.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorCombo, m_gridColor)
en: Click here to change the grid color ie the color of the borders of each cell.
en_GB: Click here to change the grid colour ie the colour of the borders of each cell.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorCombo, m_pageOutlineColor)
en: When the View ->Show Page Borders menu item is checked, the page borders are displayed. Click here to choose another color for the borders than the default red.
en_GB: When the View ->Show Page Borders menu item is ticked, the page borders are displayed. Click here to choose another colour for the borders than the default red.

note: #-#-#-#-#  134 (kspread)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, horizontalCheckBox)
en: Center horizontally
en_GB: Centre horizontally

note: #-#-#-#-#  134 (kspread)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, verticalCheckBox)
en: Center vertically
en_GB: Centre vertically

en: Spell Checker Behavior
en_GB: Spell Checker Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showCommentIndicatorCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked cells containing comments will be marked by a small red triangle at the top right corner.
en_GB: If this box is ticked cells containing comments will be marked by a small red triangle at the top right corner.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useLCModeCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked the cell reference shown at the left end of the Formula Bar will be displayed in LC mode (i.e. L2C3) rather than in its normal form B3. This does not seem to be of much use at the moment.
en_GB: If this box is ticked the cell reference shown at the left end of the Formula Bar will be displayed in LC mode (i.e. L2C3) rather than in its normal form B3. This does not seem to be of much use at the moment.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showPageOutlineCheckBox)
en: If you check this option, the page borders will be drawn on your current sheet. Per default the page borders are not displayed. It is useful to see the page borders if you want to print your sheet.
en_GB: If you tick this option, the page borders will be drawn on your current sheet. Per default the page borders are not displayed. It is useful to see the page borders if you want to print your sheet.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, capitalizeFirstLetterCheckBox)
en: Check this box and the first letter of any text you type in will automatically be converted to uppercase.
en_GB: Tick this box and the first letter of any text you type in will automatically be converted to uppercase.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, hideZeroCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked any cell containing the value zero will appear blank.
en_GB: If this box is ticked any cell containing the value zero will appear blank.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showFormulaCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked Calligra Sheets will display the actual formulae in cells rather than the results.
en_GB: If this box is ticked Calligra Sheets will display the actual formulae in cells rather than the results.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showColumnAsNumbersCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked the column headings will show as numbers rather than as letters. Letters are default.
en_GB: If this box is ticked the column headings will show as numbers rather than as letters. Letters are default.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showFormulaIndicatorCheckBox)
en: If this box is checked Calligra Sheets will display a small blue triangle at the bottom left corner of cells containing formulae. This is useful if you want to protect cells with formulae.
en_GB: If this box is ticked Calligra Sheets will display a small blue triangle at the bottom left corner of cells containing formulae. This is useful if you want to protect cells with formulae.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showGridCheckBox)
en: If checked, the grid (the cell limits) will be shown. This is the default. If unchecked, the grid will be hidden.
en_GB: If ticked, the grid (the cell limits) will be shown. This is the default. If unticked, the grid will be hidden.

en: Edit and organize cell styles
en_GB: Edit and organise cell styles

note: #-#-#-#-#  243 (dia HEAD)  #-#-#-#-# should probably be refactored too. #-#-#-#-#  1375 (koffice)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 65 #-#-#-#-#  2758 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (textColor), group (UI Options)
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

en: Set the text color
en_GB: Set the text colour

en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

en: Center the cell contents
en_GB: Centre the cell contents

en: Align cell contents centered in the cell
en_GB: Align cell contents centred in the cell

en: Select a new border color
en_GB: Select a new border colour

en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

en: Capitalize the first letter
en_GB: Capitalise the first letter

en: Set the background color
en_GB: Set the background colour

en: Equalize Column
en_GB: Equalise Column

en: Equalize Row
en_GB: Equalise Row

en: Sort a group of cells in decreasing(last to first) order
en_GB: Sort a group of cells in decreasing (last to first) order

en: Sort a group of cells in ascending(first to last) order
en_GB: Sort a group of cells in ascending (first to last) order

en: Insert math expression
en_GB: Insert maths expression

en: Insert data from a SQL database
en_GB: Insert data from an SQL database

en: Goto Cell...
en_GB: Go to Cell...

en: Show document settings dialog
en_GB: Show document settings dialogue

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Text Color
en_GB: Change Text Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Background Color
en_GB: Change Background Colour

en: Can not find needed text component, Calligra Stage will quit now.
en_GB: Cannot find needed text component, Calligra Stage will quit now.

en: Can not find needed picture component, Calligra Stage will quit now.
en_GB: Cannot find needed picture component, Calligra Stage will quit now.

en: Pen Color
en_GB: Pen Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, pushButton_Favorite)
en: Delete Favorite
en_GB: Delete Favourite

en: There is already a favorite file with this name
en_GB: There is already a favourite file with this name

en: From Twelve Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Twelve Anti-clockwise

en: From Three Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Three Anti-clockwise

en: From Six Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Six Anti-clockwise

en: From Nine Counterclockwise
en_GB: From Nine Anti-clockwise

en: Center Right
en_GB: Centre Right

en: Center Top
en_GB: Centre Top

en: Center Left
en_GB: Centre Left

en: Center Bottom
en_GB: Centre Bottom

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Left
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Left

en: Counterclockwise Top Right
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Right

en: Counterclockwise Top
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top

en: Counterclockwise Right
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Right

en: Counterclockwise Bottom
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom

en: Counterclockwise Left
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Left

en: Counterclockwise Top Left
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Left

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Right
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Right

en: Fade over Color
en_GB: Fade over Colour

en: Counterclockwise Top Left In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Left In

en: Counterclockwise Top Left Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Left Out

en: Counterclockwise Top Right In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Right In

en: Counterclockwise Top Right Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Top Right Out

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Left In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Left In

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Left Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Left Out

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Right In
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Right In

en: Counterclockwise Bottom Right Out
en_GB: Anti-clockwise Bottom Right Out

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rVCenter) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rHCenter)
en: Center align with:
en_GB: Centre align with:

[ctx: Style name]
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: Style name]
en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

[ctx: Style name]
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: Style name]
en: Gray Heading
en_GB: Grey Heading

[ctx: Style name]
en: Gray Traditional
en_GB: Grey Traditional

[ctx: Style name]
en: Gray Top and Bottom
en_GB: Grey Top and Bottom

en: Can not find needed text component, Words will quit now
en_GB: Cannot find needed text component, Words will quit now

en: Toggle the visualization of fields (variables etc.) by drawing their background in a contrasting color.
en_GB: Toggle the visualisation of fields (variables etc.) by drawing their background in a contrasting colour.

en: The rulers are the white measuring spaces top and left of the document. The rulers show the position and width of pages and of frames and can be used to position tabulators among others.<p>Uncheck this to disable the rulers from being displayed.</p>
en_GB: The rulers are the white measuring spaces top and left of the document. The rulers show the position and width of pages and of frames and can be used to position tabulators among others.<p>Untick this to disable the rulers from being displayed.</p>

en: Distribute Center (Horizontal)
en_GB: Distribute Centre (Horizontal)

en: Distribute Center (Vertical)
en_GB: Distribute Centre (Vertical)

en: Show Color Palette
en_GB: Show Colour Palette

en: Show or hide color palette
en_GB: Show or hide colour palette

en: Color Matrix
en_GB: Colour Matrix

en: Apply color matrix
en_GB: Apply colour matrix

en: Saturate colors
en_GB: Saturate colours

en: Color matrix
en_GB: Colour matrix

en: Flood color
en_GB: Flood colour

en: Drag to move color stop. Double click to remove color stop.
en_GB: Drag to move colour stop. Double click to remove colour stop.

en: Drag to move color stop.
en_GB: Drag to move colour stop.

en: Drag to move gradient position. Double click to insert color stop.
en_GB: Drag to move gradient position. Double click to insert colour stop.

en: Batch mode: do not show dialogs
en_GB: Batch mode: do not show dialogues

en: Interactive mode: show dialogs (default)
en_GB: Interactive mode: show dialogues (default)

en: Found no shapes in the collection! %1
en_GB: Found no shapes in the collection. %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: through
en_GB: to

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: through end of piece
en_GB: to end of piece

en: A callout shape
en_GB: A call-out shape

en: Rectangular Callout
en_GB: Rectangular Call-out

en: A rectangular callout
en_GB: A rectangular call-out

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change image color mode
en_GB: Change image colour mode

note: #-#-#-#-#  145  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) #-#-#-#-#  2193 (okular)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, numberedEntries)
en: Number entries
en_GB:  Numbered list

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Change Visualization Settings
en_GB: Change Visualisation Settings

note: #-#-#-#-#  146  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel) #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Capitalization:
en_GB: Capitalisation:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, synchro)
en: Letter synchronization
en_GB: Letter synchronisation

[ctx: Text alignment]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, letterSynchronization)
en: Letter Synchronization
en_GB: Letter Synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Behavior at End of Frame/Page
en_GB: Behaviour at End of Frame/Page

en: Set Border Color...
en_GB: Set Border Colour...

en: Insert Labeled Footnote
en_GB: Insert Labelled Footnote

en: Insert Labeled Endnote
en_GB: Insert Labelled Endnote

en: Change character size, font, boldface, italics etc.
en_GB: Change character size, font, boldface, italics, etc.

en: Text Color...
en_GB: Text Colour...

en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

en: <p>Change font and paragraph attributes of styles.</p><p>Multiple styles can be changed using the dialog box.</p>
en_GB: <p>Change font and paragraph attributes of styles.</p><p>Multiple styles can be changed using the dialogue box.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, capitalizeDaysName) #-#-#-#-#  1253  #-#-#-#-#
en: Capitalize name of days
en_GB: Capitalise name of days

en: Function Optimizer...
en_GB: Function Optimiser...

en: Function Optimizer
en_GB: Function Optimiser

en: Initialize...
en_GB: Initialise...

en: OdfPy Export
en_GB: ODFPY Export

en: the center of the distribution
en_GB: the centre of the distribution

note: i18n: tag script attribute text
en: OdfPy File
en_GB: ODFPY File

note: i18n: tag state attribute name
en: Unchecked
en_GB: Unticked

en: Align to horizontal center
en_GB: Align to horizontal centre

en: Align to vertical center
en_GB: Align to vertical centre

en: Horizontally Center
en_GB: Horizontally Centre

en: Vertically Center
en_GB: Vertically Centre

en: Left click rotates around center, right click around highlighted position.
en_GB: Left click rotates around centre, right click around highlighted position.

en: Press CTRL to resize from center.
en_GB: Press CTRL to resize from centre.

en: Guides Insertor
en_GB: Guides Inserter

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Dataset Brush Color
en_GB: Set Dataset Brush Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Set Dataset Pen Color
en_GB: Set Dataset Pen Colour

en: Change the color of the line
en_GB: Change the colour of the line

en: Grayscale/Alpha (16-bit float/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale/Alpha (16-bit float/channel)

en: Grayscale/Alpha (32-bit float/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale/Alpha (32-bit float/channel)

en: Grayscale (16-bit integer/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale (16-bit integer/channel)

en: Grayscale (8-bit integer/channel)
en_GB: Greyscale (8-bit integer/channel)

en: GRAY/Alpha8 Histogram
en_GB: GREY/Alpha8 Histogram

en: GRAY/Alpha16 Histogram
en_GB: GREY/Alpha16 Histogram

en: GRAYF16 Histogram
en_GB: GREYF16 Histogram

en: GRAY/Alpha 32 float Histogram
en_GB: GREY/Alpha 32 float Histogram

note: i18n: tag script attribute text
en: Progressbar
en_GB: Progress Bar

note: i18n: tag script attribute comment
en: Python script that demonstrates how to use the progressbar
en_GB: Python script that demonstrates how to use the progress bar

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColorsEnabled), group (TaskColors)
en: Enable summary task level colors
en_GB: Enable summary task level colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskDefaultColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task default color
en_GB: Summary task default colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_1), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 1
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 1

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_2), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 2
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 2

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_3), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 3
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 3

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SummaryTaskLevelColor_4), group (TaskColors)
en: Summary task color, level 4
en_GB: Summary task colour, level 4

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskNormalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in normal state
en_GB: Task colour in normal state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskCriticalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in critical state
en_GB: Task colour in critical state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskFinishedColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in finished state
en_GB: Task colour in finished state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TaskErrorColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Task color in error state
en_GB: Task colour in error state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneNormalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in normal state
en_GB: Milestone colour in normal state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneCriticalColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in critical state
en_GB: Milestone colour in critical state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneFinishedColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in finished state
en_GB: Milestone colour in finished state

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilestoneErrorColor), group (TaskColors)
en: Milestone color in error state
en_GB: Milestone colour in error state

en: Task Colors
en_GB: Task Colours

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check to enable shared resources
en_GB: Tick to enable shared resources

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_SummaryTaskLevelColorsEnabled)
en: Use level colors
en_GB: Use level colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Network (PERT) Scheduler</title><para>The network scheduler generally schedules tasks according to their dependencies. When a task is scheduled it is scheduled in full, booking the allocated resources if available. If overbooking is not allowed, subsequent tasks that requests the same resource will be scheduled later in time.</para><para>Tasks with time constraints will be scheduled first to minimize the problem with resource conflicts</para><para><note>This scheduler does not handle resource conflicts well.<nl/>You can try a different scheduler if available. You may also change resource allocations or add dummy dependencies to avoid the conflicts.</note></para>
en_GB: <title>Network (PERT) Scheduler</title><para>The network scheduler generally schedules tasks according to their dependencies. When a task is scheduled it is scheduled in full, booking the allocated resources if available. If overbooking is not allowed, subsequent tasks that requests the same resource will be scheduled later in time.</para><para>Tasks with time constraints will be scheduled first to minimise the problem with resource conflicts</para><para><note>This scheduler does not handle resource conflicts well.<nl/>You can try a different scheduler if available. You may also change resource allocations or add dummy dependencies to avoid the conflicts.</note></para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Calculate and analyze project schedules
en_GB: Calculate and analyse project schedules

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Delete resourcegroup | Delete resourcegroups
en_GB[0]: Delete resource group
en_GB[1]: Delete resource groups

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Delete resourcegroups and resources
en_GB: Delete resource groups and resources

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Create a new project</title><para>Creates a new project with default values defined in <emphasis>Settings</emphasis>.<nl/>Opens the <emphasis>project dialog</emphasis> so you can define project specific properties like <resource>Project Name</resource>, <resource>Target Start</resource> and <resource>- End</resource> times.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Create a new project</title><para>Creates a new project with default values defined in <emphasis>Settings</emphasis>.<nl/>Opens the <emphasis>project dialogue</emphasis> so you can define project specific properties like <resource>Project Name</resource>, <resource>Target Start</resource> and <resource>- End</resource> times.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Context help</title><para>Help is available many places using <emphasis>What's This</emphasis>.<nl/>It is activated using the menu entry <interface>Help->What's this?</interface> or the keyboard shortcut <shortcut>Shift+F1</shortcut>.</para><para>In dialogs it is available via the <interface>?</interface> in the dialog title bar.</para><para>If you see <link url='%1'>More...</link> in the text, pressing it will display more information from online resources in your browser.</para>
en_GB: <title>Context help</title><para>Help is available many places using <emphasis>What's This</emphasis>.<nl/>It is activated using the menu entry <interface>Help->What's this?</interface> or the keyboard shortcut <shortcut>Shift+F1</shortcut>.</para><para>In dialogues it is available via the <interface>?</interface> in the dialogue title bar.</para><para>If you see <link url='%1'>More...</link> in the text, pressing it will display more information from online resources in your browser.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Project Templates</title><para>Select a template to create a new project based on the selected template.</para><para>Plan searches for templates in the places you can define in the settings dialog: <interface>Settings->Configure Plan</interface>.</para><para>You can create new templates from a project using the <interface>File->Create Project Template</interface> menu entry.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Project Templates</title><para>Select a template to create a new project based on the selected template.</para><para>Plan searches for templates in the places you can define in the settings dialogue: <interface>Settings->Configure Plan</interface>.</para><para>You can create new templates from a project using the <interface>File->Create Project Template</interface> menu entry.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, openProjectBtn)
en: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Open Project</span></p><p>Displays a file dialog enabling you to open an existing project.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Open Project</span></p><p>Displays a file dialogue enabling you to open an existing project.</p></body></html>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>TaskJuggler Scheduler</title><para>This is a slightly modified version of the scheduler used in TaskJuggler. It has been enhanced to handle resource units.</para><para>Scheduling backwards is simulated by scheduling all tasks as late as possible.</para><para><note>Plan does not utilize all of its functionality.</note></para>
en_GB: <title>TaskJuggler Scheduler</title><para>This is a slightly modified version of the scheduler used in TaskJuggler. It has been enhanced to handle resource units.</para><para>Scheduling backwards is simulated by scheduling all tasks as late as possible.</para><para><note>Plan does not utilise all of its functionality.</note></para>

en: Cannot fulfill constraints
en_GB: Cannot fulfil constraints

[ctx: Schedule project forward]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: Schedule project backward]
en: Backward
en_GB: Backwards

en: Schedule tasks forward
en_GB: Schedule tasks forwards

en: Schedule project forward from: %1
en_GB: Schedule project forwards from: %1

en: Schedule project backward from: %1
en_GB: Schedule project backwards from: %1

en: Schedule tasks backward
en_GB: Schedule tasks backwards

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfill a timing constraint
en_GB: The duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfil a timing constraint

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Negative float is the duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfill a timing constraint.
en_GB: Negative float is the duration by which the duration of a task or path has to be reduced in order to fulfil a timing constraint.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>The scheduling direction.</para><para>If direction is Forward, the project is scheduled starting at the projects earliest start time specified in the main project dialog.</para><para>If direction is Backward, the project is scheduled starting at the projects latest finish time specified in the main project dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>The scheduling direction.</para><para>If direction is Forwards, the project is scheduled starting at the projects earliest start time specified in the main project dialogue.</para><para>If direction is Backwards, the project is scheduled starting at the projects latest finish time specified in the main project dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The url of the document
en_GB: The URL of the document

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Modify resourcegroup name
en_GB: Modify resource group name

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Modify resourcegroup type
en_GB: Modify resource group type

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Cost Breakdown Structure Editor</title><para>The Cost Breakdown Structure (CBS) consists of accounts organized into a tree structure. Accounts can be tied to tasks or resources. Usually there will be two top accounts, one for aggregating costs from tasks and one for aggregating costs from resources.</para><para>This view supports printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Cost Breakdown Structure Editor</title><para>The Cost Breakdown Structure (CBS) consists of accounts organised into a tree structure. Accounts can be tied to tasks or resources. Usually there will be two top accounts, one for aggregating costs from tasks and one for aggregating costs from resources.</para><para>This view supports printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Work & Vacation Editor</title><para>A calendar defines availability for resources or tasks of type <emphasis>Duration</emphasis>. A calendar can be specific to a resource or task, or shared by multiple resources or tasks. A day can be of type <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis>, <emphasis>Non-working day</emphasis> or <emphasis>Working day</emphasis>. A working day has one or more work intervals defined. </para><para>A calendar can have sub calendars. If a day is undefined in a calendar, the parent calendar is checked. An <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis> day defaults to <emphasis>Non-working</emphasis> if used by a resource, or <emphasis>available all day</emphasis> if used by a task.</para><para>A calendar can be defined as the <emphasis>Default calendar</emphasis>. The default calendar is used by a working resource, when the resources calendar is not explicitly set.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Work & Holiday Editor</title><para>A calendar defines availability for resources or tasks of type <emphasis>Duration</emphasis>. A calendar can be specific to a resource or task, or shared by multiple resources or tasks. A day can be of type <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis>, <emphasis>Non-working day</emphasis> or <emphasis>Working day</emphasis>. A working day has one or more work intervals defined. </para><para>A calendar can have sub calendars. If a day is undefined in a calendar, the parent calendar is checked. An <emphasis>Undefined</emphasis> day defaults to <emphasis>Non-working</emphasis> if used by a resource, or <emphasis>available all day</emphasis> if used by a task.</para><para>A calendar can be defined as the <emphasis>Default calendar</emphasis>. The default calendar is used by a working resource, when the resources calendar is not explicitly set.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Modify Url
en_GB: Modify URL

en: Cannot Modify Url
en_GB: Cannot Modify URL

en: Document url already exists: %1
en_GB: Document URL already exists: %1

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Modify document url
en_GB: Modify document URL

note: #-#-#-#-#  176  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label) #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, fillBox)
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Load shared resource assignments at startup
en_GB: Load shared resource assignments at start-up

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, projectsLoadAtStartup)
en: Load resource assignments at startup
en_GB: Load resource assignments at start-up

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Resource Editor</title><para>Resources are organized in a Resource Breakdown Structure. Resources can be of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> or <emphasis>Material</emphasis>. When assigned to a task, a resource of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> can affect the duration of the task, while a resource of type <emphasis>Material</emphasis> does not. A resource must refer to a <emphasis>Calendar</emphasis> defined in the <emphasis>Work and Vacation Editor</emphasis>.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Resource Editor</title><para>Resources are organised in a Resource Breakdown Structure. Resources can be of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> or <emphasis>Material</emphasis>. When assigned to a task, a resource of type <emphasis>Work</emphasis> can affect the duration of the task, while a resource of type <emphasis>Material</emphasis> does not. A resource must refer to a <emphasis>Calendar</emphasis> defined in the <emphasis>Work and Holiday Editor</emphasis>.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Task Editor</title><para>The Task Editor is used to create, edit, and delete tasks. Tasks are organized into a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) to any depth.</para><para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Task Editor</title><para>The Task Editor is used to create, edit, and delete tasks. Tasks are organised into a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) to any depth.</para><para>This view supports configuration and printing using the context menu.<nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Task Modules</title><para>Task Modules are a group of tasks that can be reused across projects. This makes it possible draw on past experience and to standardize similar operations.</para><para>A task module is a regular plan file and typically includes tasks, estimates and dependencies.</para><para><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Task Modules</title><para>Task Modules are a group of tasks that can be reused across projects. This makes it possible to draw on past experience and to standardise similar operations.</para><para>A task module is a regular plan file and typically includes tasks, estimates and dependencies.</para><para><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Edit Task Progress</title><para>This dialog consists of the following parts:<list><item>Edit mode control to define the behavior of the dialog.</item><item>Controls to mark the task as started and finished.</item><item>Table to enter used effort for each resource.</item><item>Table for entry of task completion and remaining effort.</item></list></para><para>Edit modes:<list><item><emphasis>Per resource</emphasis> requires you to enter used effort for each resource assigned to this task. This enables the most detailed tracking of effort- and cost usage.</item><item><emphasis>Per task</emphasis> enables you to enter the minimum of information. When completion is changed, used effort and remaining effort is automatically calculated, but can of course be manually modified if needed.</item></list><note>You should select the desired edit mode when starting the task.</note><nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>
en_GB: <title>Edit Task Progress</title><para>This dialogue consists of the following parts:<list><item>Edit mode control to define the behaviour of the dialogue.</item><item>Controls to mark the task as started and finished.</item><item>Table to enter used effort for each resource.</item><item>Table for entry of task completion and remaining effort.</item></list></para><para>Edit modes:<list><item><emphasis>Per resource</emphasis> requires you to enter used effort for each resource assigned to this task. This enables the most detailed tracking of effort- and cost usage.</item><item><emphasis>Per task</emphasis> enables you to enter the minimum of information. When completion is changed, used effort and remaining effort is automatically calculated, but can of course be manually modified if needed.</item></list><note>You should select the desired edit mode when starting the task.</note><nl/><link url='%1'>More...</link></para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Reject this package and goto next package
en_GB: Reject this package and go to next package

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Task Dependency Dialog</title><para>The task dependency dialog enables you to easily add a predecessor to the selected task.<nl/>When opened, it presents the previous task as the default predecessor. This is often the desired predecessor, and can be added by just pressing <interface>OK</interface>.<nl/>The dropdown list of possible predecessors is sorted with the most likely tasks first.</para>
en_GB: <title>Task Dependency Dialogue</title><para>The task dependency dialogue enables you to easily add a predecessor to the selected task.<nl/>When opened, it presents the previous task as the default predecessor. This is often the desired predecessor, and can be added by just pressing <interface>OK</interface>.<nl/>The drop-down list of possible predecessors is sorted with the most likely tasks first.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Opens the report design in the report design dialog.
en_GB: Opens the report design in the report design dialogue.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Type: %1<nl/>Url: %2
en_GB: Type: %1<nl/>URL: %2

en: Export ods file
en_GB: Export ODS file

note: i18n: tag script attribute text
en: To csv
en_GB: To CSV

note: i18n: tag script attribute text
en: To ods
en_GB: To ODS

en: The name of the plugin to use for the call Provider
en_GB: The name of the plug-in to use for the call Provider

en: PLUGIN
en_GB: PLUG-IN

en: Can't place calls: No plugin
en_GB: Can't place calls: No plug-in

en: Color Correction
en_GB: Colour Correction

en: Julia session can't login due internal julia problem with missing internal file - "%1"
en_GB: Julia session cannot login due internal julia problem with missing internal file - "%1"

en: Julia session can't login due unknown internal problem
en_GB: Julia session cannot login due unknown internal problem

en: For Julia only GR (https://gr-framework.org/), a framework for visualization applications, is supported at the moment. This package has to be installed first, if not done yet. For this, run Pkg.install("GR") in Cantor or in Julia REPL. Note, this operation can take some time and it's better to perform it in Julia REPL that is able to show the current progress of the package installation.
en_GB: For Julia only GR (https://gr-framework.org/), a framework for visualisation applications, is supported at the moment. This package has to be installed first, if not done yet. For this, run Pkg.install("GR") in Cantor or in Julia REPL. Note, this operation can take some time and it's better to perform it in Julia REPL that is able to show the current progress of the package installation.

en: <b>Lua</b> is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at math and science.
en_GB: <b>Lua</b> is a fast and lightweight scripting language, with a simple procedural syntax. There are several libraries in Lua aimed at maths and science.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (MaximaBackend)
en: Url to the local Maxima documentation
en_GB: URL to the local Maxima documentation

en: <b>GNU Octave</b> is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab.
en_GB: <b>GNU Octave</b> is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. <br/>It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and non-linear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab.

en: The plot integration doesn't work because Cantor found, that Octave can't create plots, because there are no graphical backends for it: this conclusion was made on the basis of empty output from available_graphics_toolkits() function. Looks like you should install some additional OS packages, like gnuplot, fltk or qt for possibility to create plots.
en_GB: The plot integration doesn't work because Cantor found, that Octave cannot create plots, because there are no graphical backends for it: this conclusion was made on the basis of empty output from available_graphics_toolkits() function. Looks like you should install some additional OS packages, like gnuplot, fltk or qt for possibility to create plots.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (PythonBackend)
en: Url to the local Python documentation
en_GB: URL to the local Python documentation

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, QalculatePlotAssistantBase)
en: Cantor - Plot Dialog
en_GB: Cantor - Plot Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorCheckBox)
en: Use Colors
en_GB: Use Colours

en: <b>Qalculate!</b> is not your regular software replication of the cheapest available calculator. Qalculate! aims to make full use of the superior interface, power and flexibility of modern computers. The center of attention in Qalculate! is the expression entry. Instead of entering each number in a mathematical expression separately, you can directly write the whole expression and later modify it. The interpretation of expressions is flexible and fault tolerant, and if you nevertheless do something wrong, Qalculate! will tell you so. Not fully solvable expressions are however not errors. Qalculate! will simplify as far as it can and answer with an expression. In addition to numbers and arithmetic operators, an expression may contain any combination of variables, units, and functions.
en_GB: <b>Qalculate!</b> is not your regular software replication of the cheapest available calculator. Qalculate! aims to make full use of the superior interface, power and flexibility of modern computers. The centre of attention in Qalculate! is the expression entry. Instead of entering each number in a mathematical expression separately, you can directly write the whole expression and later modify it. The interpretation of expressions is flexible and fault tolerant, and if you nevertheless do something wrong, Qalculate! will tell you so. Not fully solvable expressions are however not errors. Qalculate! will simplify as far as it can and answer with an expression. In addition to numbers and arithmetic operators, an expression may contain any combination of variables, units, and functions.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (structuring), group (QalculateBackend)
en: If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorized.
en_GB: If the evaluation result will be simplified or factorised.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (coloredPlot), group (QalculateBackend)
en: Whether colors should be used in plots.
en_GB: Whether colours should be used in plots.

en: Set to true for colored plot, false for monochrome.
en_GB: Set to true for coloured plot, false for monochrome.

note: #-#-#-#-#  181  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_structuring) #-#-#-#-#  470 (gcalctool)  #-#-#-#-# Accessible name for the factorize button #-#-#-#-#  2099 (mate-calc 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Factorize
en_GB: Factorise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Colored Plots:
en_GB: Coloured Plots:

en: <b>R</b> is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.
en_GB: <b>R</b> is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics, similar to the S language and environment. <br/>It provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and non-linear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (RBackend)
en: Url to the local R documentation
en_GB: URL to the local R documentation

en: Double click to open file selection dialog
en_GB: Double click to open file selection dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (localDoc), group (SageBackend)
en: Url to the local Octave documentation
en_GB: URL to the local Octave documentation

en: <b>Scilab</b> is a free software, cross-platform numerical computational package and a high-level, numerically oriented programming language.Scilab is distributed under CeCILL license (GPL compatible).
en_GB: <b>Scilab</b> is a free software, cross-platform numerical computational package and a high-level, numerically oriented programming language.Scilab is distributed under CeCILL licence (GPL compatible).

en: <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the config dialog;</li>    <li>Installing packages for the following program:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>  | <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the config dialog;</li>    <li>Installing packages for one of the following programs:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>
en_GB[0]: <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the configuration dialogue;</li>    <li>Installing packages for the following program:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>
en_GB[1]: <h1>No Backend Found</h1>
    <div>You could try:
      <ul>    <li>Changing the settings in the configuration dialogue;</li>    <li>Installing packages for one of the following programs:</li>     %2   </ul> </div>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmbeddedMathDefault), group (Cantor)
en: Enable rendering math expressions inside $$..$$ in Text and Markdown entries by default (needs pdflatex installed)
en_GB: Enable rendering maths expressions inside $$..$$ in Text and Markdown entries by default (needs pdflatex installed)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMathRenderError), group (Cantor)
en: Show embedded math render error
en_GB: Show embedded maths render error

en: Embedded Math
en_GB: Embedded Maths

en: Initialization complete
en_GB: Initialisation complete

note: #-#-#-#-#  1441  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (LineColor), group (Display) #-#-#-#-#  2758 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (lineColor), group (UI Options)
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

en: You choose support for %1 graphic package, but the support can't be activated due to the missing requirements, so integration for this package will be disabled. %2
en_GB: You choose support for %1 graphic package, but the support cannot be activated due to the missing requirements, so integration for this package will be disabled. %2

en: Couldn't open the file %1
en_GB: Could not open the file %1

en: Cantor Math Error
en_GB: Cantor Maths Error

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_DefaultBackend)
en: On startup, if a default backend is set, create a worksheet for it instead of showing the backend chooser dialog.
en_GB: On startup, if a default backend is set, create a worksheet for it instead of showing the backend chooser dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_EmbeddedMathDefault)
en: Enable Embedded Math (works only if pdflatex is installed)
en_GB: Enable Embedded Maths (works only if pdflatex is installed)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMathRenderError)
en: Show message about error on render failure of embedded math
en_GB: Show message about error on render failure of embedded maths

en: In read-only mode Cantor couldn't guarantee, that the export will be valid for %1
en_GB: In read-only mode Cantor could not guarantee, that the export will be valid for %1

en: Couldn't open the file %1.
en_GB: Could not open the file %1.

en: Couldn't open the selected file for reading.
en_GB: Could not open the selected file for reading.

en: This worksheet was created using Python2 which is not supported anymore. Python3 will be used.
en_GB: This worksheet was created using Python2 which is not supported any more. Python3 will be used.

en: Python2 not supported anymore
en_GB: Python2 not supported any more

en: This notebook was created using Python2 which is not supported anymore. Python3 will be used.
en_GB: This notebook was created using Python2 which is not supported any more. Python3 will be used.

[ctx: @label text color]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: The keyboard geometry determines the shape and complexity of the keyboard, it could range from a 'natural' look and feel good for composing simple text, to a fullscale keyboard.
en_GB: The keyboard geometry determines the shape and complexity of the keyboard, it could range from a 'natural' look and feel good for composing simple text, to a full scale keyboard.

en: Background neutralization
en_GB: Background neutralisation

en: Color balance
en_GB: Colour balance

en: Color preview
en_GB: Colour preview

en: Default behavior
en_GB: Default behaviour

en: Device %s is connected.%sDo you want to disconnect now to open the setup dialog?
en_GB: Device %s is connected.%sDo you want to disconnect now to open the setup dialogue?

en: Initialize target %s
en_GB: Initialise target %s

en: Interaction dialog
en_GB: Interaction dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  1496  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, license_tab)
en: License agreement
en_GB: Licence agreement

en: Manual filter change canceled
en_GB: Manual filter change cancelled

en: Meridian flip canceled before flip
en_GB: Meridian flip cancelled before flip

en: Meridian flip canceled after flip
en_GB: Meridian flip cancelled after flip

en: Pause sequence request canceled.
en_GB: Pause sequence request cancelled.

en: Stabilization delay after move
en_GB: Stabilisation delay after move

en: The plan %s is modified. Do you want to save the change ?
en_GB: The plan %s is modified. Do you want to save the change?

en: Copy the sequence to a new one. Completion status is reinitialized
en_GB: Copy the sequence to a new one. Completion status is reinitialised

en: If checked no confirmation dialog will be presented and failed operation will abort the current step.
en_GB: If checked no confirmation dialogue will be presented and failed operation will abort the current step.

en: You are trying to use the feature <b>%(feature)s</b> which is provided by <b>%(plugin)s</b>.
    This plugin is currently disabled.
    Do you wish to enable <b>%(plugin)s</b> so the feature is available?
en_GB: You are trying to use the feature <b>%(feature)s</b> which is provided by <b>%(plugin)s</b>.
    This plugin is currently disabled.Do you wish to enable <b>%(plugin)s</b> so the feature is available?

en: Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break your configuration. Do you really want to set "%s" button to Button1 ?
en_GB: Using Button1 without modifiers can prevent any left click and thus break your configuration. Do you really want to set "%s" button to Button1?

en: skip taskbar
en_GB: skip task bar

en: Opens the resolve dialog with the selected file
en_GB: Opens the resolve dialogue with the selected file

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConflictColor), group (Colors)
en: The foreground color used to highlight files with a conflict in the file view.
en_GB: The foreground colour used to highlight files with a conflict in the file view.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Delay (ms) until the progress dialog appears.
en_GB: Delay (ms) until the progress dialogue appears.

en: Allows you to customize the keybindings
en_GB: Allows you to customise the keybindings

en: Synchronize scroll bars
en_GB: Synchronise scroll bars

en: Show resolve dialog for the given file.
en_GB: Show resolve dialogue for the given file.

en: Show log dialog for the given file.
en_GB: Show log dialogue for the given file.

en: Show annotation dialog for the given file.
en_GB: Show annotation dialogue for the given file.

en: &Number of context lines in diff dialog:
en_GB: &Number of context lines in diff dialogue:

en: Tab &width in diff dialog:
en_GB: Tab &width in diff dialogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, timeoutLbl)
en: &Timeout after which a progress dialog appears (in ms):
en_GB: &Timeout after which a progress dialogue appears (in ms):

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseSshAgent)
en: Utilize a running or start a new ssh-agent process
en_GB: Use a running or start a new ssh-agent process

en: Fire _flash
en_GB: Fire _Flash

en: Adjusts the hue (color tint) of the image coming from the camera
en_GB: Adjusts the hue (colour tint) of the image coming from the camera

en: Video path
en_GB: Video Path

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebasket

en: Cancellable initialization not supported
en_GB: Cancellable initialisation not supported

en: Could not move %s to trash
en_GB: Could not move %s to wastebasket

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: usage:   %s [--list] [--type <type>] [name]
en_GB: usage: %s [--list] [--type <type>] [name]

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Post Color Preferences
en_GB: Post Colour Preferences

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Default color:
en_GB: Default colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Unread post color:
en_GB: Unread post colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Own post color:
en_GB: Own post colour:

[ctx: @action]
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

[ctx: Timeline Name]
en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

[ctx: Timeline description]
en: Your favorites
en_GB: Your favourites

en: Favorite creation failed. %1
en_GB: Favourite creation failed. %1

en: Removing the favorite failed. %1
en_GB: Removing the favourite failed. %1

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

en: Set spell check language
en_GB: Set spell-check language

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_changeExclamationMark)
en: To prevent spamming on some groups, you can set here to change the exclamation point (that used to refer to a group), to something else (e.g. nothing.)
en_GB: To prevent spamming on some groups, you can set here to change the exclamation point (that used to refer to a group), to something else (e.g. nothing).

en: Choqok is authorized successfully.
en_GB: Choqok is authorised successfully.

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, authorCombo) #-#-#-#-#  1406 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Authorized
en_GB: Authorised

en: Authorization Error
en_GB: Authorisation Error

en: OAuth authorization error
en_GB: OAuth authorisation error

en: Cannot set/unset the post as favorite. %1
en_GB: Cannot set/unset the post as favourite. %1

en: OCS plugin is not initialized yet. Try again later.
en_GB: OCS plugin is not initialised yet. Try again later.

en: Post removed successfully
en_GB: New post submitted successfully

[ctx: Timeline Name]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: Timeline description]
en: Posts you favorited
en_GB: Posts marked as favourite

note: #-#-#-#-#  190  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Foreground Color:
en_GB: Foreground Colour:

en: Flickr authorization
en_GB: Flickr authorisation

en: Authorized as %1
en_GB: Authorised as %1

en: Click here when you authorized Choqok
en_GB: Click here when you authorised Choqok

note: #-#-#-#-#  190  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, authTab) #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3_2) #-#-#-#-#  1406 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Authorization
en_GB: Authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, authButton)
en: Click here to authorize Choqok on Flickr.com
en_GB: Click here to authorise Choqok on Flickr.com

en: America/North_Dakota/Center
en_GB: America/North_Dakota/Centre

en: RANDR extension is not present
en_GB: RandR extension is not present

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date used in 24-hour mode.
en: %A %B %e, %R:%S
en_GB: %A %e %B, %R:%S

en: %A %B %e, %R
en_GB: %A %e %B, %R

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date used for AM/PM.
en: %A %B %e, %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A %e %B, %l:%M:%S %p

en: %A %B %e, %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A %e %B, %l:%M %p

note: TRANSLATORS: this is a profile prefix to signify the * profile his a standard space like AdobeRGB
en: Colorspace:
en_GB: Colourspace:

note: #-#-#-#-#  193 (cinnamon-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is when the button is sensitive #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Create a color profile for the selected device
en_GB: Create a colour profile for the selected device

[ctx: Colorspace fallback]
note: #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this default gray space is used for printers that * do not have additional printer profiles specified in the PPD
en: Default Gray
en_GB: Default Grey

en: This device is not color managed.
en_GB: This device is not colour managed.

en: This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen color correction.
en_GB: This device does not have a profile suitable for whole-screen colour correction.

note: #-#-#-#-#  193 (cinnamon-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# add the 'No devices detected' entry
en: No devices supporting color management detected
en_GB: No devices supporting colour management detected

en: Each device needs an up to date color profile to be color managed.
en_GB: Each device needs an up to date colour profile to be colour managed.

en: Color management settings
en_GB: Colour management settings

note: #-#-#-#-#  526 (gnome-session 2.24)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: the 'fail whale' is the black dialog we show when something goes seriously wrong
en: Show the fail whale dialog for testing
en_GB: Show the fail whale dialogue for testing

en: Cinnamon Settings Daemon Color Plugin
en_GB: Cinnamon Settings Daemon Colour Plugin

note: #-#-#-#-#  527 (gnome-settings-daemon)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description
en: Color calibration device added
en_GB: Colour calibration device added

note: #-#-#-#-#  527 (gnome-settings-daemon)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a sound description
en: Color calibration device removed
en_GB: Colour calibration device removed

en: The volume "%s" has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the trash.
en_GB: The volume "%s" only has %s of remaining disk space. You may free up some space by emptying the Rubbish Bin.

note: #-#-#-#-#  527 (gnome-settings-daemon)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: cell phone (mobile) is getting a little low TRANSLATORS: the cell battery is very low
en: Cell phone battery low
en_GB: Mobile phone battery low

en: Cell phone is low in power (%.0f%%)
en_GB: Mobile phone is low in power (%.0f%%)

en: Cell phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Mobile phone is very low in power (%.0f%%). This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

en: Cell phone is charging
en_GB: Mobile phone is charging

en: Cell phone is discharging
en_GB: Mobile phone is discharging

en: Cell phone is empty
en_GB: Mobile phone is empty

en: Cell phone is charged
en_GB: Mobile phone is charged

en: Printing canceled
en_GB: Printing cancelled

en: GNOME Online Accounts is a service which runs in the background and which you can authorize to access your online accounts. Applications can then use this service to interact with your online accounts.
en_GB: GNOME Online Accounts is a service which runs in the background and which you can authorise to access your online accounts. Applications can then use this service to interact with your online accounts.

en: Please contact the developer.
en_GB: Please contact the developer

en: Unmaximize
en_GB: Unmaximise

en: Add to favorites
en_GB: Add to favourites

en: Are you sure you want to delete all items from the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete all items from the Rubbish Bin?

en: color, profile, display, printer, output
en_GB: colour, profile, display, printer, output

en: wacom, digitize, tablet, graphics, calibrate, stylus
en_GB: wacom, digitise, tablet, graphics, calibrate, stylus

note: Translators: This is the date which appears in the calendar applet, as a tooltip and as a title header inside the applet. The format uses the strftime syntax. %A, %B %-e, %Y is the American Date format (Saturday, January 4, 2020): %A is the name of the day, %B is the name of the month %-e is the non
en: %A, %B %-e, %Y
en_GB: %A, %-e %B %Y

en: Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select that color
en_GB: Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select that colour

en: Keep cursor centered
en_GB: Keep cursor centred

en: Show the keyboard any time something expects input
en_GB: Show the keyboard anytime something expects an input

en: Show keyboard only when the user activates it
en_GB: Show the keyboard only when the user activates it

en: Flash the entire monitor
en_GB: Flash the entire screen

en: media, defaults, applications, programs, removable, browser, email, calendar, music, videos, photos, images, cd, autoplay, favorite, apps
en_GB: media, defaults, applications, programs, removable, browser, email, calendar, music, videos, photos, images, cd, autoplay, favourite, apps

en: Disable automatic screen rotation
en_GB: Disable automatic screen-rotation

en: Effects on dialog boxes
en_GB: Effects on dialogue boxes

en: Customize settings
en_GB: Customise settings

note: MINIMIZING WINDOWS
en: Minimizing windows
en_GB: Minimising windows

note: MAXIMIZING WINDOWS effects = ["none", _("None")], ["scale", _("Scale")]]
en: Maximizing windows
en_GB: Maximising windows

note: UNMAXIMIZING WINDOWS
en: Unmaximizing windows
en_GB: Unmaximising windows

en: extension, addon
en_GB: extension, add-on

en: Run dialog
en_GB: Run dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  197 (linuxmint)  #-#-#-#-# Windows #-#-#-#-#  2584 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  2585 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximize window
en_GB: Maximise window

note: #-#-#-#-#  2584 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  2585 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Unmaximize window
en_GB: Unmaximise window

en: Toggle maximization state
en_GB: Toggle maximisation state

en: Toggle vertical maximization
en_GB: Toggle vertical maximisation

en: Toggle horizontal maximization
en_GB: Toggle horizontal maximisation

en: Center window in screen
en_GB: Centre window in screen

en: Center Zone
en_GB: Centre Zone

en: Colored icon size
en_GB: Coloured icon size

note: #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: secondary battery
en: Cellphone
en_GB: Mobile phone

en: Front Center
en_GB: Front Centre

en: Rear Center
en_GB: Rear Centre

en: Scrollbar behavior
en_GB: Scrollbar behaviour

en: Toggle Maximize
en_GB: Toggle Maximise

en: Toggle Maximize Horizontally
en_GB: Toggle Maximise Horizontally

en: Toggle Maximize Vertically
en_GB: Toggle Maximise Vertically

en: This option provides additional control over how newly created windows get focus. It has two possible values; 'smart' applies the user's normal focus mode, and 'strict' results in windows started from a terminal not being given focus.
en_GB: This option provides additional control over how newly created windows get focus. It has two possible values; >>smart<< applies the user's normal focus mode, and 'strict' results in windows started from a terminal not being given focus.

en: Attach dialog windows to the parent window
en_GB: Attach dialogue windows to the parent window

en: While the special key is pressed, windows can be dragged with the left mouse button and resized with the right mouse button.
en_GB: While the special key is pressed, windows can be dragged with the left mouse button, and resized with the right mouse button.

en: Move minimized windows to the end of the alt-tab switcher
en_GB: Move minimised windows to the end of the alt-tab switcher

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->favbox-min-height->description
en: Minimum height of the favorites section
en_GB: Minimum height of the favourites section

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->favbox-min-height->tooltip
en: The minimum size allocated for the favorites section (this has an impact on the overall height of the menu).
en_GB: The minimum size allocated for the favourites section (this has an impact on the overall height of the menu).

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->favbox-show->description
en: Show favorites and session buttons
en_GB: Show favourites and session buttons

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->fav-icon-size->description
en: Favorites icon size
en_GB: Favourites icon size

note: menu@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->menu-editor-button->tooltip
en: Press this button to customize your menu entries.
en_GB: Press this button to customise your menu entries.

note: show-desktop@cinnamon.org->metadata.json->description
en: Minimize all windows
en_GB: Minimise all windows

note: trash@cinnamon.org->metadata.json->description
en: Control the trash from the panel
en_GB: Control the Rubbish Bin from the panel

note: window-list@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->left-click- minimize->description
en: Left click to minimize window
en_GB: Left click to minimise window

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->color->description
en: The background color for the applet
en_GB: The background colour for the applet

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->scale-demo->tooltip
en: If you adjust this scale, it updates in the applet.  If you adjust the scale in the applet, it updates here
en_GB: If you adjust this scale, it updates in the applet. If you adjust the scale in the applet, it updates here

note: settings-example@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->date- select->description
en: Choose a Date
en_GB: Choose a date

note: clock@cinnamon.org->settings-schema.json->text-color->tooltip
en: Click the button to select a new text color
en_GB: Click the button to select a new text colour

en: ERROR: You must first manually mount your target filesystem(s) at /target to do a custom install!
en_GB: ERROR: You must first manually mount your target filesystem(s) at /target to do a custom install

en: Localizing packages
en_GB: Localising packages

en: User info
en_GB: User Information

en: If Marco is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install marco</cmd>.
en_GB: If Marco is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install marco</cmd>.

en: If Metacity is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install metacity</cmd>.
en_GB: If Metacity is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install metacity</cmd>.

en: If Xfwm4 is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install xfwm4</cmd>.
en_GB: If Xfwm4 is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install xfwm4</cmd>.

en: Compiz is a very impressive window manager, very configurable and full of amazing effects and animations. It is however the least reliable and the least stable.
en_GB: Compiz is a very impressive window manager, very configurable and full of amazing effects and animations. However, it is the least reliable and the least stable.

en: If Compton is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install compton</cmd>.
en_GB: If Compton is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install compton</cmd>.

en: If Openbox is not installed already, you can install it with <cmd>apt install openbox</cmd>.
en_GB: If Openbox is not yet installed, you can install it with <cmd>apt install openbox</cmd>.

en: Compositing (shadows, animations, effects, GPU rendering)
en_GB: Composition (shadows, animations, effects, GPU rendering)

en: Don't show window content while dragging them
en_GB: Don't show window content while dragging windows

en: Buttons layout:
en_GB: Button layout:

en: Buttons labels:
en_GB: Button labels:

en: Add a New Language
en_GB: Inserire una nuova lingua

en: Show in my favorites
en_GB: Show in my favourites

en: Couldn't save favorites. Check if you have write access to ~/.linuxmint/mintMenu
en_GB: Couldn't save favourites. Check if you have write access to ~/.linuxmint/mintMenu

en: Show this dialog at startup
en_GB: Show this dialogue at startup

en: Check the Driver Manager to see if it recommends any additional drivers for your computer. Most hardware components are recognized by the Linux kernel and work automatically without the need to install drivers. Some however require proprietary drivers to be recognized or to work better.
en_GB: Check the Driver Manager to see if it recommends any additional drivers for your computer. Most hardware components are recognised by the Linux kernel and work automatically without the need to install drivers. Some however require proprietary drivers to be recognised or to work better.

en: Choose your favorite desktop layout.
en_GB: Choose your favourite desktop layout.

en: Note: Cinnamon will restart after you choose a new layout. Any customization you made to the panel will be lost.
en_GB: Note: Cinnamon will restart after you choose a new layout. Any customisation you made to the panel will be lost.

en: Have a look at the system settings and configure your operating system the way you like. Don't hesitate to customize it and make it feel like home.
en_GB: Have a look at the system settings and configure your operating system the way you like. Don't hesitate to customise it and make it feel like home.

en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

en: This folder is located in an encrypted directory. It will not be accessible by other users unless the option 'force user' is specified in /etc/samba/smb.conf.
en_GB: This folder is located in an encrypted directory. It will not be accessible by other users unless the option >>force user<< is specified in /etc/samba/smb.conf.

en: Please reboot to finalize changes
en_GB: Please reboot to finalise changes

en: Are you sure you want to move "%B" to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move "%B" to the Rubbish Bin?

en: You can restore an item from the trash, if you later change your mind.
en_GB: You can restore an item from the Rubbish Bin later, if you change your mind.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2067 (LxLauncher)  #-#-#-#-# item = gtk_separator_menu_item_new(); gtk_menu_shell_append(p, item); #-#-#-#-#  2584 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/menus.jl #-#-#-#-#  2585 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: _Customize
en_GB: _Customise

en: The file "%s" has no known programs associated with it.  If you trust the source of this file, and have sufficient permissions, you can mark it executable and launch it.  Or, you can use the Open With dialog to pick a program to associate it with.
en_GB: The file "%s" has no known programs associated with it.  If you trust the source of this file, and have sufficient permissions, you can mark it executable and launch it. Or, you can use the "Open With" dialogue to pick a program to associate it with.

note: Translators: This is the --help description for the open-with app, the initial newlines are between the command line arg and the description
en: 
    
    Show an open-with dialog given a uri, to allow the user to change the default mimetype handler.
en_GB: 
    
    Show an open-with dialogue given a URI, to allow the user to change the default mimetype handler.

note: #-#-#-#-#  591 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# TODO: Rename to 'Starred files' #-#-#-#-#  2157 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Favorite files
en_GB: Favourite files

en: Type to search or arrow-up to select a favorite
en_GB: Type to search or arrow-up to select a favourite

en: Click to save or forget a favorite search. Right-click to display favorites.
en_GB: Click to save or forget a favourite search. Right-click to display favourites.

en: Nemo lets you organize files and folders, both on your computer and online.
en_GB: Nemo lets you organise files and folders, both on your computer and online.

en: You cannot move the volume "%s" to the trash.
en_GB: You cannot move the volume "%s" to the Rubbish Bin.

en: Waiting to trash a file in '%s' | Waiting to trash files in '%s'
en_GB[0]: Waiting to delete a file in '%s'
en_GB[1]: Waiting to delete files in '%s'

en: Waiting to empty the trash
en_GB: Waiting to empty the Rubbish Bin

en: Open Expo to add, remove, or organize workspaces
en_GB: Open Expo to add, remove, or organise workspaces

en: Access and organize files
en_GB: Access and organise files

en: Ask before moving files to the Trash
en_GB: Ask before moving files to the Rubbish Bin

en: Bypass the Trash when the Delete key is pressed
en_GB: Bypass the Rubbish Bin when the Delete key is pressed

en: Automatically mount removeable media when inserted and on startup
en_GB: Automatically mount removable media when inserted and on start-up

note: #-#-#-#-#  2557 (Quod Libet 2.3)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: Also e.g. "record label", "publisher"
en: organization
en_GB: organisation

en: This is the hostname of the server. For example, "ldap.example.org" may be appropriate for the "example.org" organization. An IP address may also be used. You may specify "localhost" if running an LDAP server on the same computer as Claws Mail.
en_GB: This is the hostname of the server. For example, "ldap.example.org" may be appropriate for the "example.org" organisation. An IP address may also be used. You may specify "localhost" if running an LDAP server on the same computer as Claws Mail.

en: This specifies the name of the directory to be searched on the server. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organization Name,c=Country
en_GB: This specifies the name of the directory to be searched on the server. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organisation Name,c=Country

en: Color Banding
en_GB: Colour Banding

en: The address book Display Name is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      cn=John Doe,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org
en_GB: The address book Display Name is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      cn=Joe Bloggs,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org

en: The first Email Address belonging to a person is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      mail=john.doe@domain.com,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org
en_GB: The first Email Address belonging to a person is used to create a DN that is formatted similar to:
      mail=joe.bloggs@domain.com,ou=people,dc=claws-mail,dc=org

en: The suffix is used to create a "Distinguished Name" (or DN) for an LDAP entry. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organization Name,c=Country
en_GB: The suffix is used to create a "Distinguished Name" (or DN) for an LDAP entry. Examples include:
      dc=claws-mail,dc=org
      ou=people,dc=domainname,dc=com
      o=Organisation Name,c=Country

en: Empty _trash...
en_GB: Empty was_tebin...

en: Delete all messages in trash?
en_GB: Delete all messages in wastebin?

en: messages which are marked with color #
en_GB: messages which are marked with colour #

en: Organization:
en_GB: Organisation:

en: Empty all _Trash folders
en_GB: Empty all Was_tebin folders

en: Previous _labeled message
en_GB: Previous _labelled message

en: Next la_beled message
en_GB: Next la_belled message

en: Move to _trash
en_GB: Move to was_tebin

en: Move thread to tr_ash
en_GB: Move thread to was_tebin

en: Color la_bel
en_GB: Colour la_bel

en: By _color label
en_GB: By _colour label

en: Delete all messages in trash folders?
en_GB: Delete all messages in wastebin folders?

en: Folder for storing identified spam. Leave empty to use the trash folder.
en_GB: Folder for storing identified spam. Leave empty to use the wastebin folder.

en: Folder for storing infected mail. Leave empty to use the default trash folder
en_GB: Folder for storing infected mail. Leave empty to use the default wastebin folder

en: Banner colors
en_GB: Banner colours

en: _Email
en_GB: _E-mail

en: Organizer:
en_GB: Organiser:

en: Mark cross-posted messages as read and color:
en_GB: Mark cross-posted messages as read and colour:

en: trash folder is not selected.
en_GB: wastebin folder is not selected.

en: Clear all the input fields in the dialog
en_GB: Clear all the input fields in the dialogue

en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

en: Folder color
en_GB: Folder colour

en: Pick color for folder
en_GB: Pick colour for folder

en: Color labels
en_GB: Colour labels

en: Enable coloration of message text
en_GB: Enable colouration of message text

en: Cycle quote colors
en_GB: Cycle quote colours

en: If there are more than 3 quote levels, the colors will be reused
en_GB: If there are more than 3 quote levels, the colours will be reused

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 1st level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text

en: Enable coloration of text background
en_GB: Enable colouration of text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 1st level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text background

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for links
en_GB: Pick colour for links

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for signatures
en_GB: Pick colour for signatures

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for inserted lines
en_GB: Pick colour for inserted lines

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for removed lines
en_GB: Pick colour for removed lines

[ctx: Tooltip.]
note: TRANSLATORS: A hunk is a section of the patch indicating how the files differ
en: Pick color for hunk lines
en_GB: Pick colour for hunk lines

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for Target folder. Target folder is used when the option 'Execute immediately when moving or deleting messages' is turned off
en_GB: Pick colour for Target folder. Target folder is used when the option 'Execute immediately when moving or deleting messages' is turned off

[ctx: Tooltip]
en: Pick color for folders containing new messages
en_GB: Pick colour for folders containing new messages

[ctx: Tooltip]
note: TRANSLATORS: 'color %d' refers to the filtering/processing rule name and should not be translated
en: Pick color for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 1st level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 1st level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 1st level text background

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 2nd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 2nd level text background

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for 3rd level text background
en_GB: Pick colour for 3rd level text background

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for links
en_GB: Pick colour for links

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for target folder
en_GB: Pick colour for target folder

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for signatures
en_GB: Pick colour for signatures

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for folder
en_GB: Pick colour for folder

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for inserted lines
en_GB: Pick colour for inserted lines

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for removed lines
en_GB: Pick colour for removed lines

[ctx: Dialog title]
en: Pick color for hunk lines
en_GB: Pick colour for hunk lines

[ctx: Dialog title]
note: TRANSLATORS: 'color %d' refers to the filtering/processing rule name and should not be translated
en: Pick color for 'color %d'
en_GB: Pick colour for 'color %d'

en: Empty trash on exit
en_GB: Empty wastebin on exit

en: Ask before emptying trash
en_GB: Ask before emptying wastebin

en: Show receive dialog
en_GB: Show receive dialogue

en: Close receive dialog when finished
en_GB: Close receive dialogue when finished

en: Don't popup error dialog on receive error
en_GB: Don't popup error dialogue on receive error

en: Show send dialog
en_GB: Show send dialogue

en: Pick color for misspelled word
en_GB: Pick colour for misspelled word

en: Misspelled word color
en_GB: Misspelled word colour:

en: Pick color for misspelled word. Use black to underline
en_GB: Pick colour for misspelled word. Use black to underline

en: Show "no unread (or new) message" dialog
en_GB: Show "no unread (or new) message" dialogue

en: Confirm when changing color labels
en_GB: Confirm when changing colour labels

en: customized date format (see 'man strftime')
en_GB: customised date format (see 'man strftime')

en: account property: organization
en_GB: account property: organisation

en: No more labeled messages
en_GB: No more labelled messages

en: No labeled message found. Search from the end?
en_GB: No labelled message found. Search from the end?

en: No labeled messages.
en_GB: No labelled messages.

en: No labeled message found. Search from the beginning?
en_GB: No labelled message found. Search from the beginning?

en: Do you really want to delete the selected message? | Do you really want to delete the %d selected messages?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to delete the selected message?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to delete %1 messages?

en: Do you really want to reset the color label of all selected messages?
en_GB: Do you really want to reset the colour label of all selected messages?

en: Do you really want to apply this color label to all selected messages?
en_GB: Do you really want to apply this colour label to all selected messages?

en: Reset color label
en_GB: Reset colour label

en: Set color label
en_GB: Set colour label

en: Compose Email
en_GB: Compose E-mail

en: Trash Message
en_GB: Move Message to Wastebin

[ctx: Toolbar]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

en: Your organization:
en_GB: Your organisation:

en: 
    
    You can favorite playlists by clicking the star icon next to a playlist name
    
    Favorited playlists will be saved here
en_GB: 
    
    You can favourite playlists by clicking the star icon next to a playlist name
    
    Favourited playlists will be saved here

en: &Repeat mode
en_GB: Repeat mode

en: &Shuffle mode
en_GB: Shuffle mode

en: <html><head/><body><p>If not checked, Clementine will  try to save your ratings and other statistics only in a separate database and don't modify your files.</p><p>If checked, it will save statistics both in database and directly into the file each time they changed.</p><p>Please note it might not work for every format and, as there is no standard for doing so, other music players might not be able to read them.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If not checked, Clementine will  try to save your ratings and other statistics only in a separate database and won't modify your files.</p><p>If checked, it will save statistics both in database and directly to the file each time they change.</p><p>Please note it might not work for every format and as there is no standard for doing so, other music players may not be able to read them.</p></body></html>

en: <html><head/><body><p>This will write songs' ratings and statistics into files tags for all your library's songs.</p><p>This is not needed if the &quot;Save ratings and statistics in file tags&quot; option has always been activated.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This will write songs' ratings and statistics into file's tags for all your library's songs.</p><p>This is not needed if the &quot;Save ratings and statistics in file tags&quot; option has always been activated.</p></body></html>

en: <p>This article uses material from the Wikipedia article <a href="%1">%2</a>, which is released under the <a href="https://clementine-player.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode.txt">Creative Commons Attribution-Share-Alike License 3.0</a>.</p>
en_GB: <p>This article uses material from the Wikipedia article <a href="%1">%2</a>, which is released under the <a href="https://clementine-player.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/legalcode.txt">Creative Commons Attribution-Share-Alike Licence 3.0</a>.</p>

en: A client can connect only, if the correct code was entered.
en_GB: A client can connect only if the correct code was entered.

en: A smart playlist is a dynamic list of songs that come from your library.  There are different types of smart playlist that offer different ways of selecting songs.
en_GB: A smart playlist is a dynamic list of songs that come from your library. There are different types of smart playlist that offer different ways of selecting songs.

en: Are you sure you want to write song's statistics into song's file for all the songs of your library?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to write song statistics to file for all the songs in your library?

en: Choose color...
en_GB: Choose colour...

en: Clementine Visualization
en_GB: Clementine Visualisation

en: Clementine can synchronize your subscription list with your other computers and podcast applications.  <a href="https://gpodder.net/register/">Create an account</a>.
en_GB: Clementine can synchronise your subscription list with your other computers and podcast applications.  <a href="https://gpodder.net/register/">Create an account</a>.

en: Click here to favorite this playlist so it will be saved and remain accessible through the "Playlists" panel on the left side bar
en_GB: Click here to favourite this playlist so it will be saved and remain accessible through the "Playlists" panel on the left side bar

en: Close visualization
en_GB: Close visualisation

en: Connect Wii Remotes using active/deactive action
en_GB: Connect Wii Remotes using activate/deactivate action

en: Delay between visualizations
en_GB: Delay between visualisations

en: Edit tracks information...
en_GB: Edit track information...

en: Grey out non existent songs in my playlists
en_GB: Grey out nonexistent songs in my playlists

en: Not enough neighbors
en_GB: Not enough neighbours

en: Random visualization
en_GB: Random visualisation

en: Saving songs statistics into songs files
en_GB: Saving song statistics into songs' files

en: Select background color:
en_GB: Select background colour:

en: Select foreground color:
en_GB: Select foreground colour:

en: Select visualizations
en_GB: Select visualisations

en: Select visualizations...
en_GB: Select visualisations...

en: System colors
en_GB: System colours

en: This option can be changed in the "Behavior" preferences
en_GB: This option can be changed in the "Behaviour" preferences

en: Use Psychedelic Colors
en_GB: Use Psychedelic Colours

en: Use a custom color set
en_GB: Use a custom colour set

en: Use the system default color set
en_GB: Use the system default colour set

en: Visualization mode
en_GB: Visualisation mode

en: Visualizations Settings
en_GB: Visualisations Settings

en: Wii Remote %1: disactived
en_GB: Wii Remote %1: deactivated

en: You are about to remove %1 playlists from your favorites, are you sure?
en_GB: You are about to remove %1 playlists from your favourites, are you sure?

en: You are about to remove a playlist which is not part of your favorite playlists: the playlist will be deleted (this action cannot be undone). 
    Are you sure you want to continue?
en_GB: You are about to remove a playlist which is not part of your favourite playlists: the playlist will be deleted (this action cannot be undone). 
    Are you sure you want to continue?

en: Your system is missing OpenGL support, visualizations are unavailable.
en_GB: Your system is missing OpenGL support, visualisations are unavailable.

en: Realized
en_GB: Realised

en: Whether the actor has been realized
en_GB: Whether the actor has been realised

en: Scale Center X
en_GB: Scale Centre X

en: Horizontal scale center
en_GB: Horizontal scale centre

en: Scale Center Y
en_GB: Scale Centre Y

en: Vertical scale center
en_GB: Vertical scale centre

en: The center of scaling
en_GB: The centre of scaling

en: Rotation Center X
en_GB: Rotation Centre X

en: The rotation center on the X axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the X axis

en: Rotation Center Y
en_GB: Rotation Centre Y

en: The rotation center on the Y axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the Y axis

en: Rotation Center Z
en_GB: Rotation Centre Z

en: The rotation center on the Z axis
en_GB: The rotation centre on the Z axis

en: Rotation Center Z Gravity
en_GB: Rotation Centre Z Gravity

en: Center point for rotation around the Z axis
en_GB: Centre point for rotation around the Z axis

en: Background Color Set
en_GB: Background Colour Set

en: Whether the background color is set
en_GB: Whether the background colour is set

en: The actor’s background color
en_GB: The actor’s background colour

en: Unable to initialize the Clutter backend: no available drivers found.
en_GB: Unable to initialise the Clutter backend: no available drivers found.

en: The minimum duration of a long press to recognize the gesture
en_GB: The minimum duration of a long press to recognise the gesture

en: Constraints the panning to an axis
en_GB: Constrains the panning to an axis

en: The translation domain used to localize string
en_GB: The translation domain used to localise string

en: The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognized
en_GB: The minimum duration for a long press gesture to be recognised

en: The color of the stage
en_GB: The colour of the stage

en: Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage color
en_GB: Whether to honour the alpha component of the stage colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  2758 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (fontColor), group (Code Viewer Options)
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

en: Color of the font used by the text
en_GB: Colour of the font used by the text

en: Cursor Color
en_GB: Cursor Colour

en: Cursor Color Set
en_GB: Cursor Colour Set

en: Whether the cursor color has been set
en_GB: Whether the cursor colour has been set

en: Selection Color
en_GB: Selection Colour

en: Selection Color Set
en_GB: Selection Colour Set

en: Whether the selection color has been set
en_GB: Whether the selection colour has been set

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string
en_GB: The preferred place to ellipsise the string

en: Selected Text Color
en_GB: Selected Text Colour

en: Selected Text Color Set
en_GB: Selected Text Colour Set

en: Whether the selected text color has been set
en_GB: Whether the selected text colour has been set

en: Center of ellipse
en_GB: Centre of ellipse

en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

en: X coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: X coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

en: Y coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: Y coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: Center Z
en_GB: Centre Z

en: Z coordinate of the center of rotation
en_GB: Z coordinate of the centre of rotation

en: The background color of the box
en_GB: The background colour of the box

en: Color Set
en_GB: Colour Set

en: The color of the rectangle
en_GB: The colour of the rectangle

en: The color of the border of the rectangle
en_GB: The colour of the border of the rectangle

en: Could not initialize Gdk
en_GB: Could not initialise Gdk

en: Visualize
en_GB: Visualise

en: Disable read pixel optimization
en_GB: Disable read pixel optimisation

en: Disable optimization for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles
en_GB: Disable optimisation for reading 1px for simple scenes of opaque rectangles

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option
en: The locale to use when setting localized text
en_GB: The locale to use when setting localised text

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Initialize any metadata for the profile
en_GB: Initialise any metadata for the profile

en: Put the device on the color to be measured and press enter.
en_GB: Put the device on the colour to be measured and press enter.

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the color managed devices
en_GB: Gets all the colour managed devices

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the color managed devices of a specific kind
en_GB: Gets all the colour managed devices of a specific kind

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the available color profiles
en_GB: Gets all the available colour profiles

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Gets all the available color sensors
en_GB: Gets all the available colour sensors

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Locks the color sensor
en_GB: Locks the colour sensor

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Get a standard colorspace
en_GB: Get a standard colourspace

note: TRANSLATORS: command description
en: Inhibits color profiles for this device
en_GB: Inhibits colour profiles for this device

en: This is the delay between setting the sample color and asking the measuring instrument to take a sample. It is required because both the graphics driver and the display itself introduce latency.
en_GB: This is the delay between setting the sample colour and asking the measuring instrument to take a sample. It is required because both the graphics driver and the display itself introduce latency.

note: TRANSLATORS: a editing space is a profile you use for editing, 'SWOP' is also a trademark so don't translate that
en: This editing space was designed as SMPTE-240M and encompasses most of the possible colors available on a CMYK color printer. This is a popular choice for editing photographs and for use in printing, as all the SWOP colors can be reproduced.
en_GB: This editing space was designed as SMPTE-240M and encompasses most of the possible colours available on a CMYK colour printer. This is a popular choice for editing photographs and for use in printing, as all the SWOP colours can be reproduced.

note: TRANSLATORS: super-saturated is in reference to colors you can't show on a PC screen
en: This editing space can display more saturated colors than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colors often used in advertisements. It is very similar to DonRGB4, but can show super-saturated red colors sometimes present in Fujichrome Velvia.
en_GB: This editing space can display more saturated colours than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colours often used in advertisements. It is very similar to DonRGB4, but can show super-saturated red colours sometimes present in Fujichrome Velvia.

note: TRANSLATORS: 'shadow detail' is the number of black colors you can see
en: This editing space can display more saturated colors than Adobe RGB. It is less prone to quantisation errors compared to ProPhoto RGB, although more shadow detail is preserved. In most instances ProPhoto RGB is probably a better choice.
en_GB: This editing space can display more saturated colours than Adobe RGB. It is less prone to quantisation errors compared to ProPhoto RGB, although more shadow detail is preserved. In most instances ProPhoto RGB is probably a better choice.

note: TRANSLATORS: the lookup tables in the GPU map one color to another
en: This test profile is used to make all colors on the screen slightly more blue by altering the video card lookup table. This allows the user to check the calibration is being applied correctly.
en_GB: This test profile is used to make all colours on the screen slightly more blue by altering the video card lookup table. This allows the user to check the calibration is being applied correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: 'Adobe Photoshop' is a trademark, don't translate
en: This is an RGB editing space for use with Adobe Photoshop 5.0 and later. It was designed as an output-centric compromise between ColorMatch RGB and Adobe RGB and used to be preferred by some photograph printing services.
en_GB: This is an RGB editing space for use with Adobe Photoshop 5.0 and later. It was designed as an output-centric compromise between ColourMatch RGB and Adobe RGB and used to be preferred by some photograph printing services.

note: TRANSLATORS: theoretical in that the profile primaries are not real colors
en: This theoretical profile is designed for use in color experiments. You probably don't want to use this profile as a editing space or a display profile.
en_GB: This theoretical profile is designed for use in colour experiments. You probably don't want to use this profile as a editing space or a display profile.

en: Crayon Colors
en_GB: Crayon Colours

note: TRANSLATORS: 'Crayola' is a trademark, please don't translate, also 'named colors' are color swatches with a name, e.g. 'Royal Rose'
en: This named color profile contains all the Crayola crayon colors in popular use. It is a test profile designed for testing embedding named colors into documents.
en_GB: This named colour profile contains all the Crayola crayon colours in popular use. It is a test profile designed for testing embedding named colours into documents.

note: TRANSLATORS: saturated means vivid bright colors
en: This editing space can display more saturated colors than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colors often used in advertisements.
en_GB: This editing space can display more saturated colours than Adobe RGB and is suitable for images with highly saturated colours often used in advertisements.

note: TRANSLATORS: ECI is a trademark, don't translate
en: This profile is recommended by the ECI (European Color Initiative) as a editing space for professional image editing and aims to cover all colors that can be printed on printing presses. This is sometimes used as a color data exchange format between publishers and printing houses.
en_GB: This profile is recommended by the ECI (European Colour Initiative) as a editing space for professional image editing and aims to cover all colours that can be printed on printing presses. This is sometimes used as a colour data exchange format between publishers and printing houses.

note: TRANSLATORS: negatives refers to the film on which a negative image is stored
en: This profile was designed for storing archives of scanned transparency film. It is suitable for storing images from color negatives, although nowadays ProPhoto RGB is a more popular profile for archival.
en_GB: This profile was designed for storing archives of scanned transparency film. It is suitable for storing images from colour negatives, although nowadays ProPhoto RGB is a more popular profile for archival.

note: TRANSLATORS: A little joke: Color Geeks say that NTSC stands for 'Never The Same Color' as it's really a poor choice compared to sRGB
en: This profile defines the range of colors used with the NTSC video standard. It is an obsolete standard that has been replaced by SMTE-C. You should only use this profile to decode archived video.
en_GB: This profile defines the range of colours used with the NTSC video standard. It is an obsolete standard that has been replaced by SMTE-C. You should only use this profile to decode archived video.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please don't translate PAL or SECAM
en: This profile defines the range of colors used with the PAL and SECAM video standards and is very similar to sRGB. You should only use this profile to encode or decode video.
en_GB: This profile defines the range of colours used with the PAL and SECAM video standards and is very similar to sRGB. You should only use this profile to encode or decode video.

note: TRANSLATORS: Please don't translate 'RGB' or 'RAW'
en: Originally designed by Eastman Kodak and called ROMM RGB, this profile can display a very large range of colors and is used by many photographers for rendering, editing and archiving RAW images. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see color banding when editing images.
en_GB: Originally designed by Eastman Kodak and called ROMM RGB, this profile can display a very large range of colours and is used by many photographers for rendering, editing and archiving RAW images. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see colour banding when editing images.

note: TRANSLATORS: ITU-R is a standards body
en: ITU-R recommendation BT.709 is a high-definition television standard that was first approved in 1990. The Rec. 709 profile uses the same range of colors as sRGB although the luminance curve is different.
en_GB: ITU-R recommendation BT.709 is a high-definition television standard that was first approved in 1990. The Rec. 709 profile uses the same range of colours as sRGB although the luminance curve is different.

en: SNAP TR002 Newsprint
en_GB: NAP TR002 Newsprint

note: TRANSLATORS: Trinitron is a trademark, 'untagged' means an image with an unspecified color profile
en: This general purpose profile was designed by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft and lives on as the default profile on the Internet for untagged RGB colors and used in HDTV. Most uncalibrated displays are able to display most of the colors available in sRGB, although this profile is sometimes a poor choice for printing.
en_GB: This general purpose profile was designed by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft and lives on as the default profile on the Internet for untagged RGB colours and used in HDTV. Most uncalibrated displays are able to display most of the colours available in sRGB, although this profile is sometimes a poor choice for printing.

note: TRANSLATORS: 'Adobe Systems' is a trademark, don't translate that
en: This editing space was designed by Adobe Systems to capture many more colors than Adobe RGB. This profile is used to print to devices such as film recorders and can define many colors that cannot be displayed on a computer screen. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see color banding when editing images.
en_GB: This editing space was designed by Adobe Systems to capture many more colours than Adobe RGB. This profile is used to print to devices such as film recorders and can define many colours that cannot be displayed on a computer screen. Unless you are working with 16 bits per channel precision, you may see colour banding when editing images.

en: X11 Colors
en_GB: X11 Colours

note: TRANSLATORS: A 'named color profile' contains a list of color swatches that look the same on all computer screens
en: This named color profile contains all the colors defined by X11, assuming the source colors were supposed to be sRGB.
en_GB: This named colour profile contains all the colours defined by X11, assuming the source colours were supposed to be sRGB.

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to add devices
en: Create a color managed device
en_GB: Create a colour managed device

en: Authentication is required to create a color managed device
en_GB: Authentication is required to create a colour managed device

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to add profiles
en: Create a color profile
en_GB: Create a colour profile

en: Authentication is required to create a color profile
en_GB: Authentication is required to create a colour profile

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to delete devices
en: Remove a color managed device
en_GB: Remove a colour managed device

en: Authentication is required to remove a color managed device
en_GB: Authentication is required to remove a colour managed device

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to delete profiles
en: Remove a color profile
en_GB: Remove a colour profile

en: Authentication is required to remove a color profile
en_GB: Authentication is required to remove a colour profile

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to modify devices
en: Modify color settings for a device
en_GB: Modify colour settings for a device

en: Authentication is required to modify the color settings for a device
en_GB: Authentication is required to modify the colour settings for a device

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to modify profiles
en: Modify a color profile
en_GB: Modify a colour profile

en: Authentication is required to modify a color profile
en_GB: Authentication is required to modify a colour profile

note: #-#-#-#-#  221 (colord)  #-#-#-#-# SECURITY: - Normal users require admin authentication to install files system wide to apply color profiles for sessions that have not explicitly chosen profiles to apply. - This should not be set to 'yes' as unprivileged users could then set a profile set to all-wh
en: Install system color profiles
en_GB: Install system colour profiles

en: Authentication is required to install the color profile for all users
en_GB: Authentication is required to install the colour profile for all users

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to profile devices.
en: Inhibit color profile selection
en_GB: Inhibit colour profile selection

note: SECURITY: - Normal users should not have to authenticate to use the colorimeter device.
en: Use color sensor
en_GB: Use colour sensor

en: Authentication is required to use the color sensor
en_GB: Authentication is required to use the colour sensor

en: Color Management D-Bus Service
en_GB: Colour Management D-Bus Service

en: Unmaximize Window
en_GB: Unmaximise Window

en: Maximize Window
en_GB: Maximise Window

en: Minimize Window
en_GB: Minimise Window

en: Toggle center shape
en_GB: Toggle centre shape

en: Toggle whether the current shape is drawn using the center of your initial click
en_GB: Toggle whether the current shape is drawn using the centre of your initial click

en: Annotate Fill Color
en_GB: Annotate Fill Colour

en: Fill color for annotations
en_GB: Fill colour for annotations

en: Annotate Stroke Color
en_GB: Annotate Stroke Colour

en: Stroke color for annotations
en_GB: Stroke colour for annotations

en: Ignore Hints When Maximized
en_GB: Ignore Hints When Maximised

en: Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximized
en_GB: Ignore size increment and aspect hints when window is maximised

en: Focus &amp; Raise Behavior
en_GB: Focus & Raise Behaviour

en: Unmaximize active window
en_GB: Unmaximise active window

en: Minimize active window
en_GB: Minimise active window

en: Maximize active window
en_GB: Maximise active window

en: Maximize Window Horizontally
en_GB: Maximise Window Horizontally

en: Maximize active window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise active window horizontally

en: Maximize Window Vertically
en_GB: Maximise Window Vertically

en: Maximize active window vertically
en_GB: Maximise active window vertically

en: Toggle Window Maximized
en_GB: Toggle Window Maximised

en: Toggle active window maximized
en_GB: Toggle active window maximised

en: Toggle Window Maximized Horizontally
en_GB: Toggle Window Maximised Horizontally

en: Toggle active window maximized horizontally
en_GB: Toggle active window maximised horizontally

en: Toggle Window Maximized Vertically
en_GB: Toggle Window Maximised Vertically

en: Toggle active window maximized vertically
en_GB: Toggle active window maximised vertically

en: Unredirect Fullscreen Windows
en_GB: Unredirect Full screen Windows

en: Allow drawing of fullscreen windows to not be redirected to offscreen pixmaps
en_GB: Allow drawing of full screen windows to not be redirected to offscreen pixmaps

en: Cube Color
en_GB: Cube Colour

en: Color of top and bottom sides of the cube
en_GB: Colour of top and bottom sides of the cube

en: Skydome Gradient Start Color
en_GB: Skydome Gradient Start Colour

en: Color to use for the top color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient
en_GB: Colour to use for the top color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient

en: Skydome Gradient End Color
en_GB: Skydome Gradient End Colour

en: Color to use for the bottom color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient
en_GB: Colour to use for the bottom color-stop of the skydome-fallback gradient

en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

en: Fade On Minimize/Open/Close
en_GB: Fade On Minimise/Open/Close

en: Fade effect on minimize/open/close window events
en_GB: Fade effect on minimise/open/close window events

en: Run Dialog
en_GB: Run Dialogue

en: Show Run Application dialog
en_GB: Show Run Application dialogue

en: Minimize Effect
en_GB: Minimise Effect

en: Transform windows when they are minimized and unminimized
en_GB: Transform windows when they are minimised and unminimised

en: Minimize speed
en_GB: Minimise speed

en: Minimize timestep
en_GB: Minimise timestep

en: Minimize Windows
en_GB: Minimise Windows

en: Windows that should be transformed when minimized
en_GB: Windows that should be transformed when minimised

en: Snapoff maximized windows
en_GB: Snap off maximised windows

en: Snapoff and auto unmaximized maximized windows when dragging
en_GB: Snap off and auto unmaximised maximised windows when dragging

en: Border color used for outline and rectangle resize modes
en_GB: Border colour used for outline and rectangle resize modes

note: #-#-#-#-#  2758 (umbrello)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (fillColor), group (UI Options)
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

en: Fill color used for rectangle resize mode
en_GB: Fill colour used for rectangle resize mode

note: #-#-#-#-#  1501 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (minimize), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Minimized
en_GB: Minimised

en: Show minimized windows
en_GB: Show minimised windows

en: Outline Color
en_GB: Outline Colour

en: Outline color of the switcher window.
en_GB: Outline colour of the switcher window.

en: Base Color
en_GB: Base Colour

en: First color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1441  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (HighlightColor), group (Display)
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

en: Second color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: Third color for the background gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Third colour for the background gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the thumb gradient of the switcher window.

en: First color for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.

en: Second color for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour for the thumb highlight gradient of the switcher window.

en: Arrow Colors
en_GB: Arrow Colours

en: First color of the arrow of the switcher window.
en_GB: First colour of the arrow of the switcher window.

en: Second color of the arrow of the switcher window.
en_GB: Second colour of the arrow of the switcher window.

en: Multimonitor behavior
en_GB: Multi monitor behaviour

en: Maximize Effect
en_GB: Maximise Effect

en: Wobble effect when maximizing and unmaximizing windows
en_GB: Wobble effect when maximising and unmaximising windows

en: Fire Particle Color
en_GB: Fire Particle Colour

en: Fire particle color.
en_GB: Fire particle colour.

en: Randomly Colored Fire
en_GB: Randomly Coloured Fire

en: Have random colors for the fire effect, also known as Mystical Fire.
en_GB: Have random colours for the fire effect, also known as Mystical Fire.

en: The color of the sea creature.
en_GB: The colour of the sea creature.

en: The color of the sea plant.
en_GB: The colour of the sea plant.

en: Ground color
en_GB: Ground colour

en: Color of ground in the cube.
en_GB: Colour of ground in the cube.

en: Water color
en_GB: Water colour

en: Color of water in the cube.
en_GB: Colour of water in the cube.

en: Semi-randomize light scattering off water waves.
en_GB: Semi-randomise light scattering off water waves.

en: X coordinate offset from the center of the cube.
en_GB: X coordinate offset from the centre of the cube.

en: Y coordinate offset from the center of the cube.
en_GB: Y coordinate offset from the centre of the cube.

en: Z coordinate offset from the center of the cube.
en_GB: Z coordinate offset from the centre of the cube.

en: Dialog Match
en_GB: Dialogue Match

en: Dialogs which will trigger fading
en_GB: Dialogues which will trigger fading

en: Enables textures flies. If not selected, color cradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textures flies. If not selected, colour cradients are used.

en: Transformation Behavior
en_GB: Transformation Behaviour

en: Helper Circle Color
en_GB: Helper Circle Colour

en: Color of the circle.
en_GB: Colour of the circle.

en: Helper Line Color
en_GB: Helper Line Colour

en: Helper line color around the circle
en_GB: Helper line colour around the circle

en: Helper Cross Line Color
en_GB: Helper Cross Line Colour

en: Color of the cross line
en_GB: Colour of the cross line

en: Color Opacity
en_GB: Colour Opacity

en: Alter window opacity based on color.
en_GB: Alter window opacity based on colour.

en: Photowheel
en_GB: Photo wheel

en: Top Color
en_GB: Top Colour

en: Color of top face of the photo wheel
en_GB: Colour of top face of the photo wheel

en: Bottom Color
en_GB: Bottom Colour

en: Color of bottom face of the photo wheel
en_GB: Colour of bottom face of the photo wheel

en: Put Center
en_GB: Put Centre

en: Move window to the center
en_GB: Move window to the centre

en: Window Center
en_GB: Window Centre

en: Put pointer uses the center of the window
en_GB: Put pointer uses the centre of the window

en: Start and stop the screensaver
en_GB: Start and stop the screen saver

en: Screensaver mode
en_GB: Screen saver mode

en: Screensaver mode.
en_GB: Screen saver mode.

en: ScreenSaver Windows
en_GB: Screen Saver Windows

en: Initiate Smartput on current window.
en_GB: Initiate Smart put on current window.

en: Initiate Smartput on current viewport
en_GB: Initiate Smart put on current viewport

en: Enables textured snowflakes. If not selected, color gradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textured snowflakes. If not selected, colour gradients are used.

en: Show Minimized
en_GB: Show Minimised

en: Show windows that are minimized, shaded or in show desktop mode.
en_GB: Show windows that are minimised, shaded or in show desktop mode.

en: Background color for the window title
en_GB: Background colour for the window title

en: Font color for the window title
en_GB: Font colour for the window title

en: Centered on screen
en_GB: Centred on screen

en: Speed of traveling stars
en_GB: Speed of travelling stars

en: Enables textures snowflakes. If not selected, color gradients are used.
en_GB: Enables textures snowflakes. If not selected, colour gradients are used.

en: Prev window (Group)
en_GB: Previous window (Group)

en: Minimized Window Highlight Rectangle
en_GB: Minimised Window Highlight Rectangle

en: Where to draw highlight rectangle for minimized windows
en_GB: Where to draw highlight rectangle for minimised windows

en: Color of highlight rectangle
en_GB: Colour of highlight rectangle

en: Highlight Border Color
en_GB: Highlight Border Colour

en: Color of highlight rectangle border
en_GB: Colour of highlight rectangle border

en: Highlight Border Inlay Color
en_GB: Highlight Border Inlay Colour

en: Color of inlay in highlight rectangle border
en_GB: Colour of inlay in highlight rectangle border

en: Tries to join the windows together when horizontal, vertical or left tiling is enabled so that when you resize a window surrounding windows resize accordingly. This may cause problems if you dont leave them enough space.
en_GB: Tries to join the windows together when horizontal, vertical or left tiling is enabled so that when a window is resized, the surrounding windows resize accordingly. This may cause problems if you dont leave them enough space.

en: Occupancy percentage for window placed left. This number is percentage of screen width, which the active window will have it as width when tiled. Applies to Left tiling type.
en_GB: Occupancy percentage for the left placed window. This number is the percentage of the screen width that the active window will have when it is tiled. Applies to Left tiling type.

en: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full height, same width and occupy whole screen.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full height, the same width and occupy the whole screen.

en: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full width, same height and occupy whole screen.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows so that they have full width, the same height and occupy the whole screen.

en: Move and resize all visible windows both vertically and horizontally, so that the occupy whole screen and are in a grid.
en_GB: Move and resize all visible windows both vertically and horizontally, so that they occupy the whole screen and are in a grid.

en: The horizontal position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The horizontal position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The vertical position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The vertical position of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The speed of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The speed of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The angle for the movement of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The angle for the movement of this gravity source. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The horizontal position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The horizontal position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The vertical position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The vertical position of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The speed of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The speed of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

en: The angle for the movement of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialization, depending on the movement type.
en_GB: The angle for the movement of this emitter. May be ignored or used for initialisation, depending on the movement type.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1569 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-# Brush setting Tooltip for the "Color hue" brush setting #-#-#-#-#  1570 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color hue
en_GB: Colour hue

en: The color of the particles. This is hue like in HSL colors. It is the center of the range given below.
en_GB: The color of the particles. This is hue like in HSL colors. It is the centre of the range given below.

en: Color hue range
en_GB: Colour hue range

en: The color of the particles can be any value from the hue (given above) plus/minus this range. A range of 500 means any color.
en_GB: The colour of the particles can be any value from the hue (given above) plus/minus this range. A range of 500 means any colour.

en: Color lightness
en_GB: Colour lightness

en: The color of the particles. This is lightness like in HSL colors. It is the center of the range given below.
en_GB: The colour of the particles. This is lightness like in HSL colors. It is the centre of the range given below.

en: Color lightness range
en_GB: Colour lightness range

en: The color of the particles can be any value from the lightness (given above) plus/minus this range.
en_GB: The colour of the particles can be any value from the lightness (given above) plus/minus this range.

en: The alpha (opacity) of the particles. This is the center of the range given below.
en_GB: The alpha (opacity) of the particles. This is the centre of the range given below.

en: Fly to TaskBar on Minimize
en_GB: Fly to TaskBar on Minimise

en: Whether the window should fly to taskbar when minimized with Airplane effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should fly to taskbar when minimised with Airplane effect.

en: Beam Color
en_GB: Beam Colour

en: Beam color.
en_GB: Beam colour.

en: The exploding window with the shatter animation will be split into pieces radially from the center. Specify the number of radial spokes the animation will have.
en_GB: The exploding window with the shatter animation will be split into pieces radially from the centre. Specify the number of radial spokes the animation will have.

en: Ground color(near)
en_GB: Ground colour(near)

en: Color of the ground (near).
en_GB: Colour of the ground (near).

en: Ground color(far)
en_GB: Ground colour (far)

en: Color of the ground (far).
en_GB: Colour of the ground (far).

en: Cube Top Color
en_GB: Cube Top Colour

en: Color of top face of the cube
en_GB: Colour of top face of the cube

en: Cube Bottom Color
en_GB: Cube Bottom Colour

en: Color of bottom face of the cube
en_GB: Colour of bottom face of the cube

en: Color of the resize indicator outline
en_GB: Colour of the resize indicator outline

en: Fill color of the resize indicator
en_GB: Fill colour of the resize indicator

en: Glow Color Change
en_GB: Glow Colour Change

en: If you don't like the current glow color, you can change it with this key.
en_GB: If you don't like the current glow colour, you can change it with this key.

en: Maximize/unmaximize with group
en_GB: Maximise/restore with group

en: If one window in the group is (un)maximized, all other group windows are (un)maximized as well.
en_GB: If one window in the group is (un)maximised, all other group windows are (un)maximised as well.

en: Minimize with group
en_GB: Minimise with group

en: If one window in the group is (un)minimized, all other group windows are (un)minimized as well.
en_GB: If one window in the group is (un)minimised, all other group windows are (un)minimised as well.

en: Precision of the selection (percentage of the visible window area which must be selected for the selection to be recognized).
en_GB: Precision of the selection (percentage of the visible window area which must be selected for the selection to be recognised).

en: Fill color of the selection rectangle
en_GB: Fill colour of the selection rectangle

en: Line color of the selection rectangle
en_GB: Line colour of the selection rectangle

en: Time (in s) before the tab bar is shown after hovering the title bar
en_GB: Time (in s) before the tab bar is shown after hovering over the title bar

en: Tab Base Color
en_GB: Tab Base Colour

en: Fill color of the tab bar
en_GB: Fill colour of the tab bar

en: Tab Border Color
en_GB: Tab Border Colour

en: Border color of the tab bar
en_GB: Border colour of the tab bar

en: Tab Highlight Color
en_GB: Tab Highlight Colour

en: The color of the window title in the tab bar
en_GB: The colour of the window title in the tab bar

en: Spring Konstant used for slot dragging
en_GB: Spring constant used for slot dragging

en: Font color of the window title
en_GB: Font colour of the window title

en: Background color of the window title
en_GB: Background colour of the window title

en: Particle Color
en_GB: Particle Colour

en: Particle color.
en_GB: Particle colour.

en: Randomly Colored Particles
en_GB: Randomly Coloured Particles

en: Have random colors for the particles
en_GB: Have random colours for the particles

en: Maximumize
en_GB: Resize to Available Screenspace

en: Maximumizes windows (resize them to fit the available screenspace).
en_GB: Resize windows to fit the available screenspace.

en: Treat sticky windows as non-existant when calculating space to use for the maximumize window.
en_GB: Treat sticky windows as non-existant when calculating space to use for the resized window.

en: Treat windows that are already overlapping with the current window as non-existant when calculating space to use for the maximumize window.
en_GB: Treat windows that are already overlapping with the current window as non-existant when calculating space to use for resizing the window.

en: Permit windows to shrink during maximumize
en_GB: Permit windows to shrink during maximumise

en: Maximumize to left.
en_GB: Maximumise to left.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow to the left.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow to the left.

en: Maximumize to right.
en_GB: Maximumise to right.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow to the right.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow to the right.

en: Maximumize to up.
en_GB: Maximumise to up.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow upwards.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow upwards.

en: Maximumize to down.
en_GB: Maximumise to down.

en: When maximumizing, allow the window to grow downwards.
en_GB: When maximumising, allow the window to grow downwards.

en: Maximumize Bindings
en_GB: Maximumise Bindings

en: Trigger a resize of the window currently focused so it fits as much of the available screenspae as possible.
en_GB: Trigger a resize of the window currently focused so it fits as much of the available screenspace as possible.

en: Left-only maximumize
en_GB: Left-only maximumise

en: Right-only maximumize
en_GB: Right-only maximumise

en: Up-only maximumize
en_GB: Up-only maximumise

en: Down-only maximumize
en_GB: Down-only maximumise

en: Horizontal-only maximumize
en_GB: Horizontal-only maximumise

en: Vertical-only maximumize
en_GB: Vertical-only maximumise

en: Top left maximumize
en_GB: Top left maximumise

en: Top right maximumize
en_GB: Top right maximumise

en: Lower left maximumize
en_GB: Lower left maximumise

en: Lower right maximumize
en_GB: Lower right maximumise

en: Minimumize Bindings
en_GB: Minimumise Bindings

en: Minimumize
en_GB: Minimumise

en: Left-only minimumize
en_GB: Left-only minimumise

en: Right-only minimumize
en_GB: Right-only minimumise

en: Up-only minimumize
en_GB: Up-only minimumise

en: Down-only minimumize
en_GB: Down-only minimumise

en: Horizontal-only minimumize
en_GB: Horizontal-only minimumise

en: Vertical-only minimumize
en_GB: Vertical-only minimumise

en: Top left minimumize
en_GB: Top left minimumise

en: Top right minimumize
en_GB: Top right minimumise

en: Lower left minimumize
en_GB: Lower left minimumise

en: Lower right minimumize
en_GB: Lower right minimumise

en: Window Color (Active)
en_GB: Window Colour (Active)

en: Color of the active window's depth
en_GB: Colour of the active window's depth

en: Window Color (Inactive)
en_GB: Window Colour (Inactive)

en: Color of an inactive window's depth
en_GB: Colour of an inactive window's depth

en: Color 1
en_GB: Colour 1

en: Fill or first gradient color.
en_GB: Fill or first gradient colour.

en: Color 2
en_GB: Colour 2

en: Second gradient color.
en_GB: Second gradient colour.

en: Background color for the text display.
en_GB: Background colour for the text display.

en: Font color for the text display.
en_GB: Font colour for the text display.

en: Minimize Animation
en_GB: Minimise Animation

en: The animation effect shown when minimizing a window.
en_GB: The animation effect shown when minimising a window.

en: Animation duration in milliseconds for minimize effect.
en_GB: Animation duration in milliseconds for minimise effect.

en: Zoom to TaskBar on Minimize
en_GB: Zoom to TaskBar on Minimise

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Curved Fold effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Curved Fold effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Dream effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Dream effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Glide 1 effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Glide 1 effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Glide 2 effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Glide 2 effect.

en: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimized with Horizontal Folds effect.
en_GB: Whether the window should zoom to taskbar when minimised with Horizontal Folds effect.

en: Zoom from Center
en_GB: Zoom from Centre

en: Minimize/Unminimize Only
en_GB: Minimise/Restore Only

en: Zoom from center when playing the Zoom animation.
en_GB: Zoom from centre when playing the Zoom animation.

en: Color filter
en_GB: Colour filter

en: Filter colors for accessibility purposes
en_GB: Filter colours for accessibility purposes

en: Drag&amp;drop
en_GB: Drag &amp; drop

en: Center the mouse
en_GB: Centre the mouse

en: Sync Mouse
en_GB: Synchronise Mouse

en: Always keep the zoomed area in sync with where the mouse is, and vice versa. Use this if you don't intend to draw a scaled pointer or hide the original pointer. The zoomed area will move as you move your mouse.
en_GB: Always keep the zoomed area synchronised with where the mouse is, and vice versa. Use this if you don't intend to draw a scaled pointer or hide the original pointer. The zoomed area will move as you move your mouse.

en: Only attempt to center newly focused windows if the mouse hasn't moved in this amount of seconds. Use this to avoid jumping when using sloppy focus.
en_GB: Only attempt to centre newly focused windows if the mouse hasn't moved in this amount of seconds. Use this to avoid jumping when using sloppy focus.

en: Border widtht.
en_GB: Border width.

en: Updates the mouse pointer position from the xserver
en_GB: Updates the mouse pointer position from the X server

en: How often to poll the mouse position, in miliseconds. Reduce this to reduce choppy behavior.
en_GB: How often to poll the mouse position, in milliseconds. Reduce this to reduce choppy behavior.

en: Toggle active window negative
en_GB: Toggle window negative

en: Neg Windows
en_GB: Negative Windows

en: Text color.
en_GB: Text colour.

en: Color of text on resize popup.
en_GB: Colour of text on resize popup.

en: Gradient Color 1
en_GB: Gradient Colour 1

en: Color 1 of the gradient background.
en_GB: First colour of the gradient background.

en: Gradient Color 2
en_GB: Gradient Colour 2

en: Color 2 of the gradient background.
en_GB: Second colour of the gradient background.

en: Gradient Color 3
en_GB: Gradient Colour 3

en: Color 3 of the gradient background.
en_GB: Third colour of the gradient background.

en: Border color of the gradient background.
en_GB: Border colour of the gradient background.

en: Rotate ring clockwise for next window instead of counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate ring clockwise for next window instead of anti-clockwise

en: Changes the minimum brightness factor for windows in the ring. The farer away windows are, the less bright are they.
en_GB: Changes the minimum brightness factor for windows in the ring: the farer away windows are, the less bright are they.

en: Changes the minimum scale factor for windows in the ring. The farer away windows are, the smaller are they.
en_GB: Changes the minimum scale factor for windows in the ring: the farer away windows are, the smaller are they.

en: Highlights the hovered window with the given color
en_GB: Highlights the hovered window with the given colour

en: Color used for highlighting the hovered window
en_GB: Colour used for highlighting the hovered window

en: Save Legacy Apps
en_GB: Save Legacy Applications

en: Maximum click duration in miliseconds.
en_GB: Maximum click duration in milliseconds.

en: Hide non Desktop windows
en_GB: Hide non-Desktop windows

en: Hide all non Desktop windows during switching
en_GB: Hide all non-Desktop windows during switching

en: Use this bindings to avoid snapping.
en_GB: Use these bindings to avoid snapping.

en: Thumbnail Border Glow Color
en_GB: Thumbnail Border Glow Colour

en: Thumbnail Background and Border Glow Color.
en_GB: Thumbnail Background and Border Glow Colour.

en: Window title Font Color.
en_GB: Window title Font Colour.

en: Show name of remote machine if a certain application is executed remotely.
en_GB: Show name of a remote machine if a certain application is executed remotely.

en: Show marker if you're logged in as root.
en_GB: Show a marker if you're logged in as root.

en: Maximized windows
en_GB: Maximised windows

en: Non movable windows
en_GB: Non-movable windows

en: Set window as non movable
en_GB: Set window as non-movable

en: Non resizable windows
en_GB: Non-resizable windows

en: Set window as non resizable
en_GB: Set window as non-resizable

en: Non minimizable windows
en_GB: Non-minimisable windows

en: Set window as non minimizable
en_GB: Set window as non-minimisable

en: Non maximizable windows
en_GB: Non-maximisable windows

en: Set window as non maximizable
en_GB: Set window as non-maximisable

en: Non closable windows
en_GB: Non-closable windows

en: Set window as non closable
en_GB: Set window as non-closable

en: Fix Java windows disappearing from the taskbar.
en_GB: Fix Java windows disappearing from the task bar.

en: Force synchronization between X and GLX
en_GB: Force synchronisation between X and GLX

en: Force synchronization between X and GLX, which may help for window parts not redrawing correctly when using Nvidia drivers, but also may decrease performance.
en_GB: Force synchronisation between X and GLX, which may help for window parts not redrawing correctly when using Nvidia drivers, but also may decrease performance.

en: the specified value is not an integer power of two
en_GB: the specified value isn't an integer power of two

en: ERROR: Could not find OPCODINFO for opname: %s
en_GB: ERROR: Couldn't find OPCODINFO for opname: %s

en: Variable type for %s could not be determined.
en_GB: Variable type for %s couldn't be determined.

en: Cannot open #include'd file %s
en_GB: Can't open #include'd file %s

en: cannot create variable %s: NULL type
en_GB: can't create variable %s: NULL type

en: ftable does not exist
en_GB: ftable doesn't exist

en: an input function does not exist
en_GB: an input function doesn't exist

en: could not open space file
en_GB: couldn't open space file

en: Failed to open file %s
en_GB: Can't open input file %s

en: cannot allocate last note because it exceeds 100%% of cpu time
en_GB: can't allocate last note because it exceeds 100%% of cpu time

en: cannot allocate last note because it exceeds instr maxalloc
en_GB: can't allocate last note because it exceeds instr maxalloc

en: could not find playing instr %f
en_GB: couldn't find playing instr %f

en: Cannot find instr %d (UDO %s)
en_GB: Can't find instr %d (UDO %s)

en: %s: not initialised
en_GB: %s: not initialized

en: subinstr: not initialised
en_GB: subinstr: not initialized

en: cannot carry string p-field
en_GB: can't carry string p-field

en: WARNING: Cannot Find Instrument %d
en_GB: WARNING: Can't Find Instrument %d

en: cannot load %s
en_GB: can't load %s

en: cannot load %s, or SADIR undefined
en_GB: can't load %s, or SADIR undefined

en: pvoc-ex file %s is not 32bit floats
en_GB: pvoc-ex file %s isn't 32bit floats

en: cannot create cscore.out
en_GB: can't create cscore.out

en: cannot reopen cscore.out
en_GB: can't reopen cscore.out

en: cannot reopen cscore.srt
en_GB: can't reopen cscore.srt

en: cannot rewind score: no score in memory
en_GB: can't rewind score: no score in memory

en: Cannot Find Instrument %d
en_GB: Can't Find Instrument %d

en: cannot find the specified instrument or opcode
en_GB: can't find the specified instrument or opcode

en: cannot redefine %s
en_GB: can't redefine %s

en: Failed to initialise real time audio input
en_GB: Failed to initialize real time audio input

en: isfinit: cannot open %s -- %s
en_GB: isfinit: can't open %s -- %s

en: isfinit: cannot open %s
en_GB: isfinit: can't open %s

en: Failed to initialise real time audio output
en_GB: Failed to initialize real time audio output

en: sfinit: cannot open fd %d
    %s
en_GB: sfinit: can't open fd %d
    %s

en: sfinit: cannot open %s
en_GB: sfinit: can't open %s

en: sfinit: cannot open %s
    %s
en_GB: sfinit: can't open %s
    %s

en: soundin cannot open %s: %s
en_GB: soundin can't open %s: %s

en:  *** MIDI file format %d is not supported
en_GB:  *** MIDI file format %d isn't supported

en: Cannot rewind MIDI score
en_GB: Can't rewind MIDI score

en: unrecognised sys_common type %d
en_GB: unrecognized sys_common type %d

en: unrecognised message type %d
en_GB: unrecognized message type %d

en: csound: cannot set scheduling policy to SCHED_RR
en_GB: csound: can't set scheduling policy to SCHED_RR

en: csound: cannot set nice level to %d
en_GB: csound: can't set nice level to %d

en:  *** Cannot open device '%s' for audio output: %s
en_GB:  *** Can't open device '%s' for audio output: %s

en:  *** Cannot open device '%s' for audio input: %s
en_GB:  *** Can't open device '%s' for audio input: %s

en: Could not retrieve max number of channels
en_GB: Couldn't retrieve max number of channels

en: MIDI receive: cannot get termios info.
en_GB: MIDI receive: can't get termios info.

en: MIDI receive: cannot set input baud rate.
en_GB: MIDI receive: can't set input baud rate.

en: MIDI receive: cannot set termios.
en_GB: MIDI receive: can't set termios.

en: ALSASEQ: cannot set client name '%s' (%s)
en_GB: ALSASEQ: can't set client name '%s' (%s)

en: ALSASEQ: cannot create input port (%s)
en_GB: ALSASEQ: can't create input port (%s)

en: ALSASEQ: cannot create midi event (%s)
en_GB: ALSASEQ: can't create midi event (%s)

en: ALSASEQ: cannot create output port (%s)
en_GB: ALSASEQ: can't create output port (%s)

en: warning... could not create global var
en_GB: warning... couldn't create global var

en: cannot determine card number: %s
en_GB: can't determine card number: %s

en: cannot open control for card %d: %s
en_GB: can't open control for card %d: %s

en: cannot determine device number: %s
en_GB: can't determine device number: %s

en: cannot get rawmidi information %d:%d:%d: %s
en_GB: can't get rawmidi information %d:%d:%d: %s

en: cannot open sequencer
en_GB: can't open sequencer

en: could not connect to JACK server
en_GB: couldn't connect to JACK server

en: sample rate %d does not match JACK sample rate %d
en_GB: sample rate %d doesn't match JACK sample rate %d

en: input and output parameters are not consistent
en_GB: input and output parameters aren't consistent

en: rtmidi: could not open input device
en_GB: rtmidi: couldn't open input device

en: rtmidi: could not open output device
en_GB: rtmidi: couldn't open output device

en: could not allocate global structure
en_GB: couldn't allocate global structure

en: FLsavesnap: cannot open file
en_GB: FLsavesnap: can't open file

en: FLloadsnap: cannot open file
en_GB: FLloadsnap: can't open file

en: FLvalue cannot be set by FLsetVal.
en_GB: FLvalue can't be set by FLsetVal.

en: FLvalue cannot be set by FLsetVal
en_GB: FLvalue can't be set by FLsetVal

en: ** Warning **  PostScript file %s cannot be opened
en_GB: ** Warning **  PostScript file %s can't be opened

en: Cannot be more In arguments than Out in init (%d,%d)
en_GB: Can't be more In arguments than Out in init (%d,%d)

en: outrg: channel number cannot be < 1 (1 is the first channel)
en_GB: outrg: channel number can't be < 1 (1 is the first channel)

en: compileorc: could not open %s
en_GB: compileorc: couldn't open %s

en: compileorc: could not read %s
en_GB: compileorc: couldn't read %s

en: diskin2: not initialised
en_GB: diskin2: not initialized

en: %s cannot open %s
en_GB: %s can't open %s

en: soundout: not initialised
en_GB: soundout: not initialized

en: soundouts: not initialised
en_GB: soundouts: not initialized

en: soundin: not initialised
en_GB: soundin: not initialized

en: display: not initialised
en_GB: display: not initialized

en: dispfft: not initialised
en_GB: dispfft: not initialized

en: tempest: not initialised
en_GB: tempest: not initialized

en: tablexkt: not initialised
en_GB: tablexkt: not initialized

en: pvsynth: Not initialised.
en_GB: pvsynth: Not initialized.

en: pvscross: not initialised
en_GB: pvscross: not initialized

en: pvsfread: ichan cannot be negative.
en_GB: pvsfread: ichan can't be negative.

en: pvsfread: not initialised.
en_GB: pvsfread: not initialized.

en: pvsmaska: not initialised
en_GB: pvsmaska: not initialized

en: pvsftw: not initialised
en_GB: pvsftw: not initialized

en: pvsftr: not initialised
en_GB: pvsftr: not initialized

en: 
    pvsys: already initialised
en_GB: 
    pvsys: already initialized

en: 
    pvsys: file does not exist
en_GB: 
    pvsys: file doesn't exist

en: pvsanal: Not Initialised.
en_GB: pvsanal: Not Initialized.

en: pvsynth: Not Initialised.
en_GB: pvsynth: Not Initialized.

en: insufficient memory to initialise remote globals.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize remote globals.

en: insufficient memory to initialise outgoing socket table.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize outgoing socket table.

en: insufficient memory to initialise incoming socket table.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize incoming socket table.

en: insufficient memory to initialise insrfd_list.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize insrfd_list.

en: insufficient memory to initialise chnrfd_list.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize chnrfd_list.

en: insufficient memory to initialise insrfd table.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize insrfd table.

en: insufficient memory to initialise chnrfd table.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize chnrfd table.

en: insufficient memory to initialise local ip address.
en_GB: insufficient memory to initialize local ip address.

en: could not open remote port
en_GB: couldn't open remote port

en: ---> Could not connect
en_GB: ---> Couldn't connect

en: --->  Connected.
en_GB: ---> Couldn't connect

en: failed to initialise remote globals.
en_GB: failed to initialize remote globals.

en: *** This version of Csound was not compiled with remote event support ***
en_GB: *** This version of Csound wasn't compiled with remote event support ***

en: diskinfo cannot open %s
en_GB: diskinfo can't open %s

en: diskinfo cannot open %s: %s
en_GB: diskinfo can't open %s: %s

en: linseg not initialised (krate)
en_GB: linseg not initialized (krate)

en: linseg: not initialised (arate)
en_GB: linseg: not initialized (arate)

en: expseg (krate): not initialised
en_GB: expseg (krate): not initialized

en: expseg (arate): not initialised
en_GB: expseg (arate): not initialized

en: envlpx(krate): not initialised
en_GB: envlpx(krate): not initialized

en: cosseg not initialised (krate)
en_GB: cosseg not initialized (krate)

en: cosseg: not initialised (arate)
en_GB: cosseg: not initialized (arate)

en: cossegr: not initialised (arate)
en_GB: cossegr: not initialized (arate)

en: table(krate): not initialised
en_GB: table(krate): not initialized

en: table: not initialised
en_GB: table: not initialized

en: tablei(krate): not initialised
en_GB: tablei(krate): not initialized

en: table3(krate): not initialised
en_GB: table3(krate): not initialized

en: tablei: not initialised
en_GB: tablei: not initialized

en: table3: not initialised
en_GB: table3: not initialized

en: oscil1(krate): not initialised
en_GB: oscil1(krate): not initialized

en: oscil1i(krate): not initialised
en_GB: oscil1i(krate): not initialized

en: osciln: not initialised
en_GB: osciln: not initialized

en: oscil(krate): not initialised
en_GB: oscil(krate): not initialized

en: oscil: not initialised
en_GB: oscil: not initialized

en: oscili(krate): not initialised
en_GB: oscili(krate): not initialized

en: oscili: not initialised
en_GB: oscili: not initialized

en: oscil3(krate): not initialised
en_GB: oscil3(krate): not initialized

en: oscil3: not initialised
en_GB: oscil3: not initialized

en: foscil: not initialised
en_GB: foscil: not initialized

en: foscili: not initialised
en_GB: foscili: not initialized

en: mono loscil cannot read from stereo ftable
en_GB: mono loscil can't read from stereo ftable

en: stereo loscil cannot read from mono ftable
en_GB: stereo loscil can't read from mono ftable

en: mono loscilphs cannot read from stereo ftable
en_GB: mono loscilphs can't read from stereo ftable

en: stereo loscilphs cannot read from mono ftable
en_GB: stereo loscilphs can't read from mono ftable

en: ADSYN cannot load %s
en_GB: ADSYN can't load %s

en: adsyn: not initialised
en_GB: adsyn: not initialized

en: buzz: not initialised
en_GB: buzz: not initialized

en: gbuzz: not initialised
en_GB: gbuzz: not initialized

en: pluck: not initialised
en_GB: pluck: not initialized

en: LPREAD cannot load %s
en_GB: LPREAD can't load %s

en: Cannot handle uneven pole count yet
en_GB: Can't handle uneven pole count yet

en: lpread: not initialised
en_GB: lpread: not initialized

en: LPC slot is not allocated
en_GB: LPC slot isn't allocated

en: lpinterpol: not initialised
en_GB: lpinterpol: not initialized

en: delay: not initialised
en_GB: delay: not initialized

en: delayr: not initialised
en_GB: delayr: not initialized

en: delayw: not initialised
en_GB: delayw: not initialized

en: deltap: not initialised
en_GB: deltap: not initialized

en: deltapi: not initialised
en_GB: deltapi: not initialized

en: deltapn: not initialised
en_GB: deltapn: not initialized

en: deltap3: not initialised
en_GB: deltap3: not initialized

en: comb: not initialised
en_GB: comb: not initialized

en: combinv: not initialised
en_GB: comb: not initialized

en: alpass: not initialised
en_GB: alpass: not initialized

en: reverb: not initialised
en_GB: reverb: not initialized

en: pan: not initialised
en_GB: pan: not initialized

en: printk not initialised
en_GB: printk: not initialized

en: printks not initialised
en_GB: printks: not initialized

en: table: could not find ftable %d
en_GB: table: couldn't find ftable %d

en: table: could not find ftables %d and/or %d
en_GB: table: couldn't find ftables %d and/or %d

en: table: could not read negative pos %d
en_GB: table: couldn't read negative pos %d

en: vdelay: not initialised
en_GB: vdelay: not initialized

en: vdelay3: not initialised
en_GB: vdelay3: not initialized

en: multitap: not initialised
en_GB: multitap: not initialized

en: reverbx: not initialised
en_GB: reverbx: not initialized

en: ftable %.2f does not exist
en_GB: ftable %.2f doesn't exist

en: cannot start OSC listener on port %s
en_GB: can't start OSC listener on port %s

en: vosim: not initialised
en_GB: vosim: not initialized

en: The numbers of input and output arguments are not valid.
en_GB: The numbers of input and output arguments aren't valid.

en: array not initialised in ambibformenc1
en_GB: array not initialized in ambibformenc1

en: The number of input arguments is not valid.
en_GB: The number of input arguments isn't valid.

en: The output channel count does not match the isetup value.
en_GB: The output channel count doesn't match the isetup value.

en: bformdec1 output array not initilised
en_GB: bformdec1 output array not initilized

en: Cannot set i-array at k-rate
en_GB: Can't set i-array at k-rate

en: Array dimension %d does not match for dimensions %d
en_GB: Array dimension %d doesn't match for dimensions %d

en: array-variable not initialised
en_GB: array-variable not initialized

en: array-variable dimensions do not match
en_GB: array-variable dimensions don't match

en: array-variable types do not match
en_GB: array-variable types don't match

en: array-var not initialised
en_GB: array-var not initialized

en: array sizes do not match
en_GB: array sizes don't match

en: vco: not initialised
en_GB: vco: not initialized

en: Bowedbar: cannot have zero modes
en_GB: Bowedbar: can't have zero modes

en: cannot determine current directory: %s
en_GB: can't determine current directory: %s

en: readi failed to initialise
en_GB: readi failed to initialize

en: DSSI4CS: Port %lu from '%s' does not exist.
en_GB: DSSI4CS: Port %lu from '%s' doesn't exist.

en: DSSI4CS: Not initialised or wrong argument types.
en_GB: DSSI4CS: Not initialized or wrong argument types.

en: Failed to load plugin "%s": %s
en_GB: Failed to load plug-in "%s": %s

en: tabrowcopy: iend cannot be bigger than numcols
en_GB: tabrowcopy: iend can't be bigger than numcols

en: tabrowcopy: krow cannot be negative
en_GB: tabrowcopy: krow can't be negative

en: tabrowlin: iend cannot be bigger than numcols
en_GB: tabrowlin: iend can't be bigger than numcols

en: krow cannot be negative
en_GB: krow can't be negative

en: getrowlin: krow cannot be negative
en_GB: getrowlin: krow can't be negative

en: tab2array: cannot copy a negative number of items
en_GB: tab2array: can't copy a negative number of items

en: reshapearray: cannot reshape
en_GB: reshapearray: can't reshape

en: cannot print multidimensional string arrays
en_GB: can't print multidimensional string arrays

en: Could not handle start index: %d
en_GB: Couldn't handle start index: %d

en: Could not handle end index: %d
en_GB: Couldn't handle end index: %d

en: could not find DSP %p for deletion
en_GB: couldn't find DSP %p for deletion

en: cannot close '%s': not found in list of open files
en_GB: can't close '%s': not found in list of open files

en: cannot close file #%d: not a valid handle
en_GB: can't close file #%d: not a valid handle

en: freeverb: not initialised
en_GB: freeverb: not initialized

en: ftconv: not initialised
en_GB: ftconv: not initialized

en: ftable number does not exist
en_GB: ftable number doesn't exist

en: Cannot load file. Error opening directory: %s
en_GB: Can't load file. Error opening directory: %s

en: Cannot find directory. Error opening directory: %s
en_GB: Can't find directory. Error opening directory: %s

en: adsynt2: not initialised
en_GB: adsynt2: not initialized

en: inrg: channel number cannot be < 1 (1 is the first channel)
en_GB: inrg: channel number can't be < 1 (1 is the first channel)

en: vecdly: not initialised
en_GB: vecdly: not initialized

en: tableseg: not initialised
en_GB: tableseg: not initialized

en: tablexseg: not initialised
en_GB: tablexseg: not initialized

en: vdelayk: not initialised
en_GB: vdelayk: not initialized

en: grain: not initialised
en_GB: grain: not initialized

en: grain4: not initialised
en_GB: grain4: not initialized

en: hdf5write: Error, first argument does not appear to be a string, exiting
en_GB: hdf5write: Error, first argument doesn't appear to be a string, exiting

en: This should not happen, exiting
en_GB: This shouldn't happen, exiting

en: hdf5read: Error, input argument %d does not appear to be a string, exiting
en_GB: hdf5read: Error, input argument %d doesn't appear to be a string, exiting

en: hdf5read: Error, input argument %d type is unknown, exiting
en_GB: hdf5read: Error, input argument %d doesn't appear to be a string, exiting

en: hdf5read: Error, output argument %d appears to be a string, exiting
en_GB: hdf5read: Error, input argument %d doesn't appear to be a string, exiting

en: hdf5read: Error, output argument %d type is unknown, exiting
en_GB: hdf5read: Error, input argument %d doesn't appear to be a string, exiting

en: hdf5read: Error, dataset does not exist or cannot be found in file
en_GB: hdf5read: Error, dataset doesn't exist or can't be found in file

en: 
    
    
    Cannot load left data file, exiting
en_GB: 
    
    
    can't load left data file, exiting

en: 
    
    
    Cannot load right data file, exiting
en_GB: 
    
    
    can't load right data file, exiting

en: hrtfer: not initialised
en_GB: hrtfer: not initialized

en: imageload: cannot open image %s.
en_GB: imageload: can't open image %s.

en: imageload: cannot open image %s for writing.
en_GB: imageload: can't open image %s for writing.

en: Cannot allocate memory.
en_GB: Can't allocate memory.

en: Cannot find Jack client.
en_GB: Can't find Jack client.

en: Could not create Jack client "%s" -- is Jack server "%s" running? Status: %d
en_GB: Couldn't create Jack client "%s" -- is Jack server "%s" running? Status: %d

en: Could not create Jack port "%s".
en_GB: Couldn't create Jack port "%s".

en: Could not create Jack connection from "%s" to "%s": status %d.
en_GB: Couldn't create Jack connection from "%s" to "%s": status %d.

en: linuxjoystick: could not open device /dev/input/js%d for reason: %s
en_GB: linuxjoystick: couldn't open device /dev/input/js%d for reason: %s

en: linuxjoystick: could not open device /dev/js%d for reason: %s
en_GB: linuxjoystick: couldn't open device /dev/js%d for reason: %s

en: liveconv: not initialised
en_GB: liveconv: not initialized

en: could not load '%s'
en_GB: couldn't load '%s'

en: loscilx: not initialised
en_GB: loscilx: not initialized

en: loscilxa: not initialised
en_GB: loscilxa: not initialized

en: could not set priority
en_GB: couldn't set priority

en: mp3scal_load error: could not open %s
en_GB: mp3scal_load error: couldn't open %s

en: cannot load: player still active
en_GB: can't load: player still active

en: nlfilt: not initialised
en_GB: nlfilt: not initialized

en: nlfilt2: not initialised
en_GB: nlfilt2: not initialized

en: oscbnk: not initialised
en_GB: oscbnk: not initialized

en: grain2: not initialised
en_GB: grain2: not initialized

en: grain3: not initialised
en_GB: grain3: not initialized

en: rnd31: not initialised
en_GB: rnd31: not initialized

en: vco2ft: not initialised
en_GB: vco2ft: not initialized

en: vco2: not initialised
en_GB: vco2: not initialized

en: delayk: not initialised
en_GB: delayk: not initialized

en: vdel_k: not initialised
en_GB: vdel_k: not initialized

en: partikkelsync: could not find opcode id
en_GB: partikkelsync: couldn't find opcode id

en: %s: could not find opcode id
en_GB: %s: couldn't find opcode id

en: DlineA not initialised
en_GB: DlineA not initialized

en: pitch: not initialised
en_GB: pitch: not initialized

en: adsynt: not initialised
en_GB: adsynt: not initialized

en: hsboscil: not initialised
en_GB: hsboscil: not initialized

en: pitchamdf: not initialised
en_GB: pitchamdf: not initialized

en: phasorbnk: not initialised
en_GB: phasorbnk: not initialized

en: Error: transeg not initialised (krate)
en_GB: Error: transeg not initialized (krate)

en: transeg: not initialised (arate)
en_GB: transeg: not initialized (arate)

en: median: not initialised (arate)
en_GB: median: not initialized (arate)

en: median: not initialised (krate)
en_GB: median: not initialized (krate)

en: wgpluck:Could not allocate for initial shape
en_GB: wgpluck:Couldn't allocate for initial shape

en: trfil: could not find function table
en_GB: trfil: couldn't find function table

en: pvadd: not initialised
en_GB: pvadd: not initialized

en: PVADD cannot load %s
en_GB: PVADD can't load %s

en: PVBUFREAD cannot load %s
en_GB: PVBUFREAD can't load %s

en: pvbufread: not initialised
en_GB: pvbufread: not initialized

en: PVINTERP cannot load %s
en_GB: PVINTERP can't load %s

en: pvinterp: %s: frame size %d does not match pvbufread frame size %d
en_GB: pvinterp: %s: frame size %d doesn't match pvbufread frame size %d

en: pvinterp: not initialised
en_GB: pvinterp: not initialized

en: PVCROSS cannot load %s
en_GB: PVCROSS can't load %s

en: pvcross: %s: frame size %d does not match pvbufread frame size %d
en_GB: pvcross: %s: frame size %d doesn't match pvbufread frame size %d

en: pvcross: not initialised
en_GB: pvcross: not initialized

en: PVREAD cannot load %s
en_GB: PVREAD can't load %s

en: pvsband: not initialised
en_GB: pvsband: not initialized

en: pvsfwrite: could not open file %s
en_GB: pvsfwrite: couldn't open file %s

en: pvsfwrite: could not write data
en_GB: pvsfwrite: couldn't write data

en: pvsdiskin: could not open file %s
en_GB: pvsdiskin: couldn't open file %s

en: could not find table number %d
en_GB: couldn't find table number %d

en: pvsfilter: not initialised
en_GB: pvsfilter: not initialized

en: pvscale: not initialised
en_GB: pvscale: not initialized

en: pvshift: not initialised
en_GB: pvshift: not initialized

en: pvswarp: not initialised
en_GB: pvswarp: not initialized

en: pvsblur: not initialised
en_GB: pvsblur: not initialized

en: pvstencil: not initialised
en_GB: pvstencil: not initialized

en: error... could not create global var for handle
en_GB: error... couldn't create global var for handle

en: error... could not read handle from global variable
en_GB: error... couldn't read handle from global variable

en: pvsdemix : not initialised
en_GB: pvsdemix : not initialized

en: pvsgendy: not initialised
en_GB: pvsgendy: not initialized

en: reverbsc: not initialised
en_GB: reverbsc: not initialized

en: scanu: Could not find ifnnit ftable
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifnnit ftable

en: scanu: Could not find ifninit ftable
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifninit ftable

en: scanu: Could not find ifnmass table
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifnmass table

en: scanu: Could not find ifncentr table
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifncentr table

en: scanu: Could not find ifndamp table
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifndamp table

en: scanu: Could not find ifnstiff table
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifnstiff table

en: scanu: Could not find ifnvel table
en_GB: scanu: Couldn't find ifnvel table

en: scanu: not initialised
en_GB: scanu: not initialized

en: scans: Could not find the ifntraj table
en_GB: scans: Couldn't find the ifntraj table

en: scanux: Could not find ifnnit ftable
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifnnit ftable

en: scanux: Could not find ifninit ftable
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifninit ftable

en: scanux: Could not find ifnmass table
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifnmass table

en: scanux: Could not find ifncentr table
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifncentr table

en: scanux: Could not find ifndamp table
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifndamp table

en: scanux: Could not find ifnstiff table
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifnstiff table

en: SCANU cannot load %s
en_GB: SCANU can't load %s

en: scanux: Could not find ifnvel table
en_GB: scanux: Couldn't find ifnvel table

en: xscanu: not initialised
en_GB: xscanu: not initialized

en: sfload: cannot open SoundFont file "%s" (error %s)
en_GB: sfload: can't open SoundFont file "%s" (error %s)

en: sfload: could not open globals
en_GB: Sfload: can't open globals

en: sfpreset: cannot find any preset having prog number %d and bank number %d in SoundFont file "%s"
en_GB: sfpreset: can't find any preset having prog number %d and bank number %d in SoundFont file "%s"

en: Sfont: cannot use globals/
en_GB: Sfont: can't use globals/

en: error... could not create sfont globals
en_GB: error... couldn't create sfont globals

en: crossfade cannot be longer than loop
en_GB: crossfade can't be longer than loop

en: function table channel count does not match output
en_GB: function table channel count doesn't match output

en: pvsarp: not initialised
en_GB: pvsarp: not initialized

en: pvsvoc: not initialised
en_GB: pvsvoc: not initialized

en: pvsmorph: not initialised
en_GB: pvsmorph: not initialized

en: sndwarp: not initialised
en_GB: sndwarp: not initialized

en: sndwarpst: not initialised
en_GB: sndwarpst: not initialized

en: Cannot set nonblock
en_GB: Can't set nonblock

en: space: not initialised
en_GB: space: not initialized

en: spdist: not initialised
en_GB: spdist: not initialized

en: spat3d: not initialised
en_GB: spat3d: not initialized

en: spat3di: not initialised
en_GB: spat3di: not initialized

en: specdisp: not initialised
en_GB: specdisp: not initialized

en: specptrk: not initialised
en_GB: specptrk: not initialized

en: specsum: not initialised
en_GB: specsum: not initialized

en: specaddm: not initialised
en_GB: specaddm: not initialized

en: specdiff: local buffers not initialised
en_GB: specdiff: local buffers not initialized

en: specdiff: not initialised
en_GB: specdiff: not initialized

en: specscal: local buffer not initialised
en_GB: specscal: local buffer not initialized

en: specscal: not initialised
en_GB: specscal: not initialized

en: spechist: local buffers not initialised
en_GB: spechist: local buffers not initialized

en: spechist: not initialised
en_GB: spechist: not initialized

en: specfilt: local buffers not initialised
en_GB: specfilt: local buffers not initialized

en: specfilt: not initialised
en_GB: specfilt: not initialized

en: fsig = : source signal is not initialised
en_GB: fsig = : source signal is not initialized

en: diskgrain: could not open file: %s
en_GB: diskgrain: couldn't open file: %s

en: diskgrain: soundfile channel numbers do not match the number of outputs
en_GB: diskgrain: soundfile channel numbers don't match the number of outputs

en: diskgrain: could not read file
en_GB: diskgrain: couldn't read file

en: tabsum: Not initialised
en_GB: tabsum: Not initialized

en: fof: not initialised
en_GB: fof: not initialized

en: pvoc: not initialised
en_GB: pvoc: not initialized

en: PVOC cannot load %s
en_GB: PVOC can't load %s

en: CONVOLVE cannot load %s
en_GB: CONVOLVE can't load %s

en: convolve: not initialised
en_GB: convolve: not initialized

en: poscil: not initialised
en_GB: poscil: not initialized

en: poscil3: not initialised
en_GB: poscil3: not initialized

en: loop cannot be zero
en_GB: loop can't be zero

en: vibrato(krate): not initialised
en_GB: vibrato(krate): not initialized

en: vcomb: not initialised
en_GB: vcomb: not initialized

en: valpass: not initialised
en_GB: valpass: not initialized

en: iresfn for ftmorf does not exist
en_GB: iresfn for ftmorf doesn't exist

en: iftfn for ftmorf does not exist
en_GB: iftfn for ftmorf doesn't exist

en: table in iftfn for ftmorf does not exist
en_GB: table in iftfn for ftmorf doesn't exist

en: %s: either %s is not an ATS file or the byte endianness is wrong
en_GB: %s: either %s isn't an ATS file or the byte endianness is wrong

en: ATSREAD: not initialised
en_GB: ATSREAD: not initialized

en: ATSREADNZ: Type either not implemented or does not contain noise
en_GB: ATSREADNZ: Type either not implemented or doesn't contain noise

en: ATSREADNZ: not initialised
en_GB: ATSREADNZ: not initialized

en: ATSADD: not initialised
en_GB: ATSADD: not initialized

en: ATSADDNZ: This file type has not been implemented in this code yet.
en_GB: ATSADDNZ: This file type hasn't been implemented in this code yet.

en: ATSBUFREAD: not initialised
en_GB: ATSBUFREAD: not initialized

en: could not find layout table no.%d
en_GB: couldn't find layout table no.%d

en: Output array not initialised
en_GB: Output array not initialized

en: could not find layout table no.0
en_GB: couldn't find layout table no.0

en: Output array in vpabmove not initalised
en_GB: Output array in vpabmove not initalized

en: vpvoc: Could not find ifnmagctrl table
en_GB: vpvoc: Couldn't find ifnmagctrl table

en: VPVOC cannot load %s
en_GB: VPVOC can't load %s

en: vpvoc: not initialised
en_GB: vpvoc: not initialized

en: Table lengths do not agree!!
en_GB: Table lengths don't agree!!

en: websocket: this opcode does not send strings, only receiving them is supported
    Exiting
en_GB: websocket: this opcode doesn't send strings, only receiving them is supported
    Exiting

en: websocket: error output string variable %s must not be initialised
    Exiting
en_GB: websocket: error output string variable %s mustn't be initialized
    Exiting

en: websocket: error array variable %s has not been initialised
    Exiting
en_GB: websocket: error array variable %s hasn't been initialized
    Exiting

en: websocket: received message from is not correct size for variable %s, message dumped
en_GB: websocket: received message from isn't correct size for variable %s, message dumped

en: websocket: could not initialise websocket, Exiting
en_GB: websocket: couldn't initialize websocket, Exiting

en: wiimote %d does not exist
en_GB: wiimote %d doesn't exist

en: No zk space: zakinit has not been called yet.
en_GB: No zk space: zakinit hasn't been called yet.

en: No za space: zakinit has not been called yet.
en_GB: No za space: zakinit hasn't been called yet.

en: -K          do not generate PEAK chunks
en_GB: -K          don't generate PEAK chunks

en: --nopeaks               do not write peak information
en_GB: --nopeaks               don't write peak information

en: --daemon                daemon mode: do not exit if CSD/orchestra is not given, is empty or does not compile
en_GB: --daemon                daemon mode: don't exit if CSD/orchestra isn't given, is empty or doesn't compile

en: input cannot be stdout
en_GB: input can't be stdout

en: no message colours
en_GB: no message colors

en: -o cannot be stdin
en_GB: -o can't be stdin

en: Cannot open indirection file %s
en_GB: Can't indirection file %s

en: csoundSetBreakpoint: cannot set breakpoint. Debugger is not initialised.
en_GB: csoundSetBreakpoint: can't set breakpoint. Debugger isn't initialized.

en: csoundRemoveBreakpoint: cannot remove breakpoint. Debugger is not initialised.
en_GB: csoundRemoveBreakpoint: can't remove breakpoint. Debugger isn't initialized.

en: could not open library '%s' (%s)
en_GB: couldn't open library '%s' (%s)

en: could not open library '%s' (%d)
en_GB: couldn't open library '%s' (%d)

en: '%s' is not a Csound plugin library
en_GB: '%s' isn't a Csound plugin library

en: Csound not ready for performance: csoundStart() has not been called
en_GB: Csound not ready for performance: csoundStart() hasn't been called

en: Cannot open /proc/cpuinfo. Support for RDTSC is not available.
en_GB: Can't open /proc/cpuinfo. Support for RDTSC isn't available.

en: WARNING: cannot open csound6rc file %s
en_GB: WARNING: can't open csound6rc file %s

en: cannot compile orchestra
en_GB: can't compile orchestra

en: cannot open scorefile %s
en_GB: can't open scorefile %s

en: cannot open extract file %s
en_GB: can't open extract file %s

en:  *** '%s' is not a valid Csound command line option.
en_GB:  *** '%s' isn't a valid Csound command line option.

en:  *** type of option '%s' is not boolean
en_GB:  *** type of option '%s' isn't boolean

en:  *** cannot create temporary file
en_GB:  *** can't create temporary file

en: WARNING: could not remove %s
en_GB: WARNING: couldn't remove %s

en: and cannot remove
en_GB: and can't remove

en: and cannot remove %s
en_GB: and can't remove %s

en: and cannot remove %s
en_GB: and can't remove %s

en: Cannot open temporary file (%s) for MIDI subfile
en_GB: Can't open temporary file (%s) for MIDI subfile

en: Cannot open sample file (%s) subfile
en_GB: Can't open sample file (%s) subfile

en: Cannot open file (%s) subfile
en_GB: Can't open file (%s) subfile

en: **** Licence Information ****
en_GB: **** License Information ****

en: **** End of Licence Information ****
en_GB: **** End of License Information ****

en: Could not find <CsoundSynthesizer> tag in CSD file.
en_GB: Couldn't find <CsoundSynthesizer> tag in CSD file.

en: UDP Server: Cannot set nonblock
en_GB: UDP Server: Can't set nonblock

en: could not retrieve channel %s
en_GB: couldn't retrieve channel %s

en: UDP Server: could not start
en_GB: UDP Server: couldn't start

en: %s() is not implemented on this platform.
en_GB: %s() isn't implemented on this platform.

en: Array not initialised
en_GB: Array not initialiszed

en: Array too small (allocated %zu < needed %zu), but cannot allocate during performance pass. Allocate a bigger array at init time
en_GB: Array too small (allocated %zu < needed %zu), but can't allocate during performance pass. Allocate a bigger array at init time

en: Error : Could not file temp dir.
en_GB: Error : Couldn't file temp dir.

en: Error : This file format does not support read/write mode.
en_GB: Error : This file format doesn't support read/write mode.

en: Error : cannot open embedded file read/write.
en_GB: Error : can't open embedded file read/write.

en: Error : this file format does not support pipe write.
en_GB: Error : this file format doesn't support pipe write.

en: Error : Cannot open file in read/write mode due to string data in header.
en_GB: Error : Can't open file in read/write mode due to string data in header.

en: Error : cannot open SD2 file without a file name.
en_GB: Error : can't open SD2 file without a file name.

en: 
    Could not open %s for writing, %s
    bye...
en_GB: 
     Couldn't open %s for writing, %s
     bye...

en: 
    ERROR: cannot open file %s for writing
en_GB: 
    ERROR: can't open file %s for writing

en: Error: sound not optimised !
en_GB: Error: sound not optimized !

en: atsa: cannot open input file '%s': %s
en_GB: atsa: can't open input file '%s': %s

en: atsa: %d frames are not enough for analysis, need at least %d
en_GB: atsa: %d frames aren't enough for analysis, need at least %d

en: unrecognised switch option
en_GB: unrecognized switch option

en: cannot create output file
en_GB: can't create output file

en: cannot write header
en_GB: can't write header

en: -o cannot be stdin
en_GB: -o can't be stdin

en: cannot open %s.
en_GB: can't open %s.

en: cannot open %s.
en_GB: can't open %s.

en: dnoise: cannot open noise reference file
en_GB: dnoise: can't open noise reference file

en: dnoise: warning - do not specify both M and W
en_GB: dnoise: warning - don't specify both M and W

en: w = filter overlap factor: {0,1,(2),3} DO NOT USE -w AND -M
en_GB: w = filter overlap factor: {0,1,(2),3} DON'T USE -w AND -M

en: Cannot open input file %s
en_GB: Can't open input file %s

en: Cannot open output file %s
en_GB: Can't open output file %s

en: Cannot open input comma file %s
en_GB: Can't open input comma file %s

en: Cannot open output hetro file %s
en_GB: Can't open output hetro file %s

en: input and begin times cannot be less than zero
en_GB: input and begin times can't be less than zero

en: cannot create output file
en_GB: can't create output file

en: OOPS: SDIF does not work on this machine!
en_GB: OOPS: SDIF doesn't work on this machine!

en: soundfile read error, could not fill first frame
en_GB: soundfile read error, couldn't fill first frame

en: mixer: -o cannot be stdin
en_GB: mixer: -o can't be stdin

en: Cannot open scale table file %s
en_GB: Can't open scale table file %s

en: srconv: cannot specify both -r and -P
en_GB: srconv: can't specify both -r and -P

en: srconv: cannot open time-vary function file
en_GB: srconv: can't open time-vary function file

en: -P num	pitch transposition ratio (srate/r) [do not specify both P and r]
en_GB: -P num	pitch transposition ratio (srate/r) [don't specify both P and r]

en: -K	Do not generate PEAK chunks
en_GB: -K	Don't generate PEAK chunks

en: pvanal cannot have both -w and -h
en_GB: pvanal can't have both -w and -h

en: %s:
    	could not find
en_GB: %s:
    	couldn't find

en: Syntax error: cannot back up
en_GB: Syntax error: can't back up

en: Dasher is <emphasis>free software</emphasis>. It's distributed under the same license as GNU/Linux, the GPL.
en_GB: Dasher is <emphasis>free software</emphasis>. It's distributed under the same licence as GNU/Linux, the GPL.

en: It's quite hard to convey in words what Dasher looks like, so please visit <ulink url="http://www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/" type="http">http://www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/</ulink> to see movies.
en_GB: It's quite hard to convey in words what Dasher looks like, so please visit <ulink url="http://www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/" type="http">www.inference.phy.cam.ac.uk/dasher/</ulink> to see movies.

en: Dasher has a text box (where the text appears) and a Dasher canvas (where all the fun zooming action happens). You can change the font sizes of both these regions using the Dasher menus at the top of the Dasher window. The two fonts are called the `Edit font' (for the text box's font), and the `Dasher font', I think. (I forget the exact menu names in Dasher version 3, sorry.) To change the edit font size bring up the usual dialog box and change size. To change the Dasher canvas size, find the Dasher-size option, which offers three to choose from, named something like: small, medium, and large.
en_GB: Dasher has a text box (where the text appears) and a Dasher canvas (where all the fun zooming action happens). You can change the font sizes of both these regions using the Dasher menus at the top of the Dasher window. The two fonts are called the `Edit font' (for the text box's font), and the `Dasher font', I think. (I forget the exact menu names in Dasher version 3, sorry.) To change the edit font size bring up the usual dialogue box and change size. To change the Dasher canvas size, find the Dasher-size option, which offers three to choose from, named something like: small, medium, and large.

en: Personalizing Dasher
en_GB: Personalising Dasher

en: Personalizing the language model
en_GB: Personalising the language model

en: Personalizing the alphabet
en_GB: Personalising the alphabet

en: Personalizing the colour scheme
en_GB: Personalising the colour scheme

en: Distance of sentence from center to decide user needs help
en_GB: Distance of sentence from centre to decide user needs help

en: Unable to initialize speech support
en_GB: Unable to initialise speech support

en: Unable to initialize voices
en_GB: Unable to initialise voices

note: Translators: on really small windows, the about dialog is replaced by an in-window view; here is the label of the link to the GPL license; TODO better text, as in the usual about dialog
en: GNU General Public License
    version 3 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence
    version 3 or later

en: Read keys descriptions and edit their values
en_GB: Read descriptions of keys and edit their values

note: #-#-#-#-#  234 (dconf master)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/window-is-maximized' #-#-#-#-#  346 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/Four-in-a-row/window-is-maximized' #-#-#-#-#  499 (gno
en: A flag to enable maximized mode
en_GB: A flag to enable maximised mode

note: #-#-#-#-#  234 (dconf master)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/window-is-maximized' #-#-#-#-#  346 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/Four-in-a-row/window-is-maximized' #-#-#-#-#  
en: If “true”, the main window starts in maximized mode.
en_GB: If “true”, the main window starts in maximised mode.

note: Translators: summary of a demo key, see 'dconf-editor /ca/desrt/dconf-editor/Demo/flags' Translators: summary of a demo key, see 'dconf-editor /ca/desrt/dconf-editor/Demo/relocatable/flags' (with default /ca/desrt/dconf-editor/relocatable-* settings)
en: Flags: choose-colors-you-love
en_GB: Flags: choose-colours-you-love

note: #-#-#-#-#  234 (dconf master)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: initial "use at your own risk" dialog, the checkbox label
en: Show this dialog next time.
en_GB: Show this dialogue next time.

note: Translators: "open key-editor page" action in the right-click menu on the list of keys
en: Customize…
en_GB: Customise…

en: Please enter a password not less than 8 characters
en_GB: The password must be at least 8 characters

note: #-#-#-#-#  549 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: Addin category. #-#-#-#-#  961  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Synchronization
en_GB: Synchronisation

en: Authentication is required to switch language
en_GB: Authentication is required to switch languages!

en: Tunneled TLS
en_GB: Tunnelled TLS

note: (itstool) path: license/p
en: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 Unported License
en_GB: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 4.0 Unported Licence

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customizing settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customizations you make now may get overridden once you restore.
en_GB: Get your system to a fresh state. For example, a fresh install or a new account on an old computer. Don’t worry about getting comfortable and customising settings yet. Wait until after you restore your previous settings to change anything, as any customisations you make now may get overridden when you restore.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: When Everything Goes Wrong
en_GB: What to do if you can't restore your files.

en: Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It hides the complexity of backing up the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the backend.
en_GB: Déjà Dup is a simple backup tool. It dispels the complexity of backing up the Right Way (encrypted, off-site, and regular) and uses duplicity as the backend.

en: Back Up
en_GB: Backup

en: This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognized as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.
en_GB: This list of directories will be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognised as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.

en: This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognized as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.
en_GB: This list of directories will not be backed up. Reserved values $HOME, $DESKTOP, $DOCUMENTS, $DOWNLOAD, $MUSIC, $PICTURES, $PUBLIC_SHARE, $TEMPLATES, $TRASH, and $VIDEOS are recognised as the user’s special directories and can be at the start of a longer path ($HOME/subdir). Reserved value $USER is replaced by the user’s username and can be anywhere in the path. Relative entries are relative to the user’s home directory.

en: In order to prevent you from forgetting your passwords, Déjà Dup will occasionally notify you to confirm the password. This time should be either ‘disabled’ to turn off this check or in ISO 8601 format.
en_GB: In order to prevent you from forgetting your passwords, Déjà Dup will occasionally notify you to confirm the password. This time should be either ‘disabled’ to turn off this check, or in ISO 8601 format.

en: The unique filesystem identifier for the drive, used to recognize the drive when it is plugged in.
en_GB: The unique filesystem identifier for the drive, used to recognise the drive when it is plugged in.

en: The icon of the external drive, as a serialized GIcon.
en_GB: The icon of the external drive, as a serialised GIcon.

en: Backing Up…
en_GB: Backing Up...

en: Last backup was %d day ago. | Last backup was %d days ago.
en_GB[0]: Last backup was yesterday.
en_GB[1]: Last backup was %d days ago.

en: Not all files were successfully backed up.  See dialog for more details.
en_GB: Not all files were successfully backed up. See the dialogue for more details.

en: Install Plugin
en_GB: Install Plug-in

note: Application Description
en: Come back to life your minimalist Desktop 
     Organize files at your Desktop using Panes.
en_GB: Come back to life your minimalist Desktop 
     Organise files at your Desktop using Panes.

note: desktopfolder menu - remove a Desktop-Folder Pane
en: Move Panel to Trash
en_GB: Move Panel to Rubbish Bin

note: force panels to be organized automatically one time
en: Reorganize Icons
en_GB: Reorganise Icons

en: Organize your desktop with panels that hold your things.
en_GB: Organise your desktop with panels that hold your things.

en: Resize, position and color panels
en_GB: Resize, position and colour panels

en: Organize your desktop with panels, notes and photos
en_GB: Organise your desktop with panels, notes and photos

en: Main window maximized state
en_GB: Main window maximised state

en: Use the system default fonts.
en_GB: Use the system's default fonts.

en: Larger text
en_GB: Larger Text

en: Normal size
en_GB: Normal Size

en: Send error messages to stderr instead of showing dialogs.
en_GB: Send error messages to stderr instead of showing dialogues.

en: Select foreground color
en_GB: Select foreground colour

en: Select background color
en_GB: Select background colour

en: translator_credits-PLEASE_ADD_YOURSELF_HERE
en_GB: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>, 
    Alan Horkan <horkana tcd ie>

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

en: Could not initialize Bonobo!
en_GB: Could not initialise Bonobo!

en: Compression reduces file size to less than 1/10th size and speeds up loading and saving.  Some text programs cannot manipulate compressed files.
en_GB: Compression reduces file size to less than 1/10th size and speeds up loading and saving. Some text programs cannot manipulate compressed files.

en: Foreground & background colors for new objects.  The small black and white squares reset colors.  The small arrows swap colors.  Double click to change colors.
en_GB: Foreground & background colours for new objects.  The small black and white squares reset colours.  The small arrows swap colours.  Double click to change colours.

en: Line widths.  Click on a line to set the default line width for new objects.  Double-click to set the line width more precisely.
en_GB: Line widths. Click on a line to set the default line width for new objects. Double-click to set the line width more precisely.

en: Arrow style at the beginning of new lines.  Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...
en_GB: Arrow style at the beginning of new lines. Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...

en: Line style for new lines.  Click to pick a line style, or set line style parameters with Details...
en_GB: Line style for new lines. Click to pick a line style, or set line style parameters with Details...

en: Arrow style at the end of new lines.  Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...
en_GB: Arrow style at the end of new lines. Click to pick an arrow, or set arrow parameters with Details...

en: No allowed to write to output file %s
en_GB: Not allowed to write to output file %s

en: No allowed to write temporary files in %s
en_GB: Not allowed to write temporary files in %s

en: D_ialogs
en_GB: D_ialogues

en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

en: Select color
en_GB: Select colour

en: More colors...
en_GB: More colours...

note: Translators: Menu item Verb/Support/Stabilize Translators: Menu item Verb/Support/Stabilize/Stabilize
en: Stabilize
en_GB: Stabilise

note: Translators: Menu item Verb/Signal/Sense/Recognize
en: Recognize
en_GB: Recognise

en: The condition's color
en_GB: The condition's colour

en: The receptivity's color
en_GB: The receptivity's colour

en: Operationalization
en_GB: Operationalisation

en: Arrow color
en_GB: Arrow colour

en: Seconds arrow color
en_GB: Seconds arrow colour

en: Automatically gray vertical flows:
en_GB: Automatically grey vertical flows:

en: To improve the ease of reading, flows which begin and end vertically can be rendered gray
en_GB: To improve the ease of reading, flows which begin and end vertically can be rendered grey

en: Industrie Confidential
en_GB: Industry Confidential

en: Defense Confidential
en_GB: Defence Confidential

en: Defense Secret
en_GB: Defence Secret

en: Subcontractors / Suppliers / Manufacturers
en_GB: Subcontractors/Suppliers/Manufacturers

en: Service Essentiel
en_GB: Service Essential

en: Cooling / Pollution
en_GB: Cooling/Pollution

en: Fonctionnal administrator
en_GB: Functional administrator

en: Technician aministrator
en_GB: Technician administrator

en: LOGICIEL
en_GB: LOGICAL

note: ********* selection menu of entity ******** ********* Label of board *********
en: Libelle
en_GB: Label

en: Comment line length
en_GB: Comments line length

note: Would like to create a state_term instead, but making the connections * is a pain
en: This diagram uses the State object for initial/final states.
    That option will go away in future versions.
    Please use the Initial/Final State object instead
en_GB: This diagram uses the State object for initial/final states.
    This option will go away in future versions.
    Please use the Initial/Final State object instead

en: @ time    set the pointer at an absolute time.
    ( duration  sets the signal up, then wait 'duration'.
    ) duration  sets the signal down, then wait 'duration'.
    u duration  sets the signal to "unknown" state, then wait 'duration'.
    example : @ 1.0 (2.0)1.0(2.0)
en_GB: @ time    set the pointer to an absolute time.
    ( duration  sets the signal up, then wait 'duration'.
    ) duration  sets the signal down, then wait 'duration'.
    u duration  sets the signal to "unknown" state, then wait 'duration'.
    example : @ 1.0 (2.0)1.0(2.0)

en: Data color
en_GB: Data colour

note: Found file in same dir as diagram. Found file in current dir.
en: The image file '%s' was not found in that directory.
    Using the file '%s' instead
en_GB: The image file '%s' was not found in specified directory.
    Using the file '%s' instead

en: Couldn't read color: %s
en_GB: Couldn't read colour: %s

en: No more user-definable colors - using black
en_GB: No more user-definable colours - using black

en: Color index %d too high, only 512 colors allowed. Using black instead.
en_GB: Colour index %d too high, only 512 colours allowed. Using black instead.

en: Color number %d out of range 0..%d.  Discarding color.
en_GB: Colour number %d out of range 0..%d.  Discarding colour.

en: Error reading transparent color: %s
en_GB: Error reading transparent colour: %s

en: Node center
en_GB: Node centre

en: Alarm center
en_GB: Alarm centre

en: Cellular phone
en_GB: Mobile phone

en: Realizes, implements a specific interface
en_GB: Realises, implements a specific interface

en: Front End Processor
en_GB: Front End processor

en: PC Adapter Card
en_GB: PC adapter card

en: PC Router Card
en_GB: PC Router card

en: ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch
en_GB: ATM fast Gigabit Etherswitch

en: Generic Building blue
en_GB: Generic building blue

en: Generic Gateway
en_GB: Generic gateway

en: Optical Fiber
en_GB: Optical Fibre

en: PIX Firewall
en_GB: PIX firewall

en: Cellular Phone
en_GB: Mobile Phone

en: Voice-Enabled ATM Switch
en_GB: Voice-Enabled ATM switch

en: Digitizing board
en_GB: Digitising board

en: -L, --language          set the document language.
    -l, --print-long        print all sentences longer than <length> words
    -r, --print-ari         print all sentences with an ARI greater than than <ari>
    -p, --print-passive     print all sentences phrased in the passive voice
    -N, --print-nom         print all sentences containing nominalizations
    -n, --print-nom-passive print all sentences phrased in the passive voice or
                            containing nominalizations
en_GB: -L, --language          set the document language.
    -l, --print-long        print all sentences longer than <length> words
    -r, --print-ari         print all sentences with an ARI greater than than <ari>
    -p, --print-passive     print all sentences phrased in the passive voice
    -N, --print-nom         print all sentences containing normalisations
    -n, --print-nom-passive print all sentences phrased in the passive voice or
                            containing normalisations

en:         nominalizations %1.f% (%d)
en_GB:         normalisations %1.f% (%d)

en: Defines in which way the selected tags are combined to filter the images. This also includes the '%1' check box.
en_GB: Defines in which way the selected tags are combined to filter the images. This also includes the '%1' tick box.

[ctx: @action:inmenu Pluralized]
en: Move to Trash | Move %1 Files to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 Files to Wastebin

en: <p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to try setting it again, choose "Yes" here, otherwise choose "No", and the "Color Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>
en_GB: <p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to try setting it again, choose "Yes" here, otherwise choose "No", and the "Colour Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>

en: Opening Download Dialog...
en_GB: Opening Download Dialogue...

en: You have chosen a bright color scheme. We switch to a dark icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.
en_GB: You have chosen a bright colour scheme. We switch to a dark icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.

en: You have chosen a dark color scheme. We switch to a bright icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.
en_GB: You have chosen a dark colour scheme. We switch to a bright icon theme. The icon theme is available after a restart of digiKam.

en: Initializing Main View...
en_GB: Initialising Main View...

[ctx: Non-pluralized]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

en: Move to trash without confirmation
en_GB: Move to wastebin without confirmation

en: Color-Managed View
en_GB: Colour-Managed View

en: Open camera dialog at <path>
en_GB: Open camera dialogue at <path>

en: Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>
en_GB: Open camera dialogue for the device with Solid UDI <udi>

[ctx: go to next image]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

en: Face recognition is aborted, because there are no identities to recognize. Please add new identities.
en_GB: Face recognition is aborted, because there are no identities to recognise. Please add new identities.

en: New Neural Network engine based on OpenCV Deep Learning module to detect and recognize faces.
en_GB: New Neural Network engine based on OpenCV Deep Learning module to detect and recognise faces.

en: Face Scan dialog contents is now simplified and embedded into left sidebar.
en_GB: Face Scan dialogue contents is now simplified and embedded into left sidebar.

en: Add color label support for advanced metadata settings.
en_GB: Add colour label support for advanced metadata settings.

en: digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer.
en_GB: digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organise, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer.

en: Color mode
en_GB: Colour mode

en: Digitization date/time
en_GB: Digitisation date/time

en: Color Auto-correction
en_GB: Colour Auto-correction

en: A tool to fix colors automatically
en_GB: A tool to fix colours automatically

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust colors automatically from images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust colours automatically from images.</p>

en: A tool to mix color channel
en_GB: A tool to mix colour channel

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can mix color channels from images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can mix colour channels from images.</p>

en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

en: Adjust color balance.
en_GB: Adjust colour balance.

en: A tool to adjust color balance
en_GB: A tool to adjust colour balance

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust color balance from images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust colour balance from images.</p>

en: Convert color depth from 16 to 8 bits.
en_GB: Convert colour depth from 16 to 8 bits.

en: A tool to convert color depth to 8 bits
en_GB: A tool to convert colour depth to 8 bits

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert image color depth to 8 bits.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert image colour depth to 8 bits.</p>

en: A tool to convert color depth to 16 bits
en_GB: A tool to convert colour depth to 16 bits

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images color depth to 16 bits.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images colour depth to 16 bits.</p>

en: A tool to adjust color curves
en_GB: A tool to adjust colour curves

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust the color curves from images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can adjust the colour curves from images.</p>

en: Color Profile Conversion
en_GB: Colour Profile Conversion

en: A tool to convert images to a color space
en_GB: A tool to convert images to a colour space

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images to a different color space.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images to a different colour space.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  2193 (okular)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_RenderMode)
en: Invert Colors
en_GB: Invert Colours

en: A tool to invert image colors
en_GB: A tool to invert image colours

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can invert colors from images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can invert colours from images.</p>

en: <b>If conversion to PNG fails, this may be due to the color profile check. Simply insert the tool for color profile conversion before this tool and select the desired color profile.</b>
en_GB: <b>If conversion to PNG fails, this may be due to the colour profile check. Simply insert the tool for colour profile conversion before this tool and select the desired colour profile.</b>

en: Check this if you want the watermark to use the given size of the font or the image without any adjustment to the actual image.
en_GB: Tick this if you want the watermark to use the given size of the font or the image without any adjustment to the actual image.

en: Check this if you want the watermark to ignore its own aspect ratio and use the image's aspect ratio instead.
en_GB: Tick this if you want the watermark to ignore its own aspect ratio and use the image's aspect ratio instead.

en: Set the font color to use here.
en_GB: Set the font colour to use here.

en: Check this if you want a background fill behind the text.
en_GB: Tick this if you want a background fill behind the text.

en: Choose the color of the watermark background.
en_GB: Choose the colour of the watermark background.

en: Randomize watermark orientation (Enabled in "Random Repetition" mode only)
en_GB: Randomise watermark orientation (Enabled in "Random Repetition" mode only)

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool remove or add vignettings to images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool remove or add vignetting to images.</p>

en: A tool to fix automatically lens artifacts
en_GB: A tool to fix automatically lens artefacts

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can fix automatically lens artifacts over images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can fix automatically lens artefacts over images.</p>

en: Reduce JPEG Artifacts
en_GB: Reduce JPEG Artefacts

en: Color Effects
en_GB: Colour Effects

en: A tool to apply color effects
en_GB: A tool to apply colour effects

en: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can apply color effects over images.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can apply colour effects over images.</p>

en: A tool to resize images with a customized length
en_GB: A tool to resize images with a customised length

en: This library is available on your system with a maximum color depth support of %1 bits.
en_GB: This library is available on your system with a maximum colour depth support of %1 bits.

en: This library is available on your system but is not able to encode image with a suitable color depth.
en_GB: This library is available on your system but is not able to encode image with a suitable colour depth.

en: <p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libjpeg codec.</p><p>Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a commonly used method of lossy compression for digital images, particularly for those images produced by digital photography. The degree of compression can be adjusted, allowing a selectable tradeoff between storage size and image quality.</p><p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>Joint Photographic Experts Group documentation</a> for details.</p>
en_GB: <p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libjpeg codec.</p><p>Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a commonly used method of lossy compression for digital images, particularly for those images produced by digital photography. The degree of compression can be adjusted, allowing a selectable trade-off between storage size and image quality.</p><p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>Joint Photographic Experts Group documentation</a> for details.</p>

en: <p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libraw codec.</p><p>A camera raw image file contains minimally processed data from the image sensor of either a digital camera, a motion picture film scanner, or other image scanner. Raw files are not yet processed and therefore are not ready to be printed or edited with a bitmap graphics editor. RAW are processed by a raw converter in a wide-gamut internal color space where precise adjustments can be made before conversion to a TIFF or JPEG for storage, printing, or further manipulation. This often encodes the image in a device-dependent color space.</p><p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raw_image_format'>Raw Image File documentation</a> for details.</p>
en_GB: <p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libraw codec.</p><p>A camera raw image file contains minimally processed data from the image sensor of either a digital camera, a motion picture film scanner, or other image scanner. Raw files are not yet processed and therefore are not ready to be printed or edited with a bitmap graphics editor. RAW are processed by a raw converter in a wide-gamut internal colour space where precise adjustments can be made before conversion to a TIFF or JPEG for storage, printing, or further manipulation. This often encodes the image in a device-dependent colour space.</p><p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raw_image_format'>Raw Image File documentation</a> for details.</p>

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust the color curves from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust the colour curves from image.</p>

en: All channels shadow tone color picker
en_GB: All channels shadow tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: All channels middle tone color picker
en_GB: All channels middle tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: All channels highlight tone color picker
en_GB: All channels highlight tone colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: A tool to adjust color levels
en_GB: A tool to adjust colour levels

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust the color levels from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust the colour levels from image.</p>

en: <b>Auto Levels</b>:<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>
en_GB: <b>Auto Levels</b>:<p>This option maximises the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>

en: <b>Normalize</b>:<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a "magic fix" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>
en_GB: <b>Normalise</b>:<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a "magic fix" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>

en: <b>Equalize</b>:<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>
en_GB: <b>Equalise</b>:<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colours across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalise works wonderfully at enhancing the contrast in an image; other times it produces terrible output. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust colors automatically from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust colours automatically from image.</p>

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can mix color channels from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can mix colour channels from image.</p>

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust color balance from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can adjust colour balance from image.</p>

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Balance...
en_GB: Colour Balance...

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can convert image color depth to 8 bits.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can convert image colour depth to 8 bits.</p>

en: This image is already using a depth of 8 bits / color / pixel.
en_GB: This image is already using a depth of 8 bits / colour / pixel.

en: Performing this operation will reduce image color quality. Do you want to continue?
en_GB: Performing this operation will reduce image colour quality. Do you want to continue?

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can convert image color depth to 16 bits.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can convert image colour depth to 16 bits.</p>

en: This image is already using a depth of 16 bits / color / pixel.
en_GB: This image is already using a depth of 16 bits / colour / pixel.

en: Color Negative Film
en_GB: Colour Negative Film

en: Input range of red color channel.
en_GB: Input range of red colour channel.

en: Input range of green color channel.
en_GB: Input range of green colour channel.

en: Input range of blue color channel.
en_GB: Input range of blue colour channel.

en: Check to apply the built-in color balance of the film profile. Un-check if you want to apply color balance yourself.
en_GB: Tick to apply the built-in colour balance of the film profile. Untick if you want to apply colour balance yourself.

en: White point color picker
en_GB: White point colour picker

en: With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour of the orange mask of the scanned colour negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile.

en: Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel.
en_GB: Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any colour channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel.

en: A tool to emulate color negative film
en_GB: A tool to emulate colour negative film

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can emulate color negative film from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can emulate colour negative film from image.</p>

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Negative...
en_GB: Colour Negative...

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can invert colors from image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can invert colours from image.</p>

en: Current Color Space:
en_GB: Current Colour Space:

en: A tool to convert image to a color space
en_GB: A tool to convert image to a colour space

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can convert image to a different color space.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can convert image to a different colour space.</p>

en: Color Spaces
en_GB: Colour Spaces

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Space Converter...
en_GB: Colour Space Converter...

en: This image is not color managed.
en_GB: This image is not colour managed.

en: Color Management is disabled...
en_GB: Colour Management is disabled...

en: Align text to center
en_GB: Align text to centre

[ctx: font color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

en: Set here the font color to use.
en_GB: Set here the font colour to use.

en: Add a solid border around text using current text color
en_GB: Add a solid border around text using current text colour

en: A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle.
en_GB: A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination colour with source colour this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle.

en: A tool to fix image artifacts
en_GB: A tool to fix image artefacts

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can fix image artifacts by cloning area.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can fix image artefacts by cloning area.</p>

en: Set this option to visualize the correction grid to be applied.
en_GB: Set this option to visualise the correction grid to be applied.

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can fix automatically lens artifacts over an image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can fix automatically lens artefacts over an image.</p>

en: This value controls in the same manner as the Main control, but has more effect at the edges of the image than at the center.
en_GB: This value controls in the same manner as the Main control, but has more effect at the edges of the image than at the centre.

en: <p>Select the filter preset to use for photograph restoration here:</p><p><b>Reduce Uniform Noise</b>: reduce small image artifacts such as sensor noise.<br/><b>Reduce JPEG Artifacts</b>: reduce large image artifacts, such as a JPEG compression mosaic.<br/><b>Reduce Texturing</b>: reduce image artifacts, such as paper texture, or Moire patterns on scanned images.<br/><b>Custom</b>: Puts settings to most common values, fully customizable.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the filter preset to use for photograph restoration here:</p><p><b>Reduce Uniform Noise</b>: reduce small image artifacts such as sensor noise.<br/><b>Reduce JPEG Artifacts</b>: reduce large image artifacts, such as a JPEG compression mosaic.<br/><b>Reduce Texturing</b>: reduce image artifacts, such as paper texture, or Moire patterns on scanned images.<br/><b>Custom</b>: Puts settings to most common values, fully customisable.</p>

en: Use Color Management for Printing
en_GB: Use Colour Management for Printing

en: <p>Color Management is disabled.</p> <p>You can enable it now by clicking on the "Settings" button.</p>
en_GB: <p>Colour Management is disabled.</p> <p>You can enable it now by clicking on the "Settings" button.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  245  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_PrintUnit) #-#-#-#-#  606 (gwenview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1194 (kipiplugin_printimages)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Millimeters
en_GB: Millimetres

note: #-#-#-#-#  245  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_PrintUnit) #-#-#-#-#  606 (gwenview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1194 (kipiplugin_printimages)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  1514  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Document_UnitsFormat) i18n: e
en: Centimeters
en_GB: Centimetres

en: <p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p><p><b>Zoom Blur</b>:  blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p><p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p><p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p><p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p><p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p><p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p><p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p><p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p><p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p><p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p><p><b>Zoom Blur</b>:  blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified centre point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p><p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified centre point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p><p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocused camera lens.</p><p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p><p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p><p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p><p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p><p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of colour in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p><p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p><p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>

en: This is the color effects preview
en_GB: This is the colour effects preview

en: Solarize
en_GB: Solarise

en: A tool to apply color effects to an image
en_GB: A tool to apply colour effects to an image

en: <p>This Image Editor tool can apply color effects to an image.</p>
en_GB: <p>This Image Editor tool can apply colour effects to an image.</p>

[ctx: @action]
en: Color Effects...
en_GB: Colour Effects...

en: This value controls the iterations to use for Waves, Tile, and Neon effects.
en_GB: This value controls the iterations to use for Waves, Tile and Neon effects.

en: Enable this option to preserve pixels whose color is close to a skin tone.
en_GB: Enable this option to preserve pixels whose colour is close to a skin tone.

en: This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting.
en_GB: This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbours. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting.

en: During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side.  In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance.
en_GB: During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same colour), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side.  In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centred in the original image might not be centred in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favoured side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance.

en: <p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p><p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p><p><b>2:3</b>: 10x15cm, 20x30cm, 30x45cm, 4x6", 8x12", 12x18", 16x24", 20x30"</p><p><b>3:4</b>: 6x8cm, 15x20cm, 18x24cm, 30x40cm, 3.75x5", 4.5x6", 6x8", 7.5x10", 9x12"</p><p><b>4:5</b>: 20x25cm, 40x50cm, 8x10", 16x20"</p><p><b>5:7</b>: 15x21cm, 30x42cm, 5x7"</p><p><b>7:10</b>: 21x30cm, 42x60cm, 3.5x5"</p><p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p><p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p><p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p><p>The paper <b>Format DIN A</b> use the ratio 1:1.414</p><p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but may not be suitable to print on standard photographic paper.</p><p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimetres or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p><p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p><p><b>2:3</b>: 10x15cm, 20x30cm, 30x45cm, 4x6", 8x12", 12x18", 16x24", 20x30"</p><p><b>3:4</b>: 6x8cm, 15x20cm, 18x24cm, 30x40cm, 3.75x5", 4.5x6", 6x8", 7.5x10", 9x12"</p><p><b>4:5</b>: 20x25cm, 40x50cm, 8x10", 16x20"</p><p><b>5:7</b>: 15x21cm, 30x42cm, 5x7"</p><p><b>7:10</b>: 21x30cm, 42x60cm, 3.5x5"</p><p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p><p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p><p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p><p>The paper <b>Format DIN A</b> use the ratio 1:1.414</p><p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but may not be suitable to print on standard photographic paper.</p><p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>

en: Set width position to center.
en_GB: Set width position to centre.

en: Set height position to center.
en_GB: Set height position to centre.

en: Color and width:
en_GB: Colour and width:

en: Set here the color used to draw composition guides.
en_GB: Set here the colour used to draw composition guides.

en: Track Color:
en_GB: Track Colour:

en: Digitization date and time
en_GB: Digitisation date and time

en: Digitization sub-second
en_GB: Digitisation sub-second

en: Set digitization date to today
en_GB: Set digitisation date to today

en: Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents.
en_GB: Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitisation date and time will have the same contents.

[ctx: exposure program]
en: Creative program
en_GB: Creative programme

[ctx: exposure program]
en: Action program
en_GB: Action programme

en: Select here the program used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken.
en_GB: Select here the programme used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken.

[ctx: metering mode]
en: Center weighted average
en_GB: Centre weighted average

en: One-chip color area
en_GB: One-chip colour area

en: Two-chip color area
en_GB: Two-chip colour area

en: Three-chip color area
en_GB: Three-chip colour area

en: Color sequential area
en_GB: Colour sequential area

en: Color sequential linear
en_GB: Colour sequential linear

en: Set here the lens focal length in millimeters used by camera to take the picture.
en_GB: Set here the lens focal length in millimetres used by camera to take the picture.

en: Set here the person or organization to contact.
en_GB: Set here the person or organisation to contact.

en: Digitization date
en_GB: Digitisation date

en: Digitization time
en_GB: Digitisation time

en: Set here the contact postal code.
en_GB: Set the contact postcode here.

en: Set here the content's Province or State of origin.
en_GB: Set here the content's County or State of origin.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.
en_GB: Optimise image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.
en_GB: Set automatic level selection (maximised) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimise image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Set the well-exposedness criterion contribution for the blending process. Higher values will favor well-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Set the well-exposedness criterion contribution for the blending process. Higher values will favour well-exposed pixels.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks.
en_GB: Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighbouring differently coloured pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use Color Appearance Model (CIECAM02)
en_GB: Use Colour Appearance Model (CIECAM02)

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Convert to CIECAM02 color appearance model during the blending process instead of RGB.
en_GB: Convert to CIECAM02 colour appearance model during the blending process instead of RGB.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together.
en_GB: Use Colour Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colours. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB colour space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default colour blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colours together.

en: <p>This tool permit to blend bracketed images together to create pseudo HDR photo.</p><p>To create high definition range image, you need to use images from same subject taken with a tripod and exposed with different exposure settings.</p><p>To create image with better results, you can use RAW images instead JPEG, where colors depth is higher and are well adapted for merging pixels by pixels.</p>
en_GB: <p>This tool permit to blend bracketed images together to create pseudo HDR photo.</p><p>To create high definition range image, you need to use images from same subject taken with a tripod and exposed with different exposure settings.</p><p>To create image with better results, you can use RAW images instead JPEG, where colours depth is higher and are well adapted for merging pixels by pixels.</p>

en: <qt><p>Set here the list of your bracketed images to fuse. Please follow these conditions:</p><ul><li>At least 2 images from the same subject must be added to the stack.</li><li>Do not mix images with different color depth.</li><li>All images must have the same dimensions.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Set here the list of your bracketed images to fuse. Please follow these conditions:</p><ul><li>At least 2 images from the same subject must be added to the stack.</li><li>Do not mix images with different colour depth.</li><li>All images must have the same dimensions.</li></ul></qt>

en: can be customized
en_GB: can be customised

en: no customization available
en_GB: no customisation available

en: <b>Canceled</b>
en_GB: <b>Cancelled</b>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file.
en_GB: <b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same colour depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file.

en: <qt><p>Set here the list of your images to blend into a panorama. Please follow these conditions:</p><ul><li>Images are taken from the same point of view.</li><li>Images are taken with the same camera (and lens).</li><li>Do not mix images with different color depth.</li></ul><p>Note that, in the case of a 360° panorama, the first image in the list will be the image that will be in the center of the panorama.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Set here the list of your images to blend into a panorama. Please follow these conditions:</p><ul><li>Images are taken from the same point of view.</li><li>Images are taken with the same camera (and lens).</li><li>Do not mix images with different colour depth.</li></ul><p>Note that, in the case of a 360° panorama, the first image in the list will be the image that will be in the centre of the panorama.</p></qt>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href="http://hugin.sourceforge.net/">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results.
en_GB: <b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href="http://hugin.sourceforge.net/">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the centre of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: <b>Optimization</b>
en_GB: <b>Optimisation</b>

en: <qt><p>Optimization is in progress, please wait.</p><p>This can take a while...</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Optimisation is in progress, please wait.</p><p>This can take a while...</p></qt>

en: <qt><p>The optimization step according to your settings is ready to be performed.</p><p>This step can include an automatic leveling of the horizon, and also an automatic projection selection and size</p><p>To perform this operation, the <command>%1</command> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p><p>Press the "Next" button to run the optimization.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The optimisation step according to your settings is ready to be performed.</p><p>This step can include an automatic levelling of the horizon, and also an automatic projection selection and size</p><p>To perform this operation, the <command>%1</command> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p><p>Press the "Next" button to run the optimisation.</p></qt>

en: <qt><h1>Optimization has failed.</h1><p>See processing messages below.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><h1>Optimisation has failed.</h1><p>See processing messages below.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (placeholderText), widget (QLineEdit, m_FreeCaptionFormat)
en: Enter here your customized caption string...
en_GB: Enter here your customised caption string...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_free_label)
en: The fields listed below can be used with the customization:
en_GB: The fields listed below can be used with the customisation:

en: Show the digiKam image color label and pick label at the bottom of the screen.
en_GB: Show the digiKam image colour label and pick label at the bottom of the screen.

en: <qt><table><tr><td colspan="2"><nobr><center><b><h1>Item Access</h1></b></center></nobr></td></tr><tr><td>Previous Item:</td><td><i>Up</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>PgUp</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>Left</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td>Mouse wheel up</td><tr><td></td><td>Left mouse button</td></tr><tr><td>Next Item:</td><td><i>Down</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>PgDown</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>Right</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td>Mouse wheel down</td></tr><tr><td></td><td>Right mouse button</td></tr><tr><td>Pause/Start:</td><td><i>Space</i> key</td></tr><tr><td>Slideshow Settings:</td>  <td><i>F2</i> key</td></tr><tr><td>Hide/Show Properties:</td><td><i>F4</i> key</td></tr><tr><td>Quit:</td><td><i>Esc</i> key</td></tr><tr><td colspan="2"><nobr><center><b><h1>Item Properties</h1></b></center></nobr></td></tr><tr><td>Change Tags:</td><td>Use Tags keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Change Rating:</td><td>Use Rating keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Change Color Label:</td><td>Use Color label keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Change Pick Label:</td><td>Use Pick label keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td colspan="2"><nobr><center><b><h1>Others</h1></b></center></nobr></td></tr><tr><td>Show this help:</td><td><i>F1</i> key</td></tr></table></qt>
en_GB: <qt><table><tr><td colspan="2"><nobr><center><b><h1>Item Access</h1></b></center></nobr></td></tr><tr><td>Previous Item:</td><td><i>Up</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>PgUp</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>Left</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td>Mouse wheel up</td><tr><td></td><td>Left mouse button</td></tr><tr><td>Next Item:</td><td><i>Down</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>PgDown</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td><i>Right</i> key</td></tr><tr><td></td><td>Mouse wheel down</td></tr><tr><td></td><td>Right mouse button</td></tr><tr><td>Pause/Start:</td><td><i>Space</i> key</td></tr><tr><td>Slideshow Settings:</td>  <td><i>F2</i> key</td></tr><tr><td>Hide/Show Properties:</td><td><i>F4</i> key</td></tr><tr><td>Quit:</td><td><i>Esc</i> key</td></tr><tr><td colspan="2"><nobr><center><b><h1>Item Properties</h1></b></center></nobr></td></tr><tr><td>Change Tags:</td><td>Use Tags keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Change Rating:</td><td>Use Rating keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Change Colour Label:</td><td>Use Colour label keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Change Pick Label:</td><td>Use Pick label keyboard shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td colspan="2"><nobr><center><b><h1>Others</h1></b></center></nobr></td></tr><tr><td>Show this help:</td><td><i>F1</i> key</td></tr></table></qt>

en: Target File behavior:
en_GB: Target File behaviour:

en: Check if photo should be publicly visible or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be publicly visible or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Check if photo should be visible to family or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be visible to family or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Check if photo should be visible to friends or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images
en_GB: Tick if photo should be visible to friends or use Upload Options tab to specify this for all images

en: Filetype was not recognized
en_GB: Filetype was not recognised

en: If checked, you can set extra tags for each image in the File List tab
en_GB: If ticked, you can set extra tags for each image in the File List tab

en: File-type was not recognized
en_GB: File-type was not recognised

en: Tag path behavior :
en_GB: Tag path behaviour :

en: Could not authorize
en_GB: Could not authorise

en: Authorization Failed
en_GB: Authorisation Failed

en: Ipfs Url
en_GB: Ipfs URL

en: Own work, multi-license with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and GFDL
en_GB: Own work, multi-licence with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and GFDL

en: Own work, multi-license with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and older
en_GB: Own work, multi-licence with CC-BY-SA-3.0 and older

en: Own work, release into public domain under the CC-Zero license
en_GB: Own work, release into public domain under the CC-Zero licence

en: No license specified (not recommended for public wiki sites)
en_GB: No licence specified (not recommended for public wiki sites)

en: Authentication dialog
en_GB: Authentication dialogue

en: Unauthorized
en_GB: Unauthorised

en: Error to import RAW image with DarkTable
    Close this dialog to load RAW image with native import tool
en_GB: Error to import RAW image with DarkTable
    Close this dialogue to load RAW image with native import tool

en: Set here the color saturation correction.
en_GB: Set here the colour saturation correction.

en: Error to import RAW image with RawTherapee
    Close this dialog to load RAW image with native import tool
en_GB: Error to import RAW image with RawTherapee
    Close this dialogue to load RAW image with native import tool

en: Error to import RAW image with UFRaw
    Close this dialog to load RAW image with native import tool
en_GB: Error to import RAW image with UFRaw
    Close this dialogue to load RAW image with native import tool

en: Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialog
en_GB: Take no action now. I would like to solve the problem later using the setup dialogue

en: Colors:
en_GB: Colours:

en: Uncategorized Album
en_GB: Uncategorised Album

en: This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam.
en_GB: This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognised. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam.

[ctx: "relative path" on harddisk partition with "label"]
en: Folder "%1" on the volume labeled "%2"
en_GB: Folder "%1" on the volume labelled "%2"

en: Initialized and imported file suffix filter
en_GB: Initialised and imported file suffix filter

en: Database type is not supported.
en_GB: Remote file handling is not supported

en: No path to mysql initialization command set in configuration file!.
en_GB: No path to mysql initialisation command set in configuration file!.

en: Could not start database initializer.
en_GB: Could not start database initialiser.

en: The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before.
en_GB: The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before.

en: Restore Trash
en_GB: Restore Wastebin

en: Initializing database...
en_GB: Initialising database...

en: Database conversion canceled.
en_GB: Database conversion cancelled.

en: <p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>
en_GB: <p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binaries tools are located. digiKam will try to found these binaries automatically if there are installed on your computer.</p>

en: Similarity Db Name:
en_GB: Similarity DB Name:

en: <p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialized following the commands below:</p><p># su</p><p># systemctl restart mysqld</p><p># mysql -u root</p><p>...</p><p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p><p>...</p><p>quit</p><p>NOTE: If you have an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p><p></p>
en_GB: <p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialised following the commands below:</p><p># su</p><p># systemctl restart mysqld</p><p># mysql -u root</p><p>...</p><p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p><p>...</p><p>quit</p><p>NOTE: If you have an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p><p></p>

en: <p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p><p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p><p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File">PGF</a>.</p><p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p><p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customise the database names to simplify your backups.</p><p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File">PGF</a>.</p><p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>

en: This binary file is used to initialize the MariaDB data files for the database.
en_GB: This binary file is used to initialise the MariaDB data files for the database.

en: If checked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Trash.
en_GB: If ticked, files will be permanently removed instead of being placed in the Wastebin.

en: <p>If this box is checked, items will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the Trash.</p><p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: most filesystems are unable to undelete deleted items reliably.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this box is ticked, items will be <b>permanently removed</b> instead of being placed in the wastebin.</p><p><em>Use this option with caution</em>: most filesystems are unable to undelete deleted items reliably.</p>

en: &Delete items instead of moving them to the trash
en_GB: &Delete items instead of moving them to the Wastebin

en: If checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.
en_GB: If ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.

en: If this box is checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly and permanently deleted.

en: If checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the Trash.
en_GB: If ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the wastebin.

en: If this box is checked, this dialog will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the Trash.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, this dialogue will no longer be shown, and items will be directly moved to the Wastebin.

en: These items will be moved to Trash.
en_GB: These items will be moved to the Wastebin.

en: These albums will be moved to Trash.
en_GB: These albums will be moved to the Wastebin.

en: <p>These albums will be moved to Trash.</p><p>Note that <b>all subalbums</b> are included in this list and will be moved to Trash as well.</p>
en_GB: <p>These albums will be moved to the Wastebin.</p><p>Note that <b>all subalbums</b> are included in this list and will be moved to the Wastebin as well.</p>

en: Color Profile Info - %1
en_GB: Colour Profile Info - %1

[ctx: Color Model: Grayscale]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

en: Auto Equalize
en_GB: Auto Equalise

en: Auto Normalize
en_GB: Auto Normalise

en: <b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>
en_GB: <b>Black & White with Yellow-Green Filter</b>:<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasising the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>

en: Select the red color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the red colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

en: Select the green color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the green colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

en: Select the blue color gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.
en_GB: Select the blue colour gain, as a percentage, for the current channel.

en: Reset color channels' gains settings from the currently selected channel.
en_GB: Reset colour channels' gain settings for the currently selected channel.

en: <p>Use <b>Monochrome</b> mode to convert color picture to Black and White:</p><p>The <qt><font color="red">red channel</font></qt> modifies <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Contrast_(vision)'>the contrast</a> of photograph.</p><p>The <qt><font color="green">green channel</font></qt> enhances or reduces the details level of photograph.</p><p>The <qt><font color="blue">blue channel</font></qt> affects <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Image_noise'>the noise</a> of photograph.</p><p><u>Note:</u> in this mode, the histogram will display only luminosity values.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use <b>Monochrome</b> mode to convert colour picture to Black and White:</p><p>The <qt><font color="red">red channel</font></qt> modifies <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Contrast_(vision)'>the contrast</a> of photograph.</p><p>The <qt><font color="green">green channel</font></qt> enhances or reduces the details level of photograph.</p><p>The <qt><font color="blue">blue channel</font></qt> affects <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Image_noise'>the noise</a> of photograph.</p><p><u>Note:</u> in this mode, the histogram will display only luminosity values.</p>

en: Color Balance Tool
en_GB: Colour Balance Tool

en: Set here the cyan/red color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the cyan/red colour adjustment of the image.

en: Set here the magenta/green color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the magenta/green colour adjustment of the image.

en: Set here the yellow/blue color adjustment of the image.
en_GB: Set here the yellow/blue colour adjustment of the image.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels.

en: Set here the foreground color of the border.
en_GB: Set here the foreground colour of the border.

en: Set here the Background color of the border.
en_GB: Set here the Background colour of the border.

en: Set here the color of the main border.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the main border.

en: Set here the color of the line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the line.

en: Set here the color of the upper left area.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the upper left area.

en: Set here the color of the lower right area.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the lower right area.

en: Set here the color of the first line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the first line.

en: Set here the color of the second line.
en_GB: Set here the colour of the second line.

en: Color Negative Inverter
en_GB: Colour Negative Inverter

en: Color FX Filter
en_GB: Colour FX Filter

en: <p>Select the effect type to apply to the image here.</p><p><b>Solarize</b>: simulates solarization of photograph.</p><p><b>Vivid</b>: simulates the Velvia(tm) slide film colors.</p><p><b>Neon</b>: coloring the edges in a photograph to reproduce a fluorescent light effect.</p><p><b>Find Edges</b>: detects the edges in a photograph and their strength.</p><p><b>Lut3D</b>: coloring images with Lut3D filters</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the effect type to apply to the image here.</p><p><b>Solarise</b>: simulates solarisation of photograph.</p><p><b>Vivid</b>: simulates the Velvia(tm) slide film colours.</p><p><b>Neon</b>: colouring the edges in a photograph to reproduce a fluorescent light effect.</p><p><b>Find Edges</b>: detects the edges in a photograph and their strength.</p><p><b>Lut3D</b>: colouring images with Lut3D filters</p>

en: Washout Color
en_GB: Washout Colour

en: <p>Use this button to add a new black frame file which will be used by the hot pixels removal filter.</p><p>The Black Frame subtraction method is the most accurate "Hot Pixels" and "Stuck Pixels" removal. First you have to create a "Black Frame" as a reference. This is easy to do. When you finish taking your long exposure shots, put a lens cap on the camera and take one "dark" image with the same exposure time as the images before. This image will be all dark, but with close examination you will see that it has the Hot and Stuck Pixels (colored dots). These are positioned at the same places as on your previous shots. This tool will parse black frame, detect hot pixels, and create a list of positions where image must be corrected to eliminate wrong colors in these pixels.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use this button to add a new black frame file which will be used by the hot pixels removal filter.</p><p>The Black Frame subtraction method is the most accurate "Hot Pixels" and "Stuck Pixels" removal. First you have to create a "Black Frame" as a reference. This is easy to do. When you finish taking your long exposure shots, put a lens cap on the camera and take one "dark" image with the same exposure time as the images before. This image will be all dark, but with close examination you will see that it has the Hot and Stuck Pixels (coloured dots). These are positioned at the same places as on your previous shots. This tool will parse black frame, detect hot pixels, and create a list of positions where image must be corrected to eliminate wrong colours in these pixels.</p>

en: You can see here a color preview of the hue and saturation adjustments.
en_GB: You can see here a colour preview of the hue and saturation adjustments.

en: Set here the vibrance adjustment of the image.Vibrance performs selective saturation on less saturated colors and avoiding skin tones.
en_GB: Set here the vibrance adjustment of the image.Vibrance performs selective saturation on less saturated colours and avoiding skin tones.

en: Select the profile of the color space to convert to.
en_GB: Select the profile of the colour space to convert to.

en: Input color profile "%1" not available
en_GB: Input colour profile "%1" not available

en: Output color profile "%1" not available
en_GB: Output colour profile "%1" not available

en: Chromatic aberration is easily recognized as color fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colors.
en_GB: Chromatic aberration is easily recognised as colour fringes towards the image corners. CA is due to a varying lens focus for different colours.

en: Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured.
en_GB: Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be cancelled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured.

[ctx: The colors channel]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: <b>Colors</b>: Display all color channel values at the same time.
en_GB: <b>Colours</b>: Display all colour channel values at the same time.

en: Suppress color noise.
en_GB: Suppress colour noise.

en: Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.
en_GB: Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artefacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.

en: Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.
en_GB: Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artefacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool.

en: An angle in degrees by which to rotate the image. A positive angle rotates the image clockwise; a negative angle rotates it counter-clockwise.
en_GB: An angle in degrees by which to rotate the image. A positive angle rotates the image clockwise; a negative angle rotates it anti-clockwise.

en: <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_temperature'>Color Temperature</a> (K):
en_GB: <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_temperature'>Colour Temperature</a> (K):

en: Set here the white balance color temperature in Kelvin.
en_GB: Set here the white balance colour temperature in Kelvin.

en: Select the white balance color temperature preset to use.
en_GB: Select the white balance colour temperature preset to use.

en: neutral color temperature
en_GB: neutral colour temperature

en: Temperature tone color picker.
en_GB: Temperature tone colour picker.

en: With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set the white color balance temperature and green component.
en_GB: With this button, you can pick the colour from the original image used to set the white colour balance temperature and green component.

en: Set here the green component to control the magenta color cast removal level.
en_GB: Set here the green component to control the magenta colour cast removal level.

en: White Color Balance Settings File to Load
en_GB: White Colour Balance Settings File to Load

en: "%1" is not a White Color Balance settings text file.
en_GB: "%1" is not a White Colour Balance settings text file.

en: Cannot load settings from the White Color Balance text file.
en_GB: Cannot load settings from the White Colour Balance text file.

en: White Color Balance Settings File to Save
en_GB: White Colour Balance Settings File to Save

en: Cannot save settings to the White Color Balance text file.
en_GB: Cannot save settings to the White Colour Balance text file.

en: <p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p><p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p><p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p><p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>Note: JPEG always uses lossy compression.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>Chroma sub sampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to colour resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine colour detail.</p><p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma sub sampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p><p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p><p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p><p><b>Note: JPEG always uses lossy compression.</b></p>

en: Check All
en_GB: Tick All

[ctx: Web Service: SMUGMUG]
en: Smugmug
en_GB: SmugMug

en: Revising Exif Orientation tags
en_GB: Revising EXIF Orientation tags

en: Assigning image color label
en_GB: Assigning image colour label

en: No pending metadata synchronization
en_GB: No pending metadata synchronisation

en: If lazy synchronization is enabled in metadata settings, the status bar will display the number of items waiting for synchronization
en_GB: If lazy synchronisation is enabled in metadata settings, the status bar will display the number of items waiting for synchronisation

en: 1 file awaits synchronization | %1 files await synchronization
en_GB[0]: 1 file awaits synchronisation
en_GB[1]: %1 files await synchronisation

en: Background color indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.
    
    NO COLOR: no filter is active, all items are visible.
    RED: filtering is on, but no items match.
    GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.
    
    Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.
    Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.
    Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel.
en_GB: Background colour indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.
    
    NO COLOUR: no filter is active, all items are visible.
    RED: filtering is on, but no items match.
    GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.
    
    Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.
    Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.
    Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel.

en: <br/><nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>
en_GB: <br/><nobr><i>Colour Labels</i></nobr>

en: Could not restore file %1 from trash
en_GB: Could not restore file %1 from wastebin

en: Open detailed progress dialog
en_GB: Open detailed progress dialogue

en: Color Label:
en_GB: Colour Label:

en: You have edited the color label of the image.  | You have edited the color label of %1 images.
en_GB[0]: You have edited the colour label of the image.
en_GB[1]: You have edited the colour label of %1 images.

en: <li>color label</li>
en_GB: <li>colour label</li>

en: Reading metadata from files. Please wait...
en_GB: Reading metadata from files. Please wait....

en: Writing metadata to files. Please wait...
en_GB: Writing metadata to files. Please wait....

en: Color depth:
en_GB: Colour depth:

en: Color mode:
en_GB: Colour mode:

en: Color label:
en_GB: Colour label:

[ctx: @option:check]
en: 16 bits color depth
en_GB: 16 bits colour depth

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para><para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>
en_GB: <para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit colour depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Colour Management in this mode.</para><para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit colour depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Interpolate RGB as four colors
en_GB: Interpolate RGB as four colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title><para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para><para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>
en_GB: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colours</title><para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para><para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DHT</emphasis>: DHT interpolation.See https://www.libraw.org/node/2306 for details.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AAHD</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the colour-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of coloured pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or colour reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer colour artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximise a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing colour artifacts.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>DHT</emphasis>: DHT interpolation.See https://www.libraw.org/node/2306 for details.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>AAHD</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Refine interpolation</title><para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Refine interpolation</title><para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colours filter.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective colour interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Temperature</title><para>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</para>
en_GB: <title>Temperature</title><para>Set here the colour temperature in Kelvin.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</para>
en_GB: <para>Set here the green component to set magenta colour cast removal level.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Level</title><para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</para>
en_GB: <title>Level</title><para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colours.</para>

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Correct false colors in highlights
en_GB: Correct false colours in highlights

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Camera Profile</title><para>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Camera Profile</title><para>Select here the input colour space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input colour profile is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded colour profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input colour space profile.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Workspace</title><para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <title>Workspace</title><para>Select here the output colour space used to decode RAW data.</para><para><list><item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output colour space is used during RAW decoding.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB colour space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this colour space is an extended RGB colour space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this colour space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB colour space.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this colour space is an RGB colour space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item><item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output colour space profile.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @label]
en: Color Management
en_GB: Colour Management

en: Assign Color Label "%1"
en_GB: Assign Colour Label "%1"

[ctx: @title:menu]
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

en: <p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are "providing" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organisations could be listed here as they are "providing" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 characters.</p>

en: <p>The Copyright Notice should contain any necessary copyright notice for claiming the intellectual property, and should identify the current owner(s) of the copyright for the photograph. Usually, this would be the photographer, but if the image was done by an employee or as work-for-hire, then the agency or company should be listed. Use the form appropriate to your country. USA: &copy; {date of first publication} name of copyright owner, as in "&copy;2005 John Doe." Note, the word "copyright" or the abbreviation "copr" may be used in place of the &copy; symbol. In some foreign countries only the copyright symbol is recognized and the abbreviation does not work. Furthermore the copyright symbol must be a full circle with a "c" inside; using something like (c) where the parentheses form a partial circle is not sufficient. For additional protection worldwide, use of the phrase, "all rights reserved" following the notice above is encouraged. 
    In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. 
    In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase "all rights reserved".</p><p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 characters.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Copyright Notice should contain any necessary copyright notice for claiming the intellectual property, and should identify the current owner(s) of the copyright for the photograph. Usually, this would be the photographer, but if the image was done by an employee or as work-for-hire, then the agency or company should be listed. Use the form appropriate to your country. USA: &copy; {date of first publication} name of copyright owner, as in "&copy;2005 John Doe." Note, the word "copyright" or the abbreviation "copr" may be used in place of the &copy; symbol. In some foreign countries only the copyright symbol is recognised and the abbreviation does not work. Furthermore the copyright symbol must be a full circle with a "c" inside; using something like (c) where the parentheses form a partial circle is not sufficient. For additional protection worldwide, use of the phrase, "all rights reserved" following the notice above is encouraged. 
    In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. 
    In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase "all rights reserved".</p><p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p><p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 characters.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1368 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel5) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel4)
en: Postal Code:
en_GB: Postcode:

en: Enter the postal code of the lead author here.
en_GB: Enter the postcode of the lead author here.

en: <p>This field should contain the postal code where the lead author lives.</p>
en_GB: <p>This field should contain the postcode where the lead author lives.</p>

en: Failed to initialize thumbnails database
en_GB: Failed to initialise thumbnails database

en: EXIF: digitized
en_GB: EXIF: digitised

en: Either click or drag'n drop a photo on the button to choose a clock photo
en_GB: Either click or drag and drop a photo on the button to choose a clock photo

en: A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary.
en_GB: A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behaviour of this binary.

en: Uncalibrated color space
en_GB: Uncalibrated colour space

en: <ul><li><p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p><p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p></li><li><p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p><p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p></li><li><p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p></li><li><p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p><p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p></li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li><p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that grey balance is preserved but colourimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p><p>In other words, if certain colours in an image fall outside of the range of colours that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colours in the image to be adjusted so that the every colour in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colours is preserved as much as possible.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p></li><li><p><b>Absolute Colourimetric intent</b> causes any colours that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest colour that can be rendered, while all other colours are left unchanged.</p><p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ....)</p></li><li><p><b>Relative Colourimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colours that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest colour that can be rendered, while all other colours are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p></li><li><p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colours in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p><p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p><p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colours be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific colour.</p></li></ul>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_4)
en: Color Space
en_GB: Colour Space

en: The color space used by the ICC profile
en_GB: The colour space used by the ICC profile

en: The ICC profile color management flags
en_GB: The ICC profile colour management flags

en: <p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p><p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>
en_GB: <p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colours that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the coloured sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the colour space of the device that is characterised by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p><p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>

en: ICC Color Profile Information
en_GB: ICC Colour Profile Information

en: GRAY
en_GB: GREY

en: Color space
en_GB: Colour space

note: #-#-#-#-#  476 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this the ICC profile type
en: Named color
en_GB: Named colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, cmbMonitorIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbProofingIntent)
en: Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: Relative Colourimetric

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, cmbMonitorIntent) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbProofingIntent)
en: Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute Colourimetric

en: ICC color profile File to Save
en_GB: ICC colour profile File to Save

en: New OneDrive, Pinterrest, and Box export tools
en_GB: New OneDrive, Pinterest, and Box export tools

en: Hebrew (Israel)
en_GB: Hebrew (Isræl)

en: Color Label: %1
en_GB: Colour Label: %1

en: <p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to set it now, select "Yes", otherwise select "No". In this case, "Color Management" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>
en_GB: <p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p><p>If you want to set it now, select "Yes", otherwise select "No". In this case, Colour Management features will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>

en: <qt>Editor Window Settings<br/><i>Customize editor window behavior</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Editor Window Settings<br/><i>Customise editor window behaviour</i></qt>

en: <qt>Thumbbar Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customize information in tool-tips</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Thumbbar Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customise information in tool-tips</i></qt>

en: <qt>RAW Files Decoding Settings<br/><i>Customize default RAW decoding settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>RAW Files Decoding Settings<br/><i>Customise default RAW decoding settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Settings for Color Management<br/><i>Customize color management settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Settings for Colour Management<br/><i>Customise colour management settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customize behavior of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customise behaviour of the other parts of Showfoto</i></qt>

en: Scroll current item to center of thumbbar
en_GB: Scroll current item to centre of thumbbar

en: Use native file dialogs from the system
en_GB: Use native file dialogues from the system

en: Show camera mode and program
en_GB: Show camera mode and programme

en: Set this option to display the camera mode and program used to take the image.
en_GB: Set this option to display the camera mode and programme used to take the image.

en: Color depth (bits per channel)
en_GB: Colour depth (bits per channel)

en: Color model of the image
en_GB: Colour model of the image

en: White balance (color temperature)
en_GB: White balance (colour temperature)

en: Altitude in meters
en_GB: Altitude in metres

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, folderAware)
en: Folder aware numbering
en_GB: Folder-aware numbering

en: <hr> The Face Workflow allows you to Detect and Recognize people in your photographs.
en_GB: <hr> The Face Workflow allows you to Detect and Recognise people in your photographs.

en: Face Detection allows DigiKam to detect faces in your images. This step is required before being able to recognize faces.
en_GB: Face Detection allows DigiKam to detect faces in your images. This step is required before being able to recognise faces.

en: Face Recognition will automatically recognize people in your images.
en_GB: Face Recognition will automatically recognise people in your images.

en: To manually identify a face, hover on any Unknown face and use the text box to give it a name. This will lead to the creation of a face tag in case a person of that name doesn't exist already. For best results identify 4-5 faces for each person you want the scan to recognize.<br>
en_GB: To manually identify a face, hover on any Unknown face and use the text box to give it a name. This will lead to the creation of a face tag in case a person of that name doesn't exist already. For best results identify 4-5 faces for each person you want the scan to recognise.<br>

en: Running face recognition is similar to detection, just select <u>Recognize Faces</u> from the Face Scan panel this time.<br>Face recognition will work on all Unknown faces. In case there's a face you don't wish to be recognized, you can mark it as ignored.<br>This leads to the creation of a new <u>Ignored</u> tag, you can later unmark the face if needed.
en_GB: Running face recognition is similar to detection, just select <u>Recognise Faces</u> from the Face Scan panel this time.<br>Face recognition will work on all Unknown faces. In case there's a face you don't wish to be recognised, you can mark it as ignored.<br>This leads to the creation of a new <u>Ignored</u> tag, you can later unmark the face if needed.

en: <b>Face Categorization and Sorting</b> <br>By default, faces will appear categorized based on their name. You may change this behaviour, by going to <u>View -> Separate Items</u>.<br>Note that using a different categorization order will lead to Confirmed and Unconfirmed faces appearing mixed with one another. To change this behaviour you may modify the sorting order within each category by going to <u>View -> Sort Items -> By Face Type</u>.
en_GB: <b>Face Categorisation and Sorting</b> <br>By default, faces will appear categorised based on their name. You may change this behaviour, by going to <u>View -> Separate Items</u>.<br>Note that using a different categorisation order will lead to Confirmed and Unconfirmed faces appearing mixed with one another. To change this behaviour you may modify the sorting order within each category by going to <u>View -> Sort Items -> By Face Type</u>.

en: <br><b>Improving Results of Face Recognition</b><br>Apart from using the settings mentioned in the last page, face results may also be improved by rebuilding the training data. This may be done through Tools -> Maintenance -> Detect and Recognize Faces -> Clear and rebuild all training data.
en_GB: <br><b>Improving Results of Face Recognition</b><br>Apart from using the settings mentioned in the last page, face results may also be improved by rebuilding the training data. This may be done through Tools -> Maintenance -> Detect and Recognise Faces -> Clear and rebuild all training data.

[ctx: @tooltip]
en: digiKam can search for faces in your photos.
    When you have identified your friends on a number of photos,
    it can also recognize the people shown on your photos.
en_GB: digiKam can search for faces in your photos.
    When you have identified your friends on a number of photos,
    it can also recognise the people shown on your photos.

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Detect and recognize faces
en_GB: Detect and recognise faces

[ctx: @info]
en: Find all faces in your photos and
    try to recognize which person is depicted
en_GB: Find all faces in your photos and
    try to recognise which person is depicted

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Recognize faces
en_GB: Recognise faces

[ctx: @info]
en: Try again to recognize the people depicted
    on marked but yet unconfirmed faces.
en_GB: Try again to recognise the people depicted
    on marked but yet unconfirmed faces.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Adjust sensitivity versus specificity: the higher the value, the more accurately faces will
    be recognized, but less faces will be recognized
    (only faces that are very similar to pre-tagged faces are recognized).
en_GB: Adjust sensitivity versus specificity: the higher the value, the more accurately faces will
    be recognised, but less faces will be recognised
    (only faces that are very similar to pre-tagged faces are recognised).

en: <b>Configure Open File Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Configure Open File Behaviour</b>

en: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronised zooming and panning can be performed.</p></qt>

en: <b>Configure Preview Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Configure Preview Behaviour</b>

en: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialogue, you can customise the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p></qt>

en: <qt><br/><p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p><p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p><p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p><p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><br/><p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p><p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p><p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogues. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p><p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p></qt>

en: Set here the brush color used to draw sketch.
en_GB: Set here the brush colour used to draw sketch.

en: Color Profile Mismatch
en_GB: Colour Profile Mismatch

en: Missing Color Profile
en_GB: Missing Colour Profile

en: Image with Uncalibrated Color
en_GB: Image with Uncalibrated Colour

en: <p>This image has an <b>embedded color profile</b><br/> which does not match your working space color profile.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>This image has an <b>embedded colour profile</b><br/> which does not match your working space colour profile.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: <p>This image has <b>no information about the color space</b><br/>that was used when creating the image. <br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>This image has <b>no information about the colour space</b><br/>that was used when creating the image. <br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: <p>The color information of this image is uncalibrated.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>
en_GB: <p>The colour information of this image is uncalibrated.<br/>How do you want to proceed?</p>

en: Embedded Color Profile:
en_GB: Embedded Colour Profile:

en: Input Color Profile:
en_GB: Input Colour Profile:

en: Working Color Space:
en_GB: Working Colour Space:

en: Original Colors:
en_GB: Original Colours:

en: Uncorrected Colors:
en_GB: Uncorrected Colours:

en: Raw Colors:
en_GB: Raw Colours:

en: Resulting Colors:
en_GB: Resulting Colours:

en: Corrected Colors:
en_GB: Corrected Colours:

en: Convert to working color space
en_GB: Convert to working colour space

en: Assign profile and convert to working color space
en_GB: Assign profile and convert to working colour space

en: Assign and keep color profile
en_GB: Assign and keep colour profile

en: Leave the file untagged, do not color manage
en_GB: Leave the file untagged, do not colour manage

en: Which color space shall be used to interpret the colors of this image?
en_GB: Which colour space shall be used to interpret the colours of this image?

en: Current working color space
en_GB: Current working colour space

en: Please select the input color profile of the device (camera) used to create this image:
en_GB: Please select the input colour profile of the device (camera) used to create this image:

en: Assigned Color Profile:
en_GB: Assigned Colour Profile:

en: Enable soft-proofing color managed view
en_GB: Enable soft-proofing colour managed view

en: Disable soft-proofing color managed view
en_GB: Disable soft-proofing colour managed view

en: Highlight out-of-gamut colors
en_GB: Highlight out-of-gamut colours

en: Highlighting color:
en_GB: Highlighting colour:

en: Set here the color used to draw dashed guide lines.
en_GB: Set here the colour used to draw dashed guide lines.

en: Cannot open the specified working space profile ("%1"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup.
en_GB: Cannot open the specified working space profile ("%1"). No colour transformation will be applied. Please check the colour management configuration in digiKam's setup.

en: Color-Managed View is enabled.
en_GB: Colour-Managed View is enabled.

en: Color-Managed View is disabled.
en_GB: Colour-Managed View is disabled.

en: Color Management is not configured, so the Color-Managed View is not available.
en_GB: Colour Management is not configured, so the Colour-Managed View is not available.

[ctx: @title Image Colors]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Move to Trash without Confirmation
en_GB: Move to Wastebin without Confirmation

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Canceling current operation, please wait...
en_GB: Cancelling current operation, please wait...

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?
en_GB: Do you want to close the dialogue and cancel the current operation?

[ctx: @info]
en: Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog.
en_GB: Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info]
en: Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog.
en_GB: Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialogue.

en: <p>These expressions may be used to customize date format:</p><p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p><p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p><p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p><p><b>dddd</b>: The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p><p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p><p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p><p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p><p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p><p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p><p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p><p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in singlequotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:</p><p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p><p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p><p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>
en_GB: <p>These expressions may be used to customise date format:</p><p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p><p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p><p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localised day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p><p><b>dddd</b>: The long localised day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p><p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p><p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p><p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localised month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p><p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localised month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p><p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p><p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p><p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in single quotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:</p><p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p><p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p><p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>

en: <p>Select your preferred date format used to create new albums. The options available are:</p><p><b>ISO</b>: the date format is in accordance with ISO 8601 (YYYY-MM-DD). E.g.: <i>2006-08-24</i></p><p><b>Full Text</b>: the date format is in a user-readable string. E.g.: <i>Thu Aug 24 2006</i></p><p><b>Local Settings</b>: the date format depending on KDE control panel settings.</p><p><b>Custom</b>: use a customized format for date.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select your preferred date format used to create new albums. The options available are:</p><p><b>ISO</b>: the date format is in accordance with ISO 8601 (YYYY-MM-DD). E.g.: <i>2006-08-24</i></p><p><b>Full Text</b>: the date format is in a user-readable string. E.g.: <i>Thu Aug 24 2006</i></p><p><b>Local Settings</b>: the date format depending on KDE control panel settings.</p><p><b>Custom</b>: use a customised format for date.</p>

en: Show the result of converted date 1968-12-26 using your customized format.
en_GB: Show the result of converted date 1968-12-26 using your customised format.

[ctx: Custom Image Renaming]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

en: <p>These expressions may be used to customize the command line:</p><p><b>%file</b>: full path of the imported file</p><p><b>%filename</b>: file name of the imported file</p><p><b>%path</b>: path of the imported file</p><p><b>%orgfilename</b>: original file name</p><p><b>%orgpath</b>: original path</p><p>If there are no expressions full path is added to the command.</p>
en_GB: <p>These expressions may be used to customise the command line:</p><p><b>%file</b>: full path of the imported file</p><p><b>%filename</b>: file name of the imported file</p><p><b>%path</b>: path of the imported file</p><p><b>%orgfilename</b>: original file name</p><p><b>%orgpath</b>: original path</p><p>If there are no expressions full path is added to the command.</p>

en: Synchronize preview from left and right panels
en_GB: Synchronise preview from left and right panels

en: cleaning core db
en_GB: cleaning core DB

en: cleaning thumbnails db
en_GB: cleaning thumbnails DB

en: cleaning recognition db
en_GB: cleaning recognition DB

en: cleaning similarity db
en_GB: cleaning similarity DB

en: Similarity range (in percents):
en_GB: Similarity range (in percent):

en: Detect and recognize Faces
en_GB: Detect and recognise Faces

en: Synchronizing image metadata with database
en_GB: Synchronising image metadata with database

en: Customize filenames:
en_GB: Customise filenames:

en: This is the list of your customized workflow settings.
en_GB: This is the list of your customised workflow settings.

en: Digitization
en_GB: Digitisation

en: Return items digitized between
en_GB: Return items digitised between

en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

en: Color Model
en_GB: Colour Model

en: Find items with the color model
en_GB: Find items with the colour model

en: Color temperature used for white balance
en_GB: Colour temperature used for white balance

en: any color depth
en_GB: any colour depth

en: Uncheck this if you do not want to convert a 16 bits preview image to 8 bits.
en_GB: Untick this if you do not want to convert a 16 bits preview image to 8 bits.

en: Uncheck this if you do not want to see icons and text in the image preview.
en_GB: Untick this if you do not want to see icons and text in the image preview.

en: <p>Add new file types to show as album items.</p><p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p> <p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p><p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>Add new file types to show as album items.</p><p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p> <p>You can add to the already appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p><p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as images and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as video files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as video files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>
en_GB: <p>Files with these extensions will be recognised as audio files and included into the database:<br/> <code>%1</code></p>

en: Here you can see filters that can be used to filter files in import dialog.
en_GB: Here you can see filters that can be used to filter files in import dialogue.

en: &Use theme background color
en_GB: &Use theme background colour

en: Enable this option to use the background theme color in the image editor area.
en_GB: Enable this option to use the background theme colour in the image editor area.

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_2) #-#-#-#-#  1375 (koffice)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 46 #-#-#-#-#  1404 (konversation)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3) i18n: ectx: propert
en: &Background color:
en_GB: &Background colour:

en: Customize the background color to use in the image editor area.
en_GB: Customise the background colour to use in the image editor area.

en: &Under-exposure color:
en_GB: &Under-exposure colour:

en: Customize color used in image editor to identify under-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Customise colour used in image editor to identify under-exposed pixels.

en: &Over-exposure color:
en_GB: &Over-exposure colour:

en: Customize color used in image editor to identify over-exposed pixels.
en_GB: Customise colour used in image editor to identify over-exposed pixels.

en: Adjust the percents of the top of image histogram which will be used to check over exposed pixels.
en_GB: Adjust the percentage at the top of image histogram which will be used to check over exposed pixels.

en: Indicate exposure as pure color
en_GB: Indicate exposure as pure colour

en: If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black colour matches, as all colour components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the colour components matches the condition.

en: Show Settings Dialog when Saving Image Files
en_GB: Show Settings Dialogue when Saving Image Files

en: <ul><li>Checked: A dialog where settings can be changed when saving image files</li><li>Unchecked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li>Ticked: A dialogue where settings can be changed when saving image files</li><li>Unticked: Default settings are used when saving image files</li></ul>

[ctx: @option:radio Open raw files...]
en: Always open the Raw Import Tool to customize settings
en_GB: Always open the Raw Import Tool to customise settings

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: RAW Behavior
en_GB: RAW Behaviour

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Color label
en_GB: Colour label

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Turn on this option to store the item color label in the XMP tags.
en_GB: Turn on this option to store the item colour label in the XMP tags.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Use lazy synchronization
en_GB: Use lazy synchronisation

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit
en_GB: Instead of synchronising metadata, just schedule it for synchronisation.Synchronisation can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag.
en_GB: For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Tick this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag.

en: <p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p> <p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>
en_GB: <p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p> <p>Please set here if you want to synchronise the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>

[ctx: @info]
en: Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this.
en_GB: Switching off EXIF auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this.

en: <qt>Database Settings<br/><i>Customize database settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Database Settings<br/><i>Customise database settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Application Views Settings<br/><i>Customize the look of the views</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Application Views Settings<br/><i>Customise the look of the views</i></qt>

en: <qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customize information in item tool-tips</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/><i>Customise information in item tool-tips</i></qt>

en: <qt>Image Editor Settings<br/><i>Customize the image editor settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Image Editor Settings<br/><i>Customise the image editor settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Settings for Color Management<br/><i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Settings for Colour Management<br/><i>Customise the colour-management settings</i></qt>

en: <qt>Light Table Settings<br/><i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Light Table Settings<br/><i>Customise tool used to compare images</i></qt>

en: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/><i>Customise behaviour of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>

en: Enable Color Management
en_GB: Enable Colour Management

en: <ul><li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li><li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li></ul>
en_GB: <ul><li>Ticked: Colour Management is enabled</li><li>Unticked: Colour Management is disabled</li></ul>

en: Working Color Space
en_GB: Working Colour Space

en: <p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b></p>
en_GB: <p>This is the colour space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b></p>

en: When the profile of an image does not match the working color space
en_GB: When the profile of an image does not match the working colour space

en: <p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has an embedded colour profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>

en: Convert the image to the working color space
en_GB: Convert the image to the working colour space

en: <p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has an embedded colour profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's colour information to the working colour space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>

en: When an image has no color profile information
en_GB: When an image has no colour profile information

en: <p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>
en_GB: <p>If an image has no embedded colour profile, digiKam will ask which colour space shall be used to interpret the image and to which colour space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>

en: Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)
en_GB: Assume it is using the sRGB colour space (Internet standard)

note: i18n("<p></p>"));
en: and convert it to the working color space
en_GB: and convert it to the working colour space

en: Assume it is using the working color space
en_GB: Assume it is using the working colour space

note: i18n("<p></p>"));
en: Convert it from default input color space to working space
en_GB: Convert it from default input colour space to working space

en: When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors
en_GB: When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colours

note: i18n("<p></p>"));
en: Automatic color correction
en_GB: Automatic colour correction

en: Color Managed View
en_GB: Colour Managed View

en: <p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select the colour profile for your monitor here.</p>

en: Use color managed view in editor
en_GB: Use colour managed view in editor

en: <p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>
en_GB: <p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Colour Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a colour correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>

en: Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails
en_GB: Use colour managed view for previews and thumbnails

en: Default input color profile:
en_GB: Default input colour profile:

en: <p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>
en_GB: <p>This is the default colour profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behaviour above refer to this profile.</p>

en: Color Profiles Repository
en_GB: Colour Profiles Repository

en: <p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>
en_GB: <p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional colour profiles in the directory set here.</p>

en: Synchronize panels automatically
en_GB: Synchronise panels automatically

en: Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size.
en_GB: Set this option to automatically synchronise zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size.

en: Confirm when moving items to the &trash
en_GB: Confirm when moving items to the was&tebin

en: Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.
    Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.
    the database object wastes space.
    This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.
    For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance.
en_GB: Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.
    Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.
    the database object wastes space.
    This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition DB.
    For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance.

en: Use native file dialogs from system
en_GB: Use native file dialogues from system

en: Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels.
en_GB: Set this option to display the image pick, colour, rating labels.

en: Note: these settings require "Use File Metadata" option from Camera Setup Behavior page.
en_GB: Note: these settings require "Use File Metadata" option from Camera Setup Behaviour page.

en: Facebook Application Authorization
en_GB: Facebook Application Authorisation

en: Canceled by user.
en_GB: Cancelled by user.

en: Google Drive Authorization
en_GB: Google Drive Authorisation

en: Please follow the instructions in the browser. After logging in and authorizing the application, copy the code from the browser, paste it in the textbox below, and click OK.
en_GB: Please follow the instructions in the browser. After logging in and authorising the application, copy the code from the browser, paste it in the textbox below, and click OK.

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Automatic color axis adjustments
en_GB: Automatic colour axis adjustments

en: Open rename-file dialog
en_GB: Open rename-file dialogue

en: Analyze a Display
en_GB: Analyse a Display

en: Enter details about a display to analyze it.
en_GB: Enter details about a display to analyse it.

en: {} provides {} but it cannot be found
en_GB: {} provides {}, but it cannot be found

en: synchronize installed packages to the latest available versions
en_GB: synchronise installed packages to the latest available versions

en: Package to synchronize
en_GB: Package to synchronise

en: show also hidden groups
en_GB: show hidden groups also

en: Invalid groups sub-command, use: %s.
en_GB: Invalid groups sub-command; use: %s.

en: Cannot undo transaction %s, doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.
en_GB: Cannot undo transaction %s; doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.

en: Cannot rollback transaction %s, doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.
en_GB: Cannot rollback transaction %s; doing so would result in an inconsistent package database.

en: search also package description and URL
en_GB: search package description and URL also

en: control whether color is used
en_GB: control whether colour is used

en: License     : %s
en_GB: Licence     : %s

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Empty Trash
en_GB: Empty Wastebin

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Successfully moved to trash.
en_GB: Successfully moved to wastebin.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>. It provides access to commands and configuration options. Left-click on any of the menus on this bar to see its contents.</para><para>The Menubar can be hidden by unchecking <interface>Settings|Show Menubar</interface>. Then most of its contents become available through a <interface>Control</interface> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the <emphasis>Menubar</emphasis>. It provides access to commands and configuration options. Left-click on any of the menus on this bar to see its contents.</para><para>The Menubar can be hidden by unticking <interface>Settings|Show Menubar</interface>. Then most of its contents become available through a <interface>Control</interface> button on the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. It allows quick access to frequently used actions.</para><para>It is highly customizable. All items you see in the <interface>Control</interface> menu or in the <interface>Menubar</interface> can be placed on the Toolbar. Just right-click on it and select <interface>Configure Toolbars…</interface> or find this action in the <interface>Control</interface> or <interface>Settings</interface> menu.</para><para>The location of the bar and the style of its buttons can also be changed in the right-click menu. Right-click a button if you want to show or hide its text.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the <emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis>. It allows quick access to frequently used actions.</para><para>It is highly customisable. All items you see in the <interface>Control</interface> menu or in the <interface>Menubar</interface> can be placed on the Toolbar. Just right-click on it and select <interface>Configure Toolbars…</interface> or find this action in the <interface>Control</interface> or <interface>Settings</interface> menu.</para><para>The location of the bar and the style of its buttons can also be changed in the right-click menu. Right-click a button if you want to show or hide its text.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This opens a <emphasis>web page</emphasis> where you can donate to support the continued work on this application and many other projects by the <emphasis>KDE</emphasis> community.</para><para>Donating is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support KDE and its projects. KDE projects are available for free therefore your donation is needed to cover things that require money like servers, contributor meetings, etc.</para><para><emphasis>KDE e.V.</emphasis> is the non-profit organization behind the KDE community.</para>
en_GB: <para>This opens a <emphasis>web page</emphasis> where you can donate to support the continued work on this application and many other projects by the <emphasis>KDE</emphasis> community.</para><para>Donating is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support KDE and its projects. KDE projects are available for free therefore your donation is needed to cover things that require money like servers, contributor meetings, etc.</para><para><emphasis>KDE e.V.</emphasis> is the non-profit organisation behind the KDE community.</para>

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Empty Trash
en_GB: Empty Wastebin

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Url Navigator | Url Navigators
en_GB[0]: Navigation
en_GB[1]: URL Navigators

[ctx: @action:inmenu Go]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GroupedSorting), group (Dolphin)
en: When this option is enabled, the sorted items are categorized into groups.
en_GB: When this option is enabled, the sorted items are categorised into groups.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EditableUrl), group (General)
en: Should the URL be editable for the user
en_GB: Whether the URL should be editable for the user

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFullPath), group (General)
en: Should the full path be shown inside the location bar
en_GB: Whether the full path should be shown inside the location bar

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FilterBar), group (General)
en: Should the filter bar be shown
en_GB: Whether the filter bar should be shown

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewPropsTimestamp), group (General)
en: Timestamp since when the view properties are valid
en_GB: Timestamp from when the view properties have been valid

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowZoomSlider), group (General)
en: Show zoom slider in the statusbar
en_GB: Show zoom slider in the status bar

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSpaceInfo), group (General)
en: Show the space information in the statusbar
en_GB: Show the space information in the status bar

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @option:check Ask for confirmation when]
en: Moving files or folders to trash
en_GB: Moving files or folders to wastebin

[ctx: @option:check Ask for confirmation when]
en: Emptying trash
en_GB: Emptying wastebin

[ctx: @title:tab Behavior settings]
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: Trash Emptied
en_GB: Wastebin Emptied

en: The Trash was emptied.
en_GB: The Wastebin was emptied.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Trash operation completed.
en_GB: Wastebin operation completed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This moves the items in your current selection to the <filename>Trash</filename>.<nl/>The trash is a temporary storage where items can be deleted from if disk space is needed.
en_GB: This moves the items in your current selection to the <filename>Wastebin</filename>.<nl/>The wastebin is a temporary storage where items can be deleted from if disk space is needed.

[ctx: @action "Move to Trash" for non-local files, etc.]
en: Delete (using shortcut for Trash)
en_GB: Delete (using shortcut for Wastebin)

[ctx: KFile System Bookmarks]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: @action:inmenu File]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to empty the Trash? All items will be deleted.
en_GB: Do you really want to empty the Wastebin? All items will be deleted.

[ctx: @label]
en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

note: #-#-#-#-#  252  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (commitDialogHeight), group (CommitDialogSettings) #-#-#-#-#  253  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (configDialogHeight), group (ConfigDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (cloneDialogHeight), group (CloneDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, ent
en: Dialog height
en_GB: Dialogue box height

note: #-#-#-#-#  252  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (commitDialogWidth), group (CommitDialogSettings) #-#-#-#-#  253  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (configDialogWidth), group (ConfigDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry (cloneDialogWidth), group (CloneDialogSettings) i18n: ectx: label, entry 
en: Dialog width
en_GB: Dialogue box width

en: 
    Unknows command: %s
en_GB: 
    Unknown command: %s

en: Center %s
en_GB: Centre %s

en: Reflexion axe %s
en_GB: Reflexion axis %s

en: Circle defined by its center and a point:: %s
en_GB: Circle defined by its centre and a point:: %s

en: Circle defined by its center and a segment:: %s
en_GB: Circle defined by its centre and a segment:: %s

en: Circle defined by its center and radius:: %s
en_GB: Circle defined by its centre and radius:: %s

en: Circle: select its center and a point or its radius (number or segment)
en_GB: Circle: select its centre and a point or its radius (number or segment)

en: Central symmetry: select a geometric object and the center
en_GB: Central symmetry: select a geometric object and the centre

en: Rotation: select a geometric object, the center and an angle or a scalar
en_GB: Rotation: select a geometric object, the centre and an angle or a scalar

en: Scale: select a geometric object, the center and a scalar
en_GB: Scale: select a geometric object, the centre and a scalar

en: Axial symmetry of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected line is the line to transform
en_GB: Axial symmetry of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected line is the line to transform

en: Central symmetry of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected point is the point to transform
en_GB: Central symmetry of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected point is the point to transform

en: Circle defines by center and point, radius or segment
en_GB: Circle defines by centre and point, radius or segment

en: Custome User Interface
en_GB: Custom User Interface

en: Custome User Interface in the current view
en_GB: Custom User Interface in the current view

en: Rotation of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected point is the point to rotate
en_GB: Rotation of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected point is the point to rotate

en: Scale an object. When ambiguity, the first selected point is the point to transform
en_GB: Scale an object. When ambiguous, the first selected point is the point to transform

en: Translation of an object. When ambiguity, the first selected vector is the vector to translate
en_GB: Translation of an object. When ambiguous, the first selected vector is the vector to translate

en: Could not initialize backend: %s
en_GB: Could not initialise backend: %s

en: Missing socket or ssl python modules.
en_GB: Missing socket or SSL Python modules.

en: Option '--ssl-cacert-path' is not supported with python 2.7.8 and below.
en_GB: Option '--ssl-cacert-path' is not supported with Python 2.7.8 and below.

en: python-kerberos needed to use kerberos                           authorization, falling back to basic auth.
en_GB: python-kerberos needed to use kerberos                           authorisation, falling back to basic auth.

en: Kerberos authorization failed: %s.                          Falling back to basic auth.
en_GB: Kerberos authorisation failed: %s.                          Falling back to basic auth.

en: Fatal Error: No manifests found for most recent backup
en_GB: Fatal Error: No manifest found for most recent backup

en: Num volumes:
en_GB: Number of volumes:

en: Archive dir: %s
en_GB: Archive directory: %s

en: File %s complete in backup set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.
en_GB: File %s complete in back-up set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.

en: File %s missing in backup set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.
en_GB: File %s missing in back-up set.
    Continuing restart on file %s.

en: Synchronizing remote metadata to local cache...
en_GB: Synchronising remote metadata to local cache...

en: Unable to get free space on temp.
en_GB: Unable to get free space in temp.

en: RESTART: Impossible backup state: manifest has %d vols, remote has %d vols.
             Restart is impossible ... duplicity will clean off the last partial
             backup then restart the backup from the beginning.
en_GB: RESTART: Impossible backup state: manifest has %d vols, remote has %d vols.
             Restart is impossible ... Duplicity will clean off the last partial
             backup then restart the backup from the beginning.

en: 
    PYTHONOPTIMIZE in the environment causes duplicity to fail to
    recognize its own backups.  Please remove PYTHONOPTIMIZE from
    the environment and rerun the backup.
    
    See https://bugs.launchpad.net/duplicity/+bug/931175
en_GB: 
    PYTHONOPTIMIZE in the environment causes duplicity to fail to
    recognise its own backups.  Please remove PYTHONOPTIMIZE from
    the environment and rerun the backup.
    
    See https://bugs.launchpad.net/duplicity/+bug/931175

en: Bad interval string "%s"
    
    Intervals are specified like 2Y (2 years) or 2h30m (2.5 hours).  The
    allowed special characters are s, m, h, D, W, M, and Y.  See the man
    page for more information.
en_GB: Bad interval string "%s"
    
    Intervals are specified like 2Y (2 years) or 2h30m (2.5 hours).  The
    allowed special characters are s, m, h, D, W, M, and Y.  See the manual
    page for more information.

en: Red color
en_GB: Red colour

en: Scanner Dialog
en_GB: Scanner Dialogue

en: Show the scanner dialog on startup
en_GB: Show the scanner dialogue on startup

en: Page to show in the preferences dialog
en_GB: Page to show in the preferences dialogue

en: The page in the notebook of the preferences dialog
en_GB: The page in the notebook of the preferences dialogue

en: A bright colored fish
en_GB: A bright coloured fish

en: The specified bitstream does not exist or the file has been initialized improperly
en_GB: The specified bitstream does not exist or the file has been initialised improperly

en: Back to the fortress, I still need to rescue my Dad from the sorceror
en_GB: Back to the fortress, I still need to rescue my Dad from the sorcerer

en: I'm not sure, I think the sorceror sent me here, but he said he was going to kill me
en_GB: I'm not sure, I think the sorcerer sent me here, but he said he was going to kill me

en: The sorceror caught me looting his fortress and he banished me here
en_GB: The sorcerer caught me looting his fortress and he banished me here

en: I guess the other things must have been destroyed when the sorceror used that spell
en_GB: I guess the other things must have been destroyed when the sorcerer used that spell

en: Where did the sorceror go?
en_GB: Where did the sorcerer go?

en: You went to the Sorceror's Fortress?!
en_GB: You went to the Sorcerer's Fortress?!

en: Broke into the Sorceror's Fortress
en_GB: Broke into the Sorcerer's Fortress

en: And after all that, when I defeated the Sorceror, he had no idea who you were
en_GB: And after all that, when I defeated the Sorcerer, he had no idea who you were

en: You killed the Sorceror?!
en_GB: You killed the Sorcerer?!

en: Hopefully this will lead me to the sorceror...
en_GB: Hopefully this will lead me to the sorcerer...

en: Confront the Sorceror
en_GB: Confront the Sorcerer

en: The sorceror must have done something else with him, I'll have to go back and find out
en_GB: The sorcerer must have done something else with him, I'll have to go back and find out

en: The sorceror must have taken Dad to his castle. I'll have to rescue him from there.
en_GB: The sorcerer must have taken Dad to his castle. I'll have to rescue him from there.

en: I guess the sorceror has no need for weapons since he has magic
en_GB: I guess the sorcerer has no need for weapons since he has magic

en: Well, since he's helping me get back to the sorceror, the least I can do is retrieve it for him
en_GB: Well, since he's helping me get back to the sorcerer, the least I can do is retrieve it for him

en: The sorceror will almost certainly destroy me if I confront him without the shield
en_GB: The sorcerer will almost certainly destroy me if I confront him without the shield

en: Defeat the Sorceror
en_GB: Defeat the Sorcerer

en: Now to create that shield and get that sorceror...
en_GB: Now to create that shield and get that sorcerer...

en: Sorceror
en_GB: Sorcerer

en: The Sorceror
en_GB: The Sorcerer

en: Defeated the Sorceror
en_GB: Defeated the Sorcerer

en: Met the Sorceror
en_GB: Met the Sorcerer

en: He must have been kidnapped by that evil sorceror!
en_GB: He must have been kidnapped by that evil sorcerer!

en: Improved decimal separator localization
en_GB: Improved decimal separator localisation

en: Keep a copy locally
en_GB: Keep a local copy

en: Fix issues with time zones not being recognized
en_GB: Fix issues with time zones not being recognised

en: Ellipsize event participant details if necessary
en_GB: Ellipsise event participant details if necessary

en: Various UI overhauls including lime accent color
en_GB: Various UI overhauls including lime accent colour

en: Fix location panel initialization
en_GB: Fix location panel initialisation

en: Force the browser window to appear
en_GB: Force the browser windows to appear

en: Set of plugins
en_GB: Set of plug-ins

en: Highlight matching brackets:
en_GB: Highlight matching square brackets:

en: Alphabetize
en_GB: Alphabetise

en: Make it yours. Code is written from the ground up to be extensible. Keep things super lightweight and simple, or install extensions to turn Code into a full-blown IDE; it's your choice. And with a handful of useful preferences, you can tweak the behavior and interface to your liking.
en_GB: Make it yours. Code is written from the ground up to be extensible. Keep things super lightweight and simple, or install extensions to turn Code into a full-blown IDE; it's your choice. And with a handful of useful preferences, you can tweak the behaviour and interface to your liking.

en: Center new windows
en_GB: Centre new windows

en: Visually deprioritize .gitignored files in project sidebar
en_GB: Visually deprioritise .gitignored files in project sidebar

en: Honor global privacy setting when saving and restoring
en_GB: Honour global privacy setting when saving and restoring

en: Fix New Window desktop action behavior
en_GB: Fix New Window desktop action behaviour

en: Properly synchronize Ctrl+N key presses with number of new documents spawned
en_GB: Properly synchronise Ctrl+N key presses with number of new documents spawned

en: Smarter file saving behavior
en_GB: Smarter file saving behaviour

en: The folder "%s" can't be found.
en_GB: The folder '%s' can't be found.

en: Create the folder "%s"
en_GB: Create the folder '%s'

note: TRANSLATORS: '%s' is a quoted placehorder for the name of a file. It can be moved but not omitted
en: “%s” must be moved from Trash before opening
en_GB: “%s” must be moved from Rubbish Bin before opening

en: Files inside Trash cannot be opened. To open this file, it must be moved elsewhere.
en_GB: Files inside Rubbish Bin cannot be opened. To open this file, it must be moved elsewhere.

en: Restore from Trash
en_GB: Restore from Rubbish Bin

en: Cannot copy files that are in the trash
en_GB: Cannot copy files that are in the Rubbish Bin

en: Unable to Display Folder Contents
en_GB: Unable to display folder contents

en: Unable to Show Folder
en_GB: Unable to show folder

en: Open the Trash
en_GB: Open the Rubbish Bin

en: Empty All Trash
en_GB: Empty All Rubbish

en: Empty Trash on this Mount
en_GB: Empty Rubbish on this Mount

en: Trash Is Empty
en_GB: Rubbish Bin Is Empty

en: Open trash folder and restore manually
en_GB: Open Rubbish Bin folder and restore manually

en: Permanently delete all items from Trash?
en_GB: Permanently delete all items from the Rubbish Bin?

en: All items in all trash directories, including those on any mounted external drives, will be permanently deleted.
en_GB: All items in all Rubbish Bin directories, including those on any mounted external drives, will be permanently deleted.

en: Permanently delete all items from Trash on this mount?
en_GB: Permanently delete all items from the Rubbish Bin on this mount?

en: All items in the trash on this mount, will be permanently deleted.
en_GB: All items in the Rubbish Bin on this mount, will be permanently deleted.

note: TRANSLATORS: '\"%s\"' is a placeholder for the quoted basename of a file.  It may change position but must not be translated or removed '\"' is an escaped quoted mark.  This may be replaced with another suitable character (escaped if necessary)
en: Are you sure you want to permanently delete "%s" from the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to permanently delete "%s" from the Rubbish Bin?

en: Deleted items are not sent to Trash and are not recoverable.
en_GB: Deleted items are not sent to the Rubbish Bin and are not recoverable.

en: Cannot move file to trash or delete it
en_GB: Cannot move file to the Rubbish Bin or delete it

en: It is not permitted to trash or delete files on a read only filesystem.
en_GB: It is not permitted to move to the Rubbish Bin or delete files on a read only filesystem.

en: It is not permitted to trash or delete files inside folders for which you do not have write privileges.
en_GB: It is not permitted to move to the Rubbish Bin or delete files inside folders for which you do not have write privileges.

en: It is not permitted to trash or delete folders for which you do not have write privileges.
en_GB: It is not permitted to move to the Rubbish Bin or delete folders for which you do not have write privileges.

en: Cannot move file to trash. Try to delete it immediately?
en_GB: Cannot move file to the Rubbish Bin. Try to delete it immediately?

en: This file could not be moved to trash. See details below for further information.
en_GB: This file could not be moved to the Rubbish Bin. See details below for further information.

en: Cannot move file to trash.  Try to delete it?
en_GB: Cannot move file to the Rubbish Bin.  Try to delete it?

en: This file could not be moved to trash. You may not be able to delete it either.
en_GB: This file could not be moved to the Rubbish Bin. You may not be able to delete it either.

en: Cannot copy into trash.
en_GB: Cannot copy into the Rubbish Bin.

en: It is not permitted to copy files into the trash
en_GB: It is not permitted to copy files into the Rubbish Bin

en: Empty the Trash
en_GB: Empty the Rubbish Bin

en: Easily copy, move, and rename your files, or use folders to stay organized. Whether you like files in lists, grids or columns, you can always find them right away. Access all your files, whether locally, on an external device or remotely using FTP, SFTP, AFP, Webdav, or Windows share.
en_GB: Easily copy, move, and rename your files, or use folders to stay organised. Whether you like files in lists, grids or columns, you can always find them right away. Access all your files, whether locally, on an external device or remotely using FTP, SFTP, AFP, Webdav, or Windows share.

en: Add warning and error colored disk usage bars when disk becomes too full
en_GB: Add warning and error coloured disk usage bars when disk becomes too full

en: Fix color tags disappearing when thumbnails hidden
en_GB: Fix colour tags disappearing when thumbnails hidden

en: Ensure tabs showing same folder remain synchronized
en_GB: Ensure tabs showing same folder remain synchronised

en: Fix color label visibility while using dark theme
en_GB: Fix colour label visibility while using dark theme

en: Fix F2 renaming behavior
en_GB: Fix F2 renaming behaviour

en: Consistently remember color tags
en_GB: Consistently remember colour tags

en: Fix color tag display
en_GB: Fix colour tag display

en: Fix Ctrl+Tab behavior
en_GB: Fix Ctrl+Tab behaviour

en: Delete color tag database entries for trashed files
en_GB: Delete colour tag database entries for trashed files

en: Localization fixes
en_GB: Localisation fixes

en: Honor 12/24hr system setting
en_GB: Honour 12/24hr system setting

en: Fix a crash when restoring items from the Trash
en_GB: Fix a crash when restoring items from the Rubbish Bin

en: An unknown error occured
en_GB: An unknown error occurred

en: Your finger was not centered, try swiping your finger again
en_GB: Your finger was not centred, try swiping your finger again

en: Unrecognized playlist file. Import failed.
en_GB: Unrecognised playlist file. Import failed.

note: / Format of date strings. See reference documentation of g_date_time_format() / for more details.
en: %m/%e/%Y %l:%M %p
en_GB: %e/%m/%Y %H:%M

en: Unable to import %d item. The file may be damaged. | Unable to import %d items. The files may be damaged.
en_GB[0]: Unable to import %d item. The file my be damaged.
en_GB[1]: Unable to import %d items. The files may be damaged.

en: Move all corrupted files to trash
en_GB: Move all corrupted files to the Rubbish Bin

en: Select individual files to move to trash:
en_GB: Select individual files to move to the Rubbish Bin:

en: Keep Music folder organized:
en_GB: Keep Music folder organised:

note: #-#-#-#-#  508 (gnome-music)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is a playlist name
en: Favorite Songs
en_GB: Favourite Songs

en: Recent Favorites
en_GB: Recent Favourites

[ctx: List column title]
en: #
en_GB: No.

note: / Do not remove '%s'. It's a placeholder for selected equalizer preset name.
en: Equalizer: %s
en_GB: Equaliser: %s

en: Fix equalizer sliders not properly disabled sometimes
en_GB: Fix equaliser sliders not properly disabled sometimes

en: Add orange accent color
en_GB: Add orange accent colour

en: Improve equalizer style.
en_GB: Improve equaliser style.

en: Reorganize media edition layout
en_GB: Reorganise media edition layout

en: Applying Color Transformations
en_GB: Applying Colour Transformations

en: Undoing Color Transformations
en_GB: Undoing Colour Transformations

en: Move Tag "%s"
en_GB: Move Tag '%s'

en: Move the photos to the Photos trash
en_GB: Move the photos to the Photos Rubbish Bin

en: Automatically improve the photo's appearance 
    (Overwrites previous color adjustments)
en_GB: Automatically improve the photo's appearance 
    (Overwrites previous colour adjustments)

en: _Copy Color Adjustments
en_GB: _Copy Colour Adjustments

en: _Paste Color Adjustments
en_GB: _Paste Colour Adjustments

en: Paste Color Adjustments
en_GB: Paste Colour Adjustments

en: Apply copied color adjustments to the selected photos
en_GB: Apply copied colour adjustments to the selected photos

en: Adjust the photo's color and tone
en_GB: Adjust the photo's colour and tone

en: Add Tag "%s"
en_GB: Add Tag '%s'

en: Add Tags "%s" and "%s"
en_GB: Add Tags '%s' and '%s'

en: _Delete Tag "%s"
en_GB: _Delete Tag '%s'

en: Delete Tag "%s"
en_GB: Delete Tag '%s'

en: Rename Tag "%s" to "%s"
en_GB: Rename Tag '%s' to '%s'

en: Unable to rename tag to "%s" because the tag already exists.
en_GB: Unable to rename tag to '%s' because the tag already exists.

en: Unable to rename search to "%s" because the search already exists.
en_GB: Unable to rename search to '%s' because the search already exists.

en: Rename Search "%s" to "%s"
en_GB: Rename Search '%s' to '%s'

en: Delete Search "%s"
en_GB: Delete Search '%s'

note: #-#-#-#-#  281 (shotwell-0.15)  #-#-#-#-# / Locale-specific calendar date format, i.e. "Tue Mar 08, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format #-#-#-#-#  2595 (shotwell-0.15)  #-#-#-#-# ...precache the timestamp string... / Locale-specific time format for
en: %a %b %d, %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b, %Y

note: / Locale-specific ending date format for multi-date strings, / i.e. the "10, 2006" in "Tue Mar 08 - 10, 2006" / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %d, %Y
en_GB: %d %b, %Y

en: %m/%d/%Y, %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S

en: %m/%d/%Y, %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y, %H:%M:%S

note: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos
en: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognized as Photos or Videos:
en_GB: Files Not Imported Because They Weren't Recognised as Photos or Videos:

en: Remove Photo From Library
en_GB: Remove Photos From Library

en: Reset Colors
en_GB: Reset Colours

en: Reset all color adjustments to original
en_GB: Reset all colour adjustments to original

en: Exposure bias
en_GB: Belichtungskorrektur

en: You have already logged in and out of a Google service during this session.
    
    To continue publishing to Google services, quit and restart this software, then try publishing again.
en_GB: You have already logged in and out of a Google service during this session.
    
    To continue publishing to Google services, restart this software, then try publishing again.

en: You are not currently logged into Google Photos.
    
    Click Login to log into Google Photos in your Web browser. You will have to authorize elementary OS to link to your Google Photos account.
en_GB: You are not currently logged into Google Photos.
    
    Click Login to log into Google Photos in your Web browser. You will have to authorise elementary OS to link to your Google Photos account.

en: Small (640 x 480 pixels)
en_GB: Kecil (640 x 480 pixels)

en: Medium (1024 x 768 pixels)
en_GB: Menengah (1024 x 768 pixels)

en: Recommended (1600 x 1200 pixels)
en_GB: Rekomendasi (1600 x 1200 pixels)

en: You are not currently logged into Flickr.
    
    Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to authorize Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account.
en_GB: You are not currently logged into Flickr.
    
    Click Login to log into Flickr in your Web browser. You will have to authorise Shotwell Connect to link to your Flickr account.

en: Verifying authorization…
en_GB: Verifying authorisation…

en: Authorization _Number:
en_GB: Authorisation _Number:

en: '%s' isn't a valid response to an OAuth authentication request
en_GB: '%s' is not a valid response to an OAuth authentication request

en: TumblrPublisher: start( ): can't start; this publisher is not restartable.
en_GB: TumblrPublisher: start( ): cannot start; this publisher is not restartable.

en: _Email address
en_GB: _E-mail address

en: Copy Color Adjustments
en_GB: Copy Colour Adjustments

en: Copy the color adjustments applied to the photo
en_GB: Copy the colour adjustments applied to the photo

en: You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.
    
    In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: You do not have any data imports plugins enabled.
    
    In order to use the Import From Application functionality, you need to have at least one data imports plugin enabled. Plugins can be enabled in the Preferences dialogue.

en: Empty T_rash
en_GB: Empty _Wastebasket

en: Organize your photos
en_GB: Organise your photos

en: album;cameras;crop;edit;enhance;export;gallery;images;import;organize;photographs;photos;pictures;photography;print;publish;rotate;share;tags;video;
en_GB: album;cameras;crop;edit;enhance;export;gallery;images;import;organise;photographs;photos;pictures;photography;print;publish;rotate;share;tags;video;

en: Photos is an easy-to-use, fast photo organizer. It allows you to import photos from your camera or disk, organize them by date and subject matter, even ratings. It also offers basic photo editing, like crop, red-eye correction, color adjustments, and straighten. Photos' non-destructive photo editor does not alter your master photos, making it easy to experiment and correct errors.
en_GB: Photos is an easy-to-use, fast photo organiser. It allows you to import photos from your camera or disk, organise them by date and subject matter, even ratings. It also offers basic photo editing, like crop, red-eye correction, colour adjustments, and straighten. Photos' non-destructive photo editor does not alter your master photos, making it easy to experiment and correct errors.

en: Colorized tint and temperature scales
en_GB: Colourised tint and temperature scales

en: Fix Alt+F4 key behavior
en_GB: Fix Alt+F4 key behaviour

en: Fix ESC key behavior
en_GB: Fix ESC key behaviour

en: Toggle maximized:
en_GB: Toggle maximised:

en: your software center
en_GB: your software centre

en: Use neutral colors for the dark style scheme
en_GB: Use neutral colours for the dark style scheme

en: Fix erratic search text highlightning behavior
en_GB: Fix erratic search text highlightning behaviour

en: Unrecognized file format
en_GB: Unrecognised file format

en: Watch a movie from your library
en_GB: Watch a video from your library

en: Watch videos and movies
en_GB: Watch videos and films

en: Window behavior improvements
en_GB: Window behaviour improvements

en: Localization support
en_GB: Localisation support

[ctx: Radio HTTP address for radio metadata view]
en: Stream Http Address
en_GB: Stream HTTP Address

[ctx: toggle between maximized and minimized ivre]
en: Toggle Maximize
en_GB: Toggle Maximise

en: Everything done with customizable pixmaps!
en_GB: Everything done with customisable pixmaps!

en: Frame Base Color
en_GB: Frame Base Colour

en: (Color)
en_GB: (Colour)

en: Enable Different Maximised Colors?
en_GB: Enable Different Maximised Colours?

en: Super Maximize Window
en_GB: Super Maximise Window

en: Use colons to separate left, center, and right.
    Anything after a third colon is ignored.
    C=Close, N=Minimize, X/R=Restore
    I=Icon, T=Title, H=Help, M=Menu
    S=Shade, U/A=On Top(Up/Above)
    Y=Sticky, (#)=# pixels space, ex: (5)
    F=SuperMaximize
en_GB: Use colons to separate left, centre, and right.
    Anything after a third colon is ignored.
    C=Close, N=Minimise, X/R=Restore
    I=Icon, T=Title, H=Help, M=Menu
    S=Shade, U/A=On Top(Up/Above)
    Y=Sticky, (#)=# pixels space, ex: (5)
    F=SuperMaximise

en: Note, when changing these values,
    it is advised that you do something
    like change viewports, as this will
    cause the position of the 'event windows'
    to update properly, and thus make
    moving/resizing windows work properly.
    This also applies to when you change
    the title-bar height through either
    the titlebar-min-height slider
    or the titlebar font setting.
en_GB: Note, when changing these values
    it is advised that you do something
    like change viewports, as this will
    cause the position of the 'event windows'
    to update properly, and thus make
    moving/resizing windows work properly.
    This also applies to when you change
    the title-bar height through either
    the titlebar-min-height slider
    or the titlebar font setting.

en: NOTE - These settings are not part of themes, they are stored separately, and control various UI preferences for Emerald.
en_GB: NOTE - These settings are not part of themes, they are stored separately and control various UI preferences for Emerald.

en: Engrampa is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Engrampa is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Engrampa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: Engrampa is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Engrampa; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Engrampa; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301 USA

en: %d file remaining | %d files remaining
en_GB[0]: %d file remaining
en_GB[1]: %'d files remaining

en: illegal page label format "%s"
en_GB: illegal page lable format "%s"

en: Long-only options:
      --color[=bool]             create color outputs with states
      --continuous-page-numbers  count page numbers across input files.  Don't
                                 restart numbering at beginning of each file.
      --download-font=NAME       download font NAME
      --extended-return-values   enable extended return values
      --filter-stdin=NAME        specify how stdin is shown to the input filter
      --footer=FOOTER            set page footer
      --h-column-height=HEIGHT   set the horizontal column height to HEIGHT
      --help                     print this help and exit
en_GB: Long-only options:
      --color[=bool]             create colour outputs with states
      --continuous-page-numbers  count page numbers across input files.  Don't
                                 restart numbering at beginning of each file.
      --download-font=NAME       download font NAME
      --extended-return-values   enable extended return values
      --filter-stdin=NAME        specify how stdin is shown to the input filter
      --footer=FOOTER            set page footer
      --h-column-height=HEIGHT   set the horizontal column height to HEIGHT
      --help                     print this help and exit

en:   --help-highlight           describe all supported --highlight languages
                                 and file formats
      --highlight-bar-gray=NUM   print highlight bars with gray NUM (0 - 1)
      --list-media               list names of all known media
      --margins=LEFT:RIGHT:TOP:BOTTOM
                                 adjust page marginals
      --mark-wrapped-lines[STYLE]
                                 mark wrapped lines in the output with STYLE
      --non-printable-format=FMT specify how non-printable chars are printed
en_GB:   --help-highlight           describe all supported --highlight languages
                                 and file formats
      --highlight-bar-gray=NUM   print highlight bars with grey NUM (0 - 1)
      --list-media               list names of all known media
      --margins=LEFT:RIGHT:TOP:BOTTOM
                                 adjust page marginals
      --mark-wrapped-lines[STYLE]
                                 mark wrapped lines in the output with STYLE
      --non-printable-format=FMT specify how non-printable chars are printed

en:   --slice=NUM                print vertical slice NUM
      --style=STYLE              use highlight style STYLE
      --swap-even-page-margins   swap left and right side margins for each even
                                 numbered page
      --toc                      print table of contents
      --ul-angle=ANGLE           set underlay text's angle to ANGLE
      --ul-font=NAME             print underlays with font NAME
      --ul-gray=NUM              print underlays with gray value NUM
      --ul-position=POS          set underlay's starting position to POS
      --ul-style=STYLE           print underlays with style STYLE
      --word-wrap                wrap long lines from word boundaries
en_GB:   --slice=NUM                print vertical slice NUM
      --style=STYLE              use highlight style STYLE
      --swap-even-page-margins   swap left and right side margins for each even
                                 numbered page
      --toc                      print table of contents
      --ul-angle=ANGLE           set underlay text's angle to ANGLE
      --ul-font=NAME             print underlays with font NAME
      --ul-gray=NUM              print underlays with grey value NUM
      --ul-position=POS          set underlay's starting position to POS
      --ul-style=STYLE           print underlays with style STYLE
      --word-wrap                wrap long lines from word boundaries

en: couldn't find prolog "%s": %s
en_GB: couldn't find prologue "%s": %s

en: malformed color spec for ^@%s escape: %s
en_GB: malformed colour spec for ^@%s escape: %s

en: Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...
    Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
      -h, --help              print this help and exit
      -p, --output-file=NAME  print output to file NAME (default file is
                              font.map).  If FILE is `-', leavy output to
                              stdout.
      -V, --version           print version number
en_GB: Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...
    Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too.
      -h, --help              print this help and exit
      -p, --output-file=NAME  print output to file NAME (default file is
                              font.map).  If FILE is `-', leave output on
                              stdout.
      -V, --version           print version number

en: %s: ouf of memory
en_GB: %s: out of memory

en: Cannot initialize gphoto2 abilities
en_GB: Cannot initialise gphoto2 abilities

en: Cannot initialize gphoto2 ports
en_GB: Cannot initialise gphoto2 ports

en: <b>Plugins</b>
en_GB: <b>Plug-ins</b>

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper.
en_GB: Set your favourite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To delete a picture that you don't want any more, right-click the picture and select <gui>Move to Trash</gui>.
en_GB: To delete a picture that you don't want any more, right-click the picture and select <gui>Move to Wastebasket</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise
en_GB: Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/anti-clockwise

note: (itstool) path: td/p
en: Rotate Counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-clockwise

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the name field, change the <em>file extension</em> to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.
en_GB: In the name field, change the <em>file extension</em> to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the dot.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click <gui>Supported image files</gui> in the <gui>Save Image</gui> window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.
en_GB: The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognise the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click <gui>Supported image files</gui> in the <gui>Save Image</gui> window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

note: (itstool) path: p/link
en: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License
en_GB: Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States Licence

note: #-#-#-#-#  303 (eog)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: page/p
en: This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.
en_GB: This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported licence.

note: #-#-#-#-#  303 (eog)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: item/p
en: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.
en_GB: If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible licence.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Then, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Date in statusbar</gui>.
en_GB: Then, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Date in statusbar</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: The detailed information stored with digital photos is called <em>Exif data</em>. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.
en_GB: The detailed information stored with digital photos is called <em>Exif data</em>. You can view it by installing a plug-in for the image viewer.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Exif display</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Exif display</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Show</gui><gui style="menuitem">Side Pane</gui></guiseq> to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under <gui>Histogram</gui>.
en_GB: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Show</gui><gui style="menuitem">Side Pane</gui></guiseq> to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colours and light/shade in the picture, select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Tick the histograms you want to view, listed under <gui>Histogram</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Check <gui>Display camera settings in statusbar</gui>.
en_GB: You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select <gui>Exif display</gui> in the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Tick <gui>Display camera settings in statusbar</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Map</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: If <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Map</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode.
en_GB: Enables changing background colour in fullscreen mode.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Change fullscreen background color
en_GB: Change fullscreen background colour

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.
en_GB: If you like, you can change the background colour in fullscreen mode.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Fullscreen Background</gui> and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Fullscreen Background</gui> and click <gui>Preferences</gui>. Choose the colour you want in fullscreen mode and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.
en_GB: Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background colour is the one you selected.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Fullscreen with double-click</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Fullscreen with double-click</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab, and check <gui>PicasaWeb Uploader</gui>.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab, and tick <gui>PicasaWeb Uploader</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the <em>Python console</em>, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.
en_GB: The image viewer has a plug-in system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the <em>Python console</em>, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Once <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab.
en_GB: Once <sys>eog-plugins</sys> is installed, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Check <gui>Python Console</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>.
en_GB: Tick <gui>Python Console</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email.
en_GB: Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new e-mail.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Send pictures by email
en_GB: Send pictures by e-mail

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.
en_GB: You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by e-mail.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Send By Mail</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>. This will give you a <gui style="menuitem">Send by mail</gui> menu item.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Send By Mail</gui> and click <gui>Close</gui>. This will give you a <gui style="menuitem">Send by mail</gui> menu item.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: An installed email application must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.
en_GB: An installed e-mail application must be set up to connect to your e-mail account for this to work.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Slideshow Shuffle</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Slideshow Shuffle</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Install plugins to access extra features.
en_GB: Install plug-ins to access extra features.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can install the <sys>eog-plugins</sys> package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.
en_GB: You can install the <sys>eog-plugins</sys> package to get extra plug-ins for the image viewer. Plug-ins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <link xref="plugin-send-by-mail">Send By Mail</link>: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.
en_GB: <link xref="plugin-send-by-mail">Send By Mail</link>: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new e-mail.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <link xref="plugin-zoom-width">Zoom to fit image width</link>: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.
en_GB: <link xref="plugin-zoom-width">Zoom to fit image width</link>: Adjusts the zoom to have the picture's full width fit into the window.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: You can manage plugins by using the <link xref="preferences#plugins">Plugins tab</link> in the Preferences window.
en_GB: You can manage plug-ins by using the <link xref="preferences#plugins">Plug-ins tab</link> in the Preferences window.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Activate the <app>Zoom to fit image width</app> plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.
en_GB: Activate the <app>Zoom to fit image width</app> plug-in if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plugins</gui> tab. Then, check <gui>Zoom to fit image width</gui> and close the dialog.
en_GB: To do this, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui>, and go to the <gui>Plug-ins</gui> tab. Then, tick <gui>Zoom to fit image width</gui> and close the dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: <link xref="preferences#view">Image view</link>, <link xref="preferences#slideshow">slideshow</link> and <link xref="preferences#plugins">plugins</link>.
en_GB: <link xref="preferences#view">Image view</link>, <link xref="preferences#slideshow">slideshow</link> and <link xref="preferences#plugins">plug-ins</link>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Here you can select a custom background color.
en_GB: Here you can select a custom background colour.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui>As custom color:</gui>
en_GB: <gui>As custom colour:</gui>

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid colour that you specify by clicking on the colour selector button.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the <gui>Background</gui> color, if <gui>As custom color</gui> under <gui>Background</gui> is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
en_GB: Displays any transparent parts of the image in the <gui>Background</gui> colour, if <gui>As custom colour</gui> under <gui>Background</gui> is ticked. Otherwise, the default background colour is used.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To customize slideshow settings:
en_GB: To customise slideshow settings:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Check <gui>Loop sequence</gui> if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
en_GB: Tick <gui>Loop sequence</gui> if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unticked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Plugin preferences
en_GB: Plug-in preferences

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.
en_GB: Here you can tick/untick any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plug-ins that are available by default.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: You may also wish to install the <link xref="plugins">eog-plugins package</link>, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate <link xref="index#plugins">additional plugins</link>, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.
en_GB: You may also wish to install the <link xref="plugins">eog-plugins package</link>, which contains plug-ins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate <link xref="index#plugins">additional plug-ins</link>, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Localize the <app>Image Viewer</app>
en_GB: Localise the <app>Image Viewer</app>

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href="https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n">irc</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.
en_GB: You can chat with GNOME translators using <link href="https://cbe003.chat.mibbit.com/?url=irc%3A%2F%2Firc.gnome.org%2Fi18n">irc</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of time zone differences.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link href="https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n">mailing list</link>.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalisation Team using their <link href="https://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n">mailing list</link>.

en: S_tatus Bar
en_GB: S_tatusbar

en: As custom color:
en_GB: As custom colour:

en: As custom c_olor:
en_GB: As custom c_olour:

en: Color for Transparent Areas
en_GB: Colour for Transparent Areas

en: Rotate Counter_clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-_clockwise

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Show image properties dialog
en_GB: Show image properties dialogue

en: The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ theme instead.
en_GB: The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-background-color key is not set, the colour is determined by the active GTK+ theme instead.

en: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key determines the color value used.
en_GB: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key determines the colour value used.

en: Transparency color
en_GB: Transparency colour

en: If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the color which is used for indicating transparency.
en_GB: If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the colour which is used for indicating transparency.

en: Use a custom background color
en_GB: Use a custom background colour

en: If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme will determine the fill color.
en_GB: If this is active, the colour set by the background-color key will be used to fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme will determine the fill colour.

en: Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable.
en_GB: Whether the image gallery pane should be resizeable.

en: If activated, Eye of GNOME won’t ask for confirmation when moving images to the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the trash and would be deleted instead.
en_GB: If activated, Eye of GNOME won’t ask for confirmation when moving images to the wastebasket. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the wastebasket and would be deleted instead.

en: Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page.
en_GB: Whether the metadata list in the properties dialogue should have its own page.

en: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the “Metadata” page.
en_GB: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialogue will be moved to its own page in the dialogue. This should make the dialogue more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the “Metadata” page.

en: List of active plugins. It doesn’t contain the “Location” of the active plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the “Location” of a given plugin.
en_GB: List of active plug-ins. It doesn’t contain the “Location” of the active plug-ins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the “Location” of a given plug-in.

en: Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on the filename.
en_GB: Image Viewer could not determine a supported writeable file format based on the filename.

en: %i × %i pixel | %i × %i pixels
en_GB[0]: %i x %i pixel
en_GB[1]: %i x %i pixels

en: C_enter:
en_GB: C_entre:

en: Are you sure you want to move
    “%s” to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move
    “%s” to the wastebasket?

en: A trash for “%s” couldn’t be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?
en_GB: A wastebasket for “%s” couldn’t be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?

en: Are you sure you want to move
    the selected image to the trash? | Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to move
    the selected image to the wastebasket?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to move
    the %d selected images to the wastebasket?

en: Some of the selected images can’t be moved to the trash and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Some of the selected images can’t be moved to the wastebasket and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Couldn’t access trash.
en_GB: Couldn’t access wastebasket.

en: Background color in fullscreen mode
en_GB: Background colour in fullscreen mode

en: The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. This option has effect only if use-custom is enabled.
en_GB: The colour that is used to fill the area behind the image. This option has effect only if use-custom is enabled.

en: Use custom color:
en_GB: Use custom colour:

en: Hides the titlebar of maximized windows
en_GB: Hides the titlebar of maximised windows

en: Hides the titlebar of maximized Eye of GNOME windows
en_GB: Hides the titlebar of maximised Eye of GNOME windows

en: Maximize Windows
en_GB: Maximise Windows

en: New windows will open maximized
en_GB: New windows will open maximised

en: Maximize new windows
en_GB: Maximise new windows

en: Command Text Color
en_GB: Command Text Colour

en: The color used for commands.
en_GB: The colour used for commands.

en: Error Text Color
en_GB: Error Text Colour

en: The color used for errors.
en_GB: The colour used for errors.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: To move an image to the Trash, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This moves the file to the Trash folder. Multiple images can also be moved to the trash in the same way: select them all first.
en_GB: To move an image to the Bin, choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Move to Bin</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This moves the file to the Bin folder. Multiple images can also be moved to the bin in the same way: select them all first.

note: (itstool) path: section/para
en: To restore an image from the Trash, open the Trash folder in <application>Caja</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the Trash. To find out more about using the Trash, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/caja-trash">Desktop User Guide</link>.
en_GB: To restore an image from the Bin, open the Bin folder in <application>Caja</application> file manager and move the image file to another folder. To delete the image permanently, empty the Bin. To find out more about using the Bin, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/caja-trash">Desktop User Guide</link>.

en: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are checked, color and none. If color is chosen, then the trans-color key determines the color value used.
en_GB: Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are checked, colour and none. If colour is chosen, then the trans-colour key determines the colour value used.

en: Randomize the image sequence
en_GB: Randomise the image sequence

en: If activated, Eye of MATE won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the trash and would be deleted instead.
en_GB: If activated, Eye of MATE won't ask for confirmation when moving images to the bin. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the bin and would be deleted instead.

en: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the "Metadata" page.
en_GB: If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialogue will be moved to its own page in the dialogue. This should make the dialogue more usable on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will be embedded on the "Metadata" page.

en: Are you sure you want to move
    "%s" to the trash?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to move
    "%s" to the bin?

en: A trash for "%s" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?
en_GB: A bin for "%s" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image permanently?

en: Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?
en_GB: Some of the selected images can't be moved to the bin and will be removed permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?

en: Couldn't access trash.
en_GB: Couldn't access bin.

en: Rotate Counterc_lockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti-c_lockwise

en: Web browser for GNOME
en_GB: Web Browser for GNOME

en: Reader mode color scheme.
en_GB: Reader mode colour scheme.

en: Selects the style of colors for articles displayed in reader mode. Possible values are “light” (dark text on light background) and “dark” (light text on dark background).
en_GB: Selects the style of colours for articles displayed in reader mode. Possible values are “light” (dark text on light background) and “dark” (light text on dark background).

en: Use a custom CSS file to modify websites own CSS.
en_GB: Use a custom CSS file to modify the CSS of websites.

en: Whether to present a directory chooser dialog for every download.
en_GB: Whether to present a directory chooser dialogue for every download.

en: Is maximized
en_GB: Is maximised

en: Whether a new window that is not restored from a previous session should be initially maximized.
en_GB: Whether a new window that is not restored from a previous session should be initially maximised.

en: You can add your favorite website by clicking <b>Install Site as Web Application…</b> within the page menu.
en_GB: You can add your favourite website by clicking <b>Install Site as Web Application…</b> within the page menu.

en: Send an email message to “%s”
en_GB: Send an e-mail message to “%s”

note: Possible error message when a site presents a bad certificate.
en: This website’s identification was not issued by a trusted organization.
en_GB: This website’s identification was not issued by a trusted organisation.

note: Possible error message when a site presents a bad certificate.
en: This website’s identification has been revoked by the trusted organization that issued it.
en_GB: This website’s identification has been revoked by the trusted organisation that issued it.

note: Page title when a site is not loaded due to an invalid TLS certificate.
en: Security Violation
en_GB: Security Notice

en: Attackers on %s may trick you into doing something dangerous like installing software or revealing your personal information (for example, passwords, phone numbers, or credit cards).
en_GB: Attackers on %s may trick you into doing something dangerous like installing software or revealing your personal information (for example, passwords, phone numbers or credit cards).

en: Please check the file name for capitalization or other typing errors. Also check if it has been moved, renamed, or deleted.
en_GB: Please check the file name for capitalisation or other typing errors. Also check if it has been moved, renamed, or deleted.

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the current day, strftime format. like "Today 15∶34"
en: Today %H∶%M
en_GB: Today %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for the previous day, * strftime format. e.g. "Yesterday 15∶34"
en: Yesterday %H∶%M
en_GB: Yesterday %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current week, * strftime format. e.g. "Wed 15∶34"
en: %a %H∶%M
en_GB: %a %H:%M

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 12∶34 am"
en: %b %d %I∶%M %p
en_GB: %d %b %I:%M %p

note: Translators: "friendly time" string for a day in the current year, * strftime format. e.g. "Feb 12 15∶34"
en: %b %d %H∶%M
en_GB: %d %b %H:%M

note: Translators: the %s refers to the time at which the last sync was made. * For example: Today 04:34 PM, Sun 11:25 AM, May 31 06:41 PM.
en: Last synchronized: %s
en_GB: Last synchronised: %s

en: S_end Link by Email…
en_GB: S_end Link by E-mail…

note: Audio.
en: Open Audio in New _Window
en_GB: Open Audioin New _Window

en: Plugins data
en_GB: Plug-ins data

en: <b>Colors</b>
en_GB: <b>Colours</b>

en: _Grayscale
en_GB: _Greyscale

en: The <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and GNOME standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.
en_GB: The <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> application enables you to view documents of various formats like Portable Document Format (PDF) files and PostScript files. The <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> follows Freedesktop.org and GNOME standards to provide integration with Desktop Environment.

en: Shows Evince Document Viewer main window. Contains titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.
en_GB: Shows Evince Document Viewer main window. This contains a titlebar, menubar, toolbar and display area. The Menubar contains File, Edit, View, Go and Help menus.

en: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> does not recognize, the application displays an error message.
en_GB: If you try to open a document with format that <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> does not recognise, the application displays an error message.

en: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialog. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.
en_GB: When you try to open a password-protected document, <application>Evince Document Viewer</application> displays a security dialogue. Type either the user password or the master password in the <guilabel>Enter document password</guilabel> text box, then click <guibutton>Open Document</guibutton>.

en: Contains Javascript:
en_GB: Contains JavaScript:

en: _Odd Pages Left
en_GB: _Odd pages left

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Rotate the page 90 degrees counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate the page 90 degrees anticlockwise

en: _Save a Copy...
en_GB: _Save a Copy…

en: Current color
en_GB: Current colour

en: Customize the toolbar
en_GB: Customise the toolbar

en: Select the color for tasks due today.
en_GB: Select the colour for tasks due today.

en: Select the color for overdue tasks.
en_GB: Select the colour for overdue tasks.

en: Enabling Synchronization
en_GB: Enabling Synchronisation

en: Synchronizing Information
en_GB: Synchronising Information

en: Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.
en_GB: Use the following procedure to synchronise the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.

en: Select the Organizer's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organizer field.
en_GB: Select the Organiser's account name from the drop-down list given next to the Organiser field.

en: Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of wide screen monitors.
en_GB: Evolution provides a vertical view in addition to the classical view. In the vertical view, the message preview pane is located at the right side of the message list when compared to the classical view where the message preview pane is placed below the message list. Vertical view enables you to use the extra width of widescreen monitors.

en: In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and Email, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.
en_GB: In vertical view, the message list contains double lines of compressed headers, which enables you to consume the extra width in the preview column. The compressed columns have Sender Name and E-mail, Attachment Icon, Date and Subject in the second line.

en: Removing an Email Address from Your Junk List
en_GB: Removing an E-mail Address from Your Junk List

en: Adding an Email Address to Your Junk List
en_GB: Adding an E-mail Address to Your Junk List

en: Subject - Trimmed
en_GB: Subject — Trimmed

en: Receiving Email
en_GB: Receiving E-mail

en: The sender's email address or the name of the sender.
en_GB: The sender's e-mail address or the name of the sender.

en: Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the trash.
en_GB: Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you expunge or empty the wastebasket.

en: Assign Color:
en_GB: Assign Colour:

en: Marks the message with a color of your choice.
en_GB: Marks the message with a colour of your choice.

en: Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from email messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.
en_GB: Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from e-mail messages or to perform additional message post-processing not supported by Evolution.

en: Type your email address, then press Enter.
en_GB: Type your e-mail address, then press Enter.

en: Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the email. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.
en_GB: Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the e-mail. Not automatically loading images helps protect your privacy.

en: Replying to Email Messages
en_GB: Replying to E-mail Messages

en: Italicizes the text.
en_GB: Italicises the text.

en: Color Selection:
en_GB: Colour Selection:

en: Default Behavior
en_GB: Default Behaviour

en: Email Custom Header
en_GB: E-mail Custom Header

en: Email Accounts
en_GB: E-mail Accounts

en: If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution email tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.
en_GB: If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution e-mail tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.

en: Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.
en_GB: Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organisers.

en: A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging, and Microsoft Outlook.
en_GB: A file format used to store local copies of messages, calendar events, and other items within Microsoft software such as Microsoft Exchange Client, Windows Messaging and Microsoft Outlook.

note: #-#-#-#-#  312 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a save dialog title
en: Save as vCard
en_GB: Save as vCard…

en: Save as iCalendar...
en_GB: Save as iCalendar…

en: Choose whether you want to hide the email addresses when you send a message to the list.
en_GB: Choose whether you want to hide the e-mail addresses when you send a message to the list.

en: Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.
en_GB: Appointments for each calendar appear as a different colour.

en: An email is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.
en_GB: An e-mail is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.

en: In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organizer of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organizer, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.
en_GB: In Evolution, a meeting can have only one organiser, and only the organiser can add participants to that meeting. Though it is possible to change the organiser of a meeting, this is not recommended as a means to invite additional participants to meetings. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting and are not that meeting's organiser, it is recommended that you forward the invitation message you received from the original meeting organiser to additional participants.

en: The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.
en_GB: The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals have visible scheduling information only if they use the same Novell GroupWise or Microsoft Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organisation as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.

en: Email begins with
en_GB: E-mail begins with

en: Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted contact in the entry.
en_GB: Whether to force showing the e-mail address with the name of the autocompleted contact in the entry.

en: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog
en_GB: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue

en: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog.
en_GB: URI for the folder last used in the select names dialogue.

en: Marcus Bains Line Color — Day View
en_GB: Marcus Bains Line Colour — Day View

en: Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View
en_GB: Colour to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View

en: Marcus Bains Line Color — Time bar
en_GB: Marcus Bains Line Colour — Time bar

en: Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)
en_GB: Colour to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)

en: Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)
en_GB: Whether highlight tasks due today with a special colour (task-due-today-color)

en: Tasks due today color
en_GB: Tasks due today colour

en: Background color of tasks that are due today, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-due-today-highlight
en_GB: Background colour of tasks that are due today, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-due-today-highlight

en: Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)
en_GB: Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special colour (task-overdue-color)

en: Overdue tasks color
en_GB: Overdue tasks colour

en: Background color of tasks that are overdue, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-overdue-highlight.
en_GB: Background colour of tasks that are overdue, in “#rrggbb” format. Used together with task-overdue-highlight.

en: List of disabled plugins
en_GB: List of disabled plug-ins

en: The list of disabled plugins in Evolution
en_GB: The list of disabled plug-ins in Evolution

en: Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer.
en_GB: Every time Evolution starts, check whether it is the default mailer.

en: Recognize links in text and replace them.
en_GB: Recognise links in text and replace them.

en: Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images or Unicode characters.
en_GB: Recognise emoticons in text and replace them with images or Unicode characters.

en: Put personalized signatures at the top of replies
en_GB: Put personalised signatures at the top of replies

en: List of localized “Re”
en_GB: List of localised “Re”

en: Comma-separated list of localized “Re” abbreviations to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “Re” prefix. An example is “SV,AV”.
en_GB: Comma-separated list of localised “Re” abbreviations to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “Re” prefix. An example is “SV,AV”.

en: List of localized “Re” separators
en_GB: List of localised “Re” separators

en: A list of localized “Re” separators, used to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “:” and the Unicode “︰” separators.
en_GB: A list of localised “Re” separators, used to skip in a subject text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard “:” and the Unicode “︰” separators.

en: Use localized “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject
en_GB: Use localised “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject

en: When set to true, uses localized “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject on reply and forward as provided by current locale translation, otherwise uses unlocalized version.
en_GB: When set to true, uses localised “Fwd”/“Re” in message Subject on reply and forward as provided by current locale translation, otherwise uses unlocalised version.

en: Paste plain text as preformatted
en_GB: Paste plain text as pre-formatted

en: When set, paste a plain text into the composer body as Preformatted paragraph. When not set, paste it as Normal paragraph.
en_GB: When set, paste a plain text into the composer body as Pre-formatted paragraph. When not set, paste it as Normal paragraph.

en: Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders
en_GB: Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders

en: Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders.
en_GB: Enable use of a similar message list view settings for all folders.

en: Citation highlight color
en_GB: Citation highlight colour

en: Citation highlight color.
en_GB: Citation highlight colour.

en: Sender email-address column in the message list
en_GB: Sender e-mail address column in the message list

en: Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message list.
en_GB: Show the e-mail address of the sender in a separate column in the message list.

en: Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC
en_GB: Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc

en: Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in address_count.
en_GB: Compress display of addresses in To/Cc/Bcc to the number specified in address_count.

en: Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC
en_GB: Number of addresses to display in To/Cc/Bcc

en: Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not contain In-Reply-To or References headers.
en_GB: Whether to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do not contain In-Reply-To or References headers.

en: Forward and reply attribution language tag, like en_US. Empty string means to use the same language as the user interface.
en_GB: Forward and reply attribution language tag, like en_GB. Empty string means to use the same language as the user interface.

en: Prompt when emptying the trash
en_GB: Prompt when emptying the wastebasket

en: Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash.
en_GB: Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the wastebasket.

en: It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list
en_GB: It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list.

en: Empty Trash folders on exit
en_GB: Empty Wastebasket folders on exit

en: Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution.
en_GB: Empty all Wastebasket folders when exiting Evolution.

en: Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit
en_GB: Minimum number of days between emptying the wastebasket on exit

en: Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days.
en_GB: Minimum time between emptying the wastebasket on exit, in days.

en: Last time Empty Trash was run
en_GB: Last time Empty Wastebasket was run

en: The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch).
en_GB: The last time Empty Wastebasket was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch).

en: List of Labels and their associated colors
en_GB: List of Labels and their associated colours

en: List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding.
en_GB: List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains strings containing name:colour where colour uses the HTML hex encoding.

en: The default plugin for Junk hook
en_GB: The default plug-in for Junk hook

en: This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won’t fall back to the other available plugins.
en_GB: This is the default junk plug-in, even though there are multiple plug-ins enabled. If the default listed plug-in is disabled, then it won’t fall back to the other available plug-ins.

en: Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email
en_GB: Determines whether to look up in address book for sender e-mail

en: Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it shouldn’t be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for autocompletion.
en_GB: Determines whether to lookup the sender e-mail in address book. If found, it shouldn’t be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for autocompletion.

en: Server synchronization interval
en_GB: Server synchronisation interval

en: Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds.
en_GB: Controls how frequently local changes are synchronised with the remote mail server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds.

en: Inherit theme colors in HTML format
en_GB: Inherit theme colours in HTML format

en: When enabled the theme colors for background, text and links are sent in resulting HTML formatted message.
en_GB: When enabled the theme colours for background, text and links are sent in resulting HTML formatted message.

en: If enabled, whenever Send/Receive is run it also runs synchronization of messages for offline use. The option is disabled by default.
en_GB: If enabled, whenever Send/Receive is run it also runs synchronisation of messages for offline use. The option is disabled by default.

en: Whether unset colors provided in HTML mails.
en_GB: Whether unset colours provided in HTML mails.

en: If enabled, unset colors in HTML messages, forcing use of desktop theme colors instead.
en_GB: If enabled, unset colours in HTML messages, forcing use of desktop theme colours instead.

en: If enabled, the Copy/Move to Folder dialog will preserve the expand state of the folders in the dialog, otherwise all the folders will be expanded.
en_GB: If enabled, the Copy/Move to Folder dialogue will preserve the expand state of the folders in the dialogue, otherwise all the folders will be expanded.

en: List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message body
en_GB: List of clues for the attachment reminder plug-in to look for in a message body

en: List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message body.
en_GB: List of clues for the attachment reminder plug-in to look for in a message body.

en: List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a message body.
en_GB: List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plug-in to substitute in a message body.

en: Skip development warning dialog
en_GB: Skip development warning dialogue

en: Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped.
en_GB: Whether the warning dialogue in development versions of Evolution is skipped.

en: Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs.
en_GB: Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogues.

en: List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage.
en_GB: List of paths for the folders to be synchronised to disk for offline usage.

en: Manage your email, contacts and schedule
en_GB: Manage your e-mail, contacts and schedule

en: Full _Name...
en_GB: Full _Name…

en: _Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:
en_GB: _Type an e-mail address or drag a contact into the list below:

en: Copy the email address to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy the e-mail address to the clipboard

en: The name or email address of this contact already exists
    in this folder. Would you like to save the changes anyway?
en_GB: The name or e-mail address of this contact already exists
    in this folder. Would you like to save the changes anyway?

en: The name or email address of this contact already exists
    in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?
en_GB: The name or e-mail address of this contact already exists
    in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?

en: This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it.  To use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed.
en_GB: This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled into it.  To use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed.

en: Email 3
en_GB: E-mail 3

en: Web Site
en_GB: Website

[ctx: addressbook-label]
en: Work Email
en_GB: Work E-mail

[ctx: addressbook-label]
en: Home Email
en_GB: Home E-mail

[ctx: addressbook-label]
en: Other Email
en_GB: Other E-mail

[ctx: addressbook-label]
note: To Translators: * if an email address type is not one of the predefined types, * this generic label is used instead of one of the predefined labels.
en: Email
en_GB: E-mail

en: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is canceled.
en_GB: If you do not send a cancellation notice, the other participants may not know the meeting is cancelled.

en: Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply.
en_GB: E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply.

en: Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept this task.
en_GB: E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept this task.

en: Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept this memo.
en_GB: E-mail invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept this memo.

[ctx: cal-reminders]
note: Translators: Part of: [ Send an email ] [ x ] [ minute(s) ] [ before ] [ start ]
en: Send an email
en_GB: Send an e-mail

note: To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser <email@ofuser.com>" Translators: It will display * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser <email@ofuser.com>" To Translators: It will display
en: Organizer: %s <%s>
en_GB: Organiser: %s <%s>

note: With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in * organizer.value.
en: Organizer: %s
en_GB: Organiser: %s

note: #-#-#-#-#  312 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S

note: #-#-#-#-#  312 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p

en: Changes made to the event will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Changes made to the event will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organiser

en: Changes made to the memo will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Changes made to the memo will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organiser

en: Organizer address is not a valid user mail address
en_GB: Organiser address is not a valid user mail address

en: An organizer is required.
en_GB: An organiser is required.

en: Or_ganizer:
en_GB: Or_ganiser:

en: Override color of the event. If not set, then color of the calendar is used.
en_GB: Override colour of the event. If not set, then colour of the calendar is used.

en: Override color of the memo. If not set, then color of the memo list is used.
en_GB: Override colour of the memo. If not set, then colour of the memo list is used.

note: E_SOURCE_EXTENSION_TASK_LIST
en: Override color of the task. If not set, then color of the task list is used.
en_GB: Override colour of the task. If not set, then colour of the task list is used.

en: Changes made to the task will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organizer
en_GB: Changes made to the task will not be sent to the attendees, because you are not the organiser

en: An organizer must be set.
en_GB: An organiser must be set.

[ctx: iCalImp]
note: Translators: Appointment's organizer
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

en: _Prioritize Message
en_GB: _Prioritise Message

en: Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the Bcc field is displayed

en: Toggles whether the CC field is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the Cc field is displayed

en: Toggles whether the From override field to change name or email address is displayed
en_GB: Toggles whether the From override field to change name or e-mail address is displayed

en: _Email Address or User name:
en_GB: _E-mail Address or User name:

en: Choose custom color
en_GB: Choose custom colour

en: very dark gray
en_GB: very dark grey

note: #-#-#-#-#  476 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: this is the colorspace type
en: gray
en_GB: grey

note: Translators: This is part of: "Do not synchronize locally mails older than [ xxx ] [ days ]"
en: Do not synchronize locally mails older than
en_GB: Do not synchronise locally mails older than

note: #-#-#-#-#  312 (evolution)  #-#-#-#-# Center #-#-#-#-#  2271 (Pioneers 15.6)  #-#-#-#-# Menu entry
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

en: Center Alignment
en_GB: Centre Alignment

en: Ignore Misspelled Word
en_GB: Ignore Misspelt Word

en: <b>Alignment &amp; Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>Alignment &amp; Behaviour</b>

en: C_olor:
en_GB: C_olour:

en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

en: This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be misspelled or your network connection could be down.
en_GB: This address book server might be unreachable, the server name may be misspelt, or your network connection could be down.

en: _Group By...
en_GB: _Group By…

en: _Fields Shown...
en_GB: _Fields Shown…

en: Customize Current View
en_GB: Customise Current View

en: Custo_mize Current View…
en_GB: Custo_mise Current View…

en: Copy _Raw Email Address
en_GB: Copy _Raw E-mail Address

en: Copy the raw email address to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy the raw e-mail address to the clipboard

note: Translators: description of a "popup" action
en: popup a child
en_GB: pop up a child

en: Emptying trash in “%s”
en_GB: Emptying wastebasket in “%s”

en: No email address provided
en_GB: No e-mail address provided

en: Missing domain in email address
en_GB: Missing domain in e-mail address

en: Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.
    
    You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.
    
    Click “Apply” to save your settings.
en_GB: Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.
    
    You are now ready to send and receive e-mail using Evolution.
    
    Click “Apply” to save your settings.

en: Use a Real Folder for _Trash:
en_GB: Use a Real Folder for _Wastebasket:

en: Please enter your name and email address below. The “optional” fields below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this information in email you send.
en_GB: Please enter your name and e-mail address below. The “optional” fields below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this information in e-mail you send.

en: Or_ganization:
en_GB: Or_ganisation:

en: Email Address cannot be empty
en_GB: E-mail Address cannot be empty

en: Email Address is not a valid email
en_GB: E-mail Address is not a valid email

en: Reply To is not a valid email
en_GB: Reply To is not a valid e-mail

en: _To This Address
en_GB: _To this Address

en: Assign C_olor…
en_GB: Assign C_olour…

en: Assign color for the selected messages
en_GB: Assign colour for the selected messages

en: Unse_t Color
en_GB: Unse_t Colour

en: Unset color for the selected messages
en_GB: Unset colour for the selected messages

en: Show the raw email source of the message
en_GB: Show the raw e-mail source of the message

en: Show messages with all email headers
en_GB: Show messages with all e-mail headers

note: Translators: The %d is replaced with the actual count of recipients, which is always more than one.
en: You are trying to send a message to %d recipients in To and CC fields. This would result in all recipients seeing the email addresses of each other. In some cases this behaviour is undesired, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. Consider adding recipients to the BCC field instead. | You are trying to send a message to %d recipients in To and CC fields. This would result in all recipients seeing the email addresses of each other. In some cases this behaviour is undesired, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. Consider adding recipients to the BCC field instead.
en_GB[0]: You are trying to send a message to %d recipients in To and CC fields. This would result in all recipients seeing the e-mail addresses of each other. In some cases this behaviour is undesired, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. Consider adding recipients to the BCC field instead.
en_GB[1]: You are trying to send a message to %d recipients in To and CC fields. This would result in all recipients seeing the e-mail addresses of each other. In some cases this behaviour is undesired, especially if they do not know each other or if privacy is a concern. Consider adding recipients to the BCC field instead.

en: Use te_xt color
en_GB: Use te_xt colour

en: Assign Color
en_GB: Assign Colour

en: Unset Color
en_GB: Unset Colour

en: All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically filtered as junk
en_GB: All new e-mails with header that matches given content will be automatically filtered as junk

en: To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation before taking the following checkmarked actions:
en_GB: To help avoid e-mail accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation before taking the following checkmarked actions:

en: Empty _trash folders
en_GB: Empty wastebaske_t folders

en: _Lookup in local address book only
en_GB: _Look up in local address book only

en: _Accept License
en_GB: _Accept Licence

en: _Tick this to accept the license agreement
en_GB: _Tick this to accept the licence agreement

en: Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on.
en_GB: Check to make sure your password is spelt correctly. Remember that many passwords are case-sensitive; your caps lock might be on.

en: Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive HTML email:
    {0}
en_GB: Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive HTML e-mail:
    {0}

en: Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send a message with only Bcc recipients?

en: The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.
    
    Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: recipient.
en_GB: The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.
    
    Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: recipient.

en: Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: recipient.
en_GB: Many e-mail systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have Bcc recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or Cc: recipient.

en: Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to send a message with an invalid address?

en: The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:
    {0}
en_GB: The following recipient was not recognised as a valid mail address:
    {0}

en: The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:
    {0}
en_GB: The following recipients were not recognised as valid mail addresses:
    {0}

en: Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box.
en_GB: Please enter a valid e-mail address in the To: field. You can search for e-mail addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box.

en: Unable to read license file.
en_GB: Unable to read licence file.

en: Cannot read the license file “{0}”, due to an installation problem. You will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license.
en_GB: Cannot read the license file “{0}”, due to an installation problem. You will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its licence.

en: Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?
en_GB: Synchronise folders locally for offline usage?

en: Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline usage?
en_GB: Do you want to locally synchronise the folders that are marked for offline usage?

en: Do _Not Synchronize
en_GB: Do _Not Synchronise

en: _Synchronize
en_GB: _Synchronise

en: This can be due to the message not being downloaded yet. The folder, or the account, can be marked for offline synchronization. Then, once the account is online again, use File→Download Messages for Offline Usage, when this folder is selected, to make sure that all the messages in the folder will be available in offline mode.
en_GB: This can be due to the message not being downloaded yet. The folder, or the account, can be marked for offline synchronisation. Then, once the account is online again, use File→Download Messages for Offline Usage, when this folder is selected, to make sure that all the messages in the folder will be available in offline mode.

en: These messages will be shown in the Trash folder, where they can be permanently deleted later.
en_GB: These messages will be shown in the Wastebasket folder, where they can be permanently deleted later.

en: Canceling…
en_GB: Cancelling…

en: Deleting junk and expunging trash at “%s”
en_GB: Deleting junk and expunging wastebasket at “%s”

en: Expunging trash at “%s”
en_GB: Expunging wastebasket at “%s”

en: Check Evolution Back up
en_GB: Check Evolution Backup

en: Backing Evolution accounts and settings
en_GB: Backing up Evolution accounts and settings

en: Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)
en_GB: Backing up Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)

en: Back up complete
en_GB: Backup complete

en: Extracting files from back up
en_GB: Extracting files from backup

en: Removing temporary back up files
en_GB: Removing temporary backup files

en: Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data.
en_GB: Please wait while Evolution backs up your data.

en: Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data.
en_GB: Please wait while Evolution restores your data.

en: Microsoft Global Catalog
en_GB: Microsoft Global Catalogue

en: Using email address
en_GB: Using e-mail address

en: Enable Calendars to synchronize
en_GB: Enable Calendars to synchronise

en: %u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address.
en_GB: %u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the e-mail address.

en: Create a new all day event
en_GB: Create a new all-day event

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date * without a year and a time, * in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e %H:%M
en_GB: %A, %e %B %H:%M

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 24-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %A, %e %B %H:%M:%S

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B %l:%M %p

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year * and a time, in 12-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B %l:%M:%S %p

note: strftime format of a weekday and a date.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %H:%M:%S

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M %p

note: strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format.
en: %A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %A, %e %B, %Y %l:%M:%S %p

en: Organizer has removed the delegate %s
en_GB: Organiser has removed the delegate %s

[ctx: GoggleSummary]
note: Translators: This is part of a sentence "You may need to enable IMAP access and Calendars to synchronize", where the 'IMAP access' and 'Calendars to synchronize' are clickable.
en: Calendars to synchronize
en_GB: Calendars to synchronise

en: Opens a dialog to select a folder to go to
en_GB: Opens a dialogue to select a folder to go to

en: _Set as default email client
en_GB: _Set as default e-mail client

en: Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?
en_GB: Do you want to make Evolution your default e-mail client?

en: Enable and disable plugins
en_GB: Enable and disable plug-ins

en: Welcome to Evolution.
    
    The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, and to import files from other applications.
en_GB: Welcome to Evolution.
    
    The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your e-mail accounts, and to import files from other applications.

[ctx: wizard-ca-note]
note: Translators: The '%s' is replaced with "create a collection account" from the same translation context.
en: Alternatively, you can %s (email, contacts and calendaring) instead.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can %s (e-mail, contacts and calendaring) instead.

en: _Add Attachment...
en_GB: _Add Attachment…

note: Enable Gaim Checkbox
en: _Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list
en_GB: _Synchronise contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list

note: Synchronize now button.
en: Synchronize with _buddy list now
en_GB: Synchronise with _buddy list now

en: The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try setting a different editor.
en_GB: The external editor set in your plug-in preferences cannot be launched. Try setting a different editor.

en: New email in Evolution
en_GB: New e-mail in Evolution

en: Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to], $ORIG[body], $ORIG[quoted-body] or $ORIG[reply-credits], which will be replaced by values from an email you are replying to.
en_GB: Drafts based template plug-in. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], $ORIG[from], $ORIG[to], $ORIG[body], $ORIG[quoted-body] or $ORIG[reply-credits], which will be replaced by values from an email you are replying to.

en: Current view is a customized view
en_GB: Current view is a customised view

en: Disable loading of any plugins.
en_GB: Disable loading of any plug-ins.

en: Issued To Organization
en_GB: Issued To Organisation

en: Issued To Organizational Unit
en_GB: Issued To Organisational Unit

en: Issued By Organization
en_GB: Issued By Organisation

en: Issued By Organizational Unit
en_GB: Issued By Organisational Unit

en: All email certificate files
en_GB: All e-mail certificate files

en: You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:
en_GB: You have certificates from these organisations that identify you:

en: Backup _All
en_GB: Back Up _All

en: Trust this CA to identify _email users.
en_GB: Trust this CA to identify _e-mail users.

en: Email Certificate Trust Settings
en_GB: E-mail Certificate Trust Settings

en: Unable to setup password integrity, err_code: %i
en_GB: Unable to set up password integrity, err_code: %i

en: Whether or not to show reminder notification dialog always on top. Note this works only as a hint for the window manager, which may or may not obey it.
en_GB: Whether or not to show reminder notification dialogue always on top. Note this works only as a hint for the window manager, which may or may not obey it.

en: Canceled.
en_GB: Cancelled.

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday and a date. strftime format of a weekday and a date.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y

en: Permissions...
en_GB: Permissions…

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format, without seconds. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format, without seconds. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %I %p
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %I %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds.
en: %a %m/%d/%Y %H
en_GB: %a %d/%m/%Y %H

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I:%M:%S %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H:%M:%S

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, * without seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I:%M %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, * without seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H:%M
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, * without minutes or seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %I %p
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %I %p

note: #-#-#-#-#  313 (evolution 0.6)  #-#-#-#-# strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, * without minutes or seconds.
en: %m/%d/%Y %H
en_GB: %d/%m/%Y %H

en: Reconnecting to LDAP server...
en_GB: Reconnecting to LDAP server…

en: Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but one member could not be recognized. | Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but %d members could not be recognized.
en_GB[0]: Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but one member could not be recognised.
en_GB[1]: Contact lists in LDAP address books require each member to be from the same LDAP address book, but %d members could not be recognised.

en: Receiving LDAP search results...
en_GB: Receiving LDAP search results…

en: Downloading contacts (%d)...
en_GB: Downloading contacts (%d)…

en: Adding contact to LDAP server...
en_GB: Adding contact to LDAP server…

en: Modifying contact from LDAP server...
en_GB: Modifying contact from LDAP server…

en: Removing contact from LDAP server...
en_GB: Removing contact from LDAP server…

note: Email fields
en: Email 1
en_GB: E-mail 1

en: Email 4
en_GB: E-mail 4

note: #-#-#-#-#  840 (kio4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, treeWidget) #-#-#-#-#  1167 (kdelibs4)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Organizational Unit
en_GB: Organisational Unit

en: Email List
en_GB: E-mail List

en: The phone number parser reported a yet unknown error code.
en_GB: The phone number parser reported a yet unkown error code.

en: Unrecognized cursor origin
en_GB: Unrecognised cursor origin

en: Signing is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Signing is not supported by this cypher

en: Verifying is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Verifying is not supported by this cypher

en: Encryption is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Encryption is not supported by this cypher

en: Decryption is not supported by this cipher
en_GB: Decryption is not supported by this cypher

en: Synchronizing junk database
en_GB: Synchronising junk database

en: Virtual folder email provider
en_GB: Virtual folder e-mail provider

en: Could not load %s: No initialization code in module.
en_GB: Could not load %s: No initialisation code in module.

note: Translators: the 'trace information' term comes from https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4505 In this case the user set to use an email address as the trace information, but the provided value is not a valid email address.
en: Invalid email address trace information:
    %s
en_GB: Invalid e-mail address trace information:
    %s

en: Server response did not contain authorization data
en_GB: Server response did not contain authorisation data

en: Server response contained incomplete authorization data
en_GB: Server response contained incomplete authorisation data

en: The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is unrecognized by the implementation.
en_GB: The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is unrecognised by the implementation.

en: Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder
en_GB: Cannot copy messages to the Wastebasket folder

[ctx: IMAPDefaults]
en: Sent Messages
en_GB: Sent Message

[ctx: IMAPDefaults]
en: [Gmail]/Trash
en_GB: [Gmail]/Wastebasket

en: Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s
en_GB: Could not synchronise temporary folder %s: %s

en: Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s
en_GB: Could not synchronise spool folder %s: %s

en: In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names
en_GB: In the subscription _dialogue, show relative folder names

en: Failed to connect to NNTP server %s in secure mode:
en_GB: Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode:

en: Syntax error, command unrecognized
en_GB: Syntax error, command unrecognised

en: When set to true, the reminders are shown only in the notification tray, otherwise the reminders dialog is shown immediately
en_GB: When set to true, the reminders are shown only in the notification tray, otherwise the reminders dialogue is shown immediately

en: X position of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: X position of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Y position of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Y position of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Width of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Width of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Height of the reminder notification dialog
en_GB: Height of the reminder notification dialogue

en: Paned position in the reminder notification dialog, the split size between list of the events and the description
en_GB: Paned position in the reminder notification dialogue, the split size between list of the events and the description

en: Extension dialog “%s” not found.
en_GB: Extension dialogue “%s” not found.

[ctx: CategoryName]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

en: Requesting access token, please wait...
en_GB: Requesting access token, please wait…

en: Certificate trust...
en_GB: Certificate trust…

en: Searching server sources...
en_GB: Searching server sources…

en: Can not open file
en_GB: Cannot open file

en: Write in machine readable format (one source per line, without localized property names and tab as separator)
en_GB: Write in machine readable format (one source per line, without localised property names and tab as separator)

en: Automatically synchroni_ze account locally
en_GB: Automatically synchroni_se account locally

en: Cannot create meetings organized by other users in an Exchange Web Services calendar.
en_GB: Cannot create meetings organised by other users in an Exchange Web Services calendar.

en: Could not locate Trash folder
en_GB: Could not locate Wastebasket folder

en: Email address is missing a domain part
en_GB: E-mail address is missing a domain part

en: Use only _primary contact email address
en_GB: Use only _primary contact e-mail address

en: When checked, the contacts looked up in the online Global Address List will contain only the primary email address
en_GB: When checked, the contacts looked up in the online Global Address List will contain only the primary e-mail address

en: Delegates can send items on your behalf, including creating and responding to meeting requests. If you want to grant folder permissions without giving send-on-behalf-of permissions, close this dialog box, right-click the folder, click Permissions and change the options there.
en_GB: Delegates can send items on your behalf, including creating and responding to meeting requests. If you want to grant folder permissions without giving send-on-behalf-of permissions, close this dialogue box, right-click the folder, click Permissions and change the options there.

en: Deliver meeting requests addressed to me and responses to meeting requests where I am the organizer to:
en_GB: Deliver meeting requests addressed to me and responses to meeting requests where I am the organiser to:

en: Message to be sent within the organization
en_GB: Message to be sent within the organisation

en: Message to be sent outside the organization
en_GB: Message to be sent outside the organisation

en: Do not reply to senders outside the organization
en_GB: Do not reply to senders outside the organisation

en: Reply only to known senders outside the organization
en_GB: Reply only to known senders outside the organisation

en: Reply to any sender outside the organization
en_GB: Reply to any sender outside the organisation

en: Failed to parse own Json data
en_GB: Failed to parse own JSON data

en: Failed to empty Trash: %s
en_GB: Failed to empty Wastebasket: %s

en: Failed to empty Trash
en_GB: Failed to empty Wastebasket

en: Connecting to the server, please wait...
en_GB: Connecting to the server, please wait…

en: Folder size...
en_GB: Folder size…

en: Subscribe to folder of other user...
en_GB: Subscribe to folder of other user…

en: Searching remote MAPI folder structure, please wait...
en_GB: Searching remote MAPI folder structure, please wait…

en: Writing folder permissions, please wait...
en_GB: Writing folder permissions, please wait…

en: Edit MAPI folder permissions...
en_GB: Edit MAPI folder permissions…

en: Reading folder permissions, please wait...
en_GB: Reading folder permissions, please wait…

en: Choose MAPI user...
en_GB: Choose MAPI user…

en: Testing availability of folder '%s' of user '%s', please wait...
en_GB: Testing availability of folder '%s' of user '%s', please wait…

en: Subscribe to folder of other MAPI user...
en_GB: Subscribe to folder of other MAPI user…

en: C_hoose...
en_GB: C_hoose…

en: Failed to login into the server
en_GB: Failed to log in to the server

en: Cannot create more sessions, session limit was reached
en_GB: Cannot create more sessions; session limit was reached

en: MAPI is not initialized or connected
en_GB: MAPI is not initialised or connected

en: Evolution will show article's summary instead of article's web page. Summary can also be HTML.
en_GB: Evolution will show the summary of the article instead of the web page of the article. Summary can also be HTML.

en: Feeds list
en_GB: Feed list

en: Contains list of the currently setup feeds.
en_GB: Contains a list of the currently set up feeds.

en: Blink status icon when new article received
en_GB: Blink status icon when a new article is received

en: Deleting feed entry will also remove feed folder.
en_GB: Deleting feed entry will also remove the feed folder.

en: Auto check for new articles.
en_GB: Automatically check for new articles.

en: Show articles comments
en_GB: Show comments on the article

en: Evolution RSS Reader Plugin.
    
    This plugin adds RSS Feeds support for Evolution mail. RSS support was built upon the somewhat existing RSS support in evolution-1.4 branch. The motivation behind this was to have RSS in same place as mails, at this moment I do not see the point in having a separate RSS reader since a RSS Article is like an email message.
    
    Evolution RSS can display article using summary view or HTML view.
    
    HTML can be displayed using the following engines: gtkHTML, Apple's Webkit or Firefox/Gecko.
    
    <b>Version: evolution-rss +VERSION+</b>
    
    +URL+
en_GB: Evolution RSS Reader Plugin.
    
    This plugin adds RSS Feeds support for Evolution mail. RSS support was built upon the somewhat existing RSS support in evolution-1.4 branch. The motivation behind this was to have RSS in same place as e-mails, at this moment I do not see the point in having a separate RSS reader since a RSS Article is like an e-mail message.
    
    Evolution RSS can display article using summary view or HTML view.
    
    HTML can be displayed using the following engines: gtkHTML, Apple's Webkit or Firefox/Gecko.
    
    <b>Version: evolution-rss +VERSION+</b>
    
    +URL+

en: Setup RSS feeds
en_GB: Set up RSS feeds

en: Setup RSS
en_GB: Set up RSS

en: Importing cookies...
en_GB: Importing cookies…

en: Note: In order to be able to use Mozilla (Firefox) or Apple Webkit 
    as renders you need firefox or webkit devel package 
    installed and evolution-rss should be recompiled to see those packages.
en_GB: Note: In order to be able to use Mozilla (Firefox) or Apple WebKit 
    as renderers you need Firefox or WebKit development packages 
    installed and evolution-rss should be recompiled to see those packages.

en: By default show article summary instead of webpage
en_GB: By default show article summary instead of web page

note: EXO_ICON_CHOOSER_CONTEXT_OTHER
en: Uncategorized Icons
en_GB: Uncategorised Icons

en: Hello Qml Plugin
en_GB: Hello QML Plugin

en: First qml plugin action works :-)
en_GB: First QML plugin action works :-)

en: Open url in:
en_GB: Open URL in:

en: Use only valid url
en_GB: Use only valid URL

[ctx: MouseGesturesSettingsDialog|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: BrowserWindow|]
en: Don't ask again
en_GB: Do not ask again

[ctx: BookmarksImporter|]
en: Internet Explorer stores its bookmarks in <b>Favorites</b> folder. This folder is usually located in
en_GB: Internet Explorer stores its bookmarks in <b>Favourites</b> folder. This folder is usually located in

[ctx: BookmarksMenu|]
en: Organize &Bookmarks
en_GB: Organise &Bookmarks

[ctx: HistoryManager|]
en: Copy url
en_GB: Copy URL

[ctx: NetworkManager|]
en: Authorization required
en_GB: Authorisation required

[ctx: NetworkManager|]
en: Proxy authorization required
en_GB: Proxy authorisation required

[ctx: FalkonSchemeReply|]
en: Url
en_GB: URL

[ctx: FalkonSchemeReply|]
en: Center speed dials
en_GB: Centre speed dials

[ctx: FalkonSchemeReply|]
en: We apologize for this. Would you like to restore the last saved state?
en_GB: We apologise for this. Would you like to restore the last saved state?

[ctx: EditSearchEngine|]
en: Url:
en_GB: URL:

[ctx: EditSearchEngine|]
en: <b>Note: </b>%s in url or post data represent searched string
en_GB: <b>Note: </b>%s in URL or post data represent searched string

[ctx: ClearPrivateData|]
en: Database Optimized
en_GB: Database Optimised

[ctx: ClearPrivateData|]
en: Database successfully optimized.<br/><br/><b>Database Size Before: </b>%1<br/><b>Database Size After: </b>%2
en_GB: Database successfully optimised.<br/><br/><b>Database Size Before: </b>%1<br/><b>Database Size After: </b>%2

[ctx: ClearPrivateData|]
en: Optimize database
en_GB: Optimise database

[ctx: IconChooser|]
en: Site Url:
en_GB: Site URL:

[ctx: LicenseViewer|]
en: License Viewer
en_GB: Licence Viewer

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Select Color
en_GB: Select Colour

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Don't close window upon closing last tab
en_GB: Do not close window upon closing last tab

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Press "Shift" to not switch the tab but load the url in the current tab
en_GB: Press "Shift" to not switch the tab but load the URL in the current tab

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Propose to switch tab if completed url is already loaded
en_GB: Propose to switch tab if completed URL is already loaded

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Custom color:
en_GB: Custom colour:

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Select color
en_GB: Select colour

[ctx: Preferences|]
en: Ask everytime for download location
en_GB: Ask every time for download location

[ctx: ThemeManager|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: TabBar|]
en: Don't ask again
en_GB: Do not ask again

[ctx: CertificateInfoWidget|]
en: Organization (O):
en_GB: Organisation (O):

[ctx: CertificateInfoWidget|]
en: Organizational Unit (OU):
en_GB: Organisational Unit (OU):

[ctx: jsAlert|]
en: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogs
en_GB: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogues

[ctx: WebPage|]
en: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogs
en_GB: Prevent this page from creating additional dialogues

en: This proxy can for example be used to traverse firewalls.
en_GB: This proxy can, for example, be used to traverse firewalls.

en: Server informations
en_GB: Server information

en: Fetching databases information...
en_GB: Fetching database information...

en: Write Email
en_GB: Write E-mail

en: No connection to the server. Check your internet connection and the server URL!
en_GB: No connection to the server. Check your Internet connection and the server URL!

en: Authorization failure on %s@%s%s
en_GB: Authorisation failure on %s@%s%s

en:  (previously authorized)
en_GB:  (previously authorised)

en: The attempt to get authorization failed.
    Since we have already succeeded in getting authorization for this
    connection, this is probably another failure mode (such as busy server)
    that fetchmail cannot distinguish because the server didn't send a useful
    error message.
en_GB: The attempt to get authorisation failed.
    Since we have already succeeded in getting authorization for this
    connection, this is probably another failure mode (such as busy server)
    that fetchmail cannot distinguish because the server didn't send a useful
    error message.

en: The attempt to get authorization failed.
    This probably means your password is invalid, but some servers have
    other failure modes that fetchmail cannot distinguish from this
    because they don't send useful error messages on login failure.
    
    The fetchmail daemon will continue running and attempt to connect
    at each cycle.  No future notifications will be sent until service
    is restored.
en_GB: The attempt to get authorisation failed.
    This probably means your password is invalid, but some servers have
    other failure modes that fetchmail cannot distinguish from this
    because they don't send useful error messages on login failure.
    
    The fetchmail daemon will continue running and attempt to connect
    at each cycle.  No future notifications will be sent until service
    is restored.

en: Authorization OK on %s@%s
en_GB: Authorisation OK on %s@%s

en: client/server synchronization
en_GB: client/server synchronisation

en: Issuer Organization: %s
en_GB: Issuer Organisation: %s

en: Warning: Issuer Organization Name too long (possibly truncated).
en_GB: Warning: Issuer Organsation Name too long (possibly truncated).

en: Unknown Organization
en_GB: Unknown Organisation

en: zip archives (.zip)
en_GB: Zip archives (.zip)

en: List of applications entered in the “Open File” dialog and not associated with the file type.
en_GB: List of applications entered in the “Open File” dialogue and not associated with the file type.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, scanAcrossMounts)
en: Allows scans to enter directories that are part of other filesystems. For example, when unchecked, this will usually prevent the contents of <b>/mnt</b> from being scanned if you scan <b>/</b>.
en_GB: Allows scans to enter directories that are part of other filesystems. For example, when unticked, this will usually prevent the contents of <b>/mnt</b> from being scanned if you scan <b>/</b>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  338  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Color scheme
en_GB: Colour scheme

en: [url]
en_GB: [URL]

en: &Center Map Here
en_GB: &Centre Map Here

en: Authorization failed.
en_GB: Authorisation failed.

en: Add Port
en_GB: To Port

en: Remove colored balls from the board by forming lines
en_GB: Remove coloured balls from the board by forming lines

en: Five or More is the GNOME port of a once-popular computer game. Align five or more objects of the same color into a line to cause them to disappear and score points. Earn many more points by lining up as many objects as possible before clearing them.
en_GB: Five or More is the GNOME port of a once-popular computer game. Align five or more objects of the same colour into a line to cause them to disappear and score points. Earn many more points by lining up as many objects as possible before clearing them.

en: B_ackground color:
en_GB: B_ackground colour:

en: Background color. The hex specification of the background color.
en_GB: Background colour. The hex specification of the background colour.

en: true if the window is maximized
en_GB: true if the window is maximised

en: Build directory %s not initialized, use flatpak build-init
en_GB: Build directory %s not initialised, use flatpak build-init

en: DIRECTORY - Finalize a build directory
en_GB: DIRECTORY - Finalise a build directory

en: Build directory %s not initialized
en_GB: Build directory %s not initialised

en: Build directory %s already finalized
en_GB: Build directory %s already finalised

en: Initialize var from named runtime
en_GB: Initialise var from named runtime

en: Initialize apps from named app
en_GB: Initialise apps from named app

en: Initialize /usr with a writable copy of the sdk
en_GB: Initialise /usr with a writable copy of the sdk

en: Re-initialize the sdk/var
en_GB: Re-initialise the sdk/var

en: DIRECTORY APPNAME SDK RUNTIME [BRANCH] - Initialize a directory for building
en_GB: DIRECTORY APPNAME SDK RUNTIME [BRANCH] - Initialise a directory for building

en: Build directory %s already initialized
en_GB: Build directory %s already initialised

en: Set priority (default 1, higher is more prioritized)
en_GB: Set priority (default 1, higher is more prioritised)

en: Append :s[tart], :m[iddle], :e[nd] or :f[ull] to change ellipsization
en_GB: Append :s[tart], :m[iddle], :e[nd] or :f[ull] to change ellipsisation

en: Initialize a directory for building
en_GB: Initialise a directory for building

en: Authorization failed
en_GB: Authorisation failed

en: Initialize seccomp failed
en_GB: Initialise seccomp failed

en: Fullscreen Word Processor
en_GB: Full-screen Word Processor

note: Translators: "telepathy-logger" is the name of an application, * and should not be translated.
en: Failed to change favorite without a connection to the telepathy-logger service.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite without a connection to the telepathy-logger service.

en: Failed to change favorite status of Telepathy Persona because it has no attached TpContact.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite status of Telepathy Persona because it has no attached TpContact.

note: Translators: the parameter is a contact identifier.
en: Failed to change favorite status for Telepathy contact ‘%s’.
en_GB: Failed to change favourite status for Telepathy contact ‘%s’.

note: Translators: the first parameter is the unknown key that * was received with the details params, and the second * identifies the persona store.
en: Unrecognized parameter ‘%s’ passed to persona store ‘%s’.
en_GB: Unrecognised parameter ‘%s’ passed to persona store ‘%s’.

en: Favorite status is not writeable on this contact.
en_GB: Favourite status is not writeable on this contact.

note: Translators: the parameter is a filename.
en: The Pidgin buddy list file ‘%s’ could not be loaded: the root element could not be found or was not recognized.
en_GB: The Pidgin buddy list file ‘%s’ could not be loaded: the root element could not be found or was not recognised.

note: Translators: both parameters are identifiers for backends.
en: Unrecognized source backend name ‘%s’. ‘%s’ is currently the only supported source backend.
en_GB: Unrecognised source backend name ‘%s’. ‘%s’ is currently the only supported source backend.

en: FontForge is a font editor for outline and bitmap fonts that lets you create, edit, or convert, a range of fonts, including PostScript, TrueType, OpenType, cid-keyed, multi-master, cff, SVG and BitMap (bdf, FON, NFNT) fonts.
en_GB: FontForge is a font editor for outline and bitmap fonts that lets you create, edit or convert, a range of fonts, including PostScript, TrueType, OpenType, cid-keyed, multi-master, cff, SVG and BitMap (bdf, FON, NFNT) fonts.

en: Learning to use FontForge is easy, and there are various tutorials available beginning with the basics up to more advanced features such as making and using scripts.
en_GB: Learning to use FontForge is easy, and there are various tutorials available beginning with the basics up to more advanced features, such as making and using scripts.

en: Fontforge showing a glyph being edited
en_GB: FontForge showing a glyph being edited

en: Can't find autotrace
en_GB: Cannot find autotrace

en: Can't find autotrace program (set AUTOTRACE environment variable) or download from:
      http://sf.net/projects/autotrace/
en_GB: Cannot find autotrace program, set AUTOTRACE environment variable or download from:
     http://sf.net/projects/autotrace/

en: Can't find mf
en_GB: Cannot find mf

en: Can't find mf program -- metafont (set MF environment variable) or download from:
      http://www.tug.org/
      http://www.ctan.org/
    It's part of the TeX distribution
en_GB: Cannot find mf program (metafont), set MF environment variable or download from:
      http://www.tug.org/
      http://www.ctan.org/
    It's part of the TeX distribution

en: Can't create temporary directory
en_GB: Cannot create a temporary directory

en: Can't run mf
en_GB: Cannot run mf

en: Couldn't open file
en_GB: Could not open file

en: Couldn't open file %.200s
en_GB: Could not open file %.200s

en: I'm sorry this file is too complex for me to understand (or is erroneous, or is empty)
en_GB: I'm sorry, this file is too complex for me to understand (or is erroneous, or is empty)

en: This does not seem to be a plate file
    Expected left paren
en_GB: This does not seem to be a plate file
    Expected left parenthesis

en: Can't find the file
en_GB: Cannot find the file

en: Bad template, no extension
en_GB: Bad template, no file extension

en: Bad template, unrecognized format
en_GB: Bad template, unrecognised format

en: Don't Warn Again
en_GB: Do not Warn Again

en: You are attempting to paste a reference to %1$s into %2$s.
    But %1$s does not exist in this font.
    Would you like to copy the original splines (or delete the reference)?
en_GB: You are attempting to paste a reference to %1$s into %2$s.
    But %1$s does not exist in this font.
    Would you like to copy the original splines or delete the reference?

en: Can't open %s
en_GB: Cannot open %s

en: couldn't write encodings file
en_GB: could not write encodings file

en: Couldn't open cidmap file: %s
en_GB: Could not open cidmap file: %s

en: Are you sure you don't want to use the cidmap I found?
en_GB: Are you sure you do not want to use the cidmap I found?

en: Centered CJK Punctuation
en_GB: Centred CJK Punctuation

en: Instructions in a TrueType font refer to
    points by number, so if you edit a glyph
    in such a way that some points have different
    numbers (add points, remove them, etc.) then
    the instructions will be applied to the wrong
    points with disasterous results.
      Normally FontForge will remove the instructions
    if it detects that the points have been renumbered
    in order to avoid the above problem. You may turn
    this behavior off -- but be careful!
en_GB: Instructions in a TrueType font refer to
    points by number, so if you edit a glyph
    in such a way that some points have different
    numbers (add points, remove them, etc.) then
    the instructions will be applied to the wrong
    points with disastrous results.
      Normally FontForge will remove the instructions
    if it detects that the points have been renumbered
    in order to avoid the above problem. You may turn
    this behaviour off – but be careful!

en: AccentCenterLowest
en_GB: AccentCentreLowest

en: When placing grave and acute accents above letters, should
    FontForge center them based on their full width, or
    should it just center based on the lowest point
    of the accent.
en_GB: When placing grave and acute accents above letters, should
    FontForge centre them based on their full width, or
    should it just centre based on the lowest point
    of the accent.

en: CharCenterHighest
en_GB: CharCentreHighest

en: When centering an accent over a glyph, should the accent
    be centered on the highest point(s) of the glyph,
    or the middle of the glyph?
en_GB: When centering an accent over a glyph, should the accent
    be centred on the highest point(s) of the glyph,
    or the middle of the glyph?

en: Ask the user for autotrace arguments each time autotrace is invoked
en_GB: Ask the user for autotrace arguements each time autotrace is invoked

en: Once upon a time, Adobe assigned PUA (public use area) encodings
    for many stylistic variants of characters (small caps, old style
    numerals, etc.). Adobe no longer believes this to be a good idea,
    and recommends that these encodings be ignored.
    
     The assignments were originally made because most applications
    could not handle OpenType features for accessing variants. Adobe
    now believes that all apps that matter can now do so. Applications
    like Word and OpenOffice still can't handle these features, so
     fontforge's default behavior is to ignore Adobe's current
    recommendations.
    
    Note: This does not affect figuring out unicode from the font's encoding,
    it just controls determining unicode from a name.
en_GB: Once upon a time, Adobe assigned PUA (public use area) encodings
    for many stylistic variants of characters (small caps, old style
    numerals, etc.). Adobe no longer believes this to be a good idea,
    and recommends that these encodings be ignored.
    
     The assignments were originally made because most applications
    could not handle OpenType features for accessing variants. Adobe
    now believes that all apps that matter can now do so. Applications
    like Word and OpenOffice still can't handle these features, so
     fontforge's default behaviour is to ignore Adobe's current
    recommendations.
    
    Note: This does not affect figuring out unicode from the font's encoding,
    it just controls determining unicode from a name.

en: RecognizePUANames
en_GB: RecognisePUANames

en: electronic end user license table
en_GB: electronic end user licence table

en: This font is marked with an FSType of 2 (Restricted
    License). That means it is not editable without the
    permission of the legal owner.
    
    Do you have such permission?
en_GB: This font is marked with an FSType of 2 (Restricted
    Licence). That means it is not editable without the
    permission of the legal owner.
    
    Do you have such permission?

en: Bad hex color spec: %s
en_GB: Bad hex colour spec: %s

en: Bad RGB color spec: %s
en_GB: Bad RGB colour spec: %s

en: Failed to parse color %s
en_GB: Failed to parse colour %s

en: Bad glyph range specified in color subtable of PfEd table
en_GB: Bad glyph range specified in colour subtable of PfEd table

en: Mathematical centerline
en_GB: Mathematical centreline

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GridColor), group (Colors)
en: Grid Color
en_GB: Grid Colour

en: Rotate 90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate 90° ACW

en: Rotate _90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate _90° ACW

en: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all kerning lookups will use just one.
    Omitting the others makes the behavior clearer.
en_GB: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all kerning lookups will use just one.
    Omitting the others makes the behaviour clearer.

en: Brings up a dialog which gives fine control over
    horizontal positioning of subscripts and superscripts
    depending on their vertical positioning.
en_GB: Brings up a dialogue which gives fine control over
    horizontal positioning of subscripts and superscripts
    depending on their vertical positioning.

en: Point Color
en_GB: Point Colour

en: The color of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour of an on-curve point

en: First Point Color
en_GB: First Point Colour

en: The color of the point which is the start of a contour
en_GB: The colour of the point which is the start of a contour

en: Selected Point Color
en_GB: Selected Point Colour

en: The color of a selected point
en_GB: The colour of a selected point

en: Extrema Point Color
en_GB: Extrema Point Colour

en: The color used to draw points at extrema (if that mode is active)
en_GB: The colour used to draw points at extrema (if that mode is active)

en: Point of Inflection Color
en_GB: Point of Inflection Colour

en: The color used to draw points of inflection (if that mode is active)
en_GB: The colour used to draw points of inflection (if that mode is active)

en: Almost H/V Color
en_GB: Almost H/V Colour

en: The color used to draw markers for splines which are almost, but not quite horizontal or vertical at their end-points
en_GB: The colour used to draw markers for splines which are almost, but not quite horizontal or vertical at their end-points

en: Next CP Color
en_GB: Next CP Colour

en: The color used to draw the "next" control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw the "next" control point of an on-curve point

en: Prev CP Color
en_GB: Prev CP Colour

en: The color used to draw the "previous" control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw the "previous" control point of an on-curve point

en: Selected CP Color
en_GB: Selected CP Colour

en: The color used to draw a selected control point of an on-curve point
en_GB: The colour used to draw a selected control point of an on-curve point

en: Coordinate Line Color
en_GB: Coordinate Line Colour

en: Italic Coord. Color
en_GB: Italic Coord. Colour

en: Metrics Label Color
en_GB: Metrics Label Colour

en: Hint Label Color
en_GB: Hint Label Colour

en: Blue Values Color
en_GB: Blue Values Colour

en: The color used to mark blue zones in the blue values entry of the private dictionary
en_GB: The colour used to mark blue zones in the blue values entry of the private dictionary

en: Family Blue Color
en_GB: Family Blue Colour

en: The color used to mark blue zones in the family blues entry of the private dictionary
en_GB: The colour used to mark blue zones in the family blues entry of the private dictionary

en: Diagonal Hint Color
en_GB: Diagonal Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw diagonal hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw diagonal hints

en: Horiz. Hint Color
en_GB: Horiz. Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw horizontal hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw horizontal hints

en: The color used to draw vertical hints
en_GB: The colour used to draw vertical hints

en: Vert. Hint Color
en_GB: Vert. Hint Colour

en: HFlex Hint Color
en_GB: HFlex Hint Colour

en: VFlex Hint Color
en_GB: VFlex Hint Colour

en: Conflict Hint Color
en_GB: Conflict Hint Colour

en: The color used to draw a hint which conflicts with another
en_GB: The colour used to draw a hint which conflicts with another

en: HHint Active Color
en_GB: HHint Active Colour

en: The color used to draw the active horizontal hint which the Review Hints dialog is examining
en_GB: The colour used to draw the active horizontal hint which the Review Hints dialogue is examining

en: The color used to draw the active vertical hint which the Review Hints dialog is examining
en_GB: The colour used to draw the active vertical hint which the Review Hints dialogue is examining

en: VHint Active Color
en_GB: VHint Active Colour

en: The color of the line marking the advance width
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the advance width

en: Width Color
en_GB: Width Colour

en: Selected Width Color
en_GB: Selected Width Colour

en: The color of the line marking the advance width when it is selected
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the advance width when it is selected

en: Grid Fit Width Color
en_GB: Grid Fit Width Colour

en: The color of the line marking the grid-fit advance width
en_GB: The colour of the line marking the grid-fit advance width

en: Ligature Caret Color
en_GB: Ligature Caret Colour

en: The color of the line(s) marking ligature carets
en_GB: The colour of the line(s) marking ligature carets

en: Anchor Color
en_GB: Anchor Colour

en: The color of anchor stars
en_GB: The colour of anchor stars

en: Anchored Line Color
en_GB: Anchored Line Colour

en: The color of another glyph drawn in the current view to show where it would be placed by an anchor lookup
en_GB: The colour of another glyph drawn in the current view to show where it would be placed by an anchor lookup

en: Template Color
en_GB: Template Colour

en: Old Outline Color
en_GB: Old Outline Colour

en: Original Color
en_GB: Original Colour

en: Guide Layer Color
en_GB: Guide Layer Colour

en: Grid Fit Color
en_GB: Grid Fit Colour

en: The color of grid-fit outlines
en_GB: The colour of grid-fit outlines

en: Inactive Layer Color
en_GB: Inactive Layer Colour

en: The color of outlines in inactive layers
en_GB: The colour of outlines in inactive layers

en: Active Layer Color
en_GB: Active Layer Colour

en: The color of outlines in the active layer
en_GB: The colour of outlines in the active layer

en: Clip Path Color
en_GB: Clip Path Colour

en: The color of the clip path
en_GB: The colour of the clip path

en: Background Image Color
en_GB: Background Image Colour

en: The color used to draw bitmap (single bit) images which do not specify a clut
en_GB: The colour used to draw bitmap (single bit) images which do not specify a clut

en: The color used to fill the outline if that mode is active
en_GB: The colour used to fill the outline if that mode is active

en: Trace Color
en_GB: Trace Colour

en: Raster Color
en_GB: Raster Colour

en: The color of grid-fit (and other) raster blocks
en_GB: The colour of grid-fit (and other) raster blocks

en: Raster New Color
en_GB: Raster New Colour

en: The color of raster blocks which have just been turned on (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)
en_GB: The colour of raster blocks which have just been turned on (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)

en: Raster Old Color
en_GB: Raster Old Colour

en: The color of raster blocks which have just been turned off (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)
en_GB: The colour of raster blocks which have just been turned off (in the debugger when an instruction moves a point)

en: Raster Grid Color
en_GB: Raster Grid Colour

en: Raster Dark Color
en_GB: Raster Dark Colour

en: Center Bet_ween Control Points
en_GB: Centre Bet_ween Control Points

en: _Center in Width
en_GB: _Centre in Width

en: You are deleting the last anchor point in this character.
    Doing so will cause this dialog to close, is that what you want?
en_GB: You are deleting the last anchor point in this character.
    Doing so will cause this dialogue to close, is that what you want?

en: This index is much larger than the closest neighbor
en_GB: This index is much larger than the closest neighbour

en: C_enter
en_GB: C_entre

en: Center Out
en_GB: Centre Out

en: _Miter
en_GB: _Mitre

en: Bad color on line %d, must be between 000000 and ffffff.
en_GB: Bad colour on line %d, must be between 000000 and ffffff.

en:   A linear gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its start point to its end point.
      A radial gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its center whose length is the ultimate radius.
    If there is a single additional point, that point
    represents the gradient's focus, if omitted the focus
    is the same as the radius.
en_GB:   A linear gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its start point to its end point.
      A radial gradient is represented by a line drawn
    from its centre whose length is the ultimate radius.
    If there is a single additional point, that point
    represents the gradient's focus, if omitted the focus
    is the same as the radius.

en: The gradient will be a linear gradient,
    With the color change happening along
    the line drawn in the view
en_GB: The gradient will be a linear gradient,
    With the colour change happening along
    the line drawn in the view

en: The gradient will be a radial gradient,
    With the color change happening in circles
    starting at the focus (if specified) and
    extending outward until it reaches the
    specified radius.
en_GB: The gradient will be a radial gradient,
    With the colour change happening in circles
    starting at the focus (if specified) and
    extending outward until it reaches the
    specified radius.

en: Beyond the endpoints, the gradient takes on the color at the end-points
    This does not work for PostScript linear gradients
en_GB: Beyond the endpoints, the gradient takes on the colour at the end-points
    This does not work for PostScript linear gradients

en: Specify the color (& opacity) at stop points
    along the line drawn above. The offset is a
    percentage of the distance from the start to
    the end of the line. The color is a 6 (hex)
    digit number expressing an RGB color.
en_GB: Specify the colour (& opacity) at stop points
    along the line drawn above. The offset is a
    percentage of the distance from the start to
    the end of the line. The colour is a 6 (hex)
    digit number expressing an RGB colour.

en: Bad Color
en_GB: Bad Colour

en: Normal/Off-Center
en_GB: Normal/Off-Centre

en: Oblique/Off-Center
en_GB: Oblique/Off-Centre

en: License URL
en_GB: Licence URL

en: (Adobe now considers XUID/UniqueID unnecessary)
en_GB: (Adobe now consider XUID/UniqueID unnecessary)

en: Allow editing of multiple colors and shades, fills and strokes.
    Multi layered fonts can only be output as type3 or svg fonts.
en_GB: Allow editing of multiple colours and shades, fills and strokes.
    Multi layered fonts can only be output as type3 or svg fonts.

en: Histogram Dialog
en_GB: Histogram Dialogue

en: Can this font be embedded in a downloadable (pdf)
    document, and if so, what behaviors are permitted on
    both the document and the font.
en_GB: Can this font be embedded in a downloadable (pdf)
    document, and if so, what behaviours are permitted on
    both the document and the font.

en: Select by _Color
en_GB: Select by _Colour

en: Set _Color
en_GB: Set _Colour

en: _License...
en_GB: _Licence...

en: Color used to draw the background of selected glyphs
en_GB: Colour used to draw the background of selected glyphs

en: Selected BG Color
en_GB: Selected BG Colour

en: Color used to draw the foreground of selected glyphs
en_GB: Colour used to draw the foreground of selected glyphs

en: Selected FG Color
en_GB: Selected FG Colour

en: Changed Color
en_GB: Changed Colour

en: Color used to mark a changed glyph
en_GB: Colour used to mark a changed glyph

en: Background color for the drawing area of all views
en_GB: Background colour for the drawing area of all views

en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

en: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all lookups will use just one or two.
    Omitting the others makes the behavior clearer.
en_GB: Don't display columns of 0s.
    The OpenType lookup allows for up to 8 kinds
    of data, but almost all lookups will use just one or two.
    Omitting the others makes the behaviour clearer.

en: Color used to draw the advance width line of a glyph
en_GB: Colour used to draw the advance width line of a glyph

en: Color used to draw the italic advance width line of a glyph
en_GB: Colour used to draw the italic advance width line of a glyph

en: Color used to draw the kerning line
en_GB: Colour used to draw the kerning line

en: Kern Line Color
en_GB: Kern Line Colour

en: Color used to draw the left side bearing
en_GB: Colour used to draw the left side bearing

en: Side Bearing Color
en_GB: Side Bearing Colour

en: Color used to mark the selected glyph
en_GB: Colour used to mark the selected glyph

en: Center of Selection
en_GB: Centre of Selection

en: This is the approximate location of the vanishing point.
    It does not include the offset induced by "Center of selection"
    nor "Last Press".
en_GB: This is the approximate location of the vanishing point.
    It does not include the offset induced by "Centre of selection"
    nor "Last Press".

en: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the Apple checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialog.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and OpenType are set, both formats are generated
en_GB: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the Apple checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialogue.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and OpenType are set, both formats are generated

en: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the OpenType checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialog.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and Apple are set, both formats are generated
en_GB: Apple and MS/Adobe differ about the format of truetype and opentype files.
    This controls the default setting of the OpenType checkbox in the
    File->Generate Font dialogue.
    The main differences are:
     Bitmap data are stored in different tables
     Scaled composite glyphs are treated differently
     Use of GSUB rather than morx(t)/feat
     Use of GPOS rather than kern/opbd
     Use of GDEF rather than lcar/prop
    If both this and Apple are set, both formats are generated

en: Prefs_App|to alter that behavior you may set an environment
en_GB: to alter that behaviour you may set an environment

en: Prefs_App|FontForge recognizes BROWSER, MF and AUTOTRACE.
en_GB: FontForge recognises BROWSER, MF and AUTOTRACE.

en: Save Colors
en_GB: Save Colours

en: Save glyph colors in the PfEd table
en_GB: Save glyph colours in the PfEd table

en: The convention is that PostScript fonts should have an Em-Size of 1000. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialog.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?
en_GB: The convention is that PostScript fonts should have an Em-Size of 1000. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialogue.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?

en: The convention is that TrueType fonts should have an Em-Size which is a power of 2. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialog.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?
en_GB: The convention is that TrueType fonts should have an Em-Size which is a power of 2. But this font has a size of %d. This is not an error, but you might consider altering the Em-Size with the Element->Font Info->General dialogue.
    Do you wish to continue to generate your font in spite of this?

en: Allows you to select optional behavior when generating the font
en_GB: Allows you to select optional behaviour when generating the font

en: Retain current advance width, center glyph within that width
en_GB: Retain current advance width, centre glyph within that width

en: The %1$s in the search dialog contains a reference to %2$.20hs which does not exist in the new font.
    Should I remove the reference?
en_GB: The %1$s in the search dialogue contains a reference to %2$.20hs which does not exist in the new font.
    Should I remove the reference?

en: The tiles should be centered on the path
en_GB: The tiles should be centred on the path

en: Color Button
en_GB: Colour Button

en: Check Box
en_GB: Tick Box

en: Make lines of the same color to win
en_GB: Make lines of the same colour to win

en: Honor global _limits
en_GB: Honour global _limits

en: Start minimized in notification area
en_GB: Start minimised in notification area

en: Mo_ve .torrent file to the trash
en_GB: Mo_ve .torrent file to the Rubbish Bin

en: Show _options dialog
en_GB: Show _options dialogue

note: Translators: "size|" is here for disambiguation. Please remove it from your translation. %1$s is the size of the data we've downloaded %2$s is the size of the data we've uploaded
en: size|Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s
en_GB: Down: %1$s, Up: %2$s

en: Unrecognized URL
en_GB: Unrecognised URL

en: *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turn and expect you to honor your alliance with us and do likewise! | *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turns and expect you to honor your alliance with us and do likewise!
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turn and expect you to honour your alliance with us and do likewise!
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* %s has grossly violated his treaties with us for own gain.  We will answer in force in %d turns and expect you to honour your alliance with us and do likewise!

en: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilization of %s. We declare war in %d turn. | *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilization of %s. We declare war in %d turns.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilisation of %s. We declare war in %d turn.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We intend to pillage and plunder the rich civilisation of %s. We declare war in %d turns.

en: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilization apart. We declare war in %d turn. | *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilization apart. We declare war in %d turns.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilisation apart. We declare war in %d turn.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We have had it with %s. Let us tear this pathetic civilisation apart. We declare war in %d turns.

en: *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turn.  Hold on - we are coming! | *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turns.  Hold on - we are coming!
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turn.  Hold on - we are coming!
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance and declare war on %s in %d turns.  Hold on - we are coming!

en: *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise. | *%s (AI)* We will honor our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.
en_GB[0]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.
en_GB[1]: *%s (AI)* We will honour our alliance with %s and declare war on %s in %d turns.  We expect you to do likewise.

en: *%s (AI)* Dishonored one, we made a pact of alliance, and yet you remain at peace with our mortal enemy, %s! This is unacceptable; our alliance is no more!
en_GB: *%s (AI)* Dishonoured one, we made a pact of alliance, and yet you remain at peace with our mortal enemy, %s! This is unacceptable; our alliance is no more!

en: *%s (AI)* Greetings neighbor, may we suggest more peaceful relations?
en_GB: *%s (AI)* Greetings neighbour, may we suggest more peaceful relations?

en: *%s (AI)* We have been savagely attacked by %s, and we need your help! Honor our glorious alliance and your name will never be forgotten!
en_GB: *%s (AI)* We have been savagely attacked by %s, and we need your help! Honour our glorious alliance and your name will never be forgotten!

en: 
    This skill level's features include the following. (Some rulesets may define extra level-specific behavior.)
en_GB: 
    This skill level's features include the following. (Some rulesets may define extra level-specific behaviour.)

en: The citizen governor can't fulfill the requirements for %s. Passing back control.
en_GB: The citizen governor can't fulfil the requirements for %s. Passing back control.

en: The citizen governor has gotten confused dealing with %s.  You may want to have a look.
en_GB: The citizen governor has got itself confused dealing with %s.  You may want to have a look.

en: No real audio subsystem managed to initialize!
en_GB: No real audio subsystem managed to initialise!

en: defense
en_GB: defence

en: Unrecognized option: "%s"
en_GB: Unrecognised option: "%s"

note: TRANS: "text" or "background".
en: Select the %s color
en_GB: Select the %s colour

en: Color (Ctrl-C)
en_GB: Colour (Ctrl-C)

en: Select the text color
en_GB: Select the text colour

en: Select the background color
en_GB: Select the background colour

en: Defense:
en_GB: Defence:

en: Move/Defense:
en_GB: Move/Defence:

en: C_ivilization
en_GB: C_ivilisation

en: _Center View
en_GB: _Centre View

en: Defense bonus:
en_GB: Defence bonus:

en: Center View
en_GB: Centre View

en: Connect With Railroad
en_GB: Connect With Railway

en: Civilization
en_GB: Civilisation

en: Terrain Defense Bonus: +%d%%
en_GB: Terrain Defence Bonus: +%d%%

en: Unable to initialize SDL library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL library: %s

en: Unable to initialize SDL_ttf library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL_ttf library: %s

en: Initializing Client
en_GB: Initialising Client

en: The Greatest Civilizations in the world.
en_GB: The Greatest Civilisations in the world.

en: Unable to initialize SDL2 library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL2 library: %s

en: Unable to initialize SDL2_ttf library: %s
en_GB: Unable to initialise SDL2_ttf library: %s

en: Only color displays are supported for now...
en_GB: Only colour displays are supported for now...

note: TRANS: indented unit class property, preserve leading spaces
en:   * Does not get defense bonuses from terrain.
en_GB:   * Does not get defence bonuses from terrain.

note: TRANS: multipied by ... or-list of unit types
en: * %dx defense bonus if attacked by %s.
en_GB: * %dx defence bonus if attacked by %s.

note: TRANS: %s is a list of unit classes separated by "and".
en: * Can be traveled by %s units.
en_GB: * Can be travelled by %s units.

note: TRANS: indented; preserve leading spaces
en:   * Such units get a %d%% defense bonus on this tile.
en_GB:   * Such units get a %d%% defence bonus on this tile.

note: TRANS: indented; preserve leading spaces
en:   * Diplomatic units get a 25% defense bonus in diplomatic fights.
en_GB:   * Diplomatic units get a 25% defence bonus in diplomatic fights.

en: * You can have %d city before an additional unhappy citizen appears in each city due to civilization size.
     | * You can have up to %d cities before an additional unhappy citizen appears in each city due to civilization size.
en_GB[0]: * You can have %d city before an additional unhappy citizen appears in each city due to civilisation size.
en_GB[1]: * You can have up to %d cities before an additional unhappy citizen appears in each city due to civilisation size.

en: * After the first unhappy citizen due to civilization size, for each %d additional city another unhappy citizen will appear.
     | * After the first unhappy citizen due to civilization size, for each %d additional cities another unhappy citizen will appear.
en_GB[0]: * After the first unhappy citizen due to civilisation size, for each %d additional city another unhappy citizen will appear.
en_GB[1]: * After the first unhappy citizen due to civilisation size, for each %d additional cities another unhappy citizen will appear.

en: Draw the roads and the railroads
en_GB: Draw the roads and the railways

en: Setting this option will draw the roads and the railroads on the map.
en_GB: Setting this option will draw the roads and the railways on the map.

en: Solid unit background color
en_GB: Solid unit background colour

en: Setting this option will cause units on the map view to be drawn with a solid background color instead of the flag backdrop.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause units on the map view to be drawn with a solid background colour instead of the flag backdrop.

en: Set this option to have a "bell" event be generated at the start of a new turn.  You can control the behavior of the "bell" event by editing the message options.
en_GB: Set this option to have a "bell" event be generated at the start of a new turn.  You can control the behaviour of the "bell" event by editing the message options.

en: Mapview recentering time (milliseconds)
en_GB: Mapview recentring time (milliseconds)

en: When the map view is recentered, it will slide smoothly over the map to its new position.  This option controls how long this slide lasts.  Set it to 0 to disable mapview sliding entirely.
en_GB: When the map view is recentred, it will slide smoothly over the map to its new position.  This option controls how long this slide lasts.  Set it to 0 to disable mapview sliding entirely.

en: Color to highlight your player/user name
en_GB: Colour to highlight your player/user name

en: If set, your player and user name in the new chat messages will be highlighted using this color as background.  If not set, it will just not highlight anything.
en_GB: If set, your player and user name in the new chat messages will be highlighted using this colour as background.  If not set, it will just not highlight anything.

en: Auto center on units
en_GB: Auto centre on units

en: Set this option to have the active unit centered automatically when the unit focus changes.
en_GB: Set this option to have the active unit centred automatically when the unit focus changes.

en: Disable this option if you do not want to see automated units autocentered and animated.
en_GB: Disable this option if you do not want to see automated units autocentred and animated.

en: Auto center on combat
en_GB: Auto centre on combat

en: Set this option to have any combat be centered automatically.  Disabling this will speed up the time between turns but may cause you to miss combat entirely.
en_GB: Set this option to have any combat be centred automatically.  Disabling this will speed up the time between turns but may cause you to miss combat entirely.

en: Auto center on new turn
en_GB: Auto centre on new turn

en: Set this option to have the client automatically recenter the map on a suitable location at the start of each turn.
en_GB: Set this option to have the client automatically recentre the map on a suitable location at the start of each turn.

en: Center map when popup city
en_GB: Centre map when popup city

en: Setting this option makes the mapview center on a city when its city dialog is popped up.
en_GB: Setting this option makes the mapview centre on a city when its city dialog is popped up.

en: If set, terrain relief is shown with different colors in the saved image; otherwise, only land and water are distinguished.
en_GB: If set, terrain relief is shown with different colours in the saved image; otherwise, only land and water are distinguished.

en: Controls if tech help should be opened when new tech has been gained.
    'Ruleset' means that behavior suggested by current ruleset is used.
en_GB: Controls if tech help should be opened when new tech has been gained.
    'Ruleset' means that behaviour suggested by current ruleset is used.

en: Use color cursors
en_GB: Use colour cursors

en: If this option is set the client will show a titlebar. If disabled, then no titlebar will be shown, and minimize/maximize/etc buttons will be placed on the menu bar.
en_GB: If this option is set the client will show a titlebar. If disabled, then no titlebar will be shown, and minimise/maximise/etc buttons will be placed on the menu bar.

en: Missing overlay-color sprite colors.overlay_0.
en_GB: Missing overlay-colour sprite colors.overlay_0.

note: TRANS: "Vote" as a process
en: Vote canceled
en_GB: Vote cancelled

note: TRANS: This is help for a server command, so keywords like * "define" in the first column are server keywords that must not * be translated. Do not translate keywords in single quotes, but * strings in <angle brackets> should be translated.
en: This command controls the creation of map images. Supported arguments:
      define <mapdef>  - define a map image; returns numeric <id>
      show <id>|all    - list map image definitions or show a specific one
      create <id>|all  - manually save image(s) for current map state
      delete <id>|all  - delete map image definition(s)
      colortest        - create test image(s) showing all colors
    
    Multiple definitions can be active at once. A definition <mapdef> consists of colon-separated options:
    
    option                 (default)  description
    
    format=<[tool|]format> %-10s file format
    show=<show>            %-10s which players to show
      plrname=<name>                    player name
      plrid=<id>                        numeric player id
      plrbv=<bit vector>                see example; first char = id 0
    turns=<turns>          %-10s save image each <turns> turns
                                      (0=no autosave, save with 'create')
    zoom=<zoom>            %-10s magnification factor (1-5)
    map=<map>              %-10s which map layers to draw
    
    <[tool|]format> = use image format <format>, optionally specifying toolkit <tool>. The following toolkits and formats are compiled in:
    %s
    
    <show> determines which players are represented and how many images are saved by this definition:
    %s
    
    <map> can contain one or more of the following layers:
     - 'a' show area within borders of specified players
     - 'b' show borders of specified players
     - 'c' show cities of specified players
     - 'f' show fog of war (single-player images only)
     - 'k' show only player knowledge (single-player images only)
     - 't' full display of terrain types
     - 'u' show units of specified players
    
    Examples of <mapdef>:
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=all:format=ppm|ppm'
     'zoom=2:map=tcub:show=each:format=png'
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=plrname:plrname=Otto:format=gif'
     'zoom=3:map=cu:show=plrbv:plrbv=010011:format=jpg'
     'zoom=1:map=t:show=none:format=magick|jpg'
en_GB: This command controls the creation of map images. Supported arguments:
      define <mapdef>  - define a map image; returns numeric <id>
      show <id>|all    - list map image definitions or show a specific one
      create <id>|all  - manually save image(s) for current map state
      delete <id>|all  - delete map image definition(s)
      colortest        - create test image(s) showing all colours
    
    Multiple definitions can be active at once. A definition <mapdef> consists of colon-separated options:
    
    option                 (default)  description
    
    format=<[tool|]format> %-10s file format
    show=<show>            %-10s which players to show
      plrname=<name>                    player name
      plrid=<id>                        numeric player id
      plrbv=<bit vector>                see example; first char = id 0
    turns=<turns>          %-10s save image each <turns> turns
                                      (0=no autosave, save with 'create')
    zoom=<zoom>            %-10s magnification factor (1-5)
    map=<map>              %-10s which map layers to draw
    
    <[tool|]format> = use image format <format>, optionally specifying toolkit <tool>. The following toolkits and formats are compiled in:
    %s
    
    <show> determines which players are represented and how many images are saved by this definition:
    %s
    
    <map> can contain one or more of the following layers:
     - 'a' show area within borders of specified players
     - 'b' show borders of specified players
     - 'c' show cities of specified players
     - 'f' show fog of war (single-player images only)
     - 'k' show only player knowledge (single-player images only)
     - 't' full display of terrain types
     - 'u' show units of specified players
    
    Examples of <mapdef>:
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=all:format=ppm|ppm'
     'zoom=2:map=tcub:show=each:format=png'
     'zoom=1:map=tcub:show=plrname:plrname=Otto:format=gif'
     'zoom=3:map=cu:show=plrbv:plrbv=010011:format=jpg'
     'zoom=1:map=t:show=none:format=magick|jpg'

en: City center
en_GB: City centre

en: 'Cause civilization should be free!
en_GB: 'Cause civilisation should be free!

en: With a Barracks, each new unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defense strengths are increased by 50%.
en_GB: With a Barracks, each new unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defence strengths are increased by 50%.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defense strength of units within the city. They are ineffective against Artillery and Bombers. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defence strength of units within the city. They are ineffective against Artillery and Bombers. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.

en: Neutralizes the pollution generated by the population.  The population simply has no effect on the pollution generated in the city.
en_GB: Neutralises the pollution generated by the population.  The population simply has no effect on the pollution generated in the city.

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government. Corruption in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government. Corruption in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).

en: Recycling Center
en_GB: Recycling Centre

en: Building a Recycling Center reduces the amount of pollution generated by production in a city by 66%.
en_GB: Building a Recycling Centre reduces the amount of pollution generated by production in a city by 66%.

en: SDI Defense
en_GB: SDI Defence

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defense, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defence, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect.

en: The civilization which builds the Great Library gets every advance that at least two other teams have achieved.
en_GB: The civilisation which builds the Great Library gets every advance that at least two other teams have achieved.

en: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilization, and without the transition period of Anarchy.
en_GB: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilisation, and without the transition period of Anarchy.

en: Shakespeare's Theater
en_GB: Shakespeare's Theatre

en: Anarchy is simply the absence of any recognizable government. Citizens are disorganized and unproductive, and will spend all income as quickly as possible, rather than paying taxes or conducting research.
en_GB: Anarchy is simply the absence of any recognisable government. Citizens are disorganised and unproductive, and will spend all income as quickly as possible, rather than paying taxes or conducting research.

en: Because (happy) citizens of Democracy believe strongly in the government, their loyalty is unswerving.  Military units of Democratic civilizations cannot be bribed, and Democratic cities cannot be incited to revolt by enemy Diplomats and Spies.
en_GB: Because (happy) citizens of Democracy believe strongly in the government, their loyalty is unswerving.  Military units of Democratic civilisations cannot be bribed, and Democratic cities cannot be incited to revolt by enemy Diplomats and Spies.

en: The Azteca, a Nahuatl speaking people from the Sonoran desert, seized control of the Toltec-derived civilizations of Central Mexico during the 15th century, reviving the practice of human sacrifice. They were conquered by the Spanish under Cortés in 1521.
en_GB: The Azteca, a Nahuatl speaking people from the Sonoran desert, seized control of the Toltec-derived civilisations of Central Mexico during the 15th century, reviving the practice of human sacrifice. They were conquered by the Spanish under Cortés in 1521.

en: China is the oldest major civilization that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BC, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.
en_GB: China is the oldest major civilisation that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BC, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.

en: Egypt was the second-oldest of the world's civilizations.  Since ancient times it has been unusually urbanized, supporting a large population on silt deposited by the annual floodings of the Nile.
en_GB: Egypt was the second-oldest of the world's civilisations.  Since ancient times it has been unusually urbanised, supporting a large population on silt deposited by the annual floodings of the Nile.

en: The cradle of Ancient Indian civilization lay in the Indus river valley in modern-day Pakistan.
en_GB: The cradle of Ancient Indian civilisation lay in the Indus river valley in modern-day Pakistan.

en: Since the dawn of civilization, barbarians have been a threat to cultured peoples everywhere.
en_GB: Since the dawn of civilisation, barbarians have been a threat to cultured peoples everywhere.

en: Industrialization
en_GB: Industrialisation

en: Labor Union
en_GB: Labour Union

en: ?tech:Railroad
en_GB: Railway

en: Allows Settlers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: City center tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.
en_GB: City centre tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.

en: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilization becomes more industrialized, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam or Nuclear Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Center.
en_GB: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilisation becomes more industrialised, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam or Nuclear Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Centre.

en: The city's population starts adding to pollution with the discovery of Industrialization, and Automobile, Mass Production, and Plastics make this worse. Building a Mass Transit in a city eliminates the population's contribution to pollution.
en_GB: The city's population starts adding to pollution with the discovery of Industrialisation, and Automobile, Mass Production, and Plastics make this worse. Building a Mass Transit in a city eliminates the population's contribution to pollution.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units outside cities.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units outside cities.

en: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City center tiles automatically get roads, and are an exception to this requirement.
en_GB: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City centre tiles automatically get roads, and are an exception to this requirement.

en: Railroad
en_GB: Railway

en: Once you learn the Railroad technology, you may upgrade your roads to railroads. Units expend no movement points when moving along a railroad; you may ride a railroad indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)
en_GB: Once you learn the Railway technology, you may upgrade your roads to railways. Units expend no movement points when moving along a railway; you may ride a railway indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)

en: A railroad also increases by half (rounding down) all kinds of resources produced by a tile. A tile whose road is upgraded to a railroad retains any trade bonus from the road as well.
en_GB: A railway also increases by half (rounding down) all kinds of resources produced by a tile. A tile whose road is upgraded to a railway retains any trade bonus from the road as well.

en: Roads and railroads can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology.
en_GB: Roads and railways can only be built on River tiles if your civilisation has learned Bridge Building technology.

en: The Phalanx is armored infantry, suitable for defending your cities.
en_GB: The Phalanx is armoured infantry, suitable for defending your cities.

en: Mechanized Infantry; this unit has the strongest defense strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: Mechanised Infantry; this unit has the strongest defence strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: Knights are mounted and heavily armored warriors.
en_GB: Knights are mounted and heavily armoured warriors.

en: Armors are motorized war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit.
en_GB: Armours are motorised war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit.

en: Bombers are specialized airborne units that may only attack ground targets, not other airborne units.
en_GB: Bombers are specialised airborne units that may only attack ground targets, not other airborne units.

en: The Ironclad is an armored ship that is much more sturdy than the Frigate but loses the latter's transport capability.
en_GB: The Ironclad is an armoured ship that is much more sturdy than the Frigate but loses the latter's transport capability.

en: Traveling under the surface of the ocean, Submarines have a very high strategic value, but a weak defense if caught off guard.
en_GB: Travelling under the surface of the ocean, Submarines have a very high strategic value, but a weak defence if caught off guard.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: A Diplomat is an official that carries your dispatches and is authorized to deal with foreign dignitaries. He may also undertake various covert operations with the intent of harming your opponents; Diplomats in your own cities defend them against such actions.
en_GB: A Diplomat is an official that carries your dispatches and is authorised to deal with foreign dignitaries. He may also undertake various covert operations with the intent of harming your opponents; Diplomats in your own cities defend them against such actions.

en: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilization owning it. However, units belonging to Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilisation owning it. However, units belonging to Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.

en:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilization that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilisation that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.

en: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by traveling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilizations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilization of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route. Each city can support a maximum of three trade routes.
en_GB: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by travelling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilisations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilisation of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route. Each city can support a maximum of three trade routes.

en: With a Barracks, each new land unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defense strengths are increased by 50%.
en_GB: With a Barracks, each new land unit built in a city will automatically have Veteran status, which means that its attack and defence strengths are increased by 50%.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defense strength of units within the city against land and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against airborne and sea units as well as Howitzers.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city.  They triple the defence strength of units within the city against land and helicopter units.  They are ineffective against airborne and sea units as well as Howitzers.  City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is destroyed by a land unit.

en: Coastal Defense
en_GB: Coastal Defence

en: Increases the defense strength of units within a city by a factor of 2 when defending against bombardments from enemy ships.
en_GB: Increases the defence strength of units within a city by a factor of 2 when defending against bombardments from enemy ships.

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government. Corruption and waste in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption and waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government. Corruption and waste in other cities is related to how far away from the capital they are, except when the government is Democracy or Communism. On top of this, corruption and waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (as if it had a Courthouse).

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit. This improvement has no effect under other governments.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit. This improvement has no effect under other governments.

en: Doubles the defense of all units inside the city when attacked by aircraft (not including helicopters or missiles).
en_GB: Doubles the defence of all units inside the city when attacked by aircraft (not including helicopters or missiles).

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defense, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles defense for units in the city against non-nuclear missiles.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defence, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles defence for units in the city against non-nuclear missiles.

en: Increases trade resources by 50% on all tiles with roads or railroads.
en_GB: Increases trade resources by 50% on all tiles with roads or railways.

en: Counts as a Police Station in every city. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)
en_GB: Counts as a Police Station in every city. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 2 under Democracy and 1 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)

en: This is not a normal improvement.  Instead, setting a city's production to Capitalization means its shield production is converted to tax output (money).
en_GB: This is not a normal improvement.  Instead, setting a city's production to Capitalisation means its shield production is converted to tax output (money).

en: Fundamentalism is a form of government organized around a central set of beliefs. The beliefs, usually religious in nature, form a rigid guideline for actions and reactions of both the rulers and the people.
en_GB: Fundamentalism is a form of government organised around a central set of beliefs. The beliefs, usually religious in nature, form a rigid guideline for actions and reactions of both the rulers and the people.

en: The Celts were an Indo-European ethno-linguistic complex in Western Europe, probably originating from the area between the upper Rhine and upper Danube, from the Urnfield culture and the western group of the Hallstatt culture. The Celts were known as cruel and savage warriors who terrorized the ancient civilized peoples of Europe and Asia Minor. The Celts colonized much of Europe and had a large influence on the development of European civilization.
en_GB: The Celts were an Indo-European ethno-linguistic complex in Western Europe, probably originating from the area between the upper Rhine and upper Danube, from the Urnfield culture and the western group of the Hallstatt culture. The Celts were known as cruel and savage warriors who terrorised the ancient civilised peoples of Europe and Asia Minor. The Celts colonised much of Europe and had a large influence on the development of European civilisation.

en: Miniaturization
en_GB: Miniaturisation

en: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilization: you learn %s immediately.
en_GB: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilisation: you learn %s immediately.

en: Allows Settlers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilization becomes more industrialized, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Center.
en_GB: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilisation becomes more industrialised, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Centre.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.

en: A railroad also increases any shield resources produced by a tile. A tile whose road is upgraded to a railroad retains any trade bonus from the road as well.
en_GB: A railway also increases any shield resources produced by a tile. A tile whose road is upgraded to a railway retains any trade bonus from the road as well.

en: City center tiles with roads are automatically upgraded to railroads when you learn the Railroad technology.
en_GB: City centre tiles with roads are automatically upgraded to railways when you learn the Railway technology.

en: Any land terrain type may have a River on it.  A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile.  It also increases a tile's defense factor by 50%.  Finally, land units may move along a River (but not diagonally) for fast travel.
en_GB: Any land terrain type may have a River on it.  A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile.  It also increases a tile's defence factor by 50%.  Finally, land units may move along a River (but not diagonally) for fast travel.

en: Archers fight with bows and arrows and have a good offensive value as well as decent defense.
en_GB: Archers fight with bows and arrows and have a good offensive value as well as decent defence.

en: The Mechanized Infantry has the strongest defensive strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: The Mechanised Infantry has the strongest defensive strength of any land unit, but is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of global warming.  Eco-friendly nukes!

note: TRANS: Description of 'Core' nation set in default rulesets. ; If you have translated all of the nations in the extended set, not ; just these core nations, feel free to discard the words about ; localization, rather than translating literally.
en: A small set of playable nations that should be fully localized into languages other than English.
en_GB: A small set of playable nations that should be fully localised into languages other than English.

note: TRANS: Description of the 'Extended' nation set in default rulesets, ; which contains all nations that come with Freeciv. ; If you have only translated the Core nations, replace this ; description to say so rather than making it a literal translation. ; Conversely, if you have translated everything,
en: The complete set of playable nations; this allows for larger games or more variety, but not all of these may have been localized into languages other than English.
en_GB: The complete set of playable nations; this allows for larger games or more variety, but not all of these may have been localised into languages other than English.

en: Allows Settlers, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: City center tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine or oil well on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.
en_GB: City centre tiles get their terrain's irrigation bonus automatically, if there is no conflicting mine or oil well on the tile; however, this does not make cities count as a water source for further irrigation. Irrigation can be built on the city tile simply to allow building further irrigation elsewhere, but will not give the tile any further bonus.

en: Fortresses improve defense for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points. With Invention, fortresses gain watchtowers from which land units can see further afield.
en_GB: Fortresses improve defence for land units outside cities. Among other effects, a land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points. With Invention, fortresses gain watchtowers from which land units can see further afield.

en: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City center tiles automatically get roads (unless they are on a river tile and you do not yet know Bridge Building).
en_GB: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City centre tiles automatically get roads (unless they are on a river tile and you do not yet know Bridge Building).

en: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers, Workers, and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP 2:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of Settlers, Workers, and/or Engineers next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs!  This minimises the chance of nuclear winter.  Eco-friendly nukes!

en: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by traveling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilizations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilization of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route.
en_GB: Caravans can establish trade routes with your own cities or those of other nations (even enemies) by travelling to them. A route's ongoing revenue is doubled if the two cities involved are on different continents, and doubled again if the cities are from different civilisations. This last condition means the net benefit to your civilisation of a trade route is the same regardless of whether you own both cities or only one of them; if you only own one city, trade in each city is doubled, but you only get the benefit from one end of the route.

en: The AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System) is an airplane with an advanced radar that can determine the location of enemy units over a wide area.
en_GB: The AWACS (Airborne Warning and Control System) is an aeroplane with an advanced radar that can determine the location of enemy units over a wide area.

en: Allows a city to grow larger than size 8 and reduces the chance of plague within the city. After Industrialization is researched this effect of the Aqueduct is reduced.
en_GB: Allows a city to grow larger than size 8 and reduces the chance of plague within the city. After Industrialisation is researched this effect of the Aqueduct is reduced.

en: In a Genetic Laboratory medicaments can be researched. The possibility for plagues within the city is reduced.
    A Genetic Laboratory allows the genetic optimization of plants and animals. The food output is increased by 25% if the city size exceeds 20.
en_GB: In a Genetic Laboratory medicaments can be researched. The possibility for plagues within the city is reduced.
    A Genetic Laboratory allows the genetic optimisation of plants and animals. The food output is increased by 25% if the city size exceeds 20.

en: Allows Settlers, Workers and Engineers to upgrade railroads with maglev.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Workers and Engineers to upgrade railways with maglev.

en: Once you learn the Railroad technology, you may upgrade your roads to railroads. Units travel considerably faster along railroads than along roads.
en_GB: Once you learn the Railway technology, you may upgrade your roads to railways. Units travel considerably faster along railways than along roads.

en: With sufficient technology, you may build magnetic levitation systems along your railroad routes. Land units expend no movement points when riding a maglev; you may ride indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)
en_GB: With sufficient technology, you may build magnetic levitation systems along your railway routes. Land units expend no movement points when riding a maglev; you may ride indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)

en: Your regular railroads are still used to carry heavy Big Land units for which the maglev system is unsuitable, and they continue to provide production and trade bonuses.
en_GB: Your regular railways are still used to carry heavy Big Land units for which the maglev system is unsuitable, and they continue to provide production and trade bonuses.

en: City center tiles with railroads are automatically upgraded to maglev when you learn about Superconductors.
en_GB: City centre tiles with railways are automatically upgraded to maglev when you learn about Superconductors.

en: Any land terrain type may have a River on it. A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile. It also increases a tile's defense factor by 50%.
en_GB: Any land terrain type may have a River on it. A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile. It also increases a tile's defence factor by 50%.

en: Roads, railroads, and maglev can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology.
en_GB: Roads, railways, and maglev can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology.

en: These larger cities enjoy increased defense (+50%) against both land and sea units; however, such large settlements have a small risk of fire, which can destroy buildings in the city.
en_GB: These larger cities enjoy increased defence (+50%) against both land and sea units; however, such large settlements have a small risk of fire, which can destroy buildings in the city.

en: City Walls make it easier to defend a city. They add a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defense strength of units within the city against land units (that is a two-thirds increase for small cities, or a one-half increase for cities larger than size 8), but are ineffective against airborne and sea units. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.
en_GB: City Walls make it easier to defend a city. They add a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defence strength of units within the city against land units (that is a two-thirds increase for small cities, or a one-half increase for cities larger than size 8), but are ineffective against airborne and sea units. City Walls also prevent the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.

en: Gives a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defense strength of units within a city when defending against enemy ships. For small cities the defense strength is doubled by this improvement; for cities larger than size 8, it is increased by two-thirds.
en_GB: Gives a +100% bonus to the intrinsic defence strength of units within a city when defending against enemy ships. For small cities the defence strength is doubled by this improvement; for cities larger than size 8, it is increased by two-thirds.

en: Amphitheater
en_GB: Amphitheatre

en: However, a Hydro Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Center; pollution is reduced further for the player who owns the Hoover Dam. (A Hydro Plant's effect is the same as that of a Nuclear Plant; with the Hoover Dam, its effect is increased to that of a Solar Plant.)
en_GB: However, a Hydro Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Centre; pollution is reduced further for the player who owns the Hoover Dam. (A Hydro Plant's effect is the same as that of a Nuclear Plant; with the Hoover Dam, its effect is increased to that of a Solar Plant.)

en: However, a Nuclear Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Center. (Its effect is the same as that of a Hydro Plant.)
en_GB: However, a Nuclear Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 50% of its normal value, or 25% in combination with a Recycling Centre. (Its effect is the same as that of a Hydro Plant.)

en: Makes a city the capital and the center of your government. Waste in other cities (corruption, production waste, and food waste) is often related to how far away from the capital they are. On top of this, corruption and production waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (and a Courthouse will eliminate it entirely).
en_GB: Makes a city the capital and the centre of your government. Waste in other cities (corruption, production waste, and food waste) is often related to how far away from the capital they are. On top of this, corruption and production waste in your capital itself is half of what it would otherwise be (and a Courthouse will eliminate it entirely).

en: A Police Station neutralizes any unhappiness caused by one military unit in its city. It also makes up to 2 more unhappy citizens content provided they are not unhappy about aggression.
en_GB: A Police Station neutralises any unhappiness caused by one military unit in its city. It also makes up to 2 more unhappy citizens content provided they are not unhappy about aggression.

en: Building a Recycling Center reduces the amount of pollution generated by shield production in a city by 50%, or by an additional 25% in cities with another building which reduces pollution (Nuclear Plant, Hydro Plant, or Solar Plant).
en_GB: Building a Recycling Centre reduces the amount of pollution generated by shield production in a city by 50%, or by an additional 25% in cities with another building which reduces pollution (Nuclear Plant, Hydro Plant, or Solar Plant).

en: Doubles the intrinsic defense strength of units within a city when defending against aircraft (including helicopters).
en_GB: Doubles the intrinsic defence strength of units within a city when defending against aircraft (including helicopters).

en: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defense, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles the intrinsic defense strength of units in the city when defending against conventional missiles.
en_GB: Protects a city and its environs (up to 2 tiles away) from attacks by other nations' Nuclear units. A Nuclear unit not owned by you or a teammate which attacks a city with SDI Defence, or attacks a unit (or is deliberately exploded) within range, is shot down and simply has no effect. Also, doubles the intrinsic defence strength of units in the city when defending against conventional missiles.

en: However, a Solar Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 25% of its normal value, or eliminates it entirely in combination with a Recycling Center.
en_GB: However, a Solar Plant also reduces the pollution associated with shield production to 25% of its normal value, or eliminates it entirely in combination with a Recycling Centre.

en: Each tile around the city with roads and without farmland, that is already generating some trade, produces one extra trade resource. The same applies to the city center tile (even if it is receiving a farmland bonus).
en_GB: Each tile around the city with roads and without farmland, that is already generating some trade, produces one extra trade resource. The same applies to the city centre tile (even if it is receiving a farmland bonus).

en: Increases the defense of all your cities by adding a +50% bonus to its units' intrinsic defense strength against land units (this is cumulative with any City Walls), and preventing the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.
en_GB: Increases the defence of all your cities by adding a +50% bonus to its units' intrinsic defence strength against land units (this is cumulative with any City Walls), and preventing the loss of population which occurs when a defending unit is defeated by a land unit.

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 1 -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where a single unit makes two citizens unhappy). Under governments where unit upkeep is paid in gold, it gives two free gold per city towards upkeep every turn.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 1 -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where a single unit makes two citizens unhappy). Under governments where unit upkeep is paid in gold, it gives two free gold per city towards upkeep every turn.

en: Reduces by 1 the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city -- in other words, in each city it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where it just halves the unhappiness from that unit). Each city also avoids one shield of upkeep for units.
en_GB: Reduces by 1 the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city -- in other words, in each city it neutralises the unhappiness caused by a single military unit (except under Democracy, where it just halves the unhappiness from that unit). Each city also avoids one shield of upkeep for units.

en: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilization, and without the transition period of Anarchy. It also allows unprovoked declaration of war regardless of any senate instituted by a Democracy or Federation government or by the United Nations.
en_GB: Allows you to choose any government, including those that have not yet been researched by your civilisation, and without the transition period of Anarchy. It also allows unprovoked declaration of war regardless of any senate instituted by a Democracy or Federation government or by the United Nations.

en: Neutralizes the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city. Under Democracy, it additionally halves the unhappiness caused by military units (reducing it to the same level as a Republic).
en_GB: Neutralises the unhappiness caused by one aggressively deployed military unit per city. Under Democracy, it additionally halves the unhappiness caused by military units (reducing it to the same level as a Republic).

en: Each entertainer produces two luxury points for their city per turn, increasing to three once any player has built Shakespeare's Theater. See the section on Happiness for the effects of luxury points.
en_GB: Each entertainer produces two luxury points for their city per turn, increasing to three once any player has built Shakespeare's Theatre. See the section on Happiness for the effects of luxury points.

en: * Your centers of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +75% bonus to gold production.
    * Each worked tile that gives more than 2 Food, Shield, or Trade will suffer a -1 penalty, unless the city working it is celebrating. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 2 units for free; further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Unlike later governments, military units do not cause unhappiness even when deployed aggressively.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).
en_GB: * Your centres of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +75% bonus to gold production.
    * Each worked tile that gives more than 2 Food, Shield, or Trade will suffer a -1 penalty, unless the city working it is celebrating. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 2 units for free; further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Unlike later governments, military units do not cause unhappiness even when deployed aggressively.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).

en: * Your centers of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +50% bonus to gold production.
    * Celebrating cities produce one extra trade point for every tile which is already producing trade. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 3 units for free (the maximum possible); further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Each city tolerates up to 3 aggressively deployed military units; each further unit causes 1 unhappy citizen.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).
en_GB: * Your centres of government (cities with Palace and Ecclesiastical Palace) get a +50% bonus to gold production.
    * Celebrating cities produce one extra trade point for every tile which is already producing trade. (Cities below size 3 will not celebrate.)
    * Each city can support up to 3 units for free (the maximum possible); further units each cost 1 gold per turn.
    * Each city tolerates up to 3 aggressively deployed military units; each further unit causes 1 unhappy citizen.
    * Military units impose martial law. Up to 3 military units inside a city will each force 1 unhappy citizen to become content.
    * Base corruption is 10%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of The Corporation).
    * Base production waste is 20%. This increases with distance from the capital (half as fast with knowledge of Trade).

en: Communism is a good government for maximizing shield production, and for large empires.
en_GB: Communism is a good government for maximising shield production, and for large empires.

en: Fundamentalism is a good government for maximizing gold, and its Fanatics are useful in wartime, but it has a heavy penalty to technological progress.
en_GB: Fundamentalism is a good government for maximising gold, and its Fanatics are useful in wartime, but it has a heavy penalty to technological progress.

en: Federalism is a system in which the power to govern is shared between national and provincial governments.  This decentralization minimizes the corruption and waste caused by distance to capital, and avoids separatist movements.
en_GB: Federalism is a system in which the power to govern is shared between national and provincial governments.  This decentralisation minimises the corruption and waste caused by distance to capital, and avoids separatist movements.

en: Allows irrigation without an adjacent water source, improves the effect of Amphitheaters, and increases city vision radius.
en_GB: Allows irrigation without an adjacent water source, improves the effect of Amphitheatres, and increases city vision radius.

en: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railroads.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade roads to railways.

en: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade railroads with maglev.
en_GB: Allows Settlers, Migrants, Workers and Engineers to upgrade railways with maglev.

en: Allows cities to build Harbors and coastal wonders.
en_GB: Allows cities to build Harbours and coastal wonders.

en: Compared to a fort, units in a fortress receive extra defense (+50%) against all units (in total, their defense against land units and boats is doubled), and do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city. Any kind of land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.
en_GB: Compared to a fort, units in a fortress receive extra defence (+50%) against all units (in total, their defence against land units and boats is doubled), and do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city. Any kind of land unit remaining in a fortress for a whole turn without moving recovers a quarter of its hit points.

en: Compared to an airstrip, units in an airbase receive extra defense (+50%) against all units (in total, their defense against air units and missiles is doubled), do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city, and can see further afield. Also, air units recover more hit points (a third per turn, the same as in a city without an Airport).
en_GB: Compared to an airstrip, units in an airbase receive extra defence (+50%) against all units (in total, their defence against air units and missiles is doubled), do not count as aggressive if near a friendly city, and can see further afield. Also, air units recover more hit points (a third per turn, the same as in a city without an Airport).

en: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City center tiles automatically get roads (even on a river tile).
en_GB: Building roads on river tiles requires knowledge of Bridge Building. City centre tiles automatically get roads (even on a river tile).

en: With sufficient technology, you may build magnetic levitation systems along your railroad routes. Land and Small Land units expend no movement points when riding a maglev; you may ride indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)
en_GB: With sufficient technology, you may build magnetic levitation systems along your railway routes. Land and Small Land units expend no movement points when riding a maglev; you may ride indefinitely. (As may your enemies!)

en: Your regular railroads are still used to carry heavy Big Land and Merchant units for which the maglev system is unsuitable, and they continue to provide production and trade bonuses.
en_GB: Your regular railways are still used to carry heavy Big Land and Merchant units for which the maglev system is unsuitable, and they continue to provide production and trade bonuses.

en: Any land terrain type may have a River on it. A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile. It also increases a tile's defense factor by 25%.
en_GB: Any land terrain type may have a River on it. A River adds 1 trade to the resources produced by that tile. It also increases a tile's defence factor by 25%.

en: Roads and railroads can only be built on River tiles if your civilization has learned Bridge Building technology. Fortresses and Airbases cannot be built on River tiles.
en_GB: Roads and railways can only be built on River tiles if your civilisation has learned Bridge Building technology. Fortresses and Airbases cannot be built on River tiles.

en: The Mechanized Infantry has the strongest inherent defensive strength of any land unit, and is very fast on roads and easy terrain, but it is hindered rather than helped by rough terrain (it cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles), and it is only available near the end of the technology tree.
en_GB: The Mechanised Infantry has the strongest inherent defensive strength of any land unit, and is very fast on roads and easy terrain, but it is hindered rather than helped by rough terrain (it cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles), and it is only available near the end of the technology tree.

en: Armors are motorized war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit. However, they are less adaptable to very rough terrain (they cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles without roads), and unable to use less rough terrain to improve their defense.
en_GB: Armours are motorised war wagons that are faster, stronger, and can take more damage than any mounted unit. However, they are less adaptable to very rough terrain (they cannot move into mountains, swamps, or jungles without roads), and unable to use less rough terrain to improve their defence.

en: Helicopters can also transport one military land unit; while most troops must load or unload in a city, airstrip, or airbase (and not in the field or onboard a Carrier), units specializing in mobility (Paratroopers, Alpine Troops, Marines, Partisans, and Fanatics) can embark or disembark at any time.
en_GB: Helicopters can also transport one military land unit; while most troops must load or unload in a city, airstrip, or airbase (and not in the field or onboard a Carrier), units specialising in mobility (Paratroopers, Alpine Troops, Marines, Partisans, and Fanatics) can embark or disembark at any time.

en: The Frigate is a specialized ship with a strong offensive value, and can attack units on land, but it cannot transport units.
en_GB: The Frigate is a specialised ship with a strong offensive value, and can attack units on land, but it cannot transport units.

en: The Ironclad is an armored ship, more sturdy than the Frigate.
en_GB: The Ironclad is an armoured ship, more sturdy than the Frigate.

en: An improved Ironclad, with better move rate and vision. Anti-submarine weapons double its defense against Submarines.
en_GB: An improved Ironclad, with better move rate and vision. Anti-submarine weapons double its defence against Submarines.

en: Transports can also clean pollution and fallout on water tiles, and with knowledge of Miniaturization, may build oil platforms on deep ocean tiles (for use by Offshore Platforms).
en_GB: Transports can also clean pollution and fallout on water tiles, and with knowledge of Miniaturisation, may build oil platforms on deep ocean tiles (for use by Offshore Platforms).

en: TIP:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of cleanup units next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs! This minimizes the chance of nuclear winter. Eco-friendly nukes!
en_GB: TIP:  You may be involved in a situation where you've invaded an enemy country en masse, but the enemy cities are too strong. Before using a Nuclear unit, assemble a gang of cleanup units next to the city and have them ready to fix the fallout on the same turn it occurs! This minimises the chance of nuclear winter. Eco-friendly nukes!

en: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilization owning it. However, units belonging to Republican or Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB: If a foreign unit is alone on a tile, you may attempt to bribe it with your Diplomat. By paying a sum of gold the unit will immediately become yours; the exact sum depends on the status of the unit and that of the civilisation owning it. However, units belonging to Republican or Democratic governments cannot be bribed. Bribery when not at war will cause a diplomatic incident.

en:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilization that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a Federation or Democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.
en_GB:  - "Incite a Revolt": In return for gold a foreign city will change allegiance and join your empire, bringing along all nearby units that call it home, but reducing its size by 1. Units in other cities remain in the enemy's control, but units outside cities are lost to both players. The exact sum depends on the status of the city and that of the civilisation that owns it. It is not possible to incite a rebellion in a capital, or in any city governed by a Federation or Democracy. Incitement may be attempted in peacetime, but will cause a diplomatic incident.

en: The Freight unit replaces the Caravan, and moves at twice the speed. It has the same behavior and movement restrictions.
en_GB: The Freight unit replaces the Caravan, and moves at twice the speed. It has the same behaviour and movement restrictions.

en: Movement/Defense:
en_GB: Movement/Defence:

en: Darn
en_GB: Rats

en: Freeciv is a turn-based strategy game, in which each player becomes the leader of a civilization. You compete against several opponents to found cities, use them to support a military and economy, and finally to complete an empire that survives all encounters with its neighbors to emerge victorious. Each opponent may be either another human or be controlled by the computer. All players begin at the dawn of history with a handful of units -- typically with an explorer and a couple of settlers in 4000 BCE -- and race to expand outward from those humble beginnings.
en_GB: Freeciv is a turn-based strategy game, in which each player becomes the leader of a civilisation. You compete against several opponents to found cities, use them to support a military and economy, and finally to complete an empire that survives all encounters with its neighbours to emerge victorious. Each opponent may be either another human or be controlled by the computer. All players begin at the dawn of history with a handful of units -- typically with an explorer and a couple of settlers in 4000 BCE -- and race to expand outward from those humble beginnings.

en:  - As in other games of conquest and expansion, you are declared the winner by default once the last city and unit of every other civilization is destroyed.
en_GB:  - As in other games of conquest and expansion, you are declared the winner by default once the last city and unit of every other civilisation is destroyed.

en:  - Once technological progress has brought you into the space age, you may launch a spacecraft destined for Alpha Centauri; the first civilization whose craft reaches the system wins.
en_GB:  - Once technological progress has brought you into the space age, you may launch a spacecraft destined for Alpha Centauri; the first civilisation whose craft reaches the system wins.

en:  - In the absence of other means to determine victory, the game will end after 5000 turns if no spacecraft have yet been launched. The surviving civilizations are then rated, and the one with the highest score is the winner.
en_GB:  - In the absence of other means to determine victory, the game will end after 5000 turns if no spacecraft have yet been launched. The surviving civilisations are then rated, and the one with the highest score is the winner.

en: A word of warning: Freeciv is highly customizable, both through run-time configuration and through custom rulesets which can change almost any aspect of the game rules. This help system tries to adapt to different rules, but may not completely cover rulesets which are very different from the classic rules.
en_GB: A word of warning: Freeciv is highly customisable, both through run-time configuration and through custom rulesets which can change almost any aspect of the game rules. This help system tries to adapt to different rules, but may not completely cover rulesets which are very different from the classic rules.

en:  2. Defending the cities.
    
        At this point, defend your cities by always leaving a warrior unit in them.  As your civilization develops units with a greater defense strength, replace the obsolete units with new ones to ensure your cities have maximum defense.  The units most often used for defense are (in order of strength):  Warrior, Phalanx, Pikemen, Musketeers, and Riflemen.
en_GB:  2. Defending the cities.
    
        At this point, defend your cities by always leaving a warrior unit in them.  As your civilisation develops units with a greater defence strength, replace the obsolete units with new ones to ensure your cities have maximum defence.  The units most often used for defence are (in order of strength):  Warrior, Phalanx, Pikemen, Musketeers, and Riflemen.

en:  3. Deciding which units to build first.
    
        After building one or two Warrior units, start building Settlers.  Settlers take city population, but if you picked a good city site, your city should be big enough by now.  Settlers are best put to use founding new cities; while they can also build agricultural improvements (see the next section), it is better to use Workers for this when available, as unlike Settlers, Workers do not consume food from their parent city.  Keep in mind that a large population increases both the amount of productivity and your civilization's research rate, not to mention that cities secure land for your empire, so founding new cities should be a high priority initially.
en_GB:  3. Deciding which units to build first.
    
        After building one or two Warrior units, start building Settlers.  Settlers take city population, but if you picked a good city site, your city should be big enough by now.  Settlers are best put to use founding new cities; while they can also build agricultural improvements (see the next section), it is better to use Workers for this when available, as unlike Settlers, Workers do not consume food from their parent city.  Keep in mind that a large population increases both the amount of productivity and your civilisation's research rate, not to mention that cities secure land for your empire, so founding new cities should be a high priority initially.

en:  5. Deciding where to build cities.
    
        The best location for a city is a matter of taste.  A city which is placed near the sea is easier to spot by opponents, but can also serve as a port for sea-going units.  (They also usually need a coastal defense later on.)  The best strategy is to build a few of both, but keep in mind that your opponents will find it harder to locate your city if you don't build it by the sea.
en_GB:  5. Deciding where to build cities.
    
        The best location for a city is a matter of taste.  A city which is placed near the sea is easier to spot by opponents, but can also serve as a port for sea-going units.  (They also usually need a coastal defence later on.)  The best strategy is to build a few of both, but keep in mind that your opponents will find it harder to locate your city if you don't build it by the sea.

en:  6. Taking care of the cities.
    
        Every city has a band of citizens.  The number of citizens depends on the city's population.  When you click on a city, you can see how the land around the city is being used.  You can assign your citizens to the land, or they can be specialists that contribute to your civilization in other ways.  Especially at the start of the game, care should be taken to ensure that the citizens are employed so that they maximize growth, trade and production.
en_GB:  6. Taking care of the cities.
    
        Every city has a band of citizens.  The number of citizens depends on the city's population.  When you click on a city, you can see how the land around the city is being used.  You can assign your citizens to the land, or they can be specialists that contribute to your civilisation in other ways.  Especially at the start of the game, care should be taken to ensure that the citizens are employed so that they maximise growth, trade and production.

en:     If you move all of your citizens into the city and right-click on the central tile of the land, the citizens will be rearranged to maximize food production.
en_GB:     If you move all of your citizens into the city and right-click on the central tile of the land, the citizens will be rearranged to maximise food production.

en:     The golden rule of taking care of a city is that there should be at least as many happy citizens as unhappy citizens.  A city where this is not so falls into disorder; such cities are labeled with a raised fist or a lightning bolt (depending on the tileset).  Take care not to let this happen to any of your cities, as cities in disorder produce nothing, and are prone to revolt.
en_GB:     The golden rule of taking care of a city is that there should be at least as many happy citizens as unhappy citizens.  A city where this is not so falls into disorder; such cities are labelled with a raised fist or a lightning bolt (depending on the tileset).  Take care not to let this happen to any of your cities, as cities in disorder produce nothing, and are prone to revolt.

en:     Pacts affect where your units can go and what they can do, and a pact with one nation can affect your relations with others.  Under authoritarian governments such as Monarchy you can break a pact at any time, but the representative governments (Republic and Democracy) have a senate which will block the unprovoked cancelation of a treaty; unless a foreign Diplomat or Spy sparks a diplomatic incident, the only way to dissolve a pact in this situation is to dissolve your government.  The details of pacts are described in the Diplomacy section.
en_GB:     Pacts affect where your units can go and what they can do, and a pact with one nation can affect your relations with others.  Under authoritarian governments such as Monarchy you can break a pact at any time, but the representative governments (Republic and Democracy) have a senate which will block the unprovoked cancellation of a treaty; unless a foreign Diplomat or Spy sparks a diplomatic incident, the only way to dissolve a pact in this situation is to dissolve your government.  The details of pacts are described in the Diplomacy section.

en:  9. Things to keep in mind.
    
      - What the next advance you'll need is.
    
      - What your tax, luxury and research rates are currently set to.
    
      - Treaties are often broken, so don't neglect defense...
    
      - Some wonders can be made obsolete.
en_GB:  9. Things to keep in mind.
    
      - What the next advance you'll need is.
    
      - What your tax, luxury and research rates are currently set to.
    
      - Treaties are often broken, so don't neglect defence...
    
      - Some wonders can be made obsolete.

en:  10. Making your own strategy for the game.
    
        These basic concepts will allow you to play the game pretty well, especially in the beginning of the game.  But to improve, you need to study the various units and advances, and PRACTICE, PRACTICE, PRACTICE!  Freeciv has many twists, so if you haven't played a similar game before, try consulting the Freeciv WWW pages at:
en_GB:  10. Making your own strategy for the game.
    
        These basic concepts will allow you to play the game pretty well, especially in the beginning of the game.  But to improve, you need to study the various units and advances, and PRACTISE, PRACTISE, PRACTISE!  Freeciv has many twists, so if you haven't played a similar game before, try consulting the Freeciv WWW pages at:

en: Terrain serves three roles: the theater upon which your units battle rival civilizations, the landscape across which your units travel, and the medium which your cities work to produce resources. The different types of terrain each have different strengths and drawbacks; see the sections on each terrain type for details.
en_GB: Terrain serves three roles: the theatre upon which your units battle rival civilisations, the landscape across which your units travel, and the medium which your cities work to produce resources. The different types of terrain each have different strengths and drawbacks; see the sections on each terrain type for details.

en: Terrain affects combat very simply: when a unit is attacked, its defense strength is multiplied by the defense factor ("bonus") of the terrain beneath it. (However, some types of units do not enjoy this bonus; in the classic ruleset, only land units do.) See the help section on Combat for further details.
en_GB: Terrain affects combat very simply: when a unit is attacked, its defence strength is multiplied by the defence factor ("bonus") of the terrain beneath it. (However, some types of units do not enjoy this bonus; in the classic ruleset, only land units do.) See the help section on Combat for further details.

en: In some rulesets, units can even reclaim land from water tiles, and similarly land can be transformed to water, although such radical transformations may require a certain number of surrounding tiles to already be land or water respectively. Terrain-altering units that cannot reach the existing terrain may have to be loaded onto a suitable vessel, and if necessary and possible, they will move to safe neighboring tiles when the conversion is complete.
en_GB: In some rulesets, units can even reclaim land from water tiles, and similarly land can be transformed to water, although such radical transformations may require a certain number of surrounding tiles to already be land or water respectively. Terrain-altering units that cannot reach the existing terrain may have to be loaded onto a suitable vessel, and if necessary and possible, they will move to safe neighbouring tiles when the conversion is complete.

en: Units may also be able to destroy terrain alterations, by pillaging; typically more kinds of unit can pillage an improvement than could build it in the first place. Some tile features can only be removed by specialized units, with the "clean pollution" or "clean fallout" orders.
en_GB: Units may also be able to destroy terrain alterations, by pillaging; typically more kinds of unit can pillage an improvement than could build it in the first place. Some tile features can only be removed by specialised units, with the "clean pollution" or "clean fallout" orders.

en: The products which your cities extract from the surrounding terrain are the fountain from which your civilization is watered. There are three types of products: food points, production points, and trade points. The following sections describe each of these resources along with its properties, uses, and limitations.
en_GB: The products which your cities extract from the surrounding terrain are the fountain from which your civilisation is watered. There are three types of products: food points, production points, and trade points. The following sections describe each of these resources along with its properties, uses, and limitations.

en: Trade points reflect wealth generated in each city by external commerce. Some trade points may be lost to corruption, which varies among forms of government, and tends to increase with distance from your center of government. Each city distributes its remaining trade points among three uses: gold, in the form of taxes, goes into your national treasury; luxury points influence citizen morale; and science points ("bulbs") contribute towards the discovery of new technology.
en_GB: Trade points reflect wealth generated in each city by external commerce. Some trade points may be lost to corruption, which varies among forms of government, and tends to increase with distance from your centre of government. Each city distributes its remaining trade points among three uses: gold, in the form of taxes, goes into your national treasury; luxury points influence citizen morale; and science points ("bulbs") contribute towards the discovery of new technology.

en: You must choose a single ratio for your civilization by which trade points are distributed among these three uses. Though you may alter the tax rates on any turn, you are constrained to multiples of ten percent, and most forms of government limit their maximum value.
en_GB: You must choose a single ratio for your civilisation by which trade points are distributed among these three uses. Though you may alter the tax rates on any turn, you are constrained to multiples of ten percent, and most forms of government limit their maximum value.

en: The origin civilization of the unit gains immediate revenue in gold and science from selling its trade goods at the destination city. The initial revenue depends on the trade already produced by the two cities involved and their distance apart. The destination civilization learns about the location of the origin city, if it is not already known.
en_GB: The origin civilisation of the unit gains immediate revenue in gold and science from selling its trade goods at the destination city. The initial revenue depends on the trade already produced by the two cities involved and their distance apart. The destination civilisation learns about the location of the origin city, if it is not already known.

en: The ongoing trade route that is established benefits both its origin and destination cities equally by generating trade points for each city every turn. The amount of ongoing trade increases with the size of each city and the distance between them, and may also depend on the factors mentioned above. The trade relationship also gives each civilization limited ongoing intelligence about the partner city. If a trade route ever becomes unsustainable -- for instance, if war breaks out in a ruleset where enemies cannot trade -- it may be permanently canceled.
en_GB: The ongoing trade route that is established benefits both its origin and destination cities equally by generating trade points for each city every turn. The amount of ongoing trade increases with the size of each city and the distance between them, and may also depend on the factors mentioned above. The trade relationship also gives each civilisation limited ongoing intelligence about the partner city. If a trade route ever becomes unsustainable -- for instance, if war breaks out in a ruleset where enemies cannot trade -- it may be permanently cancelled.

en: Each city can only support a limited number of trade routes (the exact limit is set by ruleset and circumstance). If you attempt to establish more, the trade route with the smallest ongoing revenue is canceled if it would be less than the new route. (Otherwise, the origin civilization can still gain initial revenue by entering the marketplace and selling trade goods, but it is reduced to a third.)
en_GB: Each city can only support a limited number of trade routes (the exact limit is set by ruleset and circumstance). If you attempt to establish more, the trade route with the smallest ongoing revenue is cancelled if it would be less than the new route. (Otherwise, the origin civilisation can still gain initial revenue by entering the marketplace and selling trade goods, but it is reduced to a third.)

en: Cities are your sole instrument for developing natural resources and channeling them toward expansion, technological progress, and warfare.
en_GB: Cities are your sole instrument for developing natural resources and channelling them towards expansion, technological progress, and warfare.

en: Each city may work the terrain within its reach. In the classic ruleset, this is a fixed radius of approximately three tiles, giving access to 20 tiles on rectangular maps, or 18 tiles on hexagonal ones, in addition to the city center tile. In other rulesets it may be different, and may vary depending on factors such as the size of the city and known technologies.
en_GB: Each city may work the terrain within its reach. In the classic ruleset, this is a fixed radius of approximately three tiles, giving access to 20 tiles on rectangular maps, or 18 tiles on hexagonal ones, in addition to the city centre tile. In other rulesets it may be different, and may vary depending on factors such as the size of the city and known technologies.

en: To extract resources from a tile, you must have a citizen working there. You cannot begin working a tile which a neighboring city is already working, nor can you work terrain upon which an enemy unit is standing, or terrain inside another player's borders. Thus you can simulate conditions of siege by stationing your units atop valuable resources around an enemy city. Units can also be ordered to pillage, which damages improvements. Worker units could even transform the terrain to make the tile less productive.
en_GB: To extract resources from a tile, you must have a citizen working there. You cannot begin working a tile which a neighbouring city is already working, nor can you work terrain upon which an enemy unit is standing, or terrain inside another player's borders. Thus you can simulate conditions of siege by stationing your units atop valuable resources around an enemy city. Units can also be ordered to pillage, which damages improvements. Worker units could even transform the terrain to make the tile less productive.

en: The section on Terrain describes how the output of each tile is affected by the terrain, the presence of special resources such as game or minerals, and tile improvements built by units. Note that the tile on which the city itself rests -- the city center -- gets worked for free, without being assigned a citizen. The city's tile may also receive other benefits. In the classic ruleset, it always produces at least one food and one production point regardless of terrain; gains whatever advantages the terrain offers with an irrigation system (because cities come with water systems built-in); and is usually developed with roads. Other rulesets may differ in detail.
en_GB: The section on Terrain describes how the output of each tile is affected by the terrain, the presence of special resources such as game or minerals, and tile improvements built by units. Note that the tile on which the city itself rests -- the city centre -- gets worked for free, without being assigned a citizen. The city's tile may also receive other benefits. In the classic ruleset, it always produces at least one food and one production point regardless of terrain; gains whatever advantages the terrain offers with an irrigation system (because cities come with water systems built-in); and is usually developed with roads. Other rulesets may differ in detail.

en: Clicking on the city center tile in the city map will automatically choose citizen roles and tiles to work, with an emphasis on food production and hence growth. Citizen roles are also automatically assigned when a city grows; you may want to inspect cities that have just grown and adjust the role in which the new citizen has been placed. You can set different priorities for a city with the Citizen Governor; see its help section.
en_GB: Clicking on the city centre tile in the city map will automatically choose citizen roles and tiles to work, with an emphasis on food production and hence growth. Citizen roles are also automatically assigned when a city grows; you may want to inspect cities that have just grown and adjust the role in which the new citizen has been placed. You can set different priorities for a city with the Citizen Governor; see its help section.

en: If you are at war with a civilization and some of your citizens are of that nationality, those citizens may also become unhappy.
en_GB: If you are at war with a civilisation and some of your citizens are of that nationality, those citizens may also become unhappy.

en: Wonders are special buildings which can each be completed by only one player each game, and which often enhance their entire civilization. Unlike ordinary city improvements, which must be built with local production points, certain special units built in one city (Caravans and Freight in the classic ruleset) can contribute their full cost in production points towards the construction of a wonder in another city.
en_GB: Wonders are special buildings which can each be completed by only one player each game, and which often enhance their entire civilisation. Unlike ordinary city improvements, which must be built with local production points, certain special units built in one city (Caravans and Freight in the classic ruleset) can contribute their full cost in production points towards the construction of a wonder in another city.

en: Units provide both the mobility your civilization needs, and the violence with which it will survive and expand. The available units may be classified as military units, whose talents are those of defense and aggression, and a few noncombatants which support expansion, diplomacy, and trade.
en_GB: Units provide both the mobility your civilisation needs, and the violence with which it will survive and expand. The available units may be classified as military units, whose talents are those of defence and aggression, and a few noncombatants which support expansion, diplomacy, and trade.

en: A unit cannot move onto a tile occupied by an enemy unit, and when directed to do so will attack instead (if capable of attack), locking the two units in combat until one is destroyed. The outcome depends on the attributes of the units in question (hit points, attack and defense strength, and firepower); the Combat section describes the process in detail, and the following sections list specific units' attributes.
en_GB: A unit cannot move onto a tile occupied by an enemy unit, and when directed to do so will attack instead (if capable of attack), locking the two units in combat until one is destroyed. The outcome depends on the attributes of the units in question (hit points, attack and defence strength, and firepower); the Combat section describes the process in detail, and the following sections list specific units' attributes.

en:  - Then the defender's strength is multiplied by the defense factor of the terrain it occupies.
en_GB:  - Then the defender's strength is multiplied by the defence factor of the terrain it occupies.

en:    - If the defender is an AEGIS Cruiser defending against airborne units (including missiles and Helicopters), the defense is quintupled.
en_GB:    - If the defender is an AEGIS Cruiser defending against airborne units (including missiles and Helicopters), the defence is quintupled.

en:    - An SDI Defense doubles the defender's strength against missile attacks.
en_GB:    - An SDI Defence doubles the defender's strength against missile attacks.

en:    - If the attacker is a ship and the defender is in a city with a Coastal Defense, the defender's strength is doubled.
en_GB:    - If the attacker is a ship and the defender is in a city with a Coastal Defence, the defender's strength is doubled.

en: Whichever unit survives the fight has a chance of being promoted a veteran level. In the classic ruleset, if the winner's civilization has the Sun Tzu's War Academy (and if it isn't obsolete), the chance is increased by half in case of land units.
en_GB: Whichever unit survives the fight has a chance of being promoted a veteran level. In the classic ruleset, if the winner's civilisation has the Sun Tzu's War Academy (and if it isn't obsolete), the chance is increased by half in case of land units.

en: Since both units have 20 hit points, the odds favor a victory for the defender.  The defender will probably lose somewhere around 40% of its hit points during the fight.  But the outcome is never certain as long as both units have non-zero strengths; the defender might emerge untouched, or it might lose most of its hit points, or it might even lose the battle.
en_GB: Since both units have 20 hit points, the odds favour a victory for the defender.  The defender will probably lose somewhere around 40% of its hit points during the fight.  But the outcome is never certain as long as both units have non-zero strengths; the defender might emerge untouched, or it might lose most of its hit points, or it might even lose the battle.

en: Suppose a veteran Battleship (A:12, D:12, HP:40, FP:2) with 3 movement points attacks a veteran Alpine Troops (A:5, D:5, HP:20, FP:1) inside a city built on a Grassland tile, with City Walls and a Coastal Defense.
en_GB: Suppose a veteran Battleship (A:12, D:12, HP:40, FP:2) with 3 movement points attacks a veteran Alpine Troops (A:5, D:5, HP:20, FP:1) inside a city built on a Grassland tile, with City Walls and a Coastal Defence.

en: The defender's strength is 5, raised to 7.5 due to veteran status. The terrain's defense factor is 1 (no effect).  The Coastal Defense doubles the defender's strength to 15. (The City Walls have no effect against attacking sea units.) The defender is a ground unit inside a city, so its total strength is 22.5.
en_GB: The defender's strength is 5, raised to 7.5 due to veteran status. The terrain's defence factor is 1 (no effect).  The Coastal Defence doubles the defender's strength to 15. (The City Walls have no effect against attacking sea units.) The defender is a ground unit inside a city, so its total strength is 22.5.

en: In this case, the odds greatly favor the attacker winning.  The Battleship is 25% less likely to score a hit in any given round, but the Battleship has twice as many hit points. The Battleship should expect to lose about 60% of its hit points during the fight, and should expect to have no movement points left.
en_GB: In this case, the odds greatly favour the attacker winning.  The Battleship is 25% less likely to score a hit in any given round, but the Battleship has twice as many hit points. The Battleship should expect to lose about 60% of its hit points during the fight, and should expect to have no movement points left.

en: In the classic rules, your start out ruling your civilization through Despotism. As your technology improves, you can select other forms of government (listed below). In order to change your form of government, you must start a revolution. This will cause your civilization to undergo a period of Anarchy (lasting 1-5 turns); at the end of this time, you will be able to choose your new government.
en_GB: In the classic rules, your start out ruling your civilisation through Despotism. As your technology improves, you can select other forms of government (listed below). In order to change your form of government, you must start a revolution. This will cause your civilisation to undergo a period of Anarchy (lasting 1-5 turns); at the end of this time, you will be able to choose your new government.

en: TIP 1:  Offensive military campaigns are difficult under Republican and Democratic governments unless you give your citizens lots of luxuries to keep them happy. When conquering other civilizations, it may be helpful to switch to one of the more militant styles of government.
en_GB: TIP 1:  Offensive military campaigns are difficult under Republican and Democratic governments unless you give your citizens lots of luxuries to keep them happy. When conquering other civilisations, it may be helpful to switch to one of the more militant styles of government.

en: Research into technology is a necessity for improving the ability of your civilization to develop new military units and city improvements.
en_GB: Research into technology is a necessity for improving the ability of your civilisation to develop new military units and city improvements.

en: There are a few ways to gain advances from other civilizations: you will sometimes discover enemy technology when you capture a city; your agents can steal advances; wonders can provide you with technology; and another player might grant technology in the terms of a pact. But otherwise advances must be discovered through the efforts of your own people.
en_GB: There are a few ways to gain advances from other civilisations: you will sometimes discover enemy technology when you capture a city; your agents can steal advances; wonders can provide you with technology; and another player might grant technology in the terms of a pact. But otherwise advances must be discovered through the efforts of your own people.

en: While the majority of the resulting research output ("bulbs") usually goes toward advancing technology, in some rulesets (but not the classic rules), some of it may be diverted to maintain expertise in existing technologies; the quantity required for technology upkeep increases with the total research cost of all advances known to you. The state of advancement at which you start paying this upkeep may depend on factors such as your government type. If research output drops below that required for upkeep, your civilization will forget an advance, requiring it to be researched again.
en_GB: While the majority of the resulting research output ("bulbs") usually goes toward advancing technology, in some rulesets (but not the classic rules), some of it may be diverted to maintain expertise in existing technologies; the quantity required for technology upkeep increases with the total research cost of all advances known to you. The state of advancement at which you start paying this upkeep may depend on factors such as your government type. If research output drops below that required for upkeep, your civilisation will forget an advance, requiring it to be researched again.

en: The Space Race is a second option to win the game, besides eliminating all other civilizations. If your spaceship arrives first at Alpha Centauri, the game is over and you have won. (However it is possible for this to be disabled on the server.)
en_GB: The Space Race is a second option to win the game, besides eliminating all other civilisations. If your spaceship arrives first at Alpha Centauri, the game is over and you have won. (However it is possible for this to be disabled on the server.)

en: If the capital of a civilization is captured, a spaceship that has been launched will be lost, so defend your capital well!
en_GB: If the capital of a civilisation is captured, a spaceship that has been launched will be lost, so defend your capital well!

en: TIP:  If an enemy civilization has launched a spaceship, try to quickly build a light spaceship with many propulsion units that will arrive earlier. The only other option is to capture their capital.
en_GB: TIP:  If an enemy civilisation has launched a spaceship, try to quickly build a light spaceship with many propulsion units that will arrive earlier. The only other option is to capture their capital.

en: Nations are distinguished by their flags, leaders and city names; in the classic rules they are identical in all other aspects and play by the same rules, but other rules may have nation-specific behavior.
en_GB: Nations are distinguished by their flags, leaders and city names; in the classic rules they are identical in all other aspects and play by the same rules, but other rules may have nation-specific behaviour.

en: Main Map (Keys):
    ================
      Some clients support zooming/scaling the map graphics with the + and - keys.
      c: (c)enter view on active unit
        Shift-home: center view on capital
      Shift-arrows: scroll map
    
      Ctrl-B: show/hide national borders
      Ctrl-D: show/hide city trade routes
      Ctrl-G: show/hide map grid lines
      Ctrl-N: show/hide city names
      Ctrl-P: show/hide city production
      Ctrl-R: show/hide city growth
      Ctrl-W: show/hide city output
      Ctrl-Y: show/hide city outlines
en_GB: Main Map (Keys):
    ================
      Some clients support zooming/scaling the map graphics with the + and - keys.
      c: (c)entre view on active unit
        Shift-home: centre view on capital
      Shift-arrows: scroll map
    
      Ctrl-B: show/hide national borders
      Ctrl-D: show/hide city trade routes
      Ctrl-G: show/hide map grid lines
      Ctrl-N: show/hide city names
      Ctrl-P: show/hide city production
      Ctrl-R: show/hide city growth
      Ctrl-W: show/hide city output
      Ctrl-Y: show/hide city outlines

en: Main Map (Mouse):
    =================
      Left-click on city:            Pop up city dialog
      Left-click on unit:            Select a single unit
                                     (cancels any current activity if "clear
                                     unit orders on selection" is set)
      Shift-left-click on unit:      Add unit to selection (GTK)
      Left-click-and-drag on unit:   Go-to command for unit
                                     (if "keyboardless goto" enabled in options)
      Center-click, Alt-left-click:  Show tile info
      Right-click:                   Center tile in view
      Ctrl-center-click:             Wake up sentried units
en_GB: Main Map (Mouse):
    =================
      Left-click on city:            Pop up city dialog
      Left-click on unit:            Select a single unit
                                     (cancels any current activity if "clear
                                     unit orders on selection" is set)
      Shift-left-click on unit:      Add unit to selection (GTK)
      Left-click-and-drag on unit:   Go-to command for unit
                                     (if "keyboardless goto" enabled in options)
      Centre-click, Alt-left-click:  Show tile info
      Right-click:                   Centre tile in view
      Ctrl-centre-click:             Wake up sentried units

en: If you set up some Minimal Surpluses which are impossible to fulfill, the governor can't be activated. Whenever the governor can't fulfill its task in the ongoing game, it passes back control to you. So you'd better not define too high a surplus; instead, use factors to achieve your goals.
en_GB: If you set up some Minimal Surpluses which are impossible to fulfil, the governor can't be activated. Whenever the governor can't fulfil its task in the ongoing game, it passes back control to you. So you'd better not define too high a surplus; instead, use factors to achieve your goals.

en: Featured text (GTK):
    ====================
    
    Since 2.2, the GTK client has featured text support.  This feature allows users to format the chat messages they are sending using boldface, italic, colors, links, etc...  Such changes are performed using escape sequences.
en_GB: Featured text (GTK):
    ====================
    
    Since 2.2, the GTK client has featured text support.  This feature allows users to format the chat messages they are sending using boldface, italic, colours, links, etc...  Such changes are performed using escape sequences.

en: * Getting colors:
    Full name sequence: '[color] ... [/color]' 
    Abbreviation sequence: '[c] ... [/c]'
    Short cut in the entry: Ctrl-C (you also need to select the color in the toolbar over the entry)
    The color start sequence always takes at least one of the following parameters:
    - 'foreground' (abbreviation 'fg'): a color name such as red, or a hex specification such as #3050b2 or #35b.
    - 'background' (abbreviation 'bg'): same as above.
    Example: '[c fg="blue" bg="yellow"]color[/c]' will display the word 'color' in blue on a yellow background.
en_GB: * Getting colours:
    Full name sequence: '[color] ... [/color]' 
    Abbreviation sequence: '[c] ... [/c]'
    Short cut in the entry: Ctrl-C (you also need to select the colour in the toolbar over the entry)
    The colour start sequence always takes at least one of the following parameters:
    - 'foreground' (abbreviation 'fg'): a colour name such as red, or a hex specification such as #3050b2 or #35b.
    - 'background' (abbreviation 'bg'): same as above.
    Example: '[c fg="blue" bg="yellow"]colour[/c]' will display the word 'colour' in blue on a yellow background.

en: Freeciv supports several local languages.  See the Native Language Support section of the README file for instructions on how to use one of these languages.
    
    First, check whether a localization is already in progress for your language:
en_GB: Freeciv supports several local languages.  See the Native Language Support section of the README file for instructions on how to use one of these languages.
    
    First, check whether a localisation is already in progress for your language:

en: If you would like to add a localization (translation) for your language, please see the instructions at:
en_GB: If you would like to add a localisation (translation) for your language, please see the instructions at:

en: Freeciv is released under the GNU General Public License (version 2 or, at your option, any later version).  In short, you may copy this program (including source) freely, but see the full license text below for full details.
en_GB: Freeciv is released under the GNU General Public Licence (version 2 or, at your option, any later version).  In short, you may copy this program (including source) freely, but see the full licence text below for full details.

en: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by two military units. This improvement has no effect under other governments.
en_GB: Reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by the city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by two military units. This improvement has no effect under other governments.

en: Counts as a Police Station in every city on the same continent. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralizes the unhappiness caused by two military units per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)
en_GB: Counts as a Police Station in every city on the same continent. (That is, for each city, it reduces the unhappiness caused by aggressively deployed military units owned by that city by 4 under Democracy and 2 under Republic -- in other words, it neutralises the unhappiness caused by two military units per city. This wonder has no effect under other governments.)

en: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilization: you get the immediate advance %s.
en_GB: Great philosophers from all the world join your civilisation: you get the immediate advance %s.

en: Improves the effect of Amphitheaters.
en_GB: Improves the effect of Amphitheatres.

en: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilization becomes more industrialized, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Center or knowledge of Environmentalism.
en_GB: Pollution from production is likely to start becoming important as your civilisation becomes more industrialised, giving you buildings such as Factory and Power Plant which boost production. Replacing a Power Plant with cleaner forms of energy -- a Hydro Plant / Hoover Dam, Nuclear Plant, or Solar Plant -- will reduce pollution from production, as will a Recycling Centre or knowledge of Environmentalism.

en: Caravans can only travel on roads, railroads, rivers or ships. (Caravans cannot take advantage of maglevs, but may travel on the railroads that accompany them.)
en_GB: Caravans can only travel on roads, railroads, rivers or ships. (Caravans cannot take advantage of maglevs, but may travel on the railways that accompany them.)

en: The Arab/Islamic civilization of 622 to 1495 CE.
en_GB: The Arab/Islamic civilisation of 622 to 1495 CE.

en: China is the oldest major civilization that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.
en_GB: China is the oldest major civilisation that is still in existence today, with written records dating back over 3,500 years. After first being unified by the Qin dynasty in 221 BCE, China alternated between periods of unity and disunity, and was occasionally conquered by external ethnicities. Today, the People's Republic of China, established by the Communists in 1949, occupies the mainland, while the former Nationalist government of the Republic of China governs the island of Taiwan.

en: The Hittite kingdom lasted from about 1680 BCE to about 1180 BCE. They were the first civilization to discover iron working. At its height, they controlled central Anatolia, north-western Syria and Mesopotamia down to Babylon.
en_GB: The Hittite kingdom lasted from about 1680 BCE to about 1180 BCE. They were the first civilisation to discover iron working. At its height, they controlled central Anatolia, north-western Syria and Mesopotamia down to Babylon.

en: The Mayans were a Mesoamerican civilization. They are famous for building great pyramids and palaces in the jungle.
en_GB: The Mayans were a Mesoamerican civilisation. They are famous for building great pyramids and palaces in the jungle.

en: Rome was, in legend, founded by Romulus in 753 BCE. At its height, Rome controlled much of Europe, northern Africa and the Near East. Roman culture adopted much of the civilizations it conquered, such as the Greeks and Etruscans, and forms one of the bases of the Western culture. Even today, Roman influence in fields such as law, philosophy and language remains enormous. The Roman civilization spanned more than a millennium; first as a kingdom, later as a republic and then from 27 BCE onward as an empire. The empire was split in the 4th century CE. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476 CE, the Eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire survived almost a thousand years more; its capital Constantinople fell to the Turks in 1453.
en_GB: Rome was, in legend, founded by Romulus in 753 BCE. At its height, Rome controlled much of Europe, northern Africa and the Near East. Roman culture adopted much of the civilisations it conquered, such as the Greeks and Etruscans, and forms one of the bases of the Western culture. Even today, Roman influence in fields such as law, philosophy and language remains enormous. The Roman civilisation spanned more than a millennium; first as a kingdom, later as a republic and then from 27 BCE onward as an empire. The empire was split in the 4th century CE. The Western Roman Empire fell in 476 CE, the Eastern Roman or Byzantine Empire survived almost a thousand years more; its capital Constantinople fell to the Turks in 1453.

en: The Songhai people established a state in the 11th century CE centered on the city of Gao. Following the decline of the Mali empire a few hundred years later, the Songhai established an empire of their own which eventually grew to become one of the largest in the history of Africa. The rulers of Songhai became known for their wealth as well as their devotion to the Muslim faith.
en_GB: The Songhai people established a state in the 11th century CE centred on the city of Gao. Following the decline of the Mali empire a few hundred years later, the Songhai established an empire of their own which eventually grew to become one of the largest in the history of Africa. The rulers of Songhai became known for their wealth as well as their devotion to the Muslim faith.

en: The Kingdom of Sweden was christianized and consolidated as a political entity by the 12th century CE. The country rose to prominence as one of the great powers of Europe in the 17th century, following substantial military conquests by the so called Warrior Kings. However, due to a worsening economy and several disastrous defeats to Russia, Sweden soon lost most of its gained territory. The country has not been involved in an armed conflict since 1814.
en_GB: The Kingdom of Sweden was christianised and consolidated as a political entity by the 12th century CE. The country rose to prominence as one of the great powers of Europe in the 17th century, following substantial military conquests by the so called Warrior Kings. However, due to a worsening economy and several disastrous defeats to Russia, Sweden soon lost most of its gained territory. The country has not been involved in an armed conflict since 1814.

en: Native inhabitants of the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, and other Caribbean islands who gave us the root words for hurricane, tobacco, potato, canoe, barbeque, hammock, and yucca. They were a matrilineal people, and the first that Columbus came into contact with in 1492. Though numbering the hundreds of thousands, if not millions, throughout the Caribbean, the Taino fell victim to slavery and disease, and their population declined rapidly as a result. Spanish accounts paint them as a peaceful people compared to their Carib neighbors to the south. Their dugout canoes, which were often nearly as long as Columbus' ships, ferried traders between islands. Recent genetic studies show that roughly half of Puerto Ricans have Taino maternal descent.
en_GB: Native inhabitants of the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola, Puerto Rico, Jamaica, and other Caribbean islands who gave us the root words for hurricane, tobacco, potato, canoe, barbeque, hammock, and yucca. They were a matrilineal people, and the first that Columbus came into contact with in 1492. Though numbering the hundreds of thousands, if not millions, throughout the Caribbean, the Taino fell victim to slavery and disease, and their population declined rapidly as a result. Spanish accounts paint them as a peaceful people compared to their Carib neighbours to the south. Their dugout canoes, which were often nearly as long as Columbus' ships, ferried traders between islands. Recent genetic studies show that roughly half of Puerto Ricans have Taino maternal descent.

en: Modern Turkey is the successor state of the Ottoman Empire, which collapsed and was dismembered by the victors in World War I after backing the Central Powers. The country was subsequently reformed and secularized by Kemal Mustapha, the hero of the defense of Gallipoli.
en_GB: Modern Turkey is the successor state of the Ottoman Empire, which collapsed and was dismembered by the victors in World War I after backing the Central Powers. The country was subsequently reformed and secularised by Kemal Mustapha, the hero of the defence of Gallipoli.

en: Welcome to Freeciv.  You lead a civilization.  Your
    task is to conquer the world!  You should start by
    exploring the land around you with your explorer,
    and using your settlers to find a good place to build
    a city.  Use the number pad to move units around.
en_GB: Welcome to Freeciv.  You lead a civilisation.  Your
    task is to conquer the world!  You should start by
    exploring the land around you with your explorer,
    and using your settlers to find a good place to build
    a city.  Use the number pad to move units around.

en: Now you have built your first city.  The city window should have
    opened automatically; if not click on the city to open it.  Cities are
    a fundamental concept in Freeciv, so you should familiarize yourself
    with them by playing around in the window.  See the help menu for more.
    
    You probably want to build some settlers first, so as to expand your
    civilization further.  Click on the production tab, then click on the
    settler unit from the list of possible productions, then click on the
    Change button to begin building it.  When you are done, close the city
    dialog.  If all goes well the city should display the settler
    production on the map view.
en_GB: Now you have built your first city.  The city window should have
    opened automatically; if not click on the city to open it.  Cities are
    a fundamental concept in Freeciv, so you should familiarise yourself
    with them by playing around in the window.  See the help menu for more.
    
    You probably want to build some settlers first, so as to expand your
    civilisation further.  Click on the production tab, then click on the
    settler unit from the list of possible productions, then click on the
    Change button to begin building it.  When you are done, close the city
    dialog.  If all goes well the city should display the settler
    production on the map view.

en: You have built your third city!  Your civilization seems to be
    thriving.  It might be time to think about a military.  Pick one of
    the cities that has a high production, and turn it into a military
    center.  Build a Barracks there first, then start work on a military
    unit.  Pick the best unit you have available - at the beginning of
    the game, Warriors will be the only choice, but soon you will have
    plenty of options.
    
    This might also be a good time to use the worklist feature of the
    city dialog production report.  Click on Barracks, then click Change
    to begin building them.  Then double-click on a military unit to
    append it to the worklist.  As soon as the Barracks are complete the
    city will automatically switch over to producing the unit.
en_GB: You have built your third city!  Your civilisation seems to be
    thriving.  It might be time to think about a military.  Pick one of
    the cities that has a high production, and turn it into a military
    centre.  Build a Barracks there first, then start work on a military
    unit.  Pick the best unit you have available - at the beginning of
    the game, Warriors will be the only choice, but soon you will have
    plenty of options.
    
    This might also be a good time to use the worklist feature of the
    city dialog production report.  Click on Barracks, then click Change
    to begin building them.  Then double-click on a military unit to
    append it to the worklist.  As soon as the Barracks are complete the
    city will automatically switch over to producing the unit.

en: Another city!  You are really getting the hang of this.  You
    probably have a pretty good idea what to do with new cities by
    now.  Take a moment to look at the bar below the city on the map
    view.  This display shows some useful information about the city.
    The flag and background color indicate what civilization the city
    belongs to (this will be useful when you meet other civilizations).
    The top row of the bar also shows the name and size of the city, and
    will show one or more stars to indicate if there are units in the
    city.  The bottom row shows what the city is building, and how long it
    will take; it also shows how long the city will take to grow to the
    next largest size.
en_GB: Another city!  You are really getting the hang of this.  You
    probably have a pretty good idea what to do with new cities by
    now.  Take a moment to look at the bar below the city on the map
    view.  This display shows some useful information about the city.
    The flag and background colour indicate what civilisation the city
    belongs to (this will be useful when you meet other civilisations).
    The top row of the bar also shows the name and size of the city, and
    will show one or more stars to indicate if there are units in the
    city.  The bottom row shows what the city is building, and how long it
    will take; it also shows how long the city will take to grow to the
    next largest size.

en: Your city has grown again!  Now with three citizens you have
    a fair amount of choice over where the city should focus its
    resources.  A city with three citizens gets to work three
    different tiles, in addition to its center tile which is worked
    for free.  In the city dialog, the map shows which tiles are worked
    and how much food, shields, and trade each provides.  Food is used
    to grow your city, shields are used for production of buildings
    and units, while trade provides taxable revenue that can be
    turned into science research, gold, or luxuries.
    
    Click on a worked tile to remove the citizen from that tile.  Then
    click on an unworked tile to place a citizen there.  You may place
    up to three citizens on tiles, of course.  The remaining citizens are
    all specialists - by default they are all entertainers which provide
    only luxuries (which will not be useful until later).
en_GB: Your city has grown again!  Now with three citizens you have
    a fair amount of choice over where the city should focus its
    resources.  A city with three citizens gets to work three
    different tiles, in addition to its centre tile which is worked
    for free.  In the city dialog, the map shows which tiles are worked
    and how much food, shields, and trade each provides.  Food is used
    to grow your city, shields are used for production of buildings
    and units, while trade provides taxable revenue that can be
    turned into science research, gold, or luxuries.
    
    Click on a worked tile to remove the citizen from that tile.  Then
    click on an unworked tile to place a citizen there.  You may place
    up to three citizens on tiles, of course.  The remaining citizens are
    all specialists - by default they are all entertainers which provide
    only luxuries (which will not be useful until later).

en: You have built a settler unit.  Settlers are best used to build 
    new cities, so as to expand your civilization.  Move your settler
    away from your existing cities to find a spot for a new city.  When
    you have picked a spot press B to build the city.
    
    Again, cities are best built on open ground near water.  Grassland
    and plains provide food for the city.  Forests and hills provide
    the resources (shields) needed for building things.  Rivers and ocean
    give trade bonuses that provide civilization-wide benefits.  Desert,
    tundra, and mountains generally provide little output and are not
    of much use to small cities.  See the help on Terrain for more
    information about terrain specs.
en_GB: You have built a settler unit.  Settlers are best used to build 
    new cities, so as to expand your civilisation.  Move your settler
    away from your existing cities to find a spot for a new city.  When
    you have picked a spot press B to build the city.
    
    Again, cities are best built on open ground near water.  Grassland
    and plains provide food for the city.  Forests and hills provide
    the resources (shields) needed for building things.  Rivers and ocean
    give trade bonuses that provide civilisation-wide benefits.  Desert,
    tundra, and mountains generally provide little output and are not
    of much use to small cities.  See the help on Terrain for more
    information about terrain specs.

en: You have built your first military unit!  Military units have two
    basic purposes: attack and defense.  Each unit has an attack strength
    and a defense strength.  While a Warriors is a measly 1/1, a Phalanx
    is a much stronger defender with 2 defense (1/2).  A Catapult is a good
    attacking unit because it has 6 attack (6/1).
    
    Usually it is a good idea to keep one or two defenders in each city.
    Important cities like your capital may deserve extra protection.  Units
    built in one city may be sent to another city to defend (press the G
    key to enter goto mode to move units easily over distances).  If you
    are at war, however, you may wish to move your unit toward an enemy
    city to attack.  Be careful not to lose it though!
en_GB: You have built your first military unit!  Military units have two
    basic purposes: attack and defence.  Each unit has an attack strength
    and a defence strength.  While a Warriors is a measly 1/1, a Phalanx
    is a much stronger defender with 2 defence (1/2).  A Catapult is a good
    attacking unit because it has 6 attack (6/1).
    
    Usually it is a good idea to keep one or two defenders in each city.
    Important cities like your capital may deserve extra protection.  Units
    built in one city may be sent to another city to defend (press the G
    key to enter goto mode to move units easily over distances).  If you
    are at war, however, you may wish to move your unit toward an enemy
    city to attack.  Be careful not to lose it though!

en: You have successfully completed research into The Republic.  This
    technology is particularly useful because it allows a new form of
    government.  The government your civilization follows is very
    important in determining your development.  In the beginning you
    started as a Despotism, a very inefficient form of government.  Later
    government options will give you some choice of whether your
    civilization is to be a peaceful trading nation or a conquering
    juggernaut.  Each has advantages.
    
    For now, you probably want to switch straight into Republic.  In the
    Civilization menu, go to the Government submenu and choose
    Republic.  Yes you want a revolution!  Changing governments means
    going through a few turns of anarchy, so it is not without cost.
    However Republic is a substantially better form of government
    than Despotism so the investment will soon pay off.
en_GB: You have successfully completed research into The Republic.  This
    technology is particularly useful because it allows a new form of
    government.  The government your civilisation follows is very
    important in determining your development.  In the beginning you
    started as a Despotism, a very inefficient form of government.  Later
    government options will give you some choice of whether your
    civilisation is to be a peaceful trading nation or a conquering
    juggernaut.  Each has advantages.
    
    For now, you probably want to switch straight into Republic.  In the
    Civilisation menu, go to the Government submenu and choose
    Republic.  Yes you want a revolution!  Changing governments means
    going through a few turns of anarchy, so it is not without cost.
    However Republic is a substantially better form of government
    than Despotism so the investment will soon pay off.

en: Your unit has found a Hut.  These are small villages scattered across
    the landscape.  When a unit enters one, several things may happen.  The
    most likely outcome is that you will find resources worth a small
    amount of gold.  However it is also possible to find technologies or
    mercenary units inside a hut.  Some huts contain native settlers
    that will join your civilization and bring a new city into your
    empire.  Finally, some huts contain barbarians which will kill your
    unit instantly.  On average, it is beneficial to search out and enter
    any huts you find as soon as possible.
en_GB: Your unit has found a Hut.  These are small villages scattered across
    the landscape.  When a unit enters one, several things may happen.  The
    most likely outcome is that you will find resources worth a small
    amount of gold.  However it is also possible to find technologies or
    mercenary units inside a hut.  Some huts contain native settlers
    that will join your civilisation and bring a new city into your
    empire.  Finally, some huts contain barbarians which will kill your
    unit instantly.  On average, it is beneficial to search out and enter
    any huts you find as soon as possible.

en: Defense bonus
en_GB: Defence bonus

en: Defense: %d
en_GB: Defence: %d

en: License="%s"
en_GB: Licence="%s"

en: Trade route between %s and %s canceled.
en_GB: Trade route between %s and %s cancelled.

en: Sorry, the %s canceled the trade route from %s to your city %s.
en_GB: Sorry, the %s cancelled the trade route from %s to your city %s.

note: TRANS: "...from Paris to Spanish city Madrid."
en: We canceled the trade route from %s to %s city %s.
en_GB: We cancelled the trade route from %s to %s city %s.

en: Celebrations in your honor in %s.
en_GB: Celebrations in your honour in %s.

en: Celebrations canceled in %s.
en_GB: Celebrations cancelled in %s.

note: TRANS: don't translate text in ''
en: Show a list of:
     - the player colors,
     - connections to the server,
     - all player delegations,
     - your ignore list,
     - the list of defined map images,
     - the list of the players in the game,
     - the available rulesets (for 'read' command),
     - the available scenarios,
     - the available nation sets in this ruleset,
     - the teams of players or
     - the running votes.
    The argument may be abbreviated, and defaults to 'players' if absent.
en_GB: Show a list of:
     - the player colours,
     - connections to the server,
     - all player delegations,
     - your ignore list,
     - the list of defined map images,
     - the list of the players in the game,
     - the available rulesets (for 'read' command),
     - the available scenarios,
     - the available nation sets in this ruleset,
     - the teams of players or
     - the running votes.
    The argument may be abbreviated, and defaults to 'players' if absent.

en: If there is none, become the game organizer with increased permissions.
en_GB: If there is none, become the game organiser with increased permissions.

note: TRANS: translate text between <>
en: playercolor <player-name> <color>
    playercolor <player-name> reset
en_GB: playercolor <player-name> <colour>
    playercolor <player-name> reset

en: Define the color of a player.
en_GB: Define the colour of a player.

en: This command sets the color of a specific player, overriding any color assigned according to the 'plrcolormode' setting.
    The color is defined using hexadecimal notation (hex) for the combination of Red, Green, and Blue color components (RGB), similarly to HTML. For each component, the lowest (darkest) value is 0 (in hex: 00), and the highest value is 255 (in hex: FF). The color definition is simply the three hex values concatenated together (RRGGBB). For example, the following command sets Caesar to pure red:
      playercolor Caesar ff0000
    Before the game starts, this command can only be used if the 'plrcolormode' setting is set to 'PLR_SET'; a player's color can be unset again by specifying 'reset'.
    Once the game has started and colors have been assigned, this command changes the player color in any mode; 'reset' cannot be used.
    To list the player colors, use 'list colors'.
en_GB: This command sets the colour of a specific player, overriding any colour assigned according to the 'plrcolormode' setting.
    The colour is defined using hexadecimal notation (hex) for the combination of Red, Green, and Blue colour components (RGB), similarly to HTML. For each component, the lowest (darkest) value is 0 (in hex: 00), and the highest value is 255 (in hex: FF). The colour definition is simply the three hex values concatenated together (RRGGBB). For example, the following command sets Caesar to pure red:
      playercolor Caesar ff0000
    Before the game starts, this command can only be used if the 'plrcolormode' setting is set to 'PLR_SET'; a player's colour can be unset again by specifying 'reset'.
    Once the game has started and colours have been assigned, this command changes the player colour in any mode; 'reset' cannot be used.
    To list the player colours, use 'list colors'.

en: One of the cities the %s are giving away is destroyed! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: One of the cities the %s are giving away is destroyed! Treaty cancelled!

en: The %s no longer control %s! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: The %s no longer control %s! Treaty cancelled!

en: The %s don't have the promised amount of gold! Treaty canceled!
en_GB: The %s don't have the promised amount of gold! Treaty cancelled!

en: %s canceled the meeting!
en_GB: %s cancelled the meeting!

en: Meeting with %s canceled.
en_GB: Meeting with %s cancelled.

en:  *** Edit mode canceled by %s. ***
en_GB:  *** Edit mode cancelled by %s. ***

en: The server appears to have gotten into an infinite loop in the allocation of starting positions.
    Maybe the number of players is too high for this map.
en_GB: The server appears to have got itself into an infinite loop in the allocation of starting positions.
    Maybe the number of players is too high for this map.

en:  %s canceled the diplomatic agreement! The diplomatic state between the %s and the %s is now %s.
en_GB:  %s cancelled the diplomatic agreement! The diplomatic state between the %s and the %s is now %s.

en: Can only set player color prior to game start if 'plrcolormode' is PLR_SET.
en_GB: Can only set player colour prior to game start if 'plrcolormode' is PLR_SET.

en: no color
en_GB: no colour

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the RICHEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the RICHEST Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the most ADVANCED Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the most ADVANCED Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the most MILITARIZED Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the most MILITARISED Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the HAPPIEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the HAPPIEST Civilisations in the World.

note: TRANS: year <name> reports ...
en: %s %s reports on the LARGEST Civilizations in the World.
en_GB: %s %s reports on the LARGEST Civilisations in the World.

en: Traveler's Report:
en_GB: Traveller's Report:

en: No nations in the currently loaded ruleset have associated colors.
en_GB: No nations in the currently loaded ruleset have associated colours.

note: TRANS: do not edit the ugly ASCII art
en: Freeciv maps are always two-dimensional. They may wrap at the north-south and east-west directions to form a flat map, a cylinder, or a torus (donut). Individual tiles may be rectangular or hexagonal, with either an overhead ("classic") or isometric alignment.
    To play with a particular topology, clients will need a matching tileset.
    Overhead rectangular:      Isometric rectangular:
          _________               /\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
         |_|_|_|_|_|             \/\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
                                 \/\/\/\/\/
    Hex:                       Iso-hex:
      /\/\/\/\/\/\               _   _   _   _   _
      | | | | | | |             / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
      \/\/\/\/\/\/\             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
       | | | | | | |            / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
       \/\/\/\/\/\/             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
en_GB: Freeciv maps are always two-dimensional. They may wrap at the north-south and east-west directions to form a flat map, a cylinder, or a torus (doughnut). Individual tiles may be rectangular or hexagonal, with either an overhead ("classic") or isometric alignment.
    To play with a particular topology, clients will need a matching tileset.
    Overhead rectangular:      Isometric rectangular:
          _________               /\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
         |_|_|_|_|_|             \/\/\/\/\/\
         |_|_|_|_|_|             /\/\/\/\/\/
                                 \/\/\/\/\/
    Hex:                       Iso-hex:
      /\/\/\/\/\/\               _   _   _   _   _
      | | | | | | |             / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
      \/\/\/\/\/\/\             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
       | | | | | | |            / \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \
       \/\/\/\/\/\/             \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/

en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a unit role. The first character must be native to at least one "Starter" terrain. The characters and their meanings are:
        c   = City founder (eg., Settlers)
        w   = Terrain worker (eg., Engineers)
        x   = Explorer (eg., Explorer)
        k   = Gameloss (eg., King)
        s   = Diplomat (eg., Diplomat)
        f   = Ferryboat (eg., Trireme)
        d   = Ok defense unit (eg., Warriors)
        D   = Good defense unit (eg., Phalanx)
        a   = Fast attack unit (eg., Horsemen)
        A   = Strong attack unit (eg., Catapult)
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a unit role. The first character must be native to at least one "Starter" terrain. The characters and their meanings are:
        c   = City founder (eg., Settlers)
        w   = Terrain worker (eg., Engineers)
        x   = Explorer (eg., Explorer)
        k   = Gameloss (eg., King)
        s   = Diplomat (eg., Diplomat)
        f   = Ferryboat (eg., Trireme)
        d   = Ok defence unit (eg., Warriors)
        D   = Good defence unit (eg., Phalanx)
        a   = Fast attack unit (eg., Horsemen)
        A   = Strong attack unit (eg., Catapult)

en: The chance that your civilization will lose a technology if you teach it to someone else by treaty, or if it is stolen from you.
en_GB: The chance that your civilisation will lose a technology if you teach it to someone else by treaty, or if it is stolen from you.

en: In order for two cities in the same civilization to establish a trade route, they must be at least this far apart on the map. For square grids, the distance is calculated as "Manhattan distance", that is, the sum of the displacements along the x and y directions.
en_GB: In order for two cities in the same civilisation to establish a trade route, they must be at least this far apart on the map. For square grids, the distance is calculated as "Manhattan distance", that is, the sum of the displacements along the x and y directions.

en: How to pick player colors
en_GB: How to pick player colours

note: TRANS: The strings between double quotes are also translated * separately (they must match!). The strings between single quotes * are setting names and shouldn't be translated. The strings * between parentheses and in uppercase must not be translated.
en: This setting determines how player colors are chosen. Player colors are used in the Nations report, for national borders on the map, and so on.
    - "Per-player, in order" (PLR_ORDER): colors are assigned to individual players in order from a list defined by the ruleset.
    - "Per-player, random" (PLR_RANDOM): colors are assigned to individual players randomly from the set defined by the ruleset.
    - "Set manually" (PLR_SET): colors can be set with the 'playercolor' command before the game starts; these are not restricted to the ruleset colors. Any players for which no color is set when the game starts get a random color from the ruleset.
    - "Per-team, in order" (TEAM_ORDER): colors are assigned to teams from the list in the ruleset. Every player on the same team gets the same color.
    - "Per-nation, in order" (NATION_ORDER): if the ruleset defines a color for a player's nation, the player takes that color. Any players whose nations don't have associated colors get a random color from the list in the ruleset.
    Regardless of this setting, individual player colors can be changed after the game starts with the 'playercolor' command.
en_GB: This setting determines how player colours are chosen. Player colours are used in the Nations report, for national borders on the map, and so on.
    - "Per-player, in order" (PLR_ORDER): colours are assigned to individual players in order from a list defined by the ruleset.
    - "Per-player, random" (PLR_RANDOM): colours are assigned to individual players randomly from the set defined by the ruleset.
    - "Set manually" (PLR_SET): colours can be set with the 'playercolor' command before the game starts; these are not restricted to the ruleset colours. Any players for which no colour is set when the game starts get a random colour from the ruleset.
    - "Per-team, in order" (TEAM_ORDER): colours are assigned to teams from the list in the ruleset. Every player on the same team gets the same colour.
    - "Per-nation, in order" (NATION_ORDER): if the ruleset defines a colour for a player's nation, the player takes that colour. Any players whose nations don't have associated colours get a random colour from the list in the ruleset.
    Regardless of this setting, individual player colours can be changed after the game starts with the 'playercolor' command.

note: TRANS: Do not translate 'migration' setting name.
en: This setting controls how far citizens may look for a suitable migration destination when deciding which city to migrate to. The value is added to the candidate target city's radius and compared to the distance between the two cities. If the distance is lower or equal, migration is possible. (So with a setting of 0, citizens will only consider migrating if their city's center is within the destination city's working radius.) This setting has no effect unless migration is enabled by the 'migration' setting.
en_GB: This setting controls how far citizens may look for a suitable migration destination when deciding which city to migrate to. The value is added to the candidate target city's radius and compared to the distance between the two cities. If the distance is lower or equal, migration is possible. (So with a setting of 0, citizens will only consider migrating if their city's centre is within the destination city's working radius.) This setting has no effect unless migration is enabled by the 'migration' setting.

note: TRANS: the strings in double quotes are server command names * and should not be translated.
en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a type or status of a civilization (player).
    Clients will only be permitted to take or observe those players which match one of the specified letters. This only affects future uses of the "take" or "observe" commands; it is not retroactive. The characters and their meanings are:
        o,O = Global observer
        b   = Barbarian players
        d   = Dead players
        a,A = AI players
        h,H = Human players
    The first description on this list which matches a player is the one which applies. Thus 'd' does not include dead barbarians, 'a' does not include dead AI players, and so on. Upper case letters apply before the game has started, lower case letters afterwards.
    Each character above may be followed by one of the following numbers to allow or restrict the manner of connection:
    (none) = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can displace connections. (Displacing a connection means that you may take over a player, even when another user already controls that player.)
         1 = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         2 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can displace connections;
         3 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         4 = No controller allowed, observers allowed
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies a type or status of a civilisation (player).
    Clients will only be permitted to take or observe those players which match one of the specified letters. This only affects future uses of the "take" or "observe" commands; it is not retroactive. The characters and their meanings are:
        o,O = Global observer
        b   = Barbarian players
        d   = Dead players
        a,A = AI players
        h,H = Human players
    The first description on this list which matches a player is the one which applies. Thus 'd' does not include dead barbarians, 'a' does not include dead AI players, and so on. Upper case letters apply before the game has started, lower case letters afterwards.
    Each character above may be followed by one of the following numbers to allow or restrict the manner of connection:
    (none) = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can displace connections. (Displacing a connection means that you may take over a player, even when another user already controls that player.)
         1 = Controller allowed, observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         2 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can displace connections;
         3 = Controller allowed, no observers allowed, can't displace connections;
         4 = No controller allowed, observers allowed

note: TRANS: The strings between double quotes should be * translated.
en: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies the inclusion of a line of information in the Demographics report.
    The characters and their meanings are:
        N = include Population
        P = include Production
        A = include Land Area
        L = include Literacy
        R = include Research Speed
        S = include Settled Area
        E = include Economics
        M = include Military Service
        O = include Pollution
        C = include Culture
    Additionally, the following characters control whether or not certain columns are displayed in the report:
        q = display "quantity" column
        r = display "rank" column
        b = display "best nation" column
    The order of characters is not significant, but their capitalization is.
en_GB: This should be a string of characters, each of which specifies the inclusion of a line of information in the Demographics report.
    The characters and their meanings are:
        N = include Population
        P = include Production
        A = include Land Area
        L = include Literacy
        R = include Research Speed
        S = include Settled Area
        E = include Economics
        M = include Military Service
        O = include Pollution
        C = include Culture
    Additionally, the following characters control whether or not certain columns are displayed in the report:
        q = display "quantity" column
        r = display "rank" column
        b = display "best nation" column
    The order of characters is not significant, but their capitalisation is.

en: Anyone can now become game organizer '%s' by issuing the 'first' command.
en_GB: Anyone can now become game organiser '%s' by issuing the 'first' command.

en: Someone else is already game organizer.
en_GB: Someone else is already game organiser.

en: Connection %s has opted to become the game organizer.
en_GB: Connection %s has opted to become the game organiser.

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: %s has canceled the vote "%s" (number %d).
en_GB: %s has cancelled the vote "%s" (number %d).

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: The vote "%s" (number %d) has been canceled.
en_GB: The vote "%s" (number %d) has been cancelled.

en: Can only unset player color before game starts.
en_GB: Can only unset player colour before game starts.

en: Invalid player color definition. See '/help playercolor'.
en_GB: Invalid player colour definition. See '/help playercolor'.

note: TRANS: "... [c0ffee] for Caesar ... to Hammurabi."
en: Warning: new color [%s] for %s is identical to %s.
en_GB: Warning: new colour [%s] for %s is identical to %s.

en: Color of player %s set to [%s].
en_GB: Colour of player %s set to [%s].

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: Your new vote canceled your previous vote.
en_GB: Your new vote cancelled your previous vote.

note: TRANS: "vote" as a process
en: Your new vote ("%s") was not legal or was not recognized.
en_GB: Your new vote ("%s") was not legal or was not recognised.

en: Settings re-initialized.
en_GB: Settings re-initialised.

en: Please specify a player for whom delegation should be canceled.
en_GB: Please specify a player for whom delegation should be cancelled.

en: Your delegated control of player '%s' was canceled.
en_GB: Your delegated control of player '%s' was cancelled.

en: Delegation of '%s' canceled.
en_GB: Delegation of '%s' cancelled.

en: Map color test images saved.
en_GB: Map colour test images saved.

en: List of player colors:
en_GB: List of player colours:

en: Great scientists from all the world join your civilization: you learn %s immediately.
en_GB: Great scientists from all the world join your civilisation: you learn %s immediately.

en: Your %s was shot down by SDI defenses, what a waste.
en_GB: Your %s was shot down by SDI defences, what a waste.

en: The nuclear attack on %s was avoided by your SDI defense.
en_GB: The nuclear attack on %s was avoided by your SDI defence.

note: TRANS: Describing a new vote that can pass only if the * given percentage of players votes 'yes'.
en: %s (needs %0.0f%% in favor).
en_GB: %s (needs %0.0f%% in favour).

en: Ancestors of Abkhazians have lived in the western Caucasus since time immemorial. Short periods of independence alternated with domination by the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Turks, Russians and Georgians. Nowadays Abkhazia is a partially recognized republic.
en_GB: Ancestors of Abkhazians have lived in the western Caucasus since time immemorial. Short periods of independence alternated with domination by the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines, Turks, Russians and Georgians. Nowadays Abkhazia is a partially recognised republic.

en: Åland is an archipelago in the Baltic Sea, located between Sweden and Finland. The islands' inhabitants are Swedish speaking, but Åland is an autonomous province in Finland, a status that was reached in 1921 after a long period in which the islands were contested between Sweden and Finland. Åland's special and demilitarized status is protected by international law.
en_GB: Åland is an archipelago in the Baltic Sea, located between Sweden and Finland. The islands' inhabitants are Swedish speaking, but Åland is an autonomous province in Finland, a status that was reached in 1921 after a long period in which the islands were contested between Sweden and Finland. Åland's special and demilitarised status is protected by international law.

en: The Amazigh civilization is one of the oldest in the Mediterranean Basin, co-existing with ancient Egypt. The Imazighen people, which means "free men", are sturdy and strong but cheerful and generous with a great consideration for family and tribe. Every tribe has its own traditions and culture, which is the reason for the countless diversity of traditions in modern Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. The Imazighen speak old languages such as Tamazirt, Tachelhit or Tarifit, collectively known as Berber languages, using an age-old writing system called Tifinagh.
en_GB: The Amazigh civilisation is one of the oldest in the Mediterranean Basin, co-existing with ancient Egypt. The Imazighen people, which means "free men", are sturdy and strong but cheerful and generous with a great consideration for family and tribe. Every tribe has its own traditions and culture, which is the reason for the countless diversity of traditions in modern Morocco, Algeria, and Tunisia. The Imazighen speak old languages such as Tamazirt, Tachelhit or Tarifit, collectively known as Berber languages, using an age-old writing system called Tifinagh.

en: The islands of Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Saint Martin and Saint Eustatius were colonized by the Dutch in the 17th century. Their population is of mixed European, African and Latin American heritage. The Netherlands Antilles gained internal self governance in 1954, and were subsequently dissolved in 2010. Aruba, Curacao and Saint Martin are countries within the Kingdom of the Netherlands; the other three islands have been directly integrated into the Netherlands as special municipalities.
en_GB: The islands of Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Saint Martin and Saint Eustatius were colonised by the Dutch in the 17th century. Their population is of mixed European, African and Latin American heritage. The Netherlands Antilles gained internal self governance in 1954, and were subsequently dissolved in 2010. Aruba, Curacao and Saint Martin are countries within the Kingdom of the Netherlands; the other three islands have been directly integrated into the Netherlands as special municipalities.

en: After the collapse of the Tiwanaku civilization in the Andes, their heirs reorganized into a set of culturally close Aymara kingdoms that thrived around the Titicaca lake until they were conquered by the Incas.
en_GB: After the collapse of the Tiwanaku civilisation in the Andes, their heirs reorganised into a set of culturally close Aymara kingdoms that thrived around the Titicaca lake until they were conquered by the Incas.

en: The Bahamas are an island group in North America. It was somewhere in the Bahamas that Columbus first set foot on American soil. The Islands were subsequently depopulated and mostly ignored until they were settled by British colonists in the 17th century. The Bahamas have been an independent country within the Commonwealth since 1973. Nowadays the Bahamas are mostly famous for their beaches but it is also a major offshore financial center. The Bahamas are the most developed country of Latin America and the Caribbean as well as the world's wealthiest black-majority country.
en_GB: The Bahamas are an island group in North America. It was somewhere in the Bahamas that Columbus first set foot on American soil. The Islands were subsequently depopulated and mostly ignored until they were settled by British colonists in the 17th century. The Bahamas have been an independent country within the Commonwealth since 1973. Nowadays the Bahamas are mostly famous for their beaches but it is also a major offshore financial centre. The Bahamas are the most developed country of Latin America and the Caribbean as well as the world's wealthiest black-majority country.

en: The Basques have lived since ancient times by the western foothills of the Pyrenees. The Kingdom of Navarre was the last independent Basque state, which fell to Aragon in the 16th century. Today, the Basque Country, or "Euskal Herria", lays right in the borderlands between Spain and France, divided into seven historical provinces. Their language, Euskara, has no known relatives and its origins are unknown.
en_GB: The Basques have lived since ancient times by the western foothills of the Pyrenees. The Kingdom of Navarre was the last independent Basque state, which fell to Aragon in the 16th century. Today, the Basque Country, or "Euskal Herria", lies right in the borderlands between Spain and France, divided into seven historical provinces. Their language, Euskara, has no known relatives and its origins are unknown.

en: Belgium gained independence from the Dutch Kingdom in 1830. Belgium is mainly characterized by its movement from a unified state to a federal one. This is the result of the Flemish and the Walloon's nationalist (almost) peaceful fights.
en_GB: Belgium gained independence from the Dutch Kingdom in 1830. Belgium is mainly characterised by its movement from a unified state to a federal one. This is the result of the Flemish and the Walloon's nationalist (almost) peaceful fights.

en: Once the site of the Dahomey kingdom, the country was colonized by France in the 19th century. Dahomey became independent in 1960. Marxists seized power in 1972 and renamed the country Benin three years later. Multiparty rule returned in 1990.
en_GB: Once the site of the Dahomey kingdom, the country was colonised by France in the 19th century. Dahomey became independent in 1960. Marxists seized power in 1972 and renamed the country Benin three years later. Multiparty rule returned in 1990.

en: According to Mongolian historical annals, the Buryats were forest dwelling Mongolian tribes living around Lake Baikal. In 1207 they were subjugated by Jochi, the eldest son of Genghis Khan. When the Buryat homeland was annexed to Russia through treaties in 1689 and 1728, they became politically separated from other Mongolians and started developing a distinct national identity. Today, the Buryat Republic is home to the majority of the roughly half-million Buryats in the world as well as the center of Buddhism in Russia.
en_GB: According to Mongolian historical annals, the Buryats were forest dwelling Mongolian tribes living around Lake Baikal. In 1207 they were subjugated by Jochi, the eldest son of Genghis Khan. When the Buryat homeland was annexed to Russia through treaties in 1689 and 1728, they became politically separated from other Mongolians and started developing a distinct national identity. Today, the Buryat Republic is home to the majority of the roughly half-million Buryats in the world as well as the centre of Buddhism in Russia.

en: California is the largest US state by population and economy. First populated by Native Americans, it was colonized by Spanish missionaries in the 18th century. California became a territory of Mexico upon that country's independence. During the Mexican-American War local American settlers proclaimed the 'Bear Flag Republic', which was incorporated into the United States shortly thereafter. The 1848 Gold Rush brought massive numbers of immigrants to California. In the 20th century the state became a center of the world's entertainment and technology industries.
en_GB: California is the largest US state by population and economy. First populated by Native Americans, it was colonised by Spanish missionaries in the 18th century. California became a territory of Mexico upon that country's independence. During the Mexican-American War local American settlers proclaimed the 'Bear Flag Republic', which was incorporated into the United States shortly thereafter. The 1848 Gold Rush brought massive numbers of immigrants to California. In the 20th century the state became a centre of the world's entertainment and technology industries.

en: Cameroon is a country in West Central Africa. Colonized by the Germans, it was divided between Britain and France after World War I. It has been independent since 1960.
en_GB: Cameroon is a country in West Central Africa. Colonised by the Germans, it was divided between Britain and France after World War I. It has been independent since 1960.

en: The Cañaris were a pre-Columbian civilization in what is now Ecuador, whose existence can be traced from the 6th century onwards. They were one of the few Andean cultures not to worship the sun. The Cañari language was probably related to the Mochica language of Peru, but by the time of the Spanish conquest the Cañaris had mostly switched to Quechua. The Cañaris formed a loose confederation with their main political center in Guapdondelig, currently the city of Cuenca, capital of the province of Azuay. They were subjugated by the Incas in the late 15th century, though they put up a fierce resistance. They rebelled during the Incan civil war and sided with the Spanish during their conquest of the Inca empire.
en_GB: The Cañaris were a pre-Columbian civilisation in what is now Ecuador, whose existence can be traced from the 6th century onwards. They were one of the few Andean cultures not to worship the sun. The Cañari language was probably related to the Mochica language of Peru, but by the time of the Spanish conquest the Cañaris had mostly switched to Quechua. The Cañaris formed a loose confederation with their main political centre in Guapdondelig, currently the city of Cuenca, capital of the province of Azuay. They were subjugated by the Incas in the late 15th century, though they put up a fierce resistance. They rebelled during the Incan civil war and sided with the Spanish during their conquest of the Inca empire.

en: Cape Verde is an archipelago off the coast of West Africa. Before the islands were settled by the Portuguese in the 15th century they were probably uninhabited. Cape Verde subsequently became a major center for the Atlantic slave trade. The islands declared independence from Portugal in 1975. The Cape Verdean population is of mixed European and African descent.
en_GB: Cape Verde is an archipelago off the coast of West Africa. Before the islands were settled by the Portuguese in the 15th century they were probably uninhabited. Cape Verde subsequently became a major centre for the Atlantic slave trade. The islands declared independence from Portugal in 1975. The Cape Verdean population is of mixed European and African descent.

en: During the Middle Ages, Catalan kings conquered and presided over several kingdoms on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from the Iberian peninsula to parts of Italy and Greece. This confederation/empire became a major naval and trading power in the Mediterranean area. Catalans kept their self-rule after a dynastic union with the neighboring kingdom of Castile, and sided with England and Austria against France and Castile in the Spanish Succession War. In 1713, England signed the Treaty of Utrecht and dropped out of the alliance, and the Catalans were finally defeated in 1714, losing their national rights as a result.
en_GB: During the Middle Ages, Catalan kings conquered and presided over several kingdoms on the shores of the Mediterranean Sea, from the Iberian peninsula to parts of Italy and Greece. This confederation/empire became a major naval and trading power in the Mediterranean area. Catalans kept their self-rule after a dynastic union with the neighbouring kingdom of Castile, and sided with England and Austria against France and Castile in the Spanish Succession War. In 1713, England signed the Treaty of Utrecht and dropped out of the alliance, and the Catalans were finally defeated in 1714, losing their national rights as a result.

en: Lithuanian Poles are an ethnic minority in Lithuania, mainly in the Aukshtota region. They are a remnant of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth - the Commonwealth of Two Nations, which was founded with the Union of Lublin in 1569. This state united the Kingdom of Poland with the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and was founded by the Lithuanian grand duke Jogaila, who was baptized with the name Władysław. The presence of the first Polish community in Lithuania dates back to duke Mindaugas of Lithuania. The first Poles came to Lithuania as prisoners of war taken during raids on the frontier lands (mainly to Mazovia). After uniting the two countries there was a very strong Polonization of the Lithuanian nobility. The Polish-speaking community in Lithuania survived the collapse and partition of the Polish state, co-existing with Lithuanian-speaking people. In 1920, the rebellious general Żeligowski announced the creation of a Republic of Central Lithuania, which was then incorporated into Poland. After World War II most of the Lithuanian Poles were displaced to Poland's new western territories.
en_GB: Lithuanian Poles are an ethnic minority in Lithuania, mainly in the Aukshtota region. They are a remnant of the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth - the Commonwealth of Two Nations, which was founded with the Union of Lublin in 1569. This state united the Kingdom of Poland with the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and was founded by the Lithuanian grand duke Jogaila, who was baptized with the name Władysław. The presence of the first Polish community in Lithuania dates back to duke Mindaugas of Lithuania. The first Poles came to Lithuania as prisoners of war taken during raids on the frontier lands (mainly to Mazovia). After uniting the two countries there was a very strong Polonisation of the Lithuanian nobility. The Polish-speaking community in Lithuania survived the collapse and partition of the Polish state, co-existing with Lithuanian-speaking people. In 1920, the rebellious general Żeligowski announced the creation of a Republic of Central Lithuania, which was then incorporated into Poland. After World War II most of the Lithuanian Poles were displaced to Poland's new western territories.

en: Chad is a landlocked country in Africa. Once the site of the Kanem-Bornu Empire, Chad was colonized by France in 1900. Independent since 1960, Chad remains one of the poorest countries of the world. From 1982 to 1990 Hissene Habré led a notoriously brutal dictatorship.
en_GB: Chad is a landlocked country in Africa. Once the site of the Kanem-Bornu Empire, Chad was colonised by France in 1900. Independent since 1960, Chad remains one of the poorest countries of the world. From 1982 to 1990 Hissene Habré led a notoriously brutal dictatorship.

en: Champa was the name of a group of closely related polities in what is now the southern half of Vietnam. From the time of the earliest historical records, the Champa kings were Hindus who worshipped Shiva in particular. Involved with conflicts with the neighboring Khmer and Dai Viet states for centuries, Champa was essentially subdued by Dai Viet in the late 15th century. By this time, most of the Cham nobility had converted to Islam. The majority of Muslims in modern Vietnam are of Cham ethnicity.
en_GB: Champa was the name of a group of closely related polities in what is now the southern half of Vietnam. From the time of the earliest historical records, the Champa kings were Hindus who worshipped Shiva in particular. Involved with conflicts with the neighbouring Khmer and Dai Viet states for centuries, Champa was essentially subdued by Dai Viet in the late 15th century. By this time, most of the Cham nobility had converted to Islam. The majority of Muslims in modern Vietnam are of Cham ethnicity.

en: Reports of chynocephaly (having the head of a dog or jackal) can be traced to Greek Antiquity. The physician Ctesias and the traveler Megasthenes placed them in India. In the middle ages, Giovanni da Pian and Marco Polo made reference to them, while the theologian Ratramnus debated whether they should be considered human or not. Various stories have placed them in Scotland, Canaan, Cyrenaica, and the Andaman Islands. The country 'Chananea' comes from the German poet Walter of Speyer. In the account by Sir John Mandeville, the people were known as the Nacumerians.
en_GB: Reports of chynocephaly (having the head of a dog or jackal) can be traced to Greek Antiquity. The physician Ctesias and the traveller Megasthenes placed them in India. In the middle ages, Giovanni da Pian and Marco Polo made reference to them, while the theologian Ratramnus debated whether they should be considered human or not. Various stories have placed them in Scotland, Canaan, Cyrenaica, and the Andaman Islands. The country 'Chananea' comes from the German poet Walter of Speyer. In the account by Sir John Mandeville, the people were known as the Nacumerians.

en: Chiapas is a state in southern Mexico. It was governed from Guatemala during the colonial era, but in 1824, after a brief independence, it chose to join Mexico. Chiapas has a sizeable indigenous (predominantly Mayan) population. Much of Chiapas' history has been characterized by struggles between indigenous peasants and the mostly Ladino elite. The state's colonial cities, Mayan peoples and natural wealth have made it one of Mexico's major tourist destinations.
en_GB: Chiapas is a state in southern Mexico. It was governed from Guatemala during the colonial era, but in 1824, after a brief independence, it chose to join Mexico. Chiapas has a sizeable indigenous (predominantly Mayan) population. Much of Chiapas' history has been characterised by struggles between indigenous peasants and the mostly Ladino elite. The state's colonial cities, Mayan peoples and natural wealth have made it one of Mexico's major tourist destinations.

en: One of the so-called Five Civilized Tribes, the Chickasaw occupied primarily what is today the northern part of the U.S. state of Mississippi at the time of first contact with Europeans. The name "Mississippi" itself originates from a Chickasaw word meaning "Without Source."
en_GB: One of the so-called Five Civilised Tribes, the Chickasaw occupied primarily what is today the northern part of the U.S. state of Mississippi at the time of first contact with Europeans. The name "Mississippi" itself originates from a Chickasaw word meaning "Without Source."

en: Chile is located on the south-western coast of South America. Chile declared its independence from Spain in 1810. At the expense of Bolivia, Peru and the indigenous Mapuche people, Chile more than doubled its territory in the 19th century. Often having been more stable and prosperous than its neighbors, Chile currently is the most developed country of Latin America.
en_GB: Chile is located on the south-western coast of South America. Chile declared its independence from Spain in 1810. At the expense of Bolivia, Peru and the indigenous Mapuche people, Chile more than doubled its territory in the 19th century. Often having been more stable and prosperous than its neighbours, Chile currently is the most developed country of Latin America.

en: One of the so-called Five Civilized Tribes, the Choctaw traditionally occupied much of the middle and south of today's U.S. state of Mississippi. First encountered by Spanish explorers in the 16th century, they became long-time French allies before siding with the Confederate States during the American Civil War. The majority of Choctaw today live in Oklahoma following forced removal from their homeland under president Andrew Jackson in 1831, but there is also a vibrant band in Mississippi made up of Choctaw who managed to escape removal and stay behind. The word "Oklahoma" itself is derived from a Choctaw language term meaning "red people".
en_GB: One of the so-called Five Civilised Tribes, the Choctaw traditionally occupied much of the middle and south of today's U.S. state of Mississippi. First encountered by Spanish explorers in the 16th century, they became long-time French allies before siding with the Confederate States during the American Civil War. The majority of Choctaw today live in Oklahoma following forced removal from their homeland under president Andrew Jackson in 1831, but there is also a vibrant band in Mississippi made up of Choctaw who managed to escape removal and stay behind. The word "Oklahoma" itself is derived from a Choctaw language term meaning "red people".

en: The Cholas were a Tamil dynasty centered in southern India that was unusually influential in northern India. They began as a tributary state to the Pallavas, but in the 9th century their power began to grow. During the 11th century, they led expeditions against other Indian states as far north as Bengal, as well as against the Maldives, Sri Lanka and even the Indonesian kingdom of Sri Vijaya. They collapsed, however, in the 1250s as other southern Indian states rose up.
en_GB: The Cholas were a Tamil dynasty centred in southern India that was unusually influential in northern India. They began as a tributary state to the Pallavas, but in the 9th century their power began to grow. During the 11th century, they led expeditions against other Indian states as far north as Bengal, as well as against the Maldives, Sri Lanka and even the Indonesian kingdom of Sri Vijaya. They collapsed, however, in the 1250s as other southern Indian states rose up.

en: Chrobatia was an Early Medieval, semi-legendary Slavic state organized by the White Croats in a part of Central Europe that can not be conclusively identified today. The main source of the existence of a White Croatian state is a mention by the Byzantine Emperor Constantine VII Porphyrogennetos. White Croatia is sometimes associated with a prince Slavnik, lord of Libice, whose influence extended to the region of Silesia and the land of Krakow.
en_GB: Chrobatia was an Early Medieval, semi-legendary Slavic state organised by the White Croats in a part of Central Europe that can not be conclusively identified today. The main source of the existence of a White Croatian state is a mention by the Byzantine Emperor Constantine VII Porphyrogennetos. White Croatia is sometimes associated with a prince Slavnik, lord of Libice, whose influence extended to the region of Silesia and the land of Krakow.

en: Inhabiting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands and the southern California coastline between Malibu and Paso Robles inland towards the San Joaquin valley, the Chumash lived in large permanent villages and maintained a semi-monetized economy. These villages came to be ruled by hereditary chiefs, who could be male or female. At time of contact, the population was likely 8-18,000 people, though perhaps as high as 22,000. The Spanish established five missions in Chumash land. As a result of disease and other byproducts of colonial rule, the population fell to less than 3,000 in 1831.
en_GB: Inhabiting the Santa Barbara Channel Islands and the southern California coastline between Malibu and Paso Robles inland towards the San Joaquin valley, the Chumash lived in large permanent villages and maintained a semi-monetised economy. These villages came to be ruled by hereditary chiefs, who could be male or female. At time of contact, the population was likely 8-18,000 people, though perhaps as high as 22,000. The Spanish established five missions in Chumash land. As a result of disease and other byproducts of colonial rule, the population fell to less than 3,000 in 1831.

en: Colombia is a country in northern South America. The region was an Amerindian cultural center in pre-European time. The Spanish began settling Colombia's north coast around 1500. In 1819 the Republic of Colombia gained independence.
en_GB: Colombia is a country in northern South America. The region was an Amerindian cultural centre in pre-European time. The Spanish began settling Colombia's north coast around 1500. In 1819 the Republic of Colombia gained independence.

en: The Zaporozhian Cossacks lived in Zaporozhia, in Central Ukraine. They were a multi-ethnic community with Ruthenians being the dominant element, organized in a military manner.
en_GB: The Zaporozhian Cossacks lived in Zaporozhia, in Central Ukraine. They were a multi-ethnic community with Ruthenians being the dominant element, organised in a military manner.

en: Crete is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, the largest of the Greek Archipelago. In the 3rd and 2nd millennia BCE Crete was the site of Europe's first advanced civilization, the Minoan culture. An eruption of nearby Thera destroyed the Minoan civilization. Crete then became part of the Greek cultural realm, and was subsequently conquered by the Romans, Arabs, Byzantines, Venetians and Ottoman Turks. After having been a semi-independent state for 15 years, Crete finally became part of Greece in 1913.
en_GB: Crete is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, the largest of the Greek Archipelago. In the 3rd and 2nd millennia BCE Crete was the site of Europe's first advanced civilisation, the Minoan culture. An eruption of nearby Thera destroyed the Minoan civilisation. Crete then became part of the Greek cultural realm, and was subsequently conquered by the Romans, Arabs, Byzantines, Venetians and Ottoman Turks. After having been a semi-independent state for 15 years, Crete finally became part of Greece in 1913.

en: The Duchy of Courland and Semigallia was created as the result of the secularization of the Teutonic Order State. The dukes of Courland were vassals of Poland until its collapse. Duke Jakob Kettler led the failed attempts of colonization in South America and Africa.
en_GB: The Duchy of Courland and Semigallia was created as the result of the secularisation of the Teutonic Order State. The dukes of Courland were vassals of Poland until its collapse. Duke Jakob Kettler led the failed attempts of colonisation in South America and Africa.

en: The Dacians were ancient tribes who lived on the left bank of the Lower Danube in Dacia in what is now Romania. They were probably related to the Thracians and other Paleo-Balkanic tribes. The unification of Dacian tribes occurred during the reign of king Burebista. After the wars with Rome, they were defeated in 106 CE. Dacia became a Roman province and succumbed to Roman colonization. The remains of the Dacians mingled with East Germanic tribes and later with Slavs.
en_GB: The Dacians were ancient tribes who lived on the left bank of the Lower Danube in Dacia in what is now Romania. They were probably related to the Thracians and other Paleo-Balkanic tribes. The unification of Dacian tribes occurred during the reign of king Burebista. After the wars with Rome, they were defeated in 106 CE. Dacia became a Roman province and succumbed to Roman colonisation. The remains of the Dacians mingled with East Germanic tribes and later with Slavs.

en: The southern third of modern Benin was once a historic kingdom known variously as Agbome (c. 1600 - c. 1700), Danhome (c. 1700 - 1730), and Dahomey (1730 - 1894). In 1730 the country became a tributary of the neighboring kingdom of Oyo. It was conquered by France in the second Franco-Dahomean war (1892 - 1894) and was split into Agbome and Alada.  In the 18th and 19th centuries Dahomey was known for its fierce ahosi (gbeto) warriors: an army of women who were the king's official bodyguards and celibate wives.
en_GB: The southern third of modern Benin was once a historic kingdom known variously as Agbome (c. 1600 - c. 1700), Danhome (c. 1700 - 1730), and Dahomey (1730 - 1894). In 1730 the country became a tributary of the neighbouring kingdom of Oyo. It was conquered by France in the second Franco-Dahomean war (1892 - 1894) and was split into Agbome and Alada.  In the 18th and 19th centuries Dahomey was known for its fierce ahosi (gbeto) warriors: an army of women who were the king's official bodyguards and celibate wives.

en: Modern Egypt is the most populous Middle Eastern country as well as one of the most populous in Africa. It is located on the site of one of the world's most ancient civilizations.
en_GB: Modern Egypt is the most populous Middle Eastern country as well as one of the most populous in Africa. It is located on the site of one of the world's most ancient civilisations.

en: Elam was an ancient civilization located in the area of modern southwest Iran, which arose around 3100 BCE. The Elamite language, written in cuneiform, is of unknown origin. In 643 BCE the Elamite civilization was destroyed by the Assyrians under Assurbanipal.
en_GB: Elam was an ancient civilisation located in the area of modern southwest Iran, which arose around 3100 BCE. The Elamite language, written in cuneiform, is of unknown origin. In 643 BCE the Elamite civilisation was destroyed by the Assyrians under Assurbanipal.

en: The Etruscans were an ancient civilization in Etruria, Italy, known for their artistic achievements and building of necropolises. Their language is only partly deciphered and their origins are still debated. They called themselves Rasna and formed a confederation of twelve cities. In the 6th century the Etruscan civilization started to crumble after Roman and Gallic incursions. Rome itself probably originated as a city state that threw off Etruscan domination. As a result, Roman sources often put the Etruscans in a negative light, depicting them as a sexually licentious culture. However, Roman civilization owes a lot to their Etruscan predecessors.
en_GB: The Etruscans were an ancient civilisation in Etruria, Italy, known for their artistic achievements and building of necropolises. Their language is only partly deciphered and their origins are still debated. They called themselves Rasna and formed a confederation of twelve cities. In the 6th century the Etruscan civilisation started to crumble after Roman and Gallic incursions. Rome itself probably originated as a city state that threw off Etruscan domination. As a result, Roman sources often put the Etruscans in a negative light, depicting them as a sexually licentious culture. However, Roman civilisation owes a lot to their Etruscan predecessors.

en: Fiji is the most populous of the small Oceanian island states. It consists of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu and hundreds of smaller islands. Settled by Polynesians, it became a British colony in the 19th century. Fiji has been independent from Britain since 1970. Since then the country's politics have been characterized by ethnic tensions between Indo-Fijians and indigenous Fijians.
en_GB: Fiji is the most populous of the small Oceanian island states. It consists of Viti Levu, Vanua Levu and hundreds of smaller islands. Settled by Polynesians, it became a British colony in the 19th century. Fiji has been independent from Britain since 1970. Since then the country's politics have been characterised by ethnic tensions between Indo-Fijians and indigenous Fijians.

en: Taiwan is home to fourteen officially recognized and twelve unrecognized tribes, all of whom are traditionally speakers of a group of Austronesian languages known as Formosan. Historical linguists consider the island to be the home of the Austronesian family, as it is host to the most diverse set of Austronesian languages. Many of the tribes are traditionally matrilineal. Starting in the 17th century, European and East Asian colonists vied for control of the island, encroaching on aboriginal lands. Today, Formosans constitute around 2% of the population of Taiwan.
en_GB: Taiwan is home to fourteen officially recognised and twelve unrecognised tribes, all of whom are traditionally speakers of a group of Austronesian languages known as Formosan. Historical linguists consider the island to be the home of the Austronesian family, as it is host to the most diverse set of Austronesian languages. Many of the tribes are traditionally matrilineal. Starting in the 17th century, European and East Asian colonists vied for control of the island, encroaching on aboriginal lands. Today, Formosans constitute around 2% of the population of Taiwan.

en: Romans already mentioned the Frisii but historians are unsure whether they were the ancestors of today's Frisians or not. In the early Middle Ages the Frisians controlled a kingdom stretching from the Scheldt to Jutland. Although eventually defeated by the Franks, they kept enjoying the famous Frisian freedom, refusing to recognize the rule of any feudal lord. In the 15th and 16th centuries Frisian territory was eventually carved up, the core becoming a province of the United Netherlands. In 1782 the Estates of Friesland was the first foreign government to recognize the independence of the United States of America.
en_GB: Romans already mentioned the Frisii but historians are unsure whether they were the ancestors of today's Frisians or not. In the early Middle Ages the Frisians controlled a kingdom stretching from the Scheldt to Jutland. Although eventually defeated by the Franks, they kept enjoying the famous Frisian freedom, refusing to recognise the rule of any feudal lord. In the 15th and 16th centuries Frisian territory was eventually carved up, the core becoming a province of the United Netherlands. In 1782 the Estates of Friesland was the first foreign government to recognise the independence of the United States of America.

en: The Fulani or Fulbe are an ethnic group in West Africa. Originally pastoralists, in the 18th and 19th centuries they led the Fulani Jihads, founding a number of states across the region. The biggest Fulani state was the Sokoto Caliphate, founded by Usuman dan Fodio during the Fulani Jihad of 1809. It was one of the most powerful empires in Sub-Saharan Africa prior to the European conquest and colonization. The caliphate remained extant through the colonial period and afterwards, though with reduced power.
en_GB: The Fulani or Fulbe are an ethnic group in West Africa. Originally pastoralists, in the 18th and 19th centuries they led the Fulani Jihads, founding a number of states across the region. The biggest Fulani state was the Sokoto Caliphate, founded by Usuman dan Fodio during the Fulani Jihad of 1809. It was one of the most powerful empires in Sub-Saharan Africa prior to the European conquest and colonisation. The caliphate remained extant through the colonial period and afterwards, though with reduced power.

en: The Gauls were a Celtic people occupying what is now France and Belgium. They lived in chiefdom-level societies that grew increasingly centralized and stratified under the influence of the Greek and Roman merchants and soldiers who came to Gaul. Julius Caesar launched his eight year invasion of Gaul in 59 BCE. He claimed to have killed one million people and enslaved another million out of an original population of three million. The Gauls united and rallied under Vercingetorix, who defeated Caesar at the battle of Gergovia, but was later crushed by him at the battle of Alesia.
en_GB: The Gauls were a Celtic people occupying what is now France and Belgium. They lived in chiefdom-level societies that grew increasingly centralised and stratified under the influence of the Greek and Roman merchants and soldiers who came to Gaul. Julius Caesar launched his eight year invasion of Gaul in 59 BCE. He claimed to have killed one million people and enslaved another million out of an original population of three million. The Gauls united and rallied under Vercingetorix, who defeated Caesar at the battle of Gergovia, but was later crushed by him at the battle of Alesia.

en: The Golden Horde was a historical Mongol and Tatar state, founded around 1240 in the western part of the empire of Genghis Khan by his grandson Batu Khan, with its capital at Sarai Batu. After the conquests its greatest extent covered the territories from the Irtysh to the mountains of the Caucasus, Black Sea and the Volga and Kama basins. In 1375 the whole country was conquered by Tamerlane and became vassalized. From the 14th century the country gradually descended into instability, which at the beginning of the 15th century led to the complete disintegration of the state.
en_GB: The Golden Horde was a historical Mongol and Tatar state, founded around 1240 in the western part of the empire of Genghis Khan by his grandson Batu Khan, with its capital at Sarai Batu. After the conquests its greatest extent covered the territories from the Irtysh to the mountains of the Caucasus, Black Sea and the Volga and Kama basins. In 1375 the whole country was conquered by Tamerlane and became vassalised. From the 14th century the country gradually descended into instability, which at the beginning of the 15th century led to the complete disintegration of the state.

en: Originally inhabited by the Arawk, Guyana was colonized by the Dutch but became a British colony after the Napoleonic Wars. It gained independence in 1966. Under Forbes Burnham Guyana became a Marxist oriented country, but in the 1980s it started its transition to a market democracy.
en_GB: Originally inhabited by the Arawk, Guyana was colonised by the Dutch but became a British colony after the Napoleonic Wars. It gained independence in 1966. Under Forbes Burnham Guyana became a Marxist oriented country, but in the 1980s it started its transition to a market democracy.

en: The Helvetians (Latin: Helvetii) were an Ancient Celtic people, inhabiting what is now Switzerland and adjacent parts of France and Germany. Helvetians sometimes helped in the internal conflicts of Rome, for example, on the side of Cicero. They were a big, expansive tribe, striving for domination over the tribes of Gaul. The campaigns of the Helvetian chieftain Orgetorix were used by Caesar as a pretext to conquer Helvetia and the rest of Gaul. The Helvetians succumbed to the Romans and became Romanized during the following centuries.
en_GB: The Helvetians (Latin: Helvetii) were an Ancient Celtic people, inhabiting what is now Switzerland and adjacent parts of France and Germany. Helvetians sometimes helped in the internal conflicts of Rome, for example, on the side of Cicero. They were a big, expansive tribe, striving for domination over the tribes of Gaul. The campaigns of the Helvetian chieftain Orgetorix were used by Caesar as a pretext to conquer Helvetia and the rest of Gaul. The Helvetians succumbed to the Romans and became Romanised during the following centuries.

en: Ancient Magna Graecia was a complex of Greek cities-colonies on the coasts of Italy and Sicily, founded during the Greek Colonization. They played an important role in the development of Etruscan and Roman cultures. In the 5th century BCE Magna Graecia was dominated by the city-state of Syracuse, a great center of Greek culture. Other major urban centers included Taranto, Croton, Sybaris and Messana. Magna Graecia was gradually conquered by Rome, a conquest that was completed by 272 BC. After the fall of the Western Roman Empire, Southern Italy was temporarily part of the Byzantine Empire as the Catepanate of Italia. A Greek-speaking population has survived in these areas to modern times.
en_GB: Ancient Magna Graecia was a complex of Greek cities-colonies on the coasts of Italy and Sicily, founded during the Greek Colonisation. They played an important role in the development of Etruscan and Roman cultures. In the 5th century BCE Magna Graecia was dominated by the city-state of Syracuse, a great centre of Greek culture. Other major urban centres included Taranto, Croton, Sybaris and Messana. Magna Graecia was gradually conquered by Rome, a conquest that was completed by 272 BC. After the fall of the Western Roman Empire, Southern Italy was temporarily part of the Byzantine Empire as the Catepanate of Italia. A Greek-speaking population has survived in these areas to modern times.

en: Columbus landed on Jamaica in 1494. The island was colonized by the Spanish but in 1655 it was conquered by the English, who turned the island into a slave-based plantation economy. Slavery was abolished in 1834. The country became an independent country within the Commonwealth in 1962. Jamaica is famous around the world for its music; genres such as reggae and ska originated on the island.
en_GB: Columbus landed on Jamaica in 1494. The island was colonised by the Spanish but in 1655 it was conquered by the English, who turned the island into a slave-based plantation economy. Slavery was abolished in 1834. The country became an independent country within the Commonwealth in 1962. Jamaica is famous around the world for its music; genres such as reggae and ska originated on the island.

en: Also called Wolof, the Kingdom was formed between the Senegal and Gambia rivers in the 14th century. The King, or Burba Jolof, was beholden to a handful of powerful regional noblemen who acknowledged kinship with the king but developed personal power bases as well. By the early 1500s, the Burba Jolof could field as many as 100,000 infantry and 10,000 cavalry. Fulani and Berber incursions coupled with political weakness eroded away the power of the Burba Jolof. Various Wolof-speaking states established unions with one another, with their heads assuming the powers of Burba Jolof. The 19th century brought with it French colonization and a conversion to Islam fueled in large part by anti-European sentiment.
en_GB: Also called Wolof, the Kingdom was formed between the Senegal and Gambia rivers in the 14th century. The King, or Burba Jolof, was beholden to a handful of powerful regional noblemen who acknowledged kinship with the king but developed personal power bases as well. By the early 1500s, the Burba Jolof could field as many as 100,000 infantry and 10,000 cavalry. Fulani and Berber incursions coupled with political weakness eroded away the power of the Burba Jolof. Various Wolof-speaking states established unions with one another, with their heads assuming the powers of Burba Jolof. The 19th century brought with it French colonisation and a conversion to Islam fuelled in large part by anti-European sentiment.

en: The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is a country in the Middle East. During Antiquity the country was the site of numerous ancient civilizations, including the Nabateans who built the city of Petra. The country has been Arab since the 7th century. Conquered by the Ottoman Turks in 1519, it became a British League of Nations mandate after World War II. The Hashemite clan, which had led a revolt against the Turks during the war, was established as Jordan's ruling dynasty. The country finally became independent in 1946.
en_GB: The Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan is a country in the Middle East. During Antiquity the country was the site of numerous ancient civilisations, including the Nabateans who built the city of Petra. The country has been Arab since the 7th century. Conquered by the Ottoman Turks in 1519, it became a British League of Nations mandate after World War II. The Hashemite clan, which had led a revolt against the Turks during the war, was established as Jordan's ruling dynasty. The country finally became independent in 1946.

en: Kashubia is a historical region of north-central Poland. The name of the land, whose etymology is still unknown, was first mentioned in the 13th century. Considered as an ethnic group of the Polish nation, Kashubians have language and culture that are quite different from the rest of Poland. Today, a lively Kashubian community cultivates their speech, literature and customs through, among others, local radio and television programmes, comic books, and even several fully Kashubianized distributions of Linux operating system.
en_GB: Kashubia is a historical region of north-central Poland. The name of the land, whose etymology is still unknown, was first mentioned in the 13th century. Considered as an ethnic group of the Polish nation, Kashubians have language and culture that are quite different from the rest of Poland. Today, a lively Kashubian community cultivates their speech, literature and customs through, among others, local radio and television programmes, comic books, and even several fully Kashubianised distributions of Linux operating system.

en: Khoisan speakers are typically divided between the Khoikhoi, traditionally herders, and the San, traditionally hunter gatherers. They are traditionally among the most egalitarian societies on the planet. San society in particular is organized around the institutions of family and band. Khoisan peoples carry some of the most ancient genetic lineages in the world. Today there are over 300,000 Khoisan people, forming significant minorities in and around the Kalahari desert in Namibia, Botswana, South Africa, and Angola.
en_GB: Khoisan speakers are typically divided between the Khoikhoi, traditionally herders, and the San, traditionally hunter gatherers. They are traditionally among the most egalitarian societies on the planet. San society in particular is organised around the institutions of family and band. Khoisan peoples carry some of the most ancient genetic lineages in the world. Today there are over 300,000 Khoisan people, forming significant minorities in and around the Kalahari desert in Namibia, Botswana, South Africa, and Angola.

en: Known by the Greeks as Chorasmia, Khwarezm was an urbanized, centralized, and militarized state south of the Aral sea in Central Asia, controlling portions of the Silk Road. It was loosely controlled as a satrapy under the Achaemenid and Sassanid Persian dynasties and was the mythic homeland of Zarathustra, the founder of Zoroastrianism. Following the introduction of Islam, Khwarezm tended to be divided into two separate kingdoms, but was united under the Turkic Anushtiginid dynasty, which lasted from 1097 until Chinggis Khan conquered it in 1231.
en_GB: Known by the Greeks as Chorasmia, Khwarezm was an urbanised, centralised, and militarised state south of the Aral sea in Central Asia, controlling portions of the Silk Road. It was loosely controlled as a satrapy under the Achaemenid and Sassanid Persian dynasties and was the mythic homeland of Zarathustra, the founder of Zoroastrianism. Following the introduction of Islam, Khwarezm tended to be divided into two separate kingdoms, but was united under the Turkic Anushtiginid dynasty, which lasted from 1097 until Chinggis Khan conquered it in 1231.

en: Saint Kitts and Nevis is a nation in the Caribbean located on the eponymous two islands. It is the smallest country in the Americas and the world's smallest federation. Saint Kitts was the site of some of the earliest French and English colonization attempts in the New World.
en_GB: Saint Kitts and Nevis is a nation in the Caribbean located on the eponymous two islands. It is the smallest country in the Americas and the world's smallest federation. Saint Kitts was the site of some of the earliest French and English colonisation attempts in the New World.

en: Kosovo is a country on the Balkans. It declared independence in 2008. Serbia claims Kosovo as a province and its independence is not universally recognized.
en_GB: Kosovo is a country on the Balkans. It declared independence in 2008. Serbia claims Kosovo as a province and its independence is not universally recognised.

en: The Kunas are a Chibchan people living on the Isthmus of Darien, where North and South America meet. In 1925 Kuna chief Nele Kantule led a revolt against the Panamanian authorities. Since then Panama has granted significant autonomy to Kuna Yala, the Kuna homeland. Currently Kuna Yala (also known as San Blas) is known worldwide as a tourist center and the Kunas have established something of a reputation for managing to combine tradition and modernity.
en_GB: The Kunas are a Chibchan people living on the Isthmus of Darien, where North and South America meet. In 1925 Kuna chief Nele Kantule led a revolt against the Panamanian authorities. Since then Panama has granted significant autonomy to Kuna Yala, the Kuna homeland. Currently Kuna Yala (also known as San Blas) is known worldwide as a tourist centre and the Kunas have established something of a reputation for managing to combine tradition and modernity.

en: The history of Laos starts with the Lan Xang kingdom created in the 14th century and ended in late 18th century with invasion of Siam (Thailand). In the end of the 19th century, Laos became part of French Indochina. French rule ended with independence in 1946 followed by 30 years of civil war. In 1975 the communist Pathet Lao established a strict socialist regime. However, in 1986 the liberalization and a gradual return to private enterprise started.
en_GB: The history of Laos starts with the Lan Xang kingdom created in the 14th century and ended in late 18th century with invasion of Siam (Thailand). In the end of the 19th century, Laos became part of French Indochina. French rule ended with independence in 1946 followed by 30 years of civil war. In 1975 the communist Pathet Lao established a strict socialist regime. However, in 1986 the liberalisation and a gradual return to private enterprise started.

en: Located in the Levant, the Eastern shore of the Mediterranean, Lebanon houses some of the oldest traces of human civilization. The old homeland of the Phoenicians, Lebanon has since been ruled by many empires. It was part of the Ottoman Empire for over four centuries and became a French mandate after World War I. Lebanon proclaimed its independence in 1943.
en_GB: Located in the Levant, the Eastern shore of the Mediterranean, Lebanon houses some of the oldest traces of human civilisation. The old homeland of the Phoenicians, Lebanon has since been ruled by many empires. It was part of the Ottoman Empire for over four centuries and became a French mandate after World War I. Lebanon proclaimed its independence in 1943.

en: The Lendians were a confederation of West Slavic, Lechitic tribes inhabiting the borderland areas of today's Poland and Ukraine. Their land was the object of rivalry between Poland and the Kievan Rus' at the time of the early Piast dynasty. The Lendians succumbed to Ruthenization as a result of deportation actions organized by Kievan princes and the activities of the Orthodox Church.
en_GB: The Lendians were a confederation of West Slavic, Lechitic tribes inhabiting the borderland areas of today's Poland and Ukraine. Their land was the object of rivalry between Poland and the Kievan Rus' at the time of the early Piast dynasty. The Lendians succumbed to Ruthenisation as a result of deportation actions organised by Kievan princes and the activities of the Orthodox Church.

en: Liberia is a country in West Africa, founded in the first half of the 19th century as a country for liberated African-American slaves. Liberia's history has been characterized by tensions between the dominant Americo-Liberian minority and the indigenous majority. The Americo-Liberians organized themselves within the True Whig Party, which held power for no less than 102 years, longer than any other political party worldwide. The indigenous population was enfranchised in the 1960s and the True Whigs were overthrown in 1980, which led to a period of instability and civil wars. A fragile peace returned in 2003.
en_GB: Liberia is a country in West Africa, founded in the first half of the 19th century as a country for liberated African-American slaves. Liberia's history has been characterised by tensions between the dominant Americo-Liberian minority and the indigenous majority. The Americo-Liberians organised themselves within the True Whig Party, which held power for no less than 102 years, longer than any other political party worldwide. The indigenous population was enfranchised in the 1960s and the True Whigs were overthrown in 1980, which led to a period of instability and civil wars. A fragile peace returned in 2003.

en: The Liburnians were an ancient Indo-European tribe living along the Northeastern Adriatic coast in modern Croatia. They were probably distinct from their neighbors, the Illyrians, and spoke an Italic language. They were Romanized after the annexation of their land by Rome.
en_GB: The Liburnians were an ancient Indo-European tribe living along the Northeastern Adriatic coast in modern Croatia. They were probably distinct from their neighbours, the Illyrians, and spoke an Italic language. They were Romanised after the annexation of their land by Rome.

en: The region that is now Libya was a Roman colony until it was conquered by the Arab civilization in the 7th century. In 1912 it came under the control of Italy and after the Second World War Libya was granted independence as a condition of the Allied peace treaty with Italy.
en_GB: The region that is now Libya was a Roman colony until it was conquered by the Arab civilisation in the 7th century. In 1912 it came under the control of Italy and after the Second World War Libya was granted independence as a condition of the Allied peace treaty with Italy.

en: This empire began in 1293 CE when a local prince used invading Yuan dynasty troops to his own advantage by having them defeat his enemies and then expelling them. The Majapahit, centered in eastern Java, was heavily influenced by Buddhism and Hinduism and was a major regional power in the insular Southeast Asian world, a position which allowed them to control much of the trade between China, India and the Middle East. They lasted until 1500 when they were eclipsed by the Sultanate of Malacca and the rise of Islam in the Indonesian world.
en_GB: This empire began in 1293 CE when a local prince used invading Yuan dynasty troops to his own advantage by having them defeat his enemies and then expelling them. The Majapahit, centred in eastern Java, was heavily influenced by Buddhism and Hinduism and was a major regional power in the insular Southeast Asian world, a position which allowed them to control much of the trade between China, India and the Middle East. They lasted until 1500 when they were eclipsed by the Sultanate of Malacca and the rise of Islam in the Indonesian world.

en: The Isle of Man is an island in the British Isles located between Britain and Ireland. Formally not a part of United Kingdom, it is a self-governing British Crown Dependency. In the Middle Ages it was the center of the Kingdom of Mann and the Isles, and later of the Lordship of Man. Man is noted for having the oldest still functioning parliament in the world, the Tynwald, which has existed since 979 CE. Since 1765 the island depends on Great Britain.
en_GB: The Isle of Man is an island in the British Isles located between Britain and Ireland. Formally not a part of United Kingdom, it is a self-governing British Crown Dependency. In the Middle Ages it was the centre of the Kingdom of Mann and the Isles, and later of the Lordship of Man. Man is noted for having the oldest still functioning parliament in the world, the Tynwald, which has existed since 979 CE. Since 1765 the island depends on Great Britain.

en: Mauritania is a country in North West Africa, where the Arab and Sub-Saharan African worlds meet. Mauritania became Islamized from the 11th century onwards. Colonized by France in the 19th century, the country became an independent republic in 1960.
en_GB: Mauritania is a country in North West Africa, where the Arab and Sub-Saharan African worlds meet. Mauritania became Islamised from the 11th century onwards. Colonised by France in the 19th century, the country became an independent republic in 1960.

en: The Mixtecs or Ñuu Savi were one of the major Mesoamerican civilizations. The Mixtec territory was formed by a large number of city states. The Mixtec ruler Eight Deer 'Jaguar Claw', who ruled Tilantongo around 1100 CE, was famous in all of ancient Mexico. In the late 15th century most of the Mixtec territory was occupied by the Aztecs, though parts remained independent until the arrival of the Spanish. Nowadays there are about 700,000 Mixtecs living in the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla, as well as in emigrant communities in Northern Mexico and the US.
en_GB: The Mixtecs or Ñuu Savi were one of the major Mesoamerican civilisations. The Mixtec territory was formed by a large number of city states. The Mixtec ruler Eight Deer 'Jaguar Claw', who ruled Tilantongo around 1100 CE, was famous in all of ancient Mexico. In the late 15th century most of the Mixtec territory was occupied by the Aztecs, though parts remained independent until the arrival of the Spanish. Nowadays there are about 700,000 Mixtecs living in the Mexican states of Oaxaca, Guerrero and Puebla, as well as in emigrant communities in Northern Mexico and the US.

en: The Moluccas, known as the Spice Islands during the era of colonizations, are an island group in the Indonesian archipelago. Inhabited by Malay peoples, the islands were contested by the Spanish, Portuguese and English but ended up under firm Dutch control by the 16th century. During the decolonization process many Moluccans sided with the Dutch East Indies Army. This, and the centralism exerted by Java after Indonesia's independence in 1949, led to the proclamation of the Republic of the South Moluccas in 1950. The rebellion was crushed, but a government in exile continues to operate, not recognized by any country.
en_GB: The Moluccas, known as the Spice Islands during the era of colonisations, are an island group in the Indonesian archipelago. Inhabited by Malay peoples, the islands were contested by the Spanish, Portuguese and English but ended up under firm Dutch control by the 16th century. During the decolonisation process many Moluccans sided with the Dutch East Indies Army. This, and the centralism exerted by Java after Indonesia's independence in 1949, led to the proclamation of the Republic of the South Moluccas in 1950. The rebellion was crushed, but a government in exile continues to operate, not recognised by any country.

en: With only two square kilometers, Monaco is the second smallest country in the world. It has been ruled by the Grimaldi dynasty ever since the country was founded in 1297. In 1861 Monaco lost more than 95 percent of its territory to France. The principality is noted for its absence of income taxes, its casino and its Formula 1 track. Foreigners make up more than 80 percent of the population. In terms of GDP per capita Monaco is the wealthiest country in the world by a large margin.
en_GB: With only two square kilometres, Monaco is the second smallest country in the world. It has been ruled by the Grimaldi dynasty ever since the country was founded in 1297. In 1861 Monaco lost more than 95 percent of its territory to France. The principality is noted for its absence of income taxes, its casino and its Formula 1 track. Foreigners make up more than 80 percent of the population. In terms of GDP per capita Monaco is the wealthiest country in the world by a large margin.

en: Great Moravia was a Slavic medieval monarchy whose center was located in the areas of modern Moravia region in Czech Republic. Moravia conquered areas of Bohemia, Slovakia, Pannonia and large parts of southern Poland and Lusatia. The first ruler and founder of this state was duke Mojmir I. The Great Moravian state was destroyed as a result of the Hungarian invasion from the eastern steppes. After the defeat of the Hungarians by the Holy Roman Empire, Moravia was turned into a principality, which was in a personal union with Bohemia for most of its history.
en_GB: Great Moravia was a Slavic medieval monarchy whose centre was located in the areas of modern Moravia region in Czech Republic. Moravia conquered areas of Bohemia, Slovakia, Pannonia and large parts of southern Poland and Lusatia. The first ruler and founder of this state was duke Mojmir I. The Great Moravian state was destroyed as a result of the Hungarian invasion from the eastern steppes. After the defeat of the Hungarians by the Holy Roman Empire, Moravia was turned into a principality, which was in a personal union with Bohemia for most of its history.

en: Called Pleasant Island by the European colonizers, Nauru is an island in the South Pacific. The island was first settled by Austronesian peoples around 1000 BCE. European contacts led to internecine tribal warfare which decimated the population. Nauru was annexed by the German Empire in 1888 but was occupied by Australia during World War I. In 1968, the Republic of Nauru became independent. Thanks to its enormous phosphate resources, Nauru was for some time the most developed third world country and one of the world's richest countries per capita. With the exhaustion of the phosphate reserves the country has fallen on economic hard times. Offshore banking, immigrant detention centers and musicals have proven unsuccessful to replace phosphate as source of income. Nauru is the world's third smallest country by size, second smallest by population. It is the smallest country in the Southern Hemisphere and the world's smallest republic.
en_GB: Called Pleasant Island by the European colonisers, Nauru is an island in the South Pacific. The island was first settled by Austronesian peoples around 1000 BCE. European contacts led to internecine tribal warfare which decimated the population. Nauru was annexed by the German Empire in 1888 but was occupied by Australia during World War I. In 1968, the Republic of Nauru became independent. Thanks to its enormous phosphate resources, Nauru was for some time the most developed third world country and one of the world's richest countries per capita. With the exhaustion of the phosphate reserves the country has fallen on economic hard times. Offshore banking, immigrant detention centres and musicals have proven unsuccessful to replace phosphate as source of income. Nauru is the world's third smallest country by size, second smallest by population. It is the smallest country in the Southern Hemisphere and the world's smallest republic.

en: Nepal is a landlocked country located in the Himalayas. Long a multi-cultural and multi-lingual nation, its history is characterized by its location between India and China. The Nepalese principalities were united into one kingdom in the 18th century. Nepal became a republic in 2008.
en_GB: Nepal is a landlocked country located in the Himalayas. Long a multi-cultural and multi-lingual nation, its history is characterised by its location between India and China. The Nepalese principalities were united into one kingdom in the 18th century. Nepal became a republic in 2008.

en: The Novgorod Republic was was a large Medieval Russian state that stretched from the Baltic Sea to the Ural Mountains. It existed between the 12th and 15th centuries and was centered on the city of Novgorod.
en_GB: The Novgorod Republic was was a large Medieval Russian state that stretched from the Baltic Sea to the Ural Mountains. It existed between the 12th and 15th centuries and was centred on the city of Novgorod.

en: A succession of kingdoms stretching roughly from the 1st to the 6th cataracts of the Nile river in modern Sudan and Egypt, Nubia was ancient Egypt's perennial neighbor, competitor, trading partner, enemy, and source of gold, slaves and soldiers to the south. The border between the two nations fluctuated time and time again. Lower Nubia was at times ruled by Egypt. The 25th Dynasty of Egypt, however, was a Nubian dynasty, and one that saw conflict with Assyria, which eventually wrested Egypt from Nubia. Brief conflict occurred with Rome in 24 BCE when Nubian armies routed the Roman garrison with its famed archers. Nubia was a nation shaped by its position between the Mediterranean world and the African interior. Large Nubian states centered on Napata and later Meroe broke into smaller Christian kingdoms which persisted into medieval times before being conquered by Muslim Arabs.
en_GB: A succession of kingdoms stretching roughly from the 1st to the 6th cataracts of the Nile river in modern Sudan and Egypt, Nubia was ancient Egypt's perennial neighbour, competitor, trading partner, enemy, and source of gold, slaves and soldiers to the south. The border between the two nations fluctuated time and time again. Lower Nubia was at times ruled by Egypt. The 25th Dynasty of Egypt, however, was a Nubian dynasty, and one that saw conflict with Assyria, which eventually wrested Egypt from Nubia. Brief conflict occurred with Rome in 24 BCE when Nubian armies routed the Roman garrison with its famed archers. Nubia was a nation shaped by its position between the Mediterranean world and the African interior. Large Nubian states centred on Napata and later Meroe broke into smaller Christian kingdoms which persisted into medieval times before being conquered by Muslim Arabs.

en: Gatherers, hunters and fishermen, the Ohlone lived in over 40 bands stretching from the San Francisco Bay south to the Salinas Valley. They spoke eight distinct yet related languages and though they shared many cultural traits common to other Native Californian peoples, the Ohlone were also diverse in some finer aspects of culture. Their way of life changed dramatically when the Spanish arrived in 1769 and disease and the injustices of Mission life came to replace their earlier lives. Though the last fluent speaker of an Ohlone language died in 1939, the Ohlone are today federally recognized as 7 tribes.
en_GB: Gatherers, hunters and fishermen, the Ohlone lived in over 40 bands stretching from the San Francisco Bay south to the Salinas Valley. They spoke eight distinct yet related languages and though they shared many cultural traits common to other Native Californian peoples, the Ohlone were also diverse in some finer aspects of culture. Their way of life changed dramatically when the Spanish arrived in 1769 and disease and the injustices of Mission life came to replace their earlier lives. Though the last fluent speaker of an Ohlone language died in 1939, the Ohlone are today federally recognised as 7 tribes.

en: The Prussians were Baltic peoples inhabiting the area between the Pomerania, Mazovia, Lithuania and the Baltic Sea (Baltic coast between the lower Vistula and lower Nemen). They were conquered and germanized by the Teutonic Order.
en_GB: The Prussians were Baltic peoples inhabiting the area between the Pomerania, Mazovia, Lithuania and the Baltic Sea (Baltic coast between the lower Vistula and lower Nemen). They were conquered and germanised by the Teutonic Order.

en: Modern Ossetians are the successors of the Alans of Ancient history, who fled into the mountains during the Hunnic invasions. Around 800 CE an Alanic kingdom emerged in the Northern Caucasus, which continued to exist until the Mongol invasions. Nowadays Ossetians live in the Republic of North Ossetia (part of the Russian Federation) and in the partially recognized Republic of South Ossetia.
en_GB: Modern Ossetians are the successors of the Alans of Ancient history, who fled into the mountains during the Hunnic invasions. Around 800 CE an Alanic kingdom emerged in the Northern Caucasus, which continued to exist until the Mongol invasions. Nowadays Ossetians live in the Republic of North Ossetia (part of the Russian Federation) and in the partially recognised Republic of South Ossetia.

en: The Otomí are one of the most ancient peoples of Mexico. They have lived in Central Mexico ever since the development of agriculture or even longer. A warlike people, they served as mercenaries in the armies of many Mesoamerican civilizations and got their name from the otmitl, the crack military order of the Aztecs, in which many of them served. In their own language they are called Hñähñu. With more than half a million people the Otomí are still one of the biggest indigenous groups of Mexico.
en_GB: The Otomí are one of the most ancient peoples of Mexico. They have lived in Central Mexico ever since the development of agriculture or even longer. A warlike people, they served as mercenaries in the armies of many Mesoamerican civilisations and got their name from the otmitl, the crack military order of the Aztecs, in which many of them served. In their own language they are called Hñähñu. With more than half a million people the Otomí are still one of the biggest indigenous groups of Mexico.

en: In the beginning of the 14th century Osman, a leader of a minor Turkish tribe in western Anatolia, conquered all his neighboring tribes. A century later the Byzantine capital fell to Turkish rule which gave the Ottoman empire access to Europe. The Ottomans subsequently conquered large parts of south-eastern Europe, the Islamic Arab world as well as Egypt and much of North Africa, making it a regional superpower until its dissolution in the aftermath of World War I.
en_GB: In the beginning of the 14th century Osman, a leader of a minor Turkish tribe in western Anatolia, conquered all his neighbouring tribes. A century later the Byzantine capital fell to Turkish rule which gave the Ottoman empire access to Europe. The Ottomans subsequently conquered large parts of south-eastern Europe, the Islamic Arab world as well as Egypt and much of North Africa, making it a regional superpower until its dissolution in the aftermath of World War I.

en: Papua New Guinea is a country occupying the eastern part of the island of New Guinea. Inhabited since time immemorial by Papuan peoples, it was colonized by the British and Germans in the late 19th century. During World War I Papua New Guinea was transferred to Australia. It became an independent country in 1975.
en_GB: Papua New Guinea is a country occupying the eastern part of the island of New Guinea. Inhabited since time immemorial by Papuan peoples, it was colonised by the British and Germans in the late 19th century. During World War I Papua New Guinea was transferred to Australia. It became an independent country in 1975.

en: The Papuans are the indigenous inhabitants of the island of New Guinea. They are the descendants of the people who first settled the island 40,000 years ago. Agriculture was developed in the New Guinean Highlands about 6,000 years ago, though many Papuan tribes, especially those on the coast, continue to live as hunter-gatherers. Some Papuan tribes are still uncontacted. The various Papua groups are highly diverse culturally, ethnically and linguistically; New Guinea harbors no less than a quarter of the world's languages. The western part of the island was colonized by the Dutch, the eastern part by the Germans, the British, the Japanese and finally the Australians. The eastern part has been independent as Papua New Guinea since 1975. West Papua was occupied by Indonesia upon the withdrawal of the Dutch in 1963, though indigenous activists have been struggling for independence ever since.
en_GB: The Papuans are the indigenous inhabitants of the island of New Guinea. They are the descendants of the people who first settled the island 40,000 years ago. Agriculture was developed in the New Guinean Highlands about 6,000 years ago, though many Papuan tribes, especially those on the coast, continue to live as hunter-gatherers. Some Papuan tribes are still uncontacted. The various Papua groups are highly diverse culturally, ethnically and linguistically; New Guinea harbors no less than a quarter of the world's languages. The western part of the island was colonised by the Dutch, the eastern part by the Germans, the British, the Japanese and finally the Australians. The eastern part has been independent as Papua New Guinea since 1975. West Papua was occupied by Indonesia upon the withdrawal of the Dutch in 1963, though indigenous activists have been struggling for independence ever since.

en: The Pashtuns are an ethnic group that lives mainly in Afghanistan and Pakistan. They speak Pashto, a language closely related to Persian, and live by an age-old code of honor known as Pashtunwali.
en_GB: The Pashtuns are an ethnic group that lives mainly in Afghanistan and Pakistan. They speak Pashto, a language closely related to Persian, and live by an age-old code of honour known as Pashtunwali.

en: Peru was the cradle of the Inca Empire and civilization. It is still today a major center of indigenous South American culture.
en_GB: Peru was the cradle of the Inca Empire and civilisation. It is still today a major centre of indigenous South American culture.

en: Phoenicia was an ancient civilization, based in what is now the coastal regions of Lebanon and Syria. They spoke a Canaanite language related to Hebrew and were famed mariners. Their alphabet served as the source of the Greek alphabet, and from there evolved into the Etruscan and Latin alphabets as well. The Greeks and Romans knew them for their manufacture of purple dye from the murex shell, which gave them their Greek and Latin names. They referred to themselves as Kan'ani and their Punic (Carthaginian) descendants in St. Augustine's day called themselves Chanani.
en_GB: Phoenicia was an ancient civilisation, based in what is now the coastal regions of Lebanon and Syria. They spoke a Canaanite language related to Hebrew and were famed mariners. Their alphabet served as the source of the Greek alphabet, and from there evolved into the Etruscan and Latin alphabets as well. The Greeks and Romans knew them for their manufacture of purple dye from the murex shell, which gave them their Greek and Latin names. They referred to themselves as Kan'ani and their Punic (Carthaginian) descendants in St. Augustine's day called themselves Chanani.

en: The Phrygians were an ancient Indo-European people, probably related to the Greeks or Thracians. They arrived in Anatolia around the twelfth century BCE, at the time of the invasion of the Sea Peoples in the Eastern Mediterranean region. The arrival of the Phrygians has been associated by some historians with the fall of the Hittite State. After the Macedonian conquest of the Achaemenid Empire and after the arrival of the Galatians to Anatolia, the Phrygians succumbed to Hellenization.
en_GB: The Phrygians were an ancient Indo-European people, probably related to the Greeks or Thracians. They arrived in Anatolia around the twelfth century BCE, at the time of the invasion of the Sea Peoples in the Eastern Mediterranean region. The arrival of the Phrygians has been associated by some historians with the fall of the Hittite State. After the Macedonian conquest of the Achaemenid Empire and after the arrival of the Galatians to Anatolia, the Phrygians succumbed to Hellenisation.

en: The Picts were the indigenous inhabitants of Caledonia, Ancient Scotland. They were probably Celtic or maybe Celticized pre-Indo-Europeans. They were given the name Picts, 'painted people', by the Romans because of their custom of tattooing their bodies. The Picts survived until well into the Middle Ages but by the 11th century they had been assimilated by the Gaelic Scots.
en_GB: The Picts were the indigenous inhabitants of Caledonia, Ancient Scotland. They were probably Celtic or maybe Celticised pre-Indo-Europeans. They were given the name Picts, 'painted people', by the Romans because of their custom of tattooing their bodies. The Picts survived until well into the Middle Ages but by the 11th century they had been assimilated by the Gaelic Scots.

en: Pontus is a region on the Black Sea coast of Asia Minor, currently part of Turkey but historically part of the Greek cultural realm. A Hellenistic Kingdom of Pontus was founded in the 3rd century BCE, which reached its greatest splendor under Mithridates the Great before succumbing to Rome. After centuries of Roman and Byzantine rule, Pontus became an independent state again when in 1204 the Empire of Trebizond was founded as one of the successors of the crumbling Byzantine Empire. Under the Komnenos dynasty, Trebizond held out as the very last remnant of the Roman Empire until it finally fell to the Ottomans in 1461. During the Turkish-Greek population transfers after World War I, most Pontic Greeks were deported, and today the population of Pontus is almost exclusively Turkish.
en_GB: Pontus is a region on the Black Sea coast of Asia Minor, currently part of Turkey but historically part of the Greek cultural realm. A Hellenistic Kingdom of Pontus was founded in the 3rd century BCE, which reached its greatest splendour under Mithridates the Great before succumbing to Rome. After centuries of Roman and Byzantine rule, Pontus became an independent state again when in 1204 the Empire of Trebizond was founded as one of the successors of the crumbling Byzantine Empire. Under the Komnenos dynasty, Trebizond held out as the very last remnant of the Roman Empire until it finally fell to the Ottomans in 1461. During the Turkish-Greek population transfers after World War I, most Pontic Greeks were deported, and today the population of Pontus is almost exclusively Turkish.

en: The Rapa Nui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island. They have inhabited the island since the end of the first millennium CE. They are famous for having built large statues called moai. This civilization was destroyed due to internal conflicts; in 1888 the island was annexed by Chile. Their script Rongorongo has never been deciphered.
en_GB: The Rapa Nui are the native Polynesian inhabitants of Easter Island. They have inhabited the island since the end of the first millennium CE. They are famous for having built large statues called moai. This civilisation was destroyed due to internal conflicts; in 1888 the island was annexed by Chile. Their script Rongorongo has never been deciphered.

en: The Rumantsch or Romansh people are inhabitants of the Swiss canton of Grisons who speak Romansh, a Romance language that retains some unique characteristics and with a rich oral tradition. Although Romansh is one of the four national languages of Switzerland and projects are being undertaken to save the language, it is losing terrain as many of its speakers switch to German. Before the Napoleonic Era, the Three Leagues of Grisons were the only territory of Europe where decision making was organized by taking votes.
en_GB: The Rumantsch or Romansh people are inhabitants of the Swiss canton of Grisons who speak Romansh, a Romance language that retains some unique characteristics and with a rich oral tradition. Although Romansh is one of the four national languages of Switzerland and projects are being undertaken to save the language, it is losing terrain as many of its speakers switch to German. Before the Napoleonic Era, the Three Leagues of Grisons were the only territory of Europe where decision making was organised by taking votes.

en: The Kievan Rus' were a Medieval Slavic monarchy. It was centered in Kiev after that city was conquered by Oleg of Novgorod. In the 13th century the Rus' succumbed to a Mongol invasion. The Rus' were the precursors of the modern East Slavic nations.
en_GB: The Kievan Rus' were a Medieval Slavic monarchy. It was centred in Kiev after that city was conquered by Oleg of Novgorod. In the 13th century the Rus' succumbed to a Mongol invasion. The Rus' were the precursors of the modern East Slavic nations.

en: The Samnites were an ancient confederation of Italic tribes who spoke the Oscan language and inhabited Central Italy, South of the Sabines. After losing the wars with Rome the Samnites were subjected to Rome and became Romanized. They were good soldiers and famed as Roman gladiators.
en_GB: The Samnites were an ancient confederation of Italic tribes who spoke the Oscan language and inhabited Central Italy, South of the Sabines. After losing the wars with Rome the Samnites were subjected to Rome and became Romanised. They were good soldiers and famed as Roman gladiators.

en: Samoa is a country occupying the Western part of the Samoan islands of the Central Pacific; the Eastern part is governed by the United States as American Samoa. Samoa was settled by Austronesian peoples around 1500 BCE. It was probably from Samoa that the Polynesians started the expansion throughout the Pacific. Colonized by Germany and New Zealand, Samoa became independent in 1962.
en_GB: Samoa is a country occupying the Western part of the Samoan islands of the Central Pacific; the Eastern part is governed by the United States as American Samoa. Samoa was settled by Austronesian peoples around 1500 BCE. It was probably from Samoa that the Polynesians started the expansion throughout the Pacific. Colonised by Germany and New Zealand, Samoa became independent in 1962.

en: Sardinia is an island in the Mediterranean Sea and an autonomous region of Italy. The site of the Nuraghic civilization in prehistory, the island passed to Phoenician and then Roman rule. Upon the collapse of the Roman Empire Sardinia was occupied by the Vandals and later by the Byzantines, but foreign rule quickly eroded and by the 9th century the Byzantine representatives had formed their own autonomous states. By the end of the Middle Ages however, the Aragonese had established dominance over the island. In 1718 Sardinia was handed to the house of Savoy, and it became a constituent part of the Kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, which eventually led Italy to its national unification in 1861.
en_GB: Sardinia is an island in the Mediterranean Sea and an autonomous region of Italy. The site of the Nuraghic civilisation in prehistory, the island passed to Phoenician and then Roman rule. Upon the collapse of the Roman Empire Sardinia was occupied by the Vandals and later by the Byzantines, but foreign rule quickly eroded and by the 9th century the Byzantine representatives had formed their own autonomous states. By the end of the Middle Ages however, the Aragonese had established dominance over the island. In 1718 Sardinia was handed to the house of Savoy, and it became a constituent part of the Kingdom of Piedmont-Sardinia, which eventually led Italy to its national unification in 1861.

en: The Seleucid Empire was one of the diadochi states founded when Alexander the Great's generals carved up his empire after his death. It was named after its founder Seleucus I Nicator. Centered in Syria, the Seleucids were the most powerful of the diadochi states but eventually succumbed to Rome in the last century BCE.
en_GB: The Seleucid Empire was one of the diadochi states founded when Alexander the Great's generals carved up his empire after his death. It was named after its founder Seleucus I Nicator. Centred in Syria, the Seleucids were the most powerful of the diadochi states but eventually succumbed to Rome in the last century BCE.

en: The Seminole people emerged in the 18th century through a process of ethnogenesis, out of groups of lower Creek emigrants who fled the encroachment of White settlers in the U.S. state of Georgia and elsewhere, south to the Florida peninsula which at that time was under Spanish control. They intermingled with remnants of other tribes plus a significant number of Black African freedmen. Seminole leaders sided with the United States during the so-called Seminole wars against Spain, the outcome of which was the ceding of Florida to the U.S., and the removal of a majority of Seminoles to Indian Territory in what is now Oklahoma. Together with the Cherokee, Choctaw, Muskogee, and Chickasaw, the Seminole are known as one of the "Five Civilized Tribes" for their relatively amiable relationships with White European settlers during the early era of U.S. expansion.
en_GB: The Seminole people emerged in the 18th century through a process of ethnogenesis, out of groups of lower Creek emigrants who fled the encroachment of White settlers in the U.S. state of Georgia and elsewhere, south to the Florida peninsula which at that time was under Spanish control. They intermingled with remnants of other tribes plus a significant number of Black African freedmen. Seminole leaders sided with the United States during the so-called Seminole wars against Spain, the outcome of which was the ceding of Florida to the U.S., and the removal of a majority of Seminoles to Indian Territory in what is now Oklahoma. Together with the Cherokee, Choctaw, Muskogee, and Chickasaw, the Seminole are known as one of the "Five Civilised Tribes" for their relatively amiable relationships with White European settlers during the early era of U.S. expansion.

en: Senegal is the westernmost country of mainland Africa. It has been independent from France since 1960. Senegal is relatively stable and democratic compared to its neighbors.
en_GB: Senegal is the westernmost country of mainland Africa. It has been independent from France since 1960. Senegal is relatively stable and democratic compared to its neighbours.

en: Sherpas are an ethnic group who settled in the Himalaya region of modern-day Nepal in the 15th century. They are of Tibetan stock and speak a language related to modern Tibetan though they are not mutually intelligible. After a few centuries of autonomy, Sherpa communities came by the 18th century under military pressure from encroaching Hindu polities, such as the Bengal based Sen Empire. By the 18th century the Sherpa homeland had been annexed into the Kingdom of Nepal. Following the democratization of Nepal in the beginning of the 21st century, there have been calls for greater autonomy for the Sherpas within the federal republic.
en_GB: Sherpas are an ethnic group who settled in the Himalaya region of modern-day Nepal in the 15th century. They are of Tibetan stock and speak a language related to modern Tibetan though they are not mutually intelligible. After a few centuries of autonomy, Sherpa communities came by the 18th century under military pressure from encroaching Hindu polities, such as the Bengal based Sen Empire. By the 18th century the Sherpa homeland had been annexed into the Kingdom of Nepal. Following the democratisation of Nepal in the beginning of the 21st century, there have been calls for greater autonomy for the Sherpas within the federal republic.

en: The Slavs are a modern linguistic group of several nations in Eastern Europe with common historical roots. The origin of the Slavs is not known precisely, therefore there are many hypotheses trying to explain them. Their sudden appearance in the history of civilized Europe may be related to the arrival of Iranian peoples and the expansion of the Huns.
en_GB: The Slavs are a modern linguistic group of several nations in Eastern Europe with common historical roots. The origin of the Slavs is not known precisely, therefore there are many hypotheses trying to explain them. Their sudden appearance in the history of civilised Europe may be related to the arrival of Iranian peoples and the expansion of the Huns.

en: The Republic of Somaliland is an unrecognized state in Northern Somalia, roughly concurrent with former British Somaliland. It declared independence upon the collapse of Somalia in 1991. Although it enjoys more stability and a somewhat higher standard of living than the rest of Somalia it remains internationally unrecognized.
en_GB: The Republic of Somaliland is an unrecognised state in Northern Somalia, roughly concurrent with former British Somaliland. It declared independence upon the collapse of Somalia in 1991. Although it enjoys more stability and a somewhat higher standard of living than the rest of Somalia it remains internationally unrecognised.

en: Somalia is a country in the Horn of Africa. In ancient times Somalia was a trading hub. At the end of the 19th century it was colonized by Britain and Italy. Somalia regained its independence in 1960. The military under general Siad Barre seized power in 1969. Siad Barre unsuccessfully tried to root out the country's clan system. In 1991 he was overthrown. The country has been without a functioning government ever since.
en_GB: Somalia is a country in the Horn of Africa. In ancient times Somalia was a trading hub. At the end of the 19th century it was colonised by Britain and Italy. Somalia regained its independence in 1960. The military under general Siad Barre seized power in 1969. Siad Barre unsuccessfully tried to root out the country's clan system. In 1991 he was overthrown. The country has been without a functioning government ever since.

en: Dutch settlers began colonizing southern Africa in the 17th century. After many wars between primarily Boers (descendants of Dutch settlers), British forces and Zulus, the Union of South Africa was created in 1910. The South African government became notorious for its "apartheid" policy of legal inequality based on the color of a citizen's skin. Following the adoption of the country's first non-racist constitution in 1994, long-time political prisoner Nelson Mandela became the first truly democratically elected president of South Africa.
en_GB: Dutch settlers began colonising southern Africa in the 17th century. After many wars between primarily Boers (descendants of Dutch settlers), British forces and Zulus, the Union of South Africa was created in 1910. The South African government became notorious for its "apartheid" policy of legal inequality based on the colour of a citizen's skin. Following the adoption of the country's first non-racist constitution in 1994, long-time political prisoner Nelson Mandela became the first truly democratically elected president of South Africa.

en: The Union of South American Nations was formed in 2008, modeled after the European Union, but panamericanism has already existed since the 19th century.
en_GB: The Union of South American Nations was formed in 2008, modelled after the European Union, but panamericanism has already existed since the 19th century.

en: The area around Aden was colonized by the British in 1839. South Yemen declared independence in 1967 and joined the communist bloc. It was united with North Yemen in 1990.
en_GB: The area around Aden was colonised by the British in 1839. South Yemen declared independence in 1967 and joined the communist bloc. It was united with North Yemen in 1990.

en: Sri Vijaya was an empire centered on Palembang in eastern Sumatra and extended its control through much of the coastal regions of Sumatra, Java, Borneo and the Malay peninsula. It was founded sometime in the 3rd century CE and lasted until roughly 1400, falling first to Jambi, then to Singhasari and other regional powers, including the South Indian Chola dynasty.
en_GB: Sri Vijaya was an empire centred on Palembang in eastern Sumatra and extended its control through much of the coastal regions of Sumatra, Java, Borneo and the Malay peninsula. It was founded sometime in the 3rd century CE and lasted until roughly 1400, falling first to Jambi, then to Singhasari and other regional powers, including the South Indian Chola dynasty.

en: Suriname is the smallest independent country of South America. Originally it was inhabited by Arawak Indians. It was first colonized by the English who traded it with the Dutch for New Amsterdam, modern New York, in 1667. Suriname was granted self government in 1954 and became fully independent in 1975.
en_GB: Suriname is the smallest independent country of South America. Originally it was inhabited by Arawak Indians. It was first colonised by the English who traded it with the Dutch for New Amsterdam, modern New York, in 1667. Suriname was granted self government in 1954 and became fully independent in 1975.

en: The Swazi are a Bantu people of southern Africa. Under the leadership of Mswati II (1820 - 1868), the Swazis expanded their territory and stabilized the southern frontier with the Zulus.
en_GB: The Swazis are a Bantu people of southern Africa. Under the leadership of Mswati II (1820 - 1868), the Swazis expanded their territory and stabilised the southern frontier with the Zulus.

en: The Knights Templar were formed after the first Crusade in order to protect Pilgrims on their journeys in the Holy Land. The organization grew to immense power and wealth in the next 200 years, and were the innovators of many modern concepts such as Banking.
en_GB: The Knights Templar were formed after the first Crusade in order to protect Pilgrims on their journeys in the Holy Land. The organisation grew to immense power and wealth in the next 200 years, and were the innovators of many modern concepts such as Banking.

en: The Teutonic Order led a series of crusades against pagan Balts during the High Middle Ages. In 1224 it founded the 'Ordenstaat' or State of the Order, which remained a powerful country for three centuries. The State was secularized and replaced by the Duchy of Prussia in the 16th century.
en_GB: The Teutonic Order led a series of crusades against pagan Balts during the High Middle Ages. In 1224 it founded the 'Ordenstaat' or State of the Order, which remained a powerful country for three centuries. The State was secularised and replaced by the Duchy of Prussia in the 16th century.

en: The Tibetan homeland is sometimes called the "Roof of the World", the highest elevated region in the world. In the 7th century, Tibet emerged as a formidable empire under the leadership of king Songtsen Gampo, being recognized by both China and India. This dynasty lasted until the 11th century, when Tibet was overrun by the Mongols. Centuries later when Mongol rule had weakened, Lozang Gyatso - born 1617 and the 5th Dalai Lama - established a buddhist religious state under the control of the Gelugpa school of Tibetan Buddhism.
en_GB: The Tibetan homeland is sometimes called the "Roof of the World", the highest elevated region in the world. In the 7th century, Tibet emerged as a formidable empire under the leadership of king Songtsen Gampo, being recognised by both China and India. This dynasty lasted until the 11th century, when Tibet was overrun by the Mongols. Centuries later when Mongol rule had weakened, Lozang Gyatso - born 1617 and the 5th Dalai Lama - established a buddhist religious state under the control of the Gelugpa school of Tibetan Buddhism.

en: Timur was a military genius who claimed lineage from Chinggis Khan and from his capital in Samarkand conquered all of Central Asia as well as parts of the Middle East and India. The court culture of Timurid Empire was heavily Persianized, while the imperial administration and military organization displayed influences from the Timurid ruling elite's Mongolian and Turkic origins.
en_GB: Timur was a military genius who claimed lineage from Chinggis Khan and from his capital in Samarkand conquered all of Central Asia as well as parts of the Middle East and India. The court culture of Timurid Empire was heavily Persianised, while the imperial administration and military organisation displayed influences from the Timurid ruling elite's Mongolian and Turkic origins.

en: The Toltecs were a Meso-American civilization that existed from the 10th to the 12th century. The Toltec Empire was founded by Ce Tecpatl Mixcoatl, who led his nomadic people from the north to settle on the Mexican High Plain. Mixcoatl was murdered by his enemies but was later avenged by his son Ce Acatl Topilitzin Quetzalcoatl, who would lead the Toltec civilization to untold heights. Toltec culture continued to thrive until the 12th century. Their capital Tollan was violently destroyed in 1168 and the Toltec area fragmented into rivaling city-states. Toltec cultural influences have been identified from New Mexico to Nicaragua, though historians do not agree on the political history of the Toltecs. Since most of the history of the Toltecs is based on Aztec mythology, some claim there was never a Toltec Empire, but that Aztec references to the Toltecs were an allegory for civilization.
en_GB: The Toltecs were a Meso-American civilisation that existed from the 10th to the 12th century. The Toltec Empire was founded by Ce Tecpatl Mixcoatl, who led his nomadic people from the north to settle on the Mexican High Plain. Mixcoatl was murdered by his enemies but was later avenged by his son Ce Acatl Topilitzin Quetzalcoatl, who would lead the Toltec civilisation to untold heights. Toltec culture continued to thrive until the 12th century. Their capital Tollan was violently destroyed in 1168 and the Toltec area fragmented into rivaling city-states. Toltec cultural influences have been identified from New Mexico to Nicaragua, though historians do not agree on the political history of the Toltecs. Since most of the history of the Toltecs is based on Aztec mythology, some claim there was never a Toltec Empire, but that Aztec references to the Toltecs were an allegory for civilisation.

en: An island group in the Southern Pacific, Tonga was settled by Polynesians around 1000 BCE. Although the islands became a British protectorate in the 19th century, they are the only country in Oceania to have escaped actual colonization.
en_GB: An island group in the Southern Pacific, Tonga was settled by Polynesians around 1000 BCE. Although the islands became a British protectorate in the 19th century, they are the only country in Oceania to have escaped actual colonisation.

en: Transnistria was added to the Moldavian SSR by Stalin, although it was mostly inhabited by Russians and Ukrainians. After the collapse of the Soviet Union Transnistria declared its independence from Moldova. Although the country is de facto independent, it is not recognized by any UN member. Power is still in the hands of the old communist elite.
en_GB: Transnistria was added to the Moldavian SSR by Stalin, although it was mostly inhabited by Russians and Ukrainians. After the collapse of the Soviet Union Transnistria declared its independence from Moldova. Although the country is de facto independent, it is not recognised by any UN member. Power is still in the hands of the old communist elite.

en: Trinidad and Tobago is a country in the Caribbean, consisting of the two eponymous islands. It is the most populous country of the Lesser Antilles. Trinidad was sighted by Columbus in 1498, and remained a Spanish colony until it was conquered by the British during the Napoleonic wars; Tobago was colonized by Curonians, Spanish, Dutch, French and Swedes but eventually also ended up in British hands. The islands have been independent since 1962. The islands' economy is based on oil and is relatively developed when compared to its Caribbean neighbors. Trinidad and Tobago is famous for its music and its Carnival.
en_GB: Trinidad and Tobago is a country in the Caribbean, consisting of the two eponymous islands. It is the most populous country of the Lesser Antilles. Trinidad was sighted by Columbus in 1498, and remained a Spanish colony until it was conquered by the British during the Napoleonic wars; Tobago was colonised by Curonians, Spanish, Dutch, French and Swedes but eventually also ended up in British hands. The islands have been independent since 1962. The islands' economy is based on oil and is relatively developed when compared to its Caribbean neighbours. Trinidad and Tobago is famous for its music and its Carnival.

en: The Tuareg or Imuhagh are a pastoralist nomadic Berber people inhabiting the interior of the Sahara Desert, mostly in Algeria, Niger and Mali. Despite their matrilineal organization they are followers of Islam. For many centuries they engaged in slave hunting, even influencing the slave trade to the Americas.
en_GB: The Tuareg or Imuhagh are a pastoralist nomadic Berber people inhabiting the interior of the Sahara Desert, mostly in Algeria, Niger and Mali. Despite their matrilineal organisation they are followers of Islam. For many centuries they engaged in slave hunting, even influencing the slave trade to the Americas.

en: Turks first settled in Cyprus after the Ottomans conquered the island in 1571. Political unrest and ethnic tensions between Turkish and Greek Cypriots led to an invasion by the Turkish military in 1974, followed by the declaration of independence of the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus in 1983. Currently, the only country that recognizes the independence of the TRNC is Turkey.
en_GB: Turks first settled in Cyprus after the Ottomans conquered the island in 1571. Political unrest and ethnic tensions between Turkish and Greek Cypriots led to an invasion by the Turkish military in 1974, followed by the declaration of independence of the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus in 1983. Currently, the only country that recognises the independence of the TRNC is Turkey.

en: Uyghur was an east Turk empire and civilization. At its height in 820 CE it controlled most of Central and North Asia. After clashing with the Chinese for several centuries, they were finally subdued by the Qing dynasty in the 1700s. Today, descendants of the Uyghur form the populations of the Central Asian states of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. They are also the main minority of the Xinjiang province of China.
en_GB: Uyghur was an east Turk empire and civilisation. At its height in 820 CE it controlled most of Central and North Asia. After clashing with the Chinese for several centuries, they were finally subdued by the Qing dynasty in the 1700s. Today, descendants of the Uyghur form the populations of the Central Asian states of Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan. They are also the main minority of the Xinjiang province of China.

en: The Veletians or Lutici were a medieval West Lechitic tribal confederation in what is nowadays the northeastern part of Germany (Brandenburg and Mecklenburg). Their tribes were of mixed Slavic and Germanic origin, which was visible in their language. The basis for the existence of the Veletian confederation was to preserve the Slavic pagan religion and to resist the expansion of Germany and the Polanian state. The Veletians eventually succumbed to Germanization or were murdered following the Crusades and the German settlement on their lands.
en_GB: The Veletians or Lutici were a medieval West Lechitic tribal confederation in what is nowadays the northeastern part of Germany (Brandenburg and Mecklenburg). Their tribes were of mixed Slavic and Germanic origin, which was visible in their language. The basis for the existence of the Veletian confederation was to preserve the Slavic pagan religion and to resist the expansion of Germany and the Polanian state. The Veletians eventually succumbed to Germanisation or were murdered following the Crusades and the German settlement on their lands.

en: The Veneti were an ancient Indo-European people who inhabited an area roughly coinciding with the modern Italian region of Veneto. Their language is of unknown origin, but probably from Central Europe, because it shares some features with Celtic and Germanic languages. The Veneti allied with the Romans during the Punic Wars. By the 1st century BCE they had been absorbed into the Roman Republic and the region gradually Romanized.
en_GB: The Veneti were an ancient Indo-European people who inhabited an area roughly coinciding with the modern Italian region of Veneto. Their language is of unknown origin, but probably from Central Europe, because it shares some features with Celtic and Germanic languages. The Veneti allied with the Romans during the Punic Wars. By the 1st century BCE they had been absorbed into the Roman Republic and the region gradually Romanised.

en: Saint Vincent and the Grenadines were amongst the last Caribbean islands to be colonized, as local Carib Indians intermarried with runaway slaves and fought off European colonizers. In the 18th century the islands were contested by the French and British. In 1783 the French relinquished their claims. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines became independent from Britain in 1979 and are currently a Commonwealth realm.
en_GB: Saint Vincent and the Grenadines were amongst the last Caribbean islands to be colonised, as local Carib Indians intermarried with runaway slaves and fought off European colonisers. In the 18th century the islands were contested by the French and British. In 1783 the French relinquished their claims. Saint Vincent and the Grenadines became independent from Britain in 1979 and are currently a Commonwealth realm.

en: The Thervingi or Visigoths were an East Germanic people, one of the two tribes of the Goths. They probably originated from Scandinavia. In the 3rd century they migrated south, to modern Ukraine. They then crossed the Danube and sacked Rome in 410 CE. Recognized by the Romans as foederati, they eventually settled around Toulouse where they formed a kingdom. The Visigoths managed to conquer all of the Iberian Peninsula and moved their capital to Toledo. They lost all their territories north of the Pyrenees to the Franks but Visigothic rulers continued to rule the Romanized Iberians until the peninsula was eventually overrun by Muslim invaders in 711.
en_GB: The Thervingi or Visigoths were an East Germanic people, one of the two tribes of the Goths. They probably originated from Scandinavia. In the 3rd century they migrated south, to modern Ukraine. They then crossed the Danube and sacked Rome in 410 CE. Recognised by the Romans as foederati, they eventually settled around Toulouse where they formed a kingdom. The Visigoths managed to conquer all of the Iberian Peninsula and moved their capital to Toledo. They lost all their territories north of the Pyrenees to the Franks but Visigothic rulers continued to rule the Romanised Iberians until the peninsula was eventually overrun by Muslim invaders in 711.

en: The Walloons are the French speaking inhabitants of Belgium. In the 19th century, Wallonia was first region on the European continent to industrialize and the second in the world after England. It subsequently became a hotbed of socialist and labor union activity.
en_GB: The Walloons are the French speaking inhabitants of Belgium. In the 19th century, Wallonia was first region on the European continent to industrialise and the second in the world after England. It subsequently became a hotbed of socialist and labour union activity.

en: A werewolf is a human who under certain circumstances is transformed into a wolf-like beast. During the Middle Ages in Europe, werewolves were believed to terrorize villages in search of human flesh and were often blamed for unexplained or particularly brutal killings.
en_GB: A werewolf is a human who under certain circumstances is transformed into a wolf-like beast. During the Middle Ages in Europe, werewolves were believed to terrorise villages in search of human flesh and were often blamed for unexplained or particularly brutal killings.

en: Western Pomerania is a geographical and historical region in North West Poland and the extreme North East of Germany. Initially an independent Slavic state, Western Pomerania was twice conquered by the Polish. Later, Western Pomerania succumbed to Germanization and was divided into smaller feudal principalities which were gradually conquered by Brandenburg. For many years this land was part of Germany but in 1945 it was attached to Poland.
en_GB: Western Pomerania is a geographical and historical region in North West Poland and the extreme North East of Germany. Initially an independent Slavic state, Western Pomerania was twice conquered by the Polish. Later, Western Pomerania succumbed to Germanisation and was divided into smaller feudal principalities which were gradually conquered by Brandenburg. For many years this land was part of Germany but in 1945 it was attached to Poland.

en: Yemen is the only republic on the Arabian Peninsula. Although it was the site of several ancient civilizations, Yemen only exists in its current form since North Yemen annexed South Yemen in 1990.
en_GB: Yemen is the only republic on the Arabian Peninsula. Although it was the site of several ancient civilisations, Yemen only exists in its current form since North Yemen annexed South Yemen in 1990.

en: Zambia was inhabited by Bantu peoples when it was colonized by the British in the 19th century. Governed as Northern Rhodesia by the British, Zambia gained its independence in 1964.
en_GB: Zambia was inhabited by Bantu peoples when it was colonised by the British in the 19th century. Governed as Northern Rhodesia by the British, Zambia gained its independence in 1964.

en: An archipelago off the coast of Eastern Africa, Zanzibar has been an international trading center since time immemorial. Zanzibari traders controlled much of the spice and slave trade in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Periods of relative independence and foreign control by Persians, Portuguese, Omanis and British followed each other. Occupied by the British in 1893, Zanzibar achieved independence in 1963. Shortly thereafter, the last sultan was overthrown and Zanzibar joined with Tanganyika to form the United Republic of Tanzania.
en_GB: An archipelago off the coast of Eastern Africa, Zanzibar has been an international trading centre since time immemorial. Zanzibari traders controlled much of the spice and slave trade in the western part of the Indian Ocean. Periods of relative independence and foreign control by Persians, Portuguese, Omanis and British followed each other. Occupied by the British in 1893, Zanzibar achieved independence in 1963. Shortly thereafter, the last sultan was overthrown and Zanzibar joined with Tanganyika to form the United Republic of Tanzania.

en: The Zapotecs or Binnizá live in the Mexican state of Oaxaca. They formed one of the oldest and most resilient Mesoamerican civilizations. The most notable Zapotec center, Monte Albán, was built on a razed mountain top. Benito Juárez, Mexico's first indigenous president, was a Zapotec.
en_GB: The Zapotecs or Binnizá live in the Mexican state of Oaxaca. They formed one of the oldest and most resilient Mesoamerican civilisations. The most notable Zapotec centre, Monte Albán, was built on a razed mountain top. Benito Juárez, Mexico's first indigenous president, was a Zapotec.

en: The Zhuang people live in far southwestern China, an ancient border region that has long separated Sinitic civilization from the aboriginal peoples of Southeast Asia. Known for their unique irrigation and scenic terraced rice paddies, they were under pressure from various Chinese dynasties for most of the Ancient era. By the 10th century CE the Zhuang were under harsh rule by the Chinese Song dynasty. After a rebellion in 1052 led by folk-hero Nong Zhigao was crushed, many Zhuang migrated southward forming the basis of the Lao, Thai, and Shan nations. After the Han, the Zhuang are the most populous ethnic group of the People's Republic of China.
en_GB: The Zhuang people live in far southwestern China, an ancient border region that has long separated Sinitic civilisation from the aboriginal peoples of Southeast Asia. Known for their unique irrigation and scenic terraced rice paddies, they were under pressure from various Chinese dynasties for most of the Ancient era. By the 10th century CE the Zhuang were under harsh rule by the Chinese Song dynasty. After a rebellion in 1052 led by folk-hero Nong Zhigao was crushed, many Zhuang migrated southward forming the basis of the Lao, Thai, and Shan nations. After the Han, the Zhuang are the most populous ethnic group of the People's Republic of China.

en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

en: Synchronizing
en_GB: Synchronising

en: frogr: a Flickr Remote Organizer for GNOME
en_GB: frogr: a Flickr Remote Organiser for GNOME

en: Upload and organize photos in Flickr accounts
en_GB: Upload and organise photos in Flickr accounts

en: A Flickr Remote Organizer for GNOME
en_GB: A Flickr Remote Organiser for GNOME

en: Please press the button to authorize %s and then come back to complete the process.
en_GB: Please press the button to authorise %s and then come back to complete the process.

en: Authorize %s
en_GB: Authorise %s

en: Error:
    Photo added to group's queue
en_GB: Error:
    Photo added to queue of group

en: Error:
    Photo already added to group's queue
en_GB: Error:
    Photo already added to queue of group

en: Authorization failed.
    Please try again
en_GB: Authorisation failed.
    Please try again

en: Error
    %s is not properly authorized to upload pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorize it
en_GB: Error
    %s is not properly authorised to upload pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorise it

en: You have not properly authorized %s yet.
    Please try again.
en_GB: You have not properly authorised %s yet.
    Please try again.

en: Invalid verification code.
    Please try again.
en_GB: Invalid verification code.
    Please try again

en: Authorization failed (timed out)
en_GB: Authorisation failed (timed out)

en: Retrieving data for authorization…
en_GB: Retrieving data for authorisation…

en: Finishing authorization…
en_GB: Finishing authorisation…

en: You need to properly authorize %s before uploading any pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorize it.
en_GB: You need to properly authorise %s before uploading any pictures to Flickr.
    Please re-authorise it.

en: License Type
en_GB: Licence Type

en: Loading files %d / %d
en_GB: Loading files %d/%d

en: Select Destination
en_GB: Select Description

en: Default License
en_GB: Default Licence

en: Aut_horize Account…
en_GB: Aut_horise Account…

en: Fix animations for moving and maximizing tiled windows
en_GB: Fix animations for moving and maximising tiled windows

en: If enabled, dropping windows on vertical screen edges maximizes them vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available area. Dropping windows on the top screen edge maximizes them completely.
en_GB: If enabled, dropping windows on vertical screen edges maximises them vertically and resizes them horizontally to cover half of the available area. Dropping windows on the top screen edge maximises them completely.

en: Attach modal dialogs
en_GB: Attach modal dialogues

en: When true, instead of having independent titlebars, modal dialogs appear attached to the titlebar of the parent window and are moved together with the parent window.
en_GB: When true, instead of having independent titlebars, modal dialogues appear attached to the titlebar of the parent window and are moved together with the parent window.

en: HTTP client GET example
en_GB: -

en: Connected, waiting for reply...
en_GB: -

en: Receiving data...
en_GB: -

en: &1 bytes
en_GB: -

en: GET!
en_GB: -

en: URL :
en_GB: -

en: http://gambasdoc.org/help
en_GB: -

en: Page needs authorization
en_GB: -

en: GSS
en_GB: -

en: &Configuration...
en_GB: -

en: 127.0.0.1:3128
en_GB: -

en: Update cookies file
en_GB: -

en: Cookies file (if you leave it blank HttpClient will not manage cookies)
en_GB: -

en: The color temperature is set according to the position of the sun. A different color temperature is set during night and daytime. During twilight and early morning, the color temperature transitions smoothly from night to daytime temperature to allow your eyes to slowly adapt.
en_GB: The colour temperature is set according to the position of the Sun. A different colour temperature is set during night and daytime. During twilight and early morning, the colour temperature transitions smoothly from night to daytime temperature to allow your eyes to slowly adapt.

en: Color temperature adjustment
en_GB: Colour temperature adjustment

en: Color temperature adjustment tool
en_GB: Colour temperature adjustment tool

en: Color temperature
en_GB: Colour temperature

note: TRANSLATORS: help output 2 no-wrap
en: Set color temperature of display according to time of day.
en_GB: Set colour temperature of display according to time of day.

note: TRANSLATORS: help output 4 `list' must not be translated no-wrap
en:   -b DAY:NIGHT	Screen brightness to apply (between 0.1 and 1.0)
      -c FILE	Load settings from specified configuration file
      -g R:G:B	Additional gamma correction to apply
      -l LAT:LON	Your current location
      -l PROVIDER	Select provider for automatic location updates
      		(Type `list' to see available providers)
      -m METHOD	Method to use to set color temperature
      		(Type `list' to see available methods)
      -o		One shot mode (do not continuously adjust color temperature)
      -O TEMP	One shot manual mode (set color temperature)
      -p		Print mode (only print parameters and exit)
      -P		Reset existing gamma ramps before applying new color effect
      -x		Reset mode (remove adjustment from screen)
      -r		Disable fading between color temperatures
      -t DAY:NIGHT	Color temperature to set at daytime/night
en_GB:   -b DAY:NIGHT	Screen brightness to apply (between 0.1 and 1.0)
      -c FILE	Load settings from specified configuration file
      -g R:G:B	Additional gamma correction to apply
      -l LAT:LON	Your current location
      -l PROVIDER	Select provider for automatic location updates
      		(Type `list' to see available providers)
      -m METHOD	Method to use to set colour temperature
      		(Type `list' to see available methods)
      -o		One shot mode (do not continuously adjust colour temperature)
      -O TEMP	One shot manual mode (set colour temperature)
      -p		Print mode (only print parameters and exit)
      -P		Reset existing gamma ramps before applying new colour effect
      -x		Reset mode (remove adjustment from screen)
      -r		Disable fading between colour temperatures
      -t DAY:NIGHT	Colour temperature to set at daytime/night

note: TRANSLATORS: help output 5
en: The neutral temperature is %uK. Using this value will not change the color
    temperature of the display. Setting the color temperature to a value higher
    than this results in more blue light, and setting a lower value will result in
    more red light.
en_GB: The neutral temperature is %uK. Using this value will not change the colour
    temperature of the display. Setting the colour temperature to a value higher
    than this results in more blue light, and setting a lower value will result in
    more red light.

en: Does not affect the display but prints the color temperature to the terminal.
en_GB: Does not affect the display but prints the colour temperature to the terminal.

en: Not authorized to obtain location from CoreLocation.
en_GB: Not authorised to obtain location from CoreLocation.

en: Waiting for authorization to obtain location...
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation to obtain location...

en: Request for location was not authorized!
en_GB: Request for location was not authorised!

en: Memory has only %i free locations.Exiting
en_GB: Memory has only %i free locations. Exiting

en:  (Text: email address)
en_GB:  (Text: e-mail address)

en: License GPLv2: GNU GPL version 2 <https://spdx.org/licenses/GPL-2.0>.
en_GB: Licence GPLv2: GNU GPL version 2 <http://creativecommons.org/licenses/GPL/2.0/>.

en: File checksum calculated by phone doesn't match with value calculated by Gammu. File is damaged or there is a error in Gammu.
en_GB: File checksum calculated by phone doesn't match with value calculated by Gammu. File is damaged or there is an error in Gammu.

en: Favorite messaging number
en_GB: Favourite messaging number

en: Home email
en_GB: Home e-mail

en: Work email
en_GB: Work e-mail

en: Email address 2
en_GB: E-mail address 2

en: SME busy
en_GB: SME engaged

en: Disables email indicator
en_GB: Disables e-mail indicator

en: Enables email indicator
en_GB: Enables e-mail indicator

en: Transfer canceled by phone, maybe you pressed "Cancel" on the phone.
en_GB: Transfer cancelled by phone, maybe you pressed "Cancel" on the phone.

en: Failed to initialize DB driver.
en_GB: Failed to initialise DB driver.

en: Two trucks
en_GB: Two lorries

en: You have two trucks that have a total weight of [add] unit. If the lighter truck weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier truck, what is the weight of the lighter truck? [option_answers] | You have two trucks that have a total weight of [add] units. If the lighter truck weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier truck, what is the weight of the lighter truck? [option_answers]
en_GB[0]: You have two lorries that have a total weight of [add] unit. If the lighter lorry weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier lorry, what is the weight of the lighter lorry? [option_answers]
en_GB[1]: You have two lorries that have a total weight of [add] units. If the lighter lorry weights 15 units less that half of the weight of the heavier lorry, what is the weight of the lighter lorry? [option_answers]

en: The heavier truck weights [heavier] and the lighter [lighter].
en_GB: The heavier lorry weights [heavier] and the lighter [lighter].

en: Specializes in skin diseases
en_GB: Specialises in skin diseases

en: Which of the following sentences defines better an 'ostracized' person?
en_GB: Which of the following sentences defines better an 'ostracised' person?

en: Kilometer
en_GB: Kilometre

en: Liter
en_GB: Litre

en: The ethical doctrine holding that only what is pleasant is an intrinsic good.
en_GB: The ethical doctrine holding that only what is pleasant is an intrinsically good.

en: Theater
en_GB: Theatre

en: eyebrow / eye | mustache
en_GB: eyebrow / eye | moustache

en: pediatrics / children | numismatics
en_GB: paediatrics / children | numismatics

en:   --norandom 			The custom game list provided will not be randomized.
en_GB:   --norandom 			The custom game list provided will not be randomised.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as  published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: _Install Add-ins...
en_GB: _Install Add-ins…

en: _Repositories...
en_GB: _Repositories…

en: _Uninstall...
en_GB: _Uninstall…

en: Play games that challenge your short term memory
en_GB: Play games that challenge your short-term memory

en: Do all the problems, even the difficult ones. Improvement comes from challeging yourself.
en_GB: Do all the problems, even the difficult ones. Improvement comes from challenging yourself.

en: Play on a daily basis, you will notice progress soon.
en_GB: Play on a daily basis; you will notice progress soon.

en: Memorize the objects below in the given time
en_GB: Memorise the objects below in the given time

en: Get ready to memorize the next objects...
en_GB: Get ready to memorise the next objects…

en: We have a {0} meter piece of fabric. | We have a {0} meters piece of fabric.
en_GB[0]: We have a {0} metre piece of fabric.
en_GB[1]: We have a {0} metres piece of fabric.

en: A machine takes {0} second to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 meter pieces? | A machine takes {0} seconds to cut 1 meter of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 meter pieces?
en_GB[0]: A machine takes {0} second to cut 1 metre of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 metre pieces?
en_GB[1]: A machine takes {0} seconds to cut 1 metre of this fabric. How many seconds does the machine take to cut the entire piece of fabric into 1 metre pieces?

en: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 meter pieces. | With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 meter pieces.
en_GB[0]: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 metre pieces.
en_GB[1]: With the cut number {0}, the machine creates two 1 metre pieces.

en: A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence pole is used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total? | A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence poles are used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total?
en_GB[0]: A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence pole is used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total?
en_GB[1]: A fence is built to enclose a square shaped region. {0} fence poles is used in each side of the square. How many fence poles are used in total?

en: What percentage of the figure is colored?
en_GB: What percentage of the figure is coloured?

en: In the last figure, in how many regions is the circle divided into when all dots are connected?
en_GB: In the last figure, into how many regions is the circle divided when all dots are connected?

en: In all circles the color slices follow the same order except for this one.
en_GB: In all circles the colour slices follow the same order except for this one.

en: From the top-left figure, the figure is rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
en_GB: From the top-left figure, the figure is rotated anticlockwise 90 degrees.

en: Move the first line to the seventh; move the two circles of the second line to third; and move first and last circles of the fifth line to the sixth.
en_GB: Move the first line to the seventh, move the two circles of the second line to third and move the first and last circles of the fifth line to the sixth.

en: The next sequence follows a logic. What number should replace the question mark?
en_GB: The next sequence follows a pattern. What number should replace the question mark?

en: The criteria for deciding if an equation belongs to the group is not arithmetical.
en_GB: The criteria for deciding if an equation belongs to the group is not arithmetic.

en: Subtracting the two positions you find out how many people are seated half way around the table. Doubling this number leaves you with the total amount of people.
en_GB: Subtracting the two positions you find out how many people are seated half-way around the table. Doubling this number leaves you with the total amount of people.

en: Some artist are not ill
en_GB: Some artists are not ill

en: Every letter is calculated by taking the alphabetical position of the previous character and adding {0} to it in order to get the position of the next letter.
en_GB: Every letter is calculated by taking the alphabetical position of the previous character and adding {0} to it in order to get the position of the new letter.

en: {0} hour ago it was as long after {1:h tt} as it was before {2:h tt} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:h tt}) | {0} hours ago it was as long after {1:h tt} as it was before {2:h tt} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:h tt})
en_GB[0]: {0} hour ago it was as long after {1:%H} as it was before {2:%H} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:%H})
en_GB[1]: {0} hours ago it was as long after {1:%H} as it was before {2:%H} on the same day. What is the time now? Answer using the hour (e.g.: {3:%H})

note: TimeNow Puzzle. Translators: {0} is used to check the hour answered by the user. Use the right time format specification for your culture Explanation of the date and time format specifications can be found here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/system.globalization.datetimeformatinfo.aspx For
en: {0:h tt}
en_GB: {0:%H}

note: Translators: - mph (miles per hour). You must localize this using the right unit of speed for your locale - The translated string should not use more characters than the original sentence
en: A train leaves the station traveling at {0} mph. {1} hour later a second train leaves the station traveling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train? | A train leaves the station traveling at {0} mph. {1} hours later a second train leaves the station traveling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?
en_GB[0]: A train leaves the station travelling at {0} mph. {1} hour later a second train leaves the station travelling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?
en_GB[1]: A train leaves the station travelling at {0} mph. {1} hours later a second train leaves the station travelling in the same direction at {2} mph. How many hours does it take the second train, since it starts moving, to overtake the first train?

note: Translators: - mph (miles per hour) and miles must be localized this using the right unit of speed for your locale
en: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time traveling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart? | Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time traveling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} miles apart?
en_GB[0]: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time travelling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} mile apart?
en_GB[1]: Two trains on straight parallel tracks leave from the same point and time travelling in opposite directions at {0} and {1} mph respectively. In how many hours will they be {2} miles apart?

en: Colored figures
en_GB: Coloured figures

en: Colored text
en_GB: Coloured text

en: What was the color of the text that said '{0}'?
en_GB: What was the colour of the text that said '{0}'?

note: Translators: {0} is the name of the color. The color name is always singular
en: How many dots of {0} color were in the previous image? Answer using numbers.
en_GB: How many dots of {0} colour were in the previous image? Answer using numbers.

en: Memorize facts
en_GB: Memorise facts

en: About {0}% of Shiny Cars use diesel, {1}% use gasoline and the remainder use electricity.
en_GB: About {0}% of Shiny Cars use diesel, {1}% use petrol and the remainder use electricity.

en: What percentage of Shiny Cars use gasoline?
en_GB: What percentage of Shiny Cars use petrol?

en: Memorize figures and text
en_GB: Memorise figures and text

en: Memorize figures
en_GB: Memorise figures

en: Memorize indications
en_GB: Memorise indications

en: Memorize numbers
en_GB: Memorise numbers

en: Memorize words
en_GB: Memorise words

en: There is [games] tennis game played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible? | There are [games] tennis games played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible?
en_GB[0]: There is [games] tennis game played simultaneously. How many different forecasts are possible?
en_GB[1]: There are [games] tennis games played simultaneously. How many different forecast are possible?

en: Skip games that use colors
en_GB: Skip games that use colours

en: Skip games that use colors (for colorblind users)
en_GB: Skip games that use colours (for colourblind users)

en: Time in seconds to memorize the challenge:
en_GB: Time in seconds to memorise the challenge:

en: Custom Game Selection...
en_GB: Custom Game Selection…

en: Export Games to PDF for Off-line Playing...
en_GB: Export Games to PDF for Off-line Playing…

en: Choose colors from the picker or the screen
en_GB: Choose colours from the picker or the screen

note: Translators: Extra keywords that can be used to search for Gcolor3 in GNOME Shell and Unity
en: Color;Picker;Palette;
en_GB: Colour;Picker;Palette

en: Ever wanted to know the value of that color on your screen? Gcolor3 enables you to pick the color from any pixel on your screen. It also offers a palette, so that you can easily mix and match a couple of colors together.
en_GB: Ever wanted to know the value of that colour on your screen? Gcolor3 enables you to pick the colour from any pixel on your screen. It also offers a palette, so that you can easily mix and match a couple of colours together.

en: When you have found the perfect combination of colors, naturally you want to save them. Gcolor3 allows you to conveniently save and retrieve colors.
en_GB: When you have found the perfect combination of colours, naturally you want to save them. Gcolor3 allows you to conveniently save and retrieve colours.

en: Gcolor3 is a color selection dialog written in GTK+ 3. It is much alike Gcolor2, but uses the newer GTK+ version and other modernisations to better integrate into your modern desktop.
en_GB: Gcolor3 is a colour selection dialog written in GTK+ 3. It is much alike Gcolor2, but uses the newer GTK+ version and other modernizations to better integrate into your modern desktop.

en: The picker and the color palette
en_GB: The picker and the colour palette

en: The list of saved colors
en_GB: The list of saved colours

en: Redesign the saved colors page
en_GB: Redesign the saved colours page

en: Disable color picking on Wayland for now, instead of crashing
en_GB: Disable colour picking on Wayland for now, instead of crashing

en: Centrally manage colors between several running instances;
en_GB: Centrally manage colours between several running instances;

en: Copy the selected color's hex value from the tree view using Ctrl-C;
en_GB: Copy the selected colour's hex value from the tree view using Ctrl-C;

en: Click to change the color's name
en_GB: Click to change the colour's name

en: Copy this color's hex value to the clipboard
en_GB: Copy this colour's hex value to the clipboard

en: Delete this color
en_GB: Delete this colour

en: Save currently selected color
en_GB: Save currently selected colour

en: Saved color management
en_GB: Saved colour management

en: Copy highlighted color's hex value
en_GB: Copy highlighted colour's hex value

en: Delete highlighted color
en_GB: Delete highlighted colour

en: Color name...
en_GB: Colour name...

en: Saved colors
en_GB: Saved colours

en: - pick a color from the picker or the screen
en_GB: - pick a colour from the picker or the screen

en: Could not parse color to display thumbnail
en_GB: Could not parse colour to display thumbnail

en: Select the color you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or lightness of that color using the inner triangle.
en_GB: Select the colour you want from the outer ring. Select the darkness or lightness of that colour using the inner triangle.

en: Picking a color is currently not supported on Wayland.
en_GB: Picking a colour is currently not supported on Wayland.

en: Click the eyedropper, then click a color anywhere on your screen to select that color.
en_GB: Click the eyedropper, then click a colour anywhere on your screen to select that colour.

en: Position on the color wheel.
en_GB: Position on the colour wheel.

en: Intensity of the color.
en_GB: Intensity of the colour.

en: Brightness of the color.
en_GB: Brightness of the colour.

en: Amount of red light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of red light in the colour.

en: Amount of green light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of green light in the colour.

en: Amount of blue light in the color.
en_GB: Amount of blue light in the colour.

en: Transparency of the color.
en_GB: Transparency of the colour.

en: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name such as “orange” in this entry.
en_GB: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour name such as “orange” in this entry.

en: Color Wheel
en_GB: Colour Wheel

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you’re selecting now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you’re selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside.

en: The color you’ve chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.
en_GB: The colour you’ve chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you’re selecting now.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you’re selecting now.

en: The color you’ve chosen.
en_GB: The colour you’ve chosen.

en: _Save color here
en_GB: _Save colour here

en: Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select “Save color here.”
en_GB: Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select “Save colour here.”

en: Cannot access color at position %d: %s
en_GB: Cannot access colour at position %d: %s

en: Error opening file: %s. Colors likely won't be saved, unless this is the first run
en_GB: Error opening file: %s. Colours likely won't be saved, unless this is the first run

en: There is already a color named `%s`
en_GB: There is already a colour named `%s`

en: Cannot rename nonexisting color `%s`
en_GB: Cannot rename nonexisting colour `%s`

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Advanced colors
en_GB: Advanced colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Select the butterfly of the correct color.
en_GB: Select the butterfly of the correct colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to recognize unusual colors.
en_GB: Learn to recognise unusual colours.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: You will see dancing butterflies of different colors and a question. You have to find the correct butterfly and touch it.
en_GB: You will see dancing butterflies of different colours and a question. You have to find the correct butterfly and touch it.

[ctx: advanced_colors|]
note: Color #E4BB25
en: Find the sulfur butterfly
en_GB: Find the sulphur butterfly

[ctx: advanced_colors|]
note: Color #9F7F58
en: Find the grayish brown butterfly
en_GB: Find the greyish brown butterfly

[ctx: advanced_colors|]
note: Color #91A3B0
en: Find the grayish blue butterfly
en_GB: Find the greyish blue butterfly

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help prerequisite
en: Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers.
en_GB: Simple addition. Can recognise written numbers.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Analog Electricity
en_GB: Analogue Electricity

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Create and simulate an analog electric schema.
en_GB: Create and simulate an analogue electric schema.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Create an analog electric schema with a real time simulation.
en_GB: Create an analogue electric schema with a real time simulation.

[ctx: board6_0|]
en: Lock with colored shapes.
en_GB: Lock with coloured shapes.

[ctx: balancebox|]
en: The file '%1' is missing!<br>Falling back to builtin levels.
en_GB: The file '%1' is missing!<br>Falling back to built-in levels.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Discover the braille system
en_GB: Discover the Braille system

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Learn and memorize the braille system.
en_GB: Learn and memorize the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Let children discover the braille system.
en_GB: Let children discover the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: The screen has 3 sections: an interactive braille cell, an instruction telling you the character to reproduce, and at the top the braille characters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 characters.
en_GB: The screen has 3 sections: an interactive Braille cell, an instruction telling you the character to reproduce, and at the top the Braille characters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 characters.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Reproduce the requested character in the interactive braille cell.
en_GB: Reproduce the requested character in the interactive Braille cell.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: You can open the braille chart by clicking on the blue braille cell icon.
en_GB: You can open the Braille chart by clicking on the blue Braille cell icon.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Space: open or close the braille chart
en_GB: Space: open or close the Braille chart

[ctx: braille_alphabets|]
en: Look at the braille character chart and observe how similar the first and second lines are.
en_GB: Look at the Braille character chart and observe how similar the first and second lines are.

[ctx: FirstScreen|]
en: The braille system is a method that is used by blind people to read and write.
en_GB: The Braille system is a method that is used by blind people to read and write.

[ctx: FirstScreen|]
en: Each braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6.
en_GB: Each Braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6.

[ctx: FirstScreen|]
en: When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing braille characters.
en_GB: When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing Braille characters.

[ctx: questions|]
en: Click on the dots in the braille cell area to produce the letter %1.
en_GB: Click on the dots in the Braille cell area to produce the letter %1.

[ctx: questions|]
en: Click on the dots in the braille cell area to produce the number %1.
en_GB: Click on the dots in the Braille cell area to produce the number %1.

[ctx: questions|]
en: Click on the dots in the braille cell area to produce the symbol %1.
en_GB: Click on the dots in the Braille cell area to produce the symbol %1.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Practice braille letters.
en_GB: Practice Braille letters.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Create the braille cells for the letters on the banner. Check the braille chart by clicking on the blue braille cell icon if you need some help.
en_GB: Create the Braille cells for the letters on the banner. Check the Braille chart by clicking on the blue Braille cell icon if you need some help.

[ctx: CanalLock|]
en: The vertical colored bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking on them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously.
en_GB: The vertical coloured bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking on them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Categorization
en_GB: Categorisation

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Categorize the items into correct and incorrect groups.
en_GB: Categorise the items into correct and incorrect groups.

[ctx: Categorization|]
en: You don't have all the images for this activity. Click on 'Update the image set' to download the full word image set. Click on the cross or on 'Never show this dialog again' to play with the demo version.
en_GB: You don't have all the images for this activity. Click on 'Update the image set' to download the full word image set. Click on the cross or on 'Never show this dialogue again' to play with the demo version.

[ctx: Categorization|]
en: Never show this dialog again
en_GB: Never show this dialogue again

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching GREEN color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching GREEN colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching WHITE color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching WHITE colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching PINK color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching PINK colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching RED color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching RED colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching BROWN color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching BROWN colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching PURPLE color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching PURPLE colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching GREY color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching GREY colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching ORANGE color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching ORANGE colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_colors|]
en: Place the objects matching YELLOW color to the right and others to the left
en_GB: Place the objects matching YELLOW colour to the right and others to the left

[ctx: category_fishes|]
en: Place the FISHES to the right and other objects to the left
en_GB: Place the FISH to the right and other objects to the left

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.
    Only the dark squares of the checkered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.
    When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.
en_GB: Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.
    Only the dark squares of the chequered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.
    When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Drag and Drop the items to organize the story.
en_GB: Drag and Drop the items to organise the story.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in &lt;https://www.wikipedia.org&gt;.
en_GB: Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL licence. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in &lt;https://www.wikipedia.org&gt;.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Learn how to tell the time on an analog clock.
en_GB: Learn how to tell the time on an analogue clock.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn units of time (hours, minutes and seconds). Set the time on an analog clock.
en_GB: Learn units of time (hours, minutes and seconds). Set the time on an analogue clock.

[ctx: Clockgame|]
en: %n hour(s) | %n hour(s)
en_GB[0]: %n hour
en_GB[1]: %n hours

[ctx: Clockgame|]
en: %n minute(s) | %n minute(s)
en_GB[0]: 1 minute
en_GB[1]: %n minutes

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Mixing paint colors
en_GB: Mixing paint colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Discover paint color mixing.
en_GB: Discover paint colour mixing.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Mix primary colors to match the given color.
en_GB: Mix primary colours to match the given colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: This activity teaches how mixing primary paint colors works (subtractive mixing).
en_GB: This activity teaches how mixing primary paint colours works (subtractive mixing).

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Paints and inks absorb different colors of the light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the resulting color becomes. We can mix just three primary colors to make many new colors. The primary colors for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.
en_GB: Paints and inks absorb different colours of the light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the resulting colour becomes. We can mix just three primary colours to make many new colours. The primary colours for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Change the color by moving the sliders on the tubes of paint or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.
en_GB: Change the colour by moving the sliders on the tubes of paint or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.

[ctx: ColorMix|]
en: Match the color
en_GB: Match the colour

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Mixing light colors
en_GB: Mixing light colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Discover light color mixing.
en_GB: Discover light colour mixing.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: This activity teaches how mixing primary light colors works (additive mixing).
en_GB: This activity teaches how mixing primary light colours works (additive mixing).

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Mixing light colors is just the opposite of mixing paint colors. The more light you add, the lighter the resulting color becomes. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue.
en_GB: Mixing light colours is just the opposite of mixing paint colours. The more light you add, the lighter the resulting colour becomes. Primary colours of light are red, green and blue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Change the color by moving the sliders on the torches or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.
en_GB: Change the colour by moving the sliders on the torches or by clicking on the + and - buttons. Then click on the OK button to validate your answer.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Click on the right color.
en_GB: Click on the right colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: This activity teaches you to recognize different colors.
en_GB: This activity teaches you to recognize different colours.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help prerequisite
en: Identifying colors.
en_GB: Identifying colours.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Listen to the color and click on the matching duck.
en_GB: Listen to the colour and click on the matching duck.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, click on an item of the answers list in the top left area and enter the corresponding answer with the keyboard.
en_GB: First, properly organise the items so that you can count them. Then, click on an item of the answers list in the top left area and enter the corresponding answer with the keyboard.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Colombus and probably served as the religion center of Yucatan for a while.
en_GB: Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Columbus and probably served as the religion centre of Yucatan for a while.

[ctx: board1|]
en: The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognizable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognizable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen.
en_GB: The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognisable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognisable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen.

[ctx: board1|]
en: The Great Wall was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13170 miles (21196 kilometers) from east to west of China.
en_GB: The Great Wall was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13170 miles (21196 kilometres) from east to west of China.

[ctx: board1|]
en: The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal.
en_GB: The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favourite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbor, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time.
en_GB: The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbour, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honor and shelter the relics.
en_GB: The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honour and shelter the relics.

[ctx: board3|]
en: The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 m – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece.
en_GB: The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 metres – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece.

[ctx: board4|]
en: The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolizes the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe.
en_GB: The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolises the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe.

[ctx: board4|]
en: The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital center for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad.
en_GB: The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital centre for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad.

[ctx: board4|]
en: This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolized the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II.
en_GB: This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolised the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II.

[ctx: board5|]
en: This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island predates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946.
en_GB: This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island pre-dates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946.

[ctx: board5|]
en: Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolizes the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolize this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements.
en_GB: Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolises the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolise this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements.

[ctx: board5|]
en: Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the northwest portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor center with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small campgrounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access.
en_GB: Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the north west portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor centre with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small camp grounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access.

[ctx: board5|]
en: Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this oceanfront fortification in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war.
en_GB: Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this ocean front fortification in Charleston Harbour, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war.

[ctx: board6|]
en: The Red Pyramid was one of the finest and most successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 meters making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones, hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid.
en_GB: The Red Pyramid was one of the finest and most successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 metres making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones, hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The chameleon lives in Africa and Madagascar and is well-known for its ability to change its skin color in a couple of seconds.
en_GB: The chameleon lives in Africa and Madagascar and is well-known for its ability to change its skin colour in a couple of seconds.

[ctx: board2|]
en: The polar bear is one of the world's largest predatory mammals. It weights up to a ton and can be as long as 3 meters!
en_GB: The polar bear is one of the world's largest predatory mammals. It weights up to a ton and can be as long as 3 metres!

[ctx: board2|]
en: The scarlet macaw lives in South America and is a big and bright colored parrot, able to learn up to 100 words!
en_GB: The scarlet macaw lives in South America and is a big and bright coloured parrot, able to learn up to 100 words!

[ctx: board2|]
en: Being the largest of all the deers, the moose eats as much as 25 kg per day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes the moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 meters!
en_GB: Being the largest of all the deer, the moose eats as much as 25 kg per day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes the moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 metres!

[ctx: board3|]
en: The Komodo dragon is the largest living lizard (up to 3 meters). It lives in the Indonesian islands.
en_GB: The Komodo dragon is the largest living lizard (up to 3 metres). It lives in the Indonesian islands.

[ctx: board3|]
en: The ring-tailed lemur is a primate that lives in the dry regions of southwest Madagascar. Its striped tail makes it easy to recognize.
en_GB: The ring-tailed lemur is a primate that lives in the dry regions of southwest Madagascar. Its striped tail makes it easy to recognise.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshipers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today.
en_GB: Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshippers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Folk music of this region is called celtic music. It often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions.
en_GB: Folk music of this region is called Celtic music. It often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions.

[ctx: board1|]
en: Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theater where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas.
en_GB: Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theatre where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Practice addition, multiplication, division and subtraction.
en_GB: Practise addition, multiplication, division and subtraction.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Practice addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.
en_GB: Practise addition, subtraction, multiplication and division.

[ctx: ActivityConfig|]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Graph Coloring
en_GB: Graph Colouring

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color.
en_GB: Colour the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to distinguish between different colors/shapes and learn about relative positions.
en_GB: Learn to distinguish between different colours/shapes and learn about relative positions.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help prerequisite
en: Ability to distinguish different colors/shapes, sense of positions.
en_GB: Ability to distinguish different colours/shapes, sense of positions.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Place colors/shapes on the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color. Select a node, then select an item in the list to place it on the node.
en_GB: Place colours/shapes on the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour. Select a node, then select an item in the list to place it on the node.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Move the spaceship with the left and right keys, or with the buttons on the screen for mobile devices. Try to stay near the center of the screen and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow showing the gravity force.
en_GB: Move the spaceship with the left and right keys, or with the buttons on the screen for mobile devices. Try to stay near the centre of the screen and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow showing the gravity force.

[ctx: Gravity|]
en: Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the mass of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between their centers.
en_GB: Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the mass of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between their centres.

[ctx: Gravity|]
en: Try to stay near the center of the screen, and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow.
en_GB: Try to stay near the centre of the screen, and anticipate by looking at the size and direction of the arrow.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower than the one to find. Then try again until you find the correct answer. The distance between Tux and the right side of the screen represents how far you are from the number to find. If Tux is over or under the vertical center of the screen, it means your number is over or under the number to find.
en_GB: Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower than the one to find. Then try again until you find the correct answer. The distance between Tux and the right side of the screen represents how far you are from the number to find. If Tux is over or under the vertical centre of the screen, it means your number is over or under the number to find.

[ctx: Hangman|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn to recognize musical instruments.
en_GB: Learn to recognise musical instruments.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: The acceleration caused by the gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.
en_GB: The acceleration caused by the gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the centre of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>When done, you will have some exercises to recognize the text from the voice and the image, then only from the voice, and finally an exercise to type the text.
en_GB: Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>When done, you will have some exercises to recognise the text from the voice and the image, then only from the voice, and finally an exercise to type the text.

[ctx: Lang|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: Lang|]
en: color
en_GB: colour

[ctx: Lang|]
en: bodyparts
en_GB: body parts

[ctx: LetterInWord|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: The effect of pressing a window is to toggle the state of that window, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal neighbors. You must turn off all the lights. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown.
en_GB: The effect of pressing a window is to toggle the state of that window, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal Neighbours. You must turn off all the lights. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Review the major dates of the inventor of the braille system.
en_GB: Review the major dates of the inventor of the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order.
en_GB: Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the Braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order.

[ctx: louis_braille_data|]
en: Louis trimmed Barbier's 12 dots into 6 and invented the braille system.
en_GB: Louis trimmed Barbier's 12 dots into 6 and invented the Braille system.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the "barefoot / sportshoe" icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.
en_GB: At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the "barefoot / sport shoe" icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.

[ctx: ConfigurationItem|]
en: Localized voices
en_GB: Localised voices

[ctx: ConfigurationItem|]
en: Font Capitalization
en_GB: Font Capitalisation

[ctx: Menu|]
en: Put your favorite activities here by clicking on the sun at the top right of that activity.
en_GB: Put your favourite activities here by clicking on the sun at the top right of that activity.

[ctx: MissingLetter|]
en: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Form mills (lines of 3 pieces) to remove Tux's pieces until he has only 2 pieces left or can not move anymore.
en_GB: Form mills (lines of 3 pieces) to remove Tux's pieces until he has only 2 pieces left or can not move any more.

[ctx: nine_men_morris|]
en: After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on an adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green color spots indicates where you can move.
en_GB: After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on an adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green colour spots indicates where you can move.

[ctx: nine_men_morris|]
en: If you immobilize the computer or leave it with less than 3 pieces, then you win the game.
en_GB: If you immobilise the computer or leave it with less than 3 pieces, then you win the game.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Form mills (lines of 3 pieces) to remove your opponent's pieces until your opponent has only 2 pieces left or can not move anymore.
en_GB: Form mills (lines of 3 pieces) to remove your opponent's pieces until your opponent has only 2 pieces left or can not move any more.

[ctx: dataset_01|]
en: This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>On each level you will learn new notes and train practice the ones you have already learned.<br>Reference notes are colored in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them.
en_GB: This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>On each level you will learn new notes and train practice the ones you have already learned.<br>Reference notes are coloured in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Level 1: Basic piano keyboard (white keys only) where users can experiment with clicking the colored rectangle keys to write music.
en_GB: Level 1: Basic piano keyboard (white keys only) where users can experiment with clicking the coloured rectangle keys to write music.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: The synthesizer original code is from https://github.com/vsr83/miniSynth
en_GB: The synthesiser original code is from https://github.com/vsr83/miniSynth

[ctx: ActivityConfig|]
en: Display colored notes.
en_GB: Display coloured notes.

[ctx: ActivityConfig|]
en: Display colorless notes.
en_GB: Display colourless notes.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Railroad activity
en_GB: Railway activity

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: First, select the proper color from the toolbar. Click on the grid and drag to paint, then release the click to stop painting.
en_GB: First, select the proper colour from the toolbar. Click on the grid and drag to paint, then release the click to stop painting.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Digits: select a color
en_GB: Digits: select a colour

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help goal
en: Learn how to read roman numerals and do the conversion to and from arabic numerals.
en_GB: Learn how to read Roman numerals and do the conversion to and from Arabic numerals.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Learn the rules to read Roman numerals and practice converting numbers to and from arabic numerals. Click on the OK button to validate your answer.
en_GB: Learn the rules to read Roman numerals and practice converting numbers to and from Arabic numerals. Click on the OK button to validate your answer.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Digits: type arabic numerals
en_GB: Digits: type Arabic numerals

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Letters: type roman numerals (with I, V, X, L, C, D and M)
en_GB: Letters: type Roman numerals (with I, V, X, L, C, D and M)

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: The roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:
    I and V (units, 1 and 5)
    X and L (tens, 10 and 50)
    C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)
     and M (1000).
     An interesting observation here is that the roman numeric system lacks the number 0.
en_GB: The Roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:
    I and V (units, 1 and 5)
    X and L (tens, 10 and 50)
    C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)
     and M (1000).
     An interesting observation here is that the Roman numeric system lacks the number 0.

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Convert the roman number %1 to arabic.
en_GB: Convert the Roman number %1 to Arabic.

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Convert the arabic number %1 to roman.
en_GB: Convert the Arabic number %1 to Roman.

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Sums of M are used for building thousands: M, MM, MMM.
    Notice that you cannot join more than three identical symbols. The first implication of this rule is that you cannot use just sums for building all possible units, tens or hundreds, you must use differences too. On the other hand, it limits the maximum roman number to 3999 (MMMCMXCIX).
en_GB: Sums of M are used for building thousands: M, MM, MMM.
    Notice that you cannot join more than three identical symbols. The first implication of this rule is that you cannot use just sums for building all possible units, tens or hundreds, you must use differences too. On the other hand, it limits the maximum Roman number to 3999 (MMMCMXCIX).

[ctx: RomanNumerals|]
en: Now you know the rules, you can read and write numbers in roman numerals.
en_GB: Now you know the rules, you can read and write numbers in Roman numerals.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Activity title
en: Share pieces of candy
en_GB: Share sweets

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help title
en: Try to split the pieces of candy between a given number of children.
en_GB: Try to split the sweets between a given number of children.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the center, then drag pieces of candy to each child's rectangle.
en_GB: Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the centre, then drag sweets to each child's rectangle.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maximum 25 candies and 5 kids, no rest.
en_GB: Maximum 25 sweets and 5 children, no rest.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul wants to equally share 2 pieces of candy between 2 of his girl friends. Can you help him? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Paul wants to equally share 2 sweets between 2 of his girl friends. Can you help him? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now he wants to give 4 pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: Now he wants to give 4 sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you now give 6 of Paul's pieces of candy to his friends?
en_GB: Can you now give 6 of Paul's sweets to his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: He wants to give 7 more pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: He wants to give 7 more sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul has only 12 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 10 remaining pieces of candy?
en_GB: Paul has only 12 sweets left. He eats 2 sweets and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 10 remaining sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: George wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 3 of his girl friends. Can he equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: George wants to equally share 3 sweets between 3 of his girl friends. Can he equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to equally share 6 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: 1 girl and 2 boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Maria wants to equally share 6 sweets between 3 of her friends: 1 girl and 2 boys. Can she equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: John wants to equally share 8 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. Can he equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: John wants to equally share 8 sweets between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. Can he equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul wants to equally share 12 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: 2 boys and 1 girl. Can he equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Paul wants to equally share 12 sweets between 3 of his friends: 2 boys and 1 girl. Can he equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to equally share 11 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. Can he equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Maria wants to equally share 11 sweets between 3 of his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. Can he equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to equally share 4 pieces of candy between 4 of her girl friends. Can you help her? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Alice wants to equally share 4 sweets between 4 of her girl friends. Can you help her? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now, Alice wants to give 8 pieces of candy to her friends.
en_GB: Now, Alice wants to give 8 sweets to her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you help Alice give 10 pieces of candy to her friends, 1 girl and 3 boys?
en_GB: Can you help Alice give 10 sweets to her friends, 1 girl and 3 boys?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice wants to give 16 pieces of candy to her friends.
en_GB: Alice wants to give 16 sweets to her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Alice has 14 pieces of candy left. She wants to give them all to her friends. Can you help her split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Alice has 14 sweets left. She wants to give them all to her friends. Can you help her split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Michael wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 5 of his girl friends. Can you help him? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Michael wants to equally share 5 sweets between 5 of his girl friends. Can you help him? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Helen has 5 friends: 2 boys and 3 girls. She wants to give them 10 pieces of candy. Help her split the pieces of candy between her friends.
en_GB: Helen has 5 friends: 2 boys and 3 girls. She wants to give them 10 sweets. Help her split the sweets between her friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Michelle has 12 pieces of candy and wants to split them between 4 brothers and 1 sister. Help her share the pieces of candy.
en_GB: Michelle has 12 sweets and wants to split them between 4 brothers and 1 sister. Help her share the sweets.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Thomas wants to share his 20 pieces of candy with his friends: 1 boy and 4 girls. Can you help him?
en_GB: Thomas wants to share his 20 sweets with his friends: 1 boy and 4 girls. Can you help him?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul wants to equally share 20 pieces of candy between 5 of his friends: 2 girls and 3 boys. Can you help him? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Paul wants to equally share 20 sweets between 5 of his friends: 2 girls and 3 boys. Can you help him? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Charles wants to share his 6 pieces of candy with 2 of his girl friends. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?
en_GB: Charles wants to share his 6 sweets with 2 of his girl friends. Can he split the sweets equally?

[ctx: Data|]
en: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 pieces of candy to share with 3 of her friends: 2 girls and 1 boy. How should she split the pieces of candy?
en_GB: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 sweets to share with 3 of her friends: 2 girls and 1 boy. How should she split the sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Jason's father gave him 16 pieces of candy to share with his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: Jason's father gave him 16 sweets to share with his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: George wants to equally share 14 pieces of candy between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. Can he equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: George wants to equally share 14 sweets between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. Can he equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to equally share 25 pieces of candy between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them.
en_GB: Maria wants to equally share 25 sweets between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she equally split the sweets? First, place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets to each of them.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maximum 25 candies and 5 kids, possible rest.
en_GB: Maximum 25 sweets and 5 children, possible rest.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Now he wants to give 5 pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: Now he wants to give 5 sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you now give 7 of Paul's pieces of candy to his friends?
en_GB: Can you now give 7 of Paul's sweets to his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: He wants to give 8 more pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: He wants to give 8 more sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Paul has only 11 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 9 remaining pieces of candy?
en_GB: Paul has only 11 sweets left. He eats 2 sweets and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 9 remaining sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Bob wants to give 3 pieces of candy to his girl friends. Can you help him equally split the pieces of candy so that each friend will have the same amount?
en_GB: Bob wants to give 3 sweets to his girl friends. Can you help him equally split the sweets so that each friend will have the same amount?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Harry wants to equally share 8 pieces of candy between his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. Place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy so that each of them has an equal number of it.
en_GB: Harry wants to equally share 8 sweets between his friends: 1 boy and 2 girls. Place the children in the centre, then drag the sweets so that each of them has an equal number.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you now give 8 of Harry's pieces of candy to his friends?
en_GB: Can you now give 8 of Harry's sweets to his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Harry is left with 12 pieces of candy, can you share them between his friends?
en_GB: Harry is left with 12 sweets, can you share them between his friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Can you help Alice give 10 pieces of candy to her friends: 1 girl and 3 boys?
en_GB: Can you help Alice give 10 sweets to her friends: 1 girl and 3 boys?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Help Jon split 11 pieces of candies between five girls. The rest will remain to Jon.
en_GB: Help Jon split 11 sweets between five girls. The rest will remain to Jon.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Jon wants to share the rest of his pieces of candies with his brothers and his sisters. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brothers already have 2 pieces of candy?
en_GB: Jon wants to share the rest of his sweets with his brothers and his sisters. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brothers already have 2 sweets?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Help Tux split 19 pieces of candies between his friends: 4 boys and 1 girl.
en_GB: Help Tux split 19 sweets between his friends: 4 boys and 1 girl.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Help Maria split 18 pieces of candy between 3 boys and 2 girls.
en_GB: Help Maria split 18 sweets between 3 boys and 2 girls.

[ctx: Data|]
en: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 pieces of candy to share with 3 of her friends: 2 girls and 1 boy. How should she split the pieces of candy to her friends?
en_GB: For her birthday, Elizabeth has 8 sweets to share with 3 of her friends: 2 girls and 1 boy. How should she split the sweets to her friends?

[ctx: Data|]
en: Jason's father gave him 17 pieces of candy to share with his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends.
en_GB: Jason's father gave him 17 sweets to share with his friends: 2 boys and 2 girls. Help him give the sweets to his friends.

[ctx: Data|]
en: George wants to equally share 14 pieces of candy between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful.
en_GB: George wants to equally share 14 sweets between 4 of his friends: 2 girls and 2 boys. Can he equally split the sweets between his friends? First, place the children in centre, then drag the sweets to each of them. Be careful.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maria wants to equally share 23 pieces of candy between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy between her friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain.
en_GB: Maria wants to equally share 23 sweets between 5 of her friends: 3 girls and 2 boys. Can she equally split the sweets between her friends? First, place the children in centre, then drag the sweets to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain.

[ctx: Data|]
en: Maximum 30 candies and 6 kids, possible rest.
en_GB: Maximum 30 sweets and 6 children, possible rest.

[ctx: share|Second part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them.]
en: and %n girl(s) in the center.  | and %n girl(s) in the center.
en_GB[0]: and %n girl(s) in the centre.
en_GB[1]: and %n girl(s) in the centre.

[ctx: share|Third part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them.]
en: Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them. | Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them.
en_GB[0]: Then equally split %n sweets between them.
en_GB[1]: Then equally split %n sweets between them.

[ctx: Share|]
en: You can't put more than %1 pieces of candy in the same rectangle
en_GB: You cannot put more than %1 sweets in the same rectangle

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
note: Help manual
en: Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing.
en_GB: Select a colour and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing.

[ctx: ActivityInfo|]
en: Tab: switch between the color selector and the painting area
en_GB: Tab: switch between the colour selector and the painting area

[ctx: Watercycle|]
en: Water vapor condenses to form cloud and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud.
en_GB: Water vapour condenses to form cloud and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud.

[ctx: Watercycle|]
en: Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapor cools down forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over the land, precipitation is triggered and fall down as rain.
en_GB: Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapour cools down forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over the land, precipitation is triggered and fall down as rain.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: New sub-categories to organize activities
en_GB: New sub-categories to organise activities

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: New images in Colors, Advanced colors and Target game.
en_GB: New images in Colours, Advanced colours and Target game.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: Fix in braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0.
en_GB: Fix in Braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: License page added in configuration.
en_GB: Licence page added in configuration.

[ctx: ChangeLog|]
en: Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomy.
en_GB: Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomics.

[ctx: core|]
en: For downloading the needed sound files go to the preferences dialog.
en_GB: For downloading the needed sound files go to the preferences dialogue.

[ctx: DialogAbout|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: DialogAbout|]
en: To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.
en_GB: To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organisation legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.

[ctx: QObject|]
en: The url %1 does not exist.
en_GB: The URL %1 does not exist.

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Use software renderer instead of openGL (slower but should run with any graphical card, needs Qt 5.8 minimum).
en_GB: Use software renderer instead of OpenGL (slower but should run with any graphical card, needs Qt 5.8 minimum).

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Use openGL renderer instead of software (faster but crash potentially depending on your graphical card).
en_GB: Use OpenGL renderer instead of software (faster but crash potentially depending on your graphical card).

[ctx: main|]
en: You should verify that your application settings especially your language is set correctly, and that all language specific sound files are installed. You can do this in the Preferences Dialog.
en_GB: You should verify that your application settings especially your language is set correctly, and that all language specific sound files are installed. You can do this in the Preferences Dialogue.

en: Configuration Editor can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogs
en_GB: <application>Configuration Editor</application> can be used to change configuration options used by applications that may not be available through Preference dialogues.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Configuration Editor application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the <application>Configuration Editor</application> application or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:gnome-feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: Shows GConf Editor window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane.
en_GB: Shows <application>Configuration Editor</application> window. Callouts: Tree pane, Modification pane, Documentation pane.

note: REMARK
en: A screenshot may be in order. In particular, The close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained.
en_GB: A screenshot may be in order. In particular, the close, copy, and clear buttons on the results pane should be explained.

en: To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select <guimenuitem>Edit Key</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. The <application>Edit Key</application> dialog provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialog to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list.
en_GB: To change the value of a list key, right-click on the key and select <guimenuitem>Edit Key</guimenuitem> from the popup menu. The <application>Edit Key</application> dialogue provides a list of the values associated to that key. You can use this dialogue to edit each particular value in the list, add or remove values from the list, and move each value up or down in the list.

en: Select the bookmark in the <application>Edit bookmarks</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.
en_GB: Select the bookmark in the <application>Edit bookmarks</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Delete</guibutton>.

en: Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a seperate key, typically under the <literal>/schemas</literal> directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly.
en_GB: Used for documenting other keys. The documentation for each key is provided by a separate key, typically under the <literal>/schemas</literal> directory. Users and system administrators usually will not need to work with schema keys directly.

en: Show the about dialog for the Configuration Editor
en_GB: Show the about dialogue for the Configuration Editor

en: Email Protection
en_GB: E-mail Protection

en: Couldn’t initialize PKCS#11 module: %s
en_GB: Couldn’t initialise PKCS#11 module: %s

en: Couldn’t initialize registered PKCS#11 modules: %s
en_GB: Couldn’t initialise registered PKCS#11 modules: %s

en: Unrecognized or unsupported data.
en_GB: Unrecognised or unsupported data.

en: Unrecognized or unavailable attributes for key
en_GB: Unrecognised or unavailable attributes for key

en: Key encipherment
en_GB: Key encypherment

en: Data encipherment
en_GB: Data encypherment

en: Encipher only
en_GB: Encypher only

en: Decipher only
en_GB: Decypher only

en: Initializing…
en_GB: Initialising…

en: [file...]
en_GB: [file…]

en: The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted
en_GB: The colourspace in which the samples are interpreted

en: Couldn’t recognize the image file format for file “%s”
en_GB: Couldn’t recognise the image file format for file “%s”

en: Unrecognized image file format
en_GB: Unrecognised image file format

en: BMP image has oversize palette
en_GB: BMP image has oversized palette

en: Error while decoding colormap
en_GB: Error while decoding colourmap

en: GIF image has no global colormap, and a frame inside it has no local colormap.
en_GB: GIF image has no global colourmap, and a frame inside it has no local colourmap.

en: Unsupported JPEG color space (%s)
en_GB: Unsupported JPEG colour space (%s)

en: Unsupported number of color components (%d)
en_GB: Unsupported number of colour components (%d)

en: Color profile has invalid length “%u”.
en_GB: Colour profile has invalid length “%u”.

en: Value for PNG text chunk '%s' cannot be converted to ISO-8859-1 encoding.
en_GB: Value for PNG text chunk “%s” cannot be converted to ISO-8859-1 encoding.

en: Color profile has invalid length %d
en_GB: Colour profile has invalid length %d

en: PNM file is not in a recognized PNM subformat
en_GB: PNM file is not in a recognised PNM subformat

en: Maximum color value in PNM file is 0
en_GB: Maximum colour value in PNM file is 0

en: Maximum color value in PNM file is too large
en_GB: Maximum colour value in PNM file is too large

en: Cannot allocate colormap
en_GB: Cannot allocate colourmap

en: Unexpected bitdepth for colormap entries
en_GB: Unexpected bitdepth for colourmap entries

en: Pseudocolor image does not contain a colormap
en_GB: Pseudocolor image does not contain a colourmap

en: Color profile has invalid length %d.
en_GB: Colour profile has invalid length %d.

en: XPM file has invalid number of colors
en_GB: XPM file has invalid number of colours

en: Cannot read XPM colormap
en_GB: Cannot read XPM colourmap

en: Couldn’t allocate memory for color profile
en_GB: Couldn’t allocate memory for colour profile

en: FreeDesktop - The organization providing desktop standards, such as the Desktop Entry Specification used by GDM. <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freedesktop.org/"> http://www.freedesktop.org</ulink>.
en_GB: FreeDesktop - The organisation providing desktop standards, such as the Desktop Entry Specification used by GDM. <ulink type="http" url="http://www.freedesktop.org/"> http://www.freedesktop.org</ulink>.

en: After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, then runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root. After running these scripts, the user session is started. When the user exits their session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script is run as root. These scripts are provided as hooks for distributions and end-users to customize how sessions are managed. For example, using these hooks you could set up a machine which creates the user's $HOME directory on the fly, and erases it on logout. The difference between the <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename> scripts is that <filename>PostLogin</filename> is run before the pam_open_session call so is the right place to do anything which should be run before the user session is initialized. The <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after session initialization.
en_GB: After authenticating a user, the daemon runs the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script as root, then runs the <filename>PreSession</filename> script as root. After running these scripts, the user session is started. When the user exits their session, the <filename>PostSession</filename> script is run as root. These scripts are provided as hooks for distributions and end-users to customise how sessions are managed. For example, using these hooks you could set up a machine which creates the user's $HOME directory on the fly, and erases it on logout. The difference between the <filename>PostLogin</filename> and <filename>PreSession</filename> scripts is that <filename>PostLogin</filename> is run before the pam_open_session call so is the right place to do anything which should be run before the user session is initialised. The <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after session initialisation.

en: The GDM greeter program displays a panel docked at the bottom of the screen which provides additional functionality. When a user is selected, the panel allows the user to select which session, language, and keyboard layout to use after logging in. The keyboard layout selector also changes the keyboard layout used when typing your password. The panel also contains an area for login services to leave status icons. Some example status icons include a battery icon for current battery usage, and an icon for enabling accessibility features. The greeter program also provides buttons which allow the user to shutdown or restart the system. It is possible to configure GDM to not provide the shutdown and restart buttons, if desired. GDM can also be configured via PolicyKit (or via RBAC on Solaris) to require the user have appropriate authorization before accepting the shutdown or restart request.
en_GB: The GDM greeter program displays a panel docked at the bottom of the screen which provides additional functionality. When a user is selected, the panel allows the user to select which session, language, and keyboard layout to use after logging in. The keyboard layout selector also changes the keyboard layout used when typing your password. The panel also contains an area for login services to leave status icons. Some example status icons include a battery icon for current battery usage, and an icon for enabling accessibility features. The greeter program also provides buttons which allow the user to shutdown or restart the system. It is possible to configure GDM to not provide the shutdown and restart buttons, if desired. GDM can also be configured via PolicyKit (or via RBAC on Solaris) to require the user have appropriate authorisation before accepting the shutdown or restart request.

en: GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts, etc. can be fine tuned. The default configuration should work reasonably most systems.
en_GB: GDM includes several measures making it more resistant to denial of service attacks on the XDMCP service. A lot of the protocol parameters, handshaking timeouts, etc. can be fine tuned. The default configuration should work reasonably on most systems.

en: GDM can also be configured to honor INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP.
en_GB: GDM can also be configured to honour INDIRECT queries and present a host chooser to the remote display. GDM will remember the user's choice and forward subsequent requests to the chosen manager. GDM also supports an extension to the protocol which will make it forget the redirection once the user's connection succeeds. This extension is only supported if both daemons are GDM. It is transparent and will be ignored by XDM or other daemons that implement XDMCP.

en: GDM allows multiple users to be logged in at the same time. After one user is logged in, additional, users can log in via the User Switcher on the GNOME Panel, or from the "Switch User" button in Lock Screen dialog of GNOME Screensaver. The active session can be changed back and forth using the same mechanism. Note that some distributions may not add the User Switcher to the default panel configuration. It can be added using the panel context menu.
en_GB: GDM allows multiple users to be logged in at the same time. After one user is logged in, additional, users can log in via the User Switcher on the GNOME Panel, or from the "Switch User" button in Lock Screen dialogue of GNOME Screensaver. The active session can be changed back and forth using the same mechanism. Note that some distributions may not add the User Switcher to the default panel configuration. It can be added using the panel context menu.

en: The GDM User And Group
en_GB: The GDM User and Group

en: For security reasons a dedicated user and group id are recommended for proper operation. This user and group are normally "gdm" on most systems, but can be configured to any user or group. All GDM GUI programs are run as this user, so that the programs which interact with the user are run in a sandbox. This user and group should have limited privilege.
en_GB: For security reasons a dedicated user and group ID are recommended for proper operation. This user and group are normally "gdm" on most systems, but can be configured to any user or group. All GDM GUI programs are run as this user, so that the programs which interact with the user are run in a sandbox. This user and group should have limited privileges.

en: GDM uses PAM for login authentication. PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure specific authentication behavior for different login programs (such as ssh, login GUI, screensaver, etc.)
en_GB: GDM uses PAM for login authentication. PAM stands for Pluggable Authentication Module, and is used by most programs that request authentication on your computer. It allows the administrator to configure specific authentication behavior for different login programs (such as SSH, login GUI, screensaver, etc.)

en: The <filename>PostLogin</filename> script is run before pam_open_session is called, and the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after. This allows the system administrator to add any scripting to the login process either before or after PAM initializes the session.
en_GB: The <filename>PostLogin</filename> script is run before pam_open_session is called, and the <filename>PreSession</filename> script is called after. This allows the system administrator to add any scripting to the login process either before or after PAM initialises the session.

en: X server authorization files are stored in a newly created subdirectory of <filename>&lt;var&gt;/run/gdm</filename> at start up. These files contain a is used to store a "password" between X clients and the X server. This "password" is unqiue for each logged in session, so users from one session can't snoop on users from another.
en_GB: X server authorisation files are stored in a newly-created subdirectory of <filename>&lt;var&gt;/run/gdm</filename> at startup. These files are used to store a "password" between X clients and the X server. This "password" is unique for each logged in session, so users from one session can't snoop on users from another.

en: GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Xserver authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the Xserver authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use ssh for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues. In most cases, ssh -Y should be prefered over GDM's XDMCP features.
en_GB: GDM only supports the MIT-MAGIC-COOKIE-1 Xserver authentication scheme. Normally little is gained from the other schemes, and no effort has been made to implement them so far. Be especially careful about using XDMCP because the Xserver authentication cookie goes over the wire as clear text. If snooping is possible, then an attacker could simply snoop your authentication password as you log in, regardless of the authentication scheme being used. If snooping is possible and undesirable, then you should use SSH for tunneling an X connection rather then using XDMCP. You could think of XDMCP as a sort of graphical telnet, having the same security issues. In most cases, ssh -Y should be preferred over GDM's XDMCP features.

en: Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and thus keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the wire in clear text. It is trivial to capture these.
en_GB: Even though your display is protected by cookies, XEvents and keystrokes typed when entering passwords will still go over the network in clear text. It is trivial to capture these.

en: You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add
en_GB: You should use the daemon name <command>gdm</command> in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.allow</filename> and <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/hosts.deny</filename> files. For example, to deny computers from <filename>.evil.domain</filename> from logging in, then add

en: Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless really needed. GDM guards against denial of service attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to do a denial of service attack via XDMCP then a webserver.
en_GB: Even though GDM tries to outsmart potential attackers trying to take advantage of XDMCP, it is still advised that you block the XDMCP port (normally UDP port 177) on your firewall unless really needed. GDM guards against denial of service attacks, but the X protocol is still inherently insecure and should only be used in controlled environments. Also each remote connection takes up lots of resources, so it is much easier to do a denial of service attack via XDMCP than a web server.

en: It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course) on your firewall. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers.
en_GB: It is also wise to block all of the X Server ports. These are the TCP ports 6000 + the display number of course. Note that GDM will use display numbers 20 and higher for flexible on-demand servers.

en: For example, on Solaris, the "solaris.system.shutdown" authorization is used to control this. Simply modify the <filename>/etc/user_attr</filename> file so that the "gdm" user has this authorization.
en_GB: For example, on Solaris, the "solaris.system.shutdown" authorisation is used to control this. Simply modify the <filename>/etc/user_attr</filename> file so that the "gdm" user has this authorisation.

en: When the Xserver for the login GUI has been successfully started, but before the login GUI is actually displayed, GDM will run the <filename>Init</filename> script. This script is useful for starting programs that should be run while the login screen is showing, or for doing any special initialization required.
en_GB: When the Xserver for the login GUI has been successfully started, but before the login GUI is actually displayed, GDM will run the <filename>Init</filename> script. This script is useful for starting programs that should be run while the login screen is showing, or for doing any special initialisation required.

en: After the user has been successfully authenticated GDM will run the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script. This is done before any session setup has been done, including before the pam_open_session call. This script is useful for doing any session initialization that needs to happen before the session starts. For example, you might setup the user's $HOME directory if needed.
en_GB: After the user has been successfully authenticated GDM will run the <filename>PostLogin</filename> script. This is done before any session setup has been done, including before the pam_open_session call. This script is useful for doing any session initialisation that needs to happen before the session starts. For example, you might set up the user's $HOME directory if needed.

en: After the user session has been initialized, GDM will run the <filename>PreSession</filename> script. This script is useful for doing any session initialization that needs to happen after the session has been initialized. It can be used for session management or accounting, for example.
en_GB: After the user session has been initialised, GDM will run the <filename>PreSession</filename> script. This script is useful for doing any session initialisation that needs to happen after the session has been initialised. It can be used for session management or accounting, for example.

en: Any <filename>.desktop</filename> files in this directory will cause the associated program to automatically start with the login GUI greeter. By default, GDM is shipped with files which will autostart the gdm-simple-greeter login GUI greeter itself, the gnome-power-manager application, the gnome-settings-daemon, and the metacity window manager. These programs are needed for the greeter program to work. In addition, desktop files are provided for starting various AT programs if the configuration values specified in the Accessibility Configuration section below are set.
en_GB: Any <filename>.desktop</filename> files in this directory will cause the associated program to automatically start with the login GUI greeter. By default, GDM is shipped with files which will autostart the gdm-simple-greeter login GUI greeter itself, the gnome-power-manager application, the gnome-settings-daemon, and the Metacity window manager. These programs are needed for the greeter program to work. In addition, desktop files are provided for starting various AT programs if the configuration values specified in the Accessibility Configuration section below are set.

en: If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined multicast group.
en_GB: If true and IPv6 is enabled, the chooser will send a multicast query to the local network and collect responses from the hosts who have joined the multicast group.

en: If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to login immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login. Refer to the "Security-&gt;PAM" section of the manual for more information, or for help if this feature does not seem to work.
en_GB: If the user given in <filename>TimedLogin</filename> should be logged in after a number of seconds (set with <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename>) of inactivity on the login screen. This is useful for public access terminals or perhaps even home use. If the user uses the keyboard or browses the menus, the timeout will be reset to <filename>TimedLoginDelay</filename> or 30 seconds, whichever is higher. If the user does not enter a username but just hits the ENTER key while the login program is requesting the username, then GDM will assume the user wants to log in immediately as the timed user. Note that no password will be asked for this user so you should be careful, although if using PAM it can be configured to require password entry before allowing login. Refer to the "Security-&gt;PAM" section of the manual for more information, or for help if this feature does not seem to work.

en: When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customized message. If this script does not exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of it's output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets.
en_GB: When the machine sends a WILLING packet back after a QUERY it sends a string that gives the current status of this server. The default message is the system ID, but it is possible to create a script that displays customised message. If this script does not exist or this key is empty the default message is sent. If this script succeeds and produces some output, the first line of its output is sent (and only the first line). It runs at most once every 3 seconds to prevent possible denial of service by flooding the machine with QUERY packets.

en: Set to a list of languages to be shown by default in the login window. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default language is shown and the option "Other..." which pops-up a dialog box showing a full list of available languages which the user can select.
en_GB: Set to a list of languages to be shown by default in the login window. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default language is shown and the option "Other..." which pops up a dialogue box showing a full list of available languages which the user can select.

en: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any languages selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the language combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly selected languages are easier to select.
en_GB: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any languages selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the language combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly-selected languages are easier to select.

en: Set to a list of keyboard layouts to be shown by default in the login panel. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default keyboard layout is shown and the option "Other..." which pops-up a dialog box showing a full list of available keyboard layouts which the user can select.
en_GB: Set to a list of keyboard layouts to be shown by default in the login panel. Default value is "[]". With the default setting only the system default keyboard layout is shown and the option "Other..." which pops up a dialogue box showing a full list of available keyboard layouts which the user can select.

en: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any keyboard layouts selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the keyboard layout combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly selected keyboard layouts are easier to select.
en_GB: Users are not intended to change this setting by hand. Instead GDM keeps track of any keyboard layouts selected in this configuration key, and will show them in the keyboard layout combo box along with the "Other..." choice. This way, commonly-selected keyboard layouts are easier to select.

en: Controls whether compiz is used as the window manager instead of metacity.
en_GB: Controls whether Compiz is used as the window manager instead of Metacity.

en: If the user associated with running the GDM GUI programs has accessibility features enabled via GConf configuration, then the GDM GUI programs will recognize these.
en_GB: If the user associated with running the GDM GUI programs has accessibility features enabled via GConf configuration, then the GDM GUI programs will recognise these.

en: These files are installed, by default, to <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/X11/sessions/</filename>. For backwards compatibility any desktop files in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/Sessions</filename>, <filename>&lt;share&gt;/xsessions</filename>, and <filename>&lt;share/gdm/BuiltInSessions</filename> directories are also recognized by GDM.
en_GB: These files are installed, by default, to <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/X11/sessions/</filename>. For backwards compatibility any desktop files in the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/Sessions</filename>, <filename>&lt;share&gt;/xsessions</filename>, and <filename>&lt;share/gdm/BuiltInSessions</filename> directories are also recognised by GDM.

en: The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalization, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. The <command>gdm-binary</command> is the actual GDM daemon.
en_GB: The <command>gdm</command> command is really just a script which runs the <command>gdm-binary</command>, passing along any options. Before launching <command>gdm-binary</command>, the gdm wrapper script will source the <filename>&lt;etc&gt;/profile</filename> file to set the standard system environment variables. In order to better support internationalisation, it will also set the LC_MESSAGES environment variable to LANG if neither LC_MESSAGES or LC_ALL are set. The <command>gdm-binary</command> is the actual GDM daemon.

note: <para> TODO - any other tips we should add?  Might be useful to highlight any common D-Bus configuration issues? </para>
en: This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug or send an email to the gdm-list mailing list. Information about how to do this is in the Introduction section of the document.
en_GB: This section discusses helpful tips for getting GDM working. In general, if you have a problem using GDM, you can submit a bug or send an e-mail to the gdm-list mailing list. Information about how to do this is in the Introduction section of the document.

en: If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. To turn on debug, launch gdm with the --debug option. Then use GDM to the point where it fails, and debug output will be sent to your system log (<filename>&lt;var&gt;/log/messages</filename> or <filename>&lt;var&gt;/adm/messages</filename> depending on your Operating System). If you share this output with the GDM community via a bug report or email, please only include the GDM related debug information and not the entire file since it can be large. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (refer to the <ulink type="help" url="man:syslog">syslog</ulink> man page).
en_GB: If GDM is failing to work properly, it is always a good idea to include debug information. To turn on debug, launch gdm with the --debug option. Then use GDM to the point where it fails, and debug output will be sent to your system log (<filename>&lt;var&gt;/log/messages</filename> or <filename>&lt;var&gt;/adm/messages</filename> depending on your Operating System). If you share this output with the GDM community via a bug report or e-mail, please only include the GDM-related debug information and not the entire file since it can be large. If you do not see any GDM syslog output, you may need to configure syslog (refer to the <ulink type="help" url="man:syslog">syslog</ulink> man page).

en: There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialog when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently.
en_GB: There are a many problems that can cause GDM to fail to start, but this section will discuss a few common problems and how to approach tracking down a problem with GDM starting. Some problems will cause GDM to respond with an error message or dialogue when it tries to start, but it can be difficult to track down problems when GDM fails silently.

en: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <ulink type="help" url="gnome-help:gpl"><citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle></ulink> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> for more details.
en_GB: This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> for more details.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor</street><city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor</street><city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

en: Can’t find the GDM user “%s”. Aborting!
en_GB: Can't find the GDM user “%s”. Aborting!

en: Can’t find the GDM group “%s”. Aborting!
en_GB: Can't find the GDM group “%s”. Aborting!

en: Shows a confirmation dialog on exit
en_GB: Shows a confirmation dialogue on exit

en: Use Windows native dialogs
en_GB: Use Windows native dialogues

en: Use the current word under the cursor for Find dialogs
en_GB: Use the current word under the cursor for Find dialogues

en: Use current word under the cursor when opening the Find, Find in Files or Replace dialog and there is no selection
en_GB: Use current word under the cursor when opening the Find, Find in Files or Replace dialogue and there is no selection

en: When enabled, a project file is stored by default inside the project base directory when creating new projects instead of one directory above the base directory. You can still change the path of the project file in the New Project dialog.
en_GB: When enabled, a project file is stored by default inside the project base directory when creating new projects instead of one directory above the base directory. You can still change the path of the project file in the New Project dialogue.

en: Customize Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Toolbar

en: Fold or unfold all children of a fold point. By pressing the Shift key while clicking on a fold symbol the contrary behavior is used.
en_GB: Fold or unfold all children of a fold point. By pressing the Shift key while clicking on a fold symbol the contrary behaviour is used.

en: Parenthesis ( )
en_GB: Brackets ( )

en: Auto-close parenthesis when typing an opening one
en_GB: Auto-close brackets when typing an opening one

en: Invert syntax highlighting colors
en_GB: Invert syntax highlighting colours

en: Invert all colors, by default using white text on a black background
en_GB: Invert all colours, by default using white text on a black background

en: Sets the color of the long line marker
en_GB: Sets the colour of the long line marker

note: #-#-#-#-#  2571 (rkward)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: <components> <component label="...">
en: Color Chooser
en_GB: Colour Chooser

en: The background color of characters after the given cursor position (see below) changed to the color set below, (this is recommended if you use proportional fonts)
en_GB: The background colour of characters after the given cursor position (see below) changed to the colour set below, (this is recommended if you use proportional fonts)

en: Path (and possibly additional arguments) to your favorite browser
en_GB: Path (and possibly additional arguments) to your favourite browser

en: Email address of the developer
en_GB: E-mail address of the developer

en: Sets the foreground color of the text in the terminal widget
en_GB: Sets the foreground colour of the text in the terminal widget

en: Sets the background color of the text in the terminal widget
en_GB: Sets the background colour of the text in the terminal widget

en: Change _Color Scheme...
en_GB: Change _Colour Scheme...

en: _Color Chooser
en_GB: _Colour Chooser

en: Space separated list of file patterns used for the find in files dialog (e.g. *.c *.h)
en_GB: Space separated list of file patterns used for the find in files dialogue (e.g. *.c *.h)

en: License text could not be found, please visit http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt to view it online.
en_GB: Licence text could not be found, please visit http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-2.0.txt to view it online.

en: Note: Item 2 opens a dialog and appends the response to the command.
en_GB: Note: Item 2 opens a dialogue and appends the response to the command.

en: Color Schemes
en_GB: Colour Schemes

en: Navigate forward a location
en_GB: Navigate forwards a location

en: Show Color Chooser
en_GB: Show Colour Chooser

en: Please set a print command in the preferences dialog first.
en_GB: Please set a print command in the preferences dialogue first.

note: close window checkbox
en: Close _dialog
en_GB: Close _dialogue

en: Disable this option to keep the dialog open
en_GB: Disable this option to keep the dialogue open

en: Open a color chooser dialog, to interactively pick colors from a palette
en_GB: Open a colour chooser dialogue, to interactively pick colours from a palette

en: Show the preferences dialog
en_GB: Show the preferences dialogue

en: Send by email
en_GB: Send by e-mail

note: Translators: The application's summary / tagline
en: Send and receive email
en_GB: Send and receive e-mail

en: Geary is an email application built around conversations, for the GNOME 3 desktop. It allows you to read, find and send email with a straightforward, modern interface.
en_GB: Geary is an e-mail application built around conversations, for the GNOME 3 desktop. It allows you to read, find and send e-mail with a straightforward, modern interface.

en: Quick email account setup
en_GB: Quick e-mail account setup

en: True if the application window is maximized, false otherwise.
en_GB: True if the application window is maximised, false otherwise.

en: Enables shortcuts for email actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl> to emulate those used by Gmail.
en_GB: Enables shortcuts for e-mail actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl> to emulate those used by Gmail.

en: Whether to compose emails in HTML
en_GB: Whether to compose e-mails in HTML

en: True to compose emails in HTML; false for plain text.
en_GB: True to compose e-mails in HTML; false for plain text.

en: Undo sending email delay
en_GB: Undo sending e-mail delay

en: The number of seconds to wait before sending an email. Set to zero or less to disable.
en_GB: The number of seconds to wait before sending an e-mail. Set to zero or less to disable.

en: List of optional plugins
en_GB: List of optional plug-ins

en: Plugins listed here will be loaded on startup.
en_GB: Plug-ins listed here will be loaded on startup.

note: Translators: In-app notification label
en: Check your email address and password
en_GB: Check your e-mail address and password

note: Translators: Tooltip for adding a new email sender/from address's address to an account
en: Add a new sender email address
en_GB: Add a new sender e-mail address

en: Other email providers
en_GB: Other e-mail providers

note: Translators: This label describes an account preference.
en: Save draft email on server
en_GB: Save draft e-mail on server

note: Translators: This label describes an account preference.
en: Save sent email on server
en_GB: Save sent e-mail on server

note: / Command line option
en: Log IMAP network deserialization
en_GB: Log IMAP network deserialisation

note: / Command line option. "Normalization" can also be called / "synchronization".
en: Log folder normalization
en_GB: Log folder normalisation

note: / Notification title.
en: A problem occurred sending email for %s
en_GB: A problem occurred sending e-mail for %s

note: / Notification body
en: Email will not be sent until re-connected
en_GB: E-mail will not be sent until re-connected

en: There was an error opening the local mail database for this account. This is possibly due to corruption of the database file in this directory:
    
    %s
    
    Geary can rebuild the database and re-synchronize with the server or exit.
    
    Rebuilding the database will destroy all local email and its attachments. <b>The mail on the your server will not be affected.</b>
en_GB: There was an error opening the local mail database for this account. This is possibly due to corruption of the database file in this directory:
    
    %s
    
    Geary can rebuild the database and re-synchronise with the server or exit.
    
    Rebuilding the database will destroy all local e-mail and its attachments. <b>The mail on the your server will not be affected.</b>

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email sent to %s
en_GB: E-mail sent to %s

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email to %s queued for delivery
en_GB: E-mail to %s queued for delivery

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email to %s saved
en_GB: E-mail to %s saved

note: / Translators: The label for an in-app notification. The / string substitution is a list of recipients of the email.
en: Email to %s discarded
en_GB: E-mail to %s discarded

note: Translators: An info bar description label
en: You will not be able to send or receive email until re-connected.
en_GB: You will not be able to send or receive e-mail until re-connected.

en: Empty all email from your %s folder?
en_GB: Empty all e-mail from your %s folder?

en: This removes the email from Geary and your email server.
en_GB: This removes the e-mail from Geary and your e-mail server.

note: / Translators: Preferences label
en: Use _single key email shortcuts
en_GB: Use _single key e-mail shortcuts

en: Enable keyboard shortcuts for email actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl>
en_GB: Enable keyboard shortcuts for e-mail actions that do not require pressing <Ctrl>

note: Translators: Info bar title for an outgoing account problem. String substitution is the account name
en: Geary encountered a problem sending email for %s.
en_GB: Geary encountered a problem sending e-mail for %s.

note: Translators: Tooltip used when an entry requires a valid email address to be entered, but one is not provided.
en: An email address is required
en_GB: An e-mail address is required

note: Translators: Tooltip used when an entry requires a valid email address to be entered, but the address is invalid.
en: Not a valid email address
en_GB: Not a valid e-mail address

en: Move conversation to Trash | Move conversations to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move conversation to Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: Move conversations to Wastebasket

note: / Displayed in the space-limited status bar when a message fails to be sent due to error.
en: Error sending email
en_GB: Error sending e-mail

en: Invalid email address
en_GB: Invalid e-mail address

note: / Translators: Context menu item
en: Move conversation to _Trash | Move conversations to _Trash
en_GB[0]: Move conversation to Was_tebasket
en_GB[1]: Move conversations to Was_tebasket

en: This email address may have been forged
en_GB: This e-mail address may have been forged

en: Geary will not add or update this email account.
en_GB: Geary will not add or update this e-mail account.

en: Contact your system administrator or email service provider if you have any question about these issues.
en_GB: Contact your system administrator or e-mail service provider if you have any question about these issues.

note: We can't keep these in the glade file, because Gnome doesn't want markup in translatable strings, and Glade doesn't support the "larger" size attribute. See this bug report for details: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=679006
en: Geary requires your email password to continue
en_GB: Geary requires your e-mail password to continue

en: Email Templates
en_GB: E-mail Templates

en: Create reusable templates for sending email
en_GB: Create reusable templates for sending e-mail

en: Fill in and send email templates using a spreadsheet
en_GB: Fill in and send e-mail templates using a spreadsheet

en: Displays Unity Messaging Menu notifications for new email
en_GB: Displays Unity Messaging Menu notifications for new e-mail

en: Plays the desktop sent-mail sound when an email is sent
en_GB: Plays the desktop sent-mail sound when an e-mail is sent

note: #-#-#-#-#  377 (geary-0.4.1)  #-#-#-#-# / Datetime format for the locale default, i.e. 8:31 am or 16:35, / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format / Date format for dates within the current year, i.e. Nov 8
en: %b %-e
en_GB: %-e %b

note: / Verbose datetime format for 12-hour time, i.e. November 8, 2010 8:42 am / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %B %-e, %Y %-l:%M %P
en_GB: %-e %B, %Y %-l:%M %P

note: / Verbose datetime format for 24-hour time, i.e. November 8, 2010 16:35 / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %B %-e, %Y %-H:%M
en_GB: %-e %B, %Y %H:%M

[ctx: Default full date]
note: / Verbose datetime format for the locale default (full month, day and time) / See http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %B %-e, %Y %-l:%M %P
en_GB: %-e %B, %Y %H:%M

note: / 12 hours format for datetime that a message being replied / to was received See / http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %l:%M %P
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %l:%M %P

note: / 24 hours format for the datetime that a message being / replied to was received See / http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %H:%M
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %H:%M

note: / Format for the datetime that a message being replied to / was received See / http://developer.gnome.org/glib/2.32/glib-GDateTime.html#g-date-time-format
en: %a, %b %-e, %Y at %X
en_GB: %a, %-e %b, %Y at %X

note: List of general possible folder names to match for the Sent mailbox. Separate names using a vertical bar and put the most common localized name to the front for the default. English names do not need to be included.
en: Sent | Sent Mail | Sent Email | Sent E-Mail
en_GB: Sent | Sent Mail | Sent E-mail | Sent E-Mail

note: List of general possible folder names to match for the Junk/Spam mailbox. Separate names using a vertical bar and put the most common localized name to the front for the default. English names do not need to be included.
en: Junk | Spam | Junk Mail | Junk Email | Junk E-Mail | Bulk Mail | Bulk Email | Bulk E-Mail
en_GB: Junk | Spam | Junk Mail | Junk E-mail | Junk E-Mail | Bulk Mail | Bulk E-mail | Bulk E-Mail

note: List of general possible folder names to match for the Trash mailbox. Separate names using a vertical bar and put the most common localized name to the front for the default. English names do not need to be included.
en: Trash | Rubbish | Rubbish Bin
en_GB: Wastebasket

[ctx: Outlook localised name]
note: The localised name(s) of the Trash folder name as used by MS Outlook/Exchange.
en: Deleted Items
en_GB: Deleted items

en: To get started, select an email provider below.
en_GB: To get started, select an e-mail provider below.

en: Removing an account will remove it from Geary and delete locally cached email data from your computer, but not from your service provider.
en_GB: Removing an account will remove it from Geary and delete locally cached e-mail data from your computer, but not from your service provider.

en: Change font color
en_GB: Change font colour

note: Title label on contact popover
en: Deceptive email address
en_GB: Deceptive e-mail address

note: Contact popover label
en: This email address is:
en_GB: This e-mail address is:

note: Translators: Menu item to move a single, specific message to the trash folder
en: Move message to _Trash
en_GB: Move message to Was_tebasket

en: The email sender may be leading you to the wrong web site.
en_GB: The e-mail sender may be leading you to the wrong web site.

en: Copy Email _Address
en_GB: Copy E-mail _Address

en: From <email>
en_GB: From <e-mail>

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Trash conversations
en_GB: Move conversations to Wastebasket

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Italicize text
en_GB: Italicise text

en: Empty _Trash…
en_GB: Empty Was_tebasket…

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Change the text and background colors in gedit.
en_GB: Change the text and background colours in gedit.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Change the color scheme
en_GB: Change the colour scheme

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: <app>gedit</app> includes several different color schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.
en_GB: <app>gedit</app> includes several different colour schemes, allowing you to change the appearance of the main text window.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To change the color scheme:
en_GB: To change the colour scheme:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Font &amp; Colors</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Font &amp; Colours</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Choose your desired color scheme.
en_GB: Choose your desired colour scheme.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The new color scheme will be applied immediately.
en_GB: The new colour scheme will be applied immediately.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Use a Custom Color Scheme
en_GB: Use a Custom Colour Scheme

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: You can also use color schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own color schemes.
en_GB: You can also use colour schemes that have been created by others, or create and use your own colour schemes.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Instructions on how to install custom color schemes, as well as examples of color schemes that you can download and use, are available on the <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GtkSourceView/StyleSchemes">gedit wiki</link>.
en_GB: Instructions on how to install custom colour schemes, as well as examples of colour schemes that you can download and use, are available on the <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GtkSourceView/StyleSchemes">gedit wiki</link>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Font &amp; Colors</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Font &amp; Colours</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Uncheck the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."
en_GB: Untick the box next to the phrase, "Use the system fixed-width font."

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This will cause the <gui>Open</gui> dialog to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click <gui>Open</gui>. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.
en_GB: This will cause the <gui>Open</gui> dialogue to appear. Use your mouse or keyboard to select the file that you wish to open, and then click <gui>Open</gui>. The file that you've selected will open in a new tab.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To close the <gui>Open</gui> dialog without opening a file, click <gui>Cancel</gui>.
en_GB: To close the <gui>Open</gui> dialogue without opening a file, click <gui>Cancel</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Use plugins to customize how gedit works for you.
en_GB: Use plug-ins to customise how gedit works for you.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Configure and use gedit plugins
en_GB: Configure and use gedit plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can do more with <app>gedit</app> by using plugins. Several plugins are installed by default, but a large number of other plugins are available separately.
en_GB: You can do more with <app>gedit</app> by using plug-ins. Several plug-ins are installed by default, but a large number of other plug-ins are available separately.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: Many Linux distributions make a group of these plugins available as a <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. Install the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package to make these extra plugins available to <app>gedit</app>.
en_GB: Many Linux distributions make a group of these plug-ins available as a <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. Install the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package to make these extra plug-ins available to <app>gedit</app>.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Default gedit Plugins
en_GB: Default gedit Plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Additional gedit Plugins
en_GB: Additional gedit Plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: This plugin helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Change Case</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: This plug-in helps you to change the case of selected portions of text. You can use it to change text to be all lower case, all upper case, to invert the case, or apply title case. To enable this plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Change Case</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Once the <em>Change Case</em> plugin is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:
en_GB: Once the <em>Change Case</em> plug-in is enabled, you can use it by completing the following steps:

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: If you have not highlighted any text, the <em>Change Case</em> feature will be grayed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the <em>Change Case</em> feature.
en_GB: If you have not highlighted any text, the <em>Change Case</em> feature will be greyed-out. You need to select a portion of text before you use the <em>Change Case</em> feature.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The <em>Document Statistics</em> plugin shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: The <em>Document Statistics</em> plug-in shows you various statistics about your current document. To enable this plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Once the plugin is enabled, use it by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui> <gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.
en_GB: Once the plug-in is enabled, use it by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui> <gui>Document Statistics</gui></guiseq>. A window will display the statistical information of your document, including the number of words, lines, characters, non-space characters, and the size of your file in bytes.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The <em>External Tools</em> plugin can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends <app>gedit</app> by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing <app>gedit</app> to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the <app>External Tools</app> plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui> <gui>External Tools</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: The <em>External Tools</em> plug-in can help simplify repetitive tasks. Specifically, it extends <app>gedit</app> by helping you to run scripts on your working files, and by allowing <app>gedit</app> to interact with other programs on your computer. To enable the <app>External Tools</app> plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui> <gui>External Tools</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Configure the external tools plugin
en_GB: Configure the external tools plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: Once you have enabled the plugin, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui><gui>Manage External Tools</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Once you have enabled the plug-in, you will need to configure it to suit your needs. The configuration options are available by selecting <guiseq><gui>Tools</gui><gui>Manage External Tools</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: This plugin is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plugin with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.
en_GB: This plug-in is for advanced users, and requires knowledge of scripting to be used effectively. Use this plug-in with care, as mistakes with your scripts can affect your work in unintended ways.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Depending on how you use <app>gedit</app>, you may find it helpful to use the <app>File Browser panel</app> plugin. This plugin embeds a <app>file browser</app> in the side panel, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.
en_GB: Depending on how you use <app>gedit</app>, you may find it helpful to use the <app>File Browser panel</app> plug-in. This plug-in embeds a <app>file browser</app> in the side panel, giving you easy access to your frequently-used files.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can enable the side panel by selecting <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plugins</gui><gui>File Browser Panel</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: You can enable the side panel by selecting <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>File Browser Panel</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: As this name of this plugin suggests, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plugin allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position.
en_GB: As this name of this plug-in suggests, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plug-in allows you to insert the date and/or time at the current cursor position.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To enable the plugin:
en_GB: To enable the plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui style="tab">Plugins</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date/Time</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date/Time</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To use the plugin, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Tools</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date and Time…</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: To use the plug-in, press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem">Tools</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Insert Date and Time…</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: By default, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plugin will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plugin. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by pressing the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and selecting <guiseq> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plugins</gui><gui> Insert Date/Time</gui><gui style="button">Preferences</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: By default, the <gui>Insert Date/Time</gui> plug-in will prompt you to choose your preferred date/time format each time that you use the plug-in. However, you can choose your own default date and time format by pressing the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and selecting <guiseq> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui><gui> Insert Date/Time</gui><gui style="button">Preferences</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: How to install third-party plugins.
en_GB: How to install third-party plug-ins.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Additional gedit plugins
en_GB: Additional gedit plug-ins

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Installing third-party plugins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default <app>gedit</app> plugins, or even the extra plugins that are part of the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. An online list of third-party plugins is <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Gedit">kept here</link>.
en_GB: Installing third-party plug-ins gives you extra functionality that isn't available in default <app>gedit</app> plug-ins, or even the extra plug-ins that are part of the <app>gedit-plugins</app> package. An online list of third-party plug-ins is <link href="https://wiki.gnome.org/Apps/Gedit">kept here</link>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Installing a third-party plugin involves downloading the plugin, placing the plugin files in the right directory, and activating the plugin.
en_GB: Installing a third-party plug-in involves downloading the plug-in, placing the plug-in files in the right directory, and activating the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: You can usually download a plugin from the plugin's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like <app>git</app>, <app> bazaar</app>, or <app>subversion</app> to copy a plugin's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plugin's documentation for information on getting the plugin.
en_GB: You can usually download a plug-in from the plug-in's website, but may need to use a revision-control program like <app>git</app>, <app> bazaar</app>, or <app>subversion</app> to copy a plug-in's software repository from the internet. Refer to the plug-in's documentation for information on getting the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Place the plugin files into the <file>/home/<var>username</var>/.local/share/gedit/plugins</file> directory.
en_GB: Place the plug-in files into the <file>/home/<var>username</var>/.local/share/gedit/plugins</file> directory.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: After you have placed the plugin files into the correct directory, the plugin will appear in the Preferences menu. Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem"> Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plugins</gui><gui>[Name of Plugin]</gui> </guiseq> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: After you have placed the plug-in files into the correct directory, the plug-in will appear in the Preferences menu. Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <guiseq><gui style="menuitem"> Preferences</gui><gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui><gui>[Name of Plug-in]</gui> </guiseq> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: After you have enabled the plugin, it should be available for you to use.
en_GB: After you have enabled the plug-in, it should be available for you to use.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The <app>Modelines</app> plugin allows <app>gedit</app> to analyze the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The <app>Modelines</app> plugin supports a subset of the options used by the <app>Emacs</app>, <app>Kate</app> and <app>Vim</app> text editors.
en_GB: The <app>Modelines</app> plug-in allows <app>gedit</app> to analyse the lines of text at the start and end of a file, and then apply a set of document preferences to the file. The <app>Modelines</app> plug-in supports a subset of the options used by the <app>Emacs</app>, <app>Kate</app> and <app>Vim</app> text editors.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: To enable the <app>Modelines</app> plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Modelines</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: To enable the <app>Modelines</app> plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Modelines</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialog.
en_GB: Preferences set using modelines take precedence over the ones specified in the preference dialogue.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving <app>gedit</app>. To enable the Python console, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui> <gui>Python Console</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: You can add a Python console to the bottom pane, allowing you to test Python scripts without leaving <app>gedit</app>. To enable the Python console, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui> <gui>Python Console</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: If you have also enabled the <gui>Embeded Terminal</gui> plugin, the <gui>Python Console</gui> will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.
en_GB: If you have also enabled the <gui>Embedded Terminal</gui> plug-in, the <gui>Python Console</gui> will appear as a separate tab in the bottom pane.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: As the name of this plugin would imply, the <app>Quick Open</app> plugin helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plugin, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Plugins</gui><gui>Quick Open</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: As the name of this plug-in would imply, the <app>Quick Open</app> plug-in helps you to open files more quickly than using the usual ways of opening files. To enable this plug-in, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui><gui>Plug-ins</gui><gui>Quick Open</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Once you have enabled the <app>Quick Open</app> plugin you can use it as follows:
en_GB: Once you have enabled the <app>Quick Open</app> plug-in you can use it as follows:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Open the <app>Quick Open</app> dialog box by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>O</key></keyseq>, or by selecting <gui style="menuitem">Quick Open…</gui>.
en_GB: Open the <app>Quick Open</app> dialogue box by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>O</key></keyseq>, or by selecting <gui style="menuitem">Quick Open…</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: The <gui>Quick Open</gui> file dialog will appear.
en_GB: The <gui>Quick Open</gui> file dialogue will appear.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: The root directory of the <app xref="gedit-plugins-file-browser">File Browser Panel</app> plugin
en_GB: The root directory of the <app xref="gedit-plugins-file-browser">File Browser Panel</app> plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Enable Snippets Plugin
en_GB: Enable Snippets Plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To enable the <gui>Snippets</gui> plugin:
en_GB: To enable the <gui>Snippets</gui> plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui style="tab">Plugins</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: Select <guiseq><gui style="menu">gedit</gui> <gui style="menuitem">Preferences</gui> <gui style="tab">Plug-ins</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Snippets</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Snippets</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: The Sort plugin arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.
en_GB: The Sort plug-in arranges selected lines of text into alphabetical order.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Enable Sort Plugin
en_GB: Enable Sort Plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To enable the <app>Sort</app> plugin:
en_GB: To enable the <app>Sort</app> plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Sort</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Sort</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: Using Sort Plugin
en_GB: Using Sort Plug-in

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: To use the <gui>Sort</gui> plugin:
en_GB: To use the <gui>Sort</gui> plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: The <gui>Sort</gui> dialog will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:
en_GB: The <gui>Sort</gui> dialogue will open, allowing you to choose between several sorting options:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialog under <gui style="group">Copies</gui>, check <gui style="checkbox">Reverse</gui>.
en_GB: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialogue under <gui style="group">Copies</gui>, tick <gui style="checkbox">Reverse</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialog under <gui style="group">Copies</gui> check <gui style="checkbox">Collate</gui>.
en_GB: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab of the Print dialogue under <gui style="group">Copies</gui> tick <gui style="checkbox">Collate</gui>.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab in the Print dialog choose <gui style="radiobutton">Pages</gui> from the <gui style="group">Range</gui> section.
en_GB: In the <gui style="tab">General</gui> tab in the Print dialogue choose <gui style="radiobutton">Pages</gui> from the <gui style="group">Range</gui> section.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you are saving a new file, a dialog will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.
en_GB: If you are saving a new file, a dialogue will appear, and you can select a name for the file, as well as the directory where you would like the file to be saved.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: The Spell-check feature is provided as a plugin in <app>gedit</app> which can be enabled as required. To enable the plugin:
en_GB: The Spell-check feature is provided as a plug-in in <app>gedit</app> which can be enabled as required. To enable the plug-in:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select <gui style="menuitem">Spell Checker</gui> to enable the plugin.
en_GB: Select <gui style="menuitem">Spell Checker</gui> to enable the plug-in.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: To have <app>gedit</app> automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">Tools</gui><gui style="menuitem">Highlight Misspelled Words</gui></guiseq>.
en_GB: To have <app>gedit</app> automatically highlight misspelt words in your document as you type, select <guiseq><gui style="menu">Tools</gui><gui style="menuitem">Highlight Misspelt Words</gui></guiseq>.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialog. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to <gui>Misspelled word:</gui>. You can choose from the following corrective actions:
en_GB: You can choose the right substitution for misspelt words using the Check Spelling dialogue. The misspelt word being checked by the spell-checker is displayed in bold style next to <gui>Misspelled word:</gui>. You can choose from the following corrective actions:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui style="button">Change</gui> substitutes the misspelt or unrecognized word with <em>a</em> chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.
en_GB: <gui style="button">Change</gui> substitutes the misspelt or unrecognised word with <em>a</em> chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui style="button">Change all</gui> substitutes <em>all</em> misspelt or unrecognized words with the chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.
en_GB: <gui style="button">Change all</gui> substitutes <em>all</em> misspelt or unrecognised words with the chosen substitute from the <gui style="menuitem">Suggestions:</gui> list.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: <gui style="button">Add word</gui> allows you to add the current word to the <app>gedit</app> <gui>User dictionary</gui>. Adding custom words to the <gui>User dictionary</gui> will allow <app>gedit</app> to recognize the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.
en_GB: <gui style="button">Add word</gui> allows you to add the current word to the <app>gedit</app> <gui>User dictionary</gui>. Adding custom words to the <gui>User dictionary</gui> will allow <app>gedit</app> to recognise the word in documents and thus will not be highlighted as a misspelt word.

note: (itstool) path: section/p
en: <app>gedit</app> provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If <app>gedit</app> recognizes the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.
en_GB: <app>gedit</app> provides syntax highlighting for a wide range of markup, programming, and scientific languages. If <app>gedit</app> recognises the syntax being used when you open a file, it will automatically highlight the text.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Organize files in grouped tabs
en_GB: Organise files in grouped tabs

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: If you are working with multiple tabs in <app>gedit</app> you can group them, making it easier to keep your opened files organized. Adding a new tab group will divide the <app>gedit</app> window in two panes, open a new “Untitled Document” in the new pane, and make it active. You can open files into that tab group and move tabs from one tab group to another.
en_GB: If you are working with multiple tabs in <app>gedit</app> you can group them, making it easier to keep your opened files organised. Adding a new tab group will divide the <app>gedit</app> window in two panes, open a new “Untitled Document” in the new pane, and make it active. You can open files into that tab group and move tabs from one tab group to another.

note: (itstool) path: note/p
en: To move a tab into a new window when <app>gedit</app> is maximized, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.
en_GB: To move a tab into a new window when <app>gedit</app> is maximised, drag the tab onto the top bar at the top of the screen.

note: (itstool) path: section/title
en: gedit Plugins
en_GB: gedit Plug-ins

en: The first goal of gedit is to be easy to use, with a simple interface by default. More advanced features are available by enabling plugins.
en_GB: The first goal of gedit is to be easy to use, with a simple interface by default. More advanced features are available by enabling plug-ins.

en: The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to color the text.
en_GB: The ID of a GtkSourceView Style Scheme used to colour the text.

en: The left margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The left margin, in millimetres.

en: The top margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The top margin, in millimetres.

en: The right margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The right margin, in millimetres.

en: The bottom margin, in millimeters.
en_GB: The bottom margin, in millimetres.

en: List of candidate encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in the open/save file chooser. “CURRENT” represents the current locale encoding. Only recognized encodings are used. The default value is the empty list, in which case gedit will choose good defaults depending on the country and language.
en_GB: List of candidate encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in the open/save file chooser. “CURRENT” represents the current locale encoding. Only recognised encodings are used. The default value is the empty list, in which case gedit will choose good defaults depending on the country and language.

en: List of active plugins.
en_GB: List of active plug-ins.

en: The selected color scheme cannot be installed: %s
en_GB: The selected colour scheme cannot be installed: %s

en: The selected color scheme cannot be installed.
en_GB: The selected colour scheme cannot be installed.

en: Add Color Scheme
en_GB: Add Colour Scheme

en: Color Scheme Files
en_GB: Colour Scheme Files

en: Could not remove color scheme “%s”.
en_GB: Could not remove colour scheme “%s”.

en: Font & Colors
en_GB: Font & Colours

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Toggle insert / overwrite
en_GB: Toggle insert/overwrite

en: The file “%s” cannot be moved to the trash.
en_GB: The file “%s” cannot be moved to the wastebasket.

en: If TRUE the file browser plugin will view the directory of the first opened document given that the file browser hasn’t been used yet. (Thus this generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it with Nautilus, etc.)
en_GB: If TRUE the file browser plug-in will view the directory of the first opened document given that the file browser hasn’t been used yet. (Thus this generally applies to opening a document from the command line or opening it with Nautilus, etc.)

en: Command Color Text
en_GB: Command Colour Text

en: The command color text
en_GB: The command colour text

en: Error Color Text
en_GB: Error Colour Text

en: The error color text
en_GB: The error colour text

en: Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time, execution aborted.
en_GB: Execution of the Python command (%s) exceeds the maximum time; execution aborted.

en: _Highlight Misspelled Words
en_GB: _Highlight Misspelt Words

en: Highlight misspelled words
en_GB: Highlight misspelt words

en: Default setting for highlight misspelled words.
en_GB: Default setting for highlight misspelt words.

en: Configure spell plugin
en_GB: Configure spell plug-in

en: Manage _Snippets...
en_GB: Manage _Snippets…

en: _Check Spelling...
en_GB: _Check Spelling…

en: In_sert Date and Time...
en_GB: In_sert Date and Time…

en: List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file selector. Only recognized encodings are used.
en_GB: List of encodings shown in the Character Encoding menu in open/save file selector. Only recognised encodings are used.

en: Go to _Line...
en_GB: Go to _Line…

en: Capitalize the first letter of each selected word
en_GB: Capitalise the first letter of each selected word

en: _Spelling Suggestions...
en_GB: _Spelling Suggestions…

en: No misspelled words
en_GB: No misspelt words

en: Misspelled word:
en_GB: Misspelt word:

en: Cannot initialize preferences manager.
en_GB: Cannot initialise preferences manager.

en: _Incremental Search...
en_GB: _Incremental Search…

note: #-#-#-#-#  380 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  2889 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Background color (deprecated)
en_GB: Background colour (deprecated)

note: #-#-#-#-#  380 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  2889 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Center (deprecated)
en_GB: Centre (deprecated)

en: Checked (state)
en_GB: Ticked (state)

en: Color of selected links
en_GB: Colour of selected links

note: #-#-#-#-#  380 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  2889 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color of selected links (deprecated)
en_GB: Colour of selected links (deprecated)

en: Frameborder
en_GB: Frame border

en: Framespacing
en_GB: Frame spacing

en: Generic metainformation
en_GB: Generic meta-information

en: HTML - Special Characters
en_GB: HTML — Special Characters

en: HTML - Tags
en_GB: HTML — Tags

en: Link color
en_GB: Link colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  380 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  2889 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Link color (deprecated)
en_GB: Link colour (deprecated)

en: Target - Blank
en_GB: Target — Blank

en: Target - Parent
en_GB: Target — Parent

en: Target - Self
en_GB: Target — Self

note: #-#-#-#-#  380 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  2889 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Text color (deprecated)
en_GB: Text colour (deprecated)

en: Visited link color
en_GB: Visited link colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  380 (gedit-plugins)  #-#-#-#-# Deprecated since HTML 4.01, not supported in XHTML 1.0 Strict DTD. #-#-#-#-#  2889 (MATE Desktop Environment)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Visited link color (deprecated)
en_GB: Visited link colour (deprecated)

en: XHTML 1.0 - Tags
en_GB: XHTML 1.0 — Tags

en: Latex - Tags
en_GB: Latex — Tags

en: XSLT - Axes
en_GB: XSLT — Axes

en: XSLT - Elements
en_GB: XSLT — Elements

en: XSLT - Functions
en_GB: XSLT — Functions

en: XUL - Tags
en_GB: XUL — Tags

en: Print Previe_w...
en_GB: Print Previe_w…

en: Pick a color from a dialog and insert its hexadecimal representation.
en_GB: Pick a colour from a dialogue and insert its hexadecimal representation.

en: Pick _Color...
en_GB: Pick _Colour…

en: Pick a color from a dialog
en_GB: Pick a colour from a dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  1514  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, PickColor)
en: Pick Color
en_GB: Pick Colour

en: Type here to search...
en_GB: Type here to search…

en: Added edit point...
en_GB: Added edit point…

en: Column Mode...
en_GB: Column Mode…

en: Removed edit point...
en_GB: Removed edit point…

en: Cancelled column mode...
en_GB: Cancelled column mode…

en: _Manage saved sessions...
en_GB: _Manage saved sessions…

en: Synchronize between LaTeX and PDF with gedit and evince.
en_GB: Synchronise between LaTeX and PDF with gedit and evince.

en: Default color of text in the terminal
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal

en: Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Default color of terminal background
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background

en: Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as "red").
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as "red").

en: Terminals have a 16-color palette that applications inside the terminal can use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of color names. Color names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF"
en_GB: Terminals have a 16-colour palette that applications inside the terminal can use. This is that palette, in the form of a colon-separated list of colour names. Colour names should be in hex format e.g. "#FF00FF"

en: Whether to use the colors from the theme for the terminal widget
en_GB: Whether to use the colours from the theme for the terminal widget

en: If true, the theme color scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for the terminal, instead of colors provided by the user.
en_GB: If true, the theme colour scheme used for text entry boxes will be used for the terminal, instead of colours provided by the user.

en: Move to Trash...
en_GB: Move to Rubbish bin...

en: centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

en: center weighted
en_GB: centre weighted

en: 1 chip color area
en_GB: 1 chip colour area

en: 2 chip color area
en_GB: 2 chip colour area

en: 3 chip color area
en_GB: 3 chip colour area

en: color sequential area
en_GB: colour sequential area

en: color sequential linear
en_GB: colour sequential linear

en: Date digitized
en_GB: Date digitised

en: Subsecond time digitized
en_GB: Subsecond time digitised

en: Color filter array pattern
en_GB: Colour filter array pattern

en: DateDigitized
en_GB: DateDigitised

en: _Color Management
en_GB: _Colour Management

en: Rotate _counterclockwise 90°
en_GB: Rotate anti-_clockwise 90°

en: Rotate counterclockwise 90°
en_GB: Rotate anti-clockwise 90°

en: Use _color profiles
en_GB: Use _colour profiles

en: Use color profiles
en_GB: Use colour profiles

en: Toggle _grayscale
en_GB: Toggle _greyscale

en: Toggle grayscale
en_GB: Toggle greyscale

en: Click to enable color management
en_GB: Click to enable colour management

en: Color profiles not supported
en_GB: Colour profiles not supported

en: Sort by Exif date digitized
en_GB: Sort by Exif date digitised

en: Anaglyph Gray Red-Cyan
en_GB: Anaglyph Grey Red-Cyan

en: Anaglyph Gray Green-Magenta
en_GB: Anaglyph Grey Green-Magenta

en: Anaglyph Gray Yellow-Blue
en_GB: Anaglyph Grey Yellow-Blue

en: Clear trash
en_GB: Clear Rubbish Bin

en: This will remove the trash contents.
en_GB: This will remove the Rubbish Bin contents.

en: Two pass rendering (apply HQ zoom and color correction in second pass)
en_GB: Two pass rendering (apply HQ zoom and colour correction in second pass)

en: Use custom border color in window mode
en_GB: Use custom border colour in window mode

en: Use custom border color in fullscreen mode
en_GB: Use custom border colour in fullscreen mode

en: Alpha channel color 1
en_GB: Alpha channel colour 1

en: Alpha channel color 2
en_GB: Alpha channel colour 2

en: Remember dialog window positions
en_GB: Remember dialogue window positions

en: Select color profile
en_GB: Select colour profile

en: Confirm move file to Trash
en_GB: Confirm file move to Rubbish bin

en: Use Geeqie trash location
en_GB: Use Geeqie Rubbish bin location

en: Use system Trash bin
en_GB: Use system Rubbish bin

en: Use "With Rename" as default for Copy/Move dialogs
en_GB: Use "With Rename" as default for Copy/Move dialogues

en: Digitized
en_GB: Digitised

en: Unable to remove old file from trash folder
en_GB: Unable to remove old file from Rubbish Bin folder

en: Unable to access or create the trash folder.
    "%s"
en_GB: Unable to access or create the Rubbish Bin folder.
    "%s"

en: Using Geeqie Trash bin
    %s
en_GB: Using Geeqie Rubbish bin
    %s

en: Using system Trash bin
en_GB: Using system Rubbish bin

en: This will move the following files to the Trash bin
en_GB: This will move the following files to the Rubbish bin

en: centimeters
en_GB: centimetres

en: What color model used for the transformation
en_GB: What colour model used for the transformation

en: Heavily distort images colors by applying trigonometric functions to map color values.
en_GB: Heavily distort images colours by applying trigonometric functions to map colour values.

en: Like a gaussian blur; but where the contribution for each neighbourhood pixel is also weighted by the color difference with the original center pixel.
en_GB: Like a gaussian blur; but where the contribution for each neighbourhood pixel is also weighted by the colour difference with the original centre pixel.

en: Blur resulting from averaging the colors of a square neighbourhood.
en_GB: Blur resulting from averaging the colours of a square neighbourhood.

en: Changes the light level and contrast. This operation operates in linear light, 'contrast' is a scale factor around 50% gray, and 'brightness' a constant offset to apply after contrast scaling.
en_GB: Changes the light level and contrast. This operation operates in linear light, 'contrast' is a scale factor around 50% grey, and 'brightness' a constant offset to apply after contrast scaling.

en: Neighborhood taken into account, this is the radius in pixels taken into account when deciding which colors map to which gray values
en_GB: Neighbourhood taken into account, this is the radius in pixels taken into account when deciding which colours map to which grey values

en: Number of samples to do per iteration looking for the range of colors
en_GB: Number of samples to do per iteration looking for the range of colours

en: Color to grayscale conversion, uses envelopes formed with the STRESS approach to perform local color-difference preserving grayscale generation.
en_GB: Colour to greyscale conversion, uses envelopes formed with the STRESS approach to perform local colour-difference preserving greyscale generation.

en: The first cell color
en_GB: The first cell colour

en: The second cell color
en_GB: The second cell colour

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: The color to render (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: The colour to render (defaults to 'black')

en: Generates a buffer entirely filled with the specified color, use gegl:crop to get smaller dimensions.
en_GB: Generates a buffer entirely filled with the specified colour, use gegl:crop to get smaller dimensions.

en: Color Assimilation Grid
en_GB: Colour Assimilation Grid

en: Turn image grayscale and overlay an oversaturated grid - through color assimilation happening in the human visual system, for some grid scales this produces the illusion that the grayscale grid cells themselves also have color.
en_GB: Turn image greyscale and overlay an oversaturated grid - through colour assimilation happening in the human visual system, for some grid scales this produces the illusion that the greyscale grid cells themselves also have colour.

en: Stretch color chroma to cover maximum possible range, keeping hue and lightness untouched.
en_GB: Stretch colour chroma to cover maximum possible range, keeping hue and lightness untouched.

en: The color to paint over the input
en_GB: The colour to paint over the input

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QListWidget, lstStyleSelector)
en: Color Overlay
en_GB: Colour Overlay

en: Paint a color overlay over the input, preserving its transparency.
en_GB: Paint a colour overlay over the input, preserving its transparency.

en: Start angle of the source color range
en_GB: Start angle of the source colour range

en: End angle of the source color range
en_GB: End angle of the source colour range

en: Start angle of the destination color range
en_GB: Start angle of the destination colour range

en: End angle of the destination color range
en_GB: End angle of the destination colour range

en: Gray threshold
en_GB: Grey threshold

en: Colors with a saturation less than this will treated as gray
en_GB: Colours with a saturation less than this will treated as grey

en: Gray mode
en_GB: Grey mode

en: Treat as this: Gray colors from above source range will be treated as if they had this hue and saturation
    Change to this: Change gray colors to this hue and saturation
en_GB: Treat as this: Grey colours from above source range will be treated as if they had this hue and saturation
    Change to this: Change grey colours to this hue and saturation

en: Hue value for above gray settings
en_GB: Hue value for above grey settings

en: Saturation value for above gray settings
en_GB: Saturation value for above grey settings

en: Color Rotate
en_GB: Colour Rotate

en: Replace a range of colors with another
en_GB: Replace a range of colours with another

note: #-#-#-#-#  476 (gnome-color-manager)  #-#-#-#-# This refers to the amount of ambient light on the sensor
en: Color Temperature
en_GB: Colour Temperature

en: Change the color temperature of the image, from an assumed original color temperature to an intended one.
en_GB: Change the colour temperature of the image, from an assumed original colour temperature to an intended one.

en: From 3
en_GB: weight 2

en: From 4
en_GB: weight 3

en: Color warp
en_GB: Colour warp

en: Warps the colors of an image between colors with weighted distortion factors, color pairs which are black to black get ignored when constructing the mapping.
en_GB: Warps the colours of an image between colours with weighted distortion factors, colour pairs which are black to black get ignored when constructing the mapping.

en: Extract a color model component
en_GB: Extract a colour model component

en: Adjusts the contrast of a grayscale image with a curve specifying contrast for intensity.
en_GB: Adjusts the contrast of a greyscale image with a curve specifying contrast for intensity.

en: Reduce the number of colors in the image, by reducing the levels per channel (colors and alpha). Different dithering methods can be specified to counteract quantization induced banding.
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours in the image, by reducing the levels per channel (colours and alpha). Different dithering methods can be specified to counteract quantization induced banding.

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: The shadow's color (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: The shadow's colour (defaults to 'black')

en: Discretization bits
en_GB: Discretisation bits

en: Log2 of source's discretization steps
en_GB: Log2 of source's discretisation steps

en: Global color saturation factor
en_GB: Global colour saturation factor

en: How the gaussian kernel is discretized
en_GB: How the gaussian kernel is discretised

en: Performs an averaging of neighboring pixels with the normal distribution as weighting
en_GB: Performs an averaging of neighbouring pixels with the normal distribution as weighting

en: Turns the image grayscale
en_GB: Turns the image greyscale

en: Color of the grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the grid lines

en: Image Gradient
en_GB: Image Gradients

en: GEGL graph visualizer.
en_GB: GEGL graph visualiser.

en: Start Color
en_GB: Start Colour

en: The color at (x1, y1)
en_GB: The colour at (x1, y1)

en: End Color
en_GB: End Colour

en: The color at (x2, y2)
en_GB: The colour at (x2, y2)

en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

en: Regularize geometry at a speed proportional to the local mean curvature value
en_GB: Regularise geometry at a speed proportional to the local mean curvature value

en: Neighborhood color percentile
en_GB: Neighbourhood colour percentile

en: Avoid clipping and quantization (slower)
en_GB: Avoid clipping and quantisation (slower)

en: Blur resulting from computing the median color in the neighborhood of each pixel.
en_GB: Blur resulting from computing the median colour in the neighbourhood of each pixel.

en: position of symmetry center in output
en_GB: position of symmetry centre in output

en: X axis ratio for the center of mirroring
en_GB: X axis ratio for the centre of mirroring

en: Y axis ratio for the center of mirroring
en_GB: Y axis ratio for the centre of mirroring

en: How much of common gray to pull out of CMY
en_GB: How much of common grey to pull out of CMY

note: rename to wave-pinch or period-pinch?
en: Color saturation dependent compression of period
en_GB: Colour saturation dependent compression of period

en: Multiplication factor for desired rotation of the local space for texture, the way this is computed makes it weak for desaturated colors and possibly stronger where there is color.
en_GB: Multiplication factor for desired rotation of the local space for texture, the way this is computed makes it weak for desaturated colours and possibly stronger where there is colour.

en: Palettize
en_GB: Palettise

en: Fill each cell with a random color
en_GB: Fill each cell with a random colour

en: Randomize lightness, chroma and hue independently
en_GB: Randomise lightness, chroma and hue independently

en: Randomize hue, saturation and value independently
en_GB: Randomise hue, saturation and value independently

en: Completely randomize a fraction of pixels
en_GB: Completely randomise a fraction of pixels

en: Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbors
en_GB: Randomly interchange some pixels with neighbours

en: Operate on linearized RGB color data
en_GB: Operate on linearised RGB colour data

en: Distort colors by random amounts
en_GB: Distort colours by random amounts

en: Color used to fill the background
en_GB: Colour used to fill the background

en: Simplify image into an array of solid-colored rectangles
en_GB: Simplify image into an array of solid-coloured rectangles

en: Reduces the number of levels in each color component of the image.
en_GB: Reduces the number of levels in each colour component of the image.

en: Color to render
en_GB: Colour to render

en: A rectangular source of a fixed size with a solid color
en_GB: A rectangular source of a fixed size with a solid colour

en: Fade color
en_GB: Fade colour

en: Color to fade transformed images towards, with a rate depending on its alpha
en_GB: Colour to fade transformed images towards, with a rate depending on its alpha

en: Adaptation to color variation across the image
en_GB: Adaptation to colour variation across the image

en: Interpolation Color Space
en_GB: Interpolation Colour Space

en: Neighborhood taken into account, for enhancement ideal values are close to the longest side of the image, increasing this increases the runtime
en_GB: Neighbourhood taken into account, for enhancement ideal values are close to the longest side of the image, increasing this increases the runtime

en: Keep colors
en_GB: Keep colours

en: When set operate on gamma corrected values instead of linear RGB - acting like the old normalize filter in GIMP
en_GB: When set operate on gamma corrected values instead of linear RGB - acting like the old normalise filter in GIMP

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_huerotate
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_huerotate

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_luminancetoalpha
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_luminancetoalpha

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_matrix
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_matrix

en: SVG color matrix operation svg_saturate
en_GB: SVG colour matrix operation svg_saturate

en: Invert the value component, the result has the brightness inverted, keeping the color.
en_GB: Invert the value component, the result has the brightness inverted, keeping the colour.

en: Applies a vignette to an image. Simulates the luminance fall off at the edge of exposed film, and some other fuzzier border effects that can naturally occur with analog photography
en_GB: Applies a vignette to an image. Simulates the luminance fall off at the edge of exposed film, and some other fuzzier border effects that can naturally occur with analogue photography

en: Spatial regularization
en_GB: Spatial regularisation

en: Superpixels color
en_GB: Superpixels colour

en: Labels propagation by watershed transformation. Output buffer will keep the input format. Unlabelled pixels are marked with a given flag value (by default: last component with NULL value). The aux buffer is a "Y u8" image representing the priority levels (lower value is higher priority). If aux is absent, all labellized pixels have the same priority and propagated labels have a lower priority.
en_GB: Labels propagation by watershed transformation. Output buffer will keep the input format. Unlabelled pixels are marked with a given flag value (by default: last component with NULL value). The aux buffer is a "Y u8" image representing the priority levels (lower value is higher priority). If aux is absent, all labelled pixels have the same priority and propagated labels have a lower priority.

en: Grayscale Averaging
en_GB: Greyscale Averaging

en: Number of computations for grayscale averaging
en_GB: Number of computations for greyscale averaging

en: Normalize output to range 0.0 to 1.0.
en_GB: Normalise output to range 0.0 to 1.0.

en: Swirl counter-clockwise
en_GB: Swirl anti-clockwise

en: Behavior of the op
en_GB: Behaviour of the op

en: Simulates a cartoon, its result is similar to a black felt pen drawing subsequently shaded with color. This is achieved by enhancing edges and darkening areas that are already distinctly darker than their neighborhood
en_GB: Simulates a cartoon, its result is similar to a black felt pen drawing subsequently shaded with colour. This is achieved by enhancing edges and darkening areas that are already distinctly darker than their neighbourhood

en: Remix colors; by defining relative contributions from source components.
en_GB: Remix colours; by defining relative contributions from source components.

en: From Color
en_GB: From Colour

en: The color to change.
en_GB: The colour to change.

en: To Color
en_GB: To Colour

en: Replacement color.
en_GB: Replacement colour.

en: Red threshold of the input color
en_GB: Red threshold of the input colour

en: Green threshold of the input color
en_GB: Green threshold of the input colour

en: Blue threshold of the input color
en_GB: Blue threshold of the input colour

en: Exchange color
en_GB: Exchange colour

en: Exchange one color with another, optionally setting a threshold to convert from one shade to another.
en_GB: Exchange one colour with another, optionally setting a threshold to convert from one shade to another.

en: The color to make transparent.
en_GB: The colour to make transparent.

en: The limit below which colors become transparent.
en_GB: The limit below which colours become transparent.

en: The limit above which colors remain opaque.
en_GB: The limit above which colours remain opaque.

en: Color to Alpha
en_GB: Colour to Alpha

en: Convert a specified color to transparency, works best with white.
en_GB: Convert a specified colour to transparency, works best with white.

en: The tiles' background color
en_GB: The tiles' background colour

en: Polarization
en_GB: Polarisation

en: Center displacement
en_GB: Centre displacement

en: Center the displacement around a specified point
en_GB: Centre the displacement around a specified point

en: X coordinate of the displacement center
en_GB: X coordinate of the displacement centre

en: Y coordinate of the displacement center
en_GB: Y coordinate of the displacement centre

en: Border behavior
en_GB: Border behaviour

en: Bumpmap (preserve original colors)
en_GB: Bumpmap (preserve original colours)

en: Rendering of multiple different fractal systems, with configurable coloring options.
en_GB: Rendering of multiple different fractal systems, with configurable colouring options.

en: Blur neighboring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas
en_GB: Blur neighbouring pixels, but only in low-contrast areas

en: X coordinates of the flare center
en_GB: X coordinates of the flare centre

en: Y coordinates of the flare center
en_GB: Y coordinates of the flare centre

en: The foreground color
en_GB: The foreground colour

en: The background color
en_GB: The background colour

en: Tile color variation
en_GB: Tile colour variation

en: Magnitude of random color variations
en_GB: Magnitude of random colour variations

en: Tile color based on average of subsumed pixels
en_GB: Tile colour based on average of subsumed pixels

en: Joints color
en_GB: Joints colour

en: Light color
en_GB: Light colour

en: Mosaic is a filter which transforms an image into what appears to be a mosaic, composed of small primitives, each of constant color and of an approximate size.
en_GB: Mosaic is a filter which transforms an image into what appears to be a mosaic, composed of small primitives, each of constant colour and of an approximate size.

en: Simulate color distortion produced by a copy machine
en_GB: Simulate colour distortion produced by a copy machine

en: Highlights color adjustment
en_GB: Highlights colour adjustment

en: Area balance between the two colors
en_GB: Area balance between the two colours

en: X coordinates of the center of supernova
en_GB: X coordinates of the centre of supernova

en: Y coordinates of the center of supernova
en_GB: Y coordinates of the centre of supernova

en: The color of supernova.
en_GB: The colour of supernova.

en: This plug-in produces an effect like a supernova burst. The amount of the light effect is approximately in proportion to 1/r, where r is the distance from the center of the star.
en_GB: This plug-in produces an effect like a supernova burst. The amount of the light effect is approximately in proportion to 1/r, where r is the distance from the centre of the star.

en: Texturize Canvas
en_GB: Texturise Canvas

en: Centering of the tiles
en_GB: Centring of the tiles

en: Color to peaks
en_GB: Colour to peaks

en: Only color
en_GB: Only colour

en: The strength with which to propagate a pixel to its neighbors
en_GB: The strength with which to propagate a pixel to its neighbours

en: Color to use for the "Only color" and "Color to peaks" modes
en_GB: Colour to use for the "Only colour" and "Colour to peaks" modes

en: Whether to propagate a pixel's color
en_GB: Whether to propagate a pixel's colour

en: Propagate certain values to neighboring pixels. Erode and dilate any color or opacity.
en_GB: Propagate certain values to neighbouring pixels. Erode and dilate any colour or opacity.

en: Cast color space
en_GB: Cast colour space

en: Override the specified color space setting a pointer to a format override the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.
en_GB: Override the specified colour space setting a pointer to a format override the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.

en: Clone a buffer, this is the same as gegl:nop but can get special treatment to get more human readable references in serializations/UI.
en_GB: Clone a buffer, this is the same as gegl:nop but can get special treatment to get more human readable references in serialisations/UI.

en: Convert color space
en_GB: Convert colour space

en: set color space which subsequent babl-formats in the pipeline are created with, and the ICC profile potentially embedded for external color management, setting a pointer to a format override the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.
en_GB: set colour space which subsequent babl-formats in the pipeline are created with, and the ICC profile potentially embedded for external colour management, setting a pointer to a format override the string property and setting an aux pad overrides both.

en: Unable to create output color profile
en_GB: Unable to create output colour profile

en: Unable to convert image to sRGB color space
en_GB: Unable to convert image to sRGB colour space

en: Use optimized huffman tables
en_GB: Use optimised huffman tables

en: Create a grayscale (monochrome) image
en_GB: Create a greyscale (monochrome) image

en: Converts the input from an ICC color profile to a well defined babl format. The buffer's data will then be correctly managed by GEGL for further processing.
en_GB: Converts the input from an ICC colour profile to a well defined babl format. The buffer's data will then be correctly managed by GEGL for further processing.

en: Color of paint to use for filling, use 0 opacity to disable filling
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for filling, use 0 opacity to disable filling

en: Stroke Color
en_GB: Stroke Colour

en: Color of paint to use for stroking
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for stroking

en: Color space to use for loaded data
en_GB: Colour space to use for loaded data

note: TRANSLATORS: the string 'black' should not be translated
en: Color for the text (defaults to 'black')
en_GB: Colour for the text (defaults to 'black')

en: Alignment for multi-line text (0=Left, 1=Center, 2=Right)
en_GB: Alignment for multi-line text (0=Left, 1=Centre, 2=Right)

en: Color of paint to use for filling.
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for filling.

en: Color of paint to use for stroking.
en_GB: Colour of paint to use for stroking.

en: SVG blend operation color-burn (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA <= aA * aB: d = cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == 0 ? 1 : (aA * (cA * aB + cB * aA - aA * aB) / cA) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA))</code>)
en_GB: SVG blend operation colour-burn (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA <= aA * aB: d = cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == 0 ? 1 : (aA * (cA * aB + cB * aA - aA * aB) / cA) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA))</code>)

en: SVG blend operation color-dodge (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA >= aA * aB: d = aA * aB + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == aA ? 1 : cB * aA / (aA == 0 ? 1 : 1 - cA / aA)) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA)</code>)
en_GB: SVG blend operation colour-dodge (<code>if cA * aB + cB * aA >= aA * aB: d = aA * aB + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA) otherwise: d = (cA == aA ? 1 : cB * aA / (aA == 0 ? 1 : 1 - cA / aA)) + cA * (1 - aB) + cB * (1 - aA)</code>)

en: Angle to rotate (counter-clockwise)
en_GB: Angle to rotate (anti-clockwise)

en: Ignored. Always uses center of input buffer
en_GB: Ignored. Always uses centre of input buffer

en: Rotate on center
en_GB: Rotate on centre

en: Blur resulting from averaging the colors of a row neighbourhood.
en_GB: Blur resulting from averaging the colours of a row neighbourhood.

en: Component separator color
en_GB: Component separator colour

en: Normalize output to the range [base,base + step]
en_GB: Normalise output to the range [base,base + step]

en: Fills each connected region of the input, separated from the rest of the input by a given color, with a unique color.
en_GB: Fills each connected region of the input, separated from the rest of the input by a given colour, with a unique colour.

en: Performs a grayscale2color demosaicing of an image, using bimedian interpolation.
en_GB: Performs a greyscale2colour demosaicing of an image, using bimedian interpolation.

en: Performs a naive grayscale2color demosaicing of an image, no interpolation.
en_GB: Performs a naive greeyscale2colour demosaicing of an image, no interpolation.

en: If you want center
en_GB: If you want centre

en: Lens center X
en_GB: Lens centre X

en: Coordinates of lens center
en_GB: Coordinates of lens centre

en: Lens center Y
en_GB: Lens centre Y

en: How far the hole is from the center of the moving gear. 100 means that the hole is at the gear's edge.
en_GB: How far the hole is from the centre of the moving gear. 100 means that the hole is at the gear's edge.

en: X coordinate of pattern center
en_GB: X coordinate of pattern centre

en: Y coordinate of pattern center
en_GB: Y coordinate of pattern centre

en: Color 3
en_GB: Colour 3

en: Color 4
en_GB: Colour 4

en: Color 5
en_GB: Colour 5

en: Applies a color gradient.
en_GB: Applies a colour gradient.

en: Raw image loader, wrapping dcraw with pipes, provides the raw bayer grid as grayscale, if the fileformat is .rawbayer it will use this loader instead of the normal dcraw loader, if the fileformat is .rawbayerS it will swap the returned 16bit numbers (the pnm loader is apparently buggy)
en_GB: Raw image loader, wrapping dcraw with pipes, provides the raw bayer grid as greyscale, if the fileformat is .rawbayer it will use this loader instead of the normal dcraw loader, if the fileformat is .rawbayerS it will swap the returned 16bit numbers (the pnm loader is apparently buggy)

en: Segment colors using K-means clustering
en_GB: Segment colours using K-means clustering

en: Hue selection center
en_GB: Hue selection centre

en: Center of Hue selection interval
en_GB: Centre of Hue selection interval

en: Unseeded region color
en_GB: Unseeded region colour

en: Paints each non-seed pixel with the color of the nearest seed pixel.
en_GB: Paints each non-seed pixel with the colour of the nearest seed pixel.

en: Given two factorizations, give the factorization of the product, see Factorize
en_GB: Given two factorisations, give the factorisation of the product, see Factorise

en: Attempt fermat factorization of n into (t-s)*(t+s), returns t and s as a vector if possible, null otherwise
en_GB: Attempt fermat factorisation of n into (t-s)*(t+s), returns t and s as a vector if possible, null otherwise

en: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime.  If q is not prime results are bogus.
en_GB: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime.  If q is not prime results are erroneous.

en: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime and f is a vector of prime factors of q-1.  If q is not prime results are bogus.
en_GB: Check if g is primitive in F_q, where q is a prime and f is a vector of prime factors of q-1.  If q is not prime results are erroneous.

en: Find discrete log of n base b in F_q where q is a prime using the Silver-Pohlig-Hellman algoritm, given f being the factorization of q-1
en_GB: Find discrete log of n base b in F_q where q is a prime using the Silver-Pohlig-Hellman algoritm, given f being the factorisation of q-1

en: ERROR: Probably corrupt stack!
en_GB: ERROR: Probably corrupted stack!

en: ERROR: Can't execute more things at once!
en_GB: ERROR: Can't execute anymore things at once!

en: Cannot compare non value or bool only matrixes
en_GB: Cannot compare non value or bool only matrices

en: Can't add/subtract two matricies of different sizes
en_GB: Can't add/subtract two matrices of different sizes

en: Can't do element by element operations on two matricies of different sizes
en_GB: Can't do element by element operations on two matrices of different sizes

en: Can't multiply matricies of wrong sizes
en_GB: Can't multiply matrices of wrong sizes

en: Unevaluatable function type encountered!
en_GB: Encountered function type that can't be evaulated!

en: Variable 'i' used uninitialized.  Perhaps you meant to write '1i' for the imaginary number (square root of -1).
en_GB: Variable 'i' used uninitialised.  Perhaps you meant to write '1i' for the imaginary number (square root of -1).

en: Variable '%s' used uninitialized, perhaps you meant %s.
en_GB: Variable '%s' used uninitialised, perhaps you meant %s.

en: Variable '%s' used uninitialized
en_GB: Variable '%s' used uninitialised

en: Cannot compare matrixes
en_GB: Cannot compare matrices

en: Function '%s' used uninitialized, perhaps you meant %s.
en_GB: Function '%s' used uninitialised, perhaps you meant %s.

en: Function '%s' used uninitialized
en_GB: Function '%s' used uninitialised

en: Call of '%s' with the wrong number of arguments!
    (should be greater than %d)
en_GB: Call of '%s' with the wrong number of arguments!
    (should be greater then %d)

en: Index works only on matricies
en_GB: Index works only on matrices

en: Genius %s
    %s
    
        This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
        it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
        (at your option) any later version.
    
        This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
        GNU General Public License for more details.
    
        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
        along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: Genius %s
    %s
    
        This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
        it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
        the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
        (at your option) any later version.
    
        This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
        but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
        MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
        GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
        You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence
        along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: Cannot apply function to two differently sized matrixes
en_GB: Cannot apply function to two differently sized matrices

en: %s: argument must be greater than 2
en_GB: %s: argument must be greater then 2

en: Calculates the tan function
en_GB: Calculates the tangent function

en: Calculates the arctan function
en_GB: Calculates the arctangent function

en: Use the Miller-Rabin primality test on n with enough bases that assuming the Generalized Reimann Hypothesis the result is deterministic
en_GB: Use the Miller-Rabin primality test on n with enough bases that assuming the Generalised Reimann Hypothesis the result is deterministic

en: Return factorization of a number as a matrix
en_GB: Return factorisation of a number as a matrix

en: Check if a matrix is nonnegative, that is if each element is nonnegative
en_GB: Check if a matrix is non-negative, that is if each element is non-negative

en: Genius %s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For license details type `warranty'.
    For help type 'manual' or 'help'.%s
en_GB: Genius %s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For licence details type `warranty'.
    For help type 'manual' or 'help'.%s

note: parent
en: Command 'xdg-open' is not found.  Cannot open help.
en_GB: Command 'xdg-open' was not found.  Cannot open help.

en: The Gnome calculator style edition of the Genius Mathematical Tool.
en_GB: The GNOME calculator style edition of the Genius Mathematical Tool.

en: Display errors in a dialog
en_GB: Display errors in a dialogue

en: Display information messages in a dialog
en_GB: Display information messages in a dialogue

en: Save new programs by "Save As.." first!
en_GB: Save new programs with "Save As.." first!

en: Readline helper died, weird.  Trying to recover, things may be odd.
en_GB: Readline helper died. Trying to recover, but things may be odd.

note: parent
en: Cannot find the library file, genius installation may be incorrect
en_GB: Cannot find the library file, Genius installation may be incorrect

en: %sGenius %s%s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For license details type `%swarranty%s'.
    For help type '%smanual%s' or '%shelp%s'.%s
en_GB: %sGenius %s%s
    %s
    This is free software with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY.
    For licence details type `%swarranty%s'.
    For help type '%smanual%s' or '%shelp%s'.%s

en: Clicking on the graph window now will draw a solution according to the parameters set below, starting at the point clicked.  To be able to zoom by mouse again, close this window.
en_GB: Clicking on the graph window now will draw a solution according to the parameters set below, starting at the point clicked.  To be able to zoom with the mouse again, close this window.

note: Normalize the arrow length?
en: _Normalize arrow length (do not show size)
en_GB: _Normalise arrow length (do not show size)

en: %s: No color specified
en_GB: %s: No colour specified

en: %s: Color must be a string
en_GB: %s: Colour must be a string

en: Clear all the slopefield solutions
en_GB: Clear all the slope field solutions

en: Clear all the vectorfield solutions
en_GB: Clear all the vector field solutions

en: Normalize vectorfields if true.  That is, only show direction and not magnitude.
en_GB: Normalise vector fields if true.  That is, only show direction and not magnitude.

en: If to draw legends or not on line plots.
en_GB: Whether to draw legends on line plots.

en: Can't initialize plugin!
en_GB: Can't initialise plugin!

en: %s: argument number %d not a nonnegative integer
en_GB: %s: argument number %d not a non-negative integer

en: Preserve file times of transfered files
en_GB: Preserve file times of transferred files

en: The color of the commands that are sent to the server
en_GB: The colour of the commands that are sent to the server

en: The color of the commands that are received from the server
en_GB: The colour of the commands that are received from the server

en: The color of the error messages
en_GB: The colour of the error messages

en: The color of the rest of the log messages
en_GB: The colour of the rest of the log messages

en: There was an error initializing a SSH connection with the remote server. The error message from the remote server follows:
en_GB: There was an error initialising a SSH connection with the remote server. The error message from the remote server follows:

en: Cannot initialize the OpenSSL library
en_GB: Cannot initialise the OpenSSL library

en: Error: SSL engine was not initialized
en_GB: Error: SSL engine was not initialised

en: Operation canceled
en_GB: Operation cancelled

en: Operation canceled...you must enter a string
en_GB: Operation cancelled...you must enter a string

en: Change Filespec: Operation canceled...you must enter a string
en_GB: Change Filespec: Operation cancelled...you must enter a string

en: Cannot find the license agreement file COPYING. Please make sure it is in either %s or in %s
en_GB: Cannot find the licence agreement file COPYING. Please make sure it is in either %s or in %s

en: Connect to the site specified in the host entry. If the host entry is blank, then a dialog is presented that will allow you to enter a URL.
en_GB: Connect to the site specified in the host entry. If the host entry is blank, then a dialogue is presented that will allow you to enter a URL.

en: Edit: You must specify an editor in the options dialog
en_GB: Edit: You must specify an editor in the options dialogue

en: There is no string to search for!
en_GB: There is no string for which to search!

en: End Of File reached
en_GB: End of file reached

en: Beginning Of File reached
en_GB: Beginning of file reached

en: There is no active document to move the cursor in!
en_GB: There is no active document in which to move the cursor!

en: The specified offset is beyond the  file boundaries!
en_GB: The specified offset is beyond the file boundaries!

en: Can not position cursor beyond the End Of File!
en_GB: Can not position cursor beyond the end of the file!

en: End Of File reached!
en_GB: End of file reached!

en: There is no active document to replace data in!
en_GB: There is no active document in which to replace data!

en: Save As _HTML...
en_GB: Save As _HTML…

en: _Goto Byte...
en_GB: _Goto Byte…

en: Open base conversion dialog
en_GB: Open base conversion dialogue

en: Type Conversion _Dialog
en_GB: Type Conversion _Dialogue

en: Show the type conversion dialog in the edit window
en_GB: Show the type conversion dialogue in the edit window

en: Saving to HTML...
en_GB: Saving to HTML…

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

en: %s plug-in can only handle grayscale images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle greyscale images

en: Convert to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert to Greyscale

en: %s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two color) indexed images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle bitmap (two colour) indexed images

en: %s plug-in can only handle RGB or grayscale images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle RGB or greyscale images

en: %s plug-in can only handle grayscale or indexed images
en_GB: %s plug-in can only handle greyscale or indexed images

[ctx: add-mask-type]
en: _Grayscale copy of layer
en_GB: _Greyscale copy of layer

[ctx: bucket-fill-mode]
en: FG color fill
en_GB: FG colour fill

[ctx: bucket-fill-mode]
en: BG color fill
en_GB: BG colour fill

[ctx: channel-type]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: check-type]
en: Gray only
en_GB: Grey only

[ctx: color-tag]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: convert-palette-type]
en: Use web-optimized palette
en_GB: Use web-optimised palette

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: fill-type]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: gradient-segment-color]
en: HSV (counter-clockwise hue)
en_GB: HSV (anti-clockwise hue)

[ctx: gradient-segment-color]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "HSV (counter-clockwise hue)". Keep it short.
en: HSV (ccw)
en_GB: HSV (acw)

[ctx: gradient-type]
en: Spiral (counter-clockwise)
en_GB: Spiral (anti-clockwise)

[ctx: gradient-type]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "Spiral (counter-clockwise)". Keep it short.
en: Spiral (ccw)
en_GB: Spiral (acw)

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: RGB color
en_GB: RGB colour

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: image-base-type]
en: Indexed color
en_GB: Indexed colour

[ctx: image-type]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: image-type]
en: Grayscale-alpha
en_GB: Greyscale-alpha

[ctx: join-style]
en: Miter
en_GB: Mitre

[ctx: text-justification]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

en: '%s' does not appear to be an ICC color profile
en_GB: '%s' does not appear to be an ICC colour profile

en: Data does not appear to be an ICC color profile
en_GB: Data does not appear to be an ICC colour profile

en: Could not save color profile to memory
en_GB: Could not save colour profile to memory

[ctx: color-management-mode]
en: No color management
en_GB: No colour management

[ctx: color-management-mode]
en: Color-managed display
en_GB: Colour-managed display

[ctx: color-rendering-intent]
en: Relative colorimetric
en_GB: Relative colourimetric

[ctx: color-rendering-intent]
en: Absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Absolute colourimetric

en: The color profile of your (primary) monitor.
en_GB: The colour profile of your (primary) monitor.

en: When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display color profile from the windowing system.  The configured monitor profile is then only used as a fallback.
en_GB: When enabled, GIMP will try to use the display colour profile from the windowing system.  The configured monitor profile is then only used as a fallback.

en: The preferred RGB working space color profile. It will be offered next to the built-in RGB profile when a color profile can be chosen.
en_GB: The preferred RGB working space colour profile. It will be offered next to the built-in RGB profile when a colour profile can be chosen.

en: The preferred grayscale working space color profile. It will be offered next to the built-in grayscale profile when a color profile can be chosen.
en_GB: The preferred greyscale working space colour profile. It will be offered next to the built-in greyscale profile when a colour profile can be chosen.

en: The CMYK color profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK.
en_GB: The CMYK colour profile used to convert between RGB and CMYK.

en: The color profile to use for soft-proofing from your image's color space to some other color space, including soft-proofing to a printer or other output device profile.
en_GB: The colour profile to use for soft-proofing from your image's colour space to some other colour space, including soft-proofing to a printer or other output device profile.

en: How colors are converted from your image's color space to your display device. Relative colorimetric is usually the best choice. Unless you use a LUT monitor profile (most monitor profiles are matrix), choosing perceptual intent really gives you relative colorimetric.
en_GB: How colours are converted from your image's colour space to your display device. Relative colorimetric is usually the best choice. Unless you use a LUT monitor profile (most monitor profiles are matrix), choosing perceptual intent really gives you relative colorimetric.

en: How colors are converted from your image's color space to the output simulation device (usually your monitor). Try them all and choose what looks the best.
en_GB: How colours are converted from your image's colour space to the output simulation device (usually your monitor). Try them all and choose what looks the best.

en: When enabled, the soft-proofing will mark colors which can not be represented in the target color space.
en_GB: When enabled, the soft-proofing will mark colours which can not be represented in the target colour space.

en: The color to use for marking colors which are out of gamut.
en_GB: The colour to use for marking colours which are out of gamut.

en: Preferred grayscale profile
en_GB: Preferred greyscale profile

en: Optimize display color transformations
en_GB: Optimise display colour transformations

en: Optimize soft-proofing color transformations
en_GB: Optimise soft-proofing colour transformations

en: Mark out of gamut colors
en_GB: Mark out of gamut colours

en: Out of gamut warning color
en_GB: Out of gamut warning colour

en: Color profile '%s' is not for RGB color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for RGB colour space.

en: Color profile '%s' is not for GRAY color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for GRAY colour space.

en: Color profile '%s' is not for CMYK color space.
en_GB: Colour profile '%s' is not for CMYK colour space.

en: _Foreground Color
en_GB: _Foreground Colour

en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

en: Hexadecimal color notation as used in HTML and CSS.  This entry also accepts CSS color names.
en_GB: Hexadecimal colour notation as used in HTML and CSS.  This entry also accepts CSS colour names.

en: ICC color profile (*.icc, *.icm)
en_GB: ICC colour profile (*.icc, *.icm)

en: Select color profile from disk...
en_GB: Select colour profile from disk...

en: _Randomize
en_GB: _Randomise

en: RGB color model
en_GB: RGB colour model

en: CIE LCh color model
en_GB: CIE LCh colour model

en: HSV color model
en_GB: HSV colour model

en: CMYK color selector (using color profile)
en_GB: CMYK colour selector (using colour profile)

en: Watercolor style color selector
en_GB: Watercolour style colour selector

en: HSV color wheel
en_GB: HSV colour wheel

en: Clip warning color display filter
en_GB: Clip warning colour display filter

en: Shadows color
en_GB: Shadows colour

en: Shadows warning color
en_GB: Shadows warning colour

en: Highlights color
en_GB: Highlights colour

en: Highlights warning color
en_GB: Highlights warning colour

en: Bogus color
en_GB: Bogus colour

en: Bogus warning color
en_GB: Bogus warning colour

en: Color deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)
en_GB: Colour deficit simulation filter (Brettel-Vienot-Mollon algorithm)

en: Color vision deficiency type
en_GB: Colour vision deficiency type

en: Color Deficient Vision
en_GB: Colour Deficient Vision

en: Gamma color display filter
en_GB: Gamma colour display filter

en: High Contrast color display filter
en_GB: High Contrast colour display filter

en: Color Proof
en_GB: Colour Proof

en: Optimize (for _GIF)
en_GB: Optimise (for _GIF)

en: _Optimize (Difference)
en_GB: _Optimise (Difference)

en: Remove optimization to make editing easier
en_GB: Remove optimisation to make editing easier

en: _Unoptimize
en_GB: _Unoptimise

en: Unoptimizing animation
en_GB: Unoptimising animation

en: Optimizing animation
en_GB: Optimising animation

en: Detach the animation from the dialog window
en_GB: Detach the animation from the dialogue window

en: Set foreground to the average color of the image border
en_GB: Set foreground to the average colour of the image border

en: Canceling...
en_GB: Cancelling...

en: Cannot operate on indexed color images.
en_GB: Cannot operate on indexed colour images.

en: Create a checkerboard pattern
en_GB: Create a chequerboard pattern

en: All gray
en_GB: All grey

en: Analyze the set of colors in the image
en_GB: Analyse the set of colours in the image

en: Colorcube A_nalysis...
en_GB: Colourcube A_nalysis...

en: No colors
en_GB: No colours

en: Only one unique color
en_GB: Only one unique colour

en: Number of unique colors: %d
en_GB: Number of unique colours: %d

en: Stretch color saturation to cover maximum possible range
en_GB: Stretch colour saturation to cover maximum possible range

en: _Color Enhance (legacy)
en_GB: _Colour Enhance (legacy)

en: Replace all colors with shades of a specified color
en_GB: Replace all colours with shades of a specified colour

en: Colorif_y...
en_GB: Colourif_y...

en: Colorifying
en_GB: Colourifying

en: Colorify
en_GB: Colourify

en: Custom color:
en_GB: Custom colour:

en: Colorify Custom Color
en_GB: Colourify Custom Colour

en: Rearrange the colormap
en_GB: Rearrange the colourmap

en: R_earrange Colormap...
en_GB: R_earrange Colourmap...

en: Swap two colors in the colormap
en_GB: Swap two colours in the colourmap

en: _Swap Colors
en_GB: _Swap Colours

en: Rearranging the colormap
en_GB: Rearranging the colourmap

en: Drag and drop colors to rearrange the colormap.  The numbers shown are the original indices.  Right-click for a menu with sort options.
en_GB: Drag and drop colours to rearrange the colourmap.  The numbers shown are the original indices.  Right-click for a menu with sort options.

en: Create an image using multiple gray images as color channels
en_GB: Create an image using multiple grey images as colour channels

en: Color _model:
en_GB: Colour _model:

en: Decompose an image into separate colorspace components
en_GB: Decompose an image into separate colourspace components

en: _Foreground as registration color
en_GB: _Foreground as registration colour

en: Pixels in the foreground color will appear black in all output images.  This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels.
en_GB: Pixels in the foreground colour will appear black in all output images.  This can be used for things like crop marks that have to show up on all channels.

en: '%s': illegal number of colors: %u
en_GB: '%s': illegal number of colours: %u

en: Couldn't simply reduce colors further. Exporting as opaque.
en_GB: Couldn't simply reduce colours further. Exporting as opaque.

en: Cannot export RGB color images. Convert to indexed color or grayscale first.
en_GB: Cannot export RGB colour images. Convert to indexed colour or greyscale first.

note: Color profile
en: Save color _profile
en_GB: Save colour _profile

en: If checked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically colored blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values.
en_GB: If ticked GTM will replace any rectangular sections of identically coloured blocks with one large cell with ROWSPAN and COLSPAN values.

en: Checking this tag will cause GTM to leave no whitespace between the TD tags and the cellcontent.  This is only necessary for pixel level positioning control.
en_GB: Ticking this tag will cause GTM to leave no whitespace between the TD tags and the cell content.  This is only necessary for pixel level positioning control.

en: Check if you would like to have the table captioned.
en_GB: Tick if you would like to have the table captioned.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColorSpaceTitle)
en: Color space:
en_GB: Colour space:

en: Unknown color space in JP2 codestream '%s'.
en_GB: Unknown colour space in JP2 codestream '%s'.

en: Unsupported color space in JP2 image '%s'.
en_GB: Unsupported colour space in JP2 image '%s'.

en: Save _background color
en_GB: Save _background colour

en: Unknown color model in PNG file '%s'.
en_GB: Unknown colour model in PNG file '%s'.

note: #-#-#-#-#  389 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Coloring
en: Coloring
en_GB: Colouring

en: _Millimeter
en_GB: _Millimetre

en: Gray 2 bit
en_GB: Grey 2 bit

en: Gray 4 bit
en_GB: Grey 4 bit

en: Gray 8 bit
en_GB: Grey 8 bit

en: Gray unsigned 16 bit Big Endian
en_GB: Grey unsigned 16 bit Big Endian

en: Gray unsigned 16 bit Little Endian
en_GB: Grey unsigned 16 bit Little Endian

en: Gray 16 bit Big Endian
en_GB: Grey 16 bit Big Endian

en: Gray 16 bit Little Endian
en_GB: Grey 16 bit Little Endian

en: Could not read color entries from '%s'
en_GB: Could not read colour entries from '%s'

en: Type of colormap not supported
en_GB: Type of colourmap not supported

note: The image is not black-and-white.
en: The image which you are trying to export as an XBM contains more than two colors.
    
    Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again.
en_GB: The image which you are trying to export as an XBM contains more than two colours.
    
    Please convert it to a black and white (1-bit) indexed image and try again.

en: Remove the empty borders of all frames.
    This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors disorder the screen.
    Uncheck if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs.
en_GB: Remove the empty borders of all frames.
    This reduces the file size and may fix the problem that some large cursors disorder the screen.
    Untick if you plan to edit the exported cursor using other programs.

en: The part of license information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed.
en_GB: The part of licence information that exceeded 65535 characters was removed.

en: Enter license information.
en_GB: Enter licence information.

en: _License:
en_GB: _Licence:

en: '%s':
    Illegal number of colormap entries: %ld
en_GB: '%s':
    Illegal number of colourmap entries: %ld

en: '%s':
    Number of colormap entries < number of colors
en_GB: '%s':
    Number of colourmap entries < number of colours

en: Can't read color entries
en_GB: Can't read colour entries

note: Film color
en: Select Film Color
en_GB: Select Film Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# The color of the accessibility crosshair
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

note: Numbering color
en: Select Number Color
en_GB: Select Number Colour

en: Interactively modify the image colors
en_GB: Interactively modify the image colours

en: Recolor the image using colors from the active gradient
en_GB: Recolour the image using colours from the active gradient

en: Recolor the image using colors from the active palette
en_GB: Recolour the image using colours from the active palette

note: attach color selectors
en: Horizontal Color
en_GB: Horizontal Colour

en: Vertical Color
en_GB: Vertical Colour

en: Intersection Color
en_GB: Intersection Colour

en: Send the image by email
en_GB: Send the image by e-mail

en: Send by E_mail...
en_GB: Send by E-_mail...

en: Reduce image to pure red, green, and blue
en_GB: Reduce image to pure red, green and blue

en: Colorize image using a sample image as a guide
en_GB: Colourise image using a sample image as a guide

en: _Sample Colorize...
en_GB: _Sample Colourise...

en: Get _Sample Colors
en_GB: Get _Sample Colours

note: check button
en: Show co_lor
en_GB: Show co_lour

note: check button
en: Show c_olor
en_GB: Show c_olour

note: check button
en: Us_e subcolors
en_GB: Us_e subcolours

en: Sample analyze
en_GB: Sample analyse

en: Remap colorized
en_GB: Remap colourised

en: Derive a smooth color palette from the image
en_GB: Derive a smooth colour palette from the image

en: _Natural color
en_GB: _Natural colour

en: _Foreground color
en_GB: _Foreground colour

en: _Background color
en_GB: _Background colour

en: Use the color of the image
en_GB: Use the colour of the image

en: Use the foreground color
en_GB: Use the foreground colour

en: Use the background color
en_GB: Use the background colour

en: Color Selection Dialog
en_GB: Colour Selection Dialogue

en: A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is checked.
en_GB: A unit definition will only be saved before GIMP exits if this column is ticked.

en: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. "cm" for centimeters).
en_GB: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. "cm" for centimetres).

en: Bad colormap
en_GB: Bad colourmap

en: Unrecognized or invalid BMP compression format.
en_GB: Unrecognised or invalid BMP compression format.

en: _Do not write color space information
en_GB: _Do not write colour space information

en: Some applications can not read BMP images that include color space information. GIMP writes color space information by default. Enabling this option will cause GIMP to not write color space information to the file.
en_GB: Some applications can not read BMP images that include colour space information. GIMP writes colour space information by default. Enabling this option will cause GIMP to not write colour space information to the file.

en: Use s_RGB colorspace
en_GB: Use s_RGB colourspace

en: Sorry, I can export only INDEXED and GRAY images.
en_GB: Sorry, I can save only INDEXED and GREY images.

en: If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality settings (quantization tables), enable this option to get almost the same quality and file size.
en_GB: If the original image was loaded from a JPEG file using non-standard quality settings (quantisation tables), enable this option to get almost the same quality and file size.

note: Optimize
en: _Optimize
en_GB: _Optimise

en: Unsupported color mode: %s
en_GB: Unsupported colour mode: %s

note: minimize-size checkbox
en: _Minimize output size (slower)
en_GB: _Minimise output size (slower)

en: Color_map:
en_GB: Colour_map:

en: Co_lors
en_GB: Co_lours

en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

en: Change the number of colors in the mapping
en_GB: Change the number of colours in the mapping

note: Color Density frame
en: Color Density
en_GB: Colour Density

en: Use sine-function for this color component
en_GB: Use sine-function for this colour component

en: Use cosine-function for this color component
en_GB: Use cosine-function for this colour component

en: Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this color channel
en_GB: Use linear mapping instead of any trigonometrical function for this colour channel

en: If you enable this option higher color values will be swapped with lower ones and vice versa
en_GB: If you enable this option higher colour values will be swapped with lower ones and vice versa

en: Create a color-map with the options you specified above (color density/function). The result is visible in the preview image
en_GB: Create a colour-map with the options you specified above (colour density/function). The result is visible in the preview image

en: Create a color-map using a gradient from the gradient editor
en_GB: Create a colour-map using a gradient from the gradient editor

en: Color fill
en_GB: Colour fill

en: Co_lor
en_GB: Co_lour

en: C_enter of brush
en_GB: C_entre of brush

en: Color is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush
en_GB: Colour is computed from the average of all pixels under the brush

en: Samples the color from the pixel in the center of the brush
en_GB: Samples the colour from the pixel in the centre of the brush

en: Color _noise:
en_GB: Colour _noise:

en: Adds random noise to the color
en_GB: Adds random noise to the colour

en: Solid colored background
en_GB: Solid coloured background

en: The distance from the center of the image determines the direction of the stroke
en_GB: The distance from the centre of the image determines the direction of the stroke

en: Let the direction from the center determine the direction of the stroke
en_GB: Let the direction from the centre determine the direction of the stroke

en: Focus the brush strokes around the center of the image
en_GB: Focus the brush strokes around the centre of the image

en: The distance from the center of the image determines the size of the stroke
en_GB: The distance from the centre of the image determines the size of the stroke

en: Let the direction from the center determine the size of the stroke
en_GB: Let the direction from the centre determine the size of the stroke

en: Save color _values from transparent pixels
en_GB: Save colour _values from transparent pixels

en: Save color profile
en_GB: Save colour profile

en: automatic pixelformat
en_GB: automatic pixel format

en: 8bpc GRAY
en_GB: 8bpc GREY

en: 8bpc GRAYA
en_GB: 8bpc GREYA

en: 16bpc GRAY
en_GB: 16bpc GREY

en: 16bpc GRAYA
en_GB: 16bpc GREYA

en: Colors are not stored premultiplied by the associated alpha
en_GB: Colours are not stored premultiplied by the associated alpha

en: Email(s)
en_GB: E-mail(s)

en: Featured Organization
en_GB: Featured Organisation

en: Organization Identifier
en_GB: Organisation Identifier

en: Re_center
en_GB: Re_centre

en: Recompute Center
en_GB: Recompute Centre

en: Released under the GNU General Public License
en_GB: Released under the GNU General Public Licence

en: Center _x:
en_GB: Centre _x:

en: Center _y:
en_GB: Centre _y:

en: Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by their width, height, and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly create the most common image map type - image collection of "thumbnails", suitable for navigation bars.
en_GB: Guides are pre-defined rectangles covering the image. You define them by their width, height and spacing from each other. This allows you to rapidly create the most common image map type - image collection of "thumbnails", suitable for navigation bars.

en: Select lightsource color
en_GB: Select lightsource colour

en: Set light source color
en_GB: Set light source colour

en: Amount of original color to show where no direct light falls
en_GB: Amount of original colour to show where no direct light falls

en: Intensity of original color when lit by a light source
en_GB: Intensity of original colour when lit by a light source

en: Lightsource color:
en_GB: Lightsource colour:

en: Digitized from a negative on film
en_GB: Digitised from a negative on film

en: Digitized from a positive on film
en_GB: Digitised from a positive on film

en: Digitized from a print on non-transparent medium
en_GB: Digitised from a print on non-transparent medium

en: Color Profile
en_GB: Colour Profile

en: Reparametrize Improvement:
en_GB: Reparametrise Improvement:

en: If reparameterization doesn't improve the fit by this much percent, stop doing it. Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterize.
en_GB: If reparameterisation doesn't improve the fit by this much percent, stop doing it. Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterise.

en: Reparametrize Threshold:
en_GB: Reparametrise Threshold:

en: Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterize.  This happens, for example, when we are trying to fit the outline of the outside of an 'O' with a single spline. The initial fit is not good enough for the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve it.  It may be that it would be better to detect the cases where we didn't find any corners.
en_GB: Amount of error at which it is pointless to reparameterise.  This happens, for example, when we are trying to fit the outline of the outside of an 'O' with a single spline. The initial fit is not good enough for the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve it.  It may be that it would be better to detect the cases where we didn't find any corners.

en: Assign ICC Color Profile
en_GB: Assign ICC Colour Profile

en: Current Color Profile
en_GB: Current Colour Profile

en: Bac_kground color
en_GB: Bac_kground colour

en: Center the image vertically on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image vertically on the paper

en: Center the image horizontally on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image horizontally on the paper

en: Color output
en_GB: Colour output

en: Adjust color balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and dither algorithm
en_GB: Adjust colour balance, brightness, contrast, saturation, and dither algorithm

en: Python-Fu Color Selection
en_GB: Python-Fu Colour Selection

en: Saving as colored XHTML
en_GB: Saving as coloured XHTML

en: Save as colored XHTML
en_GB: Save as coloured XHTML

en: Colored XHTML
en_GB: Coloured XHTML

note: #-#-#-#-#  488 (gnome-disk-utility)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This string is used as the column title in the treeview for the normalized value
en: Normalized
en_GB: Normalised

en: _Fog color
en_GB: _Fog colour

en: Offset the colors in a palette
en_GB: Offset the colours in a palette

en: A-color
en_GB: A-colour

en: B-color
en_GB: B-colour

en: Sort the colors in a palette
en_GB: Sort the colours in a palette

en: _Quantization
en_GB: _Quantisation

en: Partition q_uantization
en_GB: Partition q_uantisation

en: Create a repeating gradient using colors from the palette
en_GB: Create a repeating gradient using colours from the palette

en: Create a gradient using colors from the palette
en_GB: Create a gradient using colours from the palette

en: The tool with which to draw the pattern.The Preview tool just draws quickly.
en_GB: The tool with which to draw the pattern. The Preview tool just draws quickly.

en: How far is the hole from the center of the moving gear. 100% means that the hole is at the gear's edge.
en_GB: How far is the hole from the centre of the moving gear. 100% means that the hole is at the gear's edge.

en: Hole #1 is at the edge of the gear. The maximum hole number is near the center. The maximum hole number is different for each gear.
en_GB: Hole #1 is at the edge of the gear. The maximum hole number is near the centre. The maximum hole number is different for each gear.

en: The radius of the hole in the center of the pattern where nothing will be drawn. Given as a percentage of the size of the pattern. A value of 0 will produce no hole. A Value of 99 will produce a thin line on the edge.
en_GB: The radius of the hole in the centre of the pattern where nothing will be drawn. Given as a percentage of the size of the pattern. A value of 0 will produce no hole. A Value of 99 will produce a thin line on the edge.

en: When unchecked, the pattern will fill the current image or selection. When checked, the pattern will have same width and height, and will be centered.
en_GB: When unchecked, the pattern will fill the current image or selection. When checked, the pattern will have same width and height, and will be centred.

en: If you change the settings of a tool, change color, or change the selection, press this to preview how the pattern looks.
en_GB: If you change the settings of a tool, change colour, or change the selection, press this to preview how the pattern looks.

en: You can not use "Refresh Scripts" while a Script-Fu dialog box is open.  Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again.
en_GB: You can not use "Refresh Scripts" while a Script-Fu dialogue box is open.  Please close all Script-Fu windows and try again.

en: Script-Fu Color Selection
en_GB: Script-Fu Colour Selection

en: Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified (grayscale) stencil
en_GB: Add a chrome effect to the selected region (or alpha) using a specified (greyscale) stencil

en: _Color scheme
en_GB: _Colour scheme

en: Active colors
en_GB: Active colours

en: How to Use _Dialogs
en_GB: How to Use _Dialogues

en: Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its center using the foreground color
en_GB: Fill a layer with rays emanating outward from its centre using the foreground colour

en: Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the color entry name as their class name, and the color itself as the color attribute
en_GB: Export the active palette as a CSS stylesheet with the colour entry name as their class name, and the colour itself as the colour attribute

en: Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => color)
en_GB: Export the active palette as a PHP dictionary (name => colour)

en: Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: color)
en_GB: Export the active palette as a Python dictionary (name: colour)

en: Write all the colors in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per line (no names)
en_GB: Write all the colours in a palette to a text file, one hexadecimal value per line (no names)

en: Reverse Layer _Order
en_GB: RReverse Layer _Order

en: Se_t Colormap...
en_GB: Se_t Colourmap...

en: Change the colormap of an image to the colors in a specified palette.
en_GB: Change the colourmap of an image to the colours in a specified palette.

en: Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes, and labels to an image
en_GB: Add a slide-film like frame, sprocket holes and labels to an image

en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

en: Index to n colors (0 = remain RGB)
en_GB: Index to n colours (0 = remain RGB)

en: Solid Color
en_GB: Solid Colour

en: GIMP uses layers to let you organize your image. Think of them as a stack of slides or filters, such that looking through them you see a composite of their contents.
en_GB: GIMP uses layers to let you organise your image. Think of them as a stack of slides or filters, such that looking through them you see a composite of their contents.

en: You can perform many layer operations by right-clicking on the text label of a layer in the Layers dialog.
en_GB: You can perform many layer operations by right-clicking on the text label of a layer in the Layers dialogue.

en: If a layer's name in the Layers dialog is displayed in <b>bold</b>, this layer doesn't have an alpha-channel. You can add an alpha-channel using Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel.
en_GB: If a layer's name in the Layers dialogue is displayed in <b>bold</b>, this layer doesn't have an alpha-channel. You can add an alpha-channel using Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel.

en: Not all effects can be applied to all kinds of images. This is indicated by a grayed-out menu-entry. You may need to change the image mode to RGB (Image→Mode→RGB), add an alpha-channel (Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel) or flatten it (Image→Flatten Image).
en_GB: Not all effects can be applied to all kinds of images. This is indicated by a greyed-out menu-entry. You may need to change the image mode to RGB (Image→Mode→RGB), add an alpha-channel (Layer→Transparency→Add Alpha Channel) or flatten it (Image→Flatten Image).

en: You can drag and drop many things in GIMP. For example, dragging a color from the toolbox or from a color palette and dropping it into an image will fill the current selection with that color.
en_GB: You can drag and drop many things in GIMP. For example, dragging a colour from the toolbox or from a colour palette and dropping it into an image will fill the current selection with that colour.

en: You can drag a layer from the Layers dialog and drop it onto the toolbox. This will create a new image containing only that layer.
en_GB: You can drag a layer from the Layers dialogue and drop it onto the toolbox. This will create a new image containing only that layer.

en: A floating selection must be anchored to a new layer or to the last active layer before doing other operations on the image. Click on the &quot;New Layer&quot; or the &quot;Anchor Layer&quot; button in the Layers dialog, or use the menus to do the same.
en_GB: A floating selection must be anchored to a new layer or to the last active layer before doing other operations on the image. Click on the &quot;New Layer&quot; or the &quot;Anchor Layer&quot; button in the Layers dialogue, or use the menus to do the same.

en: You can create and edit complex selections using the Path tool. The Paths dialog allows you to work on multiple paths and to convert them to selections.
en_GB: You can create and edit complex selections using the Path tool. The Paths dialogue allows you to work on multiple paths and to convert them to selections.

en: You can save a selection to a channel (Select→Save to Channel) and then modify this channel with any paint tools. Using the buttons in the Channels dialog, you can toggle the visibility of this new channel or convert it to a selection.
en_GB: You can save a selection to a channel (Select→Save to Channel) and then modify this channel with any paint tools. Using the buttons in the Channels dialogue, you can toggle the visibility of this new channel or convert it to a selection.

en: After you enabled &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; in the Preferences dialog, you can reassign shortcut keys. Do so by bringing up the menu, selecting a menu item, and pressing the desired key combination. If &quot;Save Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; is enabled, the key bindings are saved when you exit GIMP. You should probably disable &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; afterwards, to prevent accidentally assigning/reassigning shortcuts.
en_GB: After you enabled &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; in the Preferences dialogue, you can reassign shortcut keys. Do so by bringing up the menu, selecting a menu item and pressing the desired key combination. If &quot;Save Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; is enabled, the key bindings are saved when you exit GIMP. You should probably disable &quot;Dynamic Keyboard Shortcuts&quot; afterwards, to prevent accidentally assigning/reassigning shortcuts.

en: If your screen is too cluttered, you can press <tt>Tab</tt> in an image window to toggle the visibility of the toolbox and other dialogs.
en_GB: If your screen is too cluttered, you can press <tt>Tab</tt> in an image window to toggle the visibility of the toolbox and other dialogues.

en: <tt>Shift</tt>-click on the eye icon in the Layers dialog to hide all layers but that one. <tt>Shift</tt>-click again to show all layers.
en_GB: <tt>Shift</tt>-click on the eye icon in the Layers dialogue to hide all layers but that one. <tt>Shift</tt>-click again to show all layers.

en: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialog toggles the effect of the layer mask. <tt>Alt</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialog toggles viewing the mask directly.
en_GB: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialogue toggles the effect of the layer mask. <tt>Alt</tt>-clicking on the layer mask's preview in the Layers dialogue toggles viewing the mask directly.

en: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-click with the Bucket Fill tool to have it use the background color instead of the foreground color. Similarly, <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking with the eyedropper tool sets the background color instead of the foreground color.
en_GB: <tt>Ctrl</tt>-click with the Bucket Fill tool to have it use the background colour instead of the foreground colour. Similarly, <tt>Ctrl</tt>-clicking with the eyedropper tool sets the background colour instead of the foreground colour.

en: If some of your scanned photos do not look colorful enough, you can easily improve their tonal range with the &quot;Auto&quot; button in the Levels tool (Colors→Levels). If there are any color casts, you can correct them with the Curves tool (Colors→Curves).
en_GB: If some of your scanned photos do not look colourful enough, you can easily improve their tonal range with the &quot;Auto&quot; button in the Levels tool (Colours→Levels). If there are any colour casts, you can correct them with the Curves tool (Colours→Curves).

en: Dockable areas now highlighted when a dockable dialog is being dragged
en_GB: Dockable areas now highlighted when a dockable dialogue is being dragged

en: Foreground Select tool: new "Grayscale" Preview Mode
en_GB: Foreground Select tool: new "Greyscale" Preview Mode

en: Foreground Select tool: color/opacity selector for "Color" preview
en_GB: Foreground Select tool: colour/opacity selector for "Colour" preview

en: HEIF import/export: color profile support
en_GB: HEIF import/export: colour profile support

en: Bucket Fill tool can now quickly color-pick with Ctrl+click
en_GB: Bucket Fill tool can now quickly colour-pick with Ctrl+click

en: Bucket Fill tool allows holding the mouse when filling "similar colors" and "by line art detection"
en_GB: Bucket Fill tool allows holding the mouse when filling "similar colours" and "by line art detection"

en: Scale tool scales around center even when using numeric input
en_GB: Scale tool scales around centre even when using numeric input

en: Add "Constrain handles" and "Around center" options to the perspective-transform tool's GUI
en_GB: Add "Constrain handles" and "Around centre" options to the perspective-transform tool's GUI

en: Parametric brushes now 32-bit float to avoid posterization
en_GB: Parametric brushes now 32-bit float to avoid posterisation

en: Several optimizations including faster layer group rendering
en_GB: Several optimisations including faster layer group rendering

en: Swap and cache files are not saved in the configuration directory anymore
en_GB: Swap and cache files are not saved in the configuration directory any more

en: New option to export PNG, JPEG and TIFF with a color profile; always export PSD with a color profile
en_GB: New option to export PNG, JPEG and TIFF with a colour profile; always export PSD with a colour profile

en: GIMP 2.10.8 is mostly a bug fix and optimization release. In particular, it includes:
en_GB: GIMP 2.10.8 is mostly a bug fix and optimisation release. In particular, it includes:

en: XCF compatibility information in the Save dialog more understandable and discoverable
en_GB: XCF compatibility information in the Save dialogue more understandable and discoverable

en: GIMP 2.10.6 comes with a lot of bug fixes, optimizations and features. Most notable changes are:
en_GB: GIMP 2.10.6 comes with a lot of bug fixes, optimisations and features. Most notable changes are:

en: File format filtering in Open/Save/Export dialogs made less confusing
en_GB: File format filtering in Open/Save/Export dialogues made less confusing

en: GIMP 2.10.4 includes a lot of bug fixes as well as various optimizations. Most notable changes are:
en_GB: GIMP 2.10.4 includes a lot of bug fixes as well as various optimisations. Most notable changes are:

en: Fast startup: fonts loading is not blocking startup anymore
en_GB: Fast startup: fonts loading is not blocking startup any more

en: It also features a new plug-in for the support of the HEIF format, both for importing and exporting, as well as 2 new filters: "Spherize" and "Recursive Transform". These are nice examples of our relaxed feature policy in stable micro releases.
en_GB: It also features a new plug-in for the support of the HEIF format, both for importing and exporting, as well as 2 new filters: "Spherise" and "Recursive Transform". These are nice examples of our relaxed feature policy in stable micro releases.

en: High bit depth color processing (16/32-bit per color channel)
en_GB: High bit depth colour processing (16/32-bit per colour channel)

en: Color management is a core feature now, most widgets and preview areas are color-managed
en_GB: Colour management is a core feature now, most widgets and preview areas are colour-managed

en: In this second release candidate before GIMP 2.10.0, while debugging is still a prime target, a new focus has been put on speed and optimization in order to provide a smoother painting experience. Bigger changes are:
en_GB: In this second release candidate before GIMP 2.10.0, while debugging is still a prime target, a new focus has been put on speed and optimisation in order to provide a smoother painting experience. Bigger changes are:

en: Major core optimizations for painting and display, including parallelized painting code
en_GB: Major core optimisations for painting and display, including parallelised painting code

en: New debug dialog to produce back traces and other debug data, encouraging to report bugs
en_GB: New debug dialogue to produce back traces and other debug data, encouraging to report bugs

en: JPEG 2000 support improved for high bit depth and various color spaces
en_GB: JPEG 2000 support improved for high bit depth and various colour spaces

en: Screenshot and color picking improved on various platforms
en_GB: Screenshot and colour picking improved on various platforms

en: Better and faster color management
en_GB: Better and faster colour management

en: Support for color picker and screenshots in Wayland on KDE Plasma
en_GB: Support for colour picker and screenshots in Wayland on KDE Plasma

en: Show license information and exit
en_GB: Show licence information and exit

en: Send messages to console instead of using a dialog
en_GB: Send messages to console instead of using a dialogue

en: GIMP could not initialize the graphical user interface.
    Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists.
en_GB: GIMP could not initialise the graphical user interface.
    Make sure a proper setup for your display environment exists.

en: GIMP output. You can minimize this window, but don't close it.
en_GB: GIMP output. You can minimise this window, but don't close it.

[ctx: brushes-action]
en: _Edit Brush...
en_GB: _Edit Brush…

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Color Tag
en_GB: Colour Tag

[ctx: channels-action]
en: _Edit Channel Attributes...
en_GB: _Edit Channel Attributes…

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Edit the channel's name, color and opacity
en_GB: Edit the channel's name, colour and opacity

[ctx: channels-action]
en: _New Channel...
en_GB: _New Channel…

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Clear
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Clear

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Blue
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Blue

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Green
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Green

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Yellow
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Yellow

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Orange
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Orange

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Brown
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Brown

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Red
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Red

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Violet
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Violet

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: channels-action]
en: Channel Color Tag: Set to Gray
en_GB: Channel Colour Tag: Set to Grey

en: Edit Channel Color
en_GB: Edit Channel Colour

en: New Channel Color
en_GB: New Channel Colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Colormap Menu
en_GB: Colourmap Menu

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Edit Color...
en_GB: _Edit Colour…

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Edit this color
en_GB: Edit this colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Add Color from FG
en_GB: _Add Colour from FG

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add current foreground color
en_GB: Add current foreground colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Add Color from BG
en_GB: _Add Colour from BG

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add current background color
en_GB: Add current background colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: _Select this Color
en_GB: _Select this Colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Select all pixels with this color
en_GB: Select all pixels with this colour

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Add all pixels with this color to the current selection
en_GB: Add all pixels with this colour to the current selection

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Subtract all pixels with this color from the current selection
en_GB: Subtract all pixels with this colour from the current selection

[ctx: colormap-action]
en: Intersect all pixels with this color with the current selection
en_GB: Intersect all pixels with this colour with the current selection

[ctx: context-action]
en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: _Default Colors
en_GB: _Default Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Set foreground color to black, background color to white
en_GB: Set foreground colour to black, background colour to white

[ctx: context-action]
en: S_wap Colors
en_GB: S_wap Colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Exchange foreground and background colors
en_GB: Exchange foreground and background colours

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Set Color From Palette
en_GB: Foreground: Set Colour From Palette

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use First Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use First Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Last Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use Last Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Previous Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use Previous Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Next Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Use Next Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Back Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Back Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Forward Palette Color
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Forward Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Set Color From Palette
en_GB: Background: Set Colour From Palette

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use First Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use First Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Last Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use Last Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Previous Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Next Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Use Next Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Back Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Skip Back Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Forward Palette Color
en_GB: Background: Skip Forward Palette Colour

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Set Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Set Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use First Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use First Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Last Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use Last Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Previous Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use Previous Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Next Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Use Next Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Back Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Back Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Forward Color From Colormap
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Forward Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Set Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Set Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use First Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use First Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Last Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use Last Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Previous Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Next Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Use Next Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Back Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Skip Back Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Forward Color From Colormap
en_GB: Background: Skip Forward Colour From Colourmap

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Set Color From Swatch
en_GB: Foreground: Set Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use First Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use First Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Last Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Last Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Previous Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Use Next Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Next Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Back Color From Swatch
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Back Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Foreground: Skip Forward Color From Swatch
en_GB: Foreground: Skip Forward Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Set Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Set Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use First Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use First Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Last Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Last Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Previous Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Previous Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Use Next Color From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Use Next Colour From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Color Back From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Skip Colour Back From Swatch

[ctx: context-action]
en: Background: Skip Color Forward From Swatch
en_GB: Background: Skip Colour Forward From Swatch

[ctx: cursor-info-action]
en: Use the composite color of all visible layers
en_GB: Use the composite colour of all visible layers

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the tool options dialog
en_GB: Open the tool options dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the device status dialog
en_GB: Open the device status dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the symmetry dialog
en_GB: Open the symmetry dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the layers dialog
en_GB: Open the layers dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the channels dialog
en_GB: Open the channels dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the paths dialog
en_GB: Open the paths dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Color_map
en_GB: Colour_map

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the colormap dialog
en_GB: Open the colourmap dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the histogram dialog
en_GB: Open the histogram dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the display navigation dialog
en_GB: Open the display navigation dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the undo history dialog
en_GB: Open the undo history dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the pointer information dialog
en_GB: Open the pointer information dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the sample points dialog
en_GB: Open the sample points dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Colo_rs
en_GB: Colou_rs

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the FG/BG color dialog
en_GB: Open the FG/BG colour dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the brushes dialog
en_GB: Open the brushes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open paint dynamics dialog
en_GB: Open paint dynamics dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the mypaint brushes dialog
en_GB: Open the mypaint brushes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the patterns dialog
en_GB: Open the patterns dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the gradients dialog
en_GB: Open the gradients dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the palettes dialog
en_GB: Open the palettes dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open tool presets dialog
en_GB: Open tool presets dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the fonts dialog
en_GB: Open the fonts dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the named buffers dialog
en_GB: Open the named buffers dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the images dialog
en_GB: Open the images dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the document history dialog
en_GB: Open the document history dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the image templates dialog
en_GB: Open the image templates dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the preferences dialog
en_GB: Open the preferences dialogue

[ctx: dialogs-action]
en: Open the module manager dialog
en_GB: Open the module manager dialogue

[ctx: dock-action]
en: _Open Display...
en_GB: _Open Display…

[ctx: dockable-action]
en: Dialogs Menu
en_GB: Dialogues Menu

[ctx: documents-action]
en: File Open _Dialog
en_GB: File Open _Dialogue

[ctx: documents-action]
en: Open image dialog
en_GB: Open image dialogue

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: _Equalize
en_GB: _Equalise

[ctx: drawable-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

en: White Balance operates only on RGB color layers.
en_GB: White Balance operates only on RGB colour layers.

[ctx: dynamics-action]
en: _Edit Dynamics...
en_GB: _Edit Dynamics…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Cu_t Named...
en_GB: Cu_t Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: _Copy Named...
en_GB: _Copy Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
note: GIMP_ICON_COPY_VISIBLE,
en: Copy _Visible Named...
en_GB: Copy _Visible Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: _Paste Named...
en_GB: _Paste Named…

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill with _FG Color
en_GB: Fill with _FG Colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill the selection using the foreground color
en_GB: Fill the selection using the foreground colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill with B_G Color
en_GB: Fill with B_G Colour

[ctx: edit-action]
en: Fill the selection using the background color
en_GB: Fill the selection using the background colour

[ctx: error-console-action]
en: _Save Error Log to File...
en_GB: _Save Error Log to File…

[ctx: error-console-action]
en: Save S_election to File...
en_GB: Save S_election to File…

[ctx: file-action]
en: _Open...
en_GB: _Open…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Op_en as Layers...
en_GB: Op_en as Layers…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Open _Location...
en_GB: Open _Location…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Create _Template...
en_GB: Create _Template…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Save _As...
en_GB: Save _As…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Save a Cop_y...
en_GB: Save a Cop_y…

[ctx: file-action]
en: Save and Close...
en_GB: Save and Close…

[ctx: file-action]
en: E_xport...
en_GB: E_xport…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Color Enhance
en_GB: _Colour Enhance

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Color to Gray...
en_GB: _Colour to Grey...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Ca_rtoon...
en_GB: Ca_rtoon…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Color _Balance...
en_GB: Colour _Balance...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Color Exchange...
en_GB: _Colour Exchange...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Colori_ze...
en_GB: Colouri_se...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Rotate Colors...
en_GB: _Rotate Colours…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Color T_emperature...
en_GB: Colour T_emperature…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Color to _Alpha...
en_GB: Colour to _Alpha…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Difference of _Gaussians...
en_GB: Difference of _Gaussians…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Sobel...
en_GB: _Sobel…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Gaussian Blur...
en_GB: _Gaussian Blur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Le_ns Distortion...
en_GB: Le_ns Distortion…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Newsprint...
en_GB: _Newsprint…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: HS_V Noise...
en_GB: HS_V Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Hurl...
en_GB: _Hurl…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Pick...
en_GB: _Pick…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _RGB Noise...
en_GB: _RGB Noise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Slur...
en_GB: _Slur…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Photocopy...
en_GB: _Photocopy…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Pixelize...
en_GB: _Pixelise…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: P_olar Coordinates...
en_GB: P_olar Coordinates…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Posterize...
en_GB: _Posterise...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Ripple...
en_GB: _Ripple…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Semi-Flatten...
en_GB: _Semi-Flatten…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Symmetric Nearest Neighbor...
en_GB: _Symmetric Nearest Neighbour...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Softglow...
en_GB: _Softglow…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Spheri_ze...
en_GB: Spheri_se...

[ctx: filters-action]
en: _Threshold Alpha...
en_GB: _Threshold Alpha…

[ctx: filters-action]
en: Show the last used filter dialog again
en_GB: Show the last used filter dialogue again

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Left Color Type
en_GB: Left Colour Type

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Load Left Color From
en_GB: _Load Left Colour From

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Save Left Color To
en_GB: _Save Left Colour To

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Right Color Type
en_GB: Right Colour Type

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Load Right Color Fr_om
en_GB: Load Right Colour Fr_om

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Sa_ve Right Color To
en_GB: Sa_ve Right Colour To

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: L_eft Endpoint's Color...
en_GB: L_eft Endpoint's Colour…

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: R_ight Endpoint's Color...
en_GB: R_ight Endpoint's Colour…

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: Ble_nd Endpoints' Colors
en_GB: Ble_nd Endpoints' Colours

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Left Neighbor's Right Endpoint
en_GB: _Left Neighbour's Right Endpoint

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Foreground Color
en_GB: _Foreground Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-action]
en: _Right Neighbor's Left Endpoint
en_GB: _Right Neighbour's Left Endpoint

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: F_oreground Color
en_GB: F_oreground Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: Fo_reground Color (Transparent)
en_GB: Fo_reground Colour (Transparent)

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: _Background Color
en_GB: _Background Colour

[ctx: gradient-editor-color-type]
en: B_ackground Color (Transparent)
en_GB: B_ackground Colour (Transparent)

[ctx: gradient-editor-coloring]
en: HSV (_counter-clockwise hue)
en_GB: HSV (_anti-clockwise hue)

en: Coloring _Type for Segment
en_GB: Colouring _Type for Segment

en: _Replicate Segment...
en_GB: _Replicate Segment…

en: Split Segment _Uniformly...
en_GB: Split Segment _Uniformly…

en: Re-_center Segment's Midpoint
en_GB: Re-_centre Segment's Midpoint

en: Coloring _Type for Selection
en_GB: Colouring _Type for Selection

en: _Replicate Selection...
en_GB: _Replicate Selection…

en: Split Segments _Uniformly...
en_GB: Split Segments _Uniformly…

en: Re-_center Midpoints in Selection
en_GB: Re-_centre Midpoints in Selection

[ctx: gradients-action]
en: Save as _POV-Ray...
en_GB: Save as _POV-Ray…

[ctx: gradients-action]
en: _Edit Gradient...
en_GB: _Edit Gradient…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Color Ma_nagement
en_GB: Colour Ma_nagement

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Colors
en_GB: _Colours

[ctx: image-action]
en: _New...
en_GB: _New…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Assign Color Profile...
en_GB: _Assign Colour Profile...

[ctx: image-action]
en: Set a color profile on the image
en_GB: Set a colour profile on the image

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Convert to Color Profile...
en_GB: _Convert to Colour Profile...

[ctx: image-action]
en: Apply a color profile to the image
en_GB: Apply a colour profile to the image

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Discard Color Profile
en_GB: _Discard Colour Profile

[ctx: image-action]
en: Remove the image's color profile
en_GB: Remove the image's colour profile

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Save Color Profile to File...
en_GB: _Save Colour Profile to File...

[ctx: image-action]
en: Save the image's color profile to an ICC file
en_GB: Save the image's colour profile to an ICC file

[ctx: image-action]
en: Can_vas Size...
en_GB: Can_vas Size…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Print Size...
en_GB: _Print Size…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Scale Image...
en_GB: _Scale Image…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Merge Visible _Layers...
en_GB: Merge Visible _Layers…

[ctx: image-action]
en: Configure G_rid...
en_GB: Configure G_rid…

[ctx: image-action]
en: _Enable Color Management
en_GB: _Enable Colour Management

[ctx: image-action]
en: Whether the image is color managed. Disabling color management is equivalent to assigning a built-in sRGB color profile. Better leave color management enabled.
en_GB: Whether the image is colour managed. Disabling colour management is equivalent to assigning a built-in sRGB colour profile. Better leave colour management enabled.

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to the RGB colorspace
en_GB: Convert the image to the RGB colourspace

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Grayscale
en_GB: _Greyscale

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to grayscale
en_GB: Convert the image to greyscale

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Indexed...
en_GB: _Indexed…

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: Convert the image to indexed colors
en_GB: Convert the image to indexed colours

[ctx: image-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: image-convert-action]
en: _Grayscale...
en_GB: _Greyscale...

en: Saving color profile failed: %s
en_GB: Saving colour profile failed: %s

en: Save Color Profile
en_GB: Save Colour Profile

en: Converting to grayscale (%s)
en_GB: Converting to greyscale (%s)

en: Converting to indexed colors
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours

en: Assign color profile
en_GB: Assign colour profile

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Color Tag
en_GB: Colour Tag

[ctx: layers-action]
en: _Edit Layer Attributes...
en_GB: _Edit Layer Attributes…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: _New Layer...
en_GB: _New Layer…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Merge _Visible Layers...
en_GB: Merge _Visible Layers…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer B_oundary Size...
en_GB: Layer B_oundary Size…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: _Scale Layer...
en_GB: _Scale Layer…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Add La_yer Mask...
en_GB: Add La_yer Mask…

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Clear
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Clear

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Blue
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Blue

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Green
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Green

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Yellow
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Yellow

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Orange
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Orange

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Brown
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Brown

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Red
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Red

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Violet
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Violet

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: layers-action]
en: Layer Color Tag: Set to Gray
en_GB: Layer Colour Tag: Set to Grey

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: _Edit Color...
en_GB: _Edit Colour…

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: _Delete Color
en_GB: _Delete Colour

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: New Color from _FG
en_GB: New Colour from _FG

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: Create a new entry from the foreground color
en_GB: Create a new entry from the foreground colour

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: New Color from _BG
en_GB: New Colour from _BG

[ctx: palette-editor-action]
en: Create a new entry from the background color
en_GB: Create a new entry from the background colour

[ctx: palettes-action]
en: _Import Palette...
en_GB: _Import Palette…

[ctx: palettes-action]
en: _Merge Palettes...
en_GB: _Merge Palettes…

[ctx: palettes-action]
en: _Edit Palette...
en_GB: _Edit Palette…

[ctx: patterns-action]
en: _Edit Pattern...
en_GB: _Edit Pattern…

[ctx: quick-mask-action]
en: _Configure Color and Opacity...
en_GB: _Configure Colour and Opacity…

en: Edit Quick Mask Color
en_GB: Edit Quick Mask Colour

[ctx: sample-points-action]
en: Use the composite color of all visible layers
en_GB: Use the composite colour of all visible layers

[ctx: select-action]
en: Fea_ther...
en_GB: Fea_ther…

[ctx: select-action]
en: Remove fuzziness from the selection
en_GB: Remove fuzzyness from the selection

[ctx: select-action]
en: S_hrink...
en_GB: S_hrink…

[ctx: select-action]
en: _Grow...
en_GB: _Grow…

[ctx: select-action]
en: Bo_rder...
en_GB: Bo_rder…

[ctx: select-action]
en: _Stroke Selection...
en_GB: _Stroke Selection…

[ctx: templates-action]
en: _New Template...
en_GB: _New Template…

[ctx: templates-action]
en: D_uplicate Template...
en_GB: D_uplicate Template…

[ctx: templates-action]
en: _Edit Template...
en_GB: _Edit Template…

[ctx: text-tool-action]
en: _Open text file...
en_GB: _Open text file…

[ctx: tool-options-action]
en: _New Tool Preset...
en_GB: _New Tool Preset…

[ctx: tool-presets-action]
en: _Edit Tool Preset...
en_GB: _Edit Tool Preset…

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _Color Tools
en_GB: _Colour Tools

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _By Color
en_GB: _By Colour

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Select regions with similar colors
en_GB: Select regions with similar colours

[ctx: tools-action]
en: _Arbitrary Rotation...
en_GB: _Arbitrary Rotation…

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Opacity: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Opacity: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Opacity: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Opacity: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Size: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Size: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Size: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Size: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Aspect Ratio: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Angle: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Angle: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Angle: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Angle: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Spacing: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Spacing: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Spacing: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Spacing: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Hardness: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Hardness: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Hardness: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Hardness: Maximise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Force: Minimize
en_GB: Tool's Force: Minimise

[ctx: tools-action]
en: Tool's Force: Maximize
en_GB: Tool's Force: Maximise

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Color Tag
en_GB: Colour Tag

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: _Edit Path Attributes...
en_GB: _Edit Path Attributes…

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: _New Path...
en_GB: _New Path…

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Create a new path...
en_GB: Create a new path…

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Stro_ke Path...
en_GB: Stro_ke Path…

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: E_xport Path...
en_GB: E_xport Path…

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: I_mport Path...
en_GB: I_mport Path…

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Clear
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Clear

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Blue
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Blue

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Green
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Green

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Yellow
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Yellow

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Orange
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Orange

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Brown
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Brown

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Red
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Red

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Violet
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Violet

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: vectors-action]
en: Path Color Tag: Set to Gray
en_GB: Path Colour Tag: Set to Gray

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Padding Color
en_GB: _Padding Colour

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Color Management
en_GB: _Colour Management

[ctx: view-action]
en: C_enter Image in Window
en_GB: C_entre Image in Window

[ctx: view-action]
en: Scroll the image so that it is centered in the window
en_GB: Scroll the image so that it is centred in the window

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display _Filters...
en_GB: Display _Filters…

[ctx: view-action]
en: Reset color management to what's configured in preferences
en_GB: Reset colour management to what's configured in preferences

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Open Display...
en_GB: _Open Display…

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Color-Manage this View
en_GB: _Colour-Manage this View

[ctx: view-action]
en: Use color management for this view
en_GB: Use colour management for this view

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Proof Colors
en_GB: _Proof Colours

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Mark Out Of Gamut Colors
en_GB: _Mark Out Of Gamut Colours

[ctx: view-action]
en: When soft-proofing, mark colors which cannot be represented in the target color space
en_GB: When soft-proofing, mark colours which cannot be represented in the target colour space

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display the image's color sample points
en_GB: Display the image's colour sample points

[ctx: view-action]
en: Rotate 90° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 90° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: view-action]
en: Rotate 15° counter-clock_wise
en_GB: Rotate 15° anti-clock_wise

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: _Relative Colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display rendering intent is relative colorimetric
en_GB: Display rendering intent is relative colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: _Absolute Colorimetric
en_GB: _Absolute Colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: Display rendering intent is absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Display rendering intent is absolute colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: Soft-proofing rendering intent is relative colorimetric
en_GB: Soft-proofing rendering intent is relative colourimetric

[ctx: view-action]
en: Soft-proofing rendering intent is absolute colorimetric
en_GB: Soft-proofing rendering intent is absolute colourimetric

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the current theme's background color
en_GB: Use the current theme's background colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Light Check Color
en_GB: _Light Check Colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the light check color
en_GB: Use the light check colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Dark Check Color
en_GB: _Dark Check Colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use the dark check color
en_GB: Use the dark check colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: _Custom Color...
en_GB: _Custom Colour...

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Use an arbitrary color
en_GB: Use an arbitrary colour

[ctx: view-padding-color]
en: Reset padding color to what's configured in preferences
en_GB: Reset padding colour to what's configured in preferences

en: Othe_r (%s)...
en_GB: Othe_r (%s)…

en: Set Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Set Canvas Padding Colour

en: Set Custom Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Set Custom Canvas Padding Colour

[ctx: windows-action]
en: _Dockable Dialogs
en_GB: _Dockable Dialogues

[ctx: windows-action]
en: When enabled, docks and other dialogs are hidden, leaving only image windows.
en_GB: When enabled, docks and other dialogues are hidden, leaving only image windows.

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Light check color
en_GB: Light check colour

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Dark check color
en_GB: Dark check colour

[ctx: canvas-padding-mode]
en: Custom color
en_GB: Custom colour

en: Sets the canvas padding color used if the padding mode is set to custom color.
en_GB: Sets the canvas padding colour used if the padding mode is set to custom colour.

en: How to handle embedded color profiles when opening a file.
en_GB: How to handle embedded colour profiles when opening a file.

en: Sets the default folder path for all color profile file dialogs.
en_GB: Sets the default folder path for all colour profile file dialogues.

en: Show advanced color options in filter tools.
en_GB: Show advanced colour options in filter tools.

en: When promoting imported images to floating point precision, also add minimal noise in order to distribute color values a bit.
en_GB: When promoting imported images to floating point precision, also add minimal noise in order to distribute colour values a bit.

en: Export the image's color profile by default.
en_GB: Export the image's colour profile by default.

en: Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in the layers and channels dialog are nice to have but they can slow things down when working with large images.
en_GB: Sets whether GIMP should create previews of layers and channels. Previews in the layers and channels dialogue are nice to have but they can slow things down when working with large images.

en: Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created dialogs.
en_GB: Sets the preview size used for layers and channel previews in newly created dialogues.

en: Sets the default quick mask color.
en_GB: Sets the default quick mask colour.

en: Remember the current tool, pattern, color, and brush across GIMP sessions.
en_GB: Remember the current tool, pattern, colour and brush across GIMP sessions.

en: Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogs when GIMP exits.
en_GB: Save the positions and sizes of the main dialogues when GIMP exits.

en: When enabled, dialogs will show a help button that gives access to the related help page.  Without this button, the help page can still be reached by pressing F1.
en_GB: When enabled, dialogues will show a help button that gives access to the related help page.  Without this button, the help page can still be reached by pressing F1.

en: Sets the default rendering intent for the 'Convert to Color Profile' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default rendering intent for the 'Convert to Colour Profile' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Black Point Compensation' state for the 'Convert to Color Profile' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Black Point Compensation' state for the 'Convert to Colour Profile' dialogue.

en: Sets the default layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialogue.

en: Sets the default text layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default text layer dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialogue.

en: Sets the default channel dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default channel dithering method for the 'Convert Precision' dialogue.

en: Sets the default palette type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default palette type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default maximum number of colors for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default maximum number of colours for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Remove duplicate colors' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Remove duplicate colours' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default dithering type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default dithering type for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Dither alpha' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Dither alpha' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Dither text layers' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Dither text layers' state for the 'Convert to Indexed' dialogue.

en: Sets the default fill type for the 'Canvas Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default fill type for the 'Canvas Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default set of layers to resize for the 'Canvas Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default set of layers to resize for the 'Canvas Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Resize text layers' state for the 'Canvas Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Resize text layers' state for the 'Canvas Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default layer name for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default layer name for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default mode for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default mode for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default blend space for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default blend space for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default composite space for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default composite space for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default composite mode for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default composite mode for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default opacity for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default opacity for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default fill type for the 'New Layer' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default fill type for the 'New Layer' dialogue.

en: Sets the default fill type for the 'Layer Boundary Size' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default fill type for the 'Layer Boundary Size' dialogue.

en: Sets the default mask for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default mask for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'invert mask' state for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'invert mask' state for the 'Add Layer Mask' dialogue.

en: Sets the default merge type for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default merge type for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Active group only' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Active group only' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Discard invisible' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Discard invisible' for the 'Merge Visible Layers' dialogue.

en: Sets the default channel name for the 'New Channel' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default channel name for the 'New Channel' dialogue.

en: Sets the default color and opacity for the 'New Channel' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default colour and opacity for the 'New Channel' dialogue.

en: Sets the default path name for the 'New Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default path name for the 'New Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default folder path for the 'Export Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default folder path for the 'Export Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Export the active path' state for the 'Export Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Export the active path' state for the 'Export Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default folder path for the 'Import Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default folder path for the 'Import Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Merge imported paths' state for the 'Import Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Merge imported paths' state for the 'Import Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Scale imported paths to fit size' state for the 'Import Path' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Scale imported paths to fit size' state for the 'Import Path' dialogue.

en: Sets the default feather radius for the 'Feather Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default feather radius for the 'Feather Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Feather Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Feather Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default grow radius for the 'Grow Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default grow radius for the 'Grow Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default shrink radius for the 'Shrink Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default shrink radius for the 'Shrink Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Shrink Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Shrink Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default border radius for the 'Border Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default border radius for the 'Border Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Border Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default 'Selected areas continue outside the image' setting for the 'Border Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the default border style for the 'Border Selection' dialog.
en_GB: Sets the default border style for the 'Border Selection' dialogue.

en: Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialog.
en_GB: Sets the size of the thumbnail shown in the Open dialogue.

en: The thumbnail in the Open dialog will be automatically updated if the file being previewed is smaller than the size set here.
en_GB: The thumbnail in the Open dialogue will be automatically updated if the file being previewed is smaller than the size set here.

en: Show the current foreground and background colors in the toolbox.
en_GB: Show the current foreground and background colours in the toolbox.

en: Sets the size of the checkerboard used to display transparency.
en_GB: Sets the size of the chequerboard used to display transparency.

[ctx: color-profile-policy]
en: Convert to built-in sRGB or grayscale profile
en_GB: Convert to built-in sRGB or greyscale profile

[ctx: convert-dither-type]
en: Floyd-Steinberg (reduced color bleeding)
en_GB: Floyd-Steinberg (reduced colour bleeding)

[ctx: dynamics-output-type]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: fill-style]
en: Solid color
en_GB: Solid colour

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Foreground color (transparent)
en_GB: Foreground colour (transparent)

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: gradient-color]
en: Background color (transparent)
en_GB: Background colour (transparent)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Change color managed state
en_GB: Change colour managed state

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Item color tag
en_GB: Item colour tag

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Channel color
en_GB: Channel colour

note: initialize babl fishes
en: Initialization
en_GB: Initialisation

note: #-#-#-#-#  393 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# initialize the color history #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_ColorHistory)
en: Color History
en_GB: Colour History

en: FG to BG (HSV counter-clockwise)
en_GB: FG to BG (HSV anti-clockwise)

note: This is a special string to specify the language identifier to * look for in the gimp-tags-default.xml file. Please translate the * C in it according to the name of the po file used for * gimp-tags-default.xml. E.g. lithuanian for the translation, * that would be "tags-locale:lt".
en: tags-locale:C
en_GB: tags-locale:en_GB

en: Copying file '%s' from '%s'...
en_GB: Copying file '%s' from '%s'…

en: Creating folder '%s'...
en_GB: Creating folder '%s'…

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Select by Indexed Color
en_GB: Select by Indexed Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Set Channel Color
en_GB: Set Channel Colour

en: You have a writable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuration in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writeable data folder configured (%s), but this folder does not exist. Please create the folder or fix your configuration in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section.

en: You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please fix it in the Preferences dialog's 'Folders' section.
en_GB: You have a writable data folder configured, but this folder is not part of your data search path. You probably edited the gimprc file manually, please fix it in the Preferences dialogue's 'Folders' section.

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Equalize
en_GB: Equalise

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Fill with Solid Color
en_GB: Fill with Solid Colour

en: The foreground color of the grid.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the grid.

en: The background color of the grid; only used in double dashed line style.
en_GB: The background colour of the grid; only used in double dashed line style.

en: ICC profile validation failed: Color profile is not for grayscale color space
en_GB: ICC profile validation failed: Colour profile is not for greyscale colour space

en: ICC profile validation failed: Color profile is not for RGB color space
en_GB: ICC profile validation failed: Colour profile is not for RGB colour space

en: Color profile conversion
en_GB: Colour profile conversion

en: Colormap of Image #%d (%s)
en_GB: Colourmap of Image #%d (%s)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Set Colormap
en_GB: Set Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Unset Colormap
en_GB: Unset Colourmap

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Change Colormap entry
en_GB: Change Colourmap entry

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Add Color to Colormap
en_GB: Add Colour to Colourmap

en: Converting to indexed colors (stage 2)
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours (stage 2)

en: Converting to indexed colors (stage 3)
en_GB: Converting to indexed colours (stage 3)

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Convert Image to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert Image to Greyscale

en: Select transparent pixels instead of gray ones
en_GB: Select transparent pixels instead of grey ones

en: Failed to deserialize MyPaint brush.
en_GB: Failed to deserialise MyPaint brush.

en: Reading palette file '%s': Read %d colors from truncated file: %s
en_GB: Reading palette file '%s': Read %d colours from truncated file: %s

en: History Color
en_GB: History Colour

en: Convert a mitered join to a bevelled join if the miter would extend to a distance of more than miter-limit * line-width from the actual join point.
en_GB: Convert a mitred join to a bevelled join if the mitre would extend to a distance of more than mitre-limit * line-width from the actual join point.

en: Center abscissa
en_GB: Centre abscissa

en: Center ordinate
en_GB: Centre ordinate

en: Color managed
en_GB: Colour managed

en: Whether the image is color managed. Disabling color management is equivalent to choosing a built-in sRGB profile. Better leave color management enabled.
en_GB: Whether the image is colour managed. Disabling colour management is equivalent to choosing a built-in sRGB profile. Better leave colour management enabled.

[ctx: unit-singular]
en: millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: unit-plural]
en: millimeters
en_GB: millimetres

en: Initialize from _selection
en_GB: Initialise from _selection

en: Assign a color profile to the image
en_GB: Assign a colour profile to the image

en: Convert the image to a color profile
en_GB: Convert the image to a colour profile

en: Grayscale Conversion
en_GB: Greyscale Conversion

en: Convert Image to Grayscale
en_GB: Convert Image to Greyscale

en: New Color Profile
en_GB: New Colour Profile

en: Convert to Grayscale Working Space?
en_GB: Convert to Greyscale Working Space?

en: Convert the image to the built-in grayscale color profile?
en_GB: Convert the image to the built-in greyscale colour space?

en: Convert the image to the built-in sRGB color profile?
en_GB: Convert the image to the built-in sRGB colour profile?

en: Import the image from a color profile
en_GB: Import the image from a colour profile

en: The image '%s' has an embedded color profile
en_GB: The image '%s' has an embedded colour profile

en: Indexed Color Conversion
en_GB: Indexed Colour Conversion

en: Convert Image to Indexed Colors
en_GB: Convert Image to Indexed Colours

en: _Maximum number of colors:
en_GB: _Maximum number of colours:

en: _Remove unused and duplicate colors from colormap
en_GB: _Remove unused and duplicate colours from colourmap

en: Color _dithering:
en_GB: Colour _dithering:

en: Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colors.
en_GB: Cannot convert to a palette with more than 256 colours.

en: FG/BG Color
en_GB: FG/BG Colour

en: You can use this dialog to export to various file formats. If you want to save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to export to various file formats. If you want to save the image to the GIMP XCF format, use File→Save instead.

en: Take me to the Save dialog
en_GB: Take me to the Save dialogue

en: You can use this dialog to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to export to other file formats.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to save to the GIMP XCF format. Use File→Export to export to other file formats.

en: Take me to the Export dialog
en_GB: Take me to the Export dialogue

en: Saving canceled
en_GB: Saving cancelled

en: An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum new image size" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s).
en_GB: An image of the chosen size will use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum new image size" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s).

en: C_olor Profile
en_GB: C_olour Profile

en: Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialog (currently %s).
en_GB: Scaling the image to the chosen size will make it use more memory than what is configured as "Maximum Image Size" in the Preferences dialogue (currently %s).

en: Color tag:
en_GB: Colour tag:

en: Initialize Layer Mask to:
en_GB: Initialise Layer Mask to:

en: N_umber of colors:
en_GB: N_umber of colours:

en: The selected source contains no colors.
en_GB: The selected source contains no colours.

en: Custom p_adding color:
en_GB: Custom p_adding colour:

en: Select Custom Canvas Padding Color
en_GB: Select Custom Canvas Padding Colour

en: R_eset Color Management
en_GB: R_eset Colour Management

note: Color Managed Display
en: Color Managed Display
en_GB: Colour Managed Display

en: Select Monitor Color Profile
en_GB: Select Monitor Colour Profile

en: Precision / Color Fidelity
en_GB: Precision / Colour Fidelity

en: _Optimize image display for:
en_GB: _Optimise image display for:

en: Select Soft-Proofing Color Profile
en_GB: Select Soft-Proofing Colour Profile

en: O_ptimize soft-proofing for:
en_GB: O_ptimise soft-proofing for:

en: Mar_k out of gamut colors
en_GB: Mar_k out of gamut colours

en: Select Warning Color
en_GB: Select Warning Colour

en: Select Preferred RGB Color Profile
en_GB: Select Preferred RGB Colour Profile

en: Select Preferred Grayscale Color Profile
en_GB: Select Preferred Greyscale Colour Profile

en: _Grayscale profile:
en_GB: _Greyscale profile:

en: Select CMYK Color Profile
en_GB: Select CMYK Colour Profile

note: Filter Dialogs
en: Filter Dialogs
en_GB: Filter Dialogues

en: Show _advanced color options
en_GB: Show _advanced colour options

en: Color _profile policy:
en_GB: Colour _profile policy:

en: Export the i_mage's color profile by default
en_GB: Export the i_mage's colour profile by default

en: Quick Mask color:
en_GB: Quick Mask colour:

en: Set the default Quick Mask color
en_GB: Set the default Quick Mask colour

en: Show _foreground & background color
en_GB: Show _foreground & background colour

en: Dialog Defaults
en_GB: Dialogue Defaults

en: Reset Dialog _Defaults
en_GB: Reset Dialogue _Defaults

note: Color profile import dialog
en: Color Profile Import Dialog
en_GB: Colour Profile Import Dialogue

en: Color profile policy:
en_GB: Colour profile policy:

note: All color profile chooser dialogs
en: Color Profile File Dialogs
en_GB: Colour Profile File Dialogues

en: Select Default Folder for Color Profiles
en_GB: Select Default Folder for Colour Profiles

note: Convert to Color Profile Dialog
en: Convert to Color Profile Dialog
en_GB: Convert to Colour Profile Dialogue

note: Convert Precision Dialog
en: Precision Conversion Dialog
en_GB: Precision Conversion Dialogue

note: Convert Indexed Dialog
en: Indexed Conversion Dialog
en_GB: Indexed Colour Dialogue

en: Colormap:
en_GB: Colourmap:

en: Maximum number of colors:
en_GB: Maximum number of colours:

en: Remove unused and duplicate colors from colormap
en_GB: Remove unused and duplicate colours from colourmap

en: Color dithering:
en_GB: Colour dithering:

en: Show advanced color options
en_GB: Show advanced colour options

note: Canvas Size Dialog
en: Canvas Size Dialog
en_GB: Canvas Size Dialogue

note: New Layer Dialog
en: New Layer Dialog
en_GB: New Layer Dialogue

note: Layer Boundary Size Dialog
en: Layer Boundary Size Dialog
en_GB: Layer Boundary Size Dialogue

note: Add Layer Mask Dialog
en: Add Layer Mask Dialog
en_GB: Add Layer Mask Dialogue

note: Merge Layers Dialog
en: Merge Layers Dialog
en_GB: Merge Layers Dialogue

note: New Channel Dialog
en: New Channel Dialog
en_GB: New Channel Dialogue

en: Color and opacity:
en_GB: Colour and opacity:

en: Default New Channel Color and Opacity
en_GB: Default New Channel Colour and Opacity

note: New Path Dialog
en: New Path Dialog
en_GB: New Path Dialogue

note: Export Path Dialog
en: Export Paths Dialog
en_GB: Export Paths Dialogue

note: Import Path Dialog
en: Import Paths Dialog
en_GB: Import Paths Dialogue

note: Feather Selection Dialog
en: Feather Selection Dialog
en_GB: Feather Selection Dialogue

note: Grow Selection Dialog
en: Grow Selection Dialog
en_GB: Grow Selection Dialogue

note: Shrink Selection Dialog
en: Shrink Selection Dialog
en_GB: Shrink Selection Dialogue

note: Border Selection Dialog
en: Border Selection Dialog
en_GB: Border Selection Dialogue

note: Fill Options Dialog
en: Fill Selection Outline & Fill Path Dialogs
en_GB: Fill Selection Outline & Fill Path Dialogues

note: Stroke Options Dialog
en: Stroke Selection & Stroke Path Dialogs
en_GB: Stroke Selection & Stroke Path Dialogues

en: C_alibrate...
en_GB: C_alibrate…

note: Zoom & Resize Behavior
en: Zoom & Resize Behavior
en_GB: Zoom & Resize Behaviour

en: Default Behavior in Normal Mode
en_GB: Default Behaviour in Normal Mode

en: Default Behavior in Fullscreen Mode
en_GB: Default Behaviour in Fullscreen Mode

note: This is a special string to specify the language identifier to look for in the gimp-tips.xml file. Please translate the C in it according to the name of the po file used for gimp-tips.xml. E.g. for the german translation, that would be "tips-locale:de".
en: tips-locale:C
en_GB: tips-locale:en_GB

[ctx: guides-type]
en: Center lines
en_GB: Centre lines

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Drop color to layer
en_GB: Drop colour to layer

en: Color Display Filters
en_GB: Colour Display Filters

en: Configure Color Display Filters
en_GB: Configure Colour Display Filters

en: not color managed
en_GB: not colour managed

en: Grayscale-alpha
en_GB: Greyscale-alpha

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: HSL Color (legacy)
en_GB: HSL Colour (legacy)

[ctx: layer-mode]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "HSL Color (legacy)". Keep it short.
en: HSL Color (l)
en_GB: HSL Colour (l)

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: Color erase (legacy)
en_GB: Colour erase (legacy)

[ctx: layer-mode]
note: Translators: this is an abbreviated version of "Color erase (legacy)". Keep it short.
en: Color erase (l)
en_GB: Colour erase (l)

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: LCh Color
en_GB: LCh Colour

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: HSL Color
en_GB: HSL Colour

[ctx: layer-mode]
en: Color erase
en_GB: Colour erase

en: Fill with plain color
en_GB: Fill with plain colour

en: Fill the original position of the cage with a plain color
en_GB: Fill the original position of the cage with a plain colour

en: Adjust color distribution
en_GB: Adjust colour distribution

en: Colorize the image
en_GB: Colourise the image

en: Adjust color curves
en_GB: Adjust colour curves

en: Turn colors into shades of gray
en_GB: Turn colours into shades of grey

en: Adjust color levels
en_GB: Adjust colour levels

en: Reduce to a limited set of colors
en_GB: Reduce to a limited set of colours

en: Posterize levels
en_GB: Posterise levels

en: Replace partial transparency with a color
en_GB: Replace partial transparency with a colour

en: The color
en_GB: The colour

en: Color _managed
en_GB: Colour _managed

en: Reduce image to two colors using a threshold
en_GB: Reduce image to two colours using a threshold

en: Blend Color Space
en_GB: Blend Colour Space

en: Which color space to use when blending RGB gradient segments
en_GB: Which colour space to use when blending RGB gradient segments

en: The amount of brush color to blend
en_GB: The amount of brush colour to blend

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Colorize
en_GB: Colourise

en: Diagonal neighbors
en_GB: Diagonal neighbours

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Color to Alpha
en_GB: Colour to Alpha

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Color Exchange
en_GB: Colour Exchange

en: Set color profile
en_GB: Set colour profile

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Normalize
en_GB: Normalise

[ctx: undo-type]
en: Pixelize
en_GB: Pixelise

en: Initializing Plug-ins
en_GB: Initialising Plug-ins

en: Grayscale without alpha
en_GB: Greyscale without alpha

en: Grayscale with alpha
en_GB: Greyscale with alpha

en: Adjust Color Levels
en_GB: Adjust Colour Levels

en: Gray Handling
en_GB: Grey Handling

en: Pick farthest full-transparency color
en_GB: Pick furthest full-transparency colour

en: Pick nearest full-opacity color
en_GB: Pick nearest full-opacity colour

en: Rotate matrix 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate matrix 90° anti-clockwise

en: Adjust all colors
en_GB: Adjust all colours

en: Select Primary Color to Adjust
en_GB: Select Primary Colour to Adjust

en: Adjust Selected Color
en_GB: Adjust Selected Colour

en: R_eset Color
en_GB: R_eset Colour

en: Choose from a list of common color temperatures
en_GB: Choose from a list of common colour temperatures

en: Pick color from the image
en_GB: Pick colour from the image

en: Align center of target
en_GB: Align centre of target

en: Distribute horizontal centers of targets
en_GB: Distribute horizontal centres of targets

en: Distribute vertical centers of targets
en_GB: Distribute vertical centres of targets

en: Treat diagonally neighboring pixels as connected
en_GB: Treat diagonally neighbouring pixels as connected

en: Base fill opacity on color difference from the clicked pixel (see threshold) or on line  art borders. Disable antialiasing to fill the entire area uniformly.
en_GB: Base fill opacity on colour difference from the clicked pixel (see threshold) or on line  art borders. Disable antialiasing to fill the entire area uniformly.

en: Maximum color difference
en_GB: Maximum colour difference

en: Criterion used for determining color similarity
en_GB: Criterion used for determining colour similarity

note: #-#-#-#-#  393 (gimp)  #-#-#-#-# Similar color frame
en: Finding Similar Colors
en_GB: Finding Similar Colours

en: Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a color or pattern
en_GB: Bucket Fill Tool: Fill selected area with a colour or pattern

en: Click in any image to pick the background color
en_GB: Click in any image to pick the background colour

en: Click in any image to pick the foreground color
en_GB: Click in any image to pick the foreground colour

en: Select by Color Tool: Select regions with similar colors
en_GB: Select by Colour Tool: Select regions with similar colours

en: _By Color Select
en_GB: _By Colour Select

[ctx: command]
en: Select by Color
en_GB: Select by Colour

en: Fill the original position
    of the cage with a color
en_GB: Fill the original position
    of the cage with a colour

en: Use merged color value from all composited visible layers
en_GB: Use merged colour value from all composited visible layers

en: Use averaged color value from nearby pixels
en_GB: Use averaged colour value from nearby pixels

en: Color Picker Average Radius
en_GB: Colour Picker Average Radius

en: Choose what the color picker will do
en_GB: Choose what the colour picker will do

en: Open a floating dialog to view picked color values in various color models
en_GB: Open a floating dialogue to view picked colour values in various colour models

en: Color Picker Tool: Set colors from image pixels
en_GB: Colour Picker Tool: Set colours from image pixels

en: C_olor Picker
en_GB: C_olour Picker

en: Click in any image to view its color
en_GB: Click in any image to view its colour

en: Click in any image to add the color to the palette
en_GB: Click in any image to add the colour to the palette

en: Color Picker Information
en_GB: Colour Picker Information

en: _Curves...
en_GB: _Curves…

en: Adjust Color Curves
en_GB: Adjust Colour Curves

en: %s to pick a background color
en_GB: %s to pick a background colour

note: The Color Options expander
en: Advanced Color Options
en_GB: Advanced Colour Options

en: Assume pixels are built-in sRGB (ignore actual image color space)
en_GB: Assume pixels are built-in sRGB (ignore actual image colour space)

en: Paint over areas to mark color values for inclusion or exclusion from selection
en_GB: Paint over areas to mark colour values for inclusion or exclusion from selection

en: Preview color
en_GB: Preview colour

en: Color of selection preview mask
en_GB: Colour of selection preview mask

en: Dialog for foreground select
en_GB: Dialogue for foreground select

en: Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of color
en_GB: Fuzzy Select Tool: Select a contiguous region on the basis of colour

en: _GEGL Operation...
en_GB: _GEGL Operation…

en: The active gradient is non-writable and cannot be edited directly. Uncheck this option to edit a copy of it.
en_GB: The active gradient is non-writeable and cannot be edited directly. Untick this option to edit a copy of it.

en: Gradient Tool: Fill selected area with a color gradient
en_GB: Gradient Tool: Fill selected area with a colour gradient

en: Change Endpoint Color
en_GB: Change Endpoint Colour

note: the color labels
en: Left color:
en_GB: Left colour:

en: Right color:
en_GB: Right colour:

en: Change Stop Color
en_GB: Change Stop Colour

en: Center midpoint
en_GB: Centre midpoint

en: _Levels...
en_GB: _Levels…

en: Pick gray point for all channels
en_GB: Pick grey point for all channels

en: Pick gray point for the selected channel
en_GB: Pick grey point for the selected channel

en: Open a floating dialog to view details about measurements
en_GB: Open a floating dialogue to view details about measurements

en: Move Tool: Move layers, selections, and other objects
en_GB: Move Tool: Move layers, selections and other objects

en: Fill with _background color
en_GB: Fill with _background colour

en: Color Options
en_GB: Colour Options

en: %s to pick a color
en_GB: %s to pick a colour

en: Expand from center
en_GB: Expand from centre

en: Expand selection from center outwards
en_GB: Expand selection from centre outwards

en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

en: _Threshold...
en_GB: _Threshold…

en: Automatically adjust to optimal binarization threshold
en_GB: Automatically adjust to optimal binarisation threshold

en: Around center (%s)
en_GB: Around centre (%s)

en: Scale around the center point
en_GB: Scale around the centre point

en: Transform around the center point
en_GB: Transform around the centre point

en: Constrain movement to 45 degree angles from center (%s)
en_GB: Constrain movement to 45 degree angles from centre (%s)

en: Snap pivot to corners and center (%s)
en_GB: Snap pivot to corners and centre (%s)

en: Out-of-bounds sampling behavior
en_GB: Out-of-bounds sampling behaviour

[ctx: bucket-fill-area]
en: Fill similar colors
en_GB: Fill similar colours

[ctx: matting-preview-mode]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: matting-preview-mode]
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: warp-behavior]
en: Swirl counter-clockwise
en_GB: Swirl anti-clockwise

en: Add the current color to the color history
en_GB: Add the current colour to the colour history

en: Color index:
en_GB: Colour index:

en: Edit colormap entry #%d
en_GB: Edit colourmap entry #%d

en: Edit Colormap Entry
en_GB: Edit Colourmap Entry

en: Only indexed images have a colormap.
en_GB: Only indexed images have a colourmap.

en: You can also close the dialog directly but reporting bugs is the best way to make your software awesome.
en_GB: You can also close the dialogue directly but reporting bugs is the best way to make your software awesome.

en: When enabled, the dialog automatically follows the image you are working on.
en_GB: When enabled, the dialogue automatically follows the image you are working on.

en: Left Endpoint Color
en_GB: Left Endpoint Colour

en: Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Color
en_GB: Gradient Segment's Left Endpoint Colour

en: Right Endpoint Color
en_GB: Right Endpoint Colour

en: Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Color
en_GB: Gradient Segment's Right Endpoint Colour

en: Foreground color set to:
en_GB: Foreground colour set to:

en: Background color set to:
en_GB: Background colour set to:

en: Change grid foreground color
en_GB: Change grid foreground colour

en: _Foreground color:
en_GB: _Foreground colour:

en: Change grid background color
en_GB: Change grid background colour

en: Detach dialog from canvas
en_GB: Detach dialogue from canvas

en: Edit Palette Color
en_GB: Edit Palette Colour

en: Edit Color Palette Entry
en_GB: Edit Colour Palette Entry

en: _Miter limit:
en_GB: _Mitre limit:

en: Color _space:
en_GB: Colour _space:

en: Color _manage this image
en_GB: Colour _manage this image

en: Choose A Color Profile
en_GB: Choose A Colour Profile

en: Co_lor profile:
en_GB: Co_lour profile:

en: Change color of selected text
en_GB: Change colour of selected text

en: Change Foreground Color
en_GB: Change Foreground Colour

en: Change Background Color
en_GB: Change Background Colour

en: The active foreground color.
    Click to open the color selection dialog.
en_GB: The active foreground colour.
    Click to open the colour selection dialog.

en: The active background color.
    Click to open the color selection dialog.
en_GB: The active background colour.
    Click to open the colour selection dialog.

en: The active image.
    Click to open the Image Dialog.
en_GB: The active image.
    Click to open the Image Dialogue.

en: The active brush.
    Click to open the Brush Dialog.
en_GB: The active brush.
    Click to open the Brush Dialogue.

en: The active pattern.
    Click to open the Pattern Dialog.
en_GB: The active pattern.
    Click to open the Pattern Dialogue.

en: The active gradient.
    Click to open the Gradient Dialog.
en_GB: The active gradient.
    Click to open the Gradient Dialogue.

en: Save Tool Preset...
en_GB: Save Tool Preset…

en: Restore Tool Preset...
en_GB: Restore Tool Preset…

en: Delete Tool Preset...
en_GB: Delete Tool Preset…

en: Open the dynamics selection dialog
en_GB: Open the dynamics selection dialogue

en: Open the MyPaint brush selection dialog
en_GB: Open the MyPaint brush selection dialogue

en: Open the pattern selection dialog
en_GB: Open the pattern selection dialogue

en: Open the gradient selection dialog
en_GB: Open the gradient selection dialogue

en: Open the palette selection dialog
en_GB: Open the palette selection dialogue

en: Open the font selection dialog
en_GB: Open the font selection dialogue

en: Built-in grayscale (%s)
en_GB: Built-in greyscale (%s)

en: Preferred grayscale (%s)
en_GB: Preferred greyscale (%s)

[ctx: color-pick-target]
en: Set foreground color
en_GB: Set foreground colour

[ctx: color-pick-target]
en: Set background color
en_GB: Set background colour

en: XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format
    did not save indexed colormaps correctly.
    Substituting grayscale map.
en_GB: XCF warning: version 0 of XCF file format
    did not save indexed colourmaps correctly.
    Substituting greyscale map.

en: Color Sensitivity
en_GB: Colour Sensitivity

en: Adjust color balance
en_GB: Adjust colour balance

en: Invert colors
en_GB: Invert colours

en: The <guimenuitem>Units</guimenuitem> command displays a dialog which shows information about the units of measurement that are currently being used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It also allows you to create new units which can be used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym> in a variety of situations.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Units</guimenuitem> command displays a dialogue which shows information about the units of measurement that are currently being used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. It also allows you to create new units which can be used by <acronym>GIMP</acronym> in a variety of situations.

en: The <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialogue window

en: The figure above shows the <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialog window. The list shows the units of measurement which are currently defined. You can click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button to create a new measurement unit, as described below.
en_GB: The figure above shows the <quote>Unit Editor</quote> dialogue window. The list shows the units of measurement which are currently defined. You can click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button to create a new measurement unit, as described below.

en: <emphasis>Abbreviation</emphasis>: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. <quote>cm</quote> for centimeters).
en_GB: <emphasis>Abbreviation</emphasis>: The unit's abbreviation (e.g. <quote>cm</quote> for centimetres).

en: The <quote>New Unit</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Unit</quote> dialogue

en: You can display the dialog shown above by clicking on either the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button on the <guimenuitem>Unit Editor</guimenuitem> dialog. The input fields on the dialog are described above.
en_GB: You can display the dialogue shown above by clicking on either the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button or the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button on the <guimenuitem>Unit Editor</guimenuitem> dialogue. The input fields on the dialogue are described above.

en: If you click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button, most input fields are empty. If you click on the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button, the values initially displayed in the input fields of the dialog are the values of the unit you have currently selected in the <guilabel>Unit&nbsp;Editor</guilabel> dialog. You can then edit the values to create your new unit.
en_GB: If you click on the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button, most input fields are empty. If you click on the <guilabel>Duplicate</guilabel> button, the values initially displayed in the input fields of the dialogue are the values of the unit you have currently selected in the <guilabel>Unit&nbsp;Editor</guilabel> dialogue. You can then edit the values to create your new unit.

en: If you have made drawing or editing changes to the image which you don't want to keep, the <guimenu>Undo</guimenu> command allows you to undo the last change and return the image to its previous state. Almost anything you do to an image can be undone in this way (with the exception of scripts, which deactivate this function). Further Undo operations may be performed, depending upon the number of Undo levels configured in the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-environment">Environment</link> page of the Preferences Dialog. See the section on <link linkend="gimp-concepts-undo">Undoing</link> for more information about <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s very sophisticated <quote>Undo</quote> functions.
en_GB: If you have made drawing or editing changes to the image which you don't want to keep, the <guimenu>Undo</guimenu> command allows you to undo the last change and return the image to its previous state. Almost anything you do to an image can be undone in this way (with the exception of scripts, which deactivate this function). Further Undo operations may be performed, depending upon the number of Undo levels configured in the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-environment">Environment</link> page of the Preferences dialogue. See the section on <link linkend="gimp-concepts-undo">Undoing</link> for more information about <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s very sophisticated <quote>Undo</quote> functions.

en: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the Undo History dialog.
en_GB: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the Undo History dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Undo History</guimenuitem> command activates the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialog</link>, which shows you thumbnails representing the operations you have done so far on the current image. This overview makes it easier for you to undo steps or to redo them.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Undo History</guimenuitem> command activates the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialogue</link>, which shows you thumbnails representing the operations you have done so far on the current image. This overview makes it easier for you to undo steps or to redo them.

en: The <quote>Clear undo History</quote> command may be useful if you are working on a complex image and you want to free some memory.
en_GB: The <quote>Clear Undo History</quote> command may be useful if you are working on a complex image and you want to free some memory.

en: The <guimenuitem>Stroke Selection</guimenuitem> command strokes a selection in the image. There are two ways you can stroke the selection, either by using a paint tool or without using one. This means that the selection border, which is emphasized in the image with a dotted line, can be drawn with a stroke. There are various options which you can use to specify how this stroke should look.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Stroke Selection</guimenuitem> command strokes a selection in the image. There are two ways you can stroke the selection, either by using a paint tool or without using one. This means that the selection border, which is emphasised in the image with a dotted line, can be drawn with a stroke. There are various options which you can use to specify how this stroke should look.

en: The <quote>Stroke Selection</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>Stroke Selection</quote> dialogue

en: The options for stroking selections and for stroking paths are the same. You can find the documentation about the options in the dialog box in the <link linkend="gimp-path-stroke">Stroke Path</link> section.
en_GB: The options for stroking selections and for stroking paths are the same. You can find the documentation about the options in the dialogue box in the <link linkend="gimp-path-stroke">Stroke Path</link> section.

en: You can also access it by clicking on the button with the same name in the <link linkend="gimp-path-dialog">Path dialog</link>.
en_GB: You can also access it by clicking on the button with the same name in the <link linkend="gimp-path-dialog">Path dialogue</link>.

en: Description of the Dialog Window
en_GB: Description of the Dialogue Window

en: The <quote>Choose Stroke Style</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Choose Stroke Style</quote> dialogue window

en: The <guilabel>Choose Stroke Style</guilabel> dialog box allows you to choose between stroking the path with the options you specify or stroking it with a paint tool. If you stroke the path with a paint tool, the current paint tool options are used to draw the stroke.
en_GB: The <guilabel>Choose Stroke Style</guilabel> dialogue box allows you to choose between stroking the path with the options you specify or stroking it with a paint tool. If you stroke the path with a paint tool, the current paint tool options are used to draw the stroke.

en: The stroke is drawn with the current foreground color, set in the Toolbox. By clicking on the triangle next to <guilabel>Line Style</guilabel> however, the dialog expands and you can set several additional options:
en_GB: The stroke is drawn with the current foreground colour set in the Toolbox. By clicking on the triangle next to <guilabel>Line Style</guilabel> however, the dialogue expands and you can set several additional options:

en: Solid color / Pattern
en_GB: Solid colour / Pattern

en: You can choose whether the line is drawn in the <emphasis>Solid</emphasis> or the <emphasis>Pattern</emphasis> style. Here, Solid and Pattern are distinct from the dash pattern. If you select a Solid line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn in the foreground color set in the Toolbox. If you select a Patterned line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn with the pattern set in the Toolbox. If you select a line with a dash pattern, the color or pattern is still determined by the foreground color or pattern set in the Toolbox. That is, if you select a marbled pattern and Patterned, dashed lines, the dashes are drawn in the marbled pattern
en_GB: You can choose whether the line is drawn in the <emphasis>Solid</emphasis> or the <emphasis>Pattern</emphasis> style. Here, Solid and Pattern are distinct from the dash pattern. If you select a Solid line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn in the foreground colour set in the Toolbox. If you select a Patterned line with no dash pattern, an unbroken line is drawn with the pattern set in the Toolbox. If you select a line with a dash pattern, the colour or pattern is still determined by the foreground colour or pattern set in the Toolbox. That is, if you select a marbled pattern and Patterned, dashed lines, the dashes are drawn in the marbled pattern

en: <guilabel>Dash Pattern</guilabel> : On the pixel level, a dashed line is drawn as a series of tiny boxes. You can modify the pattern of these boxes. The black area with thin vertical lines represents the pixels of the dash. If you click on a black pixel, you remove it from the dash. If you click on a white pixel, you add it to the dash. The gray areas indicate how the pattern will be repeated when a dashed line is drawn.
en_GB: <guilabel>Dash Pattern</guilabel> : On the pixel level, a dashed line is drawn as a series of tiny boxes. You can modify the pattern of these boxes. The black area with thin vertical lines represents the pixels of the dash. If you click on a black pixel, you remove it from the dash. If you click on a white pixel, you add it to the dash. The grey areas indicate how the pattern will be repeated when a dashed line is drawn.

en: You can select a paint tool to use to draw the stroke from the drop-down box. If you do that, the currently-selected options of the paint tool are used, rather than the settings in the dialog.
en_GB: You can select a paint tool to use to draw the stroke from the drop-down box. If you do that, the currently-selected options of the paint tool are used, rather than the settings in the dialogue.

en: To see the operations which you have done and undone, use the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History</link> dialog.
en_GB: To see the operations which you have done and undone, use the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History</link> dialogue.

en: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialog</link>.
en_GB: or by simply clicking on the status you want in the <link linkend="gimp-undo-dialog">Undo History dialogue</link>.

en: This command displays the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-dialog">Preferences dialog</link>, which lets you alter a variety of settings that affect the look, feel, and performance of the <acronym>GIMP</acronym>.
en_GB: This command displays the <link linkend="gimp-prefs-dialog">Preferences dialogue</link>, which lets you alter a variety of settings that affect the look, feel, and performance of the <acronym>GIMP</acronym>.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command puts whatever is in the Clipboard from the last <quote>Copy</quote> or <quote>Cut</quote> command into the current image. The pasted section becomes a <quote>floating selection</quote> and is shown as a separate layer in the Layers Dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command puts whatever is in the Clipboard from the last <quote>Copy</quote> or <quote>Cut</quote> command into the current image. The pasted section becomes a <quote>floating selection</quote> and is shown as a separate layer in the Layers dialogue.

en: If there is an existing selection on the canvas, it is used to align the pasted data. If there is already a selection, the data is pasted using the selection as a center point. If you want the selection to be used as a clipping region for the pasted data, you should use the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command.
en_GB: If there is an existing selection on the canvas, it is used to align the pasted data. If there is already a selection, the data is pasted using the selection as a centre point. If you want the selection to be used as a clipping region for the pasted data, you should use the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste Into</guimenuitem> command acts in a similar way to the <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command. The primary difference becomes apparent if there is a selection within the canvas. Unlike the <quote>Paste</quote> command, which simply centers the pasted image data over the selection and replaces the selection with its own, <quote>Paste Into</quote> clips the pasted image data by the existing selection. The new selection can be moved as usual, but it is always clipped by the original selection area.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste Into</guimenuitem> command acts in a similar way to the <guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem> command. The primary difference becomes apparent if there is a selection within the canvas. Unlike the <quote>Paste</quote> command, which simply centres the pasted image data over the selection and replaces the selection with its own, <quote>Paste Into</quote> clips the pasted image data by the existing selection. The new selection can be moved as usual, but it is always clipped by the original selection area.

en: If no selection exists, the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command places the data from the Clipboard into the center of the canvas, as the <quote>Paste</quote> command does.
en_GB: If no selection exists, the <quote>Paste Into</quote> command places the data from the Clipboard into the centre of the canvas, as the <quote>Paste</quote> command does.

en: This command opens a dialog window which allows you to name your new pattern. The pattern appears in the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Patterns dialog</link>.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue window which allows you to name your new pattern. The pattern appears in the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Patterns dialogue</link>.

en: The <quote>New Pattern</quote>dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Pattern</quote> dialogue

en: <guilabel>Pattern name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the Pattern Dialog.
en_GB: <guilabel>Pattern name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the Pattern dialogue.

en: This command opens a dialog window which lets you name the new brush. The brush appears in the <link linkend="gimp-brush-dialog">Brushes dialog</link>.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue window which lets you name the new brush. The brush appears in the <link linkend="gimp-brush-dialog">Brushes dialogue</link>.

en: The <quote>New Brush</quote>dialog
en_GB: The <quote>New Brush</quote> dialogue

en: <guilabel>Brush name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the <quote>Brushes</quote> Dialog.
en_GB: <guilabel>Brush name</guilabel> is the name as it will be in the <quote>Brushes</quote> dialogue.

en: With the <guimenuitem>Modules</guimenuitem> command, you can show the various extension modules which are available and control which of them should be loaded. Modules perform functions such as choosing colors and display filtering. Any changes you make to the settings with the Module Manager command will take effect the next time you start <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. These changes affect <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s functional capabilities, its size in memory and its start-up time.
en_GB: With the <guimenuitem>Modules</guimenuitem> command, you can show the various extension modules which are available and control which of them should be loaded. Modules perform functions such as choosing colours and display filtering. Any changes you make to the settings with the Module Manager command will take effect the next time you start <acronym>GIMP</acronym>. These changes affect <acronym>GIMP</acronym>'s functional capabilities, its size in memory and its start-up time.

en: Description of the <quote>Module Manager</quote> Dialog
en_GB: Description of the <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialogue

en: The <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialog window
en_GB: The <quote>Module Manager</quote> dialogue window

en: You will notice the difference only when you try to use the modules. For example, there are several <link linkend="gimp-color-dialog">color selectors</link> to select the foreground or background color. Some of these selectors are modules and will only be available when you check the respective option in the module manager:
en_GB: You will notice the difference only when you try to use the modules. For example, there are several <link linkend="gimp-color-dialog">colour selectors</link> to select the foreground or background colour. Some of these selectors are modules and will only be available when you check the respective option in the module manager:

en: Loaded modules example: Color selector modules
en_GB: Loaded modules example: Colour selector modules

en: Color selector modules loaded
en_GB: Colour selector modules loaded

en: Color selector modules not loaded
en_GB: Colour selector modules not loaded

en: For loaded modules, information about the selected module is displayed at the bottom of the dialog.
en_GB: For loaded modules, information about the selected module is displayed at the bottom of the dialogue.

en: You can select another pattern by using the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Pattern Dialog</link>.
en_GB: You can select another pattern by using the <link linkend="gimp-pattern-dialog">Pattern dialogue</link>.

en: Fill with foreground color
en_GB: Fill with foreground colour

en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

en: The <guimenuitem>Fill with FG Color</guimenuitem> command fills the image's selection with the solid color shown in the foreground part of the Color Area of the Toolbox. (The color is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Fill with FG Colour</guimenuitem> command fills the image's selection with the solid colour shown in the foreground part of the Colour Area of the Toolbox. (The colour is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.

en: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with FG Color</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
en_GB: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with FG Colour</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,

en: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox foreground color.
en_GB: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox foreground colour.

en: Fill with background color
en_GB: Fill with background colour

en: Fill with Background color
en_GB: Fill with Background colour

en: The <guimenuitem>Fill with BG Color</guimenuitem> command fills the active layer selection with the solid color shown in the Background part of the Color Area of the Toolbox. (The color is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Fill with BG Colour</guimenuitem> command fills the active layer selection with the solid colour shown in the Background part of the Colour Area of the Toolbox. (The colour is also shown to the left of the menu entry.) If some areas of the image are only partially selected (for example, as a result of feathering the selection), they are filled in proportion to how much they are selected.

en: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with BG Color</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
en_GB: You can access this command from the image menubar through <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Fill with BG Colour</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,

en: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox background color.
en_GB: You can also fill a selection by click-and-dragging from the Toolbox background colour.

en: This command is usually grayed out. It becomes active if you use the Fill function or the Blend tool, or if you apply some filters.
en_GB: This command is usually greyed out. It becomes active if you use the Fill function or the Blend tool, or if you apply some filters.

en: This command brings up a dialog window:
en_GB: This command brings up a dialogue window:

en: The <quote>Fade</quote> dialog
en_GB: The <quote>Fade</quote> dialogue

en: This slider value is initially set to the opacity of the color you used with the Fill or Blend tool, which corresponds to the current state. Lowering the opacity to 0 changes the drawable to its previous state. Intermediate values produce a mixture of the two according to the mode you have chosen. The effect of this setting is visible in real time in the image, but you have to click on the <guibutton>Fade</guibutton> button to validate it.
en_GB: This slider value is initially set to the opacity of the colour you used with the Fill or Blend tool, which corresponds to the current state. Lowering the opacity to 0 changes the drawable to its previous state. Intermediate values produce a mixture of the two according to the mode you have chosen. The effect of this setting is visible in real time in the image, but you have to click on the <guibutton>Fade</guibutton> button to validate it.

en: The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> command deletes the contents of the image's selections, and saves them in a clipboard so that they can later be pasted using the <quote>Paste</quote>, <quote>Paste Into</quote>, or <quote>Paste As New</quote> commands. If there is no selection, the entire current layer is cut. The areas whose contents are cut are left transparent, if the layer has an alpha channel, or filled with the layer's background color, otherwise.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Cut</guimenuitem> command deletes the contents of the image's selections, and saves them in a clipboard so that they can later be pasted using the <quote>Paste</quote>, <quote>Paste Into</quote>, or <quote>Paste As New</quote> commands. If there is no selection, the entire current layer is cut. The areas whose contents are cut are left transparent, if the layer has an alpha channel, or filled with the layer's background colour, otherwise.

en: The <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> command deletes everything in the current selection. If there is no current selection, the contents of the active layer are removed. If the active layer has an alpha channel, the deleted selection is made transparent. You can restore the original color to the transparent area using the Eraser tool, by setting it to Anti-Erase. If the layer does not have an alpha channel, the deleted area is filled using the current background color.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> command deletes everything in the current selection. If there is no current selection, the contents of the active layer are removed. If the active layer has an alpha channel, the deleted selection is made transparent. You can restore the original colour to the transparent area using the Eraser tool, by setting it to Anti-Erase. If the layer does not have an alpha channel, the deleted area is filled using the current background colour.

en: The commands in this submenu operate on <emphasis>named buffers</emphasis>. You can use the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialog</link> to view and manage any named buffers you have created.
en_GB: The commands in this submenu operate on <emphasis>named buffers</emphasis>. You can use the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialogue</link> to view and manage any named buffers you have created.

en: The <guimenuitem>Cut Named</guimenuitem> command cuts the content of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the contents in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Cut Named</guimenuitem> command cuts the content of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the contents in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Copy Named</guimenuitem> command copies the contents of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Copy Named</guimenuitem> command copies the contents of the selection from the active layer in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Copy Visible Named</guimenuitem> command copies the content of the selection from all the visible layers in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialog.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Copy Visible Named</guimenuitem> command copies the content of the selection from all the visible layers in the usual way, but instead of storing the content in the global clipboard, it stores it in a special buffer that you name using a pop-up dialogue.

en: The <guimenuitem>Paste Named</guimenuitem> command simply brings up the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialog</link>. By selecting one of the listed buffers, and pressing one of the buttons at the bottom, you can either <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste">Paste Buffer</link>, <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-into">Paste Buffer Into</link>, or <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-as-new">Paste Buffer as New</link>.
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Paste Named</guimenuitem> command simply brings up the <link linkend="gimp-buffer-dialog">Buffers dialogue</link>. By selecting one of the listed buffers, and pressing one of the buttons at the bottom, you can either <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste">Paste Buffer</link>, <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-into">Paste Buffer Into</link>, or <link linkend="gimp-buffer-paste-as-new">Paste Buffer as New</link>.

en: Open Dialog
en_GB: Open Dialogue

en: Fill similar colors
en_GB: Fill similar colours

en: Preferences Dialog
en_GB: Preferences Dialogue

en: gitg is a graphical user interface for git. It aims at being a small, fast and convenient tool to visualize the history of git repositories. Besides visualization, gitg also provides several utilities to manage your repository and commit your work.
en_GB: gitg is a graphical user interface for git. It aims at being a small, fast and convenient tool to visualise the history of git repositories. Besides visualisation, gitg also provides several utilities to manage your repository and commit your work.

en: Color scheme to use for syntax highlighting
en_GB: Colour scheme to use for syntax highlighting

en: Used by GtkSourceView to determine colors for syntax highlighting
en_GB: Used by GtkSourceView to determine colours for syntax highlighting

en: Failed to stage selection
en_GB: Failed to create tag

note: Translators: %s is a file name
en: The location <i>%s</i> does not appear to be a valid git repository. Would you like to initialize a new git repository at this location?
en_GB: The location <i>%s</i> does not appear to be a valid git repository. Would you like to initialise a new git repository at this location?

en: Your user name and email are not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your name and email.
en_GB: Your user name and e-mail are not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your name and e-mail.

en: Your email is not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your email.
en_GB: Your e-mail is not configured yet. Please go to the user configuration and provide your e-mail.

en: Commits
en_GB: Commit

en: Syntax highlighting color scheme:
en_GB: Syntax highlighting colour scheme:

en: Slate Gray
en_GB: Slate Grey

en: 10% Gray
en_GB: 10% Grey

en: 25% Gray
en_GB: 25% Grey

en: 40% Gray
en_GB: 40% Grey

en: 50% Gray
en_GB: 50% Grey

en: 60% Gray
en_GB: 60% Grey

en: Custom Color #%u
en_GB: Custom Colour #%u

en: Align horizontal center
en_GB: Align horizontal centre

en: Align vertical center
en_GB: Align vertical centre

en: Customize Main Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Main Toolbar

en: Customize Drawing Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Drawing Toolbar

en: Customize Properties Toolbar
en_GB: Customise Properties Toolbar

en: Template _Designer...
en_GB: Template _Designer…

en: Rotate object 90 degrees counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate object 90 degrees anti-clockwise

en: Align objects to horizontal centers
en_GB: Align objects to horizontal centres

en: Align objects to vertical centers
en_GB: Align objects to vertical centres

en: Center objects to horizontal label center
en_GB: Centre objects to horizontal label centre

en: Center objects to vertical label center
en_GB: Centre objects to vertical label centre

en: gLabels is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    gLabels is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: gLabels is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or
    (at your option) any later version.
    
    gLabels is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: Select locale specific behavior.
en_GB: Select locale specific behaviour.

en: Center align
en_GB: Centre align

en: Welcome to the gLabels Template Designer.
    
    This dialog will assist you in the creation of a custom gLabels template.
en_GB: Welcome to the gLabels Template Designer.
    
    This dialogue will assist you in the creation of a custom gLabels template.

en: Default text color.
en_GB: Default text colour.

en: The default color of text for new text objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default colour of text for new text objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Default line color.
en_GB: Default line colour.

en: The default line color new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default line colour new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Default fill color.
en_GB: Default fill colour.

en: The default fill color new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).
en_GB: The default fill colour new objects (0xRRGGBBAA).

en: Recent colors.
en_GB: Recent colours.

en: Recently created custom colors.
en_GB: Recently created custom colours.

en: The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialog labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called <emphasis>widgets</emphasis>. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code.
en_GB: The GTK+ library provides an extensive collection of user interface building blocks such as text boxes, dialogue labels, numeric entries, check boxes, and menus. These building blocks are called <emphasis>widgets</emphasis>. You can use Glade to place widgets in a GUI. Glade allows you to modify the layout and properties of these widgets. You can also use Glade to add connections between widgets and application source code.

en: The statusbar displays information about current <application>Glade</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items.
en_GB: The status bar displays information about current <application>Glade</application> activity and contextual information about the menu items.

en: To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the project file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save a new project file or to save an existing project file under a new filename, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the project file in the <guilabel>Save As</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: To Organize Widgets In Your Project
en_GB: To Organise Widgets In Your Project

en: You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organize widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the <guilabel>Palette</guilabel> window:
en_GB: You use widget containers, or boxes, to layout and organise widgets in your project window. You can choose the following widget containers from the <guilabel>Palette</guilabel> window:

en: When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that <application>Glade</application> packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localized.
en_GB: When you have created all the boxes you require, you can add specific widgets like labels, buttons, and more complicated widgets into the boxes. Notice that <application>Glade</application> packs widgets into the layout which eliminates a lot of tedious work. The use of boxes enables windows to change size to accommodate different size labels in different languages when the application is localised.

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="ghelp:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: _Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: _Do not show this dialogue again

en: Select a catalog search path
en_GB: Select a catalogue search path

en: Unrecognized types
en_GB: Unrecognised types

en: Prompt the user at save time if the project
    contains any unrecognized types
en_GB: Prompt the user at save time if the project
    contains any unrecognised types

en: List of directories where to load widget catalogs and custom templates from.
    Needs to restart.
en_GB: List of directories where to load widget catalogues and custom templates from.
    Needs to restart.

en: Extra Catalog & Templates paths
en_GB: Extra Catalogue & Templates paths

en: Your subscription to the users list has been received!
    Check your email!
en_GB: Your subscription to the users list has been received!
    Check your e-mail!

en: Subscribe to Glade Users mailing list.
    You will be sent email requesting confirmation!
en_GB: Subscribe to Glade Users mailing list.
    You will be sent e-mail requesting confirmation!

en: OpenBSD
en_GB: OpenSD

en: Under what kind of license(s) do you release the software you used Glade to create?
en_GB: Under what kind of licence(s) do you release the software you used Glade to create?

en: Desktop applications
en_GB: Desktop Applications

en: The sole purpose of this survey is to better know our user base.
    Your email address will be used to uniquely identify you as a Glade user and send you back a modification token in case you want to modify something or add extra comments.
    Only statistics compiled from the whole dataset will be shared publicly.
    Individual data will be stored in a private database and it will not be shared with the public or any other third party.
en_GB: The sole purpose of this survey is to better know our user base.
    Your e-mail address will be used to uniquely identify you as a Glade user and send you back a modification token in case you want to modify something or add extra comments.
    Only statistics compiled from the whole dataset will be shared publicly.
    Individual data will be stored in a private database and it will not be shared with the public or any other third party.

en: Error serializing configuration data to save (%s).
    No private data will be saved in this session
en_GB: Error serialising configuration data to save (%s).
    No private data will be saved in this session

en: A GDK color value
en_GB: A GDK colour value

en: Setting project's %s property
en_GB: Setting %s property of project

en: License for this project, it will be added as a document level comment.
en_GB: Licence for this project, it will be added as a document level comment.

en: Failed to load %s.
    The following required catalogs are unavailable: %s
en_GB: Failed to load %s.
    The following required catalogues are unavailable: %s

en: Object %s has unrecognized type %s
en_GB: Object %s has unrecognised type %s

en: Unable to copy unrecognized widget type.
en_GB: Unable to copy unrecognised widget type.

en: Unable to cut unrecognized widget type
en_GB: Unable to cut unrecognised widget type

en: The project this properties dialog was created for
en_GB: The project this properties dialogue was created for

en: A derived adaptor (%s) of %s already exist!
en_GB: A derived adaptor (%s) of %s already exists!

en: The name of the widget catalog this class was declared by
en_GB: The name of the widget catalogue this class was declared by

en: Object has unrecognized type %s
en_GB: Object has unrecognised type %s

en: Setting License type of %s
en_GB: Setting Licence type of %s

en: Choose accelerator keys...
en_GB: Choose accelerator keys…

en: Setting %s to use a center child
en_GB: Setting %s to use a centre child

en: Setting %s to not use a center child
en_GB: Setting %s to not use a centre child

[ctx: textattr]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Underline Color
en_GB: Underline Colour

[ctx: textattr]
en: Strikethrough Color
en_GB: Strikethrough Colour

en: Setting %s to use a primary icon from filename
en_GB: Setting %s to use a primary icon from a filename

en: Setting %s to use a secondary icon from filename
en_GB: Setting %s to use a secondary icon from a filename

en: This property is only for use in dialog action buttons
en_GB: This property is only for use in dialogue action buttons

en: This property only applies if ellipsize and wrapping are enabled
en_GB: This property only applies if ellipsise and wrapping are enabled

en: Check item
en_GB: Tick item

en: Page Setup Dialog
en_GB: Page Setup Dialogue

en: Print Dialog
en_GB: Print Dialogue

en: Document Email
en_GB: Document E-mail

en: Labeled By
en_GB: Labelled By

en: Indicates an object is labeled by one or more target objects
en_GB: Indicates an object is labelled by one or more target objects

en: Center Child
en_GB: Centre Child

en: Always Center
en_GB: Always Centre

en: Center on Parent
en_GB: Centre on Parent

en: The pango attributes for this label
en_GB: The Pango attributes for this label

en: The response ID of this button in a dialog
en_GB: The response ID of this button in a dialogue

en: Dialog Box
en_GB: Dialogue Box

en: About Dialog
en_GB: About Dialogue

en: File Chooser Dialog
en_GB: File Chooser Dialogue

en: Font Selection Dialog
en_GB: Font Selection Dialogue

en: Application Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Application Chooser Dialogue

en: Message Dialog
en_GB: Message Dialogue

en: Color Chooser Widget
en_GB: Colour Chooser Widget

en: Color Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Colour Chooser Dialogue

en: Font Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Font Chooser Dialogue

en: Recent Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Recent Chooser Dialogue

en: Cell Background Color name column
en_GB: Cell Background Colour name column

en: Cell Background Color column
en_GB: Cell Background Colour column

en: Background Color Name column
en_GB: Background Colour Name column

en: Background Color column
en_GB: Background Colour column

en: Ellipsize column
en_GB: Ellipsise column

en: Foreground Color Name column
en_GB: Foreground Colour Name column

en: Foreground Color column
en_GB: Foreground Colour column

en: Gtk
en_GB: GTK+

en: Native File Chooser Dialog
en_GB: Native File Chooser Dialogue

en: License Text
en_GB: Licence Text

en: License and Copyright
en_GB: Licence and Copyright

en: Add center child
en_GB: Add centre child

en: Whether this action bar should include a centered child.
en_GB: Whether this action bar should include a centred child.

en: Activatable / Actionable
en_GB: Activatable/Actionable

en: Whether this box should include a centered child.
en_GB: Whether this box should include a centred child.

en: Whether to use markup in the
    primary icon's tooltip
en_GB: Whether to use markup in the
    tooltip of the primary icon

en: Whether to use markup in the
    secondary icon's tooltip
en_GB: Whether to use markup in the
    tooltip of the secondary icon

en: Message Dialog Attributes
en_GB: Message Dialogue Attributes

en: Ellipsize Text:
en_GB: Ellipsise Text:

en: Input Dialog
en_GB: Input Dialogue

en: Contents Background Color
en_GB: Contents Background Colour

en: Logo Background Color
en_GB: Logo Background Colour

en: Title Foreground Color
en_GB: Title Foreground Colour

en: Wrap License:
en_GB: Wrap Licence:

en: If the license text should be wrapped
en_GB: If the licence text should be wrapped

en: Back. Color:
en_GB: Back. Colour:

en: Color Chooser Button
en_GB: Colour Chooser Button

en: New dialog
en_GB: New dialogue

en: If the dialog has a horizontal separator above the buttons
en_GB: If the dialogue has a horizontal separator above the buttons

en: The window title of the file chooser dialog
en_GB: The window title of the file chooser dialogue

en: Whether a confirmation dialog will be displayed if a file will be overwritten
en_GB: Whether a confirmation dialogue will be displayed if a file will be overwritten

en: File Selection Dialog
en_GB: File Selection Dialogue

en: The title of the font selection dialog
en_GB: The title of the font selection dialogue

note: gtk_combo_set_value_in_list (GTK_COMBO (combo), TRUE, TRUE);
en: Ellipsize:
en_GB: Ellipsise:

en: If the preview is color or grayscale
en_GB: If the preview is colour or greyscale

en: You can't paste into windows or dialogs.
en_GB: You can't paste into windows or dialogues.

en: Only buttons can be pasted into a dialog action area.
en_GB: Only buttons can be pasted into a dialogue action area.

en: The project directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The project directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: The source directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The source directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: The pixmaps directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The pixmaps directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: The pixmap directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The pixmap directory is not set.
    Please set it using the Project Options dialogue.

en: Database error dialog
en_GB: Database error dialogue

en: Text inside the gray bar
en_GB: Text inside the grey bar

en: Gray Bar
en_GB: Grey Bar

en: Database login dialog
en_GB: Database login dialogue

en: Gnome About Dialog
en_GB: Gnome About Dialogue

en: Gnome Color Picker
en_GB: Gnome Colour Picker

en: If the dialog closes when any button is clicked
en_GB: If the dialogue closes when any button is clicked

en: If the dialog is hidden when it is closed, instead of being destroyed
en_GB: If the dialogue is hidden when it is closed, instead of being destroyed

en: Gnome Dialog Box
en_GB: Gnome Dialogue Box

en: Title Color:
en_GB: Title Colour:

en: The color of the title text
en_GB: The colour of the title text

en: The color of the main text
en_GB: The colour of the main text

en: The background color of the page
en_GB: The background colour of the page

en: Logo Back. Color:
en_GB: Logo Back. Colour:

en: The background color around the logo
en_GB: The background colour around the logo

en: Text Box Color:
en_GB: Text Box Colour

en: The background color of the main text area
en_GB: The background colour of the main text area

en: Contents Back. Color:
en_GB: Contents Back. Colour:

en: The background color around the title
en_GB: The background colour around the title

en: The title of the file selection dialog
en_GB: The title of the file selection dialogue

en: If the file selection dialog should be modal
en_GB: If the file selection dialogue should be modal

en: Property Dialog Box
en_GB: Property Dialogue Box

en: If the widget can be the default action in a dialog
en_GB: If the widget can be the default action in a dialogue

en: If the widget is the default action in the dialog
en_GB: If the widget is the default action in the dialogue

en: You need to select a color or background to copy
en_GB: You need to select a colour or background to copy

en: You need to copy a color or background pixmap first
en_GB: You need to copy a colour or background pixmap first

en: You need to select a color to paste into
en_GB: You need to select a colour to paste into

en: The filename must be set in the Project Options dialog.
en_GB: The filename must be set in the Project Options dialogue.

en: Handshake is not finished, no channel binding information yet
en_GB: Handshake has not finished, no channel binding information yet

en: Invalid object, not initialized
en_GB: Invalid object, not initialised

en: Error deserializing GVariant with type string “%s” from the D-Bus wire format
en_GB: Error deserialising GVariant with type string “%s” from the D-Bus wire format

en: Cannot deserialize message:
en_GB: Cannot deserialise message:

en: Error serializing GVariant with type string “%s” to the D-Bus wire format
en_GB: Error serialising GVariant with type string “%s” to the D-Bus wire format

en: Cannot serialize message:
en_GB: Cannot serialise message:

en: Cannot invoke method; proxy is for the well-known name %s without an owner, and proxy was constructed with the G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START flag
en_GB: Cannot invoke method; proxy is for the well-known name “%s” without an owner, and proxy was constructed with the G_DBUS_PROXY_FLAGS_DO_NOT_AUTO_START flag

en: Trash not supported
en_GB: Wastebasket not supported

en: Move files or directories to the trash
en_GB: Move files or directories to the wastebasket

en: List files in the trash with their original locations
en_GB: List files in the wastebasket with their original locations

en: Restore a file from trash to its original location (possibly recreating the directory)
en_GB: Restore a file from the wastebasket to its original location (possibly recreating the directory)

en: Move/Restore files or directories to the trash.
en_GB: Move/Restore files or directories to the wastebasket.

en: Note: for --restore switch, if the original location of the trashed file 
    already exists, it will not be overwritten unless --force is set.
en_GB: Note: for --restore switch, if the original location of the file before
    moved to the wastebasket already exists, it will not be overwritten unless
    --force is set.

en: Location given doesn't start with trash:///
en_GB: Location given doesn’t start with trash:///

en: Cannot provide per-desktop overrides for localized key “%s” in schema “%s” (override file “%s”); ignoring override for this key.
en_GB: Cannot provide per-desktop overrides for localised key “%s” in schema “%s” (override file “%s”); ignoring override for this key.

en: Cannot provide per-desktop overrides for localized key “%s” in schema “%s” (override file “%s”) and --strict was specified; exiting.
en_GB: Cannot provide per-desktop overrides for localised key “%s” in schema “%s” (override file “%s”) and --strict was specified; exiting.

en: Error trashing file %s: %s
en_GB: Error moving file %s to the wastebasket: %s

en: Unable to create trash directory %s: %s
en_GB: Unable to create the wastebasket directory %s: %s

en: Unable to find toplevel directory to trash %s
en_GB: Unable to find toplevel directory to move %s to the wastebasket

en: Trashing on system internal mounts is not supported
en_GB: Can’t move to wastebasket on system internal mounts

en: Unable to find or create trash directory %s to trash %s
en_GB: Unable to find or create wastebasket directory %s to move %s to

en: Unable to create trashing info file for %s: %s
en_GB: Unable to create wastebasket info file for %s: %s

en: Unable to trash file %s across filesystem boundaries
en_GB: Unable to move %s to wastebasket across filesystem boundaries

en: Unable to trash file %s: %s
en_GB: Unable to move file %s to the wastebasket: %s

en: Unable to trash file %s
en_GB: Unable to move file %s to the wastebasket

en: Invalid socket, not initialized
en_GB: Invalid socket, not initialised

en: Invalid socket, initialization failed due to: %s
en_GB: Invalid socket, initialisation failed due to: %s

[ctx: GDateTime]
note: Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date and the time
en: %a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y
en_GB: %a %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S

[ctx: GDateTime]
note: Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing the date
en: %m/%d/%y
en_GB: %d/%m/%y

[ctx: GDateTime]
note: Translators: this is the preferred format for expressing 12 hour time
en: %I:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %l:%M:%S %P

en: Odd character “%s”, expected a “>” character to end the empty-element tag “%s”
en_GB: Odd character “%s”: expected a '>' character to end the empty-element tag “%s”

en: Odd character “%s”, expected a “=” after attribute name “%s” of element “%s”
en_GB: Odd character “%s”, expected a '=' after attribute name “%s” of element “%s”

en: “%s” is not a valid character following the close element name “%s”; the allowed character is “>”
en_GB: “%s” is not a valid character following the close element name “%s”; the allowed character is '>'

en: unrecognized character following \
en_GB: unrecognised character following \

en: unrecognized character after (? or (?-
en_GB: unrecognised character after (? or (?-

en: unrecognized character after (?<
en_GB: unrecognised character after (?<

en: character value in \x{...} sequence is too large
en_GB: character value in \x{…} sequence is too large

en: unrecognized character after (?P
en_GB: unrecognised character after (?P

en: (*VERB) not recognized
en_GB: (*VERB) not recognised

en: Error while optimizing regular expression %s: %s
en_GB: Error while optimising regular expression %s: %s

en: Illegal internationalized hostname ‘%.*s’ in URI
en_GB: Illegal internationalised hostname ‘%.*s’ in URI

en: (PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?
en_GB: (PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognised!?

en: Do not use existing catalog, force new output file
en_GB: Do not use existing catalogue, force new output file

en: Generate message catalog.\vIf INPUT-FILE is -, input is read from standard input.  If OUTPUT-FILE
    is -, output is written to standard output.
en_GB: Generate message catalogue.\vIf INPUT-FILE is -, input is read from standard input.  If OUTPUT-FILE
    is -, output is written to standard output.

en: Level 2 not synchronized
en_GB: Level 2 not synchronised

en: Operation canceled
en_GB: Operation cancelled

en: Unrecognized variable `%s'
en_GB: Unrecognised variable `%s'

en: clnt_raw.c - Fatal header serialization error.
en_GB: clnt_raw.c - Fatal header serialisation error.

en: while opening old catalog file
en_GB: while opening old catalogue file

en: You can see the list of existing tables by choosing <literal>Table</literal> from the <literal>Navigate</literal> menu. You will also see this window after connecting to a database server, after creating a new document. To create a new table, click the <literal>Add</literal> button and enter the name for the new table. This name should not contain any spaces or special characters. Glom will suggest a human-readable title for this table. <literal>Operators</literal> will see this title instead of the actual table name. You can also marka a tables as <literal>hidden</literal> from Operators. For instance, Operators should see "Invoice Lines" as related records from the "Invoices" table, but they should never be able to navigate directly to the "Invoice Lines" table.
en_GB: You can see the list of existing tables by choosing <literal>Table</literal> from the <literal>Navigate</literal> menu. You will also see this window after connecting to a database server, after creating a new document. To create a new table, click the <literal>Add</literal> button and enter the name for the new table. This name should not contain any spaces or special characters. Glom will suggest a human-readable title for this table. <literal>Operators</literal> will see this title instead of the actual table name. You can also mark tables as <literal>hidden</literal> from Operators. For instance, Operators should see "Invoice Lines" as related records from the "Invoices" table, but they should never be able to navigate directly to the "Invoice Lines" table.

en: Dialog: New database
en_GB: Dialogue: New database

en: Dialog: Create database
en_GB: Dialogue: Create database

en: Dialog: Connection
en_GB: Dialogue: Connection

en: This dialog requests a user name and password for connection to a database server. This is usually not the same username and password combination with which you log in to your system. All Glom systems require a database server on which the actual data will be stored. If the database server is not running on your local computer ("localhost"), then you must also provide its network hostname, such as "glomserver.openismus.com", though your hostname will be different.
en_GB: This dialogue requests a user name and password for connection to a database server. This is usually not the same username and password combination with which you log in to your system. All Glom systems require a database server on which the actual data will be stored. If the database server is not running on your local computer ("localhost"), then you must also provide its network hostname, such as "glomserver.openismus.com", though your hostname will be different.

en: Dialog: Connection Error
en_GB: Dialogue: Connection Error

en: This dialog is shown when Glom could not connect to the specified database server. Either the database server is not running at the specified hostname, or the user name and password were not accepted by the database server. See the <link linkend="dialog_connection">Connection Dialog</link> section for more details.
en_GB: This dialogue is shown when Glom could not connect to the specified database server. Either the database server is not running at the specified hostname, or the user name and password were not accepted by the database server. See the <link linkend="dialog_connection">Connection Dialogue</link> section for more details.

en: Dialog: Database preferences
en_GB: Dialogue: Database preferences

en: Dialog: Change language
en_GB: Dialogue: Change language

en: Dialog: Notebook
en_GB: Dialogue: Notebook

en: Dialog: Data invalid format
en_GB: Dialogue: Data invalid format

en: Dialog: Relationship overview
en_GB: Dialogue: Relationship overview

en: Dialog: Group by sort fields
en_GB: Dialogue: Group by sort fields

en: Dialog: Group by secondary fields
en_GB: Dialogue: Group by secondary fields

en: Dialog: New group
en_GB: Dialogue: New group

en: Dialog: Choose user
en_GB: Dialogue: Choose user

en: Dialog: User
en_GB: Dialogue: User

en: Dialog: Translation identify original
en_GB: Dialogue: Translation identify original

en: Dialog: Translation copy
en_GB: Dialogue: Translation copy

en: Dialog: Choose Date
en_GB: Dialogue: Choose Date

en: Help with the application
en_GB: Help·with·the·application

en: Initializing Database Data
en_GB: Initialising Database Data

en: Generating the report...
en_GB: Generating the report…

note: Note to translators: If you see this error in the terminal at startup then you need to translate the %x elsewhere.
en: ERROR: sanity_check_date_text_representation_uses_4_digit_year(): Sanity check failed: Glom does not seem to use 4 digits to display years in a date's text representation, in this locale. Defaulting to dd/mm/yyyy though this might be incorrect for your locale. This needs attention from a translator. Please file a bug - see http://www.glom.org
en_GB: ERROR: sanity_check_date_text_representation_uses_4_digit_year(): Sanity check failed: Glom does not seem to use 4 digits to display years in a date's text representation, in this locale. Defaulting to dd/mm/yyyy though this might be incorrect for your locale. This needs attention from a translator. Please file a bug — see http://www.glom.org

en: You seem to be running Glom as a user with administrator privileges. Glom may not be run with such privileges for security reasons.
    Please login to your system as a normal user.
en_GB: You seem to be running Glom as a user with administrator privileges. Glom may not be run with such privileges for security reasons.
    Please log into your system as a normal user.

note: Warn the user:
en: You seem to be running Glom as root. Glom may not be run as root.
    Please login to your system as a normal user.
en_GB: You seem to be running Glom as root. Glom may not be run as root.
    Please log into your system as a normal user.

note: Give it access to the document.
en: Group By - Secondary Fields
en_GB: Group By — Secondary Fields

en: bla.blub - Import from CSV
en_GB: bla.blub — Import from CSV

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Test Translation</span>
    
    Choose a language to use temporarily to test the translations. These translations are normally used automatically when the application is started on a computer that uses the language.
    
    Note that the standard parts of the Glom user interface, such as menus and dialog windows, will only be translated when you start Glom on a computer that uses that language.
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Test Translation</span>
    
    Choose a language to use temporarily to test the translations. These translations are normally used automatically when the application is started on a computer that uses the language.
    
    Note that the standard parts of the Glom user interface, such as menus and dialogue windows, will only be translated when you start Glom on a computer that uses that language.

en: Zip/Postal Code:
en_GB: Postcode

en: State/County:
en_GB: County:

en: Group By - Sort Fields
en_GB: Group By — Sort Fields

en: Line Color:
en_GB: Line Colour:

en: Alternative Color for Negative Values
en_GB: Alternative Colour for Negative Values

en: Click this check box to use a different foreground color to display negative values.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a different foreground colour to display negative values.

en: Click this check box to use a non-standard font.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a non-standard font.

en: Click this check box to use a non-standard foreground color.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a non-standard foreground colour.

en: Click this check box to use a non-standard background color.
en_GB: Click this tick box to use a non-standard background colour.

en: When this is checked the table's title will be shown at the top of the report in addition to the report title.
en_GB: When this is ticked the table's title will be shown at the top of the report in addition to the report title.

en: Use your keyboard's arrow keys to slide all tiles in the desired direction. Be careful: all tiles slide to their farthest possible positions, you cannot slide just one tile or one row or column. Tiles with the same value are joined when slided one over the other.
en_GB: Use your keyboard's arrow keys to slide all tiles in the desired direction. Be careful: all tiles slide to their furthest possible positions, you cannot slide just one tile or one row or column. Tiles with the same value are joined when slided one over the other.

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/2048/window-maximized'
en: Window maximization state.
en_GB: Window maximisation state.

en: To add <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Battery Charge Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Selecting this option will cause a warning dialog to be displayed whenever your laptop battery reaches specified value, either as a percentage remaining or a number of minutes remaining. This indicates that the amount of charge remaining in your battery is critically low. charge. You can dismiss this warning dialog yourself, otherwise it will vanish automatically when you plug your laptop into mains power.
en_GB: Selecting this option will cause a warning dialogue to be displayed whenever your laptop battery reaches specified value, either as a percentage remaining or a number of minutes remaining. This indicates that the amount of charge remaining in your battery is critically low. charge. You can dismiss this warning dialogue yourself, otherwise it will vanish automatically when you plug your laptop into mains power.

en: If you are using the Hardware Abstraction Layer (see <xref linkend="battstat-power-backends"/>) then that will be indicated in the about dialog by placing a star next to the author of the HAL backend. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: If you are using the Hardware Abstraction Layer (see <xref linkend="battstat-power-backends"/>) then that will be indicated in the about dialogue by placing a star next to the author of the HAL backend. <placeholder-1/>

note: ==== End of Figure =======================================
en: The <application>Character Palette</application> provides a convenient way to access characters that are not on your keyboard, such as accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols, and punctuation marks. You can insert characters from the applet into text strings, for example in text documents or at the command line. You can customize the contents of the applet to suit your requirements.
en_GB: The <application>Character Palette</application> provides a convenient way to access characters that are not on your keyboard, such as accented characters, mathematical symbols, special symbols and punctuation marks. You can insert characters from the applet into text strings, for example in text documents or at the command line. You can customise the contents of the applet to suit your requirements.

en: To add <application>Character Palette</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Character Palette</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Character Palette</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Character Palette</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Character Palette
en_GB: Customising Character Palette

en: To configure <application>Character Palette</application>, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialog contains the <guilabel>Palettes</guilabel> list box, which lists the palettes that are available from the applet. To close the <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialog, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.
en_GB: To configure <application>Character Palette</application>, right-click on the applet, then choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. The <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialogue contains the <guilabel>Palettes</guilabel> list box, which lists the palettes that are available from the applet. To close the <guilabel>Character Palette Preferences</guilabel> dialogue, click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>.

en: To modify a palette, select the palette, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Modify the palette in the <guilabel>Edit Palette</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To modify a palette, select the palette, then click on the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> button. Modify the palette in the <guilabel>Edit Palette</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Select the <guimenuitem>Add a palette</guimenuitem> option from the drop-down list. The <guilabel>Add Palette</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: Select the <guimenuitem>Add a palette</guimenuitem> option from the drop-down list. The <guilabel>Add Palette</guilabel> dialogue is displayed.

en: The Frequency Selector functionality may not be available on your GNOME Desktop by default. Please consult your system administrator, vendor documentation, or the documentation that came with this software.
en_GB: The Frequency Selector functionality may not be available on your GNOME Desktop by default. Please consult your system administrator, vendor documentation or the documentation that came with this software.

en: To set the CPU frequency, (left-)click on the monitor and a menu will be shown. This menu will offer you a list of available frequencies and/or frequency governors for your machine.
en_GB: To set the CPU frequency, left click on the monitor and a menu will be shown. This menu will offer you a list of available frequencies and/or frequency governors for your machine.

en: The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialog contains the following components:
en_GB: The <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> dialogue contains the following components:

en: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor Preferences Dialog
en_GB: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor Preferences Dialogue

en: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor preferences dialog
en_GB: CPU Frequency Scaling Monitor preferences dialogue

en: To add <application>Disk Mounter</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Disk Mounter</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Disk Mounter</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Disk Mounter</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To add <application>Geyes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Geyes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Geyes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Geyes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: The Weather Report Applet downloads weather information for a given location from the internet and displays the temperature and a symbol representing the current weather conditions in the panel. When clicked on, more information is given, such as the forecast, the time of sunrise and sunset, wind direction, pressure, and more. All units are customizable.
en_GB: The Weather Report Applet downloads weather information for a given location from the internet and displays the temperature and a symbol representing the current weather conditions in the panel. When clicked on, more information is given, such as the forecast, the time of sunrise and sunset, wind direction, pressure, and more. All units are customisable.

en: To add <application>Weather Report</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Weather Report</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Weather Report</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Weather Report</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: The preferences dialog is accessed by right-clicking on the Weather Report in the panel. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: The preferences dialogue is accessed by right-clicking on the Weather Report in the panel. <placeholder-1/>

en: Choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the application popup menu. The application displays the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem> from the application popup menu. The application displays the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Close</guibutton> to close the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the <guilabel>Automatically update every ... minutes</guilabel> option.
en_GB: In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the <guilabel>Automatically update every ... minutes</guilabel> option.

en: Go to the right-click menu and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the units of measurement you want to use.
en_GB: Go to the right-click menu and select <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>. In the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue under the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, select the units of measurement you want to use.

en: To view detailed weather information, right-click on the Weather Report, then choose <guimenuitem>Details</guimenuitem>. The Weather Report displays the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialog. The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialog contains the following default tabbed sections:
en_GB: To view detailed weather information, right-click on the Weather Report, then choose <guimenuitem>Details</guimenuitem>. The Weather Report displays the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialogue. The <guilabel>Details</guilabel> dialogue contains the following default tabbed sections:

en: By default, the <guilabel>Radar Map</guilabel> tabbed section is not displayed in the <guilabel>Forecast</guilabel> dialog. <application>Weather Report</application> downloads the radar maps from www.weather.com. If the radar map is not available from www.weather.com, Weather Report displays a question mark. To go to the www.weather.com web site, click on the <guibutton>Visit Weather.com</guibutton> button.
en_GB: By default, the <guilabel>Radar Map</guilabel> tabbed section is not displayed in the <guilabel>Forecast</guilabel> dialogue. <application>Weather Report</application> downloads the radar maps from www.weather.com. If the radar map is not available from www.weather.com, Weather Report displays a question mark. To go to the www.weather.com web site, click on the <guibutton>Visit Weather.com</guibutton> button.

en: Go to the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialog by selecting <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the right-click menu.
en_GB: Go to the <guilabel>Weather Preferences</guilabel> dialogue by selecting <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the right-click menu.

en: To add <application>Command Line</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Command Line</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Command Line</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Command Line</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Your Macros
en_GB: Customising Your Macros

en: Customizing the Appearance
en_GB: Customising the Appearance

en: To adjust the color theme:
en_GB: To adjust the colour theme:

en: Select <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> to use the colors from the default GNOME theme.
en_GB: Select <guilabel>Use default theme colours</guilabel> to use the colours from the default GNOME theme.

en: Click on the <guilabel>Command line foreground</guilabel> button to select a color for the command line text. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> check box is selected.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>Command line foreground</guilabel> button to select a colour for the command line text. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colours</guilabel> check box is selected.

en: Click on the <guilabel>Command line background</guilabel> button to select a color for the <guilabel>entry field</guilabel> background. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> check box is selected.
en_GB: Click on the <guilabel>Command line background</guilabel> button to select a colour for the <guilabel>entry field</guilabel> background. This button is unavailable if the <guilabel>Use default theme colours</guilabel> check box is selected.

en: To add <application>System Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>System Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>System Monitor</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>System Monitor</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Customizing Appearance
en_GB: Customising Appearance

en: Changing the Colors in a Graph
en_GB: Changing the Colours in a Graph

en: To change the colors in a graph, perform the following steps:
en_GB: To change the colours in a graph, perform the following steps:

en: Select the relevant tab in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> area of the <guilabel>System Monitor Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
en_GB: Select the relevant tab in the <guilabel>Colours</guilabel> area of the <guilabel>System Monitor Preferences</guilabel> dialogue.

en: Click on the relevant color selector button in the selected tabbed section.
en_GB: Click on the relevant colour selector button in the selected tabbed section.

en: On the <guilabel>Pick a Color</guilabel> dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the line color for the selected parameter.
en_GB: On the <guilabel>Pick a Colour</guilabel> dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the line colour for the selected parameter.

en: The tabbed section for each resource provides color selection buttons that you can use to change the color of the parameters for each resource.
en_GB: The tabbed section for each resource provides colour selection buttons that you can use to change the colour of the parameters for each resource.

en: Select this tab to display the color buttons for the following parameters:
en_GB: Select this tab to display the colour buttons for the following parameters:

en: To add <application>Sticky Notes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Sticky Notes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Sticky Notes</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select <application>Sticky Notes</application> in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: To configure the default size for all sticky notes, right-click on the sticky notes icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To configure the default size for all sticky notes, right-click on the sticky notes icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Changing Color and Font
en_GB: Changing Colour and Font

en: To configure the color and font for all sticky notes, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To configure the colour and font for all sticky notes, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the default font color for stickynotes.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the default font colour for stickynotes.

en: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use color from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colors will be used and you will not be able to select new defaults.
en_GB: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use colour from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colours will be used and you will not be able to select new defaults.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the default base color for sticky notes.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialoug, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the default base colour for sticky notes.

en: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use color from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme colors will be used and you will not able to select new defaults.
en_GB: If you have selected, <guilabel>Use coloir from the system theme</guilabel>, then the current theme coloirs will be used and you will not able to select new defaults.

en: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialog. On the font selector dialog, use the list boxes to choose the default font for sticky notes.
en_GB: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialogue. On the font selector dialogue, use the list boxes to choose the default font for sticky notes.

en: Customizing Behavior
en_GB: Customising Behaviour

en: To customize the behavior of <application>Sticky Notes</application>, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: To customise the behaviour of <application>Sticky Notes</application>, right-click on the icon, then choose <guimenu>Preferences</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Notes Preferences</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: To specify that sticky notes are visible on all workspaces on the desktop, select <guilabel>Put notes on all workspaces</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Sticky Notes Preferences</guilabel> dialog. If you are using multiple workspaces, this will cause all sticky notes to be visible on all workspaces.
en_GB: To specify that sticky notes are visible on all workspaces on the desktop, select <guilabel>Put notes on all workspaces</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Sticky Notes Preferences</guilabel> dialogue. If you are using multiple workspaces, this will cause all sticky notes to be visible on all workspaces.

en: The option, <guilabel>Force default color and font on notes</guilabel>, will force all sticky notes on your desktop to use the color and font settings specified in the <guilabel>Default Note Properties</guilabel> above (see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>).
en_GB: The option, <guilabel>Force default colour and font on notes</guilabel>, will force all sticky notes on your desktop to use the colour and font settings specified in the <guilabel>Default Note Properties</guilabel> above (see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>).

en: Customizing Individual Notes
en_GB: Customising Individual Notes

en: You can customize the look of each individual sticky note. This can be useful for visually distinguishing different types of notes quickly. To configure the settings for an individual sticky note, right-click on the note's title, then choose <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Note Properties</application> dialog is displayed.
en_GB: You can customise the look of each individual sticky note. This can be useful for visually distinguishing different types of notes quickly. To configure the settings for an individual sticky note, right-click on the note's title, then choose <guimenu>Properties</guimenu> from the popup menu. The <application>Sticky Note Properties</application> dialogue is displayed.

en: Use default color
en_GB: Use default colour

en: Select this option to use the default base color for this sticky note. For information on setting the default base color, see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>.
en_GB: Select this option to use the default base colour for this sticky note. For information on setting the default base colour, see <xref linkend="stickynotes-color"/>.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the font color for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the font colour for this sticky note.

en: Click on the color selector button to display the color selector dialog. On the color selector dialog, use the color wheel or spin boxes to choose the base color for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the colour selector button to display the colour selector dialogue. On the colour selector dialogue, use the colour wheel or spin boxes to choose the base colour for this sticky note.

en: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialog. On the font selector dialog, use the list boxes to choose the font for this sticky note.
en_GB: Click on the font selector button to display the font selector dialogue. On the font selector dialogue, use the list boxes to choose the font for this sticky note.

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free DocumentationLicense (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="help:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="help:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: This manual is part of a collection of GNOME documents distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
en_GB: This manual is part of a collection of GNOME documents distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this manual separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the licence to the document, as described in section 6 of the licence.

en: This manual describes version 2.14 of the Panel Trash applet.
en_GB: This manual describes version 2.14 of the Panel Wastebasket applet.

en: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Trash applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.
en_GB: To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Panel Wastebasket applet or this manual, follow the directions in the <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback" type="help">GNOME Feedback Page</ulink>.

en: To permanently delete all the items in the Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: To permanently delete all the items in the wastebasket, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: To open Trash, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The Trash window opens in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager.
en_GB: To open the wastebasket, right-click on the applet, then choose <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The wastebasket window opens in <application>Nautilus</application> file manager.

en: There was an error launching the keyboard preferences dialog: %s
en_GB: There was an error launching the keyboard preferences dialogue: %s

en: Use the value defined in red_value as a time remaining to show the warning dialog rather than a percentage.
en_GB: Use the value defined in red_value as a time remaining to show the warning dialogue rather than a percentage.

en: DEPRECATED - Characters shown on applet startup
en_GB: DEPRECATED — Characters shown on applet startup

en: See the ForeCast Details
en_GB: See the Forecast Details

en: Auto _refresh
en_GB: Auto-_refresh

en: Financial Chart - %s
en_GB: Financial Chart — %s

en: E_nable history-based auto completion
en_GB: E_nable history-based auto-completion

en: _Use default theme colors
en_GB: _Use default theme colours

en: _Add Macro...
en_GB: _Add Macro…

en: Use the default theme colors
en_GB: Use the default theme colours

en: Use theme colors instead of custom ones.
en_GB: Use theme colours instead of custom ones.

en: Foreground color, red component
en_GB: Foreground colour, red component

en: The red component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The red component of the foreground colour.

en: Foreground color, green component
en_GB: Foreground colour, green component

en: The green component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The green component of the foreground colour.

en: Foreground color, blue component
en_GB: Foreground colour, blue component

en: The blue component of the foreground color.
en_GB: The blue component of the foreground colour.

en: Background color, red component
en_GB: Background colour, red component

en: The red component of the background color.
en_GB: The red component of the background colour.

en: Background color, green component
en_GB: Background colour, green component

en: The green component of the background color.
en_GB: The green component of the background colour.

en: Background color, blue component
en_GB: Background colour, blue component

en: The blue component of the background color.
en_GB: The blue component of the background colour.

en: The volume control did not find any elements and/or devices to control. This means either that you don't have the right GStreamer plugins installed, or that you don't have a sound card configured.
en_GB: The volume control did not find any elements and/or devices to control. This means either that you don't have the right GStreamer plug-ins installed, or that you don't have a sound card configured.

en: Volume Control...
en_GB: Volume Control…

en: Graph color for user-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for system-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for system-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for nice-related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for nice-related CPU activity

en: Graph color for iowait related CPU activity
en_GB: Graph colour for iowait related CPU activity

en: CPU graph background color
en_GB: CPU graph background colour

en: Graph color for user-related memory usage
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related memory usage

en: Graph color for shared memory
en_GB: Graph colour for shared memory

en: Graph color for buffer memory
en_GB: Graph colour for buffer memory

en: Graph color for cached memory
en_GB: Graph colour for cached memory

en: Memory graph background color
en_GB: Memory graph background colour

en: Graph color for input network activity
en_GB: Graph colour for input network activity

en: Graph color for output network activity
en_GB: Graph colour for output network activity

en: Graph color for loopback network usage
en_GB: Graph colour for loopback network usage

en: Network graph background color
en_GB: Network graph background colour

en: Graph color for user-related swap usage
en_GB: Graph colour for user-related swap usage

en: Swap graph background color
en_GB: Swap graph background colour

en: Graph color for load average
en_GB: Graph colour for load average

en: Load graph background color
en_GB: Load graph background colour

en: Graph color for disk read
en_GB: Graph colour for disk read

en: Graph color for disk write
en_GB: Graph colour for disk write

en: Background color for disk load graph
en_GB: Background colour for disk load graph

en: _Delete Note...
en_GB: _Delete Note…

en: Note C_olor:
en_GB: Note C_olour:

en: Font Co_lor:
en_GB: Font Co_lour:

en: Choose a base color to use for all sticky notes
en_GB: Choose a base colour to use for all sticky notes

en: Pick a default sticky note color
en_GB: Pick a default sticky note colour

en: Use co_lor from the system theme
en_GB: Use co_lour from the system theme

en: Force _default color and font on notes
en_GB: Force _default colour and font on notes

en: Choose a color for the note
en_GB: Choose a colour for the note

en: Pick a color for the sticky note
en_GB: Pick a colour for the sticky note

en: Note _Color:
en_GB: Note _Colour:

en: Font C_olor:
en_GB: Font C_olour:

en: Use default co_lor
en_GB: Use default co_lour

en: Default color for new notes
en_GB: Default colour for new notes

en: Default color for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#30FF50".
en_GB: Default colour for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#30FF50".

en: Default color for font
en_GB: Default colour for font

en: Default font color for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#000000".
en_GB: Default font colour for new sticky notes. This should be in html hex specification, for example "#000000".

en: Sticky notes' workspace stickyness
en_GB: Sticky notes' workspace stickiness

en: Whether to use the default system color
en_GB: Whether to use the default system colour

en: If this option is disabled, a custom color can be used as the default color for all sticky notes.
en_GB: If this option is disabled, a custom colour can be used as the default colour for all sticky notes.

en: Whether to force the default color and font on all notes
en_GB: Whether to force the default colour and font on all notes

en: If this option is enabled, the custom colors and fonts that have been assigned to individual notes will be ignored.
en_GB: If this option is enabled, the custom colours and fonts that have been assigned to individual notes will be ignored.

en: %d Item in Trash | %d Items in Trash
en_GB[0]: %d Item in the Wastebasket
en_GB[1]: %d Items in the Wastebasket

en: Error while spawning nautilus:
    %s
en_GB: Error while spawning Nautilus:
    %s

en: A GNOME trash bin that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the trash or drag and drop items into the trash.
en_GB: A GNOME wastebasket that lives in your panel. You can use it to view the waste or drag and drop items into the wastebasket.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1568 (libmateweather 1.23.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this is a format string for strftime *             see `man 3 strftime` for more details
en: %a, %b %d / %H:%M
en_GB: %a, %d %b / %l:%M %P

en: Location coordinates
en_GB: Location co-ordinates

en: Confirm Bluetooth PIN
en_GB: Configure Bluetooth PIN

en: Confirm the Bluetooth PIN for “%s”. This can usually be found in the device’s manual.
en_GB: Confirm the Bluetooth PIN for “%s”. This can usually be found in the device's manual.

en: Please enter the following PIN on “%s”.
en_GB: Please enter the following PIN on “%s”:

en: Please enter the following PIN on “%s”. Then press “Return” on the keyboard.
en_GB: Please enter the following PIN on “%s” and press “Enter” on the keyboard:

en: A simple application to access and organize your e-books on GNOME. It is meant to be a simple and elegant replacement for using a file manager to deal with e-books.
en_GB: A simple application to access and organise your e-books on GNOME. It is meant to be a simple and elegant replacement for using a file manager to deal with e-books.

en: Window maximized state
en_GB: Window maximised state

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Open places and bookmarks dialog
en_GB: Open places and bookmarks dialogue

en: Select favorites
en_GB: Select favourites

en: Virtualization made simple
en_GB: Virtualisation made simple

en: A simple GNOME 3 application to manage virtual systems. Unlike some other virtual machine management software, Boxes is targeted towards typical desktop end-users. For this reason, Boxes will not provide many advanced options to tweak virtual machines. Instead Boxes will focus on getting things working out of the box with very little input from user.
en_GB: A simple GNOME 3 application to manage virtual systems. Unlike some other virtual machine management software, Boxes is targeted towards typical desktop end-users. For this reason, Boxes will not provide many advanced options to tweak virtual machines. Instead Boxes will focus on getting things working out of the box with very little input from users.

en: You want to install Boxes if you just want a very safe and easy way to try out new operating systems or new (potentially unstable) versions of your favorite operating system(s).
en_GB: You want to install Boxes if you just want a very safe and easy way to try out new operating systems or new (potentially unstable) versions of your favourite operating system(s).

en: Whether Boxes will override the user's theme
en_GB: Whether Boxes will override the user’s theme

en: Boxes was unable to identify the operating system on the image file.
en_GB: Boxes was unable to identify the operating system from the image file.

en: Virtualization extensions are unavailable on your system.
    Check your BIOS settings to enable them.
en_GB: Virtualisation extensions are unavailable on your system.
    Check your BIOS settings to enable them.

en: State of the Art Virtualization
en_GB: State of the Art Virtualisation

en: _Favorite
en_GB: _Favourite

en: Boxes cannot access the virtualization backend.
en_GB: Boxes cannot access the virtualisation backend.

en: With Boxes, you don't need to download an operating system to create a virtual machine. Instead, just pick the operating system you want to setup, and Boxes will automatically download it for you.
en_GB: With Boxes, you don’t need to download an operating system to create a virtual machine. Instead, just pick the operating system you want to setup, and Boxes will automatically download it for you.

en: Insert operating system installation media or select a source below
en_GB: Insert operating system installation medium or select a source below

en: Enter an address to connect to. Addresses can begin with spice://, rdp://, ssh://, or vnc://.
en_GB: Enter an address to connect to. Addresses can begin with spice://, rdp://, ssh:// or vnc://.

en: Customize Resources
en_GB: Customise Resources

en: Check virtualization capabilities
en_GB: Check virtualisation capabilities

note: A 'broker' is a virtual-machine manager (local or remote). Currently only libvirt is supported.
en: URL to display, broker or installer media
en_GB: URI to display, broker or installer media

en: Failed to analyze installer media. Corrupted or incomplete media?
en_GB: Failed to analyse installer medium. Corrupted or incomplete medium?

en: _Troubleshooting Log
en_GB: _Troubleshooting log

en: Boxes is not authorized to run in the background
en_GB: Boxes is not authorised to run in the background

note: FIXME: add proper UI & docs
en: • The CPU is capable of virtualization: %s
en_GB: • The CPU is capable of virtualisation: %s

en: Centering policy
en_GB: Centring policy

en: The policy to horizontally align the center widget
en_GB: The policy to horizontally align the centre widget

en: Navigatable
en_GB: Navigable

en: Whether or not swipe gesture can be used to switch from a subpage to the preferences
en_GB: Whether or not swipe gesture can be used to switch from a sub-page to the preferences

en: Swipeable
en_GB: Swipe-able

en: The swipeable the swipe tracker is attached to
en_GB: The swipe-able the swipe tracker is attached to

en: Narrow ellipsize
en_GB: Narrow ellipsise

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the narrow mode label does not have enough room to display the entire string
en_GB: The preferred place to ellipsise the string, if the narrow mode label does not have enough room to display the entire string

en: Support for viewing TODOs found within your code base
en_GB: Support for viewing TODOs found within your code-base

en: If the plugin should be enabled
en_GB: If the plug-in should be enabled

en: The default color scheme for TextEditor
en_GB: The default colour scheme for TextEditor

en: Dark color scheme for Builder using the Tango color palette
en_GB: Dark colour scheme for Builder using the Tango colour palette

en: The default color scheme for Builder
en_GB: The default colour scheme for Builder

en: Color Plane
en_GB: Colour Plane

en: Color name
en_GB: Colour name

en: Enter a new name for the color
en_GB: Enter a new name for the colour

en: Color Components
en_GB: Colour Components

en: Color strings
en_GB: Colour strings

en: Failed to initialize defaults.
en_GB: Failed to initialise defaults.

en: Enabling smart backspace will treat multiple spaces as a tabs
en_GB: Enabling smart backspace will treat multiple spaces as tabs

en: Failed to initialize build pipeline: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise build pipeline: %s

en: Cannot deploy to device, build pipeline is not initialized
en_GB: Cannot deploy to device, build pipeline is not initialised

en: Author Email
en_GB: Author E-mail

en: Space before opening parentheses
en_GB: Space before opening brackets

en: Space before opening brackets
en_GB: Space before opening square brackets

en: Space before opening angles
en_GB: Space before opening angle brackets

note: translators: %s is replaced with the error message
en: Failed to initialize language server: %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise language server: %s

note: translators: %s and %s are replaced with source file path and the error message
en: Beautifier plugin: error copying the gresource config file for “%s”: %s
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: error copying the gresource config file for “%s”: %s

note: translators: %s is replaced with the source file path
en: Beautifier plugin: error creating temporary config file for “%s”
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: error creating temporary config file for “%s”

note: translators: %s is replaced with the .ini source file path
en: Beautifier plugin: Can’t read .ini file: %s
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: Can’t read .ini file: %s

note: translators: %s is replaced with the config entry name
en: Beautifier plugin: neither command nor command-pattern keys found: entry “%s” disabled
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: neither command nor command-pattern keys found: entry “%s” disabled

note: translators: %s is replaced with the config entry name
en: Beautifier plugin: both command and command-pattern keys found: entry “%s” disabled
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: both command and command-pattern keys found: entry “%s” disabled

note: translators: %s and %s are replaced with the config path and the entry name
en: Beautifier plugin: config path “%s” does not exist, entry “%s” disabled
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: config path “%s” does not exist, entry “%s” disabled

note: translators: %s is replaced with the entry name
en: Beautifier plugin: command key out of possible values: entry “%s” disabled
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: command key out of possible values: entry “%s” disabled

note: translators: %s and %s are replaced with the profile name and the entry name
en: Beautifier plugin: @c@ in “%s” command-pattern key but no config file set: entry “%s” disabled
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: @c@ in “%s” command-pattern key but no config file set: entry “%s” disabled

note: translators: %s and %s are replaced with the profile name and the entry name
en: Beautifier plugin: can’t create temporary file for “%s”: entry “%s” disabled
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: can’t create temporary file for “%s”: entry “%s” disabled

note: translators: %s is replaced with the error message
en: Beautifier plugin: “%s”
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: “%s”

note: translators: %s is replaced with the error message
en: Beautifier plugin: %s
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: %s

note: translators: %s is replaced with a path name
en: Beautifier plugin: can’t read the following resource file: “%s”
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: can’t read the following resource file: “%s”

en: Beautifier Plugin: the view is not a GtkSourceView
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: the view is not a GtkSourceView

en: Beautifier Plugin: no default beautifier found
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: no default beautifier found

en: Beautifier Plugin: the buffer is not writable
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: the buffer is not writable

en: Beautifier Plugin: Nothing selected
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: Nothing selected

note: translators: %s is replaced with the error message
en: Beautifier plugin: no valid entries, disabling: %s
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: no valid entries, disabling: %s

note: translators: %s and %s are replaced with the temporary dir and the file path
en: Beautifier plugin: blocked attempt to remove a file outside of the “%s” temporary directory: “%s”
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: blocked attempt to remove a file outside of the “%s” temporary directory: “%s”

note: translators: %s is replaced with the command error message
en: Beautifier plugin: command error output: %s
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: command error output: %s

en: Beautifier plugin: the command output is empty
en_GB: Beautifier plug-in: the command output is empty

en: Beautify plugin: the output is not a valid UTF-8 text
en_GB: Beautify plug-in: the output is not a valid UTF-8 text

en: Complete Parenthesis
en_GB: Complete Brackets

en: Include parenthesis when completing clang proposals
en_GB: Include brackets when completing clang proposals

en: Complete parentheses
en_GB: Complete brackets

en: If parentheses should be included when completing.
en_GB: If brackets should be included when completing.

en: Color strings visibility
en_GB: Colour strings visibility

en: The visible color strings.
en_GB: The visible colour strings.

en: The filter used on the color scales and color plane.
en_GB: The filter used on the colour scales and colour plane.

en: Color components
en_GB: Colour components

en: Select the color spaces for which you want to see sliders in the panel.
en_GB: Select the colour spaces for which you want to see sliders in the panel.

en: Select a filter that act on the colors or “None”.
en_GB: Select a filter that act on the colours or “None”.

en: Select the color strings you want to see in the panel.
en_GB: Select the colour strings you want to see in the panel.

en: Highlight colors
en_GB: Highlight colours

en: A failure occurred while initializing version control
en_GB: A failure occurred while initialising version control

en: Finalizing flatpak build
en_GB: Finalising flatpak build

note: translators: %u is the number of hidden runtimes to be shown
en: Show %u more runtime | show %u more runtimes
en_GB[0]: Show %u more runtime
en_GB[1]: Show %u more runtimes

en: The operation has been canceled
en_GB: The operation has been cancelled

en: Initialize git submodules
en_GB: Initialise git submodules

en: Access, organize and share your photos on GNOME
en_GB: Access, organise and share your photos on GNOME

en: Rust Analyzer: Cargo command for diagnostics
en_GB: Rust Analyser: Cargo command for diagnostics

en: Your computer is missing the Rust Analyzer Language Server
en_GB: Your computer is missing the Rust Analyser Language Server

en: Installation of Rust Analyzer finished
en_GB: Installation of Rust Analyser finished

en: Installing Rust Analyzer...
en_GB: Installing Rust Analyser...

en: Cannot download Rust Analyzer: %s
en_GB: Cannot download Rust Analyser: %s

en: Cannot spawn terminal in runtime environment because build pipeline is not initialized
en_GB: Cannot spawn terminal in runtime environment because build pipeline is not initialised

note: We might find ourselves in a race here and the buffer * addins are already in destruction. Therefore, silently * fail any further setup.
en: Failed to initialize spellchecking, disabling
en_GB: Failed to initialise spellchecking, disabling

en: Misspelled
en_GB: Misspelt

en: When enabled hyperlinks (OSC 8 escape sequences) are recognized and displayed
en_GB: When enabled hyperlinks (OSC 8 escape sequences) are recognised and displayed

en: Cannot find colorscheme “%s”
en_GB: Cannot find colourscheme “%s”

en: Change the pages colorscheme
en_GB: Change the pages colourscheme

note: Error displayed when trying to factorize a non-integer value
en: Need an integer to factorize
en_GB: Need an integer to factorise

en: Kilometers
en_GB: Kilometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: kilometer,kilometers,km,kms
en_GB: kilometre,kilometres,km,kms

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: meter,meters,m
en_GB: metre,metres,m

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: centimeter,centimeters,cm,cms
en_GB: centimetre,centimetres,cm,cms

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: millimeter,millimeters,mm
en_GB: millimetre,millimetres,mm

en: Micrometers
en_GB: Micrometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: micrometer,micrometers,um
en_GB: micrometre,micrometres,um

en: Nanometers
en_GB: Nanometres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: nanometer,nanometers,nm
en_GB: nanometre,nanometres,nm

en: Kilometers per hour
en_GB: Kilometres per hour

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: kilometers per hour,kmph,kmh,kph
en_GB: kilometers per hour,kilometres per hour,kmph,kmh,kph

en: Meters per second
en_GB: Metres per second

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: meters per second,mps
en_GB: meters per second,metres per second,mps

en: Square Meters
en_GB: Square Metres

en: Square Centimeters
en_GB: Square Centimetres

en: Square Millimeters
en_GB: Square Millimetres

en: Cubic Meters
en_GB: Cubic Metres

en: Liters
en_GB: Litres

en: Milliliters
en_GB: Millilitres

en: Microliters
en_GB: Microlitres

[ctx: unit-symbols]
en: microsecond,microseconds,us,μs
en_GB: microsecond,microseconds,us,µs

note: #-#-#-#-#  2099 (mate-calc 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the factor button
en: Factorize [Ctrl+F]
en_GB: Factorise [Ctrl+F]

note: #-#-#-#-#  2099 (mate-calc 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the double declining depreciation button
en: Double Declining Depreciation
en_GB: Double-Declining Depreciation

note: #-#-#-#-#  2099 (mate-calc 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the sum of the years digits depreciation button
en: Sum of the Years Digits Depreciation
en_GB: Sum-of-the-Years' Digits Depreciation

note: #-#-#-#-#  2099 (mate-calc 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the straight line depreciation button
en: Straight Line Depreciation
en_GB: Straight-Line Depreciation

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to Basic mode
en_GB: Basic Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to Advanced mode
en_GB: Advanced Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to Financial mode
en_GB: Financial Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to Programming mode
en_GB: Programming Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to Keyboard mode
en_GB: Keyboard Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Keyboard entry
en_GB: Keyboard Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Programming mode
en_GB: Programming Mode

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to binary
en_GB: Binary

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to octal
en_GB: Octal

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to decimal
en_GB: Decimal

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Switch to hexadecimal
en_GB: Hexadecimal

en: _Synchronize Calendars
en_GB: _Synchronise Calendars

[ctx: tooltip]
en: Synchronizing remote calendars…
en_GB: Synchronising remote calendars…

note: Translators: * this is the format string for representing a date consisting of a month * name and a date of month.
en: from %1$s %2$s
en_GB: from %2$s %1$s

note: Translators: * this is the format string for representing a date consisting of a month * name and a date of month.
en: to %1$s %2$s
en_GB: to %2$s %1$s

note: Translators: %d is the numeric day of month
en: New Event on January %d
en_GB: New Event on %d January

en: New Event on February %d
en_GB: New Event on %d February

en: New Event on March %d
en_GB: New Event on %d March

en: New Event on April %d
en_GB: New Event on %d April

en: New Event on May %d
en_GB: New Event on %d May

en: New Event on June %d
en_GB: New Event on %d June

en: New Event on July %d
en_GB: New Event on %d July

en: New Event on August %d
en_GB: New Event on %d August

en: New Event on September %d
en_GB: New Event on %d September

en: New Event on October %d
en_GB: New Event on %d October

en: New Event on November %d
en_GB: New Event on %d November

en: New Event on December %d
en_GB: New Event on %d December

note: Translators: This is a date format in the sidebar of the year * view when the selection starts at the specified day and the * end is unspecified.
en: %B %d…
en_GB: %d %B…

note: #-#-#-#-#  471 (gnome-calendar 3.21.91)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a date format in the sidebar of the year * view when there is only one specified day selected. Translators: This is a date format in the sidebar of the year view.
en: %B %d
en_GB: %d %B

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: characters;unicode;punctuation;math;letters;emoji;emoticon;
en_GB: characters;unicode;punctuation;maths;letters;emoji;emoticon;

en: The directory to open the save game dialog in
en_GB: The directory to open the save game dialogue in

en: The directory to open the load game dialog in
en_GB: The directory to open the load game dialogue in

note: Game status when Black captures White's pawn en passant
en: Black captured White's pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.
en_GB: Black captured White’s pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.

note: Game status when White captures Black's pawn en passant
en: White captured Black's pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.
en_GB: White captured Black’s pawn <span font_style='italic'>en passant</span>.

en: State of the window, e.g. maximized.
en_GB: State of the window, e.g. maximised.

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Stop / Reset
en_GB: Stop/Reset

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name for libcanberra
en: GNOME Color Manager
en_GB: GNOME Colour Manager

en: Inspect and compare installed color profiles
en_GB: Inspect and compare installed colour profiles

en: GNOME Color Profile Viewer shows installed color profiles on your system and allows you to calibrate displays, printers and cameras using a wizard.
en_GB: GNOME Colour Profile Viewer shows installed colour profiles on your system and allows you to calibrate displays, printers and cameras using a wizard.

en: This functionality is typically used by GNOME Control Center from the color panel although can be used on its own.
en_GB: This functionality is typically used by GNOME Control Centre from the colour panel although can be used on its own.

en: Color Calibration
en_GB: Colour Calibration

en: Use the color sensor to sample spot colors
en_GB: Use the colour sensor to sample spot colours

en: Color Profile Viewer
en_GB: Colour Profile Viewer

note: Translators: Search terms to find this application. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Color;ICC;
en_GB: Colour;ICC;

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: This pre-calibrates the screen by sending colored and gray patches to your screen and measuring them with the hardware device.
en_GB: This pre-calibrates the screen by sending coloured and grey patches to your screen and measuring them with the hardware device.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Reading the patches using the color measuring instrument.
en_GB: Reading the patches using the colour measuring instrument.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Generating the ICC color profile that can be used with this screen.
en_GB: Generating the ICC colour profile that can be used with this screen.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Generating the ICC color profile that can be used with this device.
en_GB: Generating the ICC colour profile that can be used with this device.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message
en: Please wait a few minutes for the ink to dry. Profiling damp ink will produce a poor profile and may damage your color measuring instrument.
en_GB: Please wait a few minutes for the ink to dry. Profiling damp ink will produce a poor profile and may damage your colour measuring instrument.

note: TRANSLATORS: message, the sample read failed due to misread
en: Failed to read the color sample correctly.
en_GB: Failed to read the colour sample correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: message, the sample was not read correctly
en: The device could not measure the color spot correctly.
en_GB: The device could not measure the colour spot correctly.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, just follow the hardware instructions
en: Place the colorimeter on the area of white next to the letter and click and hold the measure switch.
en_GB: Place the colourimeter on the area of white next to the letter and click and hold the measure switch.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, the sensor has to be above the line
en: Ensure the center of the device is properly aligned with the row you are trying to measure.
en_GB: Ensure the centre of the device is properly aligned with the row you are trying to measure.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, ask user to attach device, and there's an example image
en: Please attach the measuring instrument to the center of the screen on the gray square like the image below.
en_GB: Please attach the measuring instrument to the centre of the screen on the grey square like the image below.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, ask user to attach device
en: Please attach the measuring instrument to the center of the screen on the gray square.
en_GB: Please attach the measuring instrument to the centre of the screen on the grey square.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the final summary
en: To view details about the new profile or to undo the calibration visit the <a href="control-center://color">control center</a>.
en_GB: To view details about the new profile or to undo the calibration visit the <a href="control-center://color">control centre</a>.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, bullet item
en: Configure your display with custom color settings and ensure the RGB channels are set to the same values.
en_GB: Configure your display with custom colour settings and ensure the RGB channels are set to the same values.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, addition to bullet item
en: If custom color is not available then use a 6500K color temperature.
en_GB: If custom colour is not available then use a 6500K colour temperature.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: These tools are required to build color profiles for devices.
en_GB: These tools are required to build colour profiles for devices.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: Common color target files are not installed on this computer.
en_GB: Common colour target files are not installed on this computer.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message saying the color targets are not installed
en: Color target files are needed to convert the image to a color profile.
en_GB: Colour target files are needed to convert the image to a colour profile.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog message, preface
en: Ensure that the contrast and brightness are not changed and color correction profiles have not been applied.
en_GB: Ensure that the contrast and brightness are not changed and colour correction profiles have not been applied.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is intro page text
en: Higher quality calibration requires many color samples and more time.
en_GB: Higher quality calibration requires many colour samples and more time.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the message body for the chart selection
en: A higher precision profile provides higher accuracy in color matching but requires more time for reading the color patches.
en_GB: A higher precision profile provides higher accuracy in colour matching but requires more time for reading the colour patches.

note: TRANSLATORS: color profile already been installed
en: Color profile is already imported
en_GB: Colour profile is already imported

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import display color profile?
en_GB: Import display colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import device color profile?
en_GB: Import device colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import named color profile?
en_GB: Import named colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile type
en: Import color profile?
en_GB: Import colour profile?

note: TRANSLATORS: this is displayed the user has not got suitable hardware
en: No colorimeter is attached.
en_GB: No colourimeter is attached.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is displayed the user has not got suitable hardware
en: The attached colorimeter is not capable of reading a spot color.
en_GB: The attached colourimeter is not capable of reading a spot colour.

note: TRANSLATORS: this is when there are no profiles that can be used; * the search term is either "RGB" or "CMYK"
en: No %s color spaces available
en_GB: No %s colour spaces available

note: TRANSLATORS: tool that is used to pick colors
en: GNOME Color Manager Color Picker
en_GB: GNOME Colour Manager Colour Picker

note: TRANSLATORS: this the ICC profile type
en: Colorspace conversion
en_GB: Colourspace conversion

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile is broken
en: The gray axis contains significant amounts of color
en_GB: The grey axis contains significant amounts of colour

note: TRANSLATORS: the profile is broken
en: The gray axis is non-monotonic
en_GB: The grey axis is non-monotonic

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the icc creation date strftime format
en: %B %e %Y, %I∶%M∶%S %p
en_GB: %e %B %Y, %H∶%M∶%S

en: Named colors are specific colors that are defined in the profile
en_GB: Named colours are specific colours that are defined in the profile

en: Named Colors
en_GB: Named Colours

en: This is an example plugin that is mostly useful as a simple example for aspiring plugin hackers
en_GB: This is an example plugin that is most useful as a simple example for aspiring plugin hackers

en: S_ynchronize Directories
en_GB: S_ynchronise Directories

en: Edit Colors...
en_GB: Edit Colours...

en: Respect theme colors
en_GB: Respect theme colours

note: LS_COLORS
en: Colorize files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable
en_GB: Colorise files according to the LS_COLORS environment variable

en: Other favorite apps
en_GB: Other favourite apps

en: Organization that the <Doc.Creator> entity is associated with.
en_GB: Organisation that the <Doc.Creator> entity is associated with.

en: An entity primarily responsible for making the content of the resource, typically a person, organization, or service.
en_GB: An entity primarily responsible for making the content of the resource, typically a person, organisation, or service.

en: The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organization, or service.
en_GB: The entity that made the last change to the document, typically a person, organisation, or service.

en: The color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.
en_GB: The colour filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip colour area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.

en: The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.
en_GB: The colour space information tag is always recorded as the colour space specifier. Normally sRGB is used to define the colour space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a colour space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.

en: Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: Copyright information. The tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organisation claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". The field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code. When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.
en_GB: The use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimise any further processing.

en: Date and Time (digitized)
en_GB: Date and Time (digitised)

en: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef>. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in <Exif.GPS.AltitudeRef>. The reference unit is metres.

en: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <Exif.GPS.Altitude> tag. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the <Exif.GPS.Altitude> tag. The reference unit is metres.

en: Inter Color Profile
en_GB: Inter Colour Profile

en: Inter Color Profile.
en_GB: Inter Colour Profile.

en: The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitizer or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: The model name or model number of the equipment. This is the model name or number of the DSC, scanner, video digitiser or other equipment that generated the image. When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: Indicates the color filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip color area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.
en_GB: Indicates the colour filter array (CFA) geometric pattern of the image sensor when a one-chip colour area sensor is used. It does not apply to all sensing methods.

en: The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colorspace is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.
en_GB: The chromaticity of the three primary colours of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.

en: The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.
en_GB: The reference black point value and reference white point value. No defaults are given in TIFF, but the values below are given as defaults here. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability these conditions.

en: The distance to the subject, given in meters.
en_GB: The distance to the subject, given in metres.

en: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Exif.Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.
en_GB: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the centre of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Exif.Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and second indicates the Y row number.

en: Subsec Time Digitized
en_GB: Subsec Time Digitised

en: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.
en_GB: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in <Exif.ColorSpace> tag.

en: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here "Color Space Guidelines" is used as the default. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.
en_GB: The matrix co-efficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here "Colour Space Guidelines" is used as the default. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.

en: Last access datetime.
en_GB: Last access date time.

en: Last modified datetime.
en_GB: Last modified date and time.

en: Equalization
en_GB: Equalisation

en: Equalization.
en_GB: Equalisation.

en: Equalization 2
en_GB: Equalisation 2

en: Synchronized lyric.
en_GB: Synchronised lyric.

en: Synchronized Tempo
en_GB: Synchronised Tempo

en: Synchronized tempo codes.
en_GB: Synchronised tempo codes.

en: Unsynchronized Lyrics
en_GB: Unsynchronised Lyrics

en: Unsynchronized lyric.
en_GB: Unsynchronised lyric.

en: Datetime image was originally created.
en_GB: Date and time image was originally created.

en: The person or organization which can provide further background information on the object (multiple values allowed).
en_GB: The person or organisation which can provide further background information on the object (multiple values allowed).

en: Contains rasterized object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.
en_GB: Contains rasterised object description and is used where characters that have not been coded are required for the caption.

en: Organization producing the track.
en_GB: Organisation producing the track.

en: No default application found for the MIME type %s.
    Open the "File types and programs" page in the Control Center to add one.
en_GB: No default application found for the MIME type %s.
    Open the "File types and programs" page in the Control Centre to add one.

note: Translators: %s is a VNC file key
en: VNC File is missing key “%s”
en_GB: VNC File is missing key »%s«

en: Contacts keeps and organize your contacts information. You can create, edit, delete and link together pieces of information about your contacts. Contacts aggregates the details from all your sources providing a centralized place for managing your contacts.
en_GB: Contacts keeps and organise your contacts information. You can create, edit, delete and link together pieces of information about your contacts. Contacts aggregates the details from all your sources providing a centralised place for managing your contacts.

en: Change Addressbook
en_GB: Change Address Book

en: Show contact with this email address
en_GB: Show contact with this e-mail address

en: No contact with email address %s found
en_GB: No contact with e-mail address %s found

en: Zip/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

en: Add email
en_GB: Add e-mail

en: Unmark as favorite
en_GB: Unmark as favourite

note: #-#-#-#-#  503 (gnome-maps)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a tooltip #-#-#-#-#  521 (gnome-radio)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Mark as favorite
en_GB: Mark as favourite

en: Is the window maximized?
en_GB: Is the window maximised?

en: Stores if the window is currently maximized.
en_GB: Stores if the window is currently maximised.

en: Airplane Mode is on
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode is on

en: Bluetooth is disabled when airplane mode is on.
en_GB: Bluetooth is disabled when aeroplane mode is on.

en: Turn Off Airplane Mode
en_GB: Turn Off Aeroplane Mode

en: Hardware Airplane Mode is on
en_GB: Hardware Aeroplane Mode is on

en: Turn off the Airplane mode switch to enable Bluetooth.
en_GB: Turn off the Aeroplane mode switch to enable Bluetooth.

en: Enable color management for %s
en_GB: Enable colour management for %s

en: Show color profiles for %s
en_GB: Show colour profiles for %s

en: Calibration will produce a profile that you can use to color manage your screen. The longer you spend on calibration, the better the quality of the color profile.
en_GB: Calibration will produce a profile that you can use to colour manage your screen. The longer you spend on calibration, the better the quality of the colour profile.

en: Please set the display to a brightness that is typical for you. Color management will be most accurate at this brightness level.
en_GB: Please set the display to a brightness that is typical for you. Colour management will be most accurate at this brightness level.

en: You can use a color profile on different computers, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.
en_GB: You can use a colour profile on different computers, or even create profiles for different lighting conditions.

en: Requires writable media
en_GB: Requires writeable media

en: Learn more about color management
en_GB: Learn more about colour management

en: Unable to detect any devices that can be color managed
en_GB: Unable to detect any devices that can be colour managed

en: Calibrate the color of your devices, such as displays, cameras or printers
en_GB: Calibrate the colour of your devices, such as displays, cameras or printers

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Color panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Color;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;
en_GB: Colour;ICC;Profile;Calibrate;Printer;Display;

note: #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24". #-#-#-#-#  563 (granite)  #-#-#-#-# / TRANSLATORS: a GLib.DateTime format showing the date
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013".
en: %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %e %b, %Y

en: AM / PM
en_GB: AM/PM

en: Night light makes the screen color warmer. This can help to prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.
en_GB: Night light makes the screen colour warmer. This can help to prevent eye strain and sleeplessness.

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Displays panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Panel;Projector;xrandr;Screen;Resolution;Refresh;Monitor;Night;Light;Blue;redshift;color;sunset;sunrise;
en_GB: Panel;Projector;xrandr;Screen;Resolution;Refresh;Monitor;Night;Light;Blue;redshift;colour;sunset;sunrise;

note: #-#-#-#-#  513 (gnome-packagekit)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: The group type
en: Virtualization
en_GB: Virtualisation

en: Alternate Characters Key
en_GB: Alternative Characters Key

en: This can be changed in Customize Shortcuts
en_GB: This can be changed in Customise Shortcuts

en: Customize Shortcuts
en_GB: Customise Shortcuts

en: Set Custom Shortcut
en_GB: Set Custom Shortcuts

en: Use of the microphone allows applications to record and listen to audio. Disabling the microphone may cause some applications to not function properly.
en_GB: Use of the microphone allows applications to record and listen to sounds. Disabling the microphone may cause some applications to function incorrectly.

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Mouse and Touchpad panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;Scroll;
en_GB: Trackpad;Pointer;Click;Tap;Double;Button;Trackball;Scroll;Touchpad;

en: Airplane Mode
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode

note: #-#-#-#-#  491 (gnome-shell master)  #-#-#-#-# The menu only appears when airplane mode is on, so just statically build it as if it was on, rather than dynamically changing the menu contents. #-#-#-#-#  528 (gnome-shell master)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Airplane Mode On
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode On

en: The file “%s” could not be read or does not contain recognized VPN connection information
    
    Error: %s.
en_GB: The file “%s” could not be read or does not contain recognised VPN connection information
    
    Error: %s.

note: Translators: Search terms to find the Network panel. Do NOT translate or localize the semicolons! The list MUST also end with a semicolon!
en: Network;IP;LAN;Proxy;WAN;Broadband;Modem;Bluetooth;vpn;DNS;
en_GB: Network;Wireless;Wi-Fi;Wifi;IP;LAN;Proxy;WAN;Broadband;Modem;Bluetooth;vpn;DNS;

en: Po_wer Button Behavior
en_GB: Po_wer Button Behaviour

[ctx: print job]
note: Translators: Job's state (job has been canceled)
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

[ctx: Printer Option Group]
note: Translators: "Color" tab contains color settings (e.g. color printing)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Authorization Error
en_GB: Authorisation Error

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Authorizing
en_GB: Authorising

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Connected & Authorized
en_GB: Connected & Authorised

note: #-#-#-#-#  482 (gnome-control-center)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: The time point the device was authorized.
en: Authorized at:
en_GB: Authorised at:

en: Failed to authorize device:
en_GB: Failed to authorise device:

en: Authorize and Connect
en_GB: Authorise and Connect

[ctx: Thunderbolt Device Status]
en: Authorized
en_GB: Authorised

[ctx: universal access, contrast]
note: The contrast scale goes from Color to None (grayscale)
en: Co_lor
en_GB: Co_lour

en: Color Effects:
en_GB: Colour Effects:

en: Trash & Temporary Files
en_GB: Wastebasket & Temporary Files

en: Trash and temporary files can sometimes include personal or sensitive information. Automatically deleting them can help to protect privacy.
en_GB: The Wastebasket and temporary files can sometimes include personal or sensitive information. Automatically deleting them can help to protect privacy.

en: Automatically Delete _Trash Content
en_GB: Automatically Empty _Wastebasket

en: Automatically Delete _Period
en_GB: Automatically Empty _Wastebasket

en: _Empty Trash…
en_GB: _Empty Wastebasket…

en: File History & Trash
en_GB: File History & Wastebasket

[ctx: login history week label]
note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 18", shown as the first day of a week on login history dialog. Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24", shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog.
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

[ctx: login history week label]
note: Translators: This is a date format string in the style of "Feb 24, 2013", shown as the last day of a week on login history dialog.
en: %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %e %b, %Y

[ctx: Password hint]
en: A password without your user name would be stronger.
en_GB: A password without your username would be stronger.

en: This version of Settings should only be used for development purposes. You may experience incorrect system behavior, data loss, and other unexpected issues.
en_GB: This version of Settings should only be used for development purposes. You may experience incorrect system behaviour, data loss, and other unexpected issues.

en: Dialog is unlocked.
    Click to prevent further changes
en_GB: Dialogue is unlocked.
    Click to prevent further changes

en: Dialog is locked.
    Click to make changes
en_GB: Dialogue is locked.
    Click to make changes

en: Audio _Feedback...
en_GB: Audio _Feedback…

en: Unable to bring up the typing break properties dialog with the following error: %s
en_GB: Unable to bring up the typing break properties dialogue with the following error: %s

en: Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the label and image in the alert dialogue

en: The buttons shown in the alert dialog
en_GB: The buttons shown in the alert dialogue

en: Change Passwo_rd...
en_GB: Change Passwo_rd…

en: Disable _Fingerprint Login...
en_GB: Disable _Fingerprint Login…

en: Enable _Fingerprint Login...
en_GB: Enable _Fingerprint Login…

en: Checking password...
en_GB: Checking password…

en: Jump to Preferred Applications dialog
en_GB: Jump to Preferred Applications dialogue

en: Jump to the Accessible Login dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Accessible Login dialogue

en: Jump to the Keyboard Accessibility dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Keyboard Accessibility dialogue

en: Jump to the Mouse Accessibility dialog
en_GB: Jump to the Mouse Accessibility dialogue

en: [WALLPAPER...]
en_GB: [WALLPAPER…]

en: C_ustomize...
en_GB: C_ustomise…

en: Customize Theme
en_GB: Customise Theme

en: D_etails...
en_GB: D_etails…

en: Gra_yscale
en_GB: Gre_yscale

en: Open a dialog to specify the color
en_GB: Open a dialogue to specify the colour

en: Save Theme As...
en_GB: Save Theme As…

en: The current controls theme does not support color schemes.
en_GB: The current controls theme does not support colour schemes.

en: _Install...
en_GB: _Install…

en: Customize the look of the desktop
en_GB: Customise the look of the desktop

en: Parent window of the dialog
en_GB: Parent window of the dialogue

en: Current URI index - starts from 1
en_GB: Current URI index — starts from 1

en: Maximize Vertically
en_GB: Maximise Vertically

en: Maximize Horizontally
en_GB: Maximise Horizontally

en: Close the control-center when a task is activated
en_GB: Close the control-centre when a task is activated

en: The task name to be displayed in the control-center followed by a ";" separator then the filename of an associated .desktop file to launch for that task.
en_GB: The task name to be displayed in the control-centre followed by a ";" separator then the filename of an associated .desktop file to launch for that task.

en: if true, the control-center will close when a "Common Task" is activated.
en_GB: if true, the control-centre will close when a "Common Task" is activated.

note: #-#-#-#-#  588 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# This label is displayed in a treeview cell displaying * an accelerator when the cell is clicked to change the * acelerator. #-#-#-#-#  2155 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-#
en: New accelerator...
en_GB: New accelerator…

en: Save Color Scheme
en_GB: Save Colour Scheme

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date plus day used in 24-hour mode. Please keep the under- score to separate the date from the time.
en: %a %b %-e_%R:%S
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%R:%S

en: %a %b %-e_%R
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%R

note: Translators: This is the time format with full date used in 24-hour mode. Please keep the underscore to separate the date from the time.
en: %b %-e_%R:%S
en_GB: %-e %b_%R:%S

en: %b %-e_%R
en_GB: %-e %b_%R

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date plus day used for AM/PM. Please keep the under- score to separate the date from the time.
en: %a %b %-e_%l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%l:%M:%S %p

en: %a %b %-e_%l:%M %p
en_GB: %a %-e %b_%l:%M %p

note: Translators: This is a time format with full date used for AM/PM. Please keep the underscore to separate the date from the time.
en: %b %-e_%l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %-e %b_%l:%M:%S %p

en: %b %-e_%l:%M %p
en_GB: %-e %b_%l:%M %p

en: Otherwise, an error dialog will appear, with a message explaining the nature of the error.
en_GB: Otherwise, an error dialogue will appear, with a message explaining the nature of the error.

en: To save the results of a look up, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save a Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialog, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.
en_GB: To save the results of a look up, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save a Copy</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Enter a name for the file in the <guilabel>Save a Copy</guilabel> dialogue, then click <guibutton>Save</guibutton>.

en: Shows the Source tab of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Source tab of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Shows the Add Source dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Add Source dialogue.

en: Shows the Print tab inside the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Shows the Print tab inside the Preferences dialogue.

en: To add <application>Dictionary Applet</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select Dictionary Applet in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialog, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.
en_GB: To add <application>Dictionary Applet</application> to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <guimenuitem>Add to Panel</guimenuitem>. Select Dictionary Applet in the <application>Add to the panel</application> dialogue, then click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.

en: Searching for '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for '%s'…

en: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs
en_GB: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues

en: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogs. If blank the ~/Documents folder is used.
en_GB: Default location for the Create/Restore disk image dialogues. If blank the ~/Documents folder is used.

en: Frequency of errors while reading raw data from the disk. A non-zero value indicates a problem with either the disk surface or read/write heads
en_GB: Frequency of errors while reading raw data from the disk. A non-zero value indicates a problem with either the disk surface or read/write heads.

note: Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html * or the next string for a longer explanation.
en: Spinup Time
en_GB: Spin Up Time

note: Translators: SMART attribute, see http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net/doc.html * or the next string for a longer explanation.
en: Spinup Retry Count
en_GB: Spin Up Retry Count

en: Number of remapping operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the total number of (successful and unsuccessful) attempts to transfer data from reallocated sectors to a spare area
en_GB: Number of remapping operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the total number of (successful and unsuccessful) attempts to transfer data from reallocated sectors to a spare area.

en: Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not remap the sector, it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt
en_GB: Number of sectors waiting to be remapped. If the sector waiting to be remapped is subsequently written or read successfully, this value is decreased and the sector is not remapped. Read errors on the sector will not remap the sector; it will only be remapped on a failed write attempt.

en: The total number of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector. A rise in the value of this attribute indicates defects of the disk surface and/or problems in the mechanical subsystem
en_GB: The total number of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector. A rise in the value of this attribute indicates defects of the disk surface and/or problems in the mechanical subsystem.

en: Loading on drive caused by numerous recurrences of operations, like reading, recording, positioning of heads, etc
en_GB: Loading on drive caused by numerous recurrences of operations like reading, recording, positioning of heads, etc.

note: Translators: Used in the treeview for the pretty/interpreted value of an attribute * for a temperature-based unit - first %f is the temperature in degrees Celcius, second %f * is the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit Translators: Used to format a temperature. * The first %f is the temperature in deg
en: %.0f° C / %.0f° F
en_GB: %.0f° C/%.0f° F

en: <b>WARNING</b>: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to complete, can’t be canceled and may not work properly with some hardware. In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about <a href='https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/ATA_Secure_Erase'>ATA Secure Erase</a> and make sure you understand the risks
en_GB: <b>WARNING</b>: The Secure Erase command may take a very long time to complete, can’t be cancelled and may not work properly with some hardware. In the worst case, your drive may be rendered unusable or your system may crash or lock up. Before proceeding, please read the article about <a href='https://ata.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/ATA_Secure_Erase'>ATA Secure Erase</a> and make sure you understand the risks

en: Volumes Grid
en_GB: Volume Grid

en: No Media
en_GB: No Medium

en: If checked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying file to be modified
en_GB: If ticked, the loop device will be read-only. This is useful if you don’t want the underlying file to be modified

en: Error ejecting media
en_GB: Error ejecting medium

en: Error canceling job
en_GB: Error cancelling job

en: Check this box to see the passphrases entered above
en_GB: Tick this box to see the passphrases entered above

en: Require additional authori_zation to unlock
en_GB: Require additional authori_sation to unlock

en: If checked, additional authorization is required to unlock the device [x-udisks-auth]
en_GB: If checked, additional authorisation is required to unlock the device [x-udisks-auth]

en: Require additional authori_zation to mount
en_GB: Require additional authori_sation to mount

en: If checked, additional authorization is required to mount the device [x-udisks-auth]
en_GB: If checked, additional authorisation is required to mount the device [x-udisks-auth]

en: Power off this disk
en_GB: Power off the disk

en: Operation was canceled
en_GB: Operation was cancelled

en: <span size="large"><b>Updated plugins are available!</b></span>
en_GB: <span size="large"><b>Updated plug-ins are available!</b></span>

en: <b>First-launch Behavior</b>
en_GB: <b>First-launch Behaviour</b>

en: PluginConfigurationWindow
en_GB: Plug-inConfigurationWindow

en: <span size="large" weight="heavy">Plugin name here</span>
en_GB: <span size="large" weight="heavy">Plug-in name here</span>

en: <b><span size="x-large">There's a Do plugin for that!</span></b>
en_GB: <b><span size="x-large">There's a Do plug-in for that!</span></b>

en: A Do plugin for {0} is available for installation. Would you like us to enable it for you?
en_GB: A Do plug-in for {0} is available for installation. Would you like us to enable it for you?

en: Don't ask me about Do plugins again.
en_GB: Don't ask me about Do plug-ins again.

en: What does the {0} plugin do?
en_GB: What does the {0} plug-in do?

en: Compose a new email to a friend.
en_GB: Compose a new e-mail to a friend.

en: Community Plugins
en_GB: Community Plug-ins

en: All Plugins
en_GB: All Plug-ins

en: Official Plugins
en_GB: Official Plug-ins

en: plugins
en_GB: plug-ins

en:  is not a valid plugin file.
en_GB:  is not a valid plug-in file.

en:  are not valid plugin files.
en_GB:  are not valid plug-in files.

en: Adjust Do's settings, manage plugins, etc.
en_GB: Adjust Do's settings, manage plug-ins, etc.

en: Enable internal tools useful for developers and testers from Alt-F2
en_GB: Enable internal tools useful for developers and testers from Alt+F2

en: Allows access to internal debugging and monitoring tools using the Alt-F2 dialog.
en_GB: Allows access to internal debugging and monitoring tools using the Alt+F2 dialogue.

en: List of desktop file IDs for favorite applications
en_GB: List of desktop file IDs for favourite applications

en: The applications corresponding to these identifiers will be displayed in the favorites area.
en_GB: The applications corresponding to these identifiers will be displayed in the favourites area.

en: History for command (Alt-F2) dialog
en_GB: History for command (Alt+F2) dialogue

note: Translators: looking glass is a debugger and inspector tool, see https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GnomeShell/LookingGlass
en: History for the looking glass dialog
en_GB: History for the looking glass dialogue

en: The shell will request a password when an encrypted device or a remote filesystem is mounted. If the password can be saved for future use a “Remember Password” checkbox will be present. This key sets the default state of the checkbox.
en_GB: The shell will request a password when an encrypted device or a remote filesystem is mounted. If the password can be saved for future use a “Remember Password” tickbox will be present. This key sets the default state of the tickbox.

en: The last version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialog was shown for
en_GB: The last version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialogue was shown for

en: This key determines for which version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialog was last shown. An empty string represents the oldest possible version, and a huge number will represent versions that do not exist yet. This huge number can be used to effectively disable the dialog.
en_GB: This key determines for which version the “Welcome to GNOME” dialogue was last shown. An empty string represents the oldest possible version, and a huge number will represent versions that do not exist yet. This huge number can be used to effectively disable the dialogue.

en: Attach modal dialog to the parent window
en_GB: Attach modal dialogue to the parent window

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25, 14:30"
en: %B %-d, %H∶%M
en_GB: %-d %B, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 24h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 14:30"
en: %B %-d %Y, %H∶%M
en_GB: %-d %B %Y, %H∶%M

note: Translators: this is the month name and day number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %-d, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %-d %B, %l∶%M %p

note: Translators: this is the month name, day number, year number followed by a time string in 12h format. i.e. "May 25 2012, 2:30 pm"
en: %B %-d %Y, %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %-d %B %Y, %l∶%M %p

en: %s has been added to your favorites.
en_GB: %s has been added to your favourites.

en: %s has been removed from your favorites.
en_GB: %s has been removed from your favourites.

note: Translators: This is the date format to use when the calendar popup is * shown - it is shown just below the time in the top bar (e.g., * "Tue 9:29 AM").  The string itself should become a full date, e.g., * "February 17 2015".
en: %B %-d %Y
en_GB: %-d %B %Y

note: Translators: This is the accessible name of the date button shown * below the time in the shell; it should combine the weekday and the * date, e.g. "Tuesday February 17 2015".
en: %A %B %e %Y
en_GB: %A %e %B %Y

[ctx: calendar heading]
note: Translators: Shown on calendar heading when selected day occurs on current year
en: %B %-d
en_GB: %-d %B

[ctx: calendar heading]
note: Translators: Shown on calendar heading when selected day occurs on different year
en: %B %-d %Y
en_GB: %-d %B %Y

en: Airplane Mode is On
en_GB: Aeroplane Mode is On

en: Wi-Fi is disabled when airplane mode is on.
en_GB: Wi-Fi is disabled when aeroplane mode is on.

en: Unauthorized Thunderbolt device
en_GB: Unauthorised Thunderbolt device

en: New device has been detected and needs to be authorized by an administrator.
en_GB: New device has been detected and needs to be authorised by an administrator.

en: Thunderbolt authorization error
en_GB: Thunderbolt authorisation error

en: Could not authorize the Thunderbolt device: %s
en_GB: Could not authorise the Thunderbolt device: %s

note: Translators: This is a time format for a date in long format
en: %A %B %-d
en_GB: %A %-d %B

en: Authentication dialog was dismissed by the user
en_GB: Authentication dialogue was dismissed by the user

en: Extension “%s” doesn't exist
en_GB: Extension “%s” doesn’t exist

en: Extension “%s” doesn't have preferences
en_GB: Extension “%s” doesn’t have preferences

en: Color Glyphs
en_GB: Colour Glyphs

[ctx: OpenType layout]
en: Localized Forms
en_GB: Localised Forms

[ctx: OpenType layout]
en: Randomize
en_GB: Randomise

en: Add/Remove selected games to favorite
en_GB: Add/Remove selected games to favourite

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Left analog stick
en_GB: Left analogue stick

[ctx: shortcut window]
en: Press right analog stick
en_GB: Press right analogue stick

en: Remove selected games from favorites
en_GB: Remove selected games from favourites

en: Add selected games to favorites
en_GB: Add selected games to favourites

en: Connect your accounts to easily access your email, online calendar, contacts, documents and photos.
en_GB: Connect your accounts to easily access your e-mail, online calendar, contacts, documents and photos.

en: waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s...
en_GB: waiting for lock (held by %d%s) %s…

en: waiting for lock %s...
en_GB: waiting for lock %s…

en: Lars.Rydlinge@HIG.SE
en_GB: lars.rydlinge@hig.se

en: 13 August 2002
en_GB: 13th August 2002

en: <application>Klotski</application> was written by Lars Rydlinge (<email>Lars.Rydlinge@HIG.SE</email>).
en_GB: <application>Klotski</application> was written by Lars Rydlinge (<email>lars.rydlinge@hig.se</email>).

en: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
en_GB: This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this licence can be found at this <ulink url="help:gpl" type="help">link</ulink>, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.

en: You can start <application>Klotski</application> from the Applications menu by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gnotski</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
en_GB: You can start <application>Klotski</application> from the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu by choosing <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Games</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Gnotski</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: When you start <application><application>Klotski</application></application>, the following window is displayed.
en_GB: When you start <application>Klotski</application>, the following window is displayed.

en: Use the <guimenu>Game menu</guimenu> to start a new game. The items <guimenuitem>Next Puzzle</guimenuitem>and <guimenuitem>Previous Puzzle</guimenuitem> allows you to navigate the puzzles sequentially. Each puzzle belongs to one of the four categories found in the submenus named <guisubmenu>HuaRong Trail</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Challenge Pack</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Skill Pack</guisubmenu>, and <guisubmenu>Minoru Climb</guisubmenu>. In these submenus, each puzzle name refers to a game scenario.
en_GB: Use the <guimenu>Game</guimenu> menu to start a new game. The items <guimenuitem>Next Puzzle</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Previous Puzzle</guimenuitem> allow you to navigate the puzzles sequentially. Each puzzle belongs to one of the four categories found in the submenus named <guisubmenu>HuaRong Trail</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Challenge Pack</guisubmenu>, <guisubmenu>Skill Pack</guisubmenu> and <guisubmenu>Minoru Climb</guisubmenu>. In these submenus, each puzzle name refers to a game scenario.

en: This program and tile artwork is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: This program and tile artwork is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public License</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>
en_GB: A copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> is included as an appendix to the <citetitle>GNOME Users Guide</citetitle>. You may also obtain a copy of the <citetitle>GNU General Public Licence</citetitle> from the Free Software Foundation by visiting <ulink type="http" url="http://www.fsf.org">their Web site</ulink> or by writing to <address> Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place</street> - Suite 330 <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02111-1307</postcode><country>USA</country></address>

[ctx: shortcut window]
note: Translators: Ctrl-S shortcut description in the Keyboard Shortcuts dialog, section "Scores"
en: Scores dialog
en_GB: Scores dialogue

note: Translators: tooltip text of the Change Puzzle menubutton, in the headerbar
en: Choose an other puzzle
en_GB: Choose another puzzle

en: 22 January 2016 or 1/22/2016
en_GB: 22 January 2016 or 22/1/2016

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * the current year, showing the abbreviated * month name, day of the month and the time * with seconds in 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %e %b %l:%M:%S %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in the * current year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month and the time without seconds in * 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %l:%M %p
en_GB: %e %b %l:%M %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * a different year, showing the abbreviated * month name, day of the month, year and the * time with seconds in 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %l:%M:%S %p
en_GB: %e %b %Y %l:%M:%S %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * a different year, showing the abbreviated * month name day of the month, year and the * time without seconds in 12-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %l:%M %p
en_GB: %e %b %Y %l:%M %p

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in the * current year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month and the time with seconds in * 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %e %b %H:%M:%S

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in the * current year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month and the time without seconds in * 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %H:%M
en_GB: %e %b %H:%M

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in * a different year, showing the abbreviated * month name, day of the month, year and the * time with seconds in 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %H:%M:%S
en_GB: %e %b %Y %H:%M:%S

note: Translators: timestamp format for events in a * different year, showing the abbreviated month name, * day of the month, year and the time without seconds * in 24-hour format.
en: %b %e %Y %H:%M
en_GB: %e %b %Y %H:%M

[ctx: mahjongg map name]
en: Pyramid's Walls
en_GB: Pyramid’s Walls

en: Each puzzle has at least one solution.  You can undo your moves and try and find the solution, restart this game, or start a new one.
en_GB: Each puzzle has at least one solution. You can undo your moves and try and find the solution, restart this game or start a new one.

en: Window maximization state
en_GB: Window maximisation state

note: Translators: This is a tooltip
en: Toggle favorites
en_GB: Toggle favourites

en: Airplanes
en_GB: Aeroplanes

[ctx: month-day-date]
note: * Translators: this is a format string giving the equivalent to * "may 29" according to the current locale's convensions.
en: %b %e
en_GB: %e %b

note: Translators: this is a duration with hours and minutes parts * using abbreviations for hours and minutes, correspoding to 'h' * and 'min' in English. The minutes has appropriate plural variations
en: %s h %s min | %s h %s min
en_GB[0]: %s h %s min
en_GB[1]: %s h %s mins

en: This plugin doesn't support latest arrival
en_GB: This plug-in doesn't support latest arrival

en: Take the elevator and get off at %s
en_GB: Take the lift and get off at %s

en: Take the elevator
en_GB: Take the lift

en: Settings controlling the desktop appearance and behavior
en_GB: Settings controlling the desktop appearance and behaviour

en: Gtktalog Catalogue
en_GB: Gtktalog Catalogueue

en: Literate haskell source code
en_GB: Litreate haskell source code

en: Software license terms
en_GB: Software licence terms

en: GNOME Mines is a puzzle game where you search for hidden mines. Flag the spaces with mines as quickly as possible to make the board a safer place. You win the game when you’ve flagged every mine on the board. Be careful not to trigger one, or the game is over!
en_GB: GNOME Mines is a puzzle game where you search for hidden mines. Flag the spaces with mines as quickly as possible to make the board a safer place. You win the game when you've flagged every mine on the board. Be careful not to trigger one, or the game is over!

en: You can select the size of the field you want to play on at the start of the game. If you get stuck, you can ask for a hint: there’s a time penalty, but that’s better than hitting a mine!
en_GB: You can select the size of the field you want to play on at the start of the game. If you get stuck, you can ask for a hint: there's a time penalty, but that's better than hitting a mine!

en: Big game
en_GB: Big game:

en: Play and organize your music collection
en_GB: Play and organise your music collection

note: Translators: Don't translate allowed values, just the description in the brackets
en: Value identifies whether to repeat or randomize playback through the collection. Allowed values are: “none” (repeat and shuffle are off), “song” (repeat current song), “all” (repeat playlist, no shuffle), “shuffle” (shuffle playlist, presumes repeat all).
en_GB: Value identifies whether to repeat or randomise playback through the collection. Allowed values are: “none” (repeat and shuffle are off), “song” (repeat current song), “all” (repeat playlist, no shuffle), “shuffle” (shuffle playlist, presumes repeat all).

en: GNOME Music is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    GNOME Music is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNOME Music; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
    
    The GNOME Music authors hereby grant permission for non-GPL compatible GStreamer plugins to be used and distributed together with GStreamer and GNOME Music.  This permission is above and beyond the permissions granted by the GPL license by which GNOME Music is covered.  If you modify this code, you may extend this exception to your version of the code, but you are not obligated to do so.  If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.
    
    “Magic of the vinyl” by Sami Pyylampi image is licensed by CC-BY-SA 2.0 https://www.flickr.com/photos/_spy_/12270839403
en_GB: GNOME Music is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.
    
    GNOME Music is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.
    
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with GNOME Music; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
    
    The GNOME Music authors hereby grant permission for non-GPL compatible GStreamer plug-ins to be used and distributed together with GStreamer and GNOME Music.  This permission is above and beyond the permissions granted by the GPL licence by which GNOME Music is covered.  If you modify this code, you may extend this exception to your version of the code, but you are not obligated to do so.  If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.
    
    “Magic of the vinyl” by Sami Pyylampi image is licensed by CC-BY-SA 2.0 https://www.flickr.com/photos/_spy_/12270839403

en: Artists Results
en_GB: Artists

en: Albums Results
en_GB: Albums

note: Dear Translator: This is the Window Title. 'Network Tools' is the * name of the application
en: %s - Network Tools
en_GB: %s — Network Tools

en: Devices - Network Tools
en_GB: Devices — Network Tools

en: Enter a domain address to lookup its whois information. For example: www.domain.com or 192.168.2.1
en_GB: Enter a domain address to look up its whois information. For example: www.domain.com or 192.168.2.1

en: Well Known Services
en_GB: Well-Known Services

en: Control a worm in its quest to eat bonuses and become longer. Outmaneuver enemy worms while eating doughnuts and ice cream to increase your length. Each worm has ten lives and loses one by running into a wall, another worm, or itself. The enemy worms are after the same bonuses that you are, so be careful: if they become too large, you won’t have much room for movement.
en_GB: Control a worm in its quest to eat bonuses and become longer. Outmanoeuvre enemy worms while eating doughnuts and ice cream to increase your length. Each worm has ten lives and loses one by running into a wall, another worm, or itself. The enemy worms are after the same bonuses that you are, so be careful: if they become too large, you won’t have much room for movement.

en: true if the window is maximized.
en_GB: true if the window is maximised.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2676 (gnome-games)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/swell-foop/first-run'
en: Setting to decide whether to show first-run hint dialog or not.
en_GB: Setting to decide whether to show first-run hint dialogue or not.

en: Color to use for worm
en_GB: Colour to use for worm

en: Color to use for worm.
en_GB: Colour to use for worm.

note: Translators: title of a section in the Preferences dialog (1st worm); allows to configure the worm color Translators: title of a section in the Preferences dialog (2nd worm); allows to configure the worm color Translators: title of a section in the Preferences dialog (3rd worm); allows to configure 
en: Worm color
en_GB: Worm colour

note: Translators: small description of the game, seen in the About dialog
en: A worm game for GNOME
en_GB: A worm game for GNOME.

en: Dialog was dismissed
en_GB: Dialogue was dismissed

en: Dialog was dismissed (%s, %d):
en_GB: Dialogue was dismissed (%s, %d):

en: Authorization response:
en_GB: Authorisation response:

en: Authorization response: %s
en_GB: Authorisation response: %s

en: Could not initialize credentials cache:
en_GB: Could not initialise credentials cache:

en: When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, automatically use these options by default.
en_GB: When displaying UI from a session DBus request, automatically use these options by default.

en: When displaying UI from a session D-Bus request, force these options to be turned on.
en_GB: When displaying UI from a session DBus request, force these options to be turned on.

en: License Agreement Required
en_GB: Licence Agreement Required

note: TRANSLATORS: program name: application to install a catalog of software
en: Catalog Installer
en_GB: Catalogue Installer

en: Install a catalog of software on the system
en_GB: Install a catalogue of software on the system

en: Do you recognize the user and trust this key?
en_GB: Do you recognise the user and trust this key?

en: Licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: Licensed under the GNU General Public Licence Version 2

en: PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: PackageKit is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: PackageKit is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.

en: Could not process catalog
en_GB: Could not process catalogue

note: TRANSLATORS: title: allow user to confirm
en: Install packages in catalog?
en_GB: Install packages in catalogue?

note: TRANSLATORS: display a list of packages to install
en: The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalog:
en_GB: The following packages are marked to be installed from the catalogue:

note: TRANSLATORS: title to install package catalogs
en: Do you want to install this catalog? | Do you want to install these catalogs?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to install this catalogue?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to install these catalogues?

note: TRANSLATORS: title: install package catalogs, that is, instructions for installing
en: Install catalogs
en_GB: Install catalogues

en: The package identifier was not well formed
en_GB: The package identifier was not well-formed

en: The action was canceled
en_GB: The action was cancelled

en: The action was forcibly canceled
en_GB: The action was forcibly cancelled

en: The action cannot be canceled
en_GB: The action cannot be cancelled

en: The license agreement failed
en_GB: The licence agreement failed

en: Failed to initialize
en_GB: Failed to initialise

en: Failed to finalize
en_GB: Failed to finalise

en: A security trust relationship could not be made with software source.
    Please check your security settings.
en_GB: A security trust relationship could not be made with the software source
    Please check your security settings.

en: The package identifier was not well formed when sent to the server.
    This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported.
en_GB: The package identifier was not well-formed when sent to the server.
    This normally indicates an internal error and should be reported.

en: The action was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
en_GB: The action was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.

en: The action was canceled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.
en_GB: The action was cancelled successfully and no packages were changed.
    The backend did not exit cleanly.

en: The action cannot be canceled at this time.
en_GB: The action cannot be cancelled at this time.

en: The license agreement was not agreed to.
    To use this software you have to accept the license.
en_GB: The licence agreement was not agreed to.
    To use this software you have to accept the licence.

en: Failed to initialize packaging backend.
    This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously.
en_GB: Failed to initialise packaging backend.
    This may occur if other packaging tools are being used simultaneously.

en: The transaction has been canceled and will be retried when the system is idle.
en_GB: The transaction has been cancelled and will be retried when the system is idle.

note: TRANSLATORS: dialog body, explains to the user that they need to insert a disk to continue. The first replacement is DVD, CD etc
en: Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labeled '%s' to continue.
en_GB: Additional media is required. Please insert the %s labelled '%s' to continue.

note: TRANSLATORS: command line option: a list of catalogs to install
en: Catalogs files to install
en_GB: Catalogues files to install

note: are we running privileged
en: Catalog installer
en_GB: Catalogue installer

en: Failed to install catalog
en_GB: Failed to install catalogue

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free DocumentationLicense (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation Licence (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this <ulink url="ghelp:fdl" type="help">link</ulink> or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Clock</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Clock</guilabel>.

en: Display Internet time in the applet. Internet time is the same all over the world, which enables Internet users to synchronize to a common time. The day is divided into 1000 parts called ".beats".
en_GB: Display Internet time in the applet. Internet time is the same all over the world, which enables Internet users to synchronise to a common time. The day is divided into 1000 parts called ".beats".

en: You can customize the image shown and the command that is run when it is clicked.
en_GB: You can customise the image shown and the command that is run when it is clicked.

en: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog, then select <guilabel>Fish</guilabel>.
en_GB: Scroll down the list of items in the <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialogue, then select <guilabel>Fish</guilabel>.

en: Click on the applet to display the <guilabel>Wanda the Fish</guilabel> dialog. The dialog typically displays a fortune cookie. You can configure the applet to specify the command to run when you click on the applet. See <xref linkend="fish-settings"/> for more information.
en_GB: Click on the applet to display the <guilabel>Wanda the Fish</guilabel> dialogue. The dialogue typically displays a fortune cookie. You can configure the applet to specify the command to run when you click on the applet. See <xref linkend="fish-settings"/> for more information.

note: #-#-#-#-#  516 (gnome-panel)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display the start date of an appointment, in * the most abbreviated way possible.
en: %b %d
en_GB: %d %b

note: Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date. Please leave "%%s" as it is: * it will be used to insert the timezone name later.
en: %A %B %d (%%s)
en_GB: %A %d %B (%%s)

en: Meters per second (m/s)
en_GB: Metres per second (m/s)

en: Kilometers per hour (kph)
en_GB: Kilometres per hour (kph)

en: <small>Set...</small>
en_GB: <small>Set…</small>

en: Restoring Minimized Windows
en_GB: Restoring Minimised Windows

en: Move windows to current workspace when unminimized
en_GB: Move windows to current workspace when unminimised

en: If true, then when unminimizing a window, move it to the current workspace. Otherwise, switch to the workspace of the window.
en_GB: If true, then when unminimising a window, move it to the current workspace. Otherwise, switch to the workspace of the window.

en: If true, a dialog is shown asking for confirmation if the user wants to remove a panel.
en_GB: If true, a dialogue is shown asking for confirmation if the user wants to remove a panel.

en: History of "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: History of "Run Application" dialogue

en: The list of commands used in the past in the "Run Application" dialog.
en_GB: The list of commands used in the past in the "Run Application" dialogue.

en: Enable program list in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Enable program list in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialog is made available. Whether or not the listing is expanded when the dialog is shown is controlled by the show_program_list key.
en_GB: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialogue is made available. Whether or not the listing is expanded when the dialogue is shown is controlled by the show_program_list key.

en: Expand program list in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Expand program list in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialog is expanded when the dialog is opened. This key is only relevant if the enable_program_list key is true.
en_GB: If true, the "Known Applications" listing in the "Run Application" dialogue is expanded when the dialogue is opened. This key is only relevant if the enable_program_list key is true.

en: Enable autocompletion in "Run Application" dialog
en_GB: Enable autocompletion in "Run Application" dialogue

en: If true, autocompletion in the "Run Application" dialog is made available.
en_GB: If true, autocompletion in the "Run Application" dialogue is made available.

en: The orientation of the panel. Possible values are "top", "bottom", "left", "right". In expanded mode the key specifies which screen edge the panel is on. In un-expanded mode the difference between "top" and "bottom" is less important - both indicate that this is a horizontal panel - but still give a useful hint as to how some panel objects should behave. For example, on a "top" panel a menu button will pop up its menu below the panel, whereas on a "bottom" panel the menu will be popped up above the panel.
en_GB: The orientation of the panel. Possible values are "top", "bottom", "left", "right". In expanded mode the key specifies which screen edge the panel is on. In un-expanded mode the difference between "top" and "bottom" is less important – both indicate that this is a horizontal panel – but still give a useful hint as to how some panel objects should behave. For example, on a "top" panel a menu button will pop up its menu below the panel, whereas on a "bottom" panel the menu will be popped up above the panel.

en: Center panel on x-axis
en_GB: Centre panel on x-axis

en: If true, the x and x_right keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the center of the x-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position - i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the x and x_right keys specify the location of the panel.
en_GB: If true, the x and x_right keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the centre of the x-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position — i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the x and x_right keys specify the location of the panel.

en: Center panel on y-axis
en_GB: Centre panel on y-axis

en: If true, the y and y_bottom keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the center of the y-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position - i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the y and y_bottom keys specify the location of the panel.
en_GB: If true, the y and y_bottom keys are ignored and the panel is placed at the centre of the y-axis of the screen. If the panel is resized it will remain at that position — i.e. the panel will grow on both sides. If false, the y and y_bottom keys specify the location of the panel.

en: Specifies the background color for the panel in #RGB format.
en_GB: Specifies the background colour for the panel in #RGB format.

en: Replace a currently running panel
en_GB: Replace a currently-running panel

en: Protect your computer from unauthorized use
en_GB: Protect your computer from unauthorised use

en: Run Application...
en_GB: Run Application…

en: Search for Files...
en_GB: Search for Files…

en: A separator to organize the panel items
en_GB: A separator to organise the panel items

en: Application Launcher...
en_GB: Application Launcher…

en: _Add to Panel...
en_GB: _Add to Panel…

en: Choose an application...
en_GB: Choose an application…

en: Choose a file...
en_GB: Choose a file…

en: Solid c_olor
en_GB: Solid c_olour

en: Clear Recent Documents...
en_GB: Clear Recent Documents…

en: Choose a file to append to the command...
en_GB: Choose a file to append to the command…

en: URI list dropped on run dialog had wrong format (%d) or length (%d)
en_GB: URI list dropped on run dialogue had wrong format (%d) or length (%d)

en: Run with _file...
en_GB: Run with _file…

en: Top Centered Panel
en_GB: Top Centred Panel

en: Bottom Centered Panel
en_GB: Bottom Centred Panel

en: Left Centered Panel
en_GB: Left Centred Panel

en: Right Centered Panel
en_GB: Right Centred Panel

note: #-#-#-#-#  2111 (mate-panel 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display the date. Replace %e with %d if, when * the day of the month as a decimal number is a single digit, * it should begin with a 0 in your locale (e.g. "May 01" * instead of "May  1").
en: %a %b %e
en_GB: %a %e %b

note: #-#-#-#-#  549 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# Format: "Today: Friday, July 01 2005" #-#-#-#-#  2111 (mate-panel 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: This is a strftime format string. * It is used to display a date in the full format (so that people can * copy and paste it elsewhere).
en: %A, %B %d %Y
en_GB: %A, %d %B %Y

en: Change desktop appearance and behavior, get help, or log out
en_GB: Change desktop appearance and behaviour, get help, or log out

note: #-#-#-#-#  2111 (mate-panel 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# Translators: this string is used ONLY if you translated * "1" (msgctxt: "panel:showusername") to "1"
en: Log Out %s...
en_GB: Log Out %s…

en: _Add to Drawer...
en_GB: _Add to Drawer…

en: Background color opacity
en_GB: Background colour opacity

en: Specifies the opacity of the background color format. If the color is not completely opaque (a value of less than 65535), the color will be composited onto the desktop background image.
en_GB: Specifies the opacity of the background colour format. If the colour is not completely opaque (a value of less than 65535), the colour will be composited onto the desktop background image.

en: Set System Time...
en_GB: Set System Time…

en: Selection Box Color
en_GB: Selection Box Colour

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Tag a special image or album as a favorite.
en_GB: Tag a special image or album as a favourite.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Favorite photos
en_GB: Favourite photos

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: You can label photos or images that you particularly like as favorites to store them for easy access in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: You can label photos or images that you particularly like as favourites to store them for easy access in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Pick favorites from <app>Photos</app>.
en_GB: Pick favourites from <app>Photos</app>.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: Tag your favorites
en_GB: Tag your favourites

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Photos or albums can be marked as favorites from the <gui style="tab">Recent</gui> tab or <gui style="tab">Albums</gui> tab.
en_GB: Photos or albums can be marked as favourites from the <gui style="tab">Recent</gui> tab or <gui style="tab">Albums</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To label favorite items:
en_GB: To label favourite items:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select the <gui>Albums</gui> tab or <gui>Recent</gui> tab depending on whether you want to mark an album or a photo as a favorite.
en_GB: Select the <gui>Albums</gui> tab or <gui>Recent</gui> tab depending on whether you want to mark an album or a photo as a favourite.

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select all the items you want to favorite.
en_GB: Select all the items you want to favourite.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Your favorite items can now be found in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: Your favourite items can now be found in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: <app>Photos</app> can be used to organise and manage your images in an engaging and personalized manner. In addition to creating albums out of images on your computer, you can integrate your Facebook and Flickr albums with <app>Photos</app>. You can also set photos you like as your desktop wallpaper, or easily bookmark them as favorites.
en_GB: <app>Photos</app> can be used to organise and manage your images in an engaging and personalised manner. In addition to creating albums out of images on your computer, you can integrate your Facebook and Flickr albums with <app>Photos</app>. You can also set photos you like as your desktop wallpaper, or easily bookmark them as favourites.

note: (itstool) path: info/desc
en: Open your favorite photos.
en_GB: Open your favourite photos.

note: (itstool) path: page/title
en: View photos marked as favorites.
en_GB: View photos marked as favourites.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: Your <link xref="favorites">favorite</link> photos are located in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: Your <link xref="favorites">favourite</link> photos are located in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: steps/title
en: To open a photo tagged as a favorite:
en_GB: To open a photo tagged as a favourite:

note: (itstool) path: item/p
en: Select the <gui style="tab">Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: Select the <gui style="tab">Favourites</gui> tab.

note: (itstool) path: page/p
en: When <app>Photos</app> is opened, you will see the <gui>Recent</gui> tab open. The <gui>Recent</gui> tab contains images from your computer, the <gui>Albums</gui> tab contains your photo albums, and any image you mark as a favourite can be found in the <gui>Favorites</gui> tab.
en_GB: When <app>Photos</app> is opened, you will see the <gui>Recent</gui> tab open. The <gui>Recent</gui> tab contains images from your computer, the <gui>Albums</gui> tab contains your photo albums, and any image you mark as a favourite can be found in the <gui>Favourites</gui> tab.

en: Access, organize and share your photos on GNOME. A simple and elegant replacement for using a file manager to deal with photos. Enhance, crop and edit in a snap. Seamless cloud integration is offered through GNOME Online Accounts.
en_GB: Access, organise and share your photos on GNOME. A simple and elegant replacement for using a file manager to deal with photos. Enhance, crop and edit in a snap. Seamless cloud integration is offered through GNOME Online Accounts.

en: Access, organize and share photos
en_GB: Access, organise and share photos

[ctx: Dialog title]
note: Translators: "Organize" refers to photos in this context
en: Organize
en_GB: Organise

en: Failed to upload photo: Service not authorized
en_GB: Failed to upload photo: Service not authorised

en: Search for files that are modified less than the period specified in days.
en_GB: Search for files that have been modified less than the period specified in days.

en: Search for files that are modified longer than the period specified in days.
en_GB: Search for files that have been modified longer than the period specified in days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2130 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: entry/para
en: Owner is unrecognized
en_GB: Owner is unrecognised

en: Default Window Maximized
en_GB: Default Window Maximised

en: This key determines if the search tool window starts in a maximized state.
en_GB: This key determines if the search tool window starts in a maximised state.

en: This key determines if the "Owner is unrecognized" search option is selected when the search tool is started.
en_GB: This key determines if the "Owner is unrecognised" search option is selected when the search tool is started.

en: 
    ... Too many errors to display ...
en_GB: 
    Too many errors to display…

en: Signal initialization done to gnome-session
en_GB: Signal initialisation done to gnome-session

en: Show logout dialog
en_GB: Show logout dialogue

en: Show shutdown dialog
en_GB: Show shutdown dialogue

en: Use dialog boxes for errors
en_GB: Use dialogue boxes for errors

en: Set this to “none”, “cw” for 90 degree clockwise, “half” for 180 degree, and “ccw” for 90 degree counterclockwise.
en_GB: Set this to “none”, “cw” for 90 degree clockwise, “half” for 180 degree, and “ccw” for 90 degree anticlockwise.

en: This is the number of days after which the display color profile is considered invalid.
en_GB: This is the number of days after which the display colour profile is considered invalid.

en: This is the number of days after which the printer color profile is considered invalid.
en_GB: This is the number of days after which the printer colour profile is considered invalid.

en: Night light mode changes the color temperature of your display when the sun has gone down or at preset times.
en_GB: Night light mode changes the colour temperature of your display when the sun has gone down or at preset times.

en: List of plugins that are allowed to be loaded
en_GB: List of plug-ins that are allowed to be loaded

en: A list of strings representing the plugins that are allowed to be loaded (default: “all”). This is only evaluated on startup.
en_GB: A list of strings representing the plug-ins that are allowed to be loaded (default: “all”). This is only evaluated on startup.

en: Binding to launch the email client.
en_GB: Binding to launch the e-mail client.

en: Skip backward in current track
en_GB: Skip backwards in current track

en: Binding to skip backward in current track.
en_GB: Binding to skip backwards in current track.

en: Skip forward in current track
en_GB: Skip forwards in current track

en: Binding to skip forward in current track.
en_GB: Binding to skip forwards in current track.

en: Binding to toggle airplane mode.
en_GB: Binding to toggle aeroplane mode.

en: Binding to toggle bluetooth airplane mode.
en_GB: Binding to toggle bluetooth aeroplane mode.

en: Static binding to launch the email client.
en_GB: Static binding to launch the e-mail client.

en: Static binding to skip backward in current track.
en_GB: Static binding to skip backwards in current track.

en: Static binding to skip forward in current track.
en_GB: Static binding to skip forwards in current track.

en: The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: “none” for no antialiasing, “grayscale” for standard grayscale antialiasing, and “rgba” for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only).
en_GB: The type of antialiasing to use when rendering fonts. Possible values are: “none” for no antialiasing, “grayscale” for standard greyscale antialiasing, and “rgba” for subpixel antialiasing (LCD screens only).

en: This dictionary maps XSETTINGS names to overrides values. The values must be either strings, signed int32s or (in the case of colors), 4-tuples of uint16 (red, green, blue, alpha; 65535 is fully opaque).
en_GB: This dictionary maps XSETTINGS names to overrides values. The values must be either strings, signed int32s or (in the case of colours), 4-tuples of uint16 (red, green, blue, alpha; 65535 is fully opaque).

note: TRANSLATORS: this is the application name
en: GNOME Settings Daemon Color Plugin
en_GB: GNOME Settings Daemon Colour Plug-in

en: The volume “%s” has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the trash.
en_GB: The volume “%s” has only %s disk space remaining.  You may free up some space by emptying the wastebasket.

en: Cell phone is low in power
en_GB: Mobile phone is low in power

en: Cell phone is very low in power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.
en_GB: Mobile phone is very low in power. This device will soon stop functioning if not charged.

[ctx: print job state]
note: Translators: A print job has been canceled
en: Printing canceled
en_GB: Printing cancelled

en: Network personalization PIN required
en_GB: Network personalisation PIN required

en: Network personalization PUK required
en_GB: Network personalisation PUK required

en: Network subset personalization PIN required
en_GB: Network subset personalisation PIN required

en: Network subset personalization PUK required
en_GB: Network subset personalisation PUK required

en: Service provider personalization PIN required
en_GB: Service provider personalisation PIN required

en: Service provider personalization PUK required
en_GB: Service provider personalisation PUK required

en: Corporate personalization PIN required
en_GB: Corporate personalisation PIN required

en: Corporate personalization PUK required
en_GB: Corporate personalisation PUK required

en: Enhance _contrast in colors
en_GB: Enhance _contrast in colours

en: Unminimize
en_GB: Unminimise

en: Minimize all
en_GB: Minimise all

en: Unminimize all
en_GB: Unminimise all

en: Maximize all
en_GB: Maximise all

en: Unmaximize all
en_GB: Unmaximise all

en: Non-free applications show a warning dialog before install
en_GB: Non-free applications show a warning dialogue before install

en: When non-free applications are installed a warning dialog can be shown. This controls if that dialog is suppressed.
en_GB: When non-free applications are installed a warning dialogue can be shown. This controls if that dialogue is suppressed.

en: The licence URL to use when an application should be considered free software
en_GB: The license URL to use when an application should be considered free software

en: Allow access to the Software Repositories dialog
en_GB: Allow access to the Software Repositories dialogue

[ctx: Menu of Add-ons]
en: Localization
en_GB: Localisation

note: TRANSLATORS: for the free software popover
en: Users are bound by the following license: | Users are bound by the following licenses:
en_GB[0]: Users are bound by the following licence:
en_GB[1]: Users are bound by the following licences:

en: Localized in your Language
en_GB: Localised in your Language

en: Unknown Software License
en_GB: Unknown Software Licence

en: The license terms of this software are unknown.
en_GB: The licence terms of this software are unknown.

note: TRANSLATORS: initial start
en: Software catalog is being downloaded
en_GB: Software catalogue is being downloaded

note: TRANSLATORS: we explain what the action is going to do
en: You can report reviews for abusive, rude, or discriminatory behavior.
en_GB: You can report reviews for abusive, rude, or discriminatory behaviour.

note: TRANSLATORS: failure text for the in-app notification, where the 'Software' means this application, aka 'GNOME Software'.
en: Software needs to be restarted to use new plugins.
en_GB: Software needs to be restarted to use new plug-ins.

en: Important: critical software updates are waiting.
en_GB: Important: Critical software updates are waiting.

en: Failed to refine addon ‘%s’: %s
en_GB: Failed to refine add-on ‘%s’: %s

en: Failed to add to install for addon ‘%s’: %s
en_GB: Failed to add to install for add-on ‘%s’: %s

en: Failed to add to uninstall for addon ‘%s’: %s
en_GB: Failed to add to uninstall for add-on ‘%s’: %s

en: About Gnome Subtitles
en_GB: About GNOME Subtitles

en: An Error has occured.
    
    To report this bug, please <b>Open the Bugzilla</b> and paste the following <b>log</b> into the bug description.
    
    If the bug is related to a <b>subtitle file</b>, please attach it if possible.
en_GB: An Error has occurred.
    
    To report this bug, please <b>Open Bugzilla</b> and paste the following <b>log</b> into the bug description.
    
    If the bug is related to a <b>subtitle file</b>, please attach it if possible.

en: An unknown error has occured. Please report a bug and include this error name:
en_GB: An unknown error has occurred. Please report a bug and include this error name:

en: Set the difficulty level of the sudokus you want to print. Possible values are: "easy", "medium", "hard", "very_hard"
en_GB: Set the difficulty level of the sudokus you want to print. Possible values are - “easy”, “medium”, “hard”, “very_hard”

en: Shows System Log Viewer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars, and statusbar.
en_GB: Shows the System Log Viewer main window. Contains menubar, display area, scrollbars and statusbar.

en: To view a log, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the <guilabel>Open Log</guilabel> dialog, select the log that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Use the scrollbars to scroll through the log.
en_GB: To view a log, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the <guilabel>Open Log</guilabel> dialogue, select the log that you want to open, then click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Use the scrollbars to scroll through the log.

en: Log information are generally displayed in the status bar, including :
en_GB: Log information are generally displayed in the status bar, including:

en: Please specify either foreground or background color!
en_GB: Please specify either foreground or background colour!

en: Manage Filters...
en_GB: Manage Filters…

en: [LOGFILE...]
en_GB: [LOGFILE…]

en: %d lines (%s) - %s
en_GB: %d lines (%s) — %s

en: Show the about dialog for the log viewer
en_GB: Show the about dialogue for the log viewer

note: Translators: color picker title, %s is CPU, Memory, Swap, Receiving, Sending
en: Pick a Color for “%s”
en_GB: Pick a Colour for “%s”

en: Today %l∶%M %p
en_GB: Today %H:%M

en: Yesterday %l∶%M %p
en_GB: Yesterday %H:%M

en: %a %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %a %H:%M

en: %b %d %l∶%M %p
en_GB: %d %b %H:%M

note: #-#-#-#-#  536 (procman)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property #-#-#-#-#  2121 (mate-system-monitor 1.24.0)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: description of the pie color picker's (mem, swap) filled percentage property
en: Percentage full for pie color pickers
en_GB: Percentage full for pie colour pickers

en: Current Color
en_GB: Current Colour

en: The selected color
en_GB: The selected colour

en: Type of color picker
en_GB: Type of colour picker

en: Received invalid color data
en_GB: Received invalid colour data

en: Click to set graph colors
en_GB: Click to set graph colours

en: Main Window should open maximized
en_GB: Main Window should open maximised

en: Show warning dialog when killing processes
en_GB: Show warning dialogue when killing processes

en: CPU colors
en_GB: CPU colours

en: Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal color value)
en_GB: Each entry is in the format (CPU#, Hexadecimal colour value)

en: Default graph memory color
en_GB: Default graph memory colour

en: Default graph swap color
en_GB: Default graph swap colour

en: Default graph incoming network traffic color
en_GB: Default graph incoming network traffic colour

en: Default graph outgoing network traffic color
en_GB: Default graph outgoing network traffic colour

en: Show CPU, Memory, and Network charts as smooth graphs using Bezier curves
en_GB: Show CPU, Memory, and Network charts as smooth graphs using Bézier curves

en: Writable Memory
en_GB: Writeable Memory

en: Select CPUs "%s" (PID %u) is allowed to run on:
en_GB: Select CPUs “%s” (PID %u) is allowed to run on:

en: Default graph cpu color
en_GB: Default graph CPU colour

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/taquin/theme'; TODO the themes names are translated in the UI, but not in the settings; not sure what to do for now
en: Taquin has two default themes: 'cats' and 'numbers'.
en_GB: Taquin has two default themes: ‘cats’ and ‘numbers’.

note: Translators: in-window notification; on both games, if the user solved the puzzle more than one time
en: Bravo! You equalized your best score.
en_GB: Bravo! You equalised your best score.

note: Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-taquin --help'
en: Sets the puzzle edges’ size (3-5, 2-9 for debug)
en_GB: Sets the size of the puzzle edges (3-5, 2-9 for debug)

note: Translators: in-window notification; on the 15-Puzzle game, if the user clicks a tile that cannot move
en: You can’t move this tile!
en_GB: You cannot move this tile!

en: Terminal plugin for Files
en_GB: Terminal plug-in for Files

en: Open Terminal is a plugin for the Files application that adds a menu item to the context menu to open a terminal in the currently browsed directory.
en_GB: Open Terminal is a plug-in for the Files application that adds a menu item to the context menu to open a terminal in the currently browsed directory.

en: Default color of text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”).
en_GB: Default colour of text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”).

en: Default color of terminal background, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”).
en_GB: Default colour of terminal background, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”).

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal

en: Default color of bold text in the terminal, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if bold-color-same-as-fg is true.
en_GB: Default colour of bold text in the terminal, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if bold-color-same-as-fg is true.

en: Whether bold text should use the same color as normal text
en_GB: Whether bold text should use the same colour as normal text

en: If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same color as normal text.
en_GB: If true, boldface text will be rendered using the same colour as normal text.

en: Whether to use custom cursor colors
en_GB: Whether to use custom cursor colours

en: If true, use the cursor colors from the profile.
en_GB: If true, use the cursor colours from the profile.

en: Cursor background color
en_GB: Cursor background colour

en: Custom color of the background of the terminal’s cursor, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour of the background of the terminal’s cursor, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.

en: Custom color for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s cursor position, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s cursor position, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if cursor-colors-set is false.

en: Whether to use custom highlight colors
en_GB: Whether to use custom highlight colours

en: If true, use the highlight colors from the profile.
en_GB: If true, use the highlight colours from the profile.

en: Highlight background color
en_GB: Highlight background colour

en: Custom color of the background of the terminal’s highlight, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour of the background of the terminal’s highlight, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.

en: Custom color for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s highlight position, as a color specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a color name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.
en_GB: Custom colour for the foreground of the text character at the terminal’s highlight position, as a colour specification (can be HTML-style hex digits, or a colour name such as “red”). This is ignored if highlight-colors-set is false.

en: If true, setting bold on the first 8 colors also switches to their bright variants.
en_GB: If true, setting bold on the first 8 colours also switches to their bright variants.

en: Keyboard shortcut to open the Preferences dialog
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut to open the Preferences dialogue

en: Keyboard shortcut to open the search dialog
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut to open the search dialogue

en: Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customized via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = "whatever"). This option allows the standard menubar accelerator to be disabled.
en_GB: Normally you can access the menubar with F10. This can also be customised via gtkrc (gtk-menu-bar-accel = "whatever"). This option allows the standard menubar accelerator to be disabled.

en: _Enable shortcuts
en_GB: _Enable Shortcuts

en: Text and Background Color
en_GB: Text and Background Colour

en: _Use colors from system theme
en_GB: _Use colours from system theme

en: _Default color:
en_GB: _Default colour:

en: Choose Terminal Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Text Colour

en: Choose Terminal Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Background Colour

en: Bo_ld color:
en_GB: Bo_ld colour:

en: Choose Terminal Bold Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Bold Text Colour

en: _Underline color:
en_GB: _Underline colour:

en: Choose Terminal Underlined Text Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Underlined Text Colour

en: Cu_rsor color:
en_GB: Cu_rsor colour:

en: Choose Terminal Cursor Foreground Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Cursor Foreground Colour

en: Choose Terminal Cursor Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Cursor Background Colour

en: _Highlight color:
en_GB: _Highlight colour:

en: Choose Terminal Highlight Foreground Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Highlight Foreground Colour

en: Choose Terminal Highlight Background Color
en_GB: Choose Terminal Highlight Background Colour

en: Color p_alette:
en_GB: Colour p_alette:

en: Show _bold text in bright colors
en_GB: Show _bold text in bright colours

en: Gray on black
en_GB: Grey on black

en: Choose Palette Color %u
en_GB: Choose Palette Colour %u

en: Not a valid terminal config file.
en_GB: Not a valid terminal configuration file.

en: Incompatible terminal config file version.
en_GB: Incompatible terminal configuration file version.

en: GNOME Terminal is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: GNOME Terminal is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more details.
en_GB: GNOME Terminal is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with GNOME Terminal.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with GNOME Terminal.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

en: _Same as text color
en_GB: _Same as text colour

en: Type of terminal background. May be "solid" for a solid color, "image" for an image, or "transparent" for either real transparency if a compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise.
en_GB: Type of terminal background. May be "solid" for a solid colour, "image" for an image, or "transparent" for either real transparency if a compositing window manager is running, or pseudo-transparency otherwise.

en: Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialog for profile creation. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.
en_GB: Keyboard shortcut key for bringing up the dialogue for profile creation. Expressed as a string in the same format used for GTK+ resource files. If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keyboard shortcut for this action.

en: _Solid color
en_GB: _Solid colour

en: No such profile "%s", using default profile
en_GB: No such profile "%s"; using default profile

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/Tetravex/saved-game'; “nothing” is a technical keyword, you might want to translate it: « “nothing” (your translation) »
en: The key has value “nothing” if there is no saved game. Else, it contains a description of the board, with its size, the number of colors, and the time elapsed, then the list of tiles, saved as properties: their current position (x and y), their colors (north, east, south and west), and their original position (x and y), and finally the history, with the last move index, and history entries saved as properties: coordinates of the two tiles swapped, and the move id.
en_GB: The key has value “nothing” if there is no saved game. Else, it contains a description of the board, with its size, the number of colours, and the time elapsed, then the list of tiles, saved as properties: their current position (x and y), their colours (north, east, south and west), and their original position (x and y), and finally the history, with the last move index, and history entries saved as properties: coordinates of the two tiles swapped, and the move id.

note: Translators: entry of the Appearance submenu of the hamburger menu (with a mnemonic that appears when pressing Alt); set theme to Synesthesia; other possible themes are _Extrusion, Neo_Retro and _Nostalgia
en: _Synesthesia
en_GB: _Synaesthesia

note: Translators: command-line error message, displayed if the user plays in CLI and tries to use the change the number of colors or the game size while not specifying a new game; try `gnome-tetravex --cli show --size 3`
en: Game size and colors number can only be given for new puzzles.
en_GB: Game size and colours number can only be given for new puzzles.

note: Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex-cli --help' Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex --help'
en: Set number of colors (2-10)
en_GB: Set number of colours (2-10)

note: Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex-cli --help' Translators: command-line option description, see 'gnome-tetravex --help'
en: Set size of board (2-6)
en_GB: Set size of board (2–6)

note: Translators: command-line help message, seen when running `gnome-tetravex-cli help`; description of the action of the “left” command Translators: command-line help message, seen when running `gnome-tetravex --cli help`; description of the action of the “--cli left” command
en: Move all left-board tiles left by one.
en_GB: Move all the pieces in the left box left by on e.

note: Translators: command-line error message, displayed for an invalid number of colors; see 'gnome-tetravex-cli -c 1' Translators: command-line error message, displayed for an invalid number of colors; see 'gnome-tetravex -c 1'
en: There could only be between 2 and 10 colors.
en_GB: There could only be between 2 and 10 colours.

en: Visualizing tasks for today on GNOME To Do’s Today panel
en_GB: Visualising tasks for today on GNOME To Do’s Today panel

en: Unrecognized token in a Todo.txt line
en_GB: Unrecognised token in a Todo.txt line

en: To Do cannot recognize some tags in your Todo.txt file. Some tasks may not be loaded
en_GB: To Do cannot recognise some tags in your Todo.txt file. Some tasks may not be loaded

en: Setting new color for task list
en_GB: Setting new colour for task list

en: Standard (grayscale)
en_GB: Standard (greyscale)

en: Attach Modal Dialogs
en_GB: Attach Modal Dialogues

en: When on, modal dialog windows are attached to their parent windows, and cannot be moved.
en_GB: When on, modal dialogue windows are attached to their parent windows, and cannot be moved.

en: A simple GNOME 3 application to monitor and analyze system resources such as processing, memory, and storage.
en_GB: A simple GNOME 3 application to monitor and analyse system resources such as processing, memory, and storage.

en: Bulges the center of the video
en_GB: Bulges the centre of the video

en: Invert colors of the video input
en_GB: Invert colours of the video input

en: Transform video input into a mauve color
en_GB: Transform video input into a mauve colour

en: Transform video input into grayscale
en_GB: Transform video input into greyscale

en: Pinches the center of the video
en_GB: Pinches the centre of the video

en: Makes a square out of the center of the video
en_GB: Makes a square out of the centre of the video

en: Stretches the center of the video
en_GB: Stretches the centre of the video

en: Twirl the center of the video
en_GB: Twirl the centre of the video

en: Updated %d month ago. | %d months ago.
en_GB[0]: Updated %d month ago.
en_GB[1]: Updated %d months ago.

en: Meters (m)
en_GB: Metres (m)

en: Kilometers per hour (km/h)
en_GB: Kilometres per hour (km/h)

en: Take notes, link ideas, and stay organized
en_GB: Take notes, link ideas, and stay organised

en: SSHFS Remote Synchronization Folder
en_GB: SSHFS Remote Synchronisation Folder

en: Path on SSH server to Gnote synchronization directory (optional).
en_GB: Path on SSH server to Gnote synchronisation directory (optional).

en: SSHFS Synchronization Server URL
en_GB: SSHFS Synchronisation Server URL

en: URL of SSH server containing Gnote synchronization directory.
en_GB: URL of SSH server containing Gnote synchronisation directory.

en: SSHFS Remote Synchronization User Name
en_GB: SSHFS Remote Synchronisation User Name

en: User name to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH.
en_GB: User name to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH.

en: SSHFS Synchronization Server Port
en_GB: SSHFS Synchronisation Server Port

en: The port to use when connecting to the synchronization server via SSH.
en_GB: The port to use when connecting to the synchronisation server via SSH.

en: Link Updating Behavior on Note Rename
en_GB: Link Updating Behaviour on Note Rename

en: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific link updating behavior when a note is renamed, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when renaming a note may impact links that exist in other notes. 1 indicates that links should automatically be removed. 2 indicates that link text should be updated to the new note name so that it will continue linking to the renamed note.
en_GB: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific link updating behaviour when a note is renamed, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when renaming a note may impact links that exist in other notes. 1 indicates that links should automatically be removed. 2 indicates that link text should be updated to the new note name so that it will continue linking to the renamed note.

en: Open Search Dialog
en_GB: Open Search Dialogue

en: The global keybinding for opening the Note Search dialog. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.
en_GB: The global keybinding for opening the Note Search dialogue. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.

en: The global keybinding for opening the Recent Changes dialog. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.
en_GB: The global keybinding for opening the Recent Changes dialogue. The format looks like "&lt;Control&gt;a" or "&lt;Shift&gt;&lt;Alt&gt;F1". The parser is fairly liberal and allows lower or upper case, and also abbreviations such as "&lt;Ctl&gt;" and "&lt;Ctrl&gt;". If you set the option to the special string "disabled", then there will be no keybinding for this action.

en: Synchronization Client ID
en_GB: Synchronisation Client ID

en: Unique identifier for this Gnote client, used when communicating with a sychronization server.
en_GB: Unique identifier for this Gnote client, used when communicating with a sychronisation server.

en: Synchronization Local Server Path
en_GB: Synchronisation Local Server Path

en: Path to the synchronization server when using the filesystem synchronization service addin.
en_GB: Path to the synchronisation server when using the filesystem synchronisation service addin.

en: Selected Synchronization Service Addin
en_GB: Selected Synchronisation Service Addin

en: Unique identifier for the currently configured note synchronization service addin.
en_GB: Unique identifier for the currently configured note synchronisation service addin.

en: Note Synchronization Conflict Saved Behavior
en_GB: Note Synchronisation Conflict Saved Behaviour

en: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific behavior when a conflict is detected, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when a conflict occurs, so that they may handle each conflict situation on a case-by-case basis.
en_GB: Integer value indicating if there is a preference to always perform a specific behaviour when a conflict is detected, instead of prompting the user. The values map to an internal enumeration. 0 indicates that the user wishes to be prompted when a conflict occurs, so that they may handle each conflict situation on a case-by-case basis.

en: Automatic Background Synchronization Timeout
en_GB: Automatic Background Synchronisation Timeout

en: WebDAV share URL where notes are synchronized to.
en_GB: WebDAV share URL where notes are synchronised to.

en: S_ynchronize Notes
en_GB: S_ynchronise Notes

en: Start synchronizing notes
en_GB: Start synchronising notes

en: Select an icon...
en_GB: Select an icon…

en: Synchronize Gnote Notes to a local file system path
en_GB: Synchronise Gnote Notes to a local file system path

en: Select Synchronization Folder...
en_GB: Select Synchronisation Folder…

en: Change the <span weight="bold">Today: Template</span> note to customize the text that new Today notes have.
en_GB: Change the <span weight="bold">Today: Template</span> note to customise the text that new Today notes have.

en: Synchronize Gnote Notes to a WebDav URL
en_GB: Synchronise Gnote Notes to a WebDav URL

en: New Note_book...
en_GB: New Note_book…

en: _New notebook...
en_GB: _New notebook…

en: <note-content xmlns:link="http://beatniksoftware.com/tomboy/link">Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Gnote!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organizing your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Gnote menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organize the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content xmlns:link="http://beatniksoftware.com/tomboy/link">Start Here
    
    <bold>Welcome to Gnote!</bold>
    
    Use this "Start Here" note to begin organising your ideas and thoughts.
    
    You can create new notes to hold your ideas by selecting the "Create New Note" item from the Gnote menu in your GNOME Panel. Your note will be saved automatically.
    
    Then organise the notes you create by linking related notes and ideas together!
    
    We've created a note called <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal>.  Notice how each time we type <link:internal>Using Links in Gnote</link:internal> it automatically gets underlined?  Click on the link to open the note.</note-content>

en: <note-content>Using Links in Gnote
    
    Notes in Gnote can be linked together by highlighting text in the current note and clicking the <bold>Link</bold> button above in the toolbar.  Doing so will create a new note and also underline the note's title in the current note.
    
    Changing the title of a note will update links present in other notes.  This prevents broken links from occurring when a note is renamed.
    
    Also, if you type the name of another note in your current note, it will automatically be linked for you.</note-content>
en_GB: <note-content>Using·Links·in·Gnote
    
    Notes·in·Gnote·can·be·linked·together·by·highlighting·text·in·the·current·note·and·clicking·the·<bold>Link</bold>·button·above·in·the·toolbar.··Doing·so·will·create·a·new·note·and·also·underline·the·note's·title·in·the·current·note.
    
    Changing·the·title·of·a·note·will·update·links·present·in·other·notes.··This·prevents·broken·links·from·occurring·when·a·note·is·renamed.
    
    Also,·if·you·type·the·name·of·another·note·in·your·current·note,·it·will·automatically·be·linked·for·you.</note-content>

en: Synchronize Notes
en_GB: Synchronise Notes

en: Cannot create note
en_GB: Cannote create note

note: #-#-#-#-#  549 (gnote)  #-#-#-#-# Create dialog
en: Other Synchronization Options
en_GB: Other Synchronisation Options

en: When a conflict is detected between a local note and a note on the configured synchronization server:
en_GB: When a conflict is detected between a local note and a note on the configured synchronisation server:

en: Clearing your synchronization settings is not recommended.  You may be forced to synchronize all of your notes again when you save new settings.
en_GB: Clearing your synchronisation settings is not recommended.  You may be forced to synchronise all of your notes again when you save new settings.

en: Resetting Synchronization Settings
en_GB: Resetting Synchronisation Settings

en: You have disabled the configured synchronization service.  Your synchronization settings will now be cleared.  You may be forced to synchronize all of your notes again when you save new settings.
en_GB: You have disabled the configured synchronisation service.  Your synchronisation settings will now be cleared.  You may be forced to synchronise all of your notes again when you save new settings.

en: Gnote is ready to synchronize your notes. Would you like to synchronize them now?
en_GB: Gnote is ready to synchronise your notes. Would you like to synchronise them now?

en: This synchronization addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and %1% correctly installed and configured
en_GB: This synchronisation addin is not supported on your computer. Please make sure you have FUSE and %1% correctly installed and configured

en: Could not read testfile.
en_GB: Could not read test file.

en: An error ocurred while connecting to the specified server
en_GB: An error occurred while connecting to the specified server

en: Acquiring sync lock...
en_GB: Acquiring sync lock…

en: Synchronizing Notes
en_GB: Synchronising Notes

en: Synchronizing your notes...
en_GB: Synchronising your notes…

en: This may take a while, kick back and enjoy!
en_GB: This may take a while; get a cup of tea!

en: Deleting notes off of the server...
en_GB: Deleting notes off the server…

en: Downloading new/updated notes...
en_GB: Downloading new/updated notes…

en: One of your other computers is currently synchronizing.  Please wait 2 minutes and try again.
en_GB: One of your other computers is currently synchronising.  Please wait 2 minutes and try again.

en: Preparing to download updates from server...
en_GB: Preparing to download updates from server…

en: Preparing to upload updates to server...
en_GB: Preparing to upload updates to server…

en: Uploading notes to server...
en_GB: Uploading notes to server…

en: Synchronization Failed
en_GB: Synchronisation Failed

en: Failed to synchronize
en_GB: Failed to synchronise

en: Could not synchronize notes.  Check the details below and try again.
en_GB: Could not synchronise notes.  Check the details below and try again.

en: Synchronization Complete
en_GB: Synchronisation Complete

en: Synchronization is complete
en_GB: Synchronisation is complete

en: Your notes are now up to date.
en_GB: Your notes are now up-to-date.

en: Synchronization Canceled
en_GB: Synchronisation Cancelled

en: Synchronization was canceled
en_GB: Synchronisation was cancelled

en: You canceled the synchronization.  You may close the window now.
en_GB: You cancelled the synchronisation.  You may close the window now.

en: Synchronization Not Configured
en_GB: Synchronisation Not Configured

en: Synchronization is not configured
en_GB: Synchronisation is not configured

en: Please configure synchronization in the preferences dialog.
en_GB: Please configure synchronisation in the preferences dialogue.

en: Synchronization Service Error
en_GB: Synchronisation Service Error

en: Error connecting to the synchronization service.  Please try again.
en_GB: Error connecting to the synchronisation service.  Please try again.

note: TODO: This message isn't entirely accurate. We should fix it.
en: The synchronization you've chosen requires the FUSE module to be loaded.
    
    To avoid getting this prompt in the future, you should load FUSE at startup.  Add "modprobe fuse" to /etc/init.d/boot.local or "fuse" to /etc/modules.
en_GB: The synchronisation you've chosen requires the FUSE module to be loaded.
    
    To avoid getting this prompt in the future, you should load FUSE at startup.  Add "modprobe fuse" to /etc/init.d/boot.local or "fuse" to /etc/modules.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2734 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# initial newline
en: dddd, MMMM d, h:mm tt
en_GB: dddd, d MMMM, HH:mm

note: #-#-#-#-#  2734 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# Format: "Today: Friday, July 01 2005"
en: dddd, MMMM d yyyy
en_GB: dddd, d MMMM yyyy

note: #-#-#-#-#  2734 (tomboy)  #-#-#-#-# Text for label describing setup required for SSH sync addin to work
en: SSH synchronization requires an existing SSH key for this server and user, added to a running SSH daemon.
en_GB: SSH synchronisation requires an existing SSH key for this server and user, added to a running SSH daemon.

en: MMMM d, h:mm tt
en_GB: d MMMM, HH:mm

en: MMMM d yyyy, h:mm tt
en_GB: d MMMM yyyy, HH:mm

en: Create new accounts by clicking the New button in the main window tool bar. This will bring up a dialog box where you can enter account details. For more information on choosing an account type or setting up a chart of accounts, please see the GnuCash online manual.
en_GB: Create new accounts by clicking the New button in the main window tool bar. This will bring up a dialogue box where you can enter account details. For more information on choosing an account type or setting up a chart of accounts, please see the GnuCash online manual.

en: To enter multiple-split transactions such as a paycheck with multiple deductions, click the Split button in the tool bar. Alternatively, in the View menu, you can choose the register style Auto-Split Ledger or Transaction Journal.
en_GB: To enter multiple-split transactions such as a paycheque with multiple deductions, click the Split button in the tool bar. Alternatively, in the View menu, you can choose the register style Auto-Split Ledger or Transaction Journal.

en: When entering dates, you can type '+' or '-' to increment or decrement the selected date. You can use '+' and '-' to increment and decrement check numbers as well.
en_GB: When entering dates, you can type '+' or '-' to increment or decrement the selected date. You can use '+' and '-' to increment and decrement cheque numbers as well.

en: Style Sheets affect how reports are displayed. Choose a style sheet for your report as a report option, and use the Edit->Style Sheets menu to customize style sheets.
en_GB: Style Sheets affect how reports are displayed. Choose a style sheet for your report as a report option, and use the Edit->Style Sheets menu to customise style sheets.

en: Period %s - %s
en_GB: Period from %s to %s

en: via Escrow account?
en_GB: via Trust account?

en: Placeholder account selected. Please try again.
en_GB: Placeholder Account selected. Please try again.

en: Cannot save check format file.
en_GB: Cannot save cheque format file.

en: There is a duplicate check format file.
en_GB: There is a duplicate cheque format file.

note: Translators: * %1$s is the type of the first check format *  (user defined or application defined); * %2$s is the filename of that format; * %3$s the type of the other check format; and * %4$s the filename of that other format.
en: The GUIDs in the %s check format file '%s' and the %s check format file '%s' match.
en_GB: The GUIDs in the %s cheque format file '%s' and the %s cheque format file '%s' match.

en: Open a new Account Tree page
en_GB: Open a new account tree page

en: Create Scheduled Transactions since the last time run
en_GB: Create Scheduled Transactions since the last time run.

en: Open the New Customer dialog
en_GB: Open the New Customer dialogue

en: Open the Find Customer dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Customer dialogue

en: Open the New Invoice dialog
en_GB: Open the New Invoice dialogue

en: Open the Find Invoice dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Invoice dialogue

en: Open the New Job dialog
en_GB: Open the New Job dialogue

en: Open the Find Job dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Job dialogue

en: Open the Process Payment dialog
en_GB: Open the Process Payment dialogue

en: Open the New Vendor dialog
en_GB: Open the New Vendor dialogue

en: Open the Find Vendor dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Vendor dialogue

en: Open the New Bill dialog
en_GB: Open the New Bill dialogue

en: Open the Find Bill dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Bill dialogue

en: Open the New Employee dialog
en_GB: Open the New Employee dialogue

en: Open the Find Employee dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Employee dialogue

en: Open the New Expense Voucher dialog
en_GB: Open the New Expense Voucher dialogue

en: Open the Find Expense Voucher dialog
en_GB: Open the Find Expense Voucher dialogue

en: Open the Bills Due Reminder dialog
en_GB: Open the Bills Due Reminder dialogue

en: Test Search Dialog
en_GB: Test Search Dialogue

en: Initialize Test Data
en_GB: Initialise Test Data

en: _Delete Account...
en_GB: _Delete Account

en: Delete selected account
en_GB: Delete selected account.

en: Edit this invoice
en_GB: Edit this Invoice

en: Show vendor aging overview for all vendors
en_GB: Show vendor ageing overview for all vendors

en: Show customer aging overview for all customers
en_GB: Show customer ageing overview for all customers

en: Cut the selected transaction into clipboard
en_GB: Cut the selected transaction onto the clipboard

en: Copy the selected transaction into clipboard
en_GB: Copy the selected transaction onto the clipboard

en: _Print Checks...
en_GB: _Print Cheques...

en: General Journal
en_GB: General Reports

en: Print checks from multiple accounts?
en_GB: Print cheques from multiple accounts?

en: This search result contains splits from more than one account. Do you want to print the checks even though they are not all from the same account?
en_GB: This search result contains splits from more than one account. Do you want to print the cheques even though they are not all from the same account?

en: _Print checks
en_GB: _Print Cheque

en: You can only print checks from a bank account register or search results.
en_GB: You can only print cheques from a bank account register or search results.

en: This transaction contains reconciled splits. Modifying it is not a good idea because that will cause your reconciled balance to be off.
en_GB: This transaction contains reconciled splits. Modifying it is not a good idea because that will cause your reconciled balance to be wrong.

en: You would be deleting a reconciled split! This is not a good idea as it will cause your reconciled balance to be off.
en_GB: You would be deleting a reconciled split!
    This is not a good idea as it will cause your reconciled balance to be wrong.

en: You would be deleting a transaction with reconciled splits! This is not a good idea as it will cause your reconciled balance to be off.
en_GB: You would be deleting a transaction with reconciled splits!
    This is not a good idea as it would cause your reconciled balance to be wrong.

en: Set the report options you want using this dialog.
en_GB: Set the report options you want using this dialogue.

en: Renumber the immediate sub-accounts of %s? This will replace the account code field of each child account with a newly generated code.
en_GB: Renumber the immediate sub-accounts of %s? This will replace the account code field of each sub-account with a newly generated code.

en: Action/Number
en_GB: _Number

en: Book currency
en_GB: Currency

en: You can't transfer from and to the same account!
en_GB: You can't transfer to and from the same account!

en: Remember and don't _ask me again.
en_GB: Remember the answer and don't _ask me again.

en: Remember and don't ask me again this _session.
en_GB: Remember the answer and don't ask me again this _session.

en: Can't connect to %s. The host, username or password were incorrect.
en_GB: Cannot connect to %s. The host, username or password were incorrect.

en: Can't connect to %s. Connection was lost, unable to send data.
en_GB: Cannot connect to %s. Connection was lost, unable to send data.

en: The SQL database is in use by other users, and the upgrade cannot be performed until they logoff. If there are currently no other users, consult the  documentation to learn how to clear out dangling login sessions.
en_GB: The SQL database is in use by other users, and the upgrade cannot be performed until they logoff. If there are currently no other users, consult the documentation to learn how to clear out dangling login sessions.

en: That database may be in use by another user, in which case you should not open the database. What would you like to do?
en_GB: That database may be in use by another user, in which case you should not open it. What would you like to do?

en: Show/hide the status bar on this window
en_GB: Show/Hide the status bar on this window

en: _Rebalance
en_GB: _Rebalance:

en: Teller
en_GB: Bank Clerk

en: Paycheck
en_GB: Paycheque

en: _Shares
en_GB: _Shares:

en: Enter the transaction reference, such as the invoice or check number
en_GB: Enter the transaction reference, such as the invoice or cheque number

en: Enter the transaction number, such as the check number
en_GB: Enter the transaction number, such as the cheque number

en: If this field is active then multiple entries in an invoice that transfer to the same account will be accumulated into a single split. This field can be overridden per invoice in the Posting dialog.
en_GB: If this field is active then multiple entries in an invoice that transfer to the same account will be accumulated into a single split. This field can be overridden per invoice in the Posting dialogue.

en: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any bills will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialog. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due bills.
en_GB: If active, at startup GnuCash will check to see whether any bills will become due soon. If so, it will present the user with a reminder dialogue. The definition of "soon" is controlled by the "Days in Advance" setting. Otherwise GnuCash does not check for due bills.

en: Which check position to print
en_GB: Which cheque position to print

en: On preprinted checks containing multiple checks per page, this setting specifies which check position to print. The possible values are 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the top, middle and bottom checks on the page.
en_GB: On preprinted cheques containing multiple cheques per page, this setting specifies which cheque position to print. The possible values are 0, 1 and 2, corresponding to the top, middle and bottom cheques on the page.

en: Number of checks to print on the first page.
en_GB: Number of cheques to print on the first page.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee line on the check.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the payee line on the cheque.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the date line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the date line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Position of check amount in words
en_GB: Position of cheque amount in words

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the written amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the written amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Position of check amount in numbers
en_GB: Position of cheque amount in numbers

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the numerical amount line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the numerical amount line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the memo line on the check. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified check position.
en_GB: This value contains the X,Y coordinates for the start of the memo line on the cheque. Coordinates are from the lower left corner of the specified cheque position.

en: Offset for complete check
en_GB: Offset for complete cheque

en: The default font to use when printing checks. This value will be overridden by any font specified in a check description file.
en_GB: The default font to use when printing cheques. This value will be overridden by any font specified in a cheque description file.

en: Show currencies in this dialog
en_GB: Show currencies in this dialogue

en: Maximum ATM fee amount in your area
en_GB: Maximum cash machine fee amount in your area

en: This field specifies the extra fee that is taken into account when matching imported transactions. In some places commercial ATMs (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores. These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw $100, and you are charged $101,50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered that $100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.
en_GB: This field specifies the extra fee that is taken into account when matching imported transactions. In some places commercial cash machines (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience store. These cash machines add a fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw £100, and you are charged £101.50 plus bank fees. If you manually entered that £100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.

en: If active, all transactions marked as cleared in the register will appear already selected in the reconcile dialog. Otherwise no transactions will be initially selected.
en_GB: If active, all transactions marked as cleared in the register will appear already selected in the reconcile dialogue. Otherwise no transactions will be initially selected.

en: If active, always open the reconcile dialog using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.
en_GB: If active, always open the reconcile dialogue using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.

en: Enables the "Tip Of The Day" when GnuCash starts up. If active, the dialog will be shown. Otherwise it will not be shown.
en_GB: Enables the "Tip Of The Day" when GnuCash starts up. If active, the dialogue will be shown. Otherwise it will not be shown.

en: If active, the size and location of each dialog window will be saved when it is closed. The sizes and locations of content windows will be remembered when you quit GnuCash. Otherwise the sizes will not be saved.
en_GB: If active, the size and location of each dialogue window will be saved when it is closed. The sizes and locations of content windows will be remembered when you quit GnuCash. Otherwise the sizes will not be saved.

en: If active the account hierarchy will colorize the account using the account's custom color if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.
en_GB: If active the account hierarchy will colorize the account using the account's custom colour if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.

en: If active the account register tabs will be colored using the account's custom color if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.
en_GB: If active the account register tabs will be colored using the account's custom colour if set. This can serve as a visual aid to quickly identify accounts.

en: Color all lines of a transaction the same
en_GB: Colour all lines of a transaction the same

en: If active all lines that make up a single transaction will use the same color for their background. Otherwise the background colors are alternated on each line.
en_GB: If active all lines that make up a single transaction will use the same colour for their background. Otherwise the background colours are alternated on each line.

en: Print checks from multiple accounts
en_GB: Print cheques from multiple accounts

en: This dialog is presented if you try to print checks from multiple accounts at the same time.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented if you try to print cheques from multiple accounts at the same time.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified invoice entry. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity that has price quotes attached. Deleting the commodity will delete the quotes as well.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a commodity that has price quotes attached. Deleting the commodity will delete the quotes as well.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete multiple price quotes at one time.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete multiple price quotes at one time.

en: This dialog is presented when a read-only register is opened.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when a read-only register is opened.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to change the contents of a reconciled split. Allowing these changes can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to change the contents of a reconciled split. Allowing these changes can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to mark a transaction split as unreconciled. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to mark a transaction split as unreconciled. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove a split from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove a split from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove a reconciled split from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove all splits from a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove all splits from a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to remove all splits (including some reconciled splits) from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to remove all splits (including some reconciled splits) from a transaction. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction.

en: This dialog is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented before allowing you to delete a transaction that contains reconciled splits. Doing so will throw off the reconciled value of the register and can make it hard to perform future reconciliations.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified transaction. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to duplicate a modified transaction. The changed data must be saved or the duplication canceled.

en: This dialog is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified transaction. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.
en_GB: This dialogue is presented when you attempt to move out of a modified transaction. The changed data must be either saved or discarded.

en: Show a grand total of all accounts converted to the default report currency
en_GB: Show a grand total of all accounts converted to the default report currency.

en: Select _Range
en_GB: Select Range

en: Setup selected accounts
en_GB: Setup selected account

en: Press `Apply' to create your new accounts. You will then be able to save them to a file or database.
    
    Press `Back' to review your selections.
    
    Press `Cancel' to close this dialog without creating any new accounts.
en_GB: Press `Apply' to create your new accounts. You will then be able to save them to a file or database.
    
    Press `Back' to review your selections.
    
    Press `Cancel' to close this dialogue without creating any new accounts.

en: ... utilize an escrow account for payments?
en_GB: ... utilise an trust account for payments?

en: Escrow Account
en_GB: Trust Account

en: Payment To (Escrow)
en_GB: Payment To (Trust)

en: Payment From (Escrow)
en_GB: Payment From (Trust)

en: Use Escrow Account
en_GB: Use Trust Account

en: GnuCash uses separate Income and Expense accounts rather than categories to classify your transactions. Each of the categories in your QIF file will be converted to a GnuCash account. 
    
    On the next page, you will have an opportunity to look at the suggested matches between QIF categories and GnuCash accounts. You may change matches that you do not like by double-clicking on the line containing the category name.
    
    If you change your mind later, you can reorganize the account structure safely within GnuCash.
en_GB: GnuCash uses separate Income and Expense accounts rather than categories to classify your transactions. Each of the categories in your QIF file will be converted to a GnuCash account. 
    
    On the next page, you will have an opportunity to look at the suggested matches between QIF categories and GnuCash accounts. You may change matches that you do not like by double-clicking on the line containing the category name.
    
    If you change your mind later, you can reorganise the account structure safely within GnuCash.

en: _Imported transactions needing review
en_GB: Imported transaction's first split

note: Dialog title for the remains of a stock split
en: Cash In Lieu
en_GB: Cash in lieu

en: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialog.
en_GB: Whether multiple entries in an invoice which transfer to the same account should be accumulated into a single split by default. This setting can be changed in the Post dialogue.

en: _Tax included
en_GB: _Tax Included

en: Ta_x included
en_GB: Ta_x Included?

en: Days in ad_vance
en_GB: _Days in advance

en: Account _Color
en_GB: Account _Colour

en: This account (and any sub-accounts) will be hidden in the account tree and will not appear in the popup account list in the register. To reset this option, you will first need to open the "Filter By..." dialog for the account tree and check the "show hidden accounts" option. Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialog.
en_GB: This account (and any sub-accounts) will be hidden in the account tree and will not appear in the popup account list in the register. To reset this option, you will first need to open the "Filter By..." dialogue for the account tree and check the "show hidden accounts" option. Doing so will allow you to select the account and reopen this dialogue.

en: _Use equity 'Opening Balances' account
en_GB: _Use 'Opening Balances' Equity account

en: _Select transfer account
en_GB: _Select Transfer Account

en: Choose Owner Dialog
en_GB: Choose Owner Dialogue

en: Semi-monthly
en_GB: Semi-Monthly

en: The invoice ID number. If left blank a reasonable number will be chosen for you.
en_GB: The invoice ID number. If left blank a reasonable number will be chosen for you

en: Reset Tax Tables to present Values?
en_GB: Reset Tax Tables to present values?

en: Job Dialog
en_GB: Job Dialogue

en: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Display Welcome Dialog Again?</span>
en_GB: <span weight="bold" size="larger">Display Welcome Dialogue Again?</span>

en: If you press the <i>Yes</i> button, the <i>Welcome to GnuCash</i> dialog will be displayed again next time you start GnuCash. If you press the <i>No</i> button, it will not be displayed again.
en_GB: If you press the <i>Yes</i> button, the <i>Welcome to GnuCash</i> dialogue will be displayed again next time you start GnuCash. If you press the <i>No</i> button, it will not be displayed again.

en: Print Check
en_GB: Print Cheque

en: _Absolute
en_GB: Absolute

en: C_redit accounts
en_GB: C_redit Accounts

en: _Income & expense
en_GB: _Income & Expense

en: <b>Reverse Balanced Accounts</b>
en_GB: <b>Reverse Balanced accounts</b>

en: US Dollars (USD)
en_GB: GBP Pounds (GBP)

en: U_se 24-hour clock
en_GB: U_se 24-hour time format

en: _Automatic decimal point
en_GB: _Automatic Decimal Point

en: Display "_tip of the day" dialog
en_GB: Display "_tip of the Day" dialogue

en: In some places commercial ATMs (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores. These ATMs add their fee directly to the amount instead of showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly banking fees. For example, you withdraw $100, and you are charged $101,50 plus Interac fees. If you manually entered that $100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.
en_GB: In some places commercial cash machines (not belonging to a financial institution) are installed in places like convenience stores. These machines add their fee directly to the amount instead of it showing up as a separate transaction or in your monthly bank charges. For example, you withdraw £100, and you are charged £101.50. If you manually entered that £100, the amounts won't match. You should set this to whatever is the maximum such fee in your area (in units of your local currency), so the transaction will be recognised as a match.

note: Preferences->Online Banking:Generic
en: Commercial ATM _fees threshold
en_GB: Commercial Cash Machine _fees threshold

en: <b>Checks</b>
en_GB: <b>Cheques</b>

en: Print '***' before and after each text field on the check.
en_GB: Print '***' before and after each text field on the cheque.

en: After reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user to enter a credit card payment.
en_GB: After reconciling a credit card statement, prompt the user to enter a credit card payment

en: Always open the reconcile dialog using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.
en_GB: Always open the reconcile dialogue using today's date for the statement date, regardless of previous reconciliations.

en: Double _mode colors alternate with transactions
en_GB: Double _mode colours alternate with transactions

en: Alternate the primary and secondary colors by transaction instead of by alternating by row.
en_GB: Alternate the primary and secondary colours by transaction instead of by alternating by row.

en: _Basic ledger
en_GB: _Basic Ledger

en: _Double line mode
en_GB: _Double Line Mode

note: Register2 feature
en: Number of _characters for auto complete
en_GB: Number of _rows

note: #-#-#-#-#  1368 (en_GB)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KSettingsOnlineQuotes) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_onlineQuoteButton) #-#-#-#-#  1517 (alkimia)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, AlkOnlineQuotesWidget) i18n:
en: Online Quotes
en_GB: Online quotes

en: Before _Date
en_GB: _Date

en: Save Custom Check Format
en_GB: Save Custom Cheque Format

en: Enter a title for this custom format. This title will appear in the "Check format" selector of the Print Check dialog. Using the title of an existing custom format will cause that format to be overwritten.
en_GB: Enter a title for this custom format. This title will appear in the "Check format" selector of the Print Check dialogue. Using the title of an existing custom format will cause that format to be overwritten.

en: Deluxe(tm) Personal Checks US-Letter
en_GB: Deluxe(tm) Personal Cheques US-Letter

en: Quicken(tm) Wallet Checks w/ side stub
en_GB: Quicken(tm) Wallet Cheques w/ side stub

en: Check _format
en_GB: Cheque _format

en: Check po_sition
en_GB: Cheque po_sition

en: Check format must have an
    ADDRESS item defined in order
    to print an address on the check.
en_GB: Cheque format must have an
    ADDRESS item defined in order
    to print an address on the cheque.

en: Checks on first _page
en_GB: Cheques on first _page

en: You have requested that the following warning dialogs not be presented. To re-enable any of these dialogs, select the check box next to the dialog, then click OK.
en_GB: You have requested that the following warning dialogues not be presented. To re-enable any of these dialogues, select the check box next to the dialogue, then click OK.

en: Crea_te in advance
en_GB: Create in advance

en: R_emind in advance
en_GB: Remind in advance

en: Include Century
en_GB: include century

en: Significant Digits
en_GB: Significant digits

en: Estimate Budget Values
en_GB: Estimate budget values

en: Create a New Budget
en_GB: Create a new Budget

en: Open the Selected Budget
en_GB: Open the selected budget

en: Delete the Selected Budget
en_GB: Delete the selected budget

en: S_tatement Date
en_GB: S_tatement Date:

en: Number of calendar units in the recurrence:  E.g. Biweekly = every 2 weeks; Quarterly = every 3 months
en_GB: Number of calendar units in the recurrence:  e.g. Biweekly = every 2 weeks; Quarterly = every 3 months

en: same week & day
en_GB: same week and day

en: Secure HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Secure HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialogue.

en: Network HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialog.
en_GB: Network HTTP access is disabled. You can enable it in the Network section of the Preferences dialogue.

en: The Setup of your Online Banking connection is handled by the external program "AqBanking Setup Wizard". Please press the button below to start this program.
en_GB: The Setup of your Online Banking connection is handled by the external program "AqBanking Setup Assistant". Please press the button below to start this program.

en: _Start AqBanking Wizard
en_GB: _Start AqBanking Assistant

en: Start Online Banking Wizard
en_GB: Start Online Banking Assistant

en: Please select a commodity to match the following exchange specific code. Please note that the exchange code of the commodity you select will be overwritten.
en_GB: Please select a commodity to match the following exchange specific code.Please note that the exchange code of the commodity you select will be overwritten.

en: The log file you selected cannot be read. The file header was not recognized.
en_GB: The log file you selected cannot be read. The file header was not recognised.

en: Unknown OFX checking account
en_GB: Unknown OFX current account

en: _Ticker symbol or other abbreviation
en_GB: _Symbol/abbreviation

en: A bug was detected while parsing the QIF file.
en_GB: An error occurred while reading the QIF file.

en: Unrecognized or inconsistent format.
en_GB: Unrecognised or inconsistent format.

en: Finding duplicate transactions
en_GB: Finding duplicate transactions...

en: Missing transaction date.
en_GB: Missing transaction date?

en: Select the currency to display the values of this report in.
en_GB: Select the currency in which to display the values of this report.

en: Circle filled with color
en_GB: Circle filled with colour

en: Square filled with color
en_GB: Square filled with colour

en: Suppress $0.00 values
en_GB: Suppress £0.00 values

en: $0.00 valued Accounts won't be printed.
en_GB: £0.00 valued Accounts won't be printed.

en: $0.00 valued Tax codes won't be printed.
en_GB: £0.00 valued Tax codes won't be printed.

en: Depth limit behavior
en_GB: Depth limit behaviour

en: Realized Gain
en_GB: Realised Gain

en: Unrealized Gain
en_GB: Unrealised Gain

en: Unrealized Gains
en_GB: Unrealised Gains

en: Unrealized Losses
en_GB: Unrealised Losses

en: Customer Name
en_GB: Customer Number

en: Payable Aging
en_GB: Payable Ageing

en: Receivable Aging
en_GB: Receivable Ageing

en: Marker Color
en_GB: Marker Colour

en: Display the check number?
en_GB: Display the cheque number?

en: Display the shares price?
en_GB: Display the share price?

en: table-header-border-color
en_GB: table-header-border-colour

en: table-cell-border-color
en_GB: table-cell-border-colour

en: Net Loss
en_GB: Loss

en: General background color for report.
en_GB: General background colour for report

en: Normal body text color.
en_GB: Normal body text colour

en: Link text color.
en_GB: Link text colour

en: Table Cell Color
en_GB: Table Cell Colour

en: Alternate Table Cell Color
en_GB: Alternate Table Cell Colour

en: Subheading/Subtotal Cell Color
en_GB: Subheading/Subtotal Cell Colour

en: Default color for subtotal rows.
en_GB: Default colour for subtotal rows.

en: Sub-subheading/total Cell Color
en_GB: Sub-subheading/total Cell Colour

en: Grand Total Cell Color
en_GB: Grand Total Cell Colour

en: Background color for reports.
en_GB: Background colour for reports.

en: Background color for alternate lines.
en_GB: Background colour for alternate lines.

en: Realized Gain/Loss
en_GB: Realised Gain/Loss

en: Realized Gains or Losses from Commodity or Trading Accounts that haven't been recorded elsewhere.
en_GB: Realised Gains or Losses from Commodity or Trading Accounts that haven't been recorded elsewhere.

en: rate:annualized interest rate
en_GB: rate:annualised interest rate

en: rate:annualized risk-free interest rate
en_GB: rate:annualised risk-free interest rate

en: volatility:annualized volatility of the asset in percent for the period through to the exercise date
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility of the asset in percent for the period through to the exercise date

en: volatility:annualized volatility of the asset
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility of the asset

en: rate:the annualized rate of interest
en_GB: rate:the annualised rate of interest

en: volatility:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the underlying option
en_GB: volatility:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the underlying option

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the first option
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the first option

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of the underlying asset of the second option
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of the underlying asset of the second option

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of asset 1
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of asset 1

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of asset 2
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of asset 2

en: volatility1:annualized volatility in price of the first underlying futures contract
en_GB: volatility1:annualised volatility in price of the first underlying futures contract

en: volatility2:annualized volatility in price of the second underlying futures contract
en_GB: volatility2:annualised volatility in price of the second underlying futures contract

en: @{from} and @{to} can be any of the following:
    
    Weight and mass:
    	'g'  			Gram
    	'sg' 			Slug
    	'lbm'		Pound
    	'u'  			U (atomic mass)
    	'ozm'		Ounce
    
    Distance:
    	'm'   		Meter
    	'mi'  		Statute mile
    	'Nmi' 		Nautical mile
    	'in'  			Inch
    	'ft'  			Foot
    	'yd'  		Yard
    	'ang' 		Angstrom
    	'Pica'		Pica Points
    	'picapt'		Pica Points
    	'pica'		Pica
    
    Time:
    	'yr'  			Year
    	'day' 		Day
    	'hr'  			Hour
    	'mn'  		Minute
    	'sec' 		Second
    
    Pressure:
    	'Pa'  		Pascal
    	'atm' 		Atmosphere
    	'mmHg'		mm of Mercury
    
    Force:
    	'N'   			Newton
    	'dyn' 		Dyne
    	'lbf' 			Pound force
    
    Energy:
    	'J'    			Joule
    	'e'    		Erg
    	'c'    		Thermodynamic calorie
    	'cal'  		IT calorie
    	'eV'   		Electron volt
    	'HPh'  		Horsepower-hour
    	'Wh'   		Watt-hour
    	'flb'  		Foot-pound
    	'BTU'  		BTU
    
    Power:
    	'HP'   		Horsepower
    	'W'    		Watt
    
    Magnetism:
    	'T'    		Tesla
    	'ga'   		Gauss
    
    Temperature:
    	'C'    		Degree Celsius
    	'F'    		Degree Fahrenheit
    	'K'    		Degree Kelvin
    
    Liquid measure:
    	'tsp'  		Teaspoon
    	'tbs'  		Tablespoon
    	'oz'   		Fluid ounce
    	'cup'  		Cup
    	'pt'   		Pint
    	'qt'   		Quart
    	'gal'  		Gallon
    	'l'    			Liter
    
    For metric units any of the following prefixes can be used:
    	'Y'  	yotta 		1E+24
    	'Z'  	zetta 		1E+21
    	'E'  	exa   		1E+18
    	'P'  	peta  		1E+15
    	'T'  	tera  		1E+12
    	'G'  	giga  		1E+09
    	'M'  	mega  		1E+06
    	'k'  	kilo  		1E+03
    	'h'  	hecto 		1E+02
    	'e'  	deca (deka)	1E+01
    	'd'  	deci  		1E-01
    	'c'  	centi 		1E-02
    	'm'  	milli 		1E-03
    	'u'  	micro 		1E-06
    	'n'  	nano  		1E-09
    	'p'  	pico  		1E-12
    	'f'  	femto 		1E-15
    	'a'  	atto  		1E-18
    	'z'  	zepto 		1E-21
    	'y'  	yocto 		1E-24
en_GB: @{from} and @{to} can be any of the following:
    
    Weight and mass:
    	'g'  			Gram
    	'sg' 			Slug
    	'lbm'		Pound
    	'u'  			U (atomic mass)
    	'ozm'		Ounce
    
    Distance:
    	'm'   		Metre
    	'mi'  		Statute mile
    	'Nmi' 		Nautical mile
    	'in'  			Inch
    	'ft'  			Foot
    	'yd'  		Yard
    	'ang' 		Angstrom
    	'Pica'		Pica Points
    	'picapt'		Pica Points
    	'pica'		Pica
    
    Time:
    	'yr'  			Year
    	'day' 		Day
    	'hr'  			Hour
    	'mn'  		Minute
    	'sec' 		Second
    
    Pressure:
    	'Pa'  		Pascal
    	'atm' 		Atmosphere
    	'mmHg'		mm of Mercury
    
    Force:
    	'N'   			Newton
    	'dyn' 		Dyne
    	'lbf' 			Pound force
    
    Energy:
    	'J'    			Joule
    	'e'    		Erg
    	'c'    		Thermodynamic calorie
    	'cal'  		IT calorie
    	'eV'   		Electron volt
    	'HPh'  		Horsepower-hour
    	'Wh'   		Watt-hour
    	'flb'  		Foot-pound
    	'BTU'  		BTU
    
    Power:
    	'HP'   		Horsepower
    	'W'    		Watt
    
    Magnetism:
    	'T'    		Tesla
    	'ga'   		Gauss
    
    Temperature:
    	'C'    		Degree Celsius
    	'F'    		Degree Fahrenheit
    	'K'    		Degree Kelvin
    
    Liquid measure:
    	'tsp'  		Teaspoon
    	'tbs'  		Tablespoon
    	'oz'   		Fluid ounce
    	'cup'  		Cup
    	'pt'   		Pint
    	'qt'   		Quart
    	'gal'  		Gallon
    	'l'    			Liter
    
    For metric units any of the following prefixes can be used:
    	'Y'  	yotta 		1E+24
    	'Z'  	zetta 		1E+21
    	'E'  	exa   		1E+18
    	'P'  	peta  		1E+15
    	'T'  	tera  		1E+12
    	'G'  	giga  		1E+09
    	'M'  	mega  		1E+06
    	'k'  	kilo  		1E+03
    	'h'  	hecto 		1E+02
    	'e'  	deca (deka)	1E+01
    	'd'  	deci  		1E-01
    	'c'  	centi 		1E-02
    	'm'  	milli 		1E-03
    	'u'  	micro 		1E-06
    	'n'  	nano  		1E-09
    	'p'  	pico  		1E-12
    	'f'  	femto 		1E-15
    	'a'  	atto  		1E-18
    	'z'  	zepto 		1E-21
    	'y'  	yocto 		1E-24

en: XIRR calculates the annualized internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  @{values} lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in @{dates}.
en_GB: XIRR calculates the annualised internal rate of return of a cash flow at arbitrary points in time.  @{values} lists the payments (negative values) and receipts (positive values) with one value for each entry in @{dates}.

en: @{type} specifies the type of information you want to obtain:
      address        		Returns the given cell reference as text.
      col            		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      color          		Returns 0.
      contents       		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      column         		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      columnwidth    	Returns the column width.
      coord          		Returns the absolute address of @{cell}.
      datatype       	same as type
      filename       		Returns the name of the file of @{cell}.
      format         		Returns the code of the format of the cell.
      formulatype    	same as type
      locked         		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      parentheses    	Returns 1 if @{cell} contains a negative value
                     		and its format displays it with parentheses.
      prefix         		Returns a character indicating the horizontal
                     		alignment of @{cell}.
      prefixcharacter  	same as prefix
      protect        		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      row            		Returns the number of the row in @{cell}.
      sheetname      	Returns the name of the sheet of @{cell}.
      type           		Returns "l" if @{cell} contains a string, 
                     		"v" if it contains some other value, and 
                     		"b" if @{cell} is blank.
      value          		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      width          		Returns the column width.
en_GB: @{type} specifies the type of information you want to obtain:
      address        		Returns the given cell reference as text.
      col            		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      colour          		Returns 0.
      contents       		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      column         		Returns the number of the column in @{cell}.
      columnwidth    	Returns the column width.
      coord          		Returns the absolute address of @{cell}.
      datatype       	same as type
      filename       		Returns the name of the file of @{cell}.
      format         		Returns the code of the format of the cell.
      formulatype    	same as type
      locked         		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      parentheses    	Returns 1 if @{cell} contains a negative value
                     		and its format displays it with parentheses.
      prefix         		Returns a character indicating the horizontal
                     		alignment of @{cell}.
      prefixcharacter  	same as prefix
      protect        		Returns 1 if @{cell} is locked.
      row            		Returns the number of the row in @{cell}.
      sheetname      	Returns the name of the sheet of @{cell}.
      type           		Returns "l" if @{cell} contains a string, 
                     		"v" if it contains some other value, and 
                     		"b" if @{cell} is blank.
      value          		Returns the contents of the cell in @{cell}.
      width          		Returns the column width.

en: The parameterization of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSDIST.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.
en_GB: The parameterisation of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSDIST.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.

en: The parameterization of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSINV.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.
en_GB: The parameterisation of this function is different from what is used for, e.g., NORMSINV.  This is a common source of mistakes, but necessary for compatibility.

en: If even numbers are given MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the center.
en_GB: If even numbers are given MEDIAN returns the average of the two numbers in the centre.

en: ZTEST calulates the probability of observing a sample mean as large as or larger than the mean of the given sample for samples drawn from a normal distribution with mean @{x} and standard deviation @{stddev}.
en_GB: ZTEST calculates the probability of observing a sample mean as large as or larger than the mean of the given sample for samples drawn from a normal distribution with mean @{x} and standard deviation @{stddev}.

en: LOGREG function transforms your x's to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your y's and z's --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to y's and x's. LOGREG returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.
en_GB: LOGREG function transforms your xs to z=ln(x) and applies the “least squares” method to fit the linear equation y = m * z + b to your ys and zs --- equivalent to fitting the equation y = m * ln(x) + b to ys and xs. LOGREG returns an array having two columns and one row. m is given in the first column and b in the second.

en: While this function is OpenFormula compatible, most of its behavior is, at this time, implementation specific.
en_GB: While this function is OpenFormula compatible, most of its behaviour is, at this time, implementation specific.

en: Calculation, Analysis, and Visualization of Information
en_GB: Calculation, Analysis, and Visualisation of Information

en: Unknown color '%s'
en_GB: Unknown colour '%s'

en: Invalid RRGGBB color '%s' for attribute %s
en_GB: Invalid RRGGBB colour '%s' for attribute %s

en: Unknown theme color %d
en_GB: Unknown theme colour %d

en: Math Functions
en_GB: Maths Functions

en: Invalid attribute '%s', expected color, received '%s'
en_GB: Invalid attribute '%s', expected colour, received '%s'

en: Expression '%s' does not start with a recognized character
en_GB: Expression '%s' does not start with a recognised character

en: %d. field specification ended unexpectetly.
en_GB: %d. field specification ended unexpectedly.

en: This value determines whether by default the print set-up dialog applies to all sheets simultaneously.
en_GB: This value determines whether by default the print set-up dialogue applies to all sheets simultaneously.

en: The default page header for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialog.
en_GB: The default page header for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialogue.

en: The default page footer for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialog.
en_GB: The default page footer for new documents that can be modified using the page setup dialogue.

en: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialog is to center pages horizontally.
en_GB: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue is to centre pages horizontally.

en: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialog is to center pages vertically.
en_GB: This value determines whether the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue is to center pages vertically.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether print grid lines. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether print grid lines. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print empty but formatted cells. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print empty but formatted cells. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print in only black and white. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print in only black and white. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print row and column headers. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print row and column headers. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to print first right then down. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to print first right then down. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialog whether to scale pages by a given percentage. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value determines the default setting in the Print Setup dialogue whether to scale pages by a given percentage. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the percentage by which to scale each printed page. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the percentage by which to scale each printed page. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the width of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this width. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialog.
en_GB: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the width of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this width. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialogue.

en: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the height of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this height. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialog.
en_GB: This value determines the maximum number of pages that make up the height of a printout of the current sheet. The sheet will be reduced to fit within this height. This value can be changed in the Page Setup dialogue.

en: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the top of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the top of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the left of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This string gives the default region to be repeated at the left of each printed sheet. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This string gives the default unit to be used in the page setup dialog.
en_GB: This string gives the default unit to be used in the page setup dialogue.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the start of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the start of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the footer. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the bottom of a page to the end of the footer. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the top of the header. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the top of a page to the top of the header. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the left of a page to the left of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the left of a page to the left of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This value gives the default number of points from the right of a page to the right of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This value gives the default number of points from the right of a page to the right of the body. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This is the default paper specification. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This is the default paper specification. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: This is the default paper orientation. Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: This is the default paper orientation. Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: Please use the Print Setup dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: Please use the Print Setup dialogue to edit this value.

en: Some dialogs contain only a single entry field that allows range selections in the workbook. Setting this variable to TRUE directs selections to this entry even if the entry does not have keyboard focus.
en_GB: Some dialogues contain only a single entry field that allows range selections in the workbook. Setting this variable to TRUE directs selections to this entry even if the entry does not have keyboard focus.

en: Please use the Text Export dialog to edit this value.
en_GB: Please use the Text Export dialogue to edit this value.

en: Search &amp; Replace Error Behavior
en_GB: Search &amp; Replace Error Behaviour

en: This is the default error behavior of Search &amp; Replace indicated by an integer from 0 to 4.
en_GB: This is the default error behaviour of Search &amp; Replace indicated by an integer from 0 to 4.

en: Before an existing file is being overwritten, gnumeric will present a warning dialog. Setting this option will make the overwrite button in that dialog the default button.
en_GB: Before an existing file is overwritten, gnumeric will present a warning dialogue. Setting this option will make the overwrite button in that dialogue the default button.

en: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to perform a case-sensitive sort and determine the initial state of the case-sensitive checkbox in the sort dialog.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to perform a case-sensitive sort and determine the initial state of the case-sensitive tickbox in the sort dialogue.

en: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to preserve the cell formats while sorting and determines the initial state of the preserve-formats checkbox in the sort dialog.
en_GB: Setting this option will cause the sort buttons on the toolbar to preserve the cell formats while sorting and determines the initial state of the preserve-formats tickbox in the sort dialogue.

en: This option determines the initial state of the sort-order button in the sort dialog.
en_GB: This option determines the initial state of the sort-order button in the sort dialogue.

en: When selecting a sort region in the sort dialog, sort clauses are automatically added. This number determines the maximum number of clauses to be added automatically.
en_GB: When selecting a sort region in the sort dialogue, sort clauses are automatically added. This number determines the maximum number of clauses to be added automatically.

en: Configure Checkbox
en_GB: Configure Tickbox

en: Localization.
en_GB: Localisation.

en: Plugin system, localization.
en_GB: Plugin system, localisation.

en: original CSV support, French localization
en_GB: original CSV support, French localisation

en: We apologize if anyone was left out.
en_GB: We apologise if anyone was left out.

en: Could not create the Advanced Filter dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Advanced Filter dialogue.

en: Could not create the Chi Squared Tests tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Chi Squared Tests tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Frequency Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Frequency Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Kaplan Meier Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Kaplan Meier Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Normality Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Normality Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Student-t Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Student-t Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Principal Components Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Principal Components Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Sign Test Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Sign Test Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Correlation Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Correlation Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Covariance Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Covariance Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Rank and Percentile Tools dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Rank and Percentile Tools dialogue.

en: Could not create the Fourier Analysis Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Fourier Analysis Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Descriptive Statistics Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Descriptive Statistics Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Mean Tests Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Mean Tests Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the FTest Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the FTest Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Sampling Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Sampling Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Regression Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Regression Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Exponential Smoothing Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Exponential Smoothing Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Moving Average Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Moving Average Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Histogram Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Histogram Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the ANOVA (single factor) tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the ANOVA (single factor) tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the ANOVA (two factor) tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the ANOVA (two factor) tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the autosave dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the autosave dialogue.

en: Could not create the Consolidate dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Consolidate dialogue.

en: Could not create the Data Table definition dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Data Table definition dialogue.

en: Could not create the Delete Cell dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Delete Cell dialogue.

en: Could not create the Properties dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Properties dialogue.

en: Could not create the Fill Series dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Fill Series dialogue.

en: Paste Function Name dialog
en_GB: Paste Function Name dialogue

en: Could not create the Goal-Seek dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Goal-Seek dialogue.

en: Could not create the goto dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the goto dialogue.

en: Could not create the hyperlink dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the hyperlink dialogue.

en: Could not create the Insert Cell dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Insert Cell dialogue.

en: Capitalize _names of days
en_GB: Capitalise _names of days

en: Capitalize _first letter of sentence
en_GB: Capitalise _first letter of sentence

en: Do _not capitalize after:
en_GB: Do _not capitalise after:

en: Could not create the Correlated Random Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Correlated Random Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Random Tool dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Random Tool dialogue.

en: Could not create the Scenario Add dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Scenario Add dialogue.

en: Could not create the Scenarios dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Scenarios dialogue.

en: Could not create the Data Shuffling dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Data Shuffling dialogue.

en: Could not create the Simulation dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Simulation dialogue.

en: Could not create the List Property dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the List Property dialogue.

en: Could not create the Solver dialog.
en_GB: Could not create the Solver dialogue.

en: If this checkbox is selected, column %i will be imported into Gnumeric.
en_GB: If this tickbox is selected, column %i will be imported into Gnumeric.

en: If this checkbox is selected, the width of the column will be adjusted to the longest entry.
en_GB: If this tickbox is selected, the width of the column will be adjusted to the longest entry.

en: Center across _selection
en_GB: Centre across _selection

en: Ce_nter
en_GB: Ce_ntre

en: When this checkbox is checked, cell formatting such as borders, hyperlinks, fore and background colors will remain in the original location. Uncheck this checkbox to have these formats move with the content.
en_GB: When this box is ticked, cell formatting such as borders, hyperlinks, fore and background colours will remain in the original location. Untick this box to have these formats move with the content.

en: Attempt to recognize columns in the text automatically.
en_GB: Attempt to recognise columns in the text automatically.

en: Hypothesized mean _difference:
en_GB: Hypothesised mean _difference:

en: Student-t Test
en_GB: Student t Test

en: The plugin cannot be deactivated now because it is in use. However, if you use the check button below, the plugin won't be activated after restarting Gnumeric (unless needed by another plugin).
en_GB: The plugin cannot be deactivated now because it is in use. However, if you use the tick button below, the plugin won't be activated after restarting Gnumeric (unless needed by another plugin).

en: <b>Center on page:</b>
en_GB: <b>Centre on page:</b>

en: When set, the current settings will be saved as the default settings for future invocations of this and the Search dialog.
en_GB: When set, the current settings will be saved as the default settings for future invocations of this and the Search dialogue.

en: Dismiss search center
en_GB: Dismiss search centre

en: These settings are shared with the Search & Replace dialog.
en_GB: These settings are shared with the Search & Replace dialogue.

en: Sheet objects with this property do not print with the remainder of the sheet.
en_GB: heet objects with this property do not print with the remainder of the sheet.

en: Hypothesized _difference of medians:
en_GB: Hypothesised _difference of medians:

en: Checkbox Properties
en_GB: Tickbox Properties

en: Don't display warning dialogs when importing
en_GB: Don't display warning dialogues when importing

en: _Format %d Cell... | _Format %d Cells
en_GB[0]: _Format %d Cell...
en_GB[1]: _Format %d Cells...

en: CheckBox %d
en_GB: TickBox %d

note: FIXME: This text sucks:
en: Clicking checkbox
en_GB: Clicking tickbox

en: Display Formulæ
en_GB: Display Formulae

en: The foreground color of the tab.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the tab.

en: The background color of the tab.
en_GB: The background colour of the tab.

en: /Mean/Known Variance/Observations/Hypothesized Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/z/P (Z<=z) one-tail/z Critical one-tail/P (Z<=z) two-tail/z Critical two-tail
en_GB: /Mean/Known Variance/Observations/Hypothesised Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/z/P (Z<=z) one-tail/z Critical one-tail/P (Z<=z) two-tail/z Critical two-tail

en: /Mean/Variance/Observations/Pooled Variance/Hypothesized Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/df/t Stat/P (T<=t) one-tail/t Critical one-tail/P (T<=t) two-tail/t Critical two-tail
en_GB: /Mean/Variance/Observations/Pooled Variance/Hypothesised Mean Difference/Observed Mean Difference/df/t Stat/P (T<=t) one-tail/t Critical one-tail/P (T<=t) two-tail/t Critical two-tail

en: Create a checkbox
en_GB: Create a tickbox

en: Display _Formulæ
en_GB: Display _Formulae

en: _Center Across Selection
en_GB: _Centre Across Selection

en: Center horizontally across the selection
en_GB: Centre horizontally across the selection

en: _Merge and Center
en_GB: _Merge and Centre

en: _Vertically Center
en_GB: _Vertically Centre

en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

en: Go to Cell...
en_GB: Go to Cell ...

en: Changing sheet tab colors
en_GB: Changing sheet tab colours

en: Reorganizing Sheets
en_GB: Reorganising Sheets

en: A classical yet colorful template
en_GB: A classical yet colourful template

en: Desert colored financial template
en_GB: Desert coloured financial template

en: Financial style with cold border color
en_GB: Financial style with cold border colour

en: An advanced colorless template
en_GB: An advanced colourless template

note: #-#-#-#-#  1505  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, filterMinimization)
en: Minimization
en_GB: Minimisation

en: Error initializing plugin loader ("%s").
en_GB: Error initialising plugin loader ("%s").

en: Errors while initializing plugin system.
en_GB: Errors while initialising plugin system.

en: Initializing function inside plugin returned error.
en_GB: Initialising function inside plugin returned error.

en: The arc center x coordinate
en_GB: The arc centre x coordinate

en: The arc center y coordinate
en_GB: The arc centre y coordinate

en: The rotation around center position
en_GB: The rotation around centre position

en: The circle center horizontal position
en_GB: The circle centre horizontal position

en: The circle center vertical position
en_GB: The circle centre vertical position

en: The rotation around center
en_GB: The rotation around centre

en: Color-Axis
en_GB: Colour-Axis

en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

en: Step 2 of 2: Customize Chart
en_GB: Step 2 of 2: Customise Chart

en: Customize Chart
en_GB: Customise Chart

en: Text justification as a string. Possible values are "center" (default value), "left", "right", or "fill".
en_GB: Text justification as a string. Possible values are "centre" (default value), "left", "right", or "fill".

en: Color axis:
en_GB: Colour axis:

en: Color axis
en_GB: Colour axis

en: Reference to color axis
en_GB: Reference to colour axis

en: Semicolon separated list of hints for automatic addition of objects in guru dialog
en_GB: Semicolon separated list of hints for automatic addition of objects in guru dialogue

en: dark gray
en_GB: dark grey

en: light gray
en_GB: light grey

en: Custom color...
en_GB: Custom colour...

en: Netherlands antilles, Guilders
en_GB: Netherlands Antilles, Guilders

en: Bosnia and herzegovina, Convertible Marka
en_GB: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Convertible Marka

en: Costa rica, Colones
en_GB: Costa Rica, Colones

en: Cape verde, Escudos
en_GB: Cape Verde, Escudos

en: Czech republic, Koruny
en_GB: Czech Republic, Koruny

en: Dominican republic, Pesos
en_GB: Dominican Republic, Pesos

en: Euro Members Countries, Euros
en_GB: Euro Member Countries, Euro

en: United kingdom, Pounds
en_GB: United Kingdom, Pounds

en: Israel, New Sheqels
en_GB: Israel, New Shekels

en: Iceland, Krohur
en_GB: Iceland, Kronur

en: Korea (South) Wons
en_GB: Korea (South), Won

en: Cayman islands, Dollars
en_GB: Cayman Islands, Dollars

en: Macao, Patacas
en_GB: Macau, Patacas

en: Maldives (Maldive Islands), Rufiyaas
en_GB: Maldives (Maldive Islands), Rufiyaa

en: New zealand, Dollars
en_GB: New Zealand, Dollars

en: Saudi arabia, Riyals
en_GB: Saudi Arabia, Riyals

en: Sierra leone, Leones
en_GB: Sierra Leone, Leones

en: Step at center
en_GB: Step at centre

en: Bicolor gradient
en_GB: Bicolour gradient

en: Unicolor gradient
en_GB: Unicolour gradient

en: centered
en_GB: centred

en: centered wallpaper
en_GB: centred wallpaper

en: Center-size
en_GB: Centre-size

en: Size of the center hole as a percentage of the radius
en_GB: Size of the centre hole as a percentage of the radius

en: _Vary colors by slice
en_GB: _Vary colours by slice

en: Cen_ter size:
en_GB: Cen_tre size:

en: Hide data outside of color axis bounds
en_GB: Hide data outside of colour axis bounds

note: xgettext : the base for how to name rt plot objects * eg The 2nd rt plot in a chart will be called * 	PlotColoredPolar2
en: PlotColorPolar
en_GB: PlotColourPolar

en: Hide data outside of the color axis bounds
en_GB: Hide data outside of the colour axis bounds

en: Colored Polar
en_GB: Coloured Polar

en: Polar plot with colored marks.
en_GB: Polar plot with coloured marks.

en: Polar plotting engine with colored marks
en_GB: Polar plotting engine with coloured marks

en: _Vary colors by bubble
en_GB: _Vary colours by bubble

note: xgettext : the base for how to name map like plot objects * eg The 2nd plot in a chart will be called * 	Map2
en: XYColor
en_GB: XYColour

en: ColoredXY
en_GB: ColouredXY

en: XY Steps Center
en_GB: XY Steps Centre

en: Multi-dimensional points with data dependent color marker at each point.
en_GB: Multi-dimensional points with data dependent colour marker at each point.

en: 2D colored scatter plotting engine
en_GB: 2D coloured scatter plotting engine

en: Uncheck to force zero intercept
en_GB: Untick to force zero intercept

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have enough room to display the entire string
en_GB: The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does not have enough room to display the entire string

en: Create, reorganize, and delete partitions
en_GB: Create, reorganise, and delete partitions

en: Operation Canceled
en_GB: Operation Cancelled

en: Canceling an operation might cause SEVERE file system damage.
en_GB: Cancelling an operation may cause SEVERE file system damage.

en: All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialog.
en_GB: All mounted views will be unmounted when you close this dialogue.

note: TO TRANSLATORS:  unrecognized * means that the partition table for this disk * device is unknown or not recognized.
en: unrecognized
en_GB: unrecognised

en: partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a maximize encryption only step
en_GB: partition does not contain LUKS encryption for a maximise encryption only step

en: partition contains open LUKS encryption for a maximize file system only step
en_GB: partition contains open LUKS encryption for a maximise file system only step

en: Could not add this operation to the list
en_GB: Could not add this operation to the list.

note: TO TRANSLATORS: Singular case looks like   1 operation is currently pending for partition /dev/sdb1
en: %1 operation is currently pending for partition %2 | %1 operations are currently pending for partition %2
en_GB[0]: %1 operation is currently pending for partition %2
en_GB[1]: %1 operation are currently pending for partition %2

en: The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognizable file systems on this disk.
en_GB: The disk scan by gpart did not find any recognisable file systems on this disk.

en: Maximize closed LUKS encryption skipped because it will automatically fill the partition when opened
en_GB: Maximise closed LUKS encryption skipped because it will automatically fill the partition when opened

en: Photo frame border color
en_GB: Photo frame border colour

en: GPhotoFrame needs your authorization in order to view private photos or to add photos to favorites list on your Flickr.com account. Press the "Authorize" button to open a web browser and give GPhotoFrame the authorization.
en_GB: GPhotoFrame needs your authorisation in order to view private photos or to add photos to favorites list on your Flickr.com account. Press the "Authorise" button to open a web browser and give GPhotoFrame the authorisation.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2598 (simple-scan)  #-#-#-#-# Button to submit authorization dialog
en: _Authorize
en_GB: _Authorise

note: getfrob -> open browser
en: Return to this dialog after you have finished the authorization process on Flickr.com and click the "Complete Authorization" button below
en_GB: Return to this dialogue after you have finished the authorisation process on Flickr.com and click the "Complete Authorisation" button below

en: _Complete Authorization
en_GB: _Complete Authorisation

en: Start slideshow
en_GB: Start Slide-show

note: percent = gtk_entry_new();    // show scale (in percentage) g_signal_connect( percent, "activate", G_CALLBACK(on_percentage), mw ); gtk_widget_set_size_request( percent, 45, -1 ); gtk_box_pack_start( (GtkBox*)nav_bar, percent, FALSE, FALSE, 2 );
en: Fit Image To Window Size
en_GB: Fit Image to window size

en: Rotate Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anticlockwise

en: The file name you selected already exists.
    Do you want to overwrite existing file?
    (Warning: The quality of original image might be lost)
en_GB: The file name you selected already exists.
    Do you want to overwrite the existing file?
    (WARNING: The quality of original image may be lost)

en: Are you sure you want to delete current file?
    
    Warning: Once deleted, the file cannot be recovered.
en_GB: Are you sure you want to delete current file?
    
    WARNING: Once deleted, the file cannot be recovered.

en: Start/Stop Slideshow
en_GB: Start/Stop Slide-show

en: Copyright (C) 2007 - 2011
en_GB: Copyright © 2007 - 2012

en: Lightweight image viewer from LXDE project
en_GB: Lightweight image viewer from the LXDE project

en: Higher compression levels yield smaller file sizes,
    but takes more time to do the compression.
en_GB: Higher compression levels yield smaller file sizes,
    but take more time to do the compression.

en: Slideshow interval
en_GB: Slide-show interval

en: Fullscreen:
en_GB: Full screen:

en: %s: Could not find satellite with catalog number %d
en_GB: %s: Could not find satellite with catalogue number %d

en: <b>Colours:</b>
en_GB: <b>colours:</b>

en: All of your research is kept organized, searchable and as precise as you need it to be.
en_GB: All of your research is kept organised, searchable and as precise as you need it to be.

en: Error: Unrecognized type: "%(format)s" for import file: %(filename)s
en_GB: Error: Unrecognised type: "%(format)s" for import file: %(filename)s

en: ERROR: Unrecognized format for export file %s
en_GB: ERROR: Unrecognised format for export file %s

note: first date in a span If "from <Month>" needs a special inflection in your language, translate this to "{short_month.f[X]} {year}" (where X is one of the month-name inflections you defined) else leave it untranslated
en: from|{short_month} {year}
en_GB: {short_month} {year}

en: Places in neighborhood of given position
en_GB: Places in neighbourhood of given position

en: Alternate names
en_GB: Alternative names

en: Node color.
en_GB: Node colour.

en: Light colors
en_GB: Light colours

en: Dark colors
en_GB: Dark colours

en: Select color for %s
en_GB: Select colour for %s

en: Last Change
en_GB: Last change

note: this is meaningless while it's modal
en: Organize Bookmarks
en_GB: Organise Bookmarks

en: Organize Tags...
en_GB: Organise Tags...

en: Organize Tags
en_GB: Organise Tags

en: Height if not maximized
en_GB: Height if not maximised

en: Select font color
en_GB: Select font colour

en: SVG background color
en_GB: SVG background colour

en: The color, if any, of the SVG background
en_GB: The colour, if any, of the SVG background

en: Center Person
en_GB: Centre Person

en: The center person for the tree
en_GB: The centre person for the tree

en: Include siblings of the center person
en_GB: Include siblings of the centre person

en: Whether to only display the center person or all of his/her siblings too
en_GB: Whether to only display the centre person or all of his/her siblings too

en: Center person uses
    which format
en_GB: Centre person uses
    which format

en: The display format for the center person
en_GB: The display format for the centre person

en: The center person for the report
en_GB: The centre person for the report

en: Title text and background color
en_GB: Title text and background colour

en: Background color is either white or generation dependent
en_GB: Background colour is either white or generation dependent

en: You can customize font and color for each generation in the style editor
en_GB: You can customize font and colour for each generation in the style editor

en: The center person for the filter.
en_GB: The centre person for the filter.

en: The center person for the filter
en_GB: The centre person for the filter

en: Gramps is created by genealogists for genealogists, organized in the Gramps Project. Gramps is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make Gramps powerful, yet easy to use.
en_GB: Gramps is created by genealogists for genealogists, organised in the Gramps Project. Gramps is an Open Source Software package, which means you are free to make copies and distribute it to anyone you like. It's developed and maintained by a worldwide team of volunteers whose goal is to make Gramps powerful, yet easy to use.

en: Colored outline
en_GB: Coloured outline

en: Graph coloring
en_GB: Graph colouring

note: ----------------------------
en: Family Colors
en_GB: Family Colours

note: ----------------------------
en: Family colors
en_GB: Family colours

en: Colors to use for various family lines.
en_GB: Colours to use for various family lines.

en: The color to use to display men.
en_GB: The colour to use to display men.

en: The color to use to display women.
en_GB: The colour to use to display women.

en: The color to use when the gender is unknown.
en_GB: The colour to use when the gender is unknown.

en: The color to use to display families.
en_GB: The colour to use to display families.

en: Center -> Others
en_GB: Centre -> Others

en: Center <- Others
en_GB: Centre <- Others

en: Center <-> Other
en_GB: Centre <-> Other

en: Center - Other
en_GB: Centre - Other

en: The Center person for the graph
en_GB: The Centre person for the graph

en: Include relationship to center person
en_GB: Include relationship to centre person

en: Whether to show every person's relationship to the center person
en_GB: Whether to show every person's relationship to the centre person

en: Eye Color
en_GB: Eye Colour

en: %(male_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised on %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(baptism_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised on %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(baptism_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(month_year)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(month_year)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised %(modified_date)s in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised %(modified_date)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised in %(baptism_place)s%(endnotes)s.

en: %(male_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(male_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: He was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: He was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: %(female_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(female_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: She was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: She was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: %(unknown_gender_name)s was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: This person was baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: This person was baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: Baptized%(endnotes)s.
en_GB: Baptised%(endnotes)s.

en: Center here
en_GB: Centre here

en: Center on this place
en_GB: Centre on this place

en: Zoom used when centering
en_GB: Zoom used when centring

en: Whether to include relationships to the center person
en_GB: Whether to include relationships to the centre person

en: How people are organized in the report
en_GB: How people are organised in the report

en: Center Family
en_GB: Centre Family

en: The center family for the filter
en_GB: The centre family for the filter

en: Center on
en_GB: Centre on

en: If report is event or person centered
en_GB: If report is event or person centred

en: Below is a list of the family names that 
    Gramps can convert to correct capitalization. 
    Select the names you wish Gramps to convert.
en_GB: Below is a list of the family names that 
    Gramps can convert to correct capitalisation. 
    Select the names you wish Gramps to convert.

en: Capitalization changes
en_GB: Capitalisation changes

en: No capitalization changes were detected.
en_GB: No capitalisation changes were detected.

en: Capitalization Change
en_GB: Capitalisation Change

en: Analyzing Events
en_GB: Analysing Events

en: manual|Media_Manager
en_GB: Media Manager

en: Analyzing names
en_GB: Analysing names

en: Fix Capitalization of Family Names
en_GB: Fix Capitalisation of Family Names

en: Searches the entire database and attempts to fix capitalization of the names.
en_GB: Searches the entire database and attempts to fix capitalisation of the names.

en: Gender colors
en_GB: Gender colours

en: Single main (filter) color
en_GB: Single main (filter) colour

en: Color scheme classic report
en_GB: Colour scheme classic report

en: Color scheme classic view
en_GB: Colour scheme classic view

en: Add global background colored gradient
en_GB: Add global background coloured gradient

note: colors, stored as hex values
en: Start gradient/Main color
en_GB: Start gradient/Main colour

en: End gradient/2nd color
en_GB: End gradient/2nd colour

en: Color for duplicates
en_GB: Colour for duplicates

en: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The colored zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference person.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.
en_GB: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The coloured zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference person.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.

en: Centering on Place
en_GB: Centring on Place

en: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The colored zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference family.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.
en_GB: The meeting zone probability radius.
    The coloured zone is approximative.
    The meeting zone is only shown for the reference family.
    The value 9 means about 42 miles or 67 kms.
    The value 1 means about 4.6 miles or 7.5 kms.
    The value is in tenth of degree.

en: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can change the markers color depending on place type. You can use filtering.
en_GB: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can change the markers colour depending on place type. You can use filtering.

en: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can use the history to navigate on the map. You can change the markers color depending on place type. You can use filtering.
en_GB: Right click on the map and select 'show all places' to show all known places with coordinates. You can use the history to navigate on the map. You can change the markers colour depending on place type. You can use filtering.

en: The places marker color
en_GB: The places marker colour

en: Relation to the center person
en_GB: Relation to the centre person

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Initial Bomb Armory:
en_GB: Initial Bomb Armoury:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (InitialBombArmory), group (General)
en: The initial bomb armory.
en_GB: The initial bomb armoury.

note: / TRANSLATORS: a GLib.DateTime format showing the weekday, date, and year
en: %a, %b %e, %Y
en_GB: %a, %e %b, %Y

note: / TRANSLATORS: a GLib.DateTime format showing the date and year
en: %b %e %Y
en_GB: %e %b %Y

note: #-#-#-#-#  563 (granite)  #-#-#-#-# / TRANSLATORS: a GLib.DateTime format showing the weekday and date
en: %a, %b %e
en_GB: %a, %e %b

en: My favorite KMail header
en_GB: My favourite KMail header

en: My favorite Kaddressbook theme
en_GB: My favourite KAddressBook theme

en: Switch _computer color
en_GB: Switch _computer colour

en: A reversi program
en_GB: A reversi programme

en: Failed to initialize plugin from %s
en_GB: Failed to initialise plugin from %s

en: A source for organizing media bookmarks
en_GB: A source for organising media bookmarks

en: A source providing locally available metadata
en_GB: A source providing locally-available metadata

en: Failed to save database from magnatune: “%s”
en_GB: Failed to save database from magnatune - “%s”

en: A source for fetching metadata of television shows
en_GB: A source for fetching metadata of television programmes

en: Top Favorites
en_GB: Top Favourites

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KTitleWidget, kAmortizationTableTitle) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QTableWidget, kAmortizationTable) i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QTableWidget, kAmortizationTable)
en: Amortization Table
en_GB: Amortisation Table

en: Amortization
en_GB: Amortisation

en: Grub Customizer is a graphical interface to configure the grub2/burg settings
en_GB: Grub Customiser is a graphical interface to configure the grub2/burg settings

en: please Inform the author about this problem. The following information could be helpful:
en_GB: please inform the author about this problem. The following information could be helpful:

en: You will see all entries (uncustomized) when you run grub. This error accurs (in most cases), when you didn't install grub gustomizer currectly.
en_GB: You will see all entries (uncustomised) when you run grub. This error occurs (in most cases), when you didn't install grub customizer currectly.

en: The generated configuration didn't equal to the saved configuration on startup. So what you see now may not be what you see when you restart your pc. To fix this, click update!
en_GB: The generated configuration didn't equal to the saved configuration on startup. So what you see now may not be what you see when you restart your PC. To fix this, click update!

en: Please take a look at the command line output below. If you think this is a bug of Grub Customizer, please create one at %1! Generally Grub Customizer should prevent errors like this.
en_GB: Please take a look at the command line output below. If you think this is a bug of Grub Customiser, please create one at %1! Generally Grub Customiser should prevent errors like this.

en: There are two types of this special entry: Incoming entries are the place where Grub Customizer places new operating systems which are found by grub but still not configured using Grub Customizer. The Script code is code generated by grub which doesn't look like an menuentry. In most cases it's used to configure grub. You should only touch it when knowing what it does. Placeholders are hidden by default.
en_GB: There are two types of this special entry: Incoming entries are the place where Grub Customiser places new operating systems which are found by grub but still not configured using Grub Customiser. The Script code is code generated by grub which doesn't look like an menuentry. In most cases it's used to configure grub. You should only touch it when knowing what it does. Placeholders are hidden by default.

en: please note: large fonts on low boot screen resolutions can corrupt the boot screen
    Because this problem depends on chosen font, it isn't possible to define a general maximum. When you're trying to select a larger font, please do it in small steps (rebooting and checking the results).
    The problem occurs when the grub gui elements (borders, description) won't fit into screen. So while there's enough vertical space you can try a larger font. The mass of menuentries is not a problem - they are scrolled if required.
    
    The corruption results in a endless loading time of grub2. You need a live cd to fix this:
     * delete the font from (MOUNT)/boot/grub/unicode.pf2
     * reboot your system (menu should show up with default fonts)
     * open /etc/default/grub with root permissions and place a '#' in front of the line containing GRUB_FONT
     * then run grub customizer to choose the font used before
en_GB: please note: large fonts on low boot screen resolutions can corrupt the boot screen
    Because this problem depends on chosen font, it isn't possible to define a general maximum. When you're trying to select a larger font, please do it in small steps (rebooting and checking the results).
    The problem occurs when the grub GUI elements (borders, description) won't fit into screen. So while there's enough vertical space you can try a larger font. The mass of menuentries is not a problem - they are scrolled if required.
    
    The corruption results in a endless loading time of grub2. You need a Live CD to fix this:
     * delete the font from (MOUNT)/boot/grub/unicode.pf2
     * reboot your system (menu should show up with default fonts)
     * open /etc/default/grub with root permissions and place a '#' in front of the line containing GRUB_FONT
     * then run grub customiser to choose the font used before

en: Alternatively to the simple theme method which provides some options like color, wallpaper and font you can install complex theme packages to get an even better looking boot menu.
    
    There are several download sources like this thread at ubuntuforums.org:
    <a href='%1'>%1</a> (needs account)
    or search for '%2' at <a href='%3'>%3</a>
    
    Just download such a package (which is in tar.gz format in most cases) and add it to the list of available themes by using the add button next to the theme chooser.
    
    After changing the theme you'll see a simple editor which gives a preview of images and allows some file management. Modified theme contents will be saved when you're pressing the save button.
en_GB: Alternatively to the simple theme method which provides some options like colour, wallpaper and font you can install complex theme packages to get an even better looking boot menu.
    
    There are several download sources like this thread at ubuntuforums.org:
    <a href='%1'>%1</a> (needs account)
    or search for '%2' at <a href='%3'>%3</a>
    
    Just download such a package (which is in tar.gz format in most cases) and add it to the list of available themes by using the add button next to the theme chooser.
    
    After changing the theme you'll see a simple editor which gives a preview of images and allows some file management. Modified theme contents will be saved when you're pressing the save button.

en: Close dialog on save
en_GB: Close dialogue on save

en: The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the center pixel (0 = automatic).
en_GB: The radius of the Gaussian, in pixels, not counting the centre pixel (0 = automatic).

en: Automatically open the scan dialog in the background at program start. This saves time clicking the scan button and waiting for the program to find the list of scanners
en_GB: Automatically open the scan dialogue in the background at program start. This saves time clicking the scan button and waiting for the program to find the list of scanners

en: Edge to which to align the page.
en_GB: Edge to align the page.

en: Brightness ratio below which a pixel is considered black (non-gray). This is used by the gray-filter. This value is also used when converting a grayscale image to black-and-white mode.
en_GB: Brightness ratio below which a pixel is considered black (non-grey). This is used by the grey-filter. This value is also used when converting a greyscale image to black-and-white mode.

en: Determines the position of the magnified mouse image within the magnified view and how it reacts to system mouse movement. The values are • none: no mouse tracking; • centered: the mouse image is displayed at the center of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system mouse) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system mouse moves; • proportional: the position of the magnified mouse in the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system mouse on screen; • push: when the magnified mouse intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view.
en_GB: Determines the position of the magnified mouse image within the magnified view and how it reacts to system mouse movement. The values are • none: no mouse tracking; • centered: the mouse image is displayed at the centre of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system mouse) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system mouse moves; • proportional: the position of the magnified mouse in the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system mouse on screen; • push: when the magnified mouse intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view.

en: Determines the position of the focused widget within magnified view. The values are: • none: no focus tracking • centered: the focused image is displayed at the center of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system focus) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system focus moves • proportional: the position of the magnified focus in the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system focus on screen • push: when the magnified focus intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view
en_GB: Determines the position of the focused widget within magnified view. The values are: • none: no focus tracking • centered: the focused image is displayed at the centre of the zoom region (which also represents the point under the system focus) and the magnified contents are scrolled as the system focus moves • proportional: the position of the magnified focus in the zoom region is proportionally the same as the position of the system focus on screen • push: when the magnified focus intersects a boundary of the zoom region, the contents are scrolled into view

en: Clip the crosshairs at the center
en_GB: Clip the crosshairs at the centre

en: Determines whether the lightness values are inverted: darker colors become lighter and vice versa, and white and black are interchanged.
en_GB: Determines whether the lightness values are inverted: darker colours become lighter and vice versa, and white and black are interchanged.

en: Color Saturation
en_GB: Colour Saturation

en: Represents a change to the color saturation, from 0.0 (grayscale) to 1.0 (full color).
en_GB: Represents a change to the colour saturation, from 0.0 (greyscale) to 1.0 (full colour).

en: Distance in pixels before movement will be recognized.
en_GB: Distance in pixels before movement will be recognised.

en: Primary Color
en_GB: Primary Colour

en: Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color.
en_GB: Left or Top colour when drawing gradients, or the solid colour.

en: Secondary Color
en_GB: Secondary Colour

en: Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color.
en_GB: Right or Bottom colour when drawing gradients, not used for solid colour.

en: Color Shading Type
en_GB: Colour Shading Type

en: How to shade the background color. Possible values are “horizontal”, “vertical”, and “solid”.
en_GB: How to shade the background colour. Possible values are “horizontal”, “vertical”, and “solid”.

en: Gtk+ Keybinding Theme
en_GB: Gtk Keybinding Theme

en: Basename of the default keybinding theme used by gtk+.
en_GB: Basename of the default keybinding theme used by gtk.

en: Palette used in the color selector
en_GB: Palette used in the colour selector

en: List of symbolic names and color equivalents
en_GB: List of symbolic names and colour equivalents

en: Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel’s “Run Application” dialog.
en_GB: Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel’s “Run Application” dialogue.

en: Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications’ “Save as” dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications’ “Save as” dialogues.

en: Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications’ “Print” dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications’ “Print” dialogues.

en: Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications’ “Print Setup” dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications’ “Print Setup” dialogues.

en: Whether notifications are shown in the lock screen or not.
en_GB: Whether notifications are shown in the lock screen.

en: Whether to remove old files from the trash automatically
en_GB: Whether to remove old files from the wastebasket automatically

en: Number of days to keep trash and temporary files
en_GB: Number of days to keep wastebasket and temporary files

en: Consider trash and temporary files old after this many days.
en_GB: Consider wastebasket and temporary files old after this many days.

en: If TRUE, anonymized reports will be sent automatically to the vendor.
en_GB: If TRUE, anonymised reports will be sent automatically to the vendor.

en: Whether the user’s full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialog.
en_GB: Whether the user’s full name is shown in the lock screen or not. This only affects the screen shield, the name is always shown in the unlock dialogue.

en: Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialog to allow logging out after a delay. The delay is specified in the “logout_delay” key. DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and ignored.
en_GB: Set this to TRUE to offer an option in the unlock dialogue to allow logging out after a delay. The delay is specified in the “logout_delay” key. DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and ignored.

en: The number of seconds after the screensaver activation before a logout option will appear in the unlock dialog. This key has effect only if the “logout_enable” key is set to TRUE. DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and ignored
en_GB: The number of seconds after the screensaver activation before a logout option will appear in the unlock dialogue. This key has effect only if the “logout_enable” key is set to TRUE. DEPRECATED: This key is deprecated and ignored

note: #-#-#-#-#  2584 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  2585 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximize window vertically
en_GB: Maximise window vertically

note: #-#-#-#-#  2584 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../lisp/sawfish/wm/state/maximize.jl #-#-#-#-#  2585 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Maximize window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise window horizontally

en: This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are “toggle-shade”, which will shade/unshade the window, “toggle-maximize” which will maximize/unmaximize the window, “toggle-maximize-horizontally” and “toggle-maximize-vertically” which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, “minimize” which will minimize the window, “shade” which will roll the window up, “menu” which will display the window menu, “lower” which will put the window behind all the others, and “none” which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of double-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are “toggle-shade”, which will shade/unshade the window, “toggle-maximize” which will maximise/unmaximise the window, “toggle-maximize-horizontally” and “toggle-maximize-vertically” which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, “minimize” which will minimise the window, “shade” which will roll the window up, “menu” which will display the window menu, “lower” which will put the window behind all the others, and “none” which will not do anything.

en: This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are “toggle-shade”, which will shade/unshade the window, “toggle-maximize” which will maximize/unmaximize the window, “toggle-maximize-horizontally” and “toggle-maximize-vertically” which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, “minimize” which will minimize the window, “shade” which will roll the window up, “menu” which will display the window menu, “lower” which will put the window behind all the others, and “none” which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of middle-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are “toggle-shade”, which will shade/unshade the window, “toggle-maximize” which will maximise/unmaximise the window, “toggle-maximize-horizontally” and “toggle-maximize-vertically” which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, “minimize” which will minimise the window, “shade” which will roll the window up, “menu” which will display the window menu, “lower” which will put the window behind all the others, and “none” which will not do anything.

en: This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are “toggle-shade”, which will shade/unshade the window, “toggle-maximize” which will maximize/unmaximize the window, “toggle-maximize-horizontally” and “toggle-maximize-vertically” which will maximize/unmaximize the window in that direction only, “minimize” which will minimize the window, “shade” which will roll the window up, “menu” which will display the window menu, “lower” which will put the window behind all the others, and “none” which will not do anything.
en_GB: This option determines the effects of right-clicking on the title bar. Current valid options are “toggle-shade”, which will shade/unshade the window, “toggle-maximize” which will maximise/unmaximise the window, “toggle-maximize-horizontally” and “toggle-maximize-vertically” which will maximise/unmaximise the window in that direction only, “minimize” which will minimise the window, “shade” which will roll the window up, “menu” which will display the window menu, “lower” which will put the window behind all the others, and “none” which will not do anything.

en: Disable colored debugging output
en_GB: Disable coloured debugging output

en: Could not initialize supporting library.
en_GB: Could not initialise supporting library.

en: Could not synchronize on resource.
en_GB: Could not synchronise on resource.

en: license
en_GB: licence

en: license of data
en_GB: licence of data

en: ERROR: parse of xml file '%s' failed.
en_GB: ERROR: parsing of xml file '%s' failed.

en: C_atalogs:
en_GB: C_atalogues:

en: Choose a Catalog
en_GB: Choose a Catalogue

en: _New Catalog
en_GB: _New Catalogue

en: C_hoose from the catalog
en_GB: C_hoose from the catalogue

en: <small>Click and drag the mouse to 
    select the cropping area, or
    use the dialogs below. Press 
    the "Crop" button to perform
    the crop, and "Done" to finish.</small>
en_GB: <small>Click and drag the mouse to 
    select the cropping area, or
    use the dialogues below. Press 
    the "Crop" button to perform
    the crop, and "Done" to finish.</small>

en: Show / hide the cropping selection area
en_GB: Show / Hide the cropping selection area

en: <b>Color levels</b>
en_GB: <b>Colour levels</b>

en: Frame co_lor:
en_GB: Frame co_lour:

en: As_k confirmation before deleting images or catalogs
en_GB: As_k confirmation before deleting images or catalogues

en: Go to last _visited folder or catalog
en_GB: Go to last _visited folder or catalogue

en: Center _on Page
en_GB: Centre _on Page

en: <small><i><b>Note</b>: JPEG transformations are normally lossless.
    When viewing images, you can use the [ and ] shortcut
    keys to rotate and save losslessly, bypassing this dialog.</i></small>
en_GB: <small><i><b>Note</b>: JPEG transformations are normally lossless.
    When viewing images, you can use the [ and ] shortcut
    keys to rotate and save losslessly, bypassing this dialogue.</i></small>

en: Ca_talog
en_GB: Ca_talogue

en: Use subfolders to organize files
en_GB: Use subfolders to organise files

en: View and organize your images
en_GB: View and organise your images

en: Possible values are: white, black, checked, none.
en_GB: Possible values are: white, black, chequered, none.

en: Cannot open catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot open catalogue "%s": %s

en: Cannot save catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot save catalogue "%s": %s

en: Cannot remove catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Cannot remove catalogue "%s": %s

en: Enter the catalog name:
en_GB: Enter the catalogue name:

en: Move Catalog to...
en_GB: Move Catalogue to...

en: Checked images will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: Checked images will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: The images cannot be moved to the Trash. Do you want to delete them permanently?
en_GB: The images cannot be moved to the Wastebasket. Do you want to delete them permanently?

en: Make a zip file and email it
en_GB: Make a zip file and e-mail it

en: The image will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The image will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: The selected images will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected images will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: Could not rename the catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Could not rename the catalogue "%s": %s

en: The selected catalog will be removed, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected catalogue will be removed, are you sure?

en: New Catalog
en_GB: New Catalogue

en: Could not create the catalog "%s": %s
en_GB: Could not create the catalogue "%s": %s

en: "%s" cannot be moved to the Trash. Do you want to delete it permanently?
en_GB: "%s" cannot be moved to the Wastebasket. Do you want to delete it permanently?

en: The selected folder will be moved to the Trash, are you sure?
en_GB: The selected folder will be moved to the Wastebasket, are you sure?

en: Move this image to the Trash
en_GB: Move this image to the Wastebasket

en: Move the selected images to the Trash
en_GB: Move the selected images to the Wastebasket

en: _Add to Catalog...
en_GB: _Add to Catalogue...

en: Add selected images to a catalog
en_GB: Add selected images to a catalogue

en: Remo_ve from Catalog
en_GB: Remo_ve from Catalogue

en: Remove selected images from the catalog
en_GB: Remove selected images from the catalogue

en: Open the selected catalog
en_GB: Open the selected catalogue

en: Open the selected catalog in a new window
en_GB: Open the selected catalogue in a new window

en: Rename selected catalog
en_GB: Rename selected catalogue

en: Remove selected catalog
en_GB: Remove selected catalogue

en: Move selected catalog to another location
en_GB: Move selected catalogue to another location

en: _New Catalog...
en_GB: _New Catalogue...

en: Create a new catalog
en_GB: Create a new catalogue

en: Create a new catalog library
en_GB: Create a new catalogue library

en: Rename current catalog
en_GB: Rename current catalogue

en: Remove current catalog
en_GB: Remove current catalogue

en: Move current catalog to another location
en_GB: Move current catalogue to another location

en: Move the selected folder to the Trash
en_GB: Move the selected folder to the Wastebasket

en: Move the current folder to the Trash
en_GB: Move the current folder to the Wastebasket

en: _Catalogs
en_GB: _Catalogues

en: View the catalogs
en_GB: View the catalogues

en: The specified catalog does not exist.
en_GB: The specified catalogue does not exist.

en: Reduce Colors
en_GB: Reduce Colours

en: View the image with negative colors
en_GB: View the image with negative colours

en: Automatically adjust the color levels
en_GB: Automatically adjust the colour levels

en: _Posterize...
en_GB: _Posterise...

en: Reduce the number of colors
en_GB: Reduce the number of colours

en: _Color Balance...
en_GB: _Colour Balance...

en: _Centered
en_GB: _Centred

en: Set the image as desktop background (centered)
en_GB: Set the image as desktop background (centred)

en: User manual for developers with instructions of GTK-Doc usage.
en_GB: User manual for developers with instructions on GTK-Doc usage.

en: Dan Mueth and Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost
en_GB: Dan Mueth, Chris Lyttle and Stefan Kost

en: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation License</citetitle>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is <link linkend="fdl">included</link>.
en_GB: Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the <citetitle>GNU Free Documentation Licence</citetitle>, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the licence is <link linkend="fdl">included</link>.

en: GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries. But it can also be used to document application code.
en_GB: GTK-Doc is used to document C code. It is typically used to document the public API of libraries, such as the GTK+ and GNOME libraries, but it can also be used to document application code.

en: GTK-Doc consists of a number of perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process.
en_GB: GTK-Doc consists of a number of Perl scripts, each performing a different step in the process.

en: <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended anymore).
en_GB: <guilabel>Writing the documentation.</guilabel> The author fills in the source files with the documentation for each function, macro, union etc. (In the past information was entered in generated template files, which is not recommended any more).

en: <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl-list.txt</filename> containg a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename>&lt;module&gt;-sections.txt</filename> The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some sybols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by th scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place enties similar to the ones in <filename>&lt;module&gt;-decl.txt</filename> into <filename>&lt;module&gt;-overrides.txt</filename>. <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GtkObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GTK Args and Signals it provides.
en_GB: <guilabel>Gathering information about the code.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-scan</application> scans the header files of the code looking for declarations of functions, macros, enums, structs, and unions. It creates the file <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl-list.txt</filename> containg a list of the declarations, placing them into sections according to which header file they are in. On the first run this file is copied to <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename> The author can rearrange the sections, and the order of the declarations within them, to produce the final desired order. The second file it generates is <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl.txt</filename>. This file contains the full declarations found by the scanner. If for some reason one would like some symbols to show up in the docs, where the full declaration cannot be found by the scanner or the declaration should appear differently, one can place enties similar to the ones in <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-decl.txt</filename> into <filename><replaceable>module</replaceable>-overrides.txt</filename>. <application>gtkdoc-scanobj</application> can also be used to dynamically query a library about any GtkObject subclasses it exports. It saves information about each object's position in the class hierarchy and about any GTK Args and Signals it provides.

en: <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)
en_GB: <guilabel>Generating the "template" files.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mktmpl</application> creates a number of files in the <filename class="directory">tmpl/</filename> subdirectory, using the information gathered in the first step. (Note that this can be run repeatedly. It will try to ensure that no documentation is ever lost.)

en: Since gtk-doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the dir once.
en_GB: Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a <command>--flavour no-tmpl</command> option that chooses a makefile that skips <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> usage totally. If you have never changed file in <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> by hand, please remove the directory at once.

en: <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML.</guilabel><application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no tmpl files used it only reads takes docs from sources and introspection data. <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML files into HTML files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory. Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.
en_GB: <guilabel>Generating the SGML/XML and HTML.</guilabel> <application>gtkdoc-mkdb</application> turns the template files into SGML or XML files in the <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> subdirectory. If the source code contains documentation on functions, using the special comment blocks, it gets merged in here. If there are no <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> files used it only reads takes docs from sources and introspection data. <application>gtkdoc-mkhtml</application> turns the SGML files into HTML files in the <filename class="directory">html/</filename> subdirectory. Files in <filename class="directory">sgml/</filename> or <filename class="directory">xml/</filename> and <filename class="directory">html/</filename> directories are always overwritten. One should never edit them directly.

en: <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pregenerated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed).
en_GB: <guilabel>Fixing up cross-references between documents.</guilabel> After installing the HTML files, <application>gtkdoc-fixxref</application> can be run to fix up any cross-references between separate documents. For example, the GTK+ documentation contains many cross-references to types documented in the GLib manual. When creating the source tarball for distribution, <application>gtkdoc-rebase</application> turns all external links into web-links. When installing distributed (pre-generated) docs the same application will try to turn links back to local links (where those docs are installed).

en: <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> - the main scripts are in Perl.
en_GB: <guilabel>Perl v5</guilabel> — the main scripts are in Perl.

en: <guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> - This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>DocBook DTD v3.0</guilabel> — This is the DocBook SGML DTD. <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink>

en: <guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> - This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>Jade v1.1</guilabel> — This is a DSSSL processor for converting SGML to various formats. <ulink url="http://www.jclark.com/jade" type="http">http://www.jclark.com/jade</ulink>

en: <guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. I've customized the DSSSL code slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>
en_GB: <guilabel>Modular DocBook Stylesheets</guilabel> This is the DSSSL code to convert DocBook to HTML (and a few other formats). It's used together with jade. The DSSSL code has been customised slightly, in gtk-doc.dsl, to colour the program code listings/declarations, and to support global cross-reference indices in the generated HTML. <ulink url="http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl" type="http">http://nwalsh.com/docbook/dsssl</ulink>

en: <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> - if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. I've customized the 'translation spec' slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet.
en_GB: <guilabel>docbook-to-man</guilabel> — if you want to create man pages from the DocBook. The 'translation spec' has been customised slightly, to capitalise section headings and add the 'GTK Library' title at the top of the pages and the revision date at the bottom. There is a link to this on <ulink url="http://www.ora.com/davenport" type="http">http://www.ora.com/davenport</ulink> NOTE: This does not work yet.

en: gtk-doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:
en_GB: GTK-Doc's configure script searches these 3 directories automatically:

en: <filename> /usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular </filename> (used by RedHat)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/lib/sgml/stylesheets/nwalsh-modular</filename> (used by Red Hat)

en: <filename> /usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook </filename> (used by Debian)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/lib/dsssl/stylesheets/docbook</filename> (used by Debian)

en: <filename> /usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl </filename> (used by SuSE)
en_GB: <filename>/usr/share/sgml/docbkdsl</filename> (used by SuSE)

en: If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure gtk-doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=&lt;PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR&gt; </command>
en_GB: If you have the stylesheets installed somewhere else, you need to configure GTK-Doc using the option: <command> --with-dsssl-dir=&lt;PATH_TO_TOPLEVEL_STYLESHEETS_DIR&gt; </command>

en: (History, authors, web pages, license, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.)
en_GB: (History, authors, web pages, licence, future plans, comparison with other similar systems.)

en: (who it is meant for, where you can get it, license)
en_GB: (who it is meant for, where you can get it, licence)

en: Under your top-level project directory create folders called docs/reference (this way you can also have docs/help for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.
en_GB: Under your top-level project directory create a folder called <filename class="directory">docs/reference</filename> (this way you can also have <filename class="directory">docs/help</filename> for end-user documentation). It is recommended to create another subdirectory with the name of the doc-package. For packages with just one library this step is not necessary.

en: Besides checking for the required Gtk-Doc version, this adds two configure switches:
en_GB: Besides checking for the required GTK-Doc version, this adds two configure switches:

en: Gtk-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>'--enable-gtk-doc'</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pregenerated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers).
en_GB: GTK-Doc is disabled by default! Remember to pass the option <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> to the next <filename>configure</filename> run. Otherwise pre-generated documentation is installed (which makes sense for users but not for developers).

en: Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside you <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <filename>gtkdocize</filename> to automatically copy the macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.
en_GB: Furthermore it is recommended that you have the following line inside your <filename>configure.ac</filename> script. This allows <filename>gtkdocize</filename> to automatically copy the macro definition for <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> to your project.

en: First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the examples subdirectory of the gtkdoc-sources to your project's API documentation directory ( <filename class="directory">./docs/reference/&lt;package&gt;</filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages repeat this for each one.
en_GB: First copy the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> from the <filename class="directory">examples</filename> subdirectory of the GTK-Doc sources to your project's API documentation directory (<filename class="directory">./docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable></filename>). If you have multiple doc-packages, repeat this for each one.

en: The next step is to edit the setting inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form <option>&lt;TOOLNAME&gt;_OPTIONS</option>. All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported parameters.
en_GB: The next step is to edit the settings inside the <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. All the settings have a comment above that describes their purpose. Most settings are extra flags passed to the respective tools. Every tool has a variable of the form <option><replaceable>TOOLNAME</replaceable>_OPTIONS</option>. All the tools support <option>--help</option> to list the supported parameters.

note: FIXME: explain options ?
en: You may also want to enable gtk-doc for the distcheckmake target. Just add then one-liner show in the next example to you top-level <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:
en_GB: You may also want to enable GTK-Doc for the <literal>distcheckmake</literal> target. Just add the line shown in the next example to your top-level <filename>Makefile.am</filename>:

en: Enable gtk-doc during make distcheck
en_GB: Enable GTK-Doc during make distcheck

en: Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to setup the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as cvs). Gtk-Doc comes with a tool called <filename>gtkdocize</filename> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.
en_GB: Most projects will have an <filename>autogen.sh</filename> script to set up the build infrastructure after a checkout from version control system (such as CVS). GTK-Doc comes with a tool called <filename>gtkdocize</filename> which can be used in such a script. It should be run before autoheader, automake or autoconf.

en: When running <filename>gtkdocize</filename> it copies <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to you project root (or any directory specified by the --docdir option). If also check you configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation.
en_GB: When running <filename>gtkdocize</filename> it copies <filename>gtk-doc.make</filename> to your project root (or any directory specified by the <option>--docdir</option> option). It also checks your configure script for the <function>GTK_DOC_CHECK</function> invocation.

en: Historically gtk-doc was gerating template files where developers entered the docs. this turned out to be not so good. Since a few version gtk-doc could also get all the information from source comments. Since gtk-doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> supports now a --flavour=no-tmpl option that chooses a makefile that skips tmpl usage totally. If you have never changed file in tmpl by hand, please remove the dir once.
en_GB: Historically GTK-Doc was generating template files where developers entered the docs. this turned out to be not so good. Since a few versions ago, GTK-Doc can also get all the information from source comments. Since GTK-Doc 1.9 the templates can be avoided. We encourage people to keep documentation in the code. <application>gtkdocize</application> now supports a <option>--flavour=no-tmpl</option> option that chooses a makefile that skips <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> usage totally. If you have never changed a file in <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> by hand, please remove the directory at once.

en: After the previous steps it's time to run the build. First we need to rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs configure for you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards.
en_GB: After the previous steps it is time to run the build. First we need to rerun <filename>autogen.sh</filename>. If this script runs <filename>configure</filename> for you, then give it the <option>--enable-gtk-doc</option> option. Otherwise manually run <filename>configure</filename> with this option afterwards.

en: The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-dirs. The important ones are: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename>.
en_GB: The first make run generates several additional files in the doc-dirs. The important ones are: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename>.

en: Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/&lt;package&gt;/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang-on, during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life.
en_GB: Now you can point your browser to <filename>docs/reference/<replaceable>package</replaceable>/index.html</filename>. Yes, it's a bit disappointing still. But hang on; during the next chapter we tell you how to fill the pages with life.

en: As a rule of the thumb, it's those files you edit, that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename><filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename><filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename><filename>Makefile.am</filename>
en_GB: As a rule of thumb, it is the files you edit that should go under version control. For typical projects it's these files: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename> and <filename>Makefile.am</filename>.

en: GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Further it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you find all information about the syntax of the comments.
en_GB: GTK-Doc uses source code comment with a special syntax for code documentation. Furthermore, it retrieves information about your project structure from other sources. During the next section you will find all the information about the syntax of the comments.

en: In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the <filename>tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.
en_GB: In the past most documentation had to be filled into files residing inside the <filename class="directory">tmpl</filename> directory. This has the disadvantages that the information is often not updated and also that the file tend to cause conflicts with version control systems.

en: The avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code.
en_GB: To avoid the aforementioned problems we suggest putting the documentation inside the sources. This manual will only describe this way of documenting code.

en: Gtk-Doc comment block
en_GB: GTK-Doc comment block

en: A multiline comment that starts with an additional '*' marks a documentation block that will be processed by the Gtk-Doc tools. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: A multiline comment that starts with an additional <literal>*</literal> marks a documentation block that will be processed by the GTK-Doc tools. <placeholder-1/>

en: The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item the comment is related to. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers)
en_GB: The 'identifier' is one line with the name of the item to which the comment is related. The syntax differs a little depending on the item. (TODO add table showing identifiers)

en: The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a '*'). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program- listings and CDATA sections) just containing a ' *' (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into ' * ' (blank-asterisk-blank-blank).
en_GB: The 'documentation' block is also different for each symbol type. Symbol types that get parameters such as functions or macros have the parameter description first followed by a blank line (just a <literal>*</literal>). Afterwards follows the detailed description. All lines (outside program listings and CDATA sections) just containing a <literal> *</literal> (blank-asterisk) are converted to paragraph breaks. If you don't want a paragraph break, change that into <literal> *  </literal> (blank-asterisk-blank-blank).

en: Use function() to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.
en_GB: Use <literal>function()</literal> to refer to functions or macros which take arguments.

en: Use @param to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.
en_GB: Use <literal>@param</literal> to refer to parameters. Also use this when referring to parameters of other functions, related to the one being described.

en: Use %constant to refer to a constant, e.g. %G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS.
en_GB: Use <literal>%constant</literal> to refer to a constant, e.g. <literal>%G_TRAVERSE_LEAFS</literal>.

en: Use #symbol to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments.
en_GB: Use <literal>#symbol</literal> to refer to other types of symbol, e.g. structs and enums and macros which don't take arguments.

en: Use #Object::signal to refer to a GObject signal
en_GB: Use <literal>#Object::signal</literal> to refer to a GObject signal

en: Use #Object:property to refer to a GObject property
en_GB: Use <literal>#Object:property</literal> to refer to a GObject property

en: Use #Struct.field to refer to a field inside a structure.
en_GB: Use <literal>#Struct.field</literal> to refer to a field inside a structure.

en: One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. Gtk-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: One advantage of hyper-text over plain-text is the ability to have links in the document. Writing the correct markup for a link can be tedious though. GTK-Doc comes to help by providing several useful abbreviations. <placeholder-1/>

en: If you need to use the special characters '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without gtk-doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&amp;lpar;", "&amp;rpar;", "&amp;commat;", "&amp;percnt;" and "&amp;num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.
en_GB: If you need to use the special characters '()', '@', '%', or '#' in your documentation without GTK-Doc changing them you can use the XML entities "&amp;lpar;", "&amp;rpar;", "&amp;commat;", "&amp;percnt;" and "&amp;num;" respectively or escape them with a backslash '\'.

en: As already mentioned earlier Gtk-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too. This helps other to understand you code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the 2nd '*' in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another '*' in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file.
en_GB: As already mentioned earlier, GTK-Doc is for documenting public API. Thus one cannot write documentation for static symbols. Nevertheless it is good to comment those symbols too; this helps other to understand your code. Therefore we recommend to comment these using normal comments (without the second <literal>*</literal> in the first line). If later the function needs to be made public, all one needs to do is to add another <literal>*</literal> in the comment block and insert the symbol name at the right place inside the sections file.

en: A one line description of the section, that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.
en_GB: A one line description of the section that later will appear after the links in the TOC and at the top of the section page.

en: A list of symbols that are related to this section..
en_GB: A list of symbols that are related to this section.

en: Stable - The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications.
en_GB: Stable — The intention of a Stable interface is to enable arbitrary third parties to develop applications to these interfaces, release them, and have confidence that they will run on all minor releases of the product (after the one in which the interface was introduced, and within the same major release). Even at a major release, incompatible changes are expected to be rare, and to have strong justifications.

en: Unstable - Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next.
en_GB: Unstable — Unstable interfaces are experimental or transitional. They are typically used to give outside developers early access to new or rapidly-changing technology, or to provide an interim solution to a problem where a more general solution is anticipated. No claims are made about either source or binary compatibility from one minor release to the next.

en: Private - An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways.
en_GB: Private — An interface that can be used within the GNOME stack itself, but that is not documented for end-users. Such functions should only be used in specified and documented ways.

en: Internal - An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal.
en_GB: Internal — An interface that is internal to a module and does not require end-user documentation. Functions that are undocumented are assumed to be Internal.

en: The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a comma separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section file</link> or command line. This item is optional.
en_GB: The <literal>#include</literal> files to show in the section synopsis (a comma-separated list), overriding the global value from the <link linkend="metafiles_sections">section file</link> or command line. This item is optional.

en: To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the c-source where possible.
en_GB: To avoid unnecessary recompilation after doc-changes put the section docs into the C source where possible.

en: Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in sync. Thus function are usually documented in the c-source and macros, struct and enum in the header file.
en_GB: Each symbol (function, macro, struct, enum, signal and property) is documented in a separate block. The block is best placed close to the definition of the symbols so that it is easy to keep them in synchronisation. Thus functions are usually documented in the C source and macros, structs and enums in the header files.

en: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used anymore. The description should point the reader to the new API.
en_GB: Paragraph denoting that this function should no be used any more. The description should point the reader to the new API.

en: Gtk-doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with '_' are private. They are treated like static functions.
en_GB: GTK-Doc assumes all symbols (macros, functions) starting with <literal>_</literal> are private. They are treated like static functions.

en: To link to another section in the GTK docs: <placeholder-1/> The linkend is the SGML id on the top item of the page you want to link to. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to '-' to conform to SGML.
en_GB: To link to another section in the GTK docs: <placeholder-1/> The linkend is the SGML ID on the top item of the page to which you want to link. For most pages this is currently the part ("gtk", "gdk", glib") and then the page title ("Hash Tables"). For widgets it is just the class name. Spaces and underscores are converted to <literal>-</literal> to conform to SGML.

en: To include example code: <placeholder-1/> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: <placeholder-2/> For the latter gtk-doc also supports an abbreviation: <![CDATA[
    |[
      ...
    ]|
    ]]>
en_GB: To include example code: <placeholder-1/> or possibly this, for very short code fragments which don't need a title: <placeholder-2/> For the latter, GTK-Doc also supports an abbreviation: <![CDATA[
    |[
      ...
    ]|
    ]]>

en: To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <placeholder-1/> but you'll probably be using #GtkWidget instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page - see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).
en_GB: To refer to a class name, we could possibly use: <placeholder-1/> but you'll probably be using <literal>#GtkWidget</literal> instead (to automatically create a link to the GtkWidget page — see <link linkend="documenting_syntax">the abbreviations</link>).

en: To emphasize text: <placeholder-1/>
en_GB: To emphasise text: <placeholder-1/>

en: There are a couple of extra file, that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-docs.sgml</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-sections.txt</filename>.
en_GB: There are a couple of extra files that need to be maintained along with the inline source code comments: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-docs.sgml</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-sections.txt</filename>.

en: If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do, is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include inside the <filename>&lt;package&gt;.types</filename> file.
en_GB: If your library or application includes GtkObjects/GObjects, you want their signals, arguments/parameters and position in the hierarchy to be shown in the documentation. All you need to do is to list the <function>xxx_get_type</function> functions together with their include inside the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>.types</filename> file.

en: Since gtk-doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you. Just add "--rebuild-types" to SCAN_OPTIONS in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not dist the types file nor have it under version control.
en_GB: Since GTK-Doc 1.8 <application>gtkdoc-scan</application> can generate this list for you. Just add <option>--rebuild-types</option> to <symbol>SCAN_OPTIONS</symbol> in <filename>Makefile.am</filename>. If you use this approach you should not distribute the types file, nor have it under version control.

en: Gtk-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the Gtk-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in a order.
en_GB: GTK-Doc produces documentation in DocBook SGML/XML. When processing the inline source comments, the GTK-Doc tools generate one documentation page per class or module as a separate file. The master document includes them and place them in a order.

en: While Gtk-Doc creates a template master document for you, later run will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. Gtk-doc has now a test suite, where also the master-document is recreated from scratch. Its a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there.
en_GB: While GTK-Doc creates a template master document for you, later runs will not touch it again. This means that one can freely structure the documentation. That includes grouping pages and adding extra pages. GTK-doc has now a test suite, where the master-document is also recreated from scratch. It is a good idea to look at this from time to time to see if there are some new goodies introduced there.

en: Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Apart chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library.
en_GB: Do not create tutorials as extra documents. Just write extra chapters. The benefit of directly embedding the tutorial for your library into the API documentation is that it is easy to link for the tutorial to symbol documentation. Also, chances are higher that the tutorial gets updates along with the library.

en: So what are the things to change inside the master document? For a start is only a little. There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of.
en_GB: So what are the things to change inside the master document? There are some placeholders (text in square brackets) there which you should take care of.

en: The section file is used to organise the documentation output by Gtk-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private).
en_GB: The section file is used to organise the documentation output by GTK-Doc. Here one specifies which symbol belongs to which module or class and control the visibility (public or private).

en: The section file is a plain test file with xml like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a '#' are treated as comment lines.
en_GB: The section file is a plain test file with XML-like syntax (using tags). Blank lines are ignored and lines starting with a <literal>#</literal> are treated as comment lines.

en: The &lt;FILE&gt; ... &lt;/FILE&gt; tag is used to specify the file name, without any suffix. For example, using '&lt;FILE&gt;gnome-config&lt;/FILE&gt;' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> or .DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (The name of the html file is based on the module name and the section title, or for gobjects it is based on the gobjects class name converted to lower case).
en_GB: The &lt;FILE&gt; ... &lt;/FILE&gt; tag is used to specify the filename, without any suffix. For example, using '&lt;FILE&gt;gnome-config&lt;/FILE&gt;' will result in the section declarations being output in the template file <filename>tmpl/gnome-config.sgml</filename>, which will be converted into the DocBook SGML file <filename>sgml/gnome-config.sgml</filename> or DocBook XML file <filename>xml/gnome-config.xml</filename>. (The name of the HTML file is based on the module name and the section title, or for GObjects it is based on the GObject's class name converted to lowercase).

en: You can group items in the section by using the &lt;SUBSECTION&gt; tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Standard&gt; for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like g_object_get_type and macros like G_OBJECT(), G_IS_OBJECT() etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Private&gt; for private declarations which will not be output (It is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations.). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection.
en_GB: You can group items in the section by using the &lt;SUBSECTION&gt; tag. Currently it outputs a blank line between subsections in the synopsis section. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Standard&gt; for standard GObject declarations (e.g. the functions like <function>g_object_get_type</function> and macros like <symbol>G_OBJECT()</symbol>, <symbol>G_IS_OBJECT()</symbol> etc.). Currently these are left out of the documentation. You can also use &lt;SUBSECTION Private&gt; for private declarations which will not be output (it is a handy way to avoid warning messages about unused declarations). If your library contains private types which you don't want to appear in the object hierarchy and the list of implemented or required interfaces, add them to a Private subsection.

en: You can also use &lt;INCLUDE&gt; ... &lt;/INCLUDE&gt; to specify the #include files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separate list of #include files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section.
en_GB: You can also use &lt;INCLUDE&gt; ... &lt;/INCLUDE&gt; to specify the <literal>#include</literal> files which are shown in the synopsis sections. It contains a comma-separated list of <literal>#include</literal> files, without the angle brackets. If you set it outside of any sections, it acts for all sections until the end of the file. If you set it within a section, it only applies to that section.

en: A Gtk-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undeclared.txt</filename> and <filename>&lt;package&gt;-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.
en_GB: A GTK-Doc run generates report files inside the documentation directory. The generated files are named: <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undocumented.txt</filename>, <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undeclared.txt</filename> and <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-unused.txt</filename>. All those are plain text files that can be viewed and postprocessed easily.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undocumented.txt</filename> file starts with the documentation coverage summary. Below are two sections divided by blank lines. The first section lists undocumented or incomplete symbols. The second section does the same for section docs. Incomplete entries are those, which have documentation, but where e.g. a new parameter has been added.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols given in the <filename>&lt;package&gt;-section.txt</filename> but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-undeclared.txt</filename> file lists symbols given in the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-section.txt</filename> but not found in the sources. Check if they have been removed or if they are misspelled.

en: The <filename>&lt;package&gt;-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names, where the Gtk-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <filename>&lt;package&gt;-section.txt</filename> file.
en_GB: The <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-unused.txt</filename> file lists symbol names where the GTK-Doc scanner has found documentation, but does not know where to put it. This means that the symbol has not yet been added to the <filename><replaceable>package</replaceable>-section.txt</filename> file.

en: Enable or add the <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. If at least gtk-doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during make check run.
en_GB: Enable or add the <option>TESTS=($GTKDOC_CHECK)</option> line in Makefile.am. If at least GTK-Doc 1.9 is installed, this will run sanity checks during <command>make check</command> run.

en: Frequently asked question
en_GB: Frequently asked questions

en: The objects _get_type() function has not been entered into the <placeholder-1/> file.
en_GB: The object's <function>_get_type()</function> function has not been entered into the <placeholder-1/> file.

en: Damn, I have still no class hierarchy.
en_GB: Damn, I still have no class hierarchy.

en: Is the object name (name of the instance struct) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private).
en_GB: Is the object name (name of the instance struct) part of the normal section (don't put this into Standard or Private)?

en: Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names as in the source.
en_GB: Check if the prototype in the header has different parameter names to the source.

en: Symbol XYZ appears twice in -section.txt file.
en_GB: Symbol XYZ appears twice in the -section.txt file.

en: <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
en_GB: <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>51 Franklin Street, Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state><postcode>02110-1301</postcode><country>USA</country></address> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this licence document, but changing it is not allowed.

en: The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
en_GB: The purpose of this Licence is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this Licence preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.

en: The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.
en_GB: The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this Licence.

en: The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this License.
en_GB: The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this Licence.

en: If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
en_GB: If you publish printed copies of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100, and the Document's licence notice requires <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.

en: You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
en_GB: You may copy and distribute a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this Licence, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:

en: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
en_GB: Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a licence notice giving the public permission to use the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under the terms of this Licence, in the form shown in the Addendum below.

en: Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
en_GB: Preserve in that licence notice the full lists of <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link> given in the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> licence notice.

en: If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
en_GB: If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the Modified Version's licence notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.

en: You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
en_GB: You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organisation as the authoritative definition of a standard.

en: You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.
en_GB: You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> with other documents released under this Licence, under the terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link> above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its licence notice.

en: The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
en_GB: The combined work need only contain one copy of this Licence, and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the licence notice of the combined work.

en: A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
en_GB: A compilation of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this Licence does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.

en: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.
en_GB: Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this Licence provided that you also include the original English version of this Licence. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this Licence, the original English version will prevail.

en: The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
en_GB: The <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html">Free Software Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation Licence from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink type="http" url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft">http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.

en: To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
en_GB: To use this Licence in a document you have written, include a copy of the Licence in the document and put the following copyright and licence notices just after the title page:

en: Request canceled
en_GB: Request cancelled

en: Request not canceled
en_GB: Request not cancelled

en: Wrap license
en_GB: Wrap licence

en: Whether to wrap the license text.
en_GB: Whether to wrap the licence text.

en: Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels
en_GB: Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels

en: Editing Canceled
en_GB: Editing Cancelled

en: Indicates that editing has been canceled
en_GB: Indicates that editing has been cancelled

en: Cell background color name
en_GB: Cell background colour name

en: Cell background color as a string
en_GB: Cell background colour as a string

en: Cell background color
en_GB: Cell background colour

en: Cell background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Cell background colour as a GdkColor

en: Whether this tag affects the cell background color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the cell background colour

en: Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state
en_GB: Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state

en: The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton.
en_GB: The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button.

en: Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph
en_GB: Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph

en: Background color name
en_GB: Background colour name

en: Background color as a string
en_GB: Background colour as a string

en: Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Foreground color name
en_GB: Foreground colour name

en: Foreground color as a string
en_GB: Foreground colour as a string

en: Foreground color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour as a GdkColor

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string
en_GB: The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string

en: Whether this tag affects the background color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the background colour

en: Whether this tag affects the foreground color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the foreground colour

en: Ellipsize set
en_GB: Ellipsis placement set

en: Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis

en: Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity
en_GB: Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity

en: The current color
en_GB: The current colour

en: Palette to use in the color selector
en_GB: Palette to use in the colour selector

en: The color selection embedded in the dialog.
en_GB: The colour selection embedded in the dialogue.

en: The OK button of the dialog.
en_GB: The OK button of the dialogue.

en: The cancel button of the dialog.
en_GB: The cancel button of the dialogue.

en: The help button of the dialog.
en_GB: The help button of the dialogue.

en: The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons
en_GB: The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons

en: Width of border around the main dialog area
en_GB: Width of border around the main dialogue area

en: Spacing between elements of the main dialog area
en_GB: Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area

en: Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue

en: Invisible char set
en_GB: Invisible character set

en: Whether the invisible char has been set
en_GB: Whether the invisible character has been set

en: Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if necessary.
en_GB: Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation dialogue if necessary.

en: Allow folders creation
en_GB: Allow folder creation

en: The file chooser dialog to use.
en_GB: The file chooser dialogue to use.

en: The title of the file chooser dialog.
en_GB: The title of the file chooser dialogue.

en: Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the label and image in the message dialogue

en: Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons
en_GB: Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the buttons

en: The buttons shown in the message dialog
en_GB: The buttons shown in the message dialogue

en: The primary text of the message dialog
en_GB: The primary text of the message dialogue

en: The secondary text of the message dialog
en_GB: The secondary text of the message dialogue

en: GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels
en_GB: GtkVBox that holds the dialogue's primary and secondary labels

en: Are we showing a dialog
en_GB: Are we showing a dialogue

en: Whether tabs should be shown or not
en_GB: Whether tabs should be shown

en: Whether the border should be shown or not
en_GB: Whether the border should be shown

en: Whether to expand the child's tab or not
en_GB: Whether to expand the child's tab

en: Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not
en_GB: Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area

en: Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not
en_GB: Whether the tab is reorderable by user action

en: Whether or not the plug is embedded
en_GB: Whether the plug is embedded

en: The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog
en_GB: The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue

en: Show Dialog
en_GB: Show Dialogue

en: TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing.
en_GB: TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing.

en: Manual Capabilites
en_GB: Manual Capabilities

en: Whether the dialog supports selection
en_GB: Whether the dialogue supports selection

en: The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all.
en_GB: The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all.

en: XSpacing
en_GB: X spacing

en: YSpacing
en_GB: Y spacing

en: Min horizontal bar width
en_GB: Minimum horizontal bar width

en: Min horizontal bar height
en_GB: Minimum horizontal bar height

en: Min vertical bar width
en_GB: Minimum vertical bar width

en: Min vertical bar height
en_GB: Minimum vertical bar height

en: Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order
en_GB: Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order

en: A palette of named colors for use in themes
en_GB: A palette of named colours for use in themes

en: Color Hash
en_GB: Colour Hash

en: A hash table representation of the color scheme.
en_GB: A hash table representation of the colour scheme.

en: The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton
en_GB: The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button

en: Whether or not the status icon is visible
en_GB: Whether the status icon is visible

en: Whether or not the status icon is embedded
en_GB: Whether the status icon is embedded

en: Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in pixels
en_GB: Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, in pixels

en: Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in pixels
en_GB: Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, in pixels

en: Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor
en_GB: Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor

en: Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height of the tagged characters
en_GB: Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the height of the tagged characters

en: Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor

en: Left, right, or center justification
en_GB: Left, right, or centre justification

en: Paragraph background color name
en_GB: Paragraph background colour name

en: Paragraph background color as a string
en_GB: Paragraph background colour as a string

en: Paragraph background color
en_GB: Paragraph background colour

en: Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor
en_GB: Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor

en: Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour

en: Error underline color
en_GB: Error underline colour

en: Color with which to draw error-indication underlines
en_GB: Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines

en: If the toggle action should be active in or not
en_GB: If the toggle action should be active in

en: If the toggle button should be pressed in or not
en_GB: If the toggle button should be pressed in

en: ellipsize
en_GB: ellipsise

en: Ellipsize for item group headers
en_GB: Ellipsise for item group headers

en: Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors
en_GB: Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours

en: Allow drawing of alternating color rows
en_GB: Allow drawing of alternating colour rows

en: Even Row Color
en_GB: Even Row Colour

en: Color to use for even rows
en_GB: Colour to use for even rows

en: Odd Row Color
en_GB: Odd Row Colour

en: Color to use for odd rows
en_GB: Colour to use for odd rows

en: The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)
en_GB: The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colours etc)

en: The widget's window if it is realized
en_GB: The widget's window if it is realised

en: Whether or not the widget is double buffered
en_GB: Whether the widget is double buffered

en: Cursor color
en_GB: Cursor colour

en: Color with which to draw insertion cursor
en_GB: Colour with which to draw insertion cursor

en: Secondary cursor color
en_GB: Secondary cursor colour

en: Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text
en_GB: Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text

en: Unvisited Link Color
en_GB: Unvisited Link Colour

en: Color of unvisited links
en_GB: Colour of unvisited links

en: Visited Link Color
en_GB: Visited Link Colour

en: Color of visited links
en_GB: Colour of visited links

en: The transient parent of the dialog
en_GB: The transient parent of the dialogue

en: The license type of the program
en_GB: The licence type of the program

en: Foreground color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Foreground colour for symbolic icons

en: Error color
en_GB: Error colour

en: Error color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Error colour for symbolic icons

en: Warning color
en_GB: Warning colour

en: Warning color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Warning colour for symbolic icons

en: Success color
en_GB: Success colour

en: Success color for symbolic icons
en_GB: Success colour for symbolic icons

note: #-#-#-#-#  588 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# Placeholder in --max-colors=COLORS in --help output #-#-#-#-#  591 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2155 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2157 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-#
en: COLORS
en_GB: COLOURS

en: The license of the program
en_GB: The licence of the program

en: "Deepness" of the color.
en_GB: "Deepness" of the colour.

en: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal color value, or simply a color name such as 'orange' in this entry.
en_GB: You can enter an HTML-style hexadecimal colour value, or simply a colour name such as 'orange' in this entry.

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting now. You can drag this color to a palette entry, or select this color as current by dragging it to the other color swatch alongside.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're selecting now. You can drag this colour to a palette entry, or select this colour as current by dragging it to the other colour swatch alongside.

en: The color you've chosen. You can drag this color to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.
en_GB: The colour you've chosen. You can drag this colour to a palette entry to save it for use in the future.

en: The previously-selected color, for comparison to the color you're selecting now.
en_GB: The previously-selected colour, for comparison to the colour you're selecting now.

en: The color you've chosen.
en_GB: The colour you've chosen.

en: Click this palette entry to make it the current color. To change this entry, drag a color swatch here or right-click it and select "Save color here."
en_GB: Click this palette entry to make it the current colour. To change this entry, drag a colour swatch here or right-click it and select "Save colour here."

en: Margins from Printer...
en_GB: Margins from Printer…

note: Translators: this text is shown while the system is searching * for possible completions for filenames in a file chooser entry.
en: Completing...
en_GB: Completing…

en: The filename "%s" couldn't be converted to UTF-8. (try setting the environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s
en_GB: The filename "%s" couldn't be converted to UTF-8 (try setting the environment variable G_FILENAME_ENCODING): %s

en: Manage Custom Sizes...
en_GB: Manage Custom Sizes…

en: Getting printer information...
en_GB: Getting printer information…

en: Some of the settings in the dialog conflict
en_GB: Some of the settings in the dialogue conflict

[ctx: Stock label]
en: _CD-Rom
en_GB: _CD-ROM

[ctx: Stock label]
en: _Harddisk
en_GB: _Hard disk

[ctx: Stock label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  588 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# This is about text justification, "centered text" #-#-#-#-#  591 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2155 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2157 (gtk+)  #-#-#-#-#
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: Stock label]
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

en: Unknown error when trying to deserialize %s
en_GB: Unknown error when trying to deserialise %s

en: No deserialize function found for format %s
en_GB: No deserialise function found for format %s

en: Serialized data is malformed
en_GB: Serialised data is malformed

en: Serialized data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001
en_GB: Serialised data is malformed. First section isn't GTKTEXTBUFFERCONTENTS-0001

en: Colorize Scrollbar
en_GB: Colourise Scrollbar

en: Scrollbar Color
en_GB: Scrollbar Colour

en: Sets the Color of Scrollbars
en_GB: Sets the Colour of Scrollbars

en: This option allows to disable the focus drawing. The primary purpose is to create screenshots for documentation.
en_GB: This option allows focus drawing to be disabled. The primary purpose is to create screenshots for documentation.

en: The current RGBA color
en_GB: The current RGBA colour

en: The text to show at the top of the dialog
en_GB: The text to show at the top of the dialogue

en: The GFile used by the app chooser dialog
en_GB: The GFile used by the app chooser dialogue

en: Cell background RGBA color
en_GB: Cell background RGBA colour

en: Cell background color as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Cell background colour as a GdkRGBA

en: Whether the cell background color is set
en_GB: Whether the cell background colour is set

en: Background color as RGBA
en_GB: Background colour as RGBA

en: Background color as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Background colour as a GdkRGBA

en: Foreground color as RGBA
en_GB: Foreground colour as RGBA

en: Foreground color as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Foreground colour as a GdkRGBA

en: Background RGBA color
en_GB: Background RGBA colour

en: Whether to give the color an alpha value
en_GB: Whether to give the colour an alpha value

en: Current RGBA Color
en_GB: Current RGBA Colour

en: The selected RGBA color
en_GB: The selected RGBA colour

en: Whether to show the color editor right away
en_GB: Whether to show the colour editor right away

en: Current color, as a GdkRGBA
en_GB: Current colour, as a GdkRGBA

en: RGBA Color
en_GB: RGBA Colour

en: Color as RGBA
en_GB: Colour as RGBA

en: Whether the swatch should offer customization
en_GB: Whether the swatch should offer customisation

en: The title of the font chooser dialog
en_GB: The title of the font chooser dialogue

en: Whether the color buffer has an alpha component
en_GB: Whether the colour buffer has an alpha component

en: The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See GtkLabel:xalign for that
en_GB: The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See GtkLabel::xalign for that

en: The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label
en_GB: The desired number of lines, when ellipsising a wrapping label

en: Not Authorized Tooltip
en_GB: Not Authorised Tooltip

en: The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization
en_GB: The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorisation

en: Width of border around the label in the message dialog
en_GB: Width of border around the label in the message dialogue

en: GtkBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels
en_GB: GtkBox that holds the primary and secondary labels of the dialogue

en: Whether to center the contents
en_GB: Whether to centre the contents

en: Dialog Title
en_GB: Dialogue Title

en: The title of the file chooser dialog
en_GB: The title of the file chooser dialogue

en: If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is up)
en_GB: If TRUE, the dialogue is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is up)

en: Whether the dialog is currently visible
en_GB: Whether the dialogue is currently visible

en: Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files
en_GB: Whether the sidebar includes a built-in shortcut for recent files

en: Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' dialog
en_GB: Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' dialogue

en: Show 'Trash'
en_GB: Show 'Wastebasket'

en: Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location
en_GB: Whether the sidebar includes a built-in shortcut to the Wastebasket location

en: Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not
en_GB: Whether show/hide transitions are enabled

en: Dialogs use header bar
en_GB: Dialogues use header bar

en: Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action area.
en_GB: Whether builtin GTK+ dialogues should use a header bar instead of an action area.

en: Color of underline for this text
en_GB: Colour of underline for this text

en: Color of strikethrough for this text
en_GB: Colour of strikethrough for this text

en: Paragraph background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Paragraph background colour as a GdkColor

en: Whether this tag affects underlining color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects underlining colour

en: Whether this tag affects strikethrough color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects strikethrough colour

en: Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas
en_GB: Whether windows can be dragged and maximised by clicking on empty areas

en: Hide the titlebar during maximization
en_GB: Hide the titlebar during maximisation

en: If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized
en_GB: If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximised

en: Color Profile Title
en_GB: Colour Profile Title

en: The title of the color profile to use
en_GB: The title of the colour profile to use

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: MonBrightnessUp
en_GB: Monitor brightness up

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: MonBrightnessDown
en_GB: Monitor brightness down

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioMute
en_GB: Audio mute

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioLowerVolume
en_GB: Audio lower volume

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioRaiseVolume
en_GB: Audio raise volume

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioPlay
en_GB: Audio play

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioStop
en_GB: Audio stop

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioNext
en_GB: Audio next

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioPrev
en_GB: Audio previous

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioRecord
en_GB: Audio record

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioPause
en_GB: Audio pause

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioRewind
en_GB: Audio rewind

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: AudioMedia
en_GB: Audio media

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: ScreenSaver
en_GB: Screensaver

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: WebCam
en_GB: Webcam

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: TouchpadToggle
en_GB: Touchpad toggle

[ctx: keyboard label]
en: WakeUp
en_GB: Wake up

[ctx: Action name]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: Action description]
en: Selects the color
en_GB: Selects the colour

[ctx: Action description]
en: Activates the color
en_GB: Activates the colour

[ctx: Action description]
en: Customizes the color
en_GB: Customises the colour

en: Custom License
en_GB: Custom Licence

en: GNU General Public License, version 2 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence, version 2 or later

en: GNU General Public License, version 3 or later
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence, version 3 or later

en: GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 or later
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence, version 2.1 or later

en: GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3 or later
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence, version 3 or later

en: BSD 2-Clause License
en_GB: BSD 2-Clause Licence

en: The MIT License (MIT)
en_GB: The MIT Licence (MIT)

en: Artistic License 2.0
en_GB: Artistic Licence 2.0

en: GNU General Public License, version 2 only
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence, version 2 only

en: GNU General Public License, version 3 only
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence, version 3 only

en: GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence, version 2.1 only

en: GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3 only
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence, version 3 only

en: GNU Affero General Public License, version 3 or later
en_GB: GNU Affero General Public Licence, version 3 or later

en: GNU Affero General Public License, version 3 only
en_GB: GNU Affero General Public Licence, version 3 only

en: BSD 3-Clause License
en_GB: BSD 3-Clause Licence

en: Apache License, Version 2.0
en_GB: Apache Licence, Version 2.0

en: Mozilla Public License 2.0
en_GB: Mozilla Public Licence 2.0

en: Color: %s
en_GB: Colour: %s

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Gray 1
en_GB: Light Grey 1

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Gray 2
en_GB: Light Grey 2

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Gray 3
en_GB: Light Grey 3

[ctx: Color name]
en: Light Gray 4
en_GB: Light Grey 4

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Gray 1
en_GB: Dark Grey 1

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Gray 2
en_GB: Dark Grey 2

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Gray 3
en_GB: Dark Grey 3

[ctx: Color name]
en: Dark Gray 4
en_GB: Dark Grey 4

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, lineColorBox) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, fillBox)
en: Custom color
en_GB: Custom colour

en: Create a custom color
en_GB: Create a custom colour

en: Custom color %d: %s
en_GB: Custom colour %d: %s

en: C_ustomize
en_GB: C_ustomise

en: The file could not be moved to the Trash
en_GB: The file could not be moved to the Wastebasket

en: Creating AppInfo from id not supported on non unix operating systems
en_GB: Creating AppInfo from ID not supported on non-UNIX operating systems

en: Do you want to use GTK+ Inspector?
en_GB: Do you want to use GTK Inspector?

en: GTK+ Inspector is an interactive debugger that lets you explore and modify the internals of any GTK+ application. Using it may cause the application to break or crash.
en_GB: GTK Inspector is an interactive debugger that lets you explore and modify the internals of any GTK application. Using it may cause the application to break or crash.

en: You can type here any CSS rule recognized by GTK+.
en_GB: You can type here any CSS rule recognised by GTK.

en: GTK+ Version
en_GB: GTK Version

en: GTK+ Theme
en_GB: GTK Theme

en: Select a Color
en_GB: Select a Colour

en: Pick a color from the screen
en_GB: Pick a colour from the screen

en: Color Name
en_GB: Colour Name

[ctx: output-bin]
note: Translators: Center output bin
en: Center Bin
en_GB: Centre Bin

note: TRANSLATORS: when we're running an old CUPS, and * it hasn't registered the device with colord
en: Color management unavailable
en_GB: Colour management unavailable

en: Whether the dialog should be modal
en_GB: Whether the dialogue should be modal

en: scope to use when instantiating listitems
en_GB: scope to use when instantiating list items

en: The check button whose group this widget belongs to.
en_GB: The tick button whose group this widget belongs to.

en: If the check button is in an “in between” state
en_GB: If the tick button is in an “in between” state

en: Whether the dialog is modal
en_GB: Whether the dialogue is modal

en: Whether the stream has finished initializing
en_GB: Whether the stream has finished initialising

en: GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels
en_GB: GtkBox that holds the dialogue’s primary and secondary labels

en: Show “Trash”
en_GB: Show “Wastebasket”

en: Whether the popover pops down after a child popover
en_GB: Whether the pop-over pops down after a child pop-over

en: Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action area.
en_GB: Whether builtin GTK dialogues should use a header bar instead of an action area.

en: Color of overline for this text
en_GB: Colour of overline for this text

en: Whether this tag affects overlining color
en_GB: Whether this tag affects overlining colour

en: The item held by this expander's row
en_GB: The item held by this expander’s row

en: Is Maximized
en_GB: Is Maximised

[ctx: accessibility]
en: Selects the color
en_GB: Selects the colour

[ctx: accessibility]
en: Activates the color
en_GB: Activates the colour

[ctx: accessibility]
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: accessibility]
en: Customizes the color
en_GB: Customises the colour

[ctx: accessibility]
en: alert dialog
en_GB: alert dialogue

[ctx: accessibility]
en: checkbox
en_GB: tickbox

[ctx: accessibility]
en: dialog
en_GB: dialogue

[ctx: accessibility]
en: math
en_GB: maths

[ctx: accessibility]
en: menu item checkbox
en_GB: menu item tickbox

note: #-#-#-#-#  2127 (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
en: Minimize the window
en_GB: Minimise the window

en: You can type here any CSS rule recognized by GTK.
en_GB: You can type here any CSS rule recognised by GTK.

en: Hexadecimal color or color name
en_GB: Hexadecimal colour or colour name

[ctx: --help]
note: Translators: Unicode ellipsis(…) can be used here
en: [FILE|URI...]
en_GB: [FILE|URI…]

en: Choose Custom Color
en_GB: Choose Custom Colour

en: _HTML File...
en_GB: _HTML File…

en: Te_xt File...
en_GB: Te_xt File…

en: Check _Spelling...
en_GB: Check _Spelling…

en: _Test URL...
en_GB: _Test URL…

en: _Cell...
en_GB: _Cell…

en: Pa_ge...
en_GB: Pa_ge…

en: Alignment & Behavior
en_GB: Alignment & Behaviour

en: Default color
en_GB: Default colour

note: regex_new could fail, for instance if there are different * named sub-patterns with the same name or if resulting regex is * too long. In this case fixing lang file helps (e.g. renaming * subpatterns, making huge keywords use bigger prefixes, etc.)
en: Cannot create a regex for all the transitions, the syntax highlighting process will be slower than usual.
    The error was: %s
en_GB: Cannot create a regex for all the transitions; the syntax highlighting process will be slower than usual.
    The error was: %s

en: Highlighting a single line took too much time, syntax highlighting will be disabled
en_GB: Highlighting a single line took too much time: syntax highlighting will be disabled

en: duplicated context id '%s'
en_GB: duplicated context ID '%s'

en: The gutters' GtkSourceView
en_GB: The gutter's GtkSourceView

en: The gutters text window type
en_GB: The gutter's text window type

en: Language id
en_GB: Language ID

en: Language ids
en_GB: Language IDs

en: List of the ids of the available languages
en_GB: List of the IDs of the available languages

en: Unknown id '%s' in regex '%s'
en_GB: Unknown ID '%s' in regex '%s'

en: Line background color
en_GB: Line background colour

en: Whether line background color is set
en_GB: Whether line background colour is set

en: Whether foreground color is set
en_GB: Whether foreground colour is set

en: Whether background color is set
en_GB: Whether background colour is set

en: Style scheme id
en_GB: Style scheme ID

en: Scheme ids
en_GB: Scheme IDs

en: List of the ids of the available style schemes
en_GB: List of the IDs of the available style schemes

en: Set if and how the spaces should be visualized
en_GB: Set if and how the spaces should be visualised

en: Builtin Function
en_GB: Built-in Function

note: #-#-#-#-#  597 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description #-#-#-#-#  598 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2158 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Classic color scheme
en_GB: Classic colour scheme

en: Builtin Command
en_GB: Built-in Command

en: Builtin Variable
en_GB: Built-in Variable

note: #-#-#-#-#  597 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description #-#-#-#-#  598 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2158 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Blue based color scheme
en_GB: Blue-based colour scheme

en: Dos Batch
en_GB: DOS Batch

en: Builtin-function keyword
en_GB: Built-in function keyword

en: Labeled argument
en_GB: Labelled argument

en: Builtin Constant
en_GB: Built-in Constant

en: Itemized list
en_GB: Itemised list

note: #-#-#-#-#  597 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description #-#-#-#-#  598 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2158 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color scheme used in the Kate text editor
en_GB: Colour scheme used in the Kate text editor

en: Inline Math Mode
en_GB: Inline Maths Mode

en: Math Mode
en_GB: Maths Mode

note: #-#-#-#-#  597 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description #-#-#-#-#  598 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2158 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Dark color scheme using the Tango color palette
en_GB: Dark colour scheme using the Tango colour palette

en: Standart Modules
en_GB: Standard Modules

en: Operation operator
en_GB: Maths Operators

en: Builtin Object
en_GB: Built-in Object

note: #-#-#-#-#  597 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description #-#-#-#-#  598 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-# #-#-#-#-#  2158 (gtksourceview)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color scheme using Tango color palette
en_GB: Colour scheme using Tango colour palette

note: (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description
en: Color scheme using Solarized dark color palette
en_GB: Colour scheme using Solarized dark colour palette

note: (itstool) path: style-scheme/_description
en: Color scheme using Solarized light color palette
en_GB: Colour scheme using Solarized light colour palette

en: Conversion from character set “%s” to “UTF-8” is not supported
en_GB: Conversion from character set “%s” to 'UTF-8' is not supported

en: Could not open converter from “%s” to “UTF-8”
en_GB: Could not open converter from “%s” to 'UTF-8'

en: duplicated context id “%s”
en_GB: duplicated context ID “%s”

en: Unknown id “%s” in regex “%s”
en_GB: Unknown ID “%s” in regex “%s”

en: Translate and localize applications and libraries
en_GB: Translate and localise applications and libraries

en: Name of a gtksourceview color scheme to use for syntax highlighting.
en_GB: Name of a GtkSourceView colour scheme to use for syntax highlighting.

en: Translation file editing suite for localization of applications and libraries.
en_GB: Translation file editing suite for localisation of applications and libraries.

en: Profile name: %s
    Translator name: %s
    Translator email: %s
    Language name: %s
    Team email: %s
    Language code: %s
    Character set: %s
    Transfer encoding: %s
    Plural form: %s
en_GB: Profile name: %s
    Translator name: %s
    Translator e-mail: %s
    Language name: %s
    Team e-mail: %s
    Language code: %s
    Character set: %s
    Transfer encoding: %s
    Plural form: %s

en: Translator email
en_GB: Translator e-mail

en: Team email
en_GB: Team e-mail

en: Translator’s _email:
en_GB: Translator’s _e-mail:

en: Language gro_up email:
en_GB: Language gro_up e-mail:

en: Project Id _version:
en_GB: Project ID _version:

en: Pot _file creation date:
en_GB: POT _file creation date:

en: Po file _revision date:
en_GB: PO file _revision date:

en: The file %s is read-only, and can not be overwritten
en_GB: The file %s is read-only, and cannot be overwritten

en: _Team email
en_GB: _Team e-mail

en: The statusbar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name.
en_GB: The status bar displays the currently selected character's Unicode code point and Unicode character name.

en: Switch to your application and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Switch to your application and choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. The <guilabel>Find</guilabel> dialog opens.
en_GB: Choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <application>Find</application> dialogue opens.

en: Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to find the next matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to find the previous matching character. Alternatively, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>G</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>Search</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Next character, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Next character, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Previous character, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Previous character, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Next script, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Next script, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>.

en: Previous script, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: Previous script, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To change the font type to bold type, click on the <guibutton>Bold</guibutton> button, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To change the font type to bold type, click on the <guibutton>Bold</guibutton> button, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To change the font type to italic type, click on the <guibutton>Italic</guibutton> button, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To change the font type to italic type, click on the <guibutton>Italic</guibutton> button, or press the shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo>.

en: To increase the font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To increase the font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>+</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom In</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or use the zoom spin box.

en: To decrease the font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or use the zoom spin box, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To decrease the font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>-</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Zoom Out</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or use the zoom spin box.

en: To display normal font size, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press shortcut key <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo>.
en_GB: To display normal font size, choose <menuchoice><shortcut><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>=</keycap></keycombo></shortcut><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Normal Size</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.

en: Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
en_GB: Gucharmap is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public Licence as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the Licence, or (at your option) any later version.

en: Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License and Unicode Copyright for more details.
en_GB: Gucharmap and the Unicode data files are distributed in the hope that they will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public Licence and Unicode Copyright for more details.

en: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA
en_GB: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public Licence along with Gucharmap; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02110-1301  USA

note: type: textblock
en: When the guest OS is virtualized, the host operating system and hypervisor may prefer accesses aligned to one of:
en_GB: When the guest OS is virtualised, the host operating system and hypervisor may prefer accesses aligned to one of:

note: type: textblock
en: The fields are normally space-separated.  Filenames are B<not> quoted, so you cannot use the output in another program (because filenames can contain spaces and other unsafe characters).  If the guest was untrusted and someone knew you were using C<virt-ls> to analyze the guest, they could play tricks on you by creating filenames with embedded newline characters.  To B<safely> parse the output in another program, use the I<--csv> (Comma-Separated Values) option.
en_GB: The fields are normally space-separated.  Filenames are B<not> quoted, so you cannot use the output in another program (because filenames can contain spaces and other unsafe characters).  If the guest was untrusted and someone knew you were using C<virt-ls> to analyse the guest, they could play tricks on you by creating filenames with embedded newline characters.  To B<safely> parse the output in another program, use the I<--csv> (Comma-Separated Values) option.

note: type: textblock
en: Virt tools (website: L<http://virt-tools.org>) are a whole set of virtualization management tools aimed at system administrators.  Some of them come from libguestfs, some from libvirt and many others from other open source projects.  So virt tools is a superset of libguestfs.  However libguestfs comes with many important tools.  See L<http://libguestfs.org> for a full list.
en_GB: Virt tools (website: L<http://virt-tools.org>) are a whole set of virtualisation management tools aimed at system administrators.  Some of them come from libguestfs, some from libvirt and many others from other open source projects.  So virt tools is a superset of libguestfs.  However libguestfs comes with many important tools.  See L<http://libguestfs.org> for a full list.

note: type: textblock
en: Another method we have considered is to place a snapshot over the original disk image, so that the original data is untouched and only differences are recorded in the snapshot.  You can do this today using C<qemu-img create> + C<virt-resize>, but qemu currently isn't smart enough to recognize when the same block is written back to the snapshot as already exists in the backing disk, so you will find that this doesn't save you any space or time.
en_GB: Another method we have considered is to place a snapshot over the original disk image, so that the original data is untouched and only differences are recorded in the snapshot.  You can do this today using C<qemu-img create> + C<virt-resize>, but qemu currently isn't smart enough to recognise when the same block is written back to the snapshot as already exists in the backing disk, so you will find that this doesn't save you any space or time.

note: type: textblock
en: Language bindings should come with tests.  Previously testing of language bindings was rather ad-hoc, but we have been trying to formalize the set of tests that every language binding should use.
en_GB: Language bindings should come with tests.  Previously testing of language bindings was rather ad-hoc, but we have been trying to formalise the set of tests that every language binding should use.

note: type: =head2
en: INTERNATIONALIZATION (I18N) SUPPORT
en_GB: INTERNATIONALISATION (I18N) SUPPORT

note: type: =item
en: Initialize the appliance
en_GB: Initialise the appliance

note: type: textblock
en: The appliance itself now initializes itself.  This involves starting certain processes like C<udev>, possibly printing some debug information, and finally running the daemon (C<guestfsd>).
en_GB: The appliance itself now initialises itself.  This involves starting certain processes like C<udev>, possibly printing some debug information, and finally running the daemon (C<guestfsd>).

note: type: textblock
en: Three main areas are covered. Libguestfs runs an appliance (a small Linux distribution) inside qemu/KVM.  The first two areas are: minimizing the time taken to start this appliance, and the number of times the appliance has to be started.  The third area is shortening the time taken for inspection of VMs.
en_GB: Three main areas are covered. Libguestfs runs an appliance (a small Linux distribution) inside qemu/KVM.  The first two areas are: minimising the time taken to start this appliance, and the number of times the appliance has to be started.  The third area is shortening the time taken for inspection of VMs.

note: type: textblock
en: Hardware virt is not usually available inside VMs, and libguestfs will run slowly inside another virtual machine whatever you do.  Nested virtualization does not work well in our experience, and is certainly no substitute for running libguestfs on baremetal.
en_GB: Hardware virt is not usually available inside VMs, and libguestfs will run slowly inside another virtual machine whatever you do.  Nested virtualisation does not work well in our experience, and is certainly no substitute for running libguestfs on baremetal.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - A series of protocol fixes has fixed the old bug RHBZ#576879
       which used to cause errors during the upload command to lose
       protocol synchronization.
en_GB:  - A series of protocol fixes has fixed the old bug RHBZ#576879
       which used to cause errors during the upload command to lose
       protocol synchronisation.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - is-zero, is-zero-device APIs: optimize these so zero detection is
       faster.
en_GB:  - is-zero, is-zero-device APIs: optimise these so zero detection is
       faster.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - 822490 virt-ls error: "libguestfs: error: checksum: path: parameter cannot be NULL"
     - 816839 data overflow error when debug progress -1
     - 816098 virt-make-fs fails to make a btrfs filesystem because it doesn't allocate enough space
     - 811872 inspection fails on ubuntu 10.04 guest with encrypted swap
     - 811650 guestfs_last_error not set when qemu fails early during launch
     - 811649 libguestfs cannot open disk images which are symlinks to files that contain ':' (colon) character
     - 811117 [RFE][virt-sysprep] net-hwaddr not removed from "ifcfg-*" files on rhel
     - 811112 [RFE][virt-sysprep] hostname can not be changed on rhel system
     - 809361 inspection doesn't recognize Fedora 18 (grub2 + GPT)
     - 807905 mkfs blocksize option breaks when creating btrfs
     - 805070 virt-filesystems should show 'parents' of LV and RAID devices
     - 804464 libguestfs cannot be built when LINGUAS is different then ja or uk
     - 803664 libguestfs inspection fails on Windows XP: libguestfs: error: hivex: could not locate HKLM\SYSTEM\MountedDevices
     - 803533 guestfish: write error
     - 802389 event handlers for 'close' event doesn't work in remote mode
     - 802109 libguestfs uses putc on stderr, results in many individual 1 byte writes of debug messages
     - 801640 [RFE] the error reported by resize2fs-M need to be more clear
     - 801298 Possible null dereference and resource leaks
     - 801273 Document for set-pgroup need to be updated
     - 798196 virt-resize confuses format and output_format variables; using --output-format sets the input format
     - 797986 virt-resize on Windows XP in sysprep state causes "UNMOUNTABLE_BOOT_VOLUME" BSOD
     - 796520 [RFE] Prevent user from running some appliance configure commands after appliance boot up
     - 790721 multiprovider build error: RuntimeError: link: /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel.10139: File exists
     - 789960 guestfsd crash when try to mount non-exist disk
     - 789504 virt-df (other tools?) should not give up if a guest disk is missing
     - 788641 virt-edit doesn't preserve file permissions
     - 786215 libguestfs inspection does not recognize FreeDOS operating system
     - 786188 libguestfs inspection does not recognize FreeDOS install CD
     - 785668 aug-defnode: daemon crash
     - 784647 Libguestfs uses deprecated net-tools
     - 769304 virt-resize on RHEL 6 kernel fails to re-read the partition table
     - 755729 Error message for resize2fs-M needs tweaking
     - 701814 virt-win-reg fails on a libvirt guest that has no defined disk format: "format parameter is empty or contains disallowed characters"
     - 679737 libguestfs: improve error message when zerofree is not available in the appliance
     - 635971 glob mkfs ext2 /dev/vd[b-t]1 does not expand
en_GB:  - 822490 virt-ls error: "libguestfs: error: checksum: path: parameter cannot be NULL"
     - 816839 data overflow error when debug progress -1
     - 816098 virt-make-fs fails to make a btrfs filesystem because it doesn't allocate enough space
     - 811872 inspection fails on ubuntu 10.04 guest with encrypted swap
     - 811650 guestfs_last_error not set when qemu fails early during launch
     - 811649 libguestfs cannot open disk images which are symlinks to files that contain ':' (colon) character
     - 811117 [RFE][virt-sysprep] net-hwaddr not removed from "ifcfg-*" files on rhel
     - 811112 [RFE][virt-sysprep] hostname can not be changed on rhel system
     - 809361 inspection doesn't recognise Fedora 18 (grub2 + GPT)
     - 807905 mkfs blocksize option breaks when creating btrfs
     - 805070 virt-filesystems should show 'parents' of LV and RAID devices
     - 804464 libguestfs cannot be built when LINGUAS is different then ja or uk
     - 803664 libguestfs inspection fails on Windows XP: libguestfs: error: hivex: could not locate HKLM\SYSTEM\MountedDevices
     - 803533 guestfish: write error
     - 802389 event handlers for 'close' event doesn't work in remote mode
     - 802109 libguestfs uses putc on stderr, results in many individual 1 byte writes of debug messages
     - 801640 [RFE] the error reported by resize2fs-M need to be more clear
     - 801298 Possible null dereference and resource leaks
     - 801273 Document for set-pgroup need to be updated
     - 798196 virt-resize confuses format and output_format variables; using --output-format sets the input format
     - 797986 virt-resize on Windows XP in sysprep state causes "UNMOUNTABLE_BOOT_VOLUME" BSOD
     - 796520 [RFE] Prevent user from running some appliance configure commands after appliance boot up
     - 790721 multiprovider build error: RuntimeError: link: /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel /tmp/.guestfs-0/kernel.10139: File exists
     - 789960 guestfsd crash when try to mount non-exist disk
     - 789504 virt-df (other tools?) should not give up if a guest disk is missing
     - 788641 virt-edit doesn't preserve file permissions
     - 786215 libguestfs inspection does not recognise FreeDOS operating system
     - 786188 libguestfs inspection does not recognise FreeDOS install CD
     - 785668 aug-defnode: daemon crash
     - 784647 Libguestfs uses deprecated net-tools
     - 769304 virt-resize on RHEL 6 kernel fails to re-read the partition table
     - 755729 Error message for resize2fs-M needs tweaking
     - 701814 virt-win-reg fails on a libvirt guest that has no defined disk format: "format parameter is empty or contains disallowed characters"
     - 679737 libguestfs: improve error message when zerofree is not available in the appliance
     - 635971 glob mkfs ext2 /dev/vd[b-t]1 does not expand

note: type: textblock
en: new I<--firstboot> parameter allowing firstboot scripts for customizing guests
en_GB: new I<--firstboot> parameter allowing firstboot scripts for customising guests

note: type: textblock
en: guestfish printed paths are not canonicalized
en_GB: guestfish printed paths are not canonicalised

note: type: textblock
en: guestfish unrecognized mount option gives confusing error message
en_GB: guestfish unrecognised mount option gives confusing error message

note: type: textblock
en: Ubuntu install CDs from oneiric onwards are not recognized: "multi-boot operating systems are not supported"
en_GB: Ubuntu install CDs from oneiric onwards are not recognised: "multi-boot operating systems are not supported"

note: type: textblock
en: libguestfs doesn't recognize Windows Dynamic disks in some configurations, eg. spanned
en_GB: libguestfs doesn't recognise Windows Dynamic disks in some configurations, eg. spanned

note: type: textblock
en: C<guestmount --no-fork> flag prevents guestmount from daemonizing.
en_GB: C<guestmount --no-fork> flag prevents guestmount from daemonising.

note: type: verbatim
en:  - Localization now works for all the libguestfs tools (RHBZ#559963).
en_GB:  - Localisation now works for all the libguestfs tools (RHBZ#559963).

note: type: verbatim
en:  - 612178 guestfish: using -m option in conjunction with --listen option causes appliance to die
     - 610880 libguestfs should set broader read perms on tmpdir, so works in some situations when executed with umask 077
     - 604691 OCaml bindings are not thread safe
     - 603870 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 602592 [RFE] expose guestfs_close in perl bindings
     - 600977 virt-df -h --csv "Argument .. isn't numeric in printf"
     - 599464 mkfs-b does not support vfat/ntfs
     - 598807 add_cdrom does not work in RHEL 6
     - 598309 part-list and several other cmd failed on libguestfs on RHEL5
     - 597145 guestfish 'help' command should indicate error in exit status with an unknown command
     - 597135 guestfish write-file cmd does not check "size" parameter
     - 597118 A warning should be given in the help of mke2journal-L for the length of label
     - 597112 get-e2uuid should use blkid instead of "tune2fs -l" to get filesystem UUID
     - 596776 virt-inspector doesn't discover modprobe aliases on RHEL 3 guests
     - 596763 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 593292 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 592883 can not edit files on  images mounted with guestmount cmd
     - 592360 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 591250 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if the archive is compressed or not in the right format
     - 591155 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if a disk image is not writable
     - 591142 virt-inspector should give an error for unrecognized disk images
     - 590167 virt-inspector and other virt tools should be able to handle filesystem-on-image VMs
     - 589039 guestfish read-file cmd will cause daemon hang when read large files
     - 588851 guestfs_launch() returns -1, but guestfs_last_error() == NULL
     - 588763 libguestfs should use non-public or link-local addresses for appliance network
     - 588733 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 588651 guestfish 'strings-e' cmd does not give proper error message or hint
     - 587484 lvresize can't reduce size of a volumn
     - 585961 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 585223 ntfsresize should support shrinking filesystems
     - 585222 pvresize should support shrinking PVs
     - 585221 resize2fs should support shrinking filesystems
     - 584038 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 583554 [FEAT] mknod-mode command is needed to set mode explicitly
     - 583242 [RFE] guestfish should print outputs in a suitable base (eg. octal for modes)
     - 582993 guestfish eats words when tab completing case (in)sensitive paths
     - 582953 Misleading help information about lvcreate command
     - 582948 mknod command doesn't make block, character or FIFO devices
     - 582929 mknod doesn't check for invalid mode
     - 582901 guestfish chmod/umask commands do not check invalid mode value
     - 582899 guestfish:sparse is missed from command autocomplete list
     - 582891 [Feature Request] behavior and return value of guestfish umask cmd should be changed
     - 582548 [mknod] umask shouldn't take effect when mode is set explicitly
     - 582484 some guestfish sub commands can not handle special files properly
     - 582252 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 581501 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 580650 virt-inspector warns "No grub default specified at /usr/lib/perl5/Sys/Guestfs/Lib.pm at [...]"
     - 580556 request for libguestfs to support .txz tarballs
     - 580246 tar-in command hangs if uploading more than available space
     - 580016 aug-ls in guestfish does not take augeas variable as argument
     - 579664 guestfish doesn't report error when there is not enough space for image allocation
     - 579608 multiple commands in guestfish can not work for symbol links
     - 579155 libguestfs hangs if qemu doesn't start (in null vmchannel mode)
     - 578407 the prefix '-' in sub-command isn't handled by guestfish in remote control mode
     - 576879 libguestfs protocol loses synchronization if you 'upload' before mounting disks
     - 559963 libguestfs Perl programs do set locale, but still localization doesn't work
     - 521674 Perl modules are unversioned, but should carry version numbers
     - 516096 Race condition in test_swapon_label_0: /sbin/blockdev: BLKRRPART: Device or resource busy
     - 507810 guestfish -i / virt-inspector cannot handle spaces in filenames
     - 502533 Updated Polish translation of libguestfs
     - 501894 Some String parameters should be OptString
     - 501893 String parameters should be checked for != NULL
     - 501889 write-file does not support strings containing ASCII NUL
     - 484986 grub-install fails on virtio disk
en_GB:  - 612178 guestfish: using -m option in conjunction with --listen option causes appliance to die
     - 610880 libguestfs should set broader read perms on tmpdir, so works in some situations when executed with umask 077
     - 604691 OCaml bindings are not thread safe
     - 603870 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 602592 [RFE] expose guestfs_close in perl bindings
     - 600977 virt-df -h --csv "Argument .. isn't numeric in printf"
     - 599464 mkfs-b does not support vfat/ntfs
     - 598807 add_cdrom does not work in RHEL 6
     - 598309 part-list and several other cmd failed on libguestfs on RHEL5
     - 597145 guestfish 'help' command should indicate error in exit status with an unknown command
     - 597135 guestfish write-file cmd does not check "size" parameter
     - 597118 A warning should be given in the help of mke2journal-L for the length of label
     - 597112 get-e2uuid should use blkid instead of "tune2fs -l" to get filesystem UUID
     - 596776 virt-inspector doesn't discover modprobe aliases on RHEL 3 guests
     - 596763 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 593292 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 592883 can not edit files on  images mounted with guestmount cmd
     - 592360 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 591250 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if the archive is compressed or not in the right format
     - 591155 virt-tar prints "tar_in: tar subcommand failed on directory" if a disk image is not writable
     - 591142 virt-inspector should give an error for unrecognised disk images
     - 590167 virt-inspector and other virt tools should be able to handle filesystem-on-image VMs
     - 589039 guestfish read-file cmd will cause daemon hang when read large files
     - 588851 guestfs_launch() returns -1, but guestfs_last_error() == NULL
     - 588763 libguestfs should use non-public or link-local addresses for appliance network
     - 588733 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 588651 guestfish 'strings-e' cmd does not give proper error message or hint
     - 587484 lvresize can't reduce size of a volumn
     - 585961 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 585223 ntfsresize should support shrinking filesystems
     - 585222 pvresize should support shrinking PVs
     - 585221 resize2fs should support shrinking filesystems
     - 584038 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 583554 [FEAT] mknod-mode command is needed to set mode explicitly
     - 583242 [RFE] guestfish should print outputs in a suitable base (eg. octal for modes)
     - 582993 guestfish eats words when tab completing case (in)sensitive paths
     - 582953 Misleading help information about lvcreate command
     - 582948 mknod command doesn't make block, character or FIFO devices
     - 582929 mknod doesn't check for invalid mode
     - 582901 guestfish chmod/umask commands do not check invalid mode value
     - 582899 guestfish:sparse is missed from command autocomplete list
     - 582891 [Feature Request] behaviour and return value of guestfish umask cmd should be changed
     - 582548 [mknod] umask shouldn't take effect when mode is set explicitly
     - 582484 some guestfish sub commands can not handle special files properly
     - 582252 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 581501 Updates to Spanish translation
     - 580650 virt-inspector warns "No grub default specified at /usr/lib/perl5/Sys/Guestfs/Lib.pm at [...]"
     - 580556 request for libguestfs to support .txz tarballs
     - 580246 tar-in command hangs if uploading more than available space
     - 580016 aug-ls in guestfish does not take augeas variable as argument
     - 579664 guestfish doesn't report error when there is not enough space for image allocation
     - 579608 multiple commands in guestfish can not work for symbol links
     - 579155 libguestfs hangs if qemu doesn't start (in null vmchannel mode)
     - 578407 the prefix '-' in sub-command isn't handled by guestfish in remote control mode
     - 576879 libguestfs protocol loses synchronisation if you 'upload' before mounting disks
     - 559963 libguestfs Perl programs do set locale, but still localisation doesn't work
     - 521674 Perl modules are unversioned, but should carry version numbers
     - 516096 Race condition in test_swapon_label_0: /sbin/blockdev: BLKRRPART: Device or resource busy
     - 507810 guestfish -i / virt-inspector cannot handle spaces in filenames
     - 502533 Updated Polish translation of libguestfs
     - 501894 Some String parameters should be OptString
     - 501893 String parameters should be checked for != NULL
     - 501889 write-file does not support strings containing ASCII NUL
     - 484986 grub-install fails on virtio disk

note: type: verbatim
en:  - Excluded packages in the appliance are now listed in a separate
       file appliance/excludelist.in, and can be customized per-distro.
en_GB:  - Excluded packages in the appliance are now listed in a separate
       file appliance/excludelist.in, and can be customised per-distro.

note: type: textblock
en: Before 2010 libguestfs did not have official release notes or a formalized version numbering system.  However these are links to historically significant versions.
en_GB: Before 2010 libguestfs did not have official release notes or a formalised version numbering system.  However these are links to historically significant versions.

note: type: textblock
en: Now try to load this into your favorite spreadsheet or database.  Are the results reproduced faithfully in the spreadsheet/database?
en_GB: Now try to load this into your favourite spreadsheet or database.  Are the results reproduced faithfully in the spreadsheet/database?

note: type: textblock
en: Buildroot-derived distro, but not one we specifically recognize.
en_GB: Buildroot-derived distro, but not one we specifically recognise.

note: type: textblock
en: The display name of the application, sometimes localized to the install language of the guest operating system.
en_GB: The display name of the application, sometimes localised to the install language of the guest operating system.

note: type: textblock
en: Usually it is more efficient to use the L<isoinfo(1)> command with the I<-d> option on the host to analyze ISO files, instead of going through libguestfs.
en_GB: Usually it is more efficient to use the L<isoinfo(1)> command with the I<-d> option on the host to analyse ISO files, instead of going through libguestfs.

note: type: textblock
en: This creates an ext2/3/4 filesystem on C<device> with an external journal on the journal labeled C<label>.
en_GB: This creates an ext2/3/4 filesystem on C<device> with an external journal on the journal labelled C<label>.

note: type: textblock
en: L</mkmountpoint> and L</rmmountpoint> are specialized calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.
en_GB: L</mkmountpoint> and L</rmmountpoint> are specialised calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.

note: type: textblock
en: The bootable flag is used by some operating systems (notably Windows) to determine which partition to boot from.  It is by no means universally recognized.
en_GB: The bootable flag is used by some operating systems (notably Windows) to determine which partition to boot from.  It is by no means universally recognised.

note: type: textblock
en: Return the canonicalized absolute pathname of C<path>.  The returned path has no C<.>, C<..> or symbolic link path elements.
en_GB: Return the canonicalised absolute pathname of C<path>.  The returned path has no C<.>, C<..> or symbolic link path elements.

note: type: textblock
en: This call may be used to copy or synchronize two directories under the same libguestfs handle.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
en_GB: This call may be used to copy or synchronise two directories under the same libguestfs handle.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

note: type: textblock
en: This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem on the host or on a remote computer with the filesystem within libguestfs.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
en_GB: This call may be used to copy or synchronise the filesystem on the host or on a remote computer with the filesystem within libguestfs.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

note: type: textblock
en: This call may be used to copy or synchronize the filesystem within libguestfs with a filesystem on the host or on a remote computer.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.
en_GB: This call may be used to copy or synchronise the filesystem within libguestfs with a filesystem on the host or on a remote computer.  This uses the L<rsync(1)> program which uses a fast algorithm that avoids copying files unnecessarily.

note: type: textblock
en: If C<autosync> is true, this enables autosync.  Libguestfs will make a best effort attempt to make filesystems consistent and synchronized when the handle is closed (also if the program exits without closing handles).
en_GB: If C<autosync> is true, this enables autosync.  Libguestfs will make a best effort attempt to make filesystems consistent and synchronised when the handle is closed (also if the program exits without closing handles).

note: type: textblock
en: This is the opposite of L</launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronized.
en_GB: This is the opposite of L</launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronised.

note: type: textblock
en: This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap on labeled swap partition.
en_GB: This command disables the libguestfs appliance swap on labelled swap partition.

note: type: textblock
en: This command enables swap to a labeled swap partition.  See L</swapon-device> for other notes.
en_GB: This command enables swap to a labelled swap partition.  See L</swapon-device> for other notes.

note: type: textblock
en: Change the behavior of the kernel code when errors are detected.  Possible values currently are: C<continue>, C<remount-ro>, C<panic>.  In practice these options don't really make any difference, particularly for write errors.
en_GB: Change the behaviour of the kernel code when errors are detected.  Possible values currently are: C<continue>, C<remount-ro>, C<panic>.  In practice these options don't really make any difference, particularly for write errors.

note: type: textblock
en: If the filesystem is unlabeled, this returns the empty string.
en_GB: If the filesystem is unlabelled, this returns the empty string.

note: type: textblock
en: When L<guestunmount(1)>/L<fusermount(1)> exits, guestmount may still be running and cleaning up the mountpoint.  The disk image will not be fully finalized.
en_GB: When L<guestunmount(1)>/L<fusermount(1)> exits, guestmount may still be running and cleaning up the mountpoint.  The disk image will not be fully finalised.

note: type: textblock
en: Guestunmount never daemonizes itself.
en_GB: Guestunmount never daemonises itself.

note: type: textblock
en: In brief, E<lt>nameE<gt> is the class of operating system (something like C<linux> or C<windows>), E<lt>distroE<gt> is the distribution (eg. C<fedora> but many other distros are recognized) and E<lt>archE<gt> is the guest architecture.  The other fields are fairly self-explanatory, but because these fields are taken directly from the libguestfs inspection API you can find precise information from L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION>.
en_GB: In brief, E<lt>nameE<gt> is the class of operating system (something like C<linux> or C<windows>), E<lt>distroE<gt> is the distribution (eg. C<fedora> but many other distros are recognised) and E<lt>archE<gt> is the guest architecture.  The other fields are fairly self-explanatory, but because these fields are taken directly from the libguestfs inspection API you can find precise information from L<guestfs(3)/INSPECTION>.

note: type: textblock
en: C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> and C<guestfs_rmmountpoint> are specialized calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.
en_GB: C<guestfs_mkmountpoint> and C<guestfs_rmmountpoint> are specialised calls that can be used to create extra mountpoints before mounting the first filesystem.

note: type: textblock
en: This is the opposite of C<guestfs_launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronized.
en_GB: This is the opposite of C<guestfs_launch>.  It performs an orderly shutdown of the backend process(es).  If the autosync flag is set (which is the default) then the disk image is synchronised.

note: type: textblock
en: This command enables swap to a labeled swap partition.  See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes.
en_GB: This command enables swap to a labelled swap partition.  See C<guestfs_swapon_device> for other notes.

note: type: verbatim
en:  /* Synchronize the disk.  This is the opposite of guestfs_launch. */
     guestfs_shutdown (g);
en_GB:  /* Synchronise the disk.  This is the opposite of guestfs_launch. */
     guestfs_shutdown (g);

note: type: textblock
en: Libguestfs provides access to a large part of the LVM2 API, such as L</guestfs_lvcreate> and L</guestfs_vgremove>.  It won't make much sense unless you familiarize yourself with the concepts of physical volumes, volume groups and logical volumes.
en_GB: Libguestfs provides access to a large part of the LVM2 API, such as L</guestfs_lvcreate> and L</guestfs_vgremove>.  It won't make much sense unless you familiarise yourself with the concepts of physical volumes, volume groups and logical volumes.

note: type: textblock
en: Then call L</guestfs_inspect_os>.  This function uses other libguestfs calls and certain heuristics, and returns a list of operating systems that were found.  An empty list means none were found.  A single element is the root filesystem of the operating system.  For dual- or multi-boot guests, multiple roots can be returned, each one corresponding to a separate operating system.  (Multi-boot virtual machines are extremely rare in the world of virtualization, but since this scenario can happen, we have built libguestfs to deal with it.)
en_GB: Then call L</guestfs_inspect_os>.  This function uses other libguestfs calls and certain heuristics, and returns a list of operating systems that were found.  An empty list means none were found.  A single element is the root filesystem of the operating system.  For dual- or multi-boot guests, multiple roots can be returned, each one corresponding to a separate operating system.  (Multi-boot virtual machines are extremely rare in the world of virtualisation, but since this scenario can happen, we have built libguestfs to deal with it.)

note: type: textblock
en: A new stable branch starts when we think the new features in development are substantial and compelling enough over the current stable branch to warrant it.  When that happens we create new stable and development versions 1.N.0 and 1.(N+1).0 [N is even].  The new dot-oh release won't necessarily be so stable at this point, but by backporting fixes from development, that branch will stabilize over time.
en_GB: A new stable branch starts when we think the new features in development are substantial and compelling enough over the current stable branch to warrant it.  When that happens we create new stable and development versions 1.N.0 and 1.(N+1).0 [N is even].  The new dot-oh release won't necessarily be so stable at this point, but by backporting fixes from development, that branch will stabilise over time.

note: type: textblock
en: Adding a partition can make the disk image more compatible with certain virtualized operating systems which don't expect to see a filesystem directly located on a block device (Linux doesn't care and will happily handle both types).
en_GB: Adding a partition can make the disk image more compatible with certain virtualised operating systems which don't expect to see a filesystem directly located on a block device (Linux doesn't care and will happily handle both types).

note: type: textblock
en: Unlike formats such as tar and squashfs, a filesystem does not "just fit" the files that it contains, but might have extra space.  Depending on how you are going to use the output, you might think this extra space is wasted and want to minimize it, or you might want to leave space so that more files can be added later.  Virt-make-fs defaults to minimizing the extra space, but you can use the I<--size> flag to leave space in the filesystem if you want it.
en_GB: Unlike formats such as tar and squashfs, a filesystem does not "just fit" the files that it contains, but might have extra space.  Depending on how you are going to use the output, you might think this extra space is wasted and want to minimise it, or you might want to leave space so that more files can be added later.  Virt-make-fs defaults to minimising the extra space, but you can use the I<--size> flag to leave space in the filesystem if you want it.

note: type: textblock
en: Remove email from the local mail spool directory.
en_GB: Remove e-mail from the local mail spool directory.

note: type: textblock
en: virt-sysprep - Reset, unconfigure or customize a virtual machine so clones can be made
en_GB: virt-sysprep - Reset, unconfigure or customise a virtual machine so clones can be made

note: type: textblock
en: Virt-sysprep can reset or unconfigure a virtual machine so that clones can be made from it.  Steps in this process include removing SSH host keys, removing persistent network MAC configuration, and removing user accounts.  Virt-sysprep can also customize a virtual machine, for instance by adding SSH keys, users or logos.  Each step can be enabled or disabled as required.
en_GB: Virt-sysprep can reset or unconfigure a virtual machine so that clones can be made from it.  Steps in this process include removing SSH host keys, removing persistent network MAC configuration, and removing user accounts.  Virt-sysprep can also customise a virtual machine, for instance by adding SSH keys, users or logos.  Each step can be enabled or disabled as required.

note: type: textblock
en: You may want to run virt-sysprep twice, once to reset the guest (to make a template) and a second time to customize the guest for a specific user:
en_GB: You may want to run virt-sysprep twice, once to reset the guest (to make a template) and a second time to customise the guest for a specific user:

note: type: textblock
en: C<virt-tar> is a general purpose archive tool for downloading and uploading parts of a guest filesystem.  There are many possibilities: making backups, uploading data files, snooping on guest activity, fixing or customizing guests, etc.
en_GB: C<virt-tar> is a general purpose archive tool for downloading and uploading parts of a guest filesystem.  There are many possibilities: making backups, uploading data files, snooping on guest activity, fixing or customising guests, etc.

en: add a CD-ROM disk image to examine
en_GB: add a CD-ROM disc image to examine

en: add the disk(s) from a named libvirt domain
en_GB: add the disc(s) from a named libvirt domain

en: allocate and add a disk file
en_GB: allocate and add a disc file

en: Color conversion module
en_GB: Colour conversion module

en: Bright Colors
en_GB: Bright Colours

en: Color correction to be applied
en_GB: Colour correction to be applied

en: Traditional Gutenprint color conversion
en_GB: Traditional Gutenprint colour conversion

en: Nearest Neighbor Avoidance
en_GB: Nearest Neighbour Avoidance

en: 300 DPI x 600 DPI
en_GB: 300 DPI × 600 DPI

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI high quality
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI high quality

en: 2400 DPI x 1200 DPI highest quality
en_GB: 2400 DPI × 1200 DPI highest quality

en: Four Color Standard
en_GB: Four Colour Standard

en: Three Color Composite
en_GB: Three Colour Composite

en: Six Color Photo
en_GB: Six Colour Photo

en: Five Color Photo Composite
en_GB: Five Colour Photo Composite

en: Premium Luster Photo Paper
en_GB: Premium Lustre Photo Paper

en: 150x150 DPI
en_GB: 150×150 DPI

en: 300x300 DPI
en_GB: 300×300 DPI

en: 600x300 DPI
en_GB: 600×300 DPI

en: 600x600 DPI monochrome
en_GB: 600×600 DPI monochrome

en: 600x600 DPI
en_GB: 600×600 DPI

en: 1200x600 DPI
en_GB: 1200×600 DPI

en: 2400x600 DPI
en_GB: 2400×600 DPI

en: Color + Black Cartridges
en_GB: Colour + Black Cartridges

en: Color + Photo Cartridges
en_GB: Colour + Photo Cartridges

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Center:
en_GB: Centre:

en: Center the image on the paper
en_GB: Centre the image on the paper

en: CMY Color
en_GB: CMY Colour

en: Gloss Optimizer
en_GB: Gloss Optimiser

en: Ink color
en_GB: Ink colour

en: Unrecognized command.
en_GB: Unrecognised command.

en: One Color Raw
en_GB: One Colour Raw

en: Three Color Raw
en_GB: Three Colour Raw

en: Four Color Raw
en_GB: Four Colour Raw

en: Five Color Raw
en_GB: Five Colour Raw

en: Six Color Raw
en_GB: Six Colour Raw

en: One Color Raw Enhanced Gloss
en_GB: One Colour Raw Enhanced Gloss

en: Three Color Raw Gloss
en_GB: Three Colour Raw Gloss

en: Four Color Raw Gloss
en_GB: Four Colour Raw Gloss

en: Six Color Enhanced Gloss Raw
en_GB: Six Colour Enhanced Gloss Raw

en: Seven Color Enhanced Gloss Raw
en_GB: Seven Colour Enhanced Gloss Raw

en: Seven Color Photo
en_GB: Seven Colour Photo

en: Six Color Enhanced Composite
en_GB: Six Colour Enhanced Composite

en: Seven Color Raw
en_GB: Seven Colour Raw

en: Two Color Raw
en_GB: Two Colour Raw

en: Eight Color Photo
en_GB: Eight Colour Photo

en: Eight Color Raw
en_GB: Eight Colour Raw

en: 360 x 180 DPI Draft
en_GB: 360 × 180 DPI Draft

en: 720 x 360 DPI
en_GB: 720 × 360 DPI

en: 1440 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI

en: 1440 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 1440 × 1440 DPI

en: 2880 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 1440 DPI

en: 5760 x 1440 DPI
en_GB: 5760 × 1440 DPI

en: 2880 x 2880 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 2880 DPI

en: 5760 x 2880 DPI
en_GB: 5760 × 2880 DPI

en: 360 x 120 DPI Economy
en_GB: 360 × 120 DPI Economy

en: 360 x 240 DPI Draft
en_GB: 360 × 240 DPI Draft

en: 1440 x 720 DPI Highest Quality
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI Highest Quality

en: 1440 x 720 DPI Transposed
en_GB: 1440 × 720 DPI Transposed

en: 360 x 90 DPI Fast Economy
en_GB: 360 × 90 DPI Fast Economy

en: 2880 x 720 DPI
en_GB: 2880 × 720 DPI

en: 2880 x 720 DPI Highest Quality
en_GB: 2880 × 720 DPI Highest Quality

en: Watercolor Paper - Radiant White
en_GB: Watercolour Paper - Radiant White

en: 3x5
en_GB: 3×5

en: 4x6
en_GB: 4×6

en: Epson 4x6 Photo Paper (tear-off borders)
en_GB: Epson 4×6 Photo Paper (tear-off borders)

en: 5x7
en_GB: 5×7

en: 5x8
en_GB: 5×8

en: 6x8
en_GB: 6×8

en: 8x10
en_GB: 8×10

en: 12x18
en_GB: 12×18

en: Super B 13x19
en_GB: Super B 13×19

en: Engineering C 17x22
en_GB: Engineering C 17×22

en: 8x12
en_GB: 8×12

en: 11x14
en_GB: 11×14

en: 16x20
en_GB: 16×20

en: 16x24
en_GB: 16×24

en: 20x24
en_GB: 20×24

en: 20x30
en_GB: 20×30

en: 22x30
en_GB: 22×30

en: 24x30
en_GB: 24×30

en: Super A1 24x36
en_GB: Super A1 24×36

en: 30x40
en_GB: 30×40

en: 4x5 3/8
en_GB: 4×5 3/8

en: 4x7
en_GB: 4×7

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 4100
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 4100

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 4500
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 4500

en: Apple Color StyleWriter 6500
en_GB: Apple Colour StyleWriter 6500

en: Error initializing Avahi: %s
en_GB: Error initialising Avahi: %s

en: Error initializing Avahi resolver
en_GB: Error initialising Avahi resolver

en: Can’t move a shared directory into the Trash
en_GB: Can’t move a shared directory into the Wastebasket

note: Translators: This is the name of the root in a mounted archive file, e.g. "/ in archive.tar.gz" for a file with the name "archive.tar.gz"
en: / in %s
en_GB: / on %s

en: Not a WebDAV enabled share
en_GB: Not a WebDAV-enabled share

en: Password dialog cancelled
en_GB: Password dialogue cancelled

en: Error initializing camera
en_GB: Error initialising camera

en: Login dialog cancelled
en_GB: Login dialogue cancelled

en: The trash folder may not be deleted
en_GB: The wastebasket may not be deleted

en: Items in the trash may not be modified
en_GB: Items in the wastebasket may not be modified

en: Show program version.
en_GB: Show program version

en: The unlocked device does not have a recognizable file system on it
en_GB: The unlocked device does not have a recognisable file system on it

en: Move files or directories to the trash.
en_GB: Move files or directories to the wastebasket.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, relativeHelpLabel)
en: Squash colors that don't fit within the active color profile's color gamut, leaving other colors untouched
en_GB: Squash colours that don't fit within the active colour profile's colour gamut, leaving other colours untouched

[ctx: @option:Relative Colorimetric rendering intent]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, relativeRenderingIntentRadioButton)
en: Relative Colorimetric
en_GB: Relative Colourimetric

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, perceptualHelpLabel)
en: Scale all colors equally to fit them within the active color profile's color gamut
en_GB: Scale all colours equally to fit them within the active colour profile's colour gamut

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorProfileHelpLabel)
en: Assume that system-wide color correction already applies monitor profile.
en_GB: Assume that system-wide colour correction already applies monitor profile.

note: #-#-#-#-#  606 (gwenview)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorProfileLabel)
en: Color profile:
en_GB: Colour profile:

[ctx: @info:status Image files]
en: %1 image | %1 images
en_GB[0]: Image
en_GB[1]: %1 images

[ctx: @info:status Video files]
en: %1 video | %1 videos
en_GB[0]: Video
en_GB[1]: %1 videos

[ctx: Verb]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, solidColorRadioButton)
en: &Solid color background:
en_GB: &Solid colour background:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Mouse wheel behavior:
en_GB: Mouse wheel behaviour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: <i>Type text or click the items below to customize the format</i>
en_GB: <i>Type text or click the items below to customise the format</i>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Trash
en_GB: Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RenderingIntent), group (ImageView)
en: Defines how colors are rendered when your display
                uses an ICC color profile and an image has colors that do not
                fit within the profile's color gamut. "Perceptual" will scale
                the colors of the entire image so that they all fit within the
                display's capabilities. "Relative" will squash only the colors
                that cannot be displayed, and leave the other colors alone.
en_GB: Defines how colours are rendered when your display
                uses an ICC colour profile and an image has colours that do not
                fit within the profile's colour gamut. "Perceptual" will scale
                the colours of the entire image so that they all fit within the
                display's capabilities. "Relative" will squash only the colours
                that cannot be displayed, and leave the other colours alone.

en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en:   -center                Open the window in the center of the screen
en_GB:   -center                Open the window in the centre of the screen

en:   -fg COLOR              Set message font color
en_GB:   -fg COLOR              Set message font colour

en:   -bg COLOR              Set message background color
en_GB:   -bg COLOR              Set message background colour

en: States whether MIDI events are passed-through harmonySEQ.
en_GB: States whether MIDI events are passed through harmonySEQ.

en: Are sure you want to loose them?
en_GB: Are sure you want to lose them?

en: Are sure you want to loose them and open another file?
en_GB: Are sure you want to lose them and open another file?

en: Alsa midi driver init successfull.
en_GB: Alsa midi driver init successful.

en: This file was created by harmonySEQ in a newer version (%d.%d.%d). This means it may contain data that is suppored by the newer wersion, but not by the version you are using (%d.%d.%d). It is recommended not to open such file, since it is very likely it may produce strange errors, or may event crash the program unexpectedly. However, in some cases one may want to open such file anyway, for example if it is sure it will open without trouble. Select YES to do so.
en_GB: This file was created by harmonySEQ in a newer version (%d.%d.%d). This means it may contain data that is supported by the newer version, but not by the version you are using (%d.%d.%d). It is recommended not to open such a file, since it is very likely it may produce strange errors, or may even crash the program unexpectedly. However, in some cases one may want to open such a file anyway, for example if it is sure that it will open without trouble. Select YES to do so.

en: When OSC message '/harmonyseq/event i %d' is got...
en_GB: When OSC message '/harmonyseq/event i %d' is received...

en: <span size='small'>harmonySEQ listens for OSC messages at port %d</span>
en_GB: <span size='small'>harmonySEQ listens for OSC messages on port %d</span>

en: Cathes next event end fill this one's type and arguments to fit the one triggered.
    <i>Example usage: press this button and then the X key on your keyboard. The event will be automatically set to type: keyboard, key: X.</i>
en_GB: Catches the next event and fills this one's type and arguments to fit the one triggered.
    <i>Example usage: press this button and then the X key on your keyboard. The event will be automatically set to type: keyboard, key: X.</i>

en: Error: porthas changed, while event is not OSC-type.
en_GB: Error: port has changed, while event is not OSC-type.

en: Decrease sequencer '%s' chord's  octave by %d
en_GB: Decrease sequencer '%s's chord's octave by %d

en: Triad: %s diminisched
en_GB: Triad: %s diminished

en: Triad: %s diminisched, inversion: %d
en_GB: Triad: %s diminished, inversion: %d

en: Sets whether this chord uses the base note.
     - If on, chord notes are set relatively to the base note.
     - If off, the chord ignores the base note.
en_GB: Sets whether this chord uses the base note.
     - If on, chord notes are set relative to the base note.
     - If off, the chord ignores the base note.

en: The <b>base note</b> for this chord. If it uses the base, which is determined by the switch on the left-hand side, all notes of this chord are given relatively to this base note.
en_GB: The <b>base note</b> for this chord. If it uses the base, which is determined by the switch on the left-hand side, all notes of this chord are given relative to this base note.

en: <b>Visible colums:</b>
en_GB: <b>Visible columns:</b>

en: Patern
en_GB: Pattern

en: The port OSC server will listen at.
en_GB: The port OSC server will listen on.

en: 
    <span size='small'><b>harmonySEQ supports following OSC messages:</b>
    <i>/harmonyseq/pause</i> and <i>/harmonyseq/play</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/tempo [float]</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/sync</i> (for synchronizing)
    <i>/karmonyseq/kill</i> (to quit immidiatelly)
    <i>/harmonyseq/event [int]</i> (to trigger events with
    the given tag).</span>
en_GB: 
    <span size='small'><b>harmonySEQ supports the following OSC messages:</b>
    <i>/harmonyseq/pause</i> and <i>/harmonyseq/play</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/tempo [float]</i>
    <i>/harmonyseq/sync</i> (for synchronizing)
    <i>/karmonyseq/kill</i> (to quit immediately)
    <i>/harmonyseq/event [int]</i> (to trigger events with
    the given tag).</span>

en: Are you sure you want to loose all your settings?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to lose all your settings?

en: Sets the chosen pattern to be the <b>active</b> one, which means the one that  will be played back.
en_GB: Sets the chosen pattern to be the <b>active</b> one, which means the one that will be played.

en: Selects which patter is <b>active</b>.
    Active pattern is the one that is played back. It's marked on a list with an asterisk (*).
    
    <i>This way all patterns can be edited while only the selected (the active) is played back. </i>
en_GB: Selects which pattern is <b>active</b>.
    Active pattern is the one that is played back. It's marked on a list with an asterisk (*).
    
    <i>This way all patterns can be edited while only the selected (the active) is played back. </i>

en: Selects the <b>MIDI channel</b> this sequencer will output notes to.
en_GB: Selects the <b>MIDI channel</b> this sequencer will output notes on.

en: Error - cannot colorize triggered event: row is empty.
en_GB: Error - cannot colourize triggered event: row is empty.

en: Error - cannot colorize triggered action: row is empty.
en_GB: Error - cannot colourize triggered action: row is empty.

en: Select the data source that should be visualized in the flame graph.
en_GB: Select the data source that should be visualised in the flame graph.

en: <qt>The cost threshold defines a fractional cut-off value. Items with a relative cost below this value will not be shown in the flame graph. This is done as an optimization to quickly generate graphs for large data sets with low memory overhead. If you need more details, decrease the threshold value, or set it to zero.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The cost threshold defines a fractional cut-off value. Items with a relative cost below this value will not be shown in the flame graph. This is done as an optimisation to quickly generate graphs for large data sets with low memory overhead. If you need more details, decrease the threshold value, or set it to zero.</qt>

en: A visualizer for heaptrack data files.
en_GB: A visualiser for heaptrack data files.

en: HexChat is an easy to use yet extensible IRC Client. It allows you to securely join multiple networks and talk to users privately or in channels using a customizable interface. You can even transfer files.
en_GB: HexChat is an easy to use yet extensible IRC Client. It allows you to securely join multiple networks and talk to users privately or in channels using a customisable interface. You can even transfer files.

en: %s is offering "%s". Do you want to accept?
en_GB: %s is offering "%s". Do you wish to accept?

en: _Open Dialog Window
en_GB: _Open Dialogue Window

en: You are being MSG flooded from %s, setting gui_autoopen_dialog OFF.
en_GB: You are being MSG flooded from %s, setting gui_autoopen_dialog OFF.⏎

en: Too many recursive usercommands, aborting.
en_GB: Too many recursive user commands, aborting.

en: %C23*%O$t%C28$1%C is erroneous. Retrying with %C18$2%O...
en_GB: %C23*%O$t%C28$1%C is errorneous. Retrying with %C18$2%O...

en: %C20*%O$tUnknown host. Maybe you misspelled it?
en_GB: %C20*%O$tUnknown host. Maybe you misspelt it?

en: Internic Non-Profit Organization
en_GB: Internic Non-Profit Organisation

en: Bans
en_GB: Ban

en: Begin minimized. Level 0=Normal 1=Iconified 2=Tray
en_GB: Begin minimised. Level 0=Normal 1=Iconified 2=Tray

en: The Change Page command switches between pages in the notebook. Set Data 1 to the page you want to switch to. If Data 2 is set to anything then the switch will be relative to the current position. Set Data 1 to auto to switch to the page with the most recent and important activity (queries first, then channels with hilight, channels with dialogue, channels with other data)
en_GB: The Change Page command switches between pages in the notebook. Set Data 1 to the page you want to switch to. If Data 2 is set to anything then the switch will be relative to the current position. Set Data 1 to auto to switch to the page with the most recent and important activity (queries first, then channels with hilight, channels with dialogue, channels with other data).

en: Dialog with
en_GB: Dialogue with

en: This server still has %d channels or dialogs associated with it. Close them all?
en_GB: This server still has %d channels or dialogues associated with it. Close them all?

en: _Minimize to Tray
en_GB: _Minimise to Tray

en: Insert Attribute or Color Code
en_GB: Insert Attribute or Colour Code

en: Colors 0-7
en_GB: Colours 0-7

en: Colors 8-15
en_GB: Colours 8-15

en: Strip _Colors
en_GB: Strip _Colours

en: Filter Colors
en_GB: Filter Colours

en: Dialog Buttons - Special codes:
    
    %a  =  all selected nicks
    %c  =  current channel
    %e  =  current network name
    %h  =  selected nick's hostname
    %m  =  machine info
    %n  =  your nick
    %s  =  selected nick
    %t  =  time/date
    %u  =  selected users account
en_GB: Dialogue Buttons - Special codes:
    
    %a  =  all selected nicks
    %c  =  current channel
    %e  =  current network name
    %h  =  selected nick's hostname
    %m  =  machine info
    %n  =  your nick
    %s  =  selected nick
    %t  =  time/date
    %u  =  selected users account

en: Show favorites only
en_GB: Show favourites only

en: _Favor
en_GB: _Favour

en: Mark or unmark this network as a favorite.
en_GB: Mark or unmark this network as a favourite.

en: Colored nick names
en_GB: Coloured nick names

en: Give each person on IRC a different color
en_GB: Give each person on IRC a different colour

en: Use the text box font and colors
en_GB: Use the text box font and colours

en: Render colors and attributes
en_GB: Render colours and attributes

en: Use the Text box font and colors
en_GB: Use the Text box font and colours

en: Color nicknames in userlist
en_GB: Colour nicknames in userlist

en: Will color nicknames the same as in chat.
en_GB: Will colour nicknames the same as in chat.

en: Track the away status of users and mark them in a different color
en_GB: Track the away status of users and mark them in a different colour

en: Open dialogs in:
en_GB: Open dialogues in:

en: Play "message-new-instant" from the freedesktop.org sound theme upon the selected events
en_GB: Play "message-new-instant" from the "freedesktop.org" sound theme upon the selected events

en: Tray Behavior
en_GB: Tray Behaviour

en: Minimize to tray
en_GB: Minimise to tray

en: Automatically mark away/back
en_GB: Automatically mark away/back.

en: Auto Copy Behavior
en_GB: Auto Copy Behaviour

en: Automatically include color information
en_GB: Automatically include colour information

en: Automatically include color information in copied lines of text.  Otherwise, include color information if the Ctrl key is held down while selecting.
en_GB: Automatically include colour information in copied lines of text.  Otherwise, include colour information if the Ctrl key is held down while selecting.

en: Text Colors
en_GB: Text Colours

en: mIRC colors:
en_GB: mIRC colours:

en: Local colors:
en_GB: Local colours:

en: Interface Colors
en_GB: Interface Colours

en: Color Stripping
en_GB: Colour Stripping

en: This work is licensed under a <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License</link>.
en_GB: This work is licensed under a <link href="http://creativecommons.org/licences/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported Licence</link>.

en: Customizing the Game
en_GB: Customising the Game

en: The game can be customized by changing the board size — boards from 5–10 cells square are allowed.
en_GB: The game can be customised by changing the board size — boards from 5–10 cells square are allowed.

en: Whether the window is maximized.
en_GB: Whether the window is maximised.

en: A logic puzzle originally designed by Nikoli
en_GB: A logic puzzle originally designed by Nikoli.

en: HomeBank is a free software (as in "free speech" and also as in "free beer") that will assist you to manage your personal accounting.
en_GB: HomeBank is a free software (as in "free speech" and also as in "free beer") that will assist you in managing your personal accounting.

en: It is designed to easy to use and be able to analyse your personal finance in detail using powerful filtering tools and beautiful graphs.
en_GB: It is designed to be easy to use and be able to analyse your personal finance in detail using powerful filtering tools and beautiful graphs.

en: If you are looking for a completely free and easy way to manage your personal accounting then HomeBank should be the software of choice.
en_GB: If you are looking for a completely free and easy way to manage your personal accounting then HomeBank should be your software of choice.

en: Are you sure you want to convert this account
    to Euro as Major currency?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to convert this account
    to use Euros as Major currency?

en: Some transaction in your selection are already Reconciled.
en_GB: Some transactions in your selection are already Reconciled.

en: Are you sure you want to toggle the status Reconciled?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to toggle the Reconciled status?

en: _Multiple Edit...
en_GB: Edit _Multiple...

en: Convert to Euro...
en_GB: Convert to Euros...

en: Edit multiple transaction
en_GB: Edit multiple transactions

note: TRANSLATORS: this is for Euro specific users, a toggle to display in 'Minor' currency
en: Euro _minor
en_GB: Euro as _minor

en: Are you sure you want to anonymize the file?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to anonymise the file?

en: Proceeding will anonymize any text, 
    like 'account x', 'payee y', 'memo z', ...
en_GB: Proceeding will anonymise any text, 
    like 'account x', 'payee y', 'memo z', ...

en: _Anonymize
en_GB: _Anonymise

en: Read HomeBank _Manual
en_GB: Read HomeBank's _Manual

en: Show welcome dialog...
en_GB: Show Welcome Dialogue...

en: Anonymize...
en_GB: Anonymise...

en: Translate this Application...
en_GB: Translate This Application...

en: Open the Vehicle cost report
en_GB: Open the vehicle cost report

en: transaction added: %d
en_GB: transactions added: %d

en: You should include some accounts from the account dialog.
en_GB: You should include some accounts from the account dialogue.

en: Too much columns to display
en_GB: Too many columns to display

en: View results as donut
en_GB: View results as doughnut

en: Meter:
en_GB: Metre:

en: Current check number
en_GB: Current cheque number

en: Checkbook _1:
en_GB: Chequebook _1:

en: Checkbook _2:
en_GB: Chequebook _2:

en: The CSV file must contains the exact numbers of column,
    separated by a semi-colon, please see the help for more details.
en_GB: The CSV file must contains the exact numbers of columns,
    separated by a semi-colon, please see the help for more details.

en: This category is used.
    Any transaction using that category will be set to (no category)
en_GB: This category is used.
    Any transaction using that category will be set to (no category).

en: Starting v5.1, HomeBank can manage several currencies
    if the currency below is not correct, please change it:
en_GB: Starting with v5.1, HomeBank can manage several currencies.
    If the currency below is not correct, please change it:

en: display 'Added'
en_GB: show recently added

en: display 'Edited'
en_GB: show recently edited

en: This payee is used.
    Any transaction using that payee will be set to (no payee)
en_GB: This payee is used.
    Any transaction using that payee will be set to (no payee).

en: Use _miles for meter
en_GB: Use _miles for metres

en: Transaction dialog
en_GB: Transaction dialogue

en: Amount colors
en_GB: Amount colours

en: Uses custom colors
en_GB: Uses custom colours

en: Multiple edit transactions
en_GB: Edit multiple transactions

en: All date
en_GB: Entire range

en: builtin
en_GB: built-in

en: Optimizing lens distortion parameters...
en_GB: Optimising lens distortion parameters...

en: There are no detected lines.
    Please run "Find lines" and "Optimize" before saving the lens data. If there are no lines found, change the parameters.
en_GB: There are no detected lines.
    Please run "Find lines" and "Optimise" before saving the lens data. If there are no lines found, change the parameters.

en: Error initializing GLEW
    Fast preview window can not be opened.
en_GB: Error initialising GLEW
    Fast preview window can not be opened.

en: Horizontal image center shift (d)
en_GB: Horizontal image centre shift (d)

en: Vertical image center shift (e)
en_GB: Vertical image centre shift (e)

en: Horizontal vignetting center shift (Vx)
en_GB: Horizontal vignetting centre shift (Vx)

en: Vertical vignetting center shift (Vy)
en_GB: Vertical vignetting centre shift (Vy)

en: &Show tips at startup
en_GB: &Show tips at start-up

en: %d points fine-tuned, %d points not updated due to low correlation
    
    Hint: The errors of the fine-tuned points have been set to the correlation coefficient
    Problematic points can be spotted (just after fine-tune, before optimizing)
    by an error <= %.3f.
    The error of points without a well defined peak (typically in regions with uniform color)
    will be set to 0
    
    Use the Control Point list (F3) to see all points of the current project
en_GB: %d points fine-tuned, %d points not updated due to low correlation
    
    Hint: The errors of the fine-tuned points have been set to the correlation coefficient
    Problematic points can be spotted (just after fine-tune, before optimising)
    by an error <= %.3f.
    The error of points without a well defined peak (typically in regions with uniform colour)
    will be set to 0
    
    Use the Control Point list (F3) to see all points of the current project

en: Can't switch to simple interface. The project is using stacks and/or vignetting center shift.
    These features are not supported in simple interface.
en_GB: Can't switch to simple interface. The project is using stacks and/or vignetting centre shift.
    These features are not supported in simple interface.

en: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least one image in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimization canceled.
en_GB: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least one image in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimisation cancelled.

en: Optimizer run finished.
    WARNING: a very small Field of View (v) has been estimated
    
    The results are probably invalid.
    
    Optimization of the Field of View (v) of partial panoramas can lead to bad results.
    Try adding more images and control points.
    
    Apply the changes anyway?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    WARNING: a very small Field of View (v) has been estimated
    
    The results are probably invalid.
    
    Optimisation of the Field of View (v) of partial panoramas can lead to bad results.
    Try adding more images and control points.
    
    Apply the changes anyway?

en: Optimizer run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    *WARNING*: very high distortion coefficients (a,b,c) have been estimated.
    The results are probably invalid.
    Only optimize all distortion parameters when many, well spread control points are used.
    Please reset the a,b and c parameters to zero and add more control points
    
    Apply the changes anyway?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    *WARNING*: very high distortion coefficients (a,b,c) have been estimated.
    The results are probably invalid.
    Only optimise all distortion parameters when many, well spread control points are used.
    Please reset the a, b and c parameters to zero and add more control points
    
    Apply the changes anyway?

en: Optimizer run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    Apply the changes?
en_GB: Optimiser run finished.
    Results:
     average control point distance: %f
     standard deviation: %f
     maximum: %f
    
    Apply the changes?

en: Optimization result
en_GB: Optimisation result

en: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least 2 images in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimization canceled.
en_GB: The project does not contain any active images.
    Please activate at least 2 images in the (fast) preview window.
    Optimisation cancelled.

en: You selected no parameters to optimize.
    Therefore optimization will be canceled.
en_GB: You selected no parameters to optimise.
    Therefore optimisation will be cancelled.

en: Exposure optimization
en_GB: Exposure optimisation

en: Error: no overlapping points found, Photometric optimization aborted
en_GB: Error: no overlapping points found, Photometric optimisation aborted

en: Internal error during photometric optimization:
en_GB: Internal error during photometric optimisation:

en: Photometric optimization results:
    Average difference (RMSE) between overlapping pixels: %.2f gray values (0..255)
    
    Apply results?
en_GB: Photometric optimisation results:
    Average difference (RMSE) between overlapping pixels: %.2f grey values (0..255)
    
    Apply results?

en: Photometric optimization finished
en_GB: Photometric optimisation finished

en: Click on a area which should be neutral gray / white in the final panorama.
en_GB: Click on a area which should be neutral grey / white in the final panorama.

en: Left click to define new center point, right click to move point to horizon.
en_GB: Left click to define new centre point, right click to move point to horizon.

en: Center panorama with left mouse button, set horizon with right button
en_GB: Centre panorama with left mouse button, set horizon with right button

en: Initializing shutdown...
en_GB: Initialising shut-down...

en: The list contains possibly unprocessed panoramas.
    If you close the dialog, you will lose them.
    Continue anyway?
en_GB: The list contains possibly unprocessed panoramas.
    If you close the dialogue, you will lose them.
    Continue anyway?

en: Not all project files could be written successfully.
    Maybe you have no write permission for these directories or your disc is full.
en_GB: Not all project files could be written successfully.
    Maybe you have no write permission for these directories or your disk is full.

en: Prealigned panorama
en_GB: Pre-aligned panorama

en: Cleanup arguments:
en_GB: Clean-up arguments:

en: Tries to optimize the currently active point
en_GB: Tries to optimise the currently active point

en: Image Center Shift
en_GB: Image Centre Shift

en: Exposure and Color
en_GB: Exposure and Colour

en: Vignetting Center Shift
en_GB: Vignetting Centre Shift

en: Re-optimize
en_GB: Re-optimise

en: &Optimize
en_GB: &Optimise

en: Re-run the optimizer with current settings
en_GB: Re-run the optimiser with current settings

en: Show the Optimizer panel
en_GB: Show the Optimiser panel

en: &Keyboard Shortcuts
en_GB: &Keyboard Short-cuts

en: keyboard shortcuts
en_GB: keyboard short-cuts

en: Always center Crop on d,e
en_GB: Always centre Crop on d,e

en: Geometric optimizer
en_GB: Geometric optimiser

en: Optimize now!
en_GB: Optimise now!

en: edit script before optimizing
en_GB: edit script before optimising

en: Photometric Optimization
en_GB: Photometric Optimisation

en: Nearest neighbor
en_GB: Nearest neighbour

en: Calculate optimal image size, such that the resolution in the image center stays similar
en_GB: Calculate optimal image size, such that the resolution in the image centre stays similar

en: Images will be remapped in linear color space, stacks merged, then blended into a seamless High Dynamic Range panorama
en_GB: Images will be remapped in linear colour-space, stacks merged, then blended into a seamless High Dynamic Range panorama

en: Produce remapped, but not merged, linear color space images
en_GB: Produce remapped, but not merged, linear colour-space images

en: Deghosting (Khan)
en_GB: De-ghosting (Khan)

en: Options for deghosting
en_GB: Options for de-ghosting

en: Use gray images for processing (-a f)
en_GB: Use grey images for processing (-a f)

en: Keep fullsize images in memory, until this limit is exceeded
en_GB: Keep full-size images in memory, until this limit is exceeded

en: The vignetting and exposure correction is determined by analysing color values in the overlapping areas.
    To speed up the computation, only a random subset of points is used.
en_GB: The vignetting and exposure correction is determined by analysing colour values in the overlapping areas.
    To speed up the computation, only a random subset of points is used.

en: Photometric optimizer
en_GB: Photometric optimiser

en: Center the preview horizontally
en_GB: Centre the preview horizontally

en: Align all images. Creates control points and optimizes the image positions
en_GB: Align all images. Creates control points and optimises the image positions

en: Gray picker
en_GB: Grey picker

en: * A gray line indicates there are no control points, but the image pair overlaps.
    * Green, yellow and red lines indicate good, medium and poor alignment.
    * Click a line to edit the associated images in the Control Points tab.
en_GB: * A grey line indicates there are no control points, but the image pair overlaps.
    * Green, yellow and red lines indicate good, medium and poor alignment.
    * Click a line to edit the associated images in the Control Points tab.

en: The Preview window can be used to center the panorama by clicking with the left mouse button. A right click will rotate the panorama
en_GB: The Preview window can be used to centre the panorama by clicking with the left mouse button. A right click will rotate the panorama

en: The "f" key is the shortcut for Fine Tune button.
en_GB: The "f" key is the short-cut for Fine Tune button.

en: Optimization of all distortion parameters "everything" makes only sense with heavily overlapping images and many well distributed control points.
en_GB: Optimisation of all distortion parameters "everything" makes only sense with heavily overlapping images and many well distributed control points.

en: The object of reversi is to flip your opponent’s tiles to your color, while your opponent is trying to flip your tiles to his own color. Opponent’s tiles are flipped when trapped between an already placed tile of your color and the tile you add. Who finishes with more tiles wins!
en_GB: The object of reversi is to flip your opponent’s tiles to your colour, while your opponent is trying to flip your tiles to their own colour. Opponent’s tiles are flipped when trapped between an already placed tile of your colour and the tile you add. Who finishes with more tiles wins!

note: Translators: description of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/alternate-who-starts'
en: If “true”, when playing against AI, the “color” settings is toggled after every new game request, making the next game being started with inverted roles (previous Dark player playing Light). Ignored for two-player games.
en_GB: If “true”, when playing against AI, the “colour” settings is toggled after every new game request, making the next game being started with inverted roles (previous Dark player playing Light). Ignored for two-player games.

note: Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/color'
en: Color to play as
en_GB: Colour to play as

note: Translators: summary of a settings key, see 'dconf-editor /org/gnome/iagno/random-start-position'
en: A flag to randomize start position
en_GB: A flag to randomise start position

note: Translators: when configuring a new game, button label if the player choose to start
en: Color: Dark
en_GB: Colour: Dark

note: Translators: when configuring a new game, button label if the player choose let computer start
en: Color: Light
en_GB: Colour: Light

note: Translators: during a game, notification to display when Dark has no possible moves
en: Dark must pass, Light’s move
en_GB: Dark must pass, Light‘s move

note: Translators: during a game, notification to display when the game is a draw
en: The game is draw.
en_GB: The game is a draw.

en: Embed Preedit Text
en_GB: Embed Pre-edit Text

en: Embed Preedit Text in Application Window
en_GB: Embed Pre-edit Text in Application Window

en: Set the behavior of ibus how to show or hide language bar
en_GB: Set the behaviour of ibus how to show or hide language bar

en: Embed the preedit text of input method in the application window
en_GB: Embed the pre-edit text of input method in the application window

en: usage: ifdown <configuration>
en_GB: usage: ifdown <device name>

en: Usage: ifup <configuration>
en_GB: Usage: ifup <device name>

en: $alias device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialization.
en_GB: $alias device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialisation.

en: Device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialization.
en_GB: Device ${DEVICE} does not seem to be present, delaying initialisation.

en: Usage: $0 {start|stop|reload|restart|showsysctl}
en_GB: showsysctl}

en: Rainbow-colored semitransparent oily splotches
en_GB: Rainbow-coloured semitransparent oily splotches

en: Leopard spots (loses object's own color)
en_GB: Leopard spots (loses object's own colour)

en: Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own color)
en_GB: Irregular vertical dark stripes (loses object's own colour)

en: Detect color edges and retrace them in grayscale
en_GB: Detect colour edges and retrace them in greyscale

en: Detect color edges and retrace them in blue
en_GB: Detect colour edges and retrace them in blue

en: Gray bevelled wires with drop shadows
en_GB: Grey bevelled wires with drop shadows

en: Soft, pastel-colored, blurry bevel
en_GB: Soft, pastel-coloured, blurry bevel

en: Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through color fill change
en_GB: Waxy texture which keeps its iridescence through colour fill change

en: Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colors
en_GB: Bark texture, vertical; use with deep colours

en: Stylized reptile skin texture
en_GB: Stylised reptile skin texture

en: Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colors
en_GB: Stone wall texture to use with not too saturated colours

en: Metallized Paint
en_GB: Metallised Paint

en: Metallized effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges
en_GB: Metallised effect with a soft lighting, slightly translucent at the edges

en: Metallized Ridge
en_GB: Metallised Ridge

en: Gel Ridge metallized at its top
en_GB: Gel Ridge metallised at its top

en: Enamel Jewelry
en_GB: Enamel Jewellery

en: Slightly cracked enameled texture
en_GB: Slightly cracked enamelled texture

en: Inner colorized shadow, outer black shadow
en_GB: Inner colourised shadow, outer black shadow

en: Blurred colorized contour, filled inside
en_GB: Blurred colourised contour, filled inside

en: Blurred colorized contour, empty inside
en_GB: Blurred colourised contour, empty inside

en: Bevel, crude light, discoloration and glow like in electronic microscopy
en_GB: Bevel, crude light, discolouration and glow like in electronic microscopy

en: Checkered tartan pattern
en_GB: Chequered tartan pattern

en: Colorizable filling with flow inside like transparency
en_GB: Colourisable filling with flow inside like transparency

en: Colorized blotches, like a crowd of people
en_GB: Colourised blotches, like a crowd of people

en: Colorized mountain tops out of the fog
en_GB: Colourised mountain tops out of the fog

en: In and out glow with a possible offset and colorizable flood
en_GB: In and out glow with a possible offset and colourisable flood

en: Cloudy watercolor effect
en_GB: Cloudy watercolour effect

en: Felt like texture with color turbulence and slightly darker at the edges
en_GB: Felt like texture with colour turbulence and slightly darker at the edges

en: Ink paint on paper with some turbulent color shift
en_GB: Ink paint on paper with some turbulent colour shift

en: Smooth rainbow colors melted along the edges and colorizable
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours melted along the edges and colourisable

en: Smooth rainbow colors slightly melted along the edges
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours slightly melted along the edges

en: Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colorizable
en_GB: Bright, polished uneven metal casting, colourisable

en: 3D warped, fibered wood texture
en_GB: 3D warped, fibred wood texture

en: Plaster Color
en_GB: Plaster Colour

en: Colored plaster emboss effect
en_GB: Coloured plaster emboss effect

en: Non-Realistic 3D Shaders
en_GB: Non-Realistic 3D shaders

en: Creates colorizable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines at their crossings
en_GB: Creates colourisable blotches which smoothly flow over the edges of the lines at their crossings

en: Smooth rainbow colors warped along the edges and colorizable
en_GB: Smooth rainbow colours warped along the edges and colourisable

en: Slightly posterize and draw edges like on old printed postcards
en_GB: Slightly posterise and draw edges like on old printed postcards

en: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around color edges
en_GB: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which turns around colour edges

en: Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colorizable texture
en_GB: Combine a HSL edges detection bump with a leathery or woody and colourisable texture

en: White splotches evocating carnaval masks
en_GB: White splotches evoking carnaval masks

en: Partly opaque water color effect with bleed
en_GB: Partly opaque water colour effect with bleed

en: Convert to a colorizable transparent positive or negative
en_GB: Convert to a colourisable transparent positive or negative

en: Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colorizable image of the saturation levels
en_GB: Creates an approximative semi-transparent and colourisable image of the saturation levels

en: Bright metallic effect for any color
en_GB: Bright metallic effect for any colour

en: Deep Colors Plastic
en_GB: Deep Colours Plastic

en: Transparent plastic with deep colors
en_GB: Transparent plastic with deep colours

en: Soft Colors
en_GB: Soft Colours

en: Adds a colorizable edges glow inside objects and pictures
en_GB: Adds a colourisable edges glow inside objects and pictures

en: Bumps effect with a bevel, color flood and complex lighting
en_GB: Bumps effect with a bevel, colour flood and complex lighting

en: Oversaturate colors which can be fluorescent in real world
en_GB: Oversaturate colours which can be fluorescent in real world

en: Pixellize
en_GB: Pixellise

en: Matte modeling paste emboss effect
en_GB: Matte modelling paste emboss effect

en: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which wraps around color edges
en_GB: Paint objects with a transparent turbulence which wraps around colour edges

en: Adds a colorizable opaque background
en_GB: Adds a colourisable opaque background

en: Enhance and redraw color edges in 1 bit black and white
en_GB: Enhance and redraw colour edges in 1 bit black and white

en: Enhance and redraw edges around posterized areas
en_GB: Enhance and redraw edges around posterised areas

en: Poster Color Fun
en_GB: Poster Colour Fun

en: Basic noise fill texture; adjust color in Flood
en_GB: Basic noise fill texture; adjust colour in Flood

en: Colorize Turbulent
en_GB: Colourise Turbulent

en: Highly configurable checkered tartan pattern
en_GB: Highly configurable chequered tartan pattern

en: Colorizable filling with liquid transparency
en_GB: Colourisable filling with liquid transparency

en: Chromolitho Alternate
en_GB: Chromolitho Alternative

en: Cut out, add inner shadow and colorize some parts of an image
en_GB: Cut out, add inner shadow and colourise some parts of an image

en: Create a two colors lithographic effect
en_GB: Create a two colours lithographic effect

en: Colorize separately the three color channels
en_GB: Colourise separately the three colour channels

en: Posterized Light Eraser
en_GB: Posterised Light Eraser

en: Create a semi transparent posterized image
en_GB: Create a semi transparent posterised image

en: Like Duochrome but with three colors
en_GB: Like Duochrome but with three colours

en: Render Cyan, Magenta and Yellow channels with a colorizable background
en_GB: Render Cyan, Magenta and Yellow channels with a colourisable background

en: Posterized Blur
en_GB: Posterised Blur

en: Converts blurred contour to posterized steps
en_GB: Converts blurred contour to posterised steps

[ctx: Palette]
en: 90% Gray
en_GB: 90% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 80% Gray
en_GB: 80% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 70% Gray
en_GB: 70% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 60% Gray
en_GB: 60% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 50% Gray
en_GB: 50% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 40% Gray
en_GB: 40% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 30% Gray
en_GB: 30% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 20% Gray
en_GB: 20% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 10% Gray
en_GB: 10% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 7.5% Gray
en_GB: 7.5% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 5% Gray
en_GB: 5% Grey

[ctx: Palette]
en: 2.5% Gray
en_GB: 2.5% Grey

en: Checkerboard white
en_GB: Chequerboard white

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Elevator
en_GB: Lift

[ctx: Symbol]
en: Drinking Fountain
en_GB: Water Fountain

en: Minor grid line _color:
en_GB: Minor grid line _colour:

en: Minor grid line color
en_GB: Minor grid line colour

en: Color of the minor grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the minor grid lines

en: Ma_jor grid line color:
en_GB: Ma_jor grid line colour:

en: Major grid line color
en_GB: Major grid line colour

en: Color of the major (highlighted) grid lines
en_GB: Colour of the major (highlighted) grid lines

en: object rotation center
en_GB: object rotation centre

en: Object rotation center
en_GB: Object rotation centre

en: Show dialog on startup
en_GB: Show dialogue on startup

en: Apply charcoal stylization to selected bitmap(s)
en_GB: Apply charcoal stylisation to selected bitmap(s)

en: Colorize selected bitmap(s) with specified color, using given opacity
en_GB: Colourise selected bitmap(s) with specified colour, using given opacity

en: Cycle Colormap
en_GB: Cycle Colourmap

en: Cycle colormap(s) of selected bitmap(s)
en_GB: Cycle colourmap(s) of selected bitmap(s)

en: Enhance selected bitmap(s); minimize noise
en_GB: Enhance selected bitmap(s); minimise noise

en: Equalize selected bitmap(s); histogram equalization
en_GB: Equalise selected bitmap(s); histogram equalisation

en: Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full color range
en_GB: Level selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full colour range

en: Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full color range
en_GB: Level the specified channel of selected bitmap(s) by scaling values falling between the given ranges to the full colour range

en: Replace each pixel component with the median color in a circular neighborhood
en_GB: Replace each pixel component with the median colour in a circular neighbourhood

en: Normalize selected bitmap(s), expanding color range to the full possible range of color
en_GB: Normalise selected bitmap(s), expanding colour range to the full possible range of colour

en: Stylize selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils
en_GB: Stylise selected bitmap(s) so that they appear to be painted with oils

en: Colored Shading
en_GB: Coloured Shading

en: Solarize selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film
en_GB: Solarise selected bitmap(s), like overexposing photographic film

en: Swirl selected bitmap(s) around center point
en_GB: Swirl selected bitmap(s) around centre point

en: Rasterize filter effects
en_GB: Rasterise filter effects

en: Resolution for rasterization (dpi):
en_GB: Resolution for rasterisation (dpi):

en: Convert gradients to colored polygon series
en_GB: Convert gradients to coloured polygon series

en: Lighting color
en_GB: Lighting colour

en: Image color
en_GB: Image colour

en: Color bump
en_GB: Colour bump

en: Bump color
en_GB: Bump colour

en: Replace RGB by any color
en_GB: Replace RGB by any colour

en: Color Blindness
en_GB: Colour Blindness

en: Simulate color blindness
en_GB: Simulate colour blindness

en: Color Shift
en_GB: Colour Shift

en: Blend image or object with a flood color
en_GB: Blend image or object with a flood colour

en: Color and alpha
en_GB: Colour and alpha

en: Color only
en_GB: Colour only

en: Extract color channel as a transparent image
en_GB: Extract colour channel as a transparent image

en: Customize greyscale components
en_GB: Customise greyscale components

en: Replace hue by two colors
en_GB: Replace hue by two colours

en: Moonarize
en_GB: Moonarise

en: Classic photographic solarization effect
en_GB: Classic photographic solarisation effect

en: Colored nights
en_GB: Coloured nights

en: Detect color edges in object
en_GB: Detect colour edges in object

en: Adds a colorizable outline
en_GB: Adds a colourisable outline

en: Noise color
en_GB: Noise colour

en: Chromo effect with customizable edge drawing and graininess
en_GB: Chromo effect with customisable edge drawing and graininess

en: Stroke color
en_GB: Stroke colour

en: Electrize
en_GB: Electrise

en: Electro solarization effects
en_GB: Electro solarisation effects

en: Posterize and draw smooth lines around color shapes
en_GB: Posterise and draw smooth lines around colour shapes

en: Points color
en_GB: Points colour

en: Posterize Basic
en_GB: Posterise Basic

en: Simple posterizing effect
en_GB: Simple posterising effect

en: Blur color
en_GB: Blur colour

en: Use object's color
en_GB: Use object's colour

en: Colorizable Drop shadow
en_GB: Colourisable Drop shadow

en: Hide the dialog next time and always apply the same actions.
en_GB: Hide the dialogue next time and always apply the same actions.

en: Invert gradient colors
en_GB: Invert gradient colours

en: Radial gradient <b>center</b>
en_GB: Radial gradient <b>centre</b>

en: %s for: %s%s; drag with <b>Ctrl</b> to snap angle, with <b>Ctrl+Alt</b> to preserve angle, with <b>Ctrl+Shift</b> to scale around center
en_GB: %s for: %s%s; drag with <b>Ctrl</b> to snap angle, with <b>Ctrl+Alt</b> to preserve angle, with <b>Ctrl+Shift</b> to scale around centre

en: Radial gradient <b>center</b> and <b>focus</b>; drag with <b>Shift</b> to separate focus
en_GB: Radial gradient <b>centre</b> and <b>focus</b>; drag with <b>Shift</b> to separate focus

en: COLOR
en_GB: COLOUR

en: Node or handle drag canceled.
en_GB: Node or handle drag cancelled.

en: Circle (by center and radius)
en_GB: Circle (by centre and radius)

en: Miter
en_GB: Mitre

en: Miter Clip
en_GB: Mitre Clip

en: Miter limit:
en_GB: Mitre _limit:

en: Maximum length of the miter join (in units of stroke width)
en_GB: Maximum length of the mitre join (in units of stroke width)

en: Force miter
en_GB: Force mitre

en: Overrides the miter limit and forces a join.
en_GB: Overrides the mitre limit and forces a join.

en: Maximum length of the miter (in units of stroke width)
en_GB: Maximum length of the mitre (in units of stroke width)

en: Global randomize
en_GB: Global randomise

en: Limit for miter joins
en_GB: Limit for mitre joins

en: <b>Stroke width control point</b>: drag to alter the stroke width. <b>Ctrl+click</b> adds a control point, <b>Ctrl+Alt+click</b> deletes it, <b>Shift+click</b> launches width dialog.
en_GB: <b>Stroke width control point</b>: drag to alter the stroke width. <b>Ctrl+click</b> adds a control point, <b>Ctrl+Alt+click</b> deletes it, <b>Shift+click</b> launches width dialogue.

en: Open Font License
en_GB: Open Font Licence

note: TRANSLATORS: this is where you put a URL to a page that defines the license
en: URI to this document's license's namespace definition
en_GB: URI to this document's licence's namespace definition

en: XML fragment for the RDF 'License' section
en_GB: XML fragment for the RDF 'Licence' section

en: Paste size separately
en_GB: Paste Size separately

en: Select only one <b>symbol</b> in Symbol dialog to convert to group.
en_GB: Select only one <b>symbol</b> in Symbol dialogue to convert to group.

en: <b>Squeeze or stretch</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation center
en_GB: <b>Squeeze or stretch</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation centre

en: <b>Scale</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation center
en_GB: <b>Scale</b> selection; with <b>Ctrl</b> to scale uniformly; with <b>Shift</b> to scale around rotation centre

en: <b>Center</b> of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with Shift also uses this center
en_GB: <b>Centre</b> of rotation and skewing: drag to reposition; scaling with Shift also uses this centre

en: Set center
en_GB: Set centre

en: Reset center
en_GB: Reset centre

en: Move <b>center</b> to %s, %s
en_GB: Move <b>centre</b> to %s, %s

en: Randomize positions
en_GB: Randomise position

en: Center on vertical axis
en_GB: Centre on vertical axis

en: Center on horizontal axis
en_GB: Centre on horizontal axis

en: Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly horizontally

en: Distribute centers equidistantly vertically
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly vertically

en: Randomize centers in both dimensions
en_GB: Randomise centres in both dimensions

en: Unclump objects: try to equalize edge-to-edge distances
en_GB: Unclump objects: try to equalise edge-to-edge distances

en: Randomize the horizontal shift by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the horizontal shift by this percentage

en: Randomize the vertical shift by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the vertical shift by this percentage

en: Randomize the horizontal scale by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the horizontal scale by this percentage

en: Randomize the vertical scale by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the vertical scale by this percentage

en: Randomize the rotation angle by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the rotation angle by this percentage

en: Randomize the tile blur by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile blur by this percentage

en: Alternate the sign of blur change for each row
en_GB: Alternate the sign of blur changes for each row

en: Alternate the sign of blur change for each column
en_GB: Alternate the sign of blur changes for each column

en: Randomize the tile opacity by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile opacity by this percentage

en: Initial color:
en_GB: Initial colour:

en: Initial color of tiled clones
en_GB: Initial colour of tiled clones

en: Initial color for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or stroke or on spray tool in copy mode)
en_GB: Initial colour for clones (works only if the original has unset fill or stroke or on spray tool in copy mode)

en: Randomize the tile hue by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the tile hue by this percentage

en: Change the color saturation by this percentage for each row
en_GB: Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each row

en: Change the color saturation by this percentage for each column
en_GB: Change the colour saturation by this percentage for each column

en: Randomize the color saturation by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the colour saturation by this percentage

en: Change the color lightness by this percentage for each row
en_GB: Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each row

en: Change the color lightness by this percentage for each column
en_GB: Change the colour lightness by this percentage for each column

en: Randomize the color lightness by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the colour lightness by this percentage

en: Alternate the sign of color changes for each row
en_GB: Alternate the sign of colour changes for each row

en: Alternate the sign of color changes for each column
en_GB: Alternate the sign of colour changes for each column

en: Pick the visible color and opacity
en_GB: Pick the visible colour and opacity

en: Pick the Red component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Red component of the colour

en: Pick the Green component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Green component of the colour

en: Pick the Blue component of the color
en_GB: Pick the Blue component of the colour

en: Pick the hue of the color
en_GB: Pick the hue of the colour

en: Pick the saturation of the color
en_GB: Pick the saturation of the colour

en: Pick the lightness of the color
en_GB: Pick the lightness of the colour

en: 2. Tweak the picked value:
en_GB: 2. Tweak the selected value:

en: Shift the mid-range of the picked value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)
en_GB: Shift the mid-range of the selected value upwards (>0) or downwards (<0)

en: Randomize:
en_GB: Randomise:

en: Randomize the picked value by this percentage
en_GB: Randomise the selected value by this percentage

en: Invert the picked value
en_GB: Invert the selected value

en: Each clone is created with the probability determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone is created with the probability determined by the selected value in that point

en: Each clone's size is determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone's size is determined by the selected value in that point

en: Each clone is painted by the picked color (the original must have unset fill or stroke)
en_GB: Each clone is painted by the picked colour (the original must have unset fill or stroke)

en: Each clone's opacity is determined by the picked value in that point
en_GB: Each clone's opacity is determined by the selected value in that point

en: Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as the last time you tiled it (if any), instead of using the current size
en_GB: Pretend that the size and position of the tile are the same as previous tiling (if any), instead of using the current size

note: TRANSLATORS: "change" is a noun here
en: Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and color changes in the dialog to zero
en_GB: Reset all shifts, scales, rotates, opacity and colour changes in the dialogue to zero

en: <small>Randomize:</small>
en_GB: <small>Randomise:</small>

en: Color: <b>%s</b>; <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke
en_GB: Colour: <b>%s</b>; <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke

en: Change color definition
en_GB: Change colour definition

en: Remove stroke color
en_GB: Remove stroke colour

en: Remove fill color
en_GB: Remove fill colour

en: Set stroke color to none
en_GB: Set stroke colour to none

en: Set fill color to none
en_GB: Set fill colour to none

en: Set stroke color from swatch
en_GB: Set stroke colour from swatch

en: Set fill color from swatch
en_GB: Set fill colour from swatch

en: <b>License</b>
en_GB: <b>Licence</b>

en: Checkerboard background
en_GB: Chequerboard background

en: Back_ground color:
en_GB: Back_ground colour:

en: Border _color:
en_GB: Border _colour:

en: Page border color
en_GB: Page border colour

en: Color of the page border
en_GB: Colour of the page border

en: Guide co_lor:
en_GB: Guide co_lour:

en: Guideline color
en_GB: Guideline colour

en: Color of guidelines
en_GB: Colour of guidelines

en: Highlighted guideline color
en_GB: Highlighted guideline colour

en: Color of a guideline when it is under mouse
en_GB: Colour of a guideline when it is under mouse

en: Link Color Profile
en_GB: Link Colour Profile

en: Remove linked color profile
en_GB: Remove linked colour profile

en: <b>Linked Color Profiles:</b>
en_GB: <b>Linked Colour Profiles:</b>

en: <b>Available Color Profiles:</b>
en_GB: <b>Available Colour Profiles:</b>

en: Once the export completes, close this dialog
en_GB: Once the export completes, close this dialogue

note: TRANSLATORS: this dialog is accessible via menu Filters - Filter editor
en: This matrix determines a linear transform on color space. Each line affects one of the color components. Each column determines how much of each color component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not depend on input colors, so can be used to adjust a constant component value.
en_GB: This matrix determines a linear transform on colour space. Each line affects one of the colour components. Each column determines how much of each colour component from the input is passed to the output. The last column does not depend on input colours, so can be used to adjust a constant component value.

en: Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used color operations to be performed without specifying a complete matrix.
en_GB: Indicates the type of matrix operation. The keyword 'matrix' indicates that a full 5x4 matrix of values will be provided. The other keywords represent convenience shortcuts to allow commonly used colour operations to be performed without specifying a complete matrix.

en: This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input image in order to calculate the pixel colors at the output. Different arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value would lead to a common blur effect.
en_GB: This matrix describes the convolve operation that is applied to the input image in order to calculate the pixel colours at the output. Different arrangements of values in this matrix result in various possible visual effects. An identity matrix would lead to a motion blur effect (parallel to the matrix diagonal) while a matrix filled with a constant non-zero value would lead to a common blur effect.

en: After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination color value. A divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening effect on the overall color intensity of the result.
en_GB: After applying the kernelMatrix to the input image to yield a number, that number is divided by divisor to yield the final destination colour value. A divisor that is the sum of all the matrix values tends to have an evening effect on the overall colour intensity of the result.

en: Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with color values so that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at or near the edge of the input image.
en_GB: Determines how to extend the input image as necessary with colour values so that the matrix operations can be applied when the kernel is positioned at or near the edge of the input image.

en: Diffuse Color:
en_GB: Diffuse Colour:

en: Defines the color of the light source
en_GB: Defines the colour of the light source

en: Color component that controls the displacement in the X direction
en_GB: Colour component that controls the displacement in the X direction

en: Color component that controls the displacement in the Y direction
en_GB: Colour component that controls the displacement in the Y direction

en: Flood Color:
en_GB: Flood Colour:

en: The whole filter region will be filled with this color.
en_GB: The whole filter region will be filled with this colour.

en: Specular Color:
en_GB: Specular Colour:

en: The <b>feColorMatrix</b> filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to color of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to grayscale, modifying color saturation and changing color hue.
en_GB: The <b>feColorMatrix</b> filter primitive applies a matrix transformation to colour of each rendered pixel. This allows for effects like turning object to greyscale, modifying colour saturation and changing colour hue.

en: The <b>feComponentTransfer</b> filter primitive manipulates the input's color components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast adjustment, color balance, and thresholding.
en_GB: The <b>feComponentTransfer</b> filter primitive manipulates the input's colour components (red, green, blue, and alpha) according to particular transfer functions, allowing operations like brightness and contrast adjustment, colour balance, and thresholding.

en: The <b>feFlood</b> filter primitive fills the region with a given color and opacity.  It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply color to a graphic.
en_GB: The <b>feFlood</b> filter primitive fills the region with a given colour and opacity.  It is usually used as an input to other filters to apply colour to a graphic.

en: The <b>feMorphology</b> filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. For single-color objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it thicker.
en_GB: The <b>feMorphology</b> filter primitive provides erode and dilate effects. For single-colour objects erode makes the object thinner and dilate makes it thicker.

en: Path outline color
en_GB: Path outline colour

en: Selects the color used for showing the path outline
en_GB: Selects the colour used for showing the path outline

en: Visualize the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the middle of each outline segment
en_GB: Visualise the direction of selected paths by drawing small arrows in the middle of each outline segment

en: Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to get the other behavior
en_GB: Move handles next to deleted nodes to resemble original shape; hold Ctrl to get the other behaviour

en: Show font substitution warning dialog when requested fonts are not available on the system
en_GB: Show font substitution warning dialogue when requested fonts are not available on the system

en: When on, the Gradient Edit button in the Fill & Stroke dialog will show the legacy Gradient Editor dialog, when off the Gradient Tool will be used
en_GB: When on, the Gradient Edit button in the Fill & Stroke dialogue will show the legacy Gradient Editor dialog, when off the Gradient Tool will be used

en: Work-around color sliders not drawing
en_GB: Work-around colour sliders not drawing

en: When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing color sliders
en_GB: When on, will attempt to work around bugs in certain GTK themes drawing colour sliders

en: Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the filter effects dialog
en_GB: Show icons and descriptions for the filter primitives available at the filter effects dialogue

en: Save and restore dialogs status
en_GB: Save and restore dialogues status

en: Don't save dialogs status
en_GB: Don't save dialogues status

en: Native open/save dialogs
en_GB: Native open/save dialogues

en: GTK open/save dialogs
en_GB: GTK open/save dialogues

en: Dialogs are hidden in taskbar
en_GB: Dialogues are hidden in taskbar

[ctx: Window size]
en: Maximized
en_GB: Maximised

en: Saving dialogs status
en_GB: Saving dialogues status

en: Save and restore dialogs status (the last open windows dialogs are saved when it closes)
en_GB: Save and restore dialogues status (the last open windows dialogues are saved when it closes)

en: Dialog behavior (requires restart)
en_GB: Dialogue behaviour (requires restart)

en: Use Windows like open and save dialogs
en_GB: Use Windows like open and save dialogues

en: Use GTK open and save dialogs
en_GB: Use GTK open and save dialogues

en: Dialogs on top:
en_GB: Dialogues on top:

en: Dialogs are treated as regular windows
en_GB: Dialogues are treated as regular windows

en: Dialogs stay on top of document windows
en_GB: Dialogues stay on top of document windows

en: Dialog Transparency
en_GB: Dialogue Transparency

en: Whether dialog windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar
en_GB: Whether dialogue windows are to be hidden in the window manager taskbar

en: Line color when zooming out
en_GB: Line colour when zooming out

en: The gridlines will be shown in minor grid line color
en_GB: The gridlines will be shown in minor grid line colour

en: The gridlines will be shown in major grid line color
en_GB: The gridlines will be shown in major grid line colour

en: Minor grid line color:
en_GB: Minor grid line colour:

en: Color used for normal grid lines
en_GB: Colour used for normal grid lines

en: Major grid line color:
en_GB: Major grid line colour:

en: Color used for major (highlighted) grid lines
en_GB: Colour used for major (highlighted) grid lines

en: When this option is on, the "Save as..." and "Save a Copy..." dialogs will always open in the directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, each will open in the directory where you last saved a file using it
en_GB: When this option is on, the "Save as..." and "Save a Copy" dialogues will always open in the directory where the currently open document is; when it's off, each will open in the directory where you last saved a file using it

en: Use named colors
en_GB: Use named colours

en: If set, write the CSS name of the color when available (e.g. 'red' or 'magenta') instead of the numeric value
en_GB: If set, write the CSS name of the colour when available (e.g. 'red' or 'magenta') instead of the numeric value

en: Path data should be written: only with absolute coordinates, only with relative coordinates, or optimized for string length (mixed absolute and relative coordinates)
en_GB: Path data should be written: only with absolute coordinates, only with relative coordinates, or optimised for string length (mixed absolute and relative coordinates)

en: (Note: Color management has been disabled in this build)
en_GB: (Note: Colour management has been disabled in this build)

en: Highlights colors that are out of gamut for the target device
en_GB: Highlights colours that are out of gamut for the target device

en: Out of gamut warning color:
en_GB: Out of gamut warning colour:

en: Selects the color used for out of gamut warning
en_GB: Selects the colour used for out of gamut warning

en: Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus minimizing loss in case of a crash
en_GB: Automatically save the current document(s) at a given interval, thus minimising loss in case of a crash

en: Color stock markers the same color as object
en_GB: Colour stock markers the same colour as object

en: Color custom markers the same color as object
en_GB: Colour custom markers the same colour as object

en: Update marker color when object color changes
en_GB: Update marker colour when object colour changes

en: Stroke color same as object, fill color either object fill color or marker fill color
en_GB: Stroke colour same as object, fill colour either object fill colour or marker fill colour

en: Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export always uses best quality)
en_GB: Best quality, but display may be very slow at high zooms (bitmap export always uses best quality

en: Lower quality (some artifacts), but display is faster
en_GB: Lower quality (some artefacts), but display is faster

en: Lowest quality (considerable artifacts), but display is fastest
en_GB: Lowest quality (considerable artefacts), but display is fastest

en: Pop-up linking and scaling dialog when importing bitmap image.
en_GB: Pop-up linking and scaling dialogue when importing bitmap image.

en: Use default bitmap resolution in favor of information from file
en_GB: Use default bitmap resolution in favour of information from file

en: Select a file of predefined shortcuts to use. Any customized shortcuts you create will be added separately to
en_GB: Select a file of predefined shortcuts to use. Any customised shortcuts you create will be added separately to

en: Remove all your customized keyboard shortcuts, and revert to the shortcuts in the shortcut file listed above
en_GB: Remove all your customised keyboard shortcuts, and revert to the shortcuts in the shortcut file listed above

en: Rename layer
en_GB: Renamed layer

en: Set object highlight color
en_GB: Set object highlight colour

en: Highlight color of outline in Node tool. Click to set. If alpha is zero, use inherited color.
en_GB: Highlight colour of outline in Node tool. Click to set. If alpha is zero, use inherited colour.

en: Select Highlight Color
en_GB: Select Highlight Colour

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Y coordinate of the center
en_GB: Y coordinate of the centre

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: X coordinate of the center
en_GB: X coordinate of the centre

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Objects' rotational centers
en_GB: Objects' rotational centres

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Parameterized:
en_GB: Parameterised:

[ctx: Polar arrange tab]
en: Center X/Y:
en_GB: Centre X/Y:

en: No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialog.
en_GB: No glyph selected in the SVGFonts dialogue.

en: Rotation angle (positive = counterclockwise)
en_GB: Rotation angle (positive = anti-clockwise)

en: Horizontal skew angle (positive = counterclockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement
en_GB: Horizontal skew angle (positive = anti-clockwise), or absolute displacement, or percentage displacement

en: Rotate in a counterclockwise direction
en_GB: Rotate in a anticlockwise direction

en: Drop color
en_GB: Drop colour

en: Drop color on gradient
en_GB: Drop colour on gradient

en: Adjust the <b>tip radius</b> of the star or polygon; with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomize
en_GB: Adjust the <b>tip radius</b> of the star or polygon; with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomise

en: Adjust the <b>base radius</b> of the star; with <b>Ctrl</b> to keep star rays radial (no skew); with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomize
en_GB: Adjust the <b>base radius</b> of the star; with <b>Ctrl</b> to keep star rays radial (no skew); with <b>Shift</b> to round; with <b>Alt</b> to randomise

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: scale uniformly about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: scale uniformly about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Alt</b>: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift+Alt</b>: scale using an integer ratio about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift</b>: scale from the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift</b>: scale from the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Rotation handle</b>: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Rotation handle</b>: drag to rotate the selection around the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: skew about the rotation center with snapping to %f° increments
en_GB: <b>Shift+Ctrl</b>: skew about the rotation centre with snapping to %f° increments

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Shift</b>: skew about the rotation center
en_GB: <b>Shift</b>: skew about the rotation centre

[ctx: Transform handle tip]
en: <b>Rotation center</b>: drag to change the origin of transforms
en_GB: <b>Rotation centre</b>: drag to change the origin of transforms

en: Angle behavior (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = fixed angle)
en_GB: Angle behaviour (0 = nib always perpendicular to stroke direction, 100 = fixed angle)

note: TRANSLATORS: "cap" means "end" (both start and finish) here
en: Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude more (0 = no caps, 1 = round caps)
en_GB: Increase to make caps at the ends of strokes protrude mode (0 = no caps, 1 = round caps)

en: Pick both the color and the alpha (transparency) under cursor; otherwise, pick only the visible color premultiplied by alpha
en_GB: Pick both the colour and the alpha (transparency) under cursos; otherwise, pick only the visible colour premultiplied by alpha

note: TRANSLATORS: for info, see http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/CR-SVG-20000802/pservers.html#LinearGradientSpreadMethodAttribute
en: Whether to fill with flat color beyond the ends of the gradient vector (spreadMethod="pad"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction (spreadMethod="repeat"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite directions (spreadMethod="reflect")
en_GB: Whether to fill with flat colour beyond the ends of the gradient vector (spreadMethod="pad"), or repeat the gradient in the same direction (spreadMethod="repeat"), or repeat the gradient in alternating opposite directions (spreadMethod="reflect")

en: Open LPE dialog
en_GB: Open LPE dialogue

en: Open LPE dialog (to adapt parameters numerically)
en_GB: Open LPE dialogue (to adapt parameters numerically)

en: Pick colors:
en_GB: Pick colours:

en: Pick colors for selected corner nodes from underneath mesh.
en_GB: Pick colours for selected corner nodes from underneath mesh.

en: BBox Centers
en_GB: BBox Centres

en: Snapping centers of bounding boxes
en_GB: Snapping centres of bounding boxes

en: Snap other points (centers, guide origins, gradient handles, etc.)
en_GB: Snap other points (centres, guide origins, gradient handles, etc.)

en: Object Centers
en_GB: Object Centres

en: Snap centers of objects
en_GB: Snap centres of objects

en: Rotation Centers
en_GB: Rotation Centres

en: Snap an item's rotation center
en_GB: Snap an item's rotation centre

en: center is denser
en_GB: centre is denser

en: center is much denser
en_GB: centre is much denser

en: starts from center
en_GB: starts from centre

[ctx: Spray tool]
en: Scatter:
en_GB: Scatter

en: No overlap between colors
en_GB: No overlap between colours

en: Pick color from the drawing. You can use clonetiler trace dialog for advanced effects. In clone mode original fill or stroke colors must be unset.
en_GB: Pick colour from the drawing. You can use clonetiler trace dialogue for advanced effects. In clone mode original fill or stroke colours must be unset.

en: Apply picked color to fill
en_GB: Apply picked colour to fill

en: Apply picked color to stroke
en_GB: Apply picked colour to stroke

en: Inverted pick value, retaining color in advanced trace mode
en_GB: Inverted pick value, retaining colour in advanced trace mode

en: NOT randomized
en_GB: NOT randomised

en: visibly randomized
en_GB: visibly randomised

en: strongly randomized
en_GB: strongly randomised

en: Randomized:
en_GB: Randomised:

en: Star: Change randomization
en_GB: Star: Change randomisation

en: Rotate objects, with Shift counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate objects, with Shift anticlockwise

en: Color paint mode
en_GB: Colour paint mode

en: Paint the tool's color upon selected objects
en_GB: Paint the tool's colour upon selected objects

en: Color jitter mode
en_GB: Colour jitter mode

en: Jitter the colors of selected objects
en_GB: Jitter the colours of selected objects

en: <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke; <b>drag</b> to average color in area; with <b>Alt</b> to pick inverse color; <b>Ctrl+C</b> to copy the color under mouse to clipboard
en_GB: <b>Click</b> to set fill, <b>Shift+click</b> to set stroke; <b>drag</b> to average colour in area; with <b>Alt</b> to pick inverse colour; <b>Ctrl+C</b> to copy the colour under mouse to clipboard

en: Set picked color
en_GB: Set picked colour

en: <b>Release mouse</b> to set color.
en_GB: <b>Release mouse</b> to set colour.

en: Visible Colors
en_GB: Visible Colours

en: Measure start, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialog
en_GB: Measure start, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialogue

en: Measure end, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialog
en_GB: Measure end, <b>Shift+Click</b> for position dialogue

en: Smoothed mesh corner color.
en_GB: Smoothed mesh corner colour.

en: Picked mesh corner color.
en_GB: Picked mesh corner colour.

en: <b>Sketch mode</b>: holding <b>Alt</b> interpolates between sketched paths. Release <b>Alt</b> to finalize.
en_GB: <b>Sketch mode</b>: holding <b>Alt</b> interpolates between sketched paths. Release <b>Alt</b> to finalise.

en: Move canceled.
en_GB: Move cancelled.

en: Selection canceled.
en_GB: Selection cancelled.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>rotate clockwise</b>; with Shift, <b>counterclockwise</b>.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>rotate clockwise</b>; with Shift, <b>anticlockwise</b>.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>paint objects</b> with color.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>paint objects</b> with colour.

en: %s. Drag or click to <b>randomize colors</b>.
en_GB: %s. Drag or click to <b>randomise colours</b>.

en: Color paint tweak
en_GB: Colour paint tweak

en: Color jitter tweak
en_GB: Colour jitter tweak

en: Hexadecimal RGBA value of the color
en_GB: Hexadecimal RGBA value of the colour

en: Color Managed
en_GB: Colour Managed

en: Pick colors from image
en_GB: Pick colours from image

en: Normal capitalization.
en_GB: Normal capitalisation.

en: Document license updated
en_GB: Document licence updated

en: Flat color fill
en_GB: Flat colour fill

en: Flat color stroke
en_GB: Flat colour stroke

en: Last set color
en_GB: Last set colour

en: Last selected color
en_GB: Last selected colour

en: Copy color
en_GB: Copy colour

en: Paste color
en_GB: Paste colour

en: Apply last set color to fill
en_GB: Apply last set colour to fill

en: Apply last set color to stroke
en_GB: Apply last set colour to stroke

en: Apply last selected color to fill
en_GB: Apply last selected colour to fill

en: Apply last selected color to stroke
en_GB: Apply last selected colour to stroke

en: _Fill Color
en_GB: _Fill Colour

en: _Stroke Color
en_GB: _Stroke Colour

en: Rotate 9_0° CCW
en_GB: Rotate 9_0° ACW

en: Rotate selection 90° counter-clockwise
en_GB: Rotate selection 90° anticlockwise

en: Show or hide the color palette
en_GB: Show or hide the colour palette

en: Switch to normal color display mode
en_GB: Switch to normal colour display mode

en: Switch to grayscale display mode
en_GB: Switch to greyscale display mode

en: Toggle between normal and grayscale color display modes
en_GB: Toggle between normal and greyscale colour display modes

en: Toggle color-managed display for this document window
en_GB: Toggle colour-managed display for this document window

en: Edit objects' colors, gradients, arrowheads, and other fill and stroke properties...
en_GB: Edit objects' colours, gradients, arrowheads, and other fill and stroke properties...

en: Select colors from a swatches palette
en_GB: Select colours from a swatches palette

en: Show/Hide D_ialogs
en_GB: Show/Hide D_ialogues

en: Show or hide all open dialogs
en_GB: Show or hide all open dialogues

en: Print Colors...
en_GB: Print Colours...

en: Select which color separations to render in Print Colors Preview rendermode
en_GB: Select which colour separations to render in Print Colours Preview rendermode

en: Inkscape version, authors, license
en_GB: Inkscape version, authors, licence

en: Using Trace Pixel Art dialog
en_GB: Using Trace Pixel Art dialogue

en: Link an ICC color profile
en_GB: Link an ICC colour profile

en: Remove Color Profile
en_GB: Remove Colour Profile

en: Remove a linked ICC color profile
en_GB: Remove a linked ICC colour profile

en: Center on horizontal and vertical axis
en_GB: Centre on horizontal and vertical axis

en: print colors preview
en_GB: print colours preview

en: Color-managed display is <b>enabled</b> in this window
en_GB: Colour-managed display is <b>enabled</b> in this window

en: Color-managed display is <b>disabled</b> in this window
en_GB: Colour-managed display is <b>disabled</b> in this window

en: Set fill color
en_GB: Set fill colour

en: Set stroke color
en_GB: Set stroke colour

note: TRANSLATORS: "Stop" means: a "phase" of a gradient
en: Stop Color
en_GB: Stop Colour

en: Change gradient stop color
en_GB: Change gradient stop colour

en: Flat color
en_GB: Flat colour

en: <b>Flat color</b>
en_GB: <b>Flat colour</b>

en: Set marker color
en_GB: Set marker colour

en: Change swatch color
en_GB: Change swatch colour

en: Color/opacity used for color tweaking
en_GB: Colour/opacity used for colour tweaking

en: Try to optimize paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments
en_GB: Try to optimise paths by joining adjacent Bezier curve segments

en: Speckles of up to this many pixels will be suppressed
en_GB: Speckles of up to this many pixels will be supressed

en: Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive optimization
en_GB: Increase this to reduce the number of nodes in the trace by more aggressive optimisation

en: Favors connections that are part of a long curve
en_GB: Favours connections that are part of a long curve

en: Favors connections that are part of foreground color
en_GB: Favours connections that are part of foreground colour

en: The radius of the window analyzed
en_GB: The radius of the window analysed

en: Area is zero, cannot calculate Center of Mass
en_GB: Area is zero, cannot calculate Centre of Mass

en: Threshold Color (1-255):
en_GB: Threshold Colour (1-255):

en: Input (r,g,b) Color Range:
en_GB: Input (r,g,b) Colour Range:

en: Randomizes hue, saturation, lightness and/or opacity (opacity randomization only for objects and groups). Change the range values to limit the distance between the original color and the randomized one.
en_GB: Randomises hue, saturation, lightness and/or opacity (opacity randomisation only for objects and groups). Change the range values to limit the distance between the original colour and the randomised one.

en: Replace color
en_GB: Replace colour

en: Replace color (RRGGBB hex):
en_GB: Replace colour (RRGGBB hex):

en: By color (RRGGBB hex):
en_GB: By colour (RRGGBB hex):

en: New color
en_GB: New colour

en: Visualize Path
en_GB: Visualise Path

en: Exports the colors of this document as GIMP Palette
en_GB: Exports the colours of this document as GIMP Palette

en: Fractalize
en_GB: Fractalise

en: Area artifacts
en_GB: Area artefacts

en: Artifact diameter:
en_GB: Artefact diameter:

en: Parameterize Gcode
en_GB: Parameterise Gcode

en: Flip y axis and parameterize Gcode
en_GB: Flip y axis and parameterise Gcode

en: Create linearization preview
en_GB: Create linearisation preview

en: The speed the pen will move with in centimeters or millimeters per second (depending on your plotter model), set to 0 to omit command; most plotters ignore this command (Default: 0)
en_GB: The speed the pen will move with in centimetres or millimetres per second (depending on your plotter model), set to 0 to omit command; most plotters ignore this command (Default: 0)

en: Check this if your plotter uses a centered zero point (Default: Unchecked)
en_GB: Check this if your plotter uses a centred zero point (Default: Unchecked)

en: Set path color to blue:
en_GB: Set path colour to blue:

en: Set path color to cyan:
en_GB: Set path colour to cyan:

en: Set path color to green:
en_GB: Set path colour to green:

en: Set path color to black:
en_GB: Set path colour to black:

en: Set path color to magenta:
en_GB: Set path colour to magenta:

en: Set path color to orange:
en_GB: Set path colour to orange:

en: Set path color to red:
en_GB: Set path colour to red:

en: Set path color to white:
en_GB: Set path colour to white:

en: Set path color to yellow:
en_GB: Set path colour to yellow:

en: Randomize step (%):
en_GB: Randomise step (%):

en: Randomize angle (%):
en_GB: Randomise angle (%):

en: Color Markers
en_GB: Colour Markers

en: Invert fill and stroke colors
en_GB: Invert fill and stroke colours

en: Assign fill color
en_GB: Assign fill colour

en: Assign stroke color
en_GB: Assign stroke colour

en: Fixed Text, Center of BBox
en_GB: Fixed Text, Centre of BBox

en: Custom colors:
en_GB: Custom colours:

en: Reverse color scheme
en_GB: Reverse colour scheme

en: Optimized SVG Output
en_GB: Optimised SVG Output

en: Shorten color values
en_GB: Shorten colour values

en: Convert all color specifications to #RRGGBB (or #RGB where applicable) format.
en_GB: Convert all colour specifications to #RRGGBB (or #RGB where applicable) format.

en: Remove metadata tags along with all the contained information, which may include license and author information, alternate versions for non-SVG-enabled browsers, etc.
en_GB: Remove metadata tags along with all the contained information, which may include licence and author information, alternative versions for non-SVG-enabled browsers, etc.

en: Optimized SVG (*.svg)
en_GB: Optimised SVG (*.svg)

en: The speed the pen will move with in centimeters or millimeters per second (depending on your plotter model), set to 0 to omit command. Most plotters ignore this command. (Default: 0)
en_GB: The speed the pen will move with in centimetres or millimetres per second (depending on your plotter model), set to 0 to omit command. Most plotters ignore this command. (Default: 0)

en: Color Bars
en_GB: Colour Bars

en: Diameter of center hole (0 for none):
en_GB: Diameter of centre hole (0 for none):

en: Behavior:
en_GB: Behaviour:

en: Year color:
en_GB: Year colour:

en: Month color:
en_GB: Month colour:

en: Weekday name color:
en_GB: Weekday name colour:

en: Day color:
en_GB: Day colour:

en: Weekend day color:
en_GB: Weekend day colour:

en: Next month day color:
en_GB: Next month day colour:

en: Week number color:
en_GB: Week number colour:

en: Triangles color
en_GB: Triangles colour

en: Triangles with item color
en_GB: Triangles with item colour

en: Triangles with item color (random on apply)
en_GB: Triangles with item colour (random on apply)

en: Top and Center
en_GB: Top and Centre

en: Middle and Center
en_GB: Middle and Centre

en: Bottom and Center
en_GB: Bottom and Centre

en: _Color Display Mode
en_GB: _Colour Display Mode

en: _Canvas Orientation
en_GB: _Canvas Orientation:

en: millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

en: Centimeter
en_GB: Centimetre

en: Item behavior
en_GB: Item behaviour

en: General behavior for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's locked, etc.)
en_GB: General behaviour for the dock item (i.e. whether it can float, if it's locked, etc.)

en: Grid line color
en_GB: Grid line colour

en: Use Atom Color
en_GB: Use Atom Colour

en: Click an atom to center on it
en_GB: Click an atom to centre on it

en: Initializing 3D display...
en_GB: Initialising 3D display...

en: Initializing Script Window...
en_GB: Initialising Script Window...

en: Initializing Preferences...
en_GB: Initialising Preferences...

en: Initializing Recent Files...
en_GB: Initialising Recent Files...

en: Enter a four-digit PDB model ID or "=" and a three-digit ligand ID
en_GB: Enter a four-digit PDB model ID or '=' and a three-digit ligand ID

en: Enter the name or identifier (SMILES, InChI, CAS) of a compound. Preface with ":" to load from PubChem; otherwise Jmol will use the NCI/NIH Resolver.
en_GB: Enter the name or identifier (SMILES, InChI, CAS) of a compound. Preface with ':' to load from PubChem; otherwise Jmol will use the NCI/NIH Resolver.

en: Percentage scaling not implemented yet!
en_GB: Percentage scaling is not implemented yet!

en: View Center
en_GB: View Centre

en: Errors occurred during web page creation.  See Log Tab!
en_GB: Errors occurred during web page creation. See Log Tab!

en: Could not find or open:
    {0}
    Please check that you are using a Jmol.jar that is part of a full Jmol distribution.
en_GB: Could not find or open:
    {0}
    Please check that you are using a Jmol.jar that's part of a full Jmol distribution.

en: background color:
en_GB: background colour:

en: Math &Functions
en_GB: Maths &Functions

en: Top[as in "go to the top" - (translators: remove this bracketed part]
en_GB: Top

en: {0} atoms will be minimized.
en_GB: {0} atoms will be minimised.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2584 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-# ../themes/mxflat/theme.jl ../themes/mono/theme.jl #-#-#-#-#  2585 (sawfish CVS)  #-#-#-#-#
en: center
en_GB: centre

en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

en: fix hydrogens and minimize
en_GB: fix hydrogens and minimise

en: drag atom (and minimize)
en_GB: drag atom (and minimise)

en: drag and minimize molecule (docking)
en_GB: drag and minimise molecule (docking)

en: Top[as in "view from the top, from above" - (translators: remove this bracketed part]
en_GB: Top

en: Optimize structure
en_GB: Optimise structure

en: RasMol Colors
en_GB: RasMol Colours

en: script compiler ERROR:
en_GB: Script compiler ERROR:

en: bad [R,G,B] color
en_GB: bad [R,G,B] colour

en: color expected
en_GB: colour expected

en: a color or palette name (Jmol, Rasmol) is required
en_GB: a colour or palette name (Jmol, Rasmol) is required

en: unrecognized atom property
en_GB: unrecognised atom property

en: unrecognized bond property
en_GB: unrecognised bond property

en: unrecognized command
en_GB: unrecognised command

en: runtime unrecognized expression
en_GB: runtime unrecognised expression

en: unrecognized object
en_GB: unrecognised object

en: unrecognized {0} parameter
en_GB: unrecognised {0} parameter

en: unrecognized {0} parameter in Jmol state script (set anyway)
en_GB: unrecognised {0} parameter in Jmol state script (set anyway)

en: unrecognized SHOW parameter --  use {0}
en_GB: unrecognised SHOW parameter --  use {0}

en: unrecognized expression token: {0}
en_GB: unrecognised expression token: {0}

en: unrecognized token: {0}
en_GB: unrecognised token: {0}

en: move atom and minimize molecule (requires {0})
en_GB: move atom and minimise molecule (requires {0})

en: move and minimize molecule (requires {0})
en_GB: move and minimise molecule (requires {0})

en: drag atoms in Z direction (requires {0})
en_GB: Drag atoms in Z direction (requires {0})

en: unselect this group of atoms (requires {0})
en_GB: deselect this group of atoms (requires {0})

en: if all are selected, unselect all, otherwise add this group of atoms to the set of selected atoms (requires {0})
en_GB: if all are selected, deselect all, otherwise add this group of atoms to the set of selected atoms (requires {0})

en: click on two points to spin around axis counterclockwise (requires {0})
en_GB: click on two points to spin around axis anti-clockwise (requires {0})

en: Hide Renamer Test Dialog
en_GB: Hide Renamer Test Dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  628 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_showExample) #-#-#-#-#  854 (juk)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, m_showExample)
en: Show Renamer Test Dialog
en_GB: Show Renamer Test Dialogue

en: Friendly, neighborhood aRts guru
en_GB: Friendly, neighbourhood aRts guru

en: Could not move these files to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move these files to the Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <p>This dialog can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).
    <p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications.
en_GB: <p>This dialogue can be used to setup external command line applications as audio encoders. These can then be used by K3b to encode audio data (Tracks from an audio CD or the titles from an audio project) to formats that are normally not supported (i.e. no encoder plugin exists).
    <p>K3b comes with a selection of predefined external applications that depends on the installed applications.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSwapByteOrder)
en: <p> If this option is checked K3b will swap the byte order of the input data. Thus, the command has to read big endian audio frames.
    <p>If the resulting audio file sounds bad it is highly likely that the byte order is wrong and this option has to be checked.
en_GB: <p> If this option is ticked K3b will swap the byte order of the input data. Thus, the command has to read big endian audio frames.
    <p>If the resulting audio file sounds bad it is highly likely that the byte order is wrong and this option has to be ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkWriteWaveHeader)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will write a wave header. This is useful in case the encoder application cannot read plain raw audio data.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will write a wave header. This is useful in case the encoder application cannot read plain raw audio data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkISO)
en: <p>If this option is checked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>
    This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, LAME will enforce the 7680 bit limitation on total frame size.<br>
    This results in many wasted bits for high bitrate encodings but will ensure strict ISO compatibility. This compatibility might be important for hardware players.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkError)
en: <p>If this option is checked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) code will be added to each frame, allowing transmission errors that could occur on the MP3 stream to be detected; however, it takes 16 bits per frame that would otherwise be used for encoding, thus slightly reducing the sound quality.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateUpper)
en: &Upper bitrate:
en_GB: &Upper bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateLower)
en: Lower &bitrate:
en_GB: Lower &bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkBitrateNominal)
en: &Nominal bitrate:
en_GB: &Nominal bit rate:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_comboEncoding)
en: <p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>
    <p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for mu-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed u-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and u-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br> <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br> <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavor of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br> <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p> <p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>
en_GB: <p>The sample data encoding is signed linear (2's complement), unsigned linear, u-law (logarithmic), A-law (logarithmic), ADPCM, IMA_ADPCM, GSM, or Floating-point.</p>
    <p><b>U-law</b> (actually shorthand for µ-law) and <b>A-law</b> are the U.S. and international standards for logarithmic telephone sound compression. When uncompressed, µ-law has roughly the precision of 14-bit PCM audio and A-law has roughly the precision of 13-bit PCM audio. A-law and µ-law data is sometimes encoded using a reversed bit-ordering (i.e. MSB becomes LSB).<br> <b>ADPCM </b> is a form of sound compression that has a good compromise between good sound quality and fast encoding/decoding time. It is used for telephone sound compression and places where full fidelity is not as important. When uncompressed it has roughly the precision of 16-bit PCM audio. Popular versions of ADPCM include G.726, MS ADPCM, and IMA ADPCM. It has different meanings in different file handlers. In .wav files it represents MS ADPCM files, in all others it means G.726 ADPCM. <br> <b>IMA ADPCM</b> is a specific form of ADPCM compression, slightly simpler and slightly lower fidelity than Microsoft's flavour of ADPCM. IMA ADPCM is also called DVI ADPCM.<br> <b>GSM</b> is a standard used for telephone sound compression in European countries and is gaining popularity because of its good quality. It is usually CPU intensive to work with GSM audio data.</p> <p><em>Description based on the SoX manpage</em></p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, m_comboEncoding)
en: u-law (logarithmic)
en_GB: µ-law (logarithmic)

en: &Format/Erase rewritable disk...
en_GB: &Format/Erase rewritable disc...

en: Open the rewritable disk formatting/erasing dialog
en_GB: Open the rewritable disc formatting/erasing dialogue

en: Open the media copy dialog
en_GB: Open the media copy dialogue

en: Waiting for Disk
en_GB: Waiting for Disc

en: <p>Saves the current settings of the action dialog.<p>These settings can be loaded with the <em>Load saved settings</em> button.<p><b>The K3b defaults are not overwritten by this.</b>
en_GB: <p>Saves the current settings of the action dialogue.<p>These settings can be loaded with the <em>Load saved settings</em> button.<p><b>The K3b defaults are not overwritten by this.</b>

en: Make sure HAL daemon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices.
en_GB: Make sure HAL dæmon is running, it is used by K3b for finding devices.

en: Since Linux kernel 2.6.8 %1 will not work when run suid root for security reasons anymore.
en_GB: Since Linux kernel 2.6.8 %1 will not work when run suid root for security reasons any more.

en: <em>Disk At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility.
en_GB: <em>Disc At Once</em> or more properly <em>Session At Once</em>. The laser is never turned off while writing the CD or DVD. This is the preferred mode to write audio CDs since it allows pregaps other than 2 seconds. Not all writers support DAO.<br>DVD-R(W)s written in DAO provide the best DVD-Video compatibility.

en: Open the project burn dialog for the current project
en_GB: Open the project burn dialogue for the current project

en: Open the copy dialog, optionally specify the source device
en_GB: Open the copy dialogue, optionally specify the source device

en: Type of image file is not recognizable. Do you want to burn it anyway?
en_GB: Type of image file is not recognisable. Do you want to burn it anyway?

en: Calculation canceled
en_GB: Calculation cancelled

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will disable the source drive's ECC/EDC error correction. This way sectors that are unreadable by intention can be read.<p>This may be useful for cloning CDs with copy protection based on corrupted sectors.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will disable the source drive's ECC/EDC error correction. This way sectors that are unreadable by intention can be read.<p>This may be useful for cloning CDs with copy protection based on corrupted sectors.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will search for CD-Text on the source CD. Disable it if your CD drive has problems with reading CD-Text or you want to stick to CDDB info.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will search for CD-Text on the source CD. Disable it if your CD drive has problems with reading CD-Text or you want to stick to CDDB info.

en: <p>If this option is checked and K3b is not able to read a data sector from the source medium it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked and K3b is not able to read a data sector from the source medium it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures.<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will format a DVD-RW even if it is empty. It may also be used to force K3b to format a DVD+RW, BD-RE or a DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.<p><b>Caution:</b> It is not recommended to format a DVD often as it may become unusable after only 10-20 reformat procedures.<p>DVD+RW and BD-RE media only needs to be formatted once. After that it just needs to be overwritten. The same applies to DVD-RW in restricted overwrite mode.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format.<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will tell the writer to perform a quick format.<p>Erasing a rewritable medium completely can take a very long time and some writers perform a full format even if quick format is enabled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, m_editTempDir)
en: <p>This is the default temporary directory. This is where K3b will store temporary files such as iso images or decoded audio files.<p>Be aware that the temporary directory may also be changed in every project burn dialog.
en_GB: <p>This is the default temporary directory. This is where K3b will store temporary files such as iso images or decoded audio files.<p>Be aware that the temporary directory may also be changed in every project burn dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSystemConfig)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will check the system configuration for any problems on startup and when the user changes the settings.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will check the system configuration for any problems on startup and when the user changes the settings.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkShowProgressOSD)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will display the progress in KDE notification area. If K3b is run outside KDE environment a separate progress window may be shown instead.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will display the progress in KDE notification area. If K3b is run outside KDE environment a separate progress window may be shown instead.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkHideMainWindowWhileWriting)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will hide the main window while displaying the progress dialog.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will hide the main window while displaying the progress dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: Do not close action dialogs after finishing the process
en_GB: Do not close action dialogues after finishing the process

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close action dialogs such as the CD Copy dialog after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not close action dialogues such as the CD Copy dialogue after the process has been finished. It will be kept open to start a new process, for instance, copying another CD.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkKeepDialogsOpen)
en: &Keep action dialogs open
en_GB: &Keep action dialogues open

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Default action dialog settings:
en_GB: &Default action dialogue settings:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (K3b::IntMapComboBox, m_comboActionDialogSettings)
en: Settings to load when opening an action dialog
en_GB: Settings to load when opening an action dialogue

en: <p>If this option is checked additional GUI elements which allow one to influence the behavior of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is checked additional GUI elements which allow one to influence the behaviour of K3b are shown. This includes the manual selection of the used burning tool. (Choose between cdrecord and cdrdao when writing a CD or between cdrecord and growisofs when writing a DVD/BD.)<p><b>Be aware that K3b does not support all possible tools in all project types and actions.</b>

en: <p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount.<p>If this option is checked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn.
en_GB: <p>Each medium has an official maximum capacity which is stored in a read-only area of the medium and is guaranteed by the vendor. However, this official maximum is not always the actual maximum. Many media have an actual total capacity that is slightly larger than the official amount.<p>If this option is ticked K3b will disable a safety check that prevents burning beyond the official capacity.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option can cause failures in the end of the burning process if K3b attempts to write beyond the official capacity. It makes sense to first determine the actual maximum capacity of the media brand with a simulated burn.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will automatically erase CD-RWs and format DVD-RWs if one is found instead of an empty media before writing.

en: <p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning.<p>If this option is checked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning.
en_GB: <p>K3b uses a software buffer during the burning process to avoid gaps in the data stream due to high system load. The default sizes used are %1 MB for CD and %2 MB for DVD burning.<p>If this option is ticked the value specified will be used for both CD and DVD burning.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time.<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not eject the medium once the burn process finishes. This can be helpful in case one leaves the computer after starting the burning and does not want the tray to be open all the time.<p>However, on Linux systems a freshly burned medium has to be reloaded. Otherwise the system will not detect the changes and still treat it as an empty medium.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe.<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will continue in some situations which would otherwise be deemed as unsafe.<p>This setting for example disables the check for medium speed verification. Thus, one can force K3b to burn a high speed medium on a low speed writer.<p><b>Caution:</b> Enabling this option may result in damaged media.

en: <p>If K3b finds more than one installed version of a program it will choose one as the <em>default</em>, which will be used to do the work. If you want to change the default, check desired version on the list.
en_GB: <p>If K3b finds more than one installed version of a program it will choose one as the <em>default</em>, which will be used to do the work. If you want to change the default, tick desired version on the list.

en: Load the K3b Defaults at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the K3b Defaults at dialogue startup.

en: Load the settings saved by the user at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the settings saved by the user at dialogue startup.

en: Load the last used settings at dialog startup.
en_GB: Load the last used settings at dialogue startup.

en: K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogs (action dialogs include the CD Copy dialog or the Audio CD project dialog):
en_GB: K3b handles three sets of settings in action dialogues (action dialogues include the CD Copy dialogue or the Audio CD project dialogue):

en: One of these sets is loaded once an action dialog is opened. This setting defines which set it will be.
en_GB: One of these sets is loaded once an action dialogue is opened. This setting defines which set it will be.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkPreservePermissions)
en: <p>If this option is checked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).
    <p>This is mainly useful for backups.<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, all files in the resulting file system will have exactly the same permissions as the source files. (Otherwise, all files will have equal permissions and be owned by root).
    <p>This is mainly useful for backups.<p><b>Caution:</b> The permissions may not make much sense on other file systems; for example, if a user that owns a file on the CD or DVD does not exist.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel7)
en: &Disk id:
en_GB: &Disc id:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, m_groupCdText)
en: <p><b>CD-Text</b>
    <p>If this option is checked K3b uses some otherwise unused space on the Audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name or the CD title.
    <p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.
    <p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players) and software like K3b, of course.
    <p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced Audio CD will work in any Hifi CD or DVD player even if the player does not support CD-Text explicitly, enabling it is never a bad idea (just remember to fill in the CD-Text information).
en_GB: <p><b>CD-Text</b>
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b uses some otherwise unused space on the Audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name or the CD title.
    <p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.
    <p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players) and software like K3b, of course.
    <p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced Audio CD will work in any Hifi CD or DVD player even if the player does not support CD-Text explicitly, enabling it is never a bad idea (just remember to fill in the CD-Text information).

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Boot catalog:
en_GB: Boot catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_comboSpaceHandling)
en: <p><b>No Change</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will leave all spaces in filenames as they are.
    <p><b>Strip</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will remove all spaces from all filenames.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'mygoodfile.ext'
    <p><b>Extended Strip</b><br>
    If this option is checked K3b will remove all spaces in all filenames and capitalize all letters following a space.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'myGoodFile.ext'
    <p><b>Replace</b><br>
    If this option is checked, K3b will replace all spaces in all filenames with the specified characters.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'my_good_file.ext'
en_GB: <p><b>No Change</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will leave all spaces in filenames as they are.
    <p><b>Strip</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will remove all spaces from all filenames.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'mygoodfile.ext'
    <p><b>Extended Strip</b><br>
    If this option is ticked K3b will remove all spaces in all filenames and capitalise all letters following a space.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'myGoodFile.ext'
    <p><b>Replace</b><br>
    If this option is ticked, K3b will replace all spaces in all filenames with the specified characters.<br>
    Example: 'my good file.ext' becomes 'my_good_file.ext'

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkRandomPlay)
en: <p>If this option is checked the order in which the files are played is determined randomly every time it is played.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the order in which the files are played is determined randomly every time it is played.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkNoDma)
en: <p>If this option is checked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the resulting eMovix CD/DVD will not use DMA for accessing the drive. This will slow down reading from the CD/DVD but may be necessary on some systems that do not support DMA.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: Startup Behavior
en_GB: Startup Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox1)
en: Behavior After Playing
en_GB: Behaviour After Playing

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: Eject the disk after playing has finished
en_GB: Eject the disc after playing has finished

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: <p>If this option is checked the disk will be ejected after MPlayer has finished.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the disc will be ejected after MPlayer has finished.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkEject)
en: E&ject disk
en_GB: E&ject disc

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkShutdown)
en: <p>If this option is checked the PC will be shut down after MPlayer has finished playing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the PC will be shut down after MPlayer has finished playing.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkReboot)
en: <p>If this option is checked the PC will be rebooted after MPlayer has finished playing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked the PC will be rebooted after MPlayer has finished playing.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will <em>hide</em> the first track.<p>The audio CD standard uses pregaps before every track on the CD. By default these last for 2 seconds and are silent. In DAO mode it is possible to have longer pregaps that contain some audio. In this case the first pregap will contain the complete first track.<p>You will need to seek back from the beginning of the CD to listen to the first track. Try it, it is quite amusing.<p><b>This feature is only available in DAO mode when writing with cdrdao.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will <em>hide</em> the first track.<p>The audio CD standard uses pregaps before every track on the CD. By default these last for 2 seconds and are silent. In DAO mode it is possible to have longer pregaps that contain some audio. In this case the first pregap will contain the complete first track.<p>You will need to seek back from the beginning of the CD to listen to the first track. Try it, it is quite amusing.<p><b>This feature is only available in DAO mode when writing with cdrdao.

en: <p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b><p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalize audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first.
en_GB: <p><b>External program <em>normalize</em> is not installed.</b><p>K3b uses <em>normalize</em> (http://normalize.nongnu.org/) to normalise audio tracks. In order to use this functionality, please install it first.

en: <p>K3b is not able to normalize audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files.
en_GB: <p>K3b is not able to normalise audio tracks when burning on-the-fly. The external program used for this task only supports normalizing a set of audio files.

en: Disable normalization
en_GB: Disable normalisation

en: The file system is optimized for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions.
en_GB: The file system is optimised for usage on Linux/Unix systems. This mainly means that it uses the Rock Ridge extensions to provide long filenames, symbolic links, and POSIX compatible file permissions.

en: The file system is optimized for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported.
en_GB: The file system is optimised for compatibility with old systems. That means file names are restricted to 8.3 characters and no symbolic links or file permissions are supported.

en: <p><b>Multisession Mode</b><p><b>Auto</b><br>Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not).<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk.<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disk.<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>
en_GB: <p><b>Multisession Mode</b><p><b>Auto</b><br>Let K3b decide which mode to use. The decision will be based on the size of the project (does it fill the whole media) and the state of the inserted media (appendable or not).<p><b>No Multisession</b><br>Create a single-session CD or DVD and close the disk.<p><b>Start Multisession</b><br>Start a multisession CD or DVD, not closing the disc to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Continue Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode) and add another session without closing the disk to allow further sessions to be appended.<p><b>Finish Multisession</b><br>Continue an appendable data CD (as for example created in <em>Start Multisession</em> mode), add another session, and close the disc.<p><em>In the case of DVD+RW and DVD-RW restricted overwrite media K3b will not actually create multiple sessions but grow the file system to include the new data.</em>

en: <p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO 9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the ISO 9660 and RockRidge filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>

en: <p>If this option is checked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the file or folder (and its entire contents) will be hidden on the Joliet filesystem.</p><p>This is useful, for example, for having different README files for RockRidge and Joliet, which can be managed by hiding README.joliet on RockRidge and README.rr on the Joliet filesystem.</p>

en: <p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO 9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disk).<p>This option is useful in order to optimize the data layout on a medium.<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO 9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image.
en_GB: <p>This value modifies the physical sort order of the files in the ISO 9660 filesystem. A higher weighting means that the file will be located closer to the beginning of the image (and the disk).<p>This option is useful in order to optimise the data layout on a medium.<p><b>Caution:</b> This does not sort the order of the file names that appear in the ISO 9660 folder. It sorts the order in which the file data is written to the image.

en: Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files, and broken symlinks)?
en_GB: Do you also want to add system files (FIFOs, sockets, device files and broken symlinks)?

en: <em>Blue book CD</em><br>K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognize the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD.
en_GB: <em>Blue book CD</em><br>K3b will create a multisession CD with 2 sessions. The first session will contain all audio tracks and the second session will contain a mode 2 form 1 data track.<br>This mode is based on the <em>Blue book</em> standard (also known as <em>Extended Audio CD</em>, <em>CD-Extra</em>, or <em>CD Plus</em>) and has the advantage that a hifi audio CD player will only recognise the first session and ignore the second session with the data track.<br>If the CD is intended to be used in a hifi audio CD player this is the recommended mode.<br>Some older CD-ROMs may have problems reading a blue book CD since it is a multisession CD.

en: Saves the settings to the project and closes the dialog.
en_GB: Saves the settings to the project and closes the dialogue.

en: Discards all changes made in the dialog and closes it.
en_GB: Discards all changes made in the dialogue and closes it.

en: This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins.
en_GB: This option allows customisation of Gaps and Margins.

en: <p>Configuration parameters only available for Video CD 2.0<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is.<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application.<p>You can adapt the color and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more.
en_GB: <p>Configuration parameters only available for Video CD 2.0<p>The engine works perfectly well when used as-is.<p>You have the option to configure the VCD application.<p>You can adapt the colour and/or the shape of the cursor and lots more.

en: <p>This option allows customization of Gaps and Margins.
en_GB: <p>This option allows customisation of Gaps and Margins.

en: Customize gaps and margins
en_GB: Customise gaps and margins

en: Open the burn dialog for the current project
en_GB: Open the burn dialogue for the current project

en: Open the properties dialog
en_GB: Open the properties dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkCreatePlaylist)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create a playlist of the ripped files
    which can be used with programs like Amarok or JuK.
    <p>You may use the special strings to give the playlist a unique filename.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create a playlist of the ripped files
    which can be used with programs like Amarok or JuK.
    <p>You may use the special strings to give the playlist a unique filename.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkPlaylistRelative)
en: <p>If this option is checked, the entries in the playlist will be relative to its location.
    <p>Example: If your playlist is located in <em>/home/myself/music</em> and
    your audio files are in <em>/home/myself/music/cool</em>; then the entries in the
    playlist will look something like: <em>cool/track1.ogg</em>.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, the entries in the playlist will be relative to its location.
    <p>Example: If your playlist is located in <em>/home/myself/music</em> and
    your audio files are in <em>/home/myself/music/cool</em>; then the entries in the
    playlist will look something like: <em>cool/track1.ogg</em>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkSingleFile)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will create only one
    audio file no matter how many tracks are ripped. This
    file will contain all tracks one after the other.
    <p>This might be useful to rip a live album or a radio play.
    <p><b>Caution:</b> The file will have the name made from playlist pattern.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will create only one
    audio file no matter how many tracks are ripped. This
    file will contain all tracks one after the other.
    <p>This might be useful to rip a live album or a radio play.
    <p><b>Caution:</b> The file will have the name made from playlist pattern.

en: Check Track
en_GB: Tick Track

en: Check Tracks
en_GB: Tick Tracks

en: Uncheck Track
en_GB: Untick Track

en: Uncheck Tracks
en_GB: Untick Tracks

en: Error while initializing audio ripping.
en_GB: Error while initialising audio ripping.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p><p>Although the default behavior of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not rip the audio data in the pregaps. Most audio tracks contain an empty pregap which does not belong to the track itself.</p><p>Although the default behaviour of nearly all ripping software is to include the pregaps for most CDs, it makes more sense to ignore them. In any case, when creating a K3b audio project, the pregaps will be regenerated.</p>

en: Job canceled by user.
en_GB: Job cancelled by user.

en: <p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disk image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p><b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>
en_GB: <p>This option only makes sense if you are reading from a BIN CD disc image. This indicates to `vcdxrip' to assume a 2336-byte sector mode for image file.</p><b>Note: This option is slated to disappear.</b>

en: Uncheck All
en_GB: Untick All

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTwoPassEncoding)
en: <p>If this option is checked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.
    <p>If this option is not checked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.
    <p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b encodes the video titles in two passes. The first pass is used to gather information about the video in order to improve the distribution of bits in the second pass. The resulting video will have a higher quality using a variable bitrate.
    <p>If this option is not ticked K3b will create video files with a constant bitrate and a lower quality.
    <p>2-pass encoding results in a doubled encoding time.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkAutoClipping)
en: <p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.
    <p>If this option is checked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.
    <p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark.
en_GB: <p>Most Video DVDs are encoded in a letterboxed format. <em>Letterboxed</em> refers to black bars used at the top and bottom (and sometimes at the sides) of the video to force it into one of the aspect ratios supported by the Video DVD standard.
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b will automatically detect and remove these black bars from the resulting video.
    <p>Although this method is very reliable there may be problems if the source material is exceptionally short or dark.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkAudioResampling)
en: <p>Video DVD audio streams normally are encoded with a sampling rate of 48000 Hz. Audio CDs on the other hand are encoded with a sampling rate of 44100 Hz.
    <p>If this option is checked K3b will change the sampling rate of the audio stream to 44100 Hz.
en_GB: <p>Video DVD audio streams normally are encoded with a sampling rate of 48000 Hz. Audio CDs on the other hand are encoded with a sampling rate of 44100 Hz.
    <p>If this option is ticked K3b will change the sampling rate of the audio stream to 44100 Hz.

en: Open the Video DVD ripping dialog
en_GB: Open the Video DVD ripping dialogue

en: The source disk is empty.
en_GB: The source disc is empty.

en: Successfully read source disk.
en_GB: Successfully read source disc.

en: K3b was unable to eject the source disk. Please do so manually.
en_GB: K3b was unable to eject the source disc. Please do so manually.

en: K3b was unable to eject the written disk. Please do so manually.
en_GB: K3b was unable to eject the written disc. Please do so manually.

en: Successfully read disk.
en_GB: Successfully read disc.

en: Failed to read disk completely in clone mode.
en_GB: Failed to read disc completely in clone mode.

en: Error while reading disk.
en_GB: Error while reading disc.

en: K3b does not support copying multi-session DVD or Blu-ray disks.
en_GB: K3b does not support copying multi-session DVD or Blu-ray discs.

en: Cannot read source disk.
en_GB: Cannot read source disc.

en: Internal Error: Verification job improperly initialized (%1)
en_GB: Internal Error: Verification job improperly initialised (%1)

en: XviD features MPEG-4 Advanced Profile settings such as b-frames, global and quarter pixel motion compensation, lumi masking, trellis quantization, and H.263, MPEG and custom quantization matrices.
en_GB: XviD features MPEG-4 Advanced Profile settings such as b-frames, global and quarter pixel motion compensation, lumi masking, trellis quantisation, and H.263, MPEG and custom quantisation matrices.

en: AC3, better known as Dolby Digital is standardized as ATSC A/52. It contains up to 6 total channels of sound.
en_GB: AC3, better known as Dolby Digital is standardised as ATSC A/52. It contains up to 6 total channels of sound.

en: Writing canceled.
en_GB: Writing cancelled.

en: Normalizing volume levels
en_GB: Normalising volume levels

en: Track %1 is already normalized.
en_GB: Track %1 is already normalised.

en: Successfully normalized all tracks.
en_GB: Successfully normalised all tracks.

en: Error while normalizing tracks.
en_GB: Error while normalising tracks.

en: El Torito boot catalog file
en_GB: El Torito boot catalogue file

en: Boot catalog
en_GB: Boot catalogue

en: Internal Error: No medium type fits. This project cannot be burned.
en_GB: Internal Error: No medium type fits. This project cannot be burnt.

en: No medium inserted or an empty medium in %1. Cannot continue multisession disk.
en_GB: No medium inserted or an empty medium in %1. Cannot continue multisession disc.

en: Could not retrieve multisession information from disk.
en_GB: Could not retrieve multisession information from disc.

en: Data does not fit on disk.
en_GB: Data does not fit on disc.

en: DAO (Disk At Once) recording not supported with this writer
en_GB: DAO (Disc At Once) recording not supported with this writer

en: Trying to write more than the official disk capacity
en_GB: Trying to write more than the official disc capacity

en: Unable to fixate the disk.
en_GB: Unable to fixate the disc.

en: Data did not fit on disk.
en_GB: Data did not fit on disc.

en: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrecord cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root anymore.
en_GB: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrecord cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root any more.

en: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrskin cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root anymore.
en_GB: Since kernel version 2.6.8 cdrskin cannot use SCSI transport when running suid root any more.

en: Closing Disk
en_GB: Closing Disc

en: From now on, scan information data errors will not be reported anymore
en_GB: From now on, scan information data errors will not be reported any more

en: This looks like an elementary video stream but a multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like an elementary video stream but a multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: This looks like an elementary audio stream but a multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like an elementary audio stream but a multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: This looks like a RIFF header but a plain multiplexed program stream was required.
en_GB: This looks like a RIFF header but a plain multiplexed programme stream was required.

en: Analyzing medium...
en_GB: Analysing medium...

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will perform all writing steps with the laser turned off.<p>This is useful, for example, to test a higher writing speed or whether your system is able to write on-the-fly.<p><b>Caution:</b> DVD+R(W) does not support simulated writing.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will perform all writing steps with the laser turned off.<p>This is useful, for example, to test a higher writing speed or whether your system is able to write on-the-fly.<p><b>Caution:</b> DVD+R(W) does not support simulated writing.

en: Disk at once
en_GB: Disc at once

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will write the CD in 'disk at once' mode as compared to 'track at once' (TAO).<p>It is always recommended to use DAO where possible.<p><b>Caution:</b> Track pregaps with a length other than 2 seconds are only supported in DAO mode.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will write the CD in 'disc at once' mode as compared to 'track at once' (TAO).<p>It is always recommended to use DAO where possible.<p><b>Caution:</b> Track pregaps with a length other than 2 seconds are only supported in DAO mode.

en: Write in disk at once mode
en_GB: Write in disc at once mode

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b enables <em>Burnfree</em> (or <em>Just Link</em>). This is a feature of the CD writer which avoids buffer underruns.<p>Without <em>burnfree</em>, if the writer cannot get any more data a buffer underrun would occur, since the writer needs a constant stream of data to write the CD.<p>With <em>burnfree</em> the writer can <em>mark</em> the current position of the laser and get back to it when the buffer is filled again; but, since this means having little data gaps on the CD, <b>it is highly recommended to always choose an appropriate writing speed to prevent the usage of burnfree, especially for audio CDs</b> (in the worst case one would hear the gap).<p><em>Burnfree</em> was formerly known as <em>Burnproof</em>, but has since been renamed when it became part of the MMC standard.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b enables <em>Burnfree</em> (or <em>Just Link</em>). This is a feature of the CD writer which avoids buffer underruns.<p>Without <em>burnfree</em>, if the writer cannot get any more data a buffer underrun would occur, since the writer needs a constant stream of data to write the CD.<p>With <em>burnfree</em> the writer can <em>mark</em> the current position of the laser and get back to it when the buffer is filled again; but, since this means having little data gaps on the CD, <b>it is highly recommended to always choose an appropriate writing speed to prevent the usage of burnfree, especially for audio CDs</b> (in the worst case one would hear the gap).<p><em>Burnfree</em> was formerly known as <em>Burnproof</em>, but has since been renamed when it became part of the MMC standard.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will only create an image and not do any actual writing.<p>The image can later be written to a CD/DVD with most current writing programs (including K3b of course).
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will only create an image and not do any actual writing.<p>The image can later be written to a CD/DVD with most current writing programs (including K3b of course).

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will create an image before writing the files to the CD/DVD. Otherwise the data will be written <em>on-the-fly</em>, i.e. no intermediate image will be created.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although writing on-the-fly should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will create an image before writing the files to the CD/DVD. Otherwise the data will be written <em>on-the-fly</em>, i.e. no intermediate image will be created.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although writing on-the-fly should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will remove any created images after the writing has finished.<p>Uncheck this if you want to keep the images.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will remove any created images after the writing has finished.<p>Untick this if you want to keep the images.

en: <p>If this option is checked, K3b will not create an image first but write the files directly to the CD/DVD.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although this should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, K3b will not create an image first but write the files directly to the CD/DVD.<p><b>Caution:</b> Although this should work on most systems, make sure the data is sent to the writer fast enough.

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b uses some otherwise-unused space on the audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name, or the CD title.<p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.<p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players).<p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced CD will work in any CD player it is never a bad idea to enable this (if you specify CD-Text data.)
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b uses some otherwise-unused space on the audio CD to store additional information, such as the artist's name, or the CD title.<p>CD-Text is an extension to the audio CD standard introduced by Sony.<p>CD-Text will only be usable on CD players that support this extension (mostly car CD players).<p>Since a CD-Text-enhanced CD will work in any CD player it is never a bad idea to enable this (if you specify CD-Text data.)

en: Do not close the disk to allow additional sessions to be added later
en_GB: Do not close the disc to allow additional sessions to be added later

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will not close the CD, and will write a temporary table of contents.</p><p>This allows further sessions to be appended to the CD later.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will not close the CD, and will write a temporary table of contents.</p><p>This allows further sessions to be appended to the CD later.</p>

en: Normalize volume levels
en_GB: Normalise volume levels

en: <p>If this option is checked K3b will adjust the volume of all tracks to a standard level. This is useful for things like creating mixes, where different recording levels on different albums can cause the volume to vary greatly from song to song.<p><b>Be aware that K3b currently does not support normalizing when writing on the fly.</b>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked K3b will adjust the volume of all tracks to a standard level. This is useful for things like creating mixes, where different recording levels on different albums can cause the volume to vary greatly from song to song.<p><b>Be aware that K3b currently does not support normalising when writing on the fly.</b>

en: <p>If this option is checked, then after successfully writing the disk K3b will compare the original source data with the written data to verify that the disk has been written correctly.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, then after successfully writing the disc K3b will compare the original source data with the written data to verify that the disc has been written correctly.

en: <p>If this option is checked and K3b is not able to read an audio sector from the source CD it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.<p>Since audio CD Player are able to interpolate small errors in the data it is no problem to let K3b skip unreadable sectors.
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked and K3b is not able to read an audio sector from the source CD it will be replaced with zeros on the resulting copy.<p>Since audio CD Player are able to interpolate small errors in the data it is no problem to let K3b skip unreadable sectors.

en: Can't open wallet
en_GB: Cannot open wallet

en: Waiting for authorization...
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation...

en: Synchronize contacts
en_GB: Synchronise contacts

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to select all contacts from this folder, including all subfolders.  If you only want the contacts from the top-level folder then leave this box unchecked.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to select all contacts from this folder, including all subfolders.  If you only want the contacts from the top-level folder then leave this box unticked.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's private fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's private fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's business fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's business fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's other fields to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's other fields to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's encryption keys to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's encryption keys to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's picture to the vCard output file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's picture to the vCard output file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want to export the contact's display name in the vCard's full name field.  This may be required to get the name shown correctly in GMail or Android.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to export the contact's display name in the vCard's full name field.  This may be required to get the name shown correctly in GMail or Android.

en: Open the 'New Contact' dialog
en_GB: Open the 'New Contact' dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, lbCbFirst) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, lbCbFirst)
en: the first color, if alternating color is checked
en_GB: the first colour, if alternating colour is checked

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lbCbFirst)
en: first color
en_GB: first colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, lbCbSecond) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, lbCbSecond)
en: the second color, if alternating color is checked
en_GB: the second colour, if alternating colour is checked

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lbCbSecond)
en: second color
en_GB: second colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbAlternating) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAlternating)
en: Change the background color of every row
en_GB: Change the background colour of every row

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbAlternating)
en: Alternating the background color
en_GB: Alternating the background colour

en: Setting up colors
en_GB: Setting up colours

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderBGColor)
en: Select the headline text background color
en_GB: Select the headline text background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderBGColor)
en: Click this button to start a color chooser that will allow you set to the color for the headline background color.
en_GB: Click this button to start a colour chooser that will allow you set to the colour for the headline background colour.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, tlBackgroundColor)
en: Headline background color:
en_GB: Headline background colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, tlHeaderColor)
en: Headline text color:
en_GB: Headline text colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderTextColor)
en: Select the headline text color
en_GB: Select the headline text colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcbHeaderTextColor)
en: Click this button to start a color chooser that will allow you set to the color for the headline text.
en_GB: Click this button to start a colour chooser that will allow you set to the colour for the headline text.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbPhoneNumbers)
en: Check this box if you want contact phone numbers to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact phone numbers to be printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbEmails)
en: Check this box if you want contact email addresses to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact email addresses to be printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbStreetAddresses)
en: Check this box if you want contact street addresses to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact street addresses to be printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbOrganization)
en: Check this box if you want contact organizations to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact organizations to be printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbBirthday)
en: Check this box if you want contact birthdays to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact birthdays to be printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  636  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbNote)
en: Check this box if you want contact notes to be printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want contact notes to be printed.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: CSV Import Dialog
en_GB: CSV Import Dialogue

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box if you want the import to skip over the first row of the csv data. In many cases, the first line of a csv file will be a comment line describing the order of the data fields included in the file.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the import to skip over the first row of the csv data. In many cases, the first line of a csv file will be a comment line describing the order of the data fields included in the file.

en: Some information can be lost. Do you want to continue, or customize what you want to merge?
en_GB: Some information can be lost. Do you want to continue, or customise what you want to merge?

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected address book folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected address book folder.

en: Create a new contact<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can add data about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>
en_GB: Create a new contact<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add data about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>

en: Create a new group<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new group of contacts.</p>
en_GB: Create a new group<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new group of contacts.</p>

en: Edit the selected contact<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can edit the data stored about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>
en_GB: Edit the selected contact<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can edit the data stored about a person, including addresses and phone numbers.</p>

en: Add a new address book<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the address book that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new address book<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the address book that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected address book.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected address book.

en: Check all servers that should be used:
en_GB: Tick all servers that should be used:

en: Organization Name
en_GB: Organisation Name

en: for testing purposes: Initializes the random generator
en_GB: for testing purposes: Initialises the random generator

[ctx: kajongg @info:tooltip]
en: customize rulesets.
en_GB: customise rulesets.

en: Player %1 may try a True Color Game
en_GB: Player %1 may try a True Colour Game

en: Last Tile Completes Pair of Terminals or Honors
en_GB: Last Tile Completes Pair of Terminals or Honours

en: False Color Game
en_GB: False Colour Game

en: Only same-colored tiles (only bamboo/stone/character) plus any number of winds and dragons
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (only bamboo/stone/character) plus any number of winds and dragons

en: True Color Game
en_GB: True Colour Game

en: Only same-colored tiles (only bamboo/stone/character)
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (only bamboo/stone/character)

en: Concealed True Color Game
en_GB: Concealed True Colour Game

en: All tiles concealed and of the same suit, no honors
en_GB: All tiles concealed and of the same suit, no honours

en: Only Terminals and Honors
en_GB: Only Terminals and Honours

en: Only Honors
en_GB: Only Honours

en: A concealed hand in one color 1112345678999 plus last tile of this suit (from wall or discarded)
en_GB: A concealed hand in one colour 1112345678999 plus last tile of this suit (from wall or discarded)

en: Exposed Kong of Honors
en_GB: Exposed Kong of Honours

en: Exposed Pung of Honors
en_GB: Exposed Pung of Honours

en: Concealed Kong of Honors
en_GB: Concealed Kong of Honours

en: Concealed Pung of Honors
en_GB: Concealed Pung of Honours

en: All tiles of same color. Pung or Kong of 1 and 9, pair of 2, 5 or 8 and two Chows of the remaining values
en_GB: All tiles of same colour. Pung or Kong of 1 and 9, pair of 2, 5 or 8 and two Chows of the remaining values

en: All tiles concealed of same color: Values 1112345678999 with one pair from 2 to 8 (last tile from wall or discarded)
en_GB: All tiles concealed of same colour: Values 1112345678999 with one pair from 2 to 8 (last tile from wall or discarded)

en: Only same-colored tiles (no chows, dragons or winds)
en_GB: Only same-coloured tiles (no chows, dragons or winds)

[ctx: wrong value for rule]
en: %1: %2 is too small, minimal value is %3
en_GB: %1: %2 is too small, minimum value is %3

en: unrecognized arguments:%1
en_GB: unrecognised arguments:%1

[ctx: @info]
en: This uses KAlarm's default time zone, set in the Configuration dialog.
en_GB: This uses KAlarm's default time zone, set in the Configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to specify only a date (without a time) for the alarm. The alarm will trigger at the first opportunity on the selected date.
en_GB: Tick to specify only a date (without a time) for the alarm. The alarm will trigger at the first opportunity on the selected date.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose a time zone for this alarm which is different from the default time zone set in KAlarm's configuration dialog.
en_GB: Choose a time zone for this alarm which is different from the default time zone set in KAlarm's configuration dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Select birthdays to set alarms for.<nl/>This list shows all birthdays in <application>KAddressBook</application> except those for which alarms already exist.</para><para>You can select multiple birthdays at one time by dragging the mouse over the list, or by clicking the mouse while pressing Ctrl or Shift.</para>
en_GB: <para>Select birthdays to set alarms for.<nl />This list shows all birthdays in <application>KAddressBook</application> except those for which alarms already exist.</para><para>You can select multiple birthdays at one time by dragging the mouse over the list, or by clicking the mouse while pressing Ctrl or Shift.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to display a reminder in advance of or after the birthday.
en_GB: Tick to display a reminder in advance of or after the birthday.

en: Message background color (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)
en_GB: Message background colour (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)

en: Message foreground color (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)
en_GB: Message foreground colour (name or hex 0xRRGGBB)

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit the specified alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit the specified alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new display alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new display alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new command alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new command alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new email alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new email alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog to edit a new audio alarm
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue to edit a new audio alarm

en: Display the alarm edit dialog, preset with a template
en_GB: Display the alarm edit dialogue, preset with a template

[ctx: @label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  638 (kalarm)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFgColour), group (General)
en: Foreground color
en_GB: Foreground colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultFgColour), group (General)
en: Default foreground color for alarm message windows.
en_GB: Default foreground colour for alarm message windows.

[ctx: @label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  638 (kalarm)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultBgColour), group (General)
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultBgColour), group (General)
en: Default background color for alarm message windows.
en_GB: Default background colour for alarm message windows.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowInSystemTray), group (General)
en: <p>Check to show KAlarm's icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</p>
en_GB: <p>Tick to show KAlarm's icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDeferTime), group (General)
en: Enter the default time interval (in minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialog.
en_GB: Enter the default time interval (in minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ModalMessages), group (General)
en: <p>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<ul><li>If checked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</li><li>If unchecked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<ul><li>If ticked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</li><li>If unticked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisabledColour), group (General)
en: Disabled alarm color
en_GB: Disabled alarm colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisabledColour), group (General)
en: Choose the text color in the alarm list for disabled alarms.
en_GB: Choose the text colour in the alarm list for disabled alarms.

[ctx: @label]
note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArchivedColour), group (General)
en: Archived alarm color
en_GB: Archived alarm colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArchivedColour), group (General)
en: Choose the text color in the alarm list for archived alarms.
en_GB: Choose the text colour in the alarm list for archived alarms.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDisplayMethod), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "display method", to determine whether to display alarm messages in windows or in system notifications.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "display method", to determine whether to display alarm messages in windows or in system notifications.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultLateCancel), group (Defaults)
en: Default value in the alarm edit dialog for late cancellation time (in minutes). 0 for no late cancellation, >0 how many minutes before cancelling.
en_GB: Default value in the alarm edit dialogue for late cancellation time (in minutes). 0 for no late cancellation, >0 how many minutes before cancelling.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultAutoClose), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "auto close if late".
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "auto close if late".

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultConfirmAck), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "confirm alarm acknowledgement".
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "confirm alarm acknowledgement".

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCopyToKOrganizer), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for "show in KOrganizer".
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for "show in KOrganizer".

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultSoundType), group (Defaults)
en: Default sound type in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default sound type in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultSoundFile), group (Defaults)
en: Default sound file path in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default sound file path in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Base_DefaultSoundVolume), group (Defaults)
en: Default sound volume in the alarm edit dialog. -1 to deselect volume, or 0 - 100 %
en_GB: Default sound volume in the alarm edit dialogue. -1 to deselect volume, or 0 - 100 %

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultSoundRepeat), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for sound repetition.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for sound repetition.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCmdScript), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for command script entry.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for command script entry.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCmdLogType), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for where to send command alarm output.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for where to send command alarm output.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCmdLogFile), group (Defaults)
en: Default log file path for command alarms in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default log file path for command alarms in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultEmailBcc), group (Defaults)
en: Default setting in the alarm edit dialog for blind copying emails to self.
en_GB: Default setting in the alarm edit dialogue for blind copying emails to self.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultRecurPeriod), group (Defaults)
en: The default setting for the recurrence rule in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for the recurrence rule in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultReminderUnits), group (Defaults)
en: Default reminder time units in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Default reminder time units in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Base_ConfirmAlarmDeletion), group (Notification Messages)
en: Check to be prompted for confirmation each time you delete an alarm.
en_GB: Tick to be prompted for confirmation each time you delete an alarm.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to copy the alarm into KOrganizer's calendar
en_GB: Tick to copy the alarm into KOrganizer's calendar

[ctx: @info]
en: Reminder period must be less than the recurrence interval, unless <interface>%1</interface> is checked.
en_GB: Reminder period must be less than the recurrence interval, unless <interface>%1</interface> is ticked.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to be prompted for confirmation when you acknowledge the alarm.
en_GB: Tick to be prompted for confirmation when you acknowledge the alarm.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to execute the command in a terminal window
en_GB: Tick to execute the command in a terminal window

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to log the command output to a local file. The output will be appended to any existing contents of the file.
en_GB: Tick to log the command output to a local file. The output will be appended to any existing contents of the file.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to discard command output.
en_GB: Tick to discard command output.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No terminal is selected for command alarms.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No terminal is selected for command alarms.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If checked, the email will be blind copied to you.
en_GB: If ticked, the email will be blind copied to you.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to enter the contents of a script instead of a shell command line
en_GB: Tick to enter the contents of a script instead of a shell command line

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include active alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include active alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include archived alarms in the search. This option is only available if archived alarms are currently being displayed.
en_GB: Tick to include archived alarms in the search. This option is only available if archived alarms are currently being displayed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include text message alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include text message alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include file alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include file alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include command alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include command alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include email alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include email alarms in the search.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to include audio alarms in the search.
en_GB: Tick to include audio alarms in the search.

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Foreground color:
en_GB: Foreground colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the alarm message foreground color
en_GB: Select the alarm message foreground colour

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the alarm message background color
en_GB: Select the alarm message background colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to use the default font current at the time the alarm is displayed.
en_GB: Tick to use the default font current at the time the alarm is displayed.

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Font && Color...
en_GB: Font && Colour...

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose the font, and foreground and background color, for the alarm message.
en_GB: Choose the font, and foreground and background colour, for the alarm message.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Choose Alarm Font & Color
en_GB: Choose Alarm Font & Colour

[ctx: @info]
en: Error obtaining authorization (%1)
en_GB: Error obtaining authorisation (%1)

[ctx: @info Please set the 'From' email address...]
en: <para>%1</para><para>Please set it in the Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>%1</para><para>Please set it in the Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: Unable to start <application>KMail</application><nl/>(<message>%1</message>)
en_GB: Unable to start <application>KMail</application><br />(<message>%1</message>)

[ctx: @info]
en: Alarms are configured to be archived, but this is not possible because no writable archived alarm calendar is enabled.<nl/><nl/>To fix this, use <interface>View | Show Calendars</interface> to check or change calendar statuses.
en_GB: Alarms are configured to be archived, but this is not possible because no writeable archived alarm calendar is enabled.<nl/><nl/>To fix this, use <interface>View | Show Calendars</interface> to check or change calendar statuses.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No 'From' email address is configured (no default email identity found)</para><para>Please set it in <application>KMail</application> or in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No 'From' email address is configured (no default email identify found)</para><para>Please set it in <application>KMail</application> or in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No 'From' email address is configured.</para><para>Please set a default address in <application>KMail</application> or KDE System Settings or in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No 'From' email address is configured.</para><para>Please set a default address in <application>KMail</application> or KDE System Settings or in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No 'From' email address is configured.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>No 'From' email address is configured.</para><para>Please set it in the <application>KAlarm</application> Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>If checked, the alarm will be canceled if it cannot be triggered within the specified period after its scheduled time. Possible reasons for not triggering include your being logged off, X not running, or <application>KAlarm</application> not running.</para><para>If unchecked, the alarm will be triggered at the first opportunity after its scheduled time, regardless of how late it is.</para>
en_GB: <para>If ticked, the alarm will be cancelled if it cannot be triggered within the specified period after its scheduled time. Possible reasons for not triggering include your being logged off, X not running, or <application>KAlarm</application> not running.</para><para>If unticked, the alarm will be triggered at the first opportunity after its scheduled time, regardless of how late it is.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enter how late will cause the alarm to be canceled
en_GB: Enter how late will cause the alarm to be cancelled

[ctx: @info]
en: Failed to execute command (shell access not authorized)
en_GB: Failed to execute command (shell access not authorised)

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Automatically start <application>KAlarm</application> whenever you start KDE.</para><para>This option should always be checked unless you intend to discontinue use of <application>KAlarm</application>.</para>
en_GB: <para>Automatically start <application>KAlarm</application> whenever you start KDE.</para><para>This option should always be ticked unless you intend to discontinue use of <application>KAlarm</application>.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to display a warning prompt before quitting <application>KAlarm</application>.
en_GB: Tick to display a warning prompt before quitting <application>KAlarm</application>.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enter the default time interval (hours & minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialog.
en_GB: Enter the default time interval (hours & minutes) to defer alarms, used by the Defer Alarm dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to execute command alarms in a terminal window by <icode>%1</icode>
en_GB: Tick to execute command alarms in a terminal window by <icode>%1</icode>

[ctx: @info]
en: You should not uncheck this option unless you intend to discontinue use of <application>KAlarm</application>
en_GB: You should not untick this option unless you intend to discontinue use of <application>KAlarm</application>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check the days in the week which are work days
en_GB: Tick the days in the week which are work days

[ctx: @label:spinbox]
en: Daily start time:
en_GB: Daily start time

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to archive alarms after expiry or deletion (except deleted alarms which were never triggered).
en_GB: Tick to archive alarms after expiry or deletion (except deleted alarms which were never triggered).

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Uncheck to store archived alarms indefinitely. Check to enter how long archived alarms should be stored.
en_GB: Untick to store archived alarms indefinitely. Tick to enter how long archived alarms should be stored.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to use <application>KMail</application>'s email identities to identify you as the sender when sending email alarms. For existing email alarms, <application>KMail</application>'s default identity will be used. For new email alarms, you will be able to pick which of <application>KMail</application>'s identities to use.
en_GB: Tick to use <application>KMail</application>'s email identities to identify you as the sender when sending email alarms. For existing email alarms, <application>KMail</application>'s default identity will be used. For new email alarms, you will be able to pick which of <application>KMail</application>'s identities to use.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default setting for <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Font && Color
en_GB: Font && Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default setting for the alarm message display method in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for the alarm message display method in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The default units for the reminder in the alarm edit dialog, for alarms due soon.
en_GB: The default units for the reminder in the alarm edit dialogue, for alarms due soon.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis sound file 'Repeat' checkbox]
en: The default setting for sound file <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: The default setting for sound file <interface>%1</interface> in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enter the default sound file to use in the alarm edit dialog.
en_GB: Enter the default sound file to use in the alarm edit dialogue.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Message Font && Color
en_GB: Message Font && Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray. Showing it in the system tray provides easy access and a status indication.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray regardless of whether alarms are due.
en_GB: Tick to show <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray regardless of whether alarms are due.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if there are no active alarms. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.
en_GB: Tick to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if there are no active alarms. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if no alarms are due within the specified time period. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.
en_GB: Tick to automatically hide <application>KAlarm</application>'s icon in the system tray if no alarms are due within the specified time period. When hidden, the icon can always be made visible by use of the system tray option to show hidden icons.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Uncheck to display all of the next 24 hours' alarms in the system tray tooltip. Check to enter an upper limit on the number to be displayed.
en_GB: Untick to display all of the next 24 hours' alarms in the system tray tooltip. Tick to enter an upper limit on the number to be displayed.

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Disabled alarm color:
en_GB: Disabled alarm colour:

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Archived alarm color:
en_GB: Archived alarm colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Choose how to reduce the chance of alarm messages being accidentally acknowledged:<list><item>Position alarm message windows as far as possible from the current mouse cursor location, or</item><item>Position alarm message windows in the center of the screen, but disable buttons for a short time after the window is displayed.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <para>Choose how to reduce the chance of alarm messages being accidentally acknowledged:<list><item>Position alarm message windows as far as possible from the current mouse cursor location, or</item><item>Position alarm message windows in the centre of the screen, but disable buttons for a short time after the window is displayed.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Center windows, delay activating window buttons
en_GB: Centre windows, delay activating window buttons

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<list><item>If checked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</item><item>If unchecked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <para>Specify the characteristics of alarm message windows:<list><item>If ticked, the window is a normal window with a title bar, which grabs keyboard input when it is displayed.</item><item>If unticked, the window does not interfere with your typing when it is displayed, but it has no title bar and cannot be moved or resized.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Do not trigger the alarm on holidays.</para><para>You can specify your holiday region in the Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>Do not trigger the alarm on holidays.</para><para>You can specify your holiday region in the Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Only execute the alarm during working hours, on working days.</para><para>You can specify working days and hours in the Configuration dialog.</para>
en_GB: <para>Only execute the alarm during working hours, on working days.</para><para>You can specify working days and hours in the Configuration dialogue.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Instead of the alarm triggering just once at each recurrence, checking this option makes the alarm trigger multiple times at each recurrence.
en_GB: Instead of the alarm triggering just once at each recurrence, ticking this option makes the alarm trigger multiple times at each recurrence.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to specify the number of times the alarm should repeat after each recurrence
en_GB: Tick to specify the number of times the alarm should repeat after each recurrence

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check to specify how long the alarm is to be repeated
en_GB: Tick to specify how long the alarm is to be repeated

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writable).
en_GB: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writeable).

[ctx: @info]
en: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writable).
en_GB: Error! Cannot create file (directory is not writeable).

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Background color of alarm message
en_GB: Background colour of alarm message

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: List of available calendars of the selected type. The checked state shows whether a calendar is enabled (checked) or disabled (unchecked). The default calendar is shown in bold.
en_GB: List of available calendars of the selected type. The checked state shows whether a calendar is enabled (ticked) or disabled (unticked). The default calendar is shown in bold.

[ctx: @action]
en: Set &Color...
en_GB: Set &Colour...

[ctx: @action]
en: Clear C&olor
en_GB: Clear C&olour

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If checked, the sound file will be played repeatedly for as long as the message is displayed.
en_GB: If ticked, the sound file will be played repeatedly for as long as the message is displayed.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>If unchecked, the command is only executed before the alarm proper is displayed.</para><para>If checked, the pre-alarm command is also executed before a deferred alarm is displayed.</para>
en_GB: <para>If unticked, the command is only executed before the alarm proper is displayed.</para><para>If ticked, the pre-alarm command is also executed before a deferred alarm is displayed.</para>

en: One, two, or three letter abbreviation; set through international convention.
en_GB: One, two or three letter abbreviation; set through international convention.

en: Matter that cannot be broken down into simpler matter. Chemical elements are cornerstones of Materials. Elements consist of atoms that consist of a nucleus of positive protons, neutral neutrons, and a shell of electrons.
en_GB: Matter that cannot be broken down into simpler matter. Chemical elements are cornerstones of Materials. Elements consist of atoms that consist of a nucleus of positive protons, neutral neutrons and a shell of electrons.

en: Crystallization
en_GB: Crystallisation

en: A dehydrator is a piece of laboratory apparatus, often made of glass, and which serves to dry chemical matters; that is, to remove water or liquid from a sample.
    			In principle it is a glass bowl with cap that has a planar grinding, so that the bowl is air-tight. The dehydrator's lower part is ordinarily filled with a drying agent such as calcium chloride, silica gel, phosphoric anhydride or sulphuric acid. The sample to be dried is placed on a diaphanous cartridge of plastic or ceramic above the drying agent.
    			The drying agent is hygroscopic, which means that it dehumidifies its environment by absorbing water vapor. The dry atmosphere then takes up water from the sample to be dried.
en_GB: A dehydrator is a piece of laboratory apparatus, often made of glass, and which serves to dry chemical matters; that is, to remove water or liquid from a sample.
    			In principle it is a glass bowl with cap that has a planar grinding, so that the bowl is air-tight. The dehydrator's lower part is ordinarily filled with a drying agent such as calcium chloride, silica gel, phosphoric anhydride or sulphuric acid. The sample to be dried is placed on a diaphanous cartridge of plastic or ceramic above the drying agent.
    			The drying agent is hygroscopic, which means that it dehumidifies its environment by absorbing water vapour. The dry atmosphere then takes up water from the sample to be dried.

en: The spatula is a laboratory tool to scrape off, grind, and transport chemicals. The material they are made of (e.g. iron, titanium, platinum) and their design (e.g. flat spatula or spoon spatula) varies.
en_GB: The spatula is a laboratory tool to scrape off, grind and transport chemicals. The material they are made of (e.g. iron, titanium, platinum) and their design (e.g. flat spatula or spoon spatula) varies.

en: A mortar is used for manually grinding solids. It can also be used to homogenize a mixture of powders by grinding. A club-shaped tool known as a pestle is used with the mortar for grinding.
en_GB: A mortar is used for manually grinding solids. It can also be used to homogenise a mixture of powders by grinding. A club-shaped tool known as a pestle is used with the mortar for grinding.

en: Heating coils are used to heat flasks and other containers. Multiple heating coils can be connected with a thermometer so that the heat will not exceed a specified temperature. It is possible to use a magnetic field inside the heating coil to stir fluids with a magnetic stirrer. This will homogenize the fluid in terms of temperature and composition.
en_GB: Heating coils are used to heat flasks and other containers. Multiple heating coils can be connected with a thermometer so that the heat will not exceed a specified temperature. It is possible to use a magnetic field inside the heating coil to stir fluids with a magnetic stirrer. This will homogenise the fluid in terms of temperature and composition.

en: A vortexer serves to homogenize reagents found in laboratories. The container containing liquid to be homogenized is put on a platform. The platform shakes by rotary agitation up to 3000RPM at which point a contact sensor is activated. In this way extremely small volumes of fluid can be homogenized quickly. It is the opposite of a centrifuge, used to separate fluids.
en_GB: A vortexer serves to homogenise reagents found in laboratories. The container containing liquid to be homogenised is put on a platform. The platform shakes by rotary agitation up to 3000RPM at which point a contact sensor is activated. In this way extremely small volumes of fluid can be homogenised quickly. It is the opposite of a centrifuge, used to separate fluids.

en: Most laboratories insist that protective goggles are worn. Without them, it is too risky to work with most chemicals. Usually, the lens is a special type of plastic that affords protection from both mechanical impacts, and acid and base chemicals.
en_GB: Most laboratories insist that protective goggles are worn. Without them, it is too risky to work with most chemicals. Usually, the lens is a special type of plastic that affords protection from both mechanical impacts and acid and base chemicals.

en: Unlike a regular pipette, a full pipette only has one marking for a specific volume.
en_GB: Unlike a conventional pipette, a full pipette only has one marking for a specific volume.

en: Magnetic stir bars are highly chemically inert, small magnetic bars. Most heaters have a built-in magnet which can rotate: this causes the stir bar to rotate and the mixture to become homogenized.
en_GB: Magnetic stir bars are highly chemically inert, small magnetic bars. Most heaters have a built-in magnet which can rotate: this causes the stir bar to rotate and the mixture to become homogenised.

en: For some chemical reactions it is important that the solvent is gas free. To achieve this the reaction vessel is put for some time into a ultrasonic bath. Due to the high sound frequency, the vapor locks peel away and ascend. This procedure is called out-gassing.
en_GB: For some chemical reactions it is important that the solvent is gas free. To achieve this the reaction vessel is put for some time into a ultrasonic bath. Due to the high sound frequency, the vapour locks peel away and ascend. This procedure is called out-gassing.

en: Distillation bridge
en_GB: Distillation Bridge

en: There are multiple ways of measuring the pH value of a solution, one of which is to use indicator paper. Indicator paper changes color depending on the pH of the solution applied to it, and by comparing to a chart a fairly accurate measure of the solution's pH can be obtained. If a more accurate measure is needed, a glass electrode can be used, which works by measuring the conductivity of the solution.
en_GB: There are multiple ways of measuring the pH value of a solution, one of which is to use indicator paper. Indicator paper changes colour depending on the pH of the solution applied to it, and by comparing to a chart a fairly accurate measure of the solution's pH can be obtained. If a more accurate measure is needed, a glass electrode can be used, which works by measuring the conductivity of the solution.

en: Buret
en_GB: Burette

en: Latin 'caesius' for 'heaven blue'.
en_GB: Latin 'cæsius' for 'heaven blue'.

en: Named after 'Nihon', the romanized spelling for 'Japan' in Japanese. The element was the first element discovered in Japan, at the RIKEN Nishina Center for Accelerator-Based Science. Historically known as eka-thallium.
en_GB: Named after 'Nihon', the romanised spelling for 'Japan' in Japanese. The element was the first element discovered in Japan, at the RIKEN Nishina Centre for Accelerator-Based Science. Historically known as eka-thallium.

en: Historically known as eka-lead. Named after Flerov Laboratory of Nuclear Reactions (Dubna, Russia) where superheavy elements are synthesized.
en_GB: Historically known as eka-lead. Named after Flerov Laboratory of Nuclear Reactions (Dubna, Russia) where superheavy elements are synthesised.

en: Named in honor of Professor Yuri Oganessian's trans-actinide element research. Historically known as eka-radon, eka-emanation before 1960.
en_GB: Named in honour of Professor Yuri Oganessian's trans-actinide element research. Historically known as eka-radon, eka-emanation before 1960.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, pressure_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of pressure, e.g. atmospheres, bars, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of pressure, e.g. atmospheres, bars etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, temp_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of temperature, e.g. Kelvin, Celsius, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of temperature, e.g. Kelvin, Celsius etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, volume_unit)
en: This box can be used to change the units of volume, e.g. liters.
en_GB: This box can be used to change the units of volume, e.g. litres.

note: #-#-#-#-#  642 (kalzium)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: liter^2 atmosphere/mol^2
en_GB: litre² atmosphere/mol²

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, halfLife_unit)
en: This box is used to specify the unit of half-life, e.g. years, seconds, etc.
en_GB: This box is used to specify the unit of half-life, e.g. years, seconds etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, initAmt_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of the initial amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of the initial amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, finalAmt_unit)
en: This box can be used to specify the units of the final amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds, etc.
en_GB: This box can be used to specify the units of the final amount of the substance. e.g. grams, pounds etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, time_unit)
en: This box is used to specify the units of time. e.g. years, seconds, etc.
en_GB: This box is used to specify the units of time. e.g. years, seconds etc.

en: Ionization energy
en_GB: Ionisation energy

en: First Ionization energy
en_GB: First Ionisation energy

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_LogarithmicIonizationGradient)
en: Ionization
en_GB: Ionisation

[ctx: WhatsThis Help]
en: This will open a dialog with listings of symbols and numbers related to chemistry.
en_GB: This will open a dialogue with listings of symbols and numbers related to chemistry.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (colorschemebox), group (Periodic Table)
en: Selects the default color scheme
en_GB: Selects the default colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (colorschemebox), group (Periodic Table)
en: Select the color scheme you prefer by clicking on the corresponding radio button
en_GB: Select the colour scheme you prefer by clicking on the corresponding radio button

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogarithmicIonizationGradient), group (Logarithmic Gradients)
en: Specifies whether to use a logarithmic instead of a linear gradient for the Kalzium Ionization Gradient feature
en_GB: Specifies whether to use a logarithmic instead of a linear gradient for the Kalzium Ionisation Gradient feature

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (colorgradientbox), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (colorgradientbox), group (Colors)
en: Selects the default gradient color
en_GB: Selects the default gradient colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (noscheme), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color if no scheme is selected
en_GB: Selects the colour if no scheme is selected

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (noscheme), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements if no scheme is selected
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements if no scheme is selected

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (color_liquid), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (color_liquid), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of liquid elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of liquid elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (color_solid), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (color_solid), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of solid elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of solid elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (color_vapor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (color_vapor), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of vaporous elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of vapourous elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (color_radioactive), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (color_radioactive), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of radioactive elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of radioactive elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (color_artificial), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (color_artificial), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of artificial elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of artificial elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (block_s), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (block_s), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in block s
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in block s

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (block_p), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (block_p), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in block p
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in block p

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (block_d), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (block_d), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in block d
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in block d

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (block_f), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (block_f), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in block f
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in block f

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_1), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_1), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 1
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 1

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_2), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_2), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 2
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 2

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_3), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_3), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 3
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 3

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_4), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_4), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 4
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 4

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_5), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_5), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 5
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 5

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_6), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_6), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 6
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 6

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_7), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_7), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 7
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 7

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (group_8), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (group_8), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the elements in group 8
en_GB: Selects the colour of the elements in group 8

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (alkalie), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (alkalie), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the alkali metals
en_GB: Selects the colour of the alkali metals

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (rare), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (rare), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the rare-earth elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of the rare-earth elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (nonmetal), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (nonmetal), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the non-metal elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of the non-metal elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (alkaline), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (alkaline), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the alkaline earth metals
en_GB: Selects the colour of the alkaline earth metals

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (other_metal), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (other_metal), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the metals which do not fit into the other categories
en_GB: Selects the colour of the metals which do not fit into the other categories

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (halogene), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (halogene), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the halogen elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of the halogen elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transition), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (transition), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the transition elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of the transition elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (noble_gas), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (noble_gas), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the noble gases
en_GB: Selects the colour of the noble gases

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (metalloid), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (metalloid), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the metalloid elements
en_GB: Selects the colour of the metalloid elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaxColor), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the maximal value from the gradient
en_GB: Selects the colour of the maximal value from the gradient

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MinColor), group (Colors)
en: Selects the color of the minimal value from the gradient
en_GB: Selects the colour of the minimal value from the gradient

en: First Ionization
en_GB: First Ionisation

en: Nice colors without meaning. (From the Openbabel project)
en_GB: Nice colours without meaning. (From the Openbabel project)

en: Several icons in the information dialog
en_GB: Several icons in the information dialogue

en: The design of the information dialog
en_GB: The design of the information dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Vaporous:
en_GB: Vapourous:

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tabNoColor)
en: No Color Scheme
en_GB: No Colour Scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_noscheme) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_noscheme)
en: This color will be used if no other scheme is selected
en_GB: This colour will be used if no other scheme is selected

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Instead of using a linear gradient to display the given property of an element in the periodic table, Kalzium can also use a logarithmic gradient.
    
    Check the properties you want to have displayed with a logarithmic gradient.
en_GB: Instead of using a linear gradient to display the given property of an element in the periodic table, Kalzium can also use a logarithmic gradient.
    
    Tick the properties you want to have displayed with a logarithmic gradient.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Maximal Value Color:
en_GB: Maximal Value Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Minimal Value Color:
en_GB: Minimal Value Colour:

en: grams per liter
en_GB: grams per litre

en: grams per milliliter
en_GB: grams per millilitre

en: kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB: kilograms per cubic metre

en: kilograms per liter
en_GB: kilograms per litre

en: liter
en_GB: litre

en: cubic meters
en_GB: cubic metres

en: liters
en_GB: litres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic hectometers
en_GB: cubic hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic meters
en_GB: cubic metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic millimeters
en_GB: cubic millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yottaliters
en_GB: yottalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yottaliters
en_GB: %1 yottalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zettaliters
en_GB: zettalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zettaliters
en_GB: %1 zettalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: exaliters
en_GB: exalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 exaliters
en_GB: %1 exalitres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 exaliter | %1 exaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 exalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 exalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: petaliters
en_GB: petalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 petaliters
en_GB: %1 petalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: teraliters
en_GB: teralitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 teraliters
en_GB: %1 teralitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: gigaliters
en_GB: gigalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 gigaliters
en_GB: %1 gigalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: megaliters
en_GB: megalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 megaliters
en_GB: %1 megalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kiloliters
en_GB: kilolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kiloliters
en_GB: %1 kilolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: hectoliters
en_GB: hectolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 hectoliters
en_GB: %1 hectolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: decaliters
en_GB: decalitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 decaliters
en_GB: %1 decalitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: liters
en_GB: litres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: liter;liters;l
en_GB: litre;litres;liter;liters;l

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 liters
en_GB: %1 litres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 liter | %1 liters
en_GB[0]: %1 litre
en_GB[1]: %1 litres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: deciliters
en_GB: decilitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 deciliters
en_GB: %1 decilitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: centiliters
en_GB: centilitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 centiliters
en_GB: %1 centilitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: milliliters
en_GB: millilitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 milliliters
en_GB: %1 millilitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: microliters
en_GB: microlitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 microliters
en_GB: %1 microlitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: nanoliters
en_GB: nanolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 nanoliters
en_GB: %1 nanolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: picoliters
en_GB: picolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 picoliters
en_GB: %1 picolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: femtoliters
en_GB: femtolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 femtoliters
en_GB: %1 femtolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: attoliters
en_GB: attolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 attoliters
en_GB: %1 attolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zeptoliters
en_GB: zeptolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zeptoliters
en_GB: %1 zeptolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yoctoliters
en_GB: yoctolitres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yoctoliters
en_GB: %1 yoctolitres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yottameters
en_GB: yottametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zettameters
en_GB: zettametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: exameters
en_GB: exametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 exameters
en_GB: %1 exametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 exameter | %1 exameters
en_GB[0]: %1 exametre
en_GB[1]: %1 exametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: petameters
en_GB: petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 petameters
en_GB: %1 petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 terameters
en_GB: %1 terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 terameter | %1 terameters
en_GB[0]: %1 terametre
en_GB[1]: %1 terametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: gigameters
en_GB: gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 gigameters
en_GB: %1 gigametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: megameters
en_GB: megametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 megameters
en_GB: %1 megametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilometers
en_GB: kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilometers
en_GB: %1 kilometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: hectometers
en_GB: hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 hectometers
en_GB: %1 hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 hectometer | %1 hectometers
en_GB[0]: %1 hectometre
en_GB[1]: %1 hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: decameters
en_GB: decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 decameters
en_GB: %1 decametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: meters
en_GB: metres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 meters
en_GB: %1 metres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 meter | %1 meters
en_GB[0]: %1 metre
en_GB[1]: %1 metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: decimeters
en_GB: decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 decimeters
en_GB: %1 decimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: centimeters
en_GB: centimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: millimeters
en_GB: millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 millimeters
en_GB: %1 millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: micrometers
en_GB: micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 micrometers
en_GB: %1 micrometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: nanometers
en_GB: nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 nanometers
en_GB: %1 nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: picometers
en_GB: picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 picometers
en_GB: %1 picometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: femtometers
en_GB: femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 femtometers
en_GB: %1 femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 femtometer | %1 femtometers
en_GB[0]: %1 femtometre
en_GB[1]: %1 femtometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: attometers
en_GB: attometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 attometers
en_GB: %1 attometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 attometer | %1 attometers
en_GB[0]: %1 attometre
en_GB[1]: %1 attometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: zeptometers
en_GB: zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zeptometer | %1 zeptometers
en_GB[0]: %1 zeptometre
en_GB[1]: %1 zeptometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: yoctometers
en_GB: yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yoctometer | %1 yoctometers
en_GB[0]: %1 yoctometre
en_GB[1]: %1 yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilonewton | %1 kilonewton
en_GB[0]: %1 kilonewton
en_GB[1]: %1 kilonewtons

[ctx: unit description in lists]
note: i18n: unit as it will be shown to user wherever units are to be explicitly selected (listbox, radio buttons, checkboxes...). E.g. an application may give option "Unit of wind speed: [unit-list-box]"
en: square yottameters
en_GB: square yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
note: i18n: This is used when a real-valued amount in units is given, such as "0.37 miles".
en: %1 square yottameters
en_GB: %1 square yottametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square zettameters
en_GB: square zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square zettameters
en_GB: %1 square zettametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square exameters
en_GB: square exametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square exameters
en_GB: %1 square exametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square petameters
en_GB: square petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square petameters
en_GB: %1 square petametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square terameters
en_GB: square terametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square terameters
en_GB: %1 square terametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square gigameters
en_GB: square gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square gigameters
en_GB: %1 square gigametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square megameters
en_GB: square megametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square megameters
en_GB: %1 square megametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square kilometers
en_GB: square kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square kilometers
en_GB: %1 square kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square kilometer | %1 square kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square kilometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square hectometers
en_GB: %1 square hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square decameters
en_GB: square decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square decameters
en_GB: %1 square decametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square meters
en_GB: square metres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square meters
en_GB: %1 square metres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square meter | %1 square meters
en_GB[0]: %1 square metre
en_GB[1]: %1 square metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square decimeters
en_GB: square decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square decimeters
en_GB: %1 square decimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square centimeters
en_GB: square centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square centimeters
en_GB: %1 square centimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square millimeters
en_GB: square millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square millimeters
en_GB: %1 square millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square millimeter | %1 square millimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 square millimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 square millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square micrometers
en_GB: square micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square micrometers
en_GB: %1 square micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square micrometer | %1 square micrometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square micrometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square micrometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square nanometers
en_GB: square nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square nanometers
en_GB: %1 square nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square picometers
en_GB: square picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square picometers
en_GB: %1 square picometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square femtometers
en_GB: square femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square femtometers
en_GB: %1 square femtometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square attometers
en_GB: square attometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square attometers
en_GB: %1 square attometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square zeptometers
en_GB: square zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square zeptometers
en_GB: %1 square zeptometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: square yoctometers
en_GB: square yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 square yoctometers
en_GB: %1 square yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 lev | %1 levs
en_GB[0]: %1 lev
en_GB[1]: %1 leva

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 litas | %1 litass
en_GB[0]: %1 litas
en_GB[1]: %1 litai

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 lats | %1 latss
en_GB[0]: %1 lats
en_GB[1]: %1 lati

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 leu | %1 leus
en_GB[0]: %1 leu
en_GB[1]: %1 lei

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 krona | %1 kronas
en_GB[0]: %1 krona
en_GB[1]: %1 kronor

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kuna | %1 kunas
en_GB[0]: %1 kuna
en_GB[1]: %1 kune

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 real | %1 reals
en_GB[0]: %1 real
en_GB[1]: %1 reais

en: Unable to initialize the gPhoto2 libraries.
en_GB: Unable to initialise the gPhoto2 libraries.

en: Click this button to change the configuration of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Configuration dialog depend on the camera model.
en_GB: Click this button to change the configuration of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Configuration dialogue depend on the camera model.

en: Click this button to view a summary of the current status of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Information dialog depend on the camera model.
en_GB: Click this button to view a summary of the current status of the selected camera.<br><br>The availability of this feature and the contents of the Information dialogue depend on the camera model.

en: Unable to initialize camera. Check your port settings and camera connectivity and try again.
en_GB: Unable to initialise camera. Check your port settings and camera connectivity and try again.

en: If this option is checked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's serial ports (known as COM ports in Microsoft Windows.)
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's serial ports (known as COM ports in Microsoft Windows.)

en: If this option is checked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's USB ports, or to a USB hub.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the camera has to be connected to one of the computer's USB ports, or to a USB hub.

en: Move %1 Item to Trash | Move %1 Items to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move %1 Item to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 Items to Wastebin

en: Move Item to Trash
en_GB: Move Item to Wastebin

en: Modularization and porting to Mobile
en_GB: Modularisation and porting to Mobile

en: 
     Close dialog for new game
en_GB: 
     Close dialogue for new game

en: Save Changes Dialog
en_GB: Save Changes Dialogue

en: &Color Scheme
en_GB: &Colour Scheme

en: Behavior Options
en_GB: Behaviour Options

en: &Behavior
en_GB: &Behaviour

en: When checked each tab will display a close button.
en_GB: When ticked each tab will display a close button.

en: When checked tabs take as much size as possible.
en_GB: When ticked tabs take as much size as possible.

en: Here you can see all available Kate plugins. Those with a check mark are loaded, and will be loaded again the next time Kate is started.
en_GB: Here you can see all available Kate plugins. Those with a tick mark are loaded, and will be loaded again the next time Kate is started.

en: Close all documents in the file list that could not be reopened, because they are not accessible anymore.
en_GB: Close all documents in the file list that could not be reopened, because they are not accessible any more.

en: <qt>You are about to hide the sidebars. With hidden sidebars it is not possible to directly access the tool views with the mouse anymore, so if you need to access the sidebars again invoke <b>View &gt; Tool Views &gt; Show Sidebars</b> in the menu. It is still possible to show/hide the tool views with the assigned shortcuts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>You are about to hide the sidebars. With hidden sidebars it is not possible to directly access the tool views with the mouse any more, so if you need to access the sidebars again invoke <b>View &gt; Tool Views &gt; Show Sidebars</b> in the menu. It is still possible to show/hide the tool views with the assigned shortcuts.</qt>

en: Only try to reuse kate instance with this pid (is ignored if start is used and another kate instance already has the given session opened).
en_GB: Only try to reuse kate instance with this PID (is ignored if start is used and another kate instance already has the given session opened).

en: Session will be deleted on dialog close
en_GB: Session will be deleted on dialogue close

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, gbAppStartup)
en: Application Startup Behavior
en_GB: Application Startup Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Application Shutdown Behavior
en_GB: Application Shutdown Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, saveMetaInfos)
en: Check this if you want document configuration like for example bookmarks to be saved past editor sessions. The configuration will be restored if the document has not changed when reopened.
en_GB: Tick this if you want document configuration like for example bookmarks to be saved past editor sessions. The configuration will be restored if the document has not changed when reopened.

en: Set the color for shading viewed documents.
en_GB: Set the colour for shading viewed documents.

en: Set the color for modified documents. This color is blended into the color for viewed files. The most recently edited documents get most of this color.
en_GB: Set the colour for modified documents. This colour is blended into the colour for viewed files. The most recently edited documents get most of this colour.

en: Check the check-box to make the command the default for the target-set.
en_GB: Tick the tick-box to make the command the default for the target-set.

en: Automatically synchronize with current document
en_GB: Automatically synchronise with current document

[ctx: @action]
en: S&ynchronize Terminal with Current Document
en_GB: S&ynchronise Terminal with Current Document

en: &Automatically synchronize the terminal with the current document when possible
en_GB: &Automatically synchronise the terminal with the current document when possible

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Output Customization
en_GB: Output Customisation

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mergeOutput)
en: If checked, an output from STDOUT and STDERR will be merged and no errors will be reported.
    Otherwise, STDERR will be displayed as a passive message.
en_GB: If ticked, an output from STDOUT and STDERR will be merged and no errors will be reported.
    Otherwise, STDERR will be displayed as a passive message.

en: Analyzing meta DTD...
en_GB: Analysing meta DTD...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QToolButton, btnMimeType)
en: Opens a dialog that helps in creating a list of mimetypes.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue that helps in creating a list of mimetypes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkIncrementalSync)
en: Incremental document synchronization
en_GB: Incremental document synchronisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, spinDiagnosticsSize)
en: max diagnostics tooltip size
en_GB: Maximum diagnostics tooltip size

note: i18n: file: encoderedit.ui:135 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_checkOutput)
en: Check if output files should be checked for existence if possible (if you use %o).
en_GB: Tick if output files should be checked for existence if possible (if you use %o).

note: i18n: file: encoderedit.ui:138 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_checkOutput)
en: Check if output files should be checked for existence, if the files are placed by the encoder itself, not kaudiocreator leave this unchecked.
en_GB: Tick if output files should be checked for existence, if the files are placed by the encoder itself, not kaudiocreator leave this unticked.

note: i18n: file: general.ui:133 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_fat32compatible)
en: Check if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced.
en_GB: Tick if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced.

note: i18n: file: general.ui:136 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_fat32compatible)
en: Check if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced. Of course this only works if the output is created by this program (%f), not the encoder itself.
en_GB: Tick if you want FAT32-incompatible characters to be replaced. Of course this only works if the output is created by this program (%f), not the encoder itself.

en: The target dir '%1' is not valid
en_GB: The target directory '%1' is not valid

en: The target dir '%1' must be a local file system dir and no remote URL
en_GB: The target directory '%1' must be a local file system directory and not a remote URL

en: The target dir does not exist
en_GB: The target directory does not exist

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mediaNeedsChange)
en: Uncheck if you want to avoid a confirmation dialog to change the medium when a slice was finished
en_GB: Uncheck if you want to avoid a confirmation dialogue to change the medium when a slice was finished

en: Rename after entry's id
en_GB: Rename after entry's ID

en: No id was entered, so the previous id '%1' will be restored.
en_GB: No ID was entered, so the previous id '%1' will be restored.

en: No id given
en_GB: No ID given

en: Id already in use
en_GB: ID already in use

en: Keep duplicate ids
en_GB: Keep duplicate IDs

en: Restore original id
en_GB: Restore original ID

en: Id '%1' is invalid
en_GB: ID '%1' is invalid

en: Select a suggested id for this entry
en_GB: Select a suggested ID for this entry

en: User-defined color
en_GB: User-defined colour

en: Color & Label
en_GB: Colour & Label

en: Color & Labels
en_GB: Colour & Labels

[ctx: Label for a new color; placeholder is for a 6-digit hex string]
en: NewColor%1
en_GB: NewColour%1

en: Edit Id Suggestion
en_GB: Edit ID Suggestion

en: Id Suggestions
en_GB: ID Suggestions

en: <qt>To allow <strong>KBibTeX</strong> access your <strong>Zotero bibliography</strong>, this KBibTeX instance has to be authorized.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>To allow <strong>KBibTeX</strong> access your <strong>Zotero bibliography</strong>, this KBibTeX instance has to be authorised.</qt>

en: <qt><p>The process of authorization involves multiple steps:</p><ol><li>Open the URL as shown on the next page.</li><li>Follow the instructions as shown on Zotero's webpage.<br/>Configure permissions for KBibTeX.</li><li>Eventually, you will get a hexadecimal string (black on light-green background) which you have to copy and paste into this wizard's last page</li></ol></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The process of authorisation involves multiple steps:</p><ol><li>Open the URL as shown on the next page.</li><li>Follow the instructions as shown on Zotero's webpage.<br/>Configure permissions for KBibTeX.</li><li>Eventually, you will get a hexadecimal string (black on light-green background) which you have to copy and paste into this wizard's last page</li></ol></qt>

en: Authorization URL
en_GB: Authorisation URL

en: Open the shown URL in your favorite browser.
en_GB: Open the shown URL in your favourite browser.

en: Format entry ids
en_GB: Format entry IDs

en: Cannot apply default formatting for entry ids: No default format specified.
en_GB: Cannot apply default formatting for entry IDs: No default format specified.

en: Numeric user id:
en_GB: Numeric user ID:

en: KBibTeX failed to retrieve the bibliography from Zotero. Please check that the provided user id and API key are valid.
en_GB: KBibTeX failed to retrieve the bibliography from Zotero. Please check that the provided user ID and API key are valid.

[ctx: The text may not be too wide. So please use some HTML-BR-tags to have something more or less as wide as in english. Thanks!]
en: Note: You can change<br />the parameters of<br />custom games in the<br />Settings dialog.
en_GB: Note: You can change<br />the parameters of<br />custom games in the<br />Settings dialogue.

en: <qt><p>This is the <b>main game area</b>.</p><ul><li>The <b>black box</b> is in the center.</li><li>On the left, there are the <b>balls</b> you have to place over the black box.</li><li>Around the black box, there are <b>lasers</b> that are replaced with <b>interaction information</b> if you use them.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This is the <b>main game area</b>.</p><ul><li>The <b>black box</b> is in the centre.</li><li>On the left, there are the <b>balls</b> you have to place over the black box.</li><li>Around the black box, there are <b>lasers</b> that are replaced with <b>interaction information</b> if you use them.</li></ul></qt>

en: Rotate Piece Counter Clockwise
en_GB: Rotate Piece Anti-clockwise

en: In this exercise you have to factorize a given number.
en_GB: In this exercise you have to factorise a given number.

en: In this exercise you have to factorize a given number. You have to enter all prime factors of the number. You can add a prime factor by clicking on the corresponding button. The chosen prime factors will be shown in the input field. Do not forget to enter all prime factors, even when a prime factor repeats several times. Click the 'Backspace' button to remove the last entered prime factor.
en_GB: In this exercise you have to factorise a given number. You have to enter all prime factors of the number. You can add a prime factor by clicking on the corresponding button. The chosen prime factors will be shown in the input field. Do not forget to enter all prime factors, even when a prime factor repeats several times. Click the 'Backspace' button to remove the last entered prime factor.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (numberColor), group (TaskViewer) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (numberColor), group (TaskViewer)
en: Color of the numbers in the task view
en_GB: Colour of the numbers in the task view

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (operationColor), group (TaskViewer) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (operationColor), group (TaskViewer)
en: Color of the operation signs in the task view
en_GB: Colour of the operation signs in the task view

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fractionBarColor), group (TaskViewer) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fractionBarColor), group (TaskViewer)
en: Color of the fraction bars in the task view
en_GB: Colour of the fraction bars in the task view

en: Check this to use addition operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use addition operator.

en: Check this to use subtraction operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use subtraction operator.

en: Check this to use multiplication operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use multiplication operator.

en: Check this to use division operator.
en_GB: Tick this to use division operator.

en: Check this to force the use of the reduced form.
en_GB: Tick this to force the use of the reduced form.

en: 
    
    Factorization
en_GB: 
    
    Factorisation

[ctx: Factorization Exercise]
en: Factorization
en_GB: Factorisation

en: Factorization
en_GB: Factorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_numberColor)
en: Change the color of the numbers
en_GB: Change the colour of the numbers

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_operationColor)
en: Change the color of the operation signs
en_GB: Change the colour of the operation signs

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_fractionBarColor)
en: Change the color of the fraction bar
en_GB: Change the colour of the fraction bar

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Cost Item Colors
en_GB: Cost Item Colours

en: Go forward in function selection history
en_GB: Go forwards in function selection history

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can use Alt-Left/Right keys of your keyboard to go
    back/forward in the active object history ?</p>
en_GB: <p>...that you can use Alt-Left/Right keys of your keyboard to go
    backwards/forwards in the active object history ?</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can assign custom colors to 
    ELF objects/C++ Classes/Source Files for graph coloring
    in <em>Settings->Configure KCachegrind...</em>?</p>
en_GB: <p>...that you can assign custom colours to 
    ELF objects/C++ Classes/Source Files for graph colouring
    in <em>Settings->Configure KCachegrind...</em>?</p>

en: Top Center
en_GB: Top Centre

en: Bottom Center
en_GB: Bottom Centre

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: <b>Call Graph around active Function</b><p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p><p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p><p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualization options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>
en_GB: <b>Call Graph around active Function</b><p>Depending on configuration, this view shows the call graph environment of the active function. Note: the shown cost is <b>only</b> the cost which is spent while the active function was actually running; i.e. the cost shown for main() - if it is visible - should be the same as the cost of the active function, as that is the part of inclusive cost of main() spent while the active function was running.</p><p>For cycles, blue call arrows indicate that this is an artificial call added for correct drawing which actually never happened.</p><p>If the graph is larger than the widget area, an overview panner is shown in one edge. There are similar visualisation options to the Call Treemap; the selected function is highlighted.</p>

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Warning: a long lasting graph layouting is in progress.
    Reduce node/edge limits for speedup.
en_GB: Warning: a long lasting graph laying out is in progress.
    Reduce node/edge limits for speed up.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Layouting stopped.
en_GB: Laying out stopped.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: No graph available because the layouting process failed.
en_GB: No graph available because the laying out process failed.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Error running the graph layouting tool.
en_GB: Error running the graph layout tool.

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Stop Layouting
en_GB: Stop laying out

[ctx: CallGraphView|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <b>Caller Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>
en_GB: <b>Caller Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callers of the current activated function. Each coloured rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: <b>Call Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each colored rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>
en_GB: <b>Call Map</b><p>This graph shows the nested hierarchy of all callees of the current activated function. Each coloured rectangle represents a function; its size tries to be proportional to the cost spent therein while the active function is running (however, there are drawing constraints).</p>

[ctx: CallMapView|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: QObject|]
en: (%n item(s) skipped) | (%n item(s) skipped)
en_GB[0]: (%n item skipped)
en_GB[1]: (%n items skipped)

[ctx: QObject|]
en: (%n function(s) skipped) | (%n function(s) skipped)
en_GB[0]: (%n function skipped)
en_GB[1]: (%n functions skipped)

[ctx: CoverageView|]
en: <b>List of all Callers</b><p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>
en_GB: <b>List of all Callers</b><p>This list shows all functions calling the current selected one, either directly or with several functions in-between on the stack; the number of functions in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the selected function while a listed function is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the selected function while the listed one is active. The cost graphic shows logarithmic percentage with a different colour for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls from the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in brackets, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>

[ctx: CoverageView|]
en: <b>List of all Callees</b><p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different color for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in parentheses, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>
en_GB: <b>List of all Callees</b><p>This list shows all functions called by the current selected one, either directly or with several function in-between on the stack; the number of function in-between plus one is called the <em>Distance</em> (e.g. for function A,B,C there exists a call from A to C when A calls B and B calls C, i.e. A => B => C. The distance here is 2).</p><p>Absolute cost shown is the cost spent in the listed function while the selected is active; relative cost is the percentage of all cost spent in the listed function while the selected one is active. The cost graphic always shows logarithmic percentage with a different colour for each distance.</p><p>As there can be many calls to the same function, the distance column sometimes shows the range of distances for all calls happening; then, in brackets, there is the medium distance, i.e. the distance where most of the call costs happened.</p><p>Selecting a function makes it the current selected one of this information panel. If there are two panels (Split mode), the function of the other panel is changed instead.</p>

[ctx: QObject|]
en: %n call(s) to '%2' | %n call(s) to '%2'
en_GB[0]: %n call to '%2'
en_GB[1]: %n calls to '%2'

[ctx: InstrView|]
en: There are %n cost line(s) without machine code. | There are %n cost line(s) without machine code.
en_GB[0]: There is %n cost line without machine code.
en_GB[1]: There are %n cost lines without machine code.

[ctx: PartSelection|]
en: <b>The Parts Overview</b><p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p><p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: <ul><li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see colored rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li><li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <b>The Parts Overview</b><p>A trace consists of multiple trace parts when there are several profile data files from one profile run. The Trace Part Overview dockable shows these, horizontally ordered in execution time; the rectangle sizes are proportional to the total cost spent in the parts. You can select one or several parts to constrain all costs shown to these parts only.</p><p>The parts are further subdivided: there is a partitioning and an callee split mode: <ul><li>Partitioning: You see the partitioning into groups for a trace part, according to the group type selected. E.g. if ELF object groups are selected, you see coloured rectangles for each used ELF object (shared library or executable), sized according to the cost spent therein.</li><li>Callee: A rectangle showing the inclusive cost of the current selected function in the trace part is shown. This is split up into smaller rectangles to show the costs of its callees.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: PartSelection|]
en: Visualization
en_GB: Visualisation

[ctx: SourceView|]
en: The list can be found in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: The list can be found in the configuration dialogue.

[ctx: TabView|]
en: <b>Information Tabs</b><p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: <ul><li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li><li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li><li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li><li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li><li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualization of the calls made by this function.</li><li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li><li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li></ul>For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>
en_GB: <b>Information Tabs</b><p>This widget shows information for the currently selected function in different tabs: <ul><li>The Costs tab shows a list of available event types and the inclusive and self-costs related to these types.</li><li>The Parts tab shows a list of trace parts if the trace consists of more than one part (otherwise, this tab is hidden). The cost of the selected function spent in the different parts together with the calls happening is shown.</li><li>The Call Lists tab shows direct callers and callees of the function in more detail.</li><li>The Coverage tab shows the same as the Call Lists tab, but also shows indirect callers and callees, not just direct ones.</li><li>The Call Graph tab shows a graphical visualisation of the calls made by this function.</li><li>The Source Code tab presents annotated source code if debugging information and the source file are available.</li><li>The Machine Code tab presents annotated assembly instructions if profile information at instruction level is available.</li></ul>For more information, see the <em>What's This?</em> help of the corresponding tab widget.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, displayColorsBox)
en: Display Colors
en_GB: Display Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, buttonColorsBox)
en: Button Colors
en_GB: Button Colours

en: Button & Display Colors
en_GB: Button & Display Colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForeColor), group (Colors)
en: The foreground color of the display.
en_GB: The foreground colour of the display.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackColor), group (Colors)
en: The background color of the display.
en_GB: The background colour of the display.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (NumberButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of number buttons.
en_GB: The colour of number buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FunctionButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of function buttons.
en_GB: The colour of function buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StatButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of statistical buttons.
en_GB: The colour of statistical buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HexButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of hex buttons.
en_GB: The colour of hex buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MemoryButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of memory buttons.
en_GB: The colour of memory buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OperationButtonsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of operation buttons.
en_GB: The colour of operation buttons.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (NumberFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of number fonts.
en_GB: The colour of number fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FunctionFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of function fonts.
en_GB: The colour of function fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StatFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of statistical fonts.
en_GB: The colour of statistical fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HexFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of hex fonts.
en_GB: The colour of hex fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MemoryFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of memory fonts.
en_GB: The colour of memory fonts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OperationFontsColor), group (Colors)
en: The color of operation font.
en_GB: The colour of operation font.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BinaryGrouping), group (Grouping)
en: 
                For easier readability it's possible to visible group the individual digits into pairs
                for example instead of 10111001 you can display 1011 1001, by setting the setting to
                4, thus inserting a whitespace after every 4th digit.
en_GB: 
                For easier readability it's possible to visibly group the individual digits into pairs
                for example instead of 10111001 you can display 1011 1001, by setting the setting to
                4, thus inserting a whitespace after every 4th digit.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (OctalGrouping), group (Grouping)
en: 
                For easier readability it's possible to visible group the individual digits into pairs
                for example instead of 42140213 you can display 4214 0213, by setting the setting to
                4, thus inserting a whitespace after every 4th digit.
en_GB: 
                For easier readability it's possible to visibly group the individual digits into pairs
                for example instead of 42140213 you can display 4214 0213, by setting the setting to
                4, thus inserting a whitespace after every 4th digit.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HexadecimalGrouping), group (Grouping)
en: 
                For easier readability it's possible to visible group the individual digits into pairs
                for example instead of AF1C42 you can display AF 1C 42, by setting the setting to
                2, thus inserting a whitespace after every 2nd digit.
en_GB: 
                For easier readability it's possible to visibly group the individual digits into pairs
                for example instead of AF1C42 you can display AF 1C 42, by setting the setting to
                2, thus inserting a whitespace after every 2nd digit.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KCalcButton, pbParenOpen)
en: Open parenthesis
en_GB: Open brackets

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KCalcButton, pbParenClose)
en: Close parenthesis
en_GB: Close brackets

en: New GUI, Unicode information, incremental search, and general improvements
en_GB: New GUI, Unicode information, incremental search and general improvements

en: Please start the KDE wacom tablet service to use this configuration dialog.
    The service is required for tablet detection and profile support.
en_GB: Please start the KDE wacom tablet service to use this configuration dialogue.
    The service is required for tablet detection and profile support.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, explaining_Label)
en: The presscurve defines how the pen press is handled.
    Drag around the dots to change the behavior
    Use the stylus inside the Widget to see the pressure changes.
en_GB: The presscurve defines how the pen press is handled.
    Drag around the dots to change the behaviourUse the stylus inside the Widget to see the pressure changes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, eraserSlider) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, tipSlider)
en: Set the minimum pressure necessary to generate a Button event for the stylus/tip, eraser, or touch.
     The pressure levels of all tablets are normalized to 2048 levels irregardless of the actual hardware supported levels.
    This parameter is independent of the PressureCurve parameter.
en_GB: Set the minimum pressure necessary to generate a Button event for the stylus/tip, eraser, or touch.
     The pressure levels of all tablets are normalized to 2048 levels regardless of the actual hardware supported levels.
    This parameter is independent of the PressureCurve parameter.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, trackingWarningLabel)
en: Your currently selected mapping can not be applied in relative tracking mode.
en_GB: Your currently selected mapping cannot be applied in relative tracking mode.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, gesturesCheckBox)
en: If enabled the touch events can recognize gestures.
en_GB: If enabled the touch events can recognise gestures.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, zoomDistanceLabel)
en: Minimum distance for a zoom gesture is recognized.
en_GB: Minimum distance for a zoom gesture is recognised.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, zoomDistanceSpinBox)
en: The minimum distance in tablet units for a zoom gesture to be recognized.
en_GB: The minimum distance in tablet units for a zoom gesture to be recognised.

en: All buttons detected. Please close dialog
en_GB: All buttons detected. Please close dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Move the mouse cursor inside the dialog but <b>do not</b> click into it with the mouse.
en_GB: Move the mouse cursor inside the dialogue but <b>do not</b> click into it with the mouse.

en: KDE Color Chooser
en_GB: KDE Colour Chooser

en: Print the selected color to stdout.
en_GB: Print the selected colour to stdout.

en: Set initially selected color.
en_GB: Set initially selected colour.

en: KColorEdit
en_GB: KColourEdit

en: KColorEdit, a tool for editing color palettes.
en_GB: KColorEdit, a tool for editing colour palettes.

en: Former maintainer - Created KColorEdit
en_GB: Former maintainer - Created KColourEdit

en: File to open (Text file with colors and comments items)
en_GB: File to open (Text file with colours and comments items)

en: This action will delete all items (colors and comments) of the current palette.
en_GB: This action will delete all items (colours and comments) of the current palette.

en: This action will replace the name of all color items with names in this format #RRGGBB.
en_GB: This action will replace the name of all colour items with names in this format #RRGGBB.

en: Generate Color Names
en_GB: Generate Colour Names

en: Color builder
en_GB: Colour builder

[ctx: Complete is a verb here, this is an action that fills missing color names in a palette]
en: Complete Color Names
en_GB: Complete Colour Names

en: If checked, views will be synchronized
en_GB: If ticked, views will be synchronised

en: Insert Color
en_GB: Insert Colour

en: Copy color values to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour values to clipboard

en: Copy color hexadecimal value to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour hexadecimal value to clipboard

en: Generate a random color
en_GB: Generate a random colour

en: Append color
en_GB: Append colour

en: Copy color to clipboard
en_GB: Copy colour to clipboard

en: Color selectors
en_GB: Colour selectors

en: The following error occurred while initializing KCron:
    
    %1
    
    KCron will now exit.
en_GB: The following error occurred while initialising KCron:
    
    %1
    
    KCron will now exit.

[ctx: KDbDriver|]
en: Value of "%1" is not initialized for the driver.
en_GB: Value of "%1" is not initialised for the driver.

en: This box contains a list of patterns that can be used to identify files of the selected type. For example, the pattern *.txt is associated with the file type 'text/plain'; all files ending in '.txt' are recognized as plain text files.
en_GB: This box contains a list of patterns that can be used to identify files of the selected type. For example, the pattern *.txt is associated with the file type 'text/plain'; all files ending in '.txt' are recognised as plain text files.

en: <p><h1>File Associations</h1> This module allows you to choose which applications are associated with a given type of file. File types are also referred to as MIME types (MIME is an acronym which stands for "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions").</p><p> A file association consists of the following: <ul><li>Rules for determining the MIME-type of a file, for example the filename pattern *.png, which means 'all files with names that end in .png', is associated with the MIME type "image/png";</li> <li>A short description of the MIME-type, for example the description of the MIME type "image/png" is simply 'PNG image';</li> <li>An icon to be used for displaying files of the given MIME-type, so that you can easily identify the type of file in a file manager or file-selection dialog (at least for the types you use often);</li> <li>A list of the applications which can be used to open files of the given MIME-type -- if more than one application can be used then the list is ordered by priority.</li></ul> You may be surprised to find that some MIME types have no associated filename patterns; in these cases, KDE is able to determine the MIME-type by directly examining the contents of the file.</p>
en_GB: <p><h1>File Associations</h1> This module allows you to choose which applications are associated with a given type of file. File types are also referred to as MIME types (MIME is an acronym which stands for "Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions").</p><p> A file association consists of the following: <ul><li>Rules for determining the MIME-type of a file, for example the filename pattern *.png, which means 'all files with names that end in .png', is associated with the MIME type "image/png";</li> <li>A short description of the MIME-type, for example the description of the MIME type "image/png" is simply 'PNG image';</li> <li>An icon to be used for displaying files of the given MIME-type, so that you can easily identify the type of file in a file manager or file-selection dialogue (at least for the types you use often);</li> <li>A list of the applications which can be used to open files of the given MIME-type -- if more than one application can be used then the list is ordered by priority.</li></ul> You may be surprised to find that some MIME types have no associated filename patterns; in these cases, KDE is able to determine the MIME-type by directly examining the contents of the file.</p>

en: Click here to revert this file type to its initial system-wide definition, which undoes any changes made to the file type. Note that system-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimize the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).
en_GB: Click here to revert this file type to its initial system-wide definition, which undoes any changes made to the file type. Note that system-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimise the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).

en: Click here to delete this file type definition completely. This is only possible for user-defined file types. System-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimize the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).
en_GB: Click here to delete this file type definition completely. This is only possible for user-defined file types. System-wide file types cannot be deleted. You can however empty their pattern list, to minimise the chances of them being used (but the file type determination from file contents can still end up using them).

en: Makes the dialog transient for the window specified by winid
en_GB: Makes the dialogue transient for the window specified by winid

en: Stop the daemon (forgets all passwords)
en_GB: Stop the dæmon (forgets all passwords)

en: Specify icon to use in the password dialog
en_GB: Specify icon to use in the password dialogue

en: Do not show the command to be run in the dialog
en_GB: Do not show the command to be run in the dialogue

en: Utility to launch applications with special window properties 
    such as iconified, maximized, a certain virtual desktop, a special decoration
    and so on.
en_GB: Utility to launch applications with special window properties 
    such as iconified, maximised, a certain virtual desktop, a special decoration
    and so on.

en: Maximize the window vertically
en_GB: Maximise the window vertically

en: Maximize the window horizontally
en_GB: Maximise the window horizontally

en: The window type: Normal, Desktop, Dock, Toolbar, 
    Menu, Dialog, TopMenu or Override
en_GB: The window type: Normal, Desktop, Dock, Toolbar, 
    Menu, Dialogue, TopMenu or Override

en:   kioclient5 exec 'url' ['mimetype']
                # Tries to open the document pointed to by 'url', in the application
                #   associated with it in KDE. You may omit 'mimetype'.
                #   In this case the mimetype is determined
                #   automatically. Of course URL may be the URL of a
                #   document, or it may be a *.desktop file.
                #   'url' can be an executable, too.
en_GB:   kioclient5 exec 'URL' ['mimetype']
                # Tries to open the document pointed to by 'URL', in the application
                #   associated with it in KDE. You may omit 'mimetype'.
                #   In this case the mimetype is determined
                #   automatically. Of course URL may be the URL of a
                #   document, or it may be a *.desktop file.
                #   'URL' can be an executable, too.

en:             #   'dest' may be "trash:/" to move the files
                #   to the trash.
en_GB:             #   'dest' may be "wastebin:/" to move the files
                #   to the wastebin.

en:   kioclient5 cat 'url'
                # Writes out the contents of 'url' to stdout
en_GB:   kioclient5 cat 'URL'
                # Writes out the contents of 'URL' to stdout

en:   kioclient5 ls 'url'
                # Lists the contents of the directory 'url' to stdout
en_GB:   kioclient5 ls 'URL'
                # Lists the contents of the directory 'URL' to stdout

en:   kioclient5 remove 'url'
                # Removes the URL
                #   'url' may be a list of URLs.
en_GB:   kioclient5 remove 'URL'
                # Removes the URL
                #   'URL' may be a list of URLs.

en: Non-interactive use: no message boxes. If you don't want a graphical connection, use --platform offscreen
en_GB: Non-interactive use: no message boxes. If you do not want a graphical connection, use --platform offscreen

en: urls...
en_GB: URLs...

en: Display this device's id and exit
en_GB: Display this device's ID and exit

en: Couldn't share %1
en_GB: Could not share %1

en: Canceled by other peer
en_GB: Cancelled by other peer

en: Couldn't find an available port
en_GB: Could not find an available port

en: Synchronize notifications of an application?
en_GB: Synchronise notifications of an application?

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, check_persistent)
en: Synchronize only notifications with a timeout value of 0?
en_GB: Synchronise only notifications with a timeout value of 0?

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, check_body)
en: Append the notification body to the summary when synchronizing notifications?
en_GB: Append the notification body to the summary when synchronising notifications?

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, check_icons)
en: Synchronize icons of notifying applications if possible?
en_GB: Synchronise icons of notifying applications if possible?

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, check_icons)
en: Synchronize icons
en_GB: Synchronise icons

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Synchronize only notifications with the given urgency level.
en_GB: Synchronise only notifications with the given urgency level.

en: Max message size limit exceeded.
en_GB: Maximum message size limit exceeded.

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: <note>It is safe to close this dialog. If you do not want to, you do not have to file a bug report.</note>
en_GB: <note>It is safe to close this dialogue. If you do not want to, you do not have to file a bug report.</note>

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: If you can, describe in as much detail as possible the crash circumstances, and what you were doing when the application crashed (this information is going to be requested later.) You can mention:
en_GB: If you can, describe in as much detail as possible the crash circumstances, and what you were doing when the application crashed (this information is going to be requested later). You can mention:

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: If the crash information is not detailed enough, you may need to install some debug packages and reload it (if the <interface>Install Debug Symbols</interface> button is available you can use it to automatically install the missing information.)
en_GB: If the crash information is not detailed enough, you may need to install some debug packages and reload it (if the <interface>Install Debug Symbols</interface> button is available you can use it to automatically install the missing information).

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: The KWallet dialog may appear when pressing Login to save your password in the KWallet password system. Also, it will prompt you for the KWallet password upon loading to autocomplete the login fields if you use this assistant again.
en_GB: The KWallet dialogue may appear when pressing Login to save your password in the KWallet password system. Also, it will prompt you for the KWallet password upon loading to autocomplete the login fields if you use this assistant again.

[ctx: @info/rich]
en: If not enough possible duplicates are found, or you did not find a similar report, then you can force it to search for more bug reports (only if the date range limit is not reached.)
en_GB: If not enough possible duplicates are found, or you did not find a similar report, then you can force it to search for more bug reports (only if the date range limit is not reached).

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Close this dialog (you will lose the crash information.)
en_GB: Close this dialogue (you will lose the crash information).

[ctx: @title]
en: Results of the Analyzed Crash Details
en_GB: Results of the Analysed Crash Details

[ctx: @info:tooltip help and examples of good bug descriptions]
en: - Note if you noticed any unusual behavior in the application or in the whole environment.
en_GB: - Note if you noticed any unusual behaviour in the application or in the whole environment.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_actionsInsideApp)
en: Check this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_actionsInsideApp)
en: Check this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe what were you doing inside the application before it crashed

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Check this option if you can describe any unusual behavior or appearance in the application or the whole desktop
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe any unusual behaviour or appearance in the application or the whole desktop

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Check this option if you can describe any unusual behavior or appearance in the application or the whole desktop
en_GB: Tick this option if you can describe any unusual behaviour or appearance in the application or the whole desktop

[ctx: @option:check kind of information the user can provide about the crash]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_unusualSituation)
en: Unusual desktop behavior I noticed
en_GB: Unusual desktop behaviour I noticed

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_appSpecificDetails)
en: Check this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash. You can check the examples (if available.)
en_GB: Tick this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash. You can check the examples (if available).

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_appSpecificDetails)
en: Check this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash. You can check the examples (if available.)
en_GB: Tick this option if you can provide application specific details or settings that may be related to the crash. You can check the examples (if available).

[ctx: @info]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_introLabel)
en: This assistant will analyze the crash information and guide you through the bug reporting process.
en_GB: This assistant will analyse the crash information and guide you through the bug reporting process.

[ctx: @info note before starting the bug reporting process]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_warningLabel)
en: <p><note>Since communication between you and the developers is required for effective debugging, to continue reporting this bug <strong>it is required for you to agree that developers may contact you.</strong></note></p><p>Feel free to close this dialog if you do not accept this.</p>
en_GB: <p><note>Since communication between you and the developers is required for effective debugging, to continue reporting this bug <strong>it is required for you to agree that developers may contact you.</strong></note></p><p>Feel free to close this dialogue if you do not accept this.</p>

en: You are not authorized to remove this service.
en_GB: You are not authorised to remove this service.

note: #-#-#-#-#  751  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, automountEnabled) #-#-#-#-#  2293  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutomountEnabled)
en: When this is unchecked, no device automounting of any kind will happen, regardless of anything selected in the "Device Overrides" section.
en_GB: When this is unticked, no device automounting of any kind will happen, regardless of anything selected in the "Device Overrides" section.

note: #-#-#-#-#  751  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, automountUnknownDevices) #-#-#-#-#  2293  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutomountUnknownDevices)
en: When this is checked, only remembered devices will be automatically mounted. A device is 'remembered' if it has ever been mounted before. For instance, plugging in a USB media player to charge is not sufficient to 'remember' it - if the files are not accessed, it will not be automatically mounted the next time it is seen. Once they have been accessed, however, the device's contents will be automatically made available to the system.
en_GB: When this is ticked, only remembered devices will be automatically mounted. A device is 'remembered' if it has ever been mounted before. For instance, plugging in a USB media player to charge is not sufficient to 'remember' it - if the files are not accessed, it will not be automatically mounted the next time it is seen. Once they have been accessed, however, the device's contents will be automatically made available to the system.

note: #-#-#-#-#  751  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, automountOnPlugin) #-#-#-#-#  2293  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutomountOnPlugin)
en: When this is checked, the contents of any storage device will automatically be made available to the system when it is plugged in or attached.
en_GB: When this is ticked, the contents of any storage device will automatically be made available to the system when it is plugged in or attached.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeView, deviceView)
en: This list contains the storage devices known to the system. If "Automount on Login" is checked, the device will be automatically mounted even though "Mount all removable media at login" is unchecked. The same applies for "Automount on Attach".
    
    If "Enable automatic mounting of removable media" is unchecked, the overrides do not apply and no devices will be automatically mounted.
en_GB: This list contains the storage devices known to the system. If "Automount on Login" is ticked, the device will be automatically mounted even though "Mount all removable media at login" is unticked. The same applies for "Automount on Attach".
    
    If "Enable automatic mounting of removable media" is unticked, the overrides do not apply and no devices will be automatically mounted.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, forgetDevice)
en: Clicking this button causes the selected devices to be 'forgotten'. This is only useful if "Only automatically mount removable media that has been manually mounted before" is checked. Once a device is forgotten and the system is set to only automatically mount familiar devices, the device will not be automatically mounted.
en_GB: Clicking this button causes the selected devices to be 'forgotten'. This is only useful if "Only automatically mount removable media that has been manually mounted before" is ticked. Once a device is forgotten and the system is set to only automatically mount familiar devices, the device will not be automatically mounted.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Select the mimetypes that should be excluded from indexing
en_GB: Select the MIME types that should be excluded from indexing

[ctx: @title:window Referring to the folders which will be searched for files to index for desktop search]
en: Customizing Index Folders
en_GB: Customising Index Folders

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_12)
en: PIM data indexing allows full text search in events, contacts, email and their attachments.
en_GB: PIM data indexing allows full text search in events, contacts, emails and their attachments.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Customize the files and folders to be indexed
en_GB: Customise the files and folders to be indexed

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, m_buttonCustomizeIndexFolders)
en: Customize Folders
en_GB: Customise Folders

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_comboRemovableMediaHandling)
en: <para>Nepomuk can index files on removable devices like USB keys or external hard-disks for fast desktop searches.</para>
    <para>By default no files are indexed. Here this behaviour can be changed to one of two options:</para>
    <para><list><item><interface>Index files on all removable devices</interface> - Files on removable media are indexed as soon as the medium is mounted. Caution: this does not include media which have been rejected via the second option.</item>
    <item><interface>Ask individually when newly mounted</interface> - The user will be asked to decide if files on the newly mounted medium should be indexed or not. Once decided Nepomuk will not ask again.</item></list></para>
en_GB: <para>Nepomuk can index files on removable devices like USB keys or external hard discs for fast desktop searches.</para>
    <para>By default no files are indexed. Here this behaviour can be changed to one of two options:</para>
    <para><list><item><interface>Index files on all removable devices</interface> - Files on removable media are indexed as soon as the medium is mounted. Caution: this does not include media which have been rejected via the second option.</item>
    <item><interface>Ask individually when newly mounted</interface> - The user will be asked to decide if files on the newly mounted medium should be indexed or not. Once decided Nepomuk will not ask again.</item></list></para>

[ctx: @info]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Nepomuk can perform regular automatic backups of all data that could not be restored otherwise. This includes manually created tags, ratings, but also statistical data.
en_GB: Nepomuk can perform regular automatic backups of all data that could not be restored otherwise. This includes manually created tags, ratings, and also statistical data.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: File indexing service failed to initialize, most likely due to an installation problem.
en_GB: File indexing service failed to initialise, most likely due to an installation problem.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, m_select) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, m_select)
en: A list of Phonon Backends found on your system.  The order here determines the order Phonon will use them in.
en_GB: A list of Phonon backends found on your system.  The order here determines the order in which Phonon will use them.

en: Defines the default ordering of devices which can be overridden by individual categories.
en_GB: Defines the default ordering of devices, which can be overridden by individual categories.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QTreeView, categoryTree) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeView, categoryTree)
en: Various categories of media use cases.  For each category, you may choose what device you prefer to be used by the Phonon applications.
en_GB: Various categories of media use cases.  For each category, you may choose which device you prefer to be used by Phonon applications.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, PlatformThing)
en: Platform Specific Configuration Module
en_GB: Platform-Specific Configuration Module

note: i18n: whatsThis for option in switching Windows Desktop shells i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, optCustom)
en: Choose this and press the <i>"Setup..."</i> button to configure you custom desktop shell. Not recommended for the average user.
en_GB: Choose this and press the <interface>Setup...</interface> button to configure your custom desktop shell. Not recommended for the average user.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, descrCustom)
en: This shell is reserved for the user's custom shell. Press the "Setup" button to setup your favorite shell.
en_GB: This shell is reserved for the user's custom shell. Press the <interface>Setup...</interface> button to set up your favourite shell.

note: i18n: tooltip for button to setup custom Desktop shell i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, btnShellSetup)
en: Press to setup your custom desktop shell
en_GB: Press to set up your custom desktop shell

note: i18n: tooltip for checkbox i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseNativeDialogs)
en: Use native Windows file dialogs instead of KDE ones
en_GB: Use native Windows file dialogues instead of KDE ones

note: i18n: whatsThis tooltip i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseNativeDialogs)
en: Choose this option to make KDE applications use the standard Windows Open/Save file dialogs, instead of those normally used in KDE.
en_GB: Choose this option to make KDE applications use the standard Windows Open/Save file dialogues, instead of those normally used in KDE.

note: i18n: checkbox caption in System Integration options i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseNativeDialogs)
en: Use native system file dialogs
en_GB: Use native system file dialogues

note: i18n: whatsThis tooltip i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkInstallWallpapers)
en: This will install KDE wallpapers into the <i>"My Pictures"</i> directory so they can be used as your Windows wallpaper. If the checkbox is set to half-checked then it means that there are new wallpapers available to update.<br> The wallpaper aspect ratio will be selected according to your current screen resolution.
en_GB: This will install KDE wallpapers into the <i>"My Pictures"</i> directory so they can be used as your Windows wallpaper. If the tickbox is set to half-ticked then it means that there are new wallpapers available to update.<br> The wallpaper aspect ratio will be selected according to your current screen resolution.

en: This shell is reserved for user's custom shell. Press "Setup" button to setup your favourite shell.
en_GB: This shell is reserved for the user's custom shell. Press the <interface>Setup...</interface> button to set up your favourite shell.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, ServiceChooser)
en: <qt>
    <p>This list shows the configurable component types. Click the component you want to configure.</p>
    <p>In this dialog you can change KDE default components. Components are programs that handle basic tasks, like the terminal emulator, the text editor and the email client. Different KDE applications sometimes need to invoke a console emulator, send a mail or display some text. To do so consistently, these applications always call the same components. Here you can select which programs these components are.</p>
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <p>This list shows the configurable component types. Click the component you want to configure.</p>
    <p>In this dialogue you can change KDE default components. Components are programs that handle basic tasks, like the terminal emulator, the text editor and the email client. Different KDE applications sometimes need to invoke a console emulator, send a mail or display some text. To do so consistently, these applications always call the same components. Here you can select which programs these components are.</p>
    </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, txtEMailClient)
en: Press this button to select your favorite email client. Please note that the file you select has to have the executable attribute set in order to be accepted.<br/> You can also use several placeholders which will be replaced with the actual values when the email client is called:<ul> <li>%t: Recipient's address</li> <li>%s: Subject</li> <li>%c: Carbon Copy (CC)</li> <li>%b: Blind Carbon Copy (BCC)</li> <li>%B: Template body text</li> <li>%A: Attachment </li> </ul>
en_GB: Press this button to select your favourite email client. Please note that the file you select has to have the executable attribute set in order to be accepted.<br/> You can also use several placeholders which will be replaced with the actual values when the email client is called:<ul> <li>%t: Recipient's address</li> <li>%s: Subject</li> <li>%c: Carbon Copy (CC)</li> <li>%b: Blind Carbon Copy (BCC)</li> <li>%B: Template body text</li> <li>%A: Attachment </li> </ul>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, radioExec)
en: Other: click Add... in the dialog shown here:
en_GB: Other: click Add... in the dialogue shown here:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, terminalLE)
en: Press this button to select your favorite terminal client. Please note that the file you select has to have the executable attribute set in order to be accepted.<br/> Also note that some programs that utilize Terminal Emulator will not work if you add command line arguments (Example: konsole -ls).
en_GB: Press this button to select your favourite terminal client. Please note that the file you select has to have the executable attribute set in order to be accepted.<br/> Also note that some programs that use Terminal Emulator will not work if you add command line arguments (Example: konsole -ls).

en: To Gray
en_GB: To Grey

en: Co&lor:
en_GB: Co&lour:

en: &Second color:
en_GB: &Second colour:

en: You need to be connected to the Internet to use this action. A dialog will display a list of themes from the http://www.kde.org website. Clicking the Install button associated with a theme will install this theme locally.
en_GB: You need to be connected to the Internet to use this action. A dialogue will display a list of themes from the http://www.kde.org website. Clicking the Install button associated with a theme will install this theme locally.

en: <h1>Service Manager</h1><p>This module allows you to have an overview of all plugins of the KDE Daemon, also referred to as KDE Services. Generally, there are two types of service:</p><ul><li>Services invoked at startup</li><li>Services called on demand</li></ul><p>The latter are only listed for convenience. The startup services can be started and stopped. In Administrator mode, you can also define whether services should be loaded at startup.</p><p><b> Use this with care: some services are vital for KDE; do not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.</b></p>
en_GB: <h1>Service Manager</h1><p>This module allows you to have an overview of all plugins of the KDE Dæmon, also referred to as KDE Services. Generally, there are two types of service:</p><ul><li>Services invoked at startup</li><li>Services called on demand</li></ul><p>The latter are only listed for convenience. The startup services can be started and stopped. In Administrator mode, you can also define whether services should be loaded at startup.</p><p><b> Use this with care: some services are vital for KDE; do not deactivate services if you do not know what you are doing.</b></p>

en: Localization options for KDE applications
en_GB: Localisation options for KDE applications

en: You have the language with code '%1' in your list of languages to use for translation but the localization files for it could not be found. The language has been removed from your configuration. If you want to add it again please install the localization files for it and add the language again.
en_GB: You have the language with code '%1' in your list of languages to use for translation but the localisation files for it could not be found. The language has been removed from your configuration. If you want to add it again please install the localisation files for it and add the language again.

en: <h1>Country/Region & Language</h1>
    <p>Here you can set your localization settings such as language, numeric formats, date and time formats, etc.  Choosing a country will load a set of default formats which you can then change to your personal preferences.  These personal preferences will remain set even if you change the country.  The reset buttons allow you to easily see where you have personal settings and to restore those items to the country's default value.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Country/Region & Language</h1>
    <p>Here you can set your localisation settings such as language, numeric formats, date and time formats, etc.  Choosing a country will load a set of default formats which you can then change to your personal preferences.  These personal preferences will remain set even if you change the country.  The reset buttons allow you to easily see where you have personal settings and to restore those items to the country's default value.</p>

en: If this option is checked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all positive monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all positive monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).

en: If this option is checked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all negative monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the currency sign will be prefixed (i.e. to the left of the value) for all negative monetary values. If not, it will be postfixed (i.e. to the right).

[ctx: some reasonable date formats for the language]
en: WEEKDAY MONTH dD YYYY
    SHORTWEEKDAY MONTH dD YYYY
en_GB: WEEKDAY dD MONTH YYYY
    SHORTWEEKDAY dD MONTH YYYY

en: <p>This changes the units used by most KDE programs to display numbers counted in bytes. Traditionally "kilobytes" meant units of 1024, instead of the metric 1000, for most (but not all) byte sizes.<ul><li>To reduce confusion you can use the recently standardized IEC units which are always in multiples of 1024.</li><li>You can also select metric, which is always in units of 1000.</li><li>Selecting JEDEC restores the older-style units used in KDE 3.5 and some other operating systems.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>This changes the units used by most KDE programs to display numbers counted in bytes. Traditionally "kilobytes" meant units of 1024, instead of the metric 1000, for most (but not all) byte sizes.<ul><li>To reduce confusion you can use the recently standardised IEC units which are always in multiples of 1024.</li><li>You can also select metric, which is always in units of 1000.</li><li>Selecting JEDEC restores the older-style units used in KDE 3.5 and some other operating systems.</li></ul></p>

en: <h1>System Notifications</h1>KDE allows for a great deal of control over how you will be notified when certain events occur. There are several choices as to how you are notified:<ul><li>As the application was originally designed.</li><li>With a beep or other noise.</li><li>Via a popup dialog box with additional information.</li><li>By recording the event in a logfile without any additional visual or audible alert.</li></ul>
en_GB: <h1>System Notifications</h1>KDE allows for a great deal of control over how you will be notified when certain events occur. There are several choices as to how you are notified:<ul><li>As the application was originally designed.</li><li>With a beep or other noise.</li><li>Via a popup dialogue box with additional information.</li><li>By recording the event in a logfile without any additional visual or audible alert.</li></ul>

en: KDebugDialog
en_GB: KDebugDialogue

en: A dialog box for setting preferences for debug output
en_GB: A dialogue box for setting preferences for debug output

en: Show the fully-fledged dialog instead of the default list dialog
en_GB: Show the fully-fledged dialogue instead of the default list dialogue

en: KDE su daemon
en_GB: KDE su dæmon

en: Daemon used by kdesu
en_GB: Dæmon used by kdesu

en: Opens a KDE properties dialog to allow viewing and modifying of metadata of the given file(s)
en_GB: Opens a KDE properties dialogue to allow viewing and modifying of metadata of the given file(s)

en: KDE Help Center
en_GB: KDE Help Centre

en: The KDE Help Center
en_GB: The KDE Help Centre

en: To create an index, check the box in the list and press the
    "Build Index" button.
en_GB: To create an index, tick the box in the list and press the
    "Build Index" button.

en: KHelpCenter Index Builder
en_GB: KHelpCentre Index Builder

en: (c) 2003, The KHelpCenter developers
en_GB: (c) 2003, The KHelpCentre developers

en: Unable to initialize SearchHandler from file '%1'.
en_GB: Unable to initialise SearchHandler from file '%1'.

en: Help Center
en_GB: Help Centre

en: Filename too long
en_GB: File name too long

en: Could not initialize the SFTP session.
en_GB: Could not initialise the SFTP session.

en: libsmbclient failed to initialize context
en_GB: libsmbclient failed to initialise context

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check this box to allow <b>automatic deletion</b> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <b>not</b> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick this box to allow <b>automatic deletion</b> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <b>not</b> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Set the number of days that files can remain in the trash. Any files older than this will be automatically deleted.</para>
en_GB: <para>Set the number of days that files can remain in the wastebin. Any files older than this will be automatically deleted.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check this box to limit the trash to the maximum amount of disk space that you specify below. Otherwise, it will be unlimited.</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick this box to limit the wastebin to the maximum amount of disk space that you specify below. Otherwise, it will be unlimited.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the maximum percent of disk space that will be used for the trash.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the maximum percent of disk space that will be used for the wastebin.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>This is the calculated amount of disk space that will be allowed for the trash, the maximum.</para>
en_GB: <para>This is the calculated amount of disk space that will be allowed for the wastebin, the maximum.</para>

en: Delete Oldest Files From Trash
en_GB: Delete Oldest Files From Wastebin

en: Delete Biggest Files From Trash
en_GB: Delete Biggest Files From Wastebin

en: This file is already in the trash bin.
en_GB: This file is already in the wastebin.

en: ktrash
en_GB: kwastebin

en: Empty the contents of the trash
en_GB: Empty the contents of the wastebin

en: The trash has reached its maximum size!
    Cleanup the trash manually.
en_GB: The wastebin has reached its maximum size!
    Cleanup the wastebin manually.

en: KDE Notification Daemon
en_GB: KDE Notification Dæmon

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this box to select the highlighted web shortcut as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web shortcuts are used in places where only a few select shortcuts can be shown at one time.
en_GB: Tick this box to select the highlighted web shortcut as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web shortcuts are used in places where only a few select shortcuts can be shown at one time.

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again!</qt>

en: The QGpgME library failed to initialize for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.
en_GB: The QGpgME library failed to initialise for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.

en: A helper tool to shutdown a running installation
en_GB: A helper tool to shut down a running installation

en: Should I really shutdown all applications and processes of your recent installation ?
    
    Please make sure you have saved all documents.
en_GB:  Should I really shut down all applications and processes of your recent installation ?
    
    Please make sure you have saved all documents.

en: Shutdown KDE
en_GB: Shut down KDE

en: don't use categories for start menu entries
en_GB: do not use categories for start menu entries

en: Authorization for required extension '%1' was denied.
en_GB: Authorisation for required extension '%1' was denied.

en:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'udi' in a platform neutral fashion.
en_GB:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'UDI' in a platform neutral fashion.

en:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'udi'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).
en_GB:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'UDI'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).

en:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUdi' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.
en_GB:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUDI' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.

en:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

en:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

en:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useDefaultRadioButton)
en: When checked, will use the default Talker, which is the topmost Talker listed in the Talkers tab.
en_GB: When ticked, will use the default Talker, which is the topmost Talker listed in the Talkers tab.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useSpecificTalkerRadioButton)
en: When checked, will use the specific Talker (if it is still configured), otherwise the Talker most closely matching.
en_GB: When ticked, will use the specific Talker (if it is still configured), otherwise the Talker most closely matching.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, enableJovieCheckBox)
en: Check to start the Jovie Daemon and enable Text-to-Speech.
en_GB: Tick to start the Jovie Daemon and enable Text-to-Speech.

en: Opens the configuration dialog
en_GB: Opens the configuration dialogue

en: A type-and-say front end for speech synthesizers
en_GB: A type-and-say front end for speech synthesisers

en: KDE Text-to-Speech Daemon Configuration
en_GB: KDE Text-to-Speech Dæmon Configuration

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, stdInButton)
en: This check box specifies whether the text is sent as standard input to the speech synthesizer.
en_GB: This tickbox specifies whether the text is sent as standard input to the speech synthesizer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useKttsd)
en: This check box specifies KMouth tries to use the Jovie speech service prior to calling the speech synthesizer directly. The Jovie speech service is a KDE daemon which gives KDE applications a standardized interface for speech synthesis and is currently developed in SVN.
en_GB: This tick box specifies KMouth tries to use the Jovie speech service prior to calling the speech synthesizer directly. The Jovie speech service is a KDE dæmon which gives KDE applications a standardised interface for speech synthesis and is currently developed in SVN.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spellCheckBox)
en: If you select this check box the words are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.
en_GB: If you select this tickbox the words are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, spellCheckBox)
en: If you select this check box the words from the KDE documentation are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.
en_GB: If you select this tickbox the words from the KDE documentation are spell-checked before they are inserted into the new dictionary.

en: Enable All Dialog Boxes
en_GB: Enable All Dialogue Boxes

en: %1 chooses its defense
en_GB: %1 chooses its defence

en: SSL support could not be initialized for account %1. This is most likely because the QCA TLS plugin is not installed on your system.
en_GB: SSL support could not be initialised for account %1. This is most likely because the QCA TLS plugin is not installed on your system.

en: (Re)send Authorization To
en_GB: (Re)send Authorisation To

en: (Re)request Authorization From
en_GB: (Re)request Authorisation From

en: Remove Authorization From
en_GB: Remove Authorisation From

en: Do you also want to remove user %1's authorization to see your status?
en_GB: Do you also want to remove user %1's authorisation to see your status?

en: Cannot save when waiting for a defense.
en_GB: Cannot save when waiting for a defence.

en: Stop Auto-Defense
en_GB: Stop Auto-Defence

[ctx: Space-separated list of words meaning 0]
en: zero naught null
en_GB: zero nought null

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel6)
en: Organization name:
en_GB: Organisation name

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel7)
en: Organizational unit/group:
en_GB: Organisational unit/group

en: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the entropy gathering daemon (EGD) for initializing the pseudo-random number generator.
en_GB: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the entropy gathering dæmon (EGD) for initialising the pseudo-random number generator.

en: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the given file as entropy for initializing the pseudo-random number generator.
en_GB: If selected, OpenSSL will be asked to use the given file as entropy for initialising the pseudo-random number generator.

en: Enter the path to the socket created by the entropy gathering daemon (or the entropy file) here.
en_GB: Enter the path to the socket created by the entropy gathering dæmon (or the entropy file) here.

en: Don't Send
en_GB: Do not send

[ctx: Calendar Era: Hijri Islamic Era, years > 0, LongFormat]
en: Anno Hegirae
en_GB: Anno Hegiræ

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Please choose the default text editing component that you wish to use in this application. If you choose <B>System Default</B>, the application will honor your changes in the System Settings. All other choices will override that setting.
en_GB: Please choose the default text editing component that you wish to use in this application. If you choose <B>System Default</B>, the application will honour your changes in the System Settings. All other choices will override that setting.

en: &License Agreement
en_GB: &Licence Agreement

en: You have to restart the dialog for changes to take effect
en_GB: You have to restart the dialogue for changes to take effect

en: Synchronization to disk failed
en_GB: Synchronisation to disk failed

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: @item license (short name)]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: @item license (short name)]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: Q Public License
en_GB: Q Public Licence

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 3

[ctx: @item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 3

en: Causes the application to install a private color
    map on an 8-bit display
en_GB: Causes the application to install a private colour
    map on an 8-bit display

en: Limits the number of colors allocated in the color
    cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is
    using the QApplication::ManyColor color
    specification
en_GB: Limits the number of colours allocated in the colour
    cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is
    using the QApplication::ManyColor colour
    specification

en: sets the default background color and an
    application palette (light and dark shades are
    calculated)
en_GB: sets the default background colour and an
    application palette (light and dark shades are
    calculated)

en: sets the default foreground color
en_GB: sets the default foreground colour

en: sets the default button color
en_GB: sets the default button colour

en: forces the application to use a TrueColor visual on
    an 8-bit display
en_GB: forces the application to use a TrueColour visual on
    an 8-bit display

en: Show license information
en_GB: Show licence information

en: Could not launch the KDE Help Center:
    
    %1
en_GB: Could not launch the KDE Help Centre:
    
    %1

en: Could not Launch Help Center
en_GB: Could not Launch Help Centre

en: request was canceled
en_GB: request was cancelled

[ctx: palette name]
en: * Recent Colors *
en_GB: * Recent Colours *

[ctx: palette name]
en: * Custom Colors *
en_GB: * Custom Colours *

[ctx: palette name]
en: Forty Colors
en_GB: Forty Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Oxygen Colors
en_GB: Oxygen Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Rainbow Colors
en_GB: Rainbow Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Royal Colors
en_GB: Royal Colours

[ctx: palette name]
en: Web Colors
en_GB: Web Colours

[ctx: %1 is the number of paths, %2 is the list of paths (with newlines between them)]
en: Unable to read X11 RGB color strings. The following file location was examined:
    %2 | Unable to read X11 RGB color strings. The following file locations were examined:
    %2
en_GB[0]: Unable to read X11 RGB colour strings. The following file location was examined:
    %2
en_GB[1]: Unable to read X11 RGB colour strings. The following file locations were examined:
    %2

en: <html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br /><br />KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href="%1">%1</a> or use the "Report Bug..." dialog from the "Help" menu to report bugs.<br /><br />If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called "Wishlist".</html>
en_GB: <html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br /><br />KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href="%1">%1</a> or use the "Report Bug..." dialogue from the "Help" menu to report bugs.<br /><br />If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called "Wishlist".</html>

en: <html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br /><br />To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>
en_GB: <html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br /><br />To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organisation legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href="%1">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br /><br />KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organising conferences and meetings. <br /> <br />We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href="%2">%2</a>.<br /><br />Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>

en: Do you really want to delete the scheme %1?
    Note that this will not remove any system wide shortcut schemes.
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the scheme %1?
    Note that this will not remove any system-wide shortcut schemes.

en: <qt>If enabled, any occurrence of <code><b>\N</b></code>, where <code><b>N</b></code> is an integer number, will be replaced with the corresponding capture ("parenthesized substring") from the pattern.<p>To include (a literal <code><b>\N</b></code> in your replacement, put an extra backslash in front of it, like <code><b>\\N</b></code>.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>If enabled, any occurrence of <code><b>\N</b></code>, where <code><b>N</b></code> is an integer number, will be replaced with the corresponding capture ("bracketed substring") from the pattern.<p>To include (a literal <code><b>\N</b></code> in your replacement, put an extra backslash in front of it, like <code><b>\\N</b></code>.</p></qt>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font family settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font family settings.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font style settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font style settings.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Enable this checkbox to change the font size settings.
en_GB: Enable this tickbox to change the font size settings.

en: %2% of 1 file | %2% of %1 files
en_GB[0]: %2% of 1 file
en_GB[1]: %2 % of %1 files

en: %2/s (%3 remaining) | %2/s (%3 remaining)
en_GB[0]: %2/s (%3 remaining)
en_GB[1]: %2/s ( %3 remaining )

en: Click this to expand the dialog, to show details
en_GB: Click this to expand the dialogue, to show details

en: Progress Dialog
en_GB: Progress Dialogue

en: Click this to collapse the dialog, to hide details
en_GB: Click this to collapse the dialogue, to hide details

[ctx: @action]
en: Delete Word Forward
en_GB: Delete Word Forwards

[ctx: @action]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: @action]
en: Forward Word
en_GB: Forwards Word

en: Spell check canceled.
en_GB: Spell check cancelled.

en: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialog.
en_GB: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialogue.

en: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialog will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.
en_GB: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialogue will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.

en: Go forward one step
en_GB: Go forwards one step

en: Opens the print dialog to print the current document
en_GB: Opens the print dialogue to print the current document

en: Rotate &Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate Anti&clockwise

en: Initializing Applet "%1"...
en_GB: Initialising Applet "%1"...

en: <qt>Find text<br /><br />Shows a dialog that allows you to find text on the displayed page.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Find text<br /><br />Shows a dialogue that allows you to find text on the displayed page.</qt>

en: This page has attempted to open a popup window but was blocked.
    You can click on this icon in the status bar to control this behavior
    or to open the popup.
en_GB: This page has attempted to open a popup window but was blocked.
    You can click on this icon in the status bar to control this behaviour
    or to open the popup.

en: <qt><p><strong>'Print images'</strong></p><p>If this checkbox is enabled, images contained in the HTML page will be printed. Printing may take longer and use more ink or toner.</p><p>If this checkbox is disabled, only the text of the HTML page will be printed, without the included images. Printing will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><strong>'Print images'</strong></p><p>If this tickbox is enabled, images contained in the HTML page will be printed. Printing may take longer and use more ink or toner.</p><p>If this tickbox is disabled, only the text of the HTML page will be printed, without the included images. Printing will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p> </qt>

en: <qt><p><strong>'Print header'</strong></p><p>If this checkbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will contain a header line at the top of each page. This header contains the current date, the location URL of the printed page and the page number.</p><p>If this checkbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will not contain such a header line.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><strong>'Print header'</strong></p><p>If this tickbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will contain a header line at the top of each page. This header contains the current date, the location URL of the printed page and the page number.</p><p>If this tickbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will not contain such a header line.</p> </qt>

en: <qt><p><strong>'Printerfriendly mode'</strong></p><p>If this checkbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will be black and white only, and all colored background will be converted into white. Printout will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p><p>If this checkbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will happen in the original color settings as you see in your application. This may result in areas of full-page color (or grayscale, if you use a black+white printer). Printout will possibly happen more slowly and will probably use more toner or ink.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><strong>'Printerfriendly mode'</strong></p><p>If this tickbox is enabled, the printout of the HTML document will be black and white only, and all coloured background will be converted into white. Printout will be faster and use less ink or toner.</p><p>If this tickbox is disabled, the printout of the HTML document will happen in the original colour settings as you see in your application. This may result in areas of full-page colour (or greyscale, if you use a black+white printer). Printout will possibly happen more slowly and will probably use more toner or ink.</p> </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDialog, KJSErrorDlgBase)
en: This dialog provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at http://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.
en_GB: This dialogue provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at http://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.

en: Error initializing provider.
en_GB: Error initialising provider.

en: Fetching license data from server...
en_GB: Fetching licence data from server...

en: The server does not recognize the category %2 to which you are trying to upload. | The server does not recognize any of the categories to which you are trying to upload: %2
en_GB[0]: The server does not recognise the category %2 to which you are trying to upload.
en_GB[1]: The server does not recognise any of the categories to which you are trying to upload: %2

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Color for links
en_GB: Colour for links

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
en: What color links should be that have not yet been clicked on
en_GB: What colour links should be that have not yet been clicked on

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Color for visited links
en_GB: Colour for visited links

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Recent URLs), group (KFileDialog Settings)
en: Used for auto-completion in file dialogs, for example
en_GB: Used for auto-completion in file dialogues, for example

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Show Preview), group (KFileDialog Settings)
en: Show file preview in file dialog
en_GB: Show file preview in file dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Show Speedbar), group (KFileDialog Settings)
en: Whether the shortcut icons to the left in the file dialog should be shown
en_GB: Whether the shortcut icons to the left in the file dialogue should be shown

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Dialog Size), group (KKeyDialog Settings)
en: The size of the dialog
en_GB: The size of the dialogue

en: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically checked because of the dependency of %2 plugin
en_GB: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically ticked because of the dependency of %2 plugin

en: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically unchecked because of its dependency on %2 plugin
en_GB: 
        %1 plugin has been automatically unticked because of its dependency on %2 plugin

en: The ontology files containing the ontologies to be generated, a space separated list (deprecated: use arguments instead.)
en_GB: The ontology files containing the ontologies to be generated, a space separated list (deprecated: use arguments instead).

en: Specify the target folder to store generated files into.
en_GB: Specify the target folder in which to store generated files.

en: Serialization used in the ontology files. Will default to primitive file extension detection.
en_GB: Serialisation used in the ontology files. Will default to primitive file extension detection.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbLog)
en: Check to see logging information about thread activity. Watch the console output to see the log information.
en_GB: Tick to see logging information about thread activity. Watch the console output to see the log information.

en: <qt>This button allows you to bookmark specific locations. Click on this button to open the bookmark menu where you may add, edit or select a bookmark.<br /><br />These bookmarks are specific to the file dialog, but otherwise operate like bookmarks elsewhere in KDE.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>This button allows you to bookmark specific locations. Click on this button to open the bookmark menu where you may add, edit or select a bookmark.<br /><br />These bookmarks are specific to the file dialogue, but otherwise operate like bookmarks elsewhere in KDE.</qt>

en: You did not select a file to trash.
en_GB: You did not select a file to move to the wastebin.

en: Nothing to Trash
en_GB: Nothing to Move to Wastebin

en: <qt>Do you really want to trash
     <b>'%1'</b>?</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Do you really want to move
     <b>'%1'</b> to the wastebin?</qt>

en: Trash File
en_GB: Move File to Wastebin

en: translators: not called for n == 1 | Do you really want to trash these %1 items?
en_GB[0]: translators: not called for n == 1
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

en: Trash Files
en_GB: Move Files to Wastebin

[ctx: color]
en: DarkGray
en_GB: DarkGrey

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray1
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey1

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray2
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey2

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray3
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey3

[ctx: color]
en: DarkSlateGray4
en_GB: DarkSlateGrey4

[ctx: color]
en: DimGray
en_GB: DimGrey

[ctx: color]
en: LightGray
en_GB: LightGrey

[ctx: color]
en: LightSlateGray
en_GB: LightSlateGrey

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray
en_GB: SlateGrey

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray1
en_GB: SlateGrey1

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray2
en_GB: SlateGrey2

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray3
en_GB: SlateGrey3

[ctx: color]
en: SlateGray4
en_GB: SlateGrey4

en: More than one folder has been selected and this dialog does not accept folders, so it is not possible to decide which one to enter. Please select only one folder to list it.
en_GB: More than one folder has been selected and this dialogue does not accept folders, so it is not possible to decide which one to enter. Please select only one folder to list it.

en: No Media inserted or Media not recognized.
en_GB: No Media inserted or Media not recognised.

[ctx: %1: request type]
en: Access was denied while attempting to %1.
en_GB: Access was denied whilst attempting to %1.

en: Unknown Authorization method.
en_GB: Unknown Authorisation method.

en: You can also reconfigure file sharing authorization.
en_GB: You can also reconfigure file sharing authorisation.

en: You need to be authorized to share folders.
en_GB: You need to be authorised to share folders.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel7) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, filetypeList)
en: <qt><p>This list should show the types of file that your application can handle. This list is organized by <u>mimetypes</u>.</p>
    <p>MIME, Multipurpose Internet (e)Mail Extension, is a standard protocol for identifying the type of data based on filename extensions and correspondent <u>mimetypes</u>. Example: the "bmp" part that comes after the dot in flower.bmp indicates that it is a specific kind of image, <u>image/x-bmp</u>. To know which application should open each type of file, the system should be informed about the abilities of each application to handle these extensions and mimetypes.</p>
    <p>If you want to associate this application with one or more mimetypes that are not in this list, click on the button <b>Add</b> below. If there are one or more filetypes that this application cannot handle, you may want to remove them from the list clicking on the button <b>Remove</b> below.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This list should show the types of file that your application can handle. This list is organised by <u>mimetypes</u>.</p>
    <p>MIME, Multipurpose Internet (e)Mail Extension, is a standard protocol for identifying the type of data based on filename extensions and correspondent <u>mimetypes</u>. Example: the "bmp" part that comes after the full stop in flower.bmp indicates that it is a specific kind of image, <u>image/x-bmp</u>. To know which application should open each type of file, the system should be informed about the abilities of each application to handle these extensions and mimetypes.</p>
    <p>If you want to associate this application with one or more mimetypes that are not in this list, click on the button <b>Add</b> below. If there are one or more filetypes that this application cannot handle, you may want to remove them from the list clicking on the button <b>Remove</b> below.</p></qt>

en: Open file dialog
en_GB: Open file dialogue

en: Could not change ownership for %1.
en_GB: Could not change permissions for %1.

en: Authorization failed, %1 authentication not supported
en_GB: Authorisation failed, %1 authentication not supported

en: User canceled action
    %1
en_GB: User cancelled action
    %1

en: Unable to Initialize Input/Output Device
en_GB: Unable to Initialise Input/Output Device

en: The requested device could not be initialized ("mounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>
en_GB: The requested device could not be initialised ("mounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>

en: You may not have permissions to initialize ("mount") the device. On UNIX systems, often system administrator privileges are required to initialize a device.
en_GB: You may not have permissions to initialise ("mount") the device. On UNIX systems, often system administrator privileges are required to initialise a device.

en: Unable to Uninitialize Input/Output Device
en_GB: Unable to Uninitialise Input/Output Device

en: The requested device could not be uninitialized ("unmounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>
en_GB: The requested device could not be uninitialised ("unmounted"). The reported error was: <strong>%1</strong>

en: You may not have permissions to uninitialize ("unmount") the device. On UNIX systems, system administrator privileges are often required to uninitialize a device.
en_GB: You may not have permissions to uninitialise ("unmount") the device. On UNIX systems, system administrator privileges are often required to uninitialise a device.

en: Could Not Change Ownership of Resource
en_GB: Could Not Alter Ownership Permissions of Resource

en: An attempt to change the ownership of the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed.
en_GB: An attempt to alter the ownership permissions on the specified resource <strong>%1</strong> failed.

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you want to permanently delete all items from Trash? This action cannot be undone.
en_GB: Do you want to permanently delete all items from the Wastebin? This action cannot be undone.

en: You are not authorized to select an application to open this file.
en_GB: You are not authorised to select an application to open this file.

en: You are not authorized to execute this file.
en_GB: You are not authorised to execute this file.

en: You are not authorized to execute this service.
en_GB: You are not authorised to execute this service.

en: Authorization Dialog
en_GB: Authorisation Dialogue

en: When this is checked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent folder conflicts for the remainder of the current job.
    Unless you press Skip you will still be prompted in case of a conflict with an existing file in the directory.
en_GB: When this is ticked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent folder conflicts for the remainder of the current job.
    Unless you press Skip you will still be prompted in case of a conflict with an existing file in the directory.

en: When this is checked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent conflicts for the remainder of the current job.
en_GB: When this is ticked the button pressed will be applied to all subsequent conflicts for the remainder of the current job.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, organizationalUnitTag)
en: Organizational unit:
en_GB: Organisational unit:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, treeWidget)
en: Organization / Common Name
en_GB: Organisation / Common Name

en: KDE SSL Certificate Dialog
en_GB: KDE SSL Certificate Dialogue

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: meters per second squared
en_GB: metres per second squared

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: meter per second squared;meters per second squared;m/s²;m/s2;m/s^2
en_GB: metre per second squared;metres per second squared;m/s²;m/s2;m/s^2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 meters per second squared
en_GB: %1 metres per second squared

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 meter per second squared | %1 meters per second squared
en_GB[0]: %1 metre per second squared
en_GB[1]: %1 metres per second squared

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
note: i18n: This is used when a integer-valued amount in units is given, such as "1 mile" or "21 miles".
en: %1 square yottameter | %1 square yottameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square yottametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square zettameter | %1 square zettameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square zettametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square exameter | %1 square exameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square exametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square exametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square petameter | %1 square petameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square petametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square petametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square terameter | %1 square terameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square terametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square gigameter | %1 square gigameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square gigametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square megameter | %1 square megameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square megametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square megametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square hectometer | %1 square hectometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square hectometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square decameter | %1 square decameters
en_GB[0]: %1 square decametre
en_GB[1]: %1 square decametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square decimeter | %1 square decimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 square decimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 square decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square centimeter | %1 square centimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 square centimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 square centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square nanometer | %1 square nanometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square nanometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square picometer | %1 square picometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square picometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square picometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square femtometer | %1 square femtometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square femtometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square attometer | %1 square attometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square attometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square attometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square zeptometer | %1 square zeptometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square zeptometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 square yoctometer | %1 square yoctometers
en_GB[0]: %1 square yoctometre
en_GB[1]: %1 square yoctometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB: kilograms per cubic metre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kilogram per cubic meter;kilograms per cubic meter;kg/m³
en_GB: kilogram per cubic metre;kilograms per cubic metre;kg/m³

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB: %1 kilograms per cubic metre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilogram per cubic meter | %1 kilograms per cubic meter
en_GB[0]: %1 kilogram per cubic metre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilograms per cubic metre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilograms per liter
en_GB: kilograms per litre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kilogram per liter;kilograms per liter;kg/l
en_GB: kilogram per litre;kilograms per litre;kilogram per liter;kilograms per liter;kg/l

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilograms per liter
en_GB: %1 kilograms per litre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilogram per liter | %1 kilograms per liter
en_GB[0]: %1 kilogram per litre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilograms per litre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: grams per liter
en_GB: grams per litre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: gram per liter;grams per liter;g/l
en_GB: gram per litre;grams per litre;gram per liter;grams per liter;g/l

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 grams per liter
en_GB: %1 grams per litre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gram per liter | %1 grams per liter
en_GB[0]: %1 gram per litre
en_GB[1]: %1 grams per litre

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: grams per milliliter
en_GB: grams per millilitre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: gram per milliliter;grams per milliliter;g/ml
en_GB: gram per millilitre;grams per millilitre;gram per milliliter;grams per milliliter;g/ml

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 grams per milliliter
en_GB: %1 grams per millilitre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gram per milliliter | %1 grams per milliliter
en_GB[0]: %1 gram per millilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 grams per millilitre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 nanometer | %1 nanometers
en_GB[0]: %1 nanometre
en_GB[1]: %1 nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: liters per 100 kilometers
en_GB: litres per 100 kilometres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: liters per 100 kilometers;liters per 100 kilometers;l/100 km;L/100 km
en_GB: litres per 100 kilometres;litres per 100 kilometres;l/100 km;L/100 km

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 liters per 100 kilometers
en_GB: %1 litres per 100 kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 liters per 100 kilometers | %1 liters per 100 kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 litres per 100 kilometres
en_GB[1]: %1 litres per 100 kilometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilometers per liter
en_GB: kilometres per litre

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilometers per liter
en_GB: %1 kilometres per litre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilometer per liter | %1 kilometers per liter
en_GB[0]: %1 kilometre per litre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilometres per litre

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yottameters
en_GB: %1 yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yottameter | %1 yottameters
en_GB[0]: %1 yottametre
en_GB[1]: %1 yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zettameters
en_GB: %1 zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zettameter | %1 zettameters
en_GB[0]: %1 zettametre
en_GB[1]: %1 zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 petameter | %1 petameters
en_GB[0]: %1 petametre
en_GB[1]: %1 petametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: terameters
en_GB: terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gigameter | %1 gigameters
en_GB[0]: %1 gigametre
en_GB[1]: %1 gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 megameter | %1 megameters
en_GB[0]: %1 megametre
en_GB[1]: %1 megametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilometer | %1 kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 kilometre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 decameter | %1 decameters
en_GB[0]: %1 decametre
en_GB[1]: %1 decametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 decimeter | %1 decimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 decimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 centimeters
en_GB: %1 centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 centimeter | %1 centimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 centimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 millimeter | %1 millimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 millimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 micrometer | %1 micrometers
en_GB[0]: %1 micrometre
en_GB[1]: %1 micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 picometer | %1 picometers
en_GB[0]: %1 picometre
en_GB[1]: %1 picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 zeptometers
en_GB: %1 zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 yoctometers
en_GB: %1 yoctometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: millimeters of mercury
en_GB: millimetres of mercury

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: millimeter of mercury;millimeters of mercury;mmHg
en_GB: millimetre of mercury;millimetres of mercury;mmHg

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 millimeters of mercury
en_GB: %1 millimetres of mercury

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 millimeters of mercury | %1 millimeters of mercury
en_GB[0]: %1 millimetres of mercury
en_GB[1]: %1 millimetres of mercury

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: meters per second
en_GB: metres per second

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 meters per second
en_GB: %1 metres per second

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 meter per second | %1 meters per second
en_GB[0]: %1 metre per second
en_GB[1]: %1 metres per second

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: kilometers per hour
en_GB: kilometres per hour

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 kilometers per hour
en_GB: %1 kilometres per hour

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kilometer per hour | %1 kilometers per hour
en_GB[0]: %1 kilometre per hour
en_GB[1]: %1 kilometres per hour

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic yottameters
en_GB: cubic yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic yottameters
en_GB: %1 cubic yottametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic yottameter | %1 cubic yottameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic yottametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic yottametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic zettameters
en_GB: cubic zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic zettameters
en_GB: %1 cubic zettametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic zettameter | %1 cubic zettameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic zettametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic zettametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic exameters
en_GB: cubic exametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic exameters
en_GB: %1 cubic exametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic exameter | %1 cubic exameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic exametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic exametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic petameters
en_GB: cubic petametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic petameters
en_GB: %1 cubic petametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic petameter | %1 cubic petameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic petametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic petametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic terameters
en_GB: cubic terametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic terameters
en_GB: %1 cubic terametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic terameter | %1 cubic terameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic terametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic terametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic gigameters
en_GB: cubic gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic gigameters
en_GB: %1 cubic gigametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic gigameter | %1 cubic gigameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic gigametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic gigametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic megameters
en_GB: cubic megametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic megameters
en_GB: %1 cubic megametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic megameter | %1 cubic megameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic megametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic megametres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic kilometers
en_GB: cubic kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic kilometers
en_GB: %1 cubic kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic kilometer | %1 cubic kilometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic kilometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic kilometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic hectometers
en_GB: %1 cubic hectometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic hectometer | %1 cubic hectometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic hectometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic hectometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic decameters
en_GB: cubic decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic decameters
en_GB: %1 cubic decametres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic decameter | %1 cubic decameters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic decametre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic decametres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic meters
en_GB: %1 cubic metres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic meter | %1 cubic meters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic metre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic metres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic decimeters
en_GB: cubic decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic decimeters
en_GB: %1 cubic decimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic decimeter | %1 cubic decimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic decimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic decimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic centimeters
en_GB: cubic centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic centimeters
en_GB: %1 cubic centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic centimeter | %1 cubic centimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic centimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic centimetres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic millimeters
en_GB: %1 cubic millimetres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic millimeter | %1 cubic millimeters
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic millimetre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic millimetres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic micrometers
en_GB: cubic micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic micrometers
en_GB: %1 cubic micrometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic micrometer | %1 cubic micrometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic micrometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic micrometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic nanometers
en_GB: cubic nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic nanometers
en_GB: %1 cubic nanometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic nanometer | %1 cubic nanometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic nanometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic nanometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic picometers
en_GB: cubic picometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic picometers
en_GB: %1 cubic picometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic picometer | %1 cubic picometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic picometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic picometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic femtometers
en_GB: cubic femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic femtometers
en_GB: %1 cubic femtometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic femtometer | %1 cubic femtometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic femtometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic femtometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic attometers
en_GB: cubic attometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic attometers
en_GB: %1 cubic attometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic attometer | %1 cubic attometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic attometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic attometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic zeptometers
en_GB: cubic zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic zeptometers
en_GB: %1 cubic zeptometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic zeptometer | %1 cubic zeptometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic zeptometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic zeptometres

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: cubic yoctometers
en_GB: cubic yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 cubic yoctometers
en_GB: %1 cubic yoctometres

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 cubic yoctometer | %1 cubic yoctometers
en_GB[0]: %1 cubic yoctometre
en_GB[1]: %1 cubic yoctometres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: yottaliter;yottaliters;Yl
en_GB: yottalitre;yottalitres;yottaliter;yottaliters;Yl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yottaliter | %1 yottaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 yottalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 yottalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: zettaliter;zettaliters;Zl
en_GB: zettalitre;zettalitres;zettaliter;zettaliters;Zl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zettaliter | %1 zettaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 zettalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 zettalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: exaliter;exaliters;El
en_GB: exalitre;exalitres;exaliter;exaliters;El

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: petaliter;petaliters;Pl
en_GB: petalitre;petalitres;petaliter;petaliters;Pl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 petaliter | %1 petaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 petalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 petalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: teraliter;teraliters;Tl
en_GB: teralitre;teralitres;teraliter;teraliters;Tl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 teraliter | %1 teraliters
en_GB[0]: %1 teralitre
en_GB[1]: %1 teralitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: gigaliter;gigaliters;Gl
en_GB: gigalitre;gigalitres;gigaliter;gigaliters;Gl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 gigaliter | %1 gigaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 gigalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 gigalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: megaliter;megaliters;Ml
en_GB: megalitre;megalitres;megaliter;megaliters;Ml

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 megaliter | %1 megaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 megalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 megalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: kiloliter;kiloliters;kl
en_GB: kilolitre;kilolitres;kiloliter;kiloliters;kl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 kiloliter | %1 kiloliters
en_GB[0]: %1 kilolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 kilolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: hectoliter;hectoliters;hl
en_GB: hectolitre;hectolitres;hectoliter;hectoliters;hl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 hectoliter | %1 hectoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 hectolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 hectolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: decaliter;decaliters;dal
en_GB: decalitre;decalitres;decaliter;decaliters;dal

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 decaliter | %1 decaliters
en_GB[0]: %1 decalitre
en_GB[1]: %1 decalitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: deciliter;deciliters;dl
en_GB: decilitre;decilitres;deciliter;deciliters;dl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 deciliter | %1 deciliters
en_GB[0]: %1 decilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 decilitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: centiliter;centiliters;cl
en_GB: centilitre;centilitres;centiliter;centiliters;cl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 centiliter | %1 centiliters
en_GB[0]: %1 centilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 centilitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: milliliter;milliliters;ml
en_GB: millilitre;millilitres;milliliter;milliliters;ml

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 milliliter | %1 milliliters
en_GB[0]: %1 millilitre
en_GB[1]: %1 millilitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: microliter;microliters;µl;ul
en_GB: microlitre;microlitres;microliter;microliters;µl;ul

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 microliter | %1 microliters
en_GB[0]: %1 microlitre
en_GB[1]: %1 microlitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: nanoliter;nanoliters;nl
en_GB: nanolitre;nanolitres;nanoliter;nanoliters;nl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 nanoliter | %1 nanoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 nanolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 nanolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: picoliter;picoliters;pl
en_GB: picolitre;picolitres;picoliter;picoliters;pl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 picoliter | %1 picoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 picolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 picolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: femtoliter;femtoliters;fl
en_GB: femtolitre;femtolitres;femtoliter;femtoliters;fl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 femtoliter | %1 femtoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 femtolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 femtolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: attoliter;attoliters;al
en_GB: attolitre;attolitres;attoliter;attoliters;al

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 attoliter | %1 attoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 attolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 attolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: zeptoliter;zeptoliters;zl
en_GB: zeptolitre;zeptolitres;zeptoliter;zeptoliters;zl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 zeptoliter | %1 zeptoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 zeptolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 zeptolitres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: yoctoliter;yoctoliters;yl
en_GB: yoctolitre;yoctolitres;yoctoliter;yoctoliters;yl

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 yoctoliter | %1 yoctoliters
en_GB[0]: %1 yoctolitre
en_GB[1]: %1 yoctolitres

en: Script initialization failed
en_GB: Script initialisation failed

en: Images for dialogs
en_GB: Images for dialogues

en: Generic dialog background
en_GB: Generic dialogue background

en: Theme for the logout dialog
en_GB: Theme for the logout dialogue

en: Opaque images for dialogs
en_GB: Opaque images for dialogues

en: Opaque generic dialog background
en_GB: Opaque generic dialogue background

en: Opaque theme for the logout dialog
en_GB: Opaque theme for the logout dialogue

en: Low color images for dialogs
en_GB: Low colour images for dialogues

en: Low color generic dialog background
en_GB: Low colour generic dialogue background

en: Low color theme for the logout dialog
en_GB: Low colour theme for the logout dialogue

en: Low color background image for widgets
en_GB: Low colour background image for widgets

en: Low color analog clock face
en_GB: Low colour analogue clock face

en: Low color background image for panels
en_GB: Low colour background image for panels

en: Low color background for graphing widgets
en_GB: Low colour background for graphing widgets

en: Low color background image for tooltips
en_GB: Low colour background image for tooltips

en: You are not authorized to perform this operation.
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation.

en: You are not authorized to perform this operation
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation

en: The requested operation has been canceled
en_GB: The requested operation has been cancelled

en: The operation has already been canceled
en_GB: The operation has already been cancelled

[ctx: Ac Adapter device type]
en: Ac Adapter
en_GB: Mains Adaptor

en: 3D-center
en_GB: 3D-centre

note: #-#-#-#-#  855 (kmix)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, customColors)
en: &Use custom colors
en_GB: &Use custom colours

[ctx: Channel name]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: Channel name]
en: Rear Center
en_GB: Rear Centre

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextColor), group (Appearance)
en: The text color that will be used in the panel.
en_GB: The text colour that will be used in the panel.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TextColor), group (Appearance)
en: Change the color of the text in the panel
en_GB: Change the colour of the text in the panel

[ctx: @label number]
en: Nr
en_GB: No

en: Which peer we are downloading it from
en_GB: From which peer we are downloading it

en: The score of the peer. KTorrent uses this to determine who to upload to.
en_GB: The score of the peer. KTorrent uses this to determine to whom to upload.

en: Analyzing torrent....
en_GB: Analysing torrent....

en: Cannot initialize port...
en_GB: Cannot initialise port...

en: Cannot initialize libktorrent. Torrent support might not work.
en_GB: Cannot initialise libktorrent. Torrent support might not work.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, fileNameComboBox)
en: Use Normalized Name
en_GB: Use Normalised Name

en: Verification not possible. Check the entered data, whether gpg-agent is running, or whether you have an Internet connection (for retrieving keys.)
en_GB: Verification not possible. Check the entered data, whether gpg-agent is running, or whether you have an Internet connection (for retrieving keys).

en: The Zeroconf daemon (mdnsd) is not running.
en_GB: The Zeroconf dæmon (mdnsd) is not running.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mUseColor)
en: Use a custom color for this account
en_GB: Use a custom colour for this account

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mButtonAccountSetColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mUseColor)
en: Account are often differentiated by the protocol icon. But if you have severals accounts of the same protocol, you may apply a color filter to that icon to differentiate accounts from the same protocols.
en_GB: Account are often differentiated by the protocol icon. But if you have severals accounts of the same protocol, you may apply a colour filter to that icon to differentiate accounts from the same protocols.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mUseColor)
en: Use &custom color
    for account:
en_GB: Use &custom colour
    for account:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, mColorButton)
en: Account custom color selector
en_GB: Account custom colour selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mConnectNow)
en: If this is checked, the account will be connected right after you clicked on <i>Finished</i>.
en_GB: If this is ticked, the account will be connected right after you clicked on <i>Finished</i>.

note: i18n: ectx: label
en: Emitted when the font and colors settings have changed.
en_GB: Emitted when the font and colours settings have changed.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Text color used when highlighting.
en_GB: Text colour used when highlighting.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Background color used when highlighting.
en_GB: Background colour used when highlighting.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Chat text color.
en_GB: Chat text colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Chat background color.
en_GB: Chat background colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Chat link color.
en_GB: Chat link colour.

en: Set Text &Color...
en_GB: Set Text &Colour...

en: Reset Font And Color
en_GB: Reset Font And Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, mButtonAccountSetColor)
en: Set C&olor...
en_GB: Set C&olour...

[ctx: second-person command]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <span style=" font-style:italic;">Check to Include in Global Connection</span>
en_GB: <span style=" font-style:italic;">Tick to Include in Global Connection</span>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, mButtonAccountSetColor)
en: Set a custom color for this account
en_GB: Set a custom colour for this account

en: Colors && Fonts
en_GB: Colours && Fonts

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: <b>Here you can customize the contact tooltips</b>
en_GB: <b>Here you can customise the contact tooltips</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_trayflashNotifyLeftClickOpensMessage)
en: Left mouse click on flashing system tray opens message instead of restoring/minimizing contact list
en_GB: Left mouse click on flashing system tray opens message instead of restoring/minimising contact list

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_trayflashNotifyLeftClickOpensMessage)
en: A left mouse click on the flashing system tray icon opens the incoming message instead of restoring/minimizing the contact list (e.g. to check who is sending messages). A middle click always opens this message.
en_GB: A left mouse click on the flashing system tray icon opens the incoming message instead of restoring/minimising the contact list (e.g. to check who is sending messages). A middle click always opens this message.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_startDocked)
en: Start with the main window minimized to the system tray
en_GB: Start with the main window minimised to the system tray

en: Here is an incoming colored message.
en_GB: Here is an incoming coloured message.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel3) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatTextColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatTextColor)
en: The color of normal text
en_GB: The colour of normal text

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightForegroundColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightForegroundColor)
en: Foreground color for highlighted messages
en_GB: Foreground colour for highlighted messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatBackgroundColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatBackgroundColor)
en: Color for the background of the chat window
en_GB: Colour for the background of the chat window

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightBackgroundColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_highlightBackgroundColor)
en: Background color for highlighted messages
en_GB: Background colour for highlighted messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatLinkColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_chatLinkColor)
en: Color used for links in chats
en_GB: Colour used for links in chats

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Link color:
en_GB: &Link colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_chatFmtOverride) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_chatFmtOverride)
en: Disregard the colors (background and foreground), and font (size and typeface) of incoming messages
en_GB: Disregard the colours (background and foreground), and font (size and typeface) of incoming messages

en: This contact was not found in the KDE address book. Check that a contact is selected in the properties dialog.
en_GB: This contact was not found in the KDE address book. Check that a contact is selected in the properties dialogue.

en: (contact id)
en_GB: (contact ID)

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, cmbAccountName) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, cmbAccountPhoto)
en: Contact with which to synchronize the displayname.
en_GB: Contact with which to synchronise the displayname.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkUseCustomIcons)
en: Check to set custom icons for this contact
en_GB: Tick to set custom icons for this contact

en: Force Color ON
en_GB: Force Colour ON

en: Color Filter
en_GB: Colour Filter

note: i18n: off / disable flicker compensation
en: NoFliker
en_GB: NoFlicker

en: Automatic Color Correction
en_GB: Automatic Colour Correction

en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

en: Color Killer
en_GB: Colour Killer

en: <qt>You do not have an account configured for <b>%1</b> yet.  Please create an account, connect it, and try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>You do not have an account configured for <b>%1</b> yet.  Please create an account, connect it and try again.</qt>

en: Authorize
en_GB: Authorise

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Color used to identify idle contacts.
en_GB: Colour used to identify idle contacts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Appearance)
en: Whether to use a different color for idle contacts.
en_GB: Whether to use a different colour for idle contacts.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (ContactList)
en: Color for group name.
en_GB: Colour for group name.

en: You are not authorized to perform the command "%1".
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform the command "%1".

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_authorizeCb)
en: Authorize this contact to see my status
en_GB: Authorise this contact to see my status

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mRemembered)
en: Check this and enter your password below if you would like your password to be stored in your wallet, so Kopete does not have to ask you for it each time it is needed.
en_GB: Tick this and enter your password below if you would like your password to be stored in your wallet, so Kopete does not have to ask you for it each time it is needed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, mPassword)
en: Enter your password here. If you would rather not save your password, uncheck the Remember password checkbox above; you will then be prompted for your password whenever it is needed.
en_GB: Enter your password here. If you would rather not save your password, untick the Remember password tickbox above; you will then be prompted for your password whenever it is needed.

[ctx: @info]
en: You have not selected a private key for yourself, so signing is not possible. Please select a private key in the Cryptography preferences dialog.
en_GB: You have not selected a private key for yourself, so signing is not possible. Please select a private key in the Cryptography preferences dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, keyList) #-#-#-#-#  1406 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, keyList)
en: Check the box next to the name and key of each user that you want to export to the address book.
en_GB: Tick the box next to the name and key of each user that you want to export to the address book.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_setBG)
en: Change the background color to:
en_GB: Change the background colour to:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_setFG)
en: Change the foreground color to:
en_GB: Change the foreground colour to:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (History_color), group (History Plugin) i18n: ectx: label, entry (History_color), group (History2 Plugin)
en: Color of messages
en_GB: Colour of messages

en: INFORMATION: Guessed %1 to be one of your buddys nicks.
en_GB: INFORMATION: Guessed %1 to be one of your buddy's nicks.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, colorLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, History_color)
en: Color of history messages in the chat window
en_GB: Colour of history messages in the chat window

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorLabel)
en: Color of messages:
en_GB: Colour of messages:

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KIntSpinBox, Number_ChatWindow) #-#-#-#-#  1406 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, Number_ChatWindow)
en: The number of message that are shown when borwsing history in the chat window
en_GB: The number of messages that are shown when browsing history in the chat window

en: Cannot find the Magick 'convert' program.
    convert is required to render the LaTeX formulae.
    Please get the software from www.imagemagick.org or from your distribution's package manager.
en_GB: Cannot find the Magick 'convert' program.
    convert is required to render the LaTeX formula.
    Please get the software from www.imagemagick.org or from your distribution's package manager.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: The KopeteTeX plugin allows Kopete to render LaTeX formulas in the chat window. The sender must enclose the formula between two pairs of $ signs. ie: $$formula$$
    This plugin requires that the ImageMagick convert program be installed in order to work.
en_GB: The KopeteTeX plugin allows Kopete to render LaTeX formula in the chat window. The sender must enclose the formula between two pairs of $ signs. ie: $$formula$$
    This plugin requires that the ImageMagick convert program be installed in order to work.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_fg)
en: Change global text foreground color
en_GB: Change global text foreground colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_char)
en: Change color every letter
en_GB: Change colour every letter

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_words)
en: Change color every word
en_GB: Change colour every word

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OutgoingAsk), group (Translator plugin)
en: Show dialog before sending message
en_GB: Show dialogue before sending message

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_OutgoingAsk)
en: Show dialog before sending
en_GB: Show dialogue before sending

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, restrictPreviews)
en: If checked, only the selected number of pictures are downloaded and displayed as previews.
    Otherwise, an unlimited number of previews are generated.
en_GB: If ticked, only the selected number of pictures are downloaded and displayed as previews.
    Otherwise, an unlimited number of previews are generated.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, enableScaling)
en: If checked, preview images get scaled down to the width specified.
    Otherwise, the images are not scaled at all and appear in their original size.
en_GB: If ticked, preview images get scaled down to the width specified.
    Otherwise, the images are not scaled at all and appear in their original size.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, GaduAwayUI)
en: Away Dialog
en_GB: Away Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, notAFriend_) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, notAFriend_)
en: Check if you want to exclude this contact from the "Just for friends" status mode.
en_GB: Tick if you want to exclude this contact from the "Just for friends" status mode.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cacheServersCheck__)
en: This option is used whenever the primary Gadu-Gadu load-balancing server fails.  If this is checked, Kopete will try to connect to the actual servers directly using cached information about them.  This prevents connection errors when the main load-balancing server does not answer. In practice it only helps very rarely.
en_GB: This option is used whenever the primary Gadu-Gadu load-balancing server fails.  If this is ticked, Kopete will try to connect to the actual servers directly using cached information about them.  This prevents connection errors when the main load-balancing server does not answer. In practice it only helps very rarely.

en: Unrecognized error code: %1
en_GB: Unrecognised error code: %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, autoConnect)
en: Check to disable automatic connection.  If checked, you may connect to this account manually using the icon in the bottom of the main Kopete window
en_GB: Tick to disable automatic connection.  If ticked, you may connect to this account manually using the icon in the bottom of the main Kopete window

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, addID)
en: The name of the IRC contact or channel you would like to add.  You can type a person's nickname, or a channel name, preceded by a pound sign ('#').
en_GB: The name of the IRC contact or channel you would like to add.  You can type a person's nickname, or a channel name, preceded by a hash sign ('#').

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListView, ctcpList)
en: You can use this dialog to add custom replies for when people send you CTCP requests. You can also use this dialog to override the built-in replies for VERSION, USERINFO, and CLIENTINFO.
en_GB: You can use this dialogue to add custom replies for when people send you CTCP requests. You can also use this dialogue to override the built-in replies for VERSION, USERINFO and CLIENTINFO.

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, useSSL)
en: Check this to enable SSL for this connection
en_GB: Tick this to enable SSL for this connection

en: SSL support could not be initialized for account %1. This is most likely because TLS support for QCA is not available.
en_GB: SSL support could not be initialised for account %1. This is most likely because TLS support for QCA is not available.

en: Waiting for authorization
en_GB: Waiting for authorisation

en: Authorization Status
en_GB: Authorisation Status

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mAutoConnect) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAutoConnect)
en: Check to disable automatic connection.  If checked, you can connect manually to this account, using the icon at the bottom of the main Kopete window
en_GB: Tick to disable automatic connection.  If ticked, you can connect manually to this account, using the icon at the bottom of the main Kopete window

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, Libjingle)
en: This enable libjingle voice call
en_GB: This enables libjingle voice call

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbHideSystemInfo)
en: By default, Kopete gives the other users some info about your system and the client. Checking this box will hide that information.
en_GB: By default, Kopete gives the other users some info about your system and the client. Ticking this box will hide that information.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendEvents)
en: Check this box if you always want to send notifications to your contacts.
en_GB: Tick this box if you always want to send notifications to your contacts.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendDeliveredEvent)
en: <qt>Check this box to send the <b>Delivered notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is delivered to Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has received the message.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to send the <b>Delivered notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is delivered to Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has received the message.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendDisplayedEvent)
en: <qt>Check this box to send the <b>Displayed notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is displayed in Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has displayed the message.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to send the <b>Displayed notification</b> to your contacts : when a message is displayed in Kopete, Kopete can notify your contact that it has displayed the message.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbSendComposingEvent)
en: <qt>Check this box to send the <b>Typing notification</b> to your contacts : when you are composing a message, you might want your contact to know that you are typing so that he/she knows you are answering.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to send the <b>Typing notification</b> to your contacts : when you are composing a message, you might want your contact to know that you are typing so that he/she knows you are answering.</qt>

en: Waiting for Authorization
en_GB: Waiting for Authorisation

en: Request Authorization
en_GB: Request Authorisation

en: Reason for requesting authorization:
en_GB: Reason for requesting authorisation:

en: Please authorize me so I can add you to my contact list
en_GB: Please authorise me so I can add you to my contact list

en: User %1 has granted your authorization request.
    Reason: %2
en_GB: User %1 has granted your authorisation request.
    Reason: %2

en: User %1 has rejected the authorization request.
    Reason: %2
en_GB: User %1 has rejected the authorisation request.
    Reason: %2

en: &Request Authorization
en_GB: &Request Authorisation

en: &Grant Authorization
en_GB: &Grant Authorisation

en: Mail Order Catalog
en_GB: Mail Order Catalogue

en: Non-Government Organization
en_GB: Non-Government Organisation

en: Elementary School
en_GB: Primary School

en: Past Organization
en_GB: Past Organisation

en: Authorization Reply
en_GB: Authorisation Reply

en: <b>%1</b> requested authorization to add you to his/her contact list.
en_GB: <b>%1</b> requested authorisation to add you to his/her contact list.

en: Authorization reply to <b>%1</b>.
en_GB: Authorisation reply to <b>%1</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ICQAuthReplyUI)
en: ICQ Authorization Reply
en_GB: ICQ Authorisation Reply

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblUserReq)
en: %1 requested authorization to add you to his/her contact list.
en_GB: %1 requested authorisation to add you to his/her contact list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbGrant)
en: &Grant authorization
en_GB: &Grant authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbDecline)
en: &Decline authorization
en_GB: &Decline authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkRequireAuth)
en: Enable the authorization requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorization from you.
en_GB: Enable the authorisation requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorisation from you.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkRequireAuth)
en: Enable the authorization requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorization from you.  Check this box, and you will have to confirm any users who add you to their list before they may see your online status.
en_GB: Enable the authorisation requirement, which will not allow users to add you to their contact list without authorisation from you.  Tick this box, and you will have to confirm any users who add you to their list before they may see your online status.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkRequireAuth)
en: &Require authorization before someone can add you to their contact list
en_GB: &Require authorisation before someone can add you to their contact list

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkHideIP)
en: Check this to hide your IP address from people when they view your user info
en_GB: Tick this to hide your IP address from people when they view your user info

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkHideIP)
en: Checking this box prevent people from seeing your IP address if they view your ICQ user details such as name, address, or age.
en_GB: Ticking this box prevent people from seeing your IP address if they view your ICQ user details such as name, address or age.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkWebAware)
en: Check this box to enable Web Aware functionality.
en_GB: Tick this box to enable Web Aware functionality.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkWebAware)
en: Check this box to enable ICQ's Web Aware functionality, which allows people to see your online status from ICQ's web page, and send you a message without necessarily having ICQ themselves.
en_GB: Tick this box to enable ICQ's Web Aware functionality, which allows people to see your online status from ICQ's web page, and send you a message without necessarily having ICQ themselves.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkWebAware)
en: Make my status available via &ICQ's unified messaging center
en_GB: Make my status available via &ICQ's unified messaging centre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, uinLabel) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: &UIN #:
en_GB: &UIN No.:

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Organization Type
en_GB: Organisation Type

en: Requires Authorization
en_GB: Requires Authorisation

en: Organization & Affiliation Information
en_GB: Organisation & Affiliation Information

en: The user %1 requires authorization before being added to a contact list. Do you want to send an authorization request?
    
    Reason for requesting authorization:
en_GB: The user %1 requires authorisation before being added to a contact list. Do you want to send an authorisation request?
    
    Reason for requesting authorisation:

en: Zipcode
en_GB: Postcode

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autologin)
en: If you check this checkbox, the account will not be connected when you press the "Connect All" button, or at startup when automatic connection at startup is enabled.
en_GB: If you tick this tickbox, the account will not be connected when you press the "Connect All" button, or at startup when automatic connection at startup is enabled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblZip)
en: Zip code:
en_GB: Postcode:

en: This version of Skype is too old, consider upgrading
en_GB: This version of Skype is too old, consider upgrading.

en: User not authorized by recipient
en_GB: User not authorised by recipient

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, NameLabel)
en: Name of the other participant in the call (or a list of names if it is a conference call.)
en_GB: Name of the other participant in the call (or a list of names if it is a conference call).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TimeLabel)
en: Total length of the call/<br />(i.e. both time speaking and time on hold.)
en_GB: Total length of the call/<br />(i.e. both time speaking and time on hold).

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel7)
en: Is authorized:
en_GB: Is authorised:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, excludeCheck)
en: Check this if you do not want to connect with other protocols
en_GB: Tick this if you do not want to connect with other protocols

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, AuthorCheck)
en: &Non-standard authorization
en_GB: &Non-standard authorisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Note that Kopete will freeze while Skype asks you if it can allow Kopete to access it. This is normal, and if you allow it forever (check that "Remember" checkbox in Skype's dialog), it will not happen again.<br /><br />The 'System Bus' option is not yet supported by Skype
en_GB: Note that Kopete will freeze while Skype asks you if it can allow Kopete to access it. This is normal, and if you allow it forever (check that "Remember" checkbox in Skype's dialogue), it will not happen again.<br /><br />The 'System Bus' option is not yet supported by Skype

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, CallCheck)
en: S&how call control (this will also hide Skype client call dialog)
en_GB: S&how call control (this will also hide Skype client call dialogue)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, LeaveCheck)
en: Do not leave a chat when the chat window is closed. Makes a difference only with multi-user chats: if it is checked, you will continue receiving messages from that chat even after closing the window.
en_GB: Do not leave a chat when the chat window is closed. Makes a difference only with multi-user chats: if it is ticked, you will continue receiving messages from that chat even after closing the window.

en: No prefix set for SMSSend, please change it in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: No prefix set for SMSSend, please change it in the configuration dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox)
en: &Enable phone number internationalization
en_GB: &Enable phone number internationalisation

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check if you would like to enable phone number internationalization.
en_GB: Tick if you would like to enable phone number internationalisation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check if you would like to enable phone number internationalization.  Without this option, you will only be able to use SMS for accounts within your country.
en_GB: Check if you would like to enable phone number internationalisation.  Without this option, you will only be able to use SMS for accounts within your country.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel2_2)
en: Com&puter hostname:
en_GB: Com&puter host name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel12)
en: To receive WinPopup messages sent from other machines, the hostname above must be set to this machine's hostname.
en_GB: <i>To receive WinPopup messages sent from other machines, the host name above must be set to this machine's host name.</i>

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Italics</span> contacts are not on your contact list.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd">
    <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /></head><body>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Italicised</span> contacts are not on your contact list.</p></body></html>

note: #-#-#-#-#  861 (kopete)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_reversed)
en: If this box is checked, you are on this user's contact list.
    If not, the user has not added you to their list, or has removed you.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you are on this user's contact list.
    If not, the user has not added you to their list, or has removed you.

en: Select the pen's color
en_GB: Select the pen's colour

en: User %1 has granted your authorization request.
en_GB: User %1 has granted your authorisation request.

en: User %1 has rejected your authorization request.
    %2
en_GB: User %1 has rejected your authorisation request.
    %2

en: Private ZIP
en_GB: Private Postcode

en: <b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys</b>: when you import a public key, it is usually marked as untrusted and you cannot use it unless you sign it in order to make it 'trusted'. Checking this box enables you to use any key, even if it has not be signed.
en_GB: <b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys</b>: when you import a public key, it is usually marked as untrusted and you cannot use it unless you sign it in order to make it 'trusted'. Ticking this box enables you to use any key, even if it has not be signed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1283 (kgpg)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AsciiArmor)
en: ASCII armored encryption
en_GB: ASCII armoured encryption

en: <p>This shows the number of bytes transferred
    for the selected account (not for all of your
    accounts. You can select what to display in
    the accounting dialog.
    
    <a href="#volaccounting">More on volume accounting</a>
en_GB: <p>This shows the number of bytes transferred
    for the selected account (not for all of your
    accounts. You can select what to display in
    the accounting dialogue.
    
    <a href="#volaccounting">More on volume accounting</a>

en: Do you want to use the wizard to create the new account or the standard, dialog-based setup?
    The wizard is easier and sufficient in most cases. If you need very special settings, you might want to try the standard, dialog-based setup.
en_GB: Do you want to use the wizard to create the new account or the standard, dialogue-based setup?
    The wizard is easier and sufficient in most cases. If you need very special settings, you might want to try the standard, dialogue-based setup.

en: Initializing modem...
en_GB: Initialising modem...

en: Dialing %1
en_GB: Dialling %1

en: <p>Specifies the phone numbers to dial. You
    can supply multiple numbers here, simply
    click on "Add". You can arrange the
    order the numbers are tried by using the
    arrow buttons.
    
    When a number is busy or fails, <i>kppp</i> will 
    try the next number and so on
en_GB: <p>Specifies the phone numbers to dial. You
    can supply multiple numbers here, simply
    click on "Add". You can arrange the
    order the numbers are tried by using the
    arrow buttons.
    
    When a number is busy or fails, <i>KPPP</i> will 
    try the next number and so on

en: If your computer has a permanent internet
    address, you must supply your IP address here.
en_GB: If your computer has a permanent Internet
    address, you must supply your IP address here.

en: <i>kppp</i> will wait this number of seconds
    to see if a PPP connection is established.
    If no connection is made in this time frame,
    <i>kppp</i> will give up and kill pppd.
en_GB: <i>KPPP</i> will wait this number of seconds
    to see if a PPP connection is established.
    If no connection is made in this time frame,
    <i>KPPP</i> will give up and kill pppd.

en: <p>After a connection is established, the
    window is minimized and a small icon
    in the KDE panel represents this window.
    
    Clicking on this icon will restore the
    window to its original location and
    size.
en_GB: <p>After a connection is established, the
    window is minimised and a small icon
    in the KDE panel represents this window.
    
    Clicking on this icon will restore the
    window to its original location and
    size.

en: <p>When a connection is established and
    it somehow gets disconnected, <i>kppp</i>
    will try to reconnect to the same account.
    
    See <a href="#redial">here</a> for more on this topic.
en_GB: <p>When a connection is established and
    it somehow gets disconnected, <i>KPPP</i>
    will try to reconnect to the same account.
    
    See <a href="#redial">here</a> for more on this topic.

en: When this option is checked, the window
    title shows the time since a connection
    was established. Very useful, so you 
    should turn this on
en_GB: When this option is ticked, the window
    title shows the time since a connection
    was established. Very useful, so you 
    should turn this on

en: <p>Checking this option will close any
    open connection when the X-server is
    shut down. You should enable this option
    unless you know what you are doing.
    
    See <a href="#disxserver">here</a> for more on this.
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will close any
    open connection when the X-server is
    shut down. You should enable this option
    unless you know what you are doing.
    
    See <a href="#disxserver">here</a> for more on this.

en: When this option is turned on, <i>kppp</i>
    will be closed when you disconnect
en_GB: When this option is turned on, <i>KPPP</i>
    will be closed when you disconnect

en: Minimi&ze window on connect
en_GB: Minimise &window on connect

en: Iconifies <i>kppp</i>'s window when a
    connection is established
en_GB: Iconifies <i>KPPP</i>'s window when a
    connection is established

en: This specifies how long <i>kppp</i> waits for a
    <i>CONNECT</i> response from your modem. The
    recommended value is 30 seconds.
en_GB: This specifies how long <i>KPPP</i> waits for a
    <i>CONNECT</i> response from your modem. The
    recommended value is 30 seconds.

en: <p>Normally the modem waits for a dial tone
    from your phone line, indicating that it can
    start to dial a number. If your modem does not
    recognize this sound, or your local phone system
    does not emit such a tone, uncheck this option
    
    <b>Default:</b>: On
en_GB: <p>Normally the modem waits for a dial tone
    from your phone line, indicating that it can
    start to dial a number. If your modem does not
    recognise this sound, or your local phone system
    does not emit such a tone, untick this option
    
    <b>Default:</b>: On

en: Specifies the number of seconds to wait before
    redial if all dialed numbers are busy. This is
    necessary because some modems get stuck if the
    same number is busy too often.
    
    The default is 0 seconds, you should not change
    this unless you need to.
en_GB: Specifies the number of seconds to wait before
    redial if all dialled numbers are busy. This is
    necessary because some modems get stuck if the
    same number is busy too often.
    
    The default is 0 seconds, you should not change
    this unless you need to.

en: Most modems have a speaker which makes
    a lot of noise when dialing. Here you can
    either turn this completely off or select a
    lower volume.
    
    If this does not work for your modem,
    you must modify the modem volume command.
en_GB: Most modems have a speaker which makes
    a lot of noise when dialling. Here you can
    either turn this completely off or select a
    lower volume.
    
    If this does not work for your modem,
    you must modify the modem volume command.

en: Graph Colors
en_GB: Graph Colours

en: <p>This controls whether a log window is shown.
    A log window shows the communication between
    <i>kppp</i> and your modem. This will help you
    in tracking down problems.
    
    Turn it off if <i>kppp</i> routinely connects without
    problems
en_GB: <p>This controls whether a log window is shown.
    A log window shows the communication between
    <i>KPPP</i> and your modem. This will help you
    in tracking down problems.
    
    Turn it off if <i>KPPP</i> routinely connects without
    problems

en: <p>The pppd daemon died unexpectedly!</p>
en_GB: <p>The pppd dæmon died unexpectedly!</p>

en: Cannot find the PPP daemon!
    Make sure that pppd is installed and that you have entered the correct path.
en_GB: Cannot find the PPP dæmon!
    Make sure that pppd is installed and that you have entered the correct path.

en: kppp can not find:
     %1
    Please make sure you have setup your modem device properly and/or adjust the location of the modem device on the modem tab of the setup dialog.
en_GB: kppp can not find:
     %1
    Please make sure you have setup your modem device properly and/or adjust the location of the modem device on the modem tab of the setup dialogue.

en: Exiting kPPP will close your PPP Session.
en_GB: Exiting KPPP will close your PPP Session.

en: Quit kPPP?
en_GB: Quit KPPP?

en: Kppp Mini-Terminal
en_GB: KPPP Mini-Terminal

en: MiniTerm - A terminal emulation for KPPP
    
    (c) 1997 Bernd Johannes Wuebben <wuebben@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Harri Porten <porten@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@kde.org>
    
    This program is published under the GNU GPL
    (GNU General Public License)
en_GB: MiniTerm - A terminal emulation for KPPP
    
    (c) 1997 Bernd Johannes Wuebben <wuebben@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Harri Porten <porten@kde.org>
    (c) 1998 Mario Weilguni <mweilguni@kde.org>
    
    This program is published under the GNU GPL
    (GNU General Public Licence)

en: Initializing Modem
en_GB: Initialising Modem

en: Initialization string %1:
en_GB: Initialisation string %1:

en: Customize pppd Arguments
en_GB: Customise pppd Arguments

en: kppp's diagnosis (just guessing):
en_GB: KPPP's diagnosis (just guessing):

en: kppp Statistics
en_GB: KPPP Statistics

en: Select the location where you plan to use this
    account from the list below. If your country or
    location is not listed, you have to create the
    account with the normal, dialog based setup.
    
    If you click "Cancel", the dialog based setup
    will start.
en_GB: Select the location where you plan to use this
    account from the list below. If your country or
    location is not listed, you have to create the
    account with the normal, dialogue based setup.
    
    If you click "Cancel", the dialogue based setup
    will start.

en: Select your Internet Service Provider (ISP) from
    the list below. If the ISP is not in this list,
    you have to click on "Cancel" and create this
    account using the normal, dialog-based setup.
    
    Click on "Next" when you have finished your
    selection.
en_GB: Select your Internet Service Provider (ISP) from
    the list below. If the ISP is not in this list,
    you have to click on "Cancel" and create this
    account using the normal, dialogue-based setup.
    
    Click on "Next" when you have finished your
    selection.

en: If you need a special dial prefix (e.g. if you
    are using a telephone switch) you can specify
    it here. This prefix is dialed just before the
    phone number.
    
    If you have a telephone switch, you probably need
    to write "0" or "0," here.
en_GB: If you need a special dial prefix (e.g. if you
    are using a telephone switch) you can specify
    it here. This prefix is dialled just before the
    phone number.
    
    If you have a telephone switch, you probably need
    to write "0" or "0," here.

en: Finished!
    
    A new account has been created. Click "Finish" to
    go back to the setup dialog. If you want to
    check the settings of the newly created account,
    you can use "Edit" in the setup dialog.
en_GB: Finished!
    
    A new account has been created. Click "Finish" to
    go back to the setup dialogue. If you want to
    check the settings of the newly created account,
    you can use "Edit" in the setup dialogue.

en: kppp: no rulefile specified
en_GB: KPPP: no rulefile specified

en: kppp: rulefile "%s" not found
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile "%s" not found

en: kppp: rulefiles must have the extension ".rst"
en_GB: KPPP: rulefiles must have the extension ".rst"

en: kppp: error parsing the ruleset
en_GB: KPPP: error parsing the ruleset

en: kppp: parse error in line %d
en_GB: KPPP: parse error in line %d

en: kppp: rulefile does not contain a default rule
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile does not contain a default rule

en: kppp: rulefile does not contain a "name=..." line
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile does not contain a "name=..." line

en: kppp: rulefile is ok
en_GB: KPPP: rulefile is ok

en: Cannot find the PPP daemon.
    Make sure that pppd is installed.
en_GB: Cannot find the PPP dæmon.
    Make sure that pppd is installed.

en: Favorite Icons
en_GB: Favourite Icons

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, privacyListView)
en: Check all cleanup actions you would like to perform. These will be executed by pressing the button below.
en_GB: Tick all cleanup actions you would like to perform. These will be executed by pressing the button below.

en: Customize Search/Replace Session...
en_GB: Customise Search/Replace Session...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Show confirmation dialog
en_GB: Show confirmation dialogue

en: Shows a list of strings to search for (and if you specified it, a list of strings to replace with). Use the "add strings" dialog to edit your string list or double click on a string.
en_GB: Shows a list of strings to search for (and if you specified it, a list of strings to replace with). Use the "add strings" dialogue to edit your string list or double click on a string.

en: Insert the minimum file size you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a minimum size limit.
en_GB: Insert the minimum file size you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a minimum size limit.

en: Insert the maximum file size you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a maximum size limit.
en_GB: Insert the maximum file size you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a maximum size limit.

en: Insert the minimum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a minimum limit.
en_GB: Insert the minimum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a minimum limit.

en: Insert the maximum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unchecked if you do not want a maximum limit.
en_GB: Insert the maximum value for file access date that you want to search, or leave it unticked if you do not want a maximum limit.

en: <h3>Freehandpolygon</h3>Click this to start drawing a freehand polygon.
en_GB: <h3>Freehand Polygon</h3>Click this to start drawing a freehand polygon.

en: Center &X:
en_GB: Centre &X:

en: Center &Y:
en_GB: Centre &Y:

[ctx: QOCIDriver]
en: Unable to initialize
en_GB: Unable to initialise

en: Invalid property assignment: color expected
en_GB: Invalid property assignment: colour expected

en: Component elements may not contain properties other than id
en_GB: Component elements may not contain properties other than ID

en: Invalid use of id property
en_GB: Invalid use of ID property

[ctx: QDeclarativeParser]
en: Reserved name "Qt" cannot be used as an qualifier
en_GB: Reserved name "Qt" cannot be used as a qualifier

en: Cannot change the animation assigned to a Behavior.
en_GB: Cannot change the animation assigned to a Behaviour.

en: <p>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</p><p>Qt provides single-source portability across all major desktop operating systems. It is also available for embedded Linux and other embedded and mobile operating systems.</p><p>Qt is available under three different licensing options designed to accommodate the needs of our various users.</p><p>Qt licensed under our commercial license agreement is appropriate for development of proprietary/commercial software where you do not want to share any source code with third parties or otherwise cannot comply with the terms of the GNU LGPL version 3 or GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 3 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 3.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Please see <a href="http://%2/">%2</a> for an overview of Qt licensing.</p><p>Copyright (C) %1 The Qt Company Ltd and other contributors.</p><p>Qt and the Qt logo are trademarks of The Qt Company Ltd.</p><p>Qt is The Qt Company Ltd product developed as an open source project. See <a href="http://%3/">%3</a> for more information.</p>
en_GB: <p>Qt is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform application development.</p><p>Qt provides single-source portability across all major desktop operating systems. It is also available for embedded Linux and other embedded and mobile operating systems.</p><p>Qt is available under three different licensing options designed to accommodate the needs of our various users.</p><p>Qt licensed under our commercial licence agreement is appropriate for development of proprietary/commercial software where you do not want to share any source code with third parties or otherwise cannot comply with the terms of the GNU LGPL version 3 or GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 3 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 3.</p><p>Qt licensed under the GNU LGPL version 2.1 is appropriate for the development of Qt&nbsp;applications provided you can comply with the terms and conditions of the GNU LGPL version 2.1.</p><p>Please see <a href="http://%2/">%2</a> for an overview of Qt licensing.</p><p>Copyright (C) %1 The Qt Company Ltd and other contributors.</p><p>Qt and the Qt logo are trademarks of The Qt Company Ltd.</p><p>Qt is The Qt Company Ltd product developed as an open source project. See <a href="http://%3/">%3</a> for more information.</p>

[ctx: QDialogButtonBox]
en: Don't Save
en_GB: Do Not Save

[ctx: Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew and Arabic) to get proper widget layout.]
en: QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION
en_GB: LTR

[ctx: QShortcut]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: QShortcut]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: QShortcut]
en: Add Favorite
en_GB: Add Favourite

en: Unable to initialize non-blocking socket
en_GB: Unable to initialise non-blocking socket

en: Unable to initialize broadcast socket
en_GB: Unable to initialise broadcast socket

en: %1: doesn't exists
en_GB: %1: doesn't exist

en: Puts a minimized window back to normal
en_GB: Puts a minimised window back to normal

en: Puts a maximized window back to normal
en_GB: Puts a maximised window back to normal

en: Copy Color
en_GB: Copy Colour

[ctx: Forward context menu item]
en: Go Forward
en_GB: Go Forwards

[ctx: Media controller element]
en: Seek Forward Button
en_GB: Seek Forwards Button

[ctx: Media controller element]
en: Seek quickly forward
en_GB: Seek quickly forwards

en: The value of the XSL-T version attribute must be a value of type %1, which %2 isn't.
en_GB: The value of the XSL-T version attribute must be a value of type %1, which %2 is not.

en: Only one %1 declaration can occur in the query prolog.
en_GB: Only one %1 declaration can occur in the query prologue.

en: The initialization of variable %1 depends on itself
en_GB: The initialisation of variable %1 depends on itself

en: A default namespace declaration must occur before function, variable, and option declarations.
en_GB: A default namespace declaration must occur before function, variable and option declarations.

en: Namespace declarations must occur before function, variable, and option declarations.
en_GB: Namespace declarations must occur before function, variable and option declarations.

en: Module imports must occur before function, variable, and option declarations.
en_GB: Module imports must occur before function, variable and option declarations.

en: Prefix %1 is already declared in the prolog.
en_GB: Prefix %1 is already declared in the prologue.

en: The normalization form %1 is unsupported. The supported forms are %2, %3, %4, and %5, and none, i.e. the empty string (no normalization).
en_GB: The normalisation form %1 is unsupported. The supported forms are %2, %3, %4, and %5, and none, i.e. the empty string (no normalisation).

en: Overflow: Can't represent date %1.
en_GB: Overflow: Cannot represent date %1.

en: Time 24:%1:%2.%3 is invalid. Hour is 24, but minutes, seconds, and milliseconds are not all 0;
en_GB: Time 24:%1:%2.%3 is invalid. Hour is 24, but minutes, seconds and milliseconds are not all 0;

en: Overflow: Date can't be represented.
en_GB: Overflow: Date cannot be represented.

en: It's not possible to add attributes after any other kind of node.
en_GB: It is not possible to add attributes after any other kind of node.

en: Element %1 can't be serialized because it appears outside the document element.
en_GB: Element %1 cannot be serialised because it appears outside the document element.

en: Attribute %1 can't be serialized because it appears at the top level.
en_GB: Attribute %1 cannot be serialised because it appears at the top level.

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KIntNumInput, anchory) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, anchory)
en: Center of the highlighting y-coordinate
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting y-coordinate

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KIntNumInput, anchory) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, anchory)
en: Center of the highlighting y-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting y-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KIntNumInput, anchorx) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, anchorx)
en: Center of the highlighting x-coordinate
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting x-coordinate

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KIntNumInput, anchorx) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, anchorx)
en: Center of the highlighting x-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.
en_GB: Centre of the highlighting x-coordinate.
    
    This is given relatively to the top left of the map, sized as defined in the main skin definition widget.
    
    This value will be automatically updated if you move the highlighting by dragging and dropping its cross icon.

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KPushButton, neighboursbutton) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, neighboursbutton)
en: Select this country's neighbors
en_GB: Select this country's neighbours

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPushButton, neighboursbutton) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, neighboursbutton)
en: Click here to select this country's neighbors.
    
    A list of all the world's countries will be shown and you will be able to select the countries using the mouse and the Ctrl and Shift keys.
en_GB: Click here to select this country's neighbours.
    
    A list of all the world's countries will be shown and you will be able to select the countries using the mouse and the Ctrl and Shift keys.

note: #-#-#-#-#  873 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KPushButton, neighboursbutton) #-#-#-#-#  1438 (ksirkskineditor)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, neighboursbutton)
en: Neighbors:
en_GB: Neighbours:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, neighbourslist)
en: This country's neighbors
en_GB: This country's neighbours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, neighbourslist)
en: This is the list of countries currently considered as neighbors of this country.
en_GB: This is the list of countries currently considered as neighbours of this country.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, anycontinent) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, anycontinent)
en: Check to let the player choose one of the continents to conquer
en_GB: Tick to let the player choose one of the continents to conquer

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, fgcolorbutton)
en: Foreground color for country names
en_GB: Foreground colour for country names

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, fgcolorbutton)
en: This color will be used to draw the foreground of the country names on the map
en_GB: This colour will be used to draw the foreground of the country names on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, bgcolorbutton)
en: Background color for country names
en_GB: Background colour for country names

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, bgcolorbutton)
en: This color will be used to draw the background of the country names on the map
en_GB: This colour will be used to draw the background of the country names on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTextEdit, descriptionTextEdit)
en: Describe here the skin, its style, its story, the intent of its author(s), etc.
en_GB: Describe here the skin, its style, its story, the intent of its author(s) etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CountriesSelectionDialog)
en: Country Selection Dialog
en_GB: Country Selection Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QScrollArea, mapScrollArea)
en: Shows the map of the skin with all already placed sprites, the country names, and the highlighting anchors.
    
    Drag and drop the sprites, the country names, and the highlighting anchors to change their place.
en_GB: Shows the map of the skin with all already placed sprites, the country names and the highlighting anchors.
    
    Drag and drop the sprites, the country names and the highlighting anchors to change their place.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_11) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_19) i18n: ectx: property (text)
en: Nb Frames:
en_GB: No. Frames:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_12) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_16) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_20) i18n: ectx: property (text)
en: Nb Versions:
en_GB: No. Versions:

en: Cannot load center icon<br>Program cannot continue
en_GB: Cannot load centre icon<br>Program cannot continue

[ctx: @item:inlistbox]
en: Single color
en_GB: Single colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewBackground), group (Appearance)
en: The filename of the background image to use for the View, or "__color__" if a solid color should be used (see key "ViewBackgroundColor").
en_GB: The filename of the background image to use for the View, or "__color__" if a solid colour should be used (see key "ViewBackgroundColor").

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewBackgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: The background color to use for the View (if the key "ViewBackground" is set to "__color__").
en_GB: The background colour to use for the View (if the key "ViewBackground" is set to "__color__").

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewHighlightColor), group (Appearance)
en: The highlighting color to use for selecting pieces in the View.
en_GB: The highlighting colour to use for selecting pieces in the View.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Color for highlighting selected pieces:
en_GB: Colour for highlighting selected pieces:

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Piece behavior
en_GB: Piece behaviour

en: The remote control daemon failed to load. Your remote controls will not work.
en_GB: The remote control dæmon failed to load. Your remote controls will not work.

en: Failed to load daemon
en_GB: Failed to load dæmon

en: Change mode switch behavior
en_GB: Change mode switch behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lCycleForward)
en: Forward button
en_GB: Forwards button

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lCycleBackward)
en: Backward button
en_GB: Backwards button

en: K Remote Control Daemon
en_GB: K Remote Control Dæmon

en: Remote Control Daemon for KDE4
en_GB: Remote Control Dæmon for KDE4

note: i18n: tag action attribute name
en: Skip Forward
en_GB: Skip Forwards

note: i18n: tag action attribute name
en: Skip Backward
en_GB: Skip Backwards

[ctx: A button on a Remote Control]
en: Skip Forward
en_GB: Skip Forwards

[ctx: A button on a Remote Control]
en: Skip Backward
en_GB: Skip Backwards

[ctx: A button on a Remote Control]
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

en: LibVLC Failed to Initialize
en_GB: LibVLC Failed to Initialise

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: File System Colors
en_GB: File System Colours

en: File System Color Settings
en_GB: File System Colour Settings

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Show device properties dialog
en_GB: Show device properties dialogue

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Show partition properties dialog
en_GB: Show partition properties dialogue

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Show About KPMcore dialog
en_GB: Show About KPMcore dialogue

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Show About KPMcore dialog.
en_GB: Show About KPMcore dialogue.

[ctx: @info the partition is NOT a device path, just a number]
en: Unrecognized partition role "%1" for partition %2 (line %3).
en_GB: Unrecognised partition role "%1" for partition %2 (line %3).

[ctx: @info]
en: <para><warning>You are about to lose all data on partition <filename>%1</filename>.</warning></para><para>Overwriting one partition with another (or with an image file) will destroy all data on this target partition.</para><para>If you continue now and apply the resulting operation in the main window, all data currently stored on <filename>%1</filename> will unrecoverably be overwritten.</para>
en_GB: <para><warning>You are about to lose all data on partition <filename>%1</filename>.</warning></para><para>Overwriting one partition with another (or with an image file) will destroy all data on this target partition.</para><para>If you continue now and apply the resulting operation in the main window, all data currently stored on <filename>%1</filename> will irrecoverably be overwritten.</para>

[ctx: @label]
note: #-#-#-#-#  912 (partitionmanager)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (KDE Partition Manager)
en: File system colors
en_GB: File system colours

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Amplitude of &quot;thrashing&quot; (distance of repetitive forward/reverse head motion)
en_GB: Amplitude of &quot;thrashing&quot; (distance of repetitive forwards/reverse head motion)

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Count of available reserved blocks as percentage of the total number of reserved blocks
en_GB: Count of available reserved blocks as a percentage of the total number of reserved blocks

en: Topsecret
en_GB: Top Secret

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, titleAlignment)
en: Center (Full Width)
en_GB: Centre (Full Width)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, drawBorderOnMaximizedWindows)
en: Allow resizing maximized windows from window edges
en_GB: Allow resizing maximised windows from window edges

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, _tabBarDrawCenteredTabs)
en: Center tabbar tabs
en_GB: Centre tabbar tabs

en: Enable QStandardPaths test mode, i.e. read/write settings used by unittests
en_GB: Enable QStandardPaths test mode, i.e. read/write settings used by unit tests

en: String doesn't seem to be a URL
en_GB: String does not seem to be a URL

en: <p>Here you can get some assistance in setting up KMail's filter rules to use some commonly-known anti-virus tools.</p><p>The wizard can detect those tools on your computer as well as create filter rules to classify messages using these tools and to separate messages containing viruses. The wizard will not take any existing filter rules into consideration: it will always append the new rules.</p><p><b>Warning:</b> As KMail appears to be frozen during the scan of the messages for viruses, you may encounter problems with the responsiveness of KMail because anti-virus tool operations are usually time consuming; please consider deleting the filter rules created by the wizard to get back to the former behavior.</p>
en_GB: <p>Here you can get some assistance in setting up KMail's filter rules to use some commonly-known anti-virus tools.</p><p>The wizard can detect those tools on your computer as well as create filter rules to classify messages using these tools and to separate messages containing viruses. The wizard will not take any existing filter rules into consideration: it will always append the new rules.</p><p><b>Warning:</b> As KMail appears to be frozen during the scan of the messages for viruses, you may encounter problems with the responsiveness of KMail because anti-virus tool operations are usually time consuming; please consider deleting the filter rules created by the wizard to get back to the former behaviour.</p>

en: A Personal Organizer
en_GB: A Personal Organiser

[ctx: scroll backward]
en: &Backward
en_GB: &Backwards

[ctx: scroll forward]
en: &Forward
en_GB: &Forwards

[ctx: scoll forward]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

en: All calendars are unchecked in the Calendar Manager. No to-do was purged.
en_GB: All calendars are unticked in the Calendar Manager. No to-do was purged.

en: %1 to-do was ignored because it has uncompleted or read-only children. | %1 to-dos were ignored because they have uncompleted or read-only children.
en_GB[0]: %1 to-do was ignored because it has incomplete or read-only children.
en_GB[1]: %1 to-dos were ignored because they have incomplete or read-only children.

en: Qt Designer Fields Dialog
en_GB: Qt Designer Fields Dialogue

en: <qt><p>This section allows you to add your own GUI Elements ('<i>Widgets</i>') to store your own values into %1. Proceed as described below:</p><ol><li>Click on '<i>Edit with Qt Designer</i>'</li><li>In the dialog, select '<i>Widget</i>', then click <i>OK</i></li><li>Add your widgets to the form</li><li>Save the file in the directory proposed by Qt Designer</li><li>Close Qt Designer</li></ol><p>In case you already have a designer file (*.ui) located somewhere on your hard disk, simply choose '<i>Import Page</i>'</p><p><b>Important:</b> The name of each input widget you place within the form must start with '<i>X_</i>'; so if you want the widget to correspond to your custom entry '<i>X-Foo</i>', set the widget's <i>name</i> property to '<i>X_Foo</i>'.</p><p><b>Important:</b> The widget will edit custom fields with an application name of %2.  To change the application name to be edited, set the widget name in Qt Designer.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This section allows you to add your own GUI Elements ('<i>Widgets</i>') to store your own values into %1. Proceed as described below:</p><ol><li>Click on '<i>Edit with Qt Designer</i>'</li><li>In the dialogue, select '<i>Widget</i>', then click <i>OK</i></li><li>Add your widgets to the form</li><li>Save the file in the directory proposed by Qt Designer</li><li>Close Qt Designer</li></ol><p>In case you already have a designer file (*.ui) located somewhere on your hard disk, simply choose '<i>Import Page</i>'</p><p><b>Important:</b> The name of each input widget you place within the form must start with '<i>X_</i>'; so if you want the widget to correspond to your custom entry '<i>X-Foo</i>', set the widget's <i>name</i> property to '<i>X_Foo</i>'.</p><p><b>Important:</b> The widget will edit custom fields with an application name of %2.  To change the application name to be edited, set the widget name in Qt Designer.</p></qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateTodayButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see events occurring on this date only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see events occurring on this date only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateMonthButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see events that start sometime during the next 31 days.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see events that start sometime during the next 31 days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateRangeButton)
en: Check this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming events.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowMineOnly)
en: Check this box if you want the summary to show events belonging to your calendars only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the summary to show events belonging to your calendars only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateTodayButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see To-dos due on this date only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see To-dos due on this date only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateMonthButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see To-dos that are due sometime during the next 31 days.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see To-dos that are due sometime during the next 31 days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideCompletedBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have already been completed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have already been completed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideOpenEndedBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see open-ended To-dos.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see open-ended To-dos.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideUnstartedBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos with a start date in the future.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos with a start date in the future.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideInProgressBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have been started but are not yet completed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos that have been started but are not yet completed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideOverdueBox)
en: Check this box if you do not want to see To-dos that are past their due date but have not yet been completed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you do not want to see To-dos that are past their due date but have not yet been completed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowMineOnly)
en: Check this box if you want the summary to show To-dos belonging to your calendars only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the summary to show To-dos belonging to your calendars only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateTodayButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see special occasions occurring on this date only.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see special occasions occurring on this date only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateMonthButton)
en: Check this box if you want to see special occasions that start sometime during the next 31 days.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see special occasions that start sometime during the next 31 days.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mDateRangeButton)
en: Check this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming special occasions.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to specify the number of days in the future for upcoming special occasions.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Check this box to make KOrganizer mark the working hours for this day of the week. If this is a work day for you, check this box, or the working hours will not be marked with color.
en_GB: Tick this box to make KOrganizer mark the working hours for this day of the week. If this is a work day for you, tick this box, or the working hours will not be marked with colour.

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select here the event category you want to modify. You can change the selected category color using the button below.
en_GB: Select here the event category you want to modify. You can change the selected category colour using the button below.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose here the color of the event category selected using the combo box above.
en_GB: Choose here the colour of the event category selected using the combo box above.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Select the calendar you want to modify. You can change the selected calendar color using the button below.
en_GB: Select the calendar you want to modify. You can change the selected calendar colour using the button below.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose here the color of the calendar selected using the combo box above.
en_GB: Choose here the colour of the calendar selected using the combo box above.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Confirm), group (Save Settings) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display a confirmation dialog when deleting items.
en_GB: Tick this box to display a confirmation dialogue when deleting items.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WorkingHoursStart), group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Enter the start time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with color by KOrganizer.
en_GB: Enter the start time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with colour by KOrganizer.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WorkingHoursEnd), group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Enter the ending time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with color by KOrganizer.
en_GB: Enter the ending time for the working hours here. The working hours will be marked with colour by KOrganizer.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Time &amp; Date) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to prevent KOrganizer from marking the working hours on holidays.
en_GB: Tick this box to prevent KOrganizer from marking the working hours on holidays.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorBusyDaysEnabled), group (Agenda View) i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Time &amp; Date)
en: Color busy days with a different background color
en_GB: Colour busy days with a different background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorMonthBusyDaysEnabled), group (Time &amp; Date)
en: Check this box if you want month view's background to be filled with a different color on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background color used for this option on the Colors configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background color" setting.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want month view's background to be filled with a different colour on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background colour used for this option on the Colours configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background colour" setting.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display summary tooltips when hovering the mouse over an event or a to-do.
en_GB: Tick this box to display summary tooltips when hovering the mouse over an event or a to-do.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DailyRecur), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to show the days containing daily recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or uncheck it to give more prominence to other (non daily recurring) events.
en_GB: Tick this box to show the days containing daily recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or untick it to give more prominence to other (non daily recurring) events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WeeklyRecur), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to show the days containing weekly recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or uncheck it to give more prominence to other (non weekly recurring) events.
en_GB: Tick this box to show the days containing weekly recurring events in bold typeface in the Date Navigator, or untick it to give more prominence to other (non weekly recurring) events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HighlightJournals), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to show the days containing journals in bold typeface in the Date Navigator when in journal view.
en_GB: Tick this box to show the days containing journals in bold typeface in the Date Navigator when in journal view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (WeekNumbersShowWork), group (General View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to select a working week when clicking on the Date Navigator's week numbers, or uncheck it to choose the whole week.
en_GB: Tick this box to select a working week when clicking on the Date Navigator's week numbers, or untick it to choose the whole week.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTodosAgendaView), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display to-dos in the agenda view.
en_GB: Tick this box to display to-dos in the agenda view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MarcusBainsEnabled), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display a line in the day or week view indicating the current-time line (Marcus Bains line).
en_GB: Tick this box to display a line in the day or week view indicating the current-time line (Marcus Bains line).

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MarcusBainsShowSeconds), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want to show seconds on the current-time line.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to show seconds on the current-time line.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SelectionStartsEditor), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to start the event editor automatically when you select a time range in the daily and weekly view. To select a time range, drag the mouse from the start time to the end time of the event you are about to plan.
en_GB: Tick this box to start the event editor automatically when you select a time range in the daily and weekly view. To select a time range, drag the mouse from the start time to the end time of the event you are about to plan.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Agenda View) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Color Usage
en_GB: Colour Usage

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items in their category color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items in their category colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its category. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its category. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items in their calendar color inside and category color for their border
en_GB: Draw agenda items in their calendar colour inside and category colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their associated category. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their associated category. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items using their category color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw agenda items using their category colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their calendar. Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their calendar. Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw agenda items using their calendar color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw agenda items using their calendar colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorBusyDaysEnabled), group (Agenda View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want agenda's background to be filled with a different color on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background color used for this option on the Colors configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background color" setting.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want agenda's background to be filled with a different colour on days which have at least one all day event marked as busy. Also, you can change the background colour used for this option on the Colours configuration page. Look for the "Busy days background colour" setting.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTimeInMonthView), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display the time in month view items.
en_GB: Tick this box to display the time in month view items.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTodosMonthView), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display to-dos in the month view.
en_GB: Tick this box to display to-dos in the month view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJournalsMonthView), group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to display journals in the month view.
en_GB: Tick this box to display journals in the month view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to use the full KOrganizer window when displaying the month view. If this box is checked, you will gain some space for the monthly view, but other widgets, such as the date navigator, the item details and the calendars list, will not be displayed.
en_GB: Tick this box to use the full KOrganizer window when displaying the month view. If this box is ticked, you will gain some space for the monthly view, but other widgets, such as the date navigator, the item details and the calendars list, will not be displayed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its calendar.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Category inside, calendar outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated category colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its calendar.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items in their category color inside and calendar color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items in their category colour inside and calendar colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar color, with the item's border drawn in the color of its category.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Calendar inside, category outside" option if you would like to draw calendar items in their associated calendar colour, with the item's border drawn in the colour of its category.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items in their calendar color inside and category color for their border
en_GB: Draw month items in their calendar colour inside and category colour for their border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their associated category.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only category" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their associated category.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items using their category color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw month items using their category colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the color of their calendar.  Please use the Colors and Fonts configuration page for setting these colors.
en_GB: Select the "Only calendar" option if you would like to draw calendar items (both inside and border) in the colour of their calendar.  Please use the Colours and Fonts configuration page for setting these colours.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Month View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Draw month items using their calendar color for the inside and border
en_GB: Draw month items using their calendar colour for the inside and border

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Todo View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want all completed to-dos to be always grouped at the bottom of the to-do list.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want all completed to-dos to be always grouped at the bottom of the to-do list.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Todo View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box if you want to see all your to-dos in a flat list instead of being arranged in a hierarchical tree.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to see all your to-dos in a flat list instead of being arranged in a hierarchical tree.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Todo View) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to record the completion of a to-do in a new entry of your journal automatically.
en_GB: Tick this box to record the completion of a to-do in a new entry of your journal automatically.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Holiday color
en_GB: Holiday colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the holiday color here. The holiday color will be used for the holiday name in the month view and the holiday number in the date navigator.
en_GB: Select the holiday colour here. The holiday colour will be used for the holiday name in the month view and the holiday number in the date navigator.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (AgendaBgColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Agenda view background color
en_GB: Agenda view background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AgendaBgColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the agenda view background color here.
en_GB: Select the agenda view background colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Agenda view current-time line color
en_GB: Agenda view current-time line colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select a color to use for the current-time (Marcus Bains) line.
en_GB: Select a colour to use for the current-time (Marcus Bains) line.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Use this color for the Agenda View current-time (Marcus Bains) line
en_GB: Use this colour for the Agenda View current-time (Marcus Bains) line

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewBgBusyColor), group (Colors)
en: Busy days background color
en_GB: Busy days background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ViewBgBusyColor), group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: When you have an all day event marked as busy, you can have a different agenda or month view background color for that day. Select the color here.
en_GB: When you have an all day event marked as busy, you can have a different agenda or month view background colour for that day. Select the colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Working hours color
en_GB: Working hours colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the working hours color for the agenda view here.
en_GB: Select the working hours colour for the agenda view here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (TodoDueTodayColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: To-do due today color
en_GB: To-do due today colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TodoDueTodayColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the to-do due today color here.
en_GB: Select the to-do due today colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (TodoOverdueColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: To-do overdue color
en_GB: To-do overdue colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TodoOverdueColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the to-do overdue color here.
en_GB: Select the to-do overdue colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the time bar font. The time bar is the widget that shows the hours in the agenda view. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the hour font for the time bar.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the time bar font. The time bar is the widget that shows the hours in the agenda view. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the hour font for the time bar.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the month view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the font for the items in the month view.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the month view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the font for the items in the month view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the agenda view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the font for the events in the agenda view.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the agenda view font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the font for the events in the agenda view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Fonts) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Press this button to configure the current-time line font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialog, allowing you to choose the font for the current-time line in the agenda view.
en_GB: Press this button to configure the current-time line font. This button will open the "Select Font" dialogue, allowing you to choose the font for the current-time line in the agenda view.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the highlight color here. The highlight color will be used for marking the currently selected area in your agenda and in the date navigator.
en_GB: Select the highlight colour here. The highlight colour will be used for marking the currently selected area in your agenda and in the date navigator.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Month view background color
en_GB: Month view background colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the Month view background color here.
en_GB: Select the Month view background colour here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the highlight color here. The highlight color will be used for marking the currently selected area in your Month and in the date navigator.
en_GB: Select the highlight colour here. The highlight colour will be used for marking the currently selected area in your Month and in the date navigator.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the working hours background color for the Month view here.
en_GB: Select the working hours background colour for the Month view here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Default event color
en_GB: Default event colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select the default event color here. The default event color will be used for events categories in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate color for each event category below.
en_GB: Select the default event colour here. The default event colour will be used for events categories in your Month. Note that you can specify a separate colour for each event category below.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mCompletedCheck)
en: If this box is checked, the filter will hide all to-do items from the list, that have been completed. Optionally, only items that have been completed a given number of days are hidden.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the filter will hide all to-do items from the list, that have been completed. Optionally, only items that have been completed a given number of days are hidden.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, mCompletedTimeSpanLabel)
en: This option will allow you to select which completed to-dos should be hidden. When you choose <i>Immediately</i>, it will hide the to-do as soon as you check it. You can increase or decrease the number of days in the spinbox.
en_GB: This option will allow you to select which completed to-dos should be hidden. When you choose <i>Immediately</i>, it will hide the to-do as soon as you tick it. You can increase or decrease the number of days in the spinbox.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mHideTodosNotAssignedToMeCheck)
en: This option hides all to-dos from your list which are assigned to someone else.<br>
    Only to-dos which have least one attendee will be checked.  If you are not in the list of attendees the to-do will be hidden.
en_GB: This option hides all to-dos from your list which are assigned to someone else.<br>
    Only to-dos which have least one attendee will be ticked.  If you are not in the list of attendees the to-do will be hidden.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, publishEnable)
en: Check this box to upload your Free/Busy information automatically.
    It is possible to skip this option and mail or upload your Free/Busy information using the Schedule menu of KOrganizer.
    Note: If KOrganizer is acting as a KDE Kolab client, this is not required, as the Kolab2 server taking care of publishing your Free/Busy information and manages the access to it from other users.
en_GB: Tick this box to upload your Free/Busy information automatically.
    It is possible to skip this option and mail or upload your Free/Busy information using the Schedule menu of KOrganizer.
    Note: If KOrganizer is acting as a KDE Kolab client, this is not required, as the Kolab2 server taking care of publishing your Free/Busy information and manages the access to it from other users.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, publishSavePassword) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, retrieveSavePassword)
en: Check this box to make KOrganizer remember your password and skip asking you each time it uploads your Free/Busy information, by storing it in the configuration file.
    For security reasons, it is not recommended to store your password in the configuration file.
en_GB: Tick this box to make KOrganizer remember your password and skip asking you each time it uploads your Free/Busy information, by storing it in the configuration file.
    For security reasons, it is not recommended to store your password in the configuration file.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, retrieveEnable)
en: Check this box to retrieve other people's Free/Busy information automatically. Note that you have to fill the correct server information to make this possible.
en_GB: Tick this box to retrieve other people's Free/Busy information automatically. Note that you have to fill the correct server information to make this possible.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fullDomainRetrieval)
en: Check this box to download a free/busy file in the format "user@domain.ifb" (for example joe@company.com.ifb). Otherwise, it will download a free/busy file in the format user.ifb (for example joe.ifb). Ask the server Administrator if you are not sure about how to configure this option.
en_GB: Tick this box to download a free/busy file in the format "user@domain.ifb" (for example joe@company.com.ifb). Otherwise, it will download a free/busy file in the format user.ifb (for example joe.ifb). Ask the server Administrator if you are not sure about how to configure this option.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, eventsCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to search for Event items that match the search criteria.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to search for Event items that match the search criteria.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, journalsCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to search for Journal items that match the search criteria.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to search for Journal items that match the search criteria.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, todosCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to search To-do items that match the search criteria.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to search To-do items that match the search criteria.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, categoryCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match item categories against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match item categories against your search pattern.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, locationCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match item locations against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match item locations against your search pattern.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, descriptionCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match item descriptions against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match item descriptions against your search pattern.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, summaryCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match item summaries against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match item summaries against your search pattern.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, inclusiveCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to include Events that occur within the date range specified.  Events that do not fall completely within the date range will be excluded from the search results.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to include Events that occur within the date range specified.  Events that do not fall completely within the date range will be excluded from the search results.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, includeUndatedTodos)
en: Check this box to include To-dos without a due date in the search results.
en_GB: Tick this box to include To-dos without a due date in the search results.

en: Scroll backward to the previous year
en_GB: Scroll backwards to the previous year

en: Scroll backward to the previous month
en_GB: Scroll backwards to the previous month

en: Scroll forward to the next month
en_GB: Scroll forwards to the next month

en: Scroll forward to the next year
en_GB: Scroll forwards to the next year

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EnableMonthScroll), group (Month View)
en: Check this box to display scrollbars when clicking on a cell in the month view; they will only appear when needed though.
en_GB: Tick this box to display scrollbars when clicking on a cell in the month view; they will only appear when needed though.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1121  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mSelectAddressee)
en: Click this button to show another dialog where you will be able to select a recipient from your address book
en_GB: Click this button to show another dialogue where you will be able to select a recipient from your address book

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, mFromTimeLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTimeEdit, mFromTime)
en: It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the start of this time range. The end time should be defined with the <i>End time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you check <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>.
en_GB: It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the start of this time range. The end time should be defined with the <i>End time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you tick <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, mToTimeLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTimeEdit, mToTime)
en: It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the end of this time range. The start time should be defined with the <i>Start time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you check <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>.
en_GB: It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the end of this time range. The start time should be defined with the <i>Start time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you tick <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mIncludeAllEvents)
en: Check this option to automatically determine the required time range, so all events will be shown.
en_GB: Tick this option to automatically determine the required time range, so all events will be shown.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mExcludeConfidential)
en: Check this option to exclude confidential events.
en_GB: Tick this option to exclude confidential events.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mIncludeTodos)
en: You should check this option if you want to print to-dos which are due on one of the dates which are in the supplied date range.
en_GB: You should tick this option if you want to print to-dos which are due on one of the dates which are in the supplied date range.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mExcludeTime)
en: Check this option to exclude the time in description box
en_GB: Tick this option to exclude the time in description box

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowNoteLines)
en: Check this option to draw note lines
en_GB: Tick this option to draw note lines

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mPrintFooter)
en: Check this box if you want to print a small footer on each page that contains the date of the print.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to print a small footer on each page that contains the date of the print.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: Print in color
en_GB: Print in colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: If you want to use colors to distinguish certain categories on the print, check this option.
en_GB: If you want to use colours to distinguish certain categories on the print, tick this option.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: &Use colors
en_GB: &Use colours

en: Organizer:
en_GB: Organiser:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mShowDetails)
en: Detai&ls (visiblility, secrecy, etc.)
en_GB: Detai&ls (visiblility, secrecy etc.)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowAttendees)
en: Check this box if you want the attendees list included on the print-out.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the attendees list included on the print-out.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowAttachments)
en: Check this box if you want the attachment information included on the print-out. The attachments themselves are not printed.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the attachment information included on the print-out. The attachments themselves are not printed.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mIncludeTodos)
en: Check this option if you want to have to-dos on the print, placed by their due date.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want to have to-dos on the print, placed by their due date.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: If you want to make use of colors you should check this option. The category colors will be used.
en_GB: If you want to make use of colours you should tick this option. The category colours will be used.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowNoteLines)
en: Check this option to draw note lines.
en_GB: Tick this option to draw note lines.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mColors)
en: The timetable view supports colors. If you want to make use of colors you should check this option. The category colors will be used.
en_GB: The timetable view supports colours. If you want to make use of colours you should tick this option. The category colours will be used.

en: Opens an editor dialog for this journal entry
en_GB: Opens an editor dialogue for this journal entry

en: Opens a print dialog for this journal entry
en_GB: Opens a print dialogue for this journal entry

en: When clicking <b>Ok</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program and the dialog will be closed.
en_GB: When clicking <b>Ok</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program and the dialogue will be closed.

en: When clicking <b>Cancel</b>, the settings will be discarded and the dialog will be closed.
en_GB: When clicking <b>Cancel</b>, the settings will be discarded and the dialogue will be closed.

en: When clicking <b>Help</b>, a separate KHelpCenter window will open providing more information about the settings.
en_GB: When clicking <b>Help</b>, a separate KHelpCentre window will open providing more information about the settings.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming)
en: Select the working hours background color for the agenda view here.
en_GB: Select the working hours background colour for the agenda view here.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-#
en: "No category" color (for "Only category" drawing schemes)
en_GB: "No category" colour (for "Only category" drawing schemes)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-#
en: Select a color to use for the "no category" or "unset category" situation, when an item does not belong to any category. This color is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the "Only category" scheme.
en_GB: Select a colour to use for the "no category" or "unset category" situation, when an item does not belong to any category. This colour is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the "Only category" scheme.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors) #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-#
en: Use this color when drawing items without a category
en_GB: Use this colour when drawing items without a category

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Save Settings)
en: Check this box to save your calendar file automatically when you exit KOrganizer without asking and periodically, as you work. This setting does not affect the automatic saving of the standard calendar, which is automatically saved after each change.
en_GB: Tick this box to save your calendar file automatically when you exit KOrganizer without asking and periodically, as you work. This setting does not affect the automatic saving of the standard calendar, which is automatically saved after each change.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1149 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mInlineCheck)
en: Checking this option will cause the attachment to be stored inside your calendar, which can take a lot of space depending on the size of the attachment. If this option is not checked, then only a link pointing to the attachment will be stored.  Do not use a link for attachments that change often or may be moved (or removed) from their current location.
en_GB: Ticking this option will cause the attachment to be stored inside your calendar, which can take a lot of space depending on the size of the attachment. If this option is not ticked, then only a link pointing to the attachment will be stored.  Do not use a link for attachments that change often or may be moved (or removed) from their current location.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1149 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mAddButton)
en: Shows a dialog used to select an attachment to add to this event or to-do as link or as inline data.
en_GB: Shows a dialogue used to select an attachment to add to this event or to-do as link or as inline data.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1149 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, mOrganizerCombo)
en: Set the organizer identity
en_GB: Set the organiser identity

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Center on Start
en_GB: Centre on Start

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Center the Gantt chart on the event start date and time
en_GB: Centre the Gantt chart on the event start date and time

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Click this button to center the Gantt chart on the start time and day of this event.
en_GB: Click this button to centre the Gantt chart on the start time and day of this event.

[ctx: @option]
en: You are changing the organizer of this event. Since the organizer is also attending this event, would you like to change the corresponding attendee as well?
en_GB: You are changing the organiser of this event. Since the organiser is also attending this event, would you like to change the corresponding attendee as well?

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
en: Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created Events. You can always turn-off the reminders in the Event editor dialog.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created Events. You can always turn-off the reminders in the Event editor dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
en: Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created To-dos. You can always turn-off the reminders in the To-do editor dialog.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created To-dos. You can always turn-off the reminders in the To-do editor dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1149 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mRepeats)
en: Check this if you want to the reminder to recur on a periodic interval.
en_GB: Tick this if you want to the reminder to recur on a periodic interval.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Group Scheduling) #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-#
en: Check this box to enable automatic generation of mails when creating, updating or deleting events (or to-dos) involving other attendees. You should check this box if you want to use the groupware functionality (e.g. Configuring Kontact as a KDE Kolab client).
en_GB: Tick this box to enable automatic generation of mails when creating, updating or deleting events (or to-dos) involving other attendees. You should tick this box if you want to use the groupware functionality (e.g. Configuring Kontact as a KDE Kolab client).

note: #-#-#-#-#  1121  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Group Scheduling)
en: Check this box to get a copy of all e-mail messages that KOrganizer sends at your request to event attendees.
en_GB: Tick this box to get a copy of all e-mail messages that KOrganizer sends at your request to event attendees.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1121  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FreeBusyFullDomainRetrieval), group (FreeBusy Retrieve)
en: With this setting, you can change the filename that will be fetched from the server. With this checked, it will download a free/busy file called user@domain.ifb, for example nn@kde.org.ifb. Without this set, it will download user.ifb, for example nn.ifb.
en_GB: With this setting, you can change the filename that will be fetched from the server. With this ticked, it will download a free/busy file called user@domain.ifb, for example nn@kde.org.ifb. Without this set, it will download user.ifb, for example nn.ifb.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserName), group (Internal Settings)
en: Enter your full name here. This name will be displayed as "Organizer" in to-dos and events you create.
en_GB: Enter your full name here. This name will be displayed as "Organiser" in to-dos and events you create.

en: <qt><p>No URL configured for uploading your free/busy list. Please set it in KOrganizer's configuration dialog, on the "Free/Busy" page.</p><p>Contact your system administrator for the exact URL and the account details.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>No URL configured for uploading your free/busy list. Please set it in KOrganizer's configuration dialogue, on the "Free/Busy" page.</p><p>Contact your system administrator for the exact URL and the account details.</p></qt>

en: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the event is canceled?
en_GB: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the event is cancelled?

en: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the todo is canceled?
en_GB: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the todo is cancelled?

en: Do you want to send a status update to the organizer of this task?
en_GB: Do you want to send a status update to the organiser of this task?

en: Your status as an attendee of this event changed. Do you want to send a status update to the event organizer?
en_GB: Your status as an attendee of this event changed. Do you want to send a status update to the event organiser?

en: You had previously accepted an invitation to this event. Do you want to send an updated response to the organizer declining the invitation?
en_GB: You had previously accepted an invitation to this event. Do you want to send an updated response to the organiser declining the invitation?

en: You are not the organizer of this event. Editing it will bring your calendar out of sync with the organizer's calendar. Do you really want to edit it?
en_GB: You are not the organiser of this event. Editing it will bring your calendar out of sync with the organiser's calendar. Do you really want to edit it?

en: Reservation canceled.
en_GB: Reservation cancelled.

en: Canceled:
en_GB: Cancelled:

en: The invitation attachment "%1" is a web link that is inaccessible from this computer. Please ask the event organizer to resend the invitation with this attachment stored inline instead of a link.
en_GB: The invitation attachment "%1" is a web link that is inaccessible from this computer. Please ask the event organiser to resend the invitation with this attachment stored inline instead of a link.

en: Delegation to organizer is not possible.
en_GB: Delegation to organiser is not possible.

[ctx: @info]
en: The organizer is not expecting a reply to this invitation but you can send them an email message if you desire.
    
    Would you like to send the organizer a message regarding this invitation?
    Press the [Cancel] button to cancel the recording operation.
en_GB: The organiser is not expecting a reply to this invitation but you can send them an email message if you desire.
    
    Would you like to send the organiser a message regarding this invitation?
    Press the [Cancel] button to cancel the recording operation.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Send Email to Organizer
en_GB: Send Email to Organiser

en: Move this invitation to my trash folder
en_GB: Move this invitation to my wastebin folder

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Configure Expiry Account Trash Folder
en_GB: Configure Expiry Account Wastebin Folder

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, authOAuth2RadioButton)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Enables more modern and stronger authentication based on OAuth2.</p><p>This type of authentication will open an organization-supplied webpage, where the user will be able to enter authentication information, which may also include multifactor authentication in form of one-time-passwords generated by tokens.</p><p>This method is mostly used for hosted Office 365 instances.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Enables more modern and stronger authentication based on OAuth2.</p><p>This type of authentication will open an organisation-supplied webpage, where the user will be able to enter authentication information, which may also include multi-factor authentication in form of one-time-passwords generated by tokens.</p><p>This method is mostly used for hosted Office 365 instances.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, userAgentGroupBox)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Some organizations restrict access to mail only to approved clients, such as Microsoft Outlook. On the server-side this is implemented by analyzing the User-Agent string and only allowing a list of approved clients.</p><p>This setting allows to emulate some well known clients as well as providing a custom User-Agent string.</p><p>Please be advised that bypasing company policies may result in personal consequences.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Some organizations restrict access to mail only to approved clients, such as Microsoft Outlook. On the server-side this is implemented by analysing the User-Agent string and only allowing a list of approved clients.</p><p>This setting allows to emulate some well known clients as well as providing a custom User-Agent string.</p><p>Please be advised that bypassing company policies may result in personal consequences.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, clearSyncStateGroupBox)
en: Clear Synchronization State
en_GB: Clear Synchronisation State

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, clearSyncStateLabel)
en: Resets synchronization state between Exchange and Akonadi. Use in case some items or folders are not showing up despite existing in Exchange.
en_GB: Resets synchronisation state between Exchange and Akonadi. Use in case some items or folders are not showing up despite existing in Exchange.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EwsResource), group (General)
en: Ews Resource
en_GB: EWS Resource

[ctx: Name of a group of contacts]
en: Coworkers
en_GB: Co-workers

en: Failed to subscribe to the folder '%1' on the IMAP server. It will disappear on next sync. Use the subscription dialog to overcome that
en_GB: Failed to subscribe to the folder '%1' on the IMAP server. It will disappear on next sync. Use the subscription dialogue to overcome that

en: Failed to subscribe to the renamed folder '%1' on the IMAP server. It will disappear on next sync. Use the subscription dialog to overcome that
en_GB: Failed to subscribe to the renamed folder '%1' on the IMAP server. It will disappear on next sync. Use the subscription dialogue to overcome that

note: #-#-#-#-#  967  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseProxy), group (network) #-#-#-#-#  976  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, proxyCheck) #-#-#-#-#  1209  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (useProxy), group (Transport $(transportId))
en: If checked, the system proxy settings will be used to connect to the mail server.
en_GB: If ticked, the system proxy settings will be used to connect to the mail server.

note: #-#-#-#-#  967  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (TrashCollection), group (cache)
en: Define which folder is used for trash
en_GB: Define which folder is used for the wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TrashCollectionMigrated), group (cache)
en: Define if the trash collection received the special attribute
en_GB: Define if the wastebin collection received the special attribute

en: Resource not synchronized yet.
en_GB: Resource not synchronised yet.

en: Could not access KWallet. If you want to store the password permanently then you have to activate it. If you do not want to use KWallet, check the box below, but note that you will be prompted for your password when needed.
en_GB: Could not access KWallet. If you want to store the password permanently then you have to activate it. If you do not want to use KWallet, tick the box below, but note that you will be prompted for your password when needed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Managesieve port:
en_GB: ManageSieve port:

note: #-#-#-#-#  967  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_11)
en: Trash folder:
en_GB: Wastebin folder:

[ctx: @info]
en: Failed to add event with uid '%1' to calendar
en_GB: Failed to add event with UID '%1' to calendar

en: Sending canceled.
en_GB: Sending cancelled.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: MBox not configured.
en_GB: MBox is not configured.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Synchronizing email folders
en_GB: Synchronising email folders

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Synchronizing email folder %1
en_GB: Synchronising email folder %1

en: Please note that this feature can cause some POP3 servers that do not support pipelining to send corrupted mail;
    this is configurable, though, because some servers support pipelining
    but do not announce their capabilities. To check whether your POP3 server
    announces pipelining support use the "Auto Detect" button at the bottom of the dialog;
    if your server does not announce it, but you want more speed, then
    you should do some testing first by sending yourself a batch
    of mail and downloading it.
en_GB: Please note that this feature can cause some POP3 servers that do not support pipelining to send corrupted mail;
    this is configurable, though, because some servers support pipelining
    but do not announce their capabilities. To check whether your POP3 server
    announces pipelining support use the "Auto Detect" button at the bottom of the dialogue;
    if your server does not announce it, but you want more speed, then
    you should do some testing first by sending yourself a batch
    of mail and downloading it.

en: Mail check was canceled manually.
en_GB: Mail check was cancelled manually.

note: #-#-#-#-#  976  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, leaveOnServerCheck)
en: If checked the message is not deleted from the mail server
en_GB: If ticked the message is not deleted from the mail server

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, leaveOnServerCheck)
en: Check this option if you want to fetch only copies of the mails and leave the original mails on the server.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want to fetch only copies of the mails and leave the original mails on the server.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, leaveOnServerCountCheck)
en: Check this option if you want to only keep the x most recent messages on the server and delete all older.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want to only keep the x most recent messages on the server and delete all older.

en: The resource not configured yet
en_GB: The resource is not configured yet

en: Authorization failed. It could be an SSL error.
en_GB: Authorisation failed. It could be an SSL error.

en: Show reporting dialog
en_GB: Show reporting dialogue

en: Your POP3 server claims to support TLS but negotiation was unsuccessful.
    You can disable TLS in the POP account settings dialog.
en_GB: Your POP3 server claims to support TLS but negotiation was unsuccessful.
    You can disable TLS in the POP account settings dialogue.

en: Use custom color for:
en_GB: Use custom colour for:

[ctx: @label:listbox]
en: Default color format:
en_GB: Default colour format:

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Automatically copy color to clipboard
en_GB: Automatically copy colour to clipboard

[ctx: @option:radio]
en: Pick a color
en_GB: Pick a colour

[ctx: @action]
en: Open Color Dialog
en_GB: Open Colour Dialogue

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Pick color
en_GB: Pick colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Color options
en_GB: Colour options

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Pick Color
en_GB: Pick Colour

en: Colored numbers:
en_GB: Coloured numbers:

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Randomize order
en_GB: Randomise order

[ctx: @option:check]
en: Don't show this dialog, copy automatically.
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue, copy automatically.

en: Night Color Control
en_GB: Night Colour Control

en: Night Color is inhibited
en_GB: Night Colour is inhibited

en: Night Color is unavailable
en_GB: Night Colour is unavailable

en: Night Color is disabled
en_GB: Night Colour is disabled

en: Night Color is not running
en_GB: Night Colour is not running

en: Night Color is active (%1K)
en_GB: Night Colour is active (%1K)

en: Configure Night Color...
en_GB: Configure Night Colour...

[ctx: @item:inlistbox]
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: #-#-#-#-#  2935 (yakuake)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundColorLabel)
en: Background color:
en_GB: Background colour:

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Select Background Color
en_GB: Select Background Colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1376 (kofficefilters)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 59 #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, WdgTabletSettings) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, WdgColorSettings)
en: Color Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, m_DepthCombo)
en: <p ><b>Kind of depth</b>: </p>
    <p ><i>empty depth</i><br />
    Just the named directory, no entries. Updates will not pull in any files or subdirectories not already present. </p>
    <p><i>Files depth</i><br />Folder and its file children, but not subdirs. Updates will pull in any files not already present, but not subdirectories. </p>
    <p><i>Immediate depth</i><br />Folder and its entries. Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories entries will have depth-empty. </p>
    <p>
    <i>Infinity depth</i><br />Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories' this_dir entries will have depth-infinity.<br />Equivalent to the pre-1.5 default update behavior. </p>
en_GB: <p ><b>Kind of depth</b>: </p>
    <p ><i>empty depth</i><br />
    Just the named directory, no entries. Updates will not pull in any files or subdirectories not already present. </p>
    <p><i>Files depth</i><br />Folder and its file children, but not subdirs. Updates will pull in any files not already present, but not subdirectories. </p>
    <p><i>Immediate depth</i><br />Folder and its entries. Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories entries will have depth-empty. </p>
    <p>
    <i>Infinity depth</i><br />Updates will pull in any files or subdirectories not already present; those subdirectories' this_dir entries will have depth-infinity.<br />Equivalent to the pre-1.5 default update behaviour. </p>

en: A Subversion Client by KDE (standalone application)
en_GB: A Subversion Client by KDE (stand alone application)

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, DispColorSettings)
en: ColorSettings
en_GB: Colour Settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_colored_state)
en: Mark changed and locked items colored
en_GB: Mark changed and locked items coloured

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_display_overlays)
en: <p align="left">
    Mark items with non-normal state with an overlayed icon. When you wish to
    see which items has newer items in repository you may have to set "Check for updates on open" in Subversion-Dialog.
    </p>
en_GB: <p align="left">
    Mark items with non-normal state with an overlayed icon. When you wish to
    see which items has newer items in repository you may have to set "Check for updates on open" in Subversion-Dialogue.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_colored_blame)
en: Display colored annotate
en_GB: Display coloured annotate

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (general_items)
en: Set if items sortorder should be case sensitive or not
en_GB: Set if items sort order should be case sensitive or not

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (general_items)
en: Display colored blame lines
en_GB: Display coloured blame lines

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (display)
en: Display different then normal states colored
en_GB: Display different then normal states coloured

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for added items
en_GB: Colour for added items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for deleted items
en_GB: Colour for deleted items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for copied items
en_GB: Colour for copied items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for renamed items
en_GB: Colour for renamed items

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (revision_tree)
en: Color for modified items
en_GB: Colour for modified items

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (internals)
en: This value holds for log dialog which kind of log is used, its internal only.
en_GB: This value holds for log dialogue which kind of log is used, its internal only.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_AddColorLabel)
en: Color for added items:
en_GB: Colour for added items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Color for copied items:
en_GB: Colour for copied items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Color for renamed items:
en_GB: Colour for renamed items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel5)
en: Color for modified items:
en_GB: Colour for modified items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Color for deleted items:
en_GB: Colour for deleted items:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_store_passwords)
en: Storing passwords is often a security problem. Kdesvn itself does not store any passwords, but the Subversion itself inside the configuration area of Subversion. If this area is readable from others you should not set it, but you may select for single non critical accounts inside the authentication dialog.
en_GB: Storing passwords is often a security problem. Kdesvn itself does not store any passwords, but the Subversion itself inside the configuration area of Subversion. If this area is readable from others you should not set it, but you may select for single non critical accounts inside the authentication dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_commit_hide_new)
en: Should unversioned items displayed in commit dialog or not.
en_GB: Should unversioned items displayed in commit dialogue or not.

en: Filling cache canceled.
en_GB: Filling cache cancelled.

en: Set to <b>'yes'</b> if a warning shall be shown when no issue is entered in the commit dialog. Possible values:<br/><b>'true'</b>/<b>'yes'</b> or <b>'false'</b>/<b>'no'</b>.
en_GB: Set to <b>'yes'</b> if a warning shall be shown when no issue is entered in the commit dialogue. Possible values:<br/><b>'true'</b>/<b>'yes'</b> or <b>'false'</b>/<b>'no'</b>.

en: Invalid url given!
en_GB: Invalid URL given!

[ctx: @title:menu]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1038 (kdevelop)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (analyze_file)
en: Analyze Current File With
en_GB: Analyse Current File With

[ctx: @title:menu]
note: #-#-#-#-#  1038 (kdevelop)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: Menu (analyze_project)
en: Analyze Current Project With
en_GB: Analyse Current Project With

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

en: Could not initialize DVCS repository
en_GB: Could not initialise DVCS repository

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkAfterParens)
en: Indent, instead of align, continuation lines following lines that contain an opening paren '(' or an assignment '='.
en_GB: Indent, instead of align, continuation lines following lines that contain an opening parenthesis '(' or an assignment '='.

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current File with Cppcheck
en_GB: Analyse Current File with Cppcheck

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current Project with Cppcheck
en_GB: Analyse Current Project with Cppcheck

en: Description:<br /><br /><b>clang-format</b> is an automatic source formater by the LLVM project. It supports a variety of formatting style options via a <b>.clang-format</b> configuration file, usually located in the project root directory.
en_GB: Description:<br /><br /><b>clang-format</b> is an automatic source formatter by the LLVM project. It supports a variety of formatting style options via a <b>.clang-format</b> configuration file, usually located in the project root directory.

en: Can't create a temporary file
en_GB: Cannot create a temporary file

en: Can't receive %1 tty/pty. Check that %1 is actually a terminal and that it accepts these arguments: -e sh -c "tty> %2 ;exec<&-;exec>&-;while :;do sleep 3600;done"
en_GB: Cannot receive %1 tty/pty. Check that %1 is actually a terminal and that it accepts these arguments: -e sh -c "tty> %2 ;exec<&-;exec>&-;while :;do sleep 3600;done"

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolBar, toolBar)
en: Pause execution of the app to enter debugger commands
en_GB: Pause execution of the application to enter debugger commands

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: GDB will use the AT&T disassembly flavor (e.g. mov 0xc(%ebp),%eax).
en_GB: GDB will use the AT&T disassembly flavour (e.g. mov 0xc(%ebp),%eax).

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: GDB will use the Intel disassembly flavor (e.g. mov eax, DWORD PTR [ebp+0xc]).
en_GB: GDB will use the Intel disassembly flavour (e.g. mov eax, DWORD PTR [ebp+0xc]).

[ctx: @title:menu]
en: Disassembly Flavor
en_GB: Disassembly Flavour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (displayMimeType), group (General Options)
en: If this option is set, the Document View will organize documents
            by their mimetype.
en_GB: If this option is set, the Document View will organise documents
            by their mimetype.

en: Couldn't resolve the dependency: %1
en_GB: Could not resolve the dependency: %1

en: Could not load previous license
en_GB: Could not load previous licence

en: The specified license already exists. Please provide a different name.
en_GB: The specified licence already exists. Please provide a different name.

en: Failed to write custom license template to file %1.
en_GB: Failed to write custom licence template to file %1.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Output File | Output Files
en_GB[0]: Output File
en_GB[1]: Output files

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Location within Existing File | Location within Existing Files
en_GB[0]: Location within Existing File
en_GB[1]: Location within existing files

[ctx: @title:tab]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Choose the license under which to place the generated content.
en_GB: Choose the licence under which to place the generated content.

[ctx: @label:listbox]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: License type:
en_GB: Licence type:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, saveLicense)
en: Enable if you want to save this license for future use
en_GB: Enable if you want to save this licence for future use

[ctx: @option:check]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, saveLicense)
en: Save license
en_GB: Save licence

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_displayStaticMembers)
en: Displaying static members makes GDB slower in
    producing data with Qt-based code.
    It may change the "signature" of the data
    which QString and friends rely on,
    but if you need to debug into these values then
    check this option.
en_GB: Displaying static members makes GDB slower in
    producing data with Qt-based code.
    It may change the "signature" of the data
    which QString and friends rely on,
    but if you need to debug into these values then
    tick this option.

en: You have not authorized KDevelop to use your GitHub account. If you authorize KDevelop, you will be able to fetch your public/private repositories and the repositories from your organizations.
en_GB: You have not authorised KDevelop to use your GitHub account. If you authorise KDevelop, you will be able to fetch your public/private repositories and the repositories from your organisations.

[ctx: %1 is the URL with the GitHub token settings]
en: You can check the authorization for this application and others at %1
en_GB: You can check the authorisation for this application and others at %1

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Authorize
en_GB: Authorise

[ctx: @title:window]
en: GitHub Authorization Failed
en_GB: GitHub Authorisation Failed

[ctx: @title:window]
en: GitHub Account Authorized
en_GB: GitHub Account Authorised

[ctx: @item:inlistbox]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: @option:check]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, globalCheckBox)
en: Write to global config
en_GB: Write to global configuration

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Opens the 'Find/Replace in Files' dialog. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement.
en_GB: Opens the 'Find/Replace in Files' dialogue. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement.

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Config script:
en_GB: Configuration script:

[ctx: @info:placeholder]
note: i18n: ectx: property (placeholderText), widget (QLineEdit, lineOnDevPath)
en: /path/to/a/on-device/writable/directory
en_GB: /path/to/a/on-device/writeable/directory

en: Couldn't export the patch.
    %1
en_GB: Could not export the patch.
    %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, labelP4config)
en: P4 Config
en_GB: P4 Configuration

[ctx: @option:radio]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, radioButtonVariables)
en: User/Port Config
en_GB: User/Port Configuration

en: Hit %1 time | Hit %1 times
en_GB[0]: Hit once
en_GB[1]: Hit %1 times

en: Couldn't find breakpoint at %1:%2
en_GB: Could not find breakpoint at %1:%2

[ctx: #thread-id at function-name or address]
en: #%1 at %2
en_GB: No. %1 at %2

en: Declaration is located in non-writable file %1.
en_GB: Declaration is located in non-writeable file %1.

en: context-free forward-declaration %1
en_GB: context-free forwards-declaration %1

en: (unresolved forward-declaration)
en_GB: (unresolved forwards-declaration)

en: Project import canceled.
en_GB: Project import cancelled.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Lets you customize %1.
en_GB: Lets you customise %1.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Shows a dialog that lets you configure notifications.
en_GB: Shows a dialogue that lets you configure notifications.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Shows a dialog with information about all loaded plugins.
en_GB: Shows a dialogue with information about all loaded plugins.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open detailed progress dialog
en_GB: Open detailed progress dialogue

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Open Launch Configuration Dialog
en_GB: Open Launch Configuration Dialogue

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Opens a dialog to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Active session.
    pid %1, app %2, host %3
en_GB: Active session.
    PID %1, app %2, host %3

en: Configure Analyzers
en_GB: Configure Analysers

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_delay)
en: The time to wait before the document is re-analyzed when you edit it.
en_GB: The time to wait before the document is re-analysed when you edit it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, localColorizationLabel) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, kcfg_localColorization)
en: <p>This setting decides about the intensity of colors for local variables, for example function arguments, variables and the like.</p>
en_GB: <p>This setting decides about the intensity of colours for local variables, for example function arguments, variables and the like.</p>

[ctx: @label:slider]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, localColorizationLabel)
en: Local colorization intensity:
en_GB: Local colourisation intensity:

[ctx: @label:slider]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, globalColorizationLabel)
en: Global colorization intensity:
en_GB: Global colourisation intensity:

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Analyzers
en_GB: Analysers

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Dock Window Behavior
en_GB: Dock Window Behaviour

[ctx: @title:group]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Coloring
en_GB: Colouring

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ColorizeByProject)
en: When enabled, tabs and other widgets are colored based on the project affiliation
en_GB: When enabled, tabs and other widgets are coloured based on the project affiliation

[ctx: @option:check]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ColorizeByProject)
en: Color widgets based on the project affiliation
en_GB: Colour widgets based on the project affiliation

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Copy Revision Id
en_GB: Copy Revision ID

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Exclude Item from Project | Exclude Items from Project
en_GB[0]: Exclude Item from Project
en_GB[1]: Exclude Items From Project

[ctx: @title:menu]
en: Analyze with
en_GB: Analyse with

en: Module not found, some types or properties may not be recognized
en_GB: Module not found, some types or properties may not be recognised

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_qtDeveloper)
en: For running clazy on Qt itself, optional, but honors specific guidelines.
en_GB: For running clazy on Qt itself, optional, but honours specific guidelines.

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current File with %1
en_GB: Analyse Current File with %1

[ctx: @action]
en: Analyze Current Project with %1
en_GB: Analyse Current Project with %1

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_reparse)
en: Check this if you want the project to be reparsed to apply the changes.
en_GB: Tick this if you want the project to be reparsed to apply the changes.

[ctx: @label:chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, heaptrackGuiExecutableLabel)
en: Visualizer:
en_GB: Visualiser:

en: Failed to start Heaptrack visualizer from "%1".
en_GB: Failed to start Heaptrack visualiser from "%1".

en: Check your settings and install the visualizer if necessary.
en_GB: Check your settings and install the visualiser if necessary.

en: Error during Heaptrack visualizer execution:
en_GB: Error during Heaptrack visualiser execution:

en: Initializing GUI
en_GB: Initialising GUI

en: On the <em>Debug</em> area you will be able to see and analyze how your program works on execution. On the <em>Run</em> menu you will find all the possible options.
en_GB: On the <em>Debug</em> area you will be able to see and analyse how your program works on execution. On the <em>Run</em> menu you will find all the possible options.

en: Format as centered
en_GB: Format as centred

en: Initialize property
en_GB: Initialise property

en: Couldn't find the introspect.py script; check your installation!
en_GB: Could not find the introspect.py script; check your installation!

en: Couldn't find a valid kdev-python data directory; check your installation!
en_GB: Could not find a valid kdev-python data directory; check your installation!

en: This file contains auto-generated documentation extracted
    from python run-time information. It is analyzed by KDevelop
    to offer features such as code-completion and syntax highlighting.
    If you discover errors in KDevelop's support for this module,
    you can edit this file to correct the errors, e.g. you can add
    additional return statements to functions to control the return
    type to be used for that function by the analyzer.
    Make sure to keep a copy of your changes so you don't accidentally
    overwrite them by re-generating the file.
en_GB: This file contains auto-generated documentation extracted
    from python run-time information. It is analysed by KDevelop
    to offer features such as code-completion and syntax highlighting.
    If you discover errors in KDevelop's support for this module,
    you can edit this file to correct the errors, e.g. you can add
    additional return statements to functions to control the return
    type to be used for that function by the analyser.
    Make sure to keep a copy of your changes so you don't accidentally
    overwrite them by re-generating the file.

[ctx: Position|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: KDialog can be used to show nice dialog boxes from shell scripts
en_GB: KDialog can be used to show nice dialogue boxes from shell scripts

en: Message Box dialog
en_GB: Message Box dialogue

en: Input Box dialog
en_GB: Input Box dialogue

en: Image Box dialog
en_GB: Image Box dialogue

en: Image Box Input dialog
en_GB: Image Box Input dialogue

note: #-#-#-#-#  2359  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, PasswordDialog)
en: Password dialog
en_GB: Password dialogue

en: New Password dialog
en_GB: New Password dialogue

en: Text Box dialog
en_GB: Text Box dialogue

en: Text Input Box dialog
en_GB: Text Input Box dialogue

en: ComboBox dialog
en_GB:  ComboBox dialogue

en: Menu dialog
en_GB: Menu dialogue

en: Check List dialog
en_GB: Check List dialogue

en: Radio List dialog
en_GB: Radio List dialogue

en: File dialog to open an existing file (arguments [startDir] [filter])
en_GB: File dialogue to open an existing file (arguments [startDir] [filter])

en: File dialog to save a file (arguments [startDir] [filter])
en_GB: File dialogue to save a file (arguments [startDir] [filter])

en: File dialog to select an existing directory (arguments [startDir])
en_GB: File dialogue to select an existing directory (arguments [startDir])

en: File dialog to open an existing URL (arguments [startDir] [filter])
en_GB: File dialogue to open an existing URL (arguments [startDir] [filter])

en: File dialog to save a URL (arguments [startDir] [filter])
en_GB: File dialogue to save a URL (arguments [startDir] [filter])

en: Icon chooser dialog (arguments [group] [context])
en_GB: Icon chooser dialogue (arguments [group] [context])

en: Progress bar dialog, returns a D-Bus reference for communication
en_GB: Progress bar dialogue, returns a D-Bus reference for communication

en: Color dialog to select a color
en_GB: Colour dialogue to select a colour

en: Dialog title
en_GB: Dialogue title

en: Default entry to use for combobox, menu, color, and calendar
en_GB: Default entry to use for combobox, menu, colour, and calendar

en: Outputs the winId of each dialog
en_GB: Outputs the winID of each dialogue

en: Slider dialog box, returns selected value
en_GB: Slider dialogue box, returns selected value

en: Date format for calendar result and/or default value (Qt-style); defaults to 'ddd MMM d yyyy'
en_GB: Date format for calendar result and/or default value (Qt-style); defaults to 'ddd MMM yyyy'

en: Calendar dialog box, returns selected date
en_GB: Calendar dialogue box, returns selected date

en: Makes the dialog transient for an X app specified by winid
en_GB: Makes the dialogue transient for an X app specified by winID

en: Dialog geometry: [=][<width>{xX}<height>][{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>]
en_GB: Dialogue geometry: [=][<width>{xX}<height>][{+-}<xoffset>{+-}<yoffset>]

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Choose Color
en_GB: Choose Colour

en: kdialog: could not open file %1
en_GB: KDialog: could not open file %1

en: Unable to determine full url. No parent specified.
en_GB: Unable to determine full URL. No parent specified.

en: Could not initialize the KDiff3 part.
    This usually happens due to an installation problem. Please read the README-file in the source package for details.
en_GB: Could not initialise the KDiff3 part.
    This usually happens due to an installation problem. Please read the README-file in the source package for details.

[ctx: Title for color settings page]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

en: Colors Settings
en_GB: Colour Settings

en: Diff background color:
en_GB: Diff background colour:

en: Color A:
en_GB: Colour A:

en: Color B:
en_GB: Colour B:

en: Color C:
en_GB: Colour C:

en: Conflict color:
en_GB: Conflict colour:

en: Current range background color:
en_GB: Current range background colour:

en: Current range diff background color:
en_GB: Current range diff background colour:

en: Color for manually aligned difference ranges:
en_GB: Colour for manually aligned difference ranges:

en: Newest file color:
en_GB: Newest file colour:

en: Changing this color will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison.
en_GB: Changing this colour will only be effective when starting the next directory comparison.

en: Oldest file color:
en_GB: Oldest file colour:

en: Middle age file color:
en_GB: Middle age file colour:

en: Color for missing files:
en_GB: Colour for missing files:

en: Show info dialogs
en_GB: Show info dialogues

en: Show a dialog with information about the number of conflicts.
en_GB: Show a dialogue with information about the number of conflicts.

en: A version control history entry consists of several lines.
    Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).
    Use parentheses to group the keys you want to use for sorting.
    If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.
    See the documentation for details.
en_GB: A version control history entry consists of several lines.
    Specify the regular expression to detect the first line (without the leading comment).
    Use brackets to group the keys you want to use for sorting.
    If left empty, then KDiff3 assumes that empty lines separate history entries.
    See the documentation for details.

en: Each pair of parentheses used in the regular expression for the history start entry
    groups a key that can be used for sorting.
    Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence
    starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. "4,5,6,1,2,3,7").
    If left empty, then no sorting will be done.
    See the documentation for details.
en_GB: Each pair of brackets used in the regular expression for the history start entry
    groups a key that can be used for sorting.
    Specify the list of keys (that are numbered in order of occurrence
    starting with 1) using ',' as separator (e.g. "4,5,6,1,2,3,7").
    If left empty, then no sorting will be done.
    See the documentation for details.

en: Whether to analyze subdirectories or not.
en_GB: Whether to analyse subdirectories or not.

en: Pattern(s) of files to be analyzed. 
    Wildcards: '*' and '?'
    Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'
en_GB: Pattern(s) of files to be analysed. 
    Wildcards: '*' and '?'
    Several Patterns can be specified by using the separator: ';'

en: On: Do not show the Directory Comparison Status.
    Off: Show the status dialog on start.
en_GB: On: Do not show the Directory Comparison Status.
    Off: Show the status dialogue on start.

en: Synchronize directories
en_GB: Synchronise directories

en: If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.
    In ambiguous cases a dialog will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.
en_GB: If enabled then the encoding from the input files is used.
    In ambiguous cases a dialogue will ask the user to choose the encoding for saving.

en: Opening and closing parentheses do not match in regular expression.
en_GB: Opening and closing brackets do not match in regular expression.

en: This software is distributable under the BSD license.
en_GB: This software is distributable under the BSD licence.

en: Bookmark Organizer and Editor
en_GB: Bookmark Organiser and Editor

en: Import bookmarks from a file in Internet Explorer's Favorites format
en_GB: Import bookmarks from a file in Internet Explorer's Favourites format

en: Export bookmarks to a file in Internet Explorer's Favorites format
en_GB: Export bookmarks to a file in Internet Explorer's Favourites format

en: Several form widgets, porting to Qt 4, stabilization
en_GB: Several form widgets, porting to Qt 4, stabilisation

en: Graphics effects, helper dialogs
en_GB: Graphics effects, helper dialogues

[ctx: 'print' command line option]
en: Open the Print dialog window for an object of type 'object_type' and name 'object_name' in the specified project when the application starts for quick printing of the object's data. 'object_type' is optional; if omitted, %1 type is assumed. Object type can also be %2.
en_GB: Open the Print dialogue window for an object of type 'object_type' and name 'object_name' in the specified project when the application starts for quick printing of the object's data. 'object_type' is optional; if omitted, %1 type is assumed. Object type can also be %2.

[ctx: 'skip-conn-dialog' command line option]
en: Skip displaying connection dialog window and connect directly. Available when opening .kexic or .kexis shortcut files.
en_GB: Skip displaying connection dialogue window and connect directly. Available when opening .kexic or .kexis shortcut files.

en: Could not load object's definition.
en_GB: Unable to load object's definition.

en: Could not load object's data.
en_GB: Unable to load object's data.

en: Project caption
en_GB: Project title

en: Design has been changed. You must save it before switching to other view.
en_GB: Design has been changed. You must save it before switching to another view.

[ctx: Center (HINT: for Align)]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: cannot create object - unknown object type "%1"
en_GB: unable to create object - unknown object type "%1"

en: cannot create object of type "%1"
en_GB: unable to create object of type "%1"

en: opening
en_GB: Opening

en: table not found
en_GB: Table not found

en: query not found
en_GB: Query not found

en: object not found
en_GB: Object not found

en: Shows information about Kexi application.
en_GB: Shows information about the Kexi application.

en: Movie catalog
en_GB: Movie catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (description), widget (KexiCommandLinkButton, btn_file)
en: New Project Stored in File
en_GB: New project stored in a file

note: i18n: ectx: property (description), widget (KexiCommandLinkButton, btn_server)
en: New Project Stored on Database Server
en_GB: New project stored on a database server

[ctx: @info]
en: The project file <filename>%1</filename> is recognized as compatible with <resource>%2</resource> database driver, while you have asked for <resource>%3</resource> database driver to be used.
    Do you want to use <resource>%4</resource> database driver?
en_GB: The project file <filename>%1</filename> is recognised as compatible with <resource>%2</resource> database driver, while you have asked for <resource>%3</resource> database driver to be used.
    Do you want to use <resource>%4</resource> database driver?

[ctx: @info]
en: The file <filename>%1</filename> is not recognized as being supported by Kexi.
en_GB: The file <filename>%1</filename> is not recognised as being supported by Kexi.

[ctx: @info donate to the project]
en: <title>Kexi may be totally free, but its development is costly.</title><para>Power, hardware, office space, internet access, traveling for meetings - everything costs.</para><para>Direct donation is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support the Kexi Project. Everyone, regardless of any degree of involvement can do so.</para><para>What do you receive for your donation? Kexi will become more feature-full and stable as contributors will be able to devote more time to Kexi. Not only you can expect new features, but you can also have an influence on what features are added!</para><para>Currently we are accepting donations through <emphasis>BountySource</emphasis> (a funding platform for open-source software) using secure PayPal, Bitcoin and Google Wallet transfers.</para><para>Contact us at <link url='https://community.kde.org/Kexi/Contact'>https://community.kde.org/Kexi/Contact</link> for more information.</para><para>Thanks for your support!</para>
en_GB: <title>Kexi may be totally free, but its development is costly.</title><para>Power, hardware, office space, internet access, travelling for meetings - everything costs.</para><para>Direct donation is the easiest and fastest way to efficiently support the Kexi Project. Everyone, regardless of any degree of involvement can do so.</para><para>What do you receive for your donation? Kexi will become more feature-full and stable as contributors will be able to devote more time to Kexi. Not only you can expect new features, but you can also have an influence on what features are added!</para><para>Currently we are accepting donations through <emphasis>BountySource</emphasis> (a funding platform for open-source software) using secure PayPal, Bitcoin and Google Wallet transfers.</para><para>Contact us at <link url='https://community.kde.org/Kexi/Contact'>https://community.kde.org/Kexi/Contact</link> for more information.</para><para>Thanks for your support!</para>

en: Frame Color
en_GB: Frame Colour

en: A multiline text editor
en_GB: A multi-line text editor

[ctx: Check Box widget]
en: Check Box
en_GB: Tick Box

[ctx: A prefix for identifiers of combo box widgets. Based on that, identifiers such as checkBox1, checkBox2 are generated. This string can be used to refer the widget object as variables in programming languages or macros so it must _not_ contain white spaces and non latin1 characters, should start with lower case letter and if there are subsequent words, these should start with upper case letter. Example: smallCamelCase. Moreover, try to make this prefix as short as possible.]
en: checkBox
en_GB: tickBox

en: A check box with text label
en_GB: A tick box with text label

[ctx: AutoField editor's type]
en: Multiline Text
en_GB: Multi-line Text

[ctx: Property: Checked checkbox]
en: Checked
en_GB: Ticked

en: Import has been canceled.
en_GB: Import has been cancelled.

en: Query design may be corrupted so it could not be opened even in text view.
    You can delete the query and create it again.
en_GB: Query design may be corrupted so it could not be opened even in Text View.
    You can delete the query and create it again.

en: Please enter your query and execute "Check query" function to verify it.
en_GB: Please enter your query and run the "Check Query" function to verify it.

en: Field Caption
en_GB: Field Name

en: You should enter field caption.
en_GB: You should enter field name.

en: Please enter the caption.
en_GB: Please enter the title.

en: &Don't Replace
en_GB: &Do Not Replace

en: Url to import is malformed.
en_GB: URL to import is malformed.

en: Duplicate item id in a group operation
en_GB: Duplicate item ID in a group operation

en: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the journal is canceled?
en_GB: You removed the invitation "%1".
    Do you want to email the attendees that the journal is cancelled?

en: Do you want to send a status update to the organizer of this journal?
en_GB: Do you want to send a status update to the organiser of this journal?

en: This isn't an update. The found incidence was modified more recently.
en_GB: This is not an update. The found incidence was modified more recently.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>You added an invitation update, but an earlier version of the item could not be found in your calendar.</para><para>This may have occurred because:<list><item>the organizer did not include you in the original invitation</item><item>you did not accept the original invitation yet</item><item>you deleted the original invitation from your calendar</item><item>you no longer have access to the calendar containing the invitation</item></list></para><para>This is not a problem, but we thought you should know.</para>
en_GB: <para>You added an invitation update, but an earlier version of the item could not be found in your calendar.</para><para>This may have occurred because:<list><item>the organiser did not include you in the original invitation</item><item>you did not accept the original invitation yet</item><item>you deleted the original invitation from your calendar</item><item>you no longer have access to the calendar containing the invitation</item></list></para><para>This is not a problem, but we thought you should know.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: The organizer rejected your attendance at this meeting.
en_GB: The organiser rejected your attendance at this meeting.

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected calendar folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected calendar folder.

en: Add a new calendar<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the calendar that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new calendar<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the calendar that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected calendar.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected calendar.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DialPhoneNumberAction), group (Phone Dial Settings)
en: Define how a phone number of a contact should be dialed. 'System Default' uses the default application configured for this on your system (e.g. KDE Connect). Selecting a specific application will use that (if installed), 'External Application' allows you to specify a dial command with placeholders manually.
en_GB: Define how a phone number of a contact should be dialled. 'System Default' uses the default application configured for this on your system (e.g. KDE Connect). Selecting a specific application will use that (if installed), 'External Application' allows you to specify a dial command with placeholders manually.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (PhoneCommand), group (Phone Dial Settings)
en: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalized number with all non-digit characters removed.
en_GB: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalised number with all non-digit characters removed.

note: i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (SmsCommand), group (Send SMS Settings)
en: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalized number with all non-digit characters removed.
       %t: The text
en_GB: The following placeholders can be used in the command:
       %N: The raw number as stored in the address book.
       %n: The normalised number with all non-digit characters removed.
       %t: The text

en: There is no application set which could be executed.
    Please go to the settings dialog and configure one.
en_GB: There is no application set which could be executed.
    Please go to the settings dialogue and configure one.

[ctx: @label The organization of a contact]
en: Organization:
en_GB: Organisation:

en: Add organization's name
en_GB: Add organisation's name

en: Are you sure you want to empty the trash folders of all accounts?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to empty the wastebin folders of all accounts?

[ctx: local mail folder]
en: trash
en_GB: wastebin

en: Open a dialog to edit the properties of the selected folder.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit the properties of the selected folder.

en: Add a new account<p>You will be presented with a dialog where you can select the type of the account that shall be added.</p>
en_GB: Add a new account<p>You will be presented with a dialogue where you can select the type of the account that shall be added.</p>

en: Open a dialog to edit properties of the selected account.
en_GB: Open a dialogue to edit properties of the selected account.

en: Move to &Trash
en_GB: Move to Was&tebin

en: Move selected messages to the trash folder.
en_GB: Move selected messages to the wastebin folder.

en: Move All to &Trash
en_GB: Move All to Was&tebin

en: Move all messages to the trash folder.
en_GB: Move all messages to the wastebin folder.

en: Permanently delete all messages from all trash folders.
en_GB: Permanently delete all messages from all wastebin folders.

en: E&mpty Trash
en_GB: E&mpty Wastebin

en: Permanently delete all messages from the trash folder.
en_GB: Permanently delete all messages from the wastebin folder.

[ctx: @info]
en: Job canceled.
en_GB: Job cancelled.

en: Collection attributes synchronization timed out.
en_GB: Collection attributes synchronisation timed out.

en: User canceled operation.
en_GB: User cancelled operation.

en: Resource synchronization timed out.
en_GB: Resource synchronisation timed out.

en: Move to trash collection failed, aborting trash operation
en_GB: Move to wastebin collection failed, aborting delete operation

en: Favorite Folders
en_GB: Favourite Folders

en: The configuration dialog has been opened in another window
en_GB: The configuration dialogue has been opened in another window

en: Failed to register %1 configuration dialog.
en_GB: Failed to register %1 configuration dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, syncOnDemand)
en: Synchronize when selecting this folder
en_GB: Synchronise when selecting this folder

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Automatically synchronize after:
en_GB: Automatically synchronise after:

en: Open collection dialog
en_GB: Open collection dialogue

en: Personal information management service is performing a database upgrade.
    This happens after a software update and is necessary to optimize performance.
    Depending on the amount of personal information, this might take a few minutes.
en_GB: Personal information management service is performing a database upgrade.
    This happens after a software update and is necessary to optimise performance.
    Depending on the amount of personal information, this might take a few minutes.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1129  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, RenameFavoriteDialog)
en: Rename Favorite
en_GB: Rename Favourite

en: &Synchronize Folder | &Synchronize %1 Folders
en_GB[0]: &Synchronise Folder
en_GB[1]: &Synchronise %1 Folders

en: Add to Favorite Folders
en_GB: Add to Favourite Folders

en: Add to Favorite
en_GB: Add to Favourite

en: Remove from Favorite Folders
en_GB: Remove from Favourite Folders

en: Remove from Favorite
en_GB: Remove from Favourite

en: Rename Favorite...
en_GB: Rename Favourite...

en: Synchronize Resource | Synchronize %1 Resources
en_GB[0]: Synchronise Resource
en_GB[1]: Synchronise %1 Resources

en: &Synchronize Folder Recursively
en_GB: &Synchronise Folder Recursively

en: Synchronize Recursively
en_GB: Synchronise Recursively

en: &Move Folder To Trash
en_GB: &Move Folder To Wastebin

en: Move Folder To Trash
en_GB: Move Folder To Wastebin

en: &Move Item To Trash
en_GB: &Move Item To Wastebin

en: Move Item To Trash
en_GB: Move Item To Wastebin

en: &Restore Folder From Trash
en_GB: &Restore Folder From Wastebin

en: Restore Folder From Trash
en_GB: Restore Folder From Wastebin

en: &Restore Item From Trash
en_GB: &Restore Item From Wastebin

en: Restore Item From Trash
en_GB: Restore Item From Wastebin

en: &Restore Collection From Trash
en_GB: &Restore Collection From Wastebin

en: Restore Collection From Trash
en_GB: Restore Collection From Wastebin

en: &Synchronize Favorite Folders
en_GB: &Synchronise Favourite Folders

en: Synchronize Favorite Folders
en_GB: Synchronise Favourite Folders

en: Synchronize Folder Tree
en_GB: Synchronise Folder Tree

en: &Synchronize Resource | &Synchronize %1 Resources
en_GB[0]: &Synchronise Resource
en_GB[1]: &Synchronise %1 Resources

en: Synchronize Folder | Synchronize %1 Folders
en_GB[0]: Synchronise Folder
en_GB[1]: Synchronise %1 Folders

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Rename Favorite
en_GB: Rename Favourite

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_id3_tag) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_id3_tag)
en: If checked and if cddb support is available, an id3 tag will be appended
en_GB: If ticked and if cddb support is available, an id3 tag will be appended

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox) i18n: ectx: label, entry (flac_compression_level), group (Flac)
en: Flac compression level
en_GB: FLAC compression level

en: Baloo Database Sanitizer
en_GB: Baloo Database Sanitiser

en: The Baloo Database Lister & Sanitizer
en_GB: The Baloo Database Lister & Sanitiser

en: Urls, document ids or inodes of the files
en_GB: URLs, document IDs or inodes of the files

en: Device id for the files
en_GB: Device ID for the files

en: %1: Not a valid url or document id
en_GB: %1: Not a valid URL or document ID

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If you check this box, events and to-dos older than the specified age will be archived or purged. The items will be archived unless the "Delete only" option is enabled; else the items will be purged and not saved.
en_GB: If you tick this box, events and to-dos older than the specified age will be archived or purged. The items will be archived unless the "Delete only" option is enabled; else the items will be purged and not saved.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If this feature is enabled, the application will regularly check if events and to-dos have to be archived; this means you will not need to use this dialog box again, except to change the settings.
en_GB: If this feature is enabled, the application will regularly check if events and to-dos have to be archived; this means you will not need to use this dialogue box again, except to change the settings.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultAudioFileReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
en: Check this box if you want to enable the specified file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to enable the specified file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mExcludePrivate)
en: Check this option to exclude private events
en_GB: Tick this option to exclude private events

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowDetails)
en: Check this box if you want to print more details for the incidence, including the visibility and secrecy properties.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to print more details for the incidence, including the visibility and secrecy properties.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowSubitemsNotes)
en: Check this box if you want the incidence notes included on the print-out.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the incidence notes included on the print-out.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowNoteLines)
en: Check this box if you want to draw note lines in the empty area of the print. This is useful if you want to hand-write notes on this print-out.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to draw note lines in the empty area of the print. This is useful if you want to hand-write notes on this print-out.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1146 (akonadi-kcal)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowNoteLines)
en: Check this option to show note lines.
en_GB: Tick this option to show note lines.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, mPrintTypeTimetable)
en: This view is similar to the weekview. The week is printed in landscape layout. You can even use the same colors for the items if you check <i>Use Colors</i>.
en_GB: This view is similar to the weekview. The week is printed in landscape layout. You can even use the same colours for the items if you tick <i>Use Colours</i>.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Save Settings)
en: Check this box to export the calendar to a HTML-file every time you save it. By default, this file will be called calendar.html and placed in the user home folder.
en_GB: Tick this box to export the calendar to a HTML-file every time you save it. By default, this file will be called calendar.html and placed in the user home folder.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ViewBgBusyColor), group (Colors)
en: Agenda/Month view background busy color
en_GB: Agenda/Month view background busy colour

note: #-#-#-#-#  1147  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theme/Month view) #-#-#-#-#  1408 (korganizer)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Theming)
en: Use system color
en_GB: Use system colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theme/Month view)
en: Use system color. If enabled will ignore all other color settings
en_GB: Use system colour. If enabled will ignore all other colour settings

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Checking this option will cause the to-do view to use the full window.
en_GB: Ticking this option will cause the to-do view to use the full window.

[ctx: Alarm action]
en: Display a dialog
en_GB: Display a dialogue

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Save changes and close dialog
en_GB: Save changes and close dialogue

[ctx: @action:button]
en: Discard changes and close dialog
en_GB: Discard changes and close dialogue

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Push this button to show a dialog that helps you manage a set of templates. Templates can make creating new items easier and faster by putting your favorite default values into the editor automatically.
en_GB: Push this button to show a dialogue that helps you manage a set of templates. Templates can make creating new items easier and faster by putting your favourite default values into the editor automatically.

[ctx: @action:button show list of attendees]
en: Individual mailsettings <<
en_GB: Individual mail settings <<

[ctx: @action:button show list of attendees]
en: Individual mailsettings >>
en_GB: Individual mail settings >>

[ctx: ldap attribute ou]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, mSolveButton)
en: Opens the scheduling dialog, which will assist in picking a time slot that works for all attendees.
en_GB: Opens the scheduling dialogue, which will assist in picking a time slot that works for all attendees.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (IncidenceEditorNG::KWeekdayCheckCombo, mWeekdayCombo)
en: Check the weekdays to include in the search.
en_GB: Tick the weekdays to include in the search.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_3) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (IncidenceEditorNG::KWeekdayCheckCombo, mWeekdayCombo)
en: Only the checked weekdays will be included in the free time slot search.
en_GB: Only the ticked weekdays will be included in the free time slot search.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_5) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KPIM::KCheckComboBox, mRolesCombo)
en: Check the roles to include in the search.
en_GB: Tick the roles to include in the search.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_5) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPIM::KCheckComboBox, mRolesCombo)
en: Only the participants with the checked roles will be considered in the free time slot search.
en_GB: Only the participants with the ticked roles will be considered in the free time slot search.

[ctx: KAuth::ExecuteJob|]
en: The current backend only allows helper authorization, but this action does not have a helper.
en_GB: The current backend only allows helper authorisation, but this action does not have a helper.

[ctx: KAuth::ExecuteJob|]
en: The backend does not specify how to authorize
en_GB: The backend does not specify how to authorise

en: Could not read the postId, not a string or an integer.
en_GB: Could not read the post ID, not a string or an integer.

en: Could not regexp the blog id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the blog ID path.

en: Could not regexp the comment id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the comment ID path.

en: Could not regexp the post id path.
en_GB: Could not regexp the post ID path.

en: Could not regexp the id out of the result.
en_GB: Could not regexp the ID out of the result.

en: Organizer Unknown
en_GB: Organiser Unknown

en: (<b>Note</b>: the Organizer preset your response to <b>%1</b>)
en_GB: (<b>Note</b>: the Organiser preset your response to <b>%1</b>)

en: This invitation has been updated by the organizer %1.
en_GB: This invitation has been updated by the organiser %1.

en: This invitation has been canceled.
en_GB: This invitation has been cancelled.

en: The organizer has revoked the invitation.
en_GB: The organiser has revoked the invitation.

en: This to-do has been updated by the organizer %1.
en_GB: This to-do has been updated by the organiser %1.

en: This to-do was canceled.
en_GB: This to-do was cancelled.

en: The organizer has revoked this to-do.
en_GB: The organiser has revoked this to-do.

en: This journal was canceled.
en_GB: This journal was cancelled.

en: This free/busy list was canceled.
en_GB: This free/busy list was cancelled.

en: This invitation was canceled.
en_GB: This invitation was cancelled.

en: Organizer: %1
en_GB: Organiser: %1

[ctx: @item event orto-do is canceled; journal is removed]
en: Canceled
en_GB: Cancelled

en: organizer
en_GB: organiser

[ctx: KStandardShortcut|@action]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: main|]
en: Display software license.
en_GB: Display software licence.

en: Home Address State
en_GB: Home Address County

en: Home Address Zip Code
en_GB: Home Address Post Code

en: Business Address State
en_GB: Business Address County

en: Business Address Zip Code
en_GB: Business Address Post Code

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 2

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license (short name)]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: BSD License
en_GB: BSD Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license (short name)]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: Artistic License
en_GB: Artistic Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: Q Public License
en_GB: Q Public Licence

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU General Public Licence Version 3

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 3

[ctx: KAboutLicense|@item license]
en: GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1
en_GB: GNU Lesser General Public Licence Version 2.1

[ctx: KAboutData|replace this with information about your translation team]
en: <p>KDE is translated into many languages thanks to the work of the translation teams all over the world.</p><p>For more information on KDE internationalization visit <a href="https://l10n.kde.org">https://l10n.kde.org</a></p>
en_GB: <p>KDE is translated into many languages thanks to the work of the translation teams all over the world.</p><p>For more information on KDE internationalisation visit <a href="https://l10n.kde.org">https://l10n.kde.org</a></p>

[ctx: KAboutData CLI|]
en: Show license information.
en_GB: Show licence information.

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %1 is a whole number
en: %n millisecond(s) | %n millisecond(s)
en_GB[0]: %n millisecond
en_GB[1]: %n milliseconds

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n day(s) | %n day(s)
en_GB[0]: %n day
en_GB[1]: %n days

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n hour(s) | %n hour(s)
en_GB[0]: %n hour
en_GB[1]: %n hours

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n minute(s) | %n minute(s)
en_GB[0]: %n minute
en_GB[1]: %n minutes

[ctx: KFormat|]
note: @item:intext %n is a whole number
en: %n second(s) | %n second(s)
en_GB[0]: %n second
en_GB[1]: %n seconds

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Path %1 doesn't exist
en_GB: Path %1 does not exist

[ctx: comment]
en: KDE color scheme
en_GB: KDE colour scheme

[ctx: @label]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDialog, KJSErrorDlgBase)
en: This dialog provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at https://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.
en_GB: This dialogue provides you with notification and details of scripting errors that occur on web pages.  In many cases it is due to an error in the web site as designed by its author.  In other cases it is the result of a programming error in Konqueror.  If you suspect the former, please contact the webmaster of the site in question.  Conversely if you suspect an error in Konqueror, please file a bug report at https://bugs.kde.org/.  A test case which illustrates the problem will be appreciated.

en: Login failed, client cannot initialize the SASL library.
en_GB: Login failed, client cannot initialise the SASL library.

en: <qt>This is the preferences menu for the file dialog. Various options can be accessed from this menu including: <ul><li>how files are sorted in the list</li><li>types of view, including icon and list</li><li>showing of hidden files</li><li>the Places panel</li><li>file previews</li><li>separating folders from files</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt>This is the preferences menu for the file dialogue. Various options can be accessed from this menu including: <ul><li>how files are sorted in the list</li><li>types of view, including icon and list</li><li>showing of hidden files</li><li>the Places panel</li><li>file previews</li><li>separating folders from files</li></ul></qt>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>Check this box to allow <emphasis strong='true'>automatic deletion</emphasis> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <emphasis strong='true'>not</emphasis> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>
en_GB: <para>Tick this box to allow <emphasis strong='true'>automatic deletion</emphasis> of files that are older than the value specified. Leave this disabled to <emphasis strong='true'>not</emphasis> automatically delete any items after a certain timespan</para>

en: Full Trash:
en_GB: Full Wastebin:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbUseCache)
en: Check this box if you want the web pages you visit to be stored on your hard disk for quicker access. The stored pages will only be updated as needed instead of on every visit to that site. This is especially useful if you have a slow connection to the Internet.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the web pages you visit to be stored on your hard disk for quicker access. The stored pages will only be updated as needed instead of on every visit to that site. This is especially useful if you have a slow connection to the Internet.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, rbCacheIfPossible)
en: Always use documents from the cache when available. You can still use the reload button to synchronize the cache with the remote host.
en_GB: Always use documents from the cache when available. You can still use the reload button to synchronise the cache with the remote host.

en: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) store on your computer, initiated by a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p> However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p> Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, the HTTP kioslave offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. So you might want to set the default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie, allowing you to decide. For your favorite shopping web sites that you trust, you might want to set the policy to accept, then you can access the web sites without being prompted every time a cookie is received.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) store on your computer, initiated by a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p> However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p> Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, the HTTP kioslave offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. So you might want to set the default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie, allowing you to decide. For your favourite shopping web sites that you trust, you might want to set the policy to accept, then you can access the web sites without being prompted every time a cookie is received.</p>

en: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE application using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) stores on your computer from a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p>However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p>Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, KDE offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. You might, for example want to set KDE's default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie or simply reject or accept everything. For example, you might choose to accept all cookies from your favorite shopping web site. For this all you have to do is either browse to that particular site and when you are presented with the cookie dialog box, click on <i> This domain </i> under the 'apply to' tab and choose accept or simply specify the name of the site in the <i> Domain Specific Policy </i> tab and set it to accept. This enables you to receive cookies from trusted web sites without being asked every time KDE receives a cookie.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Cookies</h1><p>Cookies contain information that KDE application using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) stores on your computer from a remote Internet server. This means that a web server can store information about you and your browsing activities on your machine for later use. You might consider this an invasion of privacy.</p><p>However, cookies are useful in certain situations. For example, they are often used by Internet shops, so you can 'put things into a shopping basket'. Some sites require you have a browser that supports cookies.</p><p>Because most people want a compromise between privacy and the benefits cookies offer, KDE offers you the ability to customize the way it handles cookies. You might, for example want to set KDE's default policy to ask you whenever a server wants to set a cookie or simply reject or accept everything. For example, you might choose to accept all cookies from your favourite shopping web site. For this all you have to do is either browse to that particular site and when you are presented with the cookie dialogue box, click on <i> This domain </i> under the 'apply to' tab and choose accept or simply specify the name of the site in the <i> Domain Specific Policy </i> tab and set it to accept. This enables you to receive cookies from trusted web sites without being asked every time KDE receives a cookie.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbEnableCookies)
en: <qt>
    <p>Enable cookie support. Normally you will want to have cookie support enabled and customize it to suit your privacy needs.</p><p>
    Please note that disabling cookie support might make many web sites unbrowsable.</p>
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <p>Enable cookie support. Normally you will want to have cookie support enabled and customise it to suit your privacy needs.</p><p>
    Please note that disabling cookie support might make many web sites unbrowsable.</p>
    </qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAutoAcceptSessionCookies)
en: <p>
    Automatically accept temporary cookies meant to expire at the end of the current session. Such cookies will not be stored in your computer's hard drive or storage device. Instead, they are deleted when you close all applications (e.g. your browser) that use them.</p><p><u>NOTE</u> Checking this option overrides your default as well as site specific cookie policies for session cookies.</p>
en_GB: <p>
    Automatically accept temporary cookies meant to expire at the end of the current session. Such cookies will not be stored in your computer's hard drive or storage device. Instead, they are deleted when you close all applications (e.g. your browser) that use them.</p><p><u>NOTE</u> Setting this option overrides your default as well as site specific cookie policies for session cookies.</p>

en: <h1>Proxy</h1><p>A proxy server is an intermediate program that sits between your machine and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and/or filtering.</p><p>Caching proxy servers give you faster access to sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching the content of those pages; filtering proxy servers, on the other hand, provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam, or anything else you want to block.</p><p><u>Note:</u> Some proxy servers provide both services.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Proxy</h1><p>A proxy server is an intermediate program that sits between your machine and the Internet and provides services such as web page caching and/or filtering.</p><p>Caching proxy servers give you faster access to sites you have already visited by locally storing or caching the content of those pages; filtering proxy servers, on the other hand, provide the ability to block out requests for ads, spam or anything else you want to block.</p><p><u>Note:</u> Some proxy servers provide both services.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useReverseProxyCheckBox)
en: <qt>
    Check this box if you want the above proxy settings to apply only to the addresses listed in the <i>Exceptions</i> list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    Tick this box if you want the above proxy settings to apply only to the addresses listed in the <i>Exceptions</i> list.</qt>

en: <h1>Network Preferences</h1>Here you can define the behavior of KDE programs when using Internet and network connections. If you experience timeouts or use a modem to connect to the Internet, you might want to adjust these settings.
en_GB: <h1>Network Preferences</h1>Here you can define the behaviour of KDE programs when using Internet and network connections. If you experience timeouts or use a modem to connect to the Internet, you might want to adjust these settings.

en: <h1>Browser Identification</h1><p>The browser-identification module allows you to have full control over how KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) will identify itself to web sites you browse.</p><p>This ability to fake identification is necessary because some web sites do not display properly when they detect that they are not talking to current versions of either Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer, even if the browser actually supports all the necessary features to render those pages properly. For such sites, you can use this feature to try to browse them. Please understand that this might not always work, since such sites might be using non-standard web protocols and or specifications.</p><p><u>NOTE:</u> To obtain specific help on a particular section of the dialog box, simply click on the quick help button on the window title bar, then click on the section for which you are seeking help.</p>
en_GB: <h1>Browser Identification</h1><p>The browser-identification module allows you to have full control over how KDE applications using the HTTP protocol (like Konqueror) will identify itself to web sites you browse.</p><p>This ability to fake identification is necessary because some web sites do not display properly when they detect that they are not talking to current versions of either Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer, even if the browser actually supports all the necessary features to render those pages properly. For such sites, you can use this feature to try to browse them. Please understand that this might not always work, since such sites might be using non-standard web protocols and or specifications.</p><p><u>NOTE:</u> To obtain specific help on a particular section of the dialogue box, simply click on the quick help button on the window title bar, then click on the section for which you are seeking help.</p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sendUACheckBox)
en: <qt>
    Send the browser identification to web sites.<p>
    <u>NOTE:</u> Many sites rely on this information to display pages properly, hence, it is highly recommended that you do not totally disable this feature but rather customize it.<p>
    By default, only minimal identification information is sent to remote sites. The identification text that will be sent is shown below.
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    Send the browser identification to web sites.<p>
    <u>NOTE:</u> Many sites rely on this information to display pages properly, hence, it is highly recommended that you do not totally disable this feature but rather customise it.<p>
    By default, only minimal identification information is sent to remote sites. The identification text that will be sent is shown below.
    </qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, defaultIdGroupBox)
en: The browser identification text sent to the sites you visit. Use the provided options to customize it.
en_GB: The browser identification text sent to the sites you visit. Use the provided options to customise it.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KSqueezedTextLabel, defaultIdLineEdit)
en: The browser identification text sent to the sites you visit. You can customize it using the options provided below.
en_GB: The browser identification text sent to the sites you visit. You can customise it using the options provided below.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1181 (kcmkio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, languageCheckBox)
en: Includes your language settings in the browser identification text to obtain localized versions of the page.
en_GB: Includes your language settings in the browser identification text to obtain localised versions of the page.

en: <h1>Enhanced Browsing</h1> In this module you can configure some enhanced browsing features of KDE. <h2>Web Search Keywords</h2>Web Search Keywords are a quick way of using Web search engines. For example, type "duckduckgo:frobozz" or "dd:frobozz" and your web browser will do a search on DuckDuckGo for "frobozz". Even easier: just press Alt+F2 (if you have not changed this keyboard shortcut) and enter the shortcut in the Run Command dialog.
en_GB: <h1>Enhanced Browsing</h1> In this module you can configure some enhanced browsing features of KDE. <h2>Web Search Keywords</h2>Web Search Keywords are a quick way of using Web search engines. For example, type "duckduckgo:frobozz" or "dd:frobozz" and your web browser will do a search on DuckDuckGo for "frobozz". Even easier: just press Alt+F2 (if you have not changed this keyboard shortcut) and enter the shortcut in the Run Command dialogue.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Check this box to select the highlighted web search keyword as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web search keywords are used in places where only a few select keywords can be shown at one time.
en_GB: Tick this box to select the highlighted web search keyword as preferred.<nl/>Preferred web search keywords are used in places where only a few select keywords can be shown at one time.

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you want to permanently delete all items from the Trash?<nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>
en_GB: Do you want to permanently delete all items from the Wastebin?<nl/><nl/><emphasis strong='true'>This action cannot be undone.</emphasis>

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the Trash?<nl/><filename>%1</filename>
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the Wastebin?<nl/><filename>%1</filename>

en: Do you really want to move this item to the Trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this item to the Wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Wastebin?

[ctx: @info]
en: Do you really want to move this %1 item to the Trash? | Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Trash?
en_GB[0]: Do you really want to move this %1 item to the Wastebin?
en_GB[1]: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the Wastebin?

en: <p>SimpleViewer's plugins are Flash components which are free to use, but use a license which comes into conflict with several distributions. Due to the license it is not possible to ship it with this tool.</p><p>You can now download plugin from its homepage and point this tool to the downloaded archive. The archive will be stored with the plugin configuration, so it is available for further use.</p><p><b>Note: Please download the plugin that you selected on the first page.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>SimpleViewer's plugins are Flash components which are free to use, but use a licence which comes into conflict with several distributions. Due to the licence it is not possible to ship it with this tool.</p><p>You can now download plugin from its homepage and point this tool to the downloaded archive. The archive will be stored with the plugin configuration, so it is available for further use.</p><p><b>Note: Please download the plugin that you selected on the first page.</b></p>

en: &Text Color:
en_GB: &Text Colour:

en: Color of title and caption text
en_GB: Colour of title and caption text

en: &Background Color:
en_GB: &Background Colour:

en: &Frame Color:
en_GB: &Frame Colour:

en: Color of image frame, viewed icon, load bars, thumbnail arrows
en_GB: Colour of image frame, viewed icon, load bars, thumbnail arrows

[ctx: Settings for flash export navigation]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Background &Inner Color:
en_GB: Background &Inner Colour:

en: Color of the stage background gradient center.
en_GB: Colour of the stage background gradient centre.

en: Background &Outer Color:
en_GB: Background &Outer Colour:

en: Color of the stage background gradient edge.
en_GB: Colour of the stage background gradient edge.

en: Image Back Color:
en_GB: Image Back Colour:

en: Image's back color when pressing flip button
en_GB: Image's back colour when pressing flip button

en: &Caption Color:
en_GB: &Caption Colour:

en: Export canceled
en_GB: Export cancelled

en: Export was canceled
en_GB: Export was cancelled

en: Operation canceled by user
en_GB: Operation cancelled by user

en: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format is a good web file format but it uses lossy compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved color-matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>JPEG</b>: The Joint Photographic Experts Group file format is a good web file format but it uses lossy compression.</p><p><b>PNG</b>: the Portable Network Graphics format is an extensible file format for the lossless, portable, well-compressed storage of raster images. PNG provides a patent-free replacement for GIF and can also replace many common uses of TIFF. PNG is designed to work well in online viewing applications, such as the World Wide Web, so it is fully streamable with a progressive display option. Also, PNG can store gamma and chromaticity data for improved colour-matching on heterogeneous platforms.</p>

en: Create dir Failed
en_GB: Create directory failed

[ctx: AboutPage|]
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

[ctx: AboutPage|]
en: License: %1
en_GB: Licence: %1

[ctx: canceled train/flight/loding reservation]
en: Canceled: %1
en_GB: Cancelled: %1

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n day(s) | %n day(s)
en_GB[0]: %n day
en_GB[1]: %n days

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n hour(s) | %n hour(s)
en_GB[0]: %n hour
en_GB[1]: %n hours

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n minute(s) | %n minute(s)
en_GB[0]: 1 minute
en_GB[1]: %n minutes

[ctx: KJobTrackerFormatters|@item:intext]
en: %n second(s) | %n second(s)
en_GB[0]: %n second
en_GB[1]: %n seconds

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %1 / %n folder(s) | %1 / %n folder(s)
en_GB[0]: %1 / %n folder
en_GB[1]: %1 / %n folders

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %1 / %n file(s) | %1 / %n file(s)
en_GB[0]: %1 / %n file
en_GB[1]: %1 / %n files

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: Click this to expand the dialog, to show details
en_GB: Click this to expand the dialogue, to show details

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: Progress Dialog
en_GB: Progress Dialogue

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %n item(s) | %n item(s)
en_GB[0]: %n item
en_GB[1]: %n items

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %n folder(s) | %n folder(s)
en_GB[0]: %n folder
en_GB[1]: %n folders

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: %n file(s) | %n file(s)
en_GB[0]: %n file
en_GB[1]: %n files

[ctx: KWidgetJobTracker|]
en: Click this to collapse the dialog, to hide details
en_GB: Click this to collapse the dialogue, to hide details

en: Invalid authorization information.
en_GB: Invalid authorisation information.

en: LDAP connection canceled.
en_GB: LDAP connection cancelled.

en: An error occurred during the connection initialization phase.
en_GB: An error occurred during the connection initialisation phase.

en: Could not initialize new TLS context.
en_GB: Could not initialise new TLS context.

en: Cannot initialize the SASL client.
en_GB: Cannot initialise the SASL client.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (userName), group (Transport $(transportId))
en: The user name to send to the server for authorization.
en_GB: The user name to send to the server for authorisation.

en: The password to send to the server for authorization.
en_GB: The password to send to the server for authorisation.

[ctx: List option which will set the filter so only installed items with updates available are shown]
en: Updateable Only
en_GB: Updatable Only

en: Updateable
en_GB: Updatable

[ctx: List option which will set the filter so only installed items with updates available are shown]
en: Show Only Updateable Entries
en_GB: Show Only Updatable Entries

[ctx: An informational message which is shown to inform the user they are not authorized to use GetHotNewStuff functionality]
en: You are not authorized to Get Hot New Stuff. If you think this is in error, please contact the person in charge of your permissions.
en_GB: You are not authorised to Get Hot New Stuff. If you think this is in error, please contact the person in charge of your permissions.

en: The KNSRC file you want to show. If none is passed, you will be presented with a dialog which lets you switch between all the config files installed into the systemwide knsrc file location, which on your system is: %1
en_GB: The KNSRC file you want to show. If none is passed, you will be presented with a dialogue which lets you switch between all the configuration files installed into the systemwide knsrc file location, which on your system is: %1

en: A kns url to show information from. The format for a kns url is kns://knsrcfile/providerid/entryid
    'knsrcfile'
    is the name of a knsrc file as might be passed directly through this tool's knsrcfile argument
    'providerid'
    is the hostname of the provider the entry should exist on
    'entryid'
    is the unique ID of an entry found in the provider specified by the knsrc file.
     An example of such a url is kns://peruse.knsrc/api.kde-look.org/1316714
en_GB: A kns URL to show information from. The format for a kns URL is kns://knsrcfile/providerid/entryid
    'knsrcfile'
    is the name of a knsrc file as might be passed directly through this tool's knsrcfile argument
    'providerid'
    is the hostname of the provider the entry should exist on
    'entryid'
    is the unique ID of an entry found in the provider specified by the knsrc file.
     An example of such a URL is kns://peruse.knsrc/api.kde-look.org/1316714

[ctx: KStatusNotifierItem|@action:inmenu]
en: &Minimize
en_GB: &Minimise

en: Error: Can't find plugin metadata: %1
en_GB: Error: Cannot find plugin metadata: %1

en: Didn't write %1%2
en_GB: Did not write %1%2

[ctx: @action]
en: Checkbox
en_GB: Tick box

en: No backend available for spell checking. Do you want to send the email anyways?
en_GB: No backend available for spell checking. Do you want to send the email anyway?

en: Login failed, cannot initialize the SASL library
en_GB: Login failed, cannot initialise the SASL library

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowFoldingMarkers)
en: If this option is checked, every new view will display marks for folding.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will display marks for folding.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkIconBorder)
en: <p>If this option is checked, every new view will display an icon border on the left hand side.</p><p>The icon border shows bookmark signs, for instance.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, every new view will display an icon border on the left hand side.</p><p>The icon border shows bookmark signs, for instance.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkLineNumbers)
en: If this option is checked, every new view will display line numbers on the left hand side.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will display line numbers on the left hand side.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowLineModification)
en: If this option is checked, a small indicator for modified and saved lines is shown on the left hand side.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, a small indicator for modified and saved lines is shown on the left hand side.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkScrollbarMarks)
en: <p>If this option is checked, every new view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar.</p><p>These marks will show bookmarks, for instance.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, every new view will show marks on the vertical scrollbar.</p><p>These marks will show bookmarks, for instance.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkScrollbarMiniMap)
en: If this option is checked, every new view will show a mini map on the vertical scrollbar.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will show a mini map on the vertical scrollbar.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkScrollbarMiniMapAll)
en: If this option is checked, every new view will show a mini map of the whole document on the vertical scrollbar.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, every new view will show a mini map of the whole document on the vertical scrollbar.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkShowStaticWordWrapMarker)
en: <p>If this option is checked, a vertical line will be drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the <strong>Editing</strong> properties.</p>
en_GB: <p>If this option is ticked, a vertical line will be drawn at the word wrap column as defined in the <strong>Editing</strong> properties.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, edtSection)
en: The section name is used to organize the file types in menus.
en_GB: The section name is used to organise the file types in menus.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblAutoCenterCursor)
en: &Autocenter cursor:
en_GB: &Autocentre cursor:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1223 (katepart4)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6) #-#-#-#-#  1418  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblSuffix)
en: &Suffix:
en_GB: Suffix:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Be aware, that disabling the swap file synchronization may lead to data loss in case of a system crash.
en_GB: Be aware, that disabling the swap file synchronisation may lead to data loss in case of a system crash.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, cmbEncoding)
en: This defines the standard encoding to use to open/save files, if not changed in the open/save dialog or by using a command line option.
en_GB: This defines the standard encoding to use to open/save files, if not changed in the open/save dialogue or by using a command line option.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, cmbEncodingDetection)
en: if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run.
en_GB: if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialogue, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file, this detection will be run.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, cmbEncodingFallback)
en: This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialog, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file.  Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order mark at start of file: if one is found, the right Unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail the fallback encoding will be tried.
en_GB: This defines the fallback encoding to try for opening files if neither the encoding chosen as standard above, nor the encoding specified in the open/save dialogue, nor the encoding specified on command line match the content of the file.  Before this is used, an attempt will be made to determine the encoding to use by looking for a byte order mark at start of file: if one is found, the right Unicode encoding will be chosen; otherwise encoding detection will run, if both fail the fallback encoding will be tried.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, gbWordWrap)
en: If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.

en: &Color theme:
en_GB: &Colour theme:

en: Draw bac&kground color
en_GB: Draw bac&kground colour

en: Select the color theme to use for the print.
en_GB: Select the colour theme to use for the print.

en: <p>If enabled, the background color of the editor will be used.</p><p>This may be useful if your color theme is designed for a dark background.</p>
en_GB: <p>If enabled, the background colour of the editor will be used.</p><p>This may be useful if your colour theme is designed for a dark background.</p>

en: The line color to use for boxes
en_GB: The line colour to use for boxes

en: Fixed-length positive lookbehind
en_GB: Fixed-length positive look behind

en: Fixed-length negative lookbehind
en_GB: Fixed-length negative look behind

en: Check the document's spelling from the cursor and forward
en_GB: Check the document's spelling from the cursor and forwards

en: Use default color from the color theme
en_GB: Use default colour from the colour theme

en: Normal &Color...
en_GB: Normal &Colour...

en: &Selected Color...
en_GB: &Selected Colour...

en: &Background Color...
en_GB: &Background Colour...

en: S&elected Background Color...
en_GB: S&elected Background Colour...

en: Unset Normal Color
en_GB: Unset Normal Colour

en: Unset Selected Color
en_GB: Unset Selected Colour

en: Unset Background Color
en_GB: Unset Background Colour

en: Unset Selected Background Color
en_GB: Unset Selected Background Colour

en: Editor Background Colors
en_GB: Editor Background Colours

en: <p>Sets the background color of the editing area.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the editing area.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of the selection.</p><p>To set the text color for selected text, use the &quot;<b>Configure Highlighting</b>&quot; dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the selection.</p><p>To set the text colour for selected text, use the &quot;<b>Configure Highlighting</b>&quot; dialogue.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of the currently active line, which means the line where your cursor is positioned.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the currently active line, which means the line where your cursor is positioned.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of search results.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of search results.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of replaced text.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of replaced text.</p>

en: <p>Sets the background color of the icon border.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of the icon border.</p>

en: <p>This color will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled).</p>
en_GB: <p>This colour will be used to draw the line numbers (if enabled).</p>

en: <p>This color will be used to draw the number of the current line (if enabled).</p>
en_GB: <p>This colour will be used to draw the number of the current line (if enabled).</p>

en: <p>This color will be used to draw the line between line numbers and the icon borders, if both are enabled.</p>
en_GB: <p>This colour will be used to draw the line between line numbers and the icon borders, if both are enabled.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of Word Wrap-related markers:</p><dl><dt>Static Word Wrap</dt><dd>A vertical line which shows the column where text is going to be wrapped</dd><dt>Dynamic Word Wrap</dt><dd>An arrow shown to the left of visually-wrapped lines</dd></dl>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of Word Wrap-related markers:</p><dl><dt>Static Word Wrap</dt><dd>A vertical line which shows the column where text is going to be wrapped</dd><dt>Dynamic Word Wrap</dt><dd>An arrow shown to the left of visually-wrapped lines</dd></dl>

en: <p>Sets the color of the code folding bar.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the code folding bar.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for modified lines.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the line modification marker for modified lines.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the line modification marker for saved lines.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the line modification marker for saved lines.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the line that is used to indicate spelling mistakes.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the tabulator marks.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the tabulator marks.</p>

en: <p>Sets the color of the vertical indentation lines.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the colour of the vertical indentation lines.</p>

en: <p>Sets the bracket matching color. This means, if you place the cursor e.g. at a <b>(</b>, the matching <b>)</b> will be highlighted with this color.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the bracket matching colour. This means, if you place the cursor e.g. at a <b>(</b>, the matching <b>)</b> will be highlighted with this colour.</p>

en: Marker Colors
en_GB: Marker Colours

en: <p>Sets the background color of mark type.</p><p><b>Note</b>: The marker color is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>
en_GB: <p>Sets the background colour of mark type.</p><p><b>Note</b>: The marker colour is displayed lightly because of transparency.</p>

en: <p>This list displays the default styles for the current color theme and offers the means to edit them. The style name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the popup menu when appropriate.</p>
en_GB: <p>This list displays the default styles for the current colour theme and offers the means to edit them. The style name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit the colours, click the coloured squares, or select the colour to edit from the pop-up menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colours from the pop-up menu when appropriate.</p>

en: <p>This list displays the contexts of the current syntax highlight mode and offers the means to edit them. The context name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit using the keyboard, press <strong>&lt;SPACE&gt;</strong> and choose a property from the popup menu.</p><p>To edit the colors, click the colored squares, or select the color to edit from the popup menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colors from the context menu when appropriate.</p>
en_GB: <p>This list displays the contexts of the current syntax highlight mode and offers the means to edit them. The context name reflects the current style settings.</p><p>To edit using the keyboard, press <strong>&lt;SPACE&gt;</strong> and choose a property from the popup menu.</p><p>To edit the colours, click the coloured squares, or select the colour to edit from the popup menu.</p><p>You can unset the Background and Selected Background colours from the context menu when appropriate.</p>

en: Exporting color theme: %1
en_GB: Exporting colour theme: %1

en: Color theme
en_GB: Colour theme

en: Importing Color Theme
en_GB: Importing Colour Theme

en: Name for copy of color theme "%1":
en_GB: Name for copy of colour theme "%1":

en: Color Themes
en_GB: Colour Themes

en: <p>set-show-tabs <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, TAB characters and trailing whitespace will be visualized by a small dot.</p><p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>
en_GB: <p>set-show-tabs <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, TAB characters and trailing whitespace will be visualised by a small dot.</p><p>Possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>

en: <p>set-show-indent <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, indentation will be visualized by a vertical dotted line.</p><p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>
en_GB: <p>set-show-indent <b>enable</b></p><p>If enabled, indentation will be visualised by a vertical dotted line.</p><p> possible true values: 1 on true<br/>possible false values: 0 off false</p>

en: <p>Open the Print dialog to print the current document.</p>
en_GB: <p>Open the Print dialogue to print the current document.</p>

en: <p>date or date <b>format</b></p><p>Inserts a date/time string as defined by the specified format, or the format yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss if none is specified.</p><p>Possible format specifiers are:<table><tr><td>d</td><td>The day as number without a leading zero (1-31).</td></tr><tr><td>dd</td><td>The day as number with a leading zero (01-31).</td></tr><tr><td>ddd</td><td>The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon'..'Sun').</td></tr><tr><td>dddd</td><td>The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday'..'Sunday').</td></tr><tr><td>M</td><td>The month as number without a leading zero (1-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MM</td><td>The month as number with a leading zero (01-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MMM</td><td>The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan'..'Dec').</td></tr><tr><td>yy</td><td>The year as two digit number (00-99).</td></tr><tr><td>yyyy</td><td>The year as four digit number (1752-8000).</td></tr><tr><td>h</td><td>The hour without a leading zero (0..23 or 1..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>hh</td><td>The hour with a leading zero (00..23 or 01..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>The minute without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>mm</td><td>The minute with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>The second without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>ss</td><td>The second with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>z</td><td>The milliseconds without leading zeroes (0..999).</td></tr><tr><td>zzz</td><td>The milliseconds with leading zeroes (000..999).</td></tr><tr><td>AP</td><td>Use AM/PM display. AP will be replaced by either "AM" or "PM".</td></tr><tr><td>ap</td><td>Use am/pm display. ap will be replaced by either "am" or "pm".</td></tr></table></p>
en_GB: <p>date or date <b>format</b></p><p>Inserts a date/time string as defined by the specified format, or the format yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss if none is specified.</p><p>Possible format specifiers are:<table><tr><td>d</td><td>The day as number without a leading zero (1-31).</td></tr><tr><td>dd</td><td>The day as number with a leading zero (01-31).</td></tr><tr><td>ddd</td><td>The abbreviated localised day name (e.g. 'Mon'..'Sun').</td></tr><tr><td>dddd</td><td>The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday'..'Sunday').</td></tr><tr><td>M</td><td>The month as number without a leading zero (1-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MM</td><td>The month as number with a leading zero (01-12).</td></tr><tr><td>MMM</td><td>The abbreviated localised month name (e.g. 'Jan'..'Dec').</td></tr><tr><td>yy</td><td>The year as two digit number (00-99).</td></tr><tr><td>yyyy</td><td>The year as four digit number (1752-8000).</td></tr><tr><td>h</td><td>The hour without a leading zero (0..23 or 1..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>hh</td><td>The hour with a leading zero (00..23 or 01..12 if AM/PM display).</td></tr><tr><td>m</td><td>The minute without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>mm</td><td>The minute with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>s</td><td>The second without a leading zero (0..59).</td></tr><tr><td>ss</td><td>The second with a leading zero (00..59).</td></tr><tr><td>z</td><td>The milliseconds without leading zeroes (0..999).</td></tr><tr><td>zzz</td><td>The milliseconds with leading zeroes (000..999).</td></tr><tr><td>AP</td><td>Use AM/PM display. AP will be replaced by either "AM" or "PM".</td></tr><tr><td>ap</td><td>Use am/pm display. ap will be replaced by either "am" or "pm".</td></tr></table></p>

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the number of autocenter lines.
en_GB: Set the number of autocentre lines.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the document background color.
en_GB: Set the document background colour.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the color for the bracket highlight.
en_GB: Set the colour for the bracket highlight.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the background color for the current line.
en_GB: Set the background colour for the current line.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the icon bar color.
en_GB: Set the icon bar colour.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the color scheme.
en_GB: Set the colour scheme.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the text selection color.
en_GB: Set the text selection colour.

[ctx: short translation please]
en: Set the word wrap marker color.
en_GB: Set the word wrap marker colour.

en: Use this to wrap the current line, or to reformat the selected lines as paragraph, to fit the 'Wrap words at' setting in the configuration dialog.<br /><br />This is a static word wrap, meaning the document is changed.
en_GB: Use this to wrap the current line, or to reformat the selected lines as paragraph, to fit the 'Wrap words at' setting in the configuration dialogue.<br /><br />This is a static word wrap, meaning the document is changed.

en: Use this to clean the indentation of a selected block of text (only tabs/only spaces).<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honored and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Use this to clean the indentation of a selected block of text (only tabs/only spaces).<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honoured and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialogue.

en: Capitalize the selection, or the word under the cursor if no text is selected.
en_GB: Capitalise the selection, or the word under the cursor if no text is selected.

en: This command opens a dialog and lets you choose a line that you want the cursor to move to.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue and lets you choose a line that you want the cursor to move to.

en: &Color Theme
en_GB: &Colour Theme

en: If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not changed.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the text lines will be wrapped at the view border on the screen.<br /><br />This is only a view option, meaning the document will not changed.

en: If this option is checked, the text lines will be wrapped at the column defined in the editing properties.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, the text lines will be wrapped at the column defined in the editing properties.

en: Use this to indent a selected block of text.<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honored and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Use this to indent a selected block of text.<br /><br />You can configure whether tabs should be honoured and used or replaced with spaces, in the configuration dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkViCommandsOverride)
en: When selected, vi commands will override Kate's built-in commands. For example: Ctrl+R will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialog).
en_GB: When selected, vi commands will override Kate's built-in commands. For example: Ctrl+R will redo, and override the standard action (showing the search and replace dialogue).

en: Normalized Subject
en_GB: Normalised Subject

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 byte | %1 bytes
en_GB[0]: Byte
en_GB[1]: %1 bytes

en: ElectricalCurrent
en_GB: Electrical Current

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: squaremicrometers
en_GB: squaremicrometres

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: Permeability;Pµm²;PSquare µm;squaremicrometers;Pµm^2
en_GB: Permeability;Pµm²;PSquare µm;squaremicrometres;Pµm^2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 micrometers²
en_GB: %1 micrometres²

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 micrometer² | %1 micrometers²
en_GB[0]: %1 micrometre²
en_GB[1]: %1 micrometres²

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: watt per meter kelvin;watt per meter-kelvin;W/mK;W/m.K
en_GB: watt per metre kelvin;watt per metre-kelvin;W/mK;W/m.K

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 watts per meter kelvin
en_GB: %1 watts per metre kelvin

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 watt per meter kelvin | %1 watts per meter kelvin
en_GB[0]: %1 watt per metre kelvin
en_GB[1]: %1 watts per metre kelvin

[ctx: thermal conductivity unit symbol]
en: Btu/ft·hr·°F
en_GB: BTU/ft·hr·°F

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB: BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit;btu per foot hour Fahrenheit;btu per foot-hour-Fahrenheit;Btu/ft-hr-F
en_GB: BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit;BTU per foot hour Fahrenheit;BTU per foot-hour-Fahrenheit;BTU/ft-hr-F

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB: %1 BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit | %1 btu per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per foot hour degree Fahrenheit

[ctx: thermal conductivity unit symbol]
en: Btu/ft²·hr·°F/in
en_GB: BTU/ft²·hr·°F/in

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB: BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch;btu per foot squared hour Fahrenheit per inch;btu per sq foot-hour-Fahrenheit per inch;Btu/ft^2-hr-F/in
en_GB: BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch;BTU per foot squared hour Fahrenheit per inch;BTU per sq foot-hour-Fahrenheit per inch;BTU/ft^2-hr-F/in

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB: %1 BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch | %1 btu per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per square foot hour degree Fahrenheit per inch

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: watt per square meter
en_GB: watt per square metre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: watt per square meter;W/m2;W/m^2
en_GB: watt per square metre;W/m2;W/m^2

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 watts per square meter
en_GB: %1 watts per square metre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 watt per square meter | %1 watts per square meter
en_GB[0]: %1 watt per square metre
en_GB[1]: %1 watts per square metre

[ctx: thermal flux unit symbol]
en: Btu/hr/ft²
en_GB: BTU/hr/ft²

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per hour per square foot
en_GB: BTU per hour per square foot

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per hour per square foot;Btu/hr/ft2;Btu/hr/ft^2;Btu/ft^2/hr;Btu/ft2/hr
en_GB: BTU per hour per square foot;BTU/hr/ft2;BTU/hr/ft^2;BTU/ft^2/hr;BTU/ft2/hr

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per hour per square foot
en_GB: %1 BTU per hour per square foot

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per hour per square foot | %1 btu per hour per square foot
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per hour per square foot
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per hour per square foot

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: watt per cubic meter
en_GB: watt per cubic metre

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: watt per cubic meter;W/m3;W/m^3
en_GB: watt per cubic metre;W/m3;W/m^3

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 watts per cubic meter
en_GB: %1 watts per cubic metre

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 watt per cubic meter | %1 watts per cubic meter
en_GB[0]: %1 watt per cubic metre
en_GB[1]: %1 watts per cubic metre

[ctx: thermal generation unit symbol]
en: Btu/hr/ft³
en_GB: BTU/hr/ft³

[ctx: unit description in lists]
en: btu per hour per cubic foot
en_GB: BTU per hour per cubic foot

[ctx: unit synonyms for matching user input]
en: btu per hour per cubic foot;Btu/hr/ft3;Btu/hr/ft^3;Btu/ft^3/hr;Btu/ft3/hr
en_GB: BTU per hour per cubic foot;BTU/hr/ft3;Btu/hr/ft^3;BTU/ft^3/hr;BTU/ft3/hr

[ctx: amount in units (real)]
en: %1 btu per hour per cubic foot
en_GB: %1 BTU per hour per cubic foot

[ctx: amount in units (integer)]
en: %1 btu per hour per cubic foot | %1 btu per hour per cubic foot
en_GB[0]: %1 BTU per hour per cubic foot
en_GB[1]: %1 BTU per hour per cubic foot

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to save the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Error code is <b>%2</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: <qt>Error when attempting to initialize OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Error when attempting to initialise OpenPGP while attempting to open the wallet <b>%1</b>. Please fix your system configuration, then try again.</qt>

en: The GpgME library failed to initialize for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.
en_GB: The GpgME library failed to initialise for the OpenPGP protocol. Please check your system's configuration then try again.

[ctx: KCharSelectData|]
en: Symbol, Math
en_GB: Symbol, Maths

[ctx: KFontChooser|@option:check]
en: Show only monospaced fonts
en_GB: Show only mono-spaced fonts

[ctx: KPixmapRegionSelectorWidget|@action:inmenu]
en: Rotate &Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate &Anticlockwise

[ctx: KStandardGuiItem|]
en: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialog.
en_GB: Pressing this button will discard all recent changes made in this dialogue.

[ctx: KStandardGuiItem|]
en: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialog will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.
en_GB: When you click <b>Apply</b>, the settings will be handed over to the program, but the dialogue will not be closed.
    Use this to try different settings.

[ctx: KStandardGuiItem|]
en: Opens the print dialog to print the current document
en_GB: Opens the print dialogue to print the current document

[ctx: @title:window]
en: License Agreement
en_GB: Licence Agreement

en: Humor
en_GB: Humour

en: Show Organization Unit for LDAP results
en_GB: Show Organisation Unit for LDAP results

en: Organizational unit
en_GB: Organisational unit

en: The gpgconf tool used to provide the information for this dialog does not seem to be installed properly. It did not return any components. Try running "%1" on the command line for more information.
en_GB: The gpgconf tool used to provide the information for this dialogue does not seem to be installed properly. It did not return any components. Try running "%1" on the command line for more information.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QToolButton, deleteTB)
en: Click this button to remove the currently selected directory service. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the main configuration dialog.
en_GB: Click this button to remove the currently selected directory service. The change will only take effect once you acknowledge the main configuration dialogue.

en: <qt><p>If you check this box your choice will be stored and you will not be asked again.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>If you tick this box your choice will be stored and you will not be asked again.</p></qt>

en: Don't confirm identity and integrity
en_GB: Do not confirm identity and integrity

[ctx: @info:tooltip for No Key selected for a specific recipient.]
en: Do not select a key for this recipient.<br/><br/>The recipient will receive the encrypted E-Mail, but it can only be decrypted with the other keys selected in this dialog.
en_GB: Do not select a key for this recipient.<br/><br/>The recipient will receive the encrypted E-Mail, but it can only be decrypted with the other keys selected in this dialogue.

en: Open scan dialog
en_GB: Open scan dialogue

en: The image data contained 16 bits per color, but the color depth has been truncated to 8 bits per color.
en_GB: The image data contained 16 bits per colour, but the colour depth has been truncated to 8 bits per colour.

en: Separate color intensity tables
en_GB: Separate colour intensity tables

en: Superseeding
en_GB: Superseding

en: You have configured this folder to contain groupware information. That means that this folder will disappear once the configuration dialog is closed.
en_GB: You have configured this folder to contain groupware information. That means that this folder will disappear once the configuration dialogue is closed.

en: Check this option if you want replies you write to mails in this folder to be put in this same folder after sending, instead of in the configured sent-mail folder.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want replies you write to mails in this folder to be put in this same folder after sending, instead of in the configured sent-mail folder.

en: Hide this folder in the folder selection dialog
en_GB: Hide this folder in the folder selection dialogue

en: Select the sender identity to be used when writing new mail or replying to mail in this folder. This means that if you are in one of your work folders, you can make KMail use the corresponding sender email address, signature and signing or encryption keys automatically. Identities can be set up in the main configuration dialog. (Settings -> Configure KMail)
en_GB: Select the sender identity to be used when writing new mail or replying to mail in this folder. This means that if you are in one of your work folders, you can make KMail use the corresponding sender email address, signature and signing or encryption keys automatically. Identities can be set up in the main configuration dialogue. (Settings -> Configure KMail)

en: <qt><p>This is the list of defined filters. They are processed top-to-bottom.</p><p>Click on any filter to edit it using the controls in the right-hand half of the dialog.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This is the list of defined filters. They are processed top-to-bottom.</p><p>Click on any filter to edit it using the controls in the right-hand half of the dialogue.</p></qt>

en: <qt><p>Click this button to <em>delete</em> the currently-selected filter from the list above.</p><p>There is no way to get the filter back once it is deleted, but you can always leave the dialog by clicking <em>Cancel</em> to discard the changes made.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Click this button to <em>delete</em> the currently-selected filter from the list above.</p><p>There is no way to get the filter back once it is deleted, but you can always leave the dialogue by clicking <em>Cancel</em> to discard the changes made.</p></qt>

en: <qt><p>Click this button to rename the currently-selected filter.</p><p>Filters are named automatically, as long as they start with "&lt;".</p><p>If you have renamed a filter accidentally and want automatic naming back, click this button and select <em>Clear</em> followed by <em>OK</em> in the appearing dialog.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Click this button to rename the currently-selected filter.</p><p>Filters are named automatically, as long as they start with "&lt;".</p><p>If you have renamed a filter accidentally and want automatic naming back, click this button and select <em>Clear</em> followed by <em>OK</em> in the appearing dialogue.</p></qt>

en: The operation was canceled by the user.
en_GB: The operation was cancelled by the user.

en: Unable to finalize the archive file.
en_GB: Unable to finalise the archive file.

en: Removing old messages from folder %1 was canceled.
en_GB: Removing old messages from folder %1 was cancelled.

en: Moving old messages from folder %1 to folder %2 was canceled.
en_GB: Moving old messages from folder %1 to folder %2 was cancelled.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Customize File Name Attachment
en_GB: Customise File Name Attachment

en: Change te&xt color:
en_GB: Change te&xt colour:

en: Change &background color:
en_GB: Change &background colour:

en: Drop your favorite folders here...
en_GB: Drop your favourite folders here...

en: Use the Address-Selection Dialog
en_GB: Use the Address-Selection Dialogue

en: This button opens a separate dialog where you can select recipients out of all available addresses.
en_GB: This button opens a separate dialogue where you can select recipients out of all available addresses.

en: Finished import, canceled by user.
en_GB: Finished import, cancelled by user.

en: <p><b>SeaMonkey import filter</b></p><p>Select your base SeaMonkey mailfolder (usually ~/.icedove/*.default/Mail/Local Folders/).</p><p><b>Note:</b> Never choose a Folder which <u>does not</u> contain mbox-files (for example, a maildir): if you do, you will get many new folders.</p><p>Since it is possible to recreate the folder structure, the folders will be stored under: "SeaMonkey-Import".</p>
en_GB: <p><b>SeaMonkey import filter</b></p><p>Select your base SeaMonkey mail folder (usually ~/.icedove/*.default/Mail/Local Folders/).</p><p><b>Note:</b> Never choose a Folder which <u>does not</u> contain mbox-files (for example, a maildir): if you do, you will get many new folders.</p><p>Since it is possible to recreate the folder structure, the folders will be stored under: "SeaMonkey-Import".</p>

en: Could not finalize the file.
en_GB: Could not finalise the file.

en: One or more of your configured OpenPGP encryption keys or S/MIME certificates is not usable for encryption. Please reconfigure your encryption keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialog.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.
en_GB: One or more of your configured OpenPGP encryption keys or S/MIME certificates is not usable for encryption. Please reconfigure your encryption keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialogue.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.

en: One or more of your configured OpenPGP signing keys or S/MIME signing certificates is not usable for signing. Please reconfigure your signing keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialog.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.
en_GB: One or more of your configured OpenPGP signing keys or S/MIME signing certificates is not usable for signing. Please reconfigure your signing keys and certificates for this identity in the identity configuration dialogue.
    If you choose to continue, and the keys are needed later on, you will be prompted to specify the keys to use.

en: Failed to store a new reminder: an error occurred while trying to create a new Todo in your calendar: %1
en_GB: Failed to store a new reminder: an error occurred while trying to create a new To-do in your calendar: %1

note: #-#-#-#-#  1247  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReplaceReplyPrefix), group (Composer)
en: Replace recognized prefi&x with "Re:"
en_GB: Replace recognised prefi&x with "Re:"

note: #-#-#-#-#  1247  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReplaceForwardPrefix), group (Composer)
en: Replace recognized prefix with "&Fwd:"
en_GB: Replace recognised prefix with "&Fwd:"

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuotedText3), group (Reader)
en: This is the color used in the 3rd level of quoted text
en_GB: This is the colour used in the 3rd level of quoted text

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuotedText2), group (Reader)
en: This is the color used in the 2nd level of quoted text
en_GB: This is the colour used in the 2nd level of quoted text

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuotedText1), group (Reader)
en: This is the color used in the 1st level of quoted text
en_GB: This is the colour used in the 1st level of quoted text

en: Favor Interactivity
en_GB: Favour Interactivity

en: Favor Speed
en_GB: Favour Speed

en: A simple, backward compatible, single row theme
en_GB: A simple, backwards compatible, single row theme

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Customize Message Aggregation Modes
en_GB: Customise Message Aggregation Modes

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Customize Themes
en_GB: Customise Themes

en: Check this if this column should be visible when the theme is selected.
en_GB: Tick this if this column should be visible when the theme is selected.

en: Check this if this column label should be updated depending on the folder "inbound"/"outbound" type.
en_GB: Tick this if this column label should be updated depending on the folder "inbound"/"outbound" type.

en: Are you sure you want to empty the trash folder?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to empty the wastebin folder?

en: <qt>Are you sure you want to move all messages from folder <b>%1</b> to the trash?</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Are you sure you want to move all messages from folder <b>%1</b> to the wastebin?</qt>

en: Moved all messages to the trash
en_GB: Moved all messages to the wastebin

en: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete the empty folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders? Those subfolders might not be empty and their contents will be discarded as well. <p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete the empty folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders? Those subfolders might not be empty and their contents will be discarded as well. <p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Wastebin folder and are permanently deleted.</p></qt>

en: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource>, discarding its contents? <p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource>, discarding its contents? <p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Wastebin folder and are permanently deleted.</p></qt>

en: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders, discarding their contents? <p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders, discarding their contents? <p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Wastebin folder and are permanently deleted.</p></qt>

en: Deleting messages canceled.
en_GB: Deleting messages cancelled.

en: Moving messages canceled.
en_GB: Moving messages cancelled.

en: Copying messages canceled.
en_GB: Copying messages cancelled.

en: Moving messages to trash...
en_GB: Moving messages to wastebin...

en: Messages moved to trash successfully.
en_GB: Messages moved to wastebin successfully

en: Moving messages to trash failed.
en_GB: Moving messages to wastebin failed.

en: Moving messages to trash canceled.
en_GB: Moving messages to wastebin cancelled.

en: Move message to trashcan
en_GB: Move message to wastebin

en: M&ove Thread to Trash
en_GB: M&ove Thread to Wastebin

en: Move thread to trashcan
en_GB: Move thread to wastebin

en: &Move All Messages to Trash
en_GB: &Move All Messages to the Wastebin

en: Recycle colors on deep &quoting
en_GB: Recycle colours on deep &quoting

en: Locali&zed format (%1)
en_GB: Local&ised format (%1)

en: Recognize any sequence of the following prefixes
    (entries are case-insensitive regular expressions):
en_GB: Recognise any sequence of the following prefixes
    (entries are case-insensitive regular expressions):

en: Define custom mime header fields:
en_GB: Define custom MIME header fields:

en: Recognize any of the following key words as intention to attach a file:
en_GB: Recognise any of the following key words as intention to attach a file:

en: Organi&zation:
en_GB: &Organisation:

en: <qt><h3>Organization</h3><p>This field should have the name of your organization if you would like it to be shown in the email header that is sent out.</p><p>It is safe (and normal) to leave this blank.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><h3>Organisation</h3><p>This field should have the name of your organisation if you would like it to be shown in the email header that is sent out.</p><p>It is safe (and normal) to leave this blank.</p></qt>

en: Add Favorite Folder...
en_GB: Add Favourite Folder...

en: Work online.
en_GB: Work online

en: Check this box if you want KMail to add a so-called X-Face header to messages written with this identity. An X-Face is a small (48x48 pixels) black and white image that some mail clients are able to display.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want KMail to add a so-called X-Face header to messages written with this identity. An X-Face is a small (48x48 pixels) black and white image that some mail clients are able to display.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mStoreEncrypted)
en: Check to store messages encrypted
en_GB: Tick to store messages encrypted

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mShowKeyApprovalDlg)
en: When this option is enabled, the application will always show you a list of public keys from which you can choose the one it will use for encryption. If it is off, the application will only show the dialog if it cannot find the right key or if there are several which could be used.
en_GB: When this option is enabled, the application will always show you a list of public keys from which you can choose the one it will use for encryption. If it is off, the application will only show the dialogue if it cannot find the right key or if there are several which could be used.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, mWarnUnsigned)
en: Check to be warned when sending unsigned messages.
en_GB: Tick to be warned when sending unsigned messages.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, warnUnencryptedCB)
en: Check to be warned when sending unencrypted messages.
en_GB: Tick to be warned when sending unencrypted messages.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioIgnore) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioAsk) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioDeny) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioAl
en: <qt><h3>Message Disposition Notification Policy</h3><p>MDNs are a generalization of what is commonly called <b>read receipt</b>. The message author requests a disposition notification to be sent and the receiver's mail program generates a reply from which the author can learn what happened to his message. Common disposition types include <b>displayed</b> (i.e. read), <b>deleted</b> and <b>dispatched</b> (e.g. forwarded).</p><p>The following options are available to control KMail's sending of MDNs:</p><ul><li><em>Ignore</em>: Ignores any request for disposition notifications. No MDN will ever be sent automatically (recommended).</li><li><em>Ask</em>: Answers requests only after asking the user for permission. This way, you can send MDNs for selected messages while denying or ignoring them for others.</li><li><em>Deny</em>: Always sends a <b>denied</b> notification. This is only <em>slightly</em> better than always sending MDNs. The author will still know that the messages has been acted upon, he just cannot tell whether it was deleted or read etc.</li><li><em>Always send</em>: Always sends the requested disposition notification. That means that the author of the message gets to know when the message was acted upon and, in addition, what happened to it (displayed, deleted, etc.). This option is strongly discouraged, but since it makes much sense e.g. for customer relationship management, it has been made available.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><h3>Message Disposition Notification Policy</h3><p>MDNs are a generalisation of what is commonly called <b>read receipt</b>. The message author requests a disposition notification to be sent and the receiver's mail program generates a reply from which the author can learn what happened to his message. Common disposition types include <b>displayed</b> (i.e. read), <b>deleted</b> and <b>dispatched</b> (e.g. forwarded).</p><p>The following options are available to control KMail's sending of MDNs:</p><ul><li><em>Ignore</em>: Ignores any request for disposition notifications. No MDN will ever be sent automatically (recommended).</li><li><em>Ask</em>: Answers requests only after asking the user for permission. This way, you can send MDNs for selected messages while denying or ignoring them for others.</li><li><em>Deny</em>: Always sends a <b>denied</b> notification. This is only <em>slightly</em> better than always sending MDNs. The author will still know that the messages has been acted upon, he just cannot tell whether it was deleted or read etc.</li><li><em>Always send</em>: Always sends the requested disposition notification. That means that the author of the message gets to know when the message was acted upon and, in addition, what happened to it (displayed, deleted, etc.). This option is strongly discouraged, but since it makes much sense e.g. for customer relationship management, it has been made available.</li></ul></qt>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1343 (kleopatra)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, neverConsultCB) #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-#
en: If this option is checked, Certificate Revocation Lists are never used to validate S/MIME certificates.
en_GB: If this option is ticked, Certificate Revocation Lists are never used to validate S/MIME certificates.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fetchMissingCB)
en: If this option is checked, missing issuer certificates are fetched when necessary (this applies to both validation methods, CRLs and OCSP)
en_GB: If this option is ticked, missing issuer certificates are fetched when necessary (this applies to both validation methods, CRLs and OCSP)

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mEmptyTrashCheck)
en: Empty local &trash folder on program exit
en_GB: Empty local wastebin folder on program exi&t

note: #-#-#-#-#  1354 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LastSelectedFolder), group (FolderSelectionDialog)
en: The most recently selected folder in the folder selection dialog.
en_GB: The most recently selected folder in the folder selection dialogue.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1249 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutomaticSending), group (Invitations)
en: When this is checked, you will not see the mail composer window. Instead, all invitation mails are sent automatically. If you want to see the mail before sending it, you can uncheck this option. However, be aware that the text in the composer window is in iCalendar syntax, and you should not try modifying it by hand.
en_GB: When this is ticked, you will not see the mail composer window. Instead, all invitation mails are sent automatically. If you want to see the mail before sending it, you can untick this option. However, be aware that the text in the composer window is in iCalendar syntax, and you should not try modifying it by hand.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1249 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeleteInvitationEmailsAfterSendingReply), group (Invitations)
en: When this is checked, received invitation emails that have been replied to will be moved to the Trash folder, once the reply has been successfully sent.
en_GB: When this is ticked, received invitation emails that have been replied to will be moved to the Wastebin folder, once the reply has been successfully sent.

en: Invalid header canonicalization.
en_GB: Invalid header canonicalisation.

en: Invalid body canonicalization.
en_GB: Invalid body canonicalisation.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1249 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrintBackgroundColorImages), group (Print)
en: Specifies whether the background color and images are also drawn when the page is printed.
en_GB: Specifies whether the background colour and images are also drawn when the page is printed.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckPhishingUrl), group (Security)
en: Check if url can be a phishing
en_GB: Check if URL can be a phishing

note: #-#-#-#-#  1249 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecycleQuoteColors), group (Reader)
en: Specifies whether to reuse the quote color, beyond the 3rd level
en_GB: Specifies whether to reuse the quote colour, beyond the 3rd level

note: #-#-#-#-#  1249 (kmail)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, printBackgroundColorAndImages)
en: Print background color and images
en_GB: Print background colour and images

en: Submit form is not allowed in mailer. Please open url in a browser.
en_GB: Submit form is not allowed in mailer. Please open URL in a browser.

en: Move To Trash
en_GB: Move To Wastebin

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_new)
en: In this area you create the template for new email messages.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for new email messages.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_reply)
en: In this area you create the template for messages replies. For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for messages replies. For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_reply_all)
en: In this area you create the template for reply-to-all messages or replies to a mailing list.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for reply-to-all messages or replies to a mailing list.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (TemplateParser::TemplatesTextEdit, textEdit_forward)
en: In this area you create the template for message forwards.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialog.
en_GB: In this area you create the template for message forwards.  For more information about how to create the template, press the "How does this work?" link on this dialogue.

en: &Customize...
en_GB: &Customise...

en: Color scheme to use for applications.
en_GB: Colour scheme to use for applications.

en: Logout Dialog
en_GB: Logout Dialogue

en: Main Script for Logout Dialog
en_GB: Main Script for Logout Dialogue

en: Couldn't find 'ktp-send-file' executable.
en_GB: Could not find 'ktp-send-file' executable.

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: You are not authorized to perform this operation
en_GB: You are not authorised to perform this operation

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: The requested operation has been canceled
en_GB: The requested operation has been cancelled

[ctx: Solid::Backends::UDisks2::Device|]
en: The operation has already been canceled
en_GB: The operation has already been cancelled

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en: Device udi
en_GB: Device UDI

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'udi' in a platform neutral fashion.
en_GB:              # Display all the interfaces and properties of the device
                 # corresponding to 'UDI' in a platform neutral fashion.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'udi'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).
en_GB:              # Display all the properties of the device corresponding to 'UDI'
                 # (be careful, in this case property names are backend dependent).

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUdi' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.
en_GB:              # List the UDI of devices corresponding to 'predicate'.
                 # - If 'parentUDI' is specified, the search is restricted to the
                 # branch of the corresponding device,
                 # - Otherwise the search is done on all the devices.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, mount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, unmount the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'udi'.
en_GB:              # If applicable, eject the device corresponding to 'UDI'.

[ctx: solid-hardware|]
en: Parent device udi
en_GB: Parent device UDI

[ctx: solid-power|]
en: Tool to know and set the power management state of your device
en_GB: Tool to show and set the power management state of your device

[ctx: Sonnet::Dialog|]
en: Spell check canceled.
en_GB: Spell check cancelled.

[ctx: Theme|]
en: Solarized Dark
en_GB: Solarised Dark

[ctx: Theme|]
en: Solarized Light
en_GB: Solarised Light

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Color theme to use for highlighting.
en_GB: Colour theme to use for highlighting.

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Use the specified format instead of html. Must be html, ansi or ansi256Colors.
en_GB: Use the specified format instead of HTML. Must be HTML, ANSI or ansi256Colors.

[ctx: SyntaxHighlightingCLI|]
en: Disable ANSI background for the default color.
en_GB: Disable ANSI background for the default colour.

en: <qt>Enter the filename you are looking for. <br />Alternatives may be separated by a semicolon ";".<br /><br />The filename may contain the following special characters:<ul><li><b>?</b> matches any single character</li><li><b>*</b> matches zero or more of any characters</li><li><b>[...]</b> matches any of the characters between the braces</li></ul><br />Example searches:<ul><li><b>*.kwd;*.txt</b> finds all files ending with .kwd or .txt</li><li><b>go[dt]</b> finds god and got</li><li><b>Hel?o</b> finds all files that start with "Hel" and end with "o", having one character in between</li><li><b>My Document.kwd</b> finds a file of exactly that name</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter the filename you are looking for. <br />Alternatives may be separated by a semicolon ";".<br /><br />The filename may contain the following special characters:<ul><li><b>?</b> matches any single character</li><li><b>*</b> matches zero or more of any characters</li><li><b>[...]</b> matches any of the characters between the brackets</li></ul><br />Example searches:<ul><li><b>*.kwd;*.txt</b> finds all files ending with .kwd or .txt</li><li><b>go[dt]</b> finds god and got</li><li><b>Hel?o</b> finds all files that start with "Hel" and end with "o", having one character in between</li><li><b>My Document.kwd</b> finds a file of exactly that name</li></ul></qt>

[ctx: Linux]
en: KFloppy supports three file formats under Linux: MS-DOS, Ext2, and Minix
en_GB: KFloppy supports three file formats under Linux: MS-DOS, Ext2 and Minix

en: <qt>Check this if you want the floppy disk to be checked after formatting. Please note that the floppy will be checked twice if you have selected full formatting.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this if you want the floppy disk to be checked after formatting. Please note that the floppy will be checked twice if you have selected full formatting.</qt>

en: <qt>Check this if you want a volume label for your floppy. Please note that Minix does not support labels at all.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this if you want a volume label for your floppy. Please note that Minix does not support labels at all.</qt>

[ctx: Ask player which color he wants to play]
en: Your color?
en_GB: Your colour?

en: KGame Debug Dialog
en_GB: KGame Debug Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, StartColour)
en: Starting Player Color
en_GB: Starting Player Colour

en: Gray Scale
en_GB: Grey Scale

en: Mid Gray
en_GB: Mid Grey

[ctx: great-britain_counties.kgm]
en: Caernarfonshire
en_GB: Cærnarfonshire

[ctx: great-britain_counties.kgm]
en: Caernarfon
en_GB: Cærnarfon

[ctx: greece.kgm]
en: Aegean Sea
en_GB: Ægean Sea

[ctx: greece.kgm]
en: North Aegean
en_GB: North Ægean

[ctx: greece.kgm]
en: South Aegean
en_GB: South Ægean

[ctx: greece_peripheries.kgm]
en: North Aegean
en_GB: North Ægean

[ctx: greece_peripheries.kgm]
en: South Aegean
en_GB: South Ægean

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Achaea
en_GB: Achæa

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Aetolia-Acarnania
en_GB: Ætolia-Acarnania

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Euboea
en_GB: Eubœa

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Boeotia
en_GB: Bœotia

[ctx: greece_prefectures.kgm]
en: Piraeus
en_GB: Piræus

[ctx: israel.kgm]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Maps, flags, translations, etc. are as accurate as their respective authors could achieve, but KGeography should not be taken as an authoritative source.
en_GB: Maps, flags, translations etc. are as accurate as their respective authors could achieve, but KGeography should not be taken as an authoritative source.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (questionPlacingScheme), group (general)
en: Placement alignment of the question
en_GB: Placement and alignment of the question

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (focusFollowsMouse), group (general)
en: Whether press on space while hovering a button should trigger that button
en_GB: Whether pressing on space while hovering a button should trigger that button

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (colorDisguise), group (general)
en: What to do to colors of divisions
en_GB: What to do to colours of divisions

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_colorDisguise)
en: Choose if you want to keep current divisions colors or have random colors.
en_GB: Choose if you want to keep current divisions colours or have random colours.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_colorDisguise)
en: Map divisions colors
en_GB: Map divisions colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, scrambleColorDisguiseRadio)
en: Use random colors
en_GB: Use random colours

[ctx: @info]
en: You have found a bug in a map. Please contact the author and tell the %1 map has nothing associated to color %2,%3,%4.
en_GB: You have found a bug in a map. Please contact the author and tell the %1 map has nothing associated to colour %2,%3,%4.

en: There is already either a division called %1 or a division with the same colors as %2
en_GB: There is already either a division called %1 or a division with the same colours as %2

en: Drawing on Western movie icons about mummies and Egypt, this set of levels is best run under the Treasure of Egypt theme. You also need to dig while falling sometimes.
    
    To polish your Egyptology, you will find factual tidbits related to each level in the hints, where the facts are drawn from Wikipedia rather than Hollywood.
    
    This Championship game was composed by Steve Mann <smann at cgl uwaterloo ca>, with a few Egyptian ideas and the Red Sea level contributed by Ian Wadham.
en_GB: Drawing on Western film icons about mummies and Egypt, this set of levels is best run under the Treasure of Egypt theme. You also need to dig while falling sometimes.
    
    To polish your Egyptology, you will find factual titbits related to each level in the hints, where the facts are drawn from Wikipedia rather than Hollywood.
    
    This Championship game was composed by Steve Mann <smann at cgl uwaterloo ca>, with a few Egyptian ideas and the Red Sea level contributed by Ian Wadham.

en: The Pyramid of Djoser (Zoser), or step pyramid (kbhw-ntrw in Egyptian) is an archeological remain in the Saqqara necropolis, Egypt, northwest of the city of Memphis.
    
    To complete this level, it is important to proceed in steps: first free the mummy on the left side of the second level (from the bottom), allowing it to drop into and fill the hidden pit on the ground level.
    
    Now enter the right side of the second level and move across the pole, over the mummy, and get the piece of treasure in the middle, being sure to dig out the brick to the left of the middle.
    
    The mummy on the third level is a bit problematic because it will take a piece of treasure and carry it.  You may get lucky and find that it abandons its treasure at some point, but you can also trap him in the one diggable brick on the right with careful timing.
    
    Finally, before getting the last piece of treasure, be sure to open the bottom right of the step pyramid to allow the mummies on the right to enter the pyramid - if there is more than one mummy on the bottom right before the escape ladder appears, you will be unable to reach the exit.
en_GB: The Pyramid of Djoser (Zoser), or step pyramid (kbhw-ntrw in Egyptian) is an archæological remain in the Saqqara necropolis, Egypt, northwest of the city of Memphis.
    
    To complete this level, it is important to proceed in steps: first free the mummy on the left side of the second level (from the bottom), allowing it to drop into and fill the hidden pit on the ground level.
    
    Now enter the right side of the second level and move across the pole, over the mummy, and get the piece of treasure in the middle, being sure to dig out the brick to the left of the middle.
    
    The mummy on the third level is a bit problematic because it will take a piece of treasure and carry it.  You may get lucky and find that it abandons its treasure at some point, but you can also trap him in the one diggable brick on the right with careful timing.
    
    Finally, before getting the last piece of treasure, be sure to open the bottom right of the step pyramid to allow the mummies on the right to enter the pyramid - if there is more than one mummy on the bottom right before the escape ladder appears, you will be unable to reach the exit.

en: Most accepted theories on the construction of the pyramids are based on the idea that it was built by moving huge stones from a quarry and dragging and lifting them into place. The disagreements center on the method by which the stones were conveyed and placed.  Regardless, there were likely many ladders involved in its construction, such as on this level.
    
    This level is mostly a run around.  Picking up the treasure while avoiding mummies is not so hard - but getting treasure away from the mummies is a much harder task.  The three-wide stone platform is a useful killing field, although you'll have to run around a bit to get the mummies carrying treasure to line up properly.  Note also that the middle block of this platform is a fall-through block.
    
    And once you've gotten all the treasure, you'll need to cross over to the escape ladder.  One way to do this is to kill a mummy and cross over on its back when the mummy crosses from the escape ladder to the main pyramid.
en_GB: Most accepted theories on the construction of the pyramids are based on the idea that it was built by moving huge stones from a quarry and dragging and lifting them into place. The disagreements center on the method by which the stones were conveyed and placed.  Regardless, there were likely many ladders involved in its construction, such as on this level.
    
    This level is mostly a run around.  Picking up the treasure while avoiding mummies is not so hard - but getting treasure away from the mummies is a much harder task.  The three-wide stone platform is a useful killing field, although you'll have to run around a bit to get the mummies carrying treasure to line up properly.  Note also that the middle block of this platform is a fall-through block.
    
    And once you've got all the treasure, you'll need to cross over to the escape ladder.  One way to do this is to kill a mummy and cross over on its back when the mummy crosses from the escape ladder to the main pyramid.

en: Get the piece of gold below the left side of the poles shaped like an 11 first, then grab the piece on the base of the left 1 of the central 11.  Now drop to the floor just to the left of the double high wall.  The enemies will drop into different sections.  You now want to do three things: get the gold in the left and center sections, take gold from the enemies to the right of you when on the floor and lure as many enemies as you can into the section to the left of the 11.
    
    The first two tasks are relatively easy: the last task can be accomplished in several ways.  If you run up the center ladder and move over the left, you can wait above the right hand side of the poles (possibly dropping onto the poles) and lure a few enemies at a time from the center section to the left section.  You can also pick up a piece of gold or two while doing this.
    
    Once you have all the gold (except the pieces to the right of the 11), run to the top right of the H of ladders in the middle.  This will cause all the enemies not in the far right section to move into the left section.
en_GB: Get the piece of gold below the left side of the poles shaped like an 11 first, then grab the piece on the base of the left 1 of the central 11.  Now drop to the floor just to the left of the double high wall.  The enemies will drop into different sections.  You now want to do three things: get the gold in the left and center sections, take gold from the enemies to the right of you when on the floor and lure as many enemies as you can into the section to the left of the 11.
    
    The first two tasks are relatively easy: the last task can be accomplished in several ways.  If you run up the centre ladder and move over the left, you can wait above the right hand side of the poles (possibly dropping onto the poles) and lure a few enemies at a time from the centre section to the left section.  You can also pick up a piece of gold or two while doing this.
    
    Once you have all the gold (except the pieces to the right of the 11), run to the top right of the H of ladders in the middle.  This will cause all the enemies not in the far right section to move into the left section.

en: In the beginning, wait on the top of the left (or better, right) branch of the leftmost ladders until the enemies in the middle climb to the middle of the center ladder.  Then drop to the horizontal ladder, move all the way to the right and drop to the floor, thus trapping several enemies.
    
    You have to release most of the enemies from where they are trapped, to get the gold from various places.  In particular, you have to release the enemies trapped on the left half of the floor to get at least one piece of gold.  
    
    Once you pick up the last piece of gold, the enemies will swarm the center ladder, so you will have to decide which piece of gold to pick up last.  A reasonable choice is the one held by the three enemies in the lowest leg of the 3, as is the one in the center arm of the 3.
en_GB: In the beginning, wait on the top of the left (or better, right) branch of the leftmost ladders until the enemies in the middle climb to the middle of the center ladder.  Then drop to the horizontal ladder, move all the way to the right and drop to the floor, thus trapping several enemies.
    
    You have to release most of the enemies from where they are trapped, to get the gold from various places.  In particular, you have to release the enemies trapped on the left half of the floor to get at least one piece of gold.  
    
    Once you pick up the last piece of gold, the enemies will swarm the center ladder, so you will have to decide which piece of gold to pick up last.  A reasonable choice is the one held by the three enemies in the lowest leg of the 3, as is the one in the centre arm of the 3.

en: Four tricks: first, do not dig out the enemies trapped in the 4s on the left until towards the end (likewise if one gets trapped in the middle 4) - this leaves fewer enemies to deal with. 
    
    Second, you will need to ride down on top of an enemy to get the trapped gold in the 4s on the left and the floating piece of gold in the center.
    
    Third, when you release the enemies on the 4s along the right (and possibly the two in the 4s on the left), you may find it easier to double dig and lose those pieces of gold.
    
    Finally, it is easiest to escape at the end if you leave until last a piece of gold in or near the floating 14 at middle right.  Then you can run up the ladder that appears there.
en_GB: Four tricks: first, do not dig out the enemies trapped in the 4s on the left until towards the end (likewise if one gets trapped in the middle 4) - this leaves fewer enemies to deal with. 
    
    Second, you will need to ride down on top of an enemy to get the trapped gold in the 4s on the left and the floating piece of gold in the centre.
    
    Third, when you release the enemies on the 4s along the right (and possibly the two in the 4s on the left), you may find it easier to double dig and lose those pieces of gold.
    
    Finally, it is easiest to escape at the end if you leave until last a piece of gold in or near the floating 14 at middle right.  Then you can run up the ladder that appears there.

en: The column to the left of the 1 requires a quick run down and back up, with careful dodging both ways to avoid the enemies.
    
    To get the gold in the middle of the 6, drop down on the top of the 'O' part of the 6, move right/dig left and immediately move left and dig left to delay the enemy who otherwise is likely to catch you.  However, you may wish to leave this piece of gold to the end so as not to free two additional enemies earlier; it is possible to get two enemies to retrap themselves in that section, though.
    
    To get the gold held by enemies in the bottom right, dig out the blocking square to their left, run up the ladder, dig off the right side of the 6, drop in, run left and dig off a square on the left side of the 6 and drop to the floor.  The timing is tight - only one or two enemies in the bottom right section will be able to move to the next section to the left.  You will still need to dig out the bottom of the 6 to get their gold, but that is straightforward albeit a bit hectic because of the enemies lingering to the left of the 6.
    
    Once you have gotten all the gold, you may find it easiest to exit by passing through the middle false floor on the 1 and exiting via the ladders on the left of the 1.
en_GB: The column to the left of the 1 requires a quick run down and back up, with careful dodging both ways to avoid the enemies.
    
    To get the gold in the middle of the 6, drop down on the top of the 'O' part of the 6, move right/dig left and immediately move left and dig left to delay the enemy who otherwise is likely to catch you.  However, you may wish to leave this piece of gold to the end so as not to free two additional enemies earlier; it is possible to get two enemies to retrap themselves in that section, though.
    
    To get the gold held by enemies in the bottom right, dig out the blocking square to their left, run up the ladder, dig off the right side of the 6, drop in, run left and dig off a square on the left side of the 6 and drop to the floor.  The timing is tight - only one or two enemies in the bottom right section will be able to move to the next section to the left.  You will still need to dig out the bottom of the 6 to get their gold, but that is straightforward albeit a bit hectic because of the enemies lingering to the left of the 6.
    
    Once you have got all the gold, you may find it easiest to exit by passing through the middle false floor on the 1 and exiting via the ladders on the left of the 1.

note: i18n: NOTES: Files 'gamedata/game_*.txt' are KGoldrunner DATA files.  They are installed in $KDEDIR/share/apps/kgoldrunner/system and contain names and descriptions of games, plus names and hints for levels.  You may sometimes need to look at the corresponding game or level graphics to work out a go
en: TRANSLATORS: Please see the notes in the translation comment.
en_GB: TRANSLATORS: Please see the notes in the translation comment. Have seen the comment.  AIC.

en: Mostly straightforward, the only trick here is how to draw off the enemies so as to get past them.  In the beginning, try to lure the top two enemies into the top-center pit.  This gives you enough time to slip past them.  The enemy on the bottom is relatively easy to avoid (twice).  To get past the top two enemies on your way back, lure the first one deep into the maze until you find a way back past him, then lure the second one to the section with the pole near the top.
en_GB: Mostly straightforwards, the only trick here is how to draw off the enemies so as to get past them.  In the beginning, try to lure the top two enemies into the top-centre pit.  This gives you enough time to slip past them.  The enemy on the bottom is relatively easy to avoid (twice).  To get past the top two enemies on your way back, lure the first one deep into the maze until you find a way back past him, then lure the second one to the section with the pole near the top.

en: A straightforward maze: the false brick underneath the ladder near the bottom center may prove useful.
en_GB: A straightforwards maze: the false brick underneath the ladder near the bottom centre may prove useful.

en: The hardest part is when two enemies get in the center of the maze and you need to pass them.  Try to move down and to their left, lure one down, trap it and then go up to trap the other.  Otherwise, clever digging should deal with them.
en_GB: The hardest part is when two enemies get in the centre of the maze and you need to pass them.  Try to move down and to their left, lure one down, trap it and then go up to trap the other.  Otherwise, clever digging should deal with them.

en: Lots of false bricks to trap you, or give you access to different parts of the maze.  Test below the ladders and other places.
    
    The four high trap in the middle is a show stopper: you can only get back past it once you have gathered all the gold.  So stay out of the lower right until you have cleared the rest of the gold.  Then drop through the trap below the top right ladder - there is no other way to get the piece of gold below it.  Once you are down here, there is no getting back to the top right until you have cleared all the gold.  After getting the piece of gold at center right, dig down to get the left of the two adjacent pieces.  The escape from the lower right comes when all the gold is gathered and a small section of ladder appears in the center.
en_GB: Lots of false bricks to trap you, or give you access to different parts of the maze.  Test below the ladders and other places.
    
    The four high trap in the middle is a show stopper: you can only get back past it once you have gathered all the gold.  So stay out of the lower right until you have cleared the rest of the gold.  Then drop through the trap below the top right ladder - there is no other way to get the piece of gold below it.  Once you are down here, there is no getting back to the top right until you have cleared all the gold.  After getting the piece of gold at center right, dig down to get the left of the two adjacent pieces.  The escape from the lower right comes when all the gold is gathered and a small section of ladder appears in the centre.

en: To get through the center, you will have to clear it of enemies, but there is only one diggable brick.  Use it to drop through, race to the right and go up to the row above the dug brick.  There is just enough time to entice the enemy into the closing hole.  Repeat as necessary.
    
    To leave the maze, you need to find a way through the long diagonal barrier of ladders.  Beneath one of them is a false floor to use for your escape route.
en_GB: To get through the centre, you will have to clear it of enemies, but there is only one diggable brick.  Use it to drop through, race to the right and go up to the row above the dug brick.  There is just enough time to entice the enemy into the closing hole.  Repeat as necessary.
    
    To leave the maze, you need to find a way through the long diagonal barrier of ladders.  Beneath one of them is a false floor to use for your escape route.

en: The enemies are paper tigers, although you need a trick to get past the first one.  Stand on top of the ladder to the left of the false brick.  When the enemy moves over the ladder to the right of the false brick, move down your ladder, enticing the enemy to move down into the false brick.  Quickly move up and over the enemy's head.
    
    Otherwise, it is just a matter of maneuvering the enemies to a place where you can trap them or pass by them.  The only real problem occurs if an enemy grabs a piece of gold and gets stuck somewhere and you can not dig him out.  Oh, well, sometimes you lose.
    
    To get out of the center section, search for the double trap on the left.
en_GB: The enemies are paper tigers, although you need a trick to get past the first one.  Stand on top of the ladder to the left of the false brick.  When the enemy moves over the ladder to the right of the false brick, move down your ladder, enticing the enemy to move down into the false brick.  Quickly move up and over the enemy's head.
    
    Otherwise, it is just a matter of maneuvering the enemies to a place where you can trap them or pass by them.  The only real problem occurs if an enemy grabs a piece of gold and gets stuck somewhere and you can not dig him out.  Oh, well, sometimes you lose.
    
    To get out of the centre section, search for the double trap on the left.

en: Mostly straightforward, but beware of a couple of one-way gates, in particular in the section at the top, right of center.  Be sure to clear out all the gold before freeing the trapped enemy at top right, who has a piece of gold.  You will also need to use the false floor on the far right at the top.
en_GB: Mostly straightforward, but beware of a couple of one-way gates, in particular in the section at the top, right of centre.  Be sure to clear out all the gold before freeing the trapped enemy at top right, who has a piece of gold.  You will also need to use the false floor on the far right at the top.

en: When you collect the gold at top left, you may have trouble leaving the section.  The obvious way out (at the foot of the ladder) does not work because of a false brick.  Instead, you need to plan ahead when you dig into this section.  Dig out the piece of wall that blocks your exit to the right, then quickly go up and grab the gold, then back down and out through the missing wall before it reappears.  There is a false brick here, so be sure to dig as you fall into it.
    
    After getting the last piece of gold, you can exit through the center, where a new piece of ladder allows you to dig and re-enter the left of the maze.
en_GB: When you collect the gold at top left, you may have trouble leaving the section.  The obvious way out (at the foot of the ladder) does not work because of a false brick.  Instead, you need to plan ahead when you dig into this section.  Dig out the piece of wall that blocks your exit to the right, then quickly go up and grab the gold, then back down and out through the missing wall before it reappears.  There is a false brick here, so be sure to dig as you fall into it.
    
    After getting the last piece of gold, you can exit through the centre, where a new piece of ladder allows you to dig and re-enter the left of the maze.

en: There is one piece of gold that must be grabbed at the start.
    
    When you go to the lower part of the maze, the enemies will go down and stay there.  This makes it easy to get the gold up high, but it becomes hard to collect the gold in the lower left.  Try to get one or two pieces on your first trip down.
    
    By moving up and down on the bottom right ladder you can persuade the enemies to group on the left or right.  Grouping them to the left makes it easy to get the piece of gold just down and to the right of center.  Getting one enemy on the left and two on the right gives you a chance to get the remaining gold on the lower left, but consider getting it last after grouping all three enemies on the right, because you will then have more choice of ladders when dodging enemies on your way to the top.
en_GB: There is one piece of gold that must be grabbed at the start.
    
    When you go to the lower part of the maze, the enemies will go down and stay there.  This makes it easy to get the gold up high, but it becomes hard to collect the gold in the lower left.  Try to get one or two pieces on your first trip down.
    
    By moving up and down on the bottom right ladder you can persuade the enemies to group on the left or right.  Grouping them to the left makes it easy to get the piece of gold just down and to the right of centre.  Getting one enemy on the left and two on the right gives you a chance to get the remaining gold on the lower left, but consider getting it last after grouping all three enemies on the right, because you will then have more choice of ladders when dodging enemies on your way to the top.

en: The main trick for this level is luring the enemies so that you can get around them, or in one case, so that you can walk over an enemy to collect a piece of gold.  The luring is not so hard, but the distances you have to lure them are long.  Maneuvering the enemy so that you can walk over him to get the piece of gold has timing that is a bit tight, but not too bad.
    
    When you reach the section above your starting point, there are two ways out: one is a false brick under the short ladder.  But if you dig the other square and drop down, there is a path through a false floor that avoids retracing all the early part of the maze.
en_GB: The main trick for this level is luring the enemies so that you can get around them, or in one case, so that you can walk over an enemy to collect a piece of gold.  The luring is not so hard, but the distances you have to lure them are long.  Manoeuvring the enemy so that you can walk over him to get the piece of gold has timing that is a bit tight, but not too bad.
    
    When you reach the section above your starting point, there are two ways out: one is a false brick under the short ladder.  But if you dig the other square and drop down, there is a path through a false floor that avoids retracing all the early part of the maze.

en: The maze is sparser and harder.  The enemies are trickier.  The traps are more wicked.  The maze changes.  May you walk through interesting mazes.
    
    To get the last few gold pieces, you have to enter a section of maze at the left and lower left that is walled off from the rest.  This section is shaped like a large letter 'L'.  Dig two bricks on the right edge of the L (at left of center) and jump in - there is a false brick that lets you through.
    
    After you have gathered all the gold, the maze changes.  You have to drop down to somewhere near the beginning and make your way back through.  At the upper right the exit seems to be blocked.  Dig down two bricks and fall for a while, then you will find the way out.
en_GB: The maze is sparser and harder.  The enemies are trickier.  The traps are more wicked.  The maze changes.  May you walk through interesting mazes.
    
    To get the last few gold pieces, you have to enter a section of maze at the left and lower left that is walled off from the rest.  This section is shaped like a large letter 'L'.  Dig two bricks on the right edge of the L (at left of centre) and jump in - there is a false brick that lets you through.
    
    After you have gathered all the gold, the maze changes.  You have to drop down to somewhere near the beginning and make your way back through.  At the upper right the exit seems to be blocked.  Dig down two bricks and fall for a while, then you will find the way out.

en: Cat's Eyes
en_GB: Cats' Eyes

en: For each side of the terrace structure, run up the outside ladder from the bottom and fall onto the lowest platform. Run up the center ladder and wait at a gap for enemies from the outside ladders to fall. Fall after them to get to the gold.
    After collecting the gold, run right, across the top with enemies in tow, and fall to the right of the outside ladder. As the enemies fall after you, run back up the ladder and fall on top of the enemies to get to the pole.
en_GB: For each side of the terrace structure, run up the outside ladder from the bottom and fall onto the lowest platform. Run up the centre ladder and wait at a gap for enemies from the outside ladders to fall. Fall after them to get to the gold.
    After collecting the gold, run right, across the top with enemies in tow, and fall to the right of the outside ladder. As the enemies fall after you, run back up the ladder and fall on top of the enemies to get to the pole.

en: Run fast and dig well ...
    At the innermost chamber, stand on the leftmost or rightmost brick on top and dig the next brick in towards the center. Fall onto the enemy and run right or left, then dig to trap him.  You will have to be quick!
en_GB: Run fast and dig well ...
    At the innermost chamber, stand on the leftmost or rightmost brick on top and dig the next brick in towards the centre. Fall onto the enemy and run right or left, then dig to trap him.  You will have to be quick!

en: The monster is made almost completely of false bricks.  Analyze the concrete parts of his body, to determine where to fall and where not to fall. All four enemies will have to be trapped above particular concrete pieces, to enable you to reach certain gold pieces.
    Trap the enemies by using KGoldrunner rules to your advantage.
    Wait on the top pole at the point where you want the enemy to fall. As he approaches you, fall onto a lower pole and move left or right to avoid the enemy's fate. This is how he falls into danger while you fall to safety.
en_GB: The monster is made almost completely of false bricks.  Analyse the concrete parts of his body, to determine where to fall and where not to fall. All four enemies will have to be trapped above particular concrete pieces, to enable you to reach certain gold pieces.
    Trap the enemies by using KGoldrunner rules to your advantage.
    Wait on the top pole at the point where you want the enemy to fall. As he approaches you, fall onto a lower pole and move left or right to avoid the enemy's fate. This is how he falls into danger while you fall to safety.

en: Break into the bottom left room, then proceed to the top right. Head left, grab the gold and escape by digging down to the middle floor. Continue all the way down to the bottom right.
    Before collecting the second gold piece, hang from the top pole in the center room of the bottom floor and dig one brick from the two-brick wall at the right. Run left over the enemies' heads, grab the gold and escape back through the dug brick.
    Run up to the top right room, then to the lower left area via the center. Dodge the enemies any way you can and climb up to the top left room. To get out of the building, dig rapidly while falling next to the left wall.
en_GB: Break into the bottom left room, then proceed to the top right. Head left, grab the gold and escape by digging down to the middle floor. Continue all the way down to the bottom right.
    Before collecting the second gold piece, hang from the top pole in the center room of the bottom floor and dig one brick from the two-brick wall at the right. Run left over the enemies' heads, grab the gold and escape back through the dug brick.
    Run up to the top right room, then to the lower left area via the centre. Dodge the enemies any way you can and climb up to the top left room. To get out of the building, dig rapidly while falling next to the left wall.

en: First Chamber. Dig down to collect the top left piece of gold. Fall onto the enemies to get the gold on the right. Dodge them to pick up the rest. Trap the enemies high on the right while you dig out through the bottom of the chamber.
    As you emerge, you must drop straight onto the ladder next to the concrete. Climb down that ladder, under the concrete to the right and then up to the top of the next chamber.
    Second Chamber. Proceed left to right with the shafts, using your digging skills to get the gold. On the rightmost shaft, dig left while falling, then fall left while digging both left and right. In the three-brick platform now remaining, dig the left brick, then the right and the center while falling right. Pick up the gold on the right and fall onto the last gold piece while digging left. Dig left again, fall onto the ladder next to the concrete, as before, and go on up to the next chamber.
    Third Chamber. Dig right, fall on the left gold piece and immediately dig right to trap the enemy, then dig and exit left. Repeat, one brick over, for the gold piece on the right. Now go back to the top and fall into the lower section, on top of the enemy. Take the short pole left and step across the falling enemy to grab the long pole going left. Fall on the gold, dig to trap the enemy, dig again and exit left. Repeat for the other hanging gold piece. This time dig down and out, onto the ladder next to the concrete, and so to the last chamber.
    Fourth Chamber. Trap the enemy, run to the top, dig through to the concrete on the left, wait for the enemy and fall on him to get at more gold on the left. When all the gold in this chamber is gone, run to the bottom and fall through to the floor.
    Now pick up the rest of the gold and get out quick.
en_GB: First Chamber. Dig down to collect the top left piece of gold. Fall onto the enemies to get the gold on the right. Dodge them to pick up the rest. Trap the enemies high on the right while you dig out through the bottom of the chamber.
    As you emerge, you must drop straight onto the ladder next to the concrete. Climb down that ladder, under the concrete to the right and then up to the top of the next chamber.
    Second Chamber. Proceed left to right with the shafts, using your digging skills to get the gold. On the rightmost shaft, dig left while falling, then fall left while digging both left and right. In the three-brick platform now remaining, dig the left brick, then the right and the centre while falling right. Pick up the gold on the right and fall onto the last gold piece while digging left. Dig left again, fall onto the ladder next to the concrete, as before, and go on up to the next chamber.
    Third Chamber. Dig right, fall on the left gold piece and immediately dig right to trap the enemy, then dig and exit left. Repeat, one brick over, for the gold piece on the right. Now go back to the top and fall into the lower section, on top of the enemy. Take the short pole left and step across the falling enemy to grab the long pole going left. Fall on the gold, dig to trap the enemy, dig again and exit left. Repeat for the other hanging gold piece. This time dig down and out, onto the ladder next to the concrete, and so to the last chamber.
    Fourth Chamber. Trap the enemy, run to the top, dig through to the concrete on the left, wait for the enemy and fall on him to get at more gold on the left. When all the gold in this chamber is gone, run to the bottom and fall through to the floor.
    Now pick up the rest of the gold and get out quick.

en: Fall on the enemy, dig below the gap on the right, then quickly go right, over his head. Pick up the gold, fall through a false brick, run up the ladder to the right and go to the right along the lower pole. Dig to the right (which traps the second enemy), get the gold, fall, dig left, fall, collect two gold pieces and go up two ladders.
    Move to the left via a false brick - the second enemy should still be trapped below. Go left to the ladder, down, then left and down through a false brick. Collect one gold, dig on the right, get three gold, dig and go up all the ladders on the right.
    Go left on the pole again, but this time climb upwards. Get one gold and dig right to trap another enemy. Move up to the top, go right, fall and continue to the concrete area at top center.
    Outwit the enemy in the concrete area, then exit by falling on him and moving to the gap on the left and down through two false bricks. Hold onto the pole at center screen, go right and back on up to the top. Move left on the pole and wait for the other enemy to enter the concrete area. Pick up the top gold, fall and exit left again, leaving two enemies trapped in the concrete. Go back up to the top again, but this time continue left towards the top-left corner of the screen.
    When you get up there, dig, fall through onto some gold and dig left twice while falling further. Now fall down the leftmost shaft and dig the brick that blocks the shaft. Wait for the enemy below to step into the shaft, then fall on him in order to collect the gold encased in concrete. Drop onto the remaining gold and fall to the bottom-left corner.
    Run right and up, right again, fall on three gold pieces and move on to the mid-bottom section. Outwit the enemy, go to the topmost ladder on the right, dig twice and fall through one gold and three bricks while digging right. Exit right to get more gold, then climb the ladder, dig and fall to collect another two gold pieces. Climb the ladder again, take the pole left, go up and then right to claim four gold pieces. Dig at the right-hand end and fall through three false bricks.
    Fall into the chamber, going right and digging left. Dig on the lower left to get out, then go back up to the pole and fall to onto the gold in this chamber. Exit right this time, collect some gold and climb up, up, up. 
    Outwit the enemies in the upper-right area. It is possible to lure them into the chamber below by running ahead of them up the ladders. Collect the rightmost mid-level gold second to last and the gold at the bottom right last of all.
    Get out quick!
en_GB: Fall on the enemy, dig below the gap on the right, then quickly go right, over his head. Pick up the gold, fall through a false brick, run up the ladder to the right and go to the right along the lower pole. Dig to the right (which traps the second enemy), get the gold, fall, dig left, fall, collect two gold pieces and go up two ladders.
    Move to the left via a false brick - the second enemy should still be trapped below. Go left to the ladder, down, then left and down through a false brick. Collect one gold, dig on the right, get three gold, dig and go up all the ladders on the right.
    Go left on the pole again, but this time climb upwards. Get one gold and dig right to trap another enemy. Move up to the top, go right, fall and continue to the concrete area at top centre.
    Outwit the enemy in the concrete area, then exit by falling on him and moving to the gap on the left and down through two false bricks. Hold onto the pole at centre screen, go right and back on up to the top. Move left on the pole and wait for the other enemy to enter the concrete area. Pick up the top gold, fall and exit left again, leaving two enemies trapped in the concrete. Go back up to the top again, but this time continue left towards the top-left corner of the screen.
    When you get up there, dig, fall through onto some gold and dig left twice while falling further. Now fall down the leftmost shaft and dig the brick that blocks the shaft. Wait for the enemy below to step into the shaft, then fall on him in order to collect the gold encased in concrete. Drop onto the remaining gold and fall to the bottom-left corner.
    Run right and up, right again, fall on three gold pieces and move on to the mid-bottom section. Outwit the enemy, go to the topmost ladder on the right, dig twice and fall through one gold and three bricks while digging right. Exit right to get more gold, then climb the ladder, dig and fall to collect another two gold pieces. Climb the ladder again, take the pole left, go up and then right to claim four gold pieces. Dig at the right-hand end and fall through three false bricks.
    Fall into the chamber, going right and digging left. Dig on the lower left to get out, then go back up to the pole and fall to onto the gold in this chamber. Exit right this time, collect some gold and climb up, up, up. 
    Outwit the enemies in the upper-right area. It is possible to lure them into the chamber below by running ahead of them up the ladders. Collect the rightmost mid-level gold second to last and the gold at the bottom right last of all.
    Get out quick!

en: There is nowhere to dig, so you must dodge the enemies and avoid falling to the concrete at the wrong time.  Try to keep the enemies together.
    
    If an enemy has gold coloring, he is holding a nugget.  He might drop it as he runs over the concrete or maybe at the top of a ladder ... patience, patience!
en_GB: There is nowhere to dig, so you must dodge the enemies and avoid falling to the concrete at the wrong time.  Try to keep the enemies together.
    
    If an enemy has gold colouring, he is holding a nugget.  He might drop it as he runs over the concrete or maybe at the top of a ladder ... patience, patience!

en: The top of this one is similar to the Head Case level (13).  Trap the enemy to the right near the top of the ladder.  Run down the ladder part way and get him to fall into the first of the pits.  You will need to repeat this a few times.
    
    Now you must get the enemy into the pit at the far bottom left, so that you can run over him as you get the gold from inside the beetle.
    
    Trap the enemy at the end of the row of bricks under the beetle's antennae.  Stand on his head, dig right and drop down.  Step right, dig left and trap him again as he runs in after you.
    
    Run down to the left, dig the brick to the right of the pit  and trap him again.  Collect the nugget, dig left and escape left onto the concrete.  As the enemy climbs out he will fall into the pit.
en_GB: The top of this one is similar to the Head Case level (13).  Trap the enemy to the right near the top of the ladder.  Run down the ladder part way and get him to fall into the first of the pits.  You will need to repeat this a few times.
    
    Now you must get the enemy into the pit at the far bottom left, so that you can run over him as you get the gold from inside the beetle.
    
    Trap the enemy at the end of the row of bricks under the beetle's antennæ.  Stand on his head, dig right and drop down.  Step right, dig left and trap him again as he runs in after you.
    
    Run down to the left, dig the brick to the right of the pit  and trap him again.  Collect the nugget, dig left and escape left onto the concrete.  As the enemy climbs out he will fall into the pit.

en: Use the Select Game dialog box to choose a different game or level and start playing it
en_GB: Use the Select Game dialogue box to choose a different game or level and start playing it

en: 
    
    When editing game info you only need to choose a game, then you can go to a dialog where you edit the details of the game.
en_GB: 
    
    When editing game info you only need to choose a game, then you can go to a dialogue where you edit the details of the game.

en: No mail was sent for the following user id because it belongs to a key without encryption capability: | No mail was sent for the following user ids because they belong to keys without encryption capability:
en_GB[0]: No mail was sent for the following user ID because it belongs to a key without encryption capability:
en_GB[1]: No mail was sent for the following user IDs because they belong to keys without encryption capability:

en: No mail was sent for the following user id because it was already signed: | No mail was sent for the following user ids because they were already signed:
en_GB[0]: No mail was sent for the following user ID because it was already signed:
en_GB[1]: No mail was sent for the following user IDs because they were already signed:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_PgpExtension)
en: <qt><b>Use *.pgp extension for encrypted files:</b><br />
    <p>Checking this option will append a .pgp extension to all encrypted files instead of a .gpg extension. This option will maintain compatibility with users of PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) software.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Use *.pgp extension for encrypted files:</b><br />
    <p>Ticking this option will append a .pgp extension to all encrypted files instead of a .gpg extension. This option will maintain compatibility with users of PGP (Pretty Good Privacy) software.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AllowCustomEncryptionOptions)
en: <qt><b>Custom encryption command:</b><br />
    <p>When activated, an entry field will be shown in the key selection dialog, enabling you to enter a custom command for encryption. This option is recommended for experienced users only.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Custom encryption command:</b><br />
    <p>When activated, an entry field will be shown in the key selection dialogue, enabling you to enter a custom command for encryption. This option is recommended for experienced users only.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_EncryptFilesTo)
en: <qt><b>Encrypt files with:</b><br />
    <p>Checking this option and selecting a key will force any file encryption operation to use the selected key. KGpg will not query for a recipient and the default key will be bypassed.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Encrypt files with:</b><br />
    <p>Ticking this option and selecting a key will force any file encryption operation to use the selected key. KGpg will not query for a recipient and the default key will be bypassed.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AllowUntrustedKeys)
en: <qt><b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys:</b><br />
    <p>When importing a public key, the key is usually marked as untrusted and as such cannot be used unless it is signed by the default key (thus making it 'trusted'). Checking this box enables any key to be used even if it is untrusted.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Allow encryption with untrusted keys:</b><br />
    <p>When importing a public key, the key is usually marked as untrusted and as such cannot be used unless it is signed by the default key (thus making it 'trusted'). Ticking this box enables any key to be used even if it is untrusted.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideUserID)
en: <qt><b>Hide user ID:</b><br /> 
    <p>Checking this option will remove the keyid of the recipient from all encrypted packets. The advantage: traffic analysis of the encrypted packets cannot be performed as easily because the recipient is unknown. The disadvantage: the receiver of the encrypted packets is forced to try all secret keys before being able to decrypt the packets. This can be a lengthy process depending on the number of secret keys the receiver holds.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Hide user ID:</b><br /> 
    <p>Ticking this option will remove the keyid of the recipient from all encrypted packets. The advantage: traffic analysis of the encrypted packets cannot be performed as easily because the recipient is unknown. The disadvantage: the receiver of the encrypted packets is forced to try all secret keys before being able to decrypt the packets. This can be a lengthy process depending on the number of secret keys the receiver holds.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoStart)
en: <qt><b>Start KGpg automatically at KDE startup:</b><br />
    <p>If checked KGpg will start automatically each time that KDE starts up.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Start KGpg automatically at KDE startup:</b><br />
    <p>If ticked KGpg will start automatically each time that KDE starts up.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseMouseSelection)
en: <qt><b>Use mouse selection instead of clipboard:</b><br />
    <p>If checked, clipboard operations in KGpg will use the selection clipboard, that means highlighting a text to copy, and middle button (or right+left together) to paste. If this option is not checked, the clipboard will work with Key shortcuts (Ctrl-c, Ctrl-v).</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Use mouse selection instead of clipboard:</b><br />
    <p>If ticked, clipboard operations in KGpg will use the selection clipboard, that means highlighting a text to copy, and middle button (or right+left together) to paste. If this option is not ticked, the clipboard will work with Key shortcuts (Ctrl-c, Ctrl-v).</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSystray)
en: <qt><b>Show system tray icon:</b><br />
    <p>If checked KGpg will minimize to an icon in the system tray.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Show system tray icon:</b><br />
    <p>If ticked KGpg will minimise to an icon in the system tray.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseProxy)
en: Honor HTTP proxy when available
en_GB: Honour HTTP proxy when available

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab)
en: Key Colors
en_GB: Key Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, checkAttrPhoto)
en: Do &not export attributes (photo ids)
en_GB: Do &not export attributes (photo IDs)

en: <qt>The requested key is not present in the keyring anymore.<br />Perhaps it was deleted by another application</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The requested key is not present in the keyring any more.<br />Perhaps it was deleted by another application</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: <qt><b>Key Server:</b><br /> <p>A Key Server is a centralized repository of PGP/GnuPG keys connected to the Internet which can be conveniently accessed in order to obtain or deposit keys. Select from the drop down list to specify which key server should be used.</p> <p>Often these keys are held by people whom the user has never met and as such the authenticity is dubious at best. Refer to the GnuPG manual covering "Web-of-Trust" relationships to find out how GnuPG works around the problem of verifying authenticity.</p> </qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Key Server:</b><br /> <p>A Key Server is a centralised repository of PGP/GnuPG keys connected to the Internet which can be conveniently accessed in order to obtain or deposit keys. Select from the drop down list to specify which key server should be used.</p> <p>Often these keys are held by people whom the user has never met and as such the authenticity is dubious at best. Refer to the GnuPG manual covering "Web-of-Trust" relationships to find out how GnuPG works around the problem of verifying authenticity.</p> </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kCBimportks)
en: <b>Key Server Drop Down Dialog:</b>
    Allows the user to select the Key Server which will be used to import PGP/GnuPG keys into the local keyring.
en_GB: <b>Key Server Drop Down Dialogue:</b>
    Allows the user to select the Key Server which will be used to import PGP/GnuPG keys into the local keyring.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: <qt><b>Text to search or ID of the key to import:</b><br />
    <p>There are multiple ways to search for a key, you can use a text or partial text search (example: entering Phil or Zimmerman will bring up all keys in which Phil or Zimmerman shows up) or you can search by the ID's of the key. Key ID's are strings of letters and numbers that uniquely identify a key (example: searching for 0xED7585F4 would bring up the key associated with that ID).</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Text to search or ID of the key to import:</b><br />
    <p>There are multiple ways to search for a key, you can use a text or partial text search (example: entering Phil or Zimmerman will bring up all keys in which Phil or Zimmerman shows up) or you can search by the IDs of the key. Key IDs are strings of letters and numbers that uniquely identify a key (example: searching for 0xED7585F4 would bring up the key associated with that ID).</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cBproxyI) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cBproxyE)
en: Honor HTTP proxy:
en_GB: Honour HTTP proxy:

en: &Key Server Dialog
en_GB: &Key Server Dialogue

en: &Photo ID's
en_GB: &Photo IDs

en: <qt>Are you sure you want to delete group <b>%1</b> ?</qt>
en_GB: <qt> Are you sure you want to delete group <b>%1</b> ?</qt>

en: All signatures for this key are already in your keyring | All signatures for this keys are already in your keyring
en_GB[0]: All signatures for this key are already in your keyring
en_GB[1]: All signatures for these keys are already in your keyring

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsciiArmor), group (Encryption)
en: Use ASCII armored encryption.
en_GB: Use ASCII armoured encryption.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeftClick), group (User Interface)
en: Choose default left-click behavior
en_GB: Choose default left-click behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorGood), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for trusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for trusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorRev), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for revoked keys.
en_GB: Colour used for revoked keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorUnknown), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for unknown keys.
en_GB: Colour used for unknown keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorBad), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for untrusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for untrusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorUltimate), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for ultimately trusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for ultimately trusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorMarginal), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for marginally trusted keys.
en_GB: Colour used for marginally trusted keys.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorExpired), group (Key Colors)
en: Color used for expired keys.
en_GB: Colour used for expired keys.

[ctx: @title]
en: KGpg - simple gui for GnuPG
en_GB: KGpg - simple GUI for GnuPG

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, CBdefault)
en: <qt><b>Set as your default key:</b><br />
    <p>Checking this option sets the newly created key pair as the default key pair.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Set as your default key:</b><br />
    <p>Ticking this option sets the newly created key pair as the default key pair.</p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>If you want to change the password or expiration of a secret key simply double click on it to get the key properties dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>If you want to change the password or expiration of a secret key simply double click on it to get the key properties dialogue.</p>

en: Shows the file open dialog to choose a Graphviz DOT file to open.
en_GB: Shows the file open dialogue to choose a Graphviz DOT file to open.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (backgroundColor), group (Appearance)
en: Background color of the graph view.
en_GB: Background colour of the graph view.

en: Opens the Page Setup dialog to allow graph printing to be setup
en_GB: Opens the Page Setup dialogue to allow graph printing to be setup

en: <h1>View of the Complete Graph</h1><p>Single clicking somewhere without the red square will move the center of the view to where the mouse was clicked.</p><p>Clicking and dragging within the red square will cause the view to follow the movement.</p>
en_GB: <h1>View of the Complete Graph</h1><p>Single clicking somewhere without the red square will move the centre of the view to where the mouse was clicked.</p><p>Clicking and dragging within the red square will cause the view to follow the movement.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Default background color:
en_GB: Default background colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, note)
en: Note: this will be overridden if the graph has its own background color
en_GB: Note: this will be overridden if the graph has its own background colour

[ctx: NOTE_TO_THE_TRANSLATORS]
en: The translators have the opportunity to translate the
    words in the game.
    See the file README.languages in khangman's source directory
    for more information on how to do that.
    (translate this message as "DONE" when you have translated
    the words; otherwise leave it untranslated as a reminder)
en_GB: DONE

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (OneLetter), group (General)
en: Check this if you do not want to discover each instance of the same letter.
en_GB: Tick this if you do not want to discover each instance of the same letter.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Sound), group (General)
en: If checked, sounds will be played for New Game and Win Game
en_GB: If ticked, sounds will be played for New Game and Win Game

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Hint), group (General)
en: If checked, hints will always been displayed. If this is not checked (default)
                hints will be displayed only per word when the user chooses to show the hint.
en_GB: If ticked, hints will always been displayed. If this is not ticked (default)
                hints will be displayed only per word when the user chooses to show the hint.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, global_group)
en: Input Actions Daemon
en_GB: Input Actions Dæmon

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, enabled)
en: Start the Input Actions daemon on login
en_GB: Start the Input Actions dæmon on login

note: i18n: ectx: property (statusTip), widget (QLabel, idLabel)
en: KHotkeys file id.
en_GB: KHotkeys file ID.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, idLabel)
en: A khotkeys file id is used to ensure files are not imported more than once. They are mostly used for automatic updates from the KDE developers.
en_GB: A khotkeys file ID is used to ensure files are not imported more than once. They are mostly used for automatic updates from the KDE developers.

note: i18n: ectx: property (clickMessage), widget (KLineEdit, id)
en: Set import id for file, or leave empty
en_GB: Set import ID for file, or leave empty

en: This "actions" file has no ImportId field and therefore it cannot be determined whether or not it has been imported already. Are you sure you want to import it?
en_GB: This "actions" file has no Import ID field and therefore it cannot be determined whether or not it has been imported already. Are you sure you want to import it?

en: Use co&lor
en_GB: Use co&lour

en: &Solid color:
en_GB: &Solid colour:

en: Print
    
    Opens a print dialog to let you print the current icon.
en_GB: Print
    
    Opens a print dialogue to let you print the current icon.

en: Paste
    
    Paste the contents of the clipboard into the current icon.
    
    If the contents are larger than the current icon you can paste them in a new window.
    
    (Tip: Select "Paste transparent pixels" in the configuration dialog if you also want to paste transparency.)
en_GB: Paste
    
    Paste the contents of the clipboard into the current icon.
    
    If the contents are larger than the current icon you can paste them in a new window.
    
    (Tip: Select "Paste transparent pixels" in the configuration dialogue if you also want to paste transparency.)

en: &GrayScale
en_GB: &GreyScale

en: Gray scale
    
    Gray scale the current icon.
    (Warning: The result is likely to contain colors not in the icon palette
en_GB: Grey scale
    
    Grey scale the current icon.
    (Warning: The result is likely to contain colours not in the icon palette

en: Color Picker
    
    The color of the pixel clicked on will be the current draw color
en_GB: Colour Picker
    
    The colour of the pixel clicked on will be the current draw colour

en: Spray
    
    Draw scattered pixels in the current color
en_GB: Spray
    
    Draw scattered pixels in the current colour

en: Flood fill
    
    Fill adjoining pixels with the same color with the current color
en_GB: Flood fill
    
    Fill adjoining pixels with the same colour with the current colour

en: Statusbar
    
    The statusbar gives information on the status of the current icon. The fields are:
    
    	- Application messages
    	- Cursor position
    	- Size
    	- Zoom factor
    	- Number of colors
en_GB: Statusbar
    
    The statusbar gives information on the status of the current icon. The fields are:
    
    	- Application messages
    	- Cursor position
    	- Size
    	- Zoom factor
    	- Number of colours

en: Colors: %1
en_GB: Colours: %1

en: Current color
    
    This is the currently selected color
en_GB: Current colour
    
    This is the currently selected colour

en: System colors:
en_GB: System colours:

en: System colors
    
    Here you can select colors from the KDE icon palette
en_GB: System colours
    
    Here you can select colours from the KDE icon palette

en: Custom colors
    
    Here you can build a palette of custom colors.
    Double-click on a box to edit the color
en_GB: Custom colours
    
    Here you can build a palette of custom colours.
    Double-click on a box to edit the colour

[ctx: KdeMainWindow|]
en: Preferences dialog
en_GB: Preferences dialogue

[ctx: KdeMainWindow|]
en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: ConfigDialog|]
en: Use native system file &dialogs
en_GB: Use native system file &dialogues

[ctx: Kid3MainWindow|]
en: &Move to Trash
en_GB: &Move to Wastebin

[ctx: Kid3MainWindow|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: @default|]
en: Catalog Number
en_GB: Catalogue Number

[ctx: @default|]
en: Equalization
en_GB: Equalisation

[ctx: @default|]
en: Synchronized Lyrics
en_GB: Synchronised Lyrics

[ctx: @default|]
en: Synchronized Tempo Codes
en_GB: Synchronised Tempo Codes

[ctx: @default|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: @default|]
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: @default|]
en: Catalog ID
en_GB: Catalogue ID

[ctx: @default|]
en: Number of Colors
en_GB: Number of Colours

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: %1 is not writable
en_GB: %1 is not writeable

[ctx: @default|]
en: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move these %1 items to the wastebin?

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Move to Trash
en_GB: Move to Wastebin

[ctx: BaseMainWindowImpl|]
en: Could not move these files to the Trash
en_GB: Could not move these files to the Wastebin

[ctx: MusicBrainzClient|]
en: Unrecognized
en_GB: Unrecognised

[ctx: MusicBrainzClient|]
en: Recognized
en_GB: Recognised

[ctx: @default|]
en: EQUA - Equalization
en_GB: EQUA - Equalisation

[ctx: @default|]
en: SYLT - Synchronized lyric/text
en_GB: SYLT - Synchronised lyric/text

[ctx: @default|]
en: SYTC - Synchronized tempo codes
en_GB: SYTC - Synchronised tempo codes

[ctx: @default|]
en: USLT - Unsynchronized lyric/text transcription
en_GB: USLT - Unsynchronised lyric/text transcription

[ctx: AboutDialog|]
en: License
en_GB: Licence

[ctx: Main|]
en: SD card is only writable in %1
en_GB: SD card is only writeable in %1

[ctx: Main|]
en: %1 is not writable
en_GB: %1 is not writeable

[ctx: SettingsPage|]
en: WAV files with lowercase id3 chunk
en_GB: WAV files with lowercase ID3 chunk

en: Circle by Center && Line
en_GB: Circle by Centre && Line

en: A circle constructed by its center and tangent to a given line
en_GB: A circle constructed by its centre and tangent to a given line

en: A circle defined by its center and the length of a segment as the diameter
en_GB: A circle defined by its centre and the length of a segment as the diameter

en: Helped a lot with the implementation of the Locus object, there's quite some math involved in doing it right, and Franco wrote the most difficult parts.
en_GB: Helped a lot with the implementation of the Locus object, there's quite some maths involved in doing it right, and Franco wrote the most difficult parts.

en: Domi's brother, who he got to write the algorithm for calculating the center of the circle with three points given.
en_GB: Domi's brother, who he got to write the algorithm for calculating the centre of the circle with three points given.

en: Recenter the screen on the document
en_GB: Recentre the screen on the document

en: Recenter View
en_GB: Recentre View

en: A half-line by its start point, and another point somewhere on it.
en_GB: A half-line by its start point and another point somewhere on it.

en: Circle by Center && Point
en_GB: Circle by Centre && Point

en: A circle constructed by its center and a point that pertains to it
en_GB: A circle constructed by its centre and a point that pertains to it

en: Construct a conic arc with given center through three points.
en_GB: Construct a conic arc with given centre through three points.

en: Arc by Center, Angle && Point
en_GB: Arc by Centre, Angle && Point

en: Construct an arc by its center and a given angle, starting at a given point
en_GB: Construct an arc by its centre and a given angle, starting at a given point

en: Apply a similitude to an object (the sequence of a scaling and rotation around a center)
en_GB: Apply a similitude to an object (the sequence of a scaling and rotation around a centre)

en: The harmonic homology with a given center and a given axis (this is a projective transformation)
en_GB: The harmonic homology with a given centre and a given axis (this is a projective transformation)

en: Regular Polygon with Given Center
en_GB: Regular Polygon with Given Centre

en: Construct a regular polygon with a given center and vertex
en_GB: Construct a regular polygon with a given centre and vertex

en: Construct a regular polygon with this center
en_GB: Construct a regular polygon with this centre

en: Select the center of the new polygon...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new polygon...

en: Center Of Curvature
en_GB: Centre Of Curvature

en: The center of the osculating circle to a curve
en_GB: The centre of the osculating circle to a curve

en: Center of Curvature of This Conic
en_GB: Centre of Curvature of This Conic

en: Center of Curvature of This Cubic Curve
en_GB: Centre of Curvature of This Cubic Curve

en: Center of Curvature of This Curve
en_GB: Centre of Curvature of This Curve

en: Center of Curvature at This Point
en_GB: Centre of Curvature at This Point

en: &Custom Color
en_GB: &Custom Colour

en: Change Object Color
en_GB: Change Object Colour

en: Set Co&lor
en_GB: Set Co&lour

en: Construct an arc with this center
en_GB: Construct an arc with this centre

en: Select the center of the new arc...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new arc...

en: Construct an conic arc with this center
en_GB: Construct an conic arc with this centre

en: Select the center of the new conic arc...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new conic arc...

en: rho = %1   [centered at %2]
en_GB: rho = %1   [centred at %2]

en: Construct a circle with this center
en_GB: Construct a circle with this centre

en: Select the center of the new circle...
en_GB: Select the centre of the new circle...

en: [centered at %1]
en_GB: [centred at %1]

en: Center of Mass of the Vertices
en_GB: Centre of Mass of the Vertices

en: Select the center point of the rotation...
en_GB: Select the centre point of the rotation...

en: Scale with this center
en_GB: Scale with this centre

en: Select the center point of the scaling...
en_GB: Select the centre point of the scaling...

en: Harmonic Homology with this center
en_GB: Harmonic Homology with this centre

en: Select the center point of the harmonic homology...
en_GB: Select the centre point of the harmonic homology...

en: Apply a similitude with this center
en_GB: Apply a similitude with this centre

en: Select the center for the similitude...
en_GB: Select the centre for the similitude...

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>One of the most powerful tools in Kig are the menus that you can
    enter by right-clicking on an object, or on some empty space in the
    document.  You can use them to give objects names, change their colors
    and line styles, and lots of other interesting things.</p>
en_GB: <p>One of the most powerful tools in Kig are the menus that you can
    enter by right-clicking on an object, or on some empty space in the
    document.  You can use them to give objects names, change their colours
    and line styles, and lots of other interesting things.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>Kig can open several file formats: its files (<code>.kig</code> files),
    <em>KGeo</em> files, <em>KSeg</em> files, and, partially, <em>Dr. Geo</em>
    and <em>Cabri&#8482;</em> files.</p>
en_GB: <p>Kig can open several file formats: its files (<code>.kig</code> files),
    <em>KGeo</em> files, <em>KSeg</em> files and, partially, <em>Dr. Geo</em>
    and <em>Cabri&#8482;</em> files.</p>

en: Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forward search capabilities.
en_GB: Not supported, use the srcltx package to enable the inverse and forwards search capabilities.

en: PNG previews cannot be used for mathgroups in the bottom preview pane
en_GB: PNG previews cannot be used for maths groups in the bottom preview pane

en: Enter the directory which contains the files you want to search in.
en_GB: Enter the directory which contains the files in which you want to.

en: Check this box to search in all subdirectories.
en_GB: Tick this box to search in all subdirectories.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cb_center)
en: Center picture
en_GB: Centre picture

en: Needs &math mode:
en_GB: Needs &maths mode:

en: Does this environment need math mode?
en_GB: Does this environment need maths mode?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, environments)
en: List of known environments with a lot of additional information that Kile can potentially use. You can add your own environments, which will then be recognized by autocompletion of environments; 'Smart Newline' and 'Smart Tabulator', for example. Note that you can only edit and delete user-defined environments.
en_GB: List of known environments with a lot of additional information that Kile can potentially use. You can add your own environments, which will then be recognised by autocompletion of environments; 'Smart Newline' and 'Smart Tabulator', for example. Note that you can only edit and delete user-defined environments.

en: Math Environments
en_GB: Maths Environments

en: Some environments are only valid in math mode. You can surround them with one of these display math modes.
en_GB: Some environments are only valid in maths mode. You can surround them with one of these display math modes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_lbBehavior)
en: Select the default &behavior (class)
    of this tool. It will inherit all properties
    of the tool it is based upon.
    
    For example, selecting "LaTeX" will
    cause your tool to behave just like
    the standard "LaTeX" tool.
en_GB: Select the default &behaviour (class)
    of this tool. It will inherit all properties
    of the tool it is based upon.
    
    For example, selecting "LaTeX" will
    cause your tool to behave just like
    the standard "LaTeX" tool.

en: Apply a background color
en_GB: Apply a background colour

en: This wizard can't work, because no tool was found (see help section).
en_GB: This wizard cannot work, because no tool was found (see help section).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, m_edOutfile)
en: The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer checkbox must be checked.
en_GB: The name of the output file. This entry may also be empty, if you only want to view the result without saving it. In this case the viewer tickbox must be ticked.

en: If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then check this option and select a template from the list that will appear below.
en_GB: If you want Kile to create a new file and add it to the project, then tick this option and select a template from the list that will appear below.

en: <p>The project folder "(%1)" is not writable.</p><p>Please check the permissions of the project folder.</p>
en_GB: <p>The project folder "(%1)" is not writeable.</p><p>Please check the permissions of the project folder.</p>

en: Aligns formulas on the left side
en_GB: Aligns formulæ on the left side

en: One-line captions are centered, multi-line left-justified
en_GB: One-line captions are centred, multi-line left-justified

en: Slides will use many colors
en_GB: Slides will use many colours

en: Slides will use a restricted set of colors
en_GB: Slides will use a restricted set of colours

en: The color of the background depends on the current style
en_GB: The colour of the background depends on the current style

en: Place text of slides at the (vertical) center of the slides
en_GB: Place text of slides at the (vertical) centre of the slides

en: Headlines, footlines, and sidebars are replaced by gray rectangles
en_GB: Headlines, footlines and sidebars are replaced by grey rectangles

en: Override the math font to be a sans-serif font
en_GB: Override the maths font to be a sans-serif font

en: Override the math font to be a serif font
en_GB: Override the maths font to be a serif font

en: Deactivate internal font replacements for math text
en_GB: Deactivate internal font replacements for mathematical text

en: Special math environments and commands (AMS)
en_GB: Special maths environments and commands (AMS)

en: Collection of fonts and symbols for math mode (AMS)
en_GB: Collection of fonts and symbols for maths mode (AMS)

en: Defines symbol names for all math symbols in MSAM and MSBM (AMS)
en_GB: Defines symbol names for all mathematical symbols in MSAM and MSBM (AMS)

en: Use Palatino font as roman font (both text and math mode)
en_GB: Use Palatino font as roman font (both text and maths mode)

en: Use Times font as roman font (both text and math mode)
en_GB: Use Times font as roman font (both text and maths mode)

en: Extending LaTeX's color facilities
en_GB: Extending LaTeX's colour facilities

en: Adds language specific support
en_GB: Adds language-specific support

en: Specialize on graphic inclusion for dvips
en_GB: Specialise on graphic inclusion for dvips

en: Specialize on graphic inclusion for pdftex
en_GB: Specialise on graphic inclusion for pdftex

en: The tabular will be centered.
en_GB: The tabular will be centred.

en: The text will be centered.
en_GB: The text will be centred.

en: Choose a background color (needs color package).
en_GB: Choose a background colour (needs color package).

en: Choose a text color (needs color package).
en_GB: Choose a text colour (needs color package).

en: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive/teTeX or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialog is unable to provide any useful information.
en_GB: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive/teTeX or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialogue is unable to provide any useful information.

en: TexDoc Dialog
en_GB: TexDoc Dialogue

en: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialog is unable to provide any useful information.
en_GB: Could not determine the search paths of TexLive or file 'texdoctk.dat'.<br> Hence, this dialogue is unable to provide any useful information.

en: Start a file dialog to choose a local help file.
en_GB: Start a file dialogue to choose a local help file.

en: <p>You can create, change and install a user-defined menu, which will appear as a part of Kile's menu. To create or change this menu, use the six buttons on the left side. Even more possible actions are available in the context menu of already existing menu items.</p><p>Like a standard menu, three different kinds of menu items are available:</p><ul><li><i>standard entries</i>, which are assigned to an action</li><li><i>submenus</i>, which contain more menu items</li><li><i>separators</i>, to get a visible structure of all entries</li></ul><p>Each standard menu item is assigned to one of three action types:</p><ul><li><i>insert text</i>: this action will insert your text at the current cursor position. Some metachars are available: <tt>%M</tt>, <tt>%C</tt>, <tt>%B</tt>, <tt>%E</tt>, <tt>%R</tt>, <tt>%T</tt>, <tt>%S</tt>: see the <i>What's This</i> or <i>Tool Tip</i> feature of this widget to get more information.</li><li><i>file content</i>: inserts the complete contents of a given file (metachars are also available)</li><li><i>run an external program</i>: The output of this program can be inserted into the opened document. Metachar <tt>%M</tt> is also possible in the commandline of this program, as the selected text will be saved in a temporary file. Use <tt>%M</tt> for the filename of this temporary file.</li></ul><p>If some  important information for an action is missing, menu items are colored red. More information is available using the <i>What's this</i> feature of most widgets.</p>
en_GB: <p>You can create, change and install a user-defined menu, which will appear as a part of Kile's menu. To create or change this menu, use the six buttons on the left side. Even more possible actions are available in the context menu of already existing menu items.</p><p>Like a standard menu, three different kinds of menu items are available:</p><ul><li><i>standard entries</i>, which are assigned to an action</li><li><i>submenus</i>, which contain more menu items</li><li><i>separators</i>, to get a visible structure of all entries</li></ul><p>Each standard menu item is assigned to one of three action types:</p><ul><li><i>insert text</i>: this action will insert your text at the current cursor position. Some metachars are available: <tt>%M</tt>, <tt>%C</tt>, <tt>%B</tt>, <tt>%E</tt>, <tt>%R</tt>, <tt>%T</tt>, <tt>%S</tt>: see the <i>What's This</i> or <i>Tool Tip</i> feature of this widget to get more information.</li><li><i>file content</i>: inserts the complete contents of a given file (metachars are also available)</li><li><i>run an external program</i>: The output of this program can be inserted into the opened document. Metachar <tt>%M</tt> is also possible in the commandline of this program, as the selected text will be saved in a temporary file. Use <tt>%M</tt> for the filename of this temporary file.</li></ul><p>If some  important information for an action is missing, menu items are coloured red. More information is available using the <i>What's this</i> feature of most widgets.</p>

en: UserMenu Dialog
en_GB: UserMenu Dialogue

en: Saving failed and quitting canceled.
en_GB: Saving failed and quitting cancelled.

en: You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialog (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish.
en_GB: You have defined some tools in the User menu. From now on these tools will be available from the Build->Other menu and can be configured in the configuration dialogue (go to the Settings menu and choose Configure Kile). This has some advantages; your own tools can now be used in a QuickBuild command if you wish.

en: Miscellaneous Math
en_GB: Miscellaneous Maths

en: <p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing "Shift" inserts it in math mode, pressing "Ctrl" in curly brackets.</p>
en_GB: <p>Move the mouse over the icons to see the corresponding LaTeX commands.<br/>Click on an image to insert the corresponding command, additionally pressing "Shift" inserts it in maths mode, pressing "Ctrl" in curly brackets.</p>

en: Math Group
en_GB: Maths Group

en: Mathgroup
en_GB: Maths group

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (igCenter), group (IncludeGraphics)
en: Center the graphics.
en_GB: Centre the graphics.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncConsoleDirWithTabs), group (User)
en: Whether the current directory shown in the console is kept synchronized with the open tabs
en_GB: Whether the current directory shown in the console is kept synchronised with the open tabs

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewInWidget), group (QuickPreview)
en: Show preview of mathgroups in bottom bar.
en_GB: Show preview of maths groups in bottom bar.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (mathgroupPreviewTool), group (QuickPreview)
en: Conversion tool for preview of mathgroups in bottom bar.
en_GB: Conversion tool for preview of maths groups in bottom bar.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (previewPaneBackgroundColor), group (QuickPreview)
en: The background color of the quick preview pane.
en_GB: The background colour of the quick preview pane.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (synchronizeCursorWithView), group (LivePreview)
en: Synchronize the cursor position with the view.
en_GB: Synchronise the cursor position with the view.

en: The internal structure of Kile is corrupted (probably due to a bug in Kile). Please select Save All from the File menu and close Kile.
    The Kile team apologizes for any inconvenience and would appreciate a bug report.
en_GB: The internal structure of Kile is corrupted (probably due to a bug in Kile). Please select Save All from the File menu and close Kile.
    The Kile team apologises for any inconvenience and would appreciate a bug report.

en: \documentclass[options]{class}
    class : article,report,book,letter
    size options : 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
    paper size options: a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
    other options: 
    landscape -- selects landscape format; default is portrait. 
    titlepage, notitlepage -- selects if there should be a separate title page.
    leqno -- display equation number on left side of equations; default is right side.
    fleqn -- display formulae flush left; default is centered.
    onecolumn, twocolumn -- one or two columns; defaults to one column
    oneside, twoside -- selects one- or two-sided layout.
en_GB: \documentclass[options]{class}
    class : article,report,book,letter
    size options : 10pt, 11pt, 12pt
    paper size options: a4paper, a5paper, b5paper, letterpaper, legalpaper, executivepaper
    other options: 
    landscape -- selects landscape format; default is portrait. 
    titlepage, notitlepage -- selects if there should be a separate title page.
    leqno -- display equation number on left side of equations; default is right side.
    fleqn -- display formulæ flush left; default is centred.
    onecolumn, twocolumn -- one or two columns; defaults to one column
    oneside, twoside -- selects one- or two-sided layout.

en: Center - \begin{center}
en_GB: Centre - \begin{center}

en: The itemize environment produces a 'bulleted' list.
    Each item of an itemized list begins with an \item command.
en_GB: The itemise environment produces a 'bulleted' list.
    Each item of an itemised list begins with an \item command.

en: The description environment is used to make labeled lists.
    Each item of the list begins with an \item[label] command.
    The 'label' is bold face and flushed right.
en_GB: The description environment is used to make labelled lists.
    Each item of the list begins with an \item[label] command.
    The 'label' is bold face and flushed right.

en: \textit{italic text}
en_GB: \textit{italicised text}

en: \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
    ...
    \end{tabular}
    pos : Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the center of the environment.
         t - align on top row
         b - align on bottom row
    cols : Specifies the column formatting.
         l - A column of left-aligned items.
         r - A column of right-aligned items.
         c - A column of centered items.
         | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
         @{text} - this inserts text in every row.
    The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the table.
    The \cline{i-j} command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j.
    The \vline command draws a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row.
en_GB: \begin{tabular}[pos]{cols}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\
    ...
    \end{tabular}
    pos : Specifies the vertical position; default is alignment on the centre of the environment.
         t - align on top row
         b - align on bottom row
    cols : Specifies the column formatting.
         l - A column of left-aligned items.
         r - A column of right-aligned items.
         c - A column of centred items.
         | - A vertical line the full height and depth of the environment.
         @{text} - this inserts text in every row.
    The \hline command draws a horizontal line the width of the table.
    The \cline{i-j} command draws horizontal lines across the columns specified, beginning in column i and ending in column j.
    The \vline command draws a vertical line extending the full height and depth of its row.

en: \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
    col, specifies the number of columns to span.
    pos specifies the formatting of the entry: c for centered, l for flushleft, r for flushright.
    text specifies what text is to make up the entry.
en_GB: \multicolumn{cols}{pos}{text}
    col, specifies the number of columns to span.
    pos specifies the formatting of the entry: c for centred, l for flushleft, r for flushright.
    text specifies what text is to make up the entry.

en: Customizable File Inclusion - \include{file}
en_GB: Customisable File Inclusion - \include{file}

en: Customizable File Inclusion
en_GB: Customisable File Inclusion

en: Emphasized - \emph{}
en_GB: Emphasised - \emph{}

en: Emphasized
en_GB: Emphasised

en: \emph{emphasized text}
en_GB: \emph{emphasised text}

en: Math Mode - $...$
en_GB: Maths Mode - $...$

en: \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ 
    ...
    \end{array}
    Each column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that column should be formatted.
         c -- for centered 
         l -- for flush left 
         r -- for flush right
en_GB: \begin{array}{col1col2...coln}
    column 1 entry & column 2 entry ... & column n entry \\ 
    ...
    \end{array}
    Each column, coln, is specified by a single letter that tells how items in that column should be formatted.
         c -- for centred 
         l -- for flush left 
         r -- for flush right

en: Text in Mathmode - \text{}
en_GB: Text in Maths Mode - \text{}

en: Text in Mathmode
en_GB: Text in Maths Mode

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_math)
en: &Math Commands
en_GB: &Maths Commands

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathfontstyles)
en: Math &Font Styles
en_GB: Maths &Font Styles

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathaccents)
en: Math &Accents
en_GB: Maths &Accents

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathspaces)
en: Math &Spaces
en_GB: Maths &Spaces

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_mathenv)
en: Standard Math &Environments
en_GB: Standard Maths &Environments

note: i18n: ectx: Menu (menu_amsenv_center)
en: &Center Environments
en_GB: &Centre Environments

en: Synchronize Cursor Position with Viewer
en_GB: Synchronise Cursor Position with Viewer

en: &QuickPreview Math
en_GB: &QuickPreview Maths

en: Find-in-Files Dialog
en_GB: Find-in-Files Dialogue

en: There is no surrounding mathgroup.
en_GB: There is no surrounding maths group.

en: This action was canceled by the user.
en_GB: This action was cancelled by the user.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_SyncConsoleDirWithTabs)
en: Synchronize the directory shown in the console with the document tabs
en_GB: Synchronise the directory shown in the console with the document tabs

note: #-#-#-#-#  1293 (kile)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_bgMathmode) #-#-#-#-#  2246 (kvoctrain)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mathModeCheckBox)
en: Math mode
en_GB: Maths mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, m_compileBehaviorGroupBox)
en: Compilation Behavior
en_GB: Compilation Behaviour

en: Mathgroup:
en_GB: Maths group:

[ctx: @action]
en: Vaporizer
en_GB: Vaporiser

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Destroy all enemies in neighboring cells
en_GB: Destroy all enemies in neighbouring cells

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnemiesAtGameStart), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Number of regular enemies in first round
en_GB: Number of normal enemies in first round

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnemiesAddedEachRound), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Number of regular enemies added in each new round
en_GB: Number of normal enemies added in each new round

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (VaporizerEnabled), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Player can use vaporizer
en_GB: Player can use vaporiser

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CostOfVaporizer), group (KillbotsRuleset)
en: Cost of using vaporizer
en_GB: Cost of using vaporiser

[ctx: @info:whatsthisp]
en: Opens a dialog listing the values of all internal parameters for the selected game type.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue listing the values of all internal parameters for the selected game type.

en: Screen # %1
en_GB: Screen No. %1

en: Number of Colormaps
en_GB: Number of Colourmaps

en: Default Colormap
en_GB: Default Colourmap

en: Default Number of Colormap Cells
en_GB: Default Number of Colourmap Cells

en: Preallocated Pixels
en_GB: Pre-allocated Pixels

en: Pixmap Format #%1
en_GB: Pixmap Format No. %1

en: <b>Serial #:</b>
en_GB: <b>Serial No.:</b>

en: <qt>Here you can see some information about your IEEE 1394 configuration. The meaning of the columns:<ul><li><b>Name</b>: port or node name, the number can change with each bus reset</li><li><b>GUID</b>: the 64 bit GUID of the node</li><li><b>Local</b>: checked if the node is an IEEE 1394 port of your computer</li><li><b>IRM</b>: checked if the node is isochronous resource manager capable</li><li><b>CRM</b>: checked if the node is cycle master capable</li><li><b>ISO</b>: checked if the node supports isochronous transfers</li><li><b>BM</b>: checked if the node is bus manager capable</li><li><b>PM</b>: checked if the node is power management capable</li><li><b>Acc</b>: the cycle clock accuracy of the node, valid from 0 to 100</li><li><b>Speed</b>: the speed of the node</li><li><b>Vendor</b>: the vendor of the device</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you can see some information about your IEEE 1394 configuration. The meaning of the columns:<ul><li><b>Name</b>: port or node name, the number can change with each bus reset</li><li><b>GUID</b>: the 64 bit GUID of the node</li><li><b>Local</b>: ticked if the node is an IEEE 1394 port of your computer</li><li><b>IRM</b>: ticked if the node is isochronous resource manager capable</li><li><b>CRM</b>: ticked if the node is cycle master capable</li><li><b>ISO</b>: ticked if the node supports isochronous transfers</li><li><b>BM</b>: ticked if the node is bus manager capable</li><li><b>PM</b>: ticked if the node is power management capable</li><li><b>Acc</b>: the cycle clock accuracy of the node, valid from 0 to 100</li><li><b>Speed</b>: the speed of the node</li><li><b>Vendor</b>: the vendor of the device</li></ul></qt>

en: Signaled target abort
en_GB: Signalled target abort

en: Signaled system error
en_GB: Signalled system error

en: Device-specific initialization required
en_GB: Device-specific initialisation required

en: Message signaled interrupts
en_GB: Message signalled interrupts

en: Digitizer Pen
en_GB: Digitiser Pen

en: Communication synchronizer
en_GB: Communication synchroniser

en: Could not initialize OpenGL/GLX
en_GB: Could not initialise OpenGL/GLX

en: Could not initialize OpenGL (ES)/EGL
en_GB: Could not initialise OpenGL (ES)/EGL

en: Could not find bookmarks config
en_GB: Could not find bookmarks configuration

en: Can't delete Shared Drives root.
en_GB: Cannot delete Shared Drives root.

[ctx: CardsLayoutGallery|]
en: The title can be aligned to all corners or centered with a combination of Qt.Alignment flags.
     When there are too many actions, they go in an overflow menu.
en_GB: The title can be aligned to all corners or centred with a combination of Qt.Alignment flags.
     When there are too many actions, they go in an overflow menu.

[ctx: CardsLayoutGallery|]
en: It's possible to have custom contents overlapping the image, for cases where a more personalized design is needed.
en_GB: It's possible to have custom contents overlapping the image, for cases where a more personalised design is needed.

[ctx: CardsLayoutGallery|]
en: It's possible to customize the look and feel for Cards too, if the no padding behavior for headers is needed. This is usually discouraged in order to have greater consistency, but in some cases the design requires a more fancy layout, as shown in this example of a Card. If a custom header is used, the title and icon in the banner property shouldn't be used. If a custom footer is used (which is discouraged), actions shouldn't be used.
en_GB: It's possible to customise the look and feel for Cards too, if the no padding behaviour for headers is needed. This is usually discouraged in order to have greater consistency, but in some cases the design requires a more fancy layout, as shown in this example of a Card. If a custom header is used, the title and icon in the banner property shouldn't be used. If a custom footer is used (which is discouraged), actions should not be used.

[ctx: SelectionControlsGallery|]
en: Checkboxes
en_GB: Tickboxes

en: Update canceled.
    Could not read file.
en_GB: Update cancelled.
    Could not read file.

en: Update canceled.
    Could not open file.
en_GB: Update cancelled.
    Could not open file.

en: Update canceled.
    The update information file has an invalid date.
en_GB: Update cancelled.
    The update information file has an invalid date.

en: Initializing Dictionaries
en_GB: Initialising Dictionaries

en: svg icon
en_GB: SVG icon

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, autoSave)
en: When "Save changes periodically" is checked, KJots will automatically save changes made to books at the interval defined below.
en_GB: When "Save changes periodically" is ticked, KJots will automatically save changes made to books at the interval defined below.

en: Change Color...
en_GB: Change Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color0), group (Game)
en: Color of neutral cubes.
en_GB: Colour of neutral cubes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color1), group (Game)
en: Color of player 1.
en_GB: Colour of player 1.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color2), group (Game)
en: Color of player 2.
en_GB: Colour of player 2.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_4)
en: Players' Colors
en_GB: Players' Colours

en: Klavaro - Progress
en_GB: Progress

en: Show the virtual keyboard and the relation between fingers and keys.
en_GB: Show the  relation between fingers and keys.

en: Select the font to be used in the exercise window.
en_GB: Select the font to be used

en: Show local and external scores from other users.
en_GB: Show  scores from other users.

en: Do you confirm?
en_GB: Confirm?

en: Read a text file and add a copy of it here. The file must be encoded in UTF-8.
en_GB: Read a text file and copy here. Must be utf-8

en: Close this window.
en_GB: Close

en: Toggles the shift effect on the keys. Alternates between the upper and lower characters of the keys.
en_GB: Alternates between upper and lower

en: Save the current keyboard layout with the name specified above.
en_GB: Save the layout

en: Klavaro - Main menu
en_GB: Klavaro -Main menu

en: Initial training for your fingers.
en_GB: Initial training

en: Becoming proficient practicing complete paragraphs exercises.
en_GB: Complete paragraph practice

en: Little tip about this program.
en_GB: Tips about Klavaro

en: This is a tip. Now you press this button to return to the main menu.
en_GB: Tip! Press to return to main menu

en: Basic course
en_GB: Basics

en: This will OVERWRITE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will OVERWRITE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This will REMOVE an existent keyboard layout.
en_GB: This will REMOVE an existing keyboard layout.

en: This is referred to as the home position for the hands. From it the fingers move all over the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and quickly as possible. To reach this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and finger. This relation will be learned gradually as you complete the basic course.
en_GB: This is called the home position for the hands. From here the fingers easily move over all the keyboard, reaching all the keys as naturally and fast as possible. To attain this goal one uses a specific relation between each key and some finger. This relation will be learned gradually in the basic course.

en: When learning the relation between fingers and keys, it is very important that you only move the finger which must press the key and allow all other fingers to remain in the home position.
en_GB: When learning the relationship between fingers and keys, you have to work at this, every time you move to press a key, only the one finger should move toward it, keeping the other fingers over their original position as much as possible.

en: After memorizing this relationship, you can relax the previous rule some, so that you can attain greater speed while typing.
en_GB: After memorizing this relationship between keys and the correct finger to use, you can take the previous rule less strictly, so that it becomes possible to develop more speed and fluidity.

en: You should be prepared to start training with the basic course. It will take effort and patience to be successful as a typist. We trust you have these and look forward to your success!
en_GB: After this explanation, you should start with the basic course. Always remember, touch-typing requires will and patience! We trust you, do not disappoint us, right?

en: Lesson:
en_GB: Lesson

en: Paragraphs:
en_GB: Paragraphs

en: Adaptability exercises: automating the fingers responses, typing over all the keyboard.
en_GB: Adaptability. Automating finger responses

en: Velocity exercises: accelerate typing real words.
en_GB: Speed exercises: accelerate typing real words.

en: Klavaro - Fluidness
en_GB: Klavaro - Fluidity

en: Fluidness exercises: accuracy typing good sense paragraphs.
en_GB: Accuracy typing with  sensible paragraphs.

en: ps.: logging not performed for this session: the number of typed characters (%i) must be greater than %i.
en_GB: No logging for this session. Typed characters (%i) must be more than %i.

en: ps.: you have entered the Top 10 list, great!
en_GB: You have entered the Top 10 list, Well done!

en: ps.: the text you just typed doesn't seem to be similar to ordinary texts in the language currently selected: we can't account for it in the 'Top 10' contest.
en_GB: Your text is not like ordinary text. We can't count it in the Top 10.

note: Begin the accuracy
en: STATISTICS
en_GB: Statistics

en: Fluidness:
en_GB: Fluidity:

en:  All right, now you got it!
     Go to the next lesson.
en_GB:  Now you've got it!
     On to the next lesson.

en: Pasted_or_dropped
en_GB: Pasted or dropped

en:  Still away from the highway. You can do better...
     Try to reach at least %.0f WPM.
en_GB:  You can improve. Try for more than 20 WPM.

en:  Excellent. For this course, that is enough.
     Try now the fluidness exercises, OK?
en_GB:  Excellent. Now try the fluidity exercises.

note: Translators: Dvorak here means that infamous ergonomic keyboard layout. Feel free to change the speed mastery analogy.
en:  Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration!
en_GB:  A Dvorak master!
     I have no words to express my admiration.

en:  Congratulations!
     It seems to me that you are a professional.
     You don't need this program (me) anymore.
     Hope you have enjoyed. Thanks and be happy!
en_GB:  You seem like a professional! Hope you enjoyed Klavaro.

en:  How can you type so fast?
     You have exceeded all my expectations.
     Are you a machine? Could you teach me?
     I can not help you anymore. Go to an expert!
en_GB:  You have exceeded all my expectations.
     I can't help you anymore!

en: Not able to download files
en_GB: Unable to download files

en: Key-state dependent colors and fonts in the certificates list
en_GB: Key-state dependent colours and fonts in the certificates list

en: Resident gpgme/win wrangler, UI Server commands and dialogs
en_GB: Resident gpgme/win wrangler, UI Server commands and dialogues

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No OpenPGP directory services have been configured.</para><para>Since none is configured, <application>Kleopatra</application> will use <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the server to export to.</para><para>You can configure OpenPGP directory servers in <application>Kleopatra</application>'s configuration dialog.</para><para>Do you want to continue with <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the server to export to?</para>
en_GB: <para>No OpenPGP directory services have been configured.</para><para>Since none is configured, <application>Kleopatra</application> will use <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the server to export to.</para><para>You can configure OpenPGP directory servers in <application>Kleopatra</application>'s configuration dialogue.</para><para>Do you want to continue with <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the server to export to?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para><application>Kleopatra</application> uses <application>PaperKey</application> to create a minimized and printable version of your secret key.</para><para>Please make sure it is installed.</para>
en_GB: <para><application>Kleopatra</application> uses <application>PaperKey</application> to create a minimised and printable version of your secret key.</para><para>Please make sure it is installed.</para>

en: A revocation certificate is a kind of "kill switch" to publicly
    declare that a key shall not anymore be used.  It is not possible
    to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published.
en_GB: A revocation certificate is a kind of "kill switch" to publicly
    declare that a key shall not be used any more.  It is not possible
    to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>The query result has been truncated.</para><para>Either the local or a remote limit on the maximum number of returned hits has been exceeded.</para><para>You can try to increase the local limit in the configuration dialog, but if one of the configured servers is the limiting factor, you have to refine your search.</para>
en_GB: <para>The query result has been truncated.</para><para>Either the local or a remote limit on the maximum number of returned hits has been exceeded.</para><para>You can try to increase the local limit in the configuration dialogue, but if one of the configured servers is the limiting factor, you have to refine your search.</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>No OpenPGP directory services have been configured.</para><para>If not all of the certificates carry the name of their preferred certificate server (few do), a fallback server is needed to fetch from.</para><para>Since none is configured, <application>Kleopatra</application> will use <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the fallback.</para><para>You can configure OpenPGP directory servers in Kleopatra's configuration dialog.</para><para>Do you want to continue with <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as fallback server?</para>
en_GB: <para>No OpenPGP directory services have been configured.</para><para>If not all of the certificates carry the name of their preferred certificate server (few do), a fallback server is needed to fetch from.</para><para>Since none is configured, <application>Kleopatra</application> will use <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as the fallback.</para><para>You can configure OpenPGP directory servers in Kleopatra's configuration dialogue.</para><para>Do you want to continue with <resource>keys.gnupg.net</resource> as fallback server?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>Refreshing OpenPGP certificates implies downloading all certificates anew, to check if any of them have been revoked in the meantime.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection, and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>
en_GB: <para>Refreshing OpenPGP certificates implies downloading all certificates anew, to check if any of them have been revoked in the meantime.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>Refreshing X.509 certificates implies downloading CRLs for all certificates, even if they might otherwise still be valid.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection, and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>
en_GB: <para>Refreshing X.509 certificates implies downloading CRLs for all certificates, even if they might otherwise still be valid.</para><para>This can put a severe strain on your own as well as other people's network connections, and can take up to an hour or more to complete, depending on your network connection and the number of certificates to check.</para> <para>Are you sure you want to continue?</para>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, AppearanceConfigWidget)
en: Color && Font Configuration
en_GB: Colour && Font Configuration

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, foregroundButton)
en: Set &Text Color...
en_GB: Set &Text Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, allowMarkTrustedCB)
en: If this option is checked while a root CA certificate is being imported, you will be asked to confirm its fingerprint and to state whether or not you consider this root certificate to be trusted. A root certificate needs to be trusted before the certificates it certified become trusted, but lightly allowing trusted root certificates into your certificate store will undermine the security of the system.
en_GB: If this option is ticked while a root CA certificate is being imported, you will be asked to confirm its fingerprint and to state whether or not you consider this root certificate to be trusted. A root certificate needs to be trusted before the certificates it certified become trusted, but lightly allowing trusted root certificates into your certificate store will undermine the security of the system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fetchMissingCB)
en: If this option is checked, missing issuer certificates are fetched when necessary (this applies to both validation methods, CRLs and OCSP).
en_GB: If this option is ticked, missing issuer certificates are fetched when necessary (this applies to both validation methods, CRLs and OCSP).

en: The file <filename>%1</filename> contains certificates and can't be decrypted or verified.
en_GB: The file <filename>%1</filename> contains certificates and cannot be decrypted or verified.

en: User canceled
en_GB: User cancelled

en: <b>Verification canceled.</b>
en_GB: <b>Verification cancelled.</b>

en: <b>The data could not be verified.</b> | <b>%1 signatures could not be verified.</b>
en_GB[0]: The certificate could not be certified. <b>Error</b>: %1
en_GB[1]: <b>%1 signatures could not be verified.</b>

en: <b>Decryption canceled.</b>
en_GB: <b>Decryption cancelled.</b>

en: Encryption canceled.
en_GB: Encryption cancelled.

en: Open selection dialog.
en_GB: Open selection dialogue.

en: Only show this dialog in case of conflicts (experimental)
en_GB: Only show this dialogue in case of conflicts (experimental)

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>None of the recipients you are encrypting to seems to be your own.</para><para>This means that you will not be able to decrypt the data anymore, once encrypted.</para><para>Do you want to continue, or cancel to change the recipient selection?</para>
en_GB: <para>None of the recipients you are encrypting to seems to be your own.</para><para>This means that you will not be able to decrypt the data any more, once encrypted.</para><para>Do you want to continue, or cancel to change the recipient selection?</para>

en: Text output (ASCII armor)
en_GB: Text output (ASCII armour)

en: Signing canceled.
en_GB: Signing cancelled.

en: %1: <b>Sign/encrypt canceled.</b>
en_GB: %1: <b>Sign/encrypt cancelled.</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, genRevokeBtn)
en: A revocation certificate is a file that serves as a "kill switch" to publicly
    declare that a key shall not anymore be used.  It is not possible"
    to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published.
en_GB: A revocation certificate is a file that serves as a "kill switch" to publicly
    declare that a key shall not be used any more.  It is not possible"
    to retract such a revocation certificate once it has been published.

[ctx: @info]
en: Canceled setting PIN.
en_GB: Cancelled setting PIN.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (QuickSignEMail), group (EMailOperations)
en: Minimize the number of steps when signing emails, use preset defaults unless problems occur.
en_GB: Minimise the number of steps when signing emails, use preset defaults unless problems occur.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (QuickEncryptEMail), group (EMailOperations)
en: Minimize the number of steps when encrypting emails, use preset defaults unless problems occur.
en_GB: Minimise the number of steps when encrypting emails, use preset defaults unless problems occur.

en: Parent Window Id for dialogs
en_GB: Parent Window Id for dialogues

en: Open the config dialog
en_GB: Open the configuration dialogue

en: <qt>The Kleopatra GPG UI Server Module could not be initialized.<br/>The error given was: <b>%1</b><br/>You can use Kleopatra as a certificate manager, but cryptographic plugins that rely on a GPG UI Server being present might not work correctly, or at all.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Kleopatra GPG UI Server Module could not be initialised.<br/>The error given was: <b>%1</b><br/>You can use Kleopatra as a certificate manager, but cryptographic plugins that rely on a GPG UI Server being present might not work correctly, or at all.</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (description), widget (QCommandLinkButton, x509CLB)
en: X.509 key pairs are certified by a certification authority (CA). The generated request needs to be sent to a CA to finalize creation.
en_GB: X.509 key pairs are certified by a certification authority (CA). The generated request needs to be sent to a CA to finalise creation.

en: Here you can change the theme for KLettres. A theme consists in the background picture and the font color for the letter displayed.
en_GB: Here you can change the theme for KLettres. A theme consists in the background picture and the font colour for the letter displayed.

en: Romanized Hindi
en_GB: Romanised Hindi

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color count:
en_GB: Colour count:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BgColor), group (Background)
en: The background color to be used.
en_GB: The background colour to be used.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomColorCount), group (CustomGame)
en: The number of colors in the playing field.
en_GB: The number of colours in the playing field.

[ctx: Color-blindness simulation mode]
en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

en: Select a mode to simulate various types of color-blindness.
en_GB: Select a mode to simulate various types of colour-blindness.

en: Color-blindness Simulation Mode
en_GB: Colour-blindness Simulation Mode

en: Rework of the user interface, improved selection window, speed optimization, rotation, bug fixes
en_GB: Rework of the user interface, improved selection window, speed optimisation, rotation, bug fixes

en: Color-blindness simulation
en_GB: Colour-blindness simulation

en: Rotate View Counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate View Anticlockwise

en: File format not recognized.
en_GB: File format not recognised.

en: You still wait an answer about this mail:
en_GB: You are still waiting for an answer about this mail:

en: We can't create transport
en_GB: We cannot create transport

en: &Do not change color from original HTML mail
en_GB: &Do not change colour from original HTML mail

en: Show Favorite Folders View
en_GB: Show Favourite Folders View

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartInTray), group (General)
en: Start minimized to tray
en_GB: Start minimised to tray

en: When replying or forwarding, quote the message
    in the original format it was received.
    If unchecked, the reply will be as plain text by default.
en_GB: When replying or forwarding, quote the message
    in the original format it was received.
    If unticked, the reply will be as plain text by default.

en: 'Content-Type' is not an authorized string. This header will be not saved.
en_GB: 'Content-Type' is not an authorised string. This header will be not saved.

en: Attachment name can't be empty
en_GB: Attachment name cannot be empty

en: This shortcut allows to send mail directly. Mail can be send accidentally. What do you want to do?
en_GB: This shortcut allows to send mail directly. Mail can be sent accidentally. What do you want to do?

en: Some custom folder for identity does not exist (anymore); therefore, default folders will be used.
en_GB: Some custom folder for identity does not exist (any more); therefore, default folders will be used.

en: Deleting and moving messages to trash...
en_GB: Deleting and moving messages to wastebin...

en: Messages moved to trash or deleted successfully
en_GB: Messages moved to wastebin or deleted successfully

en: Deleting or moving messages to trash failed.
en_GB: Deleting or moving messages to wastebin failed.

en: Deleting or moving messages to trash canceled.
en_GB: Deleting or moving messages to wastebin cancelled.

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Add Favorite Folder
en_GB: Add Favourite Folder

en: Mail Summary Configuration Dialog
en_GB: Mail Summary Configuration Dialogue

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can create and send a new email message.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can create and send a new email message.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choose this option to synchronize your groupware email.
en_GB: Choose this option to synchronise your groupware email.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Choosing this will show a dialog where you can select which summaries you want to see and also allow you to configure the summaries to your liking.
en_GB: Choosing this will show a dialogue where you can select which summaries you want to see and also allow you to configure the summaries to your liking.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmptyTrashOnExit), group (General)
en: Empty the local trash folder on program exit
en_GB: Empty the local wastebin folder on program exit

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
en: Whether to ask if users wants to enable Unified Mailboxes if more than one email accounts are detected. We only ever ask once.
en_GB: Whether to ask if users wants to enable Unified Mailboxes if more than one email account is detected. We only ever ask once.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CryptoStoreEncrypted), group (Composer)
en: When check, sent messages will be stored in the encrypted form
en_GB: When ticked, sent messages will be stored in the encrypted form

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (IdentityDialogSize), group (Geometry)
en: The size of the identity dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: The size of the identity dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConfigureDialogWidth), group (Geometry)
en: The width of the Configure KMail dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: The width of the Configure KMail dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConfigureDialogHeight), group (Geometry)
en: The height of the Configure KMail dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: The height of the Configure KMail dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CollectionWidth), group (SearchDialog)
en: Specifies the width of the collection field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: Specifies the width of the collection field in the Search Window dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SubjectWidth), group (SearchDialog)
en: Specifies the width of the subject field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: Specifies the width of the subject field in the Search Window dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SenderWidth), group (SearchDialog)
en: Specifies the width of the sender field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: Specifies the width of the sender field in the Search Window dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReceiverWidth), group (SearchDialog)
en: Specifies the width of the receiver field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: Specifies the width of the receiver field in the Search Window dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DateWidth), group (SearchDialog)
en: Specifies the width of the date field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: Specifies the width of the date field in the Search Window dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderWidth), group (SearchDialog)
en: Specifies the width of the folder field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)
en_GB: Specifies the width of the folder field in the Search Window dialogue (for internal use only)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, customizeAccountOrder)
en: Customize accounts order...
en_GB: Customise accounts order...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mStoreEncrypted)
en: <qt>
    <h1>Store Messages Encrypted</h1>
    When this box is checked, sent messages are stored encrypted like they were sent. This is not recommended, as you will not be able to read the messages any longer if a necessary certificate expires.
    <p>
    However, there may be local rules that require you to turn this option on. When in doubt, check with your local administrator.
    </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <h1>Store Messages Encrypted</h1>
    When this box is ticked, sent messages are stored encrypted like they were sent. This is not recommended, as you will not be able to read the messages any longer if a necessary certificate expires.
    <p>
    However, there may be local rules that require you to turn this option on. When in doubt, check with your local administrator.
    </p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Some of the folders you want to search in are not fully indexed yet or have been excluded from indexing. All the folders checked below will be scheduled for priority reindexing. If you uncheck a folder it may still be indexed later, unless it was manually excluded from indexing.
en_GB: Some of the folders you want to search in are not fully indexed yet or have been excluded from indexing. All the folders ticked below will be scheduled for priority reindexing. If you untick a folder it may still be indexed later, unless it was manually excluded from indexing.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, mWarnUnsigned)
en: <qt>
    <h1>Warn When Trying To Send Unsigned Messages</h1>
    If this box is checked, you will be warned when you try to send parts of or the whole message unsigned.
    <p>
    It is recommended to leave this option turned on for maximum integrity.
    </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <h1>Warn When Trying To Send Unsigned Messages</h1>
    If this box is ticked, you will be warned when you try to send parts of or the whole message unsigned.
    <p>
    It is recommended to leave this option turned on for maximum integrity.
    </p></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, warnUnencryptedCB)
en: <qt>
    <h1>Warn When Trying To Send Unencrypted Messages</h1>
    If this box is checked, you will be warned when you try to send parts of or the whole message unencrypted.
    <p>
    It is recommended to leave this option turned on for maximum integrity.
    </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt>
    <h1>Warn When Trying To Send Unencrypted Messages</h1>
    If this box is ticked, you will be warned when you try to send parts of or the whole message unencrypted.
    <p>
    It is recommended to leave this option turned on for maximum integrity.
    </p></qt>

en: Synchronizing unified mailbox %1
en_GB: Synchronising unified mailbox %1

en: Delete Dialog settings in file `%1`: Done
en_GB: Delete Dialogue settings in file `%1`: Done

en: Clean Dialog Size in setting file `%1`: Done
en_GB: Clean Dialogue Size in setting file `%1`: Done

en: Key publishing was canceled.
en_GB: Key publishing was cancelled.

en: Could not load config dialog for UID '%1'
en_GB: Could not load configuration dialogue for UID '%1'

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, checkOnlineExplanation)
en: Check online for the settings needed for this email provider. Only the domain name part of the e-mail address will be sent over the Internet at this point. If this option is unchecked, the account can be set up manually.
en_GB: Check online for the settings needed for this email provider. Only the domain name part of the e-mail address will be sent over the Internet at this point. If this option is not ticked, the account can be set up manually.

[ctx: @action player skip forward]
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Player seek forward
en_GB: Player seek forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Player seek backward
en_GB: Player seek backwards

[ctx: @info]
en: You need to select one MIDI port if you want to be able to listen sounds. This MIDI port may be a software synthesizer like Timidity++ or FluidSynth, or an external MIDI device, or a hardware synthesizer provided by your sound card. This setting can be changed later, using the Settings->Configure KMid->MIDI dialog. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link><nl/>Please select one MIDI port now:
en_GB: You need to select one MIDI port if you want to be able to listen sounds. This MIDI port may be a software synthesizer like Timidity++ or FluidSynth, or an external MIDI device, or a hardware synthesizer provided by your sound card. This setting can be changed later, using the Settings->Configure KMid->MIDI dialogue. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link><nl/>Please select one MIDI port now:

[ctx: @info]
en: There are no available MIDI ports in your system. You can specify a software synthesizer, such as TiMidity++ or FluidSynth, to be launched automatically when KMid starts. This option is located in the dialog Settings->Configure KMid, programs category. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link>.
en_GB: There are no available MIDI ports in your system. You can specify a software synthesizer, such as TiMidity++ or FluidSynth, to be launched automatically when KMid starts. This option is located in the dialogue Settings->Configure KMid, programs category. You can find more information in the <link url='help:/kmid/general-usage.html#using-midi'>online help documents</link>.

note: i18n: file: library/kmid.kcfg:19 i18n: ectx: label, entry (color), group (Settings)
en: Color of the lyrics text, after being played
en_GB: Colour of the lyrics text, after being played

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: <para>Here you can select the master sound device (if there is more than one) and its master channel.</para><para>The master channel is the one that is affected by the system tray volume control, the volume up/down and mute global shortcut keys, and the <interface>Mute</interface> action in the system tray popup menu.</para>
en_GB: <para>Here you can select the master sound device (if there is more than one) and its master channel.</para><para>The master channel is the one that is affected by the system tray volume control, the volume up/down and mute global shortcut keys, and the <interface>Mute</interface> action in the system tray pop-up menu.</para>

en: The mixers that are checked here will be shown in the popup volume control.
en_GB: The mixers that are ticked here will be shown in the pop-up volume control.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: KMouseTool will run as a background application after you close this dialog. To change the settings again, restart KMouseTool or use the system tray.
en_GB: KMouseTool will run as a background application after you close this dialogue. To change the settings again, restart KMouseTool or use the system tray.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, useQtSpeech)
en: <html><head/><body><p>This check box specifies KMouth tries to use the system speech service prior to calling the speech synthesizer directly. The system speech service is a Qt library which wraps speech-dispatcher on linux, and native speech systems on other platforms.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This tick box specifies KMouth tries to use the system speech service prior to calling the speech synthesiser directly. The system speech service is a Qt library which wraps speech-dispatcher on linux, and native speech systems on other platforms.</p></body></html>

en: Optical Disks
en_GB: Optical Discs

en: CDROM - Audio Compact Disk
en_GB: CDROM - Audio Compact Disc

en: VCD - Video Compact Disk
en_GB: VCD - Video Compact Disc

en: DVD - Digital Video Disk
en_GB: DVD - Digital Video Disc

en: Analog Real-Time Synthesizer
en_GB: Analogue Real-Time Synthesizer

en: Enlightened Sound Daemon
en_GB: Enlightened Sound Dæmon

en: Co&lors
en_GB: Co&lours

en: When checked, the movie will keep its aspect ratio
    when the window is resized.
en_GB: When ticked, the movie will keep its aspect ratio
    when the window is resized.

en: When checked, an icon for KMPlayer will be added to the system tray.
    When clicked, it will hide KMPlayer's main window and remove KMPlayer's task bar button.
en_GB: When ticked, an icon for KMPlayer will be added to the system tray.
    When clicked, it will hide KMPlayer's main window and remove KMPlayer's task bar button.

en: When checked, KMPlayer will resize to movie sizes
    when video starts.
en_GB: When ticked, KMPlayer will resize to movie sizes
    when video starts.

en: Auto set colors on start
en_GB: Auto set colours on start

en: When a movie starts, the colors will be set according the sliders for colors
en_GB: When a movie starts, the colours will be set according the sliders for colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMax)
en: Customize the maximum plot range
en_GB: Customise the maximum plot range

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMax) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMin)
en: Check this button and enter the plot range boundaries below.
en_GB: Tick this button and enter the plot range boundaries below.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cartesianCustomMin)
en: Customize the minimum plot range
en_GB: Customise the minimum plot range

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showDerivative1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showDerivative2)
en: If this box is checked, the first derivative will be plotted, too.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the first derivative will be plotted, too.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, showIntegral)
en: If this box is checked, the integral will be plotted, too.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, the integral will be plotted, too.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLabel), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if labels are visible
en_GB: Ticked if labels are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLabel), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if the labels at the tics should be shown.
en_GB: Tick this box if the labels at the tics should be shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAxes), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if axes are visible
en_GB: Ticked if axes are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAxes), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if axes should be shown.
en_GB: Tick this box if axes should be shown.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowArrows), group (Coordinate System)
en: Checked if arrows are visible
en_GB: Ticked if arrows are visible

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowArrows), group (Coordinate System)
en: Check this box if axes should have arrows.
en_GB: Tick this box if axes should have arrows.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AxesColor), group (Colors)
en: Axis-line color
en_GB: Axis-line colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AxesColor), group (Colors)
en: Enter the color of the axis lines.
en_GB: Enter the colour of the axis lines.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GridColor), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for the grid lines.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color0), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 1
en_GB: Colour of function 1

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color0), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 1.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 1.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color1), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 2
en_GB: Colour of function 2

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color1), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 2.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 2.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color2), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 3
en_GB: Colour of function 3

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color2), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 3.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 3.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color3), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 4
en_GB: Colour of function 4

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color3), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 4.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 4.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color4), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 5
en_GB: Colour of function 5

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color4), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 5.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 5.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color5), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 6
en_GB: Colour of function 6

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color5), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 6.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 6.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color6), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 7
en_GB: Colour of function 7

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color6), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 7.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 7.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color7), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 8
en_GB: Colour of function 8

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color7), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 8.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 8.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color8), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 9
en_GB: Colour of function 9

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color8), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 9.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 9.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Color9), group (Colors)
en: Color of function 10
en_GB: Colour of function 10

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Color9), group (Colors)
en: Choose a color for function 10.
en_GB: Choose a colour for function 10.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (anglemode), group (General)
en: Check the box if you want to use radians
en_GB: Tick the box if you want to use radians

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (backgroundcolor), group (General)
en: The background color for the graph
en_GB: The background colour for the graph

en: Predefined &Math Functions
en_GB: Predefined &Mathematical Functions

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, editParameterListButton)
en: Click here to open a list of parameter values. Here you can add, remove, and change them.
en_GB: Click here to open a list of parameter values. Here you can add, remove and change them.

en: Missing parenthesis
en_GB: Missing bracket

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundcolor)
en: Color for the plot area behind the grid.
en_GB: Colour for the plot area behind the grid.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_backgroundcolor)
en: Click on the button the choose the color of the background. This option has no effect on printing nor export.
en_GB: Click on the button the choose the colour of the background. This option has no effect on printing nor export.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_AxesColor)
en: select color for the axes
en_GB: select colour for the axes

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_AxesColor)
en: Specify the color of the axes. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.
en_GB: Specify the colour of the axes. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: select color for the grid
en_GB: select colour for the grid

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_GridColor)
en: Specify the color of the grid. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.
en_GB: Specify the colour of the grid. The change will appear as soon as you press the OK button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: &Default Function Colors
en_GB: &Default Function Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color1)
en: the default color for function number 2
en_GB: the default colour for function number 2

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color1)
en: The default color for function number 2. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 2. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color4)
en: the default color for function number 5
en_GB: the default colour for function number 5

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color4)
en: The default color for function number 5. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 5. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color0)
en: the default color for function number 1
en_GB: the default colour for function number 1

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color0)
en: The default color for function number 1. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 1. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color2)
en: the default color for function number 3
en_GB: the default colour for function number 3

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color2)
en: The default color for function number 3. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 3. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color3)
en: the default color for function number 4
en_GB: the default colour for function number 4

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color3)
en: The default color for function number 4. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 4. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color8)
en: the default color for function number 9
en_GB: the default colour for function number 9

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color8)
en: The default color for function number 9. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 9. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color6)
en: the default color for function number 7
en_GB: the default colour for function number 7

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color6)
en: The default color for function number 7. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 7. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color7)
en: the default color for function number 8
en_GB: the default colour for function number 8

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color7)
en: The default color for function number 8. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 8. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color5)
en: the default color for function number 6
en_GB: the default colour for function number 6

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color5)
en: The default color for function number 6. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 6. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color9)
en: the default color for function number 10
en_GB: the default colour for function number 10

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_Color9)
en: The default color for function number 10. Please note that this color setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change color for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.
en_GB: The default colour for function number 10. Please note that this colour setting only affects empty functions, so if you have defined a function at number 1 and you change colour for that number here, the setting will be shown next time you define a new function at number 1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowLabel)
en: Check this if the axes' tics should be labeled.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes' tics should be labelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAxes)
en: Check this if the axes should be visible.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes should be visible.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowArrows)
en: Check this if the axes should have arrows at their ends.
en_GB: Tick this if the axes should have arrows at their ends.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton1)
en: Check this button to use radian mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.
en_GB: Tick this button to use radian mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton2)
en: Check this button to use degree mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.
en_GB: Tick this button to use degree mode to measure angles. This is important for trigonometric functions only.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1375 (koffice)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 208 #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColor) #-#-#-#-#  1508 (kwin_effects)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: &Color:
en_GB: &Colour:

en: Edit Colors
en_GB: Edit Colours

en: Invalid Statement
en_GB: Invalid statement

en: Statement Importer
en_GB: Statement importer

en: Selecting "Yes" will create the payee, "No" will skip creation of a payee record and remove the payee information from this transaction. Selecting "Cancel" aborts the import operation.
    
    If you select "No" here and mark the "Do not ask again" checkbox, the payee information for all following transactions referencing "%1" will be removed.
en_GB: Selecting "Yes" will create the payee, "No" will skip creation of a payee record and remove the payee information from this transaction. Selecting "Cancel" aborts the import operation.
    
    If you select "No" here and tick the "Do not ask again" tick box, the payee information for all following transactions referencing "%1" will be removed.

en: Problem adding or matching imported transaction with id '%1': %2
en_GB: Problem adding or matching imported transaction with ID '%1': %2

en: No account information has been found in the selected statement file. Please select an account using the selection box in the dialog or create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button.
en_GB: No account information has been found in the selected statement file. Please select an account using the selection box in the dialogue or create a new account by pressing the <b>Create</b> button.

en: Filetype Error
en_GB: Filetype error

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, EditPersonalDataDlg)
en: New File Dialog
en_GB: New File Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1_2)
en: Use this dialog to enter personal information about yourself.
    
    All information is optional and is provided to personalize
    your KMyMoney file.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to enter personal information about yourself.
    
    All information is optional and is provided to personalise
    your KMyMoney file.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1)
en: Use this dialog to backup your data.
    
    Please make sure you have a disk inserted and that the drive is ready. Then choose the mount point from either the Choose button or by entering the path in the available box.
    
    Click OK to perform the backup.
en_GB: Use this dialogue to backup your data.
    
    Please make sure you have a disk inserted and that the drive is ready. Then choose the mount point from either the Choose button or by entering the path in the available box.
    
    Click OK to perform the backup.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, txtAutoMount)
en: If your system does not use an automounter, make sure you mark the checkbox below to "mount this directory before backing up."
en_GB: If your system does not use an automounter, make sure you tick the tickbox below to "mount this directory before backing up."

en: This dialog does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new categories to be created. Please pick a category from the list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KChooseImportExportDlg)
en: Choose Import Type Dialog
en_GB: Choose Import Type Dialogue

en: Choose Export Type Dialog
en_GB: Choose Export Type Dialogue

en: QIF files are created by the popular accounting program Quicken.
    Another dialog will appear, if you choose this type, asking for further
    information relevant to the Quicken format.
en_GB: QIF files are created by the popular accounting program Quicken.
    Another dialogue will appear, if you choose this type, asking for further
    information relevant to the Quicken format.

en: Write check
en_GB: Write cheque

en: <p>Please check that all the details in the following dialog are correct and press OK.</p><p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule.  (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialog)</p>
en_GB: <p>Please check that all the details in the following dialogue are correct and press OK.</p><p>Editable data can be changed and can either be applied to just this occurrence or for all subsequent occurrences for this schedule.  (You will be asked what you intend after pressing OK in the following dialogue)</p>

en: Price for %1 updated (id %2)
en_GB: Price for %1 updated (ID %2)

en: Received a price for %1 (id %2), but this symbol is not on the list. Aborting entire update.
en_GB: Received a price for %1 (ID %2), but this symbol is not on the list. Aborting entire update.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KLoadTemplateDlg)
en: MyDialog
en_GB: MyDialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, m_newButton)
en: Create a new price entry.
en_GB: Create a new price entry

en: You have selected to suppress the display of unused categories in the KMyMoney configuration dialog. The category you just created will therefore only be shown if it is used. Otherwise, it will be hidden in the accounts/categories view.
en_GB: You have selected to suppress the display of unused categories in the KMyMoney configuration dialogue box. The category you just created will therefore only be shown if it is used. Otherwise, it will be hidden in the accounts/categories view.

en: <p>The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?</p><p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialog</i>.</p>
en_GB: <p>The category <b>%1</b> currently does not exist. Do you want to create it?</p><p><i>The parent account will default to <b>%2</b> but can be changed in the following dialogue</i>.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KNewAccountDlg)
en: New Account Dialog
en_GB: New Account Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Last check number:
en_GB: Last cheque number:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_costCenterRequiredCheckBox)
en: Cost Center assignment required
en_GB: Cost Centre assignment required

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox3)
en: VAT details
en_GB: VAT Details

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_qcheckboxTax)
en: Include on Tax Reports
en_GB: Include on tax reports

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KNewBankDlg)
en: New Institution Dialog
en_GB: New Institution Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel6)
en: Routing Number:
en_GB: Account Number

en: This dialog does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new payees to be created. Please pick a payee from the list.

en: This dialog does not allow new tags to be created. Please pick a tag from the list.
en_GB: This dialogue does not allow new tags to be created. Please pick a tag from the list.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KSettingsColors)
en: Color settings
en_GB: Colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_useCustomColors)
en: Custo&m colors
en_GB: Custo&m colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_syncLedgerInvestment)
en: Synchronize account selection of ledger and investment view
en_GB: Synchronise account selection of ledger and investment view

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Selected entries are shown on the home page of the application.<p>
    Use the buttons and checkboxes to customize the layout of the home page.
en_GB: Selected entries are shown on the home page of the application.<p>
    Use the buttons and tick boxes to customise the layout of the home page.

en: New Quote Source
en_GB: New quote source

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, m_dumpCSVProfile)
en: Dumps CSV profile used for importing downloaded prices, which can be customized by user in CSV Importer.
en_GB: Dumps CSV profile used for importing downloaded prices, which can be customised by user in CSV Importer.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoIncCheckNumber), group (General Options) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoIncCheckNumber)
en: Auto increment check number
en_GB: Auto increment cheque number

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoFillUseMemos)
en: If this option is checked the memos from the previous transaction will be used otherwise the memos will not be considered when the transaction is autofilled.
en_GB: If this option is ticked the memos from the previous transaction will be used otherwise the memos will not be considered when the transaction is automatically filled.

en: Check number <b>%1</b> has already been used in account <b>%2</b>.<center>Do you want to replace it with the next available number?</center>
en_GB: Cheque number <b>%1</b> has already been used in account <b>%2</b>.<center>Do you want to replace it with the next available number?</center>

en: Couldn't create a new file.
en_GB: Could not create a new file.

en: Couldn't find any plugin for opening storage.
en_GB: Could not find any plugin for opening storage.

en: Couldn't find suitable plugin to save your storage.
en_GB: Could not find suitable plugin to save your storage.

en: Couldn't find any plugin for saving storage.
en_GB: Could not find any plugin for saving storage.

en: Favorite reports
en_GB: Favourite reports

en: Cost center
en_GB: Cost centre

en: Cost Center
en_GB: Cost Centre

[ctx: Account type]
en: Checking
en_GB: Current

en:   * The parent with id %1 does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * The parent with ID %1 does not exist any more.

en:   * Child account with id %1 does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * Child account with ID %1 does not exist any more.

en:   * The payee with id %1 referenced by the loan does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * The payee with ID %1 referenced by the loan does not exist any more.

en:   * Payee %1 recreated with fixed id
en_GB:   * Payee %1 recreated with fixed ID

en:   * Payee id updated in split of transaction '%1'.
en_GB:   * Payee ID updated in split of transaction '%1'.

en:   * Payee id updated in split of schedule '%1'.
en_GB:   * Payee ID updated in split of schedule '%1'.

en:   * Removed bankid from split in scheduled transaction '%1'.
en_GB:   * Removed bank ID from split in scheduled transaction '%1'.

en:   * Payee id updated in report '%1'.
en_GB:   * Payee ID updated in report '%1'.

en:   * The account with id %1 referenced by the budget does not exist anymore.
en_GB:   * The account with ID %1 referenced by the budget does not exist any more.

en: Taiwan Dollar
en_GB: Taiwanese Dollar

en: Turkmenistan Manat
en_GB: Turkmenistani Manat

[ctx: Scheduled Transaction payment type]
en: Write check
en_GB: Write cheque

[ctx: It's about printing bank checks]
en: Check printing
en_GB: Cheque printing

en: Print check
en_GB: Print cheque

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (checkTemplateFile), group (General)
en: The check template file which defines the way the printed check will look.
en_GB: The cheque template file which defines the way the printed cheque will look.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (printedChecks), group (General)
en: A list containing the id's of already printed checks.
en_GB: A list containing the IDs of already printed cheques.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, CsvExportDlg)
en: Csv Export
en_GB: CSV Export

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel2)
en: From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a comma separated file, (known as a CSV file, because of the extension).  However, you are able to specify an alternative separator below.  Please enter the path to the CSV file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, and the account. Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates,  or just choose to export Categories.
en_GB: From this dialogue you are able to export transactions to a comma separated file, (known as a CSV file, because of the extension).  However, you are able to specify an alternative separator below.  Please enter the path to the CSV file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, and the account. Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates,  or just choose to export Categories.

en: <center>During update of <b>%1</b><br>the profile type for <b>%2</b> could not be recognized.<br>The profile cannot be used because of that.<br>Do you want to delete it?</center>
en_GB: <center>During update of <b>%1</b><br>the profile type for <b>%2</b> could not be recognised.<br>The profile cannot be used because of that.<br>Do you want to delete it?</center>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_feeIsPercentage)
en: Check box if any fee is a percentage figure rather than a value.
en_GB: Tick box if any fee is a percentage figure rather than a value.

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QDialog, KGncImportOptionsDlg)
en: GnuCash Import Options
en_GB: GnuCash import options

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkAnonymize)
en: Anonymize data
en_GB: Anonymise data

en: Imported History
en_GB: Imported history:

en: Loading transactions...
en_GB: Loading transactions

en: Imported Transaction
en_GB: Imported transaction

en: KBanking module not correctly initialized
en_GB: KBanking module not correctly initialised

[ctx: Header for AqBanking account list]
en: Id
en_GB: ID

en: Job Id
en_GB: Job ID

en: The HTTP request failed.
en_GB: The HTTP request failed

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_invertAmount)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check this if you need to invert the sign of imported transaction amounts, e.g. if you need to reverse charges and payments because your institution provides them inverted.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick this if you need to invert the sign of imported transaction amounts, e.g. if you need to reverse charges and payments because your institution provides them inverted.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_fixBuySellSignage)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Check this if the investment transactions after importing have incorrect Buy/Sell type assigned, which may be caused by your institution not applying the correct negative/positive sign to the share amount or quantity value.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Tick this if the investment transactions after importing have incorrect Buy/Sell type assigned, which may be caused by your institution not applying the correct negative/positive sign to the share amount or quantity value.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel2)
en: From this dialog you are able to export transactions to a quicken compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).  Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, the account and the format of the QIF file (profile).  Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates or just categories.  You can also limit the transactions that are exported by start and ending date.  Once you have pressed the Export button a message box will appear when the export has completed detailing how many transactions, categories and payees were exported.
en_GB: From this dialogue box you are able to export transactions to a quicken compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).  Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button.
    
    You can choose the file's path, the account and the format of the QIF file (profile).  Choose Account to export all the transactions between the specified dates or just categories.  You can also limit the transactions that are exported by start and ending date.  Once you have pressed the Export button a message box will appear when the export has completed detailing how many transactions, categories and payees were exported.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: <p>From this dialog you are able to import transactions from a Quicken<b>&trade;</b> compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).</p>
    <p>Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button. Once you have the file's path press the Import button and KMyMoney will import all the transactions, categories and payees it finds.</p>
en_GB: <p>From this dialogue you are able to import transactions from a Quicken<b>&trade;</b> compatible file, (known as a QIF file, because of the extension).</p>
    <p>Please enter the path to the QIF file or select it by clicking on the Browse button. Once you have the file's path press the Import button and KMyMoney will import all the transactions, categories and payees it finds.</p>

en: One outstanding charges of | Total of %1 outstanding charges amounting to
en_GB[0]: One outstanding payment of
en_GB[1]: Total of %1 outstanding charges amounting to

en: This job cannot be edited anymore because it was sent already.
en_GB: This job cannot be edited any more because it was sent already.

en: This credit-transfer was sent to your bank at %1 therefore cannot be edited anymore. You may create a copy for editing.
en_GB: This credit-transfer was sent to your bank at %1 therefore cannot be edited any more. You may create a copy for editing.

en: Dividends Reinvested
en_GB: Dividends reinvested

en: Dividends Paid Out
en_GB: Dividends paid out

en: Annualized Return
en_GB: Annualised return

[ctx: Report date range]
en: %1 through %2
en_GB: %1 to %2

en: Report Configuration
en_GB: Report configuration

en: Custom Report
en_GB: Custom report

en: %1 (Customized)
en_GB: %1 (Customised)

en: Delete Report?
en_GB: Delete report?

en: Favorite Reports
en_GB: Favourite reports

en: Old Customized Reports
en_GB: Old customised reports

en: Income and Expenses This Month
en_GB: Income and Expenses this month

en: Income and Expenses This Year
en_GB: Income and Expenses this year

en: Net Worth By Month
en_GB: Net Worth by month

en: Net Worth By Year
en_GB: Net Worth by year

en: Account Balances by Institution
en_GB: Account balances by institution

en: Account Balances by Type
en_GB: Account balances by type

en: Transactions by Account
en_GB: Transactions by account

en: Transactions by Category
en_GB: Transactions by category

en: Transactions by Payee
en_GB: Transaction by payee

en: Transactions by Month
en_GB: Transactions by month

en: Transactions by Week
en_GB: Transactions by week

en: Investment Holdings by Account
en_GB: Investment holding by account

en: Investment Holdings by Type
en_GB: Investment holdings by type

en: Investment Performance by Type
en_GB: Investment performance by type

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabGeneral) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabPerformance) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabCapitalGain)
en: Report Tab
en_GB: Report tab

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel6)
en: Report Name
en_GB: Report name

[ctx: Convert 'em!!]
note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkCurrency)
en: <p>Select this option to convert all values in the report to your base currency.</p><p>Leave it unchecked if you would like to see values in their original currency.</p><p>If currencies are not converted, then subtotals will not be shown.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select this option to convert all values in the report to your base currency.</p><p>Leave it unticked if you would like to see values in their original currency.</p><p>If currencies are not converted, then subtotals will not be shown.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkFavorite)
en: <p>Select this option to notate this report as one of your favorites.</p><p>All your favorite reports are grouped in one place on the report list for easy access.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select this option to notate this report as one of your favourites.</p><p>All your favourite reports are grouped in one place on the report list for easy access.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkFavorite)
en: Mark as a favorite report
en_GB: Mark as a favourite report

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColQuery) i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColPivot)
en: Rows/Columns Tab
en_GB: Rows/Columns tab

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColQuery) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, ReportTabRowColPivot)
en: <p>On this tab, you configure how you would like the rows and columns to be selected and organized.</p>
en_GB: <p>On this tab, you configure how you would like the rows and columns to be selected and organised.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Organize by:
en_GB: Organise by:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkInvestments) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTax)
en: <p>Check this box to include only those categories which have been marked to "Include on Tax Reports"</p>
en_GB: <p>Tick this box to include only those categories which have been marked to "Include on Tax Reports"</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_checkTax)
en: Include only Tax categories
en_GB: Include only tax categories

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KEditListWidget, m_listWidget)
en: Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id, do not forget the leading 0x.
en_GB: Enter the ID of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key ID. In case of the key ID, do not forget the leading 0x.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ledLabel)
en: Keys for all of the above user ids found
en_GB: Keys for all of the above user IDs found

en: Loading cost center...
en_GB: Loading cost centre...

en: Saving costcenters...
en_GB: Saving costcentres...

en: <p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with id</p><p><center><b>%1</b></center></p><p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href="https://kmymoney.org/">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have selected to encrypt your data also with the KMyMoney recover key, but the key with ID</p><p><center><b>%1</b></center></p><p>has not been found in your keyring at this time. Please make sure to import this key into your keyring. You can find it on the <a href="https://kmymoney.org/">KMyMoney web-site</a>. This time your data will not be encrypted with the KMyMoney recover key.</p>

en: <p>You have specified to encrypt your data for the user-id</p><p><center><b>%1</b>.</center></p><p>Unfortunately, a valid key for this user-id was not found in your keyring. Please make sure to import a valid key for this user-id. This time, encryption is disabled.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have specified to encrypt your data for the user ID</p><p><center><b>%1</b>.</center></p><p>Unfortunately, a valid key for this user ID was not found in your keyring. Please make sure to import a valid key for this userID. This time, encryption is disabled.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QWidget, XMLStorageSettings)
en: This page allows you to set the parameters for encrypted file storage of your <b>KMyMoney</b> data based on <b>GPG</b>.<p>
    Access to the settings is disabled if <b>GPG</b> could not be detected on your system. In this case, please make sure that <b>GPG</b> is working properly for the current user.<p>
    The <i>additional recovery encryption</i> is only accessible, if the necessary key for <b>kmymoney-recover@users.sourceforge.net</b> with id 0x8AFDDC8E is found in your keyring.
en_GB: This page allows you to set the parameters for encrypted file storage of your <b>KMyMoney</b> data based on <b>GPG</b>.<p>
    Access to the settings is disabled if <b>GPG</b> could not be detected on your system. In this case, please make sure that <b>GPG</b> is working properly for the current user.<p>
    The <i>additional recovery encryption</i> is only accessible, if the necessary key for <b>kmymoney-recover@users.sourceforge.net</b> with ID 0x8AFDDC8E is found in your keyring.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KEditListWidget, kcfg_GpgRecipientList)
en: Enter the id of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key id. In case of the key id do not forget the leading 0x.
en_GB: Enter the ID of the key you want to use for data encryption. This can either be an e-mail address or the hexadecimal key ID. In case of the key ID do not forget the leading 0x.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLed, m_userKeysFound)
en: This symbol denotes, if the key for the given user id has been found in your keyring. It is green when found, dark otherwise.
en_GB: This symbol denotes, if the key for the given user ID has been found in your keyring. It is green when found, dark otherwise.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_EncryptRecover)
en: You can specify to encrypt the data also with the KMyMoney recover key. Only the core KMyMoney developers are in posession of the respective private key required to read back such encrypted data.<p>
    
    This mechanism is provided for the case that you have lost your key and cannot access your data anymore. With this option activated, the KMyMoney developers can decrypt the data and supply you with it in a readable form. Please be prepared, that you have to answer a few detailed questions about the contents of your data before we will send it out.
en_GB: You can specify to encrypt the data also with the KMyMoney recover key. Only the core KMyMoney developers are in possession of the respective private key required to read back such encrypted data.<p>
    
    This mechanism is provided for the case that you have lost your key and cannot access your data any more. With this option activated, the KMyMoney developers can decrypt the data and supply you with it in a readable form. Please be prepared, that you have to answer a few detailed questions about the contents of your data before we will send it out.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (syncLedgerInvestment), group (General Options)
en: Synchronize account in ledger and investment view
en_GB: Synchronise account in ledger and investment view

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transactionImportedColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for imported transactions
en_GB: Background colour for imported transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transactionMatchedColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for matched transactions
en_GB: Background colour for matched transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (transactionErroneousColor), group (Color Options)
en: List color for erroneous transactions
en_GB: List colour for erroneous transactions

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (missingConversionRateColor), group (Color Options)
en: List color for missing conversion rate
en_GB: List colour for missing conversion rate

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (groupMarkerColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for group marker
en_GB: Background colour for group marker

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (fieldRequiredColor), group (Color Options)
en: Background color for required fields
en_GB: Background colour for required fields

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (sortSearchView), group (List Options)
en: Sort order of register in search dialog
en_GB: Sort order of register in search dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (qifBank), group (QIF Options)
en: additional names for checking account
en_GB: additional names for current account

en: %1 charge (%2) | %1 charges (%2)
en_GB[0]: %1 charge (%2)
en_GB[1]: %1 payments (%2)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel4)
en: Tag color:
en_GB: Tag colour:

en: Please let us know about any abnormal behavior in the program by selecting <a href="/action?id=help_report_bug">"Report bug..."</a> from the help menu or by sending an e-mail to the developers mailing list.
en_GB: Please let us know about any abnormal behaviour in the program by selecting <a href="/action?id=help_report_bug">"Report bug..."</a> from the help menu or by sending an e-mail to the developers mailing list.

en: - Improved compatibility with dark color schemes
en_GB: - Improved compatibility with dark colour schemes

en: - Use QWebEngine in favor of KHTML when available
en_GB: - Use QWebEngine in favour of KHTML when available

en: - Supporting OFX client uid required by some banks
en_GB: - Supporting OFX client UID required by some banks

en: The cost center this transaction should be assigned to.
en_GB: The cost centre this transaction should be assigned to.

en: A cost center assignment is required for a transaction in the selected category.
en_GB: A cost centre assignment is required for a transaction in the selected category.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, costCenterLabel) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Costcenter
en_GB: Costcentre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: This page summarizes the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries.
en_GB: This page summarises the data you have entered. Press <b>Finish</b> to create the account, schedules, etc. or use <b>Back</b> to modify your entries.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KMyMoneyGeneralCombo, m_typeSelection)
en: <p><b>Checking</b>
    Use the checking account type to manage activities on your checking account e.g. payments, checks and cash card purchases.</p>
    
    <p><b>Savings</b>
    Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>
    
    <p><b>Credit Card</b>
    Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>
    
    <p><b>Cash</b>
    
    Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>
    
    <p><b>Loan</b>
    Use the loan account type to manage amortization loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>
    
    <p><b>Investment</b>
    Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>
    
    <p><b>Asset</b>
    Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>
    
    <p><b>Liability</b>
    Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortization loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortization loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Current</b>
    Use the current account type to manage activities on your current account e.g. payments, cheques and cash card purchases.</p>
    
    <p><b>Savings</b>
    Use the savings account type to manage activities on your savings account.</p>
    
    <p><b>Credit Card</b>
    Use the credit card account type to manage activities on your credit card.</p>
    
    <p><b>Cash</b>
    
    Use the cash account type to manage activities in your wallet.</p>
    
    <p><b>Loan</b>
    Use the loan account type to manage amortisation loans (e.g. mortgages, car loan, money you lend, private loans etc.).</p>
    
    <p><b>Investment</b>
    Use the investment account to manage your stock, mutual fund and other investments.</p>
    
    <p><b>Asset</b>
    Use the asset account type to manage assets (e.g. your house, car or art collection).</p>
    
    <p><b>Liability</b>
    Use the liability account type to manage any type of liability except amortisation loans. Use it for taxes you owe or money you borrowed from friends. For amortisation loans like mortgages you should create a loan account.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_preferredAccount)
en: Mark this checkbox if the account should be maintained as preferred account
en_GB: Tick this if the account should be maintained as preferred account

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_preferredAccount)
en: Selecting the <b>Preferred Account</b> checkbox will allow preferred access in some dialogs and views of KMyMoney.
en_GB: Selecting the <b>Preferred Account</b> tick box will allow preferred access in some dialogues and views of KMyMoney.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel14)
en: Does this investment account have a brokerage account?<p>
    
    <b>Check</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>
    
    <b>Uncheck</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also uncheck it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker.
en_GB: Does this investment account have a brokerage account?<p>
    
    <b>Tick</b> the mark if this investment account has an associated account for money that is not invested.<br>
    
    <b>Untick</b> it if you do not use this account for active stock brokerage. You should also untick it if the account is not maintained by a bank or broker.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_anyPayments)
en: Were there any payments for this loan whether they are entered into KMyMoney or not?
    
    Note: Payments made to obtain the loan (e.g. Disagio) are not considered as payments in this context.
en_GB: Were there any payments for this loan whether they are entered into KMyMoney or not?
    
    Note: Payments made to obtain the loan (e.g. an arrangement fee) are not considered as payments in this context.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (AmountEdit, m_loanAmount)
en: Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (colored background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement.
en_GB: Enter the amount of the loan in this field. If you want to calculate this field out of the other parameters, please leave it empty. If the field is marked as required (coloured background) you have informed KMyMoney about the fact that there were already some payments towards the loan. In this case, please enter the ending balance of your last statement.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (AmountEdit, m_balloonAmount)
en: Please enter the amount of a final amortization payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.
en_GB: Please enter the amount of a final amortisation payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel10_4_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.
    If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a checking account instead.
en_GB: If this loan is for an asset, such as a car or a house, you can create the asset account now. An asset account represents the total value of an asset. The money from this loan will be transferred into the asset account you create or select.
    If this loan is a 'consumer loan' (money to use however you want), you can use a current account instead.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_refinanceLoan)
en: Check this if you are refinancing a loan that already exists in KMyMoney
en_GB: Tick this if you are refinancing a loan that already exists in KMyMoney

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWizardPage, AssetAccountWizardPage) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Asset Account
en_GB: Asset account

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KMyMoneyCategory, m_paymentAccount)
en: Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a checking account.
en_GB: Select the account from which you make your periodical payments or where you receive regular payments in case you lend the money. In most cases, this is a current account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_3)
en: Online Source
en_GB: Online source

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, m_createNewAssetButton)
en: Press this to create a new asset account
en_GB: Lets you create a new asset account

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel11_3_2_2_2_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel11_3_2) i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWizardPage, FinalPaymentWizardPage) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1_4_2_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), wi
en: Final amortization payment
en_GB: Final amortisation payment

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel17_2)
en: 
    Please enter the amount of a final amortization payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.
en_GB: 
    Please enter the amount of a final amortisation payment or leave the field empty to calculate it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel5_2)
en: 
    Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortization phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'.
en_GB: 
    Is the interest of this loan fixed over a period of time or is it adapted from time to time? If the interest rate changes during the amortisation phase of the loan you should choose the option 'variable interest rate'.

en: Note: you will not be able to modify this account today, because the opening date "%1" is in the future. Please revisit this dialog when the time has come.
en_GB: Note: you will not be able to modify this account today, because the opening date "%1" is in the future. Please revisit this dialogue when the time has come.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, TextLabel22_2_2)
en: 
    This page summarizes the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the "Back" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the "Finish" button to create the account.
en_GB: 
    This page summarises the data you entered. If you need to modify anything, please use the "Back" button to go to respective page. Otherwise use the "Finish" button to create the account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: A typical KMyMoney user maintains a checking account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the checkbox below and continue on the next page.
en_GB: A typical KMyMoney user maintains a chequeing account with some institution and uses it to receive money or pay bills. If this is not the case, please deselect the tick box below and continue on the next page.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_haveCheckingAccountButton)
en: I have a checking account that I want to manage with KMyMoney
en_GB: I have a current account that I want to manage with KMyMoney

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, m_accountNameEdit)
en: Enter a descriptive name that will be used by KMyMoney to identify your checking account.
en_GB: Enter a descriptive name that will be used by KMyMoney to identify your current account.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: The fields below allow you to enter some information about your checking account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney.
en_GB: The fields below allow you to enter some information about your current account. Once this wizard finishes, the account will be created for you within KMyMoney.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: Please enter some information about yourself.<br><br>
    
    This information will be seen and used only by you. The information is used to personalize KMyMoney, to encrypt your file, etc.
en_GB: Please enter some information about yourself.<br><br>
    
    This information will be seen and used only by you. The information is used to personalise KMyMoney, to encrypt your file, etc.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by checking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>.
en_GB: If you would like to review or change any preference settings for KMyMoney after finishing this wizard, you can do so by ticking this box. If not just click <b>Next</b>.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel2)
en: You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialog. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu.
en_GB: You can change the configuration options at any time using the configuration dialogue. Just select the <b>Configure KMyMoney...</b> option in the <b>Settings</b> menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, qLabel1)
en: <p>Use the fields below to enter some information about yourself.</p>
    
    <p>All information is optional and only used to personalize your KMyMoney file.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use the fields below to enter some information about yourself.</p>
    
    <p>All information is optional and only used to personalise your KMyMoney file.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can show more details of the selected transaction in the
    register by selecting the 'ledger lens' feature in the settings dialog?
en_GB: <p>...that you can show more details of the selected transaction in the
    register by selecting the 'ledger lens' feature in the settings dialogue?

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can modify the colors and fonts used for the ledgers
    via <i>Configure/Colors and Fonts</i>?
en_GB: <p>...that you can modify the colours and fonts used for the ledgers
    via <i>Configure/Colours and Fonts</i>?

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>...that you can actively support the KMyMoney development team in
    cases that heavily depend on your data? You can save your data in an
    anonymized way for this support.<p>
    Just open your data file and immediately
    select <b>File/Save as...</b>. In the <b>Save As...</b> dialog
    select the filter <b>Anonymous Files</b> and make sure your file gets
    the extensions <b>.anon.xml</b>. <p>
    To verify, how the data looks like you are about to send away, you can open
    this file in KMyMoney and see how the developers see your data.
en_GB: <p>...that you can actively support the KMyMoney development team in
    cases that heavily depend on your data? You can save your data in an
    anonymised way for this support.<p>
    Just open your data file and immediately
    select <b>File/Save as...</b>. In the <b>Save As...</b> dialogue
    select the filter <b>Anonymous Files</b> and make sure your file gets
    the extensions <b>.anon.xml</b>. <p>
    To verify, how the data looks like you are about to send away, you can open
    this file in KMyMoney and see how the developers see your data.

en: Dialog Stuff, Client/Server
en_GB: Dialogue Stuff, Client/Server

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Autolock), group (General)
en: Whether lock cell after rotation.
en_GB: Whether to lock cell after rotation.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Wrapping), group (Custom)
en: Whether wrap from left to right and from top to bottom is enabled.
en_GB: Whether wrapping from left to right and from top to bottom is enabled.

en: Keyboard: Turn counterclockwise
en_GB: Keyboard: Turn anticlockwise

note: #-#-#-#-#  1375 (koffice)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 35 #-#-#-#-#  1513 (kwordquiz)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textColorLabel)
en: &Text color:
en_GB: &Text colour:

en: <qt><p>You can customize title note. You can use:</p><ul><li>%d current date (short format)</li><li>%l current date (long format)</li><li>%t current time</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>You can customise title note. You can use:</p><ul><li>%d current date (short format)</li><li>%l current date (long format)</li><li>%t current time</li></ul></qt>

en: Text Background Color...
en_GB: Text Background Colour...

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can add a new popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can add a new popup note.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can modify an existing popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can modify an existing popup note.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can rename an existing popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can rename an existing popup note.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can create a new popup note.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can create a new popup note.

en: <qt><p>You can customize command line. You can use:</p><ul><li>%t returns current note title</li><li>%f returns current note text</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>You can customise command line. You can use:</p><ul><li>%t returns current note title</li><li>%f returns current note text</li></ul></qt>

en: Line &color:
en_GB: Line &colour:

en: &Fill color:
en_GB: &Fill colour:

en: Grid &color:
en_GB: Grid &colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1374 (kivio)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: file ./kiviopart/ui/aligndialog.ui line 273
en: C&enter
en_GB: C&entre

en: _: no line end
    None
en_GB: None

en: _: %1 current page, %2 total number of pages
    Page %1/%2
en_GB: Page %1/%2

en: _: %1 x coord, %2 y coord, %3 and %4 the unit
    X: %1 %3 Y: %2 %4
en_GB: X: %1 %3 Y: %2 %4

en: The line color allows you to choose a color for the lines of the stencils.
en_GB: The line colour allows you to choose a colour for the lines of the stencils.

en: You can choose a color for the background of a stencil by using this button.
en_GB: You can choose a colour for the background of a stencil by using this button.

en: Align &Center
en_GB: Align &Centre

en: Change Fg Color
en_GB: Change Fg Colour

en: Change Bg Color
en_GB: Change Bg Colour

en: Change Text Color
en_GB: Change Text Colour

en: _: untitled stencil
    Untitled
en_GB: Untitled

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/ui/aligndialog.ui line 137
en: Ce&nter
en_GB: Ce&ntre

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/ui/aligndialog.ui line 217
en: Center of &page
en_GB: Centre of &page

en: _: Stencils
    MSE
en_GB: MSE

en: _: Stencils
    SDL
en_GB: SDL

en: _: Stencils
    Dia Shapes Collections
en_GB: Dia Shapes Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Cisco
en_GB: Cisco

en: _: Stencils
    Civil
en_GB: Civil

en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw
en_GB: Jigsaw

en: _: Stencils
    Sybase
en_GB: Sybase

en: _: Stencils
    Circuit
en_GB: Circuit

en: _: Stencils
    Contact
en_GB: Contact

en: _: Stencils
    Pneumatic
en_GB: Pneumatic

en: _: Stencils
    Assorted
en_GB: Assorted

en: _: Stencils
    Electric
en_GB: Electric

en: _: Stencils
    Network
en_GB: Network

en: _: Stencils
    UML Collections
en_GB: UML Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Activity Diagram Shapes
en_GB: Activity Diagram Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Branch & Merge
en_GB: Branch & Merge

en: _: Stencils
    Branch and Merge
en_GB: Branch and Merge

en: _: Stencils
    Activity
en_GB: Activity

en: _: Stencils
    Fork & Join
en_GB: Fork & Join

en: _: Stencils
    Fork and Join
en_GB: Fork and Join

en: _: Stencils
    Start
en_GB: Start

en: _: Stencils
    End
en_GB: End

en: _: Stencils
    Class Diagram Shapes
en_GB: Class Diagram Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Template Class
en_GB: Template Class

en: _: Stencils
    TemplateClass
en_GB: TemplateClass

en: _: Stencils
    Class
en_GB: Class

en: _: Stencils
    Interface
en_GB: Interface

en: _: Stencils
    Note
en_GB: Note

en: _: Stencils
    ClassConceptual
en_GB: ClassConceptual

en: _: Stencils
    Hardware Collections
en_GB: Hardware Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Computer Hardware
en_GB: Computer Hardware

en: _: Stencils
    Keyboard
en_GB: Keyboard

en: _: Stencils
    Rack
en_GB: Rack

en: _: Stencils
    Mini-tower Desktop PC 2D
en_GB: Mini-tower Desktop PC 2D

en: _: Stencils
    Desktop PC 2D
en_GB: Desktop PC 2D

en: _: Stencils
    Mini-tower Desktop PC 3D
en_GB: Mini-tower Desktop PC 3D

en: _: Stencils
    Desktop PC 3D
en_GB: Desktop PC 3D

en: _: Stencils
    HDD
en_GB: HDD

en: _: Stencils
    Floppy Disk
en_GB: Floppy Disk

en: _: Stencils
    Floppy Disk shape
en_GB: Floppy Disk shape

en: _: Stencils
    Terminal
en_GB: Terminal

en: _: Stencils
    Workstation 3D
en_GB: Workstation 3D

en: _: Stencils
    PCI card
en_GB: PCI card

en: _: Stencils
    Printer 1
en_GB: Printer 1

en: _: Stencils
    Printer 2
en_GB: Printer 2

en: _: Stencils
    Notebook
en_GB: Notebook

en: _: Stencils
    Terminal 2D
en_GB: Terminal 2D

en: _: Stencils
    X Terminal
en_GB: X Terminal

en: _: Stencils
    Proxy
en_GB: Proxy

en: _: Stencils
    Miscellaneous Hardware
en_GB: Miscellaneous Hardware

en: _: Stencils
    Key
en_GB: Key

en: _: Stencils
    Key shape
en_GB: Key shape

en: _: Stencils
    CD-ROM
en_GB: CD-ROM

en: _: Stencils
    Cell Phone
en_GB: Cell Phone

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Collections
en_GB: Flowcharting Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Nand
en_GB: Nand

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Nand Gate
en_GB: Logical Nand Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Logic Shapes
en_GB: Logic Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Xor
en_GB: Xor

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Xor Gate
en_GB: Logical Xor Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Or
en_GB: Or

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Or Gate
en_GB: Logical Or Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Connector
en_GB: Connector

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Connection Point
en_GB: Logical Connection Point

en: _: Stencils
    Nor
en_GB: Nor

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Nor Gate
en_GB: Logical Nor Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Not
en_GB: Not

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Not Gate
en_GB: Logical Not Gate

en: _: Stencils
    And
en_GB: And

en: _: Stencils
    Logical And Gate
en_GB: Logical And Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Buffer
en_GB: Buffer

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Buffer Gate
en_GB: Logical Buffer Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Inverter
en_GB: Inverter

en: _: Stencils
    Logical Inverter Gate
en_GB: Logical Inverter Gate

en: _: Stencils
    Basic Flowcharting Shapes
en_GB: Basic Flowcharting Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Terminator
en_GB: Terminator

en: _: Stencils
    Terminator shape
en_GB: Terminator shape

en: _: Stencils
    Off-Page Reference
en_GB: Off-Page Reference

en: _: Stencils
    Paper Tape
en_GB: Paper Tape

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Paper Tape Stencil
en_GB: Flowcharting Paper Tape Stencil

en: _: Stencils
    Card
en_GB: Card

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting card shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting card shape

en: _: Stencils
    Preparation
en_GB: Preparation

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting preparation shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting preparation shape

en: _: Stencils
    Direct Data
en_GB: Direct Data

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting direct data shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting direct data shape

en: _: Stencils
    Internal Storage
en_GB: Internal Storage

en: _: Stencils
    Internal storage shape
en_GB: Internal storage shape

en: _: Stencils
    Manual Input
en_GB: Manual Input

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting manual input shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting manual input shape

en: _: Stencils
    Manual Operation
en_GB: Manual Operation

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting manual operation shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting manual operation shape

en: _: Stencils
    Loop Limit
en_GB: Loop Limit

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting loop limit shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting loop limit shape

en: _: Stencils
    On-Page Reference
en_GB: On-Page Reference

en: _: Stencils
    Decision
en_GB: Decision

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting decision shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting decision shape

en: _: Stencils
    Document
en_GB: Document

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Document Stencil
en_GB: Flowcharting Document Stencil

en: _: Stencils
    Data
en_GB: Data

en: _: Stencils
    Data shape for flowcharting
en_GB: Data shape for flowcharting

en: _: Stencils
    Stored Data
en_GB: Stored Data

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting stored data shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting stored data shape

en: _: Stencils
    Predefined Process
en_GB: Predefined Process

en: _: Stencils
    Predefined process shape
en_GB: Predefined process shape

en: _: Stencils
    Sequential Data
en_GB: Sequential Data

en: _: Stencils
    Display
en_GB: Display

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting display shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting display shape

en: _: Stencils
    Process
en_GB: Process

en: _: Stencils
    Basic flowcharting process shape
en_GB: Basic flowcharting process shape

en: _: Stencils
    Flowcharting Shapes
en_GB: Flowcharting Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Database
en_GB: Database

en: _: Stencils
    Database shape
en_GB: Database shape

en: _: Stencils
    Data Store
en_GB: Data Store

en: _: Stencils
    Data Store shape
en_GB: Data Store shape

en: _: Stencils
    Source or Sink
en_GB: Source or Sink

en: _: Stencils
    Source or Sink shape
en_GB: Source or Sink shape

en: _: Stencils
    Process shape
en_GB: Process shape

en: _: Stencils
    Maps
en_GB: Maps

en: _: Stencils
    Europe
en_GB: Europe

en: _: Stencils
    Map of Europe
en_GB: Map of Europe

en: _: Stencils
    Belgium
en_GB: Belgium

en: _: Stencils
    Map of Belgium
en_GB: Map of Belgium

en: _: Stencils
    Geographic Collections
en_GB: Geographic Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Flags
en_GB: Flags

en: _: Stencils
    Austria
en_GB: Austria

en: _: Stencils
    Iceland
en_GB: Iceland

en: _: Stencils
    France
en_GB: France

en: _: Stencils
    Germany
en_GB: Germany

en: _: Stencils
    Sweden
en_GB: Sweden

en: _: Stencils
    Netherlands
en_GB: Netherlands

en: _: Stencils
    Luxembourg
en_GB: Luxembourg

en: _: Stencils
    Greece
en_GB: Greece

en: _: Stencils
    Italy
en_GB: Italy

en: _: Stencils
    Switzerland
en_GB: Switzerland

en: _: Stencils
    Finland
en_GB: Finland

en: _: Stencils
    United States of America
en_GB: United States of America

en: _: Stencils
    Japan
en_GB: Japan

en: _: Stencils
    Poland
en_GB: Poland

en: _: Stencils
    Norway
en_GB: Norway

en: _: Stencils
    Ireland
en_GB: Ireland

en: _: Stencils
    Great Britain
en_GB: Great Britain

en: _: Stencils
    Entity Relationship
en_GB: Entity Relationship

en: _: Stencils
    Multivalued Attribute
en_GB: Multivalued Attribute

en: _: Stencils
    Multivalued Attribute shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Multivalued Attribute shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Relationship
en_GB: Relationship

en: _: Stencils
    Relationship shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Relationship shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Attribute
en_GB: Attribute

en: _: Stencils
    Attribute shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Attribute shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Entity
en_GB: Entity

en: _: Stencils
    Entity shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Entity shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Derived Attribute
en_GB: Derived Attribute

en: _: Stencils
    Derived Attribute shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Derived Attribute shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Weak Entity
en_GB: Weak Entity

en: _: Stencils
    Weak Entity shape used in ER diagrams
en_GB: Weak Entity shape used in ER diagrams

en: _: Stencils
    Miscellaneous Collections
en_GB: Miscellaneous Collections

en: _: Stencils
    Arrow Shapes
en_GB: Arrow Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Sun Arrow
en_GB: Sun Arrow

en: _: Stencils
    Sun Arrow shape
en_GB: Sun Arrow shape

en: _: Stencils
    Arrow
en_GB: Arrow

en: _: Stencils
    Arrow shape
en_GB: Arrow shape

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow 1
en_GB: Multiple Arrow 1

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow shape 1
en_GB: Multiple Arrow shape 1

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow 2
en_GB: Multiple Arrow 2

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow shape 2
en_GB: Multiple Arrow shape 2

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow 3
en_GB: Multiple Arrow 3

en: _: Stencils
    Multiple Arrow shape 3
en_GB: Multiple Arrow shape 3

en: _: Stencils
    People Shapes
en_GB: People Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Bad
en_GB: Bad

en: _: Stencils
    Bad shape
en_GB: Bad shape

en: _: Stencils
    Woman
en_GB: Woman

en: _: Stencils
    Woman shape
en_GB: Woman shape

en: _: Stencils
    Group
en_GB: Group

en: _: Stencils
    Woman Shape
en_GB: Woman Shape

en: _: Stencils
    White Collar Worker
en_GB: White Collar Worker

en: _: Stencils
    Good
en_GB: Good

en: _: Stencils
    Good shape
en_GB: Good shape

en: _: Stencils
    Man
en_GB: Man

en: _: Stencils
    Man shape
en_GB: Man shape

en: _: Stencils
    Blue Collar Worker
en_GB: Blue Collar Worker

en: _: Stencils
    Building Shapes
en_GB: Building Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Factory
en_GB: Factory

en: _: Stencils
    Factory shape
en_GB: Factory shape

en: _: Stencils
    Large office building
en_GB: Large office building

en: _: Stencils
    House
en_GB: House

en: _: Stencils
    House shape
en_GB: House shape

en: _: Stencils
    Nassi Shneiderman Diagram Shapes
en_GB: Nassi Shneiderman Diagram Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    choice-add
en_GB: choice-add

en: _: Stencils
    statement
en_GB: statement

en: _: Stencils
    choice
en_GB: choice

en: _: Stencils
    call
en_GB: call

en: _: Stencils
    conditional-head1
en_GB: conditional-head1

en: _: Stencils
    conditional-head2
en_GB: conditional-head2

en: _: Stencils
    footloop
en_GB: footloop

en: _: Stencils
    conditional
en_GB: conditional

en: _: Stencils
    box
en_GB: box

en: _: Stencils
    exit
en_GB: exit

en: _: Stencils
    block
en_GB: block

en: _: Stencils
    headloop
en_GB: headloop

en: _: Stencils
    Transport Shapes
en_GB: Transport Shapes

en: _: Stencils
    Truck
en_GB: Truck

en: _: Stencils
    Truck shape
en_GB: Truck shape

en: _: Stencils
    Text
en_GB: Text

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/large_extension_node.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Large Extension Node
en_GB: Large Extension Node

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/demultiplexer.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Demultiplexer
en_GB: Demultiplexer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/tacsat.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Tactical Satellite Communications Terminal
en_GB: Tactical Satellite Communications Terminal

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/node_center.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Node Center
en_GB: Node Centre

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/small_extension_node.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Small Extension Node
en_GB: Small Extension Node

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/MSE/multiplexer.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Multiplexer
en_GB: Multiplexer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/decision.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Decision
en_GB: SDL - Decision

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/process.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Process
en_GB: SDL - Process

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/inout.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - InOut
en_GB: SDL - InOut

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/comment.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Comment
en_GB: SDL - Comment

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/state.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - State
en_GB: SDL - State

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/header.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Function Header
en_GB: SDL - Function Header

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/receive.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Receive
en_GB: SDL - Receive

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/service.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Service
en_GB: SDL - Service

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/function.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Function
en_GB: SDL - Function

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/block.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Block
en_GB: SDL - Block

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/save.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Save
en_GB: SDL - Save

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/macro.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Macro
en_GB: SDL - Macro

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/stop.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Stop
en_GB: SDL - Stop

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/send.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Send
en_GB: SDL - Send

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/task.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Task
en_GB: SDL - Task

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/return.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Return
en_GB: SDL - Return

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/SDL/note.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    SDL - Note
en_GB: SDL - Note

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/6732.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 6732
en_GB: Cisco - 6732

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ibm_mini.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IBM Mini (AS400)
en_GB: Cisco - IBM Mini (AS400)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/stb.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - STB (set top box)
en_GB: Cisco - STB (set top box)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/broadband_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Broadband router
en_GB: Cisco - Broadband router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/host.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Host
en_GB: Cisco - Host

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/running_man.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Running man
en_GB: Cisco - Running man

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cable_modem.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cable Modem
en_GB: Cisco - Cable Modem

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/satellite_dish.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Satellite dish
en_GB: Cisco - Satellite dish

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tdm_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - TDM router
en_GB: Cisco - TDM router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/multilayer_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Multilayer switch
en_GB: Cisco - Multilayer switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/lock.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Lock
en_GB: Cisco - Lock

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_adapter_card.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Adapter Card
en_GB: Cisco - PC Adapter Card

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/7507.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 7507
en_GB: Cisco - 7507

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cloud.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cloud
en_GB: Cisco - Cloud

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iptc.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IPTC
en_GB: Cisco - IPTC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_tag_switch_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Tag Switch Router
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Tag Switch Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/stp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - STP
en_GB: Cisco - STP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/localdirector.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - LocalDirector
en_GB: Cisco - LocalDirector

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/6701.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 6701
en_GB: Cisco - 6701

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/netsonar.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - NetSonar
en_GB: Cisco - NetSonar

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/catalyst_access_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Catalyst Access Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - Catalyst Access Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dot_dot.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Dot-Dot
en_GB: Cisco - Dot-Dot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/file_cabinet.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - File cabinet
en_GB: Cisco - File cabinet

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/software_based_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Software based server
en_GB: Cisco - Software based server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/supercomputer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Supercomputer
en_GB: Cisco - Supercomputer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vip.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - VIP
en_GB: Cisco - VIP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sitting_woman.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Sitting woman
en_GB: Cisco - Sitting woman

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bts10200.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BTS 10200
en_GB: Cisco - BTS 10200

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/csu_dsu.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CSU/DSU
en_GB: Cisco - CSU/DSU

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm3800.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM 3800
en_GB: Cisco - ATM 3800

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/asic.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ASIC Processor
en_GB: Cisco - ASIC Processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/octel.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Octel
en_GB: Cisco - Octel

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mas_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MAS Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - MAS Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bbsm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BBSM
en_GB: Cisco - BBSM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/route_switch_processor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Route Switch Processor
en_GB: Cisco - Route Switch Processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice switch
en_GB: Cisco - Voice switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/standing_man.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Standing Man
en_GB: Cisco - Standing Man

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router_with_firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router with Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - Router with Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/man_woman.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Man/Woman
en_GB: Cisco - Man/Woman

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/10700.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 10700
en_GB: Cisco - 10700

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cddi_fddi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CDDI-FDDI
en_GB: Cisco - CDDI-FDDI

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cisco_hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cisco Hub
en_GB: Cisco - Cisco Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pad.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PAD
en_GB: Cisco - PAD

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/file_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - File Server
en_GB: Cisco - File Server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dslam.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - DSLAM
en_GB: Cisco - DSLAM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mgx8220.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MGX 8220
en_GB: Cisco - MGX 8220

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vsc3000.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Virtual switch controller (VSC 3000)
en_GB: Cisco - Virtual switch controller (VSC 3000)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP Phone
en_GB: Cisco - IP Phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/distributed_director.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Distributed Director
en_GB: Cisco - Distributed Director

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_switch2.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice switch 2
en_GB: Cisco - Voice switch 2

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ibm_mainframe.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IBM mainframe
en_GB: Cisco - IBM mainframe

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/softphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Softphone
en_GB: Cisco - Softphone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iad_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IAD router
en_GB: Cisco - IAD router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/fddi_ring.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - FDDI Ring
en_GB: Cisco - FDDI Ring

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_softswitch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic softswitch
en_GB: Cisco - Generic softswitch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/workgroup_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup switch
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ups.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - UPS
en_GB: Cisco - UPS

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/handheld.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Handheld
en_GB: Cisco - Handheld

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/network_management.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Network Management
en_GB: Cisco - Network Management

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/front_end_processor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Front End Processor
en_GB: Cisco - Front End Processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/3x74.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 3X74 (floor) cluster controller
en_GB: Cisco - 3X74 (floor) cluster controller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/storage_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Storage Router
en_GB: Cisco - Storage Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/phone_fax.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Phone/Fax
en_GB: Cisco - Phone/Fax

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wireless.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wireless
en_GB: Cisco - Wireless

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cte.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Transformation Engine (CTE)
en_GB: Cisco - Content Transformation Engine (CTE)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Hub
en_GB: Cisco - Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/optical_amplifier.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Optical Amplifier
en_GB: Cisco - Optical Amplifier

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iptv_content_manager.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IPTV content manager
en_GB: Cisco - IPTV content manager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/itp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ITP
en_GB: Cisco - ITP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_commserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice commserver
en_GB: Cisco - Voice commserver

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pxf.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PXF
en_GB: Cisco - PXF

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wavelength_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wavelength router
en_GB: Cisco - Wavelength router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/fax.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Fax
en_GB: Cisco - Fax

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/css1100.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Service Switch 1100
en_GB: Cisco - Content Service Switch 1100

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cellular_phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cellular phone
en_GB: Cisco - Cellular phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/video_camera.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Video camera
en_GB: Cisco - Video camera

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ons15500.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ONS15500
en_GB: Cisco - ONS15500

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mux.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MUX
en_GB: Cisco - MUX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/university.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - University
en_GB: Cisco - University

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/microphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Microphone
en_GB: Cisco - Microphone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wireless_bridge.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wireless Bridge
en_GB: Cisco - Wireless Bridge

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ciscosecurity.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CiscoSecurity
en_GB: Cisco - CiscoSecurity

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/class45_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Class 4/5 switch
en_GB: Cisco - Class 4/5 switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/diskette.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Diskette
en_GB: Cisco - Diskette

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ios_firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IOS Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - IOS Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tablet.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Tablet
en_GB: Cisco - Tablet

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/government_building.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Government Building
en_GB: Cisco - Government Building

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mgx8240.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MGX 8240
en_GB: Cisco - MGX 8240

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Phone
en_GB: Cisco - Phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/protocol_translator.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Protocol Translator
en_GB: Cisco - Protocol Translator

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP
en_GB: Cisco - IP

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/communications_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Communications server
en_GB: Cisco - Communications server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/100baset_hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 100BaseT Hub
en_GB: Cisco - 100BaseT Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/workgroup_director.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup director
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup director

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/system_controller.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - System controller
en_GB: Cisco - System controller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/storage_array.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Storage array
en_GB: Cisco - Storage array

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mac_woman.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Mac Woman
en_GB: Cisco - Mac Woman

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/workstation.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workstation
en_GB: Cisco - Workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/telecommuter_house.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Telecommuter house
en_GB: Cisco - Telecommuter house

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/svx.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SVX (interchangeable with End office)
en_GB: Cisco - SVX (interchangeable with End office)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/fc_storage.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - FC Storage
en_GB: Cisco - FC Storage

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mini_vax.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Mini VAX
en_GB: Cisco - Mini VAX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/metro1500.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Metro 1500
en_GB: Cisco - Metro 1500

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/isdn_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ISDN switch
en_GB: Cisco - ISDN switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/terminal.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Terminal
en_GB: Cisco - Terminal

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sc2200.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SC2200 (Signalling Controller)
en_GB: Cisco - SC2200 (Signalling Controller)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/www_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - WWW server
en_GB: Cisco - WWW server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_telephony_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP Telephony Router
en_GB: Cisco - IP Telephony Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/iptv_broadcast_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IPTV broadcast server
en_GB: Cisco - IPTV broadcast server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dwdm_filter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - DWDM Filter
en_GB: Cisco - DWDM Filter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bridge.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Bridge
en_GB: Cisco - Bridge

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ics.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ICS
en_GB: Cisco - ICS

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/transpath.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Transpath
en_GB: Cisco - Transpath

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bbfw_media.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BBFW media
en_GB: Cisco - BBFW media

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sip_proxy_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SIP Proxy server
en_GB: Cisco - SIP Proxy server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/unity_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Unity server
en_GB: Cisco - Unity server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_dsl.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP DSL
en_GB: Cisco - IP DSL

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/longreach_cpe.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - LongReach CPE
en_GB: Cisco - LongReach CPE

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/printer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Printer
en_GB: Cisco - Printer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pda.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PDA
en_GB: Cisco - PDA

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/universal_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Universal Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - Universal Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/satellite.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Satellite
en_GB: Cisco - Satellite

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/optical_transport.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Optical Transport
en_GB: Cisco - Optical Transport

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router_in_building.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router in building
en_GB: Cisco - Router in building

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/turret.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Turret
en_GB: Cisco - Turret

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/3174.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 3174 (desktop) cluster controller
en_GB: Cisco - 3174 (desktop) cluster controller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/server_with_pc_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Server with PC Router
en_GB: Cisco - Server with PC Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/directory_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Directory Server
en_GB: Cisco - Directory Server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_processor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic processor
en_GB: Cisco - Generic processor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/rps.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - RPS
en_GB: Cisco - RPS

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/5500.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup 5500
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup 5500

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ibm_tower.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IBM Tower
en_GB: Cisco - IBM Tower

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ata.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATA
en_GB: Cisco - ATA

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/15200.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 15200
en_GB: Cisco - 15200

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_video.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Video
en_GB: Cisco - PC Video

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mgx8260.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MGX 8260
en_GB: Cisco - MGX 8260

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/moh_server.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MoH server (Music on Hold)
en_GB: Cisco - MoH server (Music on Hold)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/telecommuter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Telecommuter
en_GB: Cisco - Telecommuter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/modem.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Modem
en_GB: Cisco - Modem

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/icm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ICM
en_GB: Cisco - ICM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tokenring.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - TokenRing
en_GB: Cisco - TokenRing

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sun_workstation.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SUN workstation
en_GB: Cisco - SUN workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/laptop.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Laptop
en_GB: Cisco - Laptop

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_engine.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Engine (Cache Director)
en_GB: Cisco - Content Engine (Cache Director)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/end_office.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - End Office
en_GB: Cisco - End Office

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/repeater.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Repeater
en_GB: Cisco - Repeater

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ca.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cisco CA
en_GB: Cisco - Cisco CA

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router
en_GB: Cisco - Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic gateway
en_GB: Cisco - Generic gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/sc2200_vsc3000_host.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - SC2200/VSC3000 host
en_GB: Cisco - SC2200/VSC3000 host

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mdu.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MDU
en_GB: Cisco - MDU

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/hp_mini.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - HP Mini
en_GB: Cisco - HP Mini

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/dpt.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - DPT
en_GB: Cisco - DPT

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pix_firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PIX Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - PIX Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/adm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ADM
en_GB: Cisco - ADM

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/speaker.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Speaker
en_GB: Cisco - Speaker

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Router
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/6705.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 6705
en_GB: Cisco - 6705

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/wireless_transport.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Wireless Transport
en_GB: Cisco - Wireless Transport

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/key.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Key
en_GB: Cisco - Key

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pbx.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PBX
en_GB: Cisco - PBX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_tag_sw_gigabit_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Tag Sw Gigabit Router
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Tag Sw Gigabit Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/truck.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Truck
en_GB: Cisco - Truck

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/5000.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup 5000
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup 5000

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pad_x28.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PAD X.28
en_GB: Cisco - PAD X.28

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/1000.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Cisco 1000
en_GB: Cisco - Cisco 1000

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_router_card.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Router Card
en_GB: Cisco - PC Router Card

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/scanner.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Scanner
en_GB: Cisco - Scanner

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/car.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Car
en_GB: Cisco - Car

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/bbfw.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - BBFW
en_GB: Cisco - BBFW

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_service_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Service Router
en_GB: Cisco - Content Service Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ubr910.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - uBR910
en_GB: Cisco - uBR910

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/accesspoint.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - AccessPoint
en_GB: Cisco - AccessPoint

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/microwebserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MicroWebserver
en_GB: Cisco - MicroWebserver

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC
en_GB: Cisco - PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/7505.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 7505
en_GB: Cisco - 7505

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ciscoworks.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CiscoWorks workstation
en_GB: Cisco - CiscoWorks workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/cdm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CDM Content Distribution Manager
en_GB: Cisco - CDM Content Distribution Manager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/branch_office.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Branch office
en_GB: Cisco - Branch office

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/telecommuter_house_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Telecommuter house/router
en_GB: Cisco - Telecommuter house/router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Switch
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/relational_database.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Relational Database
en_GB: Cisco - Relational Database

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pbx_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PBX Switch
en_GB: Cisco - PBX Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_switch_module.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Switch module
en_GB: Cisco - Content Switch module

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/centri.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Centri Firewall
en_GB: Cisco - Centri Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ratemux.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - RateMUX
en_GB: Cisco - RateMUX

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/multiswitch_device.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MultiSwitch Device
en_GB: Cisco - MultiSwitch Device

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/mau.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - MAU
en_GB: Cisco - MAU

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/content_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Content Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Content Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/pc_man.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - PC Man
en_GB: Cisco - PC Man

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/netflow_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - NetFlow router
en_GB: Cisco - NetFlow router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/radio_tower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Radio Tower
en_GB: Cisco - Radio Tower

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/small_hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Small hub
en_GB: Cisco - Small hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/7500ars.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - 7500ARS (7513)
en_GB: Cisco - 7500ARS (7513)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/lan_to_lan.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - LAN to LAN
en_GB: Cisco - LAN to LAN

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/small_business.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Small Business
en_GB: Cisco - Small Business

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/atm_fast_gigabit_etherswitch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch
en_GB: Cisco - ATM Fast Gigabit Etherswitch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/layer3_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Layer 3 Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Layer 3 Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/optical_services_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Optical Services Router
en_GB: Cisco - Optical Services Router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/tv.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - TV
en_GB: Cisco - TV

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/macintosh.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Macintosh
en_GB: Cisco - Macintosh

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/generic_building.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Generic Building
en_GB: Cisco - Generic Building

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/netranger.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - NetRanger
en_GB: Cisco - NetRanger

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/web_cluster.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Web cluster
en_GB: Cisco - Web cluster

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/hootphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - HootPhone
en_GB: Cisco - HootPhone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/ip_softphone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - IP Softphone
en_GB: Cisco - IP Softphone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/gigabit_switch_router_atm_tag.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Gigabit Switch Router (ATM Tag)
en_GB: Cisco - Gigabit Switch Router (ATM Tag)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/router_with_silicon_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Router with Silicon Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Router with Silicon Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/h323.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - H.323
en_GB: Cisco - H.323

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/web_browser.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Web browser
en_GB: Cisco - Web browser

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/me1100.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - ME 1100
en_GB: Cisco - ME 1100

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_atm_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice ATM Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Voice ATM Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vpn_concentrator.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - VPN concentrator
en_GB: Cisco - VPN concentrator

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/voice_router.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Voice router
en_GB: Cisco - Voice router

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/breakout_box.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Breakout box
en_GB: Cisco - Breakout box

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/callmanager.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - CallManager
en_GB: Cisco - CallManager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/programmable_switch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Programmable Switch
en_GB: Cisco - Programmable Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/general_appliance.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - General appliance
en_GB: Cisco - General appliance

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/5002.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - Workgroup 5002
en_GB: Cisco - Workgroup 5002

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Cisco/vpn_gateway.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Cisco - VPN Gateway
en_GB: Cisco - VPN Gateway

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_horizontal_valve.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Valve
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Valve

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_arrow_right.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Right Arrow
en_GB: Civil - Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_horizontal_limiting_line.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Limiting Line
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Limiting Line

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_backflow_preventer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Backflow Preventer
en_GB: Civil - Backflow Preventer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/hcompressor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Compressor
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Compressor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_basin.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Basin
en_GB: Civil - Basin

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/hpump.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Pump
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Pump

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_vertical_limiting_line.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Limiting Line
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Limiting Line

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_frequency_converter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Frequency Converter
en_GB: Civil - Frequency Converter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/line.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Reference Line
en_GB: Civil - Reference Line

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_vertical_propeller.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Propeller
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Propeller

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/vcompressor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Compressor
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Compressor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/vpump.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Pump
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Pump

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_motor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Motor
en_GB: Civil - Motor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_preliminary_clarification_tank.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Preliminary Clarification Tank
en_GB: Civil - Preliminary Clarification Tank

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_gas_bottle.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Gas Bottle
en_GB: Civil - Gas Bottle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/water_level.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Water Level
en_GB: Civil - Water Level

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/bvrest.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Bivalent Vertical Rest
en_GB: Civil - Bivalent Vertical Rest

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/hrest.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Horizontal Rest
en_GB: Civil - Horizontal Rest

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_soil.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Soil
en_GB: Civil - Soil

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_arrow_up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Up Arrow
en_GB: Civil - Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_aerator.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Aerator
en_GB: Civil - Aerator

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_final-settling_basin.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Final-Settling Basin
en_GB: Civil - Final-Settling Basin

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_container.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Container
en_GB: Civil - Container

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/vrest.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Vertical Rest
en_GB: Civil - Vertical Rest

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Civil/civil_rotor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Civil - Rotor
en_GB: Civil - Rotor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ooio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ooio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ooio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iooo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iooo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iooo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iiio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iiio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iiio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ooii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ooii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ooii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oioo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oioo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oioo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iooi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iooi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iooi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iiii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iiii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iiii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oioi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oioi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oioi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ioio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ioio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ioio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oooo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oooo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oooo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oiio.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oiio
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oiio

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_ioii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_ioii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_ioii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iioo.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iioo
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iioo

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oooi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oooi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oooi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_oiii.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_oiii
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_oiii

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Jigsaw/part_iioi.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Jigsaw - part_iioi
en_GB: Jigsaw - part_iioi

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/repserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Replication Server
en_GB: Sybase - Replication Server

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/client.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Client Application
en_GB: Sybase - Client Application

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/rsm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Replication Server Manager
en_GB: Sybase - Replication Server Manager

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/ltm.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Log Transfer Manager/Rep Agent
en_GB: Sybase - Log Transfer Manager/Rep Agent

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/dataserver.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Dataserver
en_GB: Sybase - Dataserver

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Sybase/stableq.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Sybase - Stable Queue
en_GB: Sybase - Stable Queue

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hpowersource_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Powersource (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Powersource (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vpowersource_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Powersource (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Powersource (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/lamp_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Lamp (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Lamp (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vcapacitor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Capacitor
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Capacitor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/nmos_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - NMOS Transistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - NMOS Transistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hcapacitor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Capacitor
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Capacitor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hinductor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Inductor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Inductor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/ground.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Ground
en_GB: Circuit - Ground

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hdiode.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/speaker_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Speaker (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Speaker (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/npn.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - NPN Transistor
en_GB: Circuit - NPN Transistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hzener.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Zener Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Zener Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hled_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Led (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Led (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vdiode.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hjumper.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Jumper
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Jumper

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vzener.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Zener Diode
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Zener Diode

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vinductor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Inductor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Inductor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hresistor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Resistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Resistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vresistor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Resistor
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Resistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hresistor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Resistor
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Resistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/pmos_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - PMOS Transistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - PMOS Transistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/pnp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - PNP Transistor
en_GB: Circuit - PNP Transistor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vresistor_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Resistor (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Resistor (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hfuse_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Fuse (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Fuse (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vled_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Led (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Led (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vinductor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Inductor
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Inductor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/hinductor.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Horizontal Inductor
en_GB: Circuit - Horizontal Inductor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/opamp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Op Amp
en_GB: Circuit - Op Amp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/vfuse_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Vertical Fuse (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Vertical Fuse (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Circuit/microphone_de.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Circuit - Microphone (European)
en_GB: Circuit - Microphone (European)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outs.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outs
en_GB: LADDER - outs

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_lamp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - lamp
en_GB: Contact - lamp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_ifnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - ifnot
en_GB: Contact - ifnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_sout.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - sout
en_GB: LADDER - sout

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_ifnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - ifnot
en_GB: LADDER - ifnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_if.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - if
en_GB: Contact - if

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/c_relay.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Contact - relay
en_GB: Contact - relay

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outnot
en_GB: LADDER - outnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_soutr.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - soutr
en_GB: LADDER - soutr

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outj.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outj
en_GB: LADDER - outj

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_out.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - out
en_GB: LADDER - out

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_if.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - if
en_GB: LADDER - if

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_soutnot.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - soutnot
en_GB: LADDER - soutnot

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_souts.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - souts
en_GB: LADDER - souts

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outr.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outr
en_GB: LADDER - outr

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Contact/l_outrcep.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    LADDER - outrcep
en_GB: LADDER - outrcep

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/presshy.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - presshy
en_GB: Pneum - presshy

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/commusc.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - commusc
en_GB: Pneum - commusc

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist32.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist32
en_GB: Pneum - dist32

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/seijack.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - SEIJack
en_GB: Pneum - SEIJack

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dejack.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - DEJack
en_GB: Pneum - DEJack

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/cnx.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - connpoint
en_GB: Pneum - connpoint

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist52.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist52
en_GB: Pneum - dist52

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/press.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - press
en_GB: Pneum - press

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compb.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compb
en_GB: Pneum - compb

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/presspn.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - presspn
en_GB: Pneum - presspn

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/comspr.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - comspr
en_GB: Pneum - comspr

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compilh.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compilh
en_GB: Pneum - compilh

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist22.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist22
en_GB: Pneum - dist22

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/drain.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - drain
en_GB: Pneum - drain

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/seojack.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - SEOJack
en_GB: Pneum - SEOJack

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compilp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compilp
en_GB: Pneum - compilp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/compush.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - compush
en_GB: Pneum - compush

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/dist42.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - dist42
en_GB: Pneum - dist42

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/comelec1.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - comelec1
en_GB: Pneum - comelec1

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Pneumatic/comelec2.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Pneum - comelec2
en_GB: Pneum - comelec2

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star8sharp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Sharp Eight Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Sharp Eight Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Up Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/triangle-rightangle.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Right Angle Triangle
en_GB: Geometric - Right Angle Triangle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-right-up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Left-Right-Up Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Left-Right-Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star4.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Four Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Four Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/triangle-isoceles.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Isosceles Triangle
en_GB: Geometric - Isosceles Triangle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-right.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Left-Right Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Left-Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-right.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Right Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Left Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Left Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/square.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Perfect Square
en_GB: Geometric - Perfect Square

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-right-notched.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Notched Right Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Notched Right Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/trapezoid.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Trapezoid
en_GB: Geometric - Trapezoid

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-down.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Down Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Down Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star5.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Five Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Five Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/cross-swiss.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Swiss Cross
en_GB: Geometric - Swiss Cross

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/heptagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Heptagon
en_GB: Geometric - Heptagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/cross-maltese.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Maltese Cross
en_GB: Geometric - Maltese Cross

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/pentagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Pentagon
en_GB: Geometric - Pentagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/hexagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Hexagon
en_GB: Geometric - Hexagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-quad.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Quad Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Quad Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star6.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Six Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Six Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star8curved.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Curved Eight Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Curved Eight Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/sun.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Sun
en_GB: Assorted - Sun

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star4curved.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Curved Four Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Curved Four Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-chevron.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Block Arrow - Chevron
en_GB: Block Arrow - Chevron

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/diamond.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Diamond
en_GB: Geometric - Diamond

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star7.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Seven Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Seven Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/parallelogram-horizontal.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Horizontal Parallelogram
en_GB: Geometric - Horizontal Parallelogram

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-up-down-left.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Up-Down-Left Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Up-Down-Left Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/circle-quarter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Quarter Circle
en_GB: Geometric - Quarter Circle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/heart.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Heart
en_GB: Assorted - Heart

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/star8.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Eight Point Star
en_GB: Geometric - Eight Point Star

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-pentagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Block Arrow - Pentagon
en_GB: Block Arrow - Pentagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/parallelogram-vertical.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Vertical Parallelogram
en_GB: Geometric - Vertical Parallelogram

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/circle.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Perfect Circle
en_GB: Geometric - Perfect Circle

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-up.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Left-Up Arrow
en_GB: Assorted - Left-Up Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-left-notched.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Notched Left Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Notched Left Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/octagon.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Octagon
en_GB: Geometric - Octagon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/arrow-up-down.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Geometric - Up-Down Arrow
en_GB: Geometric - Up-Down Arrow

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Assorted/moon-quarter.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Assorted - Quarter Moon
en_GB: Assorted - Quarter Moon

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/contact_o.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - contact_o
en_GB: Electric - contact_o

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/intpos_f.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - intpos_f
en_GB: Electric - intpos_f

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/cnx.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - connpoint
en_GB: Electric - connpoint

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/relay.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - relay
en_GB: Electric - relay

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/intpos_o.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - intpos_o
en_GB: Electric - intpos_o

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/command.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - command
en_GB: Electric - command

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/contact_f.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - contact_f
en_GB: Electric - contact_f

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Electric/lamp.shape line 5
en: _: Stencils
    Electric - lamp
en_GB: Electric - lamp

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/firewall.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Firewall
en_GB: Network - Firewall

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/antenna.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Antenna
en_GB: Network - Antenna

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/disc.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Storage
en_GB: Network - Storage

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/hub.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Hub
en_GB: Network - Hub

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/telephone.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Telephone
en_GB: Network - A Telephone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_minitower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Minitower PC
en_GB: Network - A Minitower PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/switch-atm-symbol.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Switch ATM Symbol
en_GB: Network - Switch ATM Symbol

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/modularswitch.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Modular Switch
en_GB: Network - Modular Switch

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/diskette.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Diskette
en_GB: Network - A Diskette

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/plotter.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Plotter
en_GB: Network - Plotter

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/digitizing_board.shape line 3
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Digitizing Board
en_GB: Network - Digitising Board

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/workstation.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Workstation
en_GB: Network - A Workstation

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/computer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - General Computer (Tower)
en_GB: Network - General Computer (Tower)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/dat_external.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - An external DAT drive
en_GB: Network - An external DAT drive

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/nwcloud.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Cloud
en_GB: Network - Cloud

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/router-symbol.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Router Symbol
en_GB: Network - Router Symbol

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/switch-symbol.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Switch Symbol
en_GB: Network - Switch Symbol

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/rj45plug.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - RJ45 Wall-Plug
en_GB: Network - RJ45 Wall-Plug

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/monitor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Workstation Monitor
en_GB: Network - A Workstation Monitor

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/printer.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - General Printer
en_GB: Network - General Printer

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/genmonitor.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - General Monitor (With Stand)
en_GB: Network - General Monitor (With Stand)

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/speaker_amp.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - An amplifier speaker
en_GB: Network - An amplifier speaker

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/modem.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - Modem
en_GB: Network - Modem

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/zip-disk.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A ZIP Disk
en_GB: Network - A ZIP Disk

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/speaker.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A speaker
en_GB: Network - A speaker

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/sceadplug.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - scEAD Wall-Plug
en_GB: Network - scEAD Wall-Plug

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/flash.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - WAN Connection
en_GB: Network - WAN Connection

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_desktop.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Desktop PC
en_GB: Network - A Desktop PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/mobile_phone.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Mobile Phone
en_GB: Network - A Mobile Phone

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_miditower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Midi-tower PC
en_GB: Network - A Midi-tower PC

note: i18n: file ./kiviopart/stencils/Dia/Network/pc_bigtower.shape line 4
en: _: Stencils
    Network - A Bigtower PC
en_GB: Network - A Bigtower PC

en: Align Vertical Center
en_GB: Align Vertical Centre

en: Change Stencil Text Color
en_GB: Change Stencil Text Colour

en: _: We add the 1/2 char at the %1
    Re&place 1/2... with %1...
en_GB: Re&place 1/2... with %1...

en: Change Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Change Paragraph Background Colour

en: _: DateFormat
    Format of Date Variable
en_GB: Format of Date Variable

en: _: TimeFormat
    This Dialog Allows You to Set the Format of the Time Variable
en_GB: This Dialogue Allows You to Set the Format of the Time Variable

en: Autocorrect (capitalize first letter)
en_GB: Autocorrect (capitalise first letter)

en: Capitalize Name of Days
en_GB: Capitalise Name of Days

en: _: Underline Style
    None
en_GB: None

en: _: Strikeout Style
    None
en_GB: None

en: _: Line spacing value
    Single
en_GB: Single

en: _: Line spacing value
    1.5 Lines
en_GB: 1.5 Lines

en: _: Line spacing value
    Double
en_GB: Double

en: <qt><ul><li>&lt;time&gt; The current time</li><li>&lt;date&gt; The current date</li><li>&lt;author&gt; Your full name</li><li>&lt;org&gt; Your organization</li><li>&lt;email&gt; Your email address</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><ul><li>&lt;time&gt; The current time</li><li>&lt;date&gt; The current date</li><li>&lt;author&gt; Your full name</li><li>&lt;org&gt; Your organisation</li><li>&lt;email&gt; Your email address</li></ul></qt>

en: _n: Undo %n action
    Undo %n actions
en_GB: Undo %n action
    Undo %n actions

en: _n: Redo %n action
    Redo %n actions
en_GB: Redo %n action
    Redo %n actions

en: More Text Colors...
en_GB: More Text Colours...

en: More Line Colors...
en_GB: More Line Colours...

en: More Fill Colors...
en_GB: More Fill Colours...

en: _: color
    Red
en_GB: Red

en: _: color
    Orange
en_GB: Orange

en: _: color
    Magenta
en_GB: Magenta

en: _: color
    Blue
en_GB: Blue

en: _: color
    Cyan
en_GB: Cyan

en: _: color
    Green
en_GB: Green

en: _: color
    Yellow
en_GB: Yellow

en: _: color
    Brown
en_GB: Brown

en: _: color
    DarkRed
en_GB: DarkRed

en: _: color
    DarkOrange
en_GB: DarkOrange

en: _: color
    DarkMagenta
en_GB: DarkMagenta

en: _: color
    DarkBlue
en_GB: DarkBlue

en: _: color
    DarkCyan
en_GB: DarkCyan

en: _: color
    DarkGreen
en_GB: DarkGreen

en: _: color
    DarkYellow
en_GB: DarkYellow

en: _: color
    White
en_GB: White

en: _: color
    Gray 90%
en_GB: Grey 90%

en: _: color
    Gray 80%
en_GB: Grey 80%

en: _: color
    Gray 70%
en_GB: Grey 70%

en: _: color
    Gray 60%
en_GB: Grey 60%

en: _: color
    Gray 50%
en_GB: Grey 50%

en: _: color
    Gray 40%
en_GB: Grey 40%

en: _: color
    Gray 30%
en_GB: Grey 30%

en: _: color
    Gray 20%
en_GB: Grey 20%

en: _: color
    Gray 10%
en_GB: Grey 10%

en: _: color
    Black
en_GB: Black

en: _: color
    Ivory
en_GB: Ivory

en: _: color
    Snow
en_GB: Snow

en: _: color
    MintCream
en_GB: MintCream

en: _: color
    FloralWhite
en_GB: FloralWhite

en: _: color
    LightYellow
en_GB: LightYellow

en: _: color
    Azure
en_GB: Azure

en: _: color
    GhostWhite
en_GB: GhostWhite

en: _: color
    Honeydew
en_GB: Honeydew

en: _: color
    Seashell
en_GB: Seashell

en: _: color
    AliceBlue
en_GB: AliceBlue

en: _: color
    Cornsilk
en_GB: Cornsilk

en: _: color
    LavenderBlush
en_GB: LavenderBlush

en: _: color
    OldLace
en_GB: OldLace

en: _: color
    WhiteSmoke
en_GB: WhiteSmoke

en: _: color
    LemonChiffon
en_GB: LemonChiffon

en: _: color
    LightCyan
en_GB: LightCyan

en: _: color
    LightGoldenrodYellow
en_GB: LightGoldenrodYellow

en: _: color
    Linen
en_GB: Linen

en: _: color
    Beige
en_GB: Beige

en: _: color
    PapayaWhip
en_GB: PapayaWhip

en: _: color
    BlanchedAlmond
en_GB: BlanchedAlmond

en: _: color
    AntiqueWhite
en_GB: AntiqueWhite

en: _: color
    MistyRose
en_GB: MistyRose

en: _: color
    Lavender
en_GB: Lavender

en: _: color
    Bisque
en_GB: Bisque

en: _: color
    Moccasin
en_GB: Moccasin

en: _: color
    NavajoWhite
en_GB: NavajoWhite

en: _: color
    PeachPuff
en_GB: PeachPuff

en: _: color
    PaleGoldenrod
en_GB: PaleGoldenrod

en: _: color
    Wheat
en_GB: Wheat

en: _: color
    Gainsboro
en_GB: Gainsboro

en: _: color
    Khaki
en_GB: Khaki

en: _: color
    PaleTurquoise
en_GB: PaleTurquoise

en: _: color
    Pink
en_GB: Pink

en: _: color
    LightGoldenrod
en_GB: LightGoldenrod

en: _: color
    LightGray
en_GB: LightGray

en: _: color
    LightPink
en_GB: LightPink

en: _: color
    PowderBlue
en_GB: PowderBlue

en: _: color
    Aquamarine
en_GB: Aquamarine

en: _: color
    Thistle
en_GB: Thistle

en: _: color
    LightBlue
en_GB: LightBlue

en: _: color
    PaleGreen
en_GB: PaleGreen

en: _: color
    Gold
en_GB: Gold

en: _: color
    GreenYellow
en_GB: GreenYellow

en: _: color
    LightSteelBlue
en_GB: LightSteelBlue

en: _: color
    LightGreen
en_GB: LightGreen

en: _: color
    Plum
en_GB: Plum

en: _: color
    Gray
en_GB: Grey

en: _: color
    BurlyWood
en_GB: BurlyWood

en: _: color
    LightSkyblue
en_GB: LightSkyblue

en: _: color
    LightSalmon
en_GB: LightSalmon

en: _: color
    SkyBlue
en_GB: SkyBlue

en: _: color
    Tan
en_GB: Tan

en: _: color
    Violet
en_GB: Violet

en: _: color
    SandyBrown
en_GB: SandyBrown

en: _: color
    DarkSalmon
en_GB: DarkSalmon

en: _: color
    DarkKhaki
en_GB: DarkKhaki

en: _: color
    Chartreuse
en_GB: Chartreuse

en: _: color
    DarkGray
en_GB: DarkGray

en: _: color
    LawnGreen
en_GB: LawnGreen

en: _: color
    HotPink
en_GB: HotPink

en: _: color
    Salmon
en_GB: Salmon

en: _: color
    LightCoral
en_GB: LightCoral

en: _: color
    Turquoise
en_GB: Turquoise

en: _: color
    DarkSeagreen
en_GB: DarkSeagreen

en: _: color
    Orchid
en_GB: Orchid

en: _: color
    MediumAquamarine
en_GB: MediumAquamarine

en: _: color
    Coral
en_GB: Coral

en: _: color
    YellowGreen
en_GB: YellowGreen

en: _: color
    Goldenrod
en_GB: Goldenrod

en: _: color
    MediumTurquoise
en_GB: MediumTurquoise

en: _: color
    RosyBrown
en_GB: RosyBrown

en: _: color
    PaleVioletRed
en_GB: PaleVioletRed

en: _: color
    MediumSpringGreen
en_GB: MediumSpringGreen

en: _: color
    Tomato
en_GB: Tomato

en: _: color
    SpringGreen
en_GB: SpringGreen

en: _: color
    Peru
en_GB: Peru

en: _: color
    CornflowerBlue
en_GB: CornflowerBlue

en: _: color
    LightSlateBlue
en_GB: LightSlateBlue

en: _: color
    MediumPurple
en_GB: MediumPurple

en: _: color
    MediumOrchid
en_GB: MediumOrchid

en: _: color
    CadetBlue
en_GB: CadetBlue

en: _: color
    DarkTurquoise
en_GB: DarkTurquoise

en: _: color
    DeepSkyblue
en_GB: DeepSkyblue

en: _: color
    LightSlateGray
en_GB: LightSlateGray

en: _: color
    DarkGoldenrod
en_GB: DarkGoldenrod

en: _: color
    MediumSlateBlue
en_GB: MediumSlateBlue

en: _: color
    IndianRed
en_GB: IndianRed

en: _: color
    Chocolate
en_GB: Chocolate

en: _: color
    MediumSeaGreen
en_GB: MediumSeaGreen

en: _: color
    LimeGreen
en_GB: LimeGreen

en: _: color
    LightSeaGreen
en_GB: LightSeaGreen

en: _: color
    SlateGray
en_GB: SlateGray

en: _: color
    DodgerBlue
en_GB: DodgerBlue

en: _: color
    OrangeRed
en_GB: OrangeRed

en: _: color
    DeepPink
en_GB: DeepPink

en: _: color
    SteelBlue
en_GB: SteelBlue

en: _: color
    SlateBlue
en_GB: SlateBlue

en: _: color
    OliveDrab
en_GB: OliveDrab

en: _: color
    RoyalBlue
en_GB: RoyalBlue

en: _: color
    VioletRed
en_GB: VioletRed

en: _: color
    DarkOrchid
en_GB: DarkOrchid

en: _: color
    Purple
en_GB: Purple

en: _: color
    DimGray
en_GB: DimGray

en: _: color
    BlueViolet
en_GB: BlueViolet

en: _: color
    Sienna
en_GB: Sienna

en: _: color
    MediumVioletRed
en_GB: MediumVioletRed

en: _: color
    Maroon
en_GB: Maroon

en: _: color
    SeaGreen
en_GB: SeaGreen

en: _: color
    DarkOliveGreen
en_GB: DarkOliveGreen

en: _: color
    ForestGreen
en_GB: ForestGreen

en: _: color
    SaddleBrown
en_GB: SaddleBrown

en: _: color
    DarkViolet
en_GB: DarkViolet

en: _: color
    FireBrick
en_GB: FireBrick

en: _: color
    DarkSlateBlue
en_GB: DarkSlateBlue

en: _: color
    DarkSlateGray
en_GB: DarkSlateGray

en: _: color
    MidnightBlue
en_GB: MidnightBlue

en: _: color
    MediumBlue
en_GB: MediumBlue

en: _: color
    Navy
en_GB: Navy

en: Tabulator &Center
en_GB: Tabulator &Centre

en: More Colors...
en_GB: More Colours...

en: _: color
    LightSkyBlue
en_GB: LightSkyBlue

en: _: color
    DarkSeaGreen
en_GB: DarkSeaGreen

en: _: color
    DeepSkyBlue
en_GB: DeepSkyBlue

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoCompletionBase.ui line 319
en: Completion is configured per document. Making this list the default will allow you to use it for new documents automatically. A dialog will appear to inform you that the list will be used for all documents from now on.
en_GB: Completion is configured per document. Making this list the default will allow you to use it for new documents automatically. A dialogue will appear to inform you that the list will be used for all documents from now on.

note: i18n: file ./kotext/kodecorationtabbase.ui line 86
en: &Shadow color:
en_GB: &Shadow colour:

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 28
en: Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Paragraph Background Colour

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 42
en: <p>Paragraph Background Color</p>
    
    <p>The paragraph background color appears
    between the left and right margins of a
    paragraph.</p>
    
    <p>If the text has a background color set, then
    the text background will appear 'on top' of the
    paragraph background.  In this case, the paragraph
    background will still show on parts of the paragraph
    that have no text (usually on the last line, between
    the end of the text and the margin).</p>
en_GB: <p>Paragraph Background Colour</p>
    
    <p>The paragraph background colour appears
    between the left and right margins of a
    paragraph.</p>
    
    <p>If the text has a background colour set, then
    the text background will appear 'on top' of the
    paragraph background.  In this case, the paragraph
    background will still show on parts of the paragraph
    that have no text (usually on the last line, between
    the end of the text and the margin).</p>

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 100
en: <p>Paragraph Borders</p>
    
    <p>The preview shows what the currently 
    selected paragraph borders will look like.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>add</i> a new border: Select the desired style,
    width and color.  Click the toggle button that corresponds
    to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>remove</i> an existing border: Either click on the
    border to be removed in the preview, or click the
    toggle button corresponding to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>modify</i> a border: Select the desired style,
    width and color, then click on the border to be
    modified in the preview.</p>
en_GB: <p>Paragraph Borders</p>
    
    <p>The preview shows what the currently 
    selected paragraph borders will look like.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>add</i> a new border: Select the desired style,
    width and colour.  Click the toggle button that corresponds
    to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>remove</i> an existing border: Either click on the
    border to be removed in the preview, or click the
    toggle button corresponding to that border.</p>
    
    <p>To <i>modify</i> a border: Select the desired style,
    width and colour, then click on the border to be
    modified in the preview.</p>

note: i18n: file ./kotext/KoParagDecorationTab.ui line 349
en: <p>Merge with next paragraph</p>
    
    <p>When this option is checked, no top or bottom borders
    will appear between consecutive paragraphs with the
    same style.  Top and Bottom borders will only appear between
    paragraphs with different styles.</p>
    
    <p>When this option is unchecked, top and bottom borders
    always appear at the top and bottom of paragraphs with this style,
    regardless of the style of the preceeding and subsequent paragraphs.</p>
en_GB: <p>Merge with next paragraph</p>
    
    <p>When this option is ticked, no top or bottom borders
    will appear between consecutive paragraphs with the
    same style.  Top and Bottom borders will only appear between
    paragraphs with different styles.</p>
    
    <p>When this option is unticked, top and bottom borders
    always appear at the top and bottom of paragraphs with this style,
    regardless of the style of the preceeding and subsequent paragraphs.</p>

en: _: A grayed widget
    Disabled.
en_GB: Disabled.

en: _: Custom size
    Custom
en_GB: Custom

en: The image is using an unsupported color space. Please convert to 16-bit floating point RGB/Alpha before saving in the OpenEXR format.
en_GB: The image is using an unsupported colour space. Please convert to 16-bit floating point RGB/Alpha before saving in the OpenEXR format.

en: First pass: page #%1...
en_GB: First pass: page %1...

en: Second pass: page #%1...
en_GB: Second pass: page %1...

en: Body Frameset #%1
en_GB: Body Frameset %1

en: Header Frameset #%1
en_GB: Header Frameset %1

en: Footer Frameset #%1
en_GB: Footer Frameset %1

en: _: Descriptive encoding name
    Recommended ( %1 )
en_GB: Recommended ( %1 )

en: _: Descriptive encoding name
    Locale ( %1 )
en_GB: Locale ( %1 )

en: _: Descriptive encoding name
    Other ( %1 )
en_GB: Other ( %1 )

en: _: Frameset name
    Footnote %1
en_GB: Footnote %1

en: _: Frameset name
    Picture %1
en_GB: Picture %1

en: _: Frameset name
    Table %3, row %1, column %2
en_GB: Table %3, row %1, column %2

en: _: Frameset name
    Main Text Frameset
en_GB: Main Text Frameset

en: _: Table_Name Cell row,column
    %1 Cell %2,%3
en_GB: %1 Cell %2,%3

en: _: Object name
    Table %1
en_GB: Table %1

en: _: Object name
    Table Frame %1
en_GB: Table Frame %1

en: _: Pseudo-author for annotations
    KWord 1.3
en_GB: KWord 1.3

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, alpha)
en: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparency in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can uncheck the box if you are not using transparency and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparency in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can untick the box if you are not using transparency and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>

note: i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 289
en: &Interpolate RGB as four colors
en_GB: &Interpolate RGB as four colours

note: i18n: file ./krita/raw/wdgrawimport.ui line 398
en: Use camera raw colors, not sRGB
en_GB: Use camera raw colours, not sRGB

note: i18n: file ./krita/tiff/kis_wdg_options_tiff.ui line 179
en: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparancy in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can uncheck the box if you are not using transparancy and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>
en_GB: <p>The Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format allows transparancy in your image to be stored by saving an alpha channel.
    You can untick the box if you are not using transparancy and you want to make the resulting file smaller .<br>Always saving the alpha channel is recommended.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkLossless) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkFlatten) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, flatten)
en: This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly.
en_GB: This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to tick this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly.

note: i18n: file ./kword/html/export/ExportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: HTML Export Dialog
en_GB: HTML Export Dialogue

note: i18n: file ./kword/ascii/ExportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: Plain Text Export Dialog
en_GB: Plain Text Export Dialogue

note: i18n: file ./kword/mswrite/ImportDialogUI.ui line 18
en: MS Write Import Dialog
en_GB: MS Write Import Dialogue

en: Reduce to Grayscale
en_GB: Reduce to Greyscale

en: Reduce to 256 Color (Dithered)
en_GB: Reduce to 256 Colour (Dithered)

en: Reduce to 256 Color
en_GB: Reduce to 256 Colour

en: Histogram Equalizer
en_GB: Histogram Equaliser

en: <qt><ul><li><b>Resize</b>: The size of the picture will be increased by creating new areas to the right and/or bottom (filled in with the background color) or decreased by cutting it at the right and/or bottom.</li><li><b>Scale</b>: The picture will be expanded by duplicating pixels or squashed by dropping pixels.</li><li><b>Smooth Scale</b>: This is the same as <i>Scale</i> except that it blends neighboring pixels to produce a smoother looking picture.</li></ul></qt>
en_GB: <qt><ul><li><b>Resize</b>: The size of the picture will be increased by creating new areas to the right and/or bottom (filled in with the background colour) or decreased by cutting it at the right and/or bottom.</li><li><b>Scale</b>: The picture will be expanded by duplicating pixels or squashed by dropping pixels.</li><li><b>Smooth Scale</b>: This is the same as <i>Scale</i> except that it blends neighbouring pixels to produce a smoother looking picture.</li></ul></qt>

en: Cou&nterclockwise
en_GB: A&nticlockwise

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Color Similarity
en_GB: Colour Similarity

en: &RGB Color Cube Distance
en_GB: &RGB Colour Cube Distance

en: <a href="dummy_to_make_link_clickable">What is Color Similarity?</a>
en_GB: <a href="dummy_to_make_link_clickable">What is Colour Similarity?</a>

en: <qt><p>The <b>%1</b> format may not be able to preserve all of the image's color information.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save in this format?</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The <b>%1</b> format may not be able to preserve all of the image's colour information.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save in this format?</p></qt>

en: <qt><p>Saving the image at the low color depth of %1-bit may result in the loss of color information. Any transparency might also be removed.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save at this color depth?</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>Saving the image at the low colour depth of %1-bit may result in the loss of colour information. Any transparency might also be removed.</p><p>Are you sure you want to save at this colour depth?</p></qt>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Low Color Depth
en_GB: Low Colour Depth

en: Could not open color palette "%1".
en_GB: Could not open colour palette "%1".

en: Could not open color palette "%1" - unsupported format.
    The file may be corrupt.
en_GB: Could not open colour palette "%1" - unsupported format.
    The file may be corrupt.

en: Could not open KDE color palette "%1".
en_GB: Could not open KDE colour palette "%1".

en: Could not save color palette as "%1".
en_GB: Could not save colour palette as "%1".

en: Color Box
en_GB: Colour Box

en: The color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it?
en_GB: The colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it?

en: The KDE color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?
en_GB: The KDE colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?

en: The default color palette has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?
en_GB: The default colour palette has been modified.
    Do you want to save it to a file?

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Open Color Palette
en_GB: Open Colour Palette

en: The color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes since you last saved it.
    Are you sure?
en_GB: The colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes since you last saved it.
    Are you sure?

en: The KDE color palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?
en_GB: The KDE colour palette "%1" has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?

en: The default color palette has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?
en_GB: The default colour palette has been modified.
    Reloading will lose all changes.
    Are you sure?

en: Save Color Palette As
en_GB: Save Colour Palette As

en: Failed to open scanning dialog.
en_GB: Failed to open scanning dialogue.

en: Reduce to &Grayscale
en_GB: Reduce to &Greyscale

en: &Invert Colors
en_GB: &Invert Colours

en: Previous Tool Option (Group #1)
en_GB: Previous Tool Option (Group 1)

en: Next Tool Option (Group #1)
en_GB: Next Tool Option (Group 1)

en: Previous Tool Option (Group #2)
en_GB: Previous Tool Option (Group 2)

en: Next Tool Option (Group #2)
en_GB: Next Tool Option (Group 2)

en: Draw With Color Similarity...
en_GB: Draw With Colour Similarity...

en: Color Eraser
en_GB: Colour Eraser

en: Replaces pixels of the foreground color with the background color
en_GB: Replaces pixels of the foreground colour with the background colour

en: Click or drag to erase pixels of the foreground color.
en_GB: Click or drag to erase pixels of the foreground colour.

en: Lets you select a color from the image
en_GB: Lets you select a colour from the image

en: Click to select a color.
en_GB: Click to select a colour.

en: Selection: Transparency Color
en_GB: Selection: Transparency Colour

en: Selection: Transparency Color Similarity
en_GB: Selection: Transparency Colour Similarity

en: Text: Swap Colors
en_GB: Text: Swap Colours

en: Text: Foreground Color
en_GB: Text: Foreground Colour

en: Text: Background Color
en_GB: Text: Background Colour

en: <qt><p><b>Color Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colors of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any color in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background color will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Color Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose color is <i>similar</i> to the foreground color will be replaced with the background color.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colors to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colors you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colors you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p><p>To configure it, click on the cube.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><b>Colour Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colours of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any colour in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background colour will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Colour Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose colour is <i>similar</i> to the foreground colour will be replaced with the background colour.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colours to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colours you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colours you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p><p>To configure it, click on the cube.</p></qt>

en: <qt><p><b>Color Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colors of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any color in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background color will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Color Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose color is <i>similar</i> to the foreground color will be replaced with the background color.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - colored pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colors to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colors you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colors you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><b>Colour Similarity</b> is how <i>similar</i> the colours of different pixels must be, for operations to consider them to be the same.</p><p>If you set it to something other than <b>Exact Match</b>, you can work more effectively with dithered images and photos, in a comparable manner to the "Magic Wand" feature of other paint programs.</p><p>This feature applies to:</p><ul><li><b>Selections</b>: In <b>Transparent</b> mode, any colour in the selection that is <i>similar</i> to the background colour will be made transparent.</li><li><b>Flood Fill</b>: For regions with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is likely to fill more pixels.</li><li><b>Colour Eraser</b>: Any pixel whose colour is <i>similar</i> to the foreground colour will be replaced with the background colour.</li><li><b>Autocrop</b> and <b>Remove Internal Border</b>: For borders with <i>similar</i> - but not identical - coloured pixels, a higher setting is more likely to crop the whole border.</li></ul><p>Higher settings mean that operations consider an increased range of colours to be sufficiently <i>similar</i> so as to be the same. Therefore, you should increase the setting if the above operations are not affecting pixels whose colours you consider to be similar enough.</p><p>However, if they are having too much of an effect and are changing pixels whose colours you do not consider to be similar (e.g. if <b>Flood Fill</b> is changing too many pixels), you should decrease this setting.</p></qt>

en: <p>Color Similarity: %1%</p><p align="center">Click to configure.</p>
en_GB: <p>Colour Similarity: %1%</p><p align="center">Click to configure.</p>

en: <p>Color Similarity: Exact Match</p><p align="center">Click to configure.</p>
en_GB: <p>Colour Similarity: Exact Match</p><p align="center">Click to configure.</p>

en: 256 co&lor
en_GB: 256 co&lour

en: 256 colo&r (dithered)
en_GB: 256 colou&r (dithered)

en: 24-&bit color
en_GB: 24-&bit colour

en: <qt><p>To select the foreground color that tools use to draw, left-click on a filled-in color cell. To select the background color, right-click instead.</p><p>To change the color of a color cell itself, double-click on it.</p><p>You can also swap the color of a filled-in cell with any other cell using drag and drop. Also, if you hold down the <b>Ctrl</b> key, the destination cell's color will be overwritten, instead of being swapped with the color of the source cell.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>To select the foreground colour that tools use to draw, left-click on a filled-in colour cell. To select the background colour, right-click instead.</p><p>To change the colour of a colour cell itself, double-click on it.</p><p>You can also swap the colour of a filled-in cell with any other cell using drag and drop. Also, if you hold down the <b>Ctrl</b> key, the destination cell's colour will be overwritten, instead of being swapped with the colour of the source cell.</p></qt>

en: 256 Color
en_GB: 256 Colour

en: 256 Color (Dithered)
en_GB: 256 Colour (Dithered)

en: 24-bit Color
en_GB: 24-bit Colour

en: &Center of the page
en_GB: &Centre of the page

[ctx: Colors: name_or_url_of_color_palette]
en: Colors: %1
en_GB: Colours: %1

[ctx: Colors: name_or_url_of_color_palette [modified]]
en: Colors: %1 [modified]
en_GB: Colours: %1 [modified]

en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

[ctx: @infor:whatsthis]
en: If you have entered a file or folder name and a file that contains diff output in the fields in this dialog then this button will be enabled and pressing it will open kompare's main view where the output of the entered file or files from the folder are mixed with the diff output so you can then apply the difference(s) to a file or to the files.
en_GB: If you have entered a file or folder name and a file that contains diff output in the fields in this dialogue then this button will be enabled and pressing it will open kompare's main view where the output of the entered file or files from the folder are mixed with the diff output so you can then apply the difference(s) to a file or to the files.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If you have entered 2 filenames or 2 folders in the fields in this dialog then this button will be enabled and pressing it will start a comparison of the entered files or folders.
en_GB: If you have entered 2 filenames or 2 folders in the fields in this dialogue then this button will be enabled and pressing it will start a comparison of the entered files or folders.

[ctx: @item diff format]
en: Ed
en_GB: `Ed

note: #-#-#-#-#  1380 (kompare)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_LargeFilesCB)
en: Optimize for large files
en_GB: Optimise for large files

[ctx: @option:check]
en: O&ptimize for large files
en_GB: O&ptimise for large files

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: When this checkbox is enabled, an option to diff is given that will make diff ignore lines that match the regular expression.
en_GB: When this tick box is enabled, an option to diff is given that will make diff ignore lines that match the regular expression.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This can be very useful in situations where code has been reorganized and empty lines have been added or removed to improve legibility.
en_GB: This can be very useful in situations where code has been reorganised and empty lines have been added or removed to improve legibility.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: If this is checked you can enter a shell pattern in the text box on the right or select entries from the list.
en_GB: If this is ticked you can enter a shell pattern in the text box on the right or select entries from the list.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: If this is checked you can enter a filename in the combo box below.
en_GB: If this is ticked you can enter a filename in the combo box below.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Any file you select in the dialog that pops up when you click it will be put in the dialog to the left of this button.
en_GB: Any file you select in the dialogue that pops up when you click it will be put in the dialogue to the left of this button.

[ctx: @title:group]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Removed color:
en_GB: Removed colour:

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Changed color:
en_GB: Changed colour:

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Added color:
en_GB: Added colour:

[ctx: @label:chooser]
en: Applied color:
en_GB: Applied colour:

en: <p>This is the FSView plugin, a graphical browsing mode showing filesystem utilization by using a tree map visualization.</p><p>Note that in this mode, automatic updating when filesystem changes are made is intentionally <b>not</b> done.</p><p>For details on usage and options available, see the online help under menu 'Help/FSView Manual'.</p>
en_GB: <p>This is the FSView plugin, a graphical browsing mode showing filesystem utilisation by using a tree map visualisation.</p><p>Note that in this mode, automatic updating when filesystem changes are made is intentionally <b>not</b> done.</p><p>For details on usage and options available, see the online help under menu 'Help/FSView Manual'.</p>

en: &Foreground color:
en_GB: &Foreground colour:

en: &Set different color depth:
en_GB: &Set different colour depth:

en: Color depth:
en_GB: Colour depth:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbShowRoot)
en: If this option is unchecked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed.
    If checked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.
en_GB: If this option is unticked, bookmarks at the root of the hierarchy (not in a folder) are not displayed.
    If ticked, they are gathered in a "root" folder.

en: <h1>Konqueror Behavior</h1> You can configure how Konqueror behaves as a file manager here.
en_GB: <h1>Konqueror Behaviour</h1> You can configure how Konqueror behaves as a file manager here.

en: Show 'Delete' me&nu entries which bypass the trashcan
en_GB: Show 'Delete' me&nu entries which bypass the wastebin

en: Check this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Trash'.
en_GB: Tick this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Wastebin'.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pKonquerorTabforExternalURL)
en: When you click a URL in another KDE program or call kfmclient to open a URL, the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimized Konqueror and, if found, the URL opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new Konqueror window will be opened with the required URL.
en_GB: When you click a URL in another KDE program or call kfmclient to open a URL, the current desktop will be searched for a non-minimised Konqueror and, if found, the URL opened as a new tab within it. Otherwise a new Konqueror window will be opened with the required URL.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_pTabCloseActivatePrevious)
en: When checking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.
en_GB: When ticking this the previous used or opened tab will be activated when you close the current active tab instead of the one right to the current tab.

en: <html>If this box is checked, Konqueror will automatically load any images that are embedded in a web page. Otherwise, it will display placeholders for the images, and you can then manually load the images by clicking on the image button.<br />Unless you have a very slow network connection, you will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience.</html>
en_GB: <html>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will automatically load any images that are embedded in a web page. Otherwise, it will display placeholders for the images, and you can then manually load the images by clicking on the image button.<br />Unless you have a very slow network connection, you will probably want to tick this box to enhance your browsing experience.</html>

en: <html>If this box is checked, Konqueror will draw a frame as a placeholder around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded.<br />You will probably want to check this box to enhance your browsing experience, especially if have a slow network connection.</html>
en_GB: <html>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will draw a frame as a placeholder around images embedded in a web page that are not yet fully loaded.<br />You will probably want to tick this box to enhance your browsing experience, especially if have a slow network connection.</html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useUser)
en: <b>Use user-defined stylesheet</b><p>If this box is checked, Konqueror will try to load a user-defined style sheet as specified in the location below. The style sheet allows you to completely override the way web pages are rendered in your browser. The file specified should contain a valid style sheet (see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS for further information on cascading style sheets).</p>
en_GB: <b>Use user-defined stylesheet</b><p>If this box is ticked, Konqueror will try to load a user-defined style sheet as specified in the location below. The style sheet allows you to completely override the way web pages are rendered in your browser. The file specified should contain a valid style sheet (see http://www.w3.org/Style/CSS for further information on cascading style sheets).</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, useAccess)
en: <b>Use accessibility stylesheet</b><p>Selecting this option will allow you to define a default font, font size, and font color with a few simple clicks of the mouse. Simply wander over to the Customize... dialog and pick out your desired options.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use accessibility stylesheet</b><p>Selecting this option will allow you to define a default font, font size, and font colour with a few simple clicks of the mouse. Simply wander over to the Customise... dialogue and pick out your desired options.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, customize)
en: Custom&ize...
en_GB: Custom&ise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sameFamily)
en: <b>Use same family for all text</b><p>Select this option to override custom fonts everywhere in favor of the base font.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same family for all text</b><p>Select this option to override custom fonts everywhere in favour of the base font.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, dontScale)
en: <b>Use same size for all elements</b><p>Select this option to override custom font sizes in favor of the base font size. All fonts will be displayed in the same size.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same size for all elements</b><p>Select this option to override custom font sizes in favour of the base font size. All fonts will be displayed in the same size.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, whiteOnBlack)
en: <b>White on Black</b><p>This is your classic inverse color scheme.</p>
en_GB: <b>White on Black</b><p>This is your classic inverse colour scheme.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, customColor)
en: <b>Custom</b><p>Select this option to define a custom color for the default font.</p>
en_GB: <b>Custom</b><p>Select this option to define a custom colour for the default font.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, txtBackground)
en: <b>Background</b><p>This background color is the one displayed behind the text by default. A background image will override this.</p>
en_GB: <b>Background</b><p>This background colour is the one displayed behind the text by default. A background image will override this.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, sameColor)
en: <b>Use same color for all text</b><p>Select this option to apply your chosen color to the default font as well as any custom fonts as specified in a stylesheet.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use same colour for all text</b><p>Select this option to apply your chosen colour to the default font as well as any custom fonts as specified in a stylesheet.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, sameColor)
en: Use same color for all text
en_GB: Use same colour for all text

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, txtForeground) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, foregroundColorButton)
en: <b>Foreground color</b><p>The foreground color is the color that the text is drawn in.</p>
en_GB: <b>Foreground colour</b><p>The foreground colour is the colour that the text is drawn in.</p>

en: <h1>Konqueror Stylesheets</h1> This module allows you to apply your own color and font settings to Konqueror by using stylesheets (CSS). You can either specify options or apply your own self-written stylesheet by pointing to its location.<br /> Note that these settings will always have precedence before all other settings made by the site author. This can be useful to visually impaired people or for web pages that are unreadable due to bad design.
en_GB: <h1>Konqueror Stylesheets</h1> This module allows you to apply your own colour and font settings to Konqueror by using stylesheets (CSS). You can either specify options or apply your own self-written stylesheet by pointing to its location.<br /> Note that these settings will always have precedence before all other settings made by the site author. This can be useful to visually impaired people or for web pages that are unreadable due to bad design.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will allow you to change the title of the bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new bookmark.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will allow you to change the title of the bookmark and choose a folder in which to store it when you add a new bookmark.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will show only those bookmarks in the bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will show only those bookmarks in the bookmark toolbar which you have marked to do so in the bookmark editor.

en: If this box is checked, Konqueror will remember the data you enter in web forms and suggest it in similar fields for all forms.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, Konqueror will remember the data you enter in web forms and suggest it in similar fields for all forms.

en: Mouse Beha&vior
en_GB: Mouse Beha&viour

en: If this box is checked, you can open the URL in the selection by middle clicking on a Konqueror view.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you can open the URL in the selection by middle clicking on a Konqueror view.

en: If this box is checked, you can go back in history by right clicking on a Konqueror view. To access the context menu, press the right mouse button and move.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, you can go back in history by right clicking on a Konqueror view. To access the context menu, press the right mouse button and move.

en: Some web pages request an automatic reload or redirection after a certain period of time. By unchecking this box Konqueror will ignore these requests.
en_GB: Some web pages request an automatic reload or redirection after a certain period of time. By unticking this box Konqueror will ignore these requests.

en: Pressing the Ctrl key when viewing webpages activates Access Keys. Unchecking this box will disable this accessibility feature. (Konqueror needs to be restarted for this change to take effect.)
en_GB: Pressing the Ctrl key when viewing webpages activates Access Keys. Unticking this box will disable this accessibility feature. (Konqueror needs to be restarted for changes to take effect.)

en: Check this box if you want to inform a web site that you do not want your web browsing habits tracked.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to inform a web site that you do not want your web browsing habits tracked.

en: Uncheck this box to prevent being prompted to save website passwords
en_GB: Untick this box to prevent being prompted to save website passwords

en: Uncheck this box to display online PDF files as configured in System Settings
en_GB: Untick this box to display online PDF files as configured in System Settings

en: Here you can set specific Java policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialog box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy, causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain.
en_GB: Here you can set specific Java policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialogue box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialogue box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy, causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain.

en: When all the applets have been destroyed, the applet server should shut down. However, starting the jvm takes a lot of time. If you would like to keep the java process running while you are browsing, you can set the timeout value to whatever you like. To keep the java process running for the whole time that the konqueror process is, leave the Shutdown Applet Server checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: When all the applets have been destroyed, the applet server should shut down. However, starting the jvm takes a lot of time. If you would like to keep the java process running while you are browsing, you can set the timeout value to whatever you like. To keep the java process running for the whole time that the konqueror process is, leave the Shutdown Applet Server tickbox unticked.

en: Here you can set specific JavaScript policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialog box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialog box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain. The <i>Import</i> and <i>Export</i> button allows you to easily share your policies with other people by allowing you to save and retrieve them from a zipped file.
en_GB: Here you can set specific JavaScript policies for any particular host or domain. To add a new policy, simply click the <i>New...</i> button and supply the necessary information requested by the dialogue box. To change an existing policy, click on the <i>Change...</i> button and choose the new policy from the policy dialogue box. Clicking on the <i>Delete</i> button will remove the selected policy causing the default policy setting to be used for that domain. The <i>Import</i> and <i>Export</i> button allows you to easily share your policies with other people by allowing you to save and retrieve them from a zipped file.

en: <html>Print the currently displayed document<br /><br />You will be presented with a dialog where you can set various options, such as the number of copies to print and which printer to use.<br /><br />This dialog also provides access to special KDE printing services such as creating a PDF file from the current document.</html>
en_GB: <html>Print the currently displayed document<br /><br />You will be presented with a dialogue where you can set various options, such as the number of copies to print and which printer to use.<br /><br />This dialogue also provides access to special KDE printing services such as creating a PDF file from the current document.</html>

en: Your proxy configuration can't be used with the QtWebEngine HTML engine. No proxy will be used
    
     QtWebEngine only support a fixed proxy, so proxy auto-configuration (PAC) and Web Proxy Auto-Discovery protocol can't be used with QtWebEngine. If you need a proxy, please select the system proxy configuration or specify a proxy URL manually in the settings dialog. Do you want to change proxy settings now?
en_GB: Your proxy configuration can't be used with the QtWebEngine HTML engine. No proxy will be used
    
     QtWebEngine only support a fixed proxy, so proxy auto-configuration (PAC) and Web Proxy Auto-Discovery protocol can't be used with QtWebEngine. If you need a proxy, please select the system proxy configuration or specify a proxy URL manually in the settings dialogue. Do you want to change proxy settings now?

en: Show proxy configuration dialog
en_GB: Show proxy configuration dialogue

[ctx: @tooltip:session list]
en: Uncheck the sessions you do not want to be restored
en_GB: Untick the sessions you do not want to be restored

note: #-#-#-#-#  1394 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (FMSettings)
en: Show 'Delete' menu entries which bypass the trashcan
en_GB: Show 'Delete' menu entries which bypass the wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  1394 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (FMSettings)
en: Check this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files when hidden by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Trash'.
en_GB: Tick this if you want 'Delete' menu commands to be displayed on the desktop and in the file manager's menus and context menus. You can always delete files when hidden by holding the Shift key while calling 'Move to Wastebin'.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1394 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Trash)
en: Ask confirmation for move to trash
en_GB: Ask confirmation for move to wastebin

note: #-#-#-#-#  1394 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Trash)
en: This option tells Konqueror whether to ask for a confirmation when you move the file to your trash folder, from where it can be recovered very easily.
en_GB: This option tells Konqueror whether to ask for a confirmation when you move the file to your wastebin, from where it can be recovered very easily.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1394 (konqueror)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Trash)
en: If true, when opening a session from within the sessions dialog the tabs will be opened inside current window.
en_GB: If true, when opening a session from within the sessions dialogue the tabs will be opened inside current window.

en: Browse and restore the trash
en_GB: Browse and restore the wastebin

en: Konqueror is designed to embrace and support Internet standards. The aim is to fully implement the officially sanctioned standards from organizations such as the W3 and OASIS, while also adding extra support for other common usability features that arise as de facto standards across the Internet. Along with this support, for such functions as favicons, Web Shortcuts, and <A HREF="%1">XBEL bookmarks</A>, Konqueror also implements:
en_GB: Konqueror is designed to embrace and support Internet standards. The aim is to fully implement the officially sanctioned standards from organisations such as the W3 and OASIS, while also adding extra support for other common usability features that arise as de facto standards across the Internet. Along with this support, for such functions as favicons, Web Shortcuts, and <A HREF="%1">XBEL bookmarks</A>, Konqueror also implements:

en: Use Web-Shortcuts: by typing "gg: KDE" one can search the Internet, using Google, for the search phrase "KDE". There are a lot of Web-Shortcuts predefined to make searching for software or looking up certain words in an encyclopedia a breeze. You can even <a href="%1">create your own</a> Web-Shortcuts.
en_GB: Use Web-Shortcuts: by typing "gg: KDE" one can search the Internet, using Google, for the search phrase "KDE". There are a lot of Web-Shortcuts predefined to make searching for software or looking up certain words in an encyclopædia a breeze. You can even <a href="%1">create your own</a> Web-Shortcuts.

en: &Empty Trash Bin
en_GB: &Empty Wastebin

en: &Configure Trash Bin
en_GB: &Configure Wastebin

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, immediatelyCacheData)
en: Store form data in KWallet when closing the dialog
en_GB: Store form data in KWallet when closing the dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, immediatelyCacheData)
en: &Immediately memorize form data
en_GB: &Immediately memorise form data

[ctx: find action "whats this" text]
en: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialog that allows you to find text on the displayed page.
en_GB: <h3>Find text</h3>Shows a dialogue that allows you to find text on the displayed page.

en: &Memorize Passwords in This Page Now
en_GB: &Memorise Passwords in This Page Now

en: &Customize Fields to Memorize for This Page...
en_GB: &Customise Fields to Memorise for This Page...

en: Remove Customized Memorization Settings for This Page
en_GB: Remove Customised Memorisation Settings for This Page

en: Remove All Memorized Passwords for This Site
en_GB: Remove All Memorised Passwords for This Site

[ctx: @info]
en: Cannot find the <command>kcreatewebarchive</command> executable,<nl/>check the plugin and helper installation.
en_GB: Cannot find the <command>kcreatewebarchive</command> executable,<nl/>check the plug-in and helper installation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, randomizeMap)
en: &Randomize
en_GB: &Randomise

en: Turn # %1
en_GB: Turn No. %1

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 1
en_GB: Colour 1

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 2
en_GB: Colour 2

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 3
en_GB: Colour 3

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 4
en_GB: Colour 4

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 5
en_GB: Colour 5

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 6
en_GB: Colour 6

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 7
en_GB: Colour 7

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 8
en_GB: Colour 8

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 1 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 1 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 2 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 2 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 3 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 3 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 4 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 4 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 5 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 5 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 6 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 6 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 7 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 7 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 8 (Intense)
en_GB: Colour 8 (Intense)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 1 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 1 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 2 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 2 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 3 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 3 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 4 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 4 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 5 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 5 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 6 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 6 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 7 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 7 (Faint)

[ctx: @item:intable palette]
en: Color 8 (Faint)
en_GB: Colour 8 (Faint)

[ctx: @item]
en: Un-named Color Scheme
en_GB: Un-named Colour Scheme

[ctx: @label:listbox Column header text for the actual colors]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: @label:listbox Column header text for the actual intense colors]
en: Intense color
en_GB: Intense colour

[ctx: @label:listbox Column header text for the actual faint colors]
en: Faint color
en_GB: Faint colour

[ctx: @title:window]
en: New Color Scheme
en_GB: New Colour Scheme

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Edit Color Scheme
en_GB: Edit Colour Scheme

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Click to choose color
en_GB: Click to choose colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Click to choose intense color
en_GB: Click to choose intense colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Click to choose Faint color
en_GB: Click to choose Faint colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, randomizedBackgroundCheck)
en: Hue and saturation values of default foreground and background colors are randomized by default. Some color schemes might use different randomization settings.
    To see any effect, set colors with saturation value greater than 0.
en_GB: Hue and saturation values of default foreground and background colours are randomized by default. Some colour schemes might use different randomisation settings.
    To see any effect, set colours with saturation value greater than 0.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, randomizedBackgroundCheck)
en: Randomly adjust colors for each session
en_GB: Randomly adjust colours for each session

en: Linux Colors
en_GB: Linux Colours

en: &Hangup
en_GB: &Hang up

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, enableAllMessagesButton)
en: All dialogs will be shown again
en_GB: All dialogues will be shown again

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, enableAllMessagesButton)
en: Enable all "Don't Ask Again" messages
en_GB: Enable all "Do Not Ask Again" messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, showTerminalSizeHintButton) i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (ShowTerminalSizeHint), group (KonsoleWindow)
en: Show terminal size in columns and lines in the center of window after resizing
en_GB: Show terminal size in columns and lines in the centre of window after resizing

[ctx: @title:tab Tab bar settings]
note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, behaviorTab)
en: Behavior
en_GB: Behaviour

[ctx: @action Shortcut entry]
en: Toggle maximize current view
en_GB: Toggle maximise current view

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Toggle maximize current view
en_GB: Toggle maximise current view

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, colorSchemeTab)
en: Color scheme && font
en_GB: Colour scheme && font

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, newColorSchemeButton)
en: Create a new color scheme based upon the selected scheme
en_GB: Create a new colour scheme based upon the selected scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, editColorSchemeButton)
en: Edit the selected color scheme
en_GB: Edit the selected colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, removeColorSchemeButton)
en: Delete the selected color scheme
en_GB: Delete the selected colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, resetColorSchemeButton)
en: Reset the selected color scheme settings to the default values
en_GB: Reset the selected colour scheme settings to the default values

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, boldIntenseButton)
en: Draw intense colors in bold font
en_GB: Draw intense colours in bold font

[ctx: Cursor color options]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, autoCursorColorButton)
en: Set the cursor to match the color of the character underneath it.
en_GB: Set the cursor to match the colour of the character underneath it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, customCursorColorButton)
en: Use a custom, fixed color for the cursor
en_GB: Use a custom, fixed colour for the cursor

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, customCursorColorButton)
en: Custom cursor color
en_GB: Custom cursor colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, customColorSelectButton)
en: Select the color used to draw the cursor
en_GB: Select the colour used to draw the cursor

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, customTextColorSelectButton)
en: Select the color used to draw the character underneath the cursor
en_GB: Select the colour used to draw the character underneath the cursor

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Align to center:
en_GB: Align to centre:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, dimWhenInactiveCheckbox)
en: Indicate whether the window is active by dimming the colors
en_GB: Indicate whether the window is active by dimming the colours

[ctx: Suffix of the number of columns (N columns). The leading space is needed to separate it from the number value.]
en:  column |  columns
en_GB[0]: Column
en_GB[1]:  columns

en: This color scheme uses a transparent background which does not appear to be supported on your desktop
en_GB: This colour scheme uses a transparent background which does not appear to be supported on your desktop

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, copyTextAsHTMLButton)
en: Copy text as HTML (including formatting, font faces, colors... etc)
en_GB: Copy text as HTML (including formatting, font faces, colours... etc)

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, underlineLinksButton)
en: Text recognized as a link or an email address will be underlined when hovered by the mouse pointer.
en_GB: Text recognised as a link or an email address will be underlined when hovered over by the mouse pointer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, underlineFilesButton)
en: Text recognized as a file will be underlined when hovered by the mouse pointer.
en_GB: Text recognised as a file will be underlined when hovered over by the mouse pointer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, openLinksByDirectClickButton)
en: Text recognized as a file, link or an email address can be opened by direct mouse click.
en_GB: Text recognised as a file, link or an email address can be opened by direct mouse click.

en: Color from theme
en_GB: Colour from theme

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Tab Color:
en_GB: Tab Colour:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Maximize terminal
en_GB: Maximise terminal

en: New tab behavior:
en_GB: New tab behaviour:

en: %1 License
en_GB: %1 Licence

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ForceStartupPlugin), group (View)
en: Usually Kontact will come up with the plugin used before shutdown. Check this box if you would like the specified plugin to come up on start instead.
en_GB: Usually Kontact will come up with the plugin used before shutdown. Tick this box if you would like the specified plugin to come up on start instead.

en: Start in iconified (minimized) mode
en_GB: Start in iconified (minimised) mode

[ctx: @info:status]
en:  Initializing...
en_GB:  Initialising...

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: You will be presented with a dialog where you can configure Kontact.
en_GB: You will be presented with a dialogue where you can configure Kontact.

en: no colors allowed
en_GB: no colours allowed

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideUnimportantEventsExcludeActive)
en: If checked, only events concerning active and watched nicks will be displayed.
en_GB: If ticked, only events concerning active and watched nicks will be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutomaticRememberLine)
en: Inserts a remember line into the chat window when you switch to another chat window or minimize the application.
en_GB: Inserts a remember line into the chat window when you switch to another chat window or minimise the application.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1404 (konversation)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox1)
en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_InputFieldsBackgroundColor)
en: &Use custom colors for input box, nickname list and tab list
en_GB: &Use custom colours for input box, nickname list and tab list

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_UseColoredNicks)
en: Colored Nicks
en_GB: Coloured Nicks

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: &Own nick color:
en_GB: &Own nick colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_AllowColorCodes)
en: By enabling this option, color codes added to IRC messages will be displayed in your chat window as colored text. You can add color codes to your messages, by selecting Insert -> IRC Color
en_GB: By enabling this option, colour codes added to IRC messages will be displayed in your chat window as coloured text. You can add colour codes to your messages, by selecting Insert -> IRC Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_AllowColorCodes)
en: &Allow Colored Text in IRC Messages
en_GB: &Allow Coloured Text in IRC Messages

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, kcfg_OSDUseCustomColors)
en: Enable Custom Colors
en_GB: Enable Custom Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Te&xt color:
en_GB: Te&xt colour:

en: General Behavior
en_GB: General Behaviour

en: Warning Dialogs
en_GB: Warning Dialogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsText)
en: Use colored text
en_GB: Use coloured text

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsLeds)
en: Use colored LEDs
en_GB: Use coloured LEDs

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsOverride)
en: If you select this, the colors you chose in the Highlights preferences page will override the colors for "Current nick used" and "Highlight".
en_GB: If you select this, the colours you chose in the Highlights preferences page will override the colours for "Current nick used" and "Highlight".

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_TabNotificationsOverride)
en: Give precedence to chat window highlight colors
en_GB: Give precedence to chat window highlight colours

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Checkbox item, determines whether warning dialog is shown; concludes sentence "Show a warning dialog when..."]
en: ... closing the window will minimize to the system tray
en_GB: ... closing the window will minimise to the system tray

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QTreeWidget, dialogListView)
en: Show a warning dialog when...
en_GB: Show a warning dialogue when...

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_OpenWatchedNicksAtStartup)
en: <qt>When checked, the <b>Watched Nicks</b> window will be automatically opened when starting Konversation.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>When ticked, the <b>Watched Nicks</b> window will be automatically opened when starting Konversation.</qt>

en: The operation was successful. Should never happen in an error dialog.
en_GB: The operation was successful. Should never happen in an error dialogue.

en: Fill a contiguous area with the foreground color
en_GB: Fill a contiguous area with the foreground colour

en: Select a color from the image
en_GB: Select a colour from the image

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_insertRememberLineOnAwayChBox)
en: If you check this box, whenever you perform an <b>/away</b> command, a horizontal line will appear in the channel, marking the point where you went away. Other IRC users do not see this horizontal line.
en_GB: If you tick this box, whenever you perform an <b>/away</b> command, a horizontal line will appear in the channel, marking the point where you went away. Other IRC users do not see this horizontal line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, automaticAwayGroup)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically set all connections using this Identity away when the screensaver starts or after a period of user inactivity configured below.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically set all connections using this Identity away when the screensaver starts or after a period of user inactivity configured below.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_automaticUnawayChBox)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically cancel away for all connections using this Identity when the screensaver stops or new user activity is detected.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically cancel away for all connections using this Identity when the screensaver stops or new user activity is detected.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, awayCommandsGroup)
en: If you check this box, Konversation will automatically run the away command in all channel tabs using this Identity. <b>%s</b> in the away command is replaced with the away message. When you return, it will run the return command. <b>%t</b> in the return command is replaced with the length of time you were away.
en_GB: If you tick this box, Konversation will automatically run the away command in all channel tabs using this Identity. <b>%s</b> in the away command is replaced with the away message. When you return, it will run the return command. <b>%t</b> in the return command is replaced with the length of time you were away.

en: You set the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
en_GB: You set the channel mode to 'no colours allowed'.

en: %1 sets the channel mode to 'no colors allowed'.
en_GB: %1 sets the channel mode to 'no colours allowed'.

en: You set the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
en_GB: You set the channel mode to 'allow colour codes'.

en: %1 sets the channel mode to 'allow color codes'.
en_GB: %1 sets the channel mode to 'allow colour codes'.

[ctx: %1 = name of person, %2 = (x days), %3 = (x hours), %4 = (x minutes), %5 = (x seconds)]
en: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, %4, and %5.
en_GB: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, %4 and %5.

[ctx: %1 = name of person, %2 = (x hours), %3 = (x minutes), %4 = (x seconds)]
en: %1 has been idle for %2, %3, and %4.
en_GB: %1 has been idle for %2, %3 and %4.

en: Unrecognized command %1DCC %2. Possible commands are SEND, CHAT, CLOSE, GET, WHITEBOARD.
en_GB: Unrecognised command %1DCC %2. Possible commands are SEND, CHAT, CLOSE, GET, WHITEBOARD.

en: Usage: %1setkey <nick|channel> <key> sets the encryption key for nick or channel. %1setkey <key> when in a channel or query tab sets the key for it. The key field recognizes "cbc:" and "ecb:" prefixes to set the block cipher mode of operation to either Cipher-Block Chaining or Electronic Codebook. The mode it defaults to when no prefix is given can be changed in the configuration dialog under Behavior -> Connection -> Encryption -> Default Encryption Type, with the default for that setting being Electronic Codebook (ECB).
en_GB: Usage: %1setkey <nick|channel> <key> sets the encryption key for nick or channel. %1setkey <key> when in a channel or query tab sets the key for it. The key field recognises "cbc:" and "ecb:" prefixes to set the block cipher mode of operation to either Cipher-Block Chaining or Electronic Codebook. The mode it defaults to when no prefix is given can be changed in the configuration dialogue under Behaviour -> Connection -> Encryption -> Default Encryption Type, with the default for that setting being Electronic Codebook (ECB).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_sslChBox)
en: Check if you want to use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol to communicate with the server. This protects the privacy of your communications between your computer and the IRC server. The server must support SSL protocol for this to work. In most cases, if the server does not support SSL, the connection will fail.
en_GB: Tick if you want to use the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) protocol to communicate with the server. This protects the privacy of your communications between your computer and the IRC server. The server must support SSL protocol for this to work. In most cases, if the server does not support SSL, the connection will fail.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_autoConnectCBox)
en: Check here if you want Konversation to automatically connect to this network whenever you open Konversation.
en_GB: Tick here if you want Konversation to automatically connect to this network whenever you open Konversation.

en: Konversation is a client for the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) protocol.
    
    Meet friends on the net, make new acquaintances and lose yourself in talk about your favorite subject.
en_GB: Konversation is a client for the Internet Relay Chat (IRC) protocol.
    
    Meet friends on the net, make new acquaintances and lose yourself in talk about your favourite subject.

en: Blowfish, SSL support, KNetwork port, Colored nicks, Nicklist themes
en_GB: Blowfish, SSL support, KNetwork port, Coloured nicks, Nicklist themes

en: Color configurator, Highlight dialog
en_GB: Colour configurator, Highlight dialogue

en: Option to enable IRC color filtering
en_GB: Option to enable IRC colour filtering

en: Open the channel settings dialog for this tab
en_GB: Open the channel settings dialogue for this tab

en: &IRC Color...
en_GB: &IRC Colour...

en: Set the color of your current IRC message
en_GB: Set the colour of your current IRC message

en: Insert &IRC Color...
en_GB: Insert &IRC Colour...

en: If the IRC server requires a password, enter it here (most servers do not require a password.)
en_GB: If the IRC server requires a password, enter it here (most servers do not require a password).

[ctx: %1 = name of server, %2 = (x days), %3 = (x hours), %4 = (x minutes), %5 = (x seconds)]
en: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, %4, and %5.
en_GB: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, %4 and %5.

[ctx: %1 = name of server, %2 = (x hours), %3 = (x minutes), %4 = (x seconds)]
en: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3, and %4.
en_GB: No answer from server %1 for more than %2, %3 and %4.

en: <p>Select one or several <b>URLs</b> below, then click this button to launch the application associated with the mimetype of the URL.</p>-<p>In the <b>Settings</b>, under <b>Behavior</b> | <b>General</b>, you can specify a custom web browser for web URLs.</p>
en_GB: <p>Select one or several <b>URLs</b> below, then click this button to launch the application associated with the mimetype of the URL.</p>-<p>In the <b>Settings</b>, under <b>Behaviour</b> | <b>General</b>, you can specify a custom web browser for web URLs.</p>

en: You have selected more than one URL. A file dialog to set the destination will open for each. Do you really want to save several URLs at once?
en_GB: You have selected more than one URL. A file dialogue to set the destination will open for each. Do you really want to save several URLs at once?

en: IRC Color Chooser
en_GB: IRC Colour Chooser

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_previewLbl)
en: This is how your message will look with these colors
en_GB: This is how your message will look with these colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_previewLbl)
en: <qt>This is a preview of how your readers may see view your message if you select these colors.<br>
    <b>Note: Not all clients support this, and some users may have chosen to ignore your color changes.</b>
    </qt>
en_GB: <qt>This is a preview of how your readers may see view your message if you select these colours.<br>
    <b>Note: Not all clients support this, and some users may have chosen to ignore your colour changes.</b>
    </qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, m_fgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: The chosen text color is added to the input line.
en_GB: The chosen text colour is added to the input line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_fgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: <qt>Here you choose what color you want you the text in the next message you send to be.  If you choose a color and click Ok, the chosen color is added to the Input Line.  Any text written after this will be in the chosen color, until you change the color again.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you choose what colour you want you the text in the next message you send to be.  If you choose a colour and click Ok, the chosen colour is added to the Input Line.  Any text written after this will be in the chosen colour, until you change the colour again.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_fgColorLbl)
en: Fore&ground color:
en_GB: Fore&ground colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, m_bgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: The chosen text-background color is added to the input line.
en_GB: The chosen text-background colour is added to the input line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, m_bgColorCBox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, m_bgColorLbl)
en: <qt>Here you choose what color you want you background for the text in the next message you send to be.
    If you choose a color and click Ok, the chosen color is added to the Input Line.
    Any text written after this will have the chosen color, until you change the color again.<br>
    Choosing the default "<i>None</i>" will not change the background color of your message, so your readers will view your message with their normal background text color.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all clients support this, and not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>
en_GB: <qt>Here you choose what colour you want you background for the text in the next message you send to be.
    If you choose a colour and click Ok, the chosen colour is added to the Input Line.
    Any text written after this will have the chosen colour, until you change the colour again.<br>
    Choosing the default "<i>None</i>" will not change the background colour of your message, so your readers will view your message with their normal background text colour.<br>
    <b>Note:  Not all clients support this, and not all users turn on the option to see this.</b></qt>

en: Text past the server limit of %1 bytes is shown in color.
en_GB: Text past the server limit of %1 bytes is shown in colour.

en: This is a list of all topics that have been set for this channel while its tab was open.
    
    If the same topic is set multiple times consecutively by someone, only the final occurrence is shown.
    
    When you select a topic in the list, the edit field below it will receive its text. Once you start modifying the contents of the field, however, the list will switch from the regular entry selection mode to allowing you to perform text selection on the entries in case you may wish to incorporate some of their text into the new topic. To return to entry selection mode and a synchronized edit field, undo back to the original text or close and reopen the dialog.
en_GB: This is a list of all topics that have been set for this channel while its tab was open.
    
    If the same topic is set multiple times consecutively by someone, only the final occurrence is shown.
    
    When you select a topic in the list, the edit field below it will receive its text. Once you start modifying the contents of the field, however, the list will switch from the regular entry selection mode to allowing you to perform text selection on the entries in case you may wish to incorporate some of their text into the new topic. To return to entry selection mode and a synchronised edit field, undo back to the original text or close and reopen the dialogue.

[ctx: @info::whatsthis]
en: Press this button if you want to edit the selected incidence.  A dialog will popup allowing you to edit the incidence.
en_GB: Press this button if you want to edit the selected incidence.  A dialogue will popup allowing you to edit the incidence.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: When this option is enabled the reminder dialog will automatically receive keyboard focus when it opens.
en_GB: When this option is enabled the reminder dialogue will automatically receive keyboard focus when it opens.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This menu entry opens the "Get Hot New Stuff" dialog that allows you to search and import fun and useful calendars donated to the community.
en_GB: This menu entry opens the "Get Hot New Stuff" dialogue that allows you to search and import fun and useful calendars donated to the community.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: This menu entry opens a dialog that allows you to select old events and to-dos that you can archive into an iCalendar file.  The archived incidences will be removed from your existing calendar collection.
en_GB: This menu entry opens a dialogue that allows you to select old events and to-dos that you can archive into an iCalendar file.  The archived incidences will be removed from your existing calendar collection.

[ctx: @info:status]
en: Scroll Forward
en_GB: Scroll Forwards

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a dialog that allows you to create a new Event with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.
en_GB: Starts a dialogue that allows you to create a new Event with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a dialog that allows you to create a new To-do with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.
en_GB: Starts a dialogue that allows you to create a new To-do with reminders, attendees, recurrences and much more.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a dialog that allows you to create a new Journal entry.
en_GB: Starts a dialogue that allows you to create a new Journal entry.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: Starts a configuration dialog that allows you to change the settings for the current calendar view.
en_GB: Starts a configuration dialogue that allows you to change the settings for the current calendar view.

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: &Set Folder Color...
en_GB: &Set Folder Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Theming)
en: Use system color instead of user defined color. If enabled will ignore all other color settings
en_GB: Use system colour instead of user defined colour. If enabled will ignore all other colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, attendeeCheck)
en: Check this box if you want to match item attendees against your search pattern.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to match item attendees against your search pattern.

en: Unrecognized game id.
en_GB: Unrecognised game id.

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <para>A descriptive text of the image.</para><para>If <emphasis>Use Exif description</emphasis> is enabled under <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...|General</interface>, a description embedded in the image Exif information is imported to this field if available.</para>
en_GB: <para>A descriptive text of the image.</para><para>If <emphasis>Use EXIF description</emphasis> is enabled under <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...|General</interface>, a description embedded in the image EXIF information is imported to this field if available.</para>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: The map widget allows you to view the location of images if GPS coordinates are found in the Exif information.
en_GB: The map widget allows you to view the location of images if GPS coordinates are found in the EXIF information.

[ctx: @info]
en: <para>In KPhotoAlbum, images can either have an exact date and time, or a <emphasis>fuzzy</emphasis> date which happened any time during a specified time interval. Images produced by digital cameras do normally have an exact date.</para><para>If you don't know exactly when a photo was taken (e.g. if the photo comes from an analog camera), then you should set <interface>Use Fuzzy Date</interface>.</para>
en_GB: <para>In KPhotoAlbum, images can either have an exact date and time, or a <emphasis>fuzzy</emphasis> date which happened any time during a specified time interval. Images produced by digital cameras do normally have an exact date.</para><para>If you do not know exactly when a photo was taken (e.g. if the photo comes from an analog camera), then you should set <interface>Use Fuzzy Date</interface>.</para>

en: <p>You have just opened the advanced search dialog; to get the most out of it, it is suggested that you read the section in the manual on <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/sect-general-image-searches.html">advanced searching</a>.</p><p>This dialog is also used for typing in information about images; you can find extra tips on its usage by reading about <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">typing in</a>.</p>
en_GB: <p>You have just opened the advanced search dialogue box; to get the most out of it, it is suggested that you read the section in the manual on <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/sect-general-image-searches.html">advanced searching</a>.</p><p>This dialogue box is also used for typing in information about images; you can find extra tips on its usage by reading about <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">typing in</a>.</p>

en: <p>You have just opened one of the most important windows in KPhotoAlbum; it contains lots of functionality which has been optimized for fast usage.</p><p>It is strongly recommended that you take 5 minutes to read the <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">documentation for this dialog</a></p>
en_GB: <p>You have just opened one of the most important windows in KPhotoAlbum; it contains lots of functionality which has been optimised for fast usage.</p><p>It is strongly recommended that you take 5 minutes to read the <a href="help:/kphotoalbum/chp-typingIn.html">documentation for this dialogue box</a></p>

en: OK dialog
en_GB: OK dialogue box

en: <p><b>Can't associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to is not positionable.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, change this in the settings dialog. If this tag shouldn't be in the recognition database anymore, it can be deleted in the settings.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Cannot associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to is not positionable.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, change this in the settings dialogue box. If this tag should not be in the recognition database any more, it can be deleted in the settings.</p>

en: <p><b>Can't associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to does not exist.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, add this category and mark it as positionable. If this tag shouldn't be in the recognition database anymore, it can be deleted in the settings dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Cannot associate tag "%2"</b></p><p>The category "%1" the tag "%2" belongs to does not exist.</p><p>If you want to use this tag, add this category and mark it as positionable. If this tag should not be in the recognition database any more, it can be deleted in the settings dialogue box.</p>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Rotate counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

en: <p>Active jobs: %1<br/>Pending jobs: %2<hr/><br/>Color codes:<ul><li><b>blinking green</b>: Active background jobs</li><li><b>gray</b>: No active jobs</li><li><b>solid yellow</b>: Job queue is paused</li><li><b>blinking yellow</b>: Job queue is paused for background jobs, but is executing a foreground job (like extracting a thumbnail for a video file, which is currently shown in the thumbnail viewer)</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Active jobs: %1<br/>Pending jobs: %2<hr/><br/>Colour codes:<ul><li><b>blinking green</b>: Active background jobs</li><li><b>grey</b>: No active jobs</li><li><b>solid yellow</b>: Job queue is paused</li><li><b>blinking yellow</b>: Job queue is paused for background jobs, but is executing a foreground job (like extracting a thumbnail for a video file, which is currently shown in the thumbnail viewer)</li></ul></p>

en: Exif Search
en_GB: EXIF Search

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: jan
en_GB: Jan

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: feb
en_GB: Feb

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: mar
en_GB: Mar

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: apr
en_GB: Apr

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: may
en_GB: May

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: jun
en_GB: Jun

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: jul
en_GB: Jul

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: aug
en_GB: Aug

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: sep
en_GB: Sep

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: oct
en_GB: Oct

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: nov
en_GB: Nov

[ctx: Abbreviated month name]
en: dec
en_GB: Dec

en: <p>There was an error while accessing the Exif search database. The error is likely due to a broken database file.</p><p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate Exif Search database.</p><hr/><p>For debugging: the command that was attempted to be executed was:<br/>%1</p><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%2</p>
en_GB: <p>There was an error while executing the SQL backend command. The error is likely due to a broken database file.</p><p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate EXIF Search database.</p><hr/><p>For debugging: the command that was attempted to be executed was:<br/>%1</p><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%2</p>

en: Error in Exif database
en_GB: Error in EXIF database

en: <p>There was an error while opening the Exif search database.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate Exif Search database.</p><hr/><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%1</p>
en_GB: <p>There was an error while opening the EXIF search database.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate EXIF Search database.</p><hr/><p>The error message obtained was:<br/>%1</p>

en: <p>The Exif search database is corrupted and has no data.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate Exif Search database.</p>
en_GB: <p>The EXIF search database is corrupted and has no data.</p> <p>To fix this problem run Maintenance->Recreate EXIF Search database.</p>

en: Rereading Exif information from all images
en_GB: Rereading EXIF information from all images

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Exif Information
en_GB: EXIF Information

en: Exif label search:
en_GB: EXIF label search:

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Read Exif Info from Files
en_GB: Read EXIF Info from Files

en: Update Exif search database
en_GB: Update EXIF search database

en: Use modification date if Exif not found
en_GB: Use modification date if EXIF not found

en: Update image orientation from Exif information
en_GB: Update image orientation from EXIF information

en: Update image description from Exif information
en_GB: Update image description from EXIF information

en: <p>Be aware that setting the data from Exif may <b>overwrite</b> data you have previously entered manually using the image configuration dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>Be aware that setting the data from EXIF may <b>overwrite</b> data you have previously entered manually using the image configuration dialogue.</p>

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Exif Search
en_GB: EXIF Search

en: Not all images in the database have lens information. <note>Recreate the Exif search database to ensure lens data for all images.</note>
en_GB: Not all images in the database have lens information. <note>Recreate the EXIF search database to ensure lens data for all images.</note>

en: Timedout
en_GB: Timed out

en: <p>If your images are stored in a non-compressed file format then you may check this; otherwise, this just wastes time during import and export operations.</p><p>In other words, do not check this if your images are stored in jpg, png or gif; but do check this if your images are stored in tiff.</p>
en_GB: <p>If your images are stored in a non-compressed file format then you may tick this; otherwise, this just wastes time during import and export operations.</p><p>In other words, do not tick this if your images are stored in jpg, png or gif; but do check this if your images are stored in tiff.</p>

en: <h1><font size="+2">Welcome to KPhotoAlbum Import</font></h1>This wizard will take you through the steps of an import operation. The steps are: <ol><li>First you must select which images you want to import from the export file. You do so by selecting the checkbox next to the image.</li><li>Next you must tell KPhotoAlbum in which directory to put the images. This directory must of course be below the directory root KPhotoAlbum uses for images. KPhotoAlbum will take care to avoid name clashes</li><li>The next step is to specify which categories you want to import (People, Places, ... ) and also tell KPhotoAlbum how to match the categories from the file to your categories. Imagine you load from a file, where a category is called <b>Blomst</b> (which is the Danish word for flower), then you would likely want to match this with your category, which might be called <b>Blume</b> (which is the German word for flower) - of course given you are German.</li><li>The final steps, is matching the individual tokens from the categories. I may call myself <b>Jesper</b> in my image database, while you want to call me by my full name, namely <b>Jesper K. Pedersen</b>. In this step non matches will be highlighted in red, so you can see which tokens was not found in your database, or which tokens was only a partial match.</li></ol>
en_GB: <h1><font size="+2">Welcome to KPhotoAlbum Import</font></h1>This wizard will take you through the steps of an import operation. The steps are: <ol><li>First you must select which images you want to import from the export file. You do so by selecting the tickbox next to the image.</li><li>Next you must tell KPhotoAlbum in which directory to put the images. This directory must of course be below the directory root KPhotoAlbum uses for images. KPhotoAlbum will take care to avoid name clashes</li><li>The next step is to specify which categories you want to import (People, Places, ... ) and also tell KPhotoAlbum how to match the categories from the file to your categories. Imagine you load from a file, where a category is called <b>Blomst</b> (which is the Danish word for flower), then you would likely want to match this with your category, which might be called <b>Blume</b> (which is the German word for flower) - of course given you are German.</li><li>The final steps, is matching the individual tokens from the categories. I may call myself <b>Jesper</b> in my image database, while you want to call me by my full name, namely <b>Jesper K. Pedersen</b>. In this step non matches will be highlighted in red, so you can see which tokens was not found in your database, or which tokens was only a partial match.</li></ol>

[ctx: @info:shell]
en: Conflicting commandline options: %1 and %2!
en_GB: Conflicting command line options: %1 and %2!

en: Development, Optimization
en_GB: Development, Optimisation

en: Patch for making it possible to reread Exif info using a nice dialog.
en_GB: Patch for making it possible to reread EXIF info using a nice dialogue.

en: (.) Patch with directory info made available through the browser. (.) Patch for adding a check box for "and/or" searches in the search page.
en_GB: (.) Patch with directory info made available through the browser. (.) Patch for adding a tick box for "and/or" searches in the search page.

en: Patch to sort images in the thumbnail view, plus reading time info out of Exif images for existing images
en_GB: Patch to sort images in the thumbnail view, plus reading time info out of EXIF images for existing images

en: Patch which speed up loading of thumbnails plus preview in image property dialog.
en_GB: Patch which speed up loading of thumbnails plus preview in image property dialogue box.

en: Move file to Trash | Move %1 files to Trash
en_GB[0]: Move file to Wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 files to Wastebin

en: <p>Below is a list of all images that are duplicate in your database.<br/>Select which you want merged, and which of the duplicates should be kept.<br/>The tag and description from the deleted images will be transferred to the kept image</p>
en_GB: <p>Below is a list of all images that are duplicated in your database.<br/>Select which you want merged, and which of the duplicates should be kept.<br/>The tag and description from the deleted images will be transferred to the kept image</p>

en: Move to &trash
en_GB: Move to was&tebin

en: <h1><a name="database">SQLite database support</a></h1><p>KPhotoAlbum allows you to search using a certain number of Exif tags. For this KPhotoAlbum needs an SQLite database. In addition the Qt package for SQLite (e.g. qt-sql-sqlite) must be installed.</p>
en_GB: <h1><a name="database">SQLite database support</a></h1><p>KPhotoAlbum allows you to search using a certain number of EXIF tags. For this KPhotoAlbum needs an SQLite database. In addition the Qt package for SQLite (e.g. qt-sql-sqlite) must be installed.</p>

en: SQLite database support (used for Exif searches)
en_GB: SQLite database support (used for EXIF searches)

en: <h1>Description</h1><table><tr><td># of Items</td><td>This is the number of different items in the category</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Total</td><td>This is a count of how many tags was made,<br/>i.e. a simple counting though all the images</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Per Picture</td><td>This tells you how many tags are on each picture on average</td></tr></table><br/><br/>Do not get too attached to this dialog, it has the problem that it counts categories AND subcategories,<br/>so if an image has been taken in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA, then 3 tags are counted for that image,<br/>while it should only be one.<br/>I am not really sure if it is worth fixing that bug (as it is pretty hard to fix),<br/>so maybe the dialog will simply go away again
en_GB: <h1>Description</h1><table><tr><td># of Items</td><td>This is the number of different items in the category</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Total</td><td>This is a count of how many tags was made,<br/>i.e. a simple counting though all the images</td></tr><tr><td>Tags Per Picture</td><td>This tells you how many tags are on each picture on average</td></tr></table><br/><br/>Do not get too attached to this dialogue box, it has the problem that it counts categories AND subcategories,<br/>so if an image has been taken in Las Vegas, Nevada, USA, then 3 tags are counted for that image,<br/>while it should only be one.<br/>I am not really sure if it is worth fixing that bug (as it is pretty hard to fix),<br/>so maybe the dialogue box will simply go away again

en: # of Items
en_GB: No. of Items

en: Run Randomized Slide Show
en_GB: Run Randomised Slide Show

en: Read Exif Info from Files...
en_GB: Read EXIF Info from Files...

en: Choose Color Scheme
en_GB: Choose Colour Scheme

en: Annotation Dialog
en_GB: Annotation Dialogue Box

en: <p>Really enable all message boxes where you previously checked the do-not-show-again check box?</p>
en_GB: <p>Really enable all message boxes where you previously ticked the do-not-show-again tick box?</p>

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is using a single index.xml file as its <i>data base</i>. With lots of images it may take a long time to read this file. You may cut down this time to approximately half, by checking this check box. The disadvantage is that the index.xml file is less readable by human eyes.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is using a single index.xml file as its <i>data base</i>. With lots of images it may take a long time to read this file. You may cut down this time to approximately half, by ticking this tick box. The disadvantage is that the index.xml file is less readable by human eyes.</p>

en: Exif/IPTC info to show in the viewer
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC info to show in the viewer

en: Exif/IPTC info to show in the Exif dialog
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC info to show in the EXIF dialogue

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum attempts to read all image files whether actual files or symbolic links. If you wish to ignore symbolic links, check this option. This is useful if for some reason you have e.g. both the original files and symbolic links to these files within your image directory.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum attempts to read all image files whether actual files or symbolic links. If you wish to ignore symbolic links, tick this option. This is useful if for some reason you have e.g. both the original files and symbolic links to these files within your image directory.</p>

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of reading certain kinds of RAW images. Some cameras store both a RAW image and a matching JPEG or TIFF image. This causes duplicate images to be stored in KPhotoAlbum, which may be undesirable. If this option is checked, KPhotoAlbum will not read RAW files for which matching image files also exist.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of reading certain kinds of RAW images. Some cameras store both a RAW image and a matching JPEG or TIFF image. This causes duplicate images to be stored in KPhotoAlbum, which may be undesirable. If this option is ticked, KPhotoAlbum will not read RAW files for which matching image files also exist.</p>

en: Use Exif orientation information
en_GB: Use EXIF orientation information

en: Use Exif description
en_GB: Use EXIF description

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum will try to read the image date from Exif information in the image. If that fails it will try to get the date from the file's time stamp.</p><p>However, this information will be wrong if the image was scanned in (you want the date the image was taken, not the date of the scan).</p><p>If you only scan images, in contrast to sometimes using a digital camera, you should reply <b>no</b>. If you never scan images, you should reply <b>yes</b>, otherwise reply <b>ask</b>. This will allow you to decide whether the images are from the scanner or the camera, from session to session.</p>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum will try to read the image date from EXIF information in the image. If that fails it will try to get the date from the file's time stamp.</p><p>However, this information will be wrong if the image was scanned in (you want the date the image was taken, not the date of the scan).</p><p>If you only scan images, in contrast to sometimes using a digital camera, you should reply <b>no</b>. If you never scan images, you should reply <b>yes</b>, otherwise reply <b>ask</b>. This will allow you to decide whether the images are from the scanner or the camera, from session to session.</p>

en: <p>JPEG images may contain information about rotation. If you have a reason for not using this information to get a default rotation of your images, uncheck this check box.</p><p>Note: Your digital camera may not write this information into the images at all.</p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG images may contain information about rotation. If you have a reason for not using this information to get a default rotation of your images, untick this tick box.</p><p>Note: Your digital camera may not write this information into the images at all.</p>

en: <p>JPEG images may contain a description. Check this checkbox to specify if you want to use this as a default description for your images.</p>
en_GB: <p>JPEG images may contain a description. Tick this tickbox to specify if you want to use this as a default description for your images.</p>

en: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of showing your images on android devices. KPhotoAlbum will automatically pair with the app from android. This, however, requires that KPhotoAlbum on your desktop is listening for multicast messages. Checking this checkbox will make KPhotoAlbum do so automatically on start up. Alternatively, you can click the connection icon in the status bar to start listening.
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum is capable of showing your images on android devices. KPhotoAlbum will automatically pair with the app from android. This, however, requires that KPhotoAlbum on your desktop is listening for multicast messages. Ticking this tickbox will make KPhotoAlbum do so automatically on start up. Alternatively, you can click the connection icon in the status bar to start listening.

en: When reading time information of images, their Exif info is used. Exif info may, however, not be supported by your KPhotoAlbum installation, or no valid information may be in the file. As a backup, KPhotoAlbum may use the timestamp of the image - this may, however, not be valid in case the image is scanned in. So the question is, should KPhotoAlbum trust the time stamp on your images?
en_GB: When reading time information of images, their EXIF info is used. EXIF info may, however, not be supported by your KPhotoAlbum installation, or no valid information may be in the file. As a backup, KPhotoAlbum may use the timestamp of the image - this may, however, not be valid in case the image is scanned in. So the question is, should KPhotoAlbum trust the time stamp on your images?

en: Exif/IPTC Information
en_GB: EXIF/IPTC Information

en: <p>Checking this option will show the base name for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view.</p>
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will show the base name for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view.</p>

en: <p>Checking this option will show the Categories for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view</p>
en_GB: <p>Ticking this option will show the Categories for the file under thumbnails in the thumbnail view</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>It is possible to create new categories - that are alternatives
    to <resource>People</resource>, <resource>Places</resource>, and <resource>Events</resource> - in the annotation
    dialog.
    To add new categories or remove existing ones, go to the <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...</interface> dialog, and choose
    <interface>Categories</interface> in the side bar.</p>
en_GB: <p>It is possible to create new categories - that are alternatives
    to <resource>People</resource>, <resource>Places</resource>, and <resource>Events</resource> - in the annotation
    dialogue box.
    To add new categories or remove existing ones, go to the <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...</interface> dialogue box, and choose
    <interface>Categories</interface> in the side bar.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You may rename or delete a tag (i.e. a person, location, keyword or similar) by
    right-clicking on the item in the image property dialog.</p>
en_GB: <p>You may rename or delete a tag (i.e. a person, location, keyword or similar) by
    right-clicking on the item in the image property dialogue box.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>It is possible to associate images with categories.</p>
    <p>That way when browsing, say people, you may get a small icon for each person with
    e.g. the person's face.</p>
    <p>To specify an icon for a person, load the person in the viewer, zoom to
    the part which you want to make into an icon, and choose
    <interface>Show Category Editor</interface>. This will bring up a dialog where you can
    find the person, and set the image.
    </p>
en_GB: <p>It is possible to associate images with categories.</p>
    <p>That way when browsing, say people, you may get a small icon for each person with
    e.g. the person's face.</p>
    <p>To specify an icon for a person, load the person in the viewer, zoom to
    the part which you want to make into an icon, and choose
    <interface>Show Category Editor</interface>. This will bring up a dialogue box where you can
    find the person, and set the image.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You may close the image annotation dialog (the one where you specify
    people, places, etc. for the images) by pressing Ctrl+Enter.
    </p>
en_GB: <p>You may close the image annotation dialogue box (the one where you specify
    people, places, etc. for the images) by pressing Ctrl+Enter.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You can rate images using the numbers from 0 to 5 on the keyboard whilst in
    thumbnail view or the image viewer. In the annotation dialog, you can rate
    images by selecting the appropriate star rating.</p>
en_GB: <p>You can rate images using the numbers from 0 to 5 on the keyboard whilst in
    thumbnail view or the image viewer. In the annotation dialogue box, you can rate
    images by selecting the appropriate star rating.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>KPhotoAlbum can detect and recognize faces on images.</p>
    <p>
    To use this functionality, use the <interface>Search for faces on the current image</interface>
    button below the image preview in the annotation dialog.
    </p>
    <note>To see if face recognition support is enabled, open the feature dialog
    (<interface>Help|KPhotoAlbum feature status</interface>), and check the item
    <resource>Face detection and recognition support</resource>.
    </note>
en_GB: <p>KPhotoAlbum can detect and recognise faces on images.</p>
    <p>
    To use this functionality, use the <interface>Search for faces on the current image</interface>
    button below the image preview in the annotation dialogue box.
    </p>
    <note>To see if face recognition support is enabled, open the feature dialogue box
    (<interface>Help|KPhotoAlbum feature status</interface>), and check the item
    <resource>Face detection and recognition support</resource>.
    </note>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>You can associate tags to an area of an image (e.g. to connect a name to a face).</p>
    <p>
    To do so, make sure that the checkbox <interface>Positionable Tags</interface> under
    <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...|Categories</interface> is enabled for the
    given category.
    </p>
    <p>
    When this is done, you can drag the mouse on the image preview of the annotation dialog to
    mark an area. Open the context menu (right mouse button) on the area to associate it with a tag.
    </p>
en_GB: <p>You can associate tags to an area of an image (e.g. to connect a name to a face).</p>
    <p>
    To do so, make sure that the tick box <interface>Positionable Tags</interface> under
    <interface>Settings|Configure KPhotoAlbum...|Categories</interface> is enabled for the
    given category.
    </p>
    <p>
    When this is done, you can drag the mouse on the image preview of the annotation dialogue box to
    mark an area. Open the context menu (right mouse button) on the area to associate it with a tag.
    </p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: <p>
    In the annotation dialog, you can hit <shortcut>Ctrl+Space</shortcut> any time to enlarge the current image.
    To go back to the standard view, press <shortcut>Ctrl+Space</shortcut> again.
    </p>
en_GB: <p>
    In the annotation dialogue box, you can hit <shortcut>Ctrl+Space</shortcut> any time to enlarge the current image.
    To go back to the standard view, press <shortcut>Ctrl+Space</shortcut> again.
    </p>

[ctx: As in 'This happened 1 month ago']
en: 1 month ago | %1 months ago
en_GB[0]: 1 month
en_GB[1]: %1 months ago

[ctx: As in 'This happened 1 year ago']
en: 1 year ago | %1 years ago
en_GB[0]: 1 year
en_GB[1]: %1 years ago

en: Insufficient color depth for this filter
en_GB: Insufficient colour depth for this filter

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Show Exif Viewer
en_GB: Show EXIF Viewer

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Rotate counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 10 Forward
en_GB: Skip 10 Forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 100 Forward
en_GB: Skip 100 Forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 1000 Forward
en_GB: Skip 1000 Forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 10 Backward
en_GB: Skip 10 Backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 100 Backward
en_GB: Skip 100 Backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Skip 1000 Backward
en_GB: Skip 1000 Backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 minutes backward
en_GB: 10 minutes backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 minute backward
en_GB: 1 minute backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 seconds backward
en_GB: 10 seconds backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 seconds backward
en_GB: 1 seconds backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 100 milliseconds backward
en_GB: 100 milliseconds backwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 100 milliseconds forward
en_GB: 100 milliseconds forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 seconds forward
en_GB: 1 seconds forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 seconds forward
en_GB: 10 seconds forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 1 minute forward
en_GB: 1 minute forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: 10 minutes forward
en_GB: 10 minutes forwards

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Apply Grayscale Filter
en_GB: Apply Greyscale Filter

[ctx: @action:inmenu]
en: Apply Histogram Equalization Filter
en_GB: Apply Histogram Equalisation Filter

en: Show Exif
en_GB: Show EXIF

en: <p>Your images/videos are not sorted, which means that navigating using the date bar will only work suboptimally.</p><p>In the <b>Maintenance</b> menu, you can find <b>Display Images with Incomplete Dates</b> which you can use to find the images that are missing date information.</p><p>You can then select the images that you have reason to believe have a correct date in either their Exif data or on the file, and execute <b>Maintenance->Read Exif Info</b> to reread the information.</p><p>Finally, once all images have their dates set, you can execute <b>Maintenance->Sort All by Date & Time</b> to sort them in the database. </p>
en_GB: <p>Your images/videos are not sorted, which means that navigating using the date bar will only work suboptimally.</p><p>In the <b>Maintenance</b> menu, you can find <b>Display Images with Incomplete Dates</b> which you can use to find the images that are missing date information.</p><p>You can then select the images that you have reason to believe have a correct date in either their EXIF data or on the file, and execute <b>Maintenance->Read EXIF Info</b> to reread the information.</p><p>Finally, once all images have their dates set, you can execute <b>Maintenance->Sort All by Date & Time</b> to sort them in the database. </p>

en: The connection to the handheld was lost. Synchronization cannot continue.
en_GB: The connection to the handheld was lost. Synchronisation cannot continue.

en: Full Synchronization
en_GB: Full Synchronisation

en: Could not initialize conduit %1.
en_GB: Could not initialise conduit %1.

en: One of the data proxies could not be initialized.
en_GB: One of the data proxies could not be initialised.

en: Commiting changes to the handheld
en_GB: Committing changes to the handheld

en: Syncing handheld records to pc.
en_GB: Syncing handheld records to PC.

en: Cannot initialize from pilot.
en_GB: Cannot initialise from pilot.

en: Cannot initialize the memo files from disk.
en_GB: Cannot initialise the memo files from disk.

en: Skipping MAL sync, because last synchronization was not long enough ago.
en_GB: Skipping MAL sync, because last synchronisation was not long enough ago.

en: MAL synchronization failed (no SyncInfo).
en_GB: MAL synchronisation failed (no SyncInfo).

en: MAL Synchronization Conduit for KPilot
en_GB: MAL Synchronisation Conduit for KPilot

en: Synchronizes the content from MAL Servers like AvantGo to the Handheld
en_GB: Synchronises the content from MAL Servers like AvantGo to the Handheld

en: Password invalid. Update your password in the settings dialog.
en_GB: Password invalid. Update your password in the settings dialogue.

en: Time Synchronization Conduit for KPilot
en_GB: Time Synchronisation Conduit for KPilot

en: Synchronizes the Time on the Handheld and the PC
en_GB: Synchronises the Time on the Handheld and the PC

en: Could not read text record #%1 from Database %2
en_GB: Could not read text record %1 from Database %2

en: Could not read bookmark record #%1 from Database %2
en_GB: Could not read bookmark record %1 from Database %2

en: Searching for texts and databases to synchronize
en_GB: Searching for texts and databases to synchronise

en: Synchronizing text "%1"
en_GB: Synchronising text "%1"

en: Resolution Dialog
en_GB: Resolution Dialogue

en: HotSync is disabled because KPilot could not determine the state of the screen saver. You can disable this security feature by unchecking the 'do not sync when screensaver is active' box in the HotSync page of the configuration dialog.
en_GB: HotSync is disabled because KPilot could not determine the state of the screen saver. You can disable this security feature by unticking the 'do not sync when screensaver is active' box in the HotSync page of the configuration dialogue.

en: KPilot Daemon
en_GB: KPilot Dæmon

en: <qt><p><i>Conduits</i> are external (possibly third-party) programs that perform synchronization actions. They may have individual configurations. Select a conduit to configure it, and enable it by clicking on its checkbox. </p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p><i>Conduits</i> are external (possibly third-party) programs that perform synchronisation actions. They may have individual configurations. Select a conduit to configure it, and enable it by clicking on its tickbox. </p></qt>

en: <qt><p>The <i>general</i> portion of KPilot's setup contains settings for your hardware and the way KPilot should display your data. For the basic setup, which should fulfill the need of most users, just use the setup wizard below.</p><p>If you need some special settings, this dialog provides all the options for fine-tuning KPilot. But be warned: The HotSync settings are various esoteric things.</p><p>You can enable an action or conduit by clicking on its checkbox. Checked conduits will be run during a HotSync. Select a conduit to configure it.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>The <i>general</i> portion of KPilot's setup contains settings for your hardware and the way KPilot should display your data. For the basic setup, which should fulfill the need of most users, just use the setup wizard below.</p><p>If you need some special settings, this dialogue provides all the options for fine-tuning KPilot. But be warned: The HotSync settings are various esoteric things.</p><p>You can enable an action or conduit by clicking on its tickbox. Ticked conduits will be run during a HotSync. Select a conduit to configure it.</p></qt>

en: Special behavior during HotSync.
en_GB: Special behaviour during HotSync.

en: Behavior at startup and exit.
en_GB: Behaviour at startup and exit.

en: <qt>The handheld thinks that the username is %1; however, KPilot says you are %2.Which of these is the correct name?
    If you click on Cancel, the sync will proceed, but the usernames will not be changed.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The handheld thinks that the username is %1; however, KPilot says you are %2. Which of these is the correct name?
    If you click on Cancel, the sync will proceed, but the usernames will not be changed.</qt>

en: Starting the KPilot daemon ...
en_GB: Starting the KPilot dæmon ...

en: Could not start the KPilot daemon. The system error message was: &quot;%1&quot;
en_GB: Could not start the KPilot dæmon. The system error message was: &quot;%1&quot;

en: Daemon started.
en_GB: Dæmon started.

en: Daemon status is `%1'
en_GB: Dæmon status is `%1'

en: Select the kind of HotSync to perform next. This applies only to the next HotSync; to change the default, use the configuration dialog.
en_GB: Select the kind of HotSync to perform next. This applies only to the next HotSync; to change the default, use the configuration dialogue.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should be a normal HotSync.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should be a normal HotSync.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should be a FullSync (check data on both sides).
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should be a FullSync (check data on both sides).

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the PC to the Handheld, overwriting entries on the Handheld.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the PC to the Handheld, overwriting entries on the Handheld.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the Handheld to the PC, overwriting entries on the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should copy all data from the Handheld to the PC, overwriting entries on the PC.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should back up the Handheld to the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should back up the Handheld to the PC.

en: Tell the daemon that the next HotSync should restore the Handheld from data on the PC.
en_GB: Tell the dæmon that the next HotSync should restore the Handheld from data on the PC.

en: Try to reset the daemon and its connection to the Handheld.
en_GB: Try to reset the dæmon and its connection to the Handheld.

en: Quit KPilot, (and stop the daemon if configured that way).
en_GB: Quit KPilot (and stop the dæmon if configured that way).

en: The daemon has exited.
en_GB: The dæmon has exited.

en: Restart the daemon to HotSync again.
en_GB: Restart the dæmon to HotSync again.

note: i18n: file: conduits/akonadibase/akonadi-setup-widget.ui:65 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, fSelectionWarnLabel)
en: No collection selected yet. Make sure you select a collection before synchronizing. If you do not see any collections in the combobox, make sure that Akonadi started and that there is a valid resource for this data type.
en_GB: No collection selected yet. Make sure you select a collection before synchronising. If you do not see any collections in the combobox, make sure that Akonadi started and that there is a valid resource for this data type.

note: i18n: file: conduits/sysinfoconduit/sysinfoconduit.kcfg:31 i18n: ectx: label, entry (DatabaseList), group (General)
en: List of databases on handheld (takes a long time.)
en_GB: List of databases on handheld (takes a long time).

note: i18n: file: conduits/sysinfoconduit/sysinfoconduit.kcfg:51 i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncInfo), group (General)
en: Synchronization information
en_GB: Synchronisation information

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QButtonGroup)
en: Select how often AvantGo should be synchronized
en_GB: Select how often AvantGo should be synchronised

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:78 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one hour after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one hour after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:103 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one day after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one day after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:114 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one week after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one week after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:125 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one month after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronization, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise with the MAL server on every HotSync that is at least one month after the previous MAL sync. To perform a successful synchronisation, you need to have access to the MAL server during the HotSync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/malconduit/mal-setup_dialog.ui:263 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check this box to use a non-standard proxy port.
en_GB: Tick this box to use a non-standard proxy port.

note: i18n: file: conduits/timeconduit/time-setup_dialog.ui:36 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the handheld time with the PC time, by using the PC time on both.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the handheld time with the PC time, by using the PC time on both.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/timeconduit/time-setup_dialog.ui:52 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1_2)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the handheld time with the PC time, by using the handheld time on both.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the handheld time with the PC time, by using the handheld time on both.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:44 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:67 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, fTXTDir)
en: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder used to find and synchronize text files. All files with extension .txt located in this folder will be synced to Palm DOC databases in your handheld.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder used to find and synchronise text files. All files with extension .txt located in this folder will be synced to Palm DOC databases in your handheld.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:60 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fkeepPDBLocally)
en: <qt>Check this box if you want to save a copy of the Palm DOC databases (.pdb files) on your PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box if you want to save a copy of the Palm DOC databases (.pdb files) on your PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:74 i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (Q3ButtonGroup, fSyncDirection)
en: Synchronization Mode
en_GB: Synchronisation Mode

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton3)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize texts changed in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will not be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise texts changed in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will not be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:102 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton2)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the changes made to Palm DOC databases in your handheld to the PC text files. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will not be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the changes made to Palm DOC databases in your handheld to the PC text files. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, but texts changed in the PC will not be converted to the Palm DOC databases.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:118 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton1)
en: <qt>Select this option to synchronize the file texts in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, and texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases, keeping both versions in sync.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select this option to synchronise the file texts in your PC to Palm DOC databases in your handheld. Palm DOC databases modified in the handheld will be converted to text files, and texts changed in the PC will be converted to the Palm DOC databases, keeping both versions in sync.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:144 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, fPDBDir)
en: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder where copies of the handheld databases are kept (.pdb files). Local copies are only made if the box is checked as well.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter here, or select clicking the file picker button, the name and location of the folder where copies of the handheld databases are kept (.pdb files). Local copies are only made if the box is ticked as well.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:164 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, fCompress) i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:261 i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Check this box, if the text should be compressed on the handheld to save memory. Most doc reader on the handheld support compressed texts.
en_GB: Tick this box, if the text should be compressed on the handheld to save memory. Most doc reader on the handheld support compressed texts.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:167 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fCompress)
en: <qt>The Palm DOC format supports compressing the text to save memory. Check this box to enable text compression, so the resulting Palm DOC database will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Palm DOC format supports compressing the text to save memory. Tick this box to enable text compression, so the resulting Palm DOC database will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:180 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fConvertBookmarks)
en: <qt>Check this box to enable bookmark creation when converting text files to Palm DOC databases. Most doc readers support bookmarks. In order to create a bookmark, it is necessary to to provide the location in the text where the bookmark should be set and the bookmark title, in at least one of the formats listed below.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to enable bookmark creation when converting text files to Palm DOC databases. Most doc readers support bookmarks. In order to create a bookmark, it is necessary to to provide the location in the text where the bookmark should be set and the bookmark title, in at least one of the formats listed below.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:209 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksInline)
en: Check this box to create bookmarks from inline tags in the text. The inline tag consist of tags in the form <* bookmarktext *>. The bookmark location is set using the location of the inline tag in the text, and  the name is the text between the <* and the *>. The inline tag (<*...*>) will be removed from the text.
en_GB: Tick this box to create bookmarks from inline tags in the text. The inline tag consist of tags in the form <* bookmarktext *>. The bookmark location is set using the location of the inline tag in the text, and  the name is the text between the <* and the *>. The inline tag (<*...*>) will be removed from the text.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:232 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksEndtags)
en: Check this box to convert tags of the form <bookmarkname> at the end of the text to bookmarks. The text inside the tag ("bookmarkname") will be searched in the text, and whenever found, a bookmark will be set there. The endtags <...> will then be removed from the end of the text.
en_GB: Tick this box to convert tags of the form <bookmarkname> at the end of the text to bookmarks. The text inside the tag ("bookmarkname") will be searched in the text, and whenever found, a bookmark will be set there. The endtags <...> will then be removed from the end of the text.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:242 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fBookmarksBmk)
en: <qt>Check this box to use regular expressions in a file to search the text for bookmarks. The file should have the same name as the text file, but should end in .bmk instead of .txt (for instance, the regular expression file for textname.txt should be textname.bmk). See the documentation for a description of the format of the bmk file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to use regular expressions in a file to search the text for bookmarks. The file should have the same name as the text file, but should end in .bmk instead of .txt (for instance, the regular expression file for textname.txt should be textname.bmk). See the documentation for a description of the format of the bmk file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:278 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fNoConversionOfBmksOnly)
en: <qt>Check this box to avoid syncing the text on the handheld to the PC if you only changed the bookmarks on the handheld (but not the text).</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to avoid syncing the text on the handheld to the PC if you only changed the bookmarks on the handheld (but not the text).</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:297 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton8)
en: <qt>Check this box to avoid converting Palm DOC bookmarks to inline tags or to a bookmark file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to avoid converting Palm DOC bookmarks to inline tags or to a bookmark file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:313 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton11)
en: <qt>Check this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to a separate file, in the bmk format (see more about this format in the documentation). The resulting bookmark file shares the same filename as the resulting .txt file, but ends in .bmk instead. This approach creates a clean text file and a bookmark file.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to a separate file, in the bmk format (see more about this format in the documentation). The resulting bookmark file shares the same filename as the resulting .txt file, but ends in .bmk instead. This approach creates a clean text file and a bookmark file.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:326 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioButton9)
en: <qt>Check this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to inline tags, in the form &lt;* BookmarkName *&gt;. These tags are inserted in the text in the position marked by the bookmark, and the text inside the tag corresponds to the bookmark name. Inline tags are easy to create, delete, move and edit.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to convert the Palm DOC database bookmarks to inline tags, in the form &lt;* BookmarkName *&gt;. These tags are inserted in the text in the position marked by the bookmark, and the text inside the tag corresponds to the bookmark name. Inline tags are easy to create, delete, move and edit.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:403 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, RadioButton7)
en: <qt>The Palm DOC conduit does not feature merging the modifications when a text is changed both in the handheld and in the computer. Therefore, when conflicts appear, the choice is between working with the files out of sync, or discarding the changes in one of them. Select this option to show the resolution dialog to let the user decide on a case by case basis.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>The Palm DOC conduit does not feature merging the modifications when a text is changed both in the handheld and in the computer. Therefore, when conflicts appear, the choice is between working with the files out of sync, or discarding the changes in one of them. Select this option to show the resolution dialogue to let the user decide on a case by case basis.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:413 i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, fAlwaysUseResolution)
en: &Always show the resolution dialog
en_GB: &Always show the resolution dialogue

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/doc-setupdialog.ui:416 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fAlwaysUseResolution)
en: <qt>Check this box to force the resolution dialog to appear even when there are no conflicts.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to force the resolution dialogue to appear even when there are no conflicts.</qt>

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:264 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: The Palm doc format supports compressing the text to save memory. If you check this box, the text will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.
en_GB: The Palm doc format supports compressing the text to save memory. If you tick this box, the text will consume about 50% less memory than in uncompressed state. Almost all DOC readers on the Palm support compressed texts.

note: i18n: file: conduits/docconduit/kpalmdoc_dlgbase.ui:278 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox)
en: Do you want to convert bookmarks? Most doc readers support bookmarks. You have to provide some information about where the bookmarks should be set and their titles. Check at least one of the bookmark types below.
en_GB: Do you want to convert bookmarks? Most doc readers support bookmarks. You have to provide some information about where the bookmarks should be set and their titles. Tick at least one of the bookmark types below.

note: i18n: file: conduits/popmail/setup-dialog.ui:23 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2) i18n: file: conduits/popmail/setup-dialog.ui:39 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, fSendMode)
en: <qt>Select the method KPilot will use to send the mail from your Handheld to the recipients here. Depending on the method you choose, the other fields in the dialog may be enabled or disabled. Currently, the only <i>working</i> method is through KMail.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select the method KPilot will use to send the mail from your Handheld to the recipients here. Depending on the method you choose, the other fields in the dialogue may be enabled or disabled. Currently, the only <i>working</i> method is through KMail.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:57 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, fSpecialSync)
en: <qt>Select in this list the synchronization type that KPilot will use as default. Possible values are:<br>"HotSync", to run all selected conduits, and sync the databases with a modified flag set, updating the modified records only;<br>"FullSync" to run all selected conduits, and sync all databases, reading all records, and performing a full backup;<br>"Copy PC to handheld" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the PC data to the handheld;<br>"Copy handheld to PC" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the handheld data to the PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Select in this list the synchronisation type that KPilot will use as default. Possible values are:<br>"HotSync", to run all selected conduits, and sync the databases with a modified flag set, updating the modified records only;<br>"FullSync" to run all selected conduits, and sync all databases, reading all records, and performing a full backup;<br>"Copy PC to handheld" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the PC data to the handheld;<br>"Copy handheld to PC" to run all conduits and sync all databases, but instead of merging the information from both sources, copy the handheld data to the PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:92 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fScreenlockSecure)
en: <qt>Check this box to prevent KPilot from syncing your handheld while the screensaver is active: this is a security measure to prevent others from syncing <i>their</i> handhelds with your data.  This option must be disabled when you use a different desktop, since KPilot is not aware of screensavers other than KDE's.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to prevent KPilot from syncing your handheld while the screensaver is active: this is a security measure to prevent others from syncing <i>their</i> handhelds with your data.  This option must be disabled when you use a different desktop, since KPilot is not aware of screensavers other than KDE's.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_sync.ui:111 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fFullSyncCheck)
en: <qt>Check this box to perform a full sync when your last sync was performed with another PC or system, to guarantee the completeness of your data.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to perform a full sync when your last sync was performed with another PC or system, to guarantee the completeness of your data.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:134 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, fBackupOnlyChooser)
en: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialog. This dialog allows you to check the databases you want to exclude from the backup from a list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialogue. This dialogue allows you to tick the databases you want to exclude from the backup from a list.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:183 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, fSkipDBChooser)
en: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialog. This dialog allows you to select the databases you want to exclude from the restore operation from a list.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Click here to open the database selection dialogue. This dialogue allows you to select the databases you want to exclude from the restore operation from a list.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_backup.ui:198 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fRunConduitsWithBackup)
en: <qt>Check this box to run the selected conduits before every backup. This makes sure the backup is up to date with the last changes from your PC.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to run the selected conduits before every backup. This makes sure the backup is up to date with the last changes from your PC.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_device.ui:18 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, TextLabel1) i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_device.ui:34 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KLineEdit, fPilotDevice)
en: <qt>Enter the device the Pilot is attached to (for instance a serial or USB port) here. You can also use <i>/dev/pilot</i>, and make that a symlink to the correct device. You need write permission to successfully synchronize with the handheld.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Enter the device the Pilot is attached to (for instance a serial or USB port) here. You can also use <i>/dev/pilot</i>, and make that a symlink to the correct device. You need write permission to successfully synchronise with the handheld.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:28 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fStartDaemonAtLogin)
en: <qt>Check this box to start up the KPilot daemon every time you log in to KDE.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to start up the KPilot dæmon every time you log in to KDE.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:38 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fDockDaemon)
en: <qt>Check this box to place a Kpilot icon in the system tray, which shows the daemon's status, and allows you to select the next sync type and to configure KPilot.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to place a Kpilot icon in the system tray, which shows the dæmon's status, and allows you to select the next sync type and to configure KPilot.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:57 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fQuitAfterSync)
en: <qt>Check this box to stop both KPilot and the KPilot daemon after the HotSync finishes. This may be useful for systems where KPilot is started by the USB daemon.</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to stop both KPilot and the KPilot dæmon after the HotSync finishes. This may be useful for systems where KPilot is started by the USB dæmon.</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_page_startup.ui:67 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, fKillDaemonOnExit)
en: <qt>Check this box to stop the KPilot daemon when you quit KPilot (only if KPilot started the daemon itself).</qt>
en_GB: <qt>Tick this box to stop the KPilot dæmon when you quit KPilot (only if KPilot started the dæmon itself).</qt>

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_dialog_dbselection_base.ui:17 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KListWidget, fDatabaseList)
en: This list shows the databases that have been detected on the handheld. Databases that are checked will be used for the operation that caused this dialog to appear.
en_GB: This list shows the databases that have been detected on the handheld. Databases that are ticked will be used for the operation that caused this dialogue to appear.

note: i18n: file: kpilot/config_dialog_dbselection_base.ui:24 i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KPushButton, fRemoveButton)
en: Click here to remove a database entirely from the list. Usually it is better to just uncheck the database.
en_GB: Click here to remove a database entirely from the list. Usually it is better to just untick the database.

[ctx: SMART attr name]
en: SSD Wear Leveling Count
en_GB: SSD Wear Levelling Count

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Number of shutdowns without STANDBY IMMEDIATE as the last command (regardless of PLI activity using capacitor power). Normalized value is always 100.
en_GB: Number of shutdowns without STANDBY IMMEDIATE as the last command (regardless of PLI activity using capacitor power). Normalised value is always 100.

[ctx: SMART attr description]
en: Last test result, saturated at its maximum value. Bytes 0-1: last test result as microseconds to discharge cap in range [25, 5000000], lower indicates specific error code. Bytes 2-3: minutes since last test. Bytes 4-5: lifetime number of tests. Normalized value is set to 1 on test failure or 11 if the capacitor has been tested in an excessive temperature condition, otherwise 100.
en_GB: Last test result, saturated at its maximum value. Bytes 0-1: last test result as microseconds to discharge cap in range [25, 5000000], lower indicates specific error code. Bytes 2-3: minutes since last test. Bytes 4-5: lifetime number of tests. Normalised value is set to 1 on test failure or 11 if the capacitor has been tested in an excessive temperature condition, otherwise 100.

[ctx: @info:progress]
en: Maximize file system on <filename>%1</filename> to fill the partition
en_GB: Maximise file system on <filename>%1</filename> to fill the partition

[ctx: @info:status]
en: <warning>Maximizing file system on target partition <filename>%1</filename> to the size of the partition failed.</warning>
en_GB: <warning>Maximising file system on target partition <filename>%1</filename> to the size of the partition failed.</warning>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, backgroundLabel)
en: Background color of empty place:
en_GB: Background colour of empty place:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPreferencesForNewConnections)
en: Show the preferences dialog for new connections
en_GB: Show the preferences dialogue for new connections

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResizeOnConnect)
en: This option will resize the window to fit the connection size.  If it is too big, it will maximize the window.
en_GB: This option will resize the window to fit the connection size.  If it is too big, it will maximise the window.

en: Show this dialog again for this host
en_GB: Show this dialogue again for this host

en: Minimize Full Screen Window
en_GB: Minimise Full Screen Window

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, colorDepthLabel)
en: Color &depth:
en_GB: Colour &depth:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: Low Color (8 Bit)
en_GB: Low Colour (8 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: High Color (16 Bit)
en_GB: High Colour (16 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: True Color (24 Bit)
en_GB: True Colour (24 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_ColorDepth)
en: True Color with Alpha (32 Bit)
en_GB: True Colour with Alpha (32 Bit)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_RecognizeLdapLogins)
en: Automatically recognize "LDAP"-Logins and share passwords
en_GB: Automatically recognise "LDAP"-Logins and share passwords

[ctx: @label:textbox Border color]
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: If an ingredient header is detected as an ingredient, select it and click this button so that Krecipes will recognize it as a header.  All the ingredients below the header will be included within that group.
    
    Alternatively, if you select multiple ingredients and click this button, those ingredients will be grouped together.
en_GB: If an ingredient header is detected as an ingredient, select it and click this button so that Krecipes will recognise it as a header.  All the ingredients below the header will be included within that group.
    
    Alternatively, if you select multiple ingredients and click this button, those ingredients will be grouped together.

[ctx: @item]
en: Uncategorized
en_GB: Uncategorised

[ctx: @title:column]
en: Id
en_GB: ID

[ctx: Align center]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: Categorize
en_GB: Categorise

en: Filter "%1" not recognized.
    Please select one of the provided filters.
en_GB: Filter "%1" not recognised.
    Please select one of the provided filters.

en: Unrecognized Filter
en_GB: Unrecognised Filter

en: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings be checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>
en_GB: <p>NOTE: We recommend that all recipes generating warnings are checked to ensure that they were properly imported, and no loss of recipe data has occurred.</p>

en: The recipe print and view layouts use the same file for their style, meaning changing one view's look changes them both.  If this is not the behavior you desire, load one style and save it under a different name.
en_GB: The recipe print and view layouts use the same file for their style, meaning changing one view's look changes them both.  If this is not the behaviour you desire, load one style and save it under a different name.

en: centiliter
en_GB: centilitre

en: centiliters
en_GB: centilitres

en: deciliter
en_GB: decilitre

en: deciliters
en_GB: decilitres

en: milliliter
en_GB: millilitre

en: milliliters
en_GB: millilitres

en: Customize Formatting
en_GB: Customise Formatting

en: Initialize Database
en_GB: Initialise Database

en: There is currently no localized ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the English ingredients instead?
en_GB: There is currently no localised ingredient data for this locale.
    Would you like to load the American English ingredients instead?

en: <p>This dialog will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>
en_GB: <p>This dialogue will allow you to specify a PostgreSQL account that has the necessary permissions to access the Krecipes PostgreSQL database.  This account may either be a <b>PostgreSQL superuser</b> or have the ability to both <b>create new PostgreSQL users and databases</b>.</p><p>If no superuser or privileged account is given, the account 'postgres' will be attempted, with no password.  If this is insufficient for your PostgreSQL setup, you <b>must</b> select the appropriate option below to enter the information of a privileged PostgreSQL account.</p>

en: <p>In this dialog you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>
en_GB: <p>In this dialogue you can adjust the database server settings.</p><p><b>Warning: Passwords are stored in plain text and could potentially be compromised.  We recommend that you create a username and password combination solely for use by Krecipes.</b></p>

en: In this dialog you can adjust SQLite settings.
en_GB: In this dialogue you can adjust SQLite settings.

en: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialize your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes comes with some delicious default recipes and useful data.</p><p>Would you like to initialise your database with those? Note that this will erase all your previous recipes if you have any.</p>

en: Yes please, initialize the database with the examples
en_GB: Yes please, initialise the database with the examples

en: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C, etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>
en_GB: <p>Krecipes can import nutrient data from the USDA's nutrient database for over 400 foods.  A total of 43 food properties are included for each food, such as energy, fat, vitamin C etc.</p><p>Would you like to import this data now?  Note that this operation is safe to use on an existing database, and no data loss will occur.  This operation may take several minutes.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, checkModification)
en: Change &modifcation date && time
en_GB: Change &modification date && time

en: create a subdfolder
en_GB: create a subfolder

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: All supported tokens (commands) are listed in this dialog. You can search for tokens and insert a found token into the pattern for the filename.
en_GB: All supported tokens (commands) are listed in this dialogue. You can search for tokens and insert a found token into the pattern for the filename.

en: Inserts the transliterated original filename capitalized
en_GB: Inserts the transliterated original filename capitalised

[ctx: KReportItemLine|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportSectionData|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportUnit|]
en: Millimeters (mm)
en_GB: Millimetres (mm)

[ctx: KReportUnit|]
en: Centimeters (cm)
en_GB: Centimetres (cm)

[ctx: KReportUnit|]
en: Decimeters (dm)
en_GB: Decimetres (dm)

[ctx: KReportItemCheckBox|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemCheckBox|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemField|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemLabel|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Foreground Color
en_GB: Foreground Colour

[ctx: KReportItemText|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: KReportItemBarcode|]
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseColoredChips), group (Game)
en: Whether to use colored chips instead of black and white ones.
en_GB: Whether to use coloured chips instead of black and white ones.

en: Use Colored Chips
en_GB: Use Coloured Chips

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (startMinimized), group (MainWindow)
en: Start minimized
en_GB: Start minimised

en: Do not show the invitations management dialog at startup
en_GB: Do not show the invitations management dialogue at startup

en: Storing passwords in config file is insecure!
en_GB: Storing passwords in configuration file is insecure!

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, cbAllowRemoteControl)
en: If you turn this option on, the remote user can enter keystrokes and use your mouse pointer. This gives them full control over your computer, so be careful. When the option is disabled the remote user can only watch your screen.
en_GB: If you turn this option on, the remote user can enter keystrokes and use your mouse pointer. This gives them full control over your computer, so be careful.  When the option is disabled the remote user can only watch your screen.

[ctx: ./krita/data/gradients/GPS-Light-Saber-_Use-FG-color_.ggr]
en: GPS Light Saber (Use FG color)
en_GB: GPS Light Saber (Use FG colour)

[ctx: ./krita/data/palettes/swatch-colored-grey.gpl]
en: Swatch colored grey
en_GB: Swatch coloured grey

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_align_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Vertically Center
en_GB: Vertically Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_align_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Horizontally Center
en_GB: Horizontally Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_distribute_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute Centers Horizontally
en_GB: Distribute Centres Horizontally

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_distribute_horizontal_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute centers equidistantly horizontally
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly horizontally

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_distribute_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute Centers Vertically
en_GB: Distribute Centres Vertically

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_distribute_vertical_center), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Distribute centers equidistantly vertically
en_GB: Distribute centres equidistantly vertically

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_transform_rotate_90_ccw), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Rotate 90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate 90° ACW

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_transform_rotate_90_ccw), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Rotate object 90° counterclockwise
en_GB: Rotate object 90° anticlockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (object_split), Actions (Interaction Tool), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Split objects with multiple subpaths into multiple objects
en_GB: Split objects with multiple sub paths into multiple objects

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (show_color_selector), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Show color selector
en_GB: Show colour selector

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (show_color_history), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Show color history
en_GB: Show colour history

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (show_common_colors), Actions (General), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Show common colors
en_GB: Show common colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_lighter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color lighter
en_GB: Make brush colour lighter

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_darker), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color darker
en_GB: Make brush colour darker

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_saturated), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color more saturated
en_GB: Make brush colour more saturated

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_desaturated), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color more desaturated
en_GB: Make brush colour more desaturated

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (shift_brush_color_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Shift brush color hue clockwise
en_GB: Shift brush colour hue clockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (shift_brush_color_counter_clockwise), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Shift brush color hue counter-clockwise
en_GB: Shift brush colour hue counter-clockwise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_redder), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color more red
en_GB: Make brush colour more red

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_greener), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color more green
en_GB: Make brush colour more green

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_bluer), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color more blue
en_GB: Make brush colour more blue

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (make_brush_color_yellower), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Make brush color more yellow
en_GB: Make brush colour more yellow

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (mirrorX-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Move to Canvas Center X
en_GB: Move to Canvas Centre X

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (mirrorY-moveToCenter), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Move to Canvas Center Y
en_GB: Move to Canvas Centre Y

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (reset_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Reset Foreground and Background Color
en_GB: Reset Foreground and Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (toggle_fg_bg), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Swap Foreground and Background Color
en_GB: Swap Foreground and Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (set_stabilizer_brush_smoothing), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Brush Smoothing: Stabilizer
en_GB: Brush Smoothing: Stabiliser

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_foreground_color_opacity), Actions (EditFill), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_foreground_color_opacity), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Fill with Foreground Color (Opacity)
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour (Opacity)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_background_color_opacity), Actions (EditFill), ActionCollection (Menu) i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_background_color_opacity), Actions (Painting), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Fill with Background Color (Opacity)
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour (Opacity)

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_colortoalpha), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Color to Alpha...
en_GB: &Colour to Alpha...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_colortoalpha), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color to Alpha
en_GB: Colour to Alpha

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_indexcolors), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Index Colors...
en_GB: &Index Colours...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_indexcolors), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Index Colors
en_GB: Index Colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_perchannel), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Color Adjustment curves...
en_GB: &Colour Adjustment curves...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_perchannel), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color Adjustment curves
en_GB: Colour Adjustment curves

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_pixelize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Pi&xelize...
en_GB: Pi&xelise...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_pixelize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Pixelize
en_GB: Pixelise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_colorbalance), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Colo&r Balance...
en_GB: Colou&r Balance...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_colorbalance), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color Balance
en_GB: Colour Balance

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_colortransfer), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color &Transfer...
en_GB: Colour &Transfer...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_colortransfer), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Color Transfer
en_GB: Colour Transfer

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_minimize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: M&inimize Channel
en_GB: M&inimise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_minimize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Minimize Channel
en_GB: Minimise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_maximize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: M&aximize Channel
en_GB: M&aximise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_maximize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Maximize Channel
en_GB: Maximise Channel

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_posterize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Posterize...
en_GB: &Posterise...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (krita_filter_posterize), Actions (Filters), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (KritaShape/KisToolLazyBrush), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Colorize Mask Tool
en_GB: Colourise Mask Tool

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (KritaSelected/KisToolColorPicker), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Krita) i18n: context: Action (svg_pick_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Color Picker
en_GB: Colour Picker

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (KritaSelected/KisToolColorPicker), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Select a color from the image or current layer
en_GB: Select a colour from the image or current layer

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (KritaFill/KisToolFill), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Fill a contiguous area of color with a color, or fill a selection.
en_GB: Fill a contiguous area of colour with a colour, or fill a selection.

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (Select Color Burn Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Select Color Burn Blending Mode
en_GB: Select Colour Burn Blending Mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (Select Color Dodge Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Select Color Dodge Blending Mode
en_GB: Select Colour Dodge Blending Mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (Select Color Blending Mode), Actions (Blending Modes), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Select Color Blending Mode
en_GB: Select Colour Blending Mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (add_new_colorize_mask), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Colorize Mask
en_GB: &Colourise Mask

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (add_new_colorize_mask), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Colorize Mask
en_GB: Colourise Mask

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (layercolorspaceconversion), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: &Convert Layer Color Space...
en_GB: &Convert Layer Colour Space...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (layercolorspaceconversion), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Convert Layer Color Space
en_GB: Convert Layer Colour Space

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (rasterize_layer), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Ras&terize Layer
en_GB: Ras&terise Layer

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (rasterize_layer), Actions (Layers), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: Rasterize Layer
en_GB: Rasterise Layer

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_foreground_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: &Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_foreground_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Fill with Foreground Color
en_GB: Fill with Foreground Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_background_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Fill &with Background Color
en_GB: Fill &with Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (fill_selection_background_color), Actions (Edit), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Fill with Background Color
en_GB: Fill with Background Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (gamutCheck), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Turns on warnings for colors out of proofed gamut, needs soft proofing to be turned on.
en_GB: Turns on warnings for colours out of proofed gamut, needs soft proofing to be turned on.

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (view_snap_image_center), Actions (View), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Snap Image Center
en_GB: Snap Image Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (image_color), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Image Background Color and Transparency...
en_GB: &Image Background Colour and Transparency...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (image_color), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Change the background color of the image
en_GB: Change the background colour of the image

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (imagecolorspaceconversion), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Convert Image Color Space...
en_GB: &Convert Image Colour Space...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (imagecolorspaceconversion), Actions (Image), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Convert Image Color Space
en_GB: Convert Image Colour Space

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (colorrange), Actions (Select), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: S&elect from Color Range...
en_GB: S&elect from Colour Range...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (colorrange), Actions (Select), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Select from Color Range
en_GB: Select from Colour Range

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (color_filters), Actions (Filter), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (dual), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: &Color
en_GB: &Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (dual), Actions (BrushesAndStuff), ActionCollection (Menu)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: The category of color transfer filters, like color to alpha. Noun.]
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

en: Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear.
en_GB: Adds pixels using the colour of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear.

en: Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size.
en_GB: Adds pixels averaging the colour values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size.

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Convert Layer Color Space
en_GB: Convert Layer Colour Space

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Convert Image Color Space
en_GB: Convert Image Colour Space

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Convert Projection Color Space
en_GB: Convert Projection Colour Space

en: Color Label
en_GB: Colour Label

en: Show Coloring
en_GB: Show Colouring

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change projection color
en_GB: Change projection colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Change Key Stroke Color
en_GB: Change Key Stroke Colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Colorize
en_GB: Colourise

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Prefilter Colorize Mask
en_GB: Prefilter Colourise Mask

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted.
en_GB: The colour model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted.
en_GB: Your image contains layers with a colour model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted.
en_GB: Your image contains layers with the colour model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted.

en: Colorize Mask
en_GB: Colourise Mask

[ctx: description of a file type]
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: description of a file type]
en: Krita Color Palette
en_GB: Krita Colour Palette

en: Anonymizer
en_GB: Anonymiser

[ctx: HSY Color]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: HSY PSD Darker Color]
en: Darker Color
en_GB: Darker Colour

[ctx: HSY PSD Lighter Color]
en: Lighter Color
en_GB: Lighter Colour

[ctx: HSI Color]
en: Color HSI
en_GB: Colour HSI

[ctx: HSL Color]
en: Color HSL
en_GB: Colour HSL

[ctx: HSV Color]
en: Color HSV
en_GB: Colour HSV

en: Grayscale/Alpha
en_GB: Greyscale/Alpha

[ctx: Blending mode - Darker Color]
en: Darker Color
en_GB: Darker Colour

[ctx: Blending mode - Color Dodge]
en: Color Dodge
en_GB: Colour Dodge

[ctx: Blending mode - Lighter Color]
en: Lighter Color
en_GB: Lighter Colour

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSY]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSI]
en: Color HSI
en_GB: Colour HSI

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSL]
en: Color HSL
en_GB: Colour HSL

[ctx: Blending mode - Color HSV]
en: Color HSV
en_GB: Colour HSV

en: <b>Krita can't find FFmpeg!</b><br>                <i>Krita depends on another free program called FFmpeg to turn frame-by-frame animations into video files. (<a href="https://www.ffmpeg.org">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)</i><br><br>               To learn more about setting up Krita for rendering animations, <a href="https://docs.krita.org/en/reference_manual/render_animation.html#setting-up-krita-for-exporting-animations">please visit this section of our User Manual.</a>
en_GB: <b>Krita cannot find FFmpeg!</b><br>                <i>Krita depends on another free program called FFmpeg to turn frame-by-frame animations into video files. (<a href="https://www.ffmpeg.org">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)</i><br><br>               To learn more about setting up Krita for rendering animations, <a href="https://docs.krita.org/en/reference_manual/render_animation.html#setting-up-krita-for-exporting-animations">please visit this section of our User Manual.</a>

en: You are activating wrap-around mode, but have not enabled OpenGL.
    To visualize wrap-around mode, enable OpenGL.
en_GB: You are activating wrap-around mode, but have not enabled OpenGL.
    To visualise wrap-around mode, enable OpenGL.

en: Image Center
en_GB: Image Centre

en: Set color used for warning
en_GB: Set colour used for warning

en: Open Color Profile
en_GB: Open Colour Profile

en: Install Color Profiles
en_GB: Install Colour Profiles

[ctx: Label of color as in Color Management]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog.
en_GB: The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, grpRenderIntent)
en: Rendering intent determines the bias in the color conversion.
en_GB: Rendering intent determines the bias in the colour conversion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioPerceptual)
en: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images.
en_GB: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived colour. White point changed to result in neutral greys. Intended for images.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioRelativeColorimetric)
en: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute Colorimetric. White point changed to result in neutral grays.
en_GB: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute Colourimetric. White point changed to result in neutral greys.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioSaturation)
en: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)
en_GB: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral greys. Intended for business graphics (make it colourful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioAbsoluteColorimetric)
en: Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)
en_GB: Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ...)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Segment Color
en_GB: Segment Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Default color model for new images:
en_GB: Default colour model for new images:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2_2)
en: Note: When copying/pasting inside Krita color info is always preserved.
en_GB: Note: When copying/pasting inside Krita colour info is always preserved.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkAllowLCMSOptimization)
en: Allow Little CMS optimizations (uncheck when using linear light RGB or XYZ)
en_GB: Allow Little CMS optimisations (untick when using linear light RGB or XYZ)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkForcePaletteColor)
en: Enforce palette colors: always select the nearest color from the active palette.
en_GB: Enforce palette colours: always select the nearest colour from the active palette.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Add new color profile:
en_GB: Add new colour profile:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, bnAdvanced)
en: Color Space Browser
en_GB: Colour Space Browser

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lbl_descriptionwidget)
en: <html><head/><body><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space"><span style=" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space"><span style=" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;">Colour Spaces</span></a> determine how colours are encoded in your files. Different colour spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkDisableVsync)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Untick only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblCanvasBorderColor)
en: Canvas Border Color:
en_GB: Canvas Border Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkChannelsAsColor)
en: Color channels in color
en_GB: Colour channels in colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkMoving)
en: If checked, the checkers will move when scrolling the canvas.
en_GB: If ticked, the checkers will move when scrolling the canvas.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbRemoveColorsets)
en: Colorsets
en_GB: Coloursets

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_11)
en: Cursor Color:
en_GB: Cursor Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Background Image (overrides color):
en_GB: Background Image (overrides colour):

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_chkConvertOnImport)
en: On importing images as layers, convert to the image colorspace
en_GB: On importing images as layers, convert to the image colourspace

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_chkNativeFileDialog)
en: Warning: if you enable this setting and the file dialogs do weird stuff, do not report a bug.
en_GB: Warning: if you enable this setting and the file dialogues do weird stuff, do not report a bug.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_chkNativeFileDialog)
en: Enable native file dialogs (warning: may not work correctly on some systems)
en_GB: Enable native file dialogues (warning: may not work correctly on some systems)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbOutline)
en: Brush (Background Color)
en_GB: Brush (Background Colour)

[ctx: The background color of the image's projection]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblBgColor)
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, grpMode)
en: Image Color Space
en_GB: Image Colour Space

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkConvertLayers)
en: Convert color space of image layers
en_GB: Convert colour space of image layers

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, sldAdaptationState)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the colour management correct the paper-colour to screen white while using <span style=" font-style:italic;">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ckbBlackPointComp)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest colour of the source device to the darkest colour of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With black point compensation, black is black.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColorLabel)
en: Color label:
en_GB: Colour label:

[ctx: Label of Color as color space in Create New Image dialogue]
note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, grpMode)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblColor)
en: Bac&kground Color:
en_GB: Bac&kground Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsRaster)
en: Use background color and opacity to create a background raster layer.
en_GB: Use background colour and opacity to create a background raster layer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsProjection)
en: Use background color and opacity as the base canvas color. This can be reconfigured in `Image > Properties.`
en_GB: Use background colour and opacity as the base canvas colour. This can be reconfigured in `Image > Properties.`

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsProjection)
en: As can&vas color
en_GB: As can&vas colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBackgroundAsFill)
en: Use background color and opacity to create a background fill layer. The color for this layer can be reconfigured in the layer's properties.
en_GB: Use background colour and opacity to create a background fill layer. The colour for this layer can be reconfigured in the layer's properties.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, fillSolid)
en: Fill area with background color
en_GB: Fill area with background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkDisableAVXOptimizations)
en: Disable AVX vector optimizations
en_GB: Disable AVX vector optimisations

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkDisableVectorOptimizations)
en: Disable all vector optimizations (for AMD CPUs)
en_GB: Disable all vector optimisations (for AMD CPUs)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color adjustment:
en_GB: Colour adjustment:

en: The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas.
en_GB: The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a colour from the canvas.

en: Pick Foreground Color from Current Layer
en_GB: Pick Foreground Colour from Current Layer

en: Pick Background Color from Current Layer
en_GB: Pick Background Colour from Current Layer

en: Pick Foreground Color from Merged Image
en_GB: Pick Foreground Colour from Merged Image

en: Pick Background Color from Merged Image
en_GB: Pick Background Colour from Merged Image

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Missing Color Profile
en_GB: Missing Colour Profile

en: The image data you are trying to paste has no color profile information. How do you want to interpret these data? 
    
     As Web (sRGB) -  Use standard colors that are displayed from computer monitors.  This is the most common way that images are stored. 
    
    As on Monitor - If you know a bit about color management and want to use your monitor to determine the color profile.
en_GB: The image data you are trying to paste has no colour profile information. How do you want to interpret these data? 
    
     As Web (sRGB) -  Use standard colours that are displayed from computer monitors.  This is the most common way that images are stored. 
    
    As on Monitor - If you know a bit about colour management and want to use your monitor to determine the colour profile.

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Rasterize Layer
en_GB: Rasterise Layer

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Add Colorize Mask
en_GB: Add Colourise Mask

en: Could not save to svg: %1
en_GB: Could not save to SVG: %1

[ctx: option category]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: verb, to clear]
en: Clear colors
en_GB: Clear colours

en: Clear the colors of the popup palette
en_GB: Clear the colours of the pop-up palette

[ctx: tooltip on statusbar memory reporting button]
en: 
    
    WARNING:	Out of memory! Swapping has been started.
    		Please configure more RAM for Krita in Settings dialog
en_GB: 
    
    WARNING:	Out of memory! Swapping has been started.
    		Please configure more RAM for Krita in Settings dialogue

en: Initializing Globals...
en_GB: Initialising Globals...

en: Cannot add the file layer: no document is open.
    
    You can create a new document using the --new-image option, or you can open an existing file.
    
    If you instead want to add the file layer to a document in an already running instance of Krita, check the "Allow only one instance of Krita" checkbox in the settings (Settings -> General -> Window).
en_GB: Cannot add the file layer: no document is open.
    
    You can create a new document using the --new-image option, or you can open an existing file.
    
    If you instead want to add the file layer to a document in an already running instance of Krita, check the "Allow only one instance of Krita" tickbox in the settings (Settings -> General -> Window).

en: Couldn't open file %1
en_GB: Could not open file %1

en: Create a new image.
    Possible colorspace values are:
        * RGBA
        * XYZA
        * LABA
        * CMYKA
        * GRAY
        * YCbCrA
    Possible channel depth arguments are
        * U8 (8 bits integer)
        * U16 (16 bits integer)
        * F16 (16 bits floating point)
        * F32 (32 bits floating point)
en_GB: Create a new image.
    Possible colourspace values are:
        * RGBA
        * XYZA
        * LABA
        * CMYKA
        * GRAY
        * YCbCrA
    Possible channel depth arguments are
        * U8 (8 bits integer)
        * U16 (16 bits integer)
        * F16 (16 bits floating point)
        * F32 (32 bits floating point)

en: The file format contains unsupported color space.
en_GB: The file format contains unsupported colour space.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save images with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will be converted.
en_GB: %1 cannot save images with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will be converted.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save layers with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be converted or skipped.
en_GB: %1 cannot save layers with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be converted or skipped.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save images with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will not be saved.
en_GB: %1 cannot save images with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The image will not be saved.

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: %1 cannot save layers with color model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be skipped.
en_GB: %1 cannot save layers with colour model <b>%2</b> and depth <b>%3</b>. The layers will be skipped.

en: The Krita LittleCMS color management plugin is not installed. Krita will quit now.
en_GB: The Krita LittleCMS colour management plugin is not installed. Krita will quit now.

en: Can't Import Palette
en_GB: Cannot Import Palette

en: Can't import palette: there's already imported with the same filename
en_GB: Cannot import palette: there's already imported with the same filename

[ctx: Shows up when deleting a swatch group]
en: Keep the Colors
en_GB: Keep the Colours

[ctx: Default name for a color swatch]
en: Color %1
en_GB: Colour %1

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Add a Color
en_GB: Add a Colour

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color.
en_GB: A spot colour is a colour that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process colour.

[ctx: Name of the color swatch]
en: Color swatch name
en_GB: Colour swatch name

en: Spot color
en_GB: Spot colour

[ctx: @title:window]
en: Add a new Colorset Entry
en_GB: Add a new Colourset Entry

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Layer Style: Source]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbSource)
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Layer Style: Stroke position]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, cmbPosition)
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

en: OpenColorIO is disabled: image color space is not supported
en_GB: OpenColorIO is disabled: image colour space is not supported

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: This profile has no colorants.
en_GB: This profile has no colourants.

en: Colorant in d50-adapted xyY.
en_GB: Colourant in d50-adapted xyY.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: This profile has the following xyY colorants:
en_GB: This profile has the following xyY colourants:

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The Tone Response Curve of this color space is either sRGB, L* or rec709 TRC.
en_GB: The Tone Response Curve of this colour space is either sRGB, L* or rec709 TRC.

[ctx: If the selected model is RGB]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the colour model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>RGB is an additive colour model: adding colours together makes them brighter. This colour model is the most extensive of all colour models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colour space for HDR editing.

[ctx: If the selected model is CMYK]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colours together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colourants or the TRC for this space.

[ctx: If the selected model is XYZ]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colours, and used to convert colours between profiles. XYZ is an additive colour model, meaning that adding colours together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear.

[ctx: If the selected model is Grayscale]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>Grayscale is useful for inking and grayscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for grey values and transparent values. Greyscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>Greyscale is useful for inking and greyscale images. In Krita, you can mix Greyscale and RGB layers in the same image.

[ctx: If the selected model is LAB]
en: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC.
en_GB: <b><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent colour channels.<br/>L*a*b is a special model for colour correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for colour correction, but the vast majority of colour maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose colour information. This colour space is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 8]
en: <b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colors of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images.
en_GB: <b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colours per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colours of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 16]
en: <b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel.
en_GB: <b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep colour'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large colour space, or just when you need more precise colour blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimisation when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float]
en: <b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.
en_GB: <b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large colour space, or just when you need more precise colour blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.

[ctx: When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float]
en: <b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.
en_GB: <b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large colour space, or just when you need more precise colour blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down.

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>
en_GB: <p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Colour Encoding System (ACES) is a colour image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing colour accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>
en_GB: <p>The ACEScg colour space is smaller than the ACES colour space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES colour space it has no negative values and contains only few colours that fall just barely outside the area of real colours humans can see</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>
en_GB: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 colour space specifications.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 colour gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the colour gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p><p>The Adobe RGB 1998 colour gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p><p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href="https://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p><p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>
en_GB: <p>This profile's colour gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES colour space gamut, and like the ACES colour space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colours. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger colour gamut (to capture some fringe colours that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p><p>Just like the ACES colour space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colours. See the Completely <a href="https://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colours.</p><p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your colour space really does hold all possible real colours.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p><p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>
en_GB: <p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the colour space that was used in the original colour matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference colour space.</p><p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB colour space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>
en_GB: <p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colours, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colours than the ACES and AllColorsRGB colour spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles.<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles.</p><p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally I recommend the Rec.2020 or ACEScg profiles over ProPhotoRGB. But if you have an already well-established workflow using ProPhotoRGB, you might find a shift to another RGB working space a little odd, at least at first, and so you have to weight the pros and cons of changing your workflow.</p>
en_GB: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles.<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) colour gamut to include all printable and most real world colours. It includes some imaginary colours and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles.</p><p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colours, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally I recommend the Rec.2020 or ACEScg profiles over ProPhotoRGB. But if you have an already well-established workflow using ProPhotoRGB, you might find a shift to another RGB working space a little odd, at least at first, and so you have to weight the pros and cons of changing your workflow.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>
en_GB: <p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB colour space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB colour space.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p><p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p><p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p><p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>
en_GB: <p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the colour gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard colour space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p><p>The sRGB colour gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p><p>Printer colour gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB colour gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colours from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB colour gamut.</p><p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colours fit inside the sRGB colour gamut! The standard sRGB colour space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p><p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>
en_GB: <p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p><p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut colour space that uses spectral colours as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting colour space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB colour space.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes.  For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>
en_GB: <p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone grey (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Grey is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Greyscale images does save some kilobytes.  For greyscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Grey profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>
en_GB: <p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma colour spaces.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>
en_GB: <p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small colour gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) colour spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 colour space you need to be careful to not cause posterisation. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>

[ctx: From Elle's notes.]
en: <p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>
en_GB: <p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Colour Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>

en: Select a Colorspace
en_GB: Select a Colourspace

en: Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.
    
    Press "Ok" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or "Cancel" to return to the settings dialog.
en_GB: Linear gamma RGB colour spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colourspace for linear profiles.
    
    Press "Ok" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB colour space or "Cancel" to return to the settings dialogue.

en: Mid-gray level:
en_GB: Mid-grey level:

[ctx: Option in selection tool: take all layers that were marked with specific color labels (more precisely, all of them merged) into account when calculating the selection]
en: Color Labeled Layers
en_GB: Colour Labelled Layers

[ctx: warning message when changing image color space]
en: <html><body><p><b>WARNING:</b> the image will look different after changing the color profile because it contains either:<ul><li>more than one layer</li><li>one or more layers with transparent pixels</li><li>layers with blending modes other than "Normal"</li></ul></p><p><a href="https://docs.krita.org/en/general_concepts/colors/color_managed_workflow.html">More information</a></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><body><p><b>WARNING:</b> the image will look different after changing the colour profile because it contains either:<ul><li>more than one layer</li><li>one or more layers with transparent pixels</li><li>layers with blending modes other than "Normal"</li></ul></p><p><a href="https://docs.krita.org/en/general_concepts/colors/color_managed_workflow.html">More information</a></p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, btnSolidFill)
en: Solid color fill
en_GB: Solid colour fill

[ctx: Part of a default name for a color]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Part of default name for a new group]
en: Color Group
en_GB: Colour Group

en: This is a hexcode input, for webcolors. It can only get colors in the sRGB space.
en_GB: This is a hexcode input, for webcolours. It can only get colours in the sRGB space.

[ctx: This is a list of suggestions for positions an artist can take, comma-separated]
en: Adapter,Animator,Artist,Art Director,Author,Assistant,Editor,Background,Cartoonist,Colorist,Concept Artist,Corrector,Cover Artist,Creator,Designer,Inker,Letterer,Matte Painter,Painter,Penciller,Proofreader,Pixel Artist,Redliner,Sprite Artist,Typographer,Texture Artist,Translator,Writer,Other
en_GB: Adapter,Animator,Artist,Art Director,Author,Assistant,Editor,Background,Cartoonist,Colourist,Concept Artist,Corrector,Cover Artist,Creator,Designer,Inker,Letterer,Matte Painter,Painter,Penciller,Proofreader,Pixel Artist,Red-liner,Sprite Artist,Typographer,Texture Artist,Translator,Writer,Other

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblLicense)
en: License/Rights:
en_GB: Licence/Rights:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, globalColorLabel)
en: Global Color:
en_GB: Global Colour:

en: Advanced Color Selector
en_GB: Advanced Colour Selector

note: i18n("Color Sliders"));
en: Color Hotkeys
en_GB: Colour Hotkeys

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, KisColorSelectorSettings)
en: Color Selector Settings
en_GB: Colour Selector Settings

en: Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated color. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated color to white, gray or black.
en_GB: Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated colour. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated colour to white, grey or black.

en: Lightness goes from black to white, with middle gray being equal to the most saturated color.
en_GB: Lightness goes from black to white, with middle grey being equal to the most saturated colour.

en: Create a list of colors from the image
en_GB: Create a list of colours from the image

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, chkShowColorSelector)
en: Show color selector
en_GB: Show colour selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, l_type)
en: Color &Model Type:
en_GB: Colour &Model Type:

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, useDifferentColorSpaceCheckbox)
en: Color Selector Uses Different Color Space than Ima&ge
en_GB: Colour Selector Uses Different Colour Space than Ima&ge

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, myPaintColorModelLabel)
en: Color model:
en_GB: Colour model:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnForeground) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnBackground)
en: this doesn't include a color change by the shade selector
en_GB: this doesn't include a colour change by the shade selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnForeground)
en: Foreground color changes
en_GB: Foreground colour changes

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, shadeSelectorUpdateOnBackground)
en: Background color change
en_GB: Background colour change

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, minimalShadeSelectorAsColorPatches)
en: Colo&r Patches
en_GB: Colou&r Patches

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, lastUsedColorsShow)
en: Show Color Histor&y
en_GB: Show Colour Histor&y

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_colorsFromImage)
en: Colors from Image
en_GB: Colours from Image

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, commonColorsShow)
en: Show Colors from the ima&ge
en_GB: Show Colours from the ima&ge

en: Tint color for past frames
en_GB: Tint colour for past frames

en: Tint color for future frames
en_GB: Tint colour for future frames

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, colorFilterGroupbox)
en: Filter Frames by Color
en_GB: Filter Frames by Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblPrevColor)
en: Previous frames
en_GB: Previous frames colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblNextColor)
en: Next frames
en_GB: Next frames colour

en: Artistic Color Selector
en_GB: Artistic Colour Selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, showBgColor)
en: Show background color indicator
en_GB: Show background colour indicator

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Gamut Mask Behavior
en_GB: Gamut Mask Behaviour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisPopupButton, bnWheelPrefs)
en: Color wheel preferences
en_GB: Colour wheel preferences

en: Digital Colors Mixer
en_GB: Digital Colours Mixer

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_lblInputColorSpace)
en: Input ColorSpace:
en_GB: Input ColourSpace:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color Engine:
en_GB: Colour Engine:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, m_btnConvertCurrentColor)
en: Lock current color to have the same visual representation when changing OCIO configuration
en_GB: Lock current colour to have the same visual representation when changing OCIO configuration

en: Add a color
en_GB: Add a colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, bnRemove)
en: Delete color
en_GB: Delete colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QToolButton, bnAdd)
en: Add foreground color
en_GB: Add foreground colour

en: Small Color Selector
en_GB: Small Colour Selector

en: Specific Color Selector
en_GB: Specific Colour Selector

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KisPopupButton, colorspacePopupButton)
en: Set color space
en_GB: Set colour space

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, WdgColorRange)
en: Color Range
en_GB: Colour Range

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Color Range Selection
en_GB: Colour Range Selection

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, WdgConvertColorSpace)
en: Colorspace Conversion
en_GB: Colourspace Conversion

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioPerceptual)
en: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required),
    lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain
    the perceived color. White point changed to
    result in neutral grays. Intended for images.
en_GB: Hue hopefully maintained (but not required),
    lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain
    the perceived colour. White point changed to
    result in neutral greys. Intended for images.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioRelativeColorimetric)
en: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute
    Colorimetric. White point changed to result in
    neutral grays.
    
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.
en_GB: Within and outside gamut; same as Absolute
    Colourimetric. White point changed to result in
    neutral greys.
    
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioSaturation)
en: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness
    sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point
    changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for
    business graphics (make it colorful charts,
    graphs, overheads, ...)
    
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.
en_GB: Hue and saturation maintained with lightness
    sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point
    changed to result in neutral greys. Intended for
    business graphics (make it colourful charts,
    graphs, overheads, ...)
    
    If adequate table is present in profile,
    then, it is used. Else reverts to perceptual
    intent.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioAbsoluteColorimetric)
en: Best for spot colors
en_GB: Best for spot colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioAbsoluteColorimetric)
en: Within the destination device gamut; hue,
    lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside
    the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained,
    saturation is sacrificed. White point for source
    and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot
    colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)
en_GB: Within the destination device gamut; hue,
    lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside
    the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained,
    saturation is sacrificed. White point for source
    and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot
    colours (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colours, ...)

en: Pixels/Centimeter
en_GB: Pixels/Centimetre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Split a layer according to color</span></p><p>Creates a new layer for every color in the active layer.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Split a layer according to colour</span></p><p>Creates a new layer for every colour in the active layer.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editMeteringMode)
en: Center weighted average
en_GB: Centre weighted average

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: One-chip color area sensor
en_GB: One-chip colour area sensor

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Two-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Two-chip colour area sensor

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Three-chip color area sensor
en_GB: Three-chip colour area sensor

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Color sequential area sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential area sensor

note: #-#-#-#-#  1425 (krita)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, editSensingMethod)
en: Color sequential linear sensor
en_GB: Colour sequential linear sensor

en: Unexpected error initializing python plugin.
en_GB: Unexpected error initialising python plugin.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, errorLabel)
en: Error: The Python engine could not be initialized
en_GB: Error: The Python engine could not be initialised

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Gmic filter
en_GB: GMIC filter

en: Couldn't add bundle "%1" to resource server
en_GB: Could not add bundle "%1" to resource server

en: Couldn't remove bundle "%1" from blacklist
en_GB: Could not remove bundle "%1" from blacklist

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Current color model:
en_GB: Current colour model:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkColors)
en: Output to color, not grayscale
en_GB: Output to colour, not greyscale

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (spen_circle_ccw), Actions (Krita), ActionCollection (Krita)
en: S-Pen Gesture Circle Counter-Clockwise
en_GB: S-Pen Gesture Circle Anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Circle Counterclockwise
en_GB: Circle Anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, lblBase)
en: ASC-CDL  color balance
en_GB: ASC-CDL  colour balance

en: &Color to Alpha...
en_GB: &Colour to Alpha...

en: M&aximize Channel
en_GB: M&aximise Channel

en: M&inimize Channel
en_GB: M&inimise Channel

en: Maximize Channel
en_GB: Maximise Channel

en: Minimize Channel
en_GB: Minimise Channel

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, pickerLabel)
en: Color Picker:
en_GB: Colour Picker:

en: &Color Balance...
en_GB: &Colour Balance...

en: Cross-channel color adjustment
en_GB: Cross-channel colour adjustment

en: The current configuration was created for a different colorspace and cannot be used. All curves will be reset.
en_GB: The current configuration was created for a different colourspace and cannot be used. All curves will be reset.

en: &Color Adjustment curves...
en_GB: &Colour Adjustment curves...

en: Color Adjustment
en_GB: Colour Adjustment

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, chkColorize)
en: &Colorize
en_GB: &Colourise

en: &Color Transfer...
en_GB: &Colour Transfer...

en: Color Transfer
en_GB: Colour Transfer

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tabGradientColors)
en: Gradient Colors
en_GB: Gradient Colours

en: &Index Colors...
en_GB: &Index Colours...

en: Index Colors
en_GB: Index Colours

[ctx: suffix for a spinbox]
en:  color |  colors
en_GB[0]:  colour
en_GB[1]:  colours

en: &Normalize
en_GB: &Normalise

en: &Palettize...
en_GB: &Palettise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, colorModeComboBox)
en: Nearest Colors
en_GB: Nearest Colours

en: &Pixelize...
en_GB: &Pixelise...

en: &Posterize...
en_GB: &Posterise...

en: Check Mark Bullet
en_GB: Tick Mark Bullet

en: Center Dot
en_GB: Centre Dot

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, gbColors)
en: Color Factors
en_GB: Colour Factors

[ctx: SeExpr variable]
en: Normalized X axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner
en_GB: Normalised X axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner

[ctx: SeExpr variable]
en: Normalized Y axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner
en_GB: Normalised Y axis coordinate of the image from its top-left corner

en: Expected this script to output color, got '%1'
en_GB: Expected this script to output colour, got '%1'

en: &Solid Color...
en_GB: &Solid Colour...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorAsmask) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorAsMask)
en: Create mask from color
en_GB: Create mask from colour

[ctx: @info]
en: The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/><br/>This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind.
en_GB: The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero colour channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/><br/>This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Transparent pixel fill color:
en_GB: Transparent pixel fill colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisColorButton, bnTransparencyFillColor)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Background color to replace transparent pixels with.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Background colour to replace transparent pixels with.</p></body></html>

[ctx: Label of Optimize in JPEG Exporting dialogue]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, optimize)
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkAuthor)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Add the author nickname and the first contact of the author profile. This is overridden by the anonymizer.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Add the author nickname and the first contact of the author profile. This is overridden by the anonymiser.</p></body></html>

en: Image specifies an unsupported color model: %1.
en_GB: Image specifies an unsupported colour model: %1.

en: Layer %1 specifies an unsupported color model: %2.
en_GB: Layer %1 specifies an unsupported colour model: %2.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, tryToSaveAsIndexed)
en: Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG.
en_GB: Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analysed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Transparent color:
en_GB: Transparent colour:

[ctx: image conversion warning]
en: Your image contains one or more layers with a color model that is different from the image.
en_GB: Your image contains one or more layers with a colour model that is different from the image.

en: Duotone Colormode Block
en_GB: Duotone Colourmode Block

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, textLabel1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KisDoubleSliderSpinBox, imageQuality)
en: <p>Adjust image quality. The lower the quality, the more compression artifacts get introduced. <br/>Note: A quality of 100 switches to lossless compression similar to (but often more efficient than) PNG.</p>
en_GB: <p>Adjust image quality. The lower the quality, the more compression artefacts get introduced. <br/>Note: A quality of 100 switches to lossless compression similar to (but often more efficient than) PNG.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p><p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>
en_GB: <p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit colour depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Colour Management in this mode.</p><p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit colour depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title><p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p><p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>
en_GB: <title>Interpolate RGB as four colours</title><p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p><p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li></ul></p><p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>
en_GB: <title>Quality (interpolation)</title><p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the colour-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of coloured pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or colour reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer colour artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximise a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing colour artifacts.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Colour Differences method.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Colour Differences interpolation.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: colour demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimisation interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply colour aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li></ul></p><p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Refine interpolation</title><p>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <title>Refine interpolation</title><p>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colours filter.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective colour interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Temperature</title><p>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</p>
en_GB: <title>Temperature</title><p>Set here the colour temperature in Kelvin.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <p>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</p>
en_GB: <p>Set here the green component to set magenta colour cast removal level.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Level</title><p>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</p>
en_GB: <title>Level</title><p>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favour whites and high values favour colours.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Automatic Chromatic Aberration correction</title><p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>
en_GB: <title>Automatic Chromatic Aberration correction</title><p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually colour factors.</p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Camera Profile</title><p>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <title>Camera Profile</title><p>Select here the input colour space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input colour profile is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded colour profile from RAW file, if it exists.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input colour space profile.</li></ul></p>

[ctx: @info:whatsthis]
en: <title>Workspace</title><p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <title>Workspace</title><p>Select here the output colour space used to decode RAW data.</p><p><ul><li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output colour space is used during RAW decoding.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB colour space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this colour space is an extended RGB colour space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this colour space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB colour space.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this colour space is an RGB colour space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li><li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output colour space profile.</li></ul></p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KComboBox, kComboBoxPredictor)
en: Using a predictor can improve the compression (mostly for LZW and deflate.)
en_GB: Using a predictor can improve the compression (mostly for LZW and deflate).

en: Color Smudge
en_GB: Colour Smudge

en: Color Rate
en_GB: Colour Rate

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbSourcePoint)
en: Move the clone origin with the brush. Uncheck to keep cloning from the selected point.
en_GB: Move the clone origin with the brush. Untick to keep cloning from the selected point.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, chkCloneProjection)
en: When checked, clone from all visible layers. Otherwise, clone from the active layer.
en_GB: When ticked, clone from all visible layers. Otherwise, clone from the active layer.

en: Color Deformation
en_GB: Colour Deformation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, colorBtn)
en: Color deformation
en_GB: Colour deformation

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, opaqueBackgroundCheckBox)
en: Color background
en_GB: Colour background

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorPerParticleCHBox)
en: Color per particle
en_GB: Colour per particle

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, fillBackgroundCHBox)
en: If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent.
en_GB: If ticked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background colour. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, mixBgColorCHBox)
en: Mix with background color
en_GB: Mix with background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html>
    <p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p></html>
en_GB: <html>
    <p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up colour while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even colour in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p></html>

en: Color Image
en_GB: Colour Image

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Luminosity of the brush tip image is used as lightness correction for the painting color. Alpha channel of the brush tip image is used as alpha for the final stroke
en_GB: Luminosity of the brush tip image is used as lightness correction for the painting . Alpha channel of the brush tip image is used as alpha for the final stroke

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Luminosity value of the brush that will not change the painting color. All brush pixels darker than neutral point will paint with darker color, pixels lighter than neutral point — lighter.
en_GB: Luminosity value of the brush that will not change the painting colour. All brush pixels darker than neutral point will paint with darker colour, pixels lighter than neutral point — lighter.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The selected brush tip does not have color channels. The brush will work in "Mask" mode.
en_GB: The selected brush tip does not have colour channels. The brush will work in "Mask" mode.

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: The selected brush engine does not support "Color" or "Lightness" modes. The brush will work in "Mask" mode.
en_GB: The selected brush engine does not support "Colour" or "Lightness" modes. The brush will work in "Mask" mode.

en: Plain color
en_GB: Plain colour

en: (0° is active color)
en_GB: (0° is active colour)

en: (50% is active color)
en_GB: (50% is active colour)

en: Set gray value to be considered neutral for lightness mode
en_GB: Set grey value to be considered neutral for lightness mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, randomRotation)
en: Randomize rotation:
en_GB: Randomise rotation:

en: RGB Colors
en_GB: RGB Colours

en: CMY Colors
en_GB: CMY Colours

en: CMYK Colors
en_GB: CMYK Colours

en: RGB Grayscale levels
en_GB: RGB Greyscale levels

en: CMY Grayscale levels
en_GB: CMY Greyscale levels

en: CMYK Grayscale levels
en_GB: CMYK Greyscale levels

[ctx: Defines how the name for each layer created from the channel is generated.]
en: New layers color name
en_GB: New layers colour name

en: Plugin to change color space of selected documents.
en_GB: Plugin to change colour space of selected documents.

en: Colorist
en_GB: Colourist

en: Whether the comic is an adaptation of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website url should go here.
en_GB: Whether the comic is an adaptation of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website URL should go here.

en: Config cannot be used
en_GB: Configuration cannot be used

en: Author of dialog
en_GB: Author of dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, e_comment)
en: <html><head/><body><p>This will appear in the "comment" entry in the dialog where a user can enable or disable Krita scripts. </p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>This will appear in the "comment" entry in the dialogue where a user can enable or disable Krita scripts. </p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cb_enable_script)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita-&gt;Settings menu entry. </p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If this is ticked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita-&gt;Settings menu entry. </p></body></html>

en: Sort Colors
en_GB: Sort Colours

[ctx: @item:inlistbox Brush Smoothing]
en: Stabilizer
en_GB: Stabiliser

en: Stabilize Sensors:
en_GB: Stabilise Sensors:

en: Cannot pick a color as no layer is active.
en_GB: Cannot pick a colour as no layer is active.

en: Cannot pick a color as the active layer is not visible.
en_GB: Cannot pick a colour as the active layer is not visible.

en: Color Selector Tool
en_GB: Colour Selector Tool

en: When checked do not use the foreground color, but the pattern selected to fill with
en_GB: When checked do not use the foreground colour, but the pattern selected to fill with

en: When checked do not look at the current layer colors, but just fill all of the selected area
en_GB: When ticked do not look at the current layer colours, but just fill all of the selected area

[ctx: Tooltip for 'Use selection as boundary' checkbox]
en: When checked, use selection borders as boundary when filling
en_GB: When ticked, use selection borders as boundary when filling

[ctx: Option in fill tool: take all layers that were labeled with a color label (more precisely: all those layers merged) into account when calculating the area to fill]
en: Color Labeled Layers
en_GB: Colour Labelled Layers

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisSliderSpinBox, blend)
en: <nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value picks colors completely, ignoring brush color.
en_GB: <nobr>Blending controls the percentage of colour that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush colour. A full blending value picks colours completely, ignoring brush colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, cmbSources)
en: <nobr>Determines whether the color picker will sample</nobr> colors from all visible layers or only the currently selected layer.
en_GB: <nobr>Determines whether the colour picker will sample</nobr> colours from all visible layers or only the currently selected layer.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbNormaliseValues)
en: Displays per-channel color information below as percentages instead of bytes.
en_GB: Displays per-channel colour information below as percentages instead of bytes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbNormaliseValues)
en: Show colors as percentages
en_GB: Show colours as percentages

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KisIntParseSpinBox, radius)
en: <nobr>Radius controls the color picker's sampling area.</nobr> Pixel colors within this radius are mixed together.
en_GB: <nobr>Radius controls the colour picker's sampling area.</nobr> Pixel colours within this radius are mixed together.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbPalette)
en: <nobr>Checking this box will add a new color swatch</nobr> to a palette each time you pick a color.
en_GB: <nobr>Ticking this box will add a new colour swatch</nobr> to a palette each time you pick a colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, cbUpdateCurrentColor)
en: <nobr>Controls whether the color picker updates the</nobr> current foreground or not.
en_GB: <nobr>Controls whether the colour picker updates the</nobr> current foreground or not.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, cbUpdateCurrentColor)
en: Update color
en_GB: Update colour

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Rotate Object 90° CCW
en_GB: Rotate Object 90° ACW

en: Similar Color Selection
en_GB: Similar Colour Selection

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Select Similar Color
en_GB: Select Similar Colour

en: Similar Color Selection Tool
en_GB: Similar Colour Selection Tool

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: Gap between 2 anchors in interative mode
en_GB: Gap between 2 anchors in interactive mode

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (KisToolSelectSimilar), Actions (tool-shortcuts), ActionCollection (Tools)
en: Similar Color Selection Tool
en_GB: Similar Colour Selection Tool

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (svg_format_textcolor), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Text Color...
en_GB: Text Colour...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (svg_format_textcolor), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Text Color
en_GB: Text Colour

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (svg_background_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (svg_font), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Change character size, font, boldface, italics etc.
en_GB: Change character size, font, boldface, italics, etc.

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (svg_align_center), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: action]
note: i18n: context: Action (svg_pick_color), Actions (Text Tool), ActionCollection (SVG Tools)
en: Pick a color from the screen
en_GB: Pick a colour from the screen

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_6)
en: Editor text color
en_GB: Editor text colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, boolCenter)
en: Resize keeping center fixed
en_GB: Resize keeping centre fixed

[ctx: (qtundo-format)]
en: Colorize Mask Key Stroke
en_GB: Colourise Mask Key Stroke

en: Colorize Mask Editing Tool
en_GB: Colourise Mask Editing Tool

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: <p>Select filtering mode:
    <ul><li><b>Nearest neighbor</b> for pixel art. Does not produce new color.</li><li><b>Bilinear</b> for areas with uniform color to avoid artifacts.</li><li><b>Bicubic</b> for smoother results.</li><li><b>Lanczos3</b> for sharp results. May produce aerials.</li></ul></p>
en_GB: <p>Select filtering mode:
    <ul><li><b>Nearest neighbour</b> for pixel art. Does not produce new colour.</li><li><b>Bilinear</b> for areas with uniform colour to avoid artefacts.</li><li><b>Bicubic</b> for smoother results.</li><li><b>Lanczos3</b> for sharp results. May produce aerials.</li></ul></p>

note: #-#-#-#-#  1569 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the "Change color value (HSV)" brush setting #-#-#-#-#  1570 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Change the color value (brightness, intensity) using the HSV color model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 darker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 brigher
en_GB: Change the colour value (brightness, intensity) using the HSV colour model. HSV changes are applied before HSL.
    -1.0 darker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 brigher

note: #-#-#-#-#  1569 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-# Tooltip for the "Smudge" brush setting #-#-#-#-#  1570 (mypaint 1.2.0-alpha)  #-#-#-#-#
en: Paint with the smudge color instead of the brush color. The smudge color is slowly changed to the color you are painting on.
     0.0 do not use the smudge color
     0.5 mix the smudge color with the brush color
     1.0 use only the smudge color
en_GB: Paint with the smudge colour instead of the brush colour. The smudge colour is slowly changed to the colour you are painting on.
     0.0 do not use the smudge colour
     0.5 mix the smudge colour with the brush colour
     1.0 use only the smudge colour

en: This is a tool to measure pixel distances on the screen. It is useful for working on layouts of dialogs, web pages etc.
en_GB: This is a tool to measure pixel distances on the screen. It is useful for working on layouts of dialogues, web pages etc.

en: Center Origin
en_GB: Centre Origin

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BgColor), group (StoredSettings)
en: Background color of the ruler.
en_GB: Background colour of the ruler.

en: Krarc Password Dialog
en_GB: Krarc Password Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, chkEnabled)
en: If checked, the action is shown in the Useractions menus.
en_GB: If ticked, the action is shown in the Useractions menus.

en: User Action Parameter Dialog
en_GB: User Action Parameter Dialogue

en: Trash bin
en_GB: Wastebin

[ctx: singularOnly]
en: Do you really want to move this item to the trash?
en_GB: Do you really want to move this item to the wastebin?

en: &Trash
en_GB: Was&tebin

en: Move %1 to trash
en_GB: Move %1 to wastebin

en: Move %1 file to trash | Move %1 files to trash
en_GB[0]: Move %1 file to wastebin
en_GB[1]: Move %1 files to wastebin

en: Use the default KDE colors
en_GB: Use the default KDE colours

en: <p>Use KDE's global color configuration.</p><p><i>KDE System Settings -> Application Appearance  -> Colors</i></p>
en_GB: <p>Use KDE's global colour configuration.</p><p><i>KDE System Settings -> Application Appearance  -> Colours</i></p>

en: Use alternate background color
en_GB: Use alternate background colour

en: <p>The <b>background color</b> and the <b>alternate background</b> color alternates line by line.</p><p>When you don't use the <i>KDE default colors</i>, you can configure the alternate colors in the <i>colors</i> box.</p>
en_GB: <p>The <b>background colour</b> and the <b>alternate background</b> colour alternates line by line.</p><p>When you do not use the <i>KDE default colours</i>, you can configure the alternate colours in the <i>colours</i> box.</p>

en: <p>Shows the last cursor position in the non active list panel.</p><p>This option is only available when you don't use the <i>KDE default colors</i>.</p>
en_GB: <p>Shows the last cursor position in the non active list panel.</p><p>This option is only available when you do not use the <i>KDE default colours</i>.</p>

en: Dim the colors of the inactive panel
en_GB: Dim the colours of the inactive panel

en: <p>The colors of the inactive panel are calculated by a dim color and a dim factor.</p>
en_GB: <p>The colours of the inactive panel are calculated by a dim colour and a dim factor.</p>

en: Dim target color:
en_GB: Dim target colour:

en: Synchronizer
en_GB: Synchroniser

en: Import color-scheme
en_GB: Import colour-scheme

en: Export color-scheme
en_GB: Export colour-scheme

en: Select a color-scheme file
en_GB: Select a colour-scheme file

en: Select a color scheme file
en_GB: Select a colour scheme file

en: If checked, each file will open in a separate window, otherwise, the viewer will work in a single, tabbed mode
en_GB: If ticked, each file will open in a separate window, otherwise, the viewer will work in a single, tabbed mode

en: Files will be moved to trash when deleted.
en_GB: Files will be moved to the wastebin when deleted.

en: When checked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal.
en_GB: When ticked, whenever the panel is changed (for example, by pressing Tab), Krusader changes the current folder in the embedded terminal.

en: When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, uncheck this option.
en_GB: When renaming a file, the whole text is selected. If you want Total-Commander like renaming of just the name, without extension, untick this option.

en: Filter dialog remembers settings
en_GB: Filter dialogue remembers settings

en: The filter dialog is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel.
en_GB: The filter dialogue is opened with the last filter settings that where applied to the panel.

en: Frame Color:
en_GB: Frame Colour:

en: If checked, use a mode based on KDE's style.
en_GB: If ticked, use a mode based on KDE's style.

en: If checked, left clicking an item will select it.
en_GB: If ticked, left clicking an item will select it.

en: If checked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.
en_GB: If ticked, left clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.

en: If checked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is checked.
en_GB: If ticked, Shift/Ctrl left clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Left Button Selects' is ticked.

en: If checked, right clicking an item will select it.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking an item will select it.

en: If checked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking an item will select it, but will not unselect other, already selected items.

en: If checked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is checked.
en_GB: If ticked, Shift/Ctrl right clicking will select items.
    Note: this is meaningless if 'Right Button Selects' is ticked.

en: If checked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.
    Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item.
en_GB: If ticked, pressing the spacebar will select the current item and move down.
    Otherwise, current item is selected, but remains the current item.

en: If checked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.
    Otherwise, current item is not changed.
en_GB: If ticked, pressing Insert will select the current item, and move down to the next item.
    Otherwise, current item is not changed.

en: If checked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.
    Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms.
en_GB: If ticked, right clicking will result in an immediate showing of the context menu.
    Otherwise, user needs to click and hold the right mouse button for 500ms.

en: Customize the way Krusader deals with archives
en_GB: Customise the way Krusader deals with archives

en: Trash Popup Menu
en_GB: Wastebin Popup Menu

en: Synchronize Fol&ders...
en_GB: Synchronise Fol&ders...

en: Open trash bin
en_GB: Open wastebin

en: Empty trash bin
en_GB: Empty wastebin

en: <qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b><p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customize Krusader to your needs.</p></qt>
en_GB: <qt><b>Welcome to Krusader.</b><p>As this is your first run, your machine will now be checked for external applications. Then the Konfigurator will be launched where you can customise Krusader to your needs.</p></qt>

en: Open selection dialog
en_GB: Open selection dialogue

en: F3 View Dialog
en_GB: F3 View Dialogue

en: Synchronize Selected Files...
en_GB: Synchronise Selected Files...

en: <p>Skip this one or trash all?</p></qt>
en_GB: <p>Skip this one or bin all?</p></qt>

en: &Trash All
en_GB: &Bin All

en: Synchronize results
en_GB: Synchronise results

en: Krusader::Synchronize
en_GB: Krusader::Synchronise

en: Krusader::Synchronizer
en_GB: Krusader::Synchroniser

en: Krusader::Synchronize Folders
en_GB: Krusader::Synchronise Folders

en: The left base folder used during the synchronization process.
en_GB: The left base folder used during the synchronisation process.

en: The right base folder used during the synchronization process.
en_GB: The right base folder used during the synchronisation process.

en: <p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p><p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronizing Windows filesystems.</p>
en_GB: <p>Case insensitive filename compare.</p><p><b>Note</b>: useful when synchronising Windows filesystems.</p>

en: The compare results of the synchronizer (Ctrl+M).
en_GB: The compare results of the synchroniser (Ctrl+M).

en: &Synchronizer
en_GB: &Synchroniser

en: Synchronize Folders
en_GB: Synchronise Folders

en: Synchronize with &KGet
en_GB: Synchronise with &KGet

en: Synchronizer has nothing to do.
en_GB: Synchroniser has nothing to do.

en: The synchronizer window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?
en_GB: The synchroniser window contains data from a previous compare. If you exit, this data will be lost. Do you really want to exit?

en: Load a Synchronizer Profile...
en_GB: Load a Synchroniser Profile...

en: Error: unrecognized %%%1%2%% in Expander
en_GB: Error: unrecognised %%%1%2%% in Expander

en: The global scale factor is limited to multiples of 6.25% to minimize visual glitches in applications using the X11 windowing system.
en_GB: The global scale factor is limited to multiples of 6.25% to minimise visual glitches in applications using the X11 windowing system.

en: 90° Counterclockwise
en_GB: 90° Anticlockwise

en: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible anymore.
    In order to unlock it either ConsoleKit or LoginD is needed, none of
    which could be found on your system.
en_GB: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible any more.
    In order to unlock it either ConsoleKit or LoginD is needed, none of
    which could be found on your system.

en: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible anymore.
    In order to unlock switch to a virtual terminal (e.g. Ctrl+Alt+F2),
    log in as root and execute the command:
    
    # ck-unlock-session <session-name>
en_GB: The screen locker is broken and unlocking is not possible any more.
    In order to unlock switch to a virtual terminal (e.g. Ctrl+Alt+F2),
    log in as root and execute the command:
    
    # ck-unlock-session <session-name>

en: Don't show any lock user interface.
en_GB: Do not show any lock user interface.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Gravity)
en: <b>Gravity</b><p>Checking this makes the game even harder: If a tile is removed, all tiles lying above it will fall down one step.</p>
en_GB: <b>Gravity</b><p>Ticking this makes the game even harder: If a tile is removed, all tiles lying above it will fall down one step.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Solvable)
en: <b>Create solvable games only</b><p>If checked, you will only be presented with games that are possible to solve.</p><p>Note: Even in solvable games you can fail to complete if you remove the tiles in the wrong order.</p>
en_GB: <b>Create solvable games only</b><p>If ticked, you will only be presented with games that are possible to solve.</p><p>Note: Even in solvable games you can fail to complete if you remove the tiles in the wrong order.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ChineseStyle)
en: <b>Use Chinese style: any flower match any flower, any season match any season</b><p>Use the traditional rules for matching the tiles. Previous version of the game used to allow only exact tiles matches, which is inconsistent with Mah-jongg rules. It is recommended to keep this option checked.</p>
en_GB: <b>Use Chinese style: any flower match any flower, any season match any season</b><p>Use the traditional rules for matching the tiles. Previous version of the game used to allow only exact tiles matches, which is inconsistent with Mah-jongg rules. It is recommended to keep this option ticked.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (IndicatorLineColor), group (Display)
en: Indicator Line Color
en_GB: Indicator Line Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Settings for colors
en_GB: Settings for colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Color of the drawn lines
en_GB: Colour of the drawn lines

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Standard line color:
en_GB: Standard line colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color of the indicator lines
en_GB: Colour of the indicator lines

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Indicator line color:
en_GB: Indicator line colour:

note: #-#-#-#-#  1441  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Highlight color:
en_GB: Highlight colour:

[ctx: AsciiConfigWidget|]
en: Line %1 can not list field names AND values!
en_GB: Line %1 cannot list field names AND values!

[ctx: AsciiConfigWidget|]
en: Line %1 can not list units AND values!
en_GB: Line %1 cannot list units AND values!

[ctx: AsciiConfigWidget|]
en: Line %1 can not list field names AND units!
en_GB: Line %1 cannot list field names AND units!

[ctx: Kst::AxisTab|]
en: VeryFine
en_GB: Very Fine

[ctx: AxisTab|]
en: Grid line &color:
en_GB: Grid line &colour:

[ctx: AxisTab|]
en: Lin&e color:
en_GB: Lin&e colour:

[ctx: ChooseColorDialog|]
en: Assign Curve Color From File
en_GB: Assign Curve Colour From File

[ctx: ChooseColorDialog|]
en: Assign Colors
en_GB: Assign Colours

[ctx: ChooseColorDialog|]
en: Base Curve Color on:
en_GB: Base Curve Colour on:

[ctx: CircleDimensionsTab|]
en: &Center
en_GB: &Centre

[ctx: DataWizardPageVectors|]
en: Field selection: Checked fields are plotted.
en_GB: Field selection: Ticked fields are plotted.

[ctx: Kst::DifferentiateCurvesDialog|]
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: ExportGraphicsDialog|]
en: When checked, the image will be repeatedly saved using the indicated period.  This is useful, for example, for live web page images.
en_GB: When ticked, the image will be repeatedly saved using the indicated period.  This is useful, for example, for live web page images.

[ctx: FillTab|]
en: &Color:
en_GB: &Colour:

[ctx: HistogramTab|]
en: Y-axis Normalization
en_GB: Y-axis Normalisation

[ctx: HistogramTab|]
en: The Y axis of the histogram is normalized so that the highest bin is 1.
en_GB: The Y axis of the histogram is normalised so that the highest bin is 1.

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: Color m&ap
en_GB: Colour m&ap

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: &Color map and contour map
en_GB: &Colour map and contour map

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: Color Map Parameters
en_GB: Colour Map Parameters

[ctx: ImageTab|]
en: Co&lor:
en_GB: Co&lour:

[ctx: LabelCreator|The color of the object]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Kst::MainWindow|]
en: Assign Curve &Color per File
en_GB: Assign Curve &Colour per File

[ctx: Kst::MainWindow|]
en: Show Kst's Choose Color Dialog
en_GB: Show Kst's Choose Colour Dialog

[ctx: MarkersTab|]
en: Line co&lor:
en_GB: Line co&lour:

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Zoom Mean-centered Y
en_GB: Zoom Mean-centred Y

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Normalize X-axis to Y-axis
en_GB: Normalise X-axis to Y-axis

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Normalize Y-axis to X-axis
en_GB: Normalise Y-axis to X-axis

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Adjust Image Color Scale
en_GB: Adjust Image Colour Scale

[ctx: Kst::PlotItem|]
en: Maximize Plot
en_GB: Maximise Plot

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Mean Centered
en_GB: Zoom Mean Centred

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom X Mean Centered
en_GB: Zoom X Mean Centred

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Y Mean Centered
en_GB: Zoom Y Mean Centred

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Normalize X to Y
en_GB: Zoom Normalise X to Y

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Zoom Normalize Y to X
en_GB: Zoom Normalise Y to X

[ctx: RangeTab|]
en: Mean c&entered,
en_GB: Mean c&entred,

[ctx: RangeTab|]
en: Mean &centered,
en_GB: Mean &centred,

[ctx: Kst::StrokeTab|line join style]
en: Miter Join
en_GB: Mitre Join

[ctx: Kst::StrokeTab|line join style based on SVG files]
en: SVG Miter Join
en_GB: SVG Mitre Join

[ctx: StrokeTab|]
en: Brush &color:
en_GB: Brush &colour:

[ctx: Kst::SvgItem|an svg picture]
en: Svg
en_GB: SVG

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Error creating svg object from Kst file.
en_GB: Error creating SVG object from Kst file.

[ctx: QObject|]
en: Create Svg
en_GB: Create SVG

[ctx: Kst::CSD|]
en: Apodize;
en_GB: Apodise;

[ctx: Kst::Histogram|]
en: Normalized Frequency
en_GB: Normalised Frequency

[ctx: Kst::PSD|]
en: Apodize;
en_GB: Apodise;

[ctx: EffectiveBandwidthConfig|]
en: SamplingFrequency (Hz)
en_GB: Sampling Frequency (Hz)

[ctx: FitLorentzianUnweightedPlugin|]
en: Generates a lorentzian fit for a set of data.
en_GB: Generates a Lorentzian fit for a set of data.

[ctx: FitLorentzianWeightedPlugin|]
en: Generates a lorentzian weighted fit for a set of data.
en_GB: Generates a Lorentzian weighted fit for a set of data.

[ctx: ColorPalette|]
en: C&olor palette:
en_GB: C&olour palette:

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: If "Show Points" is checked, the selected point type will be drawn at each data point.
en_GB: If "Show Points" is ticked, the selected point type will be drawn at each data point.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: If "Show Lines" is checked, the selected line style.
en_GB: If "Show Lines" is ticked, the selected line style.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: Check this to cause lines to be drawn between data points.
en_GB: Tick this to cause lines to be drawn between data points.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: Check this to cause the selected points to be drawn at each data point.
en_GB: Tick this to cause the selected points to be drawn at each data point.

[ctx: CurveAppearance|]
en: If "Show Lines" is checked, the selected line width.
en_GB: If "Show Lines" is ticked, the selected line width.

[ctx: CurveSelector|]
en: Select a curve to utilize.
en_GB: Select a curve to utilise.

[ctx: FFTOptions|]
en: Apodi&ze
en_GB: Apodi&se

[ctx: FFTOptions|]
en: The sample rate at which the measurements were acquired, for proper normalization.
en_GB: The sample rate at which the measurements were acquired, for proper normalisation.

[ctx: Kst::LabelBuilder|]
en: <qt><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Scalars &amp; equations</B></FONT><br>Scalars and scalar equations can be displayed live in labels.  When the scalar is updated, the label is updated.  Scalar names are autocompleted.  The format is:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Scalar:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>scalarname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Vector Element:</B><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>vectorName</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>index</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]]</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">, e.g., </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1 (V2)[4]]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Equation:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=</FONT><I>equation</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]/[GYRO1:Sigma (X4)]]</FONT></P><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Supported LaTeX Subset</B></FONT><br>Labels in <i>kst</i> support a derivative subset of LaTeX. For example, to display the equation for the area of a circle, you could set the label to A=2\pir^2.  Unlike LaTeX, it is not necessary to enter math mode using '$'.  Also, unlike LaTeX, variables are not automatically displayed in italic font.  If desired, this must be done explicitly using \textit{}.  Supported sequences are:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Greek letters:</B>  \<I>name</I> or \<I>Name</I>.  e.g.: <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\alpha</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other symbols:</B>  <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\approx</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\cdot</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ge</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\geq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\inf</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\int</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\le</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\leq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ne</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\partial</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\prod</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\pm</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sum</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sqrt</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Font effects:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textcolor{</FONT><I>colorname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}{</FONT><I>colored text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textbf{</FONT><I>bold text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textit{</FONT><I>italicized text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\underline{</FONT><I>underlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\overline{</FONT><I>overlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>.<P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other:</B><I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">^</FONT><I>y</I>,<I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">_</FONT><I>y</I>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\t</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\n</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\[</FONT></P>
en_GB: <qt><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Scalars &amp; equations</B></FONT><br>Scalars and scalar equations can be displayed live in labels.  When the scalar is updated, the label is updated.  Scalar names are autocompleted.  The format is:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Scalar:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>scalarname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Vector Element:</B><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>vectorName</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[</FONT><I>index</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]]</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">, e.g., </FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[GYRO1 (V2)[4]]</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Equation:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=</FONT><I>equation</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">]</FONT>, e.g. <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">[=[GYRO1:Mean(X4)]/[GYRO1:Sigma (X4)]]</FONT></P><P ALIGN=LEFT STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><FONT SIZE=4><B>Supported LaTeX Subset</B></FONT><br>Labels in <i>kst</i> support a derivative subset of LaTeX. For example, to display the equation for the area of a circle, you could set the label to A=2\pir^2.  Unlike LaTeX, it is not necessary to enter math mode using '$'.  Also, unlike LaTeX, variables are not automatically displayed in italic font.  If desired, this must be done explicitly using \textit{}.  Supported sequences are:</P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Greek letters:</B>  \<I>name</I> or \<I>Name</I>.  e.g.: <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\alpha</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other symbols:</B>  <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\approx</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\cdot</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ge</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\geq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\inf</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\int</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\le</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\leq</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\ne</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\partial</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\prod</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\pm</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sum</FONT><FONT FACE="Times New Roman, serif">,</FONT><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\sqrt</FONT></P><P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Font effects:</B> <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textcolor{</FONT><I>colorname</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}{</FONT><I>coloured text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textbf{</FONT><I>bold text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\textit{</FONT><I>italicized text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\underline{</FONT><I>underlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\overline{</FONT><I>overlined text</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">}</FONT>.<P STYLE="margin-bottom: 0in"><B>Other:</B><I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">^</FONT><I>y</I>,<I>x</I><FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">_</FONT><I>y</I>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\t</FONT>,<FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\n</FONT>, <FONT FACE="Courier New, monospace">\[</FONT></P>

[ctx: MatrixSelector|]
en: Select a vector to utilize.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a vector to utilise.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.

[ctx: ScalarSelector|]
en: Select a scalar to utilize.  If you wish to create a new scalar, select the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a scalar to utilise.  If you wish to create a new scalar, select the icon to the right.

[ctx: StringSelector|]
en: Select a string to utilize.  If you wish to create a new string, select the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a string to utilise.  If you wish to create a new string, select the icon to the right.

[ctx: VectorSelector|]
en: Select a vector to utilize.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.
en_GB: Select a vector to utilise.  If you wish to create a new vector, click on the icon to the right.

[ctx: use default color scheme]
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

en: Local color scheme file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.
en_GB: Local colour scheme file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.

en: Local color scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.
en_GB: Local colour scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be recorded.

en: Reverse colors of the image. This is useful to enhance contrast at times. This affects only the display and not the saving.
en_GB: Reverse colours of the image. This is useful to enhance contrast at times. This affects only the display and not the saving.

en: Failed to properly configure astrometry config file.  Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings.  Then try starting Ekos again.
en_GB: Failed to properly configure astrometry configuration file.  Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings.  Then try starting Ekos again.

en: Astrometry Config File Error
en_GB: Astrometry Configuration File Error

en: Recenters the XPlanet image once it has been moved
en_GB: Recentre the XPlanet image once it has been moved

en: Lets you change the units for the timestep in the animation
en_GB:                                   time-step

en: Resets the animation to 0 timesteps from the current XPlanet Time
en_GB: Resets the animation to 0 time-stepss from the current XPlanet Time

en: Explore Catalogs
en_GB: Explore Catalogues

en: Messier Catalog
en_GB: Messier Catalogue

en: NGC Catalog
en_GB: NGC Catalogue

en: IC Catalog
en_GB: IC Catalogue

en: Sharpless Catalog
en_GB: Sharpless Catalogue

en: The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky.  It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes.  It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers.  If you click on a category or catalog, a list of objects will appear.  Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object.  If you have thumbnail images or wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well.  If not, you can download them using the download icon.  If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently.  Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do.
en_GB: The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky.  It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes.  It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers.  If you click on a category or catalogue, a list of objects will appear.  Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object.  If you have thumbnail images or Wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well.  If not, you can download them using the download icon.  If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently.  Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do.

en: Import Catalog
en_GB: Import Catalogue

en: A valid custom catalog file has one line per object, with the following fields in each line:
en_GB: A valid custom catalogue file has one line per object, with the following fields in each line:

en: 5. Integrated Flux (floating-point value); frequency and units are set separately in the catalog file.
en_GB: 5. Integrated Flux (floating-point value); frequency and units are set separately in the catalogue file.

en: 6. Spectral type (if type=0); otherwise object's catalog name
en_GB: 6. Spectral type (if type=0); otherwise object's catalogue name

en: The fields should be separated by whitespace.  In addition, the catalog may contain comment lines beginning with '#'.
en_GB: The fields should be separated by whitespace.  In addition, the catalogue may contain comment lines beginning with '#'.

en: Help on custom catalog file format
en_GB: Help on custom catalogue file format

en: Catalog Preview
en_GB: Catalogue Preview

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KUrlRequester, DataURL)
en: To import an existing data file, enter its filename here.  You will then describe the contents of the file below.  You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data.
en_GB: To import an existing data file, enter its filename here.  You will then describe the contents of the file below.  You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalogue file with a valid header, but no data.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_3)
en: <b>Catalog fields:</b>
en_GB: <b>Catalogue fields:</b>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, Epoch)
en: The coordinate epoch for the catalog
en_GB: The coordinate epoch for the catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel4)
en: Catalog name prefix:
en_GB: Catalogue name prefix:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_4)
en: Symbol color:
en_GB: Symbol colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, CatalogURL)
en: Enter the filename for the output catalog file
en_GB: Enter the filename for the output catalogue file

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Catalog name:
en_GB: Catalogue name:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Save catalog as:
en_GB: Save catalogue as:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, CatalogName)
en: Enter a name for the catalog
en_GB: Enter a name for the catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center in Map
en_GB: Centre in Map

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, ScopeButton)
en: Center in Telescope
en_GB: Centre in Telescope

en: Gaseous Nebulae
en_GB: Gaseous Nebulæ

en: 1000 meters
en_GB: 1000 metres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, NewButton)
en: Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list.  You can define the size, shape, and color of the new symbol.
en_GB: Add a new field-of-view (FOV) symbol to the list.  You can define the size, shape, and colour of the new symbol.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, EditButton)
en: Press this button to modify the highlighted FOV symbol.  You can change its size, shape and color.
en_GB: Press this button to modify the highlighted FOV symbol.  You can change its size, shape and colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength1) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, LinearFOV) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, RTDiameter)
en: Telescope focal length, in millimeters
en_GB: Telescope focal length, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength1)
en: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.
en_GB: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, EyeLength)
en: Eyepiece focal length, in millimeters
en_GB: Eyepiece focal length, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, EyeLength)
en: Enter the eyepiece focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.
en_GB: Enter the eyepiece focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a telescope eyepiece.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, TLength2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, LinearFOV) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, RTDiameter)
en: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope.
en_GB: Enter the telescope focal length, in millimetres.
    
    This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, cameraPixelSizeW) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, cameraPixelSizeH) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, WaveLength)
en: Size of chip or film, in millimeters
en_GB: Size of chip or film, in millimetres

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, ColorButton)
en: Select color for the field-of-view symbol
en_GB: Select colour for the field-of-view symbol

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, ColorButton)
en: Select a color for the field-of-view (FOV) symbol.
en_GB: Select a colour for the field-of-view (FOV) symbol.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: <html><head/><body><p>GSC: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B_ivMJINsdQ8cDhNcU5ESkZMZ0E/view?usp=sharing"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Guide Star Catalog</span></a> (305 MB)</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>GSC: <a href="https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B_ivMJINsdQ8cDhNcU5ESkZMZ0E/view?usp=sharing"><span style=" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;">Guide Star Catalogue</span></a> (305 MB)</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, DownloadText)
en: <p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p><p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>
en_GB: <p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalogue. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p><p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>

en: Astrometry.net uses python3 and the astropy package for plate solving images offline. These were not detected on your system.  Please go into the Align Options and either click the setup button to install them or uncheck the default button and enter the path to python3 on your system and manually install astropy.
en_GB: Astrometry.net uses python3 and the astropy package for plate solving images offline. These were not detected on your system.  Please go into the Align Options and either click the setup button to install them or untick the default button and enter the path to python3 on your system and manually install astropy.

en: Slew complete. Please adjust azimuth knob until the target is in the center of the view.
en_GB: Slew complete. Please adjust azimuth knob until the target is in the centre of the view.

en: Slew complete. Please adjust altitude knob until the target is in the center of the view.
en_GB: Slew complete. Please adjust altitude knob until the target is in the centre of the view.

en: Failed to find RA Axis center: %1.
en_GB: Failed to find RA Axis centre: %1.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, syncR)
en: Synchronize the telescope to the solution coordinates
en_GB: Synchronise the telescope to the solution coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, slewR)
en: Synchronize the telescope to the solution coordinates and then slew to the target coordinates
en_GB: Synchronise the telescope to the solution coordinates and then slew to the target coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, autoScaleGraphB)
en: Auto scale and center the Solution Results graph.
en_GB: Auto scale and centre the Solution Results graph.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_23)
en: Angle between expected perfectly aligned mount center and the actual center
en_GB: Angle between expected perfectly aligned mount centre and the actual centre

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, refreshText)
en: <p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centered within the crosshair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centered.</p>
en_GB: <p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centred within the cross-hair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centred.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, findAlignB)
en: Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.
en_GB: Open the Find Object dialogue so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, sortAlignB)
en: Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew.
en_GB: Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimise the distance between each slew.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AstrometryConfFileIsInternal)
en: Astrometry config file is internal to the application bundle
en_GB: Astrometry configuration file is internal to the application bundle

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_22)
en: Tycho2 Catalog
en_GB: Tycho2 Catalogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_21)
en: 2Mass Catalog
en_GB: 2Mass Catalogue

en: Editing job canceled.
en_GB: Editing job cancelled.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, gaussianKernelSizeSpin)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The gaussian blur kernel size. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Gaussian blur kernel size. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, gaussianSigmaSpin)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The gaussian blur sigma value. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The Gaussian blur sigma value. Used for blurring the image before for instance the Bahtinov edge detection.</p></body></html>

en: To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unchecked.  Unchecking it now to enable your image captures.  You can re-enable it before Guiding
en_GB: To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unticked.  Unticking it now to enable your image captures.  You can re-enable it before Guiding

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, subFrameCheck)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Subframe the image around the guide star.  Or for PHD2, receive the Guide Star Image instead of the full image frame.  For the Internal Guider, before checking this option, you must <span style=" font-weight:600;">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Uncheck it to take a full frame again.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Subframe the image around the guide star.  Or for PHD2, receive the Guide Star Image instead of the full image frame.  For the Internal Guider, before ticking this option, you must <span style=" font-weight:600;">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Untick it to take a full frame again.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, checkBox_DirRA)
en: Guide Right Ascention Axis
en_GB: Guide Right Ascension Axis

en: Calibration Failed: couldn't reach start.
en_GB: Calibration Failed: could not reach start.

en: Calibration Failed: couldn't reach start point.
en_GB: Calibration Failed: could not reach start point.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_10)
en: Local Sidereal TIme
en_GB: Local Sidereal Time

en: Dome is moving counter clockwise...
en_GB: Dome is moving anticlockwise...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, motionCCWButton)
en: Rotate counter clockwise
en_GB: Rotate anticlockwise

en: counter clockwise
en_GB: anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, leadTimeLabel)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early excution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take pronolged periods to time to complete.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_RealignAfterCalibrationFailure)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recenter the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recentre the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_13)
en: Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed to stabilize the guiding performance before capture.
en_GB: Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed to stabilise the guiding performance before capture.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds
en_GB: Cover or uncover telescope dialogue timeout in seconds

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_15)
en: Dialog Timeout:
en_GB: Dialogue Timeout:

en: Reset state and force reevaluation of all observation jobs.
en_GB: Reset state and force re-evaluation of all observation jobs.

en: Warning: Job '%1' is %2 away from now, you may want to enable Preemptive Shutdown.
en_GB: Warning: Job '%1' is %2 away from now, you may want to enable Pre-emptive Shutdown.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, copySkyCenterB)
en: Fill coordinates with Sky Map center
en_GB: Fill coordinates with Sky Map centre

en: Center Telescope
en_GB: Centre Telescope

en: Center Telescope
    *No Telescopes Detected*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *No Telescopes Detected*

en: Center Telescope
    *Ready*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *Ready*

en: Center Telescope
    *No WCS Info*
en_GB: Centre Telescope
    *No WCS Info*

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_LimitedResourcesMode)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Enable limited resource mode to turn off any resource-intensive operations:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Enable limited resource mode to turn off any resource-intensive operations:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only greyscale images are shown.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only greyscale images are shown.</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoWCS)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p><p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behaviour resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p></body></html>

en: Couldn't initialize the OpenGL context.
en_GB: Could not initialise the OpenGL context.

en: Cuttoff Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.
en_GB: Cut-off Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.

en: Enable or Disable the Max Value Cutoff
en_GB: Enable or Disable the Max Value Cut-off

en: Sets the Cuttoff Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.
en_GB: Sets the Cut-off Maximum for eliminating hot pixels and bright stars.

en: Shows the x, y coordinates of star centers in the frame
en_GB: Shows the x, y coordinates of star centres in the frame

en: Shows the peak values of star centers in the frame
en_GB: Shows the peak values of star centres in the frame

en: Changes the color scheme
en_GB: Changes the colour scheme

en: Moving counter clockwise
en_GB: Moving anticlockwise

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, kcfg_indiDriversDir)
en: path to the INDI drivers xml directory
en_GB: path to the INDI drivers XML directory

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useTimeUpdate)
en: Enable time synchronization upon connection between KStars and INDI
en_GB: Enable time synchronisation upon connection between KStars and INDI

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useTimeUpdate)
en: Synchronize KStars date and time automatically from the update source.
en_GB: Synchronise KStars date and time automatically from the update source.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_useMountSource)
en: <html><head/><body><p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with controller settings.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronised with controller settings.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useGeographicUpdate)
en: Enable geographic location synchronization upon connection between KStars and INDI
en_GB: Enable geographic location synchronisation upon connection between KStars and INDI

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_useGeographicUpdate)
en: Synchronize KStars location settings from the update source
en_GB: Synchronise KStars location settings from the update source

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_useGPSSource)
en: <html><head/><body><p>GPS driver is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with GPS settings.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>GPS driver is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronised with GPS settings.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_messageNotificationINDI)
en: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs
en_GB: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogues

en: Center && Track
en_GB: Centre && Track

en: Remove From Local Catalog
en_GB: Remove From Local Catalogue

en: Center Crosshair
en_GB: Centre Crosshair

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
en: Filenames of defined custom object catalogs.
en_GB: Filenames of defined custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
en: List of the filenames of custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List of the filenames of custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
en: List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
en: List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed).
en_GB: List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalogue (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalogue will be displayed).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
en: List for displaying custom object catalogs.
en_GB: List for displaying custom object catalogues.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
en: List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed.
en_GB: List of names for which custom catalogues are to be displayed.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
en: Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map.
en_GB: Names of objects entered into the find dialogue are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
en: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs.
en_GB: Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogues.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useKStarsSource), group (indi)
en: Use KStars time and location for synchronization?
en_GB: Use KStars time and location for synchronisation?

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useMountSource), group (indi)
en: Use mount time and location for synchronization?
en_GB: Use mount time and location for synchronisation?

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGPSSource), group (indi)
en: Use GPS time and location for synchronization?
en_GB: Use GPS time and location for synchronisation?

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
en: Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters.
en_GB: Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in metres.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
en: Fade planet trails to background color?
en_GB: Fade planet trails to background colour?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
en: If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color.
en_GB: If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
en: Name of focused object
en_GB: Name of focussed object

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
en: The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to "nothing". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down.
en_GB: The name of the object that should be centred and tracked on startup. If no object should be centred, set to "nothing". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
en: Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map.
en_GB: Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labelled in the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
en: Use localized constellation names?
en_GB: Use localised constellation names?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
en: Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names).
en_GB: Use localised constellation names (if localised names are not available, default to Latin names).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
en: Automatically label focused object?
en_GB: Automatically label focussed object?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
en: Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached.
en_GB: Toggle whether a centred object automatically gets a name label attached.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
en: Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?
en_GB: Automatically add trail to centred solar system body?

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
en: Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered.
en_GB: Toggle whether a centred solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centred.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
en: Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map.
en_GB: Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a coloured name label in the map.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
en: Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list
en_GB: Prefer Digitised Sky Survey imagery in the observing list

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
en: Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation.
en_GB: Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This tick box makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ColorSchemeFile), group (Colors)
en: The name of the color scheme
en_GB: The name of the colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorMode), group (Colors)
en: The method for rendering stars: 0="realistic colors"; 1="solid red"; 2="solid black"; 3="solid white"; 4="solid real colors"
en_GB: The method for rendering stars: 0="realistic colours"; 1="solid red"; 2="solid black"; 3="solid white"; 4="solid real colours"

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
en: Saturation level of star colors
en_GB: Saturation level of star colours

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarColorIntensity), group (Colors)
en: The color saturation level of stars (only applicable when using "realistic colors" mode).
en_GB: The colour saturation level of stars (only applicable when using "realistic colours" mode).

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of angular distance ruler
en_GB: Colour of angular distance ruler

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AngularRulerColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the angular-distance measurement ruler.
en_GB: The colour for the angular-distance measurement ruler.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
en: Background color of InfoBoxes
en_GB: Background colour of InfoBoxes

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGColor), group (Colors)
en: The background color of the on-screen information boxes.
en_GB: The background colour of the on-screen information boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
en: Text color of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse
en_GB: Text colour of InfoBoxes when grabbed with mouse

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxGrabColor), group (Colors)
en: The text color for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click.
en_GB: The text colour for the on-screen information boxes, when activated by a mouse click.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
en: Text color of InfoBoxes
en_GB: Text colour of InfoBoxes

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxTextColor), group (Colors)
en: The normal text color of the on-screen information boxes.
en_GB: The normal text colour of the on-screen information boxes.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of constellation boundaries
en_GB: Colour of constellation boundaries

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundColor), group (Colors) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation boundary lines.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation boundary lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CBoundHighColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of highlighted constellation boundary
en_GB: Colour of highlighted constellation boundary

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of constellation lines
en_GB: Colour of constellation lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CLineColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation figure lines.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation figure lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of constellation names
en_GB: Colour of constellation names

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the constellation names.
en_GB: The colour for the constellation names.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of cardinal compass labels along horizon
en_GB: Colour of cardinal compass labels along horizon

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CompassColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the cardinal compass point labels.
en_GB: The colour for the cardinal compass point labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of ecliptic line
en_GB: Colour of ecliptic line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EclipticColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the ecliptic line.
en_GB: The colour for the ecliptic line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of equator line
en_GB: Colour of equator line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the equator line.
en_GB: The colour for the equator line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of equatorial coordinate grid lines
en_GB: Colour of equatorial coordinate grid lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EquatorialGridColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the equatorial coordinate grid lines.
en_GB: The colour for the equatorial coordinate grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of horizontal coordinate grid lines
en_GB: Colour of horizontal coordinate grid lines

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizontalGridColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the horizontal coordinate grid lines.
en_GB: The colour for the horizontal coordinate grid lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of objects with extra links available
en_GB: Colour of objects with extra links available

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SpecialObjectColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for objects which have extra URL links available.
en_GB: The colour for objects which have extra URL links available.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of horizon line
en_GB: Colour of horizon line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the horizon line and opaque ground.
en_GB: The colour for the horizon line and opaque ground.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of local meridian line
en_GB: Colour of local meridian line

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LocalMeridianColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the local meridian line.
en_GB: The colour for the local meridian line.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of Messier objects
en_GB: Colour of Messier objects

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MessierColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for Messier object symbols.
en_GB: The colour for Messier object symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of NGC objects
en_GB: Colour of NGC objects

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (NGCColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for NGC object symbols.
en_GB: The colour for NGC object symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of IC objects
en_GB: Colour of IC objects

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ICColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for IC object symbols.
en_GB: The colour for IC object symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of Milky Way contour
en_GB: Colour of Milky Way contour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MilkyWayWColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the Milky Way contour.
en_GB: The colour for the Milky Way contour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of star name labels
en_GB: Colour of star name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for star name labels.
en_GB: The colour for star name labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of deep-sky object name labels
en_GB: Colour of deep-sky object name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for deep-sky object name labels.
en_GB: The colour for deep-sky object name labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of planet name labels
en_GB: Colour of planet name labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetNameColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solar system object labels.
en_GB: The colour for solar system object labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of planet trails
en_GB: Colour of planet trails

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PlanetTrailColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solar system object trails.
en_GB: The colour for solar system object trails.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of sky
en_GB: Colour of sky

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SkyColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the sky background.
en_GB: The colour for the sky background.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: Color Artificial Horizon
en_GB: Colour Artificial Horizon

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ArtificialHorizonColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for the artificial horizon region.
en_GB: The colour for the artificial horizon region.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of telescope symbols
en_GB: Colour of telescope symbols

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TelescopeTargetColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for telescope target symbols.
en_GB: The colour for telescope target symbols.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of visible satellites
en_GB: Colour of visible satellites

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VisibleSatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of visible satellites.
en_GB: Colour of visible satellites.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of invisible satellites
en_GB: Colour of invisible satellites

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of invisible satellites.
en_GB: Colour of invisible satellites.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of satellites labels
en_GB: Colour of satellites labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SatLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of satellites labels.
en_GB: Colour of satellites labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of supernovae
en_GB: Colour of supernovae

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SupernovaColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of supernova
en_GB: Colour of supernova

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of user-added labels
en_GB: Colour of user-added labels

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserLabelColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for user-added object labels.
en_GB: The colour for user-added object labels.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of RA Guide Error
en_GB: Colour of RA Guide Error

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RAGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.
en_GB: The colour for RA Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of DEC Guide Error
en_GB: Colour of DEC Guide Error

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DEGuideColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.
en_GB: The colour for DEC Guide Error bar in Ekos guide module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
en: Color of solver FOV box
en_GB: Colour of solver FOV box

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverFOVColor), group (Colors)
en: The color for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module.
en_GB: The colour for solver FOV box in Ekos alignment module.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetColor), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetColor)
en: Label color
en_GB: Label colour

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetColor), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetColor)
en: Set the color for the label.
en_GB: Set the colour for the label.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
en: Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied.
en_GB: Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A colour may also be supplied.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
en: Use a color as the background.
en_GB: Use a colour as the background.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
en: The color of the background.
en_GB: The colour of the background.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars.
en_GB: If ticked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetConfigFile), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, use a config file.
en_GB: If ticked, use a config file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetMarkerFile), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetMarkerFile)
en: If checked, use the specified marker file.
en_GB: If ticked, use the specified marker file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetMarkerBounds), group (Xplanet)
en: If checked, write coordinates of the bounding box for each marker in a file.
en_GB: If ticked, write coordinates of the bounding box for each marker in a file.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetStarmap), group (Xplanet) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetStarmap)
en: If checked, use star map file to draw the background stars.
en_GB: If ticked, use star map file to draw the background stars.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DrawSatellitesLikeStars), group (Satellites) i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DrawSatellitesLikeStars), group (Satellites)
en: If selected, satellites will be draw like stars, otherwise, draw satellites as small colored square.
en_GB: If selected, satellites will be draw like stars, otherwise, draw satellites as small coloured square.

note: i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
en: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.
en_GB: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalogue coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ManualCoverTimeout), group (Capture)
en: Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds.
en_GB: Cover or uncover telescope dialogue timeout in seconds.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
en: Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67.
en_GB: Do not sanitise FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Untick for any versions greater than 0.67.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
en: Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)
en_GB: Which guider process to utilise for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (AOLimit), group (Guide)
en: The Adaptive Optics unit is utilized if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilized.
en_GB: The Adaptive Optics unit is utilised if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilised.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
en: HIPS source catalog title.
en_GB: HIPS source catalogue title.

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CAELUM
en_GB: CÆLUM

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CASSIOPEIA
en_GB: CASSIOPOEIA

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: CHAMAELEON
en_GB: CHAMÆLEON

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: ARMORY
en_GB: ARMOURY

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: PLACE FOR FIVE EMPEROR
en_GB: PLACE FOR FIVE EMPERORS

[ctx: Constellation name (optional)]
en: HOMEM VELHO (TUIVAE)
en_GB: HOMEM VELHO (TUIVÆ)

[ctx: Image/info menu item (should be translated)]
en: The Whole Mars Catalog
en_GB: The Whole Mars Catalogue

[ctx: star name]
en: Praecipula
en_GB: Præcipula

[ctx: object name (optional)]
en: Antennae Galaxies
en_GB: Antennæ Galaxies

[ctx: Advanced URLs: description or category]
en: Popular Catalog Choices
en_GB: Popular Catalogue Choices

[ctx: Advanced URLs: description or category]
en: Multiwavelength Catalogs
en_GB: Multiwavelength Catalogues

en: The selected script contains unrecognized elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?
en_GB: The selected script contains unrecognised elements, indicating that it was not created using the KStars script builder. This script may not function properly, and it may even contain malicious code. Would you like to execute it anyway?

en: You can save printer ink by using the "Star Chart" color scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart color scheme for printing?
en_GB: You can save printer ink by using the "Star Chart" colour scheme, which uses a white background. Would you like to temporarily switch to the Star Chart colour scheme for printing?

en: Switch to Star Chart Colors?
en_GB: Switch to Star Chart Colours?

en: Switch Color Scheme
en_GB: Switch Colour Scheme

en: C&olor Schemes
en_GB: C&olour Schemes

[ctx: Toggle the telescope center lock in display]
en: Center Telescope
en_GB: Centre Telescope

en: Toggle Lock Telescope Center
en_GB: Toggle Lock Telescope Centre

en: Center and Track
en_GB: Centre and Track

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Centering
en_GB: Centring

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Deep Sky Catalogs
en_GB: Deep Sky Catalogues

[ctx: string from libindi, used in the config dialog]
en: Star Catalogs
en_GB: Star Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseRefraction)
en: The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens.  If this item is checked, this "atmospheric refraction" will be simulated in the sky map.  Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system.
en_GB: The atmosphere bends light passing through it, like a lens.  If this item is ticked, this "atmospheric refraction" will be simulated in the sky map.  Note that this correction is only applied when using the Horizontal coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates)
en: Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.
en_GB: Ticking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalogue coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug-free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAnimatedSlewing)
en: If checked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated "slew" to the new position.  Otherwise, the display will center on the new position instantaneously.
en_GB: If ticked, changing the focus position will result in a visible animated "slew" to the new position.  Otherwise, the display will centre on the new position instantaneously.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseHoverLabel)
en: Show name label of centered object?
en_GB: Show name label of centred object?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseHoverLabel)
en: If checked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centered in the display.  You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu.
en_GB: If ticked, a name label will be temporarily attached to an object while it is centred in the display.  You can attach a more persistent label to any object using the right-click popup menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoLabel)
en: Attach label to centered object
en_GB: Attach label to centred object

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideOnSlew)
en: When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; check this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion.
en_GB: When the map is in motion, smooth animation is compromised if the program has too many objects to draw on the map; tick this item to temporarily hide some of the objects while the display is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideStars)
en: If checked, then fainter stars will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then fainter stars will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HidePlanets)
en: If checked, then all solar system bodies will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then all solar system bodies will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideMilkyWay)
en: If checked, then the Milky Way contour will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then the Milky Way contour will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideMessier)
en: If checked, then objects in the Messier catalog will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then objects in the Messier catalogue will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideCNames)
en: If checked, then constellation names will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then constellation names will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideNGC)
en: If checked, then objects in the NGC catalog will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then objects in the NGC catalogue will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideCLines)
en: If checked, then constellation lines will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then constellation lines will be hidden when the map is in motion.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_HideIC)
en: If checked, then objects in the IC catalog will be hidden when the map is in motion.
en_GB: If ticked, then objects in the IC catalogue will be hidden when the map is in motion.

en: The selected database will be removed. This action cannot be reversed! Delete Catalog?
en_GB: The selected database will be removed. This action cannot be reversed! Delete Catalogue?

en: Delete Catalog?
en_GB: Delete Catalogue?

en: Index Catalog (IC)
en_GB: Index Catalogue (IC)

en: New General Catalog (NGC)
en_GB: New General Catalogue (NGC)

en: Messier Catalog (images)
en_GB: Messier Catalogue (images)

en: Messier Catalog (symbols)
en_GB: Messier Catalogue (symbols)

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowStars)
en: &Star Catalogs
en_GB: &Star Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowDeepSky)
en: Deep-Sky Catalogs
en_GB: Deep-Sky Catalogues

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, AddCatalog)
en: Import Catalog...
en_GB: Import Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, LoadCatalog)
en: Load Catalog...
en_GB: Load Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, RemoveCatalog)
en: Remove Catalog...
en_GB: Remove Catalogue...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ResolveNamesOnline)
en: If this checkbox is checked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialog, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.
                    The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalog that is called _Internet_Resolved as of this writing.
en_GB: If this box is ticked, when an object name unknown to KStars is entered in the Find Dialogue, KStars will contact online services (such as CDS Sesame) to learn about the object and then add it to the database.
                    The objects acquired in this manner are stored under a catalogue that is called _Internet_Resolved as of this writing.

[ctx: use realistic star colors]
en: Real Colors
en_GB: Real Colours

[ctx: show stars as colored circles]
en: Solid Colors
en_GB: Solid Colours

en: New Color Scheme
en_GB: New Colour Scheme

en: Enter a name for the new color scheme:
en_GB: Enter a name for the new colour scheme:

en: Local color scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be removed.
en_GB: Local colour scheme index file could not be opened.
    Scheme cannot be removed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox)
en: Current Scheme Colors
en_GB: Current Scheme Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, ColorPalette)
en: Current color settings
en_GB: Current colour settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, ColorPalette)
en: The list of all customizable colors in the program.  Next to each item is a square showing the color it is currently set to.  Click on any item to change its color.
en_GB: The list of all customisable colours in the program.  Next to each item is a square showing the colour it is currently set to.  Click on any item to change its colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1)
en: Star color mode:
en_GB: Star colour mode:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_StarColorMode)
en: Set the star color mode
en_GB: Set the star colour mode

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, kcfg_StarColorMode)
en: There are four ways to draw stars on the map.  By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual color.  You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall color scheme.
en_GB: There are four ways to draw stars on the map.  By default, stars are circles with a white core and a rim which is tinted to reflect the star's actual colour.  You may also choose to draw the stars as solid white, red, or black circles, to match the needs of your overall colour scheme.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Star color intensity:
en_GB: Star colour intensity:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_StarColorIntensity)
en: Set the intensity of star colors
en_GB: Set the intensity of star colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_StarColorIntensity)
en: When using the realistic-color star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colors.  A higher value means more intense colors.
en_GB: When using the realistic-colour star mode, this option will set the saturation level of the star's colours.  A higher value means more intense colours.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Preset Color Schemes
en_GB: Preset Colour Schemes

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QListWidget, PresetBox)
en: List of preset color schemes
en_GB: List of preset colour schemes

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QListWidget, PresetBox)
en: List of all known color schemes.  Several are provided by default, and you may also define your own.
en_GB: List of all known colour schemes.  Several are provided by default, and you may also define your own.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, AddPreset)
en: Create a new preset color scheme using current settings
en_GB: Create a new preset colour scheme using current settings

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, AddPreset)
en: After changing the colors to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colors.  Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the "Settings" menu of the main window.
en_GB: After changing the colours to a scheme that you like, press this button to create a new scheme using those colours.  Your scheme will appear here in the list of presets, and will also be available in the "Settings" menu of the main window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, RemovePreset)
en: Remove a preset color scheme
en_GB: Remove a preset colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, RemovePreset)
en: Press this button to remove the highlighted color scheme.  This will only work on your custom color schemes.
en_GB: Press this button to remove the highlighted colour scheme.  This will only work on your custom colour schemes.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCLines)
en: If checked, constellation lines will be drawn on the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, constellation lines will be drawn on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCNames)
en: If checked, constellation names will be drawn on the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, constellation names will be drawn on the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_UseLocalConstellNames)
en: Use Localized constellation names
en_GB: Use Localised constellation names

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, kcfg_UseLocalConstellNames)
en: Localized
en_GB: Localised

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEcliptic)
en: If checked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map.  The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year.  All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well.
en_GB: If ticked, the ecliptic will be drawn on the sky map.  The ecliptic is a great circle on the sky that the Sun appears to follow over the course of one year.  All other solar system bodies roughly follow the ecliptic as well.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FillMilkyWay)
en: If checked, the Milky Way contour will be shown filled.  Otherwise, only the outline will be drawn.
en_GB: If ticked, the Milky Way contour will be shown filled.  Otherwise, only the outline will be drawn.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowHorizon)
en: If checked, a line representing the local horizon will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, a line representing the local horizon will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMilkyWay)
en: If checked, a contour representing the Milky Way will be drawn on the sky map
en_GB: If ticked, a contour representing the Milky Way will be drawn on the sky map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_AutoSelectGrid)
en: If checked, coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system.
en_GB: If ticked, coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowFlags)
en: If checked, flags will be drawn on the sky map
en_GB: If ticked, flags will be drawn on the sky map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEquatorialGrid)
en: If checked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 2 hours in Right Ascension and every 20 degrees in Declination.
en_GB: If ticked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 2 hours in Right Ascension and every 20 degrees in Declination.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowHorizontalGrid)
en: If checked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 30 degrees in Azimuth and every 20 degrees in Altitude.
en_GB: If ticked, a grid of lines will be drawn every 30 degrees in Azimuth and every 20 degrees in Altitude.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowGround)
en: If checked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you.  Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system.
en_GB: If ticked, the area below the horizon will be filled in, to simulate the ground beneath you.  Note that the ground is never drawn when using the Equatorial coordinate system.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowEquator)
en: If checked, the celestial equator will be drawn in the sky map.
en_GB: If ticked, the celestial equator will be drawn in the sky map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSaturn)
en: If checked, Saturn will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Saturn will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPlanetImages)
en: If checked, then the planets, the Sun and the Moon will be shown as bitmap images on the map
en_GB: If ticked, then the planets, the Sun and the Moon will be shown as bitmap images on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMars)
en: If checked, Mars will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Mars will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowPlanetNames)
en: If checked, name labels will be attached to the planets, the Sun and the Moon
en_GB: If ticked, name labels will be attached to the planets, the Sun and the Moon

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowVenus)
en: If checked, Venus will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Venus will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowSun)
en: If checked, the Sun will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, the Sun will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowJupiter)
en: If checked, Jupiter will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Jupiter will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMoon)
en: If checked, the Moon will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, the Moon will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowMercury)
en: If checked, Mercury will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Mercury will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowNeptune)
en: If checked, Neptune will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Neptune will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowUranus)
en: If checked, Uranus will be drawn on the map.
en_GB: If ticked, Uranus will be drawn on the map.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAsteroids)
en: If checked, asteroids will be drawn on the map
en_GB: If ticked, asteroids will be drawn on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowComets)
en: If checked, comets will be drawn on the map
en_GB: If ticked, comets will be drawn on the map

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowCometNames)
en: If checked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached.  Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case.
en_GB: If ticked, the comets near the Sun will have name labels attached.  Comets vary in brightness in their orbits, so a faint magnitude is not effective in this case.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_ShowAsteroidNames)
en: If checked, then name labels will be attached to asteroids
en_GB: If ticked, then name labels will be attached to asteroids

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_UseAutoTrail)
en: If checked then any solar system body will have a temporary trail attached while it is centered in the display.
en_GB: If ticked then any solar system body will have a temporary trail attached while it is centred in the display.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: Fade trail color into the background?
en_GB: Fade trail colour into the background?

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: If checked, the color of the planet trail will be blended into the background sky color.
en_GB: If ticked, the colour of the planet trail will be blended into the background sky colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_FadePlanetTrails)
en: Fade trails to background color
en_GB: Fade trails to background colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stepText)
en: <p>Set basic field of view capture settings: color scheme, legend and FOV image shape, then click <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>
en_GB: <p>Set basic field of view capture settings: colour scheme, legend and FOV image shape, then click <b>Next</b> to proceed.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, switchColorsBox)
en: Use "Sky Chart" color scheme
en_GB: Use "Sky Chart" colour scheme

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, stepText)
en: <p>In manual field of view capture method, user centers sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>
    <p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>
    <p>Press <b>Next</b> when done.</p>
en_GB: <p>In manual field of view capture method, user centres sky map to a point of interest, then captures snapshots of sky fragments inside the active FOV symbol.</p>
    <p>When in field of view capture mode, press <b>Page Up</b> and <b>Page Down</b> to switch FOV symbols. Snapshots are captured by pressing <b>K</b> key. When done, press <b>Escape</b> key to return to the Printing Wizard.</p>
    <p>Press <b>Next</b> when done.</p>

en: Loading custom catalog: %1
en_GB: Loading custom catalogue: %1

en: Loading internal catalog: %1
en_GB: Loading internal catalogue: %1

en: Could not find custom catalog component named %1.
en_GB: Could not find custom catalogue component named %1.

en: Digitized Sky Survey image provided by the Space Telescope Science Institute [public domain].
en_GB: Digitised Sky Survey image provided by the Space Telescope Science Institute [public domain].

en: Catalog Star
en_GB: Catalogue Star

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centered
    			in the display.<br/>
    			Use Ctrl+T, the "Pointing->Engage Tracking" menu item, or the "lock"
    			Toolbar button. You can also simply center the object by
    			double-clicking on it or selecting "Center and Track" from the
    			object's popup menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can Track an object, so it will always be centred
    			in the display.<br/>
    			Use Ctrl+T, the "Pointing->Engage Tracking" menu item, or the "lock"
    			Toolbar button. You can also simply centre the object by
    			double-clicking on it or selecting "Centre and Track" from the
    			object's popup menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The 0-9 keys will center the display on one of the major solar system
    			bodies.  0 centers on the Sun, 3 centers on the Moon; the rest are the eight
    			planets, in order of their distance from the Sun.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The 0-9 keys will centre the display on one of the major solar system
    			bodies.  0 centres on the Sun, 3 centres on the Moon; the rest are the eight
    			planets, in order of their distance from the Sun.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Double-click with the mouse to center the display on the location
    			of the mouse cursor.  If you double-click on an object, KStars will
    			automatically begin tracking it.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Double-click with the mouse to centre the display on the location
    			of the mouse cursor.  If you double-click on an object, KStars will
    			automatically begin tracking it.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the "Time->Set Time to Now" menu item to synchronize
    			the simulation clock with your CPU clock.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can use Ctrl+E or the "Time->Set Time to Now" menu item to synchronise
    			the simulation clock with your CPU clock.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The deep-sky objects with a special color (the default is Red)
    			have extra URL links available in their popup menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The deep-sky objects with a special colour (the default is Red)
    			have extra URL links available in their popup menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colors.
    			A star's color depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,
    			while hotter stars are blue.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, stars in KStars are displayed with realistic colours.
    			A star's colour depends on its temperature; cooler stars are red,
    			while hotter stars are blue.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and
    			comets (including recently-discovered objects), check the "Download
    			Data" tool ("File->Download New Data" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated
    			ephemerides.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>If you want the very latest orbital information for asteroids and
    			comets (including recently-discovered objects), tick the "Download
    			Data" tool ("File->Download New Data" or Ctrl+D) frequently for updated
    			ephemerides.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any 
    			object in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet 
    			links, and your own custom notes.  Access the Details window through 
    			the popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing "D".
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Details window provides a large amount of information on any 
    			object in the sky, including coordinates, rise/set times, Internet 
    			links and your own custom notes.  Access the Details window through 
    			the popup menu, or by clicking on an object and then pressing "D".
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogs, select "Import Catalog" or 
    			"Load Catalog" from the Catalogs tab in the KStars Configuration window.
    			See the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalog file.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>To add your own custom Object Catalogues, select "Import Catalogue" or 
    			"Load Catalogue" from the Catalogues tab in the KStars Configuration window.
    			See the Handbook for instructions on formatting your catalogue file.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogs. You can download many more catalogs from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogs and add them.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with the NGC and IC deep-sky object catalogues. You can download many more catalogues from the File->Download New Data option. You can also make your own custom catalogues and add them.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalog of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogs (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>By default, KStars ships with a catalogue of stars up to about magnitude 8. You can download additional star catalogues (Tycho-2 and USNO NOMAD) to show up to 100 million stars down to about magnitude 16 using the File->Download New Data option.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can easily switch between predefined color schemes by selecting
    			the scheme from the "Settings->Color Schemes" menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can easily switch between predefined colour schemes by selecting
    			the scheme from the "Settings->Colour Schemes" menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations.  Fill in the
    			required fields in the "Set Geographic Location" Dialog and then press the
    			"Add City to List" button. Your Locations will be available in all
    			future sessions.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can define your own Geographic Locations.  Fill in the
    			required fields in the "Set Geographic Location" Dialogue and then press the
    			"Add City to List" button. Your Locations will be available in all
    			future sessions.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can define your own Color Schemes.  Adjust the colors
    			in the Configuration Window's "Colors" Tab, and then press the "Save
    			Current Colors" button. Your Color Scheme will appear in the list in
    			all future sessions.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can define your own Colour Schemes.  Adjust the colours
    			in the Configuration Window's "Colours" Tab, and then press the "Save
    			Current Colours" button. Your Colour Scheme will appear in the list in
    			all future sessions.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the
    			FOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.  You can set the angular size, the
    			shape, and the color of your new symbols.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can construct your own field-of-view (FOV) symbols, using the
    			FOV Editor from the Settings->FOV Symbols menu.  You can set the angular size, the
    			shape and the colour of your new symbols.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune
    			the behavior of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric
    			refraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which
    			objects are hidden while the display is in motion.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Advanced tab of the KStars Configuration window allows you to fine-tune
    			the behaviour of KStars. You can specify whether to correct for atmospheric
    			refraction, and whether to use animated slewing. You can also specify which
    			objects are hidden while the display is in motion.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,
    			aberration, atmospheric refraction, and light travel time (for planets).
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Object positions in KStars include the effects of precession, nutation,
    			aberration, atmospheric refraction and light travel time (for planets).
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply center on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>You can simulate the famous experimental test of general relativity in KStars -- KStars can calculate the bending of star-light around the sun. Simply centre on the sun, zoom in the sky map and toggle the corrections by pressing 'r' on the keyboard.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The large group of clusters and nebulae near the south celestial pole
    			are objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in
    			orbit around the Milky Way.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The large group of clusters and nebulæ near the south celestial pole
    			are objects in the Large Magellanic Cloud, which is a dwarf galaxy in
    			orbit around the Milky Way.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Messier Catalog is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects
    			in the sky.  It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the
    			Andromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Messier Catalogue is a list of 110 of the brightest non-stellar objects
    			in the sky.  It includes such famous objects as the Orion Nebula (M 42), the
    			Andromeda Galaxy (M 31), and the Pleiades (M 45).
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using "Parallax". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialog. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose "Details" in the popup-menu.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>Distance to the more nearby stars may be measured using "Parallax". The idea is explained in the Astro Info project. KStars shows the distances to many stars in the Details dialogue. To access this information, simply right click on the star, and choose "Details" in the popup-menu.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-color. The colors are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-color images, try the other image options.
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Hubble Space Telescope images are usually in false-colour. The colours are chosen to indicate the presence of the elements Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Sulfur. For real-colour images, try the other image options.
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: @info:tipoftheday
en: 		<p>The Digitized Sky Survey (DSS) has digitized images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection "Show DSS Image".
    		</p>
en_GB: 		<p>The Digitised Sky Survey (DSS) has digitised images from photographs of every region of the sky, made with the Oschin Schmidt telescope at Mt. Palomar, and the UK Schmidt Telescope. The DSS image of almost any region of the sky can be accessed from KStars by right-clicking on the sky map and selection "Show DSS Image".
    		</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Catalog:
en_GB: Catalogue:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, OptionName)
en: Select an option from this list to set its value.  You may also select the option using an organized Tree List using the "Browse Tree" button.
en_GB: Select an option from this list to set its value.  You may also select the option using an organised Tree List using the "Browse Tree" button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Opens the Find Object dialog, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects.  When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the "dir" box at left.
en_GB: Opens the Find Object dialogue, which allows you to select an object from the list of known objects.  When an object has been selected, its name will appear in the "dir" box at left.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QComboBox, FocusEdit)
en: Select a direction or object to center on.  The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith.  You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the "Object" button.
en_GB: Select a direction or object to centre on.  The combo box provides a list of known directions including cardinal compass points on the horizon, as well as the Zenith.  You may also enter the name of a known object here, or select an object from the list of known objects by pressing the "Object" button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UsePrintDialog)
en: Show print dialog
en_GB: Show print dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UseChartColors)
en: Use star chart colors
en_GB: Use star chart colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2)
en: Color value:
en_GB: Colour value:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindCityButton)
en: Press this button to open the Set Location dialog, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word.  Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in.
en_GB: Press this button to open the Set Location dialogue, which will allow you to choose a location from our list of over 2500 cities around the word.  Once a location has been selected, the City, Province and Country fields will be filled in.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, CheckTrack)
en: If checked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes.  This is called "Tracking".  Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centered at the focus point.  So, if you use "lookToward" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking.  
    
    If unchecked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centered.  As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth).
en_GB: If ticked, the sky will remain focused on its current position or object as time passes.  This is called "Tracking".  Note that tracking is automatically engaged whenever an object is centred at the focus point.  So, if you use "lookToward" with an object name, you do not need to engage tracking.  
    
    If unticked, then Tracking will be forced off, even if an object has been centred.  As time passes, the sky will then appear to drift by (due to the rotation of the Earth).

en: <QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations.  The modules are organized into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>
en_GB: <QT><H2>KStars Astrocalculator</H2><P>The KStars Astrocalculator contains several <B>modules</b> which perform a variety of astronomy-related calculations.  The modules are organised into several categories: <UL><LI><B>Time calculators: </B>Convert between time systems, and predict the timing of celestial events</LI><LI><B>Coordinate converters: </B>Convert between various coordinate systems</LI><LI><B>Solar system: </B>Predict the position of any planet, from a given location on Earth at a given time</LI></UL></QT>

en: <QT>Section with algorithms for the conversion of different astronomical systems of coordinates<UL><LI><B>Galactic:</B> Galactic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Apparent:</B> Computation of current equatorial coordinates from a given epoch</LI><LI><B>Ecliptic:</B> Ecliptic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Horizontal:</B> Computation of azimuth and elevation for a given source, time, and location on the Earth</LI><LI><B>Angular Distance:</B> Computation of angular distance between two objects whose positions are given in equatorial coordinates</LI><LI><B>Geodetic Coords:</B> Geodetic/XYZ coordinate conversion</LI><LI><B>LSR Velocity:</B> Computation of the heliocentric, geocentric and topocentric radial velocity of a source from its LSR velocity</LI></UL></QT>
en_GB: <QT>Section with algorithms for the conversion of different astronomical systems of coordinates<UL><LI><B>Galactic:</B> Galactic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Apparent:</B> Computation of current equatorial coordinates from a given epoch</LI><LI><B>Ecliptic:</B> Ecliptic/Equatorial coordinates conversion</LI><LI><B>Horizontal:</B> Computation of azimuth and elevation for a given source, time and location on the Earth</LI><LI><B>Angular Distance:</B> Computation of angular distance between two objects whose positions are given in equatorial coordinates</LI><LI><B>Geodetic Coords:</B> Geodetic/XYZ coordinate conversion</LI><LI><B>LSR Velocity:</B> Computation of the heliocentric, geocentric and topocentric radial velocity of a source from its LSR velocity</LI></UL></QT>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Label color:
en_GB: Label colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: Catalog Coordinates
en_GB: Catalogue Coordinates

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, epochCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, galLongCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, galLatCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, decCheckBatch) i18n: ectx: property (toolT
en: If checked, value will be read from input file. If not, value will be read from adjacent box
en_GB: If ticked, value will be read from input file. If not, value will be read from adjacent box

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, AltGeoLabel)
en: Elevation (meters):
en_GB: Elevation (metres):

en: Customized DSS Download
en_GB: Customised DSS Download

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, WizardButton)
en: The list wizard helps you construct observing lists based on filtering by object type, position on the sky, and magnitude.
en_GB: The list wizard helps you construct observing lists based on filtering by object type, position on the sky and magnitude.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Open Find Dialog
en_GB: Open Find Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, FindButton)
en: Open the Find Dialog for adding objects to the list
en_GB: Open the Find Dialogue for adding objects to the list

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, WUTButton)
en: Open the WUT dialog
en_GB: Open the WUT dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, WUTButton)
en: Opens the What's up tonight dialog, from which objects can be added to the list
en_GB: Opens the What's up tonight dialogue, from which objects can be added to the list

en: Customized DSS download
en_GB: Customised DSS download

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QListWidget, TypeList)
en: Gaseous nebulae
en_GB: Gaseous nebulæ

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CenterRALabel)
en: center RA:
en_GB: centre RA:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, CenterDecLabel)
en: center Dec:
en_GB: centre Dec:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, ObserveOnDateText)
en: <html><head></head><body><p>Select objects observable on a date:</p><p></p><p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth).  To filter your list in this way, check the checkbox below, and then select the desired date.  If you leave this box unchecked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default).  You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p><p></p><p>When you are finished, press <span style=" font-weight:600;">Next</span> to continue.</p><p></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head></head><body><p>Select objects observable on a date:</p><p></p><p>On this page, you can limit your observing list to only those objects which can be observed on a particular date (and from a particular location on Earth).  To filter your list in this way, check the checkbox below, and then select the desired date.  If you leave this box unticked, then your list will include objects regardless of when they are observable (this is the default).  You may also change the geographic location used to determine whether objects are observable.</p><p></p><p>When you are finished, press <span style=" font-weight:600;">Next</span> to continue.</p><p></p></body></html>

en: Set the color named %1 to the value %2.
en_GB: Set the colour named %1 to the value %2.

en: Load the color scheme specified by name.
en_GB: Load the colour scheme specified by name.

en: Print the sky image to a printer or file.  If %1 is true, it will show the print dialog.  If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart color scheme for printing.
en_GB: Print the sky image to a printer or file.  If %1 is true, it will show the print dialogue.  If %2 is true, it will use the Star Chart colour scheme for printing.

en: Select color for the FOV symbol
en_GB: Select colour for the FOV symbol

en: Automatically attach name label to centered object?
en_GB: Automatically attach name label to centred object?

en: Planet trails fade to sky color? (otherwise color is constant)
en_GB: Planet trails fade to sky colour? (otherwise colour is constant)

note: i18n( "magnitude of faintest star drawn on map when zoomed in" ) << i18n( "double" ); new QTreeWidgetItem( opsLimit, fields ); fields.clear(); fields << "magLimitDrawStarZoomOut" << i18n( "magnitude of faintest star drawn on map when zoomed out" ) << i18n( "double" ); TODO: We have disabled the foll
en: magnitude of faintest star labeled on map
en_GB: magnitude of faintest star labelled on map

en: magnitude of faintest asteroid labeled on map
en_GB: magnitude of faintest asteroid labelled on map

en: comets nearer to the Sun than this (in AU) are labeled on map
en_GB: comets nearer to the Sun than this (in AU) are labelled on map

en: Mismatch between function and Arg widget (expected %1.)
en_GB: Mismatch between function and Arg widget (expected %1).

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center this object in the sky display
en_GB: Centre this object in the sky display

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center the sky display on this object, and begin tracking it.  Equivalent to the "Center and Track" item in the popup menu.
en_GB: Centre the sky display on this object, and begin tracking it.  Equivalent to the "Centre and Track" item in the popup menu.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, CenterButton)
en: Center Object
en_GB: Centre Object

en: This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes, and arcseconds.
en_GB: This box displays an angle in degrees. The three numbers displayed are the angle's degrees, arcminutes and arcseconds.

en: This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes, and seconds.
en_GB: This box displays an angle in hours. The three numbers displayed are the angle's hours, minutes and seconds.

[ctx: seconds]
en: secs
en_GB: seconds

[ctx: second]
en: sec
en_GB: second

[ctx: weeks]
en: wks
en_GB: weeks

[ctx: months]
en: mths
en_GB: months

[ctx: years]
en: yrs
en_GB: years

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetUseFIFO)
en: <html><head/><body><p>If checked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view.  If not checked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory.  Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>If ticked, XPlanet will use a FIFO file in the /tmp directory to temporarily save the XPlanet image for KStars to load them and update the view.  If not ticked, XPlanet will actually save the files to the XPlanet folder in the KStars data directory.  Using a FIFO file should save the hard disk from excessive reads/writes and may offer a performance enhancement.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLineEdit, kcfg_XplanetDateFormat)
en: Specify the format for the date/time label.  This format string is passed to strftime(3).  The default is "%c %Z", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the  locale’s  appropriate date and time representation.
en_GB: Specify the format for the date/time label.  This format string is passed to strftime(3).  The default is "%c %Z", which shows the date, time and time zone in the  locale’s  appropriate date and time representation.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetLabel)
en: If checked, display a label in the upper right corner.
en_GB: If ticked, display a label in the upper right corner.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_XplanetBackground)
en: If checked, use a file or a color as background.
en_GB: If ticked, use a file or a colour as background.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_XplanetBackgroundColorValue)
en: Set the color for the background.
en_GB: Set the colour for the background.

en: Mathdoku puzzles can have any size from 3x3 up to 9x9. The solution is a grid in which every row and every column contains the available digits (1-3 up to 1-9) exactly once. The grid is covered with irregularly shaped cages.
    
    Cages of size 1 are starting-values or clues, but there are not many of them. Cages of larger size have a target value and an arithmetic operator (+-x/). The digits in the cage must combine together, using the operator, to reach the target value, e.g. '12x' means that the digits must multiply together to make 12. A digit can occur more than once in a cage, provided it occurs in different rows and columns.
    
    In general, larger Mathdokus are more difficult and so are larger cages. You can select the puzzle size in KSudoku's Settings dialog and the maximum cage-size by using KSudoku's Difficulty button.
en_GB: Mathdoku puzzles can have any size from 3x3 up to 9x9. The solution is a grid in which every row and every column contains the available digits (1-3 up to 1-9) exactly once. The grid is covered with irregularly shaped cages.
    
    Cages of size 1 are starting-values or clues, but there are not many of them. Cages of larger size have a target value and an arithmetic operator (+-x/). The digits in the cage must combine together, using the operator, to reach the target value, e.g. '12x' means that the digits must multiply together to make 12. A digit can occur more than once in a cage, provided it occurs in different rows and columns.
    
    In general, larger Mathdokus are more difficult and so are larger cages. You can select the puzzle size in KSudoku's Settings dialogue and the maximum cage-size by using KSudoku's Difficulty button.

en: This will enable all the dialogs that you had disabled by marking the 'Do not show this message again' option.
    
    Do you want to continue?
en_GB: This will enable all the dialogues that you had disabled by marking the 'Do not show this message again' option.
    
    Do you want to continue?

en: e.g.  3112
en_GB: e.g. 3112

en: The sensor browser lists the connected hosts and the sensors that they provide. Click and drag sensors into drop zones of a worksheet. A display will appear that visualizes the values provided by the sensor. Some sensor displays can display values of multiple sensors. Simply drag other sensors on to the display to add more sensors.
en_GB: The sensor browser lists the connected hosts and the sensors that they provide. Click and drag sensors into drop zones of a worksheet. A display will appear that visualises the values provided by the sensor. Some sensor displays can display values of multiple sensors. Simply drag other sensors on to the display to add more sensors.

en: Normal bar color:
en_GB: Normal bar colour:

en: Out-of-range color:
en_GB: Out-of-range colour:

en: Check this box if you want the display range to adapt dynamically to the currently displayed values; if you do not check this, you have to specify the range you want in the fields below.
en_GB: Tick this box if you want the display range to adapt dynamically to the currently displayed values; if you do not tick this, you have to specify the range you want in the fields below.

en: Check this to activate the vertical lines if display is large enough.
en_GB: Tick this to activate the vertical lines if display is large enough.

en: Check this to enable horizontal lines if display is large enough.
en_GB: Tick this to enable horizontal lines if display is large enough.

en: Check this box if horizontal lines should be decorated with the values they mark.
en_GB: Tick this box if horizontal lines should be decorated with the values they mark.

en: Push this button to configure the color of the sensor in the diagram.
en_GB: Push this button to configure the colour of the sensor in the diagram.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel1_2)
en: Nor&mal digit color:
en_GB: Nor&mal digit colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel2_2)
en: Alarm di&git color:
en_GB: Alarm di&git colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3_2)
en: Bac&kground color:
en_GB: Bac&kground colour:

en: <qt><p>This is a sensor display. To customize a sensor display click the right mouse button here and select the <i>Properties</i> entry from the popup menu. Select <i>Remove</i> to delete the display from the worksheet.</p>%1</qt>
en_GB: <qt><p>This is a sensor display. To customise a sensor display click the right mouse button here and select the <i>Properties</i> entry from the popup menu. Select <i>Remove</i> to delete the display from the worksheet.</p>%1</qt>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, textLabel3)
en: Alarm color:
en_GB: Alarm colour:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (ColorizeLogLines), group (KSystemLogGeneral)
en: Option is true if the log lines are to be colored depending on their log level.
en_GB: Option is true if the log lines are to be coloured depending on their log level.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QDialog, DetailDialogBase)
en: This dialog displays detailed information about the currently selected log line.
en_GB: This dialogue displays detailed information about the currently selected log line.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QPushButton, closeButton)
en: Close the Detail dialog.
en_GB: Close the Detail dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, closeButton)
en: Closes this Detail dialog.
en_GB: Closes this Detail dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, colorizeLogLines)
en: This option allows log lines to be colored depending on their log level.
en_GB: This option allows log lines to be coloured depending on their log level.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, colorizeLogLines)
en: This option allows log lines to be colored depending on their log level. For example, errors will be shown in red, warnings in orange, and so on. This will help you to see problems more easily.
en_GB: This option allows log lines to be coloured depending on their log level. For example, errors will be shown in red, warnings in orange, and so on. This will help you to see problems more easily.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, colorizeLogLines)
en: &Colored log lines
en_GB: &Coloured log lines

en: Choose which log levels you wish to print in color.
en_GB: Choose which log levels you wish to print in colour.

en: This action will open a dialog which lets you send a message to the log system.
en_GB: This action will open a dialogue which lets you send a message to the log system.

en: Displays a dialog box which contains details on the selected line. You are able to navigate through the logs from this dialog box with the <b>Previous</b> and <b>Next</b> buttons.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box which contains details on the selected line. You are able to navigate through the logs from this dialogue box with the <b>Previous</b> and <b>Next</b> buttons.

en: Scrolls or not to the new lines when the log changes. Check this option if you do not want the application to scroll automatically at the bottom of the log each time it is refreshed.
en_GB: Scrolls or not to the new lines when the log changes. Tick this option if you do not want the application to scroll automatically at the bottom of the log each time it is refreshed.

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Acpid log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Acpid log</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Apache log</b> and the <b>Apache Access log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Apache log</b> and the <b>Apache Access log</b>.</p>

en: You can type or choose here the authentication log file. This file will be analyzed when you select the <b>Authentication log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>/var/log/auth.log</i>
en_GB: You can type or choose here the authentication log file. This file will be analysed when you select the <b>Authentication log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>/var/log/auth.log</i>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, add)
en: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Opens a dialog box to choose a new file to be added to the list.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">Opens a dialogue box to choose a new file to be added to the list.</p></body></html>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Cron Logs</b> (i.e. planned tasks logs). <a href='man:/cron'>More information...</a></p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Cron Logs</b> (i.e. planned tasks logs). <a href='man:/cron'>More information...</a></p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Cups log</b> and the <b>Cups Web Access log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Cups log</b> and the <b>Cups Web Access log</b>.</p>

en: Job Id:
en_GB: Job ID:

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Daemons' Logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Daemons' Logs</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>Postfix Logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>Postfix Logs</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show <b>Samba log</b>, <b>Samba Access log</b> and <b>Netbios log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show <b>Samba log</b>, <b>Samba Access log</b> and <b>Netbios log</b>.</p>

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>System logs</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>System logs</b>.</p>

en: Displays the system log in the current tab. This log is generally used by non-specialized processes (like "sudo" or "fsck" commands)
en_GB: Displays the system log in the current tab. This log is generally used by non-specialised processes (like "sudo" or "fsck" commands)

en: <p>These files will be analyzed to show the <b>X.org log</b>.</p>
en_GB: <p>These files will be analysed to show the <b>X.org log</b>.</p>

en: Displays the X.org log in the current tab. X.org is the service which displays on screen your desktop and manage your graphical hardware. See this log if you want to know why you do not have 3D accelerations or why your input device is not recognized.
en_GB: Displays the X.org log in the current tab. X.org is the service which displays on screen your desktop and manage your graphical hardware. See this log if you want to know why you do not have 3D accelerations or why your input device is not recognised.

en: You can type or choose here the X Session log file. This file will be analyzed when you select the <b>X Session log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>~/.xsession-errors</i>
en_GB: You can type or choose here the X Session log file. This file will be analysed when you select the <b>X Session log</b> menu. Generally, its name is <i>~/.xsession-errors</i>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreXorgErrors) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, ignoreXorgErrors)
en: Check this option to remove Xorg errors
en_GB: Tick this option to remove Xorg errors

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, xorgErrorsDescription)
en: <p><b>Note:</b> Check this option to remove X.org errors.</p><p style="margin-bottom:0px">The following lines will be ignored:</p>
en_GB: <p><b>Note:</b> Tick this option to remove X.org errors.</p><p style="margin-bottom:0px">The following lines will be ignored:</p>

en: Save changes and close dialog.
en_GB: Save changes and close dialogue.

en: Close dialog without saving changes.
en_GB: Close dialogue without saving changes.

en: Show help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Show help page for this dialogue.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, visualizeCheckBox)
en: Visualize progress in icon tray
en_GB: Visualise progress in icon tray

en: Start a new anonymous tea with the time configured in this dialog.
en_GB: Start a new anonymous tea with the time configured in this dialogue.

en: Close this dialog without starting a new tea.
en_GB: Close this dialogue without starting a new tea.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_loop) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_loop)
en: Check this box if you want your countdown to start over after it finishes
en_GB: Tick this box if you want your countdown to start again after it finishes

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_one)
en: Check this box if you only want to open one copy of your program
en_GB: Tick this box if you only want to open one copy of your program

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_one)
en: Check this box if you only want one instance to open
en_GB: Tick this box if you only want one instance to open

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_consecutive) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, m_consecutive)
en: Check this box if you want to execute this task after the previous one finishes
en_GB: Tick this box if you want to execute this task after the previous one finishes

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_default_location_enabled) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, m_default_location)
en: Default save location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialog, when you change the group, the download location in the dialog will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.
en_GB: Default save location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialogue, when you change the group, the download location in the dialogue will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KUrlRequester, m_default_move_on_completion_location)
en: Default move on completion location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialog, when you change the group, the move when completed location in the dialog will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.
en_GB: Default move on completion location for torrents from this group. <br/><br/>This is only used in the file selection dialogue, when you change the group, the move when completed location in the dialogue will be set to this. You can still override it, if you want to.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, m_only_new)
en: When this is enabled, these settings will only be applied when a torrent is added to the group in the file selection dialog or the torrent creation dialog.<p>
    If this is not enabled, the settings will always be applied when you add a torrent to this group.
en_GB: When this is enabled, these settings will only be applied when a torrent is added to the group in the file selection dialogue or the torrent creation dialogue.<p>
    If this is not enabled, the settings will always be applied when you add a torrent to this group.

en: File prioritization and some other patches
en_GB: File prioritisation and some other patches

en: Patch to fix a crash in ChunkDownloadView
en_GB: Patch to fix a ChunkDownloadView crash

en: A couple of bugfixes
en_GB: A couple of bug fixes

en: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialog
en_GB: Patch to add support for IP ranges in IP filter dialogue

en: Feature to disable authentication in the webinterface
en_GB: Feature to disable authentication in the web interface

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_cpuUsage)
en: <p>Amount of time the network threads will sleep when they are speed limited. This has absolutely no effect when there are no speed limits.</p>
    <p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Note:</span> The lower this is the more CPU is used. Setting it high can lead to lower speeds in high bandwidth situations. </p>
    <p>For example on an 100 Mbit LAN, if you set a limit of 3000 KiB/s, you might not actually reach this speed when this value is too high. Without a limit you can easily get above 3000 KiB/s on a LAN.</p>
en_GB: <p>Amount of time the network threads will sleep when they are speed limited. This has absolutely no effect when there are no speed limits.</p>
    <p><span style=" font-weight:600;">Note:</span> The lower this is the more CPU is used. Setting it high can lead to lower speeds in high bandwidth situations. </p>
    <p>For example on a 100 Mbit LAN, if you set a limit of 3000 KiB/s, you might not actually reach this speed when this value is too high. Without a limit you can easily get above 3000 KiB/s on a LAN.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_previewSizeAudio)
en: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of an audio file, which will be prioritized for previewing.</p>
en_GB: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of an audio file, which will be prioritised for previewing.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_previewSizeVideo)
en: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of a video file, which will be prioritized for previewing.</p>
en_GB: <p>The amount of data at the beginning and end of a video file, which will be prioritised for previewing.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_utpEnabled)
en: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimized to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.
en_GB: The µTorrent transport protocol runs over UDP and is optimised to not interfere with other traffic, while still using up all unused bandwidth.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_onlyUseUtp)
en: Don't use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, seeing that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.
en_GB: Do not use TCP for bittorrent connections, only use the µTP protocol. This can lead to slower speeds, as that not all bittorrent clients support µTP.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, kcfg_startDownloadsOnLowDiskSpace)
en: Don't start torrents
en_GB: Do not start torrents

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QDoubleSpinBox, kcfg_greenRatio)
en: Value at which the share ratio will be displayed with a green color. Lower ratios will be displayed in red.
en_GB: Value at which the share ratio will be displayed with a green colour. Lower ratios will be displayed in red.

en: Stop all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Stop all selected torrents

en: Remove all selected torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Remove all selected torrents

en: Start all torrents in the current tab
en_GB: Start all torrents

en: Total size of the torrent, excluded files are not included
en_GB: Total torrent size, excluding unselected files

en: %1<br>Url: <b>%2</b>
en_GB: %1<br>URL: <b>%2</b>

en: You don't have enough disk space to download this torrent. Are you sure you want to continue?
en_GB: You do not have enough disk space to download this torrent. Are you sure you want to continue?

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Schedule background color:
en_GB: Schedule background colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleBackgroundColor)
en: Color of the schedule background.
en_GB: Colour of the schedule background.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Schedule line color:
en_GB: Schedule line colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_scheduleLineColor)
en: Color of all lines on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of all lines on the schedule.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Schedule Item color:
en_GB: Schedule Item colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_itemColor)
en: Color of each normal item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each normal item on the schedule.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_5)
en: Suspended schedule item color:
en_GB: Suspended schedule item colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_suspendedColor)
en: Color of each suspended item on the schedule.
en_GB: Colour of each suspended item on the schedule.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_2)
en: File Priority Colors
en_GB: File Priority Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_firstColor)
en: Color to use for first priority files.
en_GB: Colour to use for first priority files.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_lastColor)
en: Color to use for last priority files.
en_GB: Colour to use for last priority files.

en: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine who to upload to
en_GB: The score of the peer, KTorrent uses this to determine to whom to upload

en: Several URL's could not be added because they are malformed:
en_GB: Several URLs could not be added because they are malformed:

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (filterURL), group (general)
en: Level1 filter url
en_GB: Level1 filter URL

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionDelete), group (general)
en: Delete action checked.
en_GB: Delete action ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (actionMove), group (general)
en: Move action checked.
en_GB: Move action ticked.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on dl chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the average on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the average on dl chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on dl chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on dl chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from leecher on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgToLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg to leecher on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg to leecher on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrAvgFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg from seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg from seeds on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromLColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PrFromSColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds on peers chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds on peers chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlSpdColor), group (general)
en: Color of the speed on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the speed on upload chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlAvgColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg on upload chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (UlLimitColor), group (general)
en: Color of the limit on upload chart
en_GB: Colour of the limit on upload chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected leechers on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected leechers on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnLSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the leechers in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the leechers in swarms on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSConnColor), group (general)
en: Color of the connected seeds on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the connected seeds on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnSSwarmsColor), group (general)
en: Color of the seeds in swarms on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the seeds in swarms on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leecher per torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgLConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected leechers per running torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (CnAvgSConnPerRunTorrColor), group (general)
en: Color of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart
en_GB: Colour of the avg connected seeds per running torrent on connections chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtNodesColor), group (general)
en: Color of the nodes on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the nodes on DHT chart

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (DhtTasksColor), group (general)
en: Color of the tasks on DHT chart
en_GB: Colour of the tasks on DHT chart

note: i18n: ectx: attribute (title), widget (QWidget, tab_2)
en: Seasons && Episodes
en_GB: Series && Episodes

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_use_se_matching)
en: Use season and episode matching
en_GB: Use series and episode matching

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Seasons:
en_GB: Series:

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QLineEdit, m_seasons)
en: Specify the seasons to download, multiple seasons can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download seasons 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9
en_GB: Specify the series to download, multiple series can be separated by a , and you can also use ranges by using a -
    
    For example: 1, 3-6, 9
    
    Will download series 1, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 9

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, m_se_no_duplicates)
en: Do not download multiple items with the same season and episode
en_GB: Do not download multiple items with the same series and episode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FingerColor$(Index)), group (Colors)
en: The keyboard tinting color to highlight keys for each finger.
en_GB: The keyboard tinting colour to highlight keys for each finger.

en: No visualization available for your keyboard layout.
en_GB: No visualisation available for your keyboard layout.

en: Highlighted text color:
en_GB: Highlighted text colour:

en: Something went terribly wrong and the IM system could not be initialized.
    It is likely your system is missing Telepathy Mission Control package.
    Please install it and restart this module.
en_GB: Something went terribly wrong and the IM system could not be initialised.
    It is likely your system is missing Telepathy Mission Control package.
    Please install it and restart this module.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1457  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLineEdit, authenticationLineEdit) #-#-#-#-#  1463  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, authenticationComboBox)
en: ntlm
en_GB: NTLM

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, authRequestsCheckBox)
en: Automatically reject all authorization requests
en_GB: Automatically reject all authorisation requests

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, transportComboBox)
en: udp
en_GB: UDP

note: #-#-#-#-#  1462  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, transportComboBox) #-#-#-#-#  1463  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, transportComboBox)
en: tcp
en_GB: TCP

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, transportComboBox)
en: tls
en_GB: TLS

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, transportComboBox)
en: ssl
en_GB: SSL

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, authenticationComboBox)
en: krb5
en_GB: KRB5

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (QComboBox, authenticationComboBox)
en: tls-dsk
en_GB: TLS-DSK

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, exportContactsCheckBox)
en: Synchronize your contacts with the Gadu-Gadu server
en_GB: Synchronise your contacts with the Gadu-Gadu server

[ctx: Verbose user visible error string]
en: The connection was canceled on your request
en_GB: The connection was cancelled on your request

en: Re-request Contact Authorization
en_GB: Re-request Contact Authorisation

en: Resend Contact Authorization
en_GB: Resend Contact Authorisation

en: Something unexpected happened to the core part of your Instant Messaging system and it couldn't be initialized. Try restarting the Contact List.
en_GB: Something unexpected happened to the core part of your Instant Messaging system and it couldn't be initialised. Try restarting the Contact List.

en: IM system failed to initialize
en_GB: IM system failed to initialise

en: Some data sources failed to initialize properly, your contact list might be incomplete.
en_GB: Some data sources failed to initialise properly, your contact list might be incomplete.

en: Finds all contacts matching :q: that are capable of text chats (default behavior)
en_GB: Finds all contacts matching :q: that are capable of text chats (default behaviour)

[ctx: A keyword to change IM status]
en: im
en_GB: IM

en: Incoming file transfer was canceled.
en_GB: Incoming file transfer was cancelled.

en: Outgoing file transfer was canceled.
en_GB: Outgoing file transfer was cancelled.

en: Error granting contact authorization
en_GB: Error granting contact authorisation

en: Failed to load a valid theme. Your installation is broken. Check your kde path. Will now crash.
en_GB: Failed to load a valid theme. Your installation is broken. Check your KDE path. Will now crash.

en: Package type not recognized or not supported
en_GB: Package type not recognised or not supported

[ctx: NOTE TO THE TRANSLATORS]
en: The translators have the opportunity to translate the
    sounds spoken in the game.
    See the technical reference section in ktuberling's
    documentation for more information on how to do that.
    (translate this message as "DONE" when you have translated
    the sounds; otherwise leave it untranslated as a reminder)
en_GB: DONE

en: No learned functions
en_GB: No learnt functions

en: Did not expect '%1', instead expected a closing parenthesis, ')'
en_GB: Did not expect '%1', instead expected a closing bracket, ')'

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'Center' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'PenColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: pencolor
en_GB: pencolour

[ctx: You are about to translate the 'CanvasColor' COMMAND, there are some rules on how to translate it.Please see https://edu.kde.org/kturtle/translator.php to learn how to properly translate it.]
en: canvascolor
en_GB: canvascolour

en: Specifies the localization language by a language code, defaults to "en_US" (only works in testing mode)
en_GB: Specifies the localisation language by a language code, defaults to "en_US" (only works in testing mode)

en: Shows the direction chooser dialog
en_GB: Shows the direction chooser dialogue

en: Direction Chooser: Show the direction chooser dialog
en_GB: Direction Chooser: Show the direction chooser dialogue

en: &Color Picker...
en_GB: &Colour Picker...

en: Shows the color picker dialog
en_GB: Shows the colour picker dialogue

en: Color Picker: Show the color picker dialog
en_GB: Colour Picker: Show the colour picker dialogue

en: parenthesis
en_GB: bracket

en: Error Dialog
en_GB: Error Dialogue

en: Sorry, the cube cannot be shuffled at the moment.  The number of shuffling moves is set to zero.  Please select your number of shuffling moves in the options dialog at menu item Game->Choose Puzzle Type->Make Your Own...
en_GB: Sorry, the cube cannot be shuffled at the moment.  The number of shuffling moves is set to zero.  Please select your number of shuffling moves in the options dialogue at menu item Game->Choose Puzzle Type->Make Your Own...

[ctx: KUserFeedback::Console::ChartExportDialog|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: KUserFeedback::Console::MainWindow|]
en: Analyze product telemetry.
en_GB: Analyse product telemetry.

[ctx: KUserFeedback::AuditLogBrowserDialog|]
en: Dialog
en_GB: Dialogue

[ctx: KUserFeedback::StyleInfoSource|]
en: The widget style used by the application, and information about the used color scheme.
en_GB: The widget style used by the application, and information about the used colour scheme.

en: Creator of the Help/About dialog
en_GB: Creator of the Help/About dialogue

[ctx: menu: /Fx/Normalize]
en: Normalize
en_GB: Normalise

en: Initializing toolbar...
en_GB: Initialising toolbar...

en: Lists the name of the person or organization
    that commissioned the subject of the file.
en_GB: Lists the name of the person or organisation
    that commissioned the subject of the file.

en: License information, e.g., 'All Rights Reserved',
    'Any Use Permitted', an URL to a license or the
    EFF Open Audio License ('distributed under the
    terms of the Open Audio License.
    See http://www.eff.org/IP/Open_licenses/eff_oal.html
    for details'), etc.
en_GB: Licence information, e.g., 'All Rights Reserved',
    'Any Use Permitted', an URL to a licence or the
    EFF Open Audio Licence ('distributed under the
    terms of the Open Audio Licence.
    See http://www.eff.org/IP/Open_licenses/eff_oal.html
    for details'), etc.

en: Name of the organization producing the track
    (i.e. the 'record label')
en_GB: Name of the organisation producing the track
    (i.e. the 'record label')

en: Format used for storing the digitized audio samples.
    Example: '32-bit IEEE floating-point'
en_GB: Format used for storing the digitised audio samples.
    Example: '32-bit IEEE floating-point'

en: Identifies the name of the person or organization
    who supplied the original subject of the file.
    Example: 'Chaotic Sound Research'
en_GB: Identifies the name of the person or organisation
    who supplied the original subject of the file.
    Example: 'Chaotic Sound Research'

en: Identifies the original form of
    the material that was digitized.
    Examples: 'Record/Vinyl/90RPM', 'Audio DAT', 'tape/CrO2/60min'
en_GB: Identifies the original form of
    the material that was digitised.
    Examples: 'Record/Vinyl/90RPM', 'Audio DAT', 'tape/CrO2/60min'

en: Identifies the technician who digitized the subject file.
    Example: 'Torvalds, Linus'
en_GB: Identifies the technician who digitised the subject file.
    Example: 'Torvalds, Linus'

en: Synchronization lost
en_GB: Synchronisation lost

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QPushButton, btSelectDate)
en: Opens a dialog for selecting a date from the calendar.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue for selecting a date from the calendar.

en: Analyzing volume level...
en_GB: Analysing volume level...

en: Normalizing (%1 dB) ...
en_GB: Normalising (%1 dB) ...

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSpinBox, spinbox) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QSlider, slider)
en: center frequency
en_GB: centre frequency

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, spinbox) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSlider, slider)
en: <b>center frequency</b>
    Determines the center of the frequency range that
    should be removed.
en_GB: <b>centre frequency</b>
    Determines the centre of the frequency range that
    should be removed.

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, rbColor)
en: Use different colors for amplitude
en_GB: Use different colours for amplitude

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QRadioButton, rbColor)
en: Use colors
en_GB: Use colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, rbGreyScale)
en: Use grayscale only for amplitude
en_GB: Use greyscale only for amplitude

en: <p><h1>Window-specific Settings</h1> Here you can customize window settings specifically only for some windows.</p> <p>Please note that this configuration will not take effect if you do not use KWin as your window manager. If you do use a different window manager, please refer to its documentation for how to customize window behavior.</p>
en_GB: <p><h1>Window-specific Settings</h1> Here you can customise window settings specifically only for some windows.</p> <p>Please note that this configuration will not take effect if you do not use KWin as your window manager. If you do use a different window manager, please refer to its documentation for how to customise window behaviour.</p>

en: KWin id of the window for special window settings.
en_GB: KWin ID of the window for special window settings.

note: #-#-#-#-#  1501 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizehoriz), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Maximized horizontally
en_GB: Maximised horizontally

note: #-#-#-#-#  1501 (kwin)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizevert), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Maximized vertically
en_GB: Maximised vertically

en: Titlebar color scheme
en_GB: Titlebar colour scheme

en: When used, a window will receive
    all keyboard inputs while it is active, including Alt+Tab etc.
    This is especially interesting for emulators or virtual machines.
    
    Be warned:
    you won't be able to Alt+Tab out of the window
    nor use any other global shortcut (such as Alt+F2 to show KRunner)
    while it's active!
en_GB: When used, a window will receive
    all keyboard inputs while it is active, including Alt+Tab etc.
    This is especially interesting for emulators or virtual machines.
    
    Be warned:
    you will not be able to Alt+Tab out of the window
    or use any other global shortcut (such as Alt+F2 to show KRunner)
    while it's active!

en: Dialog Window
en_GB: Dialogue Window

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindow1)
en: In this row you can customize left click behavior when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise left click behaviour when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindow2)
en: In this row you can customize middle click behavior when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise middle click behaviour when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindow3)
en: In this row you can customize right click behavior when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise right click behaviour when clicking into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandWindowWheel)
en: In this row you can customize behavior when scrolling into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).
en_GB: In this row you can customise behaviour when scrolling into an inactive inner window ('inner' means: not titlebar, not frame).

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandAll1)
en: In this row you can customize left click behavior when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.
en_GB: In this row you can customise left click behaviour when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandAll2)
en: In this row you can customize middle click behavior when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.
en_GB: In this row you can customise middle click behaviour when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandAll3)
en: In this row you can customize right click behavior when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.
en_GB: In this row you can customise right click behaviour when clicking into the titlebar or the frame.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandAllWheel)
en: Here you can customize KDE's behavior when scrolling with the mouse wheel in a window while pressing the modifier key.
en_GB: Here you can customise KDE's behaviour when scrolling with the mouse wheel in a window while pressing the modifier key.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandTitlebarWheel) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandAllWheel)
en: Maximize/restore
en_GB: Maximise/restore

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Placement)
en: <html><head/><body><p>The placement policy determines where a new window will appear on the desktop.</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Smart</span> will try to achieve a minimum overlap of windows</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Maximizing</span> will try to maximize every window to fill the whole screen. It might be useful to selectively affect placement of some windows using the window-specific settings.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Cascade</span> will cascade the windows</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Random</span> will use a random position</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Centered</span> will place the window centered</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Zero-cornered</span> will place the window in the top-left corner</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Under mouse</span> will place the window under the pointer</li></ul></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body><p>The placement policy determines where a new window will appear on the desktop.</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Smart</span> will try to achieve a minimum overlap of windows</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Maximising</span> will try to maximise every window to fill the whole screen. It might be useful to selectively affect placement of some windows using the window-specific settings.</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Cascade</span> will cascade the windows</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Random</span> will use a random position</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Centred</span> will place the window centred</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Zero-cornered</span> will place the window in the top-left corner</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-style:italic;">Under mouse</span> will place the window under the pointer</li></ul></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, multiscreenBehaviorLabel)
en: Multiscreen behavior:
en_GB: Multiscreen behaviour:

en: Window Behavior Configuration Module
en_GB: Window Behaviour Configuration Module

en: <p><h1>Window Behavior</h1> Here you can customize the way windows behave when being moved, resized or clicked on. You can also specify a focus policy as well as a placement policy for new windows.</p> <p>Please note that this configuration will not take effect if you do not use KWin as your window manager. If you do use a different window manager, please refer to its documentation for how to customize window behavior.</p>
en_GB: <p><h1>Window Behaviour</h1> Here you can customise the way windows behave when being moved, resized or clicked on. You can also specify a focus policy as well as a placement policy for new windows.</p> <p>Please note that this configuration will not take effect if you do not use KWin as your window manager. If you do use a different window manager, please refer to its documentation for how to customise window behaviour.</p>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>double</em> click into the titlebar.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>double</em> click into the titlebar.

note: i18n: @item:inlistbox behavior on double click i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonLeftClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonMi
en: Vertically maximize
en_GB: Vertically maximise

note: i18n: @item:inlistbox behavior on double click i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_TitlebarDoubleClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonLeftClickCommand) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonMi
en: Horizontally maximize
en_GB: Horizontally maximise

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandTitlebarWheel)
en: Behavior on <em>mouse wheel</em> scroll over the titlebar.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>mouse wheel</em> scroll over the titlebar.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandActiveTitlebar1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandActiveTitlebar2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandActiveTitlebar3)
en: Behavior on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>active</em> window.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>active</em> window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandInactiveTitlebar1) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandInactiveTitlebar2) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_CommandInactiveTitlebar3)
en: Behavior on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>inactive</em> window.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>left</em> click into the titlebar or frame of an <em>inactive</em> window.

note: i18n: ectx: property (title), widget (QGroupBox, groupBox_3)
en: Maximize Button Actions
en_GB: Maximise Button Actions

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_8) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonLeftClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>left</em> click onto the maximize button.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>left</em> click onto the maximise button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_9) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonMiddleClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>middle</em> click onto the maximize button.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>middle</em> click onto the maximise button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QLabel, label_10) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MaximizeButtonRightClickCommand)
en: Behavior on <em>right</em> click onto the maximize button.
en_GB: Behaviour on <em>right</em> click onto the maximise button.

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QSpinBox, kcfg_CenterSnapZone)
en: Here you can set the snap zone for the screen center, i.e. the 'strength' of the magnetic field which will make windows snap to the center of the screen when moved near it.
en_GB: Here you can set the snap zone for the screen centre, i.e. the 'strength' of the magnetic field which will make windows snap to the centre of the screen when moved near it.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, centerSnaplabel)
en: &Center snap zone:
en_GB: &Centre snap zone:

en: <em>Click to focus:</em> A window becomes active when you click into it. This behavior is common on other operating systems and likely what you want.
en_GB: <em>Click to focus:</em> A window becomes active when you click into it. This behaviour is common on other operating systems and likely what you want.

en: <em>Focus follows mouse:</em> Moving the mouse onto a window will activate it. Eg. windows randomly appearing under the mouse will not gain the focus. <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> takes place as usual. Think as <em>Click to focus</em> just without having to actually click.
en_GB: <em>Focus follows mouse:</em> Moving the mouse onto a window will activate it. E.g. windows randomly appearing under the mouse will not gain the focus. <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> takes place as usual. Think as <em>Click to focus</em> just without having to actually click.

en: This is mostly the same as <em>Focus follows mouse</em>. If an active window has to be chosen by the system (eg. because the currently active one was closed) the window under the mouse is the preferred candidate. Choose this, if you want a hover controlled focus.
en_GB: This is mostly the same as <em>Focus follows mouse</em>. If an active window has to be chosen by the system (e.g. because the currently active one was closed) the window under the mouse is the preferred candidate. Choose this, if you want a hover controlled focus.

en: <em>Focus strictly under mouse:</em> The focus is always on the window under the mouse (in doubt nowhere) very much like the focus behavior in an unmanaged legacy X11 environment.<br/><strong>Warning:</strong> <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> and the <em>tabbox ('Alt+Tab')</em> contradict the activation policy and will not work. You very likely want to use <em>Focus follows mouse (mouse precedence)</em> instead!
en_GB: <em>Focus strictly under mouse:</em> The focus is always on the window under the mouse (in doubt nowhere) very much like the focus behaviour in an unmanaged legacy X11 environment.<br/><strong>Warning:</strong> <em>Focus stealing prevention</em> and the <em>tabbox ('Alt+Tab')</em> contradict the activation policy and will not work. You very likely want to use <em>Focus follows mouse (mouse precedence)</em> instead!

en: Invert Screen Colors
en_GB: Invert Screen Colours

[ctx: Note this is a KRunner keyword]
en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

[ctx: Note this is a KRunner keyword]
en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

en: (Un)minimize running window on %1
en_GB: (Un)minimise running window on %1

en: Maximize/restore running window on %1
en_GB: Maximise/restore running window on %1

[ctx: Night Color was disabled]
en: Night Color Off
en_GB: Night Colour Off

[ctx: Night Color was enabled]
en: Night Color On
en_GB: Night Colour On

en: Toggle Night Color
en_GB: Toggle Night Colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizevertrule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Maximized vertically rule type
en_GB: Maximised vertically rule type

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (maximizehorizrule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Maximized horizontally rule type
en_GB: Maximised horizontally rule type

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (minimizerule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Minimized rule type
en_GB: Minimised rule type

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (decocolor), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Titlebar color and scheme
en_GB: Titlebar colour and scheme

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (decocolorrule), group ($(ruleDescriptionOrNumber))
en: Titlebar color rule type
en_GB: Titlebar colour rule type

note: i18n: ectx: property (windowTitle), widget (QWidget, PlastikConfigDialog)
en: Config Dialog
en_GB: Config Dialogue

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_coloredBorder)
en: Check this option if the window border should be painted in the titlebar color. Otherwise it will be painted in the background color.
en_GB: Tick this option if the window border should be painted in the titlebar colour. Otherwise it will be painted in the background colour.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_coloredBorder)
en: Colored window border
en_GB: Coloured window border

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_animateButtons)
en: Check this option if you want the buttons to fade in when the mouse pointer hovers over them and fade out again when it moves away.
en_GB: Tick this option if you want the buttons to fade in when the mouse pointer hovers over them and fade out again when it moves away.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (KMessageWidget, windowThumbnailWarning)
en: Keeping the window thumbnail always interferes with the minimized state of windows. This can result in windows not suspending their work when minimized.
en_GB: Keeping the window thumbnail always interferes with the minimised state of windows. This can result in windows not suspending their work when minimised.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, quickMaximizeLabel)
en: &Maximize:
en_GB: &Maximise:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_1)
en: You can trigger an action by swiping from the screen edge towards the center of the screen.
en_GB: You can trigger an action by swiping from the screen edge towards the centre of the screen.

en: Select a position for color picking with left click or enter.
    Escape or right click to cancel.
en_GB: Select a position for colour picking with left click or enter.
    Escape or right click to cancel.

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2)
en: Rear color
en_GB: Rear colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label)
en: Front color
en_GB: Front colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, capColorLabel)
en: Cap color:
en_GB: Cap colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, clickBehaviorLabel)
en: Click behavior:
en_GB: Click behaviour:

[ctx: Name of a KWin Effect]
en: Color Picker
en_GB: Colour Picker

[ctx: Comment describing the KWin Effect]
en: Supports picking a color
en_GB: Supports picking a colour

[ctx: Comment describing the KWin Effect]
en: Inverts the color of the desktop and windows
en_GB: Inverts the colour of the desktop and windows

[ctx: Comment describing the KWin Effect]
en: Simulate a magic lamp when minimizing windows
en_GB: Simulate a magic lamp when minimising windows

[ctx: Comment describing the KWin Effect]
en: Make modal dialogs smoothly fly in and out when they are shown or hidden
en_GB: Make modal dialogues smoothly fly in and out when they are shown or hidden

[ctx: Comment describing the KWin Effect]
en: Help you locate the center of the screen when moving a window
en_GB: Help you locate the centre of the screen when moving a window

[ctx: Comment describing the KWin Effect]
en: Visualize touch points
en_GB: Visualise touch points

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, button1_label)
en: Left Mouse Button Color:
en_GB: Left Mouse Button Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, button2_label)
en: Middle Mouse Button Color:
en_GB: Middle Mouse Button Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, button3_label)
en: Right Mouse Button Color:
en_GB: Right Mouse Button Colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_LeftButtonWindow) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_MiddleButtonWindow) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_RightButtonWindow)
en: (Un-)Minimize window
en_GB: (Un-)Minimise window

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_IgnoreMinimized)
en: Ignore &minimized windows
en_GB: Ignore &minimised windows

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, dialogs_label)
en: Dialogs:
en_GB: Dialogues:

en: Move Mouse to Center
en_GB: Move Mouse to Centre

en: Author: %1
    License: %2
en_GB: Author: %1
    Licence: %2

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, clearAllCheckBox)
en: When checked all information will be deleted from the selected entries
en_GB: When ticked all information will be deleted from the selected entries

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, clearTextCheckBox)
en: When checked the text will be deleted from selected entries
en_GB: When ticked the text will be deleted from selected entries

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, clearImageCheckBox)
en: When checked the image link will be deleted from selected entries
en_GB: When ticked the image link will be deleted from selected entries

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QCheckBox, clearSoundCheckBox)
en: When checked the sound link will be deleted from selected entries
en_GB: When ticked the sound link will be deleted from selected entries

en: Randomizing the vocabulary...
en_GB: Randomising the vocabulary...

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FrontTextColor), group (FlashCard)
en: Color used for text on front of flashcard
en_GB: Colour used for text on front of flashcard

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FrontCardColor), group (FlashCard)
en: Color used for front of flashcard
en_GB: Colour used for front of flashcard

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (FrontFrameColor), group (FlashCard)
en: Color used for frame on front of flashcard
en_GB: Colour used for frame on front of flashcard

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackTextColor), group (FlashCard)
en: Color used for text on back of flashcard
en_GB: Colour used for text on back of flashcard

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackCardColor), group (FlashCard)
en: Color used for back of flashcard
en_GB: Colour used for back of flashcard

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (BackFrameColor), group (FlashCard)
en: Color used for frame on back of flashcard
en_GB: Colour used for frame on back of flashcard

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_BackTextColor) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_FrontTextColor)
en: Select text color
en_GB: Select text colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_BackTextColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_FrontTextColor)
en: Use to select the color for text shown on the card
en_GB: Use to select the colour for text shown on the card

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_BackFrameColor) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_FrontFrameColor)
en: Select card frame color
en_GB: Select card frame colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_BackFrameColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_FrontFrameColor)
en: Use to select the color for drawing the frame of the card
en_GB: Use to select the colour for drawing the frame of the card

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_BackCardColor) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_FrontCardColor)
en: Select card color
en_GB: Select card colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_BackCardColor) i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (KColorButton, kcfg_FrontCardColor)
en: Select color used to draw the card
en_GB: Select colour used to draw the card

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, cardColorLabel)
en: &Card color:
en_GB: &Card colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, frameColorLabel)
en: Fra&me color:
en_GB: Fra&me colour:

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QTreeWidget, CharacterTree)
en: Customizable special character actions
en_GB: Customisable special character actions

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, grpQA)
en: Specify behavior for a question and answer session
en_GB: Specify behaviour for a question and answer session

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, grpScore)
en: Specify behavior of the score presentation in any session
en_GB: Specify behaviour of the score presentation in any session

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, grpMultiple)
en: Specify behavior for a multiple choice session
en_GB: Specify behaviour for a multiple choice session

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QGroupBox, KeepDiscard)
en: Specify behavior of a flashcard session
en_GB: Specify behaviour of a flashcard session

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Editor_BackgroundColor), group (editor)
en: The background color.
en_GB: The background colour.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Editor_ThickLineColor), group (editor)
en: The color of the editors thick lines.
en_GB: The colour of the editors thick lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Editor_ThinLineColor), group (editor)
en: The color of the editors thin lines.
en_GB: The colour of the editors thin lines.

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Renderer_ColorHilight), group (renderer)
en: Enable color highlighting mode
en_GB: Enable colour highlighting mode

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Renderer_RenderStitchHints), group (renderer)
en: Render stitch hints for colored blocks
en_GB: Render stitch hints for coloured blocks

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Import_UseMaximumColors), group (import)
en: Use a maximum number of colors
en_GB: Use a maximum number of colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Import_MaximumColors), group (import)
en: Maximum number of colors
en_GB: Maximum number of colours

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (Alphabet_UseCapsLock), group (alphabet)
en: Should character selection honor the caps lock key
en_GB: Should character selection honour the caps lock key

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PatternElement_BorderColor), group (printer) i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImageElement_BorderColor), group (printer) i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyElement_BorderColor), group (printer)
en: The color of the border
en_GB: The colour of the border

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (PatternElement_SelectedAreaColor), group (printer)
en: The color used to represented already selected areas in existing pattern elements
en_GB: The colour used to represented already selected areas in existing pattern elements

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyElement_BackgroundColor), group (printer)
en: The color of the background
en_GB: The colour of the background

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (KeyElement_SymbolColumnColor), group (printer)
en: Show the key element symbol column in color
en_GB: Show the key element symbol column in colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextElement_BorderColor), group (printer) i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (KColorCombo, BorderColor)
en: The border color
en_GB: The border colour

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextElement_BackgroundColor), group (printer)
en: Color of the background
en_GB: Colour of the background

note: i18n: ectx: label, entry (TextElement_TextColor), group (printer)
en: The text color
en_GB: The text colour

en: Center Pattern
en_GB: Centre Pattern

en: Replace Color
en_GB: Replace Colour

en: Default (Centimeters)
en_GB: Default (Centimetres)

en: Canceled: Insufficient symbols available
en_GB: Cancelled: Insufficient symbols available

en: The following floss color has had its symbol
    replaced because it did not exist in the symbol library.
    
     | The following floss colors have had their symbols
    replaced because they did not exist in the symbol library.
en_GB[0]: The following floss colour has had its symbol
    replaced because it did not exist in the symbol library.
en_GB[1]: The following floss colours have had their symbols
    replaced because they did not exist in the symbol library.

en: The following floss color has had an empty symbol assigned.
    
     | The following floss colors have had an empty symbol assigned.
en_GB[0]: The following floss colour has had an empty symbol assigned.
en_GB[1]: The following floss colours have had an empty symbol assigned.

en: Colors limited to %1 due to the number of symbols available
en_GB: Colours limited to %1 due to the number of symbols available

en: The file does not appear to be a recognized cross stitch file.
en_GB: The file does not appear to be a recognised cross stitch file.

en: Color Mask
en_GB: Colour Mask

en: Replace Colors
en_GB: Replace Colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderKnotsAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, Rende
en: Color Symbols
en_GB: Colour Symbols

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderKnotsAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, Rende
en: Color Blocks
en_GB: Colour Blocks

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderStitchesAs)
en: Color Blocks & Symbols
en_GB: Colour Blocks & Symbols

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderBackstitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, RenderBackstitchesAs)
en: Color Lines
en_GB: Colour Lines

en: Color Highlight
en_GB: Colour Highlight

en: The floss name %1 is already used.
    Overwrite with the description and color selected.
en_GB: The floss name %1 is already used.
    Overwrite with the description and colour selected.

en: Color value is invalid
en_GB: Colour value is invalid

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, SelectedColorName)
en: Currently selected color
en_GB: Currently selected colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QPushButton, ResetColor)
en: Reset Color
en_GB: Reset Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_7)
en: Thick line color
en_GB: Thick line colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_8)
en: Thin line color
en_GB: Thin line colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Renderer_ColorHilight)
en: Color highlight
en_GB: Colour highlight

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderStitchesAs) i18n: ectx: property (text), item, widget (KComboBox, kcfg_Renderer_RenderKnotsAs)
en: Color Blocks and Symbols
en_GB: Colour Blocks and Symbols

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QScrollArea, PreviewFrame)
en: <html><head/><body>Click and drag to select the area of the pattern to be displayed.<br />Grayed out areas have already been selected on this or other pages.</body></html>
en_GB: <html><head/><body>Click and drag to select the area of the pattern to be displayed.<br />Greyed out areas have already been selected on this or other pages.</body></html>

[ctx: Label for color value]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_2) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_3)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, kcfg_Import_UseMaximumColors) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, UseMaximumColors)
en: Maximum colors
en_GB: Maximum colours

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QCheckBox, IgnoreColor)
en: Ignore color
en_GB: Ignore colour

[ctx: Color chooser]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_4)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_29)
en: Selected area color
en_GB: Selected area colour

[ctx: Background color]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_20) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_25)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: Border color]
note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_18) i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, label_23)
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QCheckBox, FillBackground)
en: Fill the background with a color
en_GB: Fill the background with a colour

en: Unable to fetch url for %1
en_GB: Unable to fetch URL for %1

note: i18n: ectx: property (text), widget (QLabel, m_GHNSConfigLabel)
en: GHNS config file
en_GB: GHNS configuration file

en: XXXShow extra debugging information
en_GB: XXXShow extra debugging informations

en: I could not initialize Bonobo
en_GB: I could not initialise Bonobo

en: Customi_ze
en_GB: Customi_se

en: Could not initialize Bonobo UI
en_GB: Could not initialise Bonobo UI

en:          array  - array of variables,
en_GB:          array  - array of variables (same scalar type),

en: Invalid or unrecognized key type: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised key type: %s

en: Invalid or unrecognized key: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised key: %s

en: Invalid or unrecognized signer: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised signer: %s

en: Invalid or unrecognized recipient: %s
en_GB: Invalid or unrecognised recipient: %s

en: If set to true, then files encrypted with seahorse will be ASCII armor encoded.
en_GB: If set to true, then files encrypted with seahorse will be ASCII armour encoded.

en: Whether to use ASCII Armor
en_GB: Whether to use ASCII Armour

en: Couldn't change keyring password
en_GB: Couldn't change keyring password.

en: Saving item...
en_GB: Saving item…

en: Deleting item...
en_GB: Deleting item…

en: Deleting keyring...
en_GB: Deleting keyring…

en: Automatically synchronize _modified keys with key servers
en_GB: Automatically synchronise _modified keys with key servers

en: Optional email address
en_GB: Optional e-mail address

en: Used to encrypt email and files
en_GB: Used to encrypt e-mail and files

en: This is not a image file, or an unrecognized kind of image file. Try to use a JPEG image.
en_GB: This is not a image file, or an unrecognised kind of image file. Try to use a JPEG image.

en: Searching for keys...
en_GB: Searching for keys…

en: Uploading keys...
en_GB: Uploading keys…

en: Retrieving keys...
en_GB: Retrieving keys…

en: Searching for keys containing '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for keys containing '%s'…

en: Searching for key id '%s'...
en_GB: Searching for key id '%s'…

en: Retrieving remote keys...
en_GB: Retrieving remote keys…

en: Sending keys to key server...
en_GB: Sending keys to key server…

en: _Sign Key...
en_GB: _Sign Key…

en: A PGP key allows you to encrypt email or files to other people.
en_GB: A PGP key allows you to encrypt e-mail or files to other people.

note: #-#-#-#-#  2587 (seahorse)  #-#-#-#-# TRANSLATORS: The name and email set on the PGP key
en: Name/Email
en_GB: Name/E-mail

en: <b>Email:</b>
en_GB: <b>E-mail:</b>

en: Decrypt files and email sent to you.
en_GB: Decrypt files and e-mail sent to you.

en: Encrypt files and email to the key's owner
en_GB: Encrypt files and e-mail to the key's owner

en: You could use a hard to forge photo identification (such as a passport) to personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also used email to check that the email address belongs to the owner.
en_GB: You could use a hard-to-forge photo identification (such as a passport) to personally check that the name on the key is correct. You should have also used e-mail to check that the e-mail address belongs to the owner.

en: Are you sure you want to delete %d certificate? | Are you sure you want to delete %d certificates?
en_GB[0]: Are you sure you want to delete %d certificate?
en_GB[1]: Are you sure you want to delete %d passwords?

en: Create New ...
en_GB: Create New…

en: Unrecognized key type, or invalid data format
en_GB: Unrecognised key type, or invalid data format

en: _Find Remote Keys...
en_GB: _Find Remote Keys…

en: _Sync and Publish Keys...
en_GB: _Sync and Publish Keys…

en: Publish and/or synchronize your keys with those online.
en_GB: Publish and/or synchronise your keys with those online.

en: <b>%d key is selected for synchronizing</b> | <b>%d keys are selected for synchronizing</b>
en_GB[0]: <b>%d key is selected for synchronising</b>
en_GB[1]: <b>%d keys are selected for synchronising</b>

en: Synchronizing keys
en_GB: Synchronising keys

note: #-#-#-#-#  1526 (seahorse)  #-#-#-#-# Show the progress window if necessary
en: Synchronizing keys...
en_GB: Synchronising keys…

en: Configure Key for _Secure Shell...
en_GB: Configure Key for _Secure Shell…

en: <i>Use your email address, and any other reminder you need about what this key is for.</i>
en_GB: <i>Use your e-mail address, and any other reminder you need about what this key is for.</i>

en: If there is already a computer you want to use this key with, you can set up that computer to recognize your key now.
en_GB: If there is already a computer with which you want to use this key, you can set up that computer to recognise your key now.

en: Couldn't change authorization for key.
en_GB: Couldn't change authorisation for key.

en: The owner of this key is _authorized to connect to this computer
en_GB: The owner of this key is _authorised to connect to this computer

note: Show the progress window if necessary
en: Configuring Secure Shell Keys...
en_GB: Configuring Secure Shell Keys…

en: <i>eg: fileserver.example.com:port</i>
en_GB: <i>e.g.: fileserver.example.com:port</i>

en: Cannot create self signed server key for '%s': %s
en_GB: Cannot create self-signed server key for '%s': %s

en: My colors
en_GB: My colours

en: Color accent
en_GB: Colour accent

en: Color swap
en_GB: Colour swap

en: Center-weighted average
en_GB: Centre-weighted average

en: My color data
en_GB: My colour data

en: Center-right
en_GB: Centre-right

en: Left-center
en_GB: Left-centre

en: Color Information
en_GB: Colour Information

en: Image Stabilization
en_GB: Image Stabilisation

en: Color Tone
en_GB: Colour Tone

en: When loading and resaving Exif data, save the maker note unmodified. Be aware that the maker note can get corrupted.
en_GB: When loading and resaving Exif data, save the maker note unmodified. Be aware that the maker note can be corrupted.

en: Center-weight
en_GB: Centre-weight

en: Creative program (biased toward depth of field)
en_GB: Creative programme (biased towards depth of field)

en: Creative program (biased toward fast shutter speed)
en_GB: Creative programme (biased towards fast shutter speed)

en: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the GPSAltitude tag. The reference unit is meters. Note that this tag is BYTE type, unlike other reference tags.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude used as the reference altitude. If the reference is sea level and the altitude is above sea level, 0 is given. If the altitude is below sea level, a value of 1 is given and the altitude is indicated as an absolute value in the GPSAltitude tag. The reference unit is metres. Note that this tag is BYTE type, unlike other reference tags.

en: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in GPSAltitudeRef. Altitude is expressed as one RATIONAL value. The reference unit is meters.
en_GB: Indicates the altitude based on the reference in GPSAltitudeRef. Altitude is expressed as one RATIONAL value. The reference unit is metres.

en: Indicates the unit used to express the distance to the destination point. 'K', 'M' and 'N' represent kilometers, miles and nautical miles.
en_GB: Indicates the unit used to express the distance to the destination point. 'K', 'M' and 'N' represent kilometres, miles and nautical miles.

en: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: A transfer function for the image, described in tabular style. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: The chromaticity of the white point of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The chromaticity of the three primary colors of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since color space is specified in the color space information tag (<ColorSpace>).
en_GB: The chromaticity of the three primary colours of the image. Normally this tag is not necessary, since colour space is specified in the colour space information tag (<ColorSpace>).

en: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here the value given in "Color Space Guidelines", is used as the default. The color space is declared in a color space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.
en_GB: The matrix coefficients for transformation from RGB to YCbCr image data. No default is given in TIFF; but here the value given in "Colour Space Guidelines", is used as the default. The colour space is declared in a colour space information tag, with the default being the value that gives the optimal image characteristics Interoperability this condition.

en: The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centered); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended in this standard that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centered) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <YCbCrPositioning>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centered and co-sited positioning.
en_GB: The position of chrominance components in relation to the luminance component. This field is designated only for JPEG compressed data or uncompressed YCbCr data. The TIFF default is 1 (centred); but when Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:2 it is recommended in this standard that 2 (co-sited) be used to record data, in order to improve the image quality when viewed on TV systems. When this field does not exist, the reader shall assume the TIFF default. In the case of Y:Cb:Cr = 4:2:0, the TIFF default (centred) is recommended. If the reader does not have the capability of supporting both kinds of <YCbCrPositioning>, it shall follow the TIFF default regardless of the value in this field. It is preferable that readers be able to support both centred and co-sited positioning.

en: Copyright information. In this standard the tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organization claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". In this standard the field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code (see example 2). When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given (see example 3). When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.
en_GB: Copyright information. In this standard the tag is used to indicate both the photographer and editor copyrights. It is the copyright notice of the person or organisation claiming rights to the image. The Interoperability copyright statement including date and rights should be written in this field; e.g., "Copyright, John Smith, 19xx. All rights reserved.". In this standard the field records both the photographer and editor copyrights, with each recorded in a separate part of the statement. When there is a clear distinction between the photographer and editor copyrights, these are to be written in the order of photographer followed by editor copyright, separated by NULL (in this case, since the statement also ends with a NULL, there are two NULL codes) (see example 1). When only the photographer is given, it is terminated by one NULL code (see example 2). When only the editor copyright is given, the photographer copyright part consists of one space followed by a terminating NULL code, then the editor copyright is given (see example 3). When the field is left blank, it is treated as unknown.

en: Date and Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Date and Time (Digitised)

en: Sub-second Time (Digitized)
en_GB: Sub-second Time (Digitised)

en: The color space information tag is always recorded as the color space specifier. Normally sRGB (=1) is used to define the color space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a color space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated (=FFFF.H) is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.
en_GB: The colour space information tag is always recorded as the colour space specifier. Normally sRGB (=1) is used to define the colour space based on the PC monitor conditions and environment. If a colour space other than sRGB is used, Uncalibrated (=FFFF.H) is set. Image data recorded as Uncalibrated can be treated as sRGB when it is converted to FlashPix.

en: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the center of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and the second indicates the Y row number.
en_GB: Indicates the location of the main subject in the scene. The value of this tag represents the pixel at the centre of the main subject relative to the left edge, prior to rotation processing as per the <Rotation> tag. The first value indicates the X column number and the second indicates the Y row number.

en: This tag indicates the use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimize any further processing.
en_GB: This tag indicates the use of special processing on image data, such as rendering geared to output. When special processing is performed, the reader is expected to disable or minimise any further processing.

en: This tag reserves space that can be reclaimed later when additional metadata are added. New metadata can be written in place by replacing this tag with a smaller data element and using the reclaimed space to store the new or expanded metadata tags.
en_GB: This tag reserves space that can be reclaimed later when additional metadata are added. New metadata can be written in place, by replacing this tag with a smaller data element and using the reclaimed space to store the new or expanded metadata tags.

en: Program AE
en_GB: Programme AE

en: FinePix Color
en_GB: FinePix Colour

en: 2 Mpixel basic
en_GB: 2M pixel basic

en: 2 Mpixel normal
en_GB: 2M pixel normal

en: 2 Mpixel fine
en_GB: 2M pixel fine

en: %2.2f meters
en_GB: %2.2f metres

en: AF position: center
en_GB: AF position: centre

en: Color Mode (?)
en_GB: Colour Mode (?)

en: Optimize Image
en_GB: Optimise Image

en: Color Matrix Number
en_GB: Colour Matrix Number

en: Color Control
en_GB: Colour Control

en: Light Value Center
en_GB: Light Value Centre

en: Color Adjustment Mode
en_GB: Colour Adjustment Mode

en: Synchro sound record
en_GB: Sync sound record

en: Fixed center
en_GB: Fixed centre

en: Top-center
en_GB: Top-centre

en: Bottom-center
en_GB: Bottom-centre

en: <b>There is already a file with the same name in this location.</b>
    
    Do you want to replace the existing file
en_GB: <b>There is already a file with the same name in this location.</b>
    
    Do you want to replace the existing file?

en: Trash Can
en_GB: Rubbish Bin

en: Please enter a valid user name or numeric id.
en_GB: Please enter a valid user name or numeric ID.

en: Please enter a valid group name or numeric id.
en_GB: Please enter a valid group name or numeric ID.

en: Do you want to move the file '%s' to trash can?
en_GB: Do you want to move the file '%s' to rubbish bin?

en: Do you want to move the %d selected file to trash can? | Do you want to move the %d selected files to trash can?
en_GB[0]: Do you want to move the %d selected file to rubbish bin?
en_GB[1]: Do you want to move the %d selected files to rubbish bin?

en: Are you sure you want to empty the trash can?
en_GB: Are you sure you want to empty the Rubbish Bin?

en: _Empty Trash Can
en_GB: _Empty Rubbish Bin

en: Some files cannot be moved to trash can because the underlying file systems don't support this operation.
    Do you want to delete them instead?
en_GB: Some files cannot be moved to the rubbish bin because the underlying file systems don’t support this operation.
    Do you want to delete them instead?

en: Cannot untrash file '%s': original path not known
en_GB: Cannot undelete file '%s': original path not known

en: Cannot move a folder into its sub folder
en_GB: Cannot move a folder into its sub-folder

en: Cannot copy a folder into its sub folder
en_GB: Cannot copy a folder into its sub-folder

en: Destination is a sub folder of source
en_GB: Destination is a sub-folder of source

en: Restore trashed files to original paths
en_GB: Restore deleted files

en: Add to _Favorites
en_GB: Add to _Favourites

note: Translators: the parameter is the invalid value of visibility variable
en: Invalid visibility: unrecognized value ‘%s’
en_GB: Invalid visibility: unrecognised value ‘%s’

en: The content type of the supplied document (‘%s’) could not be recognized.
en_GB: The content type of the supplied document (‘%s’) could not be recognised.

en: How to shade the background color. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".
en_GB: How to shade the background colour. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".

en: Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's "Run Application" dialog.
en_GB: Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's "Run Application" dialogue.

en: Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print Setup" dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print Setup" dialogues.

en: Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print" dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print" dialogues.

en: Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Save as" dialogs.
en_GB: Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Save as" dialogues.

en: Load exotic, rarely used layouts and options
en_GB: Load exotic, rarely-used layouts and options

en: The background color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The background colour for the layout indicator

en: The foreground color for the layout indicator
en_GB: The foreground colour for the layout indicator

en: Foreground color of the title
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title

en: Foreground color of the title as a GdkColor
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title as a GdkColor

en: Title Foreground color set
en_GB: Title Foreground colour set

en: Foreground color of the title is set
en_GB: Foreground colour of the title is set

en: Background color set
en_GB: Background colour set

en: Background color is set
en_GB: Background colour is set

en: Contents Background color
en_GB: Contents Background colour

en: Contents Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Contents Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Contents Background color set
en_GB: Contents Background colour set

en: Contents Background color is set
en_GB: Contents Background colour is set

en: Logo Background color
en_GB: Logo Background colour

en: Logo Background color as a GdkColor
en_GB: Logo Background colour as a GdkColor

en: Logo Background color set
en_GB: Logo Background colour set

en: Logo Background color is set
en_GB: Logo Background colour is set

en: Browse Dialog Title
en_GB: Browse Dialogue Title

en: Title for the Browse file dialog.
en_GB: Title for the Browse file dialogue.

en: Color used to draw the link
en_GB: Colour used to draw the link

en: Title for the Browse icon dialog.
en_GB: Title for the Browse icon dialogue.

en: Picker dialog
en_GB: Picker dialogue

en: Icon picker dialog.  You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you need to modify or query any of its properties.
en_GB: Icon picker dialogue.  You can use this property to get the GtkDialog if you need to modify or query any of its properties.

en: Icon selection dialog
en_GB: Icon selection dialogue

en: This dialog box lets you select an icon.
en_GB: This dialogue box lets you select an icon.

note: TRANSLATORS NOTE: Date format used when showing scores in games. * Please refer to manpage of strftime(3) for complete reference.
en: %a %b %d %T %Y
en_GB: %a %d %b %T %Y

en: Disable Crash Dialog
en_GB: Disable Crash Dialogue

en: Unable to initialize BZ2 library
en_GB: Unable to initialise BZ2 library

en: %s: Failed to recognize %s as an archive
en_GB: %s: Failed to recognise %s as an archive

en: Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)
en_GB: Greenwich Mean Time (GMT)

[ctx: Region]
note: FIXME: rename this to Atlantic Ocean
en: Atlantic
en_GB: Atlantic Ocean

note: A city in India. The local name in Telugu is "విజయవాడ".
en: Vijayawada
en_GB: Vijayawada/Gannavaram

note: A city in Romania
en: Bacău
en_GB: Bacau

note: A city in Switzerland
en: Zürich
en_GB: Zurich

note: The capital of Ukraine. "Kiev" is the old English name. The local name in Ukrainian is "Київ", which transliterates to "Kyiv".
en: Kyiv
en_GB: Kiev

en: %a, %b %d / %H∶%M
en_GB: %a, %d %b / %H:%M

en: The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). Valid values are “ms” (meters per second), “kph” (kilometers per hour), “mph” (miles per hour), “knots” and “bft” (Beaufort scale).
en_GB: The unit of speed used for showing weather (for example for wind speed). Valid values are “ms” (metres per second), “kph” (kilometres per hour), “mph” (miles per hour), “knots” and “bft” (Beaufort scale).

en: The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are “kpa” (kilopascal), “hpa” (hectopascal), “mb” (millibar, mathematically equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), “mm-hg” (millimeters of mercury), “inch-hg” (inches of mercury), “atm” (atmospheres).
en_GB: The unit of pressure used for showing weather. Valid values are “kpa” (kilopascal), “hpa” (hectopascal), “mb” (millibar, mathematically equivalent to 1 hPa but shown differently), “mm-hg” (millimetres of mercury), “inch-hg” (inches of mercury), “atm” (atmospheres).

note: TRANSLATORS: pick a default location to use in the weather applet. This should usually be the largest city or the capital of your country. If you're not picking a <location> in the database, don't forget to set name and coordinates. Do NOT change or localize the quotation marks!
en: ('', 'KNYC', nothing)
en_GB: ('', 'EGLL', nothing)

en: Synchronize Random
en_GB: Synchronise Random

note: #-#-#-#-#  2246 (kvoctrain)  #-#-#-#-# i18n: ectx: property (specialValueText), widget (QDateEdit, queryDateEdit)
en: Not Practiced Yet
en_GB: Not Practised Yet

[ctx: KGAPI2::Job|]
en: Requested resource does not exist anymore.
    
    Google replied '%1'
en_GB: Requested resource does not exist any more.
    
    Google replied '%1'

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: <para>This user is not recognized for some reason.</para>
en_GB: <para>This user is not recognised for some reason.</para>

[ctx: @info:tooltip]
en: <para><emphasis strong='true'>Login Name:</emphasis> %1 (uid: %2)</para>
en_GB: <para><emphasis strong='true'>Login Name:</emphasis> %1 (UID: %2)</para>

note: i18n: ectx: property (toolTip), widget (QRadioButton, radioBatch)
en: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">For CPU-intensive non-interactive processes.  Process is mildly disfavored in scheduling decisions.</p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">For CPU-intensive non-interactive processes.  Process is mildly disfavoured in scheduling decisions.</p></body></html>

note: i18n: ectx: property (whatsThis), widget (QRadioButton, radioBatch)
en: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Batch Scheduling</span></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:italic;">(Since Linux 2.6.16.)</span><span style=" font-weight:400;"> This policy is similar to </span>Normal<span style=" font-weight:400;">, except that this policy will cause the scheduler to always assume that the process is CPU-intensive.  Consequently, the scheduler will apply a small scheduling penalty so that this process is mildly disfavored in scheduling decisions. This policy is useful for workloads that are non-interactive, but do not want to lower their nice value, and for workloads that want a deterministic scheduling policy without interactivity causing extra preemptions (between the workload's tasks).</span></p></body></html>
en_GB: <html><head><meta name="qrichtext" content="1" /><style type="text/css">
    p, li { white-space: pre-wrap; }
    </style></head><body style=" font-family:'Sans Serif'; font-size:9pt; font-weight:400; font-style:normal;">
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;"><span style=" font-weight:600;">Batch Scheduling</span></p>
    <p style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px; font-weight:600;"><span style=" font-weight:400; font-style:italic;">(Since Linux 2.6.16.)</span><span style=" font-weight:400;"> This policy is similar to </span>Normal<span style=" font-weight:400;">, except that this policy will cause the scheduler to always assume that the process is CPU-intensive.  Consequently, the scheduler will apply a small scheduling penalty so that this process is mildly disfavoured in scheduling decisions. This policy is useful for workloads that are non-interactive, but do not want to lower their nice value, and for workloads that want a deterministic scheduling policy without interactivity causing extra preemptions (between the workload's tasks).</span></p></body></html>

en: Show keyboard leds indicator
en_GB: Show keyboard LEDs indicator

en: Center Speaker
en_GB: Centre Speaker

en: The unit to use for visibility. Values: 'meters', 'km' ,'miles'.
en_GB: The unit to use for visibility. Values: 'metres', 'km' ,'miles'.

note: Tooltip for the "Softness" brush setting
en: Soften brush-circle from center to edge (setting to 1.0 will draw nothing).
en_GB: Soften brush-circle from centre to edge (setting to 1.0 will draw nothing).

note: Brush setting Tooltip for the "Color saturation" brush setting
en: Color saturation
en_GB: Colour saturation

note: Brush setting
en: Color value
en_GB: Colour value

note: Tooltip for the "Color value" brush setting
en: Color value (brightness, intensity)
en_GB: Colour value (brightness, intensity)

note: Brush setting
en: Save color
en_GB: Save colour

note: Tooltip for the "Save color" brush setting
en: When selecting a brush, the color can be restored to the color that the brush was saved with.
     0.0 do not modify the active color when selecting this brush
     0.5 change active color towards brush color
     1.0 set the active color to the brush color when selected
en_GB: When selecting a brush, the colour can be restored to the colour that the brush was saved with.
     0.0 do not modify the active colour when selecting this brush
     0.5 change active colour towards brush colour
     1.0 set the active colour to the brush colour when selected

note: Brush setting
en: Change color hue
en_GB: Change colour hue

note: Brush setting
en: Change color lightness (HSL)
en_GB: Change colour lightness (HSL)

note: Tooltip for the "Change color lightness (HSL)" brush setting
en: Change the color lightness using the HSL color model.
    -1.0 blacker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 whiter
en_GB: Change the colour lightness using the HSL colour model.
    -1.0 blacker
     0.0 disable
     1.0 whiter

note: Brush setting
en: Change color satur. (HSL)
en_GB: Change colour satur. (HSL)

note: Brush setting
en: Change color value (HSV)
en_GB: Change colour value (HSV)

note: Brush setting
en: Change color satur. (HSV)
en_GB: Change colour satur. (HSV)

note: Tooltip for the "Pigment" brush setting - If this string is difficult to translate, feel free to change it to something more descriptive. Just try to be succinct and consistent.
en: Subtractive spectral color mixing mode.
    0.0 no spectral mixing
    1.0 only spectral mixing
en_GB: Subtractive spectral colour mixing mode.
    0.0 no spectral mixing
    1.0 only spectral mixing

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge length" brush setting
en: This controls how fast the smudge color becomes the color you are painting on.
    0.0 immediately update the smudge color (requires more CPU cycles because of the frequent color checks)
    0.5 change the smudge color steadily towards the canvas color
    1.0 never change the smudge color
en_GB: This controls how fast the smudge colour becomes the colour you are painting on.
    0.0 immediately update the smudge colour (requires more CPU cycles because of the frequent colour checks)
    0.5 change the smudge colour steadily towards the canvas colour
    1.0 never change the smudge colour

note: Brush setting
en: Smudge length multiplier
en_GB: Smudge length

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge length multiplier" brush setting
en: Logarithmic multiplier for the "Smudge length" value.
    Useful to correct for high-definition/large brushes with lots of dabs.
    The longer the smudge length the more a color will spread and will also boost performance dramatically, as the canvas is sampled less often
en_GB: Logarithmic multiplier for the "Smudge length" value.
    Useful to correct for high-definition/large brushes with lots of dabs.
    The longer the smudge length the more a colour will spread and will also boost performance dramatically, as the canvas is sampled less often

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge bucket" brush setting
en: There are 256 buckets that each can hold a color picked up from the canvas.
    You can control which bucket to use to improve variability and realism of the brush.
    Especially useful with the "Custom input" setting to correlate buckets with other settings such as offsets.
en_GB: There are 256 buckets that each can hold a colour picked up from the canvas.
    You can control which bucket to use to improve variability and realism of the brush.
    Especially useful with the "Custom input" setting to correlate buckets with other settings such as offsets.

note: Tooltip for the "Smudge radius" brush setting
en: This modifies the radius of the circle where color is picked up for smudging.
     0.0 use the brush radius
    -0.7 half the brush radius (fast, but not always intuitive)
    +0.7 twice the brush radius
    +1.6 five times the brush radius (slow performance)
en_GB: This modifies the radius of the circle where colour is picked up for smudging.
     0.0 use the brush radius
    -0.7 half the brush radius (fast, but not always intuitive)
    +0.7 twice the brush radius
    +1.6 five times the brush radius (slow performance)

note: Tooltip for the "Colorize" brush setting
en: Colorize the target layer, setting its hue and saturation from the active brush color while retaining its value and alpha.
en_GB: Colourize the target layer, setting its hue and saturation from the active brush colour while retaining its value and alpha.

note: Tooltip for the "Posterize" brush setting
en: Strength of posterization, reducing number of colors based on the "Posterization levels" setting, while retaining alpha.
en_GB: Strength of posterisation, reducing number of colours based on the "Posterisation levels" setting, while retaining alpha.

note: Brush setting
en: Posterization levels
en_GB: Posterisation levels

note: Tooltip for the "Posterization levels" brush setting
en: Number of posterization levels (divided by 100).
    0.05 = 5 levels, 0.2 = 20 levels, etc.
    Values above 0.5 may not be noticeable.
en_GB: Number of posterisation levels (divided by 100).
    0.05 = 5 levels, 0.2 = 20 levels, etc.
    Values above 0.5 may not be noticeable.

note: Tooltip for the "Snap to pixel" brush setting
en: Snap brush dab's center and its radius to pixels. Set this to 1.0 for a thin pixel brush.
en_GB: Snap brush dab's centre and its radius to pixels. Set this to 1.0 for a thin pixel brush.

en: This assistant helps you easily set up a mobile broadband connection to a cellular (3G) network.
en_GB: This assistant helps you easily set up a mobile broadband connection to a mobile (3G) network.

en: The connection editor dialog could not be initialized due to an unknown error.
en_GB: The connection editor dialogue could not be initialised due to an unknown error.

en: Unknown error creating connection editor dialog.
en_GB: Unknown error creating connection editor dialogue.

en: Error initializing editor
en_GB: Error initialising editor

[ctx: RID_STR_ACC_PANEL_DESCRIPTION]
note: DNmVr
en: Please press enter to go into child control for more operations
en_GB: Please press Enter to go into child control for more operations

[ctx: RID_STR_TRANSLATION_NOTLOCALIZED]
note: Tho9k
en: <Not localized>
en_GB: <Not localised>

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|libraries]
note: 8Bfcg
en: Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.
en_GB: Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialogue box.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|macrotoft]
note: Qth4v
en: Save Macro In
en_GB: Save macro in

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: qEaMG
en: Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.
en_GB: Opens the Customise dialogue box, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|organize]
note: Gh52t
en: Organizer...
en_GB: Organiser...

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|organize]
note: 3L2hk
en: Opens the Macro Organizer dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Organiser dialogue box, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogue boxes, and libraries.

[ctx: basicmacrodialog|extended_tip|BasicMacroDialog]
note: gMDg9
en: Opens a dialog to organize macros.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to organise macros.

[ctx: dialogpage|extended_tip|import]
note: 8VCZB
en: Locate that %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
en_GB: Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.

[ctx: importlibdialog|extended_tip|ref]
note: gxCjk
en: Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time that you start %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|location]
note: JAxWt
en: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
en_GB: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|import]
note: W7BzD
en: Locate that %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
en_GB: Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.

[ctx: libpage|extended_tip|LibPage]
note: dfZKj
en: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.
en_GB: Select the application or the document containing the macro libraries that you want to organise.

[ctx: managelanguages|label2]
note: eDZBN
en: The default language is used if no localization for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.
en_GB: The default language is used if no localisation for a user interface locale is present. Furthermore all strings from the default language are copied to resources of newly added languages.

[ctx: modulepage|extended_tip|import]
note: qCXgD
en: Locate that %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.
en_GB: Locate the %PRODUCTNAME Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.

[ctx: organizedialog|OrganizeDialog]
note: uVgXz
en: Basic Macro Organizer
en_GB: Basic Macro Organiser

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: EnLKw
en: Disk or hard drive full.
en_GB: Disc or hard drive full.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: WcKob
en: Disk not ready.
en_GB: Disc not ready.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: DnKBx
en: Timeout while waiting for DDE response.
en_GB: Time-out while waiting for DDE response.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: ScKEy
en: This property is write only.
en_GB: This property is write-only.

[ctx: RID_BASIC_START]
note: tC47t
en: For loop not initialized.
en_GB: For loop not initialised.

[ctx: STR_PAGE_XERROR_BARS]
note: EvFoA
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_PAGE_YERROR_BARS]
note: NKDFm
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_X]
note: jNgVd
en: X Axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Y]
note: cA4xe
en: Y Axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_AXIS_Z]
note: ZXErW
en: Z Axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_X_AXIS]
note: qkJUd
en: Secondary X Axis
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS]
note: YHCbM
en: Secondary Y Axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_X]
note: pEwe5
en: X Axis Major Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Y]
note: ETsPn
en: Y Axis Major Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MAJOR_Z]
note: SonFW
en: Z Axis Major Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Major Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_X]
note: sBgvb
en: X Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: x-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Y]
note: 3YcEK
en: Y Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: y-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_GRID_MINOR_Z]
note: hkZQA
en: Z Axis Minor Grid
en_GB: z-Axis Minor Grid

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_X_AXIS]
note: eZE2v
en: X Axis Title
en_GB: x-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Y_AXIS]
note: uqBii
en: Y Axis Title
en_GB: y-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_Z_AXIS]
note: 37EU5
en: Z Axis Title
en_GB: z-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_X_AXIS]
note: QmoDH
en: Secondary X Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary x-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_TITLE_SECONDARY_Y_AXIS]
note: F7NWG
en: Secondary Y Axis Title
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis Title

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_X]
note: apx4j
en: X Error Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Y]
note: BUEbq
en: Y Error Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_OBJECT_ERROR_BARS_Z]
note: tQCpv
en: Z Error Bars
en_GB: z-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_ACTION_EDIT_3D_VIEW]
note: RmtWN
en: Edit 3D view
en_GB: Edit 3-D view

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X]
note: ozAB8
en: X-Values
en_GB: x-Values

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y]
note: FgGiW
en: Y-Values
en_GB: y-Values

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR]
note: pMGL4
en: X-Error-Bars
en_GB: x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_POSITIVE]
note: c9oCh
en: Positive X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_X_ERROR_NEGATIVE]
note: uTsVM
en: Negative X-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative x-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR]
note: RZaBP
en: Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_POSITIVE]
note: ZFFKK
en: Positive Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Positive y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_ROLE_Y_ERROR_NEGATIVE]
note: pZ3af
en: Negative Y-Error-Bars
en_GB: Negative y-Error Bars

[ctx: STR_DATA_EDITOR_INCORRECT_INPUT]
note: EDFdH
en: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialog?
en_GB: Your last input is incorrect.
    Ignore this change and close the dialogue box?

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ROLE_FILLCOLOR]
note: GtGu4
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: STR_PROPERTY_ROLE_BORDERCOLOR]
note: bzDDY
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: STR_CONTROLTEXT_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA]
note: TuRxr
en: From Data Table
en_GB: From Chart Data Table

[ctx: STR_DONUT_EXPLODED]
note: gxFtf
en: Exploded Donut Chart
en_GB: Exploded Doughnut Chart

[ctx: STR_DONUT]
note: nsoQ2
en: Donut
en_GB: Doughnut

[ctx: STR_TYPE_XY]
note: Miu8E
en: XY (Scatter)
en_GB: X-Y (Scatter)

[ctx: STR_LINES_3D]
note: AAEA2
en: 3D Lines
en_GB: 3-D Lines

[ctx: 3dviewdialog|3DViewDialog]
note: VVVyQ
en: 3D View
en_GB: 3-D View

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveLeftColumn]
note: V7UUB
en: Switches the current column with its neighbor at the left.
en_GB: Switches the current column with its neighbour at the left.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveRightColumn]
note: JxZC8
en: Switches the current column with its neighbor at the right.
en_GB: Switches the current column with its neighbour to the right.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveUpRow]
note: DnZTt
en: Switches the current row with its neighbor above.
en_GB: Switches the current row with its neighbour above.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|MoveDownRow]
note: u8jmj
en: Switches the current row with its neighbor below.
en_GB: Switches the current row with its neighbour below.

[ctx: chartdatadialog|extended_tip|ChartDataDialog]
note: rRJDK
en: Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.
en_GB: Opens the Data Table dialogue box where you can edit the chart data.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: yHa5z
en: Opens a dialog to select the number format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: Wj42y
en: Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|liststorePLACEMENT]
note: CFGTS
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|tp_DataLabel]
note: 6bBph
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: dlg_DataLabel|extended_tip|dlg_DataLabels]
note: bt7D7
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: SUBEs
en: Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: JYk3c
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: DTR5D
en: Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: dlg_InsertErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: mEwUr
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryX]
note: 4Drc8
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryX]
note: QyAAw
en: Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the x-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryY]
note: XeWVu
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryY]
note: 8ZzUp
en: Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the y-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|primaryZ]
note: FoAXW
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|primaryZ]
note: DgjxB
en: Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.
en_GB: Displays the z-axis as a line with subdivisions.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryX]
note: WEUFf
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|secondaryX]
note: JGQhE
en: Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.
en_GB: Displays a secondary x-axis in the chart.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryY]
note: 598Gk
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|extended_tip|secondaryY]
note: trDFK
en: The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in.
en_GB: The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 cm. and the other to 1.5 cm.

[ctx: insertaxisdlg|secondaryZ]
note: CAFjD
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryX]
note: adEgJ
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryX]
note: TeVcH
en: Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryY]
note: FEBZW
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryY]
note: 6SmKJ
en: Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|primaryZ]
note: XEXTu
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|primaryZ]
note: bF4Eb
en: Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.
en_GB: Adds grid lines to the z-axis of the chart.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryX]
note: wqXds
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryX]
note: cfAUn
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the x-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryY]
note: PkzaY
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryY]
note: a3asH
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the y-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|secondaryZ]
note: CcCG8
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|secondaryZ]
note: hcj99
en: Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.
en_GB: Adds grid lines that subdivide the z-axis into smaller sections.

[ctx: insertgriddlg|extended_tip|InsertGridDialog]
note: URB9E
en: You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.
en_GB: You can divide the axes into sections by assigning grid lines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryXaxis]
note: y8KiH
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryYaxis]
note: RhsUT
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelPrimaryZaxis]
note: ypJFt
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryXaxis]
note: qz8WP
en: Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryYaxis]
note: 3m5Dk
en: Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|primaryZaxis]
note: PY2EU
en: Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired title for the z-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelSecondaryXAxis]
note: 8XRFP
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: inserttitledlg|labelSecondaryYAxis]
note: Tq7G9
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|secondaryXaxis]
note: EsHDi
en: Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired secondary title for the x-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|secondaryYaxis]
note: bnwti
en: Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.
en_GB: Enter the desired secondary title for the y-axis of the chart.

[ctx: inserttitledlg|extended_tip|InsertTitleDialog]
note: Y96AE
en: Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to enter or modify the titles in a chart.

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_x_axis]
note: Am6Gz
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_x_axis_title]
note: P5gxx
en: X axis title
en_GB: x-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_y_axis]
note: iMXPp
en: Y axis
en_GB: y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_y_axis_title]
note: vF4oS
en: Y axis title
en_GB: y-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_z_axis]
note: A35cf
en: Z axis
en_GB: z-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_z_axis_title]
note: RZFAU
en: Z axis title
en_GB: z-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_x_axis]
note: GoJDH
en: 2nd X axis
en_GB: 2nd x-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_x_axis_title]
note: nsoDZ
en: 2nd X axis title
en_GB: 2nd x-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_y_axis]
note: bGsCM
en: 2nd Y axis
en_GB: 2nd y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarelements|checkbutton_2nd_y_axis_title]
note: yDNuy
en: 2nd Y axis title
en_GB: 2nd y-Axis title

[ctx: sidebarseries|comboboxtext_label]
note: CWwzt
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: sidebarseries|checkbutton_y_error]
note: bXUND
en: Y error bars
en_GB: y-Error bars

[ctx: sidebarseries|checkbutton_x_error]
note: zK6DE
en: X error bars
en_GB: x-Error bars

[ctx: sidebarseries|radiobutton_primary_axis]
note: vhdnt
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-Axis

[ctx: sidebarseries|radiobutton_secondary_axis]
note: VPWVq
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: sidebartype|3dlook]
note: mZfrk
en: _3D Look
en_GB: _3-D Look

[ctx: sidebartype|sort]
note: xW9CQ
en: _Sort by X values
en_GB: _Sort by x-values

[ctx: steppedlinesdlg|extended_tip|step_center_y_rb]
note: S528C
en: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the Y values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.
en_GB: Start to step up vertically to the middle of the y-values, draw a horizontal line and finish by stepping vertically to the end.

[ctx: titlerotationtabpage|extended_tip|stackedCB]
note: VGDph
en: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
en_GB: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneAppearance|extended_tip|LB_SCHEME]
note: raML6
en: Select a scheme from the list box, or click any of the check boxes below.
en_GB: Select a scheme from the list box, or mark any of the check boxes below.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|CBX_RIGHT_ANGLED_AXES]
note: QxmLn
en: If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in X and Y direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3D charts. Pie and Donut charts do not support right-angled axes.
en_GB: If Right-angled axes is enabled, you can rotate the chart contents only in x- and y-direction, that is, parallel to the chart borders. Right-angled axes is enabled by default for newly created 3-D charts. Pie and Doughnut charts do not support right-angled axes.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_X_ROTATION]
note: y8Tyg
en: _X rotation
en_GB: _x-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_Y_ROTATION]
note: TJ2Xp
en: _Y rotation
en_GB: _y-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|FT_Z_ROTATION]
note: UTAG5
en: _Z rotation
en_GB: _z-Rotation

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_Z_ROTATION]
note: PP8jT
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the z axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the z-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_Y_ROTATION]
note: AyMWn
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the y axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the y-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneGeometry|extended_tip|MTR_FLD_X_ROTATION]
note: EGS4B
en: Sets the rotation of the chart on the x axis. The preview responds to the new settings.
en_GB: Sets the rotation of the chart on the x-axis. The preview responds to the new settings.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|LB_LIGHTSOURCE]
note: DwEDc
en: Select a color for the selected light source.
en_GB: Select a colour for the selected light source.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|BTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR|tooltip_text]
note: gfdAB
en: Select a color using the color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|BTN_LIGHTSOURCE_COLOR]
note: JnBhP
en: Select a color using the color dialog.
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|LB_AMBIENTLIGHT]
note: WssJA
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR|tooltip_text]
note: NpAu7
en: Select a color using the color dialog
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|BTN_AMBIENT_COLOR]
note: 943Za
en: Select a color using the color dialog.
en_GB: Select a colour using the colour dialogue box.

[ctx: tp_3D_SceneIllumination|extended_tip|tp_3D_SceneIllumination]
note: tQBhd
en: Set the light sources for the 3D view.
en_GB: Set the light sources for the 3-D view.

[ctx: tp_AxisPositions|extended_tip|RB_ON]
note: FaKJZ
en: Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.
en_GB: Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.

[ctx: tp_AxisPositions|extended_tip|RB_BETWEEN]
note: BSx2x
en: Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.
en_GB: Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tick marks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|subtype]
note: wBFXQ
en: Select a sub type of the basic chart type.
en_GB: Select a sub-type of the basic chart type.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|3dlook]
note: FSf6b
en: _3D Look
en_GB: _3-D Look

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|3dlook]
note: EB95g
en: Enables a 3D look for the data values.
en_GB: Enables a 3-D look for the data values.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|3dscheme]
note: zZxWG
en: Select the type of 3D look.
en_GB: Select the type of 3-D look.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|properties]
note: EnymX
en: Opens a dialog to set the line or curve properties.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to set the line or curve properties.

[ctx: tp_ChartType|sort]
note: KzGZQ
en: _Sort by X values
en_GB: _Sort by x-values

[ctx: tp_ChartType|extended_tip|sort]
note: tbgi3
en: Connects points by ascending X values, even if the order of values is different, in an XY scatter diagram.
en_GB: Connects points by ascending x-values, even if the order of values is different, in an X-Y scatter diagram.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: nzq24
en: Opens a dialog to select the number format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the number format.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|PB_PERCENT_NUMBERFORMAT]
note: 3wD3x
en: Opens a dialog to select the percentage format.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to select the percentage format.

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|liststorePLACEMENT]
note: ba7eW
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: tp_DataLabel|extended_tip|tp_DataLabel]
note: iDheE
en: Opens the Data Labels dialog, which enables you to set the data labels.
en_GB: Opens the Data Labels dialogue box, which enables you to set the data labels.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|EDT_RANGE]
note: M2BSw
en: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|IMB_RANGE_MAIN]
note: CwKet
en: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address from the second column of the Data Range list box. You can change the range in the text box or by dragging in the document. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|EDT_CATEGORIES]
note: ogTbE
en: Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|extended_tip|IMB_RANGE_CAT]
note: EYFEo
en: Shows the source range address of the categories (the texts you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an XY-chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Shows the source range address of the categories (the text strings that you can see on the x-axis of a category chart). For an X-Y chart, the text box contains the source range of the data labels which are displayed for the data points. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_DataSource|FT_CAPTION_FOR_WIZARD]
note: YwALA
en: Customize Data Ranges for Individual Data Series
en_GB: Customise Data Ranges for Individual Data Series

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: D5XCD
en: Enter the address range from where to get the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the positive error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_POSITIVE]
note: QYRko
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|ED_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: S8d3Y
en: Enter the address range from where to get the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.
en_GB: Enter the address range from where to obtain the negative error values. Use the Shrink button to select the range from a sheet.

[ctx: tp_ErrorBars|extended_tip|IB_RANGE_NEGATIVE]
note: oEACZ
en: Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.
en_GB: Click a button to shrink the dialogue box, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialogue box to full size.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|CB_CLOCKWISE]
note: GikR7
en: The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the Clockwise direction checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.
en_GB: The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counter-clockwise. Mark the Clockwise direction check box to draw the pieces in the opposite direction.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|CT_ANGLE_DIAL]
note: mEJCE
en: Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.
en_GB: Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or doughnut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.

[ctx: tp_PolarOptions|extended_tip|NF_STARTING_ANGLE]
note: EEVTg
en: Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.
en_GB: Enter the starting angle in the range 0 to 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|ED_RANGE]
note: WKLi7
en: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|IB_RANGE]
note: FVivY
en: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimize this dialog while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.
en_GB: Enter the data range that you want to include in your chart. To minimise this dialogue box while you select the data range in Calc, click the Select data range button.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|RB_DATAROWS]
note: w6DuB
en: Data series get their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.
en_GB: Data series obtain their data from consecutive rows in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data series will contain x-values for all series. All other data series are used as y-values, one for each series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|RB_DATACOLS]
note: RfFZF
en: Data series get their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.
en_GB: Data series obtain their data from consecutive columns in the selected range. For scatter charts, the first data column will contain x-values for all series. All other data columns are used as y-values, one for each series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|CB_FIRST_ROW_ASLABELS]
note: HviBv
en: For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not selected, all rows are data series.
en_GB: For data series in columns: The first row in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first row in the range is used as categories. The remaining rows comprise the data series. If this check box is not marked, all rows are data series.

[ctx: tp_RangeChooser|extended_tip|CB_FIRST_COLUMN_ASLABELS]
note: tTAhH
en: For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not selected, all columns are data columns.
en_GB: For data series in columns: The first column in the range is used as names for data series. For data series in rows: The first column in the range is used as categories. The remaining columns comprise the data columns. If this check box is not marked, all columns are data columns.

[ctx: tp_Scale|extended_tip|CBX_REVERSE]
note: DNJFK
en: Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.
en_GB: Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unmarked state is the mathematical direction.

[ctx: tp_Scale|extended_tip|CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN]
note: Z35M3
en: You must first deselect the Automatic option in order to modify the values.
en_GB: You must first unmark the Automatic option in order to modify the values.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|RBT_OPT_AXIS_1]
note: YK66G
en: Primary Y axis
en_GB: Primary y-Axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RBT_OPT_AXIS_1]
note: ApXPx
en: This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.
en_GB: This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary y-axis.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|RBT_OPT_AXIS_2]
note: aZ7G8
en: Secondary Y axis
en_GB: Secondary y-Axis

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RBT_OPT_AXIS_2]
note: nTQUy
en: Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.
en_GB: Changes the scaling of the y-axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|RB_CONTINUE_LINE]
note: 2HArG
en: For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.
en_GB: For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbouring values will be shown. This is the default for chart type X-Y.

[ctx: tp_SeriesToAxis|extended_tip|CB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS]
note: vEDHo
en: Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.
en_GB: Mark this check box to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|label6]
note: 99kQL
en: Name of X variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of x variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|entry_Xname]
note: Fz8b3
en: Name of X variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of x variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|label9]
note: 2PBW3
en: Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of y variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_Trendline|extended_tip|entry_Yname]
note: WHNXu
en: Name of Y variable in trend line equation.
en_GB: Name of y variable in trend line equation.

[ctx: tp_axisLabel|extended_tip|stackedCB]
note: ra62A
en: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.
en_GB: Assigns vertical text orientation for cell content.

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryXaxis]
note: tCfsY
en: _X axis
en_GB: _x-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryYaxis]
note: LtEdA
en: _Y axis
en_GB: _y-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelPrimaryZaxis]
note: tVeNC
en: _Z axis
en_GB: _z-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelSecondaryXAxis]
note: GJ7pJ
en: X _axis
en_GB: x-_Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|labelSecondaryYAxis]
note: bBRgE
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: wizelementspage|Axe]
note: REBEt
en: Choose Titles, Legend, and Grid Settings
en_GB: Choose Titles, Legend and Grid Settings

[ctx: wizelementspage|x]
note: wp2DC
en: X axis
en_GB: x-Axis

[ctx: wizelementspage|y]
note: KPGMU
en: Y ax_is
en_GB: y-Ax_is

[ctx: wizelementspage|z]
note: G65v4
en: Z axi_s
en_GB: z-Axi_s

[ctx: STR_NO_CONNECTION]
note: GgFCn
en: The connection could not be created. May be the necessary data provider is not installed.
en_GB: The connection could not be created. Perhaps the necessary data provider is not installed.

[ctx: STR_COLUMN_NOT_ALTERABLE]
note: ZvEz9
en: The column '$columnname$' could not be altered. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column '$columnname$' could not be altered. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_COLUMN_NOT_ADDABLE]
note: dFAFB
en: The column '$columnname$' could not be added. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column '$columnname$' could not be added. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_COLUMN_NOT_DROP]
note: zk3QB
en: The column at position '$position$' could not be dropped. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The column at position '$position$' could not be dropped. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_TABLE_NOT_DROP]
note: hAwmi
en: The table '$tablename$' could not be dropped. May be the file system is write protected.
en_GB: The table '$tablename$' could not be dropped. Perhaps the file system is write protected.

[ctx: STR_INVALID_DBASE_FILE]
note: UuoNm
en: The file '$filename$' is an invalid (or unrecognized) dBase file.
en_GB: The file '$filename$' is an invalid (or unrecognised) dBASE file.

[ctx: STR_TABLE_READONLY]
note: kCjVU
en: The table can not be changed. It is read only.
en_GB: The table can not be changed. It is read-only.

[ctx: STR_NO_ROWCOUNT]
note: kiYDS
en: The execution of the update statement doesn't effect any rows.
en_GB: The execution of the update statement doesn't affect any rows.

[ctx: STR_PARSER_CYCLIC_SUB_QUERIES]
note: hdDea
en: The statement contains a cyclic reference to one or more sub queries.
en_GB: The statement contains a cyclic reference to one or more sub-queries.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ADD_SUBMENU]
note: KbZFf
en: Add Submenu
en_GB: Add Sub-menu

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SUBMENU_NAME]
note: w2qNv
en: Submenu name
en_GB: Sub-menu name

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_MNUCFG_ALREADY_INCLUDED]
note: CPW5b
en: Function is already included in this popup.
en_GB: Function is already included in this pop-up.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_REMOVE_FAVORITES]
note: c8nou
en: Remove from Favorites
en_GB: Remove from Favourites

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ADD_FAVORITES]
note: 7tBGT
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_EVENT_CALCULATE]
note: tVSz9
en: Formulas calculated
en_GB: Formulae calculated

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE]
note: XEFrB
en: Do you really want to delete the color scheme?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the colour scheme?

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_DELETE_TITLE]
note: ybdED
en: Color Scheme Deletion
en_GB: Colour Scheme Deletion

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_CONFIG_SAVE2]
note: tFrki
en: Name of color scheme
en_GB: Name of colour scheme

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CAPITAL_WORDS]
note: zbEv9
en: Check uppercase words
en_GB: Check upper-case words

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_NUM_MIN_WORDLEN]
note: f6v3L
en: Minimal number of characters for hyphenation:
en_GB: Minimum number of characters for hyphenation:

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DESC_COLOR]
note: QgAFH
en: Please enter a name for the new color:
en_GB: Please enter a name for the new colour:

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CPTL_STT_SENT]
note: p5h3s
en: Capitalize first letter of every sentence
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of every sentence

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DEL_SPACES_BETWEEN_LINES]
note: R9Kke
en: Delete spaces and tabs at end and start of line
en_GB: Delete spaces and tabs at beginning and end of line

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_HOR_PRESET_ONLYHOR]
note: nCjXG
en: Set Top and Bottom Borders, and All Inner Lines
en_GB: Set Top and Bottom Borders and All Inner Lines

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_VER_PRESET_ONLYVER]
note: 46Fq7
en: Set Left and Right Borders, and All Inner Lines
en_GB: Set Left and Right Borders and All Inner Lines

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DELETEUSERCOLOR1]
note: AD8QJ
en: You can only delete user-defined colors
en_GB: You can only delete user-defined colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DELETEUSERCOLOR2]
note: 4LWGV
en: Please select the color to delete
en_GB: Please select the colour to delete

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: m8rYd
en: Need to allow changes to parts of a read-only document in Writer? Insert frames or sections that can authorize changes.
en_GB: Need to allow changes to parts of a read-only document in Writer? Insert frames or sections that can authorise changes.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 3JyGD
en: Optimize your table layout with Table ▸ Size ▸ Distribute Rows / Columns Evenly.
en_GB: Optimise your table layout with Table ▸ Size ▸ Distribute Rows / Columns Evenly.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: hr7ym
en: Use View ▸ Value Highlighting to display cell contents in colors: Text/black, Formulas/green, Numbers/blue, Protected cells/grey background.
en_GB: Use View ▸ Value Highlighting to display cell contents in colours: Text/black, Formulas/green, Numbers/blue, Protected cells/grey background.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: VBCF7
en: Generate fully customized PDF documents with the exact format, image compression, comments, access rights, password, etc., via File ▸ Export as PDF.
en_GB: Generate fully customised PDF documents with the exact format, image compression, comments, access rights, password, etc., via File ▸ Export as PDF.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 8x8QZ local help missing
en: Construct your own 2D shapes in Draw. Select two or more objects, and explore possibilities with Shape ▸ Combine, Shape ▸ Merge, Shape ▸ Subtract, and Shape ▸ Intersect.
en_GB: Construct your own 2-D shapes in Draw. Select two or more objects, and explore possibilities with Shape ▸ Combine, Shape ▸ Merge, Shape ▸ Subtract, and Shape ▸ Intersect.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: f6Lan
en: Do you plan to change your computer and want to recover your customizations? See:
en_GB: Do you plan to change your computer and want to recover your customisations? See:

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: FnWjD https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/shared/optionen/01030300.html
en: %PRODUCTNAME intends to apply as an organization for Google Summer of Code (GSoC) see:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME intends to apply as an organisation for Google Summer of Code (GSoC) see:

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: TD8Ux
en: Customize footnote appearance with Tools ▸ Footnotes and Endnotes…
en_GB: Customise footnote appearance with Tools ▸ Footnotes and Endnotes…

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: muc5F
en: With Slide Show ▸ Custom Slide Show, reorder and pick slides to fit a slideshow to the needs of your viewers.
en_GB: With Slide Show ▸ Custom Slide Show, reorder and pick slides to fit a slide show to the needs of your viewers.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: oTX4L
en: Writer can insert a blank page between two odd (even) pages that follow. Check “Print automatically inserted blank pages” in the print dialog’s %PRODUCTNAME Writer tab.
en_GB: Writer can insert a blank page between two odd (even) pages that follow. Check “Print automatically inserted blank pages” in the print dialogue box’s %PRODUCTNAME Writer tab.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: J853i
en: In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, use Insert ▸ Media ▸ Photo Album to create a slideshow from a series of pictures with the “Photo Album” feature.
en_GB: In %PRODUCTNAME Impress, use Insert ▸ Media ▸ Photo Album to create a slide show from a series of pictures with the “Photo Album” feature.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BcK3A
en: You can show formulas instead of results with View ▸ Show Formula (or Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Display ▸ Formulas).
en_GB: You can show formulae instead of results with View ▸ Show Formula (or Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Display ▸ Formulae).

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: GEJXj
en: Left-handed? Enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Asian and check Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Writer ▸ View ▸ Ruler ▸ Right-aligned, which displays the scrollbar to the left.
en_GB: Left-handed? Enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Asian and check Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Writer ▸ View ▸ Ruler ▸ Right-aligned, which displays the scroll bar to the left.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: XDhNo
en: Use column or row labels in formulas. For example, if you have two columns, “Time” and “KM”, use =Time/KM to get minutes per kilometer.
en_GB: Use column or row labels in formulas. For example, if you have two columns, “Time” and “KM”, use =Time/KM to get minutes per kilometre.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: E7GZz
en: Annoyed by the “marching ants” around cells in Calc? Press escape to stop them; the copied content will remain available for pasting.
en_GB: Annoyed by the “marching ants” around cells in Calc? Press Escape to stop them; the copied content will remain available for pasting.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: eRzRG
en: Click on the special character icon in the toolbar to get quick access to favorite and recent characters to insert.
en_GB: Click on the special character icon in the toolbar to get quick access to favourite and recent characters to insert.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: cCnpG
en: You would like to view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9.
en_GB: To view the calculation of individual elements of a formula, select the respective elements and press F9.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 8qYrk
en: To quickly get a math object in Writer type your formula, mark it, and use Insert ▸ Object ▸ Formula to convert the text.
en_GB: To quickly get a Math object in Writer type your formula, mark it, and use Insert ▸ Object ▸ Formula to convert the text.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: WMnj2 online help is different https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.html#hd_id3148675
en: You can customize the middle mouse button per Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ View ▸ Middle Mouse button.
en_GB: You can customise the middle mouse button using Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ View ▸ Middle Mouse button.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 7CjmG https://help.libreoffice.org/%PRODUCTVERSION/%LANGUAGENAME/text/swriter/guide/autotext.html
en: Play music throughout a slideshow by assigning the sound to the first slide transition without clicking the “Apply to All Slides” button.
en_GB: Play music throughout a slide show by assigning the sound to the first slide transition without clicking the “Apply to All Slides” button.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: e3dfT local help missing
en: Need to present a report written with Writer? File ▸ Send ▸ Outline to Presentation automatically creates a slideshow from the outline.
en_GB: Need to present a report written with Writer? File ▸ Send ▸ Outline to Presentation automatically creates a slide show from the outline.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: qyyJ4 local help missing
en: Uncheck Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Zoom: “Synchronize sheets” so that each sheet in Calc has its own zoom factor.
en_GB: Uncheck Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME Calc ▸ View ▸ Zoom: “Synchronise sheets” so that each sheet in Calc has its own zoom factor.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: qK7Xz
en: You can set a color for each tab: right-click the tab or use Sheet ▸ Sheet Tab Color.
en_GB: You can set a colour for each tab: right-click the tab or use Sheet ▸ Sheet Tab Colour.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: mJ6Gu local help missing
en: Insert and number your formulas in one step: type fn then F3. An AutoText is inserted with formula and number aligned in a table.
en_GB: Insert and number your formulae in one step: type fn then F3. An AutoText is inserted with formula and number aligned in a table.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: MZyXB
en: Want to export formulas to CSV? File ▸ Save As ▸ Type:Text CSV, check “Edit filter settings”, and check “Save cell formulas” in the next dialog.
en_GB: Want to export formulae to CSV? File ▸ Save As ▸ Type:Text CSV, check “Edit filter settings”, and check “Save cell formulae” in the next dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BnMpb local help missing
en: Use Format ▸ Align (or the context menu) for precise positioning of objects in Draw/Impress: it centers on the page if one object is selected or works on the group respectively.
en_GB: Use Format ▸ Align (or the context menu) for precise positioning of objects in Draw/Impress: it centres on the page if one object is selected or works on the group respectively.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 6GtGH
en: No need to scroll through the list at Tools ▸ Customize ▸ Keyboard to find a shortcut: just type it.
en_GB: No need to scroll through the list at Tools ▸ Customise ▸ Keyboard to find a shortcut: just type it.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: JBgEb
en: Chapter numbering dialog lets you set text to be displayed before the chapter number. For example, type “Chapter ” to display “Chapter 1”
en_GB: Chapter numbering dialogue box lets you set text to be displayed before the chapter number. For example, type “Chapter ” to display “Chapter 1”

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: PBjFr
en: To copy a comment without losing the content of the target cell you should use Paste Special and uncheck everything except “Comments” in dialog. Use Operations “Add” to not override existing content.
en_GB: To copy a comment without losing the content of the target cell you should use Paste Special and uncheck everything except “Comments” in dialogue. Use Operations “Add” to not override existing content.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: rxTGc
en: Keep the zeros before a number by using the “leading zeroes” cell format option or format the cell as text before entering the number.
en_GB: Keep the zeros before a number by using the “leading zeros” cell format option or format the cell as text before entering the number.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: cPNVv
en: Want to center cells on a printed page in Calc? Format ▸ Page, Page ▸ Layout settings ▸ Table alignment.
en_GB: Want to centre cells on a printed page in Calc? Format ▸ Page, Page ▸ Layout settings ▸ Table alignment.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: 7dGQR
en: %PRODUCTNAME has a template center to create good looking documents—check it out.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has a template centre to create good looking documents—check it out.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: tvpFN
en: Calculate loan repayments with Calc: eg. PMT(2%/12;36;2500) interest rate per payment period 2%/12, 36 months, loan amount 2500.
en_GB: Calculate loan repayments with Calc: e.g. PMT(2%/12;36;2500) interest rate per payment period 2%/12, 36 months, loan amount 2500.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: BiSJM local help missing
en: Want to know if a cell is referred in formulas of other cells? Tools ▸ Detective ▸ Trace Dependents (Shift+F5).
en_GB: Want to know if a cell is referred in formulae of other cells? Tools ▸ Detective ▸ Trace Dependents (Shift+F5).

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: UggLQ
en: To display the scrollbar to the left, enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Complex text and check Sheet ▸ Right-To-Left.
en_GB: To display the scroll bar to the left, enable Tools ▸ Options ▸ Language Settings ▸ Languages ▸ Complex text and check Sheet ▸ Right-To-Left.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: gqs9W
en: Drag a formatted object to the Styles and Formatting window. A dialog box opens, just enter the name of the new style.
en_GB: Drag a formatted object to the Styles and Formatting window. A dialogue box opens, just enter the name of the new style.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TIPOFTHEDAY]
note: C7Ya2
en: Press Shift+F1 to see any available extended tooltips in dialog boxes, when "Extended tips" is not enabled in Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ General.
en_GB: Press Shift+F1 to see any available extended tooltips in dialogue boxes, when "Extended tips" is not enabled in Tools ▸ Options ▸ %PRODUCTNAME ▸ General.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TOOLBARMODES]
note: MEQAE
en: The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used by Microsoft. It organize functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete.
en_GB: The Tabbed user interface is the most similar to the Ribbons used by Microsoft. It organises functions in tabs and makes the main menu obsolete.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TOOLBARMODES]
note: GFycb
en: The Groupedbar Compact variant provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a dropdown menu. The compact variant favors vertical size.
en_GB: The Groupedbar Compact variant provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a drop-down menu. The compact variant favours vertical size.

[ctx: RID_CUI_TOOLBARMODES]
note: Exopn
en: The Groupedbar interface provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a dropdown menu. The full variant favors functions and is slightly larger than other variants.
en_GB: The Groupedbar interface provides access to functions in groups with most frequently used features in icons and less often used in a drop-down menu. The full variant favours functions and is slightly larger than other variants.

[ctx: SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS_RES]
note: ZhEG3
en: Personalization
en_GB: Personalisation

[ctx: SID_GENERAL_OPTIONS_RES]
note: DLfE7
en: Application Colors
en_GB: Application Colours

[ctx: SID_SCH_EDITOPTIONS_RES]
note: XAhzo
en: Default Colors
en_GB: Default Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|edit]
note: Z7SA5
en: Opens a dialog to edit the preference.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to edit the preference.

[ctx: extended_tip|reset]
note: 95seU
en: Undo changes done so far in this dialog.
en_GB: Undo changes done so far in this dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|preferences]
note: A9J9F
en: List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.
en_GB: List the preferences organised hierarchically in a tree layout.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|abbrev]
note: FAPZ6
en: Type an abbreviation followed by a period, and then click New. This prevents %PRODUCTNAME from automatically capitalizing the first letter of the word that comes after the period at the end of the abbreviation.
en_GB: Type an abbreviation followed by a full stop, and then click New. This prevents %PRODUCTNAME from automatically capitalising the first letter of the word that comes after the full stop at the end of the abbreviation.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|autoabbrev]
note: 5B9tX
en: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
en_GB: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalise first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column on the Options tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: acorexceptpage|extended_tip|autodouble]
note: 6fGTF
en: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalize first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialog.
en_GB: Automatically adds abbreviations or words that start with two capital letters to the corresponding list of exceptions. This feature only works if the Correct TWo INitial CApitals option or the Capitalise first letter of every sentence option are selected in the [T] column onOptions tab of this dialogue box.

[ctx: agingdialog|extended_tip|value]
note: A8e8L
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: agingdialog|extended_tip|AgingDialog]
note: pciJf
en: All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.
en_GB: All pixels are set to their grey values, and then the green and blue colour channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red colour channel is not changed.

[ctx: areatabpage|btncolor]
note: AiEuM
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: PbHCG
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: Qqmqp
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: autocorrectdialog|localized]
note: TCyBg
en: Localized Options
en_GB: Localised Options

[ctx: baselinksdialog|extended_tip|TB_LINKS]
note: 7k36Q
en: Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialog where you can select another object for this link.
en_GB: Double-click a link in the list to open a file dialogue box in which you can select another object for this link.

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: SuAZu
en: Top Center
en_GB: Top Centre

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: gB3qr
en: Center Left
en_GB: Centre Left

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: 6nG4k
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: 5uwBi
en: Center Right
en_GB: Centre Right

[ctx: bitmaptabpage|positionlb]
note: BFD9u
en: Bottom Center
en_GB: Bottom Centre

[ctx: borderpage|label17]
note: Dweon
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: borderpage|sync]
note: M8CGp
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: borderpage|shadowcolorft]
note: gEF6E
en: C_olor:
en_GB: C_olour:

[ctx: bulletandposition|colorft]
note: Cv7BZ
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: bulletandposition|indentmf]
note: SDhv3
en: 0,00
en_GB: 0.00

[ctx: bulletandposition|numberingwidthmf]
note: eeDkR
en: 0,00
en_GB: 0.00

[ctx: calloutpage|position]
note: W5B2V
en: Center
en_GB: Middle

[ctx: cellalignment|liststoreHorzAlign]
note: RGwHA
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|comboboxHorzAlign]
note: 8xDX2
en: Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
en_GB: Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|comboboxVertAlign]
note: MH9tT
en: Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.
en_GB: Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell content.

[ctx: cellalignment|extended_tip|CellAlignPage]
note: U4vgj
en: Sets the alignment options for the contents of the current cell, or the selected cells.
en_GB: Sets the alignment options for the content of the current cell, or the selected cells.

[ctx: certdialog|extended_tip|add]
note: zx3Mw
en: Opens a file picker dialog to add a new Network Security Services Certificate directory to the list.
en_GB: Opens a file picker dialogue box to add a new Network Security Services Certificate directory to the list.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|westlanglb-nocjk]
note: 63kyg
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|westlanglb-cjk]
note: zCCrx
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|eastlanglb]
note: KLJQT
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: charnamepage|extended_tip|ctllanglb]
note: zCKxL
en: Sets the language that the spellchecker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.
en_GB: Sets the language that the spell checker uses for the selected text or the text that you type. Available language modules have a check mark in front of them.

[ctx: colorconfigwin|font]
note: TkNp4
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: colorconfigwin|autospellcheck]
note: RP2Vp
en: AutoSpellcheck
en_GB: AutoSpellCheck

[ctx: colorconfigwin|formulas]
note: UfL75
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: colorpage|label20]
note: fKSac
en: Recent Colors
en_GB: Recent Colours

[ctx: colorpage|label1]
note: 5jjvt
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: colorpage|oldpreview-atkobject]
note: CvMfT
en: Old Color
en_GB: Old Colour

[ctx: colorpage|newpreview-atkobject]
note: AwBVq
en: New Color
en_GB: New Colour

[ctx: colorpickerdialog|ColorPicker]
note: MnQ4Q
en: Pick a Color
en_GB: Pick a Colour

[ctx: extended tip | preview]
note: fMFDR
en: In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialog is visible.
en_GB: In the left part of the bottom bar, the current result of your work in this dialogue box is visible.

[ctx: extended tip | previous]
note: 7jLV5
en: In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original color from the parent tab, Colors.
en_GB: In the right part of the bottom bar, you will see the original colour from the parent tab, Colours.

[ctx: extended tip | colorField]
note: yEApx
en: Click in the big color area on the left to select a new color. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the color as represented in the RGB or HSB color models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialog.
en_GB: Click in the big colour area on the left to select a new colour. Using this selector area you can modify two components of the colour as represented in the RGB or HSB colour models. Note that these are the two components not selected with the radio buttons on the right side of the dialogue box.

[ctx: extended tip | colorSlider]
note: N8gjc
en: With the vertical color component slider you can modify the value of each component of the color.
en_GB: With the vertical colour component slider you can modify the value of each component of the colour.

[ctx: extended tip | redRadiobutton]
note: yWDJE
en: Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Red component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Green and Blue components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | greenRadiobutton]
note: 3YZDt
en: Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Green component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Red and Blue components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | blueRadiobutton]
note: gSvva
en: Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Sets the Blue component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Green and Red components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | redSpinbutton]
note: c5MTh
en: Set the Red color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Red colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | greenSpinbutton]
note: 2yY2G
en: Set the Green color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Green colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | blueSpinbutton]
note: UREX7
en: Set the Blue color value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.
en_GB: Set the Blue colour value directly. Allowed values are 0 to 255.

[ctx: extended tip | hexEntry]
note: zPsRu
en: Displays and sets the color value in the RGB color model expressed as a hexadecimal number.
en_GB: Displays and sets the colour value in the RGB colour model expressed as a hexadecimal number.

[ctx: extended tip | hueRadiobutton]
note: qnLnB
en: Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
en_GB: Sets the Hue component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Saturation and Brightness components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.

[ctx: extended tip | satRadiobutton]
note: wGdN5
en: Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Sets the Saturation component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Hue and Brightness components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | brightRadiobutton]
note: KkBQX
en: Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical color slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional color picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Sets the Brightness component modifiable on the vertical colour slider, and the Hue and Saturation components in the two-dimensional colour picker field. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | hueSpinbutton]
note: BCvUX
en: Set the Hue directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.
en_GB: Set the Hue directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in degrees from 0 to 359.

[ctx: extended tip | satSpinbutton]
note: TcDh8
en: Set the Saturation directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Set the Saturation directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | brightSpinbutton]
note: hucEE
en: Set the Brightness directly in the HSB color model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).
en_GB: Set the Brightness directly in the HSB colour model. Values are expressed in percent (0 to 100).

[ctx: extended tip | cyanSpinbutton]
note: bNiCN
en: Set the Cyan color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Cyan colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | magSpinbutton]
note: mMXFr
en: Set the Magenta color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Magenta colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | yellowSpinbutton]
note: EEgiy
en: Set the Yellow color value as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Yellow colour value as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | keySpinbutton]
note: UAAnZ
en: Set the Black color value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK color model.
en_GB: Set the Black colour value or key (black) as expressed in the CMYK colour model.

[ctx: extended tip | ColorPicker]
note: 9KyXs
en: %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colors using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Color dialog.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME lets you define custom colours using a two-dimensional graphic and numerical gradient chart of the Pick a Colour dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|enablepooling]
note: b26rn
en: Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver checkbox in order to pool its connection.
en_GB: Select a driver from the list and mark the Enable pooling for this driver check box in order to pool its connection.

[ctx: cuiimapdlg|extended_tip|frameCB]
note: 2uSg3
en: Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognized by all browsers from the list.
en_GB: Enter the name of the target frame that you want to open the URL in. You can also select a standard frame name that is recognised by all browsers from the list.

[ctx: customizedialog|CustomizeDialog]
note: 8LR3s
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: extended_tip|browse]
note: YPWDd
en: Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.
en_GB: Opens a file dialogue box in which you can select the database file.

[ctx: extended_tip|new]
note: AFdvd
en: Opens the Database Link dialog to create a new entry.
en_GB: Opens the Database Link dialogue box to create a new entry.

[ctx: extended_tip|edit]
note: fAwt9
en: Opens the Database Link dialog to edit the selected entry.
en_GB: Opens the Database Link dialogue box to edit the selected entry.

[ctx: EditDictionaryDialog]
note: 35DN3
en: In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.
en_GB: In the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue box you have the option to enter new terms or edit existing entries.

[ctx: effectspage|liststore1]
note: CqAwB
en: Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|underlinecolorlb]
note: qtErr
en: Select the color for the underlining.
en_GB: Select the colour for the underlining.

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|overlinecolorlb]
note: vuxpt
en: Select the color for the overlining.
en_GB: Select the colour for the overlining.

[ctx: effectspage|fontcolorft]
note: omW2n
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

[ctx: effectspage|extended_tip|fontcolorlb]
note: ttwFt
en: Sets the color for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text color is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.
en_GB: Sets the colour for the selected text. If you select Automatic, the text colour is set to black for light backgrounds and to white for dark backgrounds.

[ctx: effectspage|a11ywarning]
note: aAbzm
en: Accessibility option "Use automatic font color for screen display" is active. Font color attributes are not currently used to display text.
en_GB: Accessibility option "Use automatic font colour for screen display" is active. Font colour attributes are not currently used to display text.

[ctx: effectspage|fontcolorft3]
note: vELSr
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: embossdialog|extended_tip|EmbossDialog]
note: AuuQ6
en: Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.
en_GB: Displays a dialogue box for creating reliefs.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|close]
note: QReEJ
en: Closes the dialog. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box. The settings of the last search will be saved until you quit %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|SoundsLikeCJK]
note: m2QkD
en: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
en_GB: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbApprox]
note: zDTS6
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|pbApproxSettings]
note: PtuHs
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbCase]
note: Gdo9i
en: Specifies that upper and lower case are taken into consideration during the search.
en_GB: Specifies that upper- and lower-case are taken into consideration during the search.

[ctx: fmsearchdialog|extended_tip|cbStartOver]
note: y83im
en: Restarts the search. A forward search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.
en_GB: Restarts the search. A forwards search restarts with the first record. A backwards search restarts with the last record.

[ctx: gradientpage|centerft]
note: LAhqj
en: Center ( X / Y ):
en_GB: Centre ( X / Y ):

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|centerxmtr]
note: mP62s
en: Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the horizontal offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current horizontal location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|centerymtr]
note: AP27S
en: Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint color in the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the vertical offset for the gradient, where 0% corresponds to the current vertical location of the endpoint colour in the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|bordermtr]
note: iZbnF
en: Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint color on the gradient. The endpoint color is the color that is selected in the To Color box.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which you want to adjust the area of the endpoint colour on the gradient. The endpoint colour is the colour that is selected in the To Colour box.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colortomtr]
note: fwB6f
en: Enter the intensity for the color in the To Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
en_GB: Enter the intensity for the colour in the To Colour box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colortolb]
note: C6iys
en: Select a color for the endpoint of the gradient.
en_GB: Select a colour for the endpoint of the gradient.

[ctx: gradientpage|colortoft]
note: tFEUh
en: _To Color:
en_GB: _To Colour:

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colorfromlb]
note: RnucA
en: Select a color for the beginning point of the gradient.
en_GB: Select a colour for the beginning point of the gradient.

[ctx: gradientpage|extended_tip|colorfrommtr]
note: B9z2L
en: Enter the intensity for the color in the From Color box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected color.
en_GB: Enter the intensity for the colour in the From Colour box, where 0% corresponds to black, and 100 % to the selected colour.

[ctx: gradientpage|colorfromft]
note: TQFE8
en: _From Color:
en_GB: _From Colour:

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_center_x]
note: RNhur
en: Center X
en_GB: Centre X

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_center_y]
note: qkLcz
en: Center Y
en_GB: Centre Y

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_percentage_from]
note: VX2bJ
en: From color percentage
en_GB: From colour percentage

[ctx: gradientpage|a11y_percentage_to]
note: 3qVyC
en: To color percentage
en_GB: To colour percentage

[ctx: hangulhanjaconversiondialog|ignore]
note: db8Nj
en: _Ignore
en_GB: Ignore

[ctx: hangulhanjaconversiondialog|extended_tip|options]
note: GVqQg
en: Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Hangul/Hanja Options dialogue box.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|new]
note: hNjua
en: Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.
en_GB: Opens the New dictionary dialogue box, in which you can create a new dictionary.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: NKvWY
en: Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Custom Dictionary dialogue box in which you can edit any user-defined dictionary.

[ctx: hangulhanjaoptdialog|extended_tip|dicts]
note: v7Bkk
en: Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.
en_GB: Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Mark the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Unmark the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.

[ctx: hatchpage|linecolorft]
note: VyTto
en: Line _color:
en_GB: Line _colour:

[ctx: hatchpage|extended_tip|linecolorlb]
note: AwxCA
en: Select the color of the hatch lines.
en_GB: Select the colour of the hatch lines.

[ctx: hatchpage|backgroundcolor]
note: 3hgCJ
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: hyperlinkdialog|extended_tip|reset]
note: 3B8Aq
en: Resets the entries in the dialog to their original state.
en_GB: Resets the entries in the dialogue box to their original state.

[ctx: hyperlinkdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: CS6kG
en: Closes the dialog without saving.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box without saving.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|fileopen]
note: mJQ7c
en: Opens the Open dialog, where you can select a file.
en_GB: Opens the Open dialogue box, where you can select a file.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|browse]
note: wnXzL
en: Opens the Target in Document dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Target in Document dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|script]
note: EbFym
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkdocpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkDocPage]
note: 789Vi
en: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog.
en_GB: Hyperlinks to any document or targets in documents can be edited using the Document tab from the Hyperlink dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinkinternetpage|extended_tip|script]
note: sYWVn
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkinternetpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkInternetPage]
note: 8UdTe
en: Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialog to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.
en_GB: Use the Internet page of the Hyperlink dialogue box to edit hyperlinks with WWW or FTP addresses.

[ctx: hyperlinkmailpage|extended_tip|script]
note: rukYs
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinkmailpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkMailPage]
note: SvyDu
en: On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialog you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.
en_GB: On the Mail page in the Hyperlink dialogue box you can edit hyperlinks for email addresses.

[ctx: hyperlinkmarkdialog|extended_tip|close]
note: CLEQK
en: Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialog.
en_GB: Once the hyperlink has been completely entered, click on Close to set the link and leave the dialogue box.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|create]
note: FPajM
en: Opens the Select Path dialog, where you can select a path.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box, where you can select a path.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|script]
note: MikBD
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, in which you can give events such as "mouse over object" or "trigger hyperlink" their own program codes.

[ctx: hyperlinknewdocpage|extended_tip|HyperlinkNewDocPage]
note: ztAbs
en: Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialog to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.
en_GB: Use the New Document tab from the Hyperlink dialogue box to set up a hyperlink to a new document and create the new document simultaneously.

[ctx: iconselectordialog|extended_tip|importButton]
note: rAyQo
en: Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Adds new icons to the list of icons. You will see a file open dialogue box that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbaron]
note: qobGp
en: Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.
en_GB: Displays the scroll bar for the floating frame.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbaroff]
note: pdYYk
en: Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.
en_GB: Hides the scroll bar for the floating frame.

[ctx: insertfloatingframe|extended_tip|scrollbarauto]
note: xEruo
en: Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.
en_GB: Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scroll bar when needed.

[ctx: insertoleobject|extended_tip|linktofile]
note: FDCFK
en: Enable this checkbox to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this checkbox is not enabled, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.
en_GB: Mark this check box to insert the OLE object as a link to the original file. If this check box is not marked, the OLE object will be embedded into your document.

[ctx: extended_tip|editbtn]
note: 5FP58
en: Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.

[ctx: lineendstabpage|label1]
note: hEYzS
en: Organize Arrow Styles
en_GB: Organise Arrow Styles

[ctx: linetabpage|FT_COLOR]
note: WBP2J
en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

[ctx: linetabpage|TSB_CENTER_START]
note: aZYyn
en: Ce_nter
en_GB: Ce_ntre

[ctx: linetabpage|CBX_SYNCHRONIZE]
note: pQfyE
en: Synchroni_ze ends
en_GB: S_ynchronise ends

[ctx: linetabpage|TSB_CENTER_END]
note: g2gLY
en: C_enter
en_GB: C_entre

[ctx: linetabpage|liststoreEDGE_STYLE]
note: HZoVf
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: linetabpage|liststoreEDGE_STYLE]
note: RjDyz
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: macroselectordialog|helptoolbar]
note: nVAE3
en: To add a command to a toolbar, select the category and then the command. Then drag the command to the Commands list of the Toolbars tab page in the Customize dialog.
en_GB: To add a command to a toolbar, select the category and then the command. Then drag the command to the Commands list of the Toolbars tab page in the Customise dialogue box.

[ctx: menuassignpage|insertsubmenu]
note: RNPyo
en: Insert Submenu
en_GB: Insert Sub-menu

[ctx: menuassignpage|gear_rename]
note: iRLgG
en: _Rename...
en_GB: _Rename…

[ctx: menuassignpage|extended_tip|toplevellist]
note: 2HL6E
en: Select the menu where the customization is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.
en_GB: Select the menu where the customisation is to be applied. The current set of functions is displayed in the box below.

[ctx: menuassignpage|customizelabel]
note: AZQ8V
en: _Customize
en_GB: _Customise

[ctx: menuassignpage|extended_tip|MenuAssignPage]
note: yFQHn
en: Lets you customize %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.
en_GB: Lets you customise %PRODUCTNAME menus for all modules.

[ctx: mosaicdialog|extended_tip|MosaicDialog]
note: LGB8f
en: Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.
en_GB: Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same colour.

[ctx: multipathdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: xFCHr
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: multipathdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: LCieM
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: cui/ui/multipathdialog/add]
note: yfofV
en: Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box to select another folder or the Open dialogue box to select another file.

[ctx: numberingformatpage|extended_tip|leadzerosed]
note: zG6sE
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display in front of the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display in front of the decimal point.

[ctx: numberingformatpage|leadzerosft]
note: EXEbk
en: Leading _zeroes:
en_GB: Leading _zeros:

[ctx: numberingformatpage|extended_tip|negnumred]
note: 8SFwc
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: YgzFa
en: Center of baseline
en_GB: Centre of baseline

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: 5z7jX
en: Center of character
en_GB: Centre of character

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|orientlb]
note: UoEug
en: Center of line
en_GB: Centre of line

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|extended_tip|color]
note: NCamZ
en: Select a color for the current numbering style.
en_GB: Select a colour for the current numbering style.

[ctx: numberingoptionspage|colorft]
note: 6r484
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|indentatmf]
note: PEgTA
en: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
en_GB: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|numberingwidth]
note: bt7Fj
en: Width of numbering:
en_GB: Width of numbering

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|numberingwidthmf]
note: V6FF5
en: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, center or right in this area.
en_GB: Enter the width of the numbering area. The numbering symbol can be left, centre or right in this area.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|liststore1]
note: FzFuR
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|numalignlb]
note: 2cBQp
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: numberingpositionpage|extended_tip|num2alignlb]
note: mLBFy
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|autodetecthc]
note: pLAWF
en: Automatically _detect high contrast mode of operating system
en_GB: Automatically _detect high-contrast mode of operating system

[ctx: extended_tip|autodetecthc]
note: S8FrL
en: Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high contrast mode when the system background color is very dark.
en_GB: Switches %PRODUCTNAME into high-contrast mode when the system background colour is very dark.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|autofontcolor]
note: Sc8Cq
en: Use automatic font _color for screen display
en_GB: Use automatic font _colour for screen display

[ctx: extended_tip|autofontcolor]
note: DP3mg
en: Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system color settings. This option only affects the screen display.
en_GB: Displays fonts in %PRODUCTNAME using the system colour settings. This option only affects the screen display.

[ctx: optaccessibilitypage|systempagepreviewcolor]
note: n24Cd
en: _Use system colors for page previews
en_GB: _Use system colours for page previews

[ctx: extended_tip|systempagepreviewcolor]
note: DRkNv
en: Applies the high contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.
en_GB: Applies the high-contrast settings of the operating system to page previews.

[ctx: extended_tip|parameters]
note: DJxvJ
en: Opens the Java Start Parameters dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Java Start Parameters dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|classpath]
note: qDrtT
en: Opens the Class Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Class Path dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|expertconfig]
note: rAnYG
en: Opens the Expert Configuration dialog for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Opens the Expert Configuration dialogue box for advanced settings and configuration of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: extended_tip|save]
note: k8ACj
en: Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.
en_GB: Saves the current settings as a colour scheme that you can reload later.

[ctx: extended_tip|delete]
note: 4YuTW
en: Deletes the color scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.
en_GB: Deletes the colour scheme shown in the Scheme box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.

[ctx: extended_tip|colorschemelb]
note: Gii2p
en: Selects the color scheme you want to use.
en_GB: Selects the colour scheme you want to use.

[ctx: optappearancepage|label1]
note: jzELX
en: Color Scheme
en_GB: Colour Scheme

[ctx: extended_tip|colorconfig]
note: RAEbU
en: Select the colors for the user interface elements.
en_GB: Select the colours for the user interface elements.

[ctx: optappearancepage|colorsetting]
note: nrHHF
en: Color setting
en_GB: Colour setting

[ctx: optappearancepage|label2]
note: HFLPF
en: Custom Colors
en_GB: Custom Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|OptAppearancePage]
note: vxBRc
en: Sets the colors for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface.
en_GB: Sets the colours for the %PRODUCTNAME user interface.

[ctx: extended_tip|colors]
note: VXGYT
en: Displays all the colors available for the data series.
en_GB: Displays all the colours available for the data series.

[ctx: optchartcolorspage|label20]
note: vTZjC
en: Chart Colors
en_GB: Chart Colours

[ctx: extended_tip|default]
note: mpSKB
en: Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.
en_GB: Restores the colour settings that were defined when the program was installed.

[ctx: optchartcolorspage|label1]
note: KoHHw
en: Color Table
en_GB: Colour Table

[ctx: extended_tip|OptChartColorsPage]
note: xxtZE
en: Displays all the colors available for the data series.
en_GB: Displays all the colours available for the data series.

[ctx: extended_tip|movementlogical]
note: W9NrD
en: Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor toward the beginning of the current text.
en_GB: Pressing the Right Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the end of the current text. Pressing the Left Arrow key moves the text cursor towards the beginning of the current text.

[ctx: extended_tip|browse]
note: Vs69j
en: Opens a file dialog to select the email program.
en_GB: Opens a file dialogue box to select the email program.

[ctx: extended_tip|checklbcontainer]
note: xrKRQ
en: The [L] and [S] checkbox displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into %PRODUCTNAME [L] and/or when saving into a Microsoft format [S].
en_GB: The [L] and [S] check box displays the entries for the pair of OLE objects that can be converted when loading into %PRODUCTNAME [L] and/or when saving into a Microsoft format [S].

[ctx: extended_tip|mso_lockfile]
note: NDG4H
en: Mark this checkbox to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to %PRODUCTNAME own lock file.
en_GB: Mark this check box to generate a Microsoft Office lock file in addition to %PRODUCTNAME own lock file.

[ctx: extended_tip|wo_exec]
note: DrWP3
en: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
en_GB: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.

[ctx: extended_tip|ex_exec]
note: qvcsz
en: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this checkbox is not checked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.
en_GB: The VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code will be loaded ready to be executed. If this check box is not marked, the VBA code will be commented out so it can be inspected, but will not run.

[ctx: extended_tip | checklb]
note: MN8PJ
en: Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.
en_GB: Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select Always to replace both the screen font and the printer font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select Screen only to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.

[ctx: extended_tip | replacements]
note: k4PCs
en: Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution replaces a font only when it is displayed on screen, or on screen and when printing. The replacement does not change the font settings that are saved in the document.
en_GB: Substitutes a font with a font of your choice. The substitution only replaces a font when it is displayed on screen or during printing. It does not change the font specified in your document formatting.

[ctx: extended_tip | nonpropfontonly]
note: aUYNh
en: Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display only non-proportional fonts in the Fonts list box.

[ctx: extended_tip | exthelp]
note: ypuz2
en: Displays a help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control on a dialog.
en_GB: Displays some short help text when you rest the cursor on an icon, a menu command, or a control in a dialogue box.

[ctx: optgeneralpage|popupnohelp]
note: Cbeuc
en: Show "No offline help installed" popup
en_GB: Show "No offline help installed" pop-up

[ctx: optgeneralpage|TipOfTheDayCheckbox]
note: YUaEz
en: Show "Tip of the Day" dialog on start-up
en_GB: Show "Tip of the Day" dialogue box on start-up

[ctx: optgeneralpage|filedlg]
note: aqdMJ
en: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogs
en_GB: _Use %PRODUCTNAME dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|label2]
note: ySSsA
en: Open/Save Dialogs
en_GB: Open/Save Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|printdlg]
note: JAW5C
en: Use %PRODUCTNAME _dialogs
en_GB: Use %PRODUCTNAME _dialogue boxes

[ctx: optgeneralpage|label3]
note: F6nzA
en: Print Dialogs
en_GB: Print Dialogue Boxes

[ctx: extended_tip | year]
note: huNG6
en: Defines a date range, within which the system recognizes a two-digit year.
en_GB: Defines a date range, within which the system recognises a two-digit year.

[ctx: extended_tip|unknowntag]
note: QvehA
en: Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognized by %PRODUCTNAME to be imported as fields.
en_GB: Mark this check box if you want tags that are not recognised by %PRODUCTNAME to be imported as fields.

[ctx: extended_tip|numbersenglishus]
note: c4j5A
en: If not checked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialog box. If checked, numbers will be interpreted as 'English (USA)' locale.
en_GB: If not marked, numbers will be interpreted according to the setting in Language Settings - Language of - Locale setting in the Options dialogue box. If marked, numbers will be interpreted using the 'English (USA)' locale.

[ctx: extended_tip|savegrflocal]
note: fPAEu
en: Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialog to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.
en_GB: Mark this check box to automatically upload the embedded pictures to the Internet server when uploading using FTP. Use the Save As dialogue box to save the document and enter a complete FTP URL as the file name in the Internet.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|revert]
note: 5UNGW
en: Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialog was opened.
en_GB: Resets changes made to the current tab to those applicable when this dialogue box was opened.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: r2pWX
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: optionsdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: 9asgn
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: extended_tip|userinterface]
note: PwNF7
en: Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogs, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Select the language used for the user interface, for example menus, dialogue boxes, help files. You must have installed at least one additional language pack or a multi-language version of %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: extended_tip|westernlanguage]
note: E3UQs
en: Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in western alphabets.
en_GB: Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in western alphabets.

[ctx: extended_tip|asianlanguage]
note: oP5CC
en: Specifies the language used for the spellcheck function in Asian alphabets.
en_GB: Specifies the language used for the spelling check function in Asian alphabets.

[ctx: extended_tip|complexlanguage]
note: cZNNA
en: Specifies the language for the complex text layout spellcheck.
en_GB: Specifies the language for the complex text layout spelling check.

[ctx: extended_tip|datepatterns]
note: eNFJn
en: Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognized as a valid date.
en_GB: Specifies the date acceptance patterns for the current locale. Calc spreadsheet and Writer table cell input needs to match locale dependent date acceptance patterns before it is recognised as a valid date.

[ctx: lingudictsnew]
note: 9ozFQ
en: Opens the New Dictionary dialog, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.
en_GB: Opens the New Dictionary dialogue box, in which you can name a new user-defined dictionary or dictionary of exceptions and specify the language.

[ctx: lingudictsedit]
note: Y2AmA
en: Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialog, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.
en_GB: Opens the Edit custom dictionary dialogue box, in which you can add to your custom dictionary or edit existing entries.

[ctx: linguoptions]
note: sE9tc
en: Defines the options for the spellcheck and hyphenation.
en_GB: Defines the options for the spell-check and hyphenation.

[ctx: optonlineupdatepage|extrabits|tooltip_text]
note: b95Sc
en: This information lets us make optimizations for your hardware and operating system.
en_GB: This information lets us make optimisations for your hardware and operating system.

[ctx: edit]
note: LTD6T
en: Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialog.
en_GB: Click to display the Select Path or Edit Paths dialogue box.

[ctx: load_docprinter]
note: 69Rzq
en: If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialog. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.
en_GB: If enabled, the printer settings will be loaded with the document. This can cause a document to be printed on a distant printer, if you do not change the printer manually in the Print dialogue box. If disabled, your standard printer will be used to print this document. The current printer settings will be stored with the document whether or not this option is checked.

[ctx: docinfo]
note: LSD3v
en: Specifies that the Properties dialog will appear every time you select the Save As command.
en_GB: Specifies that the Properties dialogue box will appear every time you select the Save As command.

[ctx: optsavepage|relative_inet]
note: ctAxA
en: Save URLs relative to internet
en_GB: Save URLs relative to Internet

[ctx: optsavepage|backup]
note: YsjVX
en: Al_ways create backup copy
en_GB: Al_ways create a backup copy

[ctx: warnalienformat]
note: zGBEu
en: You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: You can choose to get a warning message when you save a document in a format that is not OpenDocument or which you did not set as default format in Load/Save - General in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: odfversion]
note: w2urA
en: Some companies or organizations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1, or ODF 1.2 format. You can select these format to save in the listbox. These older formats cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.3 (Extended) is recommended where possible.
en_GB: Some companies or organisations may require ODF documents in the ODF 1.0/1.1, or ODF 1.2 format. You can select these format to save in the list box. These older formats cannot store all new features, so the new format ODF 1.3 (Extended) is recommended where possible.

[ctx: saveas]
note: 69GMF
en: Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialog.
en_GB: Specifies how documents of the type selected on the left will always be saved as this file type. You may select another file type for the current document in the Save as dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|tsas]
note: Wzygs
en: Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Time Stamping Authority URLs dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|cert]
note: GFX6B
en: Opens the Certificate Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Certificate Path dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|macro]
note: eGAGp
en: Opens the Macro Security dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Security dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|connections]
note: GLEjB
en: Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialog.
en_GB: Asks for the master password. If master password is correct, shows the Stored Web Connection Information dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|masterpassword]
note: w3TQo
en: Opens the Enter Master Password dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Enter Master Password dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|options]
note: pepKZ
en: Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialog.
en_GB: Opens the "Security Options and Warnings" dialogue box.

[ctx: optuserpage|nameft]
note: 33C7p
en: First/last _name/initials:
en_GB: Forename/sur_name/initials:

[ctx: optuserpage|firstname-atkobject]
note: ZYaYQ
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: lastname-atkobject]
note: kW7rP
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: state-atkobject]
note: CnJ3K
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: zip-atkobject]
note: ADpC7
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: ruslastname-atkobject]
note: 9GPga
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: izip-atkobject]
note: Hdniz
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: extended tip | encrypttoself]
note: FaxaF
en: Mark this checkbox to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.
en_GB: Mark this check box to also encrypt the file with your public key, so you can open the document with your private key.

[ctx: optviewpage|mousepos]
note: 6UedG
en: Dialog center
en_GB: Dialogue box centre

[ctx: extended_tip | mousepos]
note: pDN23
en: Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogs.
en_GB: Specifies if and how the mouse pointer will be positioned in newly opened dialogue boxes.

[ctx: optviewpage|iconstyle]
note: RNRKB
en: High Contrast
en_GB: High-contrast

[ctx: extended_tip | iconstyle]
note: dDE86
en: Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogs.
en_GB: Specifies the icon style for icons in toolbars and dialogue boxes.

[ctx: extended_tip | useaa]
note: fUKV9
en: When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with less artifacts.
en_GB: When supported, you can enable and disable anti-aliasing of graphics. With anti-aliasing enabled, the display of most graphical objects looks smoother and with fewer artifacts.

[ctx: optviewpage|aafont]
note: 2FKuk
en: Screen font antialiasin_g
en_GB: Screen font anti-aliasin_g

[ctx: extended_tip | aanf]
note: 9tsFW
en: Enter the smallest font size to apply antialiasing.
en_GB: Enter the smallest font size to apply anti-aliasing.

[ctx: paragalignpage|radioBTN_CENTERALIGN]
note: anEQu
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: paragalignpage|liststoreLB_LASTLINE]
note: d23Ct
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: paratabspage|radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER]
note: fDVEt
en: C_entered
en_GB: C_entred

[ctx: password|extended_tip|newpassEntry]
note: XDzCT
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: patterntabpage|label5]
note: BvHTn
en: Foreground Color:
en_GB: Foreground Colour:

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|LB_COLOR]
note: EkYFZ
en: Set the color of the activated pattern pixels.
en_GB: Set the colour of the activated pattern pixels.

[ctx: patterntabpage|label6]
note: S8mpk
en: Background Color:
en_GB: Background Colour:

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|LB_BACKGROUND_COLOR]
note: h8fmT
en: Set the color of the deactivated pattern pixels.
en_GB: Set the colour of the deactivated pattern pixels.

[ctx: patterntabpage|extended_tip|PatternTabPage]
note: zmVMN
en: Fills the object with a simple two color pattern selected on this page.
en_GB: Fills the object with a simple two colour pattern selected on this page.

[ctx: posterdialog|PosterDialog]
note: BydCX
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: posterdialog|extended_tip|value]
note: ySBCG
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: posterdialog|label2]
note: 2ncug
en: Poster colors:
en_GB: Poster colours:

[ctx: posterdialog|extended_tip|PosterDialog]
note: DoLFC
en: Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to determine the number of poster colours.

[ctx: querydeletechartcolordialog|QueryDeleteChartColorDialog]
note: 3eai8
en: Delete Color?
en_GB: Delete Colour?

[ctx: querydeletechartcolordialog|QueryDeleteChartColorDialog]
note: RUXnG
en: Do you really want to delete the chart color?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the chart colour?

[ctx: querydeletecolordialog|AskDelColorDialog]
note: tDhhU
en: Delete color?
en_GB: Delete colour?

[ctx: querydeletecolordialog|AskDelColorDialog]
note: mULEd
en: Do you want to delete the color?
en_GB: Do you want to delete the colour?

[ctx: scriptorganizer|extended_tip|rename]
note: D6WNC
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected script.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected script.

[ctx: extended_tip|savesenddocs]
note: nPLGw
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whensigning]
note: zPKQY
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whenprinting]
note: fYdUd
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|whenpdf]
note: jVm3C
en: Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.
en_GB: Select to see a warning dialogue box when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.

[ctx: extended_tip|password]
note: kWgcV
en: Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.
en_GB: Select to always enable the Save with password option in the file save dialogue boxes. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.

[ctx: extended_tip|blockuntrusted]
note: Zm9kD
en: Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialog.
en_GB: Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the Trusted Sources tab of the Macro Security dialogue box.

[ctx: selectpathdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: R45hT
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: selectpathdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: 2rXGN
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: cui/ui/selectpathdialog/add]
note: dUWC3
en: Opens the Select Path dialog to select another folder or the Open dialog to select another file.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box to select another folder or the Open dialogue box to select another file.

[ctx: shadowtabpage|extended_tip|LB_SHADOW_COLOR]
note: BEyDS
en: Select a color for the shadow.
en_GB: Select a colour for the shadow.

[ctx: shadowtabpage|FT_SHADOW_COLOR]
note: 5ZBde
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|checkbox_can_add_comments]
note: Gonpf
en: Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialog at time of signature.
en_GB: Enable signer to insert comments in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box at time of signature.

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|checkbox_show_sign_date]
note: QnaFT
en: Mark this checkbox to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.
en_GB: Mark this check box to display the date of the signature, at the time when the document is digitally signed.

[ctx: signatureline|extended_tip|edit_instructions]
note: AdqtN
en: Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialog box, at the time of signature.
en_GB: Insert instructions for the signer. The instructions appears in the Sign Signature Line dialogue box, at the time of signature.

[ctx: signsignatureline|extended_tip|btn_select_certificate]
note: uJ9EC
en: Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialog box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.
en_GB: Click on the Select Certificate button to open the Select Certificate dialogue box, where your certificates are listed. Select the certificate suitable for signing the document.

[ctx: similaritysearchdialog|extended_tip|SimilaritySearchDialog]
note: TBNnx
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controlx1]
note: 2e5NJ
en: Enter the X coordinate of the control point 1
en_GB: Enter the x-coordinate of the control point 1

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controly1]
note: ozMHB
en: Enter the Y coordinate of the control point 1
en_GB: Enter the y-coordinate of the control point 1

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controlx2]
note: nvSvt
en: Enter the X coordinate of the control point 2
en_GB: Enter the x-coordinate of the control point 2

[ctx: slantcornertabpage|extended_tip|controly2]
note: zAyqa
en: Enter the Y coordinate of the control point 2
en_GB: Enter the y-coordinate of the control point 2

[ctx: smarttagoptionspage|extended_tip|SmartTagOptionsPage]
note: dUASA
en: When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.
en_GB: When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you will see the Smart Tags page.

[ctx: solarizedialog|SolarizeDialog]
note: xAH4y
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|value]
note: GEGrA
en: Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.
en_GB: Specifies the number of colours to which the image is to be reduced.

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|invert]
note: owmYE
en: Specifies to also invert all pixels.
en_GB: Specifies whether the pixels to be solarised are also to be inverted.

[ctx: solarizedialog|extended_tip|SolarizeDialog]
note: Vec6B
en: Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box for defining solarisation. Solarisation refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colours become partly inverted.

[ctx: specialcharacters|favbtn]
note: UAnec
en: Add to Favorites
en_GB: Add to Favourites

[ctx: specialcharacters|favbtn|symboltext2]
note: LQZ7q
en: Favorite Characters:
en_GB: Favourite Characters:

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|options]
note: CTnCk
en: Opens a dialog, where you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for the spellchecking.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box, in which you can select the user-defined dictionaries, and set the rules for checking spelling.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|sentence]
note: fsyKA
en: Displays the sentence with the misspelled word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.
en_GB: Displays the sentence with the misspelt word highlighted. Edit the word or the sentence, or click one of the suggestions in the text box below.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|change]
note: m7FFp
en: Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelled word, the entire sentence is replaced.
en_GB: Replaces the unknown word with the current suggestion. If you changed more than just the misspelt word, the entire sentence is replaced.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|ignore]
note: M5qZF
en: Skips the unknown word and continues with the spellcheck.
en_GB: Skips the unknown word and continues with the spell check.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|ignoreall]
note: B5UQJ
en: Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spellcheck.
en_GB: Skips all occurrences of the unknown word until the end of the current %PRODUCTNAME session and continues with the spell check.

[ctx: spellingdialog|extended_tip|SpellingDialog]
note: GSZVa
en: Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialog also checks for grammar errors.
en_GB: Checks the document or the current selection for spelling errors. If a grammar checking extension is installed, the dialogue box also checks for grammar errors.

[ctx: textanimtabpage|extended_tip|TSB_ENDLESS]
note: RBFeu
en: Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the Continuous box.
en_GB: Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, unmark this check box, and enter a number in the Continuous box.

[ctx: textanimtabpage|extended_tip|TSB_AUTO]
note: HwKA5
en: %PRODUCTNAME automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, unmark this check box, and then enter a value in the Automatic box.

[ctx: textflowpage|labelLineEnd]
note: c6KN2
en: C_haracters at line end
en_GB: C_haracters at end of line

[ctx: textflowpage|labelLineBegin]
note: AGfNV
en: Cha_racters at line begin
en_GB: Cha_racters at beginning of line

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkInsert]
note: Zje9t
en: Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkPageStyle]
note: RFwGc
en: Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinPageNumber]
note: tX6ag
en: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkOrphan]
note: zADSo
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|checkWidow]
note: SmFT5
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinOrphan]
note: mb9LZ
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: textflowpage|extended_tip|spinWidow]
note: 3cNEP
en: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.
en_GB: Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Mark this check box, and then enter a number in the Lines box.

[ctx: thesaurus|extended_tip|ThesaurusDialog]
note: VGEXu
en: Opens a dialog box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to replace the current word with a synonym, or a related term.

[ctx: TipOfTheDay|Checkbox_Tooltip]
note: VKaJE
en: Enable the dialog again at Tools > Options > General
en_GB: Enable the dialogue box again at Tools > Options > General

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_OFF]
note: vysNZ
en: Turns off color transparency.
en_GB: Turns off colour transparency.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_LINEAR]
note: RpVxj
en: Turns on color transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.
en_GB: Turns on colour transparency. Select this option, and then enter a number in the box, where 0% is fully opaque and 100% is fully transparent.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|RBT_TRANS_GRADIENT]
note: 6WDfQ
en: Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill color. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.
en_GB: Applies a transparency gradient to the current fill colour. Select this option, and then set the gradient properties.

[ctx: transparencytabpage|extended_tip|MTR_TRANSPARENT]
note: FBxYk
en: Adjusts the transparency of the current fill color. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).
en_GB: Adjusts the transparency of the current fill colour. Enter a number between 0% (opaque) and 100% (transparent).

[ctx: transparencytabpage|FT_TRGR_CENTER_X]
note: kfKen
en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

[ctx: transparencytabpage|FT_TRGR_CENTER_Y]
note: Nsx4p
en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

[ctx: wordcompletionpage|extended_tip|entries]
note: GCXAm
en: Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".
en_GB: Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, unmark "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".

[ctx: wordcompletionpage|extended_tip|whenclosing]
note: RFvtW
en: When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: When marked, the list is cleared upon closing the current document. When cleared, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONFLICTING_NAMES]
note: anFDx
en: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, make sure they have distinct names.
en_GB: There are tables in the database whose names conflict with the names of existing queries. To make full use of all queries and tables, ensure they have distinct names.

[ctx: RID_STR_RESULT_IS_READONLY]
note: 9BUGj
en: Result set is read only.
en_GB: Result set is read-only.

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_MOVETABWIN]
note: DUDsr
en: Move table window
en_GB: Move Table Window

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZETABWIN]
note: 9Uu5p
en: Resize table window
en_GB: Resize Table Window

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_TABFIELDMOVED]
note: srRyA
en: Move column
en_GB: Move Column

[ctx: STR_QUERY_UNDO_SIZE_COLUMN]
note: 79APm
en: Adjust column width
en_GB: Adjust Column Width

[ctx: STR_STATEMENT_WITHOUT_RESULT_SET]
note: pH2Jv
en: The query does not create a result set, and thus cannot be part of another query.
en_GB: The query does not create a result set and thus cannot be part of another query.

[ctx: RID_STR_FORMS_HELP_TEXT]
note: e4rD6
en: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a form by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: RID_STR_REPORT_HELP_TEXT]
note: WMRFD
en: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls, and control properties.
en_GB: Create a report by specifying the record source, controls and control properties.

[ctx: RID_STR_TABLES_HELP_TEXT_WIZARD]
note: ctDmY
en: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customize to create a table.
en_GB: Choose from a selection of business and personal table samples, which you customise to create a table.

[ctx: STR_SUB_DOCS_WITH_SCRIPTS_DETAIL]
note: v33uG
en: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools / Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.
en_GB: Macros should be embedded into the database document itself.
    
    You can continue to use your document as before, however, you are encouraged to migrate your macros. The menu item 'Tools - Migrate Macros ...' will assist you with this.
    
    Note that you won't be able to embed macros into the database document itself until this migration is done.

[ctx: STR_HELP_AUTOINCREMENT]
note: Y5q39
en: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (resulting from the increment of the previous record).
en_GB: Choose if this field should contain AutoIncrement values.
    
    You can not enter data in fields of this type. An intrinsic value will be assigned to each new record automatically (by incrementing the previous record).

[ctx: STR_MSACCESS_FILTERNAME]
note: dyCvN
en: MS Access file
en_GB: Microsoft Access file

[ctx: STR_MSACCESS_2007_FILTERNAME]
note: rDsuu
en: MS Access 2007 file
en_GB: Microsoft Access 2007 file

[ctx: STR_DIRECTSQL_CONNECTIONLOST]
note: BhFXv
en: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialog will be closed.
en_GB: The connection to the database has been lost. This dialogue box will be closed.

[ctx: STR_CTW_ILLEGAL_PARAMETER_COUNT]
note: 7pnvE
en: Illegal number of initialization parameters.
en_GB: Illegal number of initialisation parameters.

[ctx: STR_CTW_ERROR_DURING_INITIALIZATION]
note: z3h9J
en: An error occurred during initialization.
en_GB: An error occurred during initialisation.

[ctx: choosedatasourcedialog|organize]
note: jctjv
en: Or_ganize...
en_GB: Or_ganise...

[ctx: odbcpage|useCatalogCheckbutton]
note: siTp3
en: Use catalog for file-based databases
en_GB: Use catalogue for file-based databases

[ctx: querypropertiesdialog|extended_tip|QueryPropertiesDialog]
note: GoEm9
en: In the Query Properties dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.
en_GB: In the Query Properties dialogue box you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.

[ctx: savedialog|catalogft]
note: oiUCs
en: _Catalog:
en_GB: _Catalogue:

[ctx: specialsettingspage|usesql92]
note: WKnRX
en: Use SQL92 naming constraints
en_GB: Use SQL-92 naming constraints

[ctx: specialsettingspage|usecatalogname]
note: JqBdc
en: Use catalog name in SELECT statements
en_GB: Use catalogue name in SELECT statements

[ctx: specialsettingspage|comparison]
note: NhGDH
en: MS Access
en_GB: Microsoft Access

[ctx: userdetailspage|usecatalog]
note: rEGAs
en: _Use catalog
en_GB: _Use catalogue

[ctx: RID_STR_SYNCHRONIZING_REPOSITORY]
note: wzGYv
en: Synchronizing repository for %NAME extensions
en_GB: Synchronising repository for %NAME extensions

[ctx: RID_STR_ACCEPT_LICENSE]
note: GjgyB
en: Accept license for %EXTENSION_NAME
en_GB: Accept licence for %EXTENSION_NAME

[ctx: RID_STR_NO_ADMIN_PRIVILEGE]
note: AEv5h
en: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and need to be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME has been updated to a new version. Some shared %PRODUCTNAME extensions are not compatible with this version and must be updated before %PRODUCTNAME can be started.
    
    Updating of shared extension requires administrator privileges. Contact your system administrator to update the following shared extensions:

[ctx: RID_STR_ERROR_MISSING_LICENSE]
note: X4uSy
en: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the license yet.
en_GB: This extension is disabled because you haven't accepted the licence yet.

[ctx: RID_STR_SHOW_LICENSE_CMD]
note: ky6LA
en: Show license
en_GB: Show licence

[ctx: RID_DLG_UPDATE_INSTALL_ERROR_LIC_DECLINED]
note: DNwGS
en: The license agreement for extension %NAME was refused.
en_GB: The licence agreement for extension %NAME was refused.

[ctx: STR_BOOTSTRAP_ERR_NOTENOUGHDISKSPACE]
note: Cy4Wz
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disk space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be completed due to insufficient free disc space. Please free more disc space at the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: STR_BOOTSTRAP_ERR_NOACCESSRIGHTS]
note: 2o5XG
en: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please make sure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME user installation could not be processed due to missing access rights. Please ensure that you have sufficient access rights for the following location and restart %PRODUCTNAME:

[ctx: RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_1]
note: uigQN
en: Extension Software License Agreement of $NAME:
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement of $NAME:

[ctx: RID_STR_UNOPKG_ACCEPT_LIC_2]
note: DEkAo
en: Read the complete License Agreement displayed above. Accept the License Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement displayed above. Accept the Licence Agreement by typing "yes" on the console then press the Return key. Type "no" to decline and to abort the extension setup.

[ctx: RID_STR_CONCURRENTINSTANCE]
note: aCY73
en: unopkg cannot be started. The lock file indicates it is already running. If this does not apply, delete the lock file at:
en_GB: unopkg cannot be started. The lock file indicates it as already running. If this does not apply, delete the lock file at:

[ctx: extensionmanager|extended_tip|extensions]
note: BAVdg
en: Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialog.
en_GB: Select the extension that you want to remove, enable, or disable. For some extensions, you can also open an Options dialogue box.

[ctx: extensionmanager|extended_tip|optionsbtn]
note: DbuQS
en: Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialog for the extension.
en_GB: Select an installed extension, then click to open the Options dialogue box for the extension.

[ctx: licensedialog|LicenseDialog]
note: feAcg
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: licensedialog|label4]
note: 5h4GZ
en: Read the complete License Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialog to view the entire license text.
en_GB: Read the complete Licence Agreement. Use the scroll bar or the 'Scroll Down' button in this dialogue box to view the entire licence text.

[ctx: licensedialog|label5]
note: oyoCK
en: Accept the License Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.
en_GB: Accept the Licence Agreement for the extension by pressing the 'Accept' button.

[ctx: showlicensedialog|extended_tip|ShowLicenseDialog]
note: x4PCF
en: Read the license. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.
en_GB: Read the licence. Click the Scroll Down button to scroll down if necessary. Click Accept to continue the installation of the extension.

[ctx: showlicensedialog|ShowLicenseDialog]
note: qquCs
en: Extension Software License Agreement
en_GB: Extension Software Licence Agreement

[ctx: updatedialog|extended_tip|UPDATE_ALL]
note: ihAhY
en: By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.
en_GB: By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialogue box. Mark Show all Updates to see also other extensions and error messages.

[ctx: updatedialog|extended_tip|DESCRIPTIONS]
note: UEHCd
en: While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialog, or click Cancel to abort the update check.
en_GB: While checking for updates, you see a progress indicator. Wait for some messages to show up in the dialogue box, or click Cancel to abort the update check.

[ctx: description.xml dispname description.text]
en: Czech spell check dictionary, hyphenation rules and thesaurus
en_GB: Czech spell check dictionary, hyphenation rules, and thesaurus

[ctx: en_en_US.properties hlp_cap property.text]
en: Check missing capitalization of sentences.
en_GB: Check missing capitalisation of sentences.

[ctx: en_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: hu_HU_en_US.properties cap property.text]
en: Capitalization
en_GB: Capitalisation

[ctx: description.xml dispname description.text]
en: Turkish Spellcheck Dictionary
en_GB: Turkish Spell-check Dictionary

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HORJUST_CENTER]
note: icuN2
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_VERJUST_CENTER]
note: UjmWt
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: spellmenu|check]
note: MFssd
en: _Spellcheck...
en_GB: _Spell check...

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_GRAY]
note: QUDGM
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY]
note: a44zF
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_CASEMAP_GEMEINE]
note: DngZG
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_ADJUST_CENTER]
note: PDyMM
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_EMBOSSED]
note: RmYEL
en: 3D embossed
en_GB: 3-D embossed

[ctx: RID_ENGRAVED]
note: BXK8h
en: 3D engraved
en_GB: 3-D engraved

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_OFF]
note: ziURW
en: No hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: No hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_HNGPNCT_ON]
note: SgFE5
en: Hanging punctuation at line end
en_GB: Hanging punctuation at end of line

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_BORDER_TYPE]
note: ozfAi
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_ALIGNMENT]
note: GdfD5
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_VISUALEFFECT]
note: GLuPa
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: j3mHa
en: Left centered
en_GB: Left centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: t54wS
en: Right centered
en_GB: Right centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: dmgVh
en: Above centered
en_GB: Above centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: 4JdJh
en: Below centered
en_GB: Below centred

[ctx: RID_RSC_ENUM_IMAGE_POSITION]
note: GBHDS
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_STR_TRISTATE]
note: G8AE8
en: Tristate
en_GB: Tri-state

[ctx: RID_STR_BACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: Lnf24
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_MULTILINE]
note: BtyAC
en: Multiline input
en_GB: Multi-line input

[ctx: RID_STR_TABSTOP]
note: hKt8F
en: Tabstop
en_GB: Tab stop

[ctx: RID_STR_DROPDOWN]
note: jY5NK
en: Dropdown
en_GB: Drop-down

[ctx: RID_STR_FILLCOLOR]
note: bDeXi
en: Fill color
en_GB: Fill colour

[ctx: RID_STR_LINECOLOR]
note: g8XyV
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: RID_STR_ESCAPE_PROCESSING]
note: fDtsB
en: Analyze SQL command
en_GB: Analyse SQL command

[ctx: RID_STR_SYMBOLCOLOR]
note: MkadC
en: Symbol color
en_GB: Symbol colour

[ctx: RID_STR_XSD_WHITESPACES]
note: jtrXQ
en: Whitespaces
en_GB: Whitespace

[ctx: RID_STR_BORDERCOLOR]
note: wwWir
en: Border color
en_GB: Border colour

[ctx: RID_STR_GRIDLINECOLOR]
note: DNLCM
en: Grid line color
en_GB: Grid line colour

[ctx: RID_STR_HEADERBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: todcc
en: Header background color
en_GB: Header background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_HEADERTEXTCOLOR]
note: fkCyv
en: Header text color
en_GB: Header text colour

[ctx: RID_STR_ACTIVESELECTIONBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: oFyqF
en: Active selection background color
en_GB: Active selection background colour

[ctx: ID_STR_ACTIVESELECTIONTEXTCOLOR]
note: ZJNz8
en: Active selection text color
en_GB: Active selection text colour

[ctx: RID_STR_INACTIVESELECTIONBACKGROUNDCOLOR]
note: PQiGr
en: Inactive selection background color
en_GB: Inactive selection background colour

[ctx: RID_STR_INACTIVESELECTIONTEXTCOLOR]
note: p46Zf
en: Inactive selection text color
en_GB: Inactive selection text colour

[ctx: STR_DETAIL_FORM]
note: LyDfr
en: Sub Form
en_GB: Sub-form

[ctx: STR_COULD_NOT_BE_INIT]
note: gBtAM
en: The SANE interface could not be initialized. Scanning is not possible.
en_GB: The SANE interface could not be initialised. Scanning is not possible.

[ctx: datasourcepage|extended_tip|browse]
note: apVFE
en: Specifies the location using a file dialog.
en_GB: Specifies the location using a file dialogue box.

[ctx: datasourcepage|warning]
note: iHrkL
en: Another data source already has this name. As data sources have to have globally unique names, you need to choose another one.
en_GB: Another data source already has this name. As data sources must have globally unique names, you must choose another name.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|label2]
note: XXEB7
en: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the email addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialog where you can enter the settings for your data source.
en_GB: To incorporate the address data in your templates, %PRODUCTNAME has to know which fields contain which data.
    
    For instance, you could have stored the email addresses in a field named "email", or "E-mail" or "EM" - or something completely different.
    
    Click the button below to open another dialogue box where you can enter the settings for your data source.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: 94fxb
en: Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Templates: Address Book Assignment dialogue box.

[ctx: fieldassignpage|extended_tip|FieldAssignPage]
note: CuPoK
en: Opens a dialog that allows you to specify the field assignment.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box that allows you to specify the field assignment.

[ctx: invokeadminpage|label2]
note: 3dtcD
en: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialog in which you then enter the necessary information.
en_GB: To set up the new data source, additional information is required.
    
    Click the following button to open another dialogue box in which you then enter the necessary information.

[ctx: invokeadminpage|extended_tip|settings]
note: GNt8z
en: Calls a dialog in which you can enter additional settings.
en_GB: Calls a dialogue box in which you can enter additional settings.

[ctx: generalpage|organization]
note: vsfLN
en: Organi_zation
en_GB: Organi_sation

[ctx: generalpage|extended_tip|GeneralPage]
note: x9s9K
en: Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
en_GB: Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.

[ctx: mappingdialog|label17]
note: KVHpY
en: Organi_zation
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: toolbar|extended_tip|toolbar]
note: 8s8QS
en: Insert, delete, edit, and organize records in the bibliography database.
en_GB: Insert, delete, edit and organise records in the bibliography database.

[ctx: multiline|tooltip]
note: 8EkFC
en: Multiline Editing
en_GB: Multi-line Editing

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_ONE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕜 (U+1F55C), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 1.30
en_GB: 1:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TWO-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕝 (U+1F55D), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 2.30
en_GB: 2:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_THREE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕞 (U+1F55E), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 3.30
en_GB: 3:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_FOUR-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕟 (U+1F55F), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 4.30
en_GB: 4:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_FIVE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕠 (U+1F560), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 5.30
en_GB: 5:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_SIX-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕡 (U+1F561), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 6.30
en_GB: 6:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_SEVEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕢 (U+1F562), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 7.30
en_GB: 7:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_EIGHT-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕣 (U+1F563), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 8.30
en_GB: 8:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_NINE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕤 (U+1F564), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 9.30
en_GB: 9:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕥 (U+1F565), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 10.30
en_GB: 10:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_ELEVEN-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕦 (U+1F566), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 11.30
en_GB: 11:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf CLOCK_FACE_TWELVE-THIRTY LngText.text]
note: 🕧 (U+1F567), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: 12.30
en_GB: 12:30

[ctx: emoji.ulf MAXIMIZE LngText.text]
note: 🗖 (U+1F5D6), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: maximize
en_GB: maximise

[ctx: emoji.ulf MINIMIZE LngText.text]
note: 🗕 (U+1F5D5), see http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Emoji
en: minimize
en_GB: minimise

[ctx: pdfgeneralpage|extended_tip|emptypages]
note: ZkGWy
en: If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the pdf file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.
en_GB: If switched on, automatically inserted blank pages are exported to the PDF file. This is best if you are printing the PDF file double-sided. Example: In a book a chapter paragraph style is set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to export that even numbered page or not.

[ctx: pdflinkspage|extended_tip|convert]
note: FEokC
en: Enable this checkbox to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.
en_GB: Enable this check box to convert the URLs referencing other ODF files to PDF files with the same name. In the referencing URLs the extensions .odt, .odp, .ods, .odg, and .odm are converted to the extension .pdf.

[ctx: pdflinkspage|extended_tip|exporturl]
note: RcdUF
en: Enable this checkbox to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.
en_GB: Enable this check box to export URLs to other documents as relative URLs in the file system. See "relative hyperlinks" in the Help.

[ctx: pdfsecuritypage|extended_tip|setpassword]
note: C9DhC
en: Click to open a dialog where you enter the passwords.
en_GB: Click to open a dialogue box where you enter the passwords.

[ctx: pdfsecuritypage|extended_tip|printlow]
note: kB7dx
en: The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honor this setting.
en_GB: The document can only be printed in low resolution (150 dpi). Not all PDF readers honour this setting.

[ctx: pdfsignpage|extended_tip|select]
note: 8iktV
en: Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: pdfuserinterfacepage|center]
note: 92sua
en: _Center window on screen
en_GB: _Centre window on screen

[ctx: pdfuserinterfacepage|extended_tip|center]
note: fGFCM
en: Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centered on screen.
en_GB: Select to generate a PDF file that is shown in a reader window centred on screen.

[ctx: pdfviewpage|extended_tip|firstonleft]
note: xWdBk
en: Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Select to generate a PDF file that shows pages side by side in a continuous column. For more than two pages, the first page is displayed on the left. You must enable support for complex text layout on Language settings - Languages in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|currentdocument]
note: GRXCc
en: The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.
en_GB: The frontmost open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the XML Filter output window.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|importbrowse]
note: eR68F
en: Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|recentfile]
note: 2vFnT
en: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
en_GB: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.

[ctx: testxmlfilter|extended_tip|recentfilename]
note: RHRHL
en: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.
en_GB: Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|help]
note: x9LGg
en: Displays the help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Displays the help page for this dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|close]
note: CmVSC
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|new]
note: 5Enmj
en: Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|edit]
note: K8XRa
en: Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|test]
note: zFrBM
en: Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of the selected file.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|delete]
note: bDixG
en: Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.
en_GB: Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialogue box that follows.

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|save]
note: tPh4b
en: Displays a Save as dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
en_GB: Displays a Save as dialogue box to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|open]
note: D3FRp
en: Displays an Open dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).
en_GB: Displays an Open dialogue box to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).

[ctx: xmlfiltersettings|extended_tip|XMLFilterSettingsDialog]
note: bC6ha
en: Opens the XML Filter Settings dialog, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.
en_GB: Opens the XML Filter Settings dialogue box, where you can create, edit, delete, and test filters to import and to export XML files.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagegeneral|extended_tip|filtername]
note: rYNyn
en: Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialog.
en_GB: Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the XML Filter Settings dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagegeneral|extended_tip|interfacename]
note: fZvBA
en: Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogs.
en_GB: Enter the name that you want to display in the File type box in file dialogue boxes.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browseexport]
note: QLd25
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browseimport]
note: TecWL
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xmlfiltertabpagetransformation|extended_tip|browsetemp]
note: Dce3n
en: Opens a file selection dialog.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilterdialog|extended_tip|help]
note: bCZh2
en: Displays the help page for this dialog.
en_GB: Displays the help page for this dialogue box.

[ctx: xsltfilterdialog|extended_tip|XSLTFilterDialog]
note: ocohs
en: Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box with the name of a new filter.

[ctx: PowerPoint3.xcu PowerPoint 3 UIName value.text]
note: YffjT
en: Microsoft PowerPoint 1-4 and 95's
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint 1-4 and 95s

[ctx: pgm_Import.xcu pgm_Import UIName value.text]
en: PGM - Portable Graymap
en_GB: PGM - Portable Greymap

[ctx: RID_STR_CONTROL_SUBSTITUTED_EPXPLAIN]
en: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was therefore replaced with a placeholder.
en_GB: An error occurred while this control was being loaded. It was, therefore, replaced with a placeholder.

[ctx: RID_STR_INVALID_VALIDATOR]
en: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You need to revoke the value binding, before you can set a new validator.
en_GB: The control is connected to an external value binding, which at the same time acts as validator. You must revoke the value binding before you can set a new validator.

[ctx: RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES]
note: tpAGN
en: STANDARDIZE
en_GB: STANDARDISE

[ctx: RID_STRLIST_FUNCTION_NAMES]
note: KNiFR
en: COLOR
en_GB: COLOUR

[ctx: formuladialog|RB_REF|tooltip_text]
note: Bdgot
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: functionpage|extended_tip|FunctionPage]
note: jY887
en: Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulas.
en_GB: Opens the Function Wizard, which helps you to interactively create formulae.

[ctx: RID_FILEOPEN_NOTEXISTENTFILE]
note: 99gqd
en: The file $name$ does not exist.
    Make sure you have entered the correct file name.
en_GB: The file $name$ does not exist.
    Ensure you have entered the correct file name.

[ctx: STR_SVT_NOREMOVABLEDEVICE]
note: o5hFk
en: No removable storage device detected.
    Make sure it is plugged in properly and try again.
en_GB: No removable storage device detected.
    Ensure it is plugged in properly and try again.

[ctx: STR_TOOLBAR_CUSTOMIZE_TOOLBAR]
note: 342Pc
en: ~Customize Toolbar...
en_GB: ~Customise Toolbar...

[ctx: STR_FULL_DISC_MSG]
note: Cu3Ch
en: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disk space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disk space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disk space to retry saving the data.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME could not save important internal information due to insufficient free disc space at the following location:
    %PATH
    
    You will not be able to continue working with %PRODUCTNAME without allocating more free disc space at that location.
    
    Press the 'Retry' button after you have allocated more free disc space to retry saving the data.

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_33 LngText.text]
note: vZ6wb
en: Installing system catalog
en_GB: Installing system catalogue

[ctx: ActionTe.ulf OOO_ACTIONTEXT_93 LngText.text]
note: h9m6Z
en: Initializing ODBC directories
en_GB: Initialising ODBC directories

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_37 LngText.text]
note: acbEy
en: &Organization:
en_GB: &Organisation:

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_58 LngText.text]
note: WcE8h
en: Multiline description of the currently selected item
en_GB: Multi-line description of the currently selected item

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_73 LngText.text]
note: JoCqE
en: Will have some subfeatures installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has subfeatures.)
en_GB: Will have some sub-features installed to the local hard drive. (Available only if the feature has sub-features.)

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_96 LngText.text]
note: ESR8Q
en: The disk space required for the installation of the selected features.
en_GB: The disc space required for the installation of the selected features.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_97 LngText.text]
note: Gb3dX
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_132 LngText.text]
note: NXHtk
en: Please read the following license agreement carefully.
en_GB: Please read the following licence agreement carefully.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_143 LngText.text]
note: nxx6Q
en: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialog in which you can change the way features are installed.
en_GB: Change which program features are installed. This option displays the Custom Selection dialogue box in which you can change the way features are installed.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_144 LngText.text]
note: asaNV
en: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts, and registry entries.
en_GB: Repair installation errors in the program. This option fixes missing or corrupt files, shortcuts and registry entries.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_153 LngText.text]
note: HFHZY
en: Disk space required for the installation exceeds available disk space.
en_GB: Disc space required for the installation exceeds available disc space.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_154 LngText.text]
note: 6HE5N
en: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disk space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install less features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.
en_GB: The highlighted volumes do not have enough disc space available for the currently selected features. You can remove files from the highlighted volumes, choose to install fewer features onto local drives, or select different destination drives.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_275 LngText.text]
note: BYWZ6
en: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.
en_GB: [ProductName] can be set as the default application to open Microsoft Office file types. This means, for instance, that if you double-click on one of these files, [ProductName] will open it, not the program that opens it now.

[ctx: Control.ulf OOO_CONTROL_309 LngText.text]
note: PmFh2
en: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unchecked.
en_GB: If you are just trying out [ProductName], you probably don't want this to happen, so leave the boxes unmarked.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_6 LngText.text]
note: WabjJ
en: {{Disk full: }}
en_GB: {{Disc full: }}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_27 LngText.text]
note: azxrB
en: Please insert the disk: [2]
en_GB: Please insert the disc: [2]

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_32 LngText.text]
note: cBCXk
en: There is not enough disk space to install the file [2].  Free some disk space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.
en_GB: There is not enough disc space to install the file [2].  Free some disc space and click Retry, or click Cancel to exit.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_53 LngText.text]
note: KrRDX
en: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means, and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}
en_GB: Error applying patch to file [2].  It has probably been updated by other means and can no longer be modified by this patch.  For more information contact your patch vendor.  {{System Error: [3]}}

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_65 LngText.text]
note: sDFYT
en: Error accessing secured data. Please make sure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.
en_GB: Error accessing secured data. Please ensure the Windows Installer is configured properly and try the installation again.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_68 LngText.text]
note: 4y8CN
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disk space and retry.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: '[2]'; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  Free some disc space and retry.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_72 LngText.text]
note: s2orj
en: Out of disk space -- Volume: [2]; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  If rollback is disabled, enough space is available. Click Cancel to quit, Retry to check available disk space again, or Ignore to continue without rollback.
en_GB: Out of disc space -- Volume: [2]; required space: [3] KB; available space: [4] KB.  If rollback is disabled, enough space is available. Click Cancel to quit, Retry to check available disc space again, or Ignore to continue without rollback.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_86 LngText.text]
note: nbuxg
en: An error occurred while writing installation information to disk.  Check to make sure enough disk space is available, and click Retry, or Cancel to end the installation.
en_GB: An error occurred while writing installation information to disc.  Ensure that sufficient disc space is available and click Retry, or click Cancel to end the installation.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_92 LngText.text]
note: 3yp9Y
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to go back to the previously selected volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_93 LngText.text]
note: TnfBJ
en: There is no disk in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialog and select a different volume.
en_GB: There is no disc in drive [2]. Please insert one and click Retry, or click Cancel to return to the browse dialogue box and select a different volume.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_103 LngText.text]
note: bKEyX
en: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts, and that the system supports this font.
en_GB: Could not register font [2].  Verify that you have sufficient permissions to install fonts and that the system supports this font.

[ctx: Error.ulf OOO_ERROR_129 LngText.text]
note: PAdiR
en: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please make sure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.
en_GB: This setup requires Internet Information Server 4.0 or higher for configuring IIS Virtual Roots. Please ensure that you have IIS 4.0 or higher.

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_6 LngText.text]
note: WaaRd
en: I &do not accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &do not accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: RadioBut.ulf OOO_RADIOBUTTON_7 LngText.text]
note: uqyYS
en: I &accept the terms in the license agreement
en_GB: I &accept the terms in the licence agreement

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_7 LngText.text]
note: 26Mpo
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the CD.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_8 LngText.text]
note: bCeK7
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed on local hard drive.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed on local hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_9 LngText.text]
note: pDASu
en: This feature, and all subfeatures, will be installed to run from the network.
en_GB: This feature, and all sub-features, will be installed to run from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_24 LngText.text]
note: KLMrs
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from CD.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from CD.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_36 LngText.text]
note: ryj7R
en: This feature will be uninstalled completely, and you won't be able to run it from the network.
en_GB: This feature will be uninstalled completely and you won't be able to run it from the network.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_40 LngText.text]
note: hVVmF
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_41 LngText.text]
note: kQxfM
en: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature frees up [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_42 LngText.text]
note: 8N7Ea
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures free up [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features free up [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_43 LngText.text]
note: LTMBw
en: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] subfeatures selected. The subfeatures require [4] on your hard drive.
en_GB: This feature requires [1] on your hard drive. It has [2] of [3] sub-features selected. The sub-features require [4] on your hard drive.

[ctx: UIText.ulf OOO_UITEXT_48 LngText.text]
note: KqFNu
en: Disk Size
en_GB: Disc Size

[ctx: Options.xhp par_id0503200917103832 help.text]
en: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialog is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.
en_GB: If <emph>enabled</emph>, an additional dialogue box is shown during the solving process which gives information about the current progress, the level of stagnation, the currently best known solution as well as the possibility, to stop or resume the solver.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430845 help.text]
en: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to Tools - Solver and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimization, maximization) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.
en_GB: Regardless whether you use DEPS or SCO, you start by going to Tools - Solver and set the Cell to be optimized, the direction to go (minimisation, maximisation) and the cells to be modified to reach the goal. Then you go to the Options and specify the solver to be used and if necessary adjust the according <link href="com.sun.star.comp.Calc.NLPSolver/Options.xhp">parameters</link>.

[ctx: Usage.xhp par_id0603200910430821 help.text]
en: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalize certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).
en_GB: There is also a list of constraints you can use to restrict the possible range of solutions or to penalise certain conditions. However, in case of the evolutionary solvers DEPS and SCO, these constraints are also used to specify bounds on the variables of the problem. Due to the random nature of the algorithms, it is <emph>highly recommended</emph> to do so and give upper (and in case "Assume Non-Negative Variables" is turned off also lower) bounds for all variables. They don't have to be near the actual solution (which is probably unknown) but should give a rough indication of the expected size (0 ≤ var ≤ 1 or maybe -1000000 ≤ var ≤ 1000000).

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases FirstName value.text]
note: LoQgV
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases LastName value.text]
note: nz8S7
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeCity value.text]
note: FAPTY
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeState value.text]
note: WPR3Y
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases HomeZipCode value.text]
note: TmFtC
en: ZIP/Postal (Home)
en_GB: Postcode (Home)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkCity value.text]
note: D9WF3
en: City (Work)
en_GB: Post Town (Work)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkState value.text]
note: 59Byp
en: State (Work)
en_GB: County (Work)

[ctx: DataAccess.xcu ..DataAccess.DriverSettings.com.sun.star.comp.sdbc.MozabDriver.ColumnAliases WorkZipCode value.text]
note: QGtLD
en: Zip/Postal (Work)
en_GB: Postcode (Work)

[ctx: FormWizard.xcu ..FormWizard.FormWizard.Styles.style3 Name value.text]
note: 2czcY
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_SUN_OPTIMIZATION_WIZARD2 value.text]
note: fKWLD
en: Presentation Minimizer
en_GB: Presentation Minimiser

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INTRODUCTION_T value.text]
note: BDZp7
en: The Presentation Minimizer is used to reduce the file size of the current presentation. Images will be compressed and data, that is no longer needed, will be removed.        At the last step of the wizard you can choose to apply the changes to the current presentation or to create an optimized new version of the presentation.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser is used to reduce the file size of the current presentation. Images will be compressed and data, that is no longer needed, will be removed.        At the last step of the wizard you can choose to apply the changes to the current presentation or to create an optimised new version of the presentation.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_CHOSE_SETTINGS value.text]
note: SSBgt
en: ~Choose settings for Presentation Minimizer
en_GB: ~Choose settings for Presentation Minimiser

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_GRAPHIC_OPTIMIZATION value.text]
note: sD2FS
en: Choose settings for optimizing images
en_GB: Choose settings for optimising images

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OLE_OBJECTS_DESC value.text]
note: KtW4F
en: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects.The current presentation contains OLE objects.
en_GB: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects. The current presentation contains OLE objects.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_NO_OLE_OBJECTS_DESC value.text]
note: fFJ5e
en: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects.The current presentation contains no OLE objects.
en_GB: Object Linking and Embedding (OLE) is a technology that allows embedding and linking to documents and other objects. The current presentation contains no OLE objects.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZE_IMAGES value.text]
note: LSpri
en: Optimize %IMAGES images to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.
en_GB: Optimise %IMAGES images to %QUALITY% JPEG quality at %RESOLUTION DPI.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_1 value.text]
note: YDDfR
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_2 value.text]
note: 3UFdp
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed from %OLDFILESIZE MB to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_3 value.text]
note: Kz34E
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_INFO_4 value.text]
note: zcPbA
en: The Presentation Minimizer has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.
en_GB: The Presentation Minimiser has successfully updated the presentation '%TITLE'. The file size has changed to approximated %NEWFILESIZE MB.

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_OPTIMIZING_GRAPHICS value.text]
note: D7FLS
en: Optimizing images...
en_GB: Optimising images...

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_FILENAME_SUFFIX value.text]
note: xFFrL
en: (minimized)
en_GB: (minimised)

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Strings STR_WARN_UNSAVED_PRESENTATION value.text]
note: ZSqeK
en: Do you want to minimize presentation without saving?
en_GB: Do you want to minimise presentation without saving?

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.LastUsedSettings Name value.text]
note: pYxGc
en: Projector optimized
en_GB: Projector optimised

[ctx: PresentationMinimizer.xcu ..PresentationMinimizer.Settings.Templates.template1 Name value.text]
note: MJBbc
en: Email (96 DPI): minimize document size for sharing
en_GB: Email (96 DPI): minimise document size for sharing

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: XTvFe
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: vcsBD
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: KrX2M
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: KvC6p
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: Pb9ix
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.suppliers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: L2kTq
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: Gw8CM
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: PCZTC
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame Name value.text]
note: Es6Cc
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.lastlame ShortName value.text]
note: bmrdH
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.organizationname Name value.text]
note: 838Ju
en: OrganizationName
en_GB: OrganisationName

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: DBVEv
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: AMmBg
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: CT9yB
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: QTTRM
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: gVzBX
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: bCtze
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount Name value.text]
note: mLczE
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duesamount ShortName value.text]
note: QxGp6
en: DuesAmount
en_GB: SubsAmount

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate Name value.text]
note: fzG4p
en: DuesPaidDate
en_GB: SubsPaidDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.mailinglist.Fields.duespaiddate ShortName value.text]
note: XGFHH
en: DuesPdDate
en_GB: SubsPdDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: EMQyK
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: PF3mA
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: LvTCD
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: px2EF
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: PCBxF
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: 4sWQ9
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: ohf7B
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: tLicM
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: AMJLh
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.contacts.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: FmUCY
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: Cdh9H
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: JT9WV
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: chDCN
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: G5sBB
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: EH4Ca
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: NU3wM
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: DscYP
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: WwSrS
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: BanEt
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.customers.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: EzF6m
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: X64YR
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: RD45c
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: RCBHM
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: vgGDB
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber Name value.text]
note: inu4c
en: SocialSecurityNumber
en_GB: NationalInsuranceNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.socialsecuritynumber ShortName value.text]
note: xXS3F
en: SocSecNo
en_GB: NatInsNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: CSboC
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: XGP5v
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: eW7CG
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: Py8dr
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: EzmFt
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.employees.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: BaA5m
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity Name value.text]
note: dEC6G
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipcity ShortName value.text]
note: 5sLAQ
en: ShipCity
en_GB: ShipPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince Name value.text]
note: ChHem
en: ShipStateOrProvince
en_GB: ShipCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shipstateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: h96Fc
en: ShpStatPro
en_GB: ShpCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode Name value.text]
note: DRUyL
en: ShipPostalCode
en_GB: ShipPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.shippostalcode ShortName value.text]
note: RxAGo
en: ShipPostlC
en_GB: ShipPstCde

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate Name value.text]
note: FE5wE
en: SalesTaxRate
en_GB: VATRate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orders.Fields.salestaxrate ShortName value.text]
note: KBygT
en: SalesTaxRt
en_GB: VATRt

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax Name value.text]
note: qTtxh
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.orderdetails.Fields.salestax ShortName value.text]
note: AKELU
en: SalesTax
en_GB: VAT

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID Name value.text]
note: 3xXjt
en: WorkorderID
en_GB: PurchaseOrderID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.workorderID ShortName value.text]
note: sFych
en: WorkordrID
en_GB: PurcOrdrID

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber Name value.text]
note: SNAyD
en: CheckNumber
en_GB: ChequeNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.checknumber ShortName value.text]
note: oVMj9
en: CheckNo
en_GB: ChequeNo

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.payments.Fields.creditcardauthorizationnumber Name value.text]
note: rJ97T
en: CreditCardAuthorizationNumber
en_GB: CreditCardAuthorisationNumber

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
note: NYjdp
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.projects.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
note: LGmQk
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate Name value.text]
note: N9czS
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begindate ShortName value.text]
note: u8DoC
en: BeginDate
en_GB: StartDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime Name value.text]
note: XVAwB
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.events.Fields.begintime ShortName value.text]
note: tDDXf
en: BeginTime
en_GB: StartTime

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity Name value.text]
note: nNvQC
en: DestinationCity
en_GB: DestinationPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationcity ShortName value.text]
note: Efxpf
en: DestinCity
en_GB: DestPostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince Name value.text]
note: DACJL
en: DestinationStateProvince
en_GB: DestinationCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationstateprovince ShortName value.text]
note: uLVeW
en: DestStaPro
en_GB: DestCounty

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.business.Tables.deliveries.Fields.destinationpostalcode Name value.text]
note: aiGn2
en: DestinationPostalCode
en_GB: DestinationPostcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: 6cMXP
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: dV44B
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: qjHe3
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: hyxKi
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city Name value.text]
note: fHkKv
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.city ShortName value.text]
note: fhAem
en: City
en_GB: PostTown

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode Name value.text]
note: ZAzFd
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.postalcode ShortName value.text]
note: fkJuB
en: PostalCode
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince Name value.text]
note: P6hgT
en: StateOrProvince
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.addresses.Fields.stateorprovince ShortName value.text]
note: LfFya
en: StateProvi
en_GB: County

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.plants.Fields.fertilizefrequency Name value.text]
note: vYL3g
en: FertilizeFrequency
en_GB: FertiliseFrequency

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm Name value.text]
note: YX7D7
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.colorfilm ShortName value.text]
note: aU8uu
en: ColorFilm
en_GB: ColourFilm

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.miniaturefilms.Fields.filmexpirationdate Name value.text]
note: pSE2y
en: FilmExpirationDate
en_GB: FilmExpiryDate

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle Name value.text]
note: FikLW
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.dvdcollection.Fields.movietitle ShortName value.text]
note: edszQ
en: MovieTitle
en_GB: FilmTitle

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname Name value.text]
note: A9ZG3
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.firstname ShortName value.text]
note: Ac8Hy
en: FirstName
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname Name value.text]
note: cYKDC
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.authors.Fields.lastname ShortName value.text]
note: TFspR
en: LastName
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: TableWizard.xcu ..TableWizard.TableWizard.private.Tables.exerciselog.Fields.distancetraveled Name value.text]
note: nTuBB
en: DistanceTraveled
en_GB: DistanceTravelled

[ctx: UI.xcu ..UI.FilterClassification.GlobalFilters.Classes.com.sun.star.formula.FormulaProperties DisplayName value.text]
note: AhpLM
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoRightBlockSel Label value.text]
note: J2Btn
en: Select to Page Right
en_GB: Select to Right of Page

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog Label value.text]
note: YFKd7
en: Conditional Formatting: Color Scale
en_GB: Conditional Formatting: Colour Scale

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorScaleFormatDialog ContextLabel value.text]
note: bkSZz
en: Color Scale...
en_GB: Colour Scale...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ClearContents Label value.text]
note: UZKmr
en: Clear Contents
en_GB: Clear Content

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertRowsAfter Label value.text]
note: AGNAm
en: Insert ~Rows Below
en_GB: Insert Rows Below

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToggleMergeCells Label value.text]
note: qJGdH
en: M~erge and Center Cells
en_GB: M~erge and Centre Cells

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor Label value.text]
note: XX6G4
en: Sheet ~Tab Color...
en_GB: Sheet ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetTabBgColor PopupLabel value.text]
note: Rdaez
en: ~Tab Color...
en_GB: ~Tab Colour...

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TabBgColor Label value.text]
note: DC47Y
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: ZfFDD
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVCenter Label value.text]
note: RyD35
en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PrintRangesMenu Label value.text]
note: G3E3Q
en: Prin~t Ranges
en_GB: Pri~nt Ranges

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PasteTextImportDialog Label value.text]
note: 4DJpG
en: Use Text Import Dialog
en_GB: Use Text Import Dialogue box

[ctx: CalcCommands.xcu ..CalcCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PasteTextImportDialog TooltipLabel value.text]
note: yombs
en: Use text import dialog
en_GB: Use text import dialogue box

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: oUWGo
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: CalcWindowState.xcu ..CalcWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: ftDWy
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertMenuXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: m7rRY
en: X Error ~Bars...
en_GB: x-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertMenuYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: qkvKw
en: Y Error ~Bars...
en_GB: y-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:View3D Label value.text]
note: akKXG
en: ~3D View...
en_GB: ~3-D View...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Forward Label value.text]
note: mpEu3
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Backward Label value.text]
note: BqGzD
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XTitle Label value.text]
note: gsNEn
en: ~X Axis Title...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:YTitle Label value.text]
note: eST6v
en: ~Y Axis Title...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ZTitle Label value.text]
note: cd8w5
en: ~Z Axis Title...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryXTitle Label value.text]
note: EWdrC
en: S~econdary X Axis Title...
en_GB: S~econdary x-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SecondaryYTitle Label value.text]
note: cJiBZ
en: Se~condary Y Axis Title...
en_GB: Se~condary y-Axis Title...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisX Label value.text]
note: prCG9
en: ~X Axis...
en_GB: ~x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisY Label value.text]
note: C8kZz
en: ~Y Axis...
en_GB: ~y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisZ Label value.text]
note: fRb43
en: ~Z Axis...
en_GB: ~z-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisA Label value.text]
note: CDKTV
en: ~Secondary X Axis...
en_GB: ~Secondary x-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramAxisB Label value.text]
note: GLSFt
en: S~econdary Y Axis...
en_GB: S~econdary y-Axis...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXMain Label value.text]
note: BvQXG
en: ~Y Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~x-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYMain Label value.text]
note: UVzSR
en: ~X Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~y-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZMain Label value.text]
note: ipSdj
en: ~Z Axis Major Grid...
en_GB: ~z-Axis Major Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridXHelp Label value.text]
note: cFuTY
en: Y Axis Minor ~Grid...
en_GB: x-Axis Minor ~Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridYHelp Label value.text]
note: QKj5D
en: X Axis ~Minor Grid...
en_GB: y-Axis ~Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DiagramGridZHelp Label value.text]
note: hnT6X
en: Z Ax~is Minor Grid...
en_GB: z-Ax~is Minor Grid...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: QZnBn
en: Insert X Error ~Bars...
en_GB: Insert x-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DeleteXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: 9FBEJ
en: Delete X Error ~Bars
en_GB: Delete x-Error ~Bars

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatXErrorBars Label value.text]
note: EBknj
en: Format X Error Bars...
en_GB: Format x-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:InsertYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: nLUhP
en: Insert Y Error ~Bars...
en_GB: Insert y-Error ~Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DeleteYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: BtoKB
en: Delete Y Error ~Bars
en_GB: Delete y-Error ~Bars

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatYErrorBars Label value.text]
note: CGHWA
en: Format Y Error Bars...
en_GB: Format y-Error Bars...

[ctx: ChartCommands.xcu ..ChartCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DefaultColors Label value.text]
note: E2A7Q
en: Default Colors for Data Series
en_GB: Default Colours for Data Series

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SlideMoveMenu Label value.text]
note: ymWCh
en: Move
en_GB: Mode

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Dia Label value.text]
note: nZWiy
en: SlideTransition
en_GB: Slide Transition

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Objects3DToolbox Label value.text]
note: Vk5pz
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueHorzAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: w2LpK
en: Glue Point Horizontal Center
en_GB: Glue Point Horizontal Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GlueVertAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: TCnHk
en: Glue Point Vertical Center
en_GB: Glue Point Vertical Centre

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:HalfSphere Label value.text]
note: Jo8he
en: Half-Sphere
en_GB: Hemisphere

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityColor Label value.text]
note: iTs8m
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
note: 9Fuwt
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityColor Label value.text]
note: vAqSN
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityGrayscale Label value.text]
note: LW7Du
en: ~Grayscale
en_GB: ~Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3D Label value.text]
note: wTvxC
en: To 3~D
en_GB: To 3-~D

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLatheFast Label value.text]
note: 2vbYM
en: To 3D ~Rotation Object
en_GB: To 3-D ~Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertInto3DLathe Label value.text]
note: pQhVJ
en: In 3D Rotation Object
en_GB: In 3-D Rotation Object

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OutputQualityContrast Label value.text]
note: tCZBQ
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:PreviewQualityContrast Label value.text]
note: rLZwB
en: ~High Contrast
en_GB: ~High-contrast

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Forward Label value.text]
note: GFbAp
en: Bring ~Forward
en_GB: Bring ~Forwards

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Backward Label value.text]
note: 7ove4
en: Send Back~ward
en_GB: Send Back~wards

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DisplayQualityMenu Label value.text]
note: UFyrk
en: ~Color/Grayscale
en_GB: ~Colour/Greyscale

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
note: Bvk8Q
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:PresentationMinimizer Label value.text]
note: DpnDu
en: Minimize ~Presentation...
en_GB: Minimise ~Presentation...

[ctx: DrawImpressCommands.xcu ..DrawImpressCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AssignLayout?WhatLayout:long=32 Label value.text]
note: qvYwy
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dobject UIName value.text]
note: ESt3w
en: 3D Object
en_GB: 3-D Object

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene UIName value.text]
note: w2Yft
en: 3D Scene
en_GB: 3-D Scene

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene2 UIName value.text]
note: B35BF
en: 3D Scene (group)
en_GB: 3-D Scene (group)

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: K4ToC
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
note: GcRwy
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: tWhJG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: DrawWindowState.xcu ..DrawWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: Bcmob
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-checkerboard Label value.text]
note: LNvgE
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-colored-lettering Label value.text]
note: az5un
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-movie-credits Label value.text]
note: uxyk9
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-entrance-center-revolve Label value.text]
note: BoY2f
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-fill-color Label value.text]
note: sTUkR
en: Change Fill Color
en_GB: Change Fill Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-font-color Label value.text]
note: JBD8E
en: Change Font Color
en_GB: Change Font Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-line-color Label value.text]
note: bSamY
en: Change Line Color
en_GB: Change Line Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-word Label value.text]
note: NsVhi
en: Color Over by Word
en_GB: Colour Over by Word

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-blend Label value.text]
note: QjBuA
en: Color Blend
en_GB: Colour Blend

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-color-over-by-letter Label value.text]
note: SYSWG
en: Color Over by Letter
en_GB: Colour Over by Letter

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color Label value.text]
note: 67n3e
en: Complementary Color
en_GB: Complementary Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-complementary-color-2 Label value.text]
note: jkkkv
en: Complementary Color 2
en_GB: Complementary Colour 2

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-contrasting-color Label value.text]
note: yDSCQ
en: Contrasting Color
en_GB: Contrasting Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-emphasis-grow-with-color Label value.text]
note: 6cN6B
en: Grow With Color
en_GB: Grow With Colour

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-checkerboard Label value.text]
note: C8Tks
en: Checkerboard
en_GB: Chequerboard

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-center-revolve Label value.text]
note: 2LF7j
en: Center Revolve
en_GB: Centre Revolve

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-colored-lettering Label value.text]
note: iofaA
en: Colored Lettering
en_GB: Coloured Lettering

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-exit-movie-credits Label value.text]
note: P8vzc
en: Movie Credits
en_GB: Film Credits

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-4-point-star Label value.text]
note: B9Gox
en: 4 Point Star
en_GB: 4 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-5-point-star Label value.text]
note: mPQvT
en: 5 Point Star
en_GB: 5 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-6-point-star Label value.text]
note: KMNtM
en: 6 Point Star
en_GB: 6 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-8-point-star Label value.text]
note: Uk8EG
en: 8 Point Star
en_GB: 8 Pointed Star

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-right-triangle Label value.text]
note: vtoZC
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-buzz-saw Label value.text]
note: YA7yB
en: Buzz Saw
en_GB: Circular Saw

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-figure-8-four Label value.text]
note: dpY44
en: Figure 8 Four
en_GB: Figure-of-8 Four

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-horizontal-figure-8 Label value.text]
note: LakaC
en: Horizontal Figure 8
en_GB: Horizontal Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-loop-de-loop Label value.text]
note: WpR5n
en: Loop de Loop
en_GB: Loop-the-loop

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Effects.ooo-motionpath-vertical-figure-8 Label value.text]
note: UX33U
en: Vertical Figure 8
en_GB: Vertical Figure-of-8

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.out-from-screen-center Label value.text]
note: BEqPM
en: Out from screen center
en_GB: Out from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.in-from-screen-center Label value.text]
note: MRuxL
en: In from screen center
en_GB: In from screen centre

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-clockwise Label value.text]
note: id9hr
en: From center clockwise
en_GB: From centre clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.Properties.from-center-counter-clockwise Label value.text]
note: iCXKC
en: From center counter-clockwise
en_GB: From centre counter-clockwise

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionSets.venetian-blinds-3d Label value.text]
note: 3CeRi
en: 3D Venetian
en_GB: 3-D Venetian

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-1-spoke Label value.text]
note: 6UJix
en: Counterclockwise 1 Spoke
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 1 Spoke

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-2-spoke Label value.text]
note: eS9ZY
en: Counterclockwise 2 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 2 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-3-spoke Label value.text]
note: vBA4C
en: Counterclockwise 3 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 3 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-4-spoke Label value.text]
note: EwATi
en: Counterclockwise 4 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 4 Spokes

[ctx: Effects.xcu ..Effects.UserInterface.TransitionVariants.ccw-8-spoke Label value.text]
note: FRtBZ
en: Counterclockwise 8 Spokes
en_GB: Counter-clockwise 8 Spokes

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BasicShapes.right-triangle Label value.text]
note: mNDxE
en: Right Triangle
en_GB: Right-angle Triangle

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star4 Label value.text]
note: TAZww
en: 4-Point Star
en_GB: 4-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star5 Label value.text]
note: tcEaw
en: 5-Point Star
en_GB: 5-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star6 Label value.text]
note: q6DGv
en: 6-Point Star
en_GB: 6-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star8 Label value.text]
note: oDwYr
en: 8-Point Star
en_GB: 8-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star12 Label value.text]
note: 3B8DB
en: 12-Point Star
en_GB: 12-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.star24 Label value.text]
note: h6F6Y
en: 24-Point Star
en_GB: 24-Pointed Star

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StarShapes.doorplate Label value.text]
note: YQuHj
en: Doorplate
en_GB: Door-plate

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharacterBackgroundPattern Label value.text]
note: Lo2Sc
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ObjectCatalog Label value.text]
note: c9PFU
en: Object Catalog
en_GB: Object Catalogue

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Color Label value.text]
note: CdRTm
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara Label value.text]
note: yanFA
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CenterPara TooltipLabel value.text]
note: yMjYF
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GrafAttrCrop Label value.text]
note: GEk5Z
en: Crop Image Dialog...
en_GB: Crop Image Dialogue Box...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GrafAttrCrop ContextLabel value.text]
note: RNGxu
en: Crop Dialog...
en_GB: Crop Dialogue Box...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignCenter Label value.text]
note: GMmgk
en: ~Centered
en_GB: ~Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignMiddle Label value.text]
note: zA3nR
en: C~enter
en_GB: C~entre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToLower Label value.text]
note: BBSDG
en: ~lowercase
en_GB: ~lower-case

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToUpper Label value.text]
note: CDDzb
en: ~UPPERCASE
en_GB: ~UPPER-CASE

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseToTitleCase Label value.text]
note: m4BD7
en: ~Capitalize Every Word
en_GB: ~Capitalise Every Word

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ChangeCaseRotateCase TooltipLabel value.text]
note: pvCBX
en: Cycle Case (Title Case, Sentence case, UPPERCASE, lowercase)
en_GB: Cycle Case (Title Case, Sentence case, UPPER-CASE, lower-case)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ReadOnlyDoc Label value.text]
note: vFVep
en: Read Only Mode
en_GB: Read-Only Mode

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ReadOnlyDoc TooltipLabel value.text]
note: WAXps
en: Toggle Read Only Mode
en_GB: Toggle Read-Only Mode

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FillColor Label value.text]
note: uSipB
en: Fill Color
en_GB: Fill Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:XLineColor Label value.text]
note: Ra3DV
en: Line Color
en_GB: Line Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: emKjD
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharBackColor Label value.text]
note: SGFCH
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TestMode Label value.text]
note: iED4L
en: Preview Dialog
en_GB: Preview Dialogue Box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FrameLineColor Label value.text]
note: Dm83E
en: Border Color
en_GB: Border Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EqualizeWidth Label value.text]
note: aJNVZ
en: Equalize ~Width
en_GB: Equalise ~Width

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EqualizeHeight Label value.text]
note: N6bdq
en: Equalize ~Height
en_GB: Equalise ~Height

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FormatPaintbrush TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 7uXaL
en: Clone Formatting (double click for multi-selection)
en_GB: Clone Formatting (double-click for multi-selection)

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Delete Label value.text]
note: nWivr
en: Delete C~ontents...
en_GB: Delete C~ontent...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BmpMask Label value.text]
note: MwAJH
en: Color ~Replacer
en_GB: Colour ~Replacer

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfData Label value.text]
note: x9HFM
en: To File End
en_GB: To End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStart Label value.text]
note: wKTWE
en: To File Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRow Label value.text]
note: FdWxo
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRow Label value.text]
note: ctFGn
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartSel Label value.text]
note: Ebx9J
en: Select to File Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDataSel Label value.text]
note: Kv7Tf
en: Select to File End
en_GB: Select to End of File

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfRowSel Label value.text]
note: CEEQU
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfRowSel Label value.text]
note: KYsD4
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ColorControl Label value.text]
note: ytQvA
en: ~Color Bar
en_GB: ~Colour Bar

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GetColorTable Label value.text]
note: BgCJp
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline Label value.text]
note: QjB43
en: Freeform Line, Filled
en_GB: Free-form Line, Filled

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Freeline_Unfilled Label value.text]
note: siUBw
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterPoster Label value.text]
note: ocuEh
en: Posterize
en_GB: Posterise

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSepia Label value.text]
note: ruAbz
en: Aging
en_GB: Ageing

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GraphicFilterSolarize Label value.text]
note: sFRqu
en: Solarization
en_GB: Solarisation

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SpellOnline Label value.text]
note: povdp
en: Auto Spellcheck
en_GB: Auto Spell Check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:TipOfTheDay TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 6VUAq
en: Show the Tip of the Day dialog
en_GB: Show the Tip of the Day dialogue box

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ExportDirectToPDF?IsRedactMode:bool=true Label value.text]
note: LrSFu
en: Sanitized PDF
en_GB: Sanitised PDF

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureDialog Label value.text]
note: zvurM
en: ~Customize...
en_GB: ~Customise...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConfigureToolboxVisible Label value.text]
note: ycsFJ
en: Customi~ze...
en_GB: Customi~se...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ShowLicense Label value.text]
note: 77umd
en: License Information
en_GB: Licence Information

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MacroOrganizer?TabId:short=1 Label value.text]
note: 6NozA
en: Organize ~Dialogs...
en_GB: Organise ~Dialogs...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ScriptOrganizer Label value.text]
note: jjjAC
en: ~Organize Macros
en_GB: ~Organise Macros

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Window3D Label value.text]
note: LS6dC
en: ~3D Effects
en_GB: ~3-D Effects

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:NumericField Label value.text]
note: Wwm3D
en: Numerical Field
en_GB: Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ConvertToNumeric Label value.text]
note: S8pxN
en: Replace with Numerical Field
en_GB: Replace with Numeric Field

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:Extrusion3DColor Label value.text]
note: iYu9s
en: 3D Color
en_GB: 3-D Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:ToolbarModeUI TooltipLabel value.text]
note: i8oSn
en: Shows a dialog to select the user interface
en_GB: Shows a dialogue box to select the user interface

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: wwKZj
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CommonAlignVerticalCenter Label value.text]
note: RdudW
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter Label value.text]
note: mBAKp
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CellVertCenter TooltipLabel value.text]
note: jcBjW
en: Center Vertically
en_GB: Centre Vertically

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:SpellingMenu Label value.text]
note: sDSy9
en: ~Spellcheck
en_GB: ~Spell check

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:ColorSettings Label value.text]
note: yxPe5
en: ~Color
en_GB: ~Colour

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:MacroOrganizer Label value.text]
note: 5xbCG
en: Basic Macro Organizer...
en_GB: Basic Macro Organiser...

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeHorzCenter Label value.text]
note: BBazW
en: Distribute Horizontally Center
en_GB: Distribute Horizontally Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeHorzCenter ContextLabel value.text]
note: SqFTB
en: Horizontally ~Center
en_GB: Horizontally ~Centre

[ctx: GenericCommands.xcu ..GenericCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:DistributeVertCenter Label value.text]
note: FAkxM
en: Distribute Vertically Center
en_GB: Distribute Vertically Centre

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dobject UIName value.text]
note: uaVMn
en: 3D Object
en_GB: 3-D Object

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene UIName value.text]
note: rC35Y
en: 3D Scene
en_GB: 3-D Scene

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/popupmenu/3dscene2 UIName value.text]
note: FjxFA
en: 3D Scene (group)
en_GB: 3-D Scene (group)

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: FHq6o
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/3dobjectsbar UIName value.text]
note: 8duBL
en: 3D-Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/gluepointsobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: pvbBN
en: Gluepoints
en_GB: Glue Points

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: DyQpY
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: ImpressWindowState.xcu ..ImpressWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: XgwBZ
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SubReportInNewWindow Label value.text]
note: ff2NT
en: ~Subreport in New Window...
en_GB: ~Sub-report in New Window...

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
note: suBJb
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SectionAlignCenter Label value.text]
note: v9uDK
en: Centered on Section
en_GB: Centred on Section

[ctx: ReportCommands.xcu .ReportCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DBBackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: ECNvB
en: Background Color...
en_GB: Background Colour...

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:FontColor Label value.text]
note: xXBbQ
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:UseHeaderFooterMenu TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 3nEko
en: Use the advanced popup menu to create header/footer on the fly
en_GB: Use the advanced pop-up menu to create header/footer on the fly

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfLineSel Label value.text]
note: UhbFc
en: Select to Begin of Line
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
note: FaJ34
en: Select to Document Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfDocumentSel Label value.text]
note: a2oDG
en: Select to Document End
en_GB: Select to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPageSel Label value.text]
note: x39iC
en: Select to Begin of Next Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPageSel Label value.text]
note: kBWu3
en: Select to Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPageSel Label value.text]
note: w5B5i
en: Select to Page Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPageSel Label value.text]
note: 4wZZS
en: Select to Page End
en_GB: Select to End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:StartOfParaSel Label value.text]
note: PVdFq
en: Select to Paragraph Begin
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:EndOfParaSel Label value.text]
note: DJq7D
en: Select to Paragraph End
en_GB: Select to End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:WordLeftSel Label value.text]
note: bpBoC
en: Select to Begin of Word
en_GB: Select to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignHorizontalCenter Label value.text]
note: fnKt6
en: Center Horizontal
en_GB: Centre Horizontally

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:OptimizeTable Label value.text]
note: tu7ic
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfLine Label value.text]
note: CDTJM
en: To Line Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
note: DGAud
en: To Document Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
note: 8o3AU
en: To Document End
en_GB: To End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextPage Label value.text]
note: jzcmc
en: To Begin of Next Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevPage Label value.text]
note: PRoBm
en: To Begin of Previous Page
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPage Label value.text]
note: 2GyQ4
en: To Page Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPage Label value.text]
note: AZTvP
en: To Page End
en_GB: To End of Page

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfColumn Label value.text]
note: jeWSo
en: To Column Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfColumn Label value.text]
note: 8u4SF
en: To Column End
en_GB: To End of Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPara Label value.text]
note: GCegb
en: To Paragraph Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEndOfPara Label value.text]
note: JF2Ui
en: To Paragraph End
en_GB: To End of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfSentence Label value.text]
note: NXWwC
en: Delete to Start of Sentence
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Sentence

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfWord Label value.text]
note: PjXYE
en: Delete to Start of Word
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Word

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfLine Label value.text]
note: yeEJu
en: Delete to Start of Line
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:DelToStartOfPara Label value.text]
note: wqEPB
en: Delete to Start of Paragraph
en_GB: Delete to Beginning of Paragraph

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfTable Label value.text]
note: QDGj5
en: To Table Begin
en_GB: To Beginning of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToEnd Label value.text]
note: hDDiz
en: To Table End
en_GB: To End of Table

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfNextColumn Label value.text]
note: 5eq7D
en: To Begin of Next Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Next Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:GoToStartOfPrevColumn Label value.text]
note: jB3Hi
en: To Begin of Previous Column
en_GB: To Beginning of Previous Column

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalRowCenter Label value.text]
note: ToUn4
en: Align to Vertical Center of Line
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Line

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:AlignVerticalCharCenter Label value.text]
note: qUGXr
en: Align to Vertical Center of Character
en_GB: Align to Vertical Centre of Character

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetMinimalColumnWidth Label value.text]
note: kCyrV
en: Minimize Column Width
en_GB: Minimise Column Width

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:SetMinimalRowHeight Label value.text]
note: 8swqU
en: Minimize Row Height
en_GB: Minimise Row Height

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:MergeTable Label value.text]
note: rqtkS
en: Merge Table
en_GB: Merge Tables

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToStartOfDoc Label value.text]
note: FXGYX
en: Directly to Document Begin
en_GB: Directly to Beginning of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:JumpToEndOfDoc Label value.text]
note: 6hFDS
en: Directly to Document End
en_GB: Directly to End of Document

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:CharColorExt Label value.text]
note: oyqdt
en: Font Color Fill
en_GB: Font Colour Fill

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Commands..uno:BackColor Label value.text]
note: MBE8P
en: Highlight Color
en_GB: Highlight Colour

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:NavigateForward Label value.text]
note: u6dob
en: Forward
en_GB: Forwards

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering ABC&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: 6WvcD
en: Alphabet Uppercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaListStyle Label value.text]
note: ANFq2
en: Alphabet Uppercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: ibYaL
en: Alphabet Uppercase List Style
en_GB: Alphabet Upper-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering abc&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: Hhiz6
en: Alphabet Lowercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaLowListStyle Label value.text]
note: U5Zpv
en: Alphabet Lowercase List
en_GB: Alphabet Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:AlphaLowListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: v4bou
en: Alphabet Lowercase List Style
en_GB: Alphabet Lower-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering IVX&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: Zw2YY
en: Roman Uppercase List
en_GB: Roman Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanListStyle Label value.text]
note: XjpAD
en: Roman Uppercase List
en_GB: Roman Upper-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: 96STR
en: Roman Uppercase List Style
en_GB: Roman Upper-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:StyleApply?Style:string=Numbering ivx&amp;FamilyName:string=NumberingStyles Label value.text]
note: 6sVu3
en: Roman Lowercase List
en_GB: Roman Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanLowListStyle Label value.text]
note: JGydq
en: Roman Lowercase List
en_GB: Roman Lower-case List

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:RomanLowListStyle TooltipLabel value.text]
note: N7a3d
en: Roman Lowercase List Style
en_GB: Roman Lower-case List Style

[ctx: WriterCommands.xcu ..WriterCommands.UserInterface.Popups..uno:TableCellBackgroundColor Label value.text]
note: ZABPA
en: Table Cell Background Color
en_GB: Table Cell Background Colour

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: BXuPM
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: qg9Vq
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: nCSvk
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterFormWindowState.xcu ..WriterFormWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: C8x4W
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: VQgMG
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: sy3Vp
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: v45LV
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterGlobalWindowState.xcu ..WriterGlobalWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: G8oEo
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: huJTA
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: TeZhE
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: 5GFnw
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: WriterReportWindowState.xcu ..WriterReportWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: FFtmB
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: 6o4jd
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterWebWindowState.xcu ..WriterWebWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: Rq9Jx
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: d7F2G
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: JF4mA
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: Tgtuj
en: Optimize Size
en_GB: Optimise Size

[ctx: WriterWindowState.xcu ..WriterWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: BUnXb
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/extrusionobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: f7dfz
en: 3D-Settings
en_GB: 3-D Settings

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/oleobjectbar UIName value.text]
note: uAAxE
en: OLE-Object
en_GB: OLE Object

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/optimizetablebar UIName value.text]
note: URXoj
en: Optimize
en_GB: Optimise

[ctx: XFormsWindowState.xcu ..XFormsWindowState.UIElements.States.private:resource/toolbar/colorbar UIName value.text]
note: 8v2jp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: readme.xrm A11 readmeitem.text]
note: ThKSG
en: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the license text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.
en_GB: ${PRODUCTNAME} is free for use by everybody. You may take this copy of ${PRODUCTNAME} and install it on as many computers as you like, and use it for any purpose you like (including commercial, government, public administration and educational use). For further details see the licence text packaged with this ${PRODUCTNAME} download.

[ctx: readme.xrm s2we10 readmeitem.text]
note: GGBmC
en: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Center, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.
en_GB: As a general rule, you are recommended to install ${PRODUCTNAME} via the installation methods recommended by your particular Linux distribution (such as the Ubuntu Software Centre, in the case of Ubuntu Linux). This is because it is usually the simplest way to obtain an installation that is optimally integrated into your system. Indeed, ${PRODUCTNAME} may well be already installed by default when you originally install your Linux operating system.

[ctx: readme.xrm Precautions readmeitem.text]
note: bSQER
en: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation process.
en_GB: Please make sure you have enough free memory in the temporary directory on your system, and please ensure that read, write and run access rights have been granted. Close all other programs before starting the installation.

[ctx: readme.xrm rpminstall7a readmeitem.text]
note: GKgVu
en: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the toplevel directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations.
en_GB: Alternatively, you can use the 'install' script, located in the top-level directory of this archive to perform an installation as a user. The script will set up ${PRODUCTNAME} to have its own profile for this installation, separated from your normal ${PRODUCTNAME} profile. Note that this will not install the system integration parts such as desktop menu items and desktop MIME type registrations.

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackA readmeitem.text]
note: JvsBv
en: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialog box, click on "Language Settings" and then click on "Languages". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".
en_GB: Now start one of the ${PRODUCTNAME} applications - Writer, for instance. Go to the Tools menu and choose Options. In the Options dialogue box, click on "Language Settings" and then click on "Languages". Dropdown the "User interface" list and select the language you just installed. If you want, do the same thing for the "Locale setting", the "Default currency", and the "Default languages for documents".

[ctx: readme.xrm linuxlangpackB readmeitem.text]
note: ntGdw
en: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialog box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).
en_GB: After adjusting those settings, click on OK. The dialogue box will close, and you will see an information message telling you that your changes will only be activated after you exit ${PRODUCTNAME} and start it again (remember to also exit the QuickStarter if it is started).

[ctx: readme.xrm naso01 readmeitem.text]
note: dzpfA
en: Problems During Program Startup
en_GB: Problems During Program Start-up

[ctx: readme.xrm pji76w0 readmeitem.text]
note: dDsXM
en: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use Anti-Aliasing' may help.
en_GB: By default, ${PRODUCTNAME} favours nice-looking graphics over speed. If you experience slow graphics, switching off 'Tools - Options - ${PRODUCTNAME} - View - Use anti-aliasing' may help.

[ctx: RID_STR_TYPE_CONST]
note: kGCKF
en: User defined Function
en_GB: User-defined Function

[ctx: RID_STR_PARAADJUST_CONST]
note: zsB3C
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_STR_BACKCOLOR]
note: AAcyy
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: conditionwin|ToolBoxItem4]
note: XeLfz
en: Background Color
en_GB: Background Colour

[ctx: conditionwin|ToolBoxItem5]
note: bF2Nt
en: Font Color
en_GB: Font Colour

[ctx: navigatormenu|properties]
note: iunNU
en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

[ctx: pagenumberdialog|alignment]
note: s4C48
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_UNDO_DRAGDROP]
note: eh6CM
en: Drag and Drop
en_GB: Drag-and-Drop

[ctx: STR_MSSG_MAKEAUTOFILTER_0]
note: BC4uB
en: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column header?
en_GB: The range does not contain column headers.
    Do you want the first line to be used as column headers?

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SPELLING]
note: R2KAi
en: Spellcheck
en_GB: Spell check

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_NO_VALUE]
note: 9y5GD ERROR.TYPE( #VALUE! ) == 3
en: Error: Wrong data type
en_GB: Error: No result

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_ILL_FPO]
note: MMr4E ERROR.TYPE( #NUM! ) == 6
en: Error: Invalid numeric value
en_GB: Error: Invalid floating point operation

[ctx: STR_LONG_ERR_SYNTAX]
note: NnSBz
en: Internal syntactical error
en_GB: Internal syntax error

[ctx: STR_FORMULAS]
note: FYZA4
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: STR_IMPORT_DBF]
note: DDCJY
en: Import DBase files
en_GB: Import dBASE files

[ctx: STR_EXPORT_DBF]
note: 7NkGD
en: DBase export
en_GB: dBASE export

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_BEGIN_TAB]
note: EMMdQ
en: Should the spellcheck be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?
en_GB: Should the spell check be continued at the beginning of the current sheet?

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_STOP_OK]
note: 8M6Nx
en: The spellcheck of this sheet has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check of this sheet has been completed.

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: 8soVt
en: Color Tab
en_GB: Colour Tab

[ctx: STR_UNDO_SET_MULTI_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: 3DXsa
en: Color Tabs
en_GB: Colour Tabs

[ctx: STR_SCATTR_PAGE_FORMULAS]
note: opCNb
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: STR_QUICKHELP_DELETE]
note: pH5Pf
en: Delete contents
en_GB: Delete content

[ctx: STR_CHANGED_MOVE_REJECTION_WARNING]
note: UCv9m
en: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulas.
en_GB: WARNING: This action may have resulted in unintended changes to cell references in formulae.

[ctx: STR_COND_COLORSCALE]
note: E8yxG
en: ColorScale
en_GB: ColourScale

[ctx: RID_ERRHDLSC]
note: UbTaD
en: The document contains information not recognized by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!
en_GB: The document contains information not recognised by this program version.
    Resaving the document will delete this information!

[ctx: RID_ERRHDLSC]
note: Bxz6s
en: Not all cell contents could be saved in the specified format.
en_GB: Not all cell content could be saved in the specified format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_COUNT_2]
note: DFDyC
en: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range where the content corresponds to the search criteria.
en_GB: Counts all non-blank cells of a data range for which the cell content corresponds to the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_MIN]
note: e9z3D
en: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range where the contents correspond to the search criteria.
en_GB: Returns the minimum of all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_PRODUCT]
note: 8hsR2
en: Multiplies all cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Multiplies all cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_SUM]
note: rFsPm
en: Adds all the cells of a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Adds all the cells of a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR]
note: ucdoS
en: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range where the contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines the variance of all the cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DB_VAR_P]
note: m7qTy
en: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range where contents match the search criteria.
en_GB: Determines variance of a population based on all cells in a data range for which each cell content matches the search criteria.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: 6BwEu
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956 or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956 or in the range 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the defined option).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: DymKU
en: An integer between 1 and 12 representing the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 12 representing the month.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE]
note: McM2X
en: An integer between 1 and 31 representing the day of the month.
en_GB: An integer in the range 1 to 31 representing the day of the month.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE]
note: RCsfH
en: Returns an internal number for a text having a possible date format.
en_GB: Returns an internal number for a text string having a possible date format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_DATE_VALUE]
note: yTX6f
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a date in a %PRODUCTNAME date format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE]
note: BSYE2
en: Returns a sequential number for a text shown in a possible time entry format.
en_GB: Returns a sequential number for a text string shown in a possible time entry format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GET_TIME_VALUE]
note: efjBJ
en: A text enclosed in quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.
en_GB: A text string enclosed by quotation marks which returns a time in a %PRODUCTNAME time format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EASTERSUNDAY]
note: oBcHn
en: An integer between 1583 and 9956, or 0 and 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).
en_GB: An integer in the range 1583 to 9956, or 0 to 99 (19xx or 20xx depending on the option set).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: xeEfA
en: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortization rates.
en_GB: Returns the amount of interest for constant amortisation rates.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: Q35Lv
en: Interest rate for a single amortization rate.
en_GB: Interest rate for a single amortisation rate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: CqKcE
en: Number of amortization periods for the calculation of the interest.
en_GB: Number of amortisation periods for the calculation of the interest.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ISPMT]
note: iYD4K
en: Sum total of amortization periods.
en_GB: Sum total of amortisation periods.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CELL]
note: VP7rD
en: Determines information about address, formatting or contents of a cell.
en_GB: Determines information about address, formatting or content of a cell.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: WAWLC
en: The base a of the power a^b.
en_GB: The number that is to be raised to the power of another.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: iUBVy
en: Exponent
en_GB: Power

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_POWER]
note: baWUA
en: The exponent b of the power a^b.
en_GB: The power by which the number is to be raised.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUM_IFS]
note: 9qDvh
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_AVERAGE_IFS]
note: wvbDq
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COUNT_IFS]
note: 8GRAv
en: Range 1, range 2,... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.
en_GB: Range 1, range 2, ... are the ranges to be evaluated by the criteria given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SQRT]
note: c7XVK
en: A positive value for which the square root is to be calculated.
en_GB: A positive value, for which the square root is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RANDOM]
note: KJ7e9
en: Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
en_GB: Returns a random number in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS]
note: QPAG9
en: Returns the arccosine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc cosine of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COS]
note: 3DWTM
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arccosine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN]
note: tAK2r
en: Returns the arcsine of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc sine of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_SIN]
note: qLmmB
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the arcsine is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the arc sine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN]
note: EmMe7
en: Returns the arctangent of a number.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent of a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN]
note: CShfM
en: The value for which the arctangent is to be returned.
en_GB: The value for which the arc tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_COT_HYP]
note: DoCMo
en: A value smaller than -1 or greater than 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value smaller than -1.0 or greater than +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic cotangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_HYP]
note: aJFAn
en: A value between -1 and 1 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.
en_GB: A value in the range -1.0 to +1.0 for which the inverse hyperbolic tangent is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COS]
note: jghqr
en: The angle in the radians for which the cosine is to be returned.
en_GB: The angle in radians for which the cosine is to be returned.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: 8U6yM
en: Returns the arctangent for the specified coordinates.
en_GB: Returns the arc tangent for the specified coordinates.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: WsSq4
en: The value for the X coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the x-coordinate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARC_TAN_2]
note: TRECx
en: The value for the Y coordinate.
en_GB: The value for the y-coordinate.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DEG]
note: dnE9t
en: Converts a radian to degrees
en_GB: Converts an angle in radians to degrees

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DEG]
note: GoxCo
en: The angle in a radian
en_GB: The angle in radians

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RAD]
note: RGeKe
en: Converts degrees to radians
en_GB: Converts an angle in degrees to radians

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LINEST]
note: fyrtU
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LINEST]
note: aKFRR
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOGEST]
note: qwCCT
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOGEST]
note: kMYqN
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: XBTHe
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: LhqAb
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TREND]
note: JedWB
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: 4kBWF
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: iGU4n
en: The X data array as the basis for the regression.
en_GB: The x-data array as the basis for the regression.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_GROWTH]
note: kFxgD
en: The array of X data for recalculating the values.
en_GB: The array of x-data for recalculating the values.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PERCENTILE]
note: BGTaw
en: The percentage rate of the quantile between 0 and 1.
en_GB: The percentage rate of the quantile in the range 0.0 to 1.0.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_QUARTILE_INC]
note: SytHE
en: The type of the quartile (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50%, 3 = 75%, 4 = MAX).
en_GB: The type of the quartile (0 = MIN, 1 = 25%, 2 = 50 %, 3 = 75 %, 4 =MAX).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_B]
note: K7rEA
en: Returns the probability of a trial result using binomial distribution.
en_GB: Returns the probability of a trial result using the binomial distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FISHER]
note: D9FC4
en: The value to be transformed (-1 < VALUE < 1).
en_GB: The value to be transformed (-1.0 < VALUE < +1.0).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_BINOM_DIST]
note: ZLkQt
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the individual probability, C=1 the cumulated probability.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: iDXnR
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: mwMAz
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: ekGoh
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 0 if omitted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST]
note: JvuRB
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution. It is set to 1 if omitted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: ZgdzP
en: Values of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: 88B3n
en: The value for which the log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: qNMyM
en: The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_NORM_DIST_MS]
note: DkbJX
en: The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: vGkMb
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: mLwp6
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: PMBtZ
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV]
note: 2GWhL
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: T4N5D
en: Values of the inverse of the lognormal distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: 3dBqA
en: The probability value for which the inverse log normal distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse log-normal distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: mhYEa
en: Mean value. The mean value of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Mean value. The mean value of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOG_INV_MS]
note: ae6FC
en: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log normal distribution.
en_GB: Standard deviation. The standard deviation of the log-normal distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST]
note: HUSCi
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXP_DIST_MS]
note: CHL5y
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL]
note: o2XuL
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_WEIBULL_MS]
note: tQDCB
en: Cumulated. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.
en_GB: Cumulative. C=0 calculates the density function, C=1 the distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_HYP_GEOM_DIST]
note: 5WYBD
en: Cumulated. TRUE calculates the cumulative distribution function, FALSE the probability mass function.
en_GB: Cumulative. TRUE calculates the cumulative distribution function, FALSE the probability mass function.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: kxECY
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: KYyaV
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST]
note: 9uERz
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: HGZbw
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: oMuVC
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_LT]
note: NKz4T
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: wtiPo
en: The value for which the F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: rGfRz
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_DIST_RT]
note: XkzrA
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: YvZEM
en: Values of the inverse F distribution.
en_GB: Values of the inverse F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: wzbhN
en: The probability value for which the inverse F distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse F-distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: cddNQ
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV]
note: YnBhQ
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_LT]
note: bAmiD
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_LT]
note: GvYvE
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_RT]
note: W5XD8
en: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the numerator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_INV_RT]
note: pHY8v
en: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom in the denominator of the F-distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST]
note: aLsFJ
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST]
note: fp4Bb
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST_MS]
note: pocbP
en: The value for which the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The value for which the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_DIST_MS]
note: HkQSM
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV]
note: QWfxh
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV]
note: jdv4f
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV_MS]
note: fv25C
en: The probability value for which the inverse chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_INV_MS]
note: TBGPq
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: vA5pq
en: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x;DegreesOfFreedom;TRUE()).
en_GB: Values of the inverse of CHISQDIST(x; DegreesOfFreedom; TRUE()).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: x8dMV
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV]
note: 5nK9R
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV_MS]
note: Ux2Ly
en: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi square distribution is to be calculated.
en_GB: The probability value for which the inverse of the chi-square distribution is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHISQ_INV_MS]
note: NXEiP
en: The degrees of freedom of the chi square distribution.
en_GB: The degrees of freedom of the chi-square distribution.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STANDARD]
note: ycGVn
en: Converts a random variable to a normalized value.
en_GB: Converts a random variable to a normalised value.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STANDARD]
note: 8yf6s
en: The value to be standardized.
en_GB: The value to be standardised.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST]
note: msJXN
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHI_TEST_MS]
note: 34jxF
en: Returns the chi square independence test.
en_GB: Returns the chi-square independence test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_TEST]
note: CfCjB
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_F_TEST_MS]
note: xAyB8
en: Calculates the F test.
en_GB: Calculates the F-test.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RSQ]
note: cDSEe
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RSQ]
note: hcEaB
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: EeGGQ
en: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the Y axis.
en_GB: Returns the intercept of the linear regression line and the y-axis.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: WXipw
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INTERCEPT]
note: T4PDz
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SLOPE]
note: uaECq
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SLOPE]
note: xFSqB
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STEYX]
note: iURZt
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_STEYX]
note: o5k38
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: vQ4CY
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: 5dSvW
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST]
note: 2EEKK
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: 2SBHF
en: The X value for which the Y value on the regression linear is to be calculated.
en_GB: The x-value for which the y-value on the linear regression is to be calculated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: peRhT
en: The Y data array.
en_GB: The y-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FORECAST_LIN]
note: mBkBN
en: The X data array.
en_GB: The x-data array.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CHOOSE]
note: 3cXEF
en: Value 1, value 2,... The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.
en_GB: Value1; Value2; ... Value30: The list of arguments from which a value is chosen.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SHEET]
note: GJdEA
en: The reference to a cell or a range or the character string of a sheet name.
en_GB: The reference to a cell or a range or the text string of a sheet name.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INDIRECT]
note: AAABU
en: Returns the contents of a cell that is referenced in text form.
en_GB: Returns the content of a cell that is referenced in text form.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_JIS]
note: EUW4G
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ASC]
note: s8JfK
en: The text to convert.
en_GB: The text string to convert.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CODE]
note: S4kqK
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CLEAN]
note: 3fTcT
en: Removes all nonprintable characters from text.
en_GB: Removes all non-printable characters from text.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CLEAN]
note: EArbN
en: The text from which nonprintable characters are to be removed.
en_GB: The text string from which non-printable characters are to be removed.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_CONCAT]
note: ESNqo
en: Text for the concatenation.
en_GB: A text string for concatenation.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: e5Dg2
en: Specifies whether two texts are identical.
en_GB: Specifies whether two text strings are identical.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: d9DGd
en: The first text to be used for comparing texts.
en_GB: The first text string to be used for comparison.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EXACT]
note: yVwcJ
en: The second text for comparing texts.
en_GB: The second text string for comparison.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 8sCqL
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive)
en_GB: Looks for a text string within another (case-sensitive)

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: CCsnG
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 9qGoG
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FIND]
note: 3MHVV
en: The position in the text from which the search starts.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search starts.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: XLB5s
en: Looks for one text value within another (not case-sensitive).
en_GB: Looks for one text string within another (not case-sensitive).

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: wdv9o
en: The text to be found.
en_GB: The text string to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: wKr3q
en: The text in which a search is to be made.
en_GB: The text string in which a search is to be made.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCH]
note: kK7Aw
en: The position in the text where the search is started.
en_GB: The position in the text string from which the search is started.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TRIM]
note: nPCDu
en: The text in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.
en_GB: The text string in which extra spaces between words are to be deleted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PROPER]
note: NBR7q
en: Capitalizes the first letter in all words.
en_GB: Capitalises the first letter in all words.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_PROPER]
note: tyvcU
en: The text in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.
en_GB: The text string in which the beginning of words are to be replaced by capital letters.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UPPER]
note: qhYws
en: Converts text to uppercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to upper-case.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UPPER]
note: PFrYF
en: The text in which lower case letters are to be converted to capitals.
en_GB: The text string in which lower-case letters are to be converted to capitals.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOWER]
note: CqaAp
en: Converts text to lowercase.
en_GB: Converts a text string to lower-case.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LOWER]
note: BQTkH
en: The text in which capitals are converted to lower case letters.
en_GB: The text string in which capitals are converted to lower-case letters.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_VALUE]
note: tCABh
en: Converts text to a number.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_VALUE]
note: AND3E
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TEXT]
note: P9VnF
en: Converts a number to text according to a given format.
en_GB: Converts a number to a text string according to a given format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_TEXT]
note: iuGqF
en: The text that describes the format.
en_GB: The text string that describes the format.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPLACE]
note: mhLYu
en: The text in which some characters are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which some characters are to be replaced.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPLACE]
note: AzPGB
en: The text to be inserted.
en_GB: The text string to be inserted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEN]
note: BYoYq
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: Ec5G6
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: yDAgS
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFT]
note: NK7tc
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: FkF2R
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text.
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: Q5J4W
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHT]
note: RCSNC
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: eDWjF
en: Returns a partial text string of a text.
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: YHAni
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MID]
note: A6Bii
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: vAoTX
en: Repeats text a given number of times.
en_GB: Repeats a text string a given number of times.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: b4GkF
en: The text to be repeated.
en_GB: The text string to be repeated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_REPT]
note: GTWVn
en: The number of times the text is to be repeated.
en_GB: The number of times the text string is to be repeated.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE]
note: ZxnGj
en: The text in which partial words are to be replaced.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be replaced.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SUBSTITUTE]
note: x5fUC
en: The text which is to replace the text string.
en_GB: The text string which is to replace the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_BASE]
note: yHJT7
en: If the text is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the string.
en_GB: If the resulting text string is shorter than the specified length, zeros are added to the left of the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL]
note: xDzRi
en: Converts a text of a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.
en_GB: Converts a text string in a specified number system to a positive integer in the base given.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_DECIMAL]
note: wiCrE
en: The text to be converted.
en_GB: The text string to be converted.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ARABIC]
note: SY8fF
en: The text that represents a Roman numeral.
en_GB: The text string that represents a Roman numeral.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_INFO]
note: X9hTy
en: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile", and "recalc".
en_GB: Can be "osversion", "system", "release", "numfile" and "recalc".

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_UNICODE]
note: cyj3B
en: This is the text for which the code of the first character is to be found.
en_GB: This is the text string for which the code of the first character is to be found.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: wEFTA
en: Converts a value from one to another Euro currency.
en_GB: Converts a value from one to another old European national currency or euro.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: QyJhX
en: ISO 4217 code of the currency from which is converted.
en_GB: ISO 4217 code of the currency being converted from.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_EUROCONVERT]
note: CUkEB
en: ISO 4217 code of the currency into which is converted.
en_GB: ISO 4217 code of the currency being converted to.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE]
note: upY2X
en: Converts text to a number, in a locale-independent way.
en_GB: Converts a text string to a number, in a locale-independent way.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_NUMBERVALUE]
note: CLoEY
en: The text to be converted to a number.
en_GB: The text string to be converted to a number.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LENB]
note: jDBmj
en: The text in which the length is to be determined.
en_GB: The text string of which the length is to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: KQzBT
en: Returns the last character or characters of a text,with DBCS
en_GB: Returns the last character or characters of a text string, with DBCS

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: PXhin
en: The text in which the end partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which the end partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_RIGHTB]
note: sWFUo
en: The number of characters for the end text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the end text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: smAs2
en: Returns the first character or characters of a text,with DBCS
en_GB: Defines the first character (or characters) of a text string, with DBCS.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: gWnk6
en: The text where the initial partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string where the initial partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_LEFTB]
note: DMhmF
en: The number of characters for the start text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the start text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: KUfM8
en: Returns a partial text string of a text, with DBCS
en_GB: Returns a partial text string of a text string, with DBCS.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: obJfT
en: The text in which partial words are to be determined.
en_GB: The text string in which partial words are to be determined.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_MIDB]
note: QR8KJ
en: The number of characters for the text.
en_GB: The number of characters for the text string.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_COLOR]
note: ifSEQ
en: Returns an implementation defined value representing a RGBA color
en_GB: Returns an implementation defined value representing a RGBA colour

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_ERFC_MS]
note: RdZKS
en: Returns the complementary error function.
en_GB: Returns the complementary error function

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_FINDB]
note: TuGn8
en: Looks for a string of text within another (case sensitive), using byte positions.
en_GB: Looks for a string of text within another (case-sensitive), using byte positions.

[ctx: SC_OPCODE_SEARCHB]
note: VS3cd
en: Looks for a string of text within another (not case sensitive), using byte positions.
en_GB: Looks for a string of text within another (not case-sensitive), using byte positions.

[ctx: SCSTR_SET_TAB_BG_COLOR]
note: EEcgV
en: Tab Color
en_GB: Tab Colour

[ctx: STR_ACC_CENTERAREA_NAME]
note: RA4AS
en: Center area
en_GB: Centre area

[ctx: STR_ACC_EDITLINE_DESCR]
note: ejFak
en: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulas.
en_GB: This is where you enter or edit text, numbers and formulae.

[ctx: STR_NOCOLROW]
note: YFnCS
en: Neither row or column specified.
en_GB: Neither row nor column specified.

[ctx: STR_NOCOLFORMULA]
note: G8KPr
en: Formulas don't form a column.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a column.

[ctx: STR_NOROWFORMULA]
note: uSxCb
en: Formulas don't form a row.
en_GB: Formulae don't form a row.

[ctx: STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_MSG]
note: KCDoJ
en: Do you really want to delete the # AutoFormat?
en_GB: Do you really want to delete the # AutoFomat?

[ctx: STR_DISTRIBUTION_CHI_SQUARED]
note: zzpmN
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-Squared

[ctx: STR_HYPOTHESIZED_MEAN_DIFFERENCE_LABEL]
note: LU4CC
en: Hypothesized Mean Difference
en_GB: Hypothesised Mean Difference

[ctx: STR_LABEL_XVARIABLES_COUNT]
note: ACsNA
en: Count of X variables
en_GB: Count of x-variables

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_YVARIABLE_MULTI_COLUMN]
note: ZdyQs
en: Y variable range cannot have more than 1 column.
en_GB: y-Variable range cannot have more than 1 column.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_YVARIABLE_MULTI_ROW]
note: UpZqC
en: Y variable range cannot have more than 1 row.
en_GB: y-Variable range cannot have more than 1 row.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_UNIVARIATE_NUMOBS_MISMATCH]
note: DrsBe
en: Univariate regression : The observation count in X and Y must match.
en_GB: Univariate regression : The observation count in x and y must match.

[ctx: STR_MESSAGE_MULTIVARIATE_NUMOBS_MISMATCH]
note: KuttF
en: Multivariate regression : The observation count in X and Y must match.
en_GB: Multivariate regression : The observation count in x and y must match.

[ctx: STR_LABEL_PREDICTEDY]
note: oa4Cm
en: Predicted Y
en_GB: Predicted y

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: uNEJE
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: aXv3t
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: jDQ63
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: eGGuc
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: cF6mB
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: 9cmpi
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: H5KNf
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: xpgDS
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: SCSTR_UNIT]
note: uEBed
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: fUxef
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: gzGAU
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbfilterarea]
note: v3B8V
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|case]
note: HBUJA
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: VewXr
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|copyresult]
note: tx6QF
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|destpers]
note: KpECC
en: Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
en_GB: Mark the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|lbcopyarea]
note: CqSuV
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|edcopyarea]
note: mXpt4
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: advancedfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbcopyarea]
note: YCsyS
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: analysisofvariancedialog|alpha-spin]
note: ickoF
en: 0,05
en_GB: 0.05

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|cancel]
note: tCRU9
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|ok]
note: V6Tpf
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|rename]
note: zy4WL
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.

[ctx: cellprotectionpage|extended_tip|checkHideFormula]
note: jCAZ4
en: Hides formulas in the selected cells.
en_GB: Hides formulae in the selected cells.

[ctx: cellprotectionpage|extended_tip|checkHideAll]
note: 5v3YW
en: Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.
en_GB: Hides formulae and contents of the selected cells.

[ctx: extended_tip|columns]
note: orYEB
en: Select the Columns option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.
en_GB: Select the Columns option to summarise the contents of the selected columns in a list.

[ctx: extended_tip|rows]
note: CCfoS
en: Select the Rows option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.
en_GB: Select the Rows option to summarise the contents of the selected rows in a list.

[ctx: condformatmanager|extended_tip|CondFormatManager]
note: yDqGa
en: This dialog allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.
en_GB: This dialogue box allows you to see all the conditional formatting defined in the spreadsheet.

[ctx: conditionalentry|colorformat]
note: vgneU
en: Color Scale (2 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (2 Entries)

[ctx: conditionalentry|colorformat]
note: U3CvE
en: Color Scale (3 Entries)
en_GB: Colour Scale (3 Entries)

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: uC7X4
en: 3 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 3 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: UFw2i
en: 3 Colored Smileys
en_GB: 3 Coloured Smileys

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: 4kGKQ
en: 4 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 4 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalentry|iconsettype]
note: 7EuvV
en: 5 Gray Arrows
en_GB: 5 Grey Arrows

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: PYsX2
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: zqDuf
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: conditionalformatdialog|extended_tip|rbassign]
note: hZBzt
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: HqCsB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: EHBqo
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|rbdataarea]
note: N6jCs
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|lbdestarea]
note: ziYLq
en: Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
en_GB: Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|eddestarea]
note: BPrCM
en: Displays the first cell in the range where the consolidation results will be displayed.
en_GB: Displays the first cell in the range in which the consolidation results will be displayed.

[ctx: consolidatedialog|extended_tip|rbdestarea]
note: HUuw6
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: databaroptions|fill_type]
note: NArFG
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: databaroptions|label2]
note: cA4CB
en: Bar Colors
en_GB: Bar Colours

[ctx: databaroptions|label9]
note: 4oGae
en: Color of vertical axis:
en_GB: Colour of vertical axis:

[ctx: datafielddialog|extended_tip|expander]
note: mk9vJ
en: Expands or reduces the dialog. The More button is visible for data fields only.
en_GB: Expands or reduces the dialogue box. The More button is visible for data fields only.

[ctx: datafieldoptionsdialog|extended_tip|ascending]
note: u8pkE
en: Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
en_GB: Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.

[ctx: datafieldoptionsdialog|extended_tip|descending]
note: qyGGy
en: Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.
en_GB: Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialogue box was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: CyzxS
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: djkZd
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: phDVh
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: definedatabaserangedialog|extended_tip|assignrb]
note: ySCS4
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: definename|extended_tip|DefineNameDialog]
note: gBKqi
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.

[ctx: deletecontents|DeleteContentsDialog]
note: VWjSF
en: Delete Contents
en_GB: Delete Content

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|text]
note: BzXFc
en: Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.
en_GB: Deletes text only. Formats, formulae, numbers and dates are not affected.

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|numbers]
note: HdAdi
en: Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulae remain unchanged.

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|datetime]
note: uYNYA
en: Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulae remain unchanged.

[ctx: deletecontents|formulas]
note: igEyD
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: deletecontents|extended_tip|formulas]
note: XTY3K
en: Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.
en_GB: Deletes formulae. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.

[ctx: erroralerttabpage|extended_tip|browseBtn]
note: pWEXG
en: Opens the Macro dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.
en_GB: Opens the Macro dialogue box in which you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.

[ctx: externaldata|extended_tip|browse]
note: jrW22
en: Open a file dialog to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.
en_GB: Open a file dialogue box to locate the file containing the data you want to insert.

[ctx: filldlg|extended_tip|increment]
note: LMokQ
en: Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.
en_GB: Determines the value by which the series of the selected type is increased each step.

[ctx: filldlg|extended_tip|FillSeriesDialog]
note: AvMwH
en: Automatically generate series with the options in this dialog. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.
en_GB: Automatically generate series with the options in this dialogue box. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.

[ctx: fourieranalysisdialog|extended_tip|FourierAnalysisDialog]
note: CAw2k
en: Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.
en_GB: Produces the Fourier analysis of a data set by computing the  Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) of an input array of complex numbers using a couple of Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithms.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|cancel]
note: fiWse
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|ok]
note: fKq27
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|formulabutton]
note: hVQYj
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|varbutton]
note: phzQE
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: goalseekdlg|extended_tip|GoalSeekDialog]
note: Aguih
en: Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can solve an equation with a variable.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|labelFT_CENTER]
note: wFDyu
en: _Center area
en_GB: _Centre area

[ctx: headerfootercontent|extended_tip|textviewWND_CENTER]
note: yHbZN
en: Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.
en_GB: Enter the text to be displayed at the centre of the header or footer.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|extended_tip|buttonBTN_TEXT]
note: VHkhc
en: Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box to assign formats to new or selected text.

[ctx: headerfootercontent|labelSTR_HF_CUSTOMIZED]
note: CASF2
en: Customized
en_GB: Customised

[ctx: imoptdialog|extended_tip|asshown]
note: kWBhB
en: Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.
en_GB: Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this check box is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.

[ctx: imoptdialog|formulas]
note: Fn8ts
en: Save cell fo_rmulas instead of calculated values
en_GB: Save cell fo_rmulae instead of calculated values

[ctx: inputstringdialog|extended_tip|InputStringDialog]
note: MwM2i
en: This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.
en_GB: This command opens a dialogue box in which you can assign a different name to the current sheet.

[ctx: insertcells|extended_tip|down]
note: FA4mZ
en: Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.
en_GB: Moves the contents of the selected range downwards when cells are inserted.

[ctx: insertcells|extended_tip|InsertCellsDialog]
note: g2sxi
en: Opens the Insert Cells dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.
en_GB: Opens the Insert Cells dialogue box, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.

[ctx: insertsheet|extended_tip|new]
note: CyX37
en: Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.
en_GB: Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the Name field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces and the underline character.

[ctx: insertsheet|extended_tip|browse]
note: LnzZX
en: Opens a dialog for selecting a file.
en_GB: Opens a file selection dialogue box.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: RcgP4
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: ftVCr
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|assign]
note: EJrBk
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: managenamesdialog|extended_tip|ManageNamesDialog]
note: j3EMw
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.

[ctx: mergecellsdialog|extended_tip|MergeCellsDialog]
note: ufnGZ
en: Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centered.
en_GB: Combines the selected cells into a single cell or splits merged cells. Aligns cell content centred.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: DsuEQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: EEze8
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|formulasft]
note: aQNVa
en: _Formulas:
en_GB: _Formulae:

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|formulas]
note: 5RfAg
en: Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulas that you want to use in the multiple operation.
en_GB: Enter the cell references for the cells containing the formulae that you want to use in the multiple operation.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|formulasref]
note: uQeAG
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|rowref]
note: qdF79
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: multipleoperationsdialog|extended_tip|colref]
note: pzEjo
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: ABAZQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: jkh7A
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|rbassign]
note: JXXhm
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|rbassign2]
note: PvBUo
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: namerangesdialog|extended_tip|NameRangesDialog]
note: aDbLN
en: Opens a dialog in which you can define a label range.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can define a label range.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|dragmode]
note: qBchV
en: Opens a submenu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.
en_GB: Opens a sub-menu for selecting the drag mode. You decide which action is performed when dragging and dropping an object from the Navigator into a document. Depending on the mode you select, the icon indicates whether a hyperlink, link or a copy is created.

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|formatb]
note: scY66
en: F_ont
en_GB: St_yles

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|3Db]
note: cbMTW
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|colorb]
note: DDTxx
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|3Db]
note: fNGFB
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|centerb]
note: c27x6
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|vcenterb]
note: QSVEb
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: optcalculatepage|case]
note: XyA9j
en: Case se_nsitive
en_GB: Case-se_nsitive

[ctx: optcalculatepage|case|tooltip_text]
note: FF8Nh
en: Disable case sensitivity for interoperability with Microsoft Excel
en_GB: Disable case-sensitivity for interoperability with Microsoft Excel

[ctx: extended_tip|case]
note: fGMgy
en: Specifies whether to distinguish between upper and lower case in texts when comparing cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies whether to distinguish between upper- and lower-case in text strings when comparing cell content.

[ctx: extended_tip|iterate]
note: pBKcn
en: Specifies whether formulas with iterative references (formulas that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.
en_GB: Specifies whether formulae with iterative references (formulae that are continuously repeated until the problem is solved) are calculated after a specific number of repetitions.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|datestd]
note: BA74j
en: 12/30/1899 (defa_ult)
en_GB: 30/12/1899 (defa_ult)

[ctx: optcalculatepage|datestd|tooltip_text]
note: ApqYV
en: Value 0 corresponds to 12/30/1899
en_GB: Value 0 corresponds to 1899-12-30

[ctx: extended_tip|datestd]
note: SCewx
en: Sets 12/30/1899 as day zero.
en_GB: Sets 1899-12-30 as day zero.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|datesc10|tooltip_text]
note: etLCb
en: Value 0 corresponds to 01/01/1900
en_GB: Value 0 corresponds to 1900-01-01

[ctx: extended_tip|datesc10]
note: LEunE
en: Sets 1/1/1900 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.
en_GB: Sets 1900-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for StarCalc 1.0 spreadsheets containing date entries.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|date1904|tooltip_text]
note: aBzk5
en: 0 corresponds to 01/01/1904
en_GB: 0 corresponds to 1904-01-01

[ctx: extended_tip|date1904]
note: EkAYW
en: Sets 1/1/1904 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.
en_GB: Sets 1904-01-01 as day zero. Use this setting for spreadsheets that are imported in a foreign format.

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formulawildcards]
note: Hd6CV
en: Enable w_ildcards in formulas
en_GB: Enable w_ildcards in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formularegex]
note: Gghyb
en: Enable r_egular expressions in formulas
en_GB: Enable r_egular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|formulaliteral]
note: gg3Am
en: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulas
en_GB: No wildcards or regular expressions in formulae

[ctx: optcalculatepage|label5]
note: XEPCe
en: Formulas Wildcards
en_GB: Formulae Wildcards

[ctx: extended_tip|changes]
note: BiCsr
en: Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies the colour for changes of cell contents.

[ctx: extended_tip|deletions]
note: NGpxf
en: Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight deletions in a document.

[ctx: extended_tip|entries]
note: XXK7D
en: Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight moved cell contents.

[ctx: extended_tip|insertions]
note: 67CPn
en: Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.
en_GB: Specifies the colour to highlight insertions in a document.

[ctx: optchangespage|label1]
note: AYxhD
en: Colors for Changes
en_GB: Colours for Changes

[ctx: extended_tip|OptChangesPage]
note: GyGpz
en: The Changes dialog specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.
en_GB: The Changes dialogue box specifies various options for highlighting recorded changes in documents.

[ctx: extended_tip|printCB]
note: Cqsrk
en: Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialog or in the Format - Print Ranges dialog. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.
en_GB: Specifies that only contents from selected sheets are printed, even if you specify a wider range in the File - Print dialogue box or in the Format - Print Ranges dialogue box. Contents from sheets that are not selected will not be printed.

[ctx: extended_tip|copy]
note: FprUE
en: Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.
en_GB: Copies the contents of the cells in the Copy list from box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the Copy List dialogue box appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialogue box to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.

[ctx: extended_tip|OptSortLists]
note: L7EBD
en: All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialog. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.
en_GB: All user-defined lists are displayed in the Sort Lists dialogue box. You can also define and edit your own lists. Only text can be used as sort lists, no numbers.

[ctx: pagetemplatedialog|organizer]
note: D22J5
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: paratemplatedialog|organizer]
note: AGL7z
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|paste_all]
note: Labin
en: Pastes all cell contents, comments, formats, and objects into the current document.
en_GB: Pastes all cell content, comments, formats and objects into the current document.

[ctx: pastespecial|formulas]
note: MSe4m
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|objects]
note: DZsnr
en: Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects, or drawing objects.
en_GB: Inserts objects contained within the selected cell range. These can be OLE objects, chart objects or drawing objects.

[ctx: pastespecial|extended_tip|none]
note: 7GKDG
en: Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The contents of the clipboard will replace existing cell contents.
en_GB: Does not apply an operation when you insert the cell range from the clipboard. The content of the clipboard will replace existing cell content.

[ctx: pivotfielddialog|extended_tip|options]
note: G7ky9
en: Opens the Data Field Options dialog. The Options button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.
en_GB: Opens the Data Field Options dialogue box. The Options button is visible for column, row, or page fields only.

[ctx: pivotfilterdialog|case]
note: ckB2T
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: pivotfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: nENeC
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: FCKww
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: ieEKA
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-column]
note: uxqkM
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-data]
note: DforL
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-row]
note: vsPty
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-page]
note: 9M3jG
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|listbox-fields]
note: ZkDd9
en: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.
en_GB: To define the layout of a pivot table, drag-and-drop data field buttons onto the Page Fields, Row Fields, Column Fields, and Data Fields areas.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|check-drill-to-details]
note: EVPJi
en: Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.
en_GB: Mark this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details of the item. Unmark this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.

[ctx: pivottablelayoutdialog|extended_tip|destination-button]
note: WEQjx
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: 9SYaB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: BftEK
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbprintarea]
note: DrnyM
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbrepeatrow]
note: J22Vh
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|rbrepeatcol]
note: MG6GD
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: printareasdialog|extended_tip|PrintAreasDialog]
note: jpB5m
en: Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can specify the print range.

[ctx: randomnumbergenerator|distribution-liststore]
note: NBPGN
en: Chi Squared
en_GB: Chi-squared

[ctx: randomnumbergenerator|extended_tip|seed-spin]
note: sB7kk
en: Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.
en_GB: Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialise (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.

[ctx: regressiondialog|variable1-range-label]
note: NuoZN
en: Independent variable(s) (X) range:
en_GB: Independent variable(s) (x) range:

[ctx: regressiondialog|variable2-range-label]
note: NGXXg
en: Dependent variable (Y) range:
en_GB: Dependent variable (y) range:

[ctx: regressiondialog|withlabels-check]
note: SougG
en: Both X and Y ranges have labels
en_GB: Both x- and y-ranges have labels

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|copyback]
note: AFrxj
en: Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
en_GB: Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not mark this check box, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behaviour of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|preventchanges]
note: QJLrA
en: Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.
en_GB: Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behaviour of the Copy back setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the Prevent changes settings.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|showframe]
note: NuN3J
en: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
en_GB: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.

[ctx: scenariodialog|extended_tip|bordercolor]
note: cTLu7
en: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.
en_GB: Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The colour for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.

[ctx: scenariomenu|edit]
note: ZnKYh
en: Properties...
en_GB: Properties…

[ctx: scenariomenu|extended_tip|edit]
note: nAdtF
en: Opens the Edit scenario dialog, where you can edit the scenario properties.
en_GB: Opens the Edit scenario dialogue box, where you can edit the scenario properties.

[ctx: searchresults|ShowBox]
note: KSm3x
en: _Show this dialog
en_GB: _Show this dialogue box

[ctx: searchresults|ShowBox]
note: HggTE
en: Enable the dialog again at Tools > Options > Calc > View
en_GB: Enable the dialogue box again at Tools > Options > Calc > View

[ctx: selectdatasource|extended_tip|type]
note: jZRBA
en: Click the source type of for the selected data source.
en_GB: Click the source type for the selected data source.

[ctx: selectrange|extended_tip|treeview]
note: LTKjo
en: Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range, click its name, and then click OK.
en_GB: Lists the available database ranges. To select a database range in your spreadsheet, click its name, and then click OK.

[ctx: selectsource|extended_tip|external]
note: S9LNt
en: Opens the External Source dialog where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.
en_GB: Opens the External Source dialogue box where you can select the OLAP data source for the pivot table.

[ctx: selectsource|extended_tip|SelectSourceDialog]
note: JV3gr
en: Opens a dialog where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can select the source for your pivot table, and then create your table.

[ctx: sharedocumentdlg|warning]
note: xpXCL
en: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Note: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sharedwarningdialog|SharedWarningDialog]
note: 9e6DK
en: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colors, and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.
en_GB: Changes to formatting attributes like fonts, colours and number formats will not be saved and some functionalities like editing charts and drawing objects are not available in shared mode. Turn off shared mode to get exclusive access needed for those changes and functionalities.

[ctx: sheetprintpage|extended_tip|checkBTN_PAGENO]
note: SDefG
en: Select this option if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.
en_GB: Mark this check box if you want the first page to start with a number other than 1.

[ctx: sheetprintpage|checkBTN_FORMULAS]
note: ideQb
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: sheetprintpage|extended_tip|checkBTN_FORMULAS]
note: 9PVBj
en: Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.
en_GB: Prints the formulae contained in the cells, instead of the results.

[ctx: showdetaildialog|extended_tip|dimsTreeview]
note: GJu4j
en: Choose the field that you want to view the details for.
en_GB: Choose the field for which you want to view details.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|cellbackgroundcolor|tooltip_text]
note: bjHWc
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|cellbackground|tooltip_text]
note: wCWut
en: Select the background color of the selected cells.
en_GB: Select the background colour of the selected cells.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|borderlinecolor|tooltip_text]
note: D2TVi
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|linecolor|tooltip_text]
note: GqfZD
en: Select the line color of the borders.
en_GB: Select the line colour of the borders.

[ctx: sidebarcellappearance|borderlinecolor-atkobject]
note: 8AUBs
en: Border Line Color
en_GB: Border Line Colour

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroeslabel]
note: 4h3mG
en: Leading _zeroes:
en_GB: Leading _zeros:

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroes|tooltip_text]
note: 35pSE
en: Enter the maximum number of zeroes to display before the decimal point.
en_GB: Enter the maximum number of zeros to display before the decimal point.

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|leadingzeroes-atkobject]
note: UFTBa
en: Leading Zeroes
en_GB: Leading Zeros

[ctx: sidebarnumberformat|negativenumbersred|tooltip_text]
note: apRL8
en: Changes the font color of negative numbers to red.
en_GB: Changes the font colour of negative numbers to red.

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|options]
note: UABF3
en: Opens the Solver Options dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Solver Options dialogue box.

[ctx: solverdlg|result]
note: CgmTB
en: Optimize result to
en_GB: Optimise result to

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|targetedit]
note: qsQDn
en: Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimized.
en_GB: Enter or click the cell reference of the target cell. This field takes the address of the cell whose value is to be optimised.

[ctx: solverdlg|extended_tip|SolverDialog]
note: bXYQB
en: Opens the Solver dialog. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.
en_GB: Opens the Solver dialogue box. A solver allows you to solve mathematical problems with multiple unknown variables and a set of constraints on the variables by goal-seeking methods.

[ctx: solveroptionsdialog|extended_tip|engine]
note: pTBRt
en: Select a solver engine. The listbox is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.
en_GB: Select a solver engine. The list box is disabled if only one solver engine is installed.

[ctx: solveroptionsdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: YPbhC
en: If the current entry in the Settings listbox allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialog opens where you can change the value.
en_GB: If the current entry in the Settings list box allows you to edit a value, you can click the Edit button. A dialogue box opens where you can change the value.

[ctx: sortoptionspage|extended_tip|case]
note: F9BE3
en: Sorts first by uppercase letters and then by lowercase letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.
en_GB: Sorts first by upper-case letters and then by lower-case letters. For Asian languages, special handling applies.

[ctx: sortoptionspage|extended_tip|naturalsort]
note: VH4tV
en: Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numerical element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.
en_GB: Natural sort is a sort algorithm that sorts string-prefixed numbers based on the value of the numeric element in each sorted number, instead of the traditional way of sorting them as ordinary strings.

[ctx: sortwarning|sorttip]
note: Ny8FF
en: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighboring non-empty cells will then be sorted.
en_GB: Tip: The sort range can be detected automatically. Place the cell cursor inside a list and execute sort. The whole range of neighbouring non-empty cells will then be sorted.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: kFyDu
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: JEsDB
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|case]
note: L6LRF
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|case]
note: juNCs
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when filtering the data.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when filtering the data.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|copyresult]
note: vapFg
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|destpers]
note: rSZi5
en: Select the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range where you want to display the filtered data. If this box is checked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.
en_GB: Mark the Copy results to check box, and then specify the destination range in which you want to display the filtered data. If this check box is marked, the destination range remains linked to the source range. You must have defined the source range under Data - Define range as a database range.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|lbcopyarea]
note: ETDiJ
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|edcopyarea]
note: om6jr
en: Select the check box, and then select the cell range where you want to display the filter results.
en_GB: Mark the check box, and then select the cell range in which you want to display the filter results.

[ctx: standardfilterdialog|extended_tip|rbcopyarea]
note: WSVsk
en: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialog to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximize icon. Click it to restore the dialog to its original size.
en_GB: Click the Shrink icon to reduce the dialogue box to the size of the input field. It is then easier to mark the required reference in the sheet. The icons then automatically convert to the Maximise icon. Click it to restore the dialogue box to its original size.

[ctx: subtotalgrppage|extended_tip|group_by]
note: 9SJx9
en: Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column change, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.
en_GB: Select the column that you want to control the subtotal calculation process. If the contents of the selected column changes, the subtotals are automatically recalculated.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|pagebreak]
note: LRtCo
en: Inserts a new page after each group of subtotaled data.
en_GB: Inserts a new page after each group of subtotalled data.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|case]
note: vAGGF
en: _Case sensitive
en_GB: _Case-sensitive

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|btnuserdef]
note: EP8RH
en: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
en_GB: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.

[ctx: subtotaloptionspage|extended_tip|lbuserdef]
note: T5A7R
en: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialog box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.
en_GB: Uses a custom sorting order that you defined in the Options dialogue box at %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists.

[ctx: texttransformation_type|capitalize]
note: ZsHz4
en: Capitalize
en_GB: Capitalise

[ctx: tpviewpage|formula]
note: D7zk3
en: _Formulas
en_GB: _Formulae

[ctx: extended_tip|formula]
note: NZfqW
en: Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.
en_GB: Specifies whether to show formulae instead of results in the cells.

[ctx: extended_tip|annot]
note: gbz6Y
en: Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under %PRODUCTNAME - General in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: extended_tip|value]
note: Ve6Bg
en: Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.
en_GB: Mark the Value highlighting box to show the cell contents in different colours, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.

[ctx: extended_tip|clipmark]
note: qSy8Z
en: If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.
en_GB: If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighbouring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighbouring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.

[ctx: tpviewpage|rangefind]
note: aqEWS
en: _Show references in color
en_GB: _Show references in colour

[ctx: extended_tip|rangefind]
note: hSxKG
en: Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.
en_GB: Specifies that each reference is highlighted in colour in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a coloured border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.

[ctx: tpviewpage|synczoom]
note: g4FQY
en: S_ynchronize sheets
en_GB: S_ynchronise sheets

[ctx: extended_tip|synczoom]
note: C5GAq
en: If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.
en_GB: If marked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not marked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.

[ctx: extended_tip|color]
note: yajBD
en: Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.
en_GB: Specifies a colour for the grid lines in the current document.

[ctx: tpviewpage|color_label]
note: E2U6D
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: tpviewpage|grid]
note: GXPYd
en: Show on colored cells
en_GB: Show on coloured cells

[ctx: extended_tip|grid]
note: vFtNT
en: Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.
en_GB: Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background colour. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background colour, or to hide them.

[ctx: validationcriteriapage|extended_tip|sortascend]
note: zejAE
en: Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not checked, the order from the data source is taken.
en_GB: Sorts the selection list in ascending order and filters duplicates from the list. If not marked, the order is taken from the data source.

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Workday]
note: i8Y7Z
en: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of workdays
en_GB: Returns the serial number of the date before or after a specified number of working days

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Workday]
note: EPJV2
en: The number of workdays before or after the start date
en_GB: The number of working days before or after the start date

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Delta]
note: EzTEV
en: Number 1
en_GB: Number1

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Delta]
note: H7EGL
en: Number 2
en_GB: Number2

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Gestep]
note: ckg2G
en: The threshold value
en_GB: The threshhold value

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Effect]
note: VADwy
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: ANALYSIS_Nominal]
note: s2F7k
en: Npery
en_GB: NumPerYear

[ctx: DATE_FUNCDESC_Rot13]
note: U4M9a
en: Encrypts or decrypts a text using the ROT13 algorithm
en_GB: Encrypts or decrypts a text string using the ROT13 algorithm

[ctx: RID_PROPERTY_ALGORITHM]
en: Swarm algorithm (0 - Differential Evolution, 1 - Particle Swarm Optimization)
en_GB: Swarm algorithm (0 - Differential Evolution, 1 - Particle Swarm Optimisation)

[ctx: folderitem_base.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_BASE LngText.text]
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: module_base.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_BASE LngText.text]
en: Create and edit databases by using %PRODUCTNAME Base.
en_GB: Create and edit databases using %PRODUCTNAME Base.

[ctx: folderitem_calc.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_CALC LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: module_calc.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_CALC LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using %PRODUCTNAME Calc.

[ctx: folderitem_draw.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_DRAW LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: module_draw.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_DRAW LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using %PRODUCTNAME Draw.

[ctx: registryitem_draw.ulf STR_REG_VAL_PORTABLE_GRAYMAP_FORMAT LngText.text]
en: Portable Graymap Format File
en_GB: Portable Greymap Format File

[ctx: module_extensions.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_OPTIONAL_EXTENSIONS_NUMBERTEXT LngText.text]
en: Provides the NUMBERTEXT/MONEYTEXT spreadsheet functions which convert numbers to localized text, e.g. '100' to 'hundred'.
en_GB: Provides the NUMBERTEXT/MONEYTEXT spreadsheet functions which convert numbers to localised text, e.g. '100' to 'hundred'.

[ctx: folderitem_impress.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_IMPRESS LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: module_impress.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_IMPRESS LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using %PRODUCTNAME Impress.

[ctx: folderitem_math.ulf STR_FI_TOOLTIP_MATH LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: module_math.ulf STR_DESC_MODULE_PRG_MATH LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using %PRODUCTNAME Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using %PRODUCTNAME Math.

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES]
note: peBEn
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY_CHOICES]
note: hoEiK
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: STR_AUTOLAYOUT_ONLY_TEXT]
note: yEaXc
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: STR_END_SPELLING]
note: SDm68
en: Spellcheck of entire document has been completed.
en_GB: Spell check of entire document has been completed.

[ctx: STR_END_SPELLING_OBJ]
note: gefTJ
en: The spellcheck for the selected objects has been completed.
en_GB: The spell check for the selected objects has been completed.

[ctx: STR_EYEDROPPER]
note: B6jDL
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: STR_UNDO_APPLY_3D_FAVOURITE]
note: wXCu2
en: Apply 3D favorite
en_GB: Apply 3-D favourite

[ctx: STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_PAGES]
note: m8crC
en: Drag and Drop Pages
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Pages

[ctx: STRING_DRAG_AND_DROP_SLIDES]
note: CAGzA
en: Drag and Drop Slides
en_GB: Drag-and-drop Slides

[ctx: STR_PRESOBJ_MPNOTESTEXT]
note: CuXWS
en: Click to edit the notes format
en_GB: Click to edit the notes' format

[ctx: STR_PRESOBJ_ORGCHART]
note: eKgCA
en: Double-click to add an Organization Chart
en_GB: Double-click to add an Organisation Chart

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FIRST_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: eJ4qZ
en: First color:
en_GB: First colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_SECOND_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: CSbCE
en: Second color:
en_GB: Second colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FILL_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: cZUiD
en: Fill color:
en_GB: Fill colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_FONT_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: Fdsks
en: Font color:
en_GB: Font colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_LINE_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: nAqeR
en: Line color:
en_GB: Line colour:

[ctx: STR_CUSTOMANIMATION_COLOR_PROPERTY]
note: wiQPZ
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD]
note: AvNV8
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD]
note: P5gKe
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress reached the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW]
note: KGmdL
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_ANNOTATION_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW]
note: oEn6r
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw reached the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_IMPRESS_PRINT_UI_QUALITY]
note: CSUbC
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD]
note: pPiWM
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the end of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD]
note: buKAC
en: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Impress has searched to the beginning of the presentation. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_FORWARD_DRAW]
note: iiE2i
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue at the beginning?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the end of the document. Do you want to continue from the beginning?

[ctx: STR_SAR_WRAP_BACKWARD_DRAW]
note: RAhiP
en: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue at the end?
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Draw has searched to the beginning of the document. Do you want to continue from the end?

[ctx: bulletsandnumbering|customize]
note: nFfDs
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|default]
note: BCDCG
en: Resets the values visible in the dialog back to the default installation values.
en_GB: Resets the values visible in the dialogue box back to the default installation values.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|ok]
note: ELfL6
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|cancel]
note: AiFRo
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: copydlg|label5]
note: 27j9Q
en: _X axis:
en_GB: _x-Axis:

[ctx: copydlg|label6]
note: G5trD
en: _Y axis:
en_GB: _y-Axis:

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|x]
note: a63ej
en: Enter the horizontal distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.
en_GB: Enter the horizontal distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object to the right and negative values shift the duplicate object to the left.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|y]
note: qPCGk
en: Enter the vertical distance between the centers of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.
en_GB: Enter the vertical distance between the centres of the selected object and the duplicate object. Positive values shift the duplicate object down and negative values shift the duplicate object up.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|start]
note: ULShA
en: Choose a color for the selected object.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the selected object.

[ctx: copydlg|extended_tip|end]
note: AAoBa
en: Choose a color for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this color is applied to the last copy.
en_GB: Choose a colour for the duplicate object. If you are making more than one copy, this colour is applied to the last copy.

[ctx: copydlg|label3]
note: F3A93
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: dlgsnap|extended_tip|SnapObjectDialog]
note: hGNY5
en: Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.
en_GB: Inserts a snap point or snap line (also known as a guide) that you can use to quickly align objects.

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|originalcolors]
note: vxJf8
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|grayscale]
note: 5FsHB
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: drawprinteroptions|label5]
note: MGAFs
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: drawprtldialog|RID_SVXPAGE_NUM_OPTIONS]
note: ANGDj
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: insertslidesdialog|extended_tip|links]
note: c7yDj
en: Inserts a file or some file elements as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.
en_GB: Inserts a file, or some file elements, as a link that is automatically updated when the source file is modified.

[ctx: draw_notebookbar_groupedbar_compact|3Db]
note: TCPHC
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: vectorize|label2]
note: 4LBUQ
en: Number of colors:
en_GB: Number of colours:

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|colors]
note: fhFE7
en: Enter the number of colors to be displayed in the converted image. %PRODUCTNAME generates a polygon for each occurrence of a color in the image.
en_GB: Enter the number of colours to be displayed in the converted image. %PRODUCTNAME generates a polygon for each occurrence of a colour in the image.

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|points]
note: enFzr
en: Removes color polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.
en_GB: Removes colour polygons that are smaller than the pixel value you enter.

[ctx: vectorize|extended_tip|fillholes]
note: AF6Bf
en: Fills the color gaps caused by applying a point reduction.
en_GB: Fills the colour gaps caused by applying a point reduction.

[ctx: vectorize|label6]
note: HYpvA
en: Vectorized image:
en_GB: Vectorised image:

[ctx: clientboxfragment|STR_DEAUTHORISE_CLIENT]
note: bCCCX
en: Remove Client Authorization
en_GB: Remove Client Authorisation

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|dim_color_label]
note: DUrNg
en: Di_m color:
en_GB: Di_m colour:

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|extended_tip|dim_color_list]
note: EwZ9F
en: Select the dim color.
en_GB: Select the dim colour.

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|aeffect_list]
note: Aj8J7
en: Dim with color
en_GB: Dim with colour

[ctx: customanimationeffecttab|extended_tip|aeffect_list]
note: PZg2D
en: Select a color to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list
en_GB: Select a colour to be shown after the animation ends, or select another after-effect from the list

[ctx: customanimationfragment|counterclock]
note: eoS4e
en: Counter-clockwise
en_GB: Anticlockwise

[ctx: customslideshows|extended_tip|ok]
note: jiFoQ
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: dockinganimation|alignment]
note: 7NwKN
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|originalcolors]
note: rA69H
en: Original colors
en_GB: Original colours

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|grayscale]
note: Hp6An
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: impressprinteroptions|label5]
note: G3CZp
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: masterlayoutdlg|extended_tip|MasterLayoutDialog]
note: 2iPYT
en: Adds or removes header, footer, date, and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.
en_GB: Adds or removes header, footer, date and slide number placeholders to the layout of the master slide.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|shapes]
note: EUeae
en: In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.
en_GB: In the sub-menu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you move the focus to a slide and press the Tab key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.

[ctx: impressnotebookbar|FormMenuButton]
note: pA8DH
en: 3_d
en_GB: 3-_d

[ctx: impressnotebookbar|FormLabel]
note: xwrog
en: 3~d
en_GB: 3-~d

[ctx: notebookbar_impress_compact|FormButton]
note: 4f9xG
en: 3_d
en_GB: 3-_d

[ctx: notebookbar_impress_compact|FormLabel]
note: ntfL7
en: 3~d
en_GB: 3-~d

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|layout05]
note: PAqPF
en: Centered Text
en_GB: Centred Text

[ctx: presentationdialog|extended_tip|manualslides]
note: 2PEAj
en: Slides never change automatically when this box is selected.
en_GB: Slides never change automatically when this check box is marked.

[ctx: extended_tip|defaultrb]
note: pjmw3
en: Specifies that you want to print in original colors.
en_GB: Specifies that you want to print in original colours.

[ctx: prntopts|grayscalerb]
note: sFK9C
en: Gra_yscale
en_GB: Gre_yscale

[ctx: extended_tip|grayscalerb]
note: 85Da5
en: Specifies that you want to print colors as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies that you want to print colours as greyscale.

[ctx: publishingdialog|extended_tip|pngRadiobutton]
note: tBByA
en: The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.
en_GB: The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colours.

[ctx: publishingdialog|extended_tip|gifRadiobutton]
note: CjCTt
en: The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.
en_GB: The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colours.

[ctx: publishingdialog|extended_tip|jpgRadiobutton]
note: bEwzb
en: The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.
en_GB: The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colours.

[ctx: publishingdialog|docColorsRadiobutton]
note: ExziF
en: _Apply color scheme from document
en_GB: _Apply colour scheme from document

[ctx: publishingdialog|defaultRadiobutton]
note: fsTQM
en: Use _browser colors
en_GB: Use _browser colours

[ctx: publishingdialog|userRadiobutton]
note: FtkC2
en: _Use custom color scheme
en_GB: _Use custom colour scheme

[ctx: publishingdialog|selectColorLabel]
note: 3mrfM
en: Select Color Scheme
en_GB: Select Colour Scheme

[ctx: slidecontextmenu|color]
note: 222Gq
en: _Change Pen Color...
en_GB: _Change Pen Colour...

[ctx: slidedesigndialog|extended_tip|load]
note: KDCjh
en: Displays the Load Master Slide dialog, where you can select additional slide designs.
en_GB: Displays the Load Master Slide dialogue box, where you can select additional slide designs.

[ctx: slidedesigndialog|extended_tip|SlideDesignDialog]
note: SRRvK
en: Displays the Available Master Slides dialog, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.
en_GB: Displays the Available Master Slides dialogue box, where you can select a layout scheme for the current slide. Any objects in the slide design are inserted behind objects in the current slide.

[ctx: slidetransitionspanel|extended_tip|rb_auto_after]
note: rJJQy
en: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
en_GB: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.

[ctx: slidetransitionspanel|extended_tip|auto_after_value]
note: YctZb
en: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.
en_GB: Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numeric field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.

[ctx: templatedialog|organizer]
note: HsXnQ
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: STR_XMLSEC_ODF12_EXPECTED]
note: W5PzH
en: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools-Options-Load/Save-General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).
en_GB: The document format version is set to ODF 1.1 (OpenOffice.org 2.x) in Tools - Options - Load/Save - General. Signing documents requires ODF 1.2 (OpenOffice.org 3.x).

[ctx: STR_INFO_NOSEARCHTEXTFOUND]
note: 9D6Ze
en: The text you entered was not found.
en_GB: The text that you entered was not found.

[ctx: RID_HELP_ONSTARTUP_TEXT]
note: qLPDs
en: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Startup
en_GB: ~Display %PRODUCTNAME %MODULENAME Help at Start-up

[ctx: STR_QUICKSTART_STARTCENTER]
note: c6wAB
en: Startcenter
en_GB: Startcentre

[ctx: RID_CNT_STR_WAITING]
note: m9FCm
en: The templates are being initialized for first-time usage.
en_GB: The templates are being initialised for first-time usage.

[ctx: charmapcontrol|label1]
note: WGFBK
en: Favorites
en_GB: Favourites

[ctx: custominfopage|extended_tip|properties]
note: kSFdB
en: Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.
en_GB: Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.

[ctx: helpmanual|hidedialog]
note: B2Wzh
en: Do not show this dialog again
en_GB: Do not show this dialogue box again

[ctx: licensedialog|show]
note: yLwba
en: _Show License
en_GB: _Show Licence

[ctx: optprintpage|reducegradcolor]
note: W8LE7
en: Intermediate _color
en_GB: Intermediate _colour

[ctx: extended_tip|reducegradcolor]
note: TUbxx
en: Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.
en_GB: Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate colour.

[ctx: optprintpage|converttogray]
note: wm7C7
en: Con_vert colors to grayscale
en_GB: Con_vert colours to greyscale

[ctx: extended_tip|converttogray]
note: UNSqH
en: Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.
en_GB: Specifies that all colours are printed only as greyscale.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|pass1ed]
note: yVorz
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: password|extended_tip|pass2ed]
note: EkHiq
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: tabbar|customization]
note: hEmHk
en: Customization
en_GB: Customisation

[ctx: templatedlg|hidedialogcb]
note: rhuYP
en: Show this dialog at startup
en_GB: Show this dialogue box at startup

[ctx: versioncommentdialog|extended_tip|VersionCommentDialog]
note: T5AY5
en: Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.
en_GB: Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked Show to open this dialogue box, you cannot edit the comment.

[ctx: versionsofdialog|extended_tip|save]
note: gTR6x
en: Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialog before you save the new version.
en_GB: Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the Insert Version Comment dialogue box before you save the new version.

[ctx: versionsofdialog|extended_tip|VersionsOfDialog]
note: 5BdCA
en: Saves and organizes multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.
en_GB: Saves and organises multiple versions of the current document in the same file. You can also open, delete and compare previous versions.

[ctx: RID_XEQY_HELP]
note: DcpN2
en: Is Equal
en_GB: Is Equal To

[ctx: RID_XNEQY_HELP]
note: 67oaU
en: Is Not Equal
en_GB: Is Not Equal To

[ctx: RID_XAPPROXY_HELP]
note: PiF9E
en: Is Approximately Equal
en_GB: Is Approximately Equal To

[ctx: RID_XSIMEQY_HELP]
note: Yu5EU
en: Is Similar Or Equal
en_GB: Is Similar Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_XTOWARDY_HELP]
note: kKBBK
en: Toward
en_GB: Towards

[ctx: RID_XSUBSETY_HELP]
note: ToVZV
en: Subset
en_GB: Subset Of

[ctx: RID_XSUBSETEQY_HELP]
note: ERo34
en: Subset Or Equal To
en_GB: Subset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: RID_XSUPSETY_HELP]
note: Ut5XD
en: Superset
en_GB: Superset Of

[ctx: RID_XSUPSETEQY_HELP]
note: BCHWL
en: Superset Or Equal To
en_GB: Superset Of Or Equal to

[ctx: RID_XNSUBSETY_HELP]
note: K67nF
en: Not Subset
en_GB: Not Subset Of

[ctx: RID_XNSUBSETEQY_HELP]
note: FsuYX
en: Not Subset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Subset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_XNSUPSETY_HELP]
note: 7LJYb
en: Not Superset
en_GB: Not Superset Of

[ctx: RID_XNSUPSETEQY_HELP]
note: 2Z4St
en: Not Superset Or Equal
en_GB: Not Superset Of Or Equal To

[ctx: RID_ARCSINX_HELP]
note: DsTBd
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: RID_ARCCOSX_HELP]
note: FPzbg
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: RID_COLORX_BLACK_HELP]
note: EGfMH
en: Color Black
en_GB: Colour Black

[ctx: RID_COLORX_BLUE_HELP]
note: GrXZS
en: Color Blue
en_GB: Colour Blue

[ctx: RID_COLORX_GREEN_HELP]
note: DRFYB
en: Color Green
en_GB: Colour Green

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RED_HELP]
note: MJhTE
en: Color Red
en_GB: Colour Red

[ctx: RID_COLORX_AQUA_HELP]
note: dDDvs
en: Color Aqua
en_GB: Colour Aqua

[ctx: RID_COLORX_FUCHSIA_HELP]
note: 6zGQ2
en: Color Fuchsia
en_GB: Colour Fuchsia

[ctx: RID_COLORX_GRAY_HELP]
note: em3aA
en: Color Gray
en_GB: Colour Grey

[ctx: RID_COLORX_LIME_HELP]
note: 8Pn5t
en: Color Lime
en_GB: Colour Lime

[ctx: RID_COLORX_MAROON_HELP]
note: xGjXA
en: Color Maroon
en_GB: Colour Maroon

[ctx: RID_COLORX_NAVY_HELP]
note: Cmhuj
en: Color Navy
en_GB: Colour Navy

[ctx: RID_COLORX_OLIVE_HELP]
note: XL3XB
en: Color Olive
en_GB: Colour Olive

[ctx: RID_COLORX_PURPLE_HELP]
note: yZ9RF
en: Color Purple
en_GB: Colour Purple

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SILVER_HELP]
note: 2zE5Z
en: Color Silver
en_GB: Colour Silver

[ctx: RID_COLORX_TEAL_HELP]
note: vMBoD
en: Color Teal
en_GB: Colour Teal

[ctx: RID_COLORX_YELLOW_HELP]
note: U7bEA
en: Color Yellow
en_GB: Colour Yellow

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RGB_HELP]
note: 6mDX7
en: Color RGB
en_GB: Colour RGB

[ctx: RID_COLORX_RGBA_HELP]
note: FHLCx
en: Color RGBA
en_GB: Colour RGBA

[ctx: RID_COLORX_HEX_HELP]
note: UxFDW
en: Color hexadecimal
en_GB: Colour hexadecimal

[ctx: RID_COLORX_CORAL_HELP]
note: MGdCv
en: Color Coral
en_GB: Colour Coral

[ctx: RID_COLORX_CRIMSON_HELP]
note: gPCCe
en: Color Crimson
en_GB: Colour Crimson

[ctx: RID_COLORX_MIDNIGHT_HELP]
note: oDRbR
en: Color Midnight blue
en_GB: Colour Midnight blue

[ctx: RID_COLORX_VIOLET_HELP]
note: 4aCMu
en: Color Violet
en_GB: Colour Violet

[ctx: RID_COLORX_ORANGE_HELP]
note: Qivdb
en: Color Orange
en_GB: Colour Orange

[ctx: RID_COLORX_ORANGERED_HELP]
note: CVygm
en: Color Orangered
en_GB: Colour Orangered

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SEAGREEN_HELP]
note: LbfRK
en: Color Seagreen
en_GB: Colour Seagreen

[ctx: RID_COLORX_INDIGO_HELP]
note: DKivY
en: Color Indigo
en_GB: Colour Indigo

[ctx: RID_COLORX_LAVENDER_HELP]
note: GHgTB
en: Color Lavender
en_GB: Colour Lavender

[ctx: RID_COLORX_SNOW_HELP]
note: HQmw7
en: Color Snow
en_GB: Colour Snow

[ctx: RID_ALIGNCX_HELP]
note: BpAbA
en: Align Center
en_GB: Align Centre

[ctx: STR_GRAY]
note: fZKES
en: gray
en_GB: grey

[ctx: STR_ALIGN_CENTER]
note: dBczP
en: center
en_GB: centre

[ctx: RID_ERR_COLOREXPECTED]
note: HLZNK
en: Color required
en_GB: Colour required

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|default]
note: RK3fb
en: Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.
en_GB: Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulae.

[ctx: alignmentdialog|center]
note: v8DVF
en: _Centered
en_GB: _Centred

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|center]
note: Cppmw
en: Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.
en_GB: Aligns the elements of a formula to the centre.

[ctx: alignmentdialog|extended_tip|AlignmentDialog]
note: qV2H7
en: You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.
en_GB: You can define the alignment of multi-line formulae as well as formulae with several elements in one line.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: TZoCR
en: Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialog.
en_GB: Click here to open the Edit Symbols dialogue box.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: w4mRB
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|symbolset]
note: UA5cZ
en: All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.
en_GB: All symbols are organised into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.

[ctx: catalogdialog|extended_tip|CatalogDialog]
note: DSYgZ
en: Opens the Symbols dialog, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.
en_GB: Opens the Symbols dialogue box, in which you can select a symbol to insert in the formula.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|bold]
note: XACty
en: Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.
en_GB: Mark this check box to assign the bold attribute to the font.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|italic]
note: W4VUL
en: Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.
en_GB: Mark this check box to assign the italic attribute to the font.

[ctx: fontdialog|extended_tip|FontDialog]
note: pwqjH
en: Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialog.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to select the font for the respective category in the Fonts dialogue box.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|default]
note: BywFC
en: Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.
en_GB: Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulae.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|spinB_index]
note: AqFSQ
en: Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.
en_GB: Select the relative size for the indices in a formula in proportion to the base size.

[ctx: fontsizedialog|extended_tip|FontSizeDialog]
note: 5Tw56
en: Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.

[ctx: fonttypedialog|extended_tip|modify]
note: uQCNw
en: Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialog, where you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.
en_GB: Click one of the choices from this pop-up menu to access the Fonts dialogue box, in which you can define the font and attributes for the respective formula and for custom fonts.

[ctx: fonttypedialog|extended_tip|default]
note: gAvNx
en: Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulas.
en_GB: Click this button to save your changes as the default for all new formulae.

[ctx: savedefaultsdialog|SaveDefaultsDialog]
note: 7oNeH
en: These changes will apply for all new formulas.
en_GB: These changes will apply for all new formulae.

[ctx: extended_tip|saveonlyusedsymbols]
note: BkZLa
en: Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.
en_GB: Saves only those symbols which each formula that are used in that formula.

[ctx: symdefinedialog|extended_tip|EditSymbols]
note: zBbJC
en: Use this dialog to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to add symbols to a symbol set, to edit symbol sets, or to modify symbol notations.

[ctx: STR_SVT_4BIT_GRAYSCALE]
note: kciH5
en: 4 bit grayscale
en_GB: 4 bit greyscale

[ctx: STR_SVT_4BIT_COLOR_PALETTE]
note: TrBvg
en: 4 bit color
en_GB: 4 bit colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_8BIT_GRAYSCALE]
note: q6mH9
en: 8 bit grayscale
en_GB: 8 bit greyscale

[ctx: STR_SVT_8BIT_COLOR_PALETTE]
note: 8u2Zf
en: 8 bit color
en_GB: 8 bit colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_24BIT_TRUE_COLOR]
note: DZVK4
en: 24 bit true color
en_GB: 24 bit true colour

[ctx: STR_SVT_PRNDLG_INITIALIZING]
note: nyGEq
en: Initializing
en_GB: Initialising

[ctx: STR_SVT_PRNDLG_OFFLINE]
note: BMWJx
en: Offline
en_GB: Off-line

[ctx: STR_FIELD_FIRSTNAME]
note: LXmyi
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: STR_FIELD_LASTNAME]
note: 2MkxF
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: STR_FIELD_ZIPCODE]
note: tAg9k
en: ZIP Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: STR_FIELD_CITY]
note: UYGgj
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: STR_FIELD_STATE]
note: H3ygA
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_WORD_DOC]
note: E2Kzj
en: MS Word document
en_GB: Microsoft Word document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_DOC]
note: Xcec2
en: MS Excel document
en_GB: Microsoft Excel document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_EXCEL_TEMPLATE_DOC]
note: FWiWT
en: MS Excel template
en_GB: Microsoft Excel template

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_FLOPPY_VOLUME]
note: MEF3h
en: Disk drive
en_GB: Disc drive

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT]
note: 3CBfJ
en: MS PowerPoint Document
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Document

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_TEMPLATE]
note: DS7CP
en: MS PowerPoint Template
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Template

[ctx: STR_DESCRIPTION_POWERPOINT_SHOW]
note: syag8
en: MS PowerPoint Show
en_GB: Microsoft PowerPoint Show

[ctx: RID_ERRCTX]
note: HRZZ7
en: $(ERR) copying or moving document contents
en_GB: $(ERR) copying or moving document content

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: cmB26
en: Nonexistent object
en_GB: Non-existent object

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: GKKn5
en: Nonexistent file.
en_GB: Non-existent file.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: FXGgZ
en: An unknown I/O error has occurred.
en_GB: The file name contains invalid characters.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: 4BfhE
en: An invalid attempt was made to access the file.
en_GB: An unknown I/O error has occurred.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: Bxx3u
en: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not be activated.
en_GB: The requested Internet data is not available in the cache and cannot be transmitted as the Online mode has not been activated.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: BCqFD
en: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You need to close one or more documents before you can open a new document.
en_GB: The maximum number of documents that can be opened at the same time has been reached. You must close one or more documents before you can open a new document.

[ctx: RID_ERRHDL]
note: mfmpc
en: Could not create backup copy.
en_GB: Could not create a backup copy.

[ctx: graphicexport|liststore1]
note: iMZW3
en: pixels/meter
en_GB: pixels/metre

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|colordepthlb]
note: Dc5fy
en: Select the color depth from 8 bit grayscale or 24 bit true color.
en_GB: Select the colour depth from 8 bit greyscale or 24 bit true colour.

[ctx: graphicexport|label2]
note: hFaPC
en: Color Depth
en_GB: Colour Depth

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|savetransparencycb]
note: kZ3uW
en: Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Color Replacer to set the transparent color in the picture.
en_GB: Specifies whether to save the background of the picture as transparent. Only objects will be visible in the GIF image. Use the Colour Replacer to set the transparent colour in the picture.

[ctx: graphicexport|color1rb]
note: Jfbgx
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|color1rb]
note: LNHEi
en: Exports the file in color.
en_GB: Exports the file in colour.

[ctx: graphicexport|color2rb]
note: VeZFK
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|color2rb]
note: TWEx8
en: Exports the file in grayscale tones.
en_GB: Exports the file in greyscale tones.

[ctx: graphicexport|label18]
note: BbSGF
en: Color Format
en_GB: Colour Format

[ctx: graphicexport|extended_tip|level2rb]
note: wiWrE
en: Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports colored bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.
en_GB: Select the Level 2 option if your output device supports coloured bitmaps, palette graphics and compressed graphics.

[ctx: printersetupdialog|extended_tip|options]
note: BAnmG
en: Opens the Printer Options dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Options dialogue box where you can override the global printer options set on the Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web - Print panel for the current document.

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulFREELINE]
note: FQeae
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralFREELINE]
note: c8gFR
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulFREEFILL]
note: GSmPG
en: Freeform Line
en_GB: Free-form Line

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralFREEFILL]
note: 8k7tC
en: Freeform Lines
en_GB: Free-form Lines

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulCube3d]
note: LYyRP
en: 3D cube
en_GB: 3-D cube

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralCube3d]
note: ZsF4T
en: 3D cubes
en_GB: 3-D cubes

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulObj3d]
note: CE5Gk
en: 3D object
en_GB: 3-D object

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralObj3d]
note: pECo3
en: 3D objects
en_GB: 3-D objects

[ctx: STR_ObjNameSingulScene3d]
note: Wuqvb
en: 3D scene
en_GB: 3-D scene

[ctx: STR_ObjNamePluralScene3d]
note: tH8BD
en: 3D scenes
en_GB: 3-D scenes

[ctx: STR_EditMovToTop]
note: AweBA
en: Move %1 forward
en_GB: Move %1 forwards

[ctx: STR_EditPutToTop]
note: B83UQ
en: Move %1 to front
en_GB: Move %1 to the front

[ctx: STR_EditPutToBtm]
note: aHzgz
en: Move %1 to back
en_GB: Move %1 to the back

[ctx: STR_EditSetPointsSmooth]
note: sE8PU
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: STR_EditSetSegmentsKind]
note: CzVVY
en: Modify bézier properties of %1
en_GB: Modify Bézier properties of %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignVCenter]
note: SyXzE
en: Horizontally center %1
en_GB: Horizontally centre %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignHCenter]
note: apfuW
en: Vertically center %1
en_GB: Vertically centre %1

[ctx: STR_EditAlignCenter]
note: ttEmT
en: Center %1
en_GB: Centre %1

[ctx: STR_EqualizeWidthMarkedObjects]
note: CnGYu
en: Equalize Width %1
en_GB: Equalise Width %1

[ctx: STR_EqualizeHeightMarkedObjects]
note: zBTZe
en: Equalize Height %1
en_GB: Equalise Height %1

[ctx: STR_ItemValTEXTVADJCENTER]
note: 3Cde5
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_ItemValTEXTHADJCENTER]
note: bDPBk
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: STR_ItemValMEASURE_TEXTINSIDE]
note: ZUEgu
en: inside (centered)
en_GB: inside (centred)

[ctx: STR_ItemValMEASURETEXT_VERTICALCEN]
note: WL8XG
en: centered
en_GB: centred

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINECOLOR]
note: NuJkv
en: Line color
en_GB: Line colour

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINESTARTCENTER]
note: FcHDB
en: Center arrowhead
en_GB: Centre arrowhead

[ctx: SIP_XA_LINEENDCENTER]
note: KnFtT
en: Center arrowend
en_GB: Centre arrowend

[ctx: SIP_XA_FILLCOLOR]
note: RDcH6
en: Fillcolor
en_GB: Fillcolour

[ctx: SIP_XA_FORMTXTSHDWCOLOR]
note: oDiYn
en: Fontwork shadow color
en_GB: Fontwork shadow colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_SHADOWCOLOR]
note: dSwen
en: Shadow color
en_GB: Shadow colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_SHADOW3D]
note: sDFuG
en: 3D shadow
en_GB: 3-D shadow

[ctx: SIP_EE_CHAR_COLOR]
note: kpiTD
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: SIP_SA_GLOW_COLOR]
note: 3hvai
en: Color of glow effect
en_GB: Colour of glow effect

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR]
note: mrTdk
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_CENTERED]
note: X4EFw
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_NOTCENTERED]
note: FFe8m
en: Not centered
en_GB: Not centred

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRAFMODE_GREYS]
note: DdAzc
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLORBAR]
note: ZWz8Y
en: Left click to apply as background color, right click to set line color
en_GB: Left click to apply as background colour, right click to set line colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_GREY]
note: PwGvV
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_LIGHTGRAY]
note: wVMiq Light variants of the standard color palette
en: Light Gray
en_GB: Light Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_DARKGRAY]
note: J6DDx Dark variants of the standard color palette
en: Dark Gray
en_GB: Dark Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_GRAY_A]
note: BZGUS Elements of the Material color palette
en: Gray A
en_GB: Grey A

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_BLUE_GRAY_A]
note: RA8KB
en: Blue Gray A
en_GB: Blue Grey A

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_MATERIAL_BLUE_GRAY]
note: yXhED
en: Blue Gray
en_GB: Blue Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_BLUEGREY]
note: CWbzY
en: Blue gray
en_GB: Blue grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_3D]
note: 4gHhZ 16 old AutoFormat Table Styles
en: 3D
en_GB: 3-D

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_3D]
note: sQpNL
en: Currency 3D
en_GB: Currency 3-D

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_CURRENCY_GRAY]
note: ACACr
en: Currency Gray
en_GB: Currency Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_TBLAFMT_GRAY]
note: a8AGf
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_LINEJOINT_MITER]
note: EtQJT
en: Line joint miter
en_GB: Line joint mitre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT8]
note: hi3tb
en: Ellipsoid blue gray/light blue
en_GB: Ellipsoid blue grey/light blue

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT59]
note: S3bJ9 gradients of unknown provenience
en: Gray Gradient
en_GB: Grey Gradient

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT73]
note: ZAj48
en: Blank with Gray
en_GB: Blank with Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_GRDT74]
note: CJqu3
en: Spotted Gray
en_GB: Spotted Grey

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_BMP10]
note: bAE9x
en: Colorful Pebbles
en_GB: Colourful Pebbles

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_BMP16]
note: AVGfC
en: Color Stripes
en_GB: Colour Stripes

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_COLOR_LIBRE_GREEN_1]
note: hGytB
en: Green 1 (%PRODUCTNAME Main Color)
en_GB: Green 1 (%PRODUCTNAME Main Colour)

[ctx: RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_ROTATE]
note: Heqmn
en: Rotate 3D object
en_GB: Rotate 3-D object

[ctx: RID_SVX_3D_UNDO_BREAK_LATHE]
note: EL9V9
en: Split 3D object
en_GB: Split 3-D object

[ctx: RID_GALLERYSTR_THEME_3D]
note: 5uYha
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DOC_COLORS]
note: xqzJj
en: Document colors
en_GB: Document colours

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_DOC_COLOR_PREFIX]
note: 6BoWp
en: Document Color
en_GB: Document Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_UNDO_APPLY_EXTRUSION_COLOR]
note: DFEZP
en: Change Extrusion Color
en_GB: Change Extrusion Colour

[ctx: RID_SVXFLOAT3D_FAVORITE]
note: hXNfG
en: Favorite
en_GB: Favourite

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_LM]
note: CznfN
en: Left center
en_GB: Left centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_MM]
note: jvzC7
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RECTCTL_ACC_CHLD_RM]
note: HPtYD
en: Right center
en_GB: Right centre

[ctx: RID_STR_DELETECONFIRM]
note: zSJQe
en: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation.
    Do you want to continue anyway?
en_GB: If you click Yes, you won't be able to undo this operation!
    Do you want to continue?

[ctx: RID_STR_NOCONTROLS_FOR_EXTERNALDISPLAY]
note: 6RPtu
en: Valid bound controls which can be used in the table view do not exist in the current form.
en_GB: No valid bound controls which can be used in the table view exist in the current form.

[ctx: RID_STR_SVT_SQL_SYNTAX_ACCESS_DAT_NO_VALID]
note: tzFv5
en: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, MM/DD/YY.
en_GB: The value entered is not a valid date. Please enter a date in a valid format, for example, DD/MM/YY.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_RULER_TAB_CENTER]
note: MhfuC
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_ZOOMTOOL_HINT]
note: Bc5Sg
en: Zoom factor. Right-click to change zoom factor or click to open Zoom dialog.
en_GB: Zoom factor. Right-click to change zoom factor or click to open Zoom dialogue box.

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_PALETTE]
note: ihDqY
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_BMPMASK_STR_TITLE]
note: sDL47
en: Color Replacer
en_GB: Colour Replacer

[ctx: RID_SVXDLG_FLOAT3D_STR_TITLE]
note: 7FcWA
en: 3D Effects
en_GB: 3-D Effects

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_3]
note: k3LBG
en: Uppercase Roman number I. II. III.
en_GB: Upper-case Roman number I. II. III.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_4]
note: BPgDJ
en: Uppercase letter A) B) C)
en_GB: Upper-case letter A) B) C)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_5]
note: GooHz
en: Lowercase letter a) b) c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter a) b) c)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_6]
note: k6waJ
en: Lowercase letter (a) (b) (c)
en_GB: Lower-case letter (a) (b) (c)

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_SINGLENUM_DESCRIPTION_7]
note: ZiWKK
en: Lowercase Roman number i. ii. iii.
en_GB: Lower-case Roman number i. ii. iii.

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_0]
note: oDTBg
en: Numeric, numeric, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, numeric, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_1]
note: m56fN
en: Numeric, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_2]
note: RyTLW
en: Numeric, lowercase letters, lowercase Roman, uppercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Numeric, lower-case letters, lower-case Roman, upper-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_4]
note: gjEgN
en: Uppercase Roman, uppercase letters, lowercase Roman, lowercase letters, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Upper-case Roman, upper-case letters, lower-case Roman, lower-case letters, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_OUTLINENUM_DESCRIPTION_5]
note: DZ2kE
en: Uppercase letters, uppercase Roman, lowercase letters, lowercase Roman, solid small circular bullet
en_GB: Upper-case letters, upper-case Roman, lower-case letters, lower-case Roman, solid small circular bullet

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_CHR_LOWER]
note: DuQGP
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_UPPER]
note: nWQ7R
en: Uppercase Roman
en_GB: Upper-case Roman

[ctx: RID_SVXITEMS_PAGE_NUM_ROM_LOWER]
note: PxkPZ
en: Lowercase Roman
en_GB: Lower-case Roman

[ctx: STR_COLORTABLE]
note: Deknh
en: Color Palette
en_GB: Colour Palette

[ctx: RID_SUBSETMAP]
note: gMEFL
en: Latin Extended Additionals
en_GB: Latin Extended Additional

[ctx: RID_SUBSETMAP]
note: WLLAP
en: Kangxi Radicals
en_GB: Kanxi Radicals

[ctx: RID_ATTR_NAMES]
note: TtzX2
en: Font color
en_GB: Font colour

[ctx: RID_ATTR_NAMES]
note: A7wEV
en: Character set color
en_GB: Character set colour

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: DPZws
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: RWGZH
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: Uy6BJ
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: ej2m5
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: EFSC2
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: pcGHS
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: 5a3Dq
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: zpCki
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: RID_SVXSTR_FIELDUNIT_TABLE]
note: aTBVj
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCTX]
note: fpWGL
en: $(ERR) executing the spellcheck.
en_GB: $(ERR) executing the spell check.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: JhrPu
en: Spellcheck is not available.
en_GB: Spell check is not available.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: YAuTf
en: A language has not been fixed for the selected term.
en_GB: A language has not been specified for the selected term.

[ctx: RID_SVXERRCODE]
note: 4CPe7
en: Password protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password protection?
en_GB: Password-protection is not supported when documents are saved in a Microsoft Office format.
    Do you want to save the document without password-protection?

[ctx: RID_SVXSW_FRAMEPOSITIONS]
note: zLzw8
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: addconditiondialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: YARAf
en: Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.
en_GB: Opens the Form Namespaces dialogue box in which you can add, edit or delete namespaces.

[ctx: addconditiondialog|extended_tip|AddConditionDialog]
note: obZQs
en: Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.
en_GB: Add a condition in this sub-dialogue box of the Add Item / Edit Item dialogue box of the Data Navigator.

[ctx: asianphoneticguidedialog|adjustlb]
note: AoQvC
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: charviewmenu|STR_CLEAR_ALL_CHAR]
note: evrE6
en: Add to favorites
en_GB: Add to favourites

[ctx: charviewmenu|STR_CLEAR_ALL_CHAR]
note: XPhLz
en: Remove from favorites
en_GB: Remove from favourites

[ctx: chineseconversiondialog|extended_tip|editterms]
note: RpF9A
en: Opens the Edit Dictionary dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Dictionary dialogue box in which you can edit the list of conversion terms.

[ctx: chinesedictionary|property]
note: fG6PM
en: First name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: chinesedictionary|property]
note: HbNRg
en: Last name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: classificationdialog|label-PartNumber]
note: cDs9q
en: License:
en_GB: Licence:

[ctx: colorwindow|color_picker_button]
note: 5MZ3i
en: Custom Color…
en_GB: Custom Colour…

[ctx: crashreportdlg|ed_bugreport]
note: DDKL6
en: Please check the report and if no bug report is connected to the crash report yet, open a new bug report at bugs.documentfoundation.org.
    Add detailed instructions on how to reproduce the crash and the shown crash ID into the crash report field.
    Thank you for your help in improving %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Please check the report, and if no bug report is connected to the crash report yet, open a new bug report at bugs.documentfoundation.org.
    Add detailed instructions on how to reproduce the crash and the shown crash ID into the crash report field.
    Thank you for your help in improving %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instancesadd]
note: MFX47
en: Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a new instance.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instancesedit]
note: cJYQx
en: Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can modify the current instance.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|modelsadd]
note: QMNcJ
en: Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.
en_GB: Opens the Add Model dialogue box in which you can add an XForm model.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|modelsbutton]
note: VnGCB
en: Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.
en_GB: Adds, renames and removes XForms models.

[ctx: datanavigator|extended_tip|instances]
note: VtqeQ
en: This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.
en_GB: This button has sub-menus to add, to edit, and to remove instances.

[ctx: defaultshapespanel|label10]
note: cibWf
en: 3D Objects
en_GB: 3-D Objects

[ctx: deletefooterdialog|DeleteFooterDialog]
note: EthWp
en: All contents of the footer will be deleted and can not be restored.
en_GB: All content of the footer will be deleted and can not be restored.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|diagonal]
note: Mk8WM
en: Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which you want to round the corners of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|scaleddepth]
note: W4Agm
en: Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Enter the amount by which to increase or decrease the area of the front side of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|angle]
note: zHDZb
en: Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Enter the angle in degrees to rotate the selected 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|depth]
note: 8x6QY
en: Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3D object. This option is not valid for 3D rotation objects.
en_GB: Enter the extrusion depth for the selected 3-D object. This option is not valid for 3-D rotation objects.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|veri]
note: eECGL
en: Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object
en_GB: Enter the number of vertical segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|hori]
note: zDoUt
en: Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3D rotation object.
en_GB: Enter the number of horizontal segments to use in the selected 3-D rotation object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|objspecific]
note: 6Eqby
en: Renders the 3D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.
en_GB: Renders the 3-D surface according to the shape of the object. For example, a circular shape is rendered with a spherical surface.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|flat]
note: MgFbn
en: Renders the 3D surface as polygons.
en_GB: Renders the 3-D surface as polygons.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|spherical]
note: Ant38
en: Renders a smooth 3D surface.
en_GB: Renders a smooth 3-D surface.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|doublesided]
note: KhQUE
en: Closes the shape of a 3D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3D).
en_GB: Closes the shape of a 3-D object that was created by extruding a freeform line (Convert - To 3-D).

[ctx: docking3deffects|to3d|tooltip_text]
note: XjqvC
en: Convert to 3D
en_GB: Convert to 3-D

[ctx: docking3deffects|preview-atkobject]
note: S27FV
en: 3D Preview
en_GB: 3-D Preview

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightpreview-atkobject]
note: c86Xg
en: Color Light Preview
en_GB: Colour Light Preview

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|mode]
note: oq9Aj
en: Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single color to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colors across the polygons. Phong shading averages the color of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.
en_GB: Select the shading method that you want to use. Flat shading assigns a single colour to a single polygon on the surface of the object. Gouraud shading blends colours across the polygons. Phong shading averages the colour of each pixel based on the pixels that surround it, and requires the most processing power.

[ctx: docking3deffects|shadow|tooltip_text]
note: 4yMr6
en: 3D Shadowing On/Off
en_GB: 3-D Shadowing On/Off

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|shadow]
note: uPZTo
en: Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Adds or removes a shadow from the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|distance]
note: QDWn9
en: Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the center of the selected object.
en_GB: Enter the distance to leave between the camera and the centre of the selected object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton1|tooltip_text]
note: DNnED
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|colorbutton1]
note: fbmBv
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|ambientcolor]
note: yWUfc
en: Select a color for the ambient light.
en_GB: Select a colour for the ambient light.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton2|tooltip_text]
note: nSELF
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light1]
note: 9QFz2
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light2]
note: jwgPB
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light3]
note: sCqw6
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light4]
note: Vus8w
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light5]
note: dESZk
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light6]
note: CgMts
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light7]
note: LJ3Lp
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light8]
note: 7GZgb
en: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a color for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the color of the surrounding light, by selecting a color from the Ambient light box.
en_GB: Click twice to turn the light source on, and then select a colour for the light from the list. If you want, you can also set the colour of the surrounding light, by selecting a colour from the Ambient light box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor1|tooltip_text]
note: FN3e6
en: Light 1 color
en_GB: Light 1 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|lightcolor1]
note: djVxQ
en: Select a color for the current light source.
en_GB: Select a colour for the current light source.

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor2|tooltip_text]
note: EBVTG
en: Light 2 color
en_GB: Light 2 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor3|tooltip_text]
note: wiDjj
en: Light 3 color
en_GB: Light 3 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor4|tooltip_text]
note: zZSLi
en: Light 4 color
en_GB: Light 4 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor5|tooltip_text]
note: bPGBH
en: Light 5 color
en_GB: Light 5 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor6|tooltip_text]
note: mCg85
en: Light 6 color
en_GB: Light 6 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor7|tooltip_text]
note: Lj2HV
en: Light 7 color
en_GB: Light 7 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|lightcolor8|tooltip_text]
note: aNZDv
en: Light 8 color
en_GB: Light 8 colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|texcolor|tooltip_text]
note: rfdVf
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texcolor]
note: dkTiY
en: Converts the texture to color.
en_GB: Converts the texture to colour.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texmodulate]
note: 3g4zG
en: Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialog.
en_GB: Applies the texture with shading. To define the shading options for the texture, click the Shading button in this dialogue box.

[ctx: docking3deffects|texblend|tooltip_text]
note: ycQqQ
en: Texture, Shadow and Color
en_GB: Texture, Shadow and Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|label26]
note: fYX37
en: _Favorites
en_GB: _Favourites

[ctx: docking3deffects|label27]
note: mNa7V
en: _Object color
en_GB: _Object colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|label29]
note: rGGJC
en: _Illumination color
en_GB: _Illumination colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|objcolor]
note: UmpFS
en: Select the color that you want to apply to the object.
en_GB: Select the colour that you want to apply to the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|illumcolor]
note: 8ufuo
en: Select the color to illuminate the object.
en_GB: Select the colour to illuminate the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|favorites]
note: KDxBg
en: Select a predefined color scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom color scheme.
en_GB: Select a predefined colour scheme, or select User-defined to define a custom colour scheme.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton3|tooltip_text]
note: AndqG
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|colorbutton3]
note: BT3GD
en: Select the color to illuminate the object.
en_GB: Select the colour to illuminate the object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton4|tooltip_text]
note: tsEoC
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|label30]
note: wY3tE
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|speccolor]
note: TAoRf
en: Select the color that you want the object to reflect.
en_GB: Select the colour that you want the object to reflect.

[ctx: docking3deffects|colorbutton5|tooltip_text]
note: 8fdJB
en: Colors Dialog
en_GB: Colours Dialogue Box

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|material]
note: xN7Sr
en: Changes the coloring of the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Changes the colouring of the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|texture]
note: DVwWG
en: Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Sets the properties of the surface texture for the selected 3-D object. This feature is only available after you apply a surface texture to the selected object. To quickly apply a surface texture, open the Gallery, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag an image onto the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|light]
note: 9WEJD
en: Define the light source for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Define the light source for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|representation]
note: HF3KP
en: Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3D object.
en_GB: Sets the shading and shadow options for the selected 3-D object.

[ctx: docking3deffects|extended_tip|geometry]
note: h4c39
en: Adjusts the shape of the selected 3D object. You can only modify the shape of a 3D object that was created by converting a 2D object. To convert a 2D object to 3D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3D, or Convert - To 3D Rotation Object.
en_GB: Adjusts the shape of the selected 3-D object. You can only modify the shape of a -3D object that was created by converting a 2-D object. To convert a 2-D object to 3-D, select the object, right-click, and then choose Convert - To 3-D, or Convert - To 3-D Rotation Object.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|label2]
note: dzpTm
en: Source color
en_GB: Source colour

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx2-atkobject]
note: 7BFw2 This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 2
en_GB: Source Colour 2

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx2]
note: PQMJr
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx3-atkobject]
note: 8kZuj This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 3
en_GB: Source Colour 3

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx3]
note: N86Pu
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx4-atkobject]
note: 3asCq This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 4
en_GB: Source Colour 4

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx4]
note: LBfJA
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|cbx1-atkobject]
note: 5MXBc This string is used by the eyedropper dialog to denote a color in an image that will be replaced by another color.
en: Source Color 1
en_GB: Source Colour 1

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx1]
note: QFJGw
en: Select this checkbox to replace the current Source color with the color that you specify in the Replace with box.
en_GB: Select this check box to replace the current Source colour with the colour that you specify in the Replace with box.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|cbx5]
note: GTTDs
en: Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the color that you select.
en_GB: Replaces transparent areas in the current image with the colour that you select.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol1]
note: 5yRXd
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol2]
note: meE29
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol3]
note: TFmby
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|tol4]
note: PBa9G
en: Set the tolerance for replacing a source color in the source image. To replace colors that are similar to the color that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colors, enter a higher value.
en_GB: Set the tolerance for replacing a source colour in the source image. To replace colours that are similar to the colour that you selected, enter a low value. To replace a wider range of colours, enter a higher value.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color1]
note: HHM3q
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color2]
note: Xov5N
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color3]
note: n4BEe
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color4]
note: 2jmAc
en: Lists the available replacement colors. To modify the current list of colors, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colors tab.
en_GB: Lists the available replacement colours. To modify the current list of colours, deselect the image, choose Format - Area, and then click the Colours tab.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|color5]
note: JaAwK
en: Select the color to replace the transparent areas in the current image.
en_GB: Select the colour to replace the transparent areas in the current image.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|label1]
note: EeBXP
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|replace]
note: 8uHoS
en: Replaces the selected source colors in the current image with the colors that you specify in the Replace with boxes.
en_GB: Replaces the selected source colours in the current image with the colours that you specify in the Replace with boxes.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|pipette]
note: CQGvD
en: Select one of the four source color boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the color that you want to replace.
en_GB: Select one of the four source colour boxes. Move the mouse pointer over the selected image, and then click the colour that you want to replace.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|toolgrid]
note: ErWSB
en: Displays the color in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Color Replacer tool is selected.
en_GB: Displays the colour in the selected image that directly underlies the current mouse pointer position. This features only works if the Colour Replacer tool is selected.

[ctx: dockingcolorreplace|extended_tip|DockingColorReplace]
note: gbska
en: Opens the Color Replacer dialog, where you can replace colors in bitmap and meta file graphics.
en_GB: Opens the Colour Replacer dialogue box, where you can replace colours in bitmap and meta file graphics.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|center|tooltip_text]
note: Gd3Fn
en: Center
en_GB: Centre

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|center]
note: QvAnd
en: Centers the text on the text baseline.
en_GB: Centres the text on the text baseline.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|indent]
note: nQpqX
en: Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline, and the beginning of the text.
en_GB: Enter the amount of space to leave between the beginning of the text baseline and the beginning of the text.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|contour]
note: hwZ5Q
en: Shows or hides the text baseline, or the edges of the selected object.
en_GB: Shows or hides the text baseline or the edges of the selected object.

[ctx: dockingfontwork|color|tooltip_text]
note: MDpHx
en: Shadow Color
en_GB: Shadow Colour

[ctx: dockingfontwork|extended_tip|color]
note: bNpUP
en: Select a color for the text shadow.
en_GB: Select a colour for the text shadow.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|matchcase]
note: mMSX7
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase characters.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case characters.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|layout]
note: JEwqr
en: Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this checkbox, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.
en_GB: Searches for text formatted with the style that you specify. Select this check box, and then select a style from the Find list. To specify a replacement style, select a style from the Replace list.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|similarity]
note: 9Div9
en: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.
en_GB: Find terms that are similar to the Find text. Select this check box, and then click the Similarities button to define the similarity options.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|soundslike]
note: 2Sw86
en: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Select this checkbox, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.
en_GB: Lets you specify the search options for similar notation used in Japanese text. Mark this check box, and then click the Sounds button to specify the search options.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|extended_tip|notes]
note: z68pk
en: In Writer, you can select to include the comment texts in your searches.
en_GB: In Writer, you can select to include the comment text strings in your searches.

[ctx: findreplacedialog|calcsearchin]
note: GGhEA
en: Formulas
en_GB: Formulae

[ctx: floatingareastyle|left|tooltip_text]
note: JjgJw
en: Rotate counterclockwise by 45 degrees.
en_GB: Rotate counter-clockwise by 45 degrees.

[ctx: floatingareastyle|label2]
note: hrDvA
en: Center _X:
en_GB: Centre _X:

[ctx: floatingareastyle|label3]
note: 2edDC
en: Center _Y:
en_GB: Centre _Y:

[ctx: floatingareastyle|centerx|tooltip_text]
note: C7FRC
en: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal center.
en_GB: Specify the horizontal offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style. 50% is the horizontal centre.

[ctx: floatingareastyle|centery|tooltip_text]
note: eBXEr
en: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the center for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical center.
en_GB: Specify the vertical offset percentage from the centre for the gradient shading style.  50% is the vertical centre.

[ctx: floatingcontour|statuscolor]
note: kFDBb
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: floatingcontour|extended_tip|TBI_PIPETTE]
note: A6v7a
en: Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.
en_GB: Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same colour. Click here, and then click a colour in the bitmap. To increase the colour range that is selected, increase the value in the Tolerance box.

[ctx: floatingcontour|spinbutton|tooltip_text]
note: vRR3B
en: Color Tolerance
en_GB: Colour Tolerance

[ctx: floatingcontour|extended_tip|spinbutton]
note: o4Dxq
en: Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.
en_GB: Enter the colour tolerance for the Colour Replacer as a percentage. To increase the colour range that the Colour Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.

[ctx: fontworkalignmentcontrol|RID_SVXSTR_ALIGN_CENTER]
note: Dt4xu
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: imapdialog|extended_tip|TBI_FREEPOLY]
note: jqx5a
en: Draws a hotspot that is based on a freeform polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a freeform line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.
en_GB: Draws a hotspot that is based on a free-form polygon. Click this icon and move to where you want to draw the hotspot. Drag a free-form line and release to close the shape. After, you can enter the Address and the Text for the hotspot, and then select the Frame where you want the URL to open.

[ctx: extended_tip|mtrflddrawx]
note: GhA8G
en: Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.
en_GB: Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the x-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|mtrflddrawy]
note: fPCcF
en: Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.
en_GB: Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the y-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|numflddivisionx]
note: QBM3z
en: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.
en_GB: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the x-axis.

[ctx: extended_tip|numflddivisiony]
note: hNLHu
en: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.
en_GB: Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the y-axis.

[ctx: passwd|oldpass]
note: FkYnV
en: Old Password
en_GB: Old password

[ctx: passwd|extended_tip|confirmpassEntry]
note: QF45Y
en: Reenter the new password for the selected library.
en_GB: Re-enter the new password for the selected library.

[ctx: rulermenu|mm]
note: xHAu7
en: Millimeter
en_GB: Millimetre

[ctx: rulermenu|cm]
note: wvJrk
en: Centimeter
en_GB: Centimetre

[ctx: rulermenu|m]
note: 9CXyh
en: Meter
en_GB: Metre

[ctx: rulermenu|km]
note: BuJwF
en: Kilometer
en_GB: Kilometre

[ctx: safemodedialog|label4]
note: C6Drd
en: You can also include relevant parts of your user profile in the bugreport (be aware it might contain personal data).
en_GB: You can also include relevant parts of your user profile in the bug report (be aware it might contain personal data).

[ctx: sidebararea|color|tooltip_text]
note: egzhb
en: Select the color to apply.
en_GB: Select the colour to apply.

[ctx: sidebargraphic|colorlmodelabel]
note: 6cABJ
en: Color _mode:
en_GB: Colour _mode:

[ctx: sidebargraphic|setcolormode-atkobject]
note: Rj5UQ
en: Color mode
en_GB: Colour mode

[ctx: sidebarline|colorlabel]
note: hqTEs
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: sidebarline|color|tooltip_text]
note: oEqwH
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: sidebarline|setcolor|tooltip_text]
note: JbEBs
en: Select the color of the line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the line.

[ctx: sidebarline|edgestyle]
note: MuNWz
en: Mitered
en_GB: Mitred

[ctx: sidebarline|edgestyle]
note: Dftrf
en: Beveled
en_GB: Bevelled

[ctx: sidebarparagraph|backgroundcolor|tooltip_text]
note: aFsx7
en: Paragraph Background Color
en_GB: Paragraph Background Colour

[ctx: sidebarshadow|color]
note: RFRDq
en: Color:
en_GB: Colour:

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: ZQK5A
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: DGeQh
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: nM8CX
en: City
en_GB: Post Town

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: hTMFo
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: SA_ADDRESS_HEADER]
note: d9nJo
en: ZIP
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: RID_SW_ERRHDL]
note: FCni4
en: Cells cannot be further split.
en_GB: Cells cannot be split further.

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: YUbUQ Format names
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: BB8yt
en: Char Back Color
en_GB: Char Back Colour

[ctx: RID_ATTRIBUTE_NAMES_MAP]
note: AxVck
en: Char Color
en_GB: Char Colour

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: ujBVU
en: Millimeter
en_GB: millimetre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: a9SsD
en: Centimeter
en_GB: centimetre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: 2RuJU
en: Meter
en_GB: metre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: s4zrG
en: Kilometer
en_GB: kilometre

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: SGXPk
en: Inch
en_GB: inch

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: 3kDJD
en: Foot
en_GB: foot

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: Z9v2E
en: Miles
en_GB: mile

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: ngFw4
en: Pica
en_GB: pica

[ctx: STR_ARR_METRIC]
note: C2njC
en: Point
en_GB: point

[ctx: STR_READONLY_PATH]
note: QRU4j
en: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialog?
en_GB: The 'AutoText' directories are read-only. Do you want to call the path settings dialogue box?

[ctx: STR_STATSTR_SPELL]
note: LuH5F
en: Spellcheck...
en_GB: Spell check...

[ctx: STR_MULT_INTERACT_HYPH_WARN]
note: iD3WQ
en: The interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document
en_GB: Interactive hyphenation is already active
    in a different document

[ctx: STR_OLE]
note: gcZ3a
en: OLE-object
en_GB: OLE object

[ctx: STR_PRINTOPTUI_COLOR]
note: X8Bfu
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: STR_AUTH_FIELD_ORGANIZATIONS]
note: ZB7Go
en: Organization
en_GB: Organisation

[ctx: STR_FILTER_DBF]
note: QupGC
en: dBase (*.dbf)
en_GB: dBASE (*.dbf)

[ctx: STR_SPELLING_COMPLETED]
note: gE7CA
en: The spellcheck is complete.
en_GB: The spell check is complete.

[ctx: FLD_EU_VORNAME]
note: WWxTK
en: First Name
en_GB: Forename

[ctx: FLD_EU_NAME]
note: 4tdAc
en: Last Name
en_GB: Surname

[ctx: FLD_EU_PLZ]
note: ESbkx
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: FLD_EU_ORT]
note: WDAc2
en: City
en_GB: Post town

[ctx: FLD_EU_STATE]
note: 6GBRm
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: STR_WORDCOUNT_HINT]
note: XWMSH
en: Word and character count. Click to open Word Count dialog.
en_GB: Word and character count. Click to open Word Count dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_BOOKCTRL_HINT]
note: xBHUG
en: Page number in document. Click to open Go to Page dialog or right-click for bookmark list.
en_GB: Page number in document. Click to open Go to Page dialogue box or right-click for bookmark list.

[ctx: STR_BOOKCTRL_HINT_EXTENDED]
note: XaF3v
en: Page number in document (Page number on printed document). Click to open Go to Page dialog.
en_GB: Page number in document (Page number on printed document). Click to open Go to Page dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_TMPLCTRL_HINT]
note: EWtd2
en: Page Style. Right-click to change style or click to open Style dialog.
en_GB: Page Style. Right-click to change style or click to open Style dialogue box.

[ctx: STR_VERT_CENTER]
note: GPTAu
en: Centered vertically
en_GB: Centred vertically

[ctx: STR_LINE_CENTER]
note: MU7hC
en: Line centered
en_GB: Line centred

[ctx: STR_HORI_CENTER]
note: wzGK7
en: Centered horizontally
en_GB: Centred horizontally

[ctx: STR_DRAWMODE_GREY]
note: kbALJ
en: Grayscales
en_GB: Greyscales

[ctx: STR_IMGBTN_SRCH_REP_DOWN]
note: gbnwp
en: Continue search forward
en_GB: Continue search forwards

[ctx: STR_FRMUI_CENTER_BASE]
note: sdyVF
en: Base line ~centered
en_GB: Base line ~centred

[ctx: STR_SENDER_TOKENS]
note: yAAPM
en: COMPANY;CR;FIRSTNAME; ;LASTNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;CITY; ;STATEPROV; ;POSTALCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;
en_GB: COMPANY;CR;FORENAME; ;SURNAME;CR;ADDRESS;CR;POSTTOWN; ;COUNTY; ;POSTCODE;CR;COUNTRY;CR;

[ctx: RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS]
note: JBCDA
en: Capitalize first letter of sentences
en_GB: Capitalise first letter of sentences

[ctx: RID_SHELLRES_AUTOFMTSTRS]
note: rpT9U
en: Add non breaking space
en_GB: Add non-breaking space

[ctx: addressblockdialog|customft]
note: pAsvT
en: 2. Customi_ze salutation
en_GB: 2. Customise salutation

[ctx: autoformattable|extended_tip|AutoFormatTableDialog]
note: DFUNM
en: Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading, and borders.
en_GB: Automatically applies formats to the current table, including fonts, shading and borders.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|replace]
note: DDAC8
en: Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.
en_GB: Replaces the content of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|macro]
note: Eum5k
en: Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Macro dialogue box, with which you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|import]
note: MVT2K
en: Opens a dialog where you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can select the MS 97/2000/XP Word document or template containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|path]
note: JzGXV
en: Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Paths dialogue box, in which you can select the directory to store AutoText.

[ctx: autotext|extended_tip|AutoTextDialog]
note: 2FEex
en: Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables, and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.
en_GB: Creates, edits, or inserts AutoText. You can store formatted text, text with graphics, tables and fields as AutoText. To quickly insert AutoText, type the shortcut for the AutoText in your document, and then press F3.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|new]
note: XnbFd
en: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.
en_GB: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialogue box, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose Tools - Bibliography Database.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|edit]
note: xHxhn
en: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.
en_GB: Opens the Define Bibliography Entry dialogue box where you can edit the selected bibliography record.

[ctx: bibliographyentry|extended_tip|close]
note: zo8CS
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: businessdatapage|countryft]
note: AgVpM
en: Co_untry/state:
en_GB: Co_untry/County:

[ctx: businessdatapage|icityft]
note: Po3B3
en: _Zip/city:
en_GB: _Postcode/post town:

[ctx: businessdatapage|izip-atkobject]
note: ytCQe
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: charurlpage|extended_tip|visitedlb]
note: CqHA6
en: Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
en_GB: Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.

[ctx: charurlpage|extended_tip|unvisitedlb]
note: w7Cdu
en: Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.
en_GB: Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialogue box and click the Styles icon on the Formatting toolbar.

[ctx: columnpage|lineposlb]
note: MKcWL
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: columnpage|linecolorft]
note: kkGNR
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: columnpage|extended_tip|applytolb]
note: F7MQT
en: Select the item that you want to apply the column layout to.
en_GB: Select the item to which you want to apply the column layout.

[ctx: conditionpage|extended_tip|condstyle]
note: 3pzaG
en: Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.
en_GB: Mark this check box to define a new style as a conditional style.

[ctx: converttexttable|extended_tip|autofmt]
note: ArFSS
en: Opens the AutoFormat dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.
en_GB: Opens the AutoFormat dialogue box, in which you can select a predefined layout for table.

[ctx: createaddresslist|extended_tip|FIND]
note: hiYxd
en: Opens the Find Entry dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.
en_GB: Opens the Find Entry dialogue box. You can leave the dialogue box open while you edit the entries.

[ctx: createaddresslist|CUSTOMIZE]
note: rTdBt
en: C_ustomize...
en_GB: C_ustomise...

[ctx: createaddresslist|extended_tip|CUSTOMIZE]
note: Y965L
en: Opens the Customize Address List dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.
en_GB: Opens the Customise Address List dialogue box in which you can rearrange, rename, add and delete fields.

[ctx: customizeaddrlistdialog|CustomizeAddrListDialog]
note: 7dr3i
en: Customize Address List
en_GB: Customise Address List

[ctx: dropdownfielddialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: Ct7px
en: Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialog, where you can edit the Input list.
en_GB: Displays the Edit Fields: Functions dialogue box, where you can edit the Input list.

[ctx: editsectiondialog|extended_tip|password]
note: PYhAa
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.

[ctx: envformatpage|extended_tip|format]
note: g3nMo
en: Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.
en_GB: Select the envelope size that you want, or select "User-defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.

[ctx: envprinterpage|horicenterl|tooltip_text]
note: EqZR7
en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|vertcenterl|tooltip_text]
note: HKeFF
en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|horicenteru|tooltip_text]
note: tdktA
en: Horizontal Center
en_GB: Horizontal Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|vertcenteru|tooltip_text]
note: NPzAL
en: Vertical Center
en_GB: Vertical Centre

[ctx: envprinterpage|extended_tip|setup]
note: jyNbK
en: Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.
en_GB: Opens the Print Setup dialogue box in which you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.

[ctx: exchangedatabases|extended_tip|browse]
note: HvR9A
en: Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.
en_GB: Opens a file open dialogue box to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.

[ctx: exchangedatabases|label7]
note: ZgGFH
en: Use this dialog to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.
en_GB: Use this dialogue box to replace the databases you access in your document via database fields, with other databases. You can only make one change at a time. Multiple selection is possible in the list on the left.
    Use the browse button to select a database file.

[ctx: fielddialog|extended_tip|ok]
note: AYDUA
en: Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialog, click the Close button.
en_GB: Inserts the selected field at the current cursor position in the document. To close the dialogue box, click the Close button.

[ctx: fielddialog|extended_tip|cancel]
note: AVAfz
en: Closes the dialog.
en_GB: Closes the dialogue box.

[ctx: flddbpage|extended_tip|browse]
note: FnCPc
en: Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.
en_GB: Opens a file open dialogue box in which you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.

[ctx: fldfuncpage|extended_tip|macro]
note: pHLUT
en: Opens the Macro Selector, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.
en_GB: Opens the Macro Selector, in which you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.

[ctx: floatingsync|FloatingSync]
note: b5iXT
en: Synchronize
en_GB: Synchronise

[ctx: floatingsync|sync]
note: ooBrL
en: Synchronize Labels
en_GB: Synchronise Labels

[ctx: footnoteareapage|label7]
note: myPFY
en: _Color
en_GB: _Colour

[ctx: footnoteareapage|position]
note: dqnpa
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: footnoteareapage|extended_tip|color]
note: aHwK5
en: Select the color of the separator line.
en_GB: Select the colour of the separator line.

[ctx: formattablepage|center]
note: kMsAJ
en: _Center
en_GB: _Centre

[ctx: formattablepage|extended_tip|center]
note: j2nPx
en: Centers the table horizontally on the page.
en_GB: Centres the table horizontally on the page.

[ctx: frmaddpage|extended_tip|protectcontent]
note: FrDqV
en: Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.
en_GB: Prevents changes to the content of the selected item.

[ctx: frmaddpage|liststore]
note: Mz6Ss
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: frmtypepage|extended_tip|relwidth]
note: H3kKU
en: Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.
en_GB: Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.

[ctx: frmtypepage|extended_tip|relheight]
note: 6BmoJ
en: Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.
en_GB: Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the text area of the paragraph it is anchored to.

[ctx: indexentry|new|tooltip_text]
note: goQoK
en: New User-defined Index
en_GB: New User-Defined Index

[ctx: inputwinmenu|leq]
note: 9y6jk
en: Less Than or Equal
en_GB: Less Than or Equal To

[ctx: inputwinmenu|geq]
note: mDjkK
en: Greater Than or Equal
en_GB: Greater Than or Equal To

[ctx: inputwinmenu|asin]
note: PUrKG
en: Arcsine
en_GB: Arc sine

[ctx: inputwinmenu|acos]
note: 4VKJB
en: Arccosine
en_GB: Arc cosine

[ctx: inputwinmenu|atan]
note: QB8fF
en: Arctangent
en_GB: Arc tangent

[ctx: insertbreak|columnrb-atkobject]
note: poiJj
en: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new column.
en_GB: Inserts a manual column break (in a multiple column layout), and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next column. A manual column break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new column.

[ctx: insertbreak|pagerb-atkobject]
note: G7e9T
en: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a nonprinting border at the top of the new page.
en_GB: Inserts a manual page break, and moves the text found to the right of the cursor to the beginning of the next page. The inserted page break is indicated by a non-printing border at the top of the new page.

[ctx: insertcaption|extended_tip|auto]
note: eNMYS
en: Opens the Caption dialog. It has the same information as the dialog you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Opens the Caption dialogue box. It has the same information as the dialogue box you get by menu %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: insertdbcolumnsdialog|extended_tip|tableformat]
note: s2Yfx
en: Opens the Table Format dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.
en_GB: Opens the Table Format dialogue box, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.

[ctx: insertdbcolumnsdialog|extended_tip|autoformat]
note: uc3tJ
en: Opens the AutoFormat dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.
en_GB: Opens the AutoFormat dialogue box, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.

[ctx: inserttable|extended_tip|ok]
note: AzYkF
en: Saves all changes and closes dialog.
en_GB: Saves all changes and closes dialogue box.

[ctx: inserttable|extended_tip|cancel]
note: M4Bgm
en: Closes dialog and discards all changes.
en_GB: Closes dialogue box and discards all changes.

[ctx: labeloptionspage|synchronize]
note: dPmJF
en: Synchroni_ze contents
en_GB: Synchroni_se contents

[ctx: labeloptionspage|extended_tip|setup]
note: eBLwT
en: Opens the Printer Setup dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Setup dialogue box.

[ctx: labeloptionspage|extended_tip|LabelOptionsPage]
note: BxCVt
en: Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronization and printer settings.
en_GB: Sets additional options for your labels or business cards, including text synchronisation and printer settings.

[ctx: extended_tip|test]
note: tezBK
en: Opens the Test Account Settings dialog to test the current settings.
en_GB: Opens the Test Account Settings dialogue box to test the current settings.

[ctx: mailmerge|extended_tip|pathpb]
note: JFCAP
en: Opens the Select Path dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Path dialogue box.

[ctx: mailmerge|extended_tip|MailmergeDialog]
note: sQ3GC
en: The Mail Merge dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.
en_GB: The Mail Merge dialogue box helps you in printing and saving form letters.

[ctx: mergeconnectdialog|label2]
note: NEDKH
en: Fields are used to personalize form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.
en_GB: Fields are used to personalise form letters. The fields are placeholders for data from a data source, such as a database. The fields in the form letter must be connected to the data source.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|addresslist]
note: 7vUgG
en: Opens the Select Address List dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.
en_GB: Opens the Select Address List dialogue box, in which you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: seTsD
en: Opens the Match Fields dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Match Fields dialogue box.

[ctx: mmaddressblockpage|extended_tip|settings]
note: irYyv
en: Opens the Select Address Block dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Address Block dialogue box.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|general]
note: fB4pf
en: Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.
en_GB: Select the default greeting to use if a personalised salutation cannot be created.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|newfemale]
note: FUyzo
en: Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a female recipient.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation dialogue box for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|newmale]
note: MPBju
en: Opens the Custom Salutation dialog for a male recipient.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation dialogue box for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|female]
note: qEdFG
en: Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|male]
note: 6Fqxk
en: Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmmailbody|personalized]
note: K6a9E
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmmailbody|extended_tip|personalized]
note: vyKar
en: Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
en_GB: Adds a personalised salutation. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage|letterft]
note: Zqr7R
en: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send letters to a group of recipients. The letters can contain an address block and a salutation. The letters can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmoutputtypepage|emailft]
note: 8KmNe
en: Send email messages to a group of recipients. The email messages can contain a salutation. The email messages can be personalized for each recipient.
en_GB: Send email messages to a group of recipients. The email messages can contain a salutation. The email messages can be personalised for each recipient.

[ctx: mmresultemaildialog|extended_tip|copyto]
note: RsFBa
en: Opens the Copy To dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.
en_GB: Opens the Copy To dialogue box in which you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|assign]
note: TdGGG
en: Opens the Match Fields dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Match Fields dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|general]
note: 7Snab
en: Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.
en_GB: Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalised salutation.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|newfemale]
note: iQETJ
en: Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation (Female recipient) dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|newmale]
note: ACYDN
en: Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Custom Salutation (Male recipient) dialogue box.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|female]
note: fAUfC
en: Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a female recipient.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|male]
note: 9oaEY
en: Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.
en_GB: Select the personalised greeting for a male recipient.

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|personalized]
note: AXiog
en: Insert personalized salutation
en_GB: Insert personalised salutation

[ctx: mmsalutationpage|extended_tip|personalized]
note: YZcw2
en: Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.
en_GB: Adds a personalised salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, unmark this check box.

[ctx: mmselectpage|extended_tip|browsetemplate]
note: CdmfM
en: Opens a template selector dialog.
en_GB: Opens a template selector dialogue box.

[ctx: navigatorpanel|extended_tip|edit]
note: phQFB
en: Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialog is opened.
en_GB: Edit the contents of the component selected in the Navigator list. If the selection is a file, the file is opened for editing. If the selection is an index, the Index dialogue box is opened.

[ctx: newuserindexdialog|NewUserIndexDialog]
note: mYVYE
en: Create New User-defined Index
en_GB: Create New User-Defined Index

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|3DButton]
note: rDBLq
en: 3_D
en_GB: 3-_D

[ctx: notebookbar_groupedbar_full|ColorButton]
note: hpbGC
en: C_olor
en_GB: C_olour

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylegray]
note: 6WNhQ
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorred]
note: FHkoR
en: Colorize Red
en_GB: Colorise Red

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorblue]
note: d62Cu
en: Colorize Blue
en_GB: Colorise Blue

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolorgreen]
note: wEHYw
en: Colorize Green
en_GB: Colorise Green

[ctx: notebookbar_groups|imagestylecolororange]
note: b6DBd
en: Colorize Orange
en_GB: Colorise Orange

[ctx: optcompatpage|globalcompatoptions]
note: VuRJj
en: Reorganize Form menu to have it MS compatible
en_GB: Reorganise Form menu to have it Microsoft compatible

[ctx: extended_tip|hyphens]
note: D9auF
en: Specifies whether soft hyphens (called also as optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.
en_GB: Specifies whether soft hyphens (also called optional or discretionary hyphens) are displayed. These are hidden user-defined delimiters that you enter within a word by pressing Ctrl+Hyphen(-). Words with soft hyphens are only separated at the end of a line at the point where a soft hyphen has been inserted, irrespective of whether the automatic hyphenation is activated or deactivated.

[ctx: extended_tip|nonbreak]
note: jd36B
en: Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as gray boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.
en_GB: Specifies that non-breaking spaces are shown as grey boxes. Non-breaking spaces are not broken at the end of a line and are entered with the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar shortcut keys.

[ctx: optgeneralpage|standardizedpageshow]
note: 9pDAg
en: Show standardized page count
en_GB: Show standardised page count

[ctx: optgeneralpage|labelstandardpages]
note: qJ4Fr
en: Characters per standardized page:
en_GB: Characters per standardised page:

[ctx: optredlinepage|insertcolor_label]
note: AdCLY
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: sDgMx
en: Uppercase
en_GB: Upper-case

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: LqieQ
en: Lowercase
en_GB: Lower-case

[ctx: optredlinepage|insert]
note: NPD8e
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: optredlinepage|insertcolor-atkobject]
note: mGEfK
en: Color of Insertions
en_GB: Colour of Insertions

[ctx: extended_tip|insertcolor]
note: NHubs
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|deletedcolor_label]
note: CzQcF
en: Col_or:
en_GB: Col_our:

[ctx: optredlinepage|deletedcolor-atkobject]
note: P2XbL
en: Color of Deletions
en_GB: Colour of Deletions

[ctx: extended_tip|deletedcolor]
note: w84gW
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|changedcolor_label]
note: 3pALq
en: Colo_r:
en_GB: Colou_r:

[ctx: optredlinepage|changedcolor-atkobject]
note: QUmdP
en: Color of Changed Attributes
en_GB: Colour of Changed Attributes

[ctx: extended_tip|changedcolor]
note: ZmSyG
en: You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.
en_GB: You can also choose a colour to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the colour is automatically determined by %PRODUCTNAME, then modified to match to the author of each change.

[ctx: optredlinepage|markcolor-atkobject]
note: E9g4Y
en: Color of Mark
en_GB: Colour of Mark

[ctx: extended_tip|markcolor]
note: RrcPw
en: Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.
en_GB: Specifies the colour for highlighting the changed lines in the text.

[ctx: optredlinepage|markcolor_label]
note: paCGy
en: _Color:
en_GB: _Colour:

[ctx: extended_tip|numformatting]
note: 8Bg9h
en: Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognized and formatted as numbers.
en_GB: Specifies that numbers in a text table are recognised and formatted as numbers.

[ctx: opttablepage|label10]
note: LhnNT
en: Behavior of rows/columns
en_GB: Behaviour of rows/columns

[ctx: opttablepage|label14]
note: KcBp8
en: Insert cell
en_GB: In‌sert cell

[ctx: outlinenumbering|extended_tip|saveas]
note: ABAWF
en: Opens a dialog where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can save the current settings for the selected chapter and outline level. You can then load these settings from another document.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|liststore1]
note: W4eDj
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|numalignlb]
note: CPWPU
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|indentatmf]
note: VgG4o
en: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the start of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.
en_GB: Enter the distance from the left page margin to the beginning of all lines in the numbered paragraph that follow the first line.

[ctx: outlinepositionpage|extended_tip|num2alignlb]
note: rhrGW
en: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centered" to center the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.
en_GB: Set the alignment of the numbering symbols. Select "Left" to align the numbering symbol to start directly at the "Aligned at" position. Select "Right" to align the symbol to end directly before the "Aligned at" position. Select "Centred" to centre the symbol around the "Aligned at" position.

[ctx: printeroptions|label5]
note: uFDfh
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printmergedialog|extended_tip|PrintMergeDialog]
note: LyE96
en: When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.
en_GB: When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialogue box asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the Mail Merge dialogue box opens in which you can select the database records to print.

[ctx: extended_tip|background]
note: ocn5F
en: Specifies whether to include colors and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.
en_GB: Specifies whether to include colours and objects that are inserted to the background of the page (Format - Page - Background) in the printed document.

[ctx: extended_tip|textplaceholder]
note: QfL9u
en: Enable this option to print text placeholders. Disable this option to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.
en_GB: Enable this option to print text placeholders. Unmark this check box to leave the text placeholders blank in the printout.

[ctx: extended_tip|rtl]
note: bjysC
en: Check to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.
en_GB: Mark this check box to print the pages of the brochure in the correct order for a right-to-left script.

[ctx: extended_tip|blankpages]
note: JB64a
en: If this option is enabled, automatically-inserted blank pages are being printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.
en_GB: If this check box is marked, automatically-inserted blank pages will be printed. This is best if you are printing double-sided. For example, in a book, a "chapter" paragraph style has been set to always start with an odd numbered page. If the previous chapter ends on an odd page, %PRODUCTNAME inserts an even numbered blank page. This option controls whether to print that even numbered page or not.

[ctx: privateuserpage|nameft]
note: APhFB
en: First/last _name/initials:
en_GB: First/Last _name/Initials:

[ctx: privateuserpage|countryft]
note: DzXD5
en: Co_untry/state:
en_GB: Co_untry/county:

[ctx: privateuserpage|icityft]
note: LGHpW
en: _Zip/city:
en_GB: _Postcode/post town:

[ctx: privateuserpage|izip-atkobject]
note: AZwKD
en: Zip code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: queryredlinedialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: baD9M
en: Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.

[ctx: sectionpage|extended_tip|selectpassword]
note: nBQLQ
en: Opens a dialog where you can change the current password.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box where you can change the current password.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|create]
note: Q7aPs
en: Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can create a new address list.
en_GB: Opens the New Address List dialogue box, in which you can create a new address list.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|filter]
note: MByRg
en: Opens the Standard Filter dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.
en_GB: Opens the Standard Filter dialogue box, in which you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: Kp7hn
en: Opens the New Address List dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.
en_GB: Opens the New Address List dialogue box, in which you can edit the selected address list.

[ctx: selectaddressdialog|extended_tip|changetable]
note: WDUAW
en: Opens the Select Table dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.
en_GB: Opens the Select Table dialogue box, in which you can select another table to use for mail merge.

[ctx: selectblockdialog|extended_tip|new]
note: HAcMA
en: Opens the New Address Block dialog where you can define a new address block layout.
en_GB: Opens the New Address Block dialogue box in which you can define a new address block layout.

[ctx: selectblockdialog|extended_tip|edit]
note: TauiG
en: Opens the Edit Address Block dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.
en_GB: Opens the Edit Address Block dialogue box where you can edit the selected address block layout.

[ctx: selecttabledialog|extended_tip|preview]
note: Wo98B
en: Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Mail Merge Recipients dialogue box.

[ctx: sidebartheme|label2]
note: B25Kd
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: sortdialog|extended_tip|delimpb]
note: VhhBB
en: Opens the Special Characters dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.
en_GB: Opens the Special Characters dialogue box, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.

[ctx: sortdialog|extended_tip|matchcase]
note: Nd8XG
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|extended_tip|break]
note: LEfit
en: Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.
en_GB: Mark this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|extended_tip|pagenonf]
note: b8xXZ
en: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.
en_GB: Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the check box unchecked.

[ctx: tabletextflowpage|liststore2]
note: 5Pb5v
en: Centered
en_GB: Centred

[ctx: templatedialog1|organizer]
note: UH8Vz
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog16|organizer]
note: tA5vb
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog16|customize]
note: g5NQF
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: templatedialog2|organizer]
note: 2NhWM
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog4|organizer]
note: 8dRdE
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: templatedialog8|organizer]
note: BvGbL
en: Organizer
en_GB: Organiser

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|spinMF_TEXTSIZE]
note: kKNkF
en: Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.
en_GB: Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in fewer characters per line.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|checkCB_DISPLAY]
note: rB5ty
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|checkCB_PRINT]
note: kvaYD
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|labelFT_COLOR]
note: qBUXt
en: Grid color:
en_GB: Grid colour:

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|listLB_COLOR]
note: Gcv2C
en: Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.
en_GB: Specifies the printing and colour options of the text grid.

[ctx: textgridpage|extended_tip|TextGridPage]
note: F6YEz
en: Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialog box.
en_GB: Adds a text grid to the current page style. This option is only available if Asian language support is enabled under Language Settings - Languages in the Options dialogue box.

[ctx: tocentriespage|extended_tip|edit]
note: Dzkip
en: Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.
en_GB: Opens a dialogue box in which you can edit the selected character style.

[ctx: tocentriespage|extended_tip|tabstop]
note: 28QwC
en: Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or select the Align right check box.
en_GB: Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the Fill character box. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the Tab stop position box, or mark the Align right check box.

[ctx: tocindexpage|liststore1]
note: DuFx3
en: User-Defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|addstylescb]
note: mDsDx
en: Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.
en_GB: Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the Assign Styles dialogue box as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the Assign Styles (...) button to the right of this box.

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|styles]
note: FAiTL
en: Opens the Assign Styles dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.
en_GB: Opens the Assign Styles dialogue box, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index. Choose the proper heading level on which the style will be included in the index.

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|usedash]
note: A3eqB
en: Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".
en_GB: Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range in which the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".

[ctx: tocindexpage|casesens]
note: GfaT4
en: Case sensitive
en_GB: Case-sensitive

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|casesens]
note: rAwSj
en: Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.
en_GB: Distinguishes between upper-case and lower-case letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.

[ctx: tocindexpage|initcaps]
note: e35vc
en: AutoCapitalize entries
en_GB: AutoCapitalise entries

[ctx: tocindexpage|extended_tip|initcaps]
note: CLSou
en: Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.
en_GB: Automatically capitalises the first letter of an index entry.

[ctx: tocstylespage|extended_tip|edit]
note: Y9dVq
en: Opens the Paragraph Style dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.
en_GB: Opens the Paragraph Style dialogue box, in which you can modify the selected paragraph style.

[ctx: extended_tip|helplines]
note: ChPAo
en: Displays snap lines around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.
en_GB: Displays snap lnes around the frames when frames are moved. You can select the Helplines While Moving option to show the exact position of the object using lineal values.

[ctx: extended_tip|comments]
note: PYSxn
en: Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comments's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.
en_GB: Displays comments. Click a comment to edit the text. Use the context menu in Navigator to locate or delete a comment. Use the comment's context menu to delete this comment or all comments or all comments of this author.

[ctx: watermarkdialog|ColorLabel]
note: LGwjR
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: watermarkdialog|extended_tip|Angle]
note: CAaVN
en: Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in counterclockwise direction.
en_GB: Select the rotation angle for the watermark. The text will be rotated by this angle in anticlockwise direction.

[ctx: watermarkdialog|extended_tip|Color]
note: tFkYv
en: Select a color from the drop-down box.
en_GB: Select a colour from the drop-down box.

[ctx: wordcount-mobile|standardizedpages]
note: mfBEG
en: Standardized pages
en_GB: Standardised pages

[ctx: wordcount|standardizedpages]
note: dZmso
en: Standardized pages
en_GB: Standardised pages

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id4277169 help.text]
note: a43c7
en: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that “Use a Java runtime environment” is checked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big listbox. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE of version 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.
en_GB: Before you use the Wiki Publisher, ensure that %PRODUCTNAME uses a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). To check the status of the JRE, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced</item>. Ensure that “Use a Java runtime environment” is checked and that a Java runtime folder is selected in the big list box. If no JRE was activated, then activate a JRE of version 1.4 or later and restart %PRODUCTNAME.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id2381969 help.text]
note: v3JN9
en: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogs inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.
en_GB: Note: You can store your user name and password for all respective dialogue boxes inside %PRODUCTNAME. The password will be stored in a secure way, where access is maintained by a master password. To enable the master password, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Security</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id3751640 help.text]
note: 5xi4b
en: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item>, and restart the software.
en_GB: Note: If you connect to the web using a proxy server, enter the proxy information to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - Proxy</item> and restart the software.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id9533677 help.text]
note: CCnbF
en: Open a Writer document, and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: Open a Writer document and choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id368968 help.text]
note: fGcyZ
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, click <emph>Add</emph>.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisettings.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialogue box, click <emph>Add</emph>.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id6962187 help.text]
note: pkAFV
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp"><emph>MediaWiki</emph></link> dialog, enter the account information for the wiki.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp"><emph>MediaWiki</emph></link> dialogue box, enter the account information for the wiki.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id389416 help.text]
note: xc4AX
en: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the textbox.
en_GB: You can copy the URL from a web browser and paste it into the text box.

[ctx: wiki.xhp par_id228278 help.text]
note: 6jREj
en: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp"><emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph></link> dialog, specify the settings for your entry.
en_GB: In the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikisend.xhp"><emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph></link> dialogue box, specify the settings for your entry.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id4571672 help.text]
note: kXBwS
en: Use the <emph>MediaWiki</emph> dialog to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.
en_GB: Use the <emph>MediaWiki</emph> dialogue box to add or edit your MediaWiki account settings.

[ctx: wikiaccount.xhp par_id9046601 help.text]
note: M6uYF
en: If you have enabled the master password feature on the <emph>Security</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialog, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the <emph>Save password</emph> checkbox to store your password.
en_GB: If you have enabled the master password feature on the <emph>Security</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME</item> dialogue box, then the software can store your password and automatically insert the data where necessary. Enable the <emph>Save password</emph> checkbox to store your password.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id376598 help.text]
note: Gdu22
en: Explicit text alignment should not be used in wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centered, and right alignment of text.
en_GB: Explicit text alignment should not be used in wiki articles. Nevertheless, text alignment is supported for left, centred, and right alignment of text.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3541673 help.text]
note: G3qA6
en: Images cannot be exported by a transformation producing a single file of wiki text. However, if the image is already uploaded to the target wiki domain (e. g., Wikimedia Commons), then the transformation produces a valid image tag that includes the image. Image captions are also supported.
en_GB: Images cannot be exported by a transformation producing a single file of wiki text. However, if the image is already uploaded to the target wiki domain (e.g., Wikimedia Commons), then the transformation produces a valid image tag that includes the image. Image captions are also supported.

[ctx: wikiformats.xhp par_id3037202 help.text]
note: w8BUf
en: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding wiki-style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colors is ignored.
en_GB: Simple tables are supported well. Table headers are translated into corresponding wiki-style table headers. However, custom formatting of table borders, column sizes and background colours is ignored.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id1743827 help.text]
note: F4YJF
en: In the <emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph> dialog, specify the settings for your current wiki upload.
en_GB: In the <emph>Send to MediaWiki</emph> dialogue box, specify the settings for your current wiki upload.

[ctx: wikisend.xhp par_id823999 help.text]
note: 6dCeT
en: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Check this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>
en_GB: <emph>This is a minor edit</emph>: <ahelp hid=".">Mark this box to mark the uploaded page as a minor edit of the already existing page with the same title.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1188390 help.text]
note: 39jox
en: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the options dialog by going to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.
en_GB: You can add, edit and remove MediaWiki servers. Open the options dialogue box by going to <item type="menuitem">Tools - Options - Internet - MediaWiki</item>.

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id9786065 help.text]
note: 5JhsD
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to add a new entry to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id3386333 help.text]
note: Q2kSq
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the MediaWiki dialogue box to edit the selected entry.</ahelp>

[ctx: wikisettings.xhp par_id1029084 help.text]
note: mi2NR
en: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialog opens.
en_GB: When you click Add or Edit, the <link href="com.sun.wiki-publisher/wikiaccount.xhp">MediaWiki</link> dialogue box opens.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf writer LngText.text]
en: Create and edit text and images in letters, reports, documents and Web pages by using Writer.
en_GB: Create and edit text and images in letters, reports, documents and Web pages using Writer.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf impress LngText.text]
en: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages by using Impress.
en_GB: Create and edit presentations for slideshows, meeting and Web pages using Impress.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf draw LngText.text]
en: Create and edit drawings, flow charts, and logos by using Draw.
en_GB: Create and edit drawings, flow charts and logos using Draw.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf calc LngText.text]
en: Perform calculations, analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets by using Calc.
en_GB: Perform calculations, analyse information and manage lists in spreadsheets using Calc.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf math LngText.text]
en: Create and edit scientific formulas and equations by using Math.
en_GB: Create and edit scientific formulae and equations using Math.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf base LngText.text]
en: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information by using Base.
en_GB: Manage databases, create queries and reports to track and manage your information using Base.

[ctx: launcher_comment.ulf startcenter LngText.text]
en: The office productivity suite compatible to the open and standardized ODF document format. Supported by The Document Foundation.
en_GB: The office productivity suite compatible to the open and standardised ODF document format. Supported by The Document Foundation.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: KgnBz
en: You are about to save/export a password protected basic library containing module(s) 
    $(ARG1)
    which are too large to store in binary format. If you wish users that don't have access to the library password to be able to run macros in those module(s) you must split those modules into a number of smaller modules. Do you wish to continue to save/export this library?
en_GB: You are about to save/export a password-protected basic library containing module(s) 
    $(ARG1)
    which are too large to store in binary format. If you wish users that don't have access to the library password to be able to run macros in those module(s) you must split those modules into a number of smaller modules. Do you wish to continue to save/export this library?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: 5MfGQ
en: The data associated with the partnership is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership is corrupt.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: fKMdA
en: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupted.
en_GB: The data associated with the partnership $(ARG1) is corrupt.

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: AqFh4
en: Please insert disk $(ARG1).
en_GB: Please insert disc $(ARG1).

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: CUbSR
en: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME repair the file?
en_GB: The file '$(ARG1)' is corrupt and therefore cannot be opened. %PRODUCTNAME can try to repair the file.
    
    The corruption could be the result of document manipulation or of structural document damage due to data transmission.
    
    We recommend that you do not trust the content of the repaired document.
    Execution of macros is disabled for this document.
    
    Should %PRODUCTNAME attempt to repair the file?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: JCpTn
en: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: Configuration data in '$(ARG1)' is corrupted. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: QCACp
en: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupted configuration data?
en_GB: The personal configuration file '$(ARG1)' is corrupted and must be deleted to continue. Some of your personal settings may be lost.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the corrupt configuration data?

[ctx: RID_UUI_ERRHDL]
note: 4gRCA
en: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue startup of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?
en_GB: The configuration data source '$(ARG1)' is unavailable. Without this data some functions may not operate correctly.
    Do you want to continue start-up of %PRODUCTNAME without the missing configuration data?

[ctx: masterpassworddlg|extended_tip|password]
note: bRcP4
en: Type a password. A password is case sensitive.
en_GB: Type a password. A password is case-sensitive.

[ctx: setmasterpassworddlg|label4]
note: aNzdJ
en: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case sensitive.
en_GB: Caution: If you forget the master password, you will be unable to access any of the information protected by it. Passwords are case-sensitive.

[ctx: RID_STR_PAPERNAMES]
note: heERi
en: User Defined
en_GB: User-defined

[ctx: SV_HELPTEXT_MINIMIZE]
note: FinRN
en: Minimize
en_GB: Minimise

[ctx: SV_HELPTEXT_MAXIMIZE]
note: wNV6G
en: Maximize
en_GB: Maximise

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_CPCT]
note: eFooQ
en: Centered CJK Punctuation
en_GB: Centred CJK Punctuation

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_PCAP]
note: 7sRp3
en: Lowercase to Petite Capitals
en_GB: Lower-case to Petite Capitals

[ctx: STR_FONT_FEATURE_ID_SMCP]
note: iWL8L
en: Lowercase to Small Capitals
en_GB: Lower-case to Small Capitals

[ctx: printdialog|extended_tip|setup]
note: 89CRC
en: Opens the Printer Properties dialog. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.
en_GB: Opens the Printer Properties dialogue box. The printer properties vary according to the printer that you select.

[ctx: printerdevicepage|label11]
note: e9E5A
en: Color _depth:
en_GB: Colour _depth:

[ctx: printerdevicepage|label10]
note: U29RG
en: Co_lor:
en_GB: Co_lour:

[ctx: printerdevicepage|colorspace]
note: WXFof
en: Color
en_GB: Colour

[ctx: printerdevicepage|colorspace]
note: VGAv4
en: Grayscale
en_GB: Greyscale

[ctx: RID_COMMON_START_0]
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_6]
en: ~Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements
en_GB: ~Use paper with pre-printed letterhead elements

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_45]
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: RID_LETTERWIZARDDIALOG_START_49]
en: To create another new letter out of the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.
en_GB: To create another new letter using the template just navigate to the template location and double-click it.

[ctx: RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START_21]
en: ZIP code/State/City:
en_GB: Postcode/County/Post town:

[ctx: RID_FAXWIZARDDIALOG_START_24]
en: To create another new fax out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create another new fax using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_17]
en: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace placeholders with text later.
en_GB: Placeholders will be used in empty fields. You can replace them with text later.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_20]
en: To create a new agenda out of the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.
en_GB: To create a new agenda using the template, go to the location where you saved the template and double-click the file.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_26]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Minute taker

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_31]
en: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholder with the appropriate names.
en_GB: The agenda template will include placeholders for the names of the selected people. When creating an agenda from the template, you can replace these placeholders with the appropriate names.

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_64]
en: Minute keeper
en_GB: Secretary

[ctx: RID_AGENDAWIZARDDIALOG_START_89]
en: Colorful
en_GB: Colourful

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_COMMON_0 property.text]
note: 8UKfi
en: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disk.
en_GB: The directory '%1' could not be created.<BR>There may not be enough space left on your hard disc.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_30 property.text]
note: xPoaP
en: According to which fields do you want to sort the data?
en_GB: Which fields do you want to sort the data by?

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_68 property.text]
note: LujCA
en: Labeling fields
en_GB: Labelling fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_REPORT_72 property.text]
note: agw3x
en: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or exist under the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.
en_GB: An error occurred in the wizard.<BR>The template '%PATH' could be erroneous.<BR>Either the required sections or tables do not exist or have the wrong name.<BR>See the Help for more detailed information.<BR>Please select another template.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_3 property.text]
note: BCBCd
en: A subform is a form that is inserted in another form.\nUse subforms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.
en_GB: A sub-form is a form that is inserted in another form.\nUse sub-forms to show data from tables or queries with a one-to-many relationship.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_4 property.text]
note: h4XzG
en: ~Add Subform
en_GB: ~Add Sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_5 property.text]
note: GSiwE
en: ~Subform based on existing relation
en_GB: ~Sub-form based on existing relation

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_7 property.text]
note: 2BEab
en: Subform based on ~manual selection of fields
en_GB: Sub-form based on ~manual selection of fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_9 property.text]
note: yGGuc
en: Fields in the ~subform
en_GB: Fields in the ~sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_20 property.text]
note: 9uFd2
en: ~First joined subform field
en_GB: ~First joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_21 property.text]
note: NfpyC
en: ~Second joined subform field
en_GB: ~Second joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_22 property.text]
note: 5F4nf
en: ~Third joined subform field
en_GB: ~Third joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_23 property.text]
note: BJBzR
en: ~Fourth joined subform field
en_GB: ~Fourth joined sub-form field

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_30 property.text]
note: hk9Xa
en: 3D look
en_GB: 3-D look

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_42 property.text]
note: BEN4F
en: Arrangement of the subform
en_GB: Arrangement of the sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_81 property.text]
note: AspWz
en: Set up a subform
en_GB: Set up a sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_82 property.text]
note: YayFB
en: Add subform fields
en_GB: Add sub-form fields

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_91 property.text]
note: s6xRo
en: Decide if you want to set up a subform
en_GB: Decide if you want to set up a sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_FORM_92 property.text]
note: 4pHsF
en: Select the fields of your subform
en_GB: Select the fields of your sub-form

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_TABLE_26 property.text]
note: iWG72
en: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables, and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.
en_GB: A primary key uniquely identifies each record in a database table. Primary keys ease the linking of information in separate tables and it is recommended that you have a primary key in every table. Without a primary key, it will not be possible to enter data into this table.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties RID_TABLE_49 property.text]
note: CSsZM
en: Catalog of the table
en_GB: Catalogue of the table

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties STEP_ZERO_4 property.text]
note: tGJBz
en: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulas cannot be converted.
en_GB: Note: Currency amounts from external links and currency conversion factors in formulae cannot be converted.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties CorrespondenceFields_7 property.text]
note: uNexF
en: ZIP/Postal Code
en_GB: Postcode

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties CorrespondenceFields_25 property.text]
note: BkAJF
en: State
en_GB: County

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties ReeditMacro property.text]
note: rWgBN
en: Document macro has to be revised.
en_GB: Document macro must be revised.

[ctx: resources_en_US.properties LogfileHelpText property.text]
note: pzBG4
en: A log file will be created in your work directory
en_GB: A log file will be created in your working directory

[ctx: exportepub|customizeft]
note: yFjyH
en: Customize
en_GB: Customise

[ctx: extended_tip|tablecontainer]
note: gdF9q
en: The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
en_GB: The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|CertDetails]
note: JXgjT
en: The Details page of the View Certificate dialog displays detailed information about the certificate.
en_GB: The Details page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays detailed information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|box1]
note: wAmPG
en: The General page of the View Certificate dialog displays basic information about the certificate.
en_GB: The General page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays basic information about the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|signatures]
note: Dunt9
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|status]
note: YTTCA
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|CertPage]
note: vAj7M
en: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialog displays the location and the status of the certificate.
en_GB: The Certificate Path page of the View Certificate dialogue box displays the location and the status of the certificate.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|view]
note: sTgVK
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|sign]
note: FsG4K
en: Opens the Select Certificate dialog.
en_GB: Opens the Select Certificate dialogue box.

[ctx: digitalsignaturesdialog|extended_tip|DigitalSignaturesDialog]
note: znY8A
en: Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialog to view certificates.
en_GB: Adds and removes digital signatures to and from your document. You can also use the dialogue box to view certificates.

[ctx: extended_tip|viewcert]
note: c3ydP
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box for the selected certificate.

[ctx: extended_tip|addfile]
note: 9bJoL
en: Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.
en_GB: Opens a folder selection dialogue box. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.

[ctx: extended_tip|locations]
note: yZBo6
en: Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.
en_GB: Trusted file locations are used only if the security level is set to "very high". With this setting, document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.

[ctx: selectcertificatedialog|extended_tip|viewcert]
note: zqWDZ
en: Opens the View Certificate dialog where you can examine the selected certificate.
en_GB: Opens the View Certificate dialogue box in which you can examine the selected certificate.

[ctx: sbasic.tree 07010202 node.text]
note: MrEnT
en: Functions, Statements, and Operators
en_GB: Functions, Statements and Operators

[ctx: sbasic.tree 07010201 node.text]
note: hAowB
en: Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements, and Operators
en_GB: Alphabetic List of Functions, Statements and Operators

[ctx: scalc.tree 0813 node.text]
note: VFHig
en: Formulas and Calculations
en_GB: Formulae and Calculations

[ctx: sdraw.tree 1103 node.text]
note: 9ojH7
en: Loading, Saving, Importing, and Exporting
en_GB: Loading, Saving, Importing and Exporting

[ctx: sdraw.tree 1107 node.text]
note: fd9tS
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: simpress.tree 0407 node.text]
note: RX5V8
en: Objects, Graphics, and Bitmaps
en_GB: Objects, Graphics and Bitmaps

[ctx: smath.tree 03 help_section.text]
note: m5CkC
en: Formulas (Math)
en_GB: Formulae (Math)

[ctx: smath.tree 0303 node.text]
note: CGoih
en: Working with Formulas
en_GB: Working with Formulae

[ctx: swriter.tree 0216 node.text]
note: 2FPcB
en: Spellchecking, Thesaurus, and Languages
en_GB: Spell Checking, Thesaurus and Languages

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3147317 help.text]
note: Es8Xy
en: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the color, name, and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at runtime.
en_GB: You can set the properties of control that you add to a dialog. For example, you can change the colour, name and size of a button that you added. You can change most control properties when you create or edit a dialog. However, you can only change some properties at run-time.

[ctx: control_properties.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vFBh4
en: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control, and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.
en_GB: To change the properties of a control in design mode, right-click the control and then choose <emph>Properties</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3163802 help.text]
note: xBcR4
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Dialogs</emph>, and then click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Dialogs</emph> and then click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_idN1065F help.text]
note: qFeYH
en: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens and contains a blank dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>Edit</emph>. The Basic dialog editor opens, containing a blank dialog.

[ctx: create_dialog.xhp par_id3153726 help.text]
note: To7nC
en: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls </emph>icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.
en_GB: If you do not see the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Insert Controls</emph> icon to open the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar.

[ctx: insert_control.xhp par_id3146797 help.text]
note: rCdw2
en: Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox </emph>of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.
en_GB: Use the tools in the <emph>Toolbox</emph> of the BASIC dialog editor to add controls to your dialog.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153031 help.text]
note: uFxhk
en: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp" name="dialog">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1", and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".
en_GB: The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp" name="dialog">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1" and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3154141 help.text]
note: bfDTG
en: Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable.
en_GB: Be consistent with upper-case and lower-case letter when you attach a control to an object variable.

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3145387 help.text]
note: EFJQU
en: Add an Entry to a ListBox
en_GB: Add an Entry to a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3148700 help.text]
note: JUfaR
en: REM adds a new entry to the ListBox
en_GB: REM adds a new entry to the List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3144504 help.text]
note: A2XGR
en: oListbox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)
en_GB: oListBox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)

[ctx: sample_code.xhp hd_id3147071 help.text]
note: FKzdb
en: Remove an Entry from a ListBox
en_GB: Remove an Entry from a List Box

[ctx: sample_code.xhp par_id3153247 help.text]
note: CmCcv
en: REM remove the first entry from the ListBox
en_GB: REM remove the first entry from the List Box

[ctx: translation.xhp bm_id8915372 help.text]
note: 76okP
en: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localizing dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>dialogs;translating</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>localising dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>translating dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id4601940 help.text]
note: FsUBB
en: The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localizable dialogs.
en_GB: The Language toolbar in the Basic IDE dialog editor shows controls to enable and manage localisable dialogs.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9538560 help.text]
note: eGsqR
en: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localized strings according to the user's language settings.
en_GB: By default, any dialog that you create only contains string resources for one language. You may want to create dialogs that automatically show localised strings according to the user's language settings.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2924283 help.text]
note: gGdez
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialog where you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a dialogue box in which you can add a language to the list.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id5781731 help.text]
note: VtLMy
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localizable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a language in the list and click Delete to remove that language. When you remove all languages, the string resources for localisable dialogs are removed from all dialogs in the current library.</ahelp>

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id6596881 help.text]
note: Aa3HD
en: To enable localizable dialogs
en_GB: To enable localisable dialogs

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2224494 help.text]
note: df3mU
en: If the current library already contains a localizable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.
en_GB: If the current library already contains a localisable dialog, the Language toolbar is shown automatically.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6549272 help.text]
note: MHDVd
en: You see the Manage User Interface Language dialog. The dialog manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.
en_GB: You will see the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box. The dialogue box manages languages for the current library. The name of the current library is shown on the title bar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id6529740 help.text]
note: AbvXT
en: Click Add in the dialog to add a language entry.
en_GB: Click Add in the dialogue box to add a language entry.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id7811822 help.text]
note: xFFkk
en: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localizable string resources.
en_GB: This step enables all new dialogs to contain localisable string resources.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id9121982 help.text]
note: 3FvoR
en: The first time you click Add, you see the Set Default User Interface Language dialog. The following times you click Add, this dialog has the name Add User Interface Language.
en_GB: The first time that you click Add, you will see the Set Default User Interface Language dialogue box. Subsequently, this dialogue box has the name Add User Interface Language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3640247 help.text]
note: iPpFn
en: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialog.
en_GB: You can also change the default language in the Manage User Interface Language dialogue box.

[ctx: translation.xhp hd_id631733 help.text]
note: B5tJ2
en: To edit localizable controls in your dialog
en_GB: To edit localisable controls in your dialog

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id2334665 help.text]
note: hrvxW
en: Once you have added the resources for localizable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language listbox on the Language toolbar.
en_GB: Once you have added the resources for localisable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language list box on the Language toolbar.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8956572 help.text]
note: igvyu
en: Switch the Current Language listbox to display the default language.
en_GB: Switch the Current Language list box to display the default language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id8366649 help.text]
note: CWNb6
en: Select another language in the Current Language listbox.
en_GB: Select another language in the Current Language list box.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id476393 help.text]
note: x82BH
en: Using the control's property dialogs, edit all strings to the other language.
en_GB: Using the control's property dialogue boxes, edit all strings to the other language.

[ctx: translation.xhp par_id3050325 help.text]
note: ckw8S
en: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localizable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.
en_GB: If the user has an older version of %PRODUCTNAME that does not know localisable string resources for Basic dialogs, the user will see the default language strings.

[ctx: python_2_basic.xhp N0336 help.text]
note: nABRD
en: The %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) Scripting Framework supports inter-language script execution between Python and Basic, or other supported programming languages for that matter. Arguments can be passed back and fourth across calls, providing they represent primitives data types that both languages recognize, and assuming that the Scripting Framework converts them appropriately.
en_GB: The %PRODUCTNAME Application Programming Interface (API) Scripting Framework supports inter-language script execution between Python and Basic, or other supported programming languages for that matter. Arguments can be passed back and fourth across calls, providing they represent primitives data types that both languages recognise, and assuming that the Scripting Framework converts them appropriately.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0648 help.text]
note: uGHTE
en: <literal>Start application</literal> and <literal>Close application</literal> events can respectively be used to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using <literal>Open document</literal> and <literal>Document closed</literal> events. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp" name="Importing Python Modules">Importing Python Modules</link> for more information.
en_GB: <literal>Start application</literal> and <literal>Close application</literal> events can be used respectively to set and to unset Python path for user scripts or %PRODUCTNAME scripts. In a similar fashion, document based Python libraries or modules can be loaded and released using <literal>Open document</literal> and <literal>Document closed</literal> events. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_import.xhp" name="Importing Python Modules">Importing Python Modules</link> for more information.

[ctx: python_document_events.xhp N0701 help.text]
note: cBx2G
en: ''' Initialize document events logging '''
en_GB: ''' Initialise document events logging '''

[ctx: python_ide.xhp bm_id761543349138561 help.text]
note: ETCU9
en: <bookmark_value>APSO</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>Alternative Python Scripts Organizer</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;IDE - integrated development environment</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;editor</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>APSO</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>Alternative Python Scripts Organiser</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;IDE - integrated development environment</bookmark_value>            <bookmark_value>python;editor</bookmark_value>

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0463 help.text]
note: VHAM5
en: %PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavors, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organization and Location</link>. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Python scripts come in three distinct flavours, they can be personal, shared or embedded in documents. They are stored in varying places described in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp">Python Scripts Organisation and Location</link>. In order to import Python modules, their locations must be known from Python at run time.

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0468 help.text]
note: NAJzP
en: Personal & shared Python scripts can be imported once their directories are included in Python run time path. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp">Getting session information</link> page for more details regarding omitted Session Class.
en_GB: Personal & shared Python scripts can be imported once their directories are included in Python run-time path. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_session.xhp">Getting session information</link> page for more details regarding omitted Session Class.

[ctx: python_import.xhp N0535 help.text]
note: AUzGt
en: Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below. Error handling is not detailed. Python run time path is updated when document has been opened and before closure. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp">Event-Driven Macros</link> to learn how to associate Python macros to document events.
en_GB: Importing a Python document embedded module is illustrated below. Error handling is not detailed. Python run-time path is updated when document has been opened and before closure. Refer to <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01040000.xhp">Event-Driven Macros</link> to learn how to associate Python macros to document events.

[ctx: python_listener.xhp N0419 help.text]
note: XVRK7
en: MsgBox("The user canceled the dialog.")
en_GB: MsgBox("The user cancelled the dialog.")

[ctx: python_locations.xhp tit help.text]
note: GC8Ny
en: Python Scripts Organization
en_GB: Python Scripts Organisation

[ctx: python_locations.xhp hd_id391543358231021 help.text]
note: KKGnc
en: <variable id="pythonlocations1"><link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="command_name">Python Scripts Organization and Location</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="pythonlocations1"><link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="command_name">Python Scripts Organisation and Location</link></variable>

[ctx: python_locations.xhp par_id181544209916707 help.text]
note: KnZCV
en: Like BASIC macros, Python macros can be organized in libraries, modules and macros.
en_GB: Like BASIC macros, Python macros can be organised in libraries, modules and macros.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0234 help.text]
note: rAVfx
en: The component context which the script can use to create other uno components.
en_GB: The component context which the script can use to create other UNO components.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0241 help.text]
note: dURCV
en: %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="My macros">My macros</link> within <literal>(User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath</literal>. Python libraries help organize modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import <literal>uno.py</literal> inside shared modules.
en_GB: %PRODUCTNAME Basic libraries contain classes, routines and variables, Python modules contain classes, functions and variables. Common pieces of reusable Python or UNO features must be stored in <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_locations.xhp" name="My macros">My macros</link> within <literal>(User Profile)/Scripts/python/pythonpath</literal>. Python libraries help organise modules in order to prevent module name collisions. Import <literal>uno.py</literal> inside shared modules.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0248 help.text]
note: 7prVF
en: Returns an absolute file url from the given urls.
en_GB: Returns an absolute file URL from the given URLs.

[ctx: python_programming.xhp N0260 help.text]
note: qAbMv
en: Returns the UNO component context used to initialize the Python runtime.
en_GB: Returns the UNO component context used to initialise the Python runtime.

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0467 help.text]
note: EB2zZ
en: """ Displays a dialog box containing a message and returns a value."""
en_GB: """ Displays a dialogue box containing a message and returns a value."""

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0473 help.text]
note: nUtxt
en: """ Displays a prompt in a dialog box at which the user can enter text."""
en_GB: """ Displays a prompt in a dialogue box at which the user can enter text."""

[ctx: python_screen.xhp N0479 help.text]
note: MFz5D
en: """Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialog box."""
en_GB: """Outputs the specified strings or numeric expressions in a dialogue box."""

[ctx: python_session.xhp N0342 help.text]
note: CBvZv
en: Unlike Basic, pathname normalization is performed with Python inside Session class.
en_GB: Unlike Basic, pathname normalisation is performed with Python inside Session class.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3153092 help.text]
note: NfzqE
en: The behavior has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp" name="IsNumeric">IsNumeric</link>.
en_GB: The behaviour has an effect on both the implicit conversion ( 1 + "2.3" = 3.3 ) as well as the function <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp" name="IsNumeric">IsNumeric</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp hd_id3155854 help.text]
note: 2zeFJ
en: Colors
en_GB: Colours

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3145366 help.text]
note: ELCNB
en: In $[officename] Basic, colors are treated as long integer value. The return value of color queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colors can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB function">RGB function</link>.
en_GB: In $[officename] Basic, colours are treated as long integer value. The return value of colour queries is also always a long integer value. When defining properties, colours can be specified using their RGB code that is converted to a long integer value using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03010305.xhp" name="RGB function">RGB function</link>.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3154731 help.text]
note: zTDqe
en: A twip is a screen-independent unit which is used to define the uniform position and size of screen elements on all display systems. A twip is 1/1440th of an inch or 1/20 of a printer's point. There are 1440 twips to an inch or about 567 twips to a centimeter.
en_GB: A twip is a screen-independent unit which is used to define the uniform position and size of screen elements on all display systems. A twip is 1/1440th of an inch or 1/20 of a printer's point. There are 1440 twips to an inch or about 567 twips to a centimetre.

[ctx: 00000002.xhp par_id3168612 help.text]
note: iUcFZ
en: The most common usage of URLs is on the internet when specifying web pages. Example for protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph>, or <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.
en_GB: The most common usage of URLs is on the Internet when specifying web pages. Example protocols are <emph>http</emph>, <emph>ftp</emph> and <emph>file</emph>. The <emph>file</emph> protocol specifier is used when referring to a file on the local file system.

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3156424 help.text]
note: 3P4FS
en: The color values of the 16 basic colors are as follows:
en_GB: The colour values of the 16 basic colours are as follows:

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3153091 help.text]
note: 8hbC4
en: <emph>Color Value</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Value</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3154319 help.text]
note: QQwAi
en: <emph>Color Name</emph>
en_GB: <emph>Colour Name</emph>

[ctx: 00000003.xhp par_id3149817 help.text]
note: UJkGm
en: Gray
en_GB: Grey

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: 3bNDt
en: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling sub or function, for example:
en_GB: <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A Sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling Sub or Function, for example:

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3150868 help.text]
note: ovUK9
en: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue,MySecondValue)
en_GB: DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue, MySecondValue)

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3151112 help.text]
note: kXGbg
en: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts.
en_GB: Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first Sub or Function starts.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3154012 help.text]
note: dKN75
en: Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions.
en_GB: Variables that you declare within a Sub or Function are valid only inside this Sub or Function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate Subs or Functions.

[ctx: 01010210.xhp par_id3152578 help.text]
note: g2VDj
en: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialog.
en_GB: You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro">Macro</link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3148797 help.text]
note: eybR7
en: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed in square brackets if they do.
en_GB: A variable name can consist of a maximum of 255 characters. The first character of a variable name <emph>must</emph> be a letter A-Z or a-z. Numbers can also be used in a variable name, but punctuation symbols and special characters are not permitted, with exception of the underscore character ("_"). In $[officename] Basic variable identifiers are not case-sensitive. Variable names may contain spaces but must be enclosed by square brackets if they do.

[ctx: 01020100.xhp par_id3155072 help.text]
note: mmoKC
en: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement has to be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.
en_GB: The <emph>Option Explicit</emph> statement must be the first line in the module, before the first SUB. Generally, only arrays need to be declared explicitly. All other variables are declared according to the type-declaration character, or - if omitted - as the default type <emph>Single</emph>.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp hd_id3145645 help.text]
note: ZeR9D
en: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalog</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01020200"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020200.xhp">Using the Object Catalogue</link></variable>

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3153707 help.text]
note: DXDBg
en: The object catalog provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].
en_GB: The object catalogue provides an overview of all modules and dialogs you have created in $[officename].

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3147346 help.text]
note: kJFfX
en: Click the <emph>Object Catalog</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalog.
en_GB: Click the <emph>Object Catalogue</emph> icon <image id="img_id3147341" src="cmd/sc_objectcatalog.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3147341">Icon</alt></image> in the Macro toolbar to display the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3155114 help.text]
note: L84og
en: The dialog shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.
en_GB: The dialogue box shows a list of all existing objects in a hierarchical representation. Double-clicking a list entry opens its subordinate objects.

[ctx: 01020200.xhp par_id3150786 help.text]
note: bYrDX
en: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double click on the corresponding entry.
en_GB: To display a certain module in the Editor or to position the cursor in a selected SUB or FUNCTION, double-click on the corresponding entry.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3150011 help.text]
note: GA9nr
en: Libraries serve as a tool for organizing modules, and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.
en_GB: Libraries serve as a tool for organising modules and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.

[ctx: 01020500.xhp par_id3149377 help.text]
note: GTorM
en: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog box properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".
en_GB: Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".

[ctx: 01030100.xhp par_id3154686 help.text]
note: YTyba
en: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp" name="Watch"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left, and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.
en_GB: The <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp" name="Watch"><emph>Watch window</emph></link> (observer) is located below the Editor window at the left and displays the contents of variables or arrays during a single step process.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id59816 help.text]
note: YrvUy
en: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.
en_GB: Insert your Basic code between the Sub Main and End Sub lines that you will see when you first open the IDE. Alternatively, delete all lines and then enter your own Basic code.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp hd_id3153190 help.text]
note: jwC6n
en: The Object Catalog
en_GB: The Object Catalogue

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3150327 help.text]
note: cyk4a
en: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module that you want to export as text from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030200.xhp par_id3147343 help.text]
note: 88Jh5
en: Select the module where you want to import the source code from the object catalog.
en_GB: Select the module from which you want to import the source code from the object catalogue.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3155805 help.text]
note: Jhx92
en: The <emph>single step </emph>execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.
en_GB: The <emph>single step</emph> execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3159413 help.text]
note: 8pxBr
en: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialog where you can specify other breakpoint options.
en_GB: Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialogue box in which you can specify other breakpoint options.

[ctx: 01030300.xhp par_id3145749 help.text]
note: vMioe
en: If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at run-time, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.
en_GB: If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at runtime, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp tit help.text]
note: DTrbM
en: Organizing Libraries and Modules
en_GB: Organising Libraries and Modules

[ctx: 01030400.xhp bm_id3148797 help.text]
note: Kq6sz
en: <bookmark_value>libraries;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>libraries;containers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organizing;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>
en_GB: <bookmark_value>libraries;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>libraries;containers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>modules;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>copying;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adding libraries</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;libraries/modules/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dialogs;organising</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>moving;modules</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>organising;modules/libraries/dialogs</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>renaming modules and dialogs</bookmark_value>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3148797 help.text]
note: ToKAi
en: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organizing Libraries and Modules</link></variable>
en_GB: <variable id="01030400"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp">Organising Libraries and Modules</link></variable>

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3150868 help.text]
note: bGzjL
en: Organizing Libraries
en_GB: Organising Libraries

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3152576 help.text]
note: Qmf6K
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3149664 help.text]
note: 4ERU5
en: Select to where you want to attach the library in the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be attached to this document and only available from there.
en_GB: Choose a location where you want to attach the library from the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be attached to this document and only available from there.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3153157 help.text]
note: KiUmc
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145640 help.text]
note: 5jXQ8
en: Select to where you want to import the library in the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be imported to this document and only available from there.
en_GB: Choose a location where you want to append the library from the <emph>Location</emph> list. If you select %PRODUCTNAME Macros & Dialogs, the library will belong to the $[officename] application and will be available for all documents. If you select a document the library will be imported to that document and only available from there.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154705 help.text]
note: 6HMTM
en: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialog. The dialog displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.
en_GB: Select all libraries to be imported in the <emph>Import Libraries</emph> dialogue box. The dialogue box displays all libraries that are contained in the selected file.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3163807 help.text]
note: fahSC
en: If you want to insert the library as a reference only check the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.
en_GB: If you want to insert the library as a reference only mark the <emph>Insert as reference (read-only)</emph> check box. Read-only libraries are fully functional but cannot be modified in the Basic IDE.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3145228 help.text]
note: Rrk55
en: Check the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.
en_GB: Mark the <emph>Replace existing libraries</emph> check box if you want existing libraries of the same name to be overwritten.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3147005 help.text]
note: XaAmh
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150086 help.text]
note: 5AxyK
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3147070 help.text]
note: v2QTY
en: Organizing Modules and Dialogs
en_GB: Organising Modules and Dialogs

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3154537 help.text]
note: A885X
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159206 help.text]
note: UFNnu
en: Select the library where the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.
en_GB: Select the library into which the module will be inserted and click <emph>New</emph>.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3159230 help.text]
note: siFq3
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3150046 help.text]
note: L9iaA
en: Click the module to be renamed twice, with a pause between the clicks. Enter the new name.
en_GB: Click the module to be renamed twice, pausing between the clicks. Enter the new name.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3147547 help.text]
note: j9LZ9
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01030400.xhp hd_id3151392 help.text]
note: JqaG6
en: Organizing Projects among Documents or Templates
en_GB: Organising Projects among Documents or Templates

[ctx: 01030400.xhp par_id3149319 help.text]
note: LgDdE
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organizer</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organise Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph> and click <emph>Organiser</emph> or click the <emph>Select Module</emph> icon in the Basic IDE to open the <emph>Macro Organiser</emph> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147244 help.text]
note: 37TrA
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146098 help.text]
note: AgVEM
en: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want the assignment to be globally valid or just valid in the current document in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3147414 help.text]
note: jtkJ7
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3146883 help.text]
note: UGGUT
en: Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.
en_GB: Choose <emph>Tools - Customise</emph> and click the <emph>Events</emph> tab.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3155909 help.text]
note: BCPRn
en: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> listbox.
en_GB: Select whether you want to remove a global assignment or an assignment that is just valid in the current document by selecting the option in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box.

[ctx: 01040000.xhp par_id3149351 help.text]
note: zrhkb
en: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialog.
en_GB: Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the dialogue box.

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_idN105C9 help.text]
note: QFuVt
en: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Basic IDE where you can write and edit macros.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Basic IDE with which you can write and edit macros.</ahelp>

[ctx: 01050000.xhp par_id3153965 help.text]
note: JotdN
en: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organizer"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.
en_GB: Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp" name="Macro Organiser"><emph>Macro Organiser</emph></link> dialogue box.

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3153771 help.text]
note: hyyPe
en: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multiline fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog:
en_GB: The following key combinations apply to enter data in multi-line fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialogue box:

[ctx: 01170100.xhp par_id3146971 help.text]
note: wyG3u
en: Inserts a line break in multiline fields.
en_GB: Inserts a line break in multi-line fields.

[ctx: 01170101.xhp hd_id3155307 help.text]
note: avCAy
en: Background color
en_GB: Background colour

[ctx: 01170101.xhp par_id3145251 help.text]
note: DYYEL
en: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background color for the current control.</ahelp>
en_GB: <ahelp hid=".">Specify the background colour for the current control.</ahelp>
